5,388 Matching Annotations
  1. Apr 2025
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Sample size: If the sample size of the study is increased, more confidence and new insights can be inferred about myometrial enhancer-mediated gene regulation in term pregnancy. Such a small sample size (N = 3) limits the statistical power of the study. As mentioned in the manuscript they failed to identify chromatin loops in the second subject's biopsy is observed due to a limited sample.

      We agree with the reviewer’s comment about the sample size. We sincerely hope the result of this study would increase the interest of stakeholders to fund future projects in a larger scale.

      (2) Figure quality: There is a lack of good representations of the results (e.g., screenshots of tables as figure panels!) as well as missing interpretations that might add value to the manuscript.

      Figure 1B and 2B have been converted to the pie chart format.

      (3) Definition of super-enhancer: The definition of super-enhancer is not clear. Also, the computational merging of enhancers to define super-enhancers should be described better.

      Added more details about tool and parameter setting in the Method section of “Identification of super enhancers”:

      “Identification of super enhancers

      H3K27ac-positive enhancers were defined as regions of H3K27ac ChIP-seq peaks in each sample. The enhancers within 12.5Kb were merged by using bedtools merge function with parameter “-d 12500”. The combined enhancer regions were called super enhancers if they were larger than 15Kb. The common super enhancers from multiple samples were used for downstream analysis.”

      Reference:

      Whyte WA, Orlando DA, Hnisz D, Abraham BJ, Lin CY, Kagey MH, Rahl PB, Lee TI, Young RA. Master transcription factors and mediator establish super-enhancers at key cell identity genes. Cell. 2013 Apr 11;153(2):307-19. doi: 10.1016/j.cell.2013.03.035. PMID: 23582322; PMCID: PMC3653129.

      (4) Assay-Specific Limitations: Each assay employed in the study, such as ChIP-Seq and CRISPRa-based Perturb-Seq, has its limitations, including potential biases, sensitivity issues, and technical challenges, which could impact the accuracy and reliability of the results. These limitations should be addressed properly to avoid false-positive results and improve the interpretability of the results.

      The major limitations of the CRISPRa-based Perturb-Seq protocol in this study are the use of the hTERT-HM cells and the two-vector system for transduction. While hTERT-HM cells are a much easier platform in terms of technical operation, primary human myometrial cells are generally considered retaining a molecular context that is closer to the in vivo tissues. Due to the limitation on the efficiency of having two vectors simultaneously present in the same cell, hTERT-HM cells are much more affordable and operationally feasible to conduct the experiment. Future advancements on the increase of viral vector payload capacity may overcome this challenge and open the venue to perform the assay on primary human myometrial cells.

      (5) Sample collection and comparison: There is mention of matched gravid term and non-gravid samples whereas no description or use of control samples was found in the results. Also, the comparison of non-labor samples with labor samples would provide a better understanding of epigenomic and transcriptomic events of myometrium leading to laboring events.

      The description has been updated:

      “Collection of myometrial specimens

      Permission to collect human tissue specimens was prospectively obtained from individuals undergoing hysterectomy or cesarean section for benign clinical indications (H-33461). Gravid myometrial tissue was obtained from the margin of the hysterotomy in women undergoing term cesarean sections (>38 weeks estimated gestational age) without evidence of labor. Non-gravid myometrial tissue was collected from pre-menopausal women undergoing hysterectomy for benign conditions. Specimens from gravid women receiving treatment for pre-eclampsia, eclampsia, pregnancy-related hypertension, or pre-term labor were excluded.”

      (6) Lack of clarity:

      (6a) It is written as 'Chromatin Conformation Capture (Hi-C)'. I think Hi-C is Histone Capture and 3C is Chromosome Conformation Capture! This needs clear writing.

      As the reviewer suggested, to make it clear, we have changed the text “A high throughput chromatin conformation capture (Hi-C) assay” to “A High-throughput Chromosome Conformation Capture (Hi-C) assay”.

      (6b) In multiple places, 'PLCL2' gene is written as 'PCLC2'.

      Corrected as suggested.

      (6c) What is the biological relevance of considering 'active' genes with FPKM {greater than or equal to} 1? This needs clarification.

      In RNA-seq analysis, the gene expression levels are often quantified using FPKM (Fragments Per Kilobase of transcript per Million mapped reads). Setting a threshold of FPKM for defining "active" genes in RNA-seq analysis is biologically relevant, because it helps to distinguish between genuinely expressed genes and background noise. It helps researchers focus on genes, which are more likely to have a significant biological impact. A common threshold for defining "active" genes is FPKM ≥ 1. Genes with FPKM values below this threshold may be transcribed at very low levels or could be background noise.

      (6d) The understanding of differentially methylated genes at promoters is underrated as per the authors. But, why leaving DNA methylation apart, they selected histone modification as the basis of epigenetic reprogramming in terms of myometrium is unclear.

      DNA methylation indeed plays a crucial role in evaluating the impact of cis-acting elements on gene regulation. Large-scale studies, such as the comprehensive analysis of the myometrial methylome landscape in human biopsies (Paul et al., JCI Insight, 2022, PMID: 36066972), have provided valuable insights. When integrated with histone modification and chromatin looping data, contributed by our group and collaborators, future secondary analyses leveraging machine learning are poised to further elucidate the mechanisms underlying myometrial transcriptional regulation.

      (6e) How does the identification of PGR as an upstream regulator of PLCL2 gene expression in human myometrial cells contribute to our understanding of progesterone signaling in myometrial function?

      In a previous study, we demonstrated a positive correlation between PLCL2 and PGR expression in a mouse model and identified PLCL2's role in negatively modulating oxytocin-induced myometrial cell contraction (Peavy et al., PNAS, 2021, PMID: 33707208). The present study builds on this by providing evidence for a direct regulatory mechanism in which PGR influences PLCL2 transcription, likely through a cis-acting element located 35 kb upstream. These findings suggest that PLCL2 acts as a mediator of PGR-dependent myometrial quiescence prior to labor, rather than merely participating in a parallel pathway. Further in vivo studies are necessary to delineate the extent to which PLCL2 mediates PGR activity, particularly the contraction-dampening function of the PGR-B isoform.

      (7) Grammatical error: The manuscript has numerous grammatical errors. Please correct them.

      Corrections have been made as suggested.

      (8) Use of single-cell data: Though from the Methods section, it can be understood that single-cell RNA-seq was done to identify CRISPRa gRNA expressing cells to characterize the effect of gene activation, some results from single-cell data e.g., cell clustering, cell types, gRNA expression across clusters could be added for better elucidation.

      As reviewer suggested, we have prepared a file “PerturbSeq_summary.xlsx” (Dataset S9) to provide additional results of perturb-seq data analysis. It includes 2 spreadsheets, “Cell_per_gRNA” for clustering and “Protospacer_calls_per_cell” for gRNA expression across clusters.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The following are a number of grammatical issues in the abstract. I suggest having a careful read of the entire manuscript to identify additional grammatical issues as I may not be able to highlight all of these issues.

      (1a) "The myometrium plays a critical component during pregnancy." change component to role.

      (1b) "It is responsible for the uterus' structural integrity and force generation at term," à replace "," with "."

      (1c) Also, I suggest rephrasing the first 2 sentences to: The myometrium plays a critical role during pregnancy as it is responsible for both the structural integrity of the uterus and force generation at term.

      (1d) "Here we investigated the human term pregnant nonlabor myometrial biopsies for transcriptome, enhancer histone mark cistrome, and chromatin conformation pattern mapping." Remove "the", and modify to "Here we investigated human term pregnant".

      (1e) Missing period and sentence fragment, "PGR overexpression facilitated PLCL2 gene expression in myometrial cells Using CRISPR activation the functionality of a PGR putative enhancer 35-kilobases upstream of the contractile-restrictive gene PLCL2.

      Corrections have been made as suggested.

      (2) Sentence fragment: Studies on the role of steroid hormone receptors in myometrial remodeling have provided evidence that the withdrawal of functional progesterone signaling at term is due to a stoichiometric increase of progesterone receptor (PGR) A to B isoform-related estrogen receptor (ESR) alpha expression activation at term. (Mesiano, Chan et al. 2002) (Merlino, Welsh et al. 2007) (Nadeem, Shynlova et al. 2016).

      The statement has been updated:

      “Studies on the role of steroid hormone receptors in myometrial remodeling suggest that the withdrawal of functional progesterone signaling at term results from a stoichiometric shift favoring the PGR-A isoform over PGR-B. This shift is associated with increased activation of estrogen receptor alpha (ESR1) expression at term (Mesiano, Chan et al. 2002) (Merlino, Welsh et al. 2007) (Nadeem, Shynlova et al. 2016).”

      (3) FOS:JUN heterodimers are implicated to be critical for the initiation of labor through transcriptional regulation of gap junction proteins such as Cx43 (Nadeem, Farine et al. 2018) (Balducci, Risek et al. 1993).

      Use Gja1 (Gap junction alpha 1) as the current correct gene, not Cx43.

      Also, several references predate Nadeem, Farine et al. 2018 and are more appropriate to use as references for the role of Ap-1 proteins in regulating Gja1; PMID: 15618352 and PMID: 12064606 were the first to show this relationship in myometrial cells.

      The statement has been updated as suggested:

      “FOS:JUN heterodimers are implicated to be critical for the initiation of labor through transcriptional regulation of gap junction proteins such as GJA1 (Nadeem, Farine et al. 2018) (Balducci, Risek et al. 1993)”

      (4) Define PLCL2 on first use.

      Updated as suggested.

      (5) There are a number of issues with this section, "Matched sSpecimens of gravid myometrium were collected at the margin of hysterotomy from women undergoing clinically indicated cesarean section at term (>38 weeks estimated gestation age) without evidence of labor. Specimens of healthy, non-gravid myometrium were also pecimens were collected from uteri removed from pre-menopausal women undergoing hysterectomy for benign clinical indications."

      The description has been updated:

      “Collection of myometrial specimens

      Permission to collect human tissue specimens was prospectively obtained from individuals undergoing hysterectomy or cesarean section for benign clinical indications (H-33461). Gravid myometrial tissue was obtained from the margin of the hysterotomy in women undergoing term cesarean sections (>38 weeks estimated gestational age) without evidence of labor. Non-gravid myometrial tissue was collected from pre-menopausal women undergoing hysterectomy for benign conditions. Specimens from gravid women receiving treatment for pre-eclampsia, eclampsia, pregnancy-related hypertension, or pre-term labor were excluded.”

      (6) Enriched motifs were identified by HOMER (Hypergeometric Optimization of Motif EnRichment) v4.11 (Heinz, Benner et al. 2010).

      Please clarify what background is used for motif enrichment.

      We used the default background sequences generated by HOMER from a set of random genomic sequences matching the input sequences in terms of basic properties, such as GC content and length. We have added more details in the Method section:

      “DNA-binding factor motif enrichment analysis

      Enriched motifs were identified by HOMER (Hypergeometric Optimization of Motif EnRichment) v4.11 with default background sequences matching the input sequences (Heinz, Benner et al. 2010).”

      (7) "Six of the seven regions are also co-localized with previously published genome occupancy of transcription regulators curated by the ReMap Atlas"

      Please clarify if this Atlas includes myometrial tissues or not and clarify the cell types included in the atlas.

      According to the UCSC Genome Browser and the reference by Hammal et al. (2022), the current ReMap database includes PGR ChIP-seq data from human myometrial biopsies, available under NCBI GEO accession number GSE137550, alongside data from various other cell and tissue types. ReMap provides valuable insights into potential functional cis-acting elements in the genome from a systems biology perspective. However, tissue specificity requires independent validation.

      (8) "Notably, 76% of the putative super-enhancers are co-localized with known PGR-occupied regions in the human myometrial tissue (Figure S2). This is significantly higher than the 20% co-localization in the regular enhancer group (Figure S2)."

      Because there is a huge difference in the size of the putative super enhancer regions and the isolated enhancers this comparison is not appropriate as conducted. The comparison needs to account for the difference in size of the regions. Please provide P values for significance statements.

      We acknowledge the reviewer's concern that our initial statement was overstated and potentially misleading, given the substantial difference in size between putative super-enhancer regions and regular enhancers. Rather than emphasizing the enrichment, it would be more accurate to simply describe our observation that super-enhancers encompass more PGR-occupied regions.

      Here is the updated version:

      “Notably, 76% of the putative super-enhancers co-localize with known PGR-occupied regions in human myometrial tissue, compared to 20% co-localization observed in regular enhancers (Figure S2).”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Title is extremely misleading, as here we do not get a view of the epigenomic landscape, but rather sparce data related to H3K27ac and H3K4me (focusing on enhancers) and chromatin conformation associated with the PLCL2 transcription start site (TSS).

      As suggested, the title is modified to “Assessment of the Histone Mark-based Epigenomic Landscape in Human Myometrium at Term Pregnancy”.

      (2) Improve the first result paragraph by providing a clear rationale for the experiments and their objectives, as well as introducing the samples used. Rather than simply listing approaches and end results in Table 1, offer concise explanations for the experiments alongside the supporting data presented in detailed figures. Using appropriate figures/graphs to effectively contextualize these datasets would be greatly appreciated by readers and would add more value to this research. Currently, it is difficult for us to assess and appreciate the quality of the data.

      The following statement is included in the beginning of the Result section:

      "To better understand the regulatory network shaping the myometrial transcriptome before labor, we analyzed transcriptome and putative enhancers in individual human myometrial specimens. Using RNA-seq, we identified actively expressed RNAs, while ChIP-seq for H3K27ac and H3K4me1 was used to map putative enhancers. Active genes were associated with nearby putative enhancers based on their genomic proximity. Additionally, chromatin looping patterns were mapped using Hi-C to further link active genes and putative enhancers within the same chromatin loops."

      (3) The statistics for every sequencing approach need to be provided for each sample (e.g., RNA-seq: number of total reads, number of mapped reads, % of mapped reads; ChIP-Seq: number of mapped reads, % of mapped reads, % of duplicates).

      We have generated the summary table of each dataset included in this study (Dataset S7) [NGS-summary.xls].

      (4) Figure S1: The rationale behind comparing the Dotts study and yours regarding H3K27ac-positive regions needs to be better defined. Why is this performed if the data will not be used afterwards? What are the conserved regions associated with vs the ones that are variable? Is this biologically relevant? Why not use only the regions conserved between the 6 samples, to have more robust conclusions?

      The purpose of comparing our data with the Dotts dataset is to highlight the degree of variation across studies. In this study, we focused on addressing specific biological questions using our own dataset rather than developing methodologies for meta-analysis. Future advancements in meta-analysis techniques could leverage the combined power of multiple datasets to provide deeper insights.

      (5) Perhaps due to a lack of details, I am unable to ascertain how the putative myometrial enhancers were defined. In Dataset S1, it is stated, "we define the regions that have overlapping H3K27ac and H3K4me1 marks as putative myometrial enhancers at the term pregnant nonlabor stage (Dataset S1)". Within Dataset S1, for subjects 1, 2, and 3, H3K27ac and H3K4me1 double-positive enhancers are shown in term pregnant, non-labor human myometrial specimens, with approximately 100 regions corresponding to 131 (sample 1), 127 (sample 2), and 140 (sample 3) common peaks. However, in Figure 1a, reference is made to the 13114 putative enhancers commonly present across the three specimens. Is Dataset S1 intended to represent only a small fraction of the 13114 putative enhancers? Detailed analyses need to be conducted and better showcased.

      Dataset S1 has been updated to list all 13,114 putative enhancers.

      (6) For the gene expression analyses of RNA-seq data, FPKM values were utilized. However, it is unclear why the gene expression count matrix was normalized based on the ratio of total mapped read pairs in each sample to 56.5 million for the term myometrial specimens. I would recommend exercising caution regarding the use of FPKM expression units, as samples are normalized only within themselves, lacking cross-sample normalization. Consequently, due to external factors unaccounted for by this normalization method, a value of 10 in one sample may not equate to 10 in another.

      We value the reviewer’s input. This question will be addressed in future secondary data analyses with suitable methodologies, as it is beyond the scope of this study.

      (7) In Figure 1b, the authors have categorized their 12157 active genes into 3 bins based on FPKM values: >5 FPKM >1, >15 FPKM >5, and >15 FPKM. However, in the text, they describe these as 'actively high-expressing genes (FPKM >= 15)'. I would advise caution regarding the interpretation of these values, as an FPKM of 15 is not typically associated with highly expressed genes. According to literature and resources such as the Expression Atlas, an FPKM of 15 is generally considered to represent a low to medium expression level.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback. This question will be revisited during secondary data analyses using appropriate methodologies, as it falls outside the scope of the present study.

      To increase readability and clarity, we modified the sentence as following: More than 40% of the 540 putative super enhancers are located within a 100-kilobase distance to high-expressing genes (FPKM >= 15), while only 7.3% of putative myometrial super enhancers are found near low-expressing genes (5 > FPKM >=1) (Figure 2B).

      (8) Out of the 12157 active genes, approximately two-thirds have an FPKM >15. Was this expected? How does this correspond to what is observed in the literature, particularly in other similar studies (https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/30988671/ ; https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/35260533/ ) .

      This is indeed an intriguing question that merits further exploration in future secondary analyses.

      (9) It is also surprising to see that for the motif enrichment analysis (Fig. 1C), the P-values are small. This is probably because the percentage of target sequences with the motif is very similar to the percentage of background sequences with the motif. For instance, for selected genes in Figure 1C: AP-1 (50.68% vs. 46.50%), STAT5 (28.08% vs. 25.04%), PGR (17.90% vs. 16.12%), etc. Can one really say that you have a biologically relevant enrichment for values that are so close between target sequences and background sequences?

      Reviewer’s comment is noted. Biological relevance shall be experimentally examined though wet-lab assays in future studies.

      (10) For Figure 2, again not convinced that FPKM >= 15 can be used to say: Compared with the regular putative enhancers, the putative myometrial super-enhancers are found more frequently near active genes that are expressed at relatively higher levels (Figure 1B and Figure 2B). A higher threshold should be used if they want to say this.

      To compare the association of putative enhancers with active genes expressed at different levels, we categorized the active genes into three groups based on their FPKM (Fragments Per Kilobase of transcript per Million mapped reads) values. These groups are defined as follows: the top third active genes (FPKM ≥ 15), the middle third active genes (5 ≤ FPKM < 15), and the bottom third active genes (1 ≤ FPKM < 5). By "active genes expressed at relatively higher levels," we refer specifically to the top third active genes with FPKM values of 15 or higher, indicating their relatively higher expression levels compared to the other groups of active genes.

      (11) More detailed explanations and methods are needed regarding how the data for Figure S2 was obtained.

      The following details were added to the methods section:

      “Colocalization of super enhancers and PGR genome occupancy was compared by calling peaks from previously published PGR ChIP-seq data (GSM4081683 and GSM4081684). The percentages of enhancers and super enhancers that manifest PGR occupancy were calculated by overlapping the genomic regions in each category with PGR occupancy regions.”

      (12) In Figure 2C, there is no information provided on the genes used to obtain the results. It would be helpful to include examples of these genes, along with their expression values, for instance.

      The expression levels of the 346 active genes that are associated with myometrial super enhancers are included in Dataset S4, along with results of the updated gene ontology enrichment analysis using the Database for Annotation, Visualization, and Integrated Discovery (DAVID) of Knowledgebase v2024q4. Selected pathways of interest are listed in updated Figure 2C.

      (13) The linking of PLCL2-related data to the first part of the story is lacking, and the rationale behind it is missing. This entire section should be more detailed, and the data should be expanded to better reflect the context.

      As suggested, we included the following statement at the beginning of the section “Cis-acting elements for the control of the contractile gene PLCL2”:

      “We previously demonstrated the positive correlation of PLCL2 and PGR expression in a mouse model and PLCL2’s function on negatively modulating oxytocin-induced myometrial cell contraction (Peavy et al., 2021). However, the mechanism underlies the PGR regulation of PLCL2 remains unclear. Taking advantage of the mapped myometrial cis-acting elements, we aimed to identify the cis-acting elements that may contribute to the PLCL2 transcriptional regulation with a special interest on the PGR-related enhancers.”

      The context is that our results provide additional evidence to support a direct regulation mechanism of PGR on the PLCL2 transcription, likely though the 35-kb upstream cis-acting element. This finding suggests that PLCL2 likely plays a mediator’s role of PGR dependent myometrial quiescence before laboring rather than a mere passenger on a parallel pathway. Further studies using in vivo models are needed to determine the extent of PLCL2 in mediating PGR, especially PGR-B isoform’s contraction-dampening function.

      (14) The entire Hi-C data should be presented to allow for the assessment of its quality and further value.

      The revised manuscript has included the Hi-C quality control summary in Dataset S8 [HiC-QC-Summary.xlsx].

      (15) The authors state: "For the purpose of functional screening, we focus on H3K27ac signals instead of using H3K27ac/H3K4me1 double positive criterium to cast a wider net." However, it is unclear how many of the targeted regions contained H3K27ac/H3K4me1 peaks. Were enhancers or super-enhancers targeted, and if so, how did they compare to H3K27ac sites?

      The numbers of H3K27ac/H3K4me1 double positive peaks are recorded in Figure 1A. Compared to the numbers of H3K27ac intervals (Table 1), the H3K27ac/H3K4me1 double positive peaks are 62.9%, 70.7%, and 61.2% of corresponding H3K27ac intervals in each individual specimen.

      (16) For the first set of data (Table 1), the authors state, "Together, these results reveal an epigenomic landscape in the human term pregnant myometrial tissue before the onset of labor, which we use as a resource to investigate the molecular mechanisms that prepare the myometrium for subsequent parturition." While it is acknowledged that an epigenetic landscape exists in all tissues, there is a lack of clarity regarding this landscape in the current manuscript, as we are only presented with a table containing numbers.

      This sentence has been revised to: “Together, these results delineate a map of H3K27ac and H3K4me1 positive signals in the human term pregnant myometrial tissue before the onset of labor, which we use as a resource to investigate the molecular mechanisms that prepare the myometrium for subsequent parturition.”

      (17) For S1, the authors conclude: These data together highlight the degree of variation in mapping the epigenome among specimens and datasets. This conclusion seems somewhat perplexing, and I find myself in partial disagreement. Firstly, providing a clear rationale for this section would strengthen the conclusions. It's important to consider what factors may contribute to this variability. It could simply be attributed to differences in experimental settings, such as variations in samples, protocols used, antibodies, sequencing departments, or overall data quality. Deeper analyses of the data could have provided more information.

      We agree with the reviewer that deeper analyses are needed in order to extract more information among studies. However, appropriate methods for meta-analyses should be carefully evaluated and employed for this purpose. We humbly believe that such a task should belong to future studies that may combine available datasets for secondary analyses, leveraging the collective contribution of the reproductive biology community.

      (18) In the methods section, please include an explanation of how enhancers and super-enhancers were defined or add appropriate citations for reference.

      Added more details about tool and parameter setting in the Method section of “Identification of super enhancers”.

      “Identification of super enhancers

      H3K27ac-positive enhancers were defined as regions of H3K27ac ChIP-seq peaks in each sample. The enhancers within 12.5Kb were merged by using bedtools merge function with parameter “-d 12500”. The combined enhancer regions were called super enhancers if they were larger than 15Kb. The common super enhancers from multiple samples were used for downstream analysis.”

      Reference:

      Whyte WA, Orlando DA, Hnisz D, Abraham BJ, Lin CY, Kagey MH, Rahl PB, Lee TI, Young RA. Master transcription factors and mediator establish super-enhancers at key cell identity genes. Cell. 2013 Apr 11;153(2):307-19. doi: 10.1016/j.cell.2013.03.035. PMID: 23582322; PMCID: PMC3653129.

      (19) Additional description on the "Inferred myometrial PGR activities and the correlation analysis "method section should be included to enhance clarity and understanding.

      The description has been updated:

      “The inferred PGR activities were represented by the T-score, which was derived by inputting the mouse myometrial Pgr gene signature, based on the differentially expressed genes between control and myometrial Pgr knockout groups at mid-pregnancy (Wu, Wang et al., 2022), into the SEMIPs application (Li, Bushel et al., 2021). The T-scores were computed using this signature alongside the normalized gene expression counts (FPKM) from 43 human myometrial biopsy specimens.”

      (20) How was the qPCR analysis performed? Was the ddCT method utilized, and was a reference gene used for control? Additional information would be beneficial.

      Quantifying relative mRNA levels was performed via the standard curve method.

      The following details were added: “Relative levels of genes of interest were normalized to the 18S rRNA.”

      (21) Regarding the RNA-Seq analysis of Provera-treated human Myometrial Specimens, the continued use of FPKM is not ideal due to potential differences in RNA composition between libraries. Additionally, clarification is needed on why Cufflinks 2.0.2 was used, considering it is no longer supported.

      FPKM (Fragments Per Kilobase of transcript per Million mapped reads) is used in RNA-Seq analysis, because it allows for the normalization of gene expression data, accounting for differences in gene length and sequencing depth, and facilitates comparability across different genes and libraries. This makes it one of the essential tools for accurately measuring and comparing gene expression levels in various biological and clinical research contexts.

      CuffLinks was once a popular tool for analyzing RNA-seq data, transcriptome assembly, and DEG identification. Its usage has declined in recent years due to the emergence of newer and more advanced tools. The main reason is that it was used for RNA-seq analysis at early stage of this study a few years ago. For the purpose of comparison and consistency, we continued using this tool for later RNA-seq analysis. If we start a new project now, we will choose newer tools, such as HISAT2, Salmon, and DEseq2.

      (22) Overall, sentence structure and typos need to be corrected across the text. Here are some examples:

      Line 17: at term, emerging studies.

      Line 20-22: Here we investigated the human term pregnant nonlabor myometrial biopsies for transcriptome, enhancer histone mark cistrome, and chromatin conformation pattern mapping.

      Line 30-32: PGR overexpression facilitated PLCL2 gene expression in myometrial cells Using CRISPR activation the functionality of a PGR putative enhancer 35-kilobases upstream of the contractile-restrictive gene PLCL2.

      Line 66-70: However, the role of differential myometrial DNA methylation at contractility-driving gene promoter CpG islands in preterm birth is not thought to be major (Mitsuya, Singh et al. 2014), but given that DNA methylation-mediated gene regulation often occurs outside of CpG islands (Irizarry, Ladd-Acosta et al. 2009), there is still work to be done at this interface.

      Line 80-83: Putative enhancers upstream of the PLCL2, a gene encoding for the protein PLCL2 which has been implicated in the modulation of calcium signaling (Uji, Matsuda et al. 2002) and maintenance of myometrial quiescence (Peavey, Wu et al. 2021), transcriptional start site were subject to functional assessment using CRISPR activation based assays.

      Line 290 : sSpecimens

      We appreciate the reviewer’s kind efforts and have made changes accordingly.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major comments

      (1) The section on page 20 describing the proteomic analysis of EVs is poorly written and confusing, with a lot of data in the supplement. It is not clear what the proteomics data actually means.

      We appreciate your feedback on the clarity of the proteomic analysis section. We have rewritten the section on page 20 with more detained information to provide a clearer explanation of the proteomics data and its biological significance. Additionally, we have incorporated a comparative analysis of the EV and total cell lysate proteomes (Fig. 8E, Supplementary Fig. S7A, Supplementary Tables 3 and 4) for supplemental data interpretation.

      (2) The order of the data could be improved.

      We appreciate your feedback regarding the data organization. We have reorganized the order and position of some data in a more structured and coherent manner, as suggested by the reviewers.

      - Reorganization of the qPCR data (previously Fig. 1C) as Fig. 3A

      - Removal of the data on the growth analysis on raffinose media (previously Fig. 7H).

      -Reorganization of the spotting data of the double mutant (previously Fig 3B) to Supplementary Fig. S3B

      - Reorganization of the subcellular localization data (previously Fig 3E) to Supplementary Fig. S4A

      (3) The discussion is repetitive with the introduction and merely summarizes the results and speculates on the mechanism of how the absence of UGGT, leading to ERQC defects, results in defective EV biogenesis/cargo loading in C. neoformans.

      We removed several repetitive sentences in the discussion and provided additional information on proteome analysis.

      Other questions and comments

      (1) Instead of comprehensively analyzing EVs from the UGG1 mutant, a more informative approach to better understanding how defects in N-linked glycosylation impact secretion, would be to do a proteomic analysis on the total secretions (including beta glucanase-treated cells to release classically secreted proteins from the cell wall) and EVs.

      We agree that a comprehensive proteomic analysis of total secretions and classically secreted proteins would provide deeper insights into how defects in N-glycosylation impact secretion in C. neoformans. To address this concern, we performed an additional set of proteomic analyses, the proteome profiles of total cell lysates and the secretome of C. neoformans cultivated in SD broth and presented the results as Supplementary Table S5 and Supplementary Fig. S7B. These additional analyses provide further insights into the impact of UGG1 deletion on both conventional and unconventional secretion pathways, supporting a more pronounced effect of the UGG1 defect on EV-mediated trafficking. The discussion has been updated accordingly (Page 22, lines 509-514).

      (2) The melanization defect in Ugg1 mutant is not strong. Could the reduction be due to partially compromised Ugg1 mutant growth at 30{degree sign}C as indicated in the spot tests. Were photos of the spot dilution assays taken at 1 and 2 days to investigate slower growth? Or alternatively were growth curves taken in a liquid culture?

      For accuracy of melanin synthesis defect, in addition to analysis on L-DOPA plates, we had assessed melanin production in liquid L-DOPA medium following a 3-day incubation, and the melanin production in liquid media was normalized by cell density (OD<sub>600</sub>). The data on normalized melanin production is now included as Fig. 4B in the revised manuscript. The defective laccase activity in the _ugg1_Δ mutant (Fig. 7C) further corroborates our melanization assay results, which is additionally mentioned in the text (Page 18, lines 393-395).

      (3) Is it accurate to say that some virulence factors (i.e. melanin, capsule and phosphatases) are predominantly trafficked through EV's in C. neoformans? Have studies been done to determine the proportion of virulence factors trafficked via EV's versus traditional secretion?

      We thank you for the thoughtful comments. Some virulence factors, such as urease, melanin and capsule polysaccharides, lack a signal peptide required for targeting for the conventional ER/Golgi secretion pathway. It is generally assumed that the trafficking of these factors in C. neoformans is predominantly mediated by non-conventional secretion via EVs. Additionally, even some virulence factors with signal peptides, such as laccase and phosphatases, are also transported via EVs besides the conventional secretion. The quantitative analysis to compare the proportion of virulence factors secretion via EVs versus the conventional pathway has not been yet reported, despite that genetic evidence suggests that conventional secretion also plays a significant role in the export of capsule polysaccharides. Thus, we were also careful not to highlight EV as the main route of virulence factors in the manuscript.

      (4) There is insufficient background in the introduction linking what is known about the ERQC process to secretion in general. The topic changes from the ERQC process to fungal virulence factor, with a primary focus on non-classical (EV-based) secretion. Classical secretion should also be discussed without assuming that non classical (EV) secretion is the major pathway contributing to fungal virulence.

      We appreciate your insightful comments highlighting the need for more background on the ERQC process and its relationship with secretion. To address the reviewer’s concerns, we have added sentences to describe the key roles of ERQC in conventional protein secretion in the Introduction (Page 5, lines 102-106).

      (5) Figure 1A. What does the blue filled circle with the red outline signify? Fig 1 A legend is not well explained. A summary using material provided in the intro/discussion should be included to briefly explain the process and the differences between fungal species. Please also be aware that the intro starts describing the human ERQC process and then switches to what happens in S. cerevisiae.

      We have revised Figure 1A by removing the red circle and updated the figure legend in the revised manuscript to include more detailed information about the ERQC differences across higher eukaryotes and fungal species.

      (6) Figure 2A. There are no units on the Y-axis. Presumably, the scale is the same for all 3 strains.

      Thank you for your comments. The Y-axis is the same for all three strains and, as in Fig. 2C, and represents the relative fluorescence intensity obtained from the HPLC analysis. We added the units on the Y-axis in Fig. 2A.

      (7) If Mnl1 and 2 have proposed roles in proteasomal degradation, wouldn't they be expected to have ER retention signals, like Ugg1?

      We appreciate your valuable insights regarding the absence of ER retention signals in Mnl1 and Mnl2. Previous studies have shown that Saccharomyces cerevisiae Mnl1/Htm1 does not possess canonical KDEL/HDEL-like ER retention signals. Instead, its retention in the ER lumen is facilitated through its interaction with protein disulfide isomerase Pdi1, which contains an HDEL sequence (Gauss et al. 2011). Thus, it is expected that non-canonical retention mechanisms—such as interactions with other ER proteins—could contribute to the retention of Mnl1 and Mnl2 within the ER. We added this information to the revised manuscript (Page 8, lines 154-159).

      (8) Figure 1 C qPCR showing change in mRNA in response to ER stress should not be grouped in this figure. It could be standalone or discussed when the spot dilution assays are performed. Anyway, spots tests are more convincing of a role in stress response than qPCR as the ugg1 mutant is sensitive to tunicamycin, DTT and cell wall stressing agents.

      As suggested by the reviewer, we have reorganized the qPCR data as a part of Figure 3 (Figure 3A) in the revised manuscript.

      (9) It is odd that mns1/101 mutants are not sensitive to ER and CW stress given their proposed differing location/function in the pathway (Figure 1) determined from the N-linked profiling. Any explanation? Could there be redundancy?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s observation regarding the lack of ER and CW stress sensitivity in the mns1_Δ and _mns101_Δ mutants, despite their proposed roles in _N-glycan processing. We had previously reported that the C. neoformans alg3_Δ mutant, lacking a critical enzyme responsible for the synthesis of Dol-PP-Man<sub>6</sub>GlcNAc<sub>2</sub> in the _N-glycosylation pathway, exhibited clearly impaired N-glycan elongation, but showed no detectable growth defects even under stress conditions in vitro. However, alg3_Δ is avirulent in _in vivo pathogenicity (Thak et al., 2020). Similarly, the mns1_Δ_101_Δ double mutant shows glycan-processing defects that do not compromise cellular fitness under stress conditions but result in attenuated virulence in animal models. These findings suggest that some glycosylation-related defects may impact more severely _in vivo pathogenicity rather than in vitro stress sensitivity.

      (10) Although the Silver-stained gels of the ugg1 mutant are not particularly informative, why weren't they (and Con A blots) performed for the other mutants?

      The overall decrease of hypermannosylated glycans observed in the ugg1_Δ mutant allowed us to detect clear alterations in protein glycosylation patterns in the lectin blot using _Galanthus nivalis agglutinin, which recognizes terminal α1,2-, α1,3-, and α1,6-linked mannose residues. In contrast, the limited changes of a few glycan species in other mutants, including mns1_Δ, _mns101_Δ, and _mns1_Δ_101_Δ, are relatively subtle to be detected in the lectin blot, due to only minor differences in the average lengths of their _N-glycans compared to the WT. Therefore, we presented the lectin blotting data only for the _ugg1_Δ mutant.

      (11) If there is ER stress under normal conditions in the Ugg1 mutant then technically this mutant should be growing more slowly under normal conditions. This is difficult to predict in a spot dilution assay where growth is only visualized at day three when any growth defect may have been corrected. The slower growth rather than the reduced secretion of GXM specifically is therefore more likely to be responsible for the reduced virulence.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comment regarding the interplay between ER stress, growth defects, and virulence attenuation in the ugg1_Δ mutant. While retarded growth in _C. neoformans is often associated with reduced virulence, there are a few exceptions. For instance, disruptions in cell cycle progression in C. neoformans have been reported to result in larger capsule sizes, which rather enhance in vivo virulence when analyzed in Galleria mellonella infection models (García-Rodas et al., 2014). This highlights that growth defect alone is not sufficient for virulence attenuation. In the case of the _ugg1_Δ mutant, we speculate that the almost complete loss of virulence is attributed not only to its growth retardation but also to its impaired secretion of key virulence factors, including the polysaccharide capsule.

      (12) The rationale for using leucine analogue 5',5',5'-trifluoroleucine (TFL), in a growth assay (Fig. 3C) to determine whether the defective ugg1Δ phenotypes are induced by ER stress caused by misfolded protein accumulation is not explained.

      The leucine analogue 5',5',5'-trifluoroleucine (TFL) can be incorporated into newly synthesized proteins, disrupting normal folding and thus leading to the generation of misfolded proteins (Trotter et al., 2002; Cowie et al., 1959). In the context of a defective ERQC pathway, these misfolded proteins cannot be adequately repaired, resulting in their accumulation and triggering ER stress. Excessive ER stress may ultimately inhibit cell growth in the presence of TFL. This explanation has been incorporated into the revised manuscript (Page 11, lines 236–241).

      (13) I would argue that only the Ugg1 and double Mns mutant were defective in virulence. For the single mutants, it looks like no difference was found relative to WT. The longer median survival of these mutants (if significant) is most likely due to poor infection technique.

      We agree with the reviewer’s opinion that the mns1_Δ and _mns101_Δ single mutants have no significant difference in _in vivo virulence compared to the WT strain, unlike the _mns1_Δ_101_Δ double mutant which showed significant attenuated virulence. We had previously addressed that in the manuscript (Page 13, lines 267-269).

      (14) The authors conclude that the ugg1Δ strain specifically is impaired in extracellular secretion of capsular polysaccharides but is this via classical (SAV1) secretion or EVs?

      In addition to EV-mediated transport, capsular polysaccharide secretion can occur via the Sav1 (Sec4p)-mediated classical secretion pathway. However, our proteome data of total cell lysates indicated that the protein levels of Sav1 were comparable between the WT and _ugg1_Δ strains, suggesting that Sav1p function itself might not be impaired. Given that the _ugg1_Δ mutant exhibits altered vesicular structures (Supplementary Fig. S6) and loss of microvesicles (Fig. 8A), we speculate that a defect might occur at a post-Sav1p step, such as vesicle fusion with the plasma membrane, likely contributing to the complete defect in secretion of capsular polysaccharides in the _ugg1_Δ strain, in which EV biogenesis and defective cargo loading are severely impaired, producing EVs that lack capsular polysaccharides (Figure 8F). However, further studies should be carried out to define the contribution of SAV1 to the secretion of capsular polysaccharides in in the _ugg1_Δ strain.

      (15) The rationale for doing 7 H is very confusing.

      The experiment assessing raffinose utilization as a carbon source was inspired by the previous work of Garcia-Rivera et al., reporting that the _cap59_Δ mutant is unable to utilize raffinose due to a defect in the secretion of raffinose-hydrolyzing enzymes. As another way to investigate potential defects in the conventional secretion pathway, we investigated the growth of the _ugg1_Δ mutant in the presence of raffinose. Due to our extensive data length, we have decided to remove this complementary data from the manuscript.

      (16) It is speculated in the discussion that ER stress impacts lipid/sterol synthesis and that LDs (lipid droplets?) aid the UPR and ERAD in degrading misfolded proteins during ER stress in S. cerevisiae. The authors mention that they observed a drastic increase in LDs in the ugg1Δ mutant. Where is this data? Even with the data, this is all speculation. The authors also speculate that increased numbers of vacuoles in ugg1 (where is the data?) could be the cause of the altered vesicular structures observed in the mutants, which may indicate abnormal lipid homeostasis caused by the ERQC defects, which could, in turn, affect EV biogenesis. Again, this is speculative.

      The data on lipid droplets (LDs) and vacuole staining are presented in Supplementary Figure S6, showing a drastic increase in LDs and an increased in vacuolar size in the _ugg1_Δ mutant compared to the wild-type strain, especially in capsule-inducing conditions. In addition to such changes in vesicular structures, our preliminary data on sphingolipids and sterol analysis in the surface lipid fraction of the _ugg1_Δ mutant led us to propose the hypothesis that ERQC defects may impact lipid metabolism, which in turn could influence EV biogenesis and membrane properties. It is expected that these findings would provide a strong foundation for future studies exploring the link between ERQC, lipid homeostasis, and EV biogenesis. We have revised our speculation on the association of abnormal lipid homeostasis, caused by ERQC, with EV biogenesis more appropriately by adding the information on our preliminary data of lipid profiles and mentioning that the _ugg1_Δ mutant lacks microvesicles, which are derived from the plasma membrane (Page 24, lines 554-559).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) My suggestions for the authors are the same as those presented in the public review: (1) reducing the text in certain sections of the paper to improve readability for the audience, and (2) reconsidering the figures to reduce the amount of information in each one, moving some of the content to the supplementary material.

      We thank the reviewer for their constructive suggestions regarding the organization and readability of the manuscript. As suggested, we addressed your concerns as follows:

      (1) Reducing the text in the Introduction, Results, and Discussion sections by removing repetitive statements and simplifying complex descriptions where possible.

      (2) Changing the presentation of figures: we have also reorganized the presentation of some data by moving non-essential data to the supplementary material. The updated figures and supplementary materials have been clearly referenced in the text to guide readers.

      (3) Reorganization of materials and methods: some parts of methods were moved to Supplementary Information

      (4) Removal of Figure 7H and the sentences describing the result

      More detailed explanations on the reduction and reorganization are also described in the response to the major comments (2) and (3) made by Reviewer #1.

      (2) Figure 3, for example, shows no difference in fungal growth under different cultivation conditions. This information is valuable but could be mentioned in the text, with the image provided as supplementary material, focusing the figure only on images that show significant growth differences among the strains. I suggest a similar approach for other figures so that the authors can include only the most relevant results in the main body of the article and move some figures to the supplementary materials.

      For Fig. 3, the spotting data of the double mutant (previously Fig. 3B) is now presented in the supplementary information (Supplementary Fig. S3B). Additionally, the subcellular localization data (previously Fig 3E) was also moved to the supplementary material (Supplementary Fig. S4A).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 43 "EV-mediated transport of virulence bags" doesn't make sense. EVs have been described as "virulence bags" (and are in this work later in the introduction) but this should here be "transport of virulence factors" or "compounds associated with virulence" but only if you have confirmed that the "cargo" is consistent with this- which is not evident in the abstract.

      Thank you for your insightful comment. We have revised this to "EV-mediated transport of virulence factors" in line with your suggestion.

      (2) Line 49 "secretory pathway" - is there not more than one secretion pathway?

      Thank you for pointing this out. The term "secretory pathway" has been updated to "secretory pathways" to acknowledge the presence of both conventional and unconventional secretion mechanisms.

      (3) Line 53 "recognizes folding defects, repairs them, and ensures the translocation of irreparable misfolded proteins" should be "recognizes folding defects and repairs them or ensures the translocation of irreparable misfolded proteins.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have revised the sentence as you suggested.

      (4) Lines 88-90 ALG needs to be written out the first time - Asn-linked glycans. Also, consider adding that ALG genes are present in most eukaryotes as it is unclear what you are comparing C. neoformans to.

      Thank you for your helpful comment. We have revised the text to write out "ALG" as "Asn-linked glycosylation" and added the sentence “ALG genes are evolutionary conserved in most eukaryotes” in the revised manuscript (Page 4, line 84).

      (5) Line 99 Cryptococcus has already been abbreviated to C. so don't write it out again.

      We have corrected "Cryptococcus" to “C.” throughout the manuscript after its first mention.

      (6) Line 152- tunicamycin and DTT are not described yet, which may make it challenging for some readers to understand what these drugs are doing/why they were used. What is on lines 156 and 157 for these drugs should go up with the first mention of these drugs.

      Thank you for your helpful suggestion. We have revised the manuscript to include the descriptions and purpose of using tunicamycin (TM) and dithiothreitol (DTT) immediately following their first mention, as recommended (Page 10, lines 208-210).

      (7) The text for Figure 1 C is inaccurate. High temperature also induced KAR2, as noted above, but inaccurately stated in line 160. There is no comment on the significant UGG1 increase with tunicamycin or that KAR2 was highest in this condition.

      Thank you for your thoughtful comment. We have better clarified the significant increase of UGG1 expression following tunicamycin treatment and KAR2 induction upon heat stress in the revised manuscript (Page 10, lines 216-217). Please note that Fig. 1C was revised and is now referred to as Fig. 3A.

      (8) Figure 2B is not well explored/explained. There appears to be more protein in the mutant, including of higher weight in the intracellular compartment. It is difficult to ascertain if there is more too in the secretion phase with this gel. The methods do not specifically describe the concentration of protein added - just volume. Is what we are seeing a loading issue vs real differences?

      Thank you for your insightful comments regarding Figure 2B. We added information on amounts of protein (30 µg per lane) in the legend of Figure 2B.

      The main purpose of Fig. 2B is to examine the altered glycosylation pattern of ERQC by detecting glycoproteins using the Galanthus nivalis agglutinin, which specifically bind terminal α1,2-, α1,3-, and α1,6-linked mannose residues. The result of lectin blotting indicated that glycoproteins are more abundantly detected in the secretion fraction compared to in the soluble intracellular fraction, consistent with the general notion that more than 50% of secretory proteins are glycoproteins. Also, the more abundant proteins with decreased molecular weight in the secretion fraction of ugg1_Δ mutant supported the _N-glycan profiles with decreased hypermannosylation in _ugg1_Δ mutant. We added the purpose and more detailed interpretation on Figure 2B in the revised manuscript (Page 9, lines 174-179).

      (9) Line 242 "melanin pigment" is redundant as melanin is a pigment.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the redundancy in the phrase. We revised the text to simply state "melanin".

      (10) Line 250 drops "completely" especially as the mutant did colonize the lungs of mice.

      To avoid any possible misleading, we removed the term "completely" in the revised manuscript.

      (11) Line 275- need to reference 18B7 as it is first introduced here.

      We added the reference on the antibody 18B7 in the revised manuscript.

      (12) Line 308- there are specific techniques to measure GXM size that could validate or refute the statement on "incomplete" polysaccharides. For example, DOI:10.1128/EC.00268-09.

      We appreciated the valuable suggestion on specific techniques to measure GXM size, which will be one of key experiments in our future study. In the revised manuscript we cited the suggested reference to indicate the need for validation of our statement (Page 14, lines 316-318).

      (13) Line 496 "mammals" - why is this used when the study is on a fungus, not a mammal? The structure of the first 2 paragraphs can be clearer to focus more on fungal biology.

      We have compared both mammals and fungi to emphasize that the ERQC system is conserved among eukaryotes but diverged with a few species-specific features. This comparison is relevant in the context of understanding the evolutionary unique features of ERQC pathways in C. neoformans. We modified the first 2 paragraphs to clarify the main issue of our present study (Page 21, lines 472-483).

      (14) Line 525- the ugg mutant was not avirulent as CFU was present and histopathology in the supplementary figures shows the tissue with ugg1 deletion was not normal (although the images are not especially easy to review). Yes, the mutant did not kill under your test conditions, but it was not avirulent (incapable of causing disease). Significantly attenuated or other descriptors should be utilized. Line 548 is also thus incorrect "complete loss of virulence").

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the description of the _ugg1_Δ mutant as avirulent. We agree that the use of merely “avirulent" may not fully capture the observed phenotypes in the CFU and histopathological data, since we cannot exclude the possibility that the _ugg1_Δ mutant retains the ability to establish an infection. Thus, we have revised the text by describing the _ugg1_Δ mutant as "almost avirulent".

      (15) Line 597- the study by Fukuoka used kidney cells. It is misleading to not clearly state that this finding of ER stress was NOT done in fungi as the way it is presented makes it read as if this work was performed in C. neoformans. This should be clarified. This should also be double-checked and clarified for other statements, such as the reference to Harada in line 606, as this study used melanoma cells. These cell types are very different from cryptococcus- though I absolutely concur that lessons can be learned from comparative assessments.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the need to clarify the experimental context of the cited studies. We explicitly stated the host cell types used in the referenced studies by Fukuoka et al. and by Harada et al., respectively, in the revised manuscript (Page 25, lines 560 and 568).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      eLife assessment 

      This valuable study aims to present a mathematical theory for why the periodicity of the hexagonal pattern of grid cell firing would be helpful for encoding 2D spatial trajectories. The idea is supported by solid evidence, but some of the comparisons of theory to the experimental data seem incomplete, and the reasoning supporting some of the assumptions made should be strengthened. The work would be of interest to neuroscientists studying neural mechanisms of spatial navigation. 

      We thank the reviewers for this assessment. We have addressed the comments made by reviewers and believe that the revised manuscript has theoretical and practical implications beyond the subfield of neuroscience concerned with mechanisms underpinning spatial memory and spatial navigation. Specifically, the demonstration that four simple axioms beget the spatial firing pattern of grid cells is highly relevant for the field of artificial intelligence and neuromorphic computing. This relevance stems from the fact that the four axioms define a set of four simple computational algorithms that can be implemented in future work in grid cell-inspired computational algorithms. Such algorithms will be impactful because they can perform path integration, a function that is independent of an animal’s or agent’s location and therefore generalizable. Moreover, because of the functional organization of grid cells into modules, the algorithm is also scalable. Generalizability and scalability are two highly sought-after properties of brain-inspired computational frameworks. We also believe that the question why grid cells emerge in the brain is a fundamental one. This manuscript is, to our knowledge, the first one that provides an interpretable and intuitive answer to why grid cells are observed in the brain. 

      Before addressing each comment, we would like to point out that the first sentence of the assessment appears misphrased. The study does not aim to present a theory for why the periodicity in grid cell firing would be helpful for encoding 2D spatial trajectories. To present a theory “for why grid cell firing would be helpful for encoding 2D trajectories”, one assumes the existence of grid cells a priori. Instead of assuming the existence of grid cells and deriving a computational function from grid cells, our study derives grid cells from a computational function, as correctly summarized by reviewers #1 and #3 in their individual statements. In contrast to previous normative models, we prove mathematically that spatial periodicity in grid cell firing is implied by a sequence code of trajectories. If the brain uses cell sequences to code for trajectories, spatially periodic firing must emerge. As correctly pointed out by reviewer #1, the underlying assumptions of this study are that the brain codes for trajectories and that it does so using cell sequences. In response to comments by reviewer #1, we now discuss these two assumptions more rigorously.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Rebecca R.G. et al. set to determine the function of grid cells. They present an interesting case claiming that the spatial periodicity seen in the grid pattern provides a parsimonious solution to the task of coding 2D trajectories using sequential cell activation. Thus, this work defines a probable function grid cells may serve (here, the function is coding 2D trajectories), and proves that the grid pattern is a solution to that function. This approach is somewhat reminiscent in concept to previous works that defined a probable function of grid cells (e.g., path integration) and constructed normative models for that function that yield a grid pattern. However, the model presented here gives clear geometric reasoning to its case. 

      Stemming from 4 axioms, the authors present a concise demonstration of the mathematical reasoning underlying their case. The argument is interesting and the reasoning is valid, and this work is a valuable addition to the ongoing body of work discussing the function of grid cells. 

      However, the case uses several assumptions that need to be clearly stated as assumptions, clarified, and elaborated on: Most importantly, the choice of grid function is grounded in two assumptions: 

      (1) that the grid function relies on the activation of cell sequences, and 

      (2) that the grid function is related to the coding of trajectories. While these are interesting and valid suggestions, since they are used as the basis of the argument, the current justification could be strengthened (references 28-30 deal with the hippocampus, reference 31 is interesting but cannot hold the whole case). 

      We thank this reviewer for the overall positive and constructive criticism. We agree with this reviewer that our study rests on two premises, namely that 1) a code for trajectories exist, and 2) this code is implemented by cell sequences. We now discuss and elaborate on the data in the literature supporting the two premises.

      In addition to the work by Zutshi et al. (reference 31 in the original manuscript), we have now cited additional work presenting experimental evidence for sequential activity of neurons in the medial entorhinal cortex, including sequential activity of grid cells.

      We have added the following paragraph to the Discussion section:

      “Recent studies provided compelling evidence for sequential activity of neurons representing spatial trajectories. In particular, Gardner et al. (2022) demonstrated that the sequential activity of hundreds of simultaneously recorded grid cells in freely foraging rats represented spatial trajectories. Complementary preliminary results indicate that grid cells exhibit left-rightalternating “theta sweeps,” characterized by temporally compressed sequences of spiking activity that encode outwardly oriented trajectories from the current location (Vollan et al., 2024).

      The concept of sequential grid cell activity extends beyond spatial coding. In various experimental contexts, grid cells have been shown to encode non-spatial variables. For instance, in a stationary auditory task, grid cells fired at specific sounds along a continuous frequency axis (Aronov et al., 2017). Further studies revealed that grid cell sequences also represent elapsed time and distance traversed, such as during a delay period in a spatial alternation task (Kraus et al., 2015). Similar findings were reported for elapsed time encoded by grid cell sequences in mice performing a virtual “Door Stop” task (Heys and Dombeck, 2018).

      Additionally, spatial trajectories represented by temporally compressed grid cell sequences have been observed during sleep as replay events (Ólafsdóttir et al., 2016; O’Neill et al., 2017). Collectively, these studies demonstrate that sequential activity of neurons within the MEC, particularly grid cells, consistently encodes ordered experiences, suggesting a fundamental role for temporal structure in neuronal representations.

      The theoretical underpinnings of grid cell activity coding for ordered experiences have been explored previously by Rueckemann et al. (2021) who argued that the temporal order in grid cell activation allows for the construction of topologically meaningful representations, or neural codes, grounded in the sequential experience of events or spatial locations. However, while Rueckemann et al. argue that the MEC supports temporally ordered representations through grid cell activity, our findings suggest an inverse relationship: namely, that grid cell activity emerges from temporally ordered spatial experiences. Additional studies demonstrate that hippocampal place cells may derive their spatial coding properties from higher-order sequence learning that integrates sensory and motor inputs (Raju et al., 2024) and that hexagonal grids, if assumed a priori, optimally encode transitions in spatiotemporal sequences (Waniek, 2018).

      Together, experimental and theoretical evidence demonstrate the significance of sequential neuronal activity within the hippocampus and entorhinal cortex as a core mechanism for representing both spatial and temporal information and experiences.”

      The work further leans on the assumption that sequences in the same direction should be similar regardless of their position in space, it is not clear why that should necessarily be the case, and how the position is extracted for similar sequences in different positions. 

      We thank this reviewer for giving us the opportunity to clarify this point. We define a trajectory as a path taken in space (Definition 6). By this definition, a code for trajectories is independent of the animal’s spatial location. This is consistent with the definition of path integration, which is also independent of an animal’s spatial location. If the number of neurons is finite (Axiom #4) and the space is large, sequences must eventually repeat in different locations. This results in neural sequences coding for the same directions being identical at different locations. We have clarified this point under new Remark 6.1. in the Results section of the revised:

      “Remark 6.1. Note that a code for trajectories is independent of the animal’s spatial location, consistent with the definition of path integration. This implies that, if the number of neurons is finite (Axiom #4) and the space is large, sequences must eventually repeat in different location, resulting in neural sequences coding for the same trajectories at different locations.”

      The formal proof was already included in the original manuscript: “Generally speaking, starting in a firing field of element i and going along any set of firing fields, some element must eventually become active again since the total number of elements is finite by axiom 4. Once there is a repeat of one element’s firing field, the whole sequence of firing fields of all elements must repeat by axiom 1. More specifically, if we had a sequence 1,2, … , k, 1, t of elements, then 1,2 and 1, t both would code for traveling in the same direction from element 1, contradicting axiom 1.”

      Further: “More explicitly, assuming axioms 1 and 4, the firing fields of trajectory-coding elements must be spatially periodic, in the sense that starting at any point and continuing in a single direction, the initial sequence of locally active elements must eventually repeat with a repeat length of at least 3”.

      Regarding the question how an animal’s position is extracted for similar sequences in different positions, we agree with this reviewer that this is an important question when investigating the contributions of grid cells to the coding of space. However, since a code for trajectories is independent of spatial location, the question of how to extract an animal’s position from a trajectory code is irrelevant for this study.

      While a trajectory code by neural sequences begets grid cells, a spatial code by neural sequences does not. Nevertheless, grid cells could contribute to the coding of space (in addition to providing a trajectory code). However, while experimental evidence from studies with rodents and human subjects and theoretical work demonstrated the importance of grid cells for path integration (Fuhs and Touretzky, 2006; McNaughton et al., 2006; Moser et al., 2017), experimental studies have shown that grid cells contribute little to the coding of space by place cells (Hales et al., 2014). Yet, theoretical work (Mathis et al., 2012) showed that coherent activity of grid cells across different modules can provide a code for spatial location that is more accurate than spatial coding by place cells in the hippocampus. Importantly, such a spatial code by coherent activity across grid cell modules does not require location-dependent differences in neural sequences.

      The authors also strengthen their model with the requirement that grid cells should code for infinite space. However, the grid pattern anchors to borders and might be used to code navigated areas locally. Finally, referencing ref. 14, the authors claim that no existing theory for the emergence of grid cell firing that unifies the experimental observations on periodic firing patterns and their distortions under a single framework. However, that same reference presents exactly that - a mathematical model of pairwise interactions that unifies experimental observations. The authors should clarify this point. 

      We thank this reviewer for this valuable feedback. We agree that grid cells anchor to borders and may be used to code navigated areas locally. In fact, the trajectory code performs a local function, namely path integration, and the global grid pattern can only emerge from performing this local computation if the activity of at least one grid unit or element (we changed the wording from unit to element based on feedback from reviewer #3) is anchored to either a spatial location or a border. Yet, the trajectory code itself does not require anchoring to a reference frame to perform local path integration. Because of the local nature of the trajectory code, path integration can be performed locally without the emergence of a global grid pattern. This has been shown experimentally in mice performing a path integration task where changes in the location of a task-relevant object resulted in translations of grid patterns in single trials. Although no global grid pattern was observed, grid cells performed path integration locally within the multiple reference frames defined by the task-relevant object, and grid patterns were visible when the changes in the references frames were accounted for in computing the rate maps (Peng et al., 2023). The data by Peng et al. (2023) confirm that the anchoring of the grid pattern to borders and the emergence of the global pattern are not required for local coding of trajectories. The global pattern emerges only when the reference frame does not change. However, this global pattern itself might not serve any function. According to the trajectory code model, the beguiling grid pattern is merely a byproduct of a local path integration function that is independent of the animal’s current location (which makes the code generalizable across space). The reviewer is correct that, if the reference frame used to anchor the grid pattern did not change in infinite space, the trajectory code model of grid cell firing would predict an infinite global pattern. But does the proof implicitly assume that space is infinite? The trajectory code model makes the quantitative prediction that the field size increases linearly with an increase in grid spacing (the distance between two fields). If the field size remains fixed, periodicity will emerge in finite spaces that are larger than the grid spacing. We have clarified these points in the revised manuscript:

      “Notably, the trajectory code itself does not require anchoring to a reference frame to perform local path integration. Because of the local nature of the trajectory code, path integration can be performed locally without the emergence of a global grid pattern. This has been shown experimentally in mice performing a path integration task where changes in the location of a task-relevant object resulted in translations of grid patterns in single trials (Peng et al., 2023). Although no global grid pattern was observed because the reference frame was not fixed in space, grid cells performed path integration locally within the reference frame defined by the moving task-relevant object, and grid patterns were visible when the changes in the references frames were accounted for in computing the rate maps”.

      Regarding how the emergence of grid cells from a trajectory code relates to the theory of a local code by grid cells brought forward by Ginosar et al. (ref. 14), we argue that the local computational function suggested by Ginosar et al. is to provide a code for trajectories. The perspective article by Ginosar et al. provides an excellent review of the experimental data on grid cells that point to grid cells performing a local function (see also Kate Jeffery’s excellent review article (Jeffery, 2024) on the mosaic structure of the mammalian cognitive map.) Assuming the existence of grid cells a priori, Ginosar et al. then propose three possible functions of grid cells, all of which are consistent with the trajectory code model of grid cell firing. Yet, the perspective article remains agnostic, in our opinion, on the exact nature of the local computation that is carried out by grid cells. But without knowing the local computation underlying grid cell function, a unifying theory explaining the emergence of grid cells cannot be considered complete. In contrast, our manuscript identifies the local computational function as a trajectory code by cell sequences. We have clarified these points in the revised manuscript:

      “The influential hypothesis that grid cells provide a universal map for space is challenged by experimental data suggesting a yet to be identified local computational function of grid cells (Ginosar et al., 2023; Jeffery, 2024). Here, we identify this local computational function as a trajectory code.”

      The mathematical model of pairwise interactions described by Ginosar et al. is fundamentally different from the mathematical framework developed in our manuscript. The mathematical model by Ginosar et al. describes how pairwise interactions between already existent grid fields can explain distortions in the grid pattern caused by the environment’s geometry, reward zones, and dimensionality. However, the model does not explain why there is a grid pattern in the first place. In contrast, our trajectory model provides an explanation for why grid cells may exist by demonstrating that a grid pattern emerges from a trajectory code by cell sequences. We stand by our assessment that a unifying theory of grid cells is not complete if it takes the existence of the grid pattern for granted.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      In this work, the authors consider why grid cells might exhibit hexagonal symmetry - i.e., for what behavioral function might this hexagonal pattern be uniquely suited? The authors propose that this function is the encoding of spatial trajectories in 2D space. To support their argument, the authors first introduce a set of definitions and axioms, which then lead to their conclusion that a hexagonal pattern is the most efficient or parsimonious pattern one could use to uniquely label different 2D trajectories using sequences of cells. The authors then go through a set of classic experimental results in the grid cell literature - e.g. that the grid modules exhibit a multiplicative scaling, that the grid pattern expands with novelty or is warped by reward, etc. - and describe how these results are either consistent with or predicted by their theory. Overall, this paper asks a very interesting question and provides an intriguing answer. However, the theory appears to be extremely flexible and very similar to ideas that have been previously proposed regarding grid cell function. 

      We thank this reviewer for carefully reading the manuscript and their valuable feedback which helps us clarify major points of the study. One major clarification is that the theoretical/axiomatic framework we put forward does not assume grid cells a priori. In contrast, we start by hypothesizing a computational function that a brain region shown to be important for path integration likely needs to solve, namely coding for spatial trajectories. We go on to show that this computational function begets spatially periodic firing (grid maps). By doing so, we provide mathematical proof that grid maps emerge from solving a local computational function, namely spatial coding of trajectories. Showing the emergence of grid maps from solving a local computational function is fundamentally different from many previous studies on grid cell function, which assign potential functions to the existing grid pattern. As we discuss in the manuscript, our work is similar to using normative models of grid cell function. However, in contrast to normative models, we provide a rigorous and interpretable mathematical framework which provides geometric reasoning to its case.

      Major strengths: 

      The general idea behind the paper is very interesting - why *does* the grid pattern take the form of a hexagonal grid? This is a question that has been raised many times; finding a truly satisfying answer is difficult but of great interest to many in the field. The authors' main assertion that the answer to this question has to do with the ability of a hexagonal arrangement of neurons to uniquely encode 2D trajectories is an intriguing suggestion. It is also impressive that the authors considered such a wide range of experimental results in relation to their theory.  

      We thank this reviewer for pointing out the significance of the question addressed by our manuscript.

      Major weaknesses: 

      One major weakness I perceive is that the paper overstates what it delivers, to an extent that I think it can be a bit confusing to determine what the contributions of the paper are. In the introduction, the authors claim to provide "mathematical proof that ... the nature of the problem being solved by grid cells is coding of trajectories in 2-D space using cell sequences. By doing so, we offer a specific answer to the question of why grid cell firing patterns are observed in the mammalian brain." This paper does not provide proof of what grid cells are doing to support behavior or provide the true answer as to why grid patterns are found in the brain. The authors offer some intriguing suggestions or proposals as to why this might be based on what hexagonal patterns could be good for, but I believe that the language should be clarified to be more in line with what the authors present and what the strength of their evidence is. 

      We thank this reviewer for this assessment. While there is ample experimental evidence demonstrating the importance of grid cells for path integration, we agree with this reviewer that there may be other computational functions that may require or largely benefit from the existence of grid cells. We now acknowledge the fact that we have provided a likely teleological cause for the emergence of grid cells and that there might be other causes for the emergence of grid cells. We have changed the wording in the abstract and discussion sections to acknowledge that our study does provide a likely teleological cause. We choose “likely” because the computational function – trajectory coding – from which grid maps emerge is very closely associated to path integration, which numerous experimental and theoretical studies associate with grid cell function.

      Relatedly, the authors claim that they find a teleological reason for the existence of grid cells - that is, discover the function that they are used for. However, in the paper, they seem to instead assume a function based on what is known and generally predicted for grid cells (encode position), and then show that for this specific function, grid cells have several attractive properties. 

      We agree with this reviewer that we leveraged what is known about grid cells, in particular their importance for path integration, in finding a likely teleological cause. However, the major significance of our work is that we demonstrate that coding for spatial trajectories requires spatially periodic firing (grid cells).This is very different from assuming the existence of grid cells a priori and then showing that grid cells have attractive, if not optimal, properties for this function. If we had shown that grid cells optimized a code for trajectories, this reviewer would be correct: we would have suggested just another potential function of grid cells. Instead, we provide both proof and intuition that trajectory coding by cell sequences begets grid cells (not the other way around), thereby providing a likely teleological cause for the emergence of grid cells. As stated above, we clarified in the revised manuscript that we provide a likely teleological cause which requires additional experimental verification.

      There is also some other work that seems very relevant, as it discusses specific computational advantages of a grid cell code but was not cited here: https://www.nature.com/articles/nn.2901

      We thank this reviewer for pointing us toward this article by (Sreenivasan and Fiete, 2011). The revised manuscript now cites this article in the Introduction and Discussion sections. We agree that the article by (Sreenivasan and Fiete, 2011) discusses a specific computational advantage of a population code by grid cells, namely unprecedented robustness to noise in estimating the location from the spiking information of noisy neurons. However, the work by (Sreenivasan and Fiete, 2011) differs from our work in that the authors assume the existence of grid cells a priori.

      In addition, we now discuss other relevant work, namely work on the conformal isometry hypothesis  by (Schøyen et al., 2024) and (Xu et al., 2024), published as pre-prints after publication of the first version of our manuscript, as well as work on transition scale- spaces by Nicolai Waniek. (Xu et al., 2024) and (Schøyen et al., 2024) investigate conformal isometry in the coding of space by grid cells. Conformal isometry means that trajectories in neural space map trajectories in physical space. (Xu et al., 2024) show that the conformal isometry hypothesis can explain the spatially periodic firing pattern of grid cells. (Schøyen et al., 2024) further show that a module of seven grid cells emerges if space is encoded as a conformal isometry, ensuring equal representation in all directions. While the work by (Xu et al., 2024) and (Schøyen et al., 2024) arrive at very similar conclusions as stated in the current manuscript, the conformal isometry hypothesis provides only a partial answer to why grid cells exist because it doesn’t explain why conformal isometry is important or required. In contrast, a sequence code of trajectories provides an intuitive answer to why such a code is important for animal behavior. Furthermore, we included the work by Nicolai Waniek, (2018, 2020) in the Discussion, who demonstrated that the hexagonal arrangement of grid fields is optimal for coding transitions in space. 

      The paragraph added to the Discussion reads as follows:

      “As part of the proof that a trajectory code by cell sequences begets spatially periodic firing fields, we proved that the centers of the firing fields must be arranged in a hexagonal lattice. This arrangement implies that the neural space is a conformally isometric embedding of physical space, so that local displacements in neural space are proportional to local displacements of an animal or agent in physical space, as illustrated in Figure 5. This property has recently been introduced in the grid cell literature as the conformal isometry hypothesis(Schøyen et al., 2024; Xu et al., 2024). Strikingly, Schøyen et al.(Schøyen et al., 2024) arrive at similar if not identical conclusions regarding the geometric principles in the neural representations of space by grid cells.”

      A second major weakness was that some of the claims in the section in which they compared their theory to data seemed either confusing or a bit weak. I am not a mathematician, so I was not able to follow all of the logic of the various axioms, remarks, or definitions to understand how the authors got to their final conclusion, so perhaps that is part of the problem. But below I list some specific examples where I could not follow why their theory predicted the experimental result, or how their theory ultimately operated any differently from the conventional understanding of grid cell coding. In some cases, it also seemed that the general idea was so flexible that it perhaps didn't hold much predictive power, as extra details seemed to be added as necessary to make the theory fit with the data. 

      I don't quite follow how, for at least some of their model predictions, the 'sequence code of trajectories' theory differs from the general attractor network theory. It seems from the introduction that these theories are meant to serve different purposes, but the section of the paper in which the authors claim that various experimental results are predicted by their theory makes this comparison difficult for me to understand. For example, in the section describing the effect of environmental manipulations in a familiar environment, the authors state that the experimental results make sense if one assumes that sequences are anchored to landmarks. But this sounds just like the classic attractornetwork interpretation of grid cell activity - that it's a spatial metric that becomes anchored to landmarks. 

      We thank this reviewer for giving us the opportunity to clarify in what aspects the ‘sequence code of trajectories’ theory of grid cell firing differs from the classic attractor network models, in particular the continuous attractor network (CAN) model. First of all, the CAN model is a mechanistic model of grid cell firing that is specifically designed to simulate spatially periodic firing of grid cells in response to velocity inputs. In contrast, the sequence code of trajectories theory of grid cell firing resembles a normative model showing that grid cells emerge from performing a specific function. However, in contrast to previous normative models, the sequence code of trajectories model grounds the emergence of grid cell firing in a mathematical proof and both geometric reasoning and intuition. The proof demonstrates that the emergence of grid cells is the only solution to coding for trajectories using cell sequences. The sequence code of trajectories model of grid cell firing is agnostic about the neural mechanisms that implements the sequence code in a population of neurons. One plausible implementation of the sequence code of trajectories is in fact a CAN. In fact, the sequence code of trajectories theory predicts conformal isometry in the CAN, i.e., a trajectory in neural space is proportional to a trajectory of an animal in physical space. However, other mechanistic implementations are possible. We have clarified how the sequence code of trajectories theory of grid cells relates to the mechanistic CAN models of grid cells. 

      We added the following text to the Discussion section:

      “While the sequence code of trajectories-model of grid cell firing is agnostic about the neural mechanisms that implements the sequence code, one plausible implementation is a continuous attractor network (McNaughton et al., 2006; Burak and Fiete, 2009). Interestingly, a sequence code of trajectories begets conformal isometry in the attractor network, i.e., a trajectory in neural space is proportional to a trajectory of an animal in physical space.”

      It was not clear to me why their theory predicted the field size/spacing ratio or the orientation of the grid pattern to the wall. 

      We thank this reviewer for bringing to our attention that we lacked a proper explanation for why the sequence code of trajectories theory predicts the field size/spacing ration in grid maps. We have modified/added the following text to the Results section of the manuscript to clarify this point:

      “Because the sequence code of trajectories model of grid cell firing implies a dense packing of firing fields, the spacing between two adjacent grid fields must change linearly with a change in field size. It follows that the ratio between grid spacing and field size is fixed. When using the distance between the centers of two adjacent grid fields to measure grid spacing and a diameter-like metric to measure grid field size, we can compute the ratio of grid spacing to grid field size as √7≈2.65 (see Methods).”

      We are also grateful for this reviewer’s correctly pointing out that the explanation as to why the sequence code of trajectories predicts a rotation of the grid pattern relative to a set of parallel walls in a rectangular environment. We have now made explicit the underlying premise that a sequence of firing fields from multiple grid cells are aligned in parallel to a nearby wall of the environment. We cite additional experimental evidence supporting this premise. Concretely, we quote Stensola and Moser summarizing results reported in (Stensola et al. 2015): “A surprising observation, however, was that modules typically assumed one of only four distinct orientation configurations relative to the environment” (Stensola and Moser, 2016). Importantly, all of the four distinct orientations show the characteristic angular rotation. Intriguingly, this is predicted by the sequence code of trajectories-model under the premise that a sequence of firing fields aligns with one of the geometric boundaries of the environment, as shown in Author response image 1 below.

      Author response image 1.

      Under the premise that a sequence of firing fields aligns with one of the geometric boundaries (walls) of a square arena, there are precisely four possible distinct configurations of orientations. This is precisely what has been observed in experiments (Stensola et al., 2015; Stensola and Moser, 2016).

      We added clarifying language to the Results section: “Under the premise that a sequence of firing fields aligns with one of the geometric boundaries of the environment, the sequence code model explains that the grid pattern typically assume one of only four distinct orientation configurations relative to the environment41,46. Concretely, the four orientation configurations arise when one row of grid fields aligns with one of the two sets of parallel walls in a rectangular environment, and each arrangement can result in two distinct orientations (Figure 3B).”

      I don't understand how repeated advancement of one unit to the next, as shown in Figure 4E, would cause the change in grid spacing near a reward. 

      In familiar environments, spatial firing fields of place cells in hippocampal CA1 and CA3 tend to shift backwards with experience (Mehta et al., 2000; Lee et al., 2004; Roth et al., 2012; Geiller et al., 2017; Dong et al., 2021). This implies that the center of place fields move closer to each other. A potential mechanism has been suggested, namely NMDA receptor-dependent longterm synaptic plasticity (Ekstrom et al., 2001). When we apply the same principle observed for place fields on a linear track to grid fields anchored to a reward zone, grid fields will “gravitate” towards the reward side. A similar idea has been presented by (Ginosar et al., 2023) who use the analogy of reward locations as “black holes”. In contrast to (Ginosar et al., 2023), who we cite multiple times, our idea unifies observations on place cells and grid cells in 1-D and 2-D environments and suggests a potential mechanism. We changed the wording in the revised manuscript and clarified the underlying premises.

      I don't follow how this theory predicts the finding that the grid pattern expands with novelty. The authors propose that this occurs because the animals are not paying attention to fine spatial details, and thus only need a low-resolution spatial map that eventually turns into a higher-resolution one. But it's not clear to me why one needs to invoke the sequence coding hypothesis to make this point. 

      We agree with this reviewer that this point needs clarification. The sequence code model adds explanatory power to the hypothesis that the grid pattern in a novel environment reflects a lowresolution mapping of space or spatial trajectories because it directly links spatial resolution to both field size and spacing of a grid map. Concretely, the spatial resolution of the trajectory code is equivalent to the spacing between two adjacent spatial fields, and the spatial resolution is directly proportional to the grid spacing and field size. If one did not evoke the sequence coding hypothesis, one would need to explain how and why both spacing and field size are related to the spatial resolution of the grid map. Lastly, as written in the manuscript text, we point out that, while the experimentally observed expansion of grid maps is consistent with the sequence code of trajectory, it is not predicted by the theory without making further assumption. 

      The last section, which describes that the grid spacing of different modules is scaled by the square root of 2, says that this is predicted if the resolution is doubled or halved. I am not sure if this is specifically a prediction of the sequence coding theory the authors put forth though since it's unclear why the resolution should be doubled or halved across modules (as opposed to changed by another factor). 

      We agree with reviewer #2 that the exact value of the scaling factor is not predicted by the sequence coding theory. E.g., the sequence code theory does not explain why the spatial resolution doesn’t change by a factor 3 or 1.5 (resulting in changes in grid spacing by square root of 3 or square root of 1.5, respectively). We have changed the wording to reflect this important point. We further clarified in the revised manuscript that future work on multiscale representations using modules of grid cells needs to show why changing the spatial resolution across modules by a factor of 2 is optimal. Interestingly, a scale ratio of 2 is commonly used in computer vision, specifically in the context of mipmapping and Gaussian pyramids, to render images across different scales. Literature in the computer vision field describes why a scaling factor of 2 and the use of Gaussian filter kernels (compare with Gaussian firing fields) is useful in allowing a smooth and balanced transition between successive levels of an image pyramid (Burt and Adelson, 1983; Lindeberg, 2008). Briefly, larger factors (like 3) could result in excessive loss of detail between levels, while smaller factors (like 1.5) would not reduce the image size enough to justify additional levels of computation (that would come with the structural cost of having more grid cell modules in the brain). We have clarified these points in the Discussion section.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      The manuscript presents an intriguing explanation for why grid cell firing fields do not lie on a lattice whose axes aligned to the walls of a square arena. This observation, by itself, merits the manuscript's dissemination to the eLife's audience. 

      We thank this reviewer for their positive assessment.

      The presentation is quirky (but keep the quirkiness!). 

      We kept the quirkiness.

      But let me recast the problem presented by the authors as one of combinatorics. Given repeating, spatially separated firing fields across cells, one obtains temporal sequences of grid cells firing. Label these cells by integers from $[n]$. Any two cells firing in succession should uniquely identify one of six directions (from the hexagonal lattice) in which the agent is currently moving. 

      Now, take the symmetric group $\Sigma$ of cyclic permutations on $n$ elements.  We ask whether there are cyclic permutations of $[n]$ such that 

      \left(\pi_{i+1} - \pi_i \right) \mod n \neq \pm 1 \mod n, \; \forall i. 

      So, for instance, $(4,2,3,1)$ would not be counted as a valid permutation of $(1,2,3,4)$, as $(2,3)$ and $(1,4)$ are adjacent. 

      Furthermore, given $[n]$, are there two distinct cyclic permutations such that {\em no} adjacencies are preserved when considering any pair of permutations (among the triple of the original ordered sequence and the two permutations)? In other words, if we consider the permutation required to take the first permutation into the second, that permutation should not preserve any adjacencies. 

      {\bf Key question}: is there any difference between the solution to the combinatorics problem sketched above and the result in the manuscript? Specifically, the text argues that for $n=7$ there is only {\em one} solution. 

      Ideally, one would strive to obtain a closed-form solution for the number of such permutations as a function of $n$.  

      This is a great question! We currently have a student working on describing all possible arrangements of firing fields (essentially labelings of the hexagonal lattice) that satisfy the axioms in 2D, and we expect that results on the number of such arrangements will come out of his work. We plan to publish those results separately, possibly targeting a more mathematical audience.   

      The argument above appears to only apply in the case that every row (and every diagonal) contains all of the elements 1,...,n. However, when n is not prime, there are often arrangements where rows and/or diagonals do not contain every element from 1,...,n. For example, some admissible patterns with 9 neurons have a repeat length of 3 in all directions (horizontally and both diagonals). As a result the construction listed here will not give a full count of all possible arrangements. 

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      I think the concise style of mathematical proof is both a curse and a blessing. While it delivers the message, I think the fluency and readability of the mathematical proof could be improved with longer paragraphs and some more editing. 

      We have added some clarifications in the text that we hope improve the readability.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      A minor qualm I have with the nomenclature: 

      On page 7: 

      “To prove this statement, suppose that row A consists of units $1, \dots , k$ repeating in this order. Then any row that contains any unit from $1, \dots, k$ must contain the full repeat $1, \dots , k$ by axiom 1. So any row containing any unit from $1,\dots , k$ is a translation of row A, and any unit that does not contain them is disjoint from row A.”

      The last use of `unit' at the end of this paragraph instead of `row' is confusing. Technically, the authors have given themselves license to use this term by defining a unit to be “either to a single cell or a cell assembly”. Yet modern algebra tends to use `unit' as meaning a ring element that has an inverse.  

      We have renamed “unit” to “element” to avoid confusion with the terminology in modern algebra.

    1. Author response:

      Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      In this study, Daniel et al. used three cognitive tasks to investigate behavioral signatures of cerebellar degeneration. In the first two tasks, the authors found that if an equation was incorrect, reaction times slowed significantly more for cerebellar patients than for healthy controls. In comparison, the slowing in the reaction times when the task required more operations was comparable to normal controls. In the third task, the authors show increased errors in cerebellar patients when they had to judge whether a letter string corresponded to an artificial grammar.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the work is methodologically sound and the manuscript well written. The data do show some evidence for specific cognitive deficits in cerebellar degeneration patients.

      Thank you for the thoughtful summary and constructive feedback. We are pleased that the methodological rigor and clarity of the manuscript were appreciated, and that the data were recognized as providing meaningful evidence regarding cognitive deficits in cerebellar degeneration.

      Weaknesses:

      The current version has some weaknesses in the visual presentation of results. Overall, the study lacks a more precise discussion on how the patterns of deficits relate to the hypothesized cerebellar function. The reviewers and the editor agreed that the data are interesting and point to a specific cognitive deficit in cerebellar patients. However, in the discussion, we were somewhat confused about the interpretation of the result: If the cerebellum (as proposed in the introduction) is involved in forming expectations in a cognitive task, should they not show problems both in the expected (1+3 =4) and unexpected (1+3=2) conditions? Without having formed the correct expectation, how can you correctly say "yes" in the expected condition? No increase in error rate is observed - just slowing in the unexpected condition. But this increase in error rate was not observed. If the patients make up for the lack of prediction by using some other strategy, why are they only slowing in the unexpected case? If the cerebellum is NOT involved in making the prediction, but only involved in detecting the mismatch between predicted and real outcome, why would the patients not show specifically more errors in the unexpected condition?

      Thank you for asking these important questions and initiating an interesting discussion. While decision errors and processing efficiency are not fully orthogonal and are likely related, they are not necessarily the same internal construct. The data from Experiments 1 and 2 suggest impaired processing efficiency rather than increased decision error. Reaction time slowing without increased error rates suggests that the CA group can form expectations but respond more slowly, possibly due to reduced processing efficiency. Thus, this analysis of our data can indicate that the cerebellum is not essential for forming expectations, but it plays a critical role in processing their violations.

      Relatedly, two important questions remain open in the literature concerning the cerebellum’s role in expectation-related processes. The first is whether the cerebellum contributes to the formation of expectations or the processing of their violations. In Experiments 1 and 2, the CA group did not show impairments in the complexity manipulation. As mentioned by the editors, solving these problems requires the formation of expectations during the reasoning process. Given the intact performance of the CA group, these results suggest that they are not impaired in forming expectations. However, in both Experiments 1 and 2, patients exhibited selective impairments in solving incorrect problems compared to correct problems. Since expectation formation is required in both conditions, but only incorrect problems involve a violation of expectation (VE), we hypothesize that the cerebellum is involved in VE processes. We suggest that the CA group can form expectations in familiar tasks, but are impaired in processing unexpected compared to expected outcomes. This supports the notion that the cerebellum contributes to VE, rather than to forming expectations.

      Importantly, while previous experimental manipulations(1–6) have provided important insights, some may have confounded these two internal constructs due to task design limitations (e.g., lack of baseline conditions). Notably, some of these previous studies did not include control conditions (e.g., correct trials) where there was no VE. In addition, other studies did not include a control measure (e.g., complexity effect), which limits their ability to infer the specific cerebellar role in expectation manipulation.

      In addition to the editors’ question, we would like to raise a second important question regarding cerebellar contributions to expectations-related processes. While our findings point to a both unique and consistent cerebellar role in VE processes in sequential tasks, we do not aim to generalize this role to all forms of expectations(2,7,8). Another interesting process is how expectations are formed. Expectations can be formed by different processes(2,7,8), and this should be taken into account when defining cerebellar function. For instance, previous experimental paradigms(1–6), aiming to assess VE, utilized tasks that manipulated rule-based errors or probability-based errors, but did not fully dissociate these constructs. In our Experiments 1 and 2, we specifically manipulated error signals derived from previous top-down effects. However, in Experiment 3, the participant’s VE was derived from within-task processes. In Experiment 3, expectations were formed either by statistical learning or by rule-based learning. During the test stage, when evaluating sensitivity to correct and incorrect problems, the CA group showed deficits only when expectations were formed based on rules. These findings suggest that cerebellar patients may retain a general ability to form expectations. However, their deficit appears to be specific to processing rule-based VE, but not statistically derived VE. This pattern of results aligns with the results of Experiments 1 and 2 where the rules are known and based on pre-task knowledge.

      We suggest that these two key questions are relevant to both motor and non-motor domains and were not fully addressed even in the previous, well-studied motor domain. Thus, the current experimental design used in three different experiments provides a valuable novel experimental perspective, allowing us to distinguish between some, but not all, of the processes involved in the formation of expectations and their violations. For instance, to our knowledge, this is the first study to demonstrate a selective impairment in rule-based VE processing in cerebellar patients across both numerical reasoning and artificial grammar tasks.

      If feasible, we propose that future studies should disentangle different forms of VE by operationalizing them in experimental tasks in an orthogonal manner. This will allow us, as a scientific community, to achieve a more detailed, well-defined cerebellar motor and non-motor mechanistic account.

      References

      (1) Butcher, P. A. et al. The cerebellum does more than sensory prediction error-based learning in sensorimotor adaptation tasks. J. Neurophysiol. 118, 1622–1636 (2017).

      (2) Moberget, T., Gullesen, E. H., Andersson, S., Ivry, R. B. & Endestad, T. Generalized role for the cerebellum in encoding internal models: Evidence from semantic processing. J. Neurosci. 34, 2871–2878 (2014).

      (3) Riva, D. The cerebellar contribution to language and sequential functions: evidence from a child with cerebellitis. Cortex. 34, 279–287 (1998).

      (4) Sokolov, A. A., Miall, R. C. & Ivry, R. B. The Cerebellum: Adaptive Prediction for Movement and Cognition. Trends Cogn. Sci. 21, 313–332 (2017).

      (5) Fiez, J. A., Petersen, S. E., Cheney, M. K. & Raichle, M. E. Impaired non-motor learning and error detection associated with cerebellar damage. A single case study. Brain 115 Pt 1, 155–178 (1992).

      (6) Taylor, J. A., Krakauer, J. W. & Ivry, R. B. Explicit and Implicit Contributions to Learning in a Sensorimotor Adaptation Task. J. Neurosci. 34, 3023–3032 (2014).

      (7) Sokolov, A. A., Miall, R. C. & Ivry, R. B. The Cerebellum: Adaptive Prediction for Movement and Cognition. Trends Cogn. Sci. 21, 313–332 (2017).

      (8) Fiez, J. A., Petersen, S. E., Cheney, M. K. & Raichle, M. E. IMPAIRED NON-MOTOR LEARNING AND ERROR DETECTION ASSOCIATED WITH CEREBELLAR DAMAGEA SINGLE CASE STUDY. Brain 115, 155–178 (1992).

      (9) Picciotto, Y. De, Algon, A. L., Amit, I., Vakil, E. & Saban, W. Large-scale evidence for the validity of remote MoCA administration among people with cerebellar ataxia administration among people with cerebellar ataxia. Clin. Neuropsychol. 0, 1–17 (2024).

      (10) Binoy, S., Monstaser-Kouhsari, L., Ponger, P. & Saban, W. Remote Assessment of Cognition in Parkinsons Disease and Cerebellar Ataxia: The MoCA Test in English and Hebrew. Front. Hum. Neurosci. 17, (2023).

      (11) Saban, W. & Ivry, R. B. Pont: A protocol for online neuropsychological testing. J. Cogn. Neurosci. 33, 2413–2425 (2021).

      (12) Algon, A. L. et al. Scale for the assessment and rating of ataxia : a live e ‑ version. J. Neurol. (2025). doi:10.1007/s00415-025-13071-7

      (13) McDougle, S. D. et al. Continuous manipulation of mental representations is compromised in cerebellar degeneration. Brain 145, 4246–4263 (2022).

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      This important study uses an innovative task design combined with eye tracking and fMRI to distinguish brain regions that encode the value of individual items from those that accumulate those values for value-based choices. It shows that distinct brain regions carry signals for currently evaluated and previously accumulated evidence. The study provides solid evidence in support of most of its claims, albeit with current minor weaknesses concerning the evidence in favour of gaze-modulation of the fMRI signal. The work will be of interest to neuroscientists working on attention and decision-making.

      We thank the Editor and Reviewers for their summary of the strengths of our study, and for their thoughtful review and feedback on our manuscript. We plan to undertake some additional analyses suggested by the Reviewers to bolster the evidence in favor of gaze-modulation of the fMRI signal.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study builds upon a major theoretical account of value-based choice, the 'attentional drift diffusion model' (aDDM), and examines whether and how this might be implemented in the human brain using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI). The aDDM states that the process of internal evidence accumulation across time should be weighted by the decision maker's gaze, with more weight being assigned to the currently fixated item. The present study aims to test whether there are (a) regions of the brain where signals related to the currently presented value are affected by the participant's gaze; (b) regions of the brain where previously accumulated information is weighted by gaze.

      To examine this, the authors developed a novel paradigm that allowed them to dissociate currently and previously presented evidence, at a timescale amenable to measuring neural responses with fMRI. They asked participants to choose between bundles or 'lotteries' of food times, which they revealed sequentially and slowly to the participant across time. This allowed modelling of the haemodynamic response to each new observation in the lottery, separately for previously accumulated and currently presented evidence.

      Using this approach, they find that regions of the brain supporting valuation (vmPFC and ventral striatum) have responses reflecting gaze-weighted valuation of the currently presented item, whereas regions previously associated with evidence accumulation (preSMA and IPS) have responses reflecting gaze-weighted modulation of previously accumulated evidence.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the current paper is the design of the task, nicely allowing the researchers to examine evidence accumulation across time despite using a technique with poor temporal resolution. The dissociation between currently presented and previously accumulated evidence in different brain regions in GLM1 (before gaze-weighting), as presented in Figure 5, is already compelling. The result that regions such as preSMA respond positively to |AV| (absolute difference in accumulated value) is particularly interesting, as it would seem that the 'decision conflict' account of this region's activity might predict the exact opposite result. Additionally, the behaviour has been well modelled at the end of the paper when examining temporal weighting functions across the multiple samples.

      Thank you!

      Weaknesses:

      The results relating to gaze-weighting in the fMRI signal could do with some further explication to become more complete. A major concern with GLM2, which looks at the same effects as GLM1 but now with gaze-weighting, is that these gaze-weighted regressors may be (at least partially) correlated with their non-gaze-weighted counterparts (e.g., SVgaze will correlate with SV). But the non-gaze-weighted regressors have been excluded from this model. In other words, the authors are not testing for effects of gaze-weighting of value signals *over and above* the base effects of value in this model. In my mind, this means that the GLM2 results could simply be a replication of the findings from GLM1 at present. GLM3 is potentially a stronger test, as it includes the value signals and the interaction with gaze in the same model. But here, while the link to the currently attended item is quite clear (and a replication of Lim et al, 2011), the link to previously accumulated evidence is a bit contorted, depending upon the interpretation of a behavioural regression to interpret the fMRI evidence. The results from GLM3 are also, by the authors' own admission, marginal in places.

      We thank the Reviewer for their thoughtful critique. We acknowledge that our formulation of GLM2 does not test for the effects of gaze-weighted value signals beyond the base effects of value, only in place of the base effects of value. In our revision, we plan to examine alternative ways of quantifying the relative importance of gaze in these results.  

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors seek to disentangle brain areas that encode the subjective value of individual stimuli/items (input regions) from those that accumulate those values into decision variables (integrators) for value-based choice. The authors used a novel task in which stimulus presentation was slowed down to ensure that such a dissociation was possible using fMRI despite its relatively low temporal resolution. In addition, the authors leveraged the fact that gaze increases item value, providing a means of distinguishing brain regions that encode decision variables from those that encode other quantities such as conflict or time-on-task. The authors adopt a region-of-interest approach based on an extensive previous literature and found that the ventral striatum and vmPFC correlated with the item values and not their accumulation, whereas the pre-SMA, IPS, and dlPFC correlated more strongly with their accumulation. Further analysis revealed that the pre-SMA was the only one of the three integrator regions to also exhibit gaze modulation.

      Strengths:

      The study uses a highly innovative design and addresses an important and timely topic. The manuscript is well-written and engaging, while the data analysis appears highly rigorous.

      Weaknesses:

      With 23 subjects, the study has relatively low statistical power for fMRI.

      We thank the Reviewer for their comments on the strengths of the manuscript, and for highlighting an important limitation. We agree that the number of participants in the study, after exclusions, was lower than your typical fMRI study. However, it is important to note that we do have a lot of data for each subject. Due to our relatively fast, event-related design, we have on average 65 trials per subject (SD = 18) and 5.95 samples per trial (SD \= 4.03), for an average of 387 observations per subject (SD = 18). Our model-based analysis looks for very specific neural time courses across these ~387 observations, giving us substantial power to detect our effects of interest. Still, we acknowledge that our small number of subjects does still limit our power and our ability to generalize to other subjects. We plan to add the following disclaimer to the Discussion section:

      “Together with our limited sample size (n = 23), we may not have had adequate statistical power required to observe consistent effects. Additional research with larger sample sizes is needed to resolve this issue.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer 1 (Public Review):

      Summary

      The manuscript uses state-of-the-art analysis technology to document the spatio-temporal dynamics of brain activity during the processing of threats. The authors offer convincing evidence that complex spatio-temporal aspects of brain dynamics are essential to describe brain operations during threat processing.

      Strengths

      Rigorous complex analyses well suited to the data.

      Weaknesses

      Lack of a simple take-home message about discovery of a new brain operation.

      We have addressed the concern under response to item 1 in Recommendations for the authors of Reviewer 2 below.

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The paper presents sophisticated analyses of how the spatiotemporal activity of the brain processes threats. While the study is elegant and relevant to the threat processing literature, it could be improved by better clarification of novelty, scope, assumptions and implications. Suggestions are reported below.

      (1) Introduction: It is difficult to understand what is unsatisfactory in the present literature and why we need this study. For example, lines 57-64 report what works well in the work of Anderson and Fincham but do not really describe what this approach lacks, either in failing to explain real data in conceptual terms.

      We have edited the corresponding lines to better describe what such approaches generally lack:

      Introduction; Lines 63-66: However, the mapping between brain signals and putative mental states (e.g., “encoding”) remained speculative. More generally, state-based modeling of fMRI data would benefit from evaluation in contexts where the experimental paradigm affords a clearer mapping between discovered states and experimental manipulation.

      (2) Also, based on the introduction it is unclear if the focus is on understanding the processing of threat or in the methodological development of experimental design and analysis paradigms for more ecologically valid situations.

      In our present work, we tried to focus on understanding dynamics of threat processing while also contributing to methodological development of analysis of dynamic/ecologically inspired experiments. To that end, we have added a new paragraph at the end of Introduction to clarify the principal focus of our work:

      Introduction; Lines 111-118: Is the present contribution focused on threat processing or methodological developments for the analysis of more continuous/ecologically valid paradigms? Our answer is “both”. One goal was to contribute to the development of a framework that considers brain processing to be inherently dynamic and multivariate. In particular, our goal was to provide the formal basis for conceptualizing threat processing as a dynamic process (see (Fanselow and Lester, 1987)) subject to endogenous and exogenous contributions. At the same time, our study revealed how regions studied individually in the past (e.g., anterior insula, cingulate cortex) contribute to brain states with multi-region dynamics.

      (3) The repeated statement, based on the Fiete paper, that most analyses or models of brain activity do not include an exogenous drive seems an overstatement. There is plenty of literature that not only includes exogenous drives but also studies and documents them in detail. There are many examples, but a prominent one is the study of auditory processing. Essentially all human brain areas related to hearing (not only the activity of individual areas but also their communication) are entrained by the exogenous drive of speech (e.g. J. Gross et al, PLoS Biology 11 e1001752, 2013).

      We have altered the original phrasing, which now reads as:

      Introduction; Lines 93-95: Importantly, we estimated both endogenous and exogenous components of the dynamics, whereas some past work has not modeled both contributions (see discussion in (Khona and Fiete, 2022)).

      Discussion; Lines 454-455: Work on dynamics of neural circuits in systems neuroscience at times assumes that the target circuit is driven only by endogenous processes (Khona and Fiete, 2022).

      (4) Attractor dynamics is used as a prominent descriptor of fMRI activity, yet the discussion of how this may emerge from the interaction between areas is limited. Is it related to the way attractors emerge from physical systems or neural networks (e.g. Hopfield?).

      This is an important question that we believe will benefit from computational and mathematical modeling, but we consider it beyond the scope of the present paper.

      (5) Fig 4 shows activity of 4 regions, not 2 s stated in lines 201-202. Correct?

      Fig. 4 shows activity of two regions and also the average activity of regions belonging to two resting-state networks engaged during threat processing (discussed shortly after lines 201-202). To clarify the above concern, we have changed the following line:

      Results; Lines 228-230: In Fig. 4, we probed the average signals from two resting-state networks engaged during threat-related processing, the salience network which is particularly engaged during higher threat, and the default network which is engaged during conditions of relative safety.

      (6) It would be useful to state more clearly how Fig 7B, C differs from Fig 2A, B (my understanding it is that in the former they are isolating the stimulus-driven processes)

      We have clarified this by adding the following line in the Results:

      Results; Lines 290-292: Note that in Fig. 7B/C we evaluated exogenous contributions only for stimuli associated with each state/state transition reported in Fig. 2A/B (see also Methods).

      Reviewer 2 (Public Review):

      Summary

      This paper by Misra and Pessoa uses switching linear dynamical systems (SLDS) to investigate the neural network dynamics underlying threat processing at varying levels of proximity. Using an existing dataset from a threat-of-shock paradigm in which threat proximity is manipulated in a continuous fashion, the authors first show that they can identify states that each has their own linear dynamical system and are consistently associated with distinct phases of the threat-of-shock task (e.g., “peri-shock”, “not near”, etc). They then show how activity maps associated with these states are in agreement with existing literature on neural mechanisms of threat processing, and how activity in underlying brain regions alters around state transitions. The central novelty of the paper lies in its analyses of how intrinsic and extrinsic factors contribute to within-state trajectories and betweenstate transitions. A final set of analyses shows how the findings generalize to another (related) threat paradigm.

      Strengths

      The analyses for this study are conducted at a very high level of mathematical and theoretical sophistication. The paper is very well written and effectively communicates complex concepts from dynamical systems. I am enthusiastic about this paper, but I think the authors have not yet exploited the full potential of their analyses in making this work meaningful toward increasing our neuroscientific understanding of threat processing, as explained below.

      Weaknesses

      (1) I appreciate the sophistication of the analyses applied and/or developed by the authors. These methods have many potential use cases for investigating the network dynamics underlying various cognitive and affective processes. However, I am somewhat disappointed by the level of inferences made by the authors based on these analyses at the level of systems neuroscience. As an illustration consider the following citations from the abstract: “The results revealed that threat processing benefits from being viewed in terms of dynamic multivariate patterns whose trajectories are a combination of intrinsic and extrinsic factors that jointly determine how the brain temporally evolves during dynamic threat” and “We propose that viewing threat processing through the lens of dynamical systems offers important avenues to uncover properties of the dynamics of threat that are not unveiled with standard experimental designs and analyses”. I can agree to the claim that we may be able to better describe the intrinsic and extrinsic dynamics of threat processing using this method, but what is now the contribution that this makes toward understanding these processes?

      We have addressed the concern under response to item 1 in Recommendations for the authors below.

      (2) How sure can we be that it is possible to separate extrinsically and intrinsically driven dynamics?

      We have addressed the concern under response to item 2 in Recommendations for the authors below.

      Reviewer 2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) To address the first point under weaknesses above: I would challenge the authors to make their results more biologically/neuroscientifically meaningful, in particular in the sections (in results and/or discussion) on how intrinsic and extrinsic factors contribute to within-state trajectories and between-state transitions, and make those explicit in both the abstract and the discussion (what exactly are the properties of the dynamics of threat that are uncovered?). The authors may also argue that the current approach lies the groundwork for such efforts, but does not currently provide such insights. If they would take this position, that should be made explicit throughout (which would make it more of a methodological paper).

      The SLDS approach provides, we believe, a powerful framework to describe system-level dynamics (of threat processing in the the present case). A complementary type of information can be obtained by studying the contribution of individual components (brain regions) within the larger system (brain), an approach that helps connect our approach to studies that typically focus on the contributions of individual regions, and contributes to providing more neurobiological interpretability to the results. Accordingly, we developed a new measure of region importance that captured the extent to which individual brain regions contributed to driving system dynamics during a given state.

      Abstract; Lines 22-25: Furthermore, we developed a measure of region importance that quantifies the contributions of an individual brain region to system dynamics, which complements the system-level characterization that is obtained with the state-space SLDS formalism.

      Introduction; Lines 95-99: A considerable challenge in state-based modeling, including SLDS, is linking estimated states and dynamics to interpretable processes. Here, we developed a measure of region importance that provides a biologically meaningful way to bridge this gap, as it quantifies how individual brain regions contribute to steering state trajectories.

      Results; Lines 302-321: Region importance and steering of dynamics: Based on time series data and input information, the SLDS approach identifies a set of states and their dynamics. While these states are determined in the latent space, they can be readily mapped back to the brain, allowing for the characterization of spatiotemporal properties across the entire brain. Since not all regions contribute equally to state properties, we propose that a region’s impact on state dynamics serves as a measure of its importance.

      We illustrate the concept for STATE 5 (“near miss”) in Fig. 8 (see Fig. S17 for all states). Fig. 8A shows importance in the top row and activity below as a function of time from state entry.The dynamics of importance and activity can be further visualized (Fig. 8B), where some regions of particularly high importance are illustrated together with the ventromedial PFC, a region that is typically not engaged during high-threat conditions. Notably, the importance of the dorsal anterior insula increased quickly in the first time points, and later decreased. In contrast, the importance of the periaqueductal gray was relatively high from the beginning of the state and decreased moderately later.

      Fig. 8C depicts the correlation between these measures as a function of time. For all but STATE 1, the correlation increased over time. Interestingly, for STATES 4-5, the correlation was low at the first and second time points of the state (and for STATE 2 at the first time point), and for STATE 3 the measures were actually anticorrelated; both cases indicate a dissociation between activity and importance. In summary, our results illustrate that univariate region activity can differ from multivariate importance, providing a fruitful path to understand how individual brain regions contribute to collective dynamic properties.

      Discussion; Lines 466-487: In the Introduction, we motivated our study in terms of determining multivariate and distributed patterns of activity with shared dynamics. At one end of the spectrum, it is possible to conceptualize the whole brain as dynamically evolving during a state; at the other end, we could focus on just a few “key” regions, or possibly a single one (at which point the description would be univariate). Here, we addressed this gap by studying the importance of regions to state dynamics: To what extent does a region steer the trajectory of the system? From a mathematical standpoint, our proposed measure is not merely a function of activity of a region but also of the coefficients of the dynamics matrix capturing its effect on across-region dynamics (Eichler, 2005; Smith et al., 2010).

      How distributed should the dynamics of threat be considered? One answer to this question is to consider the distribution of importance values for all states. For STATE 1 (“post shock”), a few regions displayed the highest importance values for a few time points. However, for the other states the distribution of importance values tended to be more uniform at each time point. Thus, based on our proposed importance measure, we conclude that threat-related processing is profitably viewed as substantially distributed. Furthermore, we found that while activity and importance were relatively correlated, they could also diverge substantially. Together, we believe that the proposed importance measure provides a valuable tool for understanding the rich dynamics of threat processing. For example, we discovered that the dorsal anterior insula is important not only during high-anxiety states (such as STATE 5; “near miss”) but also, surprisingly, for a state that followed the aversive shock event (STATE 1; “post shock”). Additionally, we noted that posterior cingulate cortex, widely known to play a central role in the default mode network, to have the highest importance among all other regions in driving dynamics of low-anxiety states (such as STATE 3 and STATE 4; “not near”).

      Methods; Lines 840-866: Region importance We performed a “lesion study”, where we quantified how brain regions contribute to state dynamics by eliminating (zeroing) model parameters corresponding to a given region, and observing the resulting changes in system dynamics. According to our approach, the most important regions are those that cause the greatest change in system dynamics when eliminated.

      The SLDS model represents dynamics in a low dimensional latent space and model parameters are not readily available at the level of individual regions. Thus, the first step was to project the dynamics equation onto the brain data prior to computing importance values. Thus, the linear dynamics equation in the latent space (Eq. 2) was mapped to the original data space of N = 85 ROIs using the emissions model (Eq. 1):

      where C<sup>†</sup> represents the Moore-Penrose pseudoinverse of C, and and denote the corresponding dynamics matrix, input matrix, and bias terms in the original data space.

      Based on the above, we defined the importance of the i<sup>th</sup> ROI at time t based on quantifying the impact of “lesioning” the i<sup>th</sup> ROI, i.e., by setting the i<sup>th</sup> column of , the i<sup>th</sup> row of ,   and the i<sup>th</sup> element of to 0, denoted , , and respectively. Formally, the importance of the i<sup>th</sup> ROI was defined as:

      where ‘∗’ indicates element-wise multiplication of a scalar with a vector, is the activity of i<sup>th</sup> ROI at time corresponds to the i<sup>th</sup> column of is the inner product between i<sup>th</sup> row of and input corresponds to the i<sup>th</sup> element of and represents an indicator vector corresponding to the i<sup>th</sup> ROI. Note that the term is a function of both the i<sup>th</sup> ROI’s activity as well as the coefficients of the dynamics matrix capturing the effect of region i on the one-step dynamics of the entire system (Eichler, 2005; Smith et al., 2010); the remaining terms capture the effect of the external inputs and the bias term on the one-step dynamics of the i<sup>th</sup> ROI.

      After computing for a given run, the resultant importance time series was normalized to zero mean and unit variance.

      (2) To address the second point under the weaknesses above: Given that the distinction between intrinsic and extrinsic dynamics appears central to the novelty of the paper, I would suggest the authors explicitly address this issue in the introduction and/or discussion sections.

      The distinction between intrinsic and extrinsic dynamics is a modeling assumption of SLDS. We used such an assumption because in experimental designs with experimenter manipulated inputs one can profitably investigate both types of contribution to dynamics. While we should not reify the model’s assumption, we can gain confidence in our separation of extrinsically and intrinsically driven dynamics through controlled experiments where we can manipulate external inputs, or by demonstrating time-scale separation of intrinsic and extrinsic dynamics and that they operate at different frequencies. This is an important question that requires additional computational/mathematical modeling, but we consider it beyond the scope of the current paper. We have added the following lines in the discussion section:

      Discussion; Lines 521-528: A further issue that we wish to discuss is related to the distinction between intrinsic and extrinsic dynamics, which is explicitly modeled in our SLDS approach (see Methods, equation 2). We believe this is a powerful approach because in experimental designs with experimenter manipulated inputs, one can profitably investigate both types of contribution to dynamics. However, complete separation between intrinsic and extrinsic dynamics is challenging to ascertain. More generally, one can gain confidence in their separation through controlled experiments where external inputs are manipulated, or by demonstrating timescale separation of intrinsic and extrinsic dynamics.

      (3) In the abstract, the statement “.. studies in systems neuroscience that frequently assume that systems are decoupled from external inputs” sounds paradoxical after first introducing how threat processing is almost exclusively studied using blocked and event-related task designs (which obviously rely on external inputs only). Please clarify this.

      In this work, we wished to state that the SLDS framework characterizes both endogenous and exogenous contributions to dynamics, whereas some past work has not modeled both contributions. To clarify, we have changed the corresponding line:

      Abstract; Lines 19-20: Importantly, we characterized both endogenous and exogenous contributions to dynamics.

      (4) In the abstract, the first mention of circles comes out of the blue; the paradigm needs to be introduced first to make this understandable.

      We have rephrased the corresponding text:

      Abstract; Lines 14-17: First, we demonstrated that the SLDS model learned the regularities of the experimental paradigm, such that states and state transitions estimated from fMRI time series data from 85 regions of interest reflected threat proximity and threat approach vs. retreat.

      (5 In Figure 3, the legend shows z-scores representing BOLD changes associated with states. However, the z-scores are extremely low (ranging between -.4 and .4). Can this be correct, given that maps are thresholded at p < ._001 (i.e., _z > 3_._09)? A similar small range of z-scores is shown in the legend of Fig 5. Please check the z-score ranges.

      The p-value threshold used in Fig. 3 is based on the voxelwise t-test conducted between the participantbased bootstrapped maps and null maps (see Methods : State spatial maps : “To identify statistically significant voxels, we performed a paired t-test between the participant-based boostrapped maps and the null maps.”). Thus, the p-value threshold in the figure does not correspond to the z-scores of the groupaveraged state-activation maps. Similarly in Fig. 5, we only visualized the state-wise attractors on a brain surface map without any thresholding. The purpose of using a z-score color bar was to provide a scale comparable to that of BOLD activity.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      A cortico-centric view is dominant in the study of the neural mechanisms of consciousness. This investigation represents the growing interest in understanding how subcortical regions are involved in conscious perception. To achieve this, the authors engaged in an ambitious and rare procedure in humans of directly recording from neurons in the subthalamic nucleus and thalamus. While participants were in surgery for the placement of deep brain stimulation devices for the treatment of essential tremor and Parkinson's disease, they were awakened and completed a perceptual-threshold tactile detection task. The authors identified individual neurons and analyzed single-unit activity corresponding with the task phases and tactile detection/perception. Among the neurons that were perception-responsive, the authors report changes in firing rate beginning ~150 milliseconds from the onset of the tactile stimulation. Curiously, the majority of the perception-responsive neurons had a higher firing rate for missed/not perceived trials. In summary, this investigation is a valuable addition to the growing literature on the role of subcortical regions in conscious perception.

      Strengths:

      The authors achieved the challenging task of recording human single-unit activity while participants performed a tactile perception task. The methods and statistics are clearly explained and rigorous, particularly for managing false positives and non-normal distributions. The results offer new detail at the level of individual neurons in the emerging recognition of the role of subcortical regions in conscious perception.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      "Nonetheless, it remains unknown how the firing rate of subcortical neurons changes when a stimulus is consciously perceived." (lines 76-77) The authors could be more specific about what exactly single-unit recordings offer for interrogating the role of subcortical regions in conscious perception that is unique from alternative neural activity recordings (e.g., local field potential) or recordings that are used as proxies of neural activity (e.g., fMRI).

      We agree with the reviewer that the contribution of micro-electrode recordings was not sufficiently put forward in our manuscript. We added the following sentences to the discussion, when discussing the multiple types of neurons we found:

      Single-unit recordings provide a much higher temporal resolution than functional imaging, which helps assess how the neural correlates of consciousness unfold over time. Contrary to local field potentials, single-unit recordings can expose the variety of functional roles of neurons within subcortical regions, thereby offering a potential for a better mechanistic understanding of perceptual consciousness.

      Related comment for the following excerpts:

      "After a random delay ranging from 0.5 to 1 s, a "respond" cue was played, prompting participants to verbally report whether they felt a vibration or not. Therefore, none of the reported analyses are confounded by motor responses." (lines 97-99).

      "These results show that subthalamic and thalamic neurons are modulated by stimulus onset, irrespective of whether it was reported or not, even though no immediate motor response was required." (lines 188190).

      "By imposing a delay between the end of the tactile stimulation window and the subjective report, we ensured that neuronal responses reflected stimulus detection and not mere motor responses." (lines 245247).

      It is a valuable feature of the paradigm that the reporting period was initiated hundreds of milliseconds after the stimulus presentation so that the neural responses should not represent "mere motor responses". However, verbal report of having perceived or not perceived a stimulus is a motor response and because the participants anticipate having to make these reports before the onset of the response period, there may be motor preparatory activity from the time of the perceived stimulus that is absent for the not perceived stimulus. The authors show sensitivity to this issue by identifying task-selective neurons and their discussion of the results that refer to the confound of post-perceptual processing. Still, direct treatment of this possible confound would help the rigor of the interpretation of the results.

      We agree with the reviewer that direct treatment would have provided the best control. One way to avoid motor preparation is to only provide the stimulus-effector mapping after the stimulus presentation (Bennur & Gold, 2011; Twomey et al., 2016; Fang et al., 2024). Other controls to avoid post-perceptual processing used in consciousness research consist of using no-report paradigms (Tsuchiya et al., 2015) as we did in previous studies (Pereira et al., 2021; Stockart et al., 2024). Unfortunately, neither of these procedures was feasible during the 10 minutes allotted for the research task in an intraoperative setting with auditory cues and vocal responses. We would like to highlight nonetheless that the effects we report are shortlived and incompatible with sustained motor preparation activity.

      We added the following sentence to the discussion:

      Future studies ruling out the presence of motor preparation triggered by perceived stimuli (Bennur & Gold, 2011; Fang et al., 2024; Twomey et al., 2016) and verifying that similar neuronal activity occurs in the absence of task-demands (no-reports; Tsuchiya et al., 2015) or attention (Wyart & Tallon-Baudry, 2008) will be useful to support that subcortical neurons contribute specifically to perceptual consciousness.

      "When analyzing tactile perception, we ensured that our results were not contaminated with spurious behavior (e.g. fluctuation of attention and arousal due to the surgical procedure)." (lines 118-117).

      Confidence in the results would be improved if the authors clarified exactly what behaviors were considered as contaminating the results (e.g., eye closure, saccades, and bodily movements) and how they were determined.

      This sentence was indeed unclear. It introduced the trial selection procedure we used to compensate for drifts in the perceptual threshold, which can result from fluctuations in attention or arousal. We modified the sentence, which now reads:

      When analyzing tactile perception, we ensured that our results were not contaminated by fluctuating attention and arousal due to the surgical procedure. Based on objective criteria, we excluded specific series of trials from analyses and focused on time windows for which hits and misses occurred in commensurate proportions (see methods).

      During the recordings, the experimenter stood next to the patients and monitored their bodily movements, ensuring they did not close their eyes or produce any other bodily movements synchronous with stimulus presentation.

      The authors' discussion of the thalamic neurons could be more precise. The authors show that only certain areas of the thalamus were recorded (in or near the ventral lateral nucleus, according to Figure S3C). The ventral lateral nucleus has a unique relationship to tactile and motor systems, so do the authors hypothesize these same perception-selective neurons would be active in the same way for visual, auditory, olfactory, and taste perception? Moreover, the authors minimally interpret the location of the task, sensory, and perception-responsive neurons. Figure S3 suggests these neurons are overlapping. Did the authors expect this overlap and what does it mean for the functional organization of the ventral lateral nucleus and subthalamic nucleus in conscious perception?

      These are excellent questions, the answers to which we can only speculate. In rodents, the LT is known as a hub for multisensory processing, as over 90% of LT neurons respond to at least two sensory modalities (for a review, see Yang et al., 2024). Yet, no study has compared how LT neurons in rodents encode perceived and nonperceived stimuli across modalities. Evidence in humans is scarce, with only a few studies documenting supramodal neural correlates of consciousness at the cortical level with noninvsasive methods (Noel et al., 2018; Sanchez et al., 2020; Filimonov et al., 2022). We now refer to these studies in the revised discussion: Moreover, given the prominent role of the thalamus in multisensory processing, it will be interesting to assess if it is specifically involved in tactile consciousness or if it has a supramodal contribution, akin to what is found in the cortex (Noel et al., 2018; Sanchez et al., 2020; Filimonov et al., 2022).

      Concerning the anatomical overlap of neurons, we could not reconstruct the exact locations of the DBS tracts for all participants. Because of the limited number of recorded neurons, we preferred to refrain from drawing strong conclusions about the functional organization of the ventral lateral nucleus.

      "We note that, 6 out of 8 neurons had higher firing rates for missed trials than hit trials, although this proportion was not significant (binomial test: p = 0.145)." (lines 215-216).

      It appears that in the three example neurons shown in Figure 4, 2 out of 3 (#001 and #068) show a change in firing rate predominantly for the missed stimulations. Meanwhile, #034 shows a clear hit response (although there is an early missed response - decreased firing rate - around 150 ms that is not statistically significant). This is a counterintuitive finding when compared to previous results from the thalamus (e.g., local field potentials and fMRI) that show the opposite response profile (i.e., missed/not perceived trials display no change or reduced response relative to hit/perceived trials). The discussion of the results should address this, including if these seemingly competing findings can be rectified.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this limitation of the discussion. We avoided putting too much emphasis on these aspects due to the limited number of perception-selective neurons. Although subcortical connectivity models would predict that neurons in the thalamus should increase their firing rate for perceived stimuli, we were not surprised to see this heterogeneity as we had previously found neurons decreasing their firing rates for missed stimuli in the posterior parietal cortex (Pereira et al., 2021). We answer these points in response to the reviewer’s last comment below on the latencies of the effects.

      The authors report 8 perception-responsive neurons, but there are only 5 recording sites highlighted (i.e., filled-in squares and circles) in Figures S3C and 4D. Was this an omission or were three neurons removed from the perception-responsive analysis?

      Unfortunately, we could not obtain anatomical images for all participants. This information was present in the methods section, although not clearly enough:

      For 34 / 50 neurons, preoperative MRI and postoperative CT scans (co-registered in patient native space using CranialSuite) were available to precisely reconstruct surgical trajectories and recording locations (for the remaining 16 neurons, localizations were based on neurosurgical planning and confirmed by electrophysiological recordings at various depths).

      Therefore, we added the following sentence in Figures 2, 3, 4 and S3.

      [...] for patients for which we could obtain anatomical images.

      Could the authors speak to the timing of the responses reported in Figure 4? The statistically significant intervals suggested both early (~160-200ms) to late responses (~300ms). Some have hypothesized that subcortical regions are early - ahead of cortical activation that may be linked with conscious perception. Do these results say anything about this temporal model for when subcortical regions are active in conscious perception?

      We agree that response timing could have been better described. We performed a new analysis of the latencies at which our main effects were observed. This analysis revealed the existence of the two clusters mentioned by the reviewer very clearly. We now include this analysis in a new Figure 5 in the revised manuscript.

      We also performed a new analysis to support the existence of bimodal distributions and quantified the latencies. We added this text to the result section:

      We note that the timings of sensory and perception effects in Figures 3 and 4 showed a bimodal distribution with an early cluster (149 ms for sensory neurons; 121 ms for perception neurons; c.f. methods) and a later cluster (330 ms for sensory neurons; 315 ms for perception neurons; Figure 5). and this section to the methods:

      To measure bimodal timings of effect latencies, we fitted a two-component Gaussian mixture distribution to the data in Figure 5 by minimizing the mean square error with an interior-point method. We took the best of 20 runs with random initialization points and verified that the resulting mean square error was markedly (> 4 times) better than using a single component.

      We updated the discussion, including the points made in the comment about higher activity for missed stimuli (above):

      The early cluster’s average timing around 150 ms post-stimulus corresponds to the onset of a putative cortical correlate of tactile consciousness, the somatosensory awareness negativity (Dembski et al., 2021). Similar electroencephalographic markers are found in the visual and auditory modality. It is unclear, however, whether these markers are related to perceptual consciousness or selective attention (Dembski et al., 2021). The later cluster is centered around 300 ms and could correspond to a well known electroencephalographic marker, the P3b (Polich, 2007) whose association with perceptual consciousness has been questioned (Pitts et al., 2014; Dembski et al., 2021) although brain activity related to consciousness has been observed at similar timing even in the absence of report demands (Sergent et al., 2021; Stockart et al., 2024). It is also important to note that these clusters contain neurons with both increased and decreased firing rates following stimulus onset, similar to what was observed previously in the posterior parietal cortex (Pereira et al., 2021).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors have studied subpopulations of individual neurons recorded in the thalamus and subthalamic nucleus (STN) of awake humans performing a simple cognitive task. They have carefully designed their task structure to eliminate motor components that could confound their analyses in these subcortical structures, given that the data was recorded in patients with Parkinson's Disease (PD) and diagnosed with an Essential Tremor (ET). The recorded data represents a promising addition to the field. The analyses that the authors have applied can serve as a strong starting point for exploring the kinds of complex signals that can emerge within a single neuron's activity. Pereira et. al conclude that their results from single neurons indicate that task-related activity occurs, purportedly separate from previously identified sensory signals. These conclusions are a promising and novel perspective for how the field thinks about the emergence of decisions and sensory perception across the entire brain as a unit.

      We thank the reviewer for these positive comments.

      Despite the strength of the data that was obtained and the relevant nature of the conclusions that were drawn, there are certain limitations that must be taken into consideration:

      (1) The authors make several claims that their findings are direct representations of consciousnessidentifiable in subcortical structures. The current context for consciousness does not sufficiently define how the consciousness is related to the perceptual task.

      This is indeed a complex issue in all studies concerned with perceptual consciousness and we were careful not to make such “direct” claims. Instead, we used the state-of-the-art tools available to study consciousness (see below) and only interpreted our findings with respect to consciousness in the discussion. For example, in the abstract, our claim is that “Our results provide direct neurophysiological evidence of the involvement of the subthalamic nucleus and the thalamus for the detection of vibrotactile stimuli, thereby calling for a less cortico-centric view of the neural correlates of consciousness.”

      In brief, first, we used near-threshold stimuli which allowed us to contrast reported vs. unreported trials while keeping the physical properties of the stimulus comparable. Second, we used subjective reports without incentive for participants to be more conservative or liberal in their response (e.g. through reward). Third, we introduced a random delay before the responses to limit confounding effects due to the report. We also acknowledged that “... it will be important in future studies to examine if similar subcortical responses are obtained when stimuli are unattended (Wyart & Tallon-Baudry, 2008), task-irrelevant (Shafto & Pitts, 2015), or when participants passively experience stimuli without the instruction to report them (i.e., no-report paradigms) (Tsuchyia et al., 2015)”. This last sentence now reads (to address a point made by Reviewer 1 about motor preparation):

      Future studies ruling out the presence of motor preparation triggered by perceived stimuli (Bennur & Gold, 2011; Fang et al., 2024; Twomey et al., 2016) and verifying that similar neuronal activity occurs in the absence of task-demands (no-reports; Tsuchiya et al., 2015) or attention (Wyart & Tallon-Baudry, 2008) will be useful to support that subcortical neurons contribute specifically to perceptual consciousness.

      (2) The current work would benefit greatly from a description and clarification of what all the neurons thathave been recorded are doing. The authors' criteria for selecting subpopulations with task-relevant activity are appropriate, but understanding the heterogeneity in a population of single neurons is important for broader considerations that are being studied within the field.

      We followed the reviewer’s suggestions and added new results regarding the latencies of the reported effects (new Figure 5). We also now show firing rates for hits, misses and overall sensory activity (hits and misses combined) for all perception-selective or sensory-selective (when behavior was good enough; Figure S5). Although a more detailed characterization of the heterogeneity of the neurons identified would have been relevant, it seems beyond the scope of the present study, especially given the relatively small number of neurons we identified, as well as the relative simplicity of the paradigm imposed by the clinical context in which we worked.

      (3) The authors have omitted a proper set of controls for comparison against the active trials, forexample, where a response was not necessary. Please explain why this choice was made and what implications are necessary to consider.

      We had mentioned this limitation in the discussion: Nevertheless, it will be important in future studies to examine if similar subcortical responses are obtained when stimuli are unattended (Wyart & TallonBaudry, 2008), task-irrelevant (Shafto & Pitts, 2015), or when participants passively experience stimuli without the instruction to report them (i.e., no-report paradigms) (Tsuchyia et al., 2015). We agree that such a control would have been relevant, but this was not feasible during the 10 minutes allotted for the research task in an intraoperative setting. These constraints are both clinical, to minimize discomfort for patients and practical, as is difficult to track neurons in an intraoperative setting for more than 10 minutes.

      We added a sentence to this effect in the discussion.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This important study relies on a rare dataset: intracranial recordings within the thalamus and the subthalamic nucleus in awake humans, while they were performing a tactile detection task. This procedure allowed the authors to identify a small but significant proportion of individual neurons, in both structures, whose activity correlated with the task (e.g. their firing rate changed following the audio cue signalling the start of a trial) and/or with the stimulus presentation (change in firing rate around 200 ms following tactile stimulation) and/or with participant's reported subjective perception of the stimulus (difference between hits and misses around 200 ms following tactile stimulation). Whereas most studies interested in the neural underpinnings of conscious perception focus on cortical areas, these results suggest that subcortical structures might also play a role in conscious perception, notably tactile detection.

      Strengths:

      There are two strongly valuable aspects in this study that make the evidence convincing and even compelling. First, these types of data are exceptional, the authors could have access to subcortical recordings in awake and behaving humans during surgery. Additionally, the methods are solid. The behavioral study meets the best standards of the domain, with a careful calibration of the stimulation levels (staircase) to maintain them around the detection threshold, and an additional selection of time intervals where the behavior was stable. The authors also checked that stimulus intensity was the same on average for hits and misses within these selected periods, which warrants that the effects of detection that are observed here are not confounded by stimulus intensity. The neural data analysis is also very sound and well-conducted. The statistical approach complies with current best practices, although I found that, in some instances, it was not entirely clear which type of permutations had been performed, and I would advocate for more clarity in these instances. Globally the figures are nice, clear, and well presented. I appreciated the fact that the precise anatomical location of the neurons was directly shown in each figure.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive evaluation.

      Weaknesses:

      Some clarification is needed for interpreting Figure 3, top rows: in my understanding the black curve is already the result of a subtraction between stimulus present trials and catch trials, to remove potential drifts; if so, it does not make sense to compare it with the firing rate recorded for catch trials.

      The black curve represents the firing rate without any subtraction. We only subtracted the firing rates of catch trials in the statistical procedure, as the reviewer noted, to remove potential drift. We added (before baseline correction) to the legend of Figure 3.

      I also think that the article could benefit from a more thorough presentation of the data and that this could help refine the interpretation which seems to be a bit incomplete in the current version. There are 8 stimulus-responsive neurons and 8 perception-selective neurons, with only one showing both effects, resulting in a total of 15 individual neurons being in either category or 13 neurons if we exclude those in which the behavior is not good enough for the hit versus miss analysis (Figure S4A). In my opinion, it should be feasible to show the data for all of them (either in a main figure, or at least in supplementary), but in the present version, we get to see the data for only 3 neurons for each analysis. This very small selection includes the only neuron that shows both effects (neuron #001; which is also cue selective), but this is not highlighted in the text. It would be interesting to see both the stimulus-response data and the hit versus miss data for all 13 neurons as it could help develop the interpretation of exactly how these neurons might be involved in stimulus processing and conscious perception. This should give rise to distinct interpretations for the three possible categories. Neurons that are stimulus-responsive but not perception-selective should show the same response for both hits and misses and hence carry out indifferently conscious and unconscious responses. The fact that some neurons show the opposite pattern is particularly intriguing and might give rise to a very specific interpretation: if the neuron really doesn't tend to respond to the stimulus when hits and misses are put together, it might be a neuron that does not directly respond to the stimulus, but whose spontaneous fluctuations across trials affect how the stimulus is perceived when they occur in a specific time window after the stimulus. Finally, neuron #001 responds with what looks like a real burst of evoked activity to stimulation and also shows a difference between hits and misses, but intriguingly, the response is strongest for misses. In the discussion, the interesting interpretation in terms of a specific gating of information by subcortical structures seems to apply well to this last example, but not necessarily to the other categories.

      We now provide a supplementary Figure showing firing rates for hits, misses and the combination of both. The reviewer’s analysis about whether a perception-selective neuron also has to respond to the stimulus to be involved in gating is interesting. With more data, a finer characterization of these neurons would have been possible. In our study, it is possible that more neurons have similar characteristics as #001 (e.g. #032, #062, #068) but do not show a significant difference with respect to baseline when both hits and misses are considered. We now avoid interpreting null effects, especially considering the low number of trials with near-threshold detection behavior we could collect in 10 minutes. 

      We also realized that we had not updated Figure S7 after the last revision in which we had corrected for possible drifts to obtain sensory-selective neurons. The corrected panel A is provided below.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      It appears that the correct rejection was low for most participants. It would improve interpretation of the behavioral results if correct rejection was shown as a rate (i.e., # of correct rejection trials / total number of no stimulus/blank trials) rather than or in addition to reporting the number of correct rejection trials (Figure 1C).

      We added the following figure to the supplementary information.

      The axis tick marks in Figure 5A late versus early are incorrect (appears the axis was duplicated).

      Thank you for spotting this, it has been corrected.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      We would like to congratulate the authors on this strongly supported contribution to the field. The manuscript is well-written, although a little bit too concise in sections. See the following comments for the methods that could benefit the present conclusions:

      Thank you for these suggestions that we believe improved our interpretations.

      Major Points

      (1) The subpopulations of neurons that are considered are small, but it is not a confounding issue for the conclusions drawn. However, the behavior of the neurons that were excluded should be considered by calculating the percentage of neurons that are selective for the distinct parameters, as a function of time. This would greatly strengthen the understanding of what can be observed in the two subcortical structures.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We performed a new analysis of the latencies at which our main effects were observed. This analysis revealed the existence of two clusters, as shown in the new Figure 5 copied below

      We also performed a new analysis to support the existence of bimodal distributions and quantified the latencies. We added this text to the result section:

      We note that the timings of sensory and perception effects in Figures 3 and 4 showed a bimodal distribution with an early cluster (149 ms for sensory neurons; 121 ms for perception neurons; c.f. methods) and a later cluster (330 ms for sensory neurons; 315 ms for perception neurons; Figure 5). and this section to the methods:

      To measure bimodal timings of effect latencies, we fitted a two-component Gaussian mixture distribution to the data in Figure 5 by minimizing the mean square error with an interior-point method. We took the best of 20 runs with random initialization points and verified that the resulting mean square error was markedly (> 4 times) better than using a single component.

      We also updated the discussion:

      The early cluster’s average timing around 150 ms post-stimulus corresponds to the onset of a putative cortical correlate of tactile consciousness, the somatosensory awareness negativity (Dembski et al., 2021). Similar electroencephalographic markers are found in the visual and auditory modality. It is unclear, however, whether these markers are related to perceptual consciousness or selective attention (Dembski et al., 2021). The later cluster is centered around 300 ms and could correspond to a well known electroencephalographic marker, the P3b (Polich, 2007) whose association with perceptual consciousness has been questioned (Pitts et al., 2014; Dembski et al., 2021) although brain activity related to consciousness has been observed at similar timing even in the absence of report demands (Sergent et al., 2021; Stockart et al., 2024). It is also important to note that these clusters contain neurons with both increased and decreased firing rates following stimulus onset, similar to what was observed previously in the posterior parietal cortex (Pereira et al., 2021).

      (2) We highly recommend that the authors consider employing some analysis that decodes therepresentations observable in the activity of individual neurons as a function of time (e.g. Shannon's Mutual Information). This would reinforce and emphasize the most relevant conclusions.

      We thank the reviewers for this suggestion. Unfortunately, such methods would require many more trials than what we were able to collect in the 10-minute slots available in the operating room.

      (3) Although there are small populations recorded in each of the two subcortical structures, they aresufficient to attempt a study using population dynamics (primarily, PCA can still work with smaller populations). Given the broad range of dynamics that are observed in a population of single units typically involved in decision-making, it would be interesting to consider whether heterogeneity is a hallmark of decision-making, and trying to summarize the variance in the activity of the entire population should provide a certain understanding of the cue-selective versus the perception-selective qualities, as an example.

      We now present all 13 neurons that were sensory- or perception-selective for which we had good enough behavior to show hit vs. miss differences in Supplementary Figure S5. Although population-level analyses would be relevant, they are not compatible with the number of neurons we identified.

      (4) A stronger presentation of what the expectations are for the results would also benefit theinterpretability of the manuscript when added to the introduction and discussion sections.

      Due to the scarcity of single-neuron data related to perceptual consciousness, especially in the subcortical structures we explored, our prior expectations did not exceed finding perception-selective neurons. We would prefer to avoid refining these expectations post-hoc. 

      Minor Comments

      (1) Add the shared overlap between differently selective neurons explicitly in the manuscript.

      We added this information at the end of the results section.

      (2) Add a consideration in the methods of why the Wilcoxon test or permutation test was selected forseparate uses. How do the results compare?

      Sorry for this misunderstanding. We clarified this in revised methods:

      To deal with possibly non-parametric distributions, we used Wilcoxon rank sum test or sign test instead of t-tests to test differences between distributions. We used permutation tests instead of Binomial tests to test whether a reported number of neurons could have been obtained by chance.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data or analysis:

      As suggested already in the public review, it might be worth showing all 13 neurons with either stimulusresponsive or perception-selective behaviour and, based on that, deepen the potential interpretation of the results for the different categories.

      We agree that this information improves the understanding of the underlying data and this addition was also proposed by reviewer 2. We added it in a new supplementary Figure S5.

      Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation

      As mentioned in the public review, I think Figure 3 needs clarification. I found that, in some instances, it was not entirely clear which type of analyses or permutation tests had been performed, and I would advocate for more clarity in these instances. For example:

      Page 6 line 146 "permuting trial labels 1000 times": do you mean randomly attributing a trial to aneuron? Or something else?

      We agree that this was somewhat unclear. We modified the sentence to:

      permuting the sign of the trial-wise differences

      We now define a sign permutation test for paired tests and a trial permutation test for two-sample tests in the methods and specify which test was used in the maintext.

      Page 7, neurons which have their firing rate modulated by the stimulus: I think you ought to be moreexplicit about the analysis so that we grasp it on the first read. To understand what is shown in Figure 3 I had to go back and forth between the main text and the method, and I am still not sure I completely understood. You compare the firing rate in sliding windows following stimulus onset with the mean firing rate during the 300ms baseline. Sliding windows are between 0 and 400 ms post-stim (according to methods ?) and a neuron is deemed responsive if you find at least one temporal cluster that shows a significant difference with baseline activity (using cluster permutation). Is that correct? Either way, I would recommend being a bit more precise about the analysis that was carried out in the main text, so that we only need to refer to methods when we need specialized information.

      We agree that the methods section was unclear. We re-wrote the following two paragraphs:

      To identify sensory-selective neurons, we assumed that subcortical signatures of stimulus detection ought to be found early following its onset and looked for differences in the firing rates during the first 400 ms post-stimulus onset compared to a 300 ms pre-stimulus baseline. To correct for possible drifts occurring during the trial, we subtracted the average cue-locked activity from catch trials to the cuelocked activity of each stimulus-present trials before realigning to stimulus onset. We defined a cluster as a set of adjacent time points for which the firing rates were significantly different between hits and misses, as assessed by a non-parametric sign rank test. A putative neuron was considered sensory-selective when the length of a cluster was above 80 ms, corresponding to twice the standard deviation of the smoothing kernel used to compute the firing rate. Whether for the shuffled data or the observed data, if more than one cluster was obtained, we discarded all but the longest cluster. This permutation test allowed us to control for multiple comparisons across time and participants.

      For perception-selective neurons, we looked for differences in the firing rates between hit and miss trials during the first 400 ms post-stimulus onset. We defined a cluster as a set of adjacent time points for which the firing rates were significantly different between hits and misses as assessed by a nonparametric Wilcoxon rank sum test. As for sensory-selective neurons, a putative neuron was considered perception-selective when the length of a cluster was above 80 ms, corresponding to twice the standard deviation of the smoothing kernel used to compute the firing rate and we discarded all but the longest cluster.

      Minor points:

      Figure 3: inset showing action potentials, please also provide the time scale (in the legend for example), so that it's clear that it is not commensurate with the firing rate curve below, but rather corresponds to the dots of the raster plot.

      We added the text ”[...], duration: 2.5 ms” in Figures 2, 3, and 4.

      Line 210: I recommend: “we found 8 neurons [...] showing a significant difference *between hits and misses* after stimulus onset."

      We made the change.

      Top of page 9, the following sentence is misleading “This result suggests that neurons in these two subcortical structures have mostly different functional roles ; this could read as meaning that functional roles are different between the two structures. Probably what you mean is rather something along this line : “these two subcortical structures both contain neurons displaying several different functional roles”

      Changed.

      Line 329: remove double “when”

      We made the change, thank you for spotting this.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      We would like to thank you for your valuable comments and suggestions, which have greatly contributed to improving our manuscript.

      We have carefully addressed all the reviewers' suggestions, and detailed responses for each Reviewer are provided at the end of this letter. In summary:

      • The Introduction has been revised to provide a more focused discussion on results, toning down the speculative discussion on seasonal host shifts.

      • The methodology section has been clarified, particularly the power analysis, which now includes a clearer explanation. The random effects in the models have been better described to ensure transparency.

      • The Results section was reorganized to highlight the key findings more effectively.

      • The Discussion has been restructured for clarity and conciseness, ensuring the interpretation of the results is clearer and better aligned with the study objectives.

      • Minor edits throughout the manuscript were made to improve readability and accuracy.

      We hope you find this revised version of the manuscript satisfactory.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examines the role of host blood meal source, temperature, and photoperiod on the reproductive traits of Cx. quinquefasciatus, an important vector of numerous pathogens of medical importance. The host use pattern of Cx. quinquefasciatus is interesting in that it feeds on birds during spring and shifts to feeding on mammals towards fall. Various hypotheses have been proposed to explain the seasonal shift in host use in this species but have provided limited evidence. This study examines whether the shifting of host classes from birds to mammals towards autumn offers any reproductive advantages to Cx.

      quinquefasciatus in terms of enhanced fecundity, fertility, and hatchability of the offspring. The authors found no evidence of this, suggesting that alternate mechanisms may drive the seasonal shift in host use in Cx. quinquefasciatus.

      Strengths:

      Host blood meal source, temperature, and photoperiod were all examined together.

      Weaknesses:

      The study was conducted in laboratory conditions with a local population of Cx. quinquefasciatus from Argentina. I'm not sure if there is any evidence for a seasonal shift in the host use pattern in Cx. quinquefasciatus populations from the southern latitudes.

      Comments on the revision:

      Overall, the manuscript is much improved. However, the introduction and parts of the discussion that talk about addressing the question of seasonal shift in host use pattern of Cx. quin are still way too strong and must be toned down. There is no strong evidence to show this host shift in Argentinian mosquito populations. Therefore, it is just misleading. I suggest removing all this and sticking to discussing only the effects of blood meal source and seasonality on the reproductive outcomes of Cx. quin.

      Introduction and discussion have been modified, toned down and sticked to discuss the results as suggested.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Some more minor comments are mentioned below.

      Line 51: Because 'of' this,

      Changed as suggested.

      Line 56: specialists 'or' generalists

      Changed as suggested.

      Line 56: primarily

      Changed as suggested.

      Line 98: Because 'of' this,

      Changed as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Conceptually, this study is interesting and is the first attempt to account for the potentially interactive effects of seasonality and blood source on mosquito fitness, which the authors frame as a possible explanation for previously observed hostswitching of Culex quinquefasciatus from birds to mammals in the fall. The authors hypothesize that if changes in fitness by blood source change between seasons, higher fitness on birds in the summer and on mammals in the autumn could drive observed host switching. To test this, the authors fed individuals from a colony of Cx. quinquefasciatus on chickens (bird model) and mice (mammal model) and subjected each of these two groups to two different environmental conditions reflecting the high and low temperatures and photoperiod experienced in summer and autumn in Córdoba, Argentina (aka seasonality). They measured fecundity, fertility, and hatchability over two gonotrophic cycles. The authors then used generalized linear mixed models to evaluate the impact of host species, seasonality, and gonotrophic cycle on fecundity, fertility, and hatchability. The authors were trying to test their hypothesis by determining whether there was an interactive effect of season and host species on mosquito fitness. This is an interesting hypothesis; if it had been supported, it would provide support for a new mechanism driving host switching. While the authors did report an interactive impact of seasonality and host species, the directionality of the effect was the opposite from that hypothesized. The authors have done a very good job of addressing many of the reviewer's concerns, especially by adding two additional replicates. Several minor concerns remain, especially regarding unclear statements in the discussion.

      Strengths:

      (1) Using a combination of laboratory feedings and incubators to simulate seasonal environmental conditions is a good, controlled way to assess the potentially interactive impact of host species and seasonality on the fitness of Culex quinquefasciatus in the lab.

      (2) The driving hypothesis is an interesting and creative way to think about a potential driver of host switching observed in the field.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The methods would be improved by some additional details. For example, clarifying the number of generations for which mosquitoes were maintained in colony (which was changed from 20 to several) and whether replicates were conducted at different time points.

      Changed as suggested.

      (2) The statistical analysis requires some additional explanation. For example, you suggest that the power analysis was conducted a priori, but this was not mentioned in your first two drafts, so I wonder if it was actually conducted after the first replicate. It would be helpful to include further detail, such as how the parameters were estimated. Also, it would be helpful to clarify why replicate was included as a random effect for fecundity and fertility but as a fixed effect for hatchability. This might explain why there were no significant differences for hatchability given that you were estimating for more parameters.

      The power analysis was conducted a posteriori, as you correctly inferred. While I did not indicate that it was performed a priori, you are right in noting that this was not explicitly mentioned. As you suggested, the methodology for the power analysis has been revised to clarify any potential doubts.

      Regarding the model for hatchability, a model without a random effect variable was used, as all attempts to fit models with random effects resulted in poor validation. These points have now been clarified and explained in the corresponding section.

      (3) A number of statements in the discussion are not clear. For example, what do you mean by a mixed perspective in the first paragraph? Also, why is the expectation mentioned in the second paragraph different from the hypothesis you described in your introduction?

      Changed as suggested.

      (4) According to eLife policy, data must be made freely available (not just upon request).

      Data and code will be publicly available. The corresponding section was modified.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Your manuscript is much improved by the inclusion of two additional replicates! The results are much more robust when we can see that the trends that you report are replicable across 3 iterations of the experiment. Congratulations on a greatly improved study and paper! I have several minor concerns and suggestions, listed below:

      38-39: I think it is clearer to say "no statistically significant effect of season on hatchability of eggs" ... or specify if you are referring to blood or the interaction of blood and season. It isn't clear which treatment you are referring to here.

      Changed as suggested.

      54-57: This could be stated more succinctly. Instead of citing papers that deal with specific examples of patterns, I would suggest citing a review paper that defines these terms.

      Changed as suggested.

      83-84: What if another migratory bird is the preferred host in Argentina? I would state this more cautiously (e.g. "may not be applicable...").

      Changed as suggested.

      95-96: I don't understand what you mean by this. These hypotheses are specifically meant to understand mosquitoes that DO have a distinct seasonal phenology, so I'm not sure why this caveat is relevant. And naturally this hypothesis is host dependent, since it is based on specific host reproductive investments. I think that the strongest caveat to this hypothesis is simply that it hasn't been proven.

      Changed as suggested.

      97-115: This is a great paragraph! Very clear and compelling.

      Thanks for your words!

      118: Do you have an exact or estimated number of rafts collected?

      Sorry, I have not the exact number of rafts, but it was at leas more than 20-30.

      135: "over twenty" was changed to "several"; several would imply about 3 generations, so this is misleading. If the colony was actually maintained for over twenty generations, then you should keep that wording.

      Changed as suggested.

      163-164: Can you please clarify whether the replicates were conducted a separate time points?

      Changed as suggested.

      Note: the track changes did not capture all of the changes made; e.g. 163-164 should show as new text but does not.

      You are absolutely right; when I uploaded the last version, I unfortunately deleted all tracked changes and cannot recover them. In this new version, I will ensure that all minimal changes are included as tracked changes.

      186 - 189: the terms should be "fixed effect" and "random effect"

      Changed as suggested.

      191: Edit: linear

      Changed as suggested.

      194: why was replicate not included as a random effect here when it was above? Also, can you please clarify "interaction effects"? Which interactions did you include?

      Changed as suggested. Explained above and in methodology. Hatchability models with random effect variable were poor fitted and validated. The interactions for hatchability were a four-way (season, blood source, cycle and replicate)

      207-208: I'm not sure what you mean by "aimed to achieve"? Weren't you doing this after you conducted the experiments, so wouldn't this be determining the power of your model (post-hoc power analysis)? Also, I think you should provide the parameter estimates that were used (e.g. effect size - did you use the effect size you estimated across the 3 replicates?).

      Changed as suggested.

      214-215: this should be reworded to acknowledge that this is estimated for the given effect size; for example, something like "This sample size was sufficient to detect the observed effect with a statistical power of 0.8" or something along those lines (unless I am misunderstanding how you conducted this test).

      Changed as suggested.

      246. Abbreviate Culex

      Changed as suggested.

      253-255: This sentence isn't clear. What do you mean by mixed? Also, the season really seemed to mainly impact the fitness of mosquitoes fed on mouse blood and here the way it is phrased seems to indicate that season has an impact on the fitness of those fed with chicken blood.

      Changed as suggested.

      258-260: You stated your hypothesis as the relative fitness shifting between seasons, but this statement about the expectation is different from your hypothesis stated earlier. Please clarify.

      You are right. Thank you for noting this. It was changed as suggested.  

      263-266: I also don't understand this sentence; what does the first half of the sentence have to do with the second?

      Changed as suggested.

      269-270: This doesn't align with your observation exactly; you say first AND second are generally most productive, but you observed a drop in the second. Please clarify this.

      Changed as suggested.

      280: I suggest removing "as same as other studies"; your caveats are distinct because your experimental design was unique

      Changed as suggested.

      287: you shouldn't be looking for a "desired" effect; I suggest removing this word

      Changed as suggested.

      288: It wasn't really a priori though, since you conducted it after your first replicate (unless you didn't use the results from the first replicate you reported in the original drafts?)

      It was a posteriori. Changed as suggested.

      290: Why is 290 written here?

      It was a mistype. Deleted as suggested.

      291-298: The meaning of this section of your paragraph is not clear.

      Improve as suggested.

      304-313: This list of 3 explanations are directed at different underlying questions. Explanations 1 and 2 are alternative explanations for why host switching occurs if not due to differences in fitness. This isn't really an explanation of your results so much as alternative explanations for a previously reported phenomenon. And the third is an explanation for why you may not have observed the expected effect. I suggest restructuring this to include the fact that Argentinian quinqs may not host switch as part of your previous list of caveats. Then you can include your two alternative explanations for host switching as a possible future direction (although I would say that it is really just one explanation because "vector biology" is too broad of a statement to be testable). Also, you haven't discussed possible explanations for your actual result, which showed that mosquito fitness decreased when feeding on mouse blood in autumn conditions and in the second gonotrophic, while those that fed on chicken did not experience these changes. Why might that be?

      The discussion was restructured to include all these suggested changes. Additionally, it was also discussed some possible explanations of our results.

      315-317: This statement is vague without a direct explanation of how this will provide insight. I suggest removing or providing an explanation of how this provides insight to transmission and forecasting.

      Changed as suggested.

      319-320: According to eLife policy, all data should be publicly available. From guidelines: "Media Policy FAQs Data Availability Purpose and General Principles To maintain high standards of research reproducibility, and to promote the reuse of new findings, eLife requires all data associated with an article to be made freely and widely available. These must be in the most useful formats and according to the relevant reporting standards, unless there are compelling legal or ethical reasons to restrict access. The provision of data should comply with FAIR principles (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable). Specifically, authors must make all original data used to support the claims of the paper, or that is required to reproduce them, available in the manuscript text, tables, figures or supplementary materials, or at a trusted digital repository (the latter is recommended). This must include all variables, treatment conditions, and observations described in the manuscript. The authors must also provide a full account of the materials and procedures used to collect, pre-process, clean, generate and analyze the data that would enable it to be independently reproduced by other researchers."

      - so you need to make your data available online; I also understand the last sentence to indicate that code should be made available.  

      Data and code will be publicly available.

      Table 1: it is notable that in replicate 2, the autumn:mouse:gonotrophic cycle II fecundity and fertility are actually higher than in the summer, which is the opposite of reps 1 and 3 and the overall effect you reported from the model. This might be worth mentioning in the discussion.

      Mentioned in the discussion as suggested.

      Tables 1 and 2: shouldn't this just be 8 treatments? You included replicate as a random effect, so it isn't really a separate set of treatments.

      This table reflects the output of the whole experiment, that is why it is present the 24 expetiments.

      Figure 3: Can you please clarify if this is showing raw data?

      Changed as suggested.

      Note: grammatical copy editing would be beneficial throughout

      Grammar was improved as suggested.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this study, Tian et al. explore the role of ubiquitination of non-structural protein 16 (nsp16) in the SARS-CoV-2 life cycle. nsp16, in conjunction with nsp10, performs the final step of viral mRNA capping through its 2'-O-methylase activity. This modification allows the virus to evade host immune responses and protects its mRNA from degradation. The authors demonstrate that nsp16 undergoes ubiquitination and subsequent degradation by the host E3 ubiquitin ligases UBR5 and MARCHF7 via the ubiquitin-proteasome system (UPS). Specifically, UBR5 and MARCHF7 mediate nsp16 degradation through K48- and K27-linked ubiquitination, respectively. Notably, degradation of nsp16 by either UBR5 or MARCHF7 operates independently, with both mechanisms effectively inhibiting SARS-CoV-2 replication in vitro and in vivo. Furthermore, UBR5 and MARCHF7 exhibit broad-spectrum antiviral activity by targeting nsp16 variants from various SARS-CoV-2 strains. This research advances our understanding of how nsp16 ubiquitination impacts viral replication and highlights potential targets for developing broadly effective antiviral therapies.

      Strengths:

      The proposed study is of significant interest to the virology community because it aims to elucidate the biological role of ubiquitination in coronavirus proteins and its impact on the viral life cycle. Understanding these mechanisms will address broadly applicable questions about coronavirus biology and enhance our overall knowledge of ubiquitination's diverse functions in cell biology. Employing in vivo studies is a strength.

      Weaknesses:

      Minor comments:

      Figure 5A- The authors should ensure that the figure is properly labeled to clearly distinguish between the IP (Immunoprecipitation) panel and the input panel.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have exchanged Figure 5 in this version.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript "SARS-CoV-2 nsp16 is regulated by host E3 ubiquitin ligases, UBR5 and MARCHF7" is an interesting work by Tian et al. describing the degradation/ stability of NSP16 of SARS CoV2 via K48 and K27-linked Ubiquitination and proteasomal degradation. The authors have demonstrated that UBR5 and MARCHF7, an E3 ubiquitin ligase bring about the ubiquitination of NSP16. The concept, and experimental approach to prove the hypothesis looks ok. The in vivo data looks ok with the controls. Overall, the manuscript is good.

      Strengths:

      The study identified important E3 ligases (MARCHF7 and UBR5) that can ubiquitinate NSP16, an important viral factor.

      Comments on revisions:

      I had gone through the revised form of the manuscript thoroughly. The authors have addressed all of my concerns. To me, the experimental approach looks convincing that the host E3 ubiquitin ligases (UBR5 and MARCHF7) ubiquitinate NSP16 and mark it for proteasomal degradation via K48- and K27- linkage. The authors have represented the final figure (Fig.8) in a convincing manner, opening a new window to explore the mechanism of capping the vRNA bu NSP16.

      Thank you for your recognition.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigated the effect of chronic activation of dopamine neurons using chemogenetics. Using Gq-DREADDs, the authors chronically activated midbrain dopamine neurons and observed that these neurons, particularly their axons, exhibit increased vulnerability and degeneration, resembling the pathological symptoms of Parkinson's disease. Baseline calcium levels in midbrain dopamine neurons were also significantly elevated following the chronic activation. Lastly, to identify cellular and circuit-level changes in response to dopaminergic neuronal degeneration caused by chronic activation, the authors employed spatial genomics (Visium) and revealed comprehensive changes in gene expression in the mouse model subjected to chronic activation. In conclusion, this study presents novel data on the consequences of chronic hyperactivation of midbrain dopamine neurons.

      Strengths:

      This study provides direct evidence that the chronic activation of dopamine neurons is toxic and gives rise to neurodegeneration. In addition, the authors achieved the chronic activation of dopamine neurons using water application of clozapine-N-oxide (CNO), a method not commonly employed by researchers. This approach may offer new insights into pathophysiological alterations of dopamine neurons in Parkinson's disease. The authors also utilized state-of-the-art spatial gene expression analysis, which can provide valuable information for other researchers studying dopamine neurons. Although the authors did not elucidate the mechanisms underlying dopaminergic neuronal and axonal death, they presented a substantial number of intriguing ideas in their discussion, which are worth further investigation.

      We thank the reviewer for these positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      Many claims raised in this paper are only partially supported by the experimental results. So, additional data are necessary to strengthen the claims. The effects of chronic activation of dopamine neurons are intriguing; however, this paper does not go beyond reporting phenomena. It lacks a comprehensive explanation for the degeneration of dopamine neurons and their axons. While the authors proposed possible mechanisms for the degeneration in their discussion, such as differentially expressed genes, these remain experimentally unexplored.

      We thank the reviewer for this review. We do believe that the manuscript has a substantial mechanistic component, as the central experiments involve direct manipulation of neuronal activity, and we show an increase in calcium levels and gene expression changes in dopamine neurons that coincide with the degeneration. However, we agree that deeper mechanistic investigation would strengthen the conclusions of the paper. We have executed several important revisions, including the addition of CNO behavioral controls, manipulation of intracellular calcium using isradipine, additional transcriptomics experiments and further validation of findings. We believe that these additions significantly bolster the conclusions of the paper.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Rademacher et al. present a paper showing that chronic chemogenetic excitation of dopaminergic neurons in the mouse midbrain results in differential degeneration of axons and somas across distinct regions (SNc vs VTA). These findings are important. This mouse model also has the advantage of showing a axon-first degeneration over an experimentally-useful time course (2-4 weeks). 2. The findings that direct excitation of dopaminergic neurons causes differential degeneration sheds light on the mechanisms of dopaminergic neuron selective vulnerability. The evidence that activation of dopaminergic neurons causes degeneration and alters mRNA expression is convincing, as the authors use both vehicle and CNO control groups, but the evidence that chronic dopaminergic activation alters circadian rhythm and motor behavior is incomplete as the authors did not run a CNO-control condition in these experiments.

      Strengths:

      This is an exciting and important paper.

      The paper compares mouse transcriptomics with human patient data.

      It shows that selective degeneration can occur across the midbrain dopaminergic neurons even in the absence of a genetic, prion, or toxin neurodegeneration mechanism.

      We thank the reviewer for these comments.

      Weaknesses:

      Major concerns:

      (1) The lack of a CNO-positive, DREADD-negative control group in the behavioral experiments is the main limitation in interpreting the behavioral data. Without knowing whether CNO on its own has an impact on circadian rhythm or motor activity, the certainty that dopaminergic hyperactivity is causing these effects is lacking.

      We thank the reviewer for this important recommendation. Although the initial version showed that CNO does not produce degeneration of DA neuron terminals, it did not exclude a contribution to the behavioral changes. To address this, we now include a cohort of DREADD free non-injected mice treated with either vehicle or CNO (Figure S1C). We found that on its own, CNO did not significantly impact either light cycle or dark cycle running. Together these results along with the lack of degeneration observed with CNO treatment in non-DREADD mice (Figure 2D) support that our behavioral and histological results are the result of dopamine neuron activation.

      (2) One of the most exciting things about this paper is that the SNc degenerates more strongly than the VTA when both regions are, in theory, excited to the same extent. However, it is not perfectly clear that both regions respond to CNO to the same extent. The electrophysiological data showing CNO responsiveness is only conducted in the SNc. If the VTA response is significantly reduced vs the SNc response, then the selectivity of the SNc degeneration could just be because the SNc was more hyperactive than the VTA. Electrophysiology experiments comparing the VTA and SNc response to CNO could support the idea that the SNc has substantial intrinsic vulnerability factors compared to the VTA.

      We agree that additional electrophysiology conducted in the VTA dopamine neurons would meaningfully add to our understanding of the selective vulnerability in this model, and have completed these experiments in the revision (Figure 1, Figure S2). We now show that in vivo treatment with CNO causes some of the same physiological changes in VTA dopamine neurons as we found in SNc dopamine neurons, including an increased spontaneous firing rate, and a similar decrease in responsiveness to CNO in the slice recordings. Together these observations support the conclusion that SNc axons are intrinsically more vulnerable to increased activity than VTA dopamine axons. 

      (3) The mice have access to a running wheel for the circadian rhythm experiments. Running has been shown to alter the dopaminergic system (Bastioli et al., 2022) and so the authors should clarify whether the histology, electrophysiology, fiber photometry, and transcriptomics data are conducted on mice that have been running or sedentary.

      We have clarified which mice had access to a running wheel in the methods of our revision. Briefly, mice for histology, electrophysiology, and transcriptomics all had access to a running wheel during their treatment. The mice used for photometry underwent about 7 days of running wheel access approximately 3 weeks prior to the beginning of the experiment. The photometry headcaps prevented mice from having access to a running wheel in their home cage. Mice used for non-responder and non-hM3Dq (CNO alone) experiments also had access to a running wheel during their treatment. Mice used for the isradipine experiment did not have access to a running wheel, as the number of mice was too large and while unilateral hM3Dq expression allows for within-animal controls, it does not lend to clear interpretation of running wheel data.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Rademacher and colleagues examined the effect on the integrity of the dopamine system in mice of chronically stimulating dopamine neurons using a chemogenetic approach. They find that one to two weeks of constant exposure to the chemogenetic activator CNO leads to a decrease in the density of tyrosine hydroxylase staining in striatal brain sections and to a small reduction of the global population of tyrosine hydroxylase positive neurons in the ventral midbrain. They also report alterations in gene expression in both regions using a spatial transcriptomics approach. Globally, the work is well done and valuable and some of the conclusions are interesting. However, the conceptual advance is perhaps a bit limited in the sense that there is extensive previous work in the literature showing that excessive depolarization of multiple types of neurons associated with intracellular calcium elevations promotes neuronal degeneration. The present work adds to this by showing evidence of a similar phenomenon in dopamine neurons.

      We thank the reviewer for the careful and thoughtful review of our manuscript.

      While extensive depolarization and associated intracellular calcium elevations promote degeneration generally, we emphasize that the process we describe is novel. Indeed, prior studies delivering chronic DREADDs to vulnerable neurons in models of Alzheimer’s disease did not detect an increase in neurodegeneration, despite seeing changes in protein aggregation (e.g. Yuan and Grutzendler, J Neurosci 2016, PMID: 26758850; Hussaini et al., PLOS Bio 2020, PMID: 32822389). Further, a critical finding from our study is that in our paradigm, this stressor does not impact all dopamine neurons equally, as the SNc DA neurons are more vulnerable than VTA DA neurons, mirroring selective vulnerability characteristic of Parkinson’s disease. This is consistent with a large body of literature that SNc dopamine neurons are less capable of handling large energetic and calcium loads compared to neighboring VTA neurons, and the finding that chronically altered activity is sufficient to drive this preferential loss is novel. In addition, we are not aware of prior studies that have chronically activated DREADDs over several weeks to produce neurodegeneration.

      In terms of the mechanisms explaining the neuronal loss observed after 2 to 4 weeks of chemogenetic activation, it would be important to consider that dopamine neurons are known from a lot of previous literature to undergo a decrease in firing through a depolarization-block mechanism when chronically depolarized. Is it possible that such a phenomenon explains much of the results observed in the present study? It would be important to consider this in the manuscript.

      Thank you for this comment. As discussed in greater detail in the “comments on results section” below, our data suggests this isn’t a prominent feature in our model. However, we cannot rule out a contribution of depolarization block, and have expanded on the discussion of this possibility in the revised manuscript.

      The relevance to Parkinson's disease (PD) is also not totally clear because there is not a lot of previous solid evidence showing that the firing of dopamine neurons is increased in PD, either in human subjects or in mouse models of the disease. As such, it is not clear if the present work is really modelling something that could happen in PD in humans.

      We completely agree that evidence of increased dopamine neuron activity from human PD patients is lacking, and the little data that exists is difficult to interpret without human controls. However, as we outline in the manuscript, multiple lines of evidence suggest that the activity level of dopamine neurons almost certainly does change in PD. Therefore, it is very important that we understand how changes in the level of neural activity influence the degeneration of DA neurons. In this paper we examine the impact of increased activity. Increased activity may be compensatory after initial dopamine neuron loss, or may be an initial driver of death (Rademacher & Nakamura, Exp Neurol 2024, PMID: 38092187). In addition to the human and rodent data already discussed in the manuscript, additional support for increased activity in PD models include:

      • Elevated firing rates in asymptomatic MitoPark mice (Good et al., FASEB J 2011, PMID: 21233488)

      • Increased frequency of spontaneous firing in patient-derived iPSC dopamine neurons and primary mouse dopamine neurons that overexpress synuclein (Lin et al., Acta Neuropath Comm 2021, PMID: 34099060)

      • Increased spontaneous firing in dopamine neurons of rats injected with synuclein preformed fibrils compared to sham (Tozzi et al., Brain 2021, PMID: 34297092)

      We have included citation of these important examples in our revision. In our model, we have found that chronic hyperactivity causes a substantial loss of nigral DA terminals while mesolimbic terminals are relatively spared (Figure 2), and that striatal DA levels are markedly decreased (Figure S6), phenomena that are hallmarks of Parkinson’s disease.

      There are additional levels of complexity to accurately model changes in PD, which may differ between subtypes of the disease, the disease stage, and the subtype of dopamine neuron. Our study models a form of increased intrinsic activity, and interpretation of our results will be facilitated as we learn more about how the activity of DA neurons changes in humans in PD. Similarly, in future studies, it will also be important to study the impact of decreasing DA neuron activity.

      Comments on the introduction:

      The introduction cites a 1990 paper from the lab of Anthony Grace as support of the fact that DA neurons increase their firing rate in PD models. However, in this 1990 paper, the authors stated that: "With respect to DA cell activity, depletions of up to 96% of striatal DA did not result in substantial alterations in the proportion of DA neurons active, their mean firing rate, or their firing pattern. Increases in these parameters only occurred when striatal DA depletions exceeded 96%." Such results argue that an increase in firing rate is most likely to be a consequence of the almost complete loss of dopamine neurons rather than an initial driver of neuronal loss. The present introduction would thus benefit from being revised to clarify the overriding hypothesis and rationale in relation to PD and better represent the findings of the paper by Hollerman and Grace.

      We agree that the findings of Hollerman and Grace support compensatory changes in dopamine neuron activity in response to loss of dopamine neurons, rather than informing whether dopamine neuron loss can also be an initial driver of activity. Importantly, while significant changes to burst firing were not seen until almost complete loss of dopamine neurons, these recordings were made in anesthetized rats which may not be representative of neural activity in awake animals. We adjusted the text so that this is no longer referred to as ‘partial’ loss. At the same time, we point out that the results of other studies on this point are mixed: a 50% reduction in dopamine neurons didn’t alter firing rate or bursting (Harden and Grace, J Neurosci 1995, PMID: 7666198; Bilbao et al., Brain Res 2006, PMID: 16574080), while a 40% loss was found to increase firing rate and bursting (Chen et al., Brain Res 2009. PMID: 19545547) and larger reductions alter burst firing (Hollerman & Grace, Brain Res 1990, PMID: 2126975; Stachowiak et al., J Neurosci 1987, PMID: 3110381). Importantly, even if compensatory, such late-stage increases in dopamine neuron activity may contribute to disease progression and drive a vicious cycle of degeneration in surviving neurons. In addition, we also don’t know how the threshold of dopamine neuron loss and altered activity may differ between mice and humans, and PD patients do not present with clinical symptoms until ~30-60% of nigral neurons are lost (Burke & O’Malley, Exp Neurol 2013, PMID: 22285449; Shulman et al., Annu Rev Pathol 2011, PMID: 21034221).   

      Other lines of evidence support the potential role of hyperactivity in disease initiation, including increased activity before dopamine neuron loss in MitoPark mice (Good et al., FASEB J 2011, PMID: 21233488), increased spontaneous firing in patient-derived iPSC dopamine neurons (Lin et al., Acta Neuropath Comm 2021, PMID: 34099060), and increased activity observed in genetic models of PD (Bishop et al., J Neurophysiol 2010, PMID: 20926611; Regoni et al., Cell Death Dis 2020, PMID: 33173027).

      It would be good that the introduction refers to some of the literature on the links between excessive neuronal activity, calcium, and neurodegeneration. There is a large literature on this and referring to it would help frame the work and its novelty in a broader context.

      We agree that a discussion of hyperactivity, calcium, and neurodegeneration would benefit the introduction. Accordingly, we have expanded on our citation of this literature in both the introduction and discussion sections. However, we believe that the novelty of our study lies in: 1) a chronic chemogenetic activation paradigm via drinking water, 2) demonstrating selective vulnerability of dopamine neurons as a result of altering their activity/excitability alone, and 3) comparing mouse and human spatial transcriptomics.

      Comments on the results section:

      The running wheel results of Figure 1 suggest that the CNO treatment caused a brief increase in running on the first day after which there was a strong decrease during the subsequent days in the active phase. This observation is also in line with the appearance of a depolarization block.

      The authors examined many basic electrophysiological parameters of recorded dopamine neurons in acute brain slices. However, it is surprising that they did not report the resting membrane potential, or the input resistance. It would be important that this be added because these two parameters provide key information on the basal excitability of the recorded neurons. They would also allow us to obtain insight into the possibility that the neurons are chronically depolarized and thus in depolarization block.

      We do report the input resistance in Figure S1C (now Figure S2A, S2B), which was unchanged in CNO-treated animals compared to controls. We did not previously report the resting membrane potential because many of the DA neurons were spontaneously firing. In the revision, we now report the initial membrane potential on first breaking into the cell for the whole cell recordings, which did not vary between groups (Figure S2). This is still influenced by action potential activity, but is the timepoint in the recording least impacted by dialyzing the neuron with the internal solution, which might alter the intracellular concentrations of ions. We observed increased spontaneous action potential activity ex vivo in slices from CNO-treated mice (Figure 1D), thus at least under these conditions these dopamine neurons are not in depolarization block. We also did not see strong evidence of changes in other intrinsic properties of the neurons with whole cell recordings (e.g. Figure S2). Overall, our electrophysiology experiments are not consistent with the depolarization block model, at least not due to changes in the intrinsic properties of the neurons. Although our ex vivo findings cannot exclude a contribution of depolarization block in vivo, we do show that CNO-treated mice removed from their cages for open field testing continue to have a strong trend for increased activity for approximately 10 days (Figure S4B). This finding is also consistent with increased activity of the DA neurons. We have added discussion of these important considerations in the revision.

      It is great that the authors quantified not only TH levels but also the levels of mCherry, coexpressed with the chemogenetic receptor. This could in principle help to distinguish between TH downregulation and true loss of dopamine neuron cell bodies. However, the approach used here has a major caveat in that the number of mCherry-positive dopamine neurons depends on the proportion of dopamine neurons that were infected and expressed the DREADD and this could very well vary between different mice. It is very unlikely that the virus injection allowed to infect 100% of the neurons in the VTA and SNc. This could for example explain in part the mismatch between the number of VTA dopamine neurons counted in panel 2G when comparing TH and mCherry counts. Also, I see that the mCherry counts were not provided at the 2-week time point. If the mCherry had been expressed genetically by crossing the DAT-Cre mice with a floxed fluorescent reported mice, the interpretation would have been simpler. In this context, I am not convinced of the benefit of the mCherry quantifications. The authors should consider either removing these results from the final manuscript or discussing this important limitation.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment, and we agree that this is a caveat of our mCherry quantification. Quantitation of the number of mCherry+ DA neurons specifically informs the impact on transduced DA neurons, and mCherry appears to be less susceptible to downregulation versus TH. As the reviewer points out, it carries the caveat that there is some variability between injections. Our control animals give us an indicator of injection variability, which is likely substantial and prevents us from detecting more subtle changes. Nonetheless, we believe that it conveys useful complementary data. We discuss this caveat in our revision. Note that mCherry was not quantified at the two-week timepoint because there is no loss of TH+ cells at that time.

      Although the authors conclude that there is a global decrease in the number of dopamine neurons after 4 weeks of CNO treatment, the post-hoc tests failed to confirm that the decrease in dopamine number was significant in the SNc, the region most relevant to Parkinson's. This could be due to the fact that only a small number of mice were tested. A "n" of just 4 or 5 mice is very small for a stereological counting experiment. As such, this experiment was clearly underpowered at the statistical level. Also, the choice of the image used to illustrate this in panel 2G should be reconsidered: the image suggests that a very large loss of dopamine

      neurons occurred in the SNc and this is not what the numbers show. A more representative image should be used.

      We agree that the stereology experiments were performed on relatively small numbers of animals, such that only robust effects would be detected. Combined with the small effect size, this may have contributed to the post-hoc tests showing a trend of p=0.1 for both the TH and mCherry dopamine cell counts in the SN at 4 weeks. Given this small effect size, we would indeed need much larger groups to better discern these changes. Stereology is an intensive technique, and we have therefore elected to focus on terminal loss. We have also replaced panel 2G with a more representative CNO image.

      In Figure 3, the authors attempt to compare intracellular calcium levels in dopamine neurons using GCaMP6 fluorescence. Because this calcium indicator is not quantitative (unlike ratiometric sensors such as Fura2), it is usually used to quantify relative changes in intracellular calcium. The present use of this probe to compare absolute values is unusual and the validity of this approach is unclear. This limitation needs to be discussed. The authors also need to refer in the text to the difference between panels D and E of this figure. It is surprising that the fluctuations in calcium levels were not quantified. I guess the hypothesis was that there should be more or larger fluctuations in the mice treated with CNO if the CNO treatment led to increased firing. This needs to be clarified.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We understand that this method of comparing absolute values is unconventional. However, these animals were tested concurrently on the same system, and a clear effect on the absolute baseline was observed. We have included a caveat of this in our discussion. Panel D of this figure shows the raw, uncorrected photometry traces, whereas panel E shows the isosbestic corrected traces for the same recording. In panel E, the traces follow time in ascending order. We have also included frequency and amplitude data for these recordings (Figure S4A), along with discussion of the significance of these findings.

      Although the spatial transcriptomic results are intriguing and certainly a great way to start thinking about how the CNO treatment could lead to the loss of dopamine neurons, the presented results, the focusing of some broad classes of differentially expressed genes and on some specific examples, do not really suggest any clear mechanism of neurodegeneration. It would perhaps be useful for the authors to use the obtained data to validate that a state of chronic depolarization was indeed induced by the chronic CNO treatment. Were genes classically linked to increased activity like cfos or bdnf elevated in the SNc or VTA dopamine neurons? In the striatum, the authors report that the levels of DARP32, a gene whose levels are linked to dopamine levels, are unchanged. Does this mean that there were no major changes in dopamine levels in the striatum of these mice?

      While levels of DARPP32 mRNA were unchanged, our additional HPLC data show strong decreases in striatal dopamine in hyperactivated mice. We do not see strong changes in classic activity-related genes (data not shown), however these genes may behave differently in the context of chronic hyperactivity and ongoing degeneration. Instead, we employed NEUROeSTIMator (Bahl et al., Nature Comm. 2024, PMID: 38278804), a deep learning method to predict neural activation based on transcriptomic data. We found that predicted activity scores were significantly higher in GqCNO dopaminergic regions compared to controls (Figure X). Indeed, some of the genes used within the model to predict activity are immediate early genes eg. c-fos.

      The usefulness of comparing the transcriptome of human PD SNc or VTA sections to that of the present mouse model should be better explained. In the human tissues, the transcriptome reflects the state of the tissue many years after extensive loss of dopamine neurons. It is expected that there will be few if any SNc neurons left in such sections. In comparison, the mice after 7 days of CNO treatment do not appear to have lost any dopamine neurons. As such, how can the two extremely different conditions be reasonably compared? Our mouse model and human PD progress over distinct timescales, as is the case with essentially all mouse models of neurodegenerative diseases. Nonetheless, in our view there is still great value in comparing gene expression changes in mouse models with those in human disease. It seems very likely that the same pathologic processes that drive degeneration early in the disease continue to drive degeneration later in the disease. Note that we have tried to address the discrepancy in time scales in part by comparing our mouse model to early PD samples when there is more limited SNc DA neuron loss (see the proportion of DA neurons within the areas of human tissues we selected for sampling in Author response image 1). Therefore, we can indeed use spatial transcriptomics to compare dopamine neurons from mice with initial degeneration to those in patients where degeneration is ongoing.    

      Author response image 1.

      Violin plot of DA neuron proportions sampled within the vulnerable SNV (deconvoluted RCTD method used in unmasked tissue sections of the SNV). Control and early PD subjects.

      Comments on the discussion:

      In the discussion, the authors state that their calcium photometry results support a central role of calcium in activity-induced neurodegeneration. This conclusion, although plausible because of the very broad pre-existing literature linking calcium elevation (such as in excitotoxicity) to neuronal loss, should be toned down a bit as no causal relationship was established in the experiments that were carried out in the present study.

      Our model utilizes hM3Dq-DREADDs that function by activating Gq pathways that are classically expected to increase intracellular calcium to increase neuronal excitability. Indeed in slices from mice that were not treated with CNO, acute CNO application caused depolarizations (Figure 1E) that can be due to an increase in intracellular calcium and also cause increases in intracellular calcium. Additionally, our results show increased calcium by fiber photometry and changes to calcium-related genes, suggesting a causal relation and crucial role of calcium in the mechanism of degeneration. However, we agree that we have not experimentally proven this point. Indeed, a small preliminary experiment with chronic isradipine failed to show protection, although it lacked power to detect a partial effect. We have acknowledged this in the text, and also briefly consider other mechanisms such as increased dopamine levels that could also mediate the toxicity.

      In the discussion, the authors discuss some of the parallel changes in gene expression detected in the mouse model and in the human tissues. Because few if any dopamine neurons are expected to remain in the SNc of the human tissues used, this sort of comparison has important conceptual limitations and these need to be clearly addressed.

      As discussed, we sampled SN DA neurons in early PD (see Author response image 1), and in our view there is great value for such comparisons.

      A major limitation of the present discussion is that it does not discuss the possibility that the observed phenotypes are caused by the induction of a chronic state of depolarization block by the chronic CNO treatment. I encourage the authors to consider and discuss this hypothesis.

      As discussed above, our analyses of DA neuron firing in slices and open field testing to date do not support a prominent contribution of depolarization block with chronic CNO treatment. However, we cannot rule out this hypothesis, therefore we have included additional electrophysiology experiments and have added discussion of this important consideration.  

      Also, the authors need to discuss the fact that previous work was only able to detect an increase in the firing rate of dopamine neurons after more than 95% loss of dopamine neurons. As such, the authors need to clearly discuss the relevance of the present model to PD. Are changes in firing rate a driver of neuronal loss in PD, as the authors try to make the case here, or are such changes only a secondary consequence of extensive neuronal loss (for example because a major loss of dopamine would lead to reduced D2 autoreceptor activation in the remaining neurons, and to reduced autoreceptor-mediated negative feedback on firing). This needs to be discussed.

      As discussed above, while increases in dopamine neuron activity may be compensatory after loss of neurons, the precise percentage required to induce such compensatory changes is not defined in mice and varies between paradigms, and the threshold level is not known in humans. We also reiterate that a compensatory increase in activity could still promote the degeneration of critical surviving DA neurons, whose loss underlies the substantial decline in motor function that typically occurs over the course of PD. Moreover, there are also multiple lines of evidence to suggest that changes in activity can initiate and drive dopamine neuron degeneration (Rademacher & Nakamura, Exp Neurol 2024). For example, overexpression of synuclein can increase firing in cultured dopamine neurons (Dagra et al., NPJ Parkinsons Dis 2021, PMID: 34408150), while mice expressing mutant Parkin have higher mean firing rates (Regoni et al., Cell Death Dis 2020, PMID: 33173027). Similarly, an increased firing rate has been reported in the MitoPark mouse model of PD at a time preceding DA neuron degeneration (Good et al., FASEB J 2011, PMID: 21233488). We also acknowledge that alterations to dopamine neuron activity are likely complex in PD, and that dopamine neuron health and function can be impacted not just by simple increases in activity, but also by changes in activity patterns and regularity. We have amended our discussion to include the important caveat of changes in activity occurring as compensation, as well as further evidence of changes in activity preceding dopamine neuron death.

      There is a very large, multi-decade literature on calcium elevation and its effects on neuronal loss in many different types of neurons. The authors should discuss their findings in this context and refer to some of this previous work. In a nutshell, the observations of the present manuscript could be summarized by stating that the chronic membrane depolarization induced by the CNO treatment is likely to induce a chronic elevation of intracellular calcium and this is then likely to activate some of the well-known calcium-dependent cell death mechanisms. Whether such cell death is linked in any way to PD is not really demonstrated by the present results. The authors are encouraged to perform a thorough revision of the discussion to address all of these issues, discuss the major limitations of the present model, and refer to the broad pre-existing literature linking membrane depolarization, calcium, and neuronal loss in many neuronal cell types.

      While our model demonstrates classic excitotoxic cell death pathways, we would like to emphasize both the chronic nature of our manipulation and the progressive changes observed, with increasing degeneration seen at 1, 2, and 4 weeks of hyperactivity in an axon-first manner. This is a unique aspect of our study, in contrast to much of the previous literature which has focused on shorter timescales. Thus, while we have revised the discussion to more comprehensively acknowledge previous studies of calcium-dependent neuron cell death, we believe we have made several new contributions that are not predicted by existing literature. We have shown that this chronic manipulation is specifically toxic to nigral dopamine neurons, and the data that VTA dopamine neurons continue to be resilient even at 4 weeks is interesting and disease-relevant. We therefore do not want to use findings from other neuron types to draw assumptions about DA neurons, which are a unique and very diverse population. We acknowledge that as with all preclinical models of PD, we cannot draw definitive conclusions about PD with this data. However, we reiterate that we strongly believe that drawing connections to human disease is important, as dopamine neuron activity is very likely altered in PD and a clearer understanding of how dopamine neuron survival is impacted by activity will provide insight into the mechanisms of PD.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The temporal design of the experiments is quite confusing. For instance, Figures 1 and 3 illustrate the daily changes of the mice and suggest some critical time points within 2 weeks of CNO administration, whereas Figure 2 presents data at 2 and 4 weeks, which are much later than the proposed critical time points. Furthermore, Figure 4 includes only 1 week data, and lacks subsequent data from 2 and 4 weeks, at which significant changes such as calcium levels and neuronal/axonal degeneration are observed.

      While interesting behavior and calcium phenotypes were detected within 2 and 4 weeks of CNO administration (Figures 1 and 3), we only collected tissues for histology at the 2 and 4 week time points (Figure 2). Observing degeneration of DA neuron axons but not cell bodies at 2 weeks served as a rationale to extend to the 4 week time point to determine whether degeneration was progressive. At the same time, our primary focus is on identifying early changes that may drive or contribute to the degeneration. As such, we recorded calcium changes over a 2-week treatment period, capturing the period during which almost all of the dopamine axons are lost. Similarly, we had the capacity to perform spatial transcriptomics at only one time point, and the 1 week time point was selected to capture transcriptomic changes that precede and potentially contribute to the mild and severe degeneration that occurs at 2 and 4 weeks, respectively. We have added text clarifying the rationale for the time points chosen.

      (2) The authors showed the changes in neuronal firing in dopamine neurons by the administration of CNO. However, one of the most important features of dopaminergic neuronal activity is dopamine release at its axon terminals in the striatum. Thus, the claims raised in this paper would be better supported if the authors further show any alterations in dopamine release (by FSCV or fluorescent dopamine sensors) at some critical time points during or after CNO application.

      While we are confident that DA release is altered due to the significant changes in behavior when hM3Dq DREADDs are activated specifically in DA neurons, the current manuscript does not quantify this, or distinguish between axonal and somatodendritic DA release. Interestingly, we did find significantly decreased striatal dopamine by HPLC after chronic activation (Figure S6). We believe that resolving these questions is beyond the scope of this manuscript, but have added text indicating the importance of these experiments.

      (3) The authors used 2% sucrose as a vehicle via drinking water. Please explain the rationale behind this choice.

      We used 2% sucrose as the vehicle because it is also added to the CNO water to counteract the bitterness of CNO (Kumar et al., J Neurotrauma 2024, PMID: 37905504). We have clarified this in the manuscript.

      (4) As we know, mRNA levels of some genes do not always predict their protein levels; there is sometimes a huge discrepancy between mRNA and protein abundance. In this paper, the mechanistic interpretation of the results by the authors heavily relies on the spatial transcriptomics of the midbrain and striatum. Thus, the authors need to provide additional data proving that the gene expression of some genes in the CNO group is also changed at the level of protein.

      We agree that validating hits at the protein level is valuable, however we were limited in our ability to assess these changes for the revision. However, we have done additional transcriptomics with the high resolution Xenium platform to increase confidence in a subset of hits of interest for follow up in future work, and we included data on genes related to DA metabolism and markers of DA neurons.

      (5) The authors provided spatial transcriptomics data only for mice with one week of chronic activation. However, other data also indicate significant differences when the activation period extends beyond 10 to 12 days (Figure 1C, Figure 3D-F). While a 7-day chronic activation time point might be crucial, additional transcriptomics data from later time points would be beneficial to confirm the persistence of these changes in gene expression. Furthermore, differential gene expression (DEG) analysis at these later time points could identify novel pathways or genes influenced by the chronic activation of dopamine neurons.

      This is an interesting point and would provide valuable data as to how chronic activity influences gene expression, however additional transcriptomics at later timepoints is beyond the scope of this paper. In future studies we will assess changes observed in this manuscript at other time points.

      (6) Figure 1D, Figure S1C:

      The authors should present the sample recording traces to demonstrate that the electrophysiological recordings were appropriately made.

      These data have been provided in Figure S2.

      (7) Figure S1C:

      AP thresholds in SNc dopamine neurons from both groups look quite high. In addition, considering the data from the previous reports, AP peak amplitudes in SNc dopamine neurons from both groups seem to be very low. Are these values correct? 

      The thresholds and peaks are correct, including the AP (threshold to peak), which is typical in our (Dr. Margolis’s) experience. AP thresholds are measured from an average of at least 10 APs, as the voltage at which the derivative of the trace first exceeds 10 V/s. As mentioned in the methods section, junction potentials were not corrected, which can result in values that are a bit depolarized from ground truth. This junction potential would be consistent across all recordings, thus not impede detection of a difference in AP thresholds between groups of animals.

      (8) Figure 1E:

      It would be better if the statistical significance is depicted in the graph.

      We don’t perform repeated measures statistics across data like these, as the data are continuous, collected at 10 kHz. For ease of displaying the data, the data for each neuron is binned and then these traces are averaged together. We display SEM to give a sense of the variance across neurons. We have provided sample traces of individual neurons to better demonstrate the variability and significance of this data (Figure S2).

      (9) Figure 2C:

      The representative staining images appear to be taken from coronal slices at anatomically different positions along the rostral-to-caudal axis. Although the total numbers of TH+ cells are comparable between vehicle and CNO groups in the graph, the sample images do not reflect this result. The authors should replace the current images with the better ones.

      We have replaced this image in the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor concerns:

      (1) The authors claim that their transcriptomics experiments are conducted 'before any degeneration has occurred'. And they do not see significant differences in the TH expression in the striatum. However, the n for these mice at 1 week is lower than the n use at 2 weeks (n=5 vs n=8-9) and the images used to show 'no degeneration' really look like there is some degeneration going on. Also, throughout the paper, there is a stronger effect when degeneration is measured with mCherry compared to when it is measured with TH. The 'no change' claim is made only with the TH comparison. It seems possible (and almost likely) that there would be significant axonal degeneration at one week with either a higher sample size or using the mCherry comparison. The authors should simply claim that their transcriptomics data is collected before any 'somatic' degeneration occurs.

      Thank you, we have included data that shows partial terminal loss after one week of activation (Figure S3B, Figure S5A) and have corrected this language in the manuscript to reflect transcriptomics occurring before somatic degeneration.

      (2) While selective degeneration is one of the most interesting findings in the paper, that finding is not emphasized and why it would be interesting to compare the VTA vs SNc is not discussed in the introduction.

      Emphasis for comparing the VTA vs the SNc has been added to the introduction, along with additional electrophysiology data in VTA dopamine neurons in Figure 1 and Figure S2.

      (3) In a similar direction, the vulnerability of dopaminergic neurons has been shown to be differential even within the SNc, with the ventral tier neurons degenerating more severely and the dorsal tier neurons remaining resilient. Is there any evidence for a ventral-dorsal degeneration gradient in the SNc in these experiments?

      This is a really interesting point and changes to dopamine neuron subtypes along the ventraldorsal axis may be occurring in this model, particularly as there is more selective loss of SNc neurons. However, the cell type involved would be difficult to determine at this stage, since single cell transcriptomic resolution is necessary across the entire SNc to identify cell subtypes. Transcriptomic identification is further complicated given that transcriptome change has recently been shown with genetic manipulation (Gaertner et al., bioRxiv 2024, PMID: 38895448), and we would think could similarly change with increased activity. Assessing these issues are beyond the scope of this paper.

      (4) The running data is very interesting and the circadian rhythm alterations are compelling.

      However, it is unclear whether the CNO mice run more total compared with the vehicle mice.

      The authors should show the combined total running data to evaluate this. We now show total running data in Figure 1C.

      (5) The finding that acute CNO has no effect on the membrane potential of SNc neurons after chronic CNO exposure is very peculiar! Especially because the fiber photometry data suggests that CNO continues to have an effect in vivo. Is there any explanation for this?

      While there is no acute electrophysiological response to CNO detected in this group, there may be intracellular pathways activated by the DREADD that do not acutely impact membrane potential in current clamp (I = 0 pA) mode.

      (6) The terminology of chronic CNO is sometimes confusing as it refers to both 2-week and 4week administration. Using additional terminology such as 'early' and 'late' might help with clarity.

      We have decreased usage of ‘chronic,’ and increased usage of more specific treatment times in order to increase clarity throughout the manuscript.

      (7) In Figure 2C, the SNc image looks binarized.

      This image has been updated.

      (8) Also in Figure 2, why are TH and mCherry measured for the 4-week time point, but only TH measured for the 2-week time point?

      mCherry quantification was performed to further support the finding of DA neuron death, and was therefore not assessed at 2 weeks given that there was no change in the TH stereology.

      (9) Additional scale bars and labeling is needed in Figure 3. In addition, there is such a strong reduction in noise after chronic CNO in the fiber photometry recordings, and the noise does not return upon CNO washout. What is the explanation for this?

      Additional scale bars were added to Figure 3. Traces are not getting less noisy with chronic CNO treatment, rather, there is less bursting activity in the dopamine cells. Our interpretation is that the baseline activity is rescued during washout but this bursting activity is not.

      (10) While not necessary to support the claims in this paper, it would be very interesting to see if chronic inhibition of dopaminergic neurons had a similar or different effect, as too little dopaminergic activity may also cause degeneration in some cases.

      We agree that assessing chronic inhibition is valuable, and this is an important area for future research.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      All the mice used in the study are not listed in the methods section. For example, the GCaMP6f floxed mice discussed in the results section are not listed in the methods. Also, the breeding scheme used for the different mouse lines needs to be described. For example, did the DAT-Cre mice carry one or two alleles?

      Both the DAT<sup>IRES</sup>Cre and GCaMP6f floxed (Ai148) Jax mouse line numbers and RRIDs are included in the methods. DAT<sup>IRES</sup>Cre mice carried two alleles.

      In the methods section, the amount of virus injected needs to be mentioned.

      This information has been added to the methods section.

      In all result graphs, please include the individual data points so that the readers can see the distribution of the data and quickly see the sample size.

      Graphs have been updated to include all individual data points. For line graphs, the distribution is communicated by the error bars, while the n is in the legends.

      The authors provide running wheel data in supplementary figure 1A to validate that chemogenetic activation of dopamine neurons leads to increased locomotor activity. The results shown in the figure appear to be qualitative as no average data is presented. The authors should provide average data from all mice tested.

      Average IP response data for all mice assessed for running wheel activity has been included in Figure S1.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary, and Strengths:

      The authors and their team have investigated the role of Vimentin Cysteine 328 in epithelial-mesenchymal transition (EMT) and tumorigenesis. Vimentin is a type III intermediate filament, and cysteine 328 is a crucial site for interactions between vimentin and actin. These interactions can significantly influence cell movement, proliferation, and invasion. The team has specifically examined how Vimentin Cysteine 328 affects cancer cell proliferation, the acquisition of stemness markers, and the upregulation of the non-coding RNA XIST. Additionally, functional assays were conducted using both wild-type (WT) and Vimentin Cysteine 328 mutant cells to demonstrate their effects on invasion, EMT, and cancer progression. Overall, the data supports the essential role of Vimentin Cysteine 328 in regulating EMT, cancer stemness, and tumor progression. Overall, the data and its interpretation are on point and support the hypothesis. I believe the manuscript has great potential.

      The authors are thankful to the reviewers for carefully reading the manuscript and evaluating the data to make positive comments and supporting our conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      Minor issues are related to the visibility and data representation in Figures 2E and 3 A-F

      We have revised the figures (Figure 2E and Figure 3A-F) to increase the data visibility.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The aim of the investigation was to find out more about the mechanism(s) by which the structural protein vimentin can facilitate the epithelial-mesenchymal transition in breast cancer cells.

      The authors focussed on a key amino acid of vimentin, C238, its role in the interaction between vimentin and actin microfilaments, and the downstream molecular and cellular consequences. They model the binding between vimentin and actin in silico to demonstrate the potential involvement of C238, but the outcome is described vaguely.

      We have expanded the discussion of these results in the manuscript to more explicitly describe the critical role of C238 in the vimentin-actin interaction. Specifically, we highlight that C238 lies within a region of the vimentin rod domain known to mediate key protein-protein interactions. Our modeling shows that the thiol group of C238 enables specific hydrogen bonding and potential disulfide-mediated interactions with actin, which are disrupted upon mutation to serine. These findings provide mechanistic insight into the functional importance of this residue.

      The phenotype of a non-metastatic breast cancer cell line MCF7, which doesn't express vimentin, could be changed to a metastatic phenotype when mutant C238S vimentin, but not wild-type vimentin, was expressed in the cells. Expression of vimentin was confirmed at the level of mRNA, protein, and microscopically. Patterns of expression of vimentin and actin reflected the distinct morphology of the two cell lines. Phenotypic changes were assessed through assay of cell adhesion, proliferation, migration, and morphology and were consistent with greater metastatic potential in the C238S MCF7 cells. Changes in the transcriptome of MCF7 cells expressing wild-type and C238S vimentins were compared and expression of Xist long ncRNA was found to be the transcript most markedly increased in the metastatic cells expressing C238S vimentin. Moreover changes in expression of many other genes in the C238S cells are consistent with an epithelial mesenchymal transition. Tumourigenic potential of MCF7 cells carrying C238S but not wild-type, vimentin was confirmed by inoculation of cells into nude mice. This assay is a measure of the stem-cell quality of the cells and not a measure of metastasis. It does demonstrate phenotypic changes that could be linked to metastasis.

      shRNA was used to down-regulate vimentin or Xist in the MCF7 C238S cells. The description of the data is limited in parts and data sets require careful scrutiny to understand the full picture. Down-regulation of vimentin reversed the morphological changes to some degree, but down-regulation of Xist didn't.

      This is understandable given the fact that vimentin interacts with actin which is known to determine cell shape. XIST being a non-coding RNA will not have the same effect.

      Conversely, down-regulation of XIST inhibited cell growth, a sign of reversing metastatic potential, but down-regulation of vimentin had no effect on growth.

      XIST is known to get induced in a number of cancers (see Figure 3E) which is consistent with our observation that its downregulation will inhibit cell growth. However, downregulation of vimentin had no effect on growth which is consistent with our previously published observation that ectopic expression of wildtype vimentin in MCF-7 cells did not influence cell growth (Usman et al Cells 2022, 11(24), 4035; https://doi.org/10.3390/cells11244035).

      Down-regulation of either did inhibit cell migration, another sign of metastatic reversal.

      We have previously shown that ectopic expression of wildtype vimentin in MCF-7 stimulate cell migration due to downregulation of CDH5 (endothelial cadherins) (Usman et al Cells 2022, 11(24), 4035). Therefore, downregulation of vimentin is expected to inhibit cell migration which is what we observed in this study. Why downregulation of XIST inhibited cell migration is not clear. It is conceivable that XIST downregulation affects Lamin expression which may suppress intercellular interactions to increase cell migration. This hypothesis is supported by the fact that vimentin expression in MCF-7 affects Lamin expression (Usman et al Cells 2022, 11(24), 4035).

      The interpretation of this type of experiment is handicapped when full reversal of expression is not achieved, as was the case in this study.

      Full reversal of any biological effect is almost impossible to achieve which is because the shRNAs by nature are not 100% effective. This can however be tested using crispr Cas 9 gene editing to completely knockdown a protein (can’t be used for XIST as it is a non-coding RNA). In that case one has to assume that it will have no off-target effect.

      Overall the study describes an intriguing model of metastasis that is worthy of further investigation, especially at the molecular level to unravel the connection between vimentin and metastasis. The identification of a potential role for Xist in metastasis, beyond its normal role in female cells to inactivate one of the X chromosomes, corroborates the work of others demonstrating increased levels in a variety of tumours in women and even in some tumours in men. It would be of great interest to see where in metastatic cells Xist is expressed and what it binds to.

      The authors fully agree that it is an interesting model of metastasis/oncogenesis that requires further investigation.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Hua et al show how targeting amino acid metabolism can overcome Trastuzumab resistance in HER2+ breast cancer.

      Strengths:

      The authors used metabolomics, transcriptomics and epigenomics approaches in vitro and in preclinical models to demonstrate how trastuzumab-resistant cells utilize cysteine metabolism.

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We would like to extend our appreciation for your efforts. Your constructive suggestion would help improve our research.

      Weaknesses:

      However, there are some key aspects that needs to be addressed.

      Major:

      (1) Patient Samples for Transcriptomic Analysis: It is unclear from the text whether tumor tissues or blood samples were used for the transcriptomic analysis. This distinction is crucial, as these two sample types would yield vastly different inferences. The authors should clarify the source of these samples.

      Thank you for your valuable comments. In the transcriptomic analysis, we included the data of HER2 positive breast cancer patients who received trastuzumab in I-SPY2 trial (GSE181574). Tumor tissues were used in this dataset. We highlighted the usage of “pre-treatment breast cancer tumors” in Line 309 and included the overview of transcriptomic data analysis in I-SPY2 trial in Figure S1F.

      (2) The study only tested one trastuzumab-resistant and one trastuzumab-sensitive cell line. It is unclear whether these findings are applicable to other HER2-positive tumor cell lines, such as HCC1954. The authors should validate their results in additional cell lines to strengthen their conclusions.

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We agree with your opinion, and the exploration of multiple cell lines would make our research findings more comprehensive. This is a limitation of our study, and we would continue to improve our design and methods in future experiments.

      (3) Relevance to Metastatic Disease: Trastuzumab resistance often arises in patients during disease recurrence, which is frequently associated with metastasis. However, the mouse experiments described in this paper were conducted only in the primary tumors. This article would have more impact if the authors could demonstrate that the combination of Erastin or cysteine starvation with trastuzumab can also improve outcomes in metastasis models.

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We agree with your suggestions. The exploration of metastatic disease would make our research more meaningful and help better address clinical key issues. In our future studies, we will continue to investigate the association between the invasive and metastatic capabilities of trastuzumab resistant HER2 positive breast cancer and cysteine metabolism.

      Minor:

      (1) The figures lack information about the specific statistical tests used. Including this information is essential to show the robustness of the results.

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We added statistical information in our figure legends, including Line 849-850, Line 865-867, Line 881-882, Line 898-900, Line 910-911 and Line 923-924.

      (2) Figure 3K Interpretation: The significance asterisks in Figure 3K do not specify the comparison being made. Are they relative to the DMSO control? This should be clarified.

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We have modified this figure to demonstrate it more clearly. In Figure 3K, the significance was determined by one-way ANOVA and the comparison presented was relative to the DMSO control. It was indicated that the combination of erastin or cysteine starvation and trastuzumab could increase lipid peroxidation, although trastuzumab monotherapy did not induce ferroptosis.

      Additionally, the combination of erastin and trastuzumab could result in more lipid peroxidation than erastin alone. Similar results were also found in the combination of cysteine starvation and trastuzumab. These results showed that targeting cysteine metabolism plus trastuzumab could have synergic effects to induce ferroptosis in trastuzumab resistant HER2 positive breast cancer.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Hua et al. proposed SLC7A11, a protein facilitating cellular cystine uptake, as a potential target for the treatment of trastuzumab-resistant HER2-positive breast cancer. If this claim holds true, the finding would be of significance and might be translated to clinical practice. Nevertheless, this reviewer finds that the conclusion was poorly supported by the data.

      Notably, most of the data (Figures 2-6) were based on two cell lines - JIMT1 as a representative of trastuzumab-resistant cell line, and SKBR3 as a representative of trastuzumab sensitive cell line. As such, these findings could be cell-line specific while irrelevant to trastuzumab sensitivity at all. Furthermore, the authors claimed ferroptosis simply based on lipid peroxidation (Figure 3). Cell viability was not determined, and the rescuing effects of ferroptosis inhibitors were missing. The xenograft experiments were also suspicious (Figure 4). The description of how cysteine starvation was performed on xenograft tumors was lacking, and the compound (i.e., erastin) used by the authors is not suitable for in vivo experiments due to low solubility and low metabolic stability. Finally, it is confusing why the authors focused on epigenetic regulations (Figures 5 & 6), without measuring major transcription factors (e.g., NRF2, ATF4) which are known to regulate SLC7A11.

      To sum up, this reviewer finds that the most valuable data in this manuscript is perhaps Figure 1, which provides unbiased information concerning the metabolic patterns in trastuzumab-sensitive and primary resistant HER2-positive breast cancer patients.

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We agree with your suggestions. Your feedback would help enhance the quality of our research.

      (1) Our research was mainly conducted in JIMT1 (trastuzumab resistant) and SKBR3 (trastuzumab sensitive), and this is a limitation of our study. The experimental validation using different cell lines will make our research findings more persuasive. In our future research, we will continuously optimize experimental design and methods to make our findings more comprehensive.

      (2) The detection of ferroptosis in our research was mainly performed by evaluating the lipid peroxidation. Experiments measuring cell viability and rescuing effects would help provide more evidence.

      We utilized CCK8 tests to compare cell viabilities of JIMT1 and SKBR3 in different erastin and RSL3 concentrations, as well as different exposure time of cysteine starvation. It was shown that JIMT1 was more sensitive to erastin and RSL3, but tolerant to cysteine starvation, which was consistent with the previous lipid peroxidation tests. This data was included in Figure S5C-E. We added the description in Line 375-379.

      In addition, we also performed experiments to explore the rescuing effects of ferroptosis inhibitor Fer-1. It was indicated that Fer-1 could suppress the lipid peroxidation resulted from erastin, RSL3 and cysteine starvation in both JIMT1 and SKBR3. This provided more evidence that cysteine metabolism played a vital role in modulating HER2 positive breast cancer ferroptosis. This data was included in Figure S5G and S5H. We added the description to Line 387-391.

      (3) In xenograft experiments, the cysteine starvation was performed by feeding cystine/cysteine-deficient diet (Xietong Bio). We added details of this diet on Line 236-237 in Methods.

      We agree with your opinion on the role of erastin in experiments in vivo. We have tried to optimize drug dissolution and other conditions by referring to previous relevant literature. We would continue to improve our experimental design and methods.

      (4) Epigenetic modifications have been recognized as crucial factors in drug resistance formation. An increasing number of studies have emphasized the importance of epigenetic changes in regulating the abnormal expression of oncogenes and tumor suppressor genes related to drug resistance. Currently, the role of epigenetic changes in the development of trastuzumab resistance in HER2 positive breast cancer is still in exploration. We tried to investigate the dysregulation of histone modifications and DNA methylation in trastuzumab resistant HER2 positive breast cancer. Our findings indicated that targeting H3K4me3 and DNA methylation could decrease SLC7A11 expression and induce ferroptosis. This would provide more evidence in exploring trastuzumab resistance mechanisms. We have provided a detailed discussion on Line 598-607.

      We would like to extend our appreciation for your constructive suggestions and continue to improve our research in future experiments.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 334: it would be helpful to clarify that JIMT1 cells are trastuzumab-resistant while SKBR3 cells are trastuzumab sensitive, especially for those not familiar with breast cancer cell lines.

      Thank you for your valuable recommendations. We added the description of trastuzumab sensitive SKBR3 and trastuzumab resistant JIMT1 on Line 334-335.

      (2) Figure 3: the concentrations of erastin and RSL3 should be indicated.

      Thank you for your valuable recommendations. In Figure 3, the concentration of erastin was 10μm and RSL3 was 1μm. We added these details in the figure legends on Line 872-873.

      (3) Figure 3: lipid peroxidation does not necessarily mean ferroptosis. Cell viability data and rescuing effects of ferroptosis inhibitors should be shown.

      Thank you for your valuable recommendations. As we mentioned above, we utilized CCK8 tests to compare cell viabilities of JIMT1 and SKBR3 in different erastin and RSL3 concentrations, as well as different exposure time of cysteine starvation. It was consistent with lipid peroxidation tests that JIMT1 was more sensitive to erastin and RSL3, but tolerant to cysteine starvation. This data was included in Figure S5C-E. We added the description in Line 375-379.

      As described above, we also performed experiments to explore the rescuing effects of ferroptosis inhibitor Fer-1. It was indicated that Fer-1 could suppress the lipid peroxidation resulted from erastin, RSL3 and cysteine starvation in both JIMT1 and SKBR3. This provided more evidence that cysteine metabolism played a vital role in modulating HER2 positive breast cancer ferroptosis. This data was included in Figure S5G and S5H. We added the description to Line 387-391.

      (4) Figure 3H: how cysteine starvation was performed should be clarified in the Methods section.

      Thank you for your valuable recommendations. We performed cell culture with cysteine starvation by utilizing cystine/cysteine-deficient DMEM (BIOTREE) and 1% penicillin streptomycin at 37℃ with 5% CO2. We added details of this diet on Line 141-143 in Methods.

      (5) Figure 4: the meaning of "H" should be clarified.

      Thank you for your valuable recommendations. H was indicated as trastuzumab. We clarified the meaning of “H” in the figure legends on Line 898.

      (6) Figure 4B & 4C: the data of "H" group and "Erastin" group are inconsistent.

      Thank you for your valuable recommendations. In the vivo experiments, the tumor volume changes were analyzed using a paired approach, comparing the tumor size of each individual mouse before and after treatment. We noticed the confusion caused and added more details about our vivo experiments on Line 240 in Methods and Line 892-893 in figure legends.

      (7) Figure 4: how cysteine starvation was performed should be clarified in the Methods section.

      Thank you for your valuable recommendations. We performed cysteine starvation by utilizing cystine/cysteine-deficient diet (Xietong Bio). We added details of this diet on Line 236-237 in Methods.

      We have also corrected some grammatical errors in the manuscript and We would like to extend our great appreciation to all editors and reviewers for their invaluable contributions.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Summary of revisions:

      Thanks to the careful review and comments from the reviewers, we restructured the introduction and the discussion to improve clarity and better contextualise findings. We notably discuss further the f<sub>sphere</sub> decrease observations in the cerebellum and the Tau-specific findings (Tau being a possible marker for Purkinje cells development and Tau switching compartment in the thalamus). We added material in Supplementary Information to support these discussion points. We added a figure to show the metabolic profiles normalised by water or by macromolecules and a figure and table related to a rough approximation of f<sub>sphere</sub>, leaning on existing literature. We report the DTI results for thoroughness.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this work, Ligneul and coauthors implemented diffusion-weighted MRS in young rats to follow longitudinally and in vivo the microstructural changes occurring during brain development. Diffusion-weighted MRS is here instrumental in assessing microstructure in a cell-specific manner, as opposed to the claimed gold-standard (manganese-enhanced MRI) that can only probe changes in brain volume. Differential microstructure and complexification of the cerebellum and the thalamus during rat brain development were observed noninvasively. In particular, lower metabolite ADC with increasing age were measured in both brain regions, reflecting increasing cellular restriction with brain maturation. Higher sphere (representing cell bodies) fraction for neuronal metabolites (total NAA, glutamate) and total creatine and taurine in the cerebellum compared to the thalamus were estimated, reflecting the unique structure of the cerebellar granular layer with a high density of cell bodies. Decreasing sphere fraction with age was observed in the cerebellum, reflecting the development of the dendritic tree of Purkinje cells and Bergmann glia. From morphometric analyses, the authors could probe non-monotonic branching evolution in the cerebellum, matching 3D representations of Purkinje cells expansion and complexification with age. Finally, the authors highlighted taurine as a potential new marker of cerebellar development.

      From a technical standpoint, this work clearly demonstrates the potential of diffusion-weighted MRS at probing microstructure changes of the developing brain non-invasively, paving the way for its application in pathological cases. Ligneul and coauthors also show that diffusionweighted MRS acquisitions in neonates are feasible, despite the known technical challenges of such measurements, even in adult rats. They also provide all necessary resources to reproduce and build upon their work, which is highly valuable for the community.

      From a biological standpoint, claims are well supported by the microstructure parameters derived from advanced biophysical modelling of the diffusion MRS data. The assumption of metabolite compartmentation, forming the basis of cell-specific microstructure interpretation of dMRS data, remains debated and should be considered with care (Rae, Neurochem Res, 2014, https://doi.org/10.1007/s11064-013-1199-5). External cross-validation of some of the authors' claims, in particular taurine in the thalamus switching from neurons to astrocytes during brain development, would be a highly valuable addition to this study.

      R1.1: We understand the reviewer's concerns. Metabolic compartmentation is not a one-toone correspondence. Although we interpret the results in the light of metabolic compartmentation, our results are not driven by this assumption. We could not perform a direct cross-validation of the taurine switch in the thalamus, but we now clarify in the discussion why the dMRS results themselves indicate a switch, and we integrate our results better with existing literature on taurine. We now discuss this in more detail for the cerebellar results too.

      Specific strengths:

      (1) The interpretation of dMRS data in terms of cell-specific microstructure through advanced biophysical modelling (e.g. the sphere fraction, modelling the fraction of cell bodies versus neuronal or astrocytic processes) is a strong asset of the study, going beyond the more commonly used signal representation metrics such as the apparent diffusion coefficient, which lacks specificity to biological phenomena.

      (2) The fairly good data quality despite the complexity of the experimental framework should be praised: diffusion-weighted MRS was acquired in two brain regions (although not in the same animals) and longitudinally, in neonates, including data at high b-values and multiple diffusion times, which altogether constitutes a large-scale dataset of high value for the diffusion-weighted MRS community.

      (3) The authors have shared publicly data and codes used for processing and fitting, which will allow one to reproduce or extend the scope of this work to disease populations, and which goes in line with the current effort of the MR(S) community for data sharing.

      Specific weaknesses:

      (1) This work lacks an introduction and a discussion about diffusion MRI, which is already a validated technique to assess brain development non-invasively. Although water lacks cellspecificity compared to metabolites, several studies have reported a decrease in water ADC and increased fractional anisotropy with brain maturation, associated with the myelination process and decreased water content (overview in Hüppi, Chapt. 30 of "Diffusion MRI: Theory, Methods, and Applications", Oxford University Press, 2010). Interestingly, the same observations are found in this work (decreased ADC with age for most metabolites in both brain regions), which should have been commented on. Moreover, the authors could have reported water diffusion properties in addition to metabolites', as I believe the water signal, used for coil combination and/or Eddy currents corrections, is usually naturally acquired during diffusion-weighted MRS scans.

      R1.2: Thank you for these helpful suggestions. We have now improved our introduction of the various modalities, and we contextualise the study in light of previous DTI findings in the as suggested by the reviewer. We agree with the reviewer that the comparison with previous human DTI is relevant, and we now mention it at the beginning of the discussion. However, the very different nature of the dMRS signal compared to dMRI (intracellular and absence of exchange for metabolites) prevents us from drawing any strong conclusions.

      (2) It is unclear why the authors have normalized metabolite concentrations (measured from low b-values diffusion-weighted MRS spectra) to the macromolecule concentrations. First, it is not specified whether in vivo macromolecules were acquired at each age or just at one time point. Second, such ratios are not standard practice in the MRS community so this choice should have been explained. Third, the macromolecule content was reported to change with age (Tkac et al., Magn Reson Med, 2003), therefore a change in metabolite to macromolecule ratio with age cannot be interpreted unequivocally.

      R1.3: We agree with the reviewer that this needed further explanations. We now clarify in the Results section “Metabolic profile changes with age” the reasoning behind choosing macromolecules for normalisation. We also added in the Supplementary Information the metabolite concentrations change with age when normalising by water, and a direct comparison with MM normalisation (Figure S2).

      (3) Some discussion is missing about the choice of the analytical biophysical model (although a few are compared in Supplementary Materials), in particular: is a model of macroscopic anisotropy relevant in cerebellum, made of a large fraction of oriented white matter tracks, and does the model remain valid at different ages given white matter maturation and the ongoing myelination process?

      R1.4: We agree with the reviewer that this is a valid concern. We actually acquired some standard DTI at the end of the acquisition sessions (where possible) having in mind the fibre dispersion estimation. However, data could not be acquired in all animals, and the data quality was poor (see Figure S8, the experimental conditions would have required further optimisation). We now add a couple of sentences at the beginning and in the end of discussion to address this limitation, and we include the DTI data in Supplementary Information.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out to non-invasively track neuronal development in rat neonates, which they achieved with notable success. However, the direct relationship between the results and broader conclusions regarding developmental biology and potential human implications is somewhat overstretched without further validation.

      Strengths:

      If adequately revised and validated, this work could have a significant impact on the field, providing a non-invasive tool for longitudinal studies of brain development and neurodevelopmental disorders in preclinical settings.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Consistency and Logical Flow:

      The manuscript suffers from a lack of strategic flow in some sections. Specifically, transitions between major findings and methodological discussions need refinement to ensure a logical progression of ideas. For example, the jump from the introduction of developmental trajectories and the technicalities of MRS (Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy) processing on page 3 could benefit from a bridging paragraph that explicitly states the study's hypotheses based on existing literature gaps.

      R2.1: Thank you for this general feedback (along with your point (3)) that helped us restructure the introduction and the discussion to improve the clarity and flow.

      (2)  Scientific Rigour:

      While the novel application of diffusion-weighted MRS is commendable, there's a notable gap in the rigorous validation of this approach against gold-standard histological or molecular techniques. Particularly, the assertions regarding the sphere fraction and morphological changes inferred from biophysical modelling mandates direct validation to solidify the claims made. A study comparing these in vivo findings with ex vivo confirmation in at least a subset of samples would significantly enhance the reliability of these conclusions.

      R2.2: We agree with the reviewer that this would have been a great addition to the manuscript. Although we could not run new experiments to address these flaws, we now discuss the results more quantitatively, leaning on existing literature (addition of Figure S11 and Table S2). This helps us understand the results around Tau in both regions better, and illustrate the R<sub>sphere</sub> trend.

      (3) Clarity and Novelty:

      - The manuscript often delves deeply into technical specifics at the expense of accessibility to readers not deeply familiar with MRS technology. The introduction and discussions would benefit from a clearer elucidation of why these specific metabolite markers were chosen and their known relevance to neuronal and glial cells, placing this in the context of what is novel compared to existing literature.

      - The novelty aspect could be reinforced by a more structured discussion on how this method could change the current understanding or practices within neurodevelopmental research, compared to the current state of the art.

      R2.3: See answer to (1). By restructuring the introduction and the discussion, we hope to have addressed this point. We now discuss how these findings compare to the state of the art (notably added comparison with dMRI research). Along with the next comment, we better discuss potential implications of these findings for neurodevelopmental research.

      (4) Completeness:

      - The Discussion section requires expansion to offer a more comprehensive interpretation of how these findings impact the broader field of neurodevelopment and psychiatric disorders. Specifically, the implications for human studies or clinical translation are touched upon but not fully explored.

      - Further, while supplementary material provides necessary detail on methodology, key findings from these analyses should be summarized and discussed in the main text to ensure the manuscript stands complete on its own.

      R2.4: Thank you for these helpful suggestions. We now integrate the findings better into the existing literature. We notably discuss how the results might translate to humans.

      (5) Grammar, Style, Orthography:

      There are sporadic grammatical and typographical errors throughout the text which, while minor, detract from the overall readability. For example, inconsistencies in metabolite abbreviations (e.g., tCr vs Cr+PCr) should be standardized.

      R2.5: Thank you for the careful review. This has been corrected.

      (6) References and Additional Context:

      The current reference list is extensive but lacks integration into the narrative. Direct comparisons with existing studies, especially those with conflicting or supportive findings, are scant. More dedicated effort to contextualize this work within the existing body of knowledge would be beneficial.

      R2.6: Because the nature of this work is novel, it is difficult to find directly conflicting/similar works. However, we now integrate the findings into the broader literature.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor comments:

      Thank you for the careful review, we have addressed most of the minor comments, except for the last one, which we discuss below.

      - Some figures appear blurred in the printed PDF- Introduction: "constrained and hindered by cell membranes," - maybe use "restricted" instead of "constrained", like everywhere else in the text

      - Introduction: "(typically ~8cm3 vs ~8mm3 in dMRI in humans)" - here I suggest to put the rat brain sizes instead to help the reader understand how small the voxel was at P5 in this study, thus explaining the challenges

      - Fig 1 - numbers 1 and 2 on panel A,B should be clarified and they do not match 1 and 2 on panel C, which is confusing- Fig 2 - I am guessing the large dots are the mean and small are individual data points? Please clarify

      - Please specify "Relative CRLB" rather than just "CRLB", in supp. mat as well

      - Fig 3 - title of panel B, I would change "signal" into "concentration"

      - Fig 3 - end of caption: "and levelled to get Signal(tCr,P30)/Signal(MM,P30)=8", I think "in the thalamus" is missing

      - The results section "Biophysical modelling underlines different developmental trajectories of cell microstructure between the cerebellum and the thalamus" is sometimes unprecise, e.g.: "Cerebellum: The sphere fraction and the radius estimated from tNAA diffusion properties vary with age." but the tNAA sphere fraction seems to vary more with age in the thalamus according to table 1 "Cerebellum: fsphere decreases from 0.63 (P10) to 0.41 (P30), but R is stable" this is for tCr I presume

      - Table 1 - "pvalues" please add "before multiple comparison correction"

      - Figure 5 - Panel B, the L-segment subpanel is unclear -which metabolites is it referring to? Why does Tau have a * in panel A?

      - Update Ref 37 to the journal version

      - Methods: "A STELASER (Ligneul et al., MRM 2017) sequence", add numbered reference instead

      - Please specify that the DIVE toolbox uses Gaussian phase distribution approximation, it is important for the dMRS reader given that your diffusion gradient length is long and cannot be neglected, and that the SGP approximation does not apply.

      The Gaussian phase distribution approximation and the SGP approximation are two different concepts. The gradient duration ∂ (7 ms) is short compared to the gradient separation ∆ (100 ms), but it could still be considered too long for the SGP approximation to hold. However, the gradient duration is accounted for in DIVE in any case.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors Eapen et al. investigated the peptide inhibitors of Cdc20. They applied a rational design approach, substituting residues found in the D-box consensus sequences to better align the peptides with the Cdc20-degron interface. In the process, the authors designed and tested a series of more potent binders, including ones that contain unnatural amino acids, and verified binding modes by elucidating the Cdc-20-peptide structures. The authors further showed that these peptides can engage with Cdc20 in the cellular context, and can inhibit APC/CCdc20 ubiquitination activity. Finally, the authors demonstrated that these peptides could be used as portable degron motifs that drive the degradation of a fused fluorescent protein.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript is clear and straightforward to follow. The investigation of different peptide variations was comprehensive and well-executed. This work provided the groundwork for the development of peptide drug modalities to inhibit degradation or apply peptides as portable motifs to achieve targeted degradation. Both of which are impactful.

      Weaknesses:

      A few minor comments:

      (1) In my opinion, more attention to the solubility issue needs to be discussed and/or tested. On page 10, what is the solubility of D2 before a modification was made? The authors mentioned that position 2 is likely solvent exposed, it is not immediately clear to me why the mutation made was from one hydrophobic residue to another. What was the level of improvement in solubility? Are there any affinity data associated with the peptide that differ with D2 only at position 2?

      The reviewer is correct that we have not done any detailed solubility characterisation; we refer only to observations rather than quantitative analysis. We wrote that we reverted from Leu to Ala due to solubility - we have clarified this statement (page 11) to say that that we reverted to Ala, as it was the residue present in D1, for which we observed a measurable affinity by SPR and saw a concentration-dependent response in the thermal shift analysis. We do not have any peptides or affinity data that explore single-site mutations with the parental peptide of D2. D2 is included in the paper because of its link to the consensus D-box sequence and thus was the logical path to the investigations into positions 3 and 7 that come later in the manuscript.

      (2) I'm not entirely convinced that the D19 density not observed in the crystal structure was due to crystal packing. This peptide is peculiar as it also did not induce any thermal stabilization of Cdc20 in the cellular thermal shift assay. Perhaps the binding of this peptide could be investigated in more detail (i.e., NMR?) Or at least more explanation could be provided.

      This section has been clarified (page 16). The lack of observed density was likely due to the relatively low affinity of D19 and also to the lack of binding of the three C-terminal residues in the crystal, and consequently it has a further reduced affinity. The current wording in the manuscript puts greater emphasis on this second aspect being a D19-specific issue, even though it applies to all four soaked peptides. The extent of peptide-induced thermal stabilisations observed by TSA and CETSA is different, with the latter experiment consistently showing smaller shifts. This observation may be due to the more complex medium (cell lysate vs. purified protein) and/or different concentrations of the proteins in solution. In the CETSA, we over-expressed a HiBiT-tagged Cdc20, which is present in addition to any endogenously expressed Cdc20. Although we did not investigate it, the near identical D-box binding sites on Cdc20 and Cdh1 would suggest that there will be cross-specificity, which could further influence the CETSA experiments.

      The section now reads:

      “We therefore assume that this is the reason for the lack of observed density in this region of the peptides D20 and D21 (Fig. S3E and S3F, respectively). We believe that it causes a reduction in binding affinities of all peptides in crystallo, given the evidence from SPR highlighting a role of position 7 in the interaction (Table 1). Interestingly, the observed electron density of the peptide correlates with Cdc20 binding affinity: D21 and D20, having the highest affinities, display the clearest electron density allowing six amino acids to be modeled, whereas D7 shows relatively poor density permitting modelling of only four residues. For D19, the lack of density observed likely reflects its intrinsically weaker affinity compared to the other peptides, in addition to losing the interactions from position 7 due to crystal packing.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors took a well-characterised (partly by them), important E3 ligase, in the anaphase-promoting complex, and decided to design peptide inhibitors for it based on one of the known interacting motifs (called D-box) from its substrates. They incorporate unnatural amino acids to better occupy the interaction site, improve the binding affinity, and lay foundations for future therapeutics - maybe combining their findings with additional target sites.

      Strengths:

      The paper is mostly strengths - a logical progression of experiments, very well explained and carried out to a high standard. The authors use a carefully chosen variety of techniques (including X-ray crystallography, multiple binding analyses, and ubiquitination assays) to verify their findings - and they impressively achieve their goals by honing in on tight-binders.

      Weaknesses:

      Some things are not explained fully and it would be useful to have some clarification. Why did the authors decide to model their inhibitors on the D-box motif and not the other two SLiMs that they describe?

      For completeness, in addition to the D-box we did originally construct peptides based on the ABBA and KEN-box motifs, but they did not show any shift in melting temperature of cdc20 in the thermal shift assay whereas the D-box peptides did; consequently, we focused our efforts on the D-box peptides. Moreover, there is much evidence from the literature that points to the unique importance of the D-box motif in mediating productive interactions of substrates with the APC/C (i.e. those leading to polyubiquitination & degradation). One of the clearest examples is a study by Mark Hall’s lab (described in Qin et al. 2016), which tested the degradation of 15 substrates of yeast APC/C in strains carrying alleles of Cdh1 in which the docking sites for D-box, KEN or ABBA were mutated. They observed that whereas degradation of all 15 substrates depended on D-box binding, only a subset required the KEN binding site on Cdh1 and only one required the ABBA binding site. A more recent study from David Morgan’s lab (Hartooni et al. 2022) looking at binding affinities of different degron peptides concluded that KEN motif has very low affinity for Cdc20 and is unlikely to mediate degradation of APC/C-Cdc20 substrates. Engagement of substrate with the D-box receptor is therefore the most critical event mediating APC/C activity and the interaction that needs to be blocked for most effective inhibition of substrate degradation.

      We have added the following text to the Results section “Design of D-box peptides” (page 10):

      “We focused on D-box peptides, as there is much evidence from the literature that points to the unique importance of the D-box motif in mediating productive interactions of substrates with the APC/C (i.e. those leading to polyubiquitination & degradation). One of the clearest examples is a study that tested the degradation of 15 substrates of yeast APC/C in strains carrying alleles of Cdh1 in which the docking sites for D-box, KEN or ABBA were mutated ((Qin et al. 2017)). They observed that, whereas degradation of all 15 substrates depended on D-box binding, only a subset required the KEN binding site on Cdh1 and only one required the ABBA binding site. A more recent study (Hartooni et al. 2022) of binding affinities of different degron peptides concluded that KEN motif has very low affinity for Cdc20 and is unlikely to mediate degradation of APC/C-Cdc20 substrates. Engagement of substrate with the D-box receptor is therefore the most critical event mediating APC/C activity and the interaction that needs to be blocked for most effective inhibition of substrate degradation.”

      What exactly do they mean when they say their 'observation is consistent with the idea that high-affinity binding at degron binding sites on APC/C, such as in the case of the yeast 'pseudo-substrate' inhibitor Acm1, acts to impede polyubiquitination of the bound protein'? It's an interesting thing to think about, and probably the paper they cite explains it more but I would like to know without having to find that other paper.

      Interesting results from a number of labs (Choi et al. 2008,  Enquist-Newman et al. 2008,  Burton et al. 2011, Qin et al. 2019) have shown that mutation of degron SLiMs in Acm1 that weaken interaction with the APC/C have the unexpected consequence of converting Acm1 from APC/C inhibitor to APC/C substrate. A necessary conclusion of these studies is that the outcome of degron binding (i.e. whether the binder functions as substrate or inhibitor) depends on factors other than D-box affinity and that D-box affinity can counteract them. One idea is that if a binder interacts too tightly, this removes some flexibility required for the polyubiquitination process. The most recent study on this question (Qin et al.2019) specifically pins the explanation for the inhibitory function of the high affinity D-box in Acm1 on its ‘D-box Extension’ (i.e. residues 8-12) preventing interaction with APC10.  In our current study, the binding affinity of peptides is measured against Cdc20. In cellular assays however, the D-box must also engage APC10 for degradation to occur. It may be that the peptide binding most strongly to the D-box pocket on Cdc20 is less able to bind to APC10 and therefore less effective in triggering APC10-dependent steps in the polyubiquitination pathway. The important Hartooni et al. paper from David Morgan’s lab confirms that even though the binding of D-box residues to APC10 is very weak on its own, it can contribute 100X increase in affinity of a peptide by adding cooperativity to the interaction of D-box with co-activator. Re Figure 6 and the fact that we did look at peptide binding in cells, these experiments were done in unsynchronised cells, so most Cdc20 would not be bound to APC/C.

      We have modified the text (page 18) from:

      “However, we found the opposite effect: D2 and D3 showed increased rates of mNeon degradation compared to D1 and D19 (Fig. 8C,D). This observation is consistent with the idea that high-affinity binding at degron binding sites on APC/C, such as in the case of the yeast ‘pseudo-substrate’ inhibitor Acm1, acts to impede polyubiquitination of the bound protein (Qin et al. 2019). Indeed, there is no evidence that Hsl1, which is the highest affinity natural D-box (D1) used in our study, is degraded any more rapidly than other substrates of APC/C in yeast mitosis. As shown in Qin et al., mutation of the high affinity D-box in Acm1 converts it from inhibitor to substrate (Qin et al. 2019). Overall, our results support the conclusions that all the D-box peptides engage productively with the APC/C and that the highest affinity interactors act as inhibitors rather than functional degrons of APC/C.”

      to:

      “However, we found the opposite effect: D2 and D3 showed increased rates of mNeon degradation compared to D1 and D19 (Fig. 8C,D). This observation is consistent with conclusions from other studies that affinity of degron binding does not necessarily correlate with efficiency of degradation.  Indeed, there is no evidence that Hsl1, which is the highest affinity natural D-box (D1) used in our study, is degraded any more rapidly than other substrates of APC/C in yeast mitosis. A number of studies of a yeast ‘pseudo-substrate’ inhibitor Acm1, have shown that mutation of the high affinity D-box in Acm1 converts it from inhibitor to substrate (Choi et al. 2008,  Enquist-Newman et al. 2008,  Burton et al. 2011) through a mechanism that governs recruitment of APC10 (Qin et al. 2019). Our study does not consider the contribution of APC10 to binding of our peptides to APC/C<sup>Cdc20</sup> complex, but since there is strong cooperativity provided by this additional interaction (Hartooni et al. 2022) we propose this as the critical factor in determining the ability of the different peptides to mediate degradation of associated mNeon.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Eapen and coworkers use a rational design approach to generate new peptide-inspired ligands at the D-box interface of cdc20. These new peptides serve as new starting points for blocking APC/C in the context of cancer, as well as manipulating APC/C for targeted protein degradation therapeutic approaches.

      Strengths:

      The characterization of new peptide-like ligands is generally solid and multifaceted, including binding assays, thermal stability enhancement in vitro and in cells, X-ray crystallography, and degradation assays.

      Weaknesses:

      One important finding of the study is that the strongest binders did not correlate with the fastest degradation in a cellular assay, but explanations for this behavior were not supported experimentally. Some minor issues regarding experimental replicates and details were also noted.

      Interesting results from a number of labs (Choi et al. 2008,  Enquist-Newman et al. 2008,  Burton et al. 2011, Qin et al. 2019) have shown that mutation of degron SLiMs in Acm1 that weaken interaction with the APC/C have the unexpected consequence of converting Acm1 from APC/C inhibitor to APC/C substrate. A necessary conclusion of these studies is that the outcome of degron binding (i.e. whether the binder functions as substrate or inhibitor) depends on factors other than D-box affinity and that D-box affinity can counteract them. One idea is that if a binder interacts too tightly, this removes some flexibility required for the polyubiquitination process. The most recent study on this question (Qin et al.2019) specifically pins the explanation for the inhibitory function of the high affinity D-box in Acm1 on its ‘D-box Extension’ (i.e. residues 8-12) preventing interaction with APC10.  In our current study, the binding affinity of peptides is measured against Cdc20. In cellular assays however, the D-box must also engage APC10 for degradation to occur. It may be that the peptide binding most strongly to the D-box pocket on Cdc20 is less able to bind to APC10 and therefore less effective in triggering APC10-dependent steps in the polyubiquitination pathway. The important Hartooni et al. paper from David Morgan’s lab confirms that even though the binding of D-box residues to APC10 is very weak on its own, it can contribute 100X increase in affinity of a peptide by adding cooperativity to the interaction of D-box with co-activator. Re Figure 6 and the fact that we did look at peptide binding in cells, these experiments were done in unsynchronised cells, so most Cdc20 would not be bound to APC/C.

      We have modified the text (page 18) from:

      “However, we found the opposite effect: D2 and D3 showed increased rates of mNeon degradation compared to D1 and D19 (Fig. 8C,D). This observation is consistent with the idea that high-affinity binding at degron binding sites on APC/C, such as in the case of the yeast ‘pseudo-substrate’ inhibitor Acm1, acts to impede polyubiquitination of the bound protein (Qin et al. 2019). Indeed, there is no evidence that Hsl1, which is the highest affinity natural D-box (D1) used in our study, is degraded any more rapidly than other substrates of APC/C in yeast mitosis. As shown in Qin et al., mutation of the high affinity D-box in Acm1 converts it from inhibitor to substrate (Qin et al. 2019). Overall, our results support the conclusions that all the D-box peptides engage productively with the APC/C and that the highest affinity interactors act as inhibitors rather than functional degrons of APC/C.”

      to:

      “However, we found the opposite effect: D2 and D3 showed increased rates of mNeon degradation compared to D1 and D19 (Fig. 8C,D). This observation is consistent with conclusions from other studies that affinity of degron binding does not necessarily correlate with efficiency of degradation.  Indeed, there is no evidence that Hsl1, which is the highest affinity natural D-box (D1) used in our study, is degraded any more rapidly than other substrates of APC/C in yeast mitosis. A number of studies of a yeast ‘pseudo-substrate’ inhibitor Acm1, have shown that mutation of the high affinity D-box in Acm1 converts it from inhibitor to substrate (Choi et al. 2008,  Enquist-Newman et al. 2008,  Burton et al. 2011) through a mechanism that governs recruitment of APC10 (Qin et al. 2019). Our study does not consider the contribution of APC10 to binding of our peptides to APC/C<sup>Cdc20</sup> complex, but since there is strong cooperativity provided by this additional interaction (Hartooni et al. 2022) we propose this as the critical factor in determining the ability of the different peptides to mediate degradation of associated mNeon.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) On page 12 (towards the end), the author stated D10 contained an A3P mutation, they meant P3A right? 'To test this hypothesis, we proceeded to synthesise D10, a derivative of D4 containing an A3P single point mutation.'

      We thank the reviewer for spotting this typo, which we have corrected.

      (2) Have the authors considered other orthogonal approaches to cross-examine/validate binding affinities? That said, I do not think extra experiments are necessary.

      We did not explore further orthogonal approaches due to the challenges of producing sufficient amounts of the Cdc20 protein. Due to the low affinities of many peptides for Cdc20, many techniques would have required more protein than we were able to produce. We believe that the qualitative TSA combined with the SPR is sufficient to convince the readers; indeed there is a correlation between SPR-determined binding affinities and the thermal shifts: For the natural amino acid-containing peptides (Table 1) D19 has the highest affinity and causes the largest thermal shift in the Cdc20 melting temperature, D10 has the lowest affinity and causes the smallest thermal shift, and D1, D3, D4, and D5 and all rank in the middle by both techniques. For those peptides containing unnatural amino acids (Table 2), again higher affinities are reflected in larger thermal shifts.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The data seem fine to me. I would appreciate a little more detail on the points mentioned in the public review. Also a thorough reread, maybe by a disinterested party as there are various typos that could be corrected - all in all an excellent clear paper that encompasses a lot of work.

      A colleague has carefully checked the manuscript, and typos have been corrected.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study dissects distinct pools of diacylglycerol (DAG), continuing a line of research on the central concept that there is a major lipid metabolism DAG pool in cells, but also a smaller signaling DAG pool. It tests the hypothesis that the second pool is regulated by Dip2, which influences Pkc1 signaling. The group shows that stressed yeast increase specific DAG species C36:0 and 36:1, and propose this promotes Pkc1 activation via Pck1 binding 36:0. The study also examines how perturbing the lipid metabolism DAG pool via various deletions such as lro1, dga1, and pah1 deletion impacts DAG and stress signaling. Overall this is an interesting study that adds new data to how different DAG pools influence cellular signaling.

      Strengths:

      The study nicely combined lipidomic profiling with stress signaling biochemistry and yeast growth assays.

      We thank the reviewer for finding this study of interest and appreciating our multi-pronged approach to prove our hypothesis that a distinct pool of DAGs regulated by Dip2 activate PKC signalling.

      Weaknesses:

      One suggestion to improve the study is to examine the spatial organization of Dip2 within cells, and how this impacts its ability to modulate DAG pools. Dip2 has previously been proposed to function at mitochondria-vacuole contacts (Mondal 2022). Examining how Dip2 localization is impacted when different DAG pools are manipulated such as by deletion Pah1 (also suggested to work at yeast contact sites such as the nucleus-vacuole junction), or with Lro1 or Dga1 deletion would broaden the scope of the study.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion to trace the localization of Dip2 in the absence of various DAG-acting enzymes. To address this, we generated Dip2-GFP knock-in (KI) in Δpah1, Δlro1 and Δdga1 strains, confirming successful integration by western blotting using an anti-GFP antibody. We then performed microscopy to examine the localization of Dip2. Since Dip2 is a mitochondria-vacuole contact site protein that predominantly localizes to mitochondria (approximately 60% puncta of Dip2 localize to mitochondria) (Mondal et al. 2022), we co-stained the cells with MitoTracker red to visualize mitochondria.

      Consistent with our previous findings, Dip2 colocalizes with the MitoTracker red in WT (Figure 3-figure supplement 2 A). As suggested by the reviewer, we deleted PAH1, which converts phosphatidic acid to DAGs and is also known to work at the nucleus-vacuole junction. On examining whether absence of PAH1 influences the localization of Dip2, we found that there is no change in Dip2’s spatial organization. This could also be due to no observable change in the DAG species on deleting PAH1, as noted in our lipidomic studies (Figure 4. figure supplement 2A). These observations suggest that in a homeostatic condition, Pah1 does not affect the DAG pool acted upon by Dip2 and therefore has no influence on Dip2’s subcellular localization. This data has been incorporated in the revised manuscript (line no. 286-289) and Figure 4-figure supplement 2D-E.

      Similarly, we probed for the localization of Dip2 in LRO1 and DGA1 knock out strains. These enzymes are responsible for converting bulk DAGs to TAGs. We have previously shown that Dip2 is selective for only C36:0 and C36:1 and does not act on the bulk DAGs (Mondal et al. 2022). Both Lro1 and Dga1 are endoplasmic reticulum (ER) resident proteins and the bulk DAG accumulation in their knockouts is shown to be in the ER (Li et al. 2020), not influencing the mitochondrial DAG pool. On tracing Dip2’s localization in these knockouts, we found that Dip2 remains in the mitochondria (Figure 3-figure supplement 2, Figure 4. figure supplement 2D,E). These results suggest that Dip2 localization is not influenced by bulk DAG accumulation, reinforcing its specificity toward selective DAGs, which are likely to be present at mitochondria and mitochondria-vacuole contact sites. We have added this data in the revised manuscript (line no. 240-246) with Figure 3. figure supplement 2.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors use yeast genetics, lipidomic and biochemical approaches to demonstrate the DAG isoforms (36:0 and 36:1) can specifically activate PKC. Further, these DAG isoforms originate from PI and PI(4,5)P2. The authors propose that the Psi1-Plc1-Dip2 functions to maintain a normal level of specific DAG species to modulate PKC signalling.

      Strengths:

      Data from yeast genetics are clear and strong. The concept is potentially interesting and novel.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for the positive comments on our work and finding the study novel and interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      More evidence is needed to support the central hypothesis. The authors may consider the following:

      (1) Figure 2: the authors should show/examine C36:1 DAG. Also, some structural evidence would be highly useful here. What is the structural basis for the assertion that the PKC C1 domain can only be activated by C36:0/1 DAG but not other DAGs? This is a critical conclusion of this work and clear evidence is needed.

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comments. We were unable to include C36:1 DAG in our in vitro DAG binding assays because it is not commercially available. We have now explicitly mentioned it in the revised manuscript (Line no. 186).

      We agree with the reviewer that PKC activated by C36:0 and C36:1 DAGs is a critical conclusion of our work. While we understand that there is no obvious structural explanation as to how the DAG binding C1 domain of PKC attains the acyl chain specificity for DAGs, our conclusion that yeast Pkc1 is selective for C36:0 and C36:1 DAGs, is supported by a combination of robust in vitro and in vivo data:

      (1) In Vitro Evidence: The liposome binding assays demonstrate that the Pkc1 C1 domain binds only to the selective DAG and does not interact with bulk DAGs.

      (2) In Vivo Evidence: Lipidomic analyses of wild-type cells subjected to cell wall stress reveal increased levels of C36:0 and C36:1 DAGs, while levels of bulk DAGs remain unaffected.

      These findings collectively indicate that Pkc1 neither binds nor is activated by bulk DAGs, reinforcing its specificity for C36:0 and C36:1 DAGs.

      Moreover, the structural basis of this selectivity would require either a specific DAG-bound C1 domain structure of Pkc1, which is difficult owing to the flexibility of the longer acyl chains present in C36:0 and C36:1 DAGs. In addition, capturing the full-length Pkc1 structure that might provide deeper insights has been challenging for several other groups. Also, we hypothesize that the DAG selectivity by Pkc1 is more of a membrane phenomenon wherein these DAGs might create a specific microdomain or form a particular curvature that is sensed by Pkc1. Investigating this would require extensive structural and biophysical studies, that are beyond the scope of the current work but are planned for future research.

      (2) Does Dip2 colocalize with Plc1 or Pkc1?

      As shown in our previous study (Mondal et al. 2022) and in the above section (Figure 3. figure supplement 2(A-B)), Dip2 predominantly localizes to the mitochondria. Pkc1, on the other hand, is known to be found in the cytosol, plasma membrane and bud site (Andrews and Stark 2000). We also checked the localization of Pkc1, co-stained with mitotracker-red and observed no significant overlap between the two, confirming that Pkc1 does not colocalize with Dip2 (Author response image 1).

      Author response image 1.

      Live cell microscopy for tracing Pkc1 localization. (A) Microscopy image panel showing DIC image (left), fluorescence for (A) Pkc1 tagged with GFP, mitotracker-red for staining mitochondria and the merged image for both the fluorophores (right). Scale bar represents 5 µm. (B) Line scan plotted for the fluorescence intensity of Pkc1-GFP along with mitotracker-red across the line shown in the merged panel.

      Moreover, as suggested by the reviewer, we also checked the localization of Plc1 and found that Plc1 is present in cytosol and shows a partial colocalization with the mitochondria (Figure 4-figure supplement 3A-B). As some puncta of Dip2 also colocalize with the vacuoles, we checked whether Plc1 also follows such localization pattern. We costained Plc1-GFP with FM4-64, a vacuolar membrane dye and observed that Plc1 partially localizes to vacuoles as well (Figure 4-figure supplement 3C-D). This is also observed in a previous study where Plc1 was found in a subcellular fractionation of isolated yeast vacuoles and total cell lysate (Jun, Fratti, and Wickner 2004). We also checked similar to Dip2, whether Plc1 also localizes to the Mitochondria-vacuole contact site by using tri-colour imaging with FM4-64 for vacuole, DAPI for mitochondria and GFP tagged Plc1. We were not able to trace Dip2 and Plc1 simultaneously as we could not generate a strain endogenously tagged with two different colours even after several attempts. However, from our observations, we can conclude that Plc1 partially localizes to mitochondria and vacuole and might be locally producing the selective DAGs to be acted upon by Dip2. We have incorporated this data in the revised manuscript (line no. 301-304) with Figure 4-figure supplement 3.

      For probing the localization of Dip2 upon Plc1 activation, we used cell wall stress- a condition inducing Plc1 activation for selective DAG production (this study). Under this condition, we probed the localization of Dip2 by fluorescent microscopy and found that Dip2 does not move to the plasma membrane but remains localized to mitochondria (Figure. 1. figure supplement 3). This result has been added in the revised manuscript (line no. 153-160) with Figure. 1-figure supplement 3.

      This raises intriguing questions regarding the spatial regulation of Pkc1 by Dip2. Since Dip2’s localization remains unaffected, whether the selective DAGs, presumably at the mitochondria, move to the plasma membrane for Pkc1 activation or the Pkc1 translocates to the mitochondria needs further exploration. Addressing these possibilities will require a combination of genetic approaches, organellar lipidomics, and advanced microscopy, which we aim to explore in future studies.

      References:

      Andrews, P. D., and M. J. Stark. 2000. “Dynamic, Rho1p-Dependent Localization of Pkc1p to Sites of Polarized Growth.” Journal of Cell Science 113 ( Pt 15): 2685–93. doi:10.1242/jcs.113.15.2685.

      Jun, Youngsoo, Rutilio A. Fratti, and William Wickner. 2004. “Diacylglycerol and Its Formation by Phospholipase C Regulate Rab- and SNARE-Dependent Yeast Vacuole Fusion*.” Journal of Biological Chemistry 279(51): 53186–95. doi:10.1074/jbc.M411363200.

      Li, Dan, Shu-Gao Yang, Cheng-Wen He, Zheng-Tan Zhang, Yongheng Liang, Hui Li, Jing Zhu, et al. 2020. “Excess Diacylglycerol at the Endoplasmic Reticulum Disrupts Endomembrane Homeostasis and Autophagy.” BMC Biology 18(1): 107. doi:10.1186/s12915-020-00837-w.

      Mondal, Sudipta, Priyadarshan Kinatukara, Shubham Singh, Sakshi Shambhavi, Gajanan S Patil, Noopur Dubey, Salam Herojeet Singh, et al. 2022. “DIP2 Is a Unique Regulator of Diacylglycerol Lipid Homeostasis in Eukaryotes.” eLife 11: e77665. doi:10.7554/eLife.77665.

    1. Author response:

      We wish to express our gratitude to the reviewers for their insightful and constructive comments on the initial version of our manuscript. We greatly value their observations and have every intention of addressing their remarks in a thorough and constructive manner. Based on the editors’ and reviewers’ feedback, we realize that it was not entirely clear that we intended this work primarily to be a resource and not yield strong insights into DNN-human alignment. Since our method also covers the broad range of natural objects - as used in the vast majority of studies on object processing - we also feel we did not sufficiently highlight the breadth of the tool. Based on the editors’ assessment, our explorations into the limits of the method - which we saw as a strength, not a weakness of our work - perhaps overshadowed the otherwise broad applicability somewhat. We hope to clarify this in the revised manuscript. Beyond these general points, we would like to address the following four points:

      • Where feasible, we intend to undertake additional analyses and refine existing ones. For instance, we plan to provide noise ceilings for all datasets where such calculations are possible, and we plan to give careful consideration to implementing a permutation or label-shuffling test to explore some of the ideas shared by the reviewers.

      • We plan to discuss more thoroughly several topics raised by the reviewers (e.g., how our approach might contend with different experimental situations such when using line drawings as stimuli).

      • We aim to enhance the clarity of our manuscript throughout. This will include refining the wording of our abstract and offering a more detailed explanation of the methods employed in the fMRI analyses.

      • We plan to elaborate further on our line of reasoning by addressing potential sources of misunderstanding—such as clarifying what we mean by a “lack of data” and providing greater detail regarding the nature of the 49-dimensional embedding.

    1. Author response:

      The evidence supporting this mechanism is incomplete, with additional work needed to clarify SHP-1's role, the contribution of Fc receptor crosslinking, and the biological relevance across normal and malignant B cells. 

      We will address these points by:

      - including SHP-1 inhibitors in the DuoHexaBody-CD37 cytotoxicity experiments to address the role of SHP-1

      - investigating which Fc receptors are involved in the crosslinking using FcR blocking antibodies and/or use purified fixed effector cells that express different Fc receptors in the DuoHexaBody-CD37 cytotoxicity experiments 

      - study the effect of DuoHexaBody-CD37 on normal B cells

      As the findings are based primarily on in vitro models, further validation would be required to support broader translational conclusions.

      We would like to refer to previous studies that showed potent cytotoxicity of DuoHexaBody-CD37 in vivo, including xenograft and PDX lymphoma models supporting broader translational conclusions:

      Oostindie et al. Blood Cancer Journal (2020) 10:30 https://doi.org/10.1038/s41408-020-0292-7

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their comments and for their constructive suggestions. We intend to submit a revised manuscript where we address the comments made in the Public Reviews as well as in the Recommendations for the Authors.

      One of our most interesting findings, as noted by the reviewers, was the discovery of a small subpopulation of cells likely arrested in G2 that accounts for a disproportionate amount of radiation-induced gene expression. In addition, to the responses indicated below, we are planning to include additional “wet lab” experiments in the revised manuscript that address the properties of this seemingly important subpopulation of cells.

      Reviewer 1:

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors have used robust methods for rearing Drosophila larvae, irradiating wing discs, and analyzing the data with Seurat v5 and HHI.

      (2) These data will be informative for the field.

      (3) Most of the data is well-presented.

      (4) The literature is appropriately cited.

      Thank you for these comments

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The data in Figure 1 are single-image representations. I assume that counting the number of nuclei that are positive for these markers is difficult, but it would be good to get a sense of how representative these images are and how many discs were analyzed for each condition in B-M.

      (2) Some of the figures are unclear.

      In the revised manuscript, we will provide a more detailed quantitative analysis. For each condition, we analyzed 4 - 9 discs.

      We assume that the reviewer in referring to panels in Figure 1. We will review these images and if necessary, repeat the experiments or choose alternative images that appear clearer.

      Reviewer 2:

      Overall, the data presented in the manuscript are of high quality but are largely descriptive. This study is therefore perceived as a resource that can serve as an inspiration for the field to carry out follow-up experiments.

      We intend to include more  “wet lab” experiments in our revised manuscript to address the identity and properties of the high-trbl cells that we have identified using the clustering approach based on cell-cycle gene expression.

      Reviewer 3:

      Strengths:

      Overall, the manuscript makes a compelling case for heterogeneity in gene expression changes that occur in response to uniform induction of damage by X-rays in a single-layer epithelium. This is an important finding that would be of interest to researchers in the field of DNA damage responses, regeneration, and development.

      Thank you.

      Weaknesses:

      This work would be more useful to the field if the authors could provide a more comprehensive discussion of both the impact and the limitations of their findings, as explained below.

      Propidium iodide staining was used as a quality control step to exclude cells with a compromised cell membrane. But this would exclude dead/dying cells that result from irradiation. What fraction of the total do these cells represent? Based on the literature, including works cited by the authors, up to 85% of cells die at 4000R, but this likely happens over a longer period than 4 hours after irradiation. Even if only half of the 85% are PI-positive by 4 hr, this still removes about 40% of the cell population from analysis. The remaining cells that manage to stay alive (excluding PI) at 4 hours and included in the analysis may or may not be representative of the whole disc. More relevant time points that anticipate apoptosis at 4 hr may be 2 hr after irradiation, at which time pro-apoptotic gene expression peaks (Wichmann 2006). Can the authors rule out the possibility that there is heterogeneity in apoptosis gene expression, but cells with higher expression are dead by 4 hours, and what is left behind (and analyzed in this study) may be the ones with more uniform, lower expression? I am not asking the authors to redo the study with a shorter time point, but to incorporate the known schedule of events into their data interpretation.

      We thank the reviewer for these important comments. The generation of single-cell RNAseq data from irradiated cells is tricky. Many cells have already died. Even those that do not incorporate propidium iodide are likely in early stages of apoptosis or are physiologically unhealthy and likely made it through our FACS filters. Indeed, in irradiated samples up to  57% of sequenced cells were not included in our analysis since their RNA content seemed to be of low quality. It is therefore likely that our data are biased towards cells that are less damaged. As advised by the reviewer, we will include a clearer discussion of these issues as well as the time course of events and how our analysis captures RNA levels only at a single time point.

      If cluster 3 is G1/S, cluster 5 is late S/G2, and cluster 4 is G2/M, what are clusters 0, 1, and 2 that collectively account for more than half of the cells in the wing disc? Are the proportions of clusters 3, 4, and 5 in agreement with prior studies that used FACS to quantify wing disc cells according to cell cycle stage?

      Clusters 0, 1, and 2 likely contain cells in other stages of the cell cycle, including early G1. Other studies indicate that more than 70% of cells are expected to have a 4C DNA content 4 h after irradiation at 4000 Rad. The high-trbl cluster only accounts for 18% of cells. Thus clusters 0, 1 and 2 could potentially contain other populations that also have a 4C DNA content. Importantly, similar proportions of cells in these clusters are also observed in unirradiated discs. We are mining the gene expression patterns in these clusters with the goal of estimating their location in the cell cycle and will include those data in the revised manuscript.

      The EdU data in Figure 1 is very interesting, especially the persistence in the hinge. The authors speculate that this may be due to cells staying in S phase or performing a higher level of repair-related DNA synthesis. If so, wouldn't you expect 'High PCNA' cells to overlap with the hinge clusters in Figures 6G-G'? Again, no new experiments are needed. Just a more thorough discussion of the data.

      We have found that the locations of elevated PCNA expression do not always correlate with the location of EdU incorporation either by examining scRNA-seq data or by using HCR to detect PCNA. PCNA expression is far more widespread. We intend to present additional data that address this point and also a more thorough discussion in the revised manuscript.

      Trbl/G2/M cluster shows Ets21C induction, while the pattern of Ets21C induction as detected by HCR in Figures 5H-I appears in localized clusters. I thought G2/M cells are not spatially confined. Are Ets21C+ cells in Figure 5 in G2/M? Can the overlap be confirmed, for example, by co-staining for Trbl or a G2/M marker with Ets21C?

      The data show that the high_-trbl_ cells are higher in Ets21C transcripts relative to other cell-cycle-based clusters after irradiation. This does not imply that high-trbl-cells in all regions of the disc upregulate Ets21C equally. Ets21C expression is likely heterogeneous in both ways – by location in the disc and by cell-cycle state. We will attempt to look for co-localization as suggested by the reviewer.

      Induction of dysf in some but not all discs is interesting. What were the proportions? Any possibility of a sex-linked induction that can be addressed by separating male and female larvae?

      We can separate the cells in our dataset into male and female cells by expression of lncRNA:roX1/2. When we do this, we see X-ray induced dysf expressed similarly in both male and female cells. We think that it is therefore unlikely that this difference in expression can be attributed to cell sex. We are investigating other possibilities such as the maturity of discs.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      eLife Assessment

      This paper investigates how isoform II of transcription factor RUNX2 promotes cell survival and proliferation in oral squamous cell carcinoma cell lines. The authors used gain and loss of function techniques to provide incomplete evidence showing that RUNX2 isoform silencing led to cell death via several mechanisms including ferroptosis that was partially suppressed through RUNX2 regulation of PRDX2 expression. The study provides useful insight into the underlying mechanism by which RUNX2 acts in oral squamous cell carcinoma, but the conclusions of the authors should be revised to acknowledge that ferroptosis is not the only cause of cell death.

      We appreciate the editor’s positive comments on our work and the valuable suggestions provided by the reviewers. We did find that RUNX2 isoform II knockdown or HOXA10 knockdown could also lead to apoptosis. We have revised our title as following: “RUNX2 Isoform II Protects Cancer Cells from Ferroptosis and Apoptosis by Promoting PRDX2 Expression in Oral Squamous Cell Carcinoma”. In addition, we have also revised our conclusions in the abstract as follows: “OSCC cancer cells can up-regulate RUNX2 isoform II to inhibit ferroptosis and apoptosis, and facilitate tumorigenesis through the novel HOXA10/RUNX2 isoform II/PRDX2 pathway.” We have added more experiments to better support our conclusions. Please see following responses to reviewers.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, authors investigated the role of RUNT-related transcription factor 2 (RUNX2) in oral squamous carcinoma (OSCC) growth and resistance to ferroptosis. They found that RUNX2 suppresses ferroptosis through transcriptional regulation of peroxiredoxin-2. They further explored the upstream positive regulator of RUNX2, HOXA10 and found that HOXA10/RUNX2/PRDX2 axis protects OSCC from ferroptosis.

      Strengths:

      The study is well designed and provides a novel mechanism of HOXA10/RUNX2/PRDX2 control of ferroptosis in OSCC.

      Weaknesses:

      According to the data presented in (Figure 2F, Figure 3F and G, Figure 5D and Figure 6E and F), apoptosis seems to be affected in the same amount as ferroptosis by HOXA10/RUNX2/PRDX2 axis, which raises questions on the authors' specific focus on ferroptosis in this study. Reasonably, authors should adapt the title and the abstract in a way that recapitulates the whole data, which is HOXA10/RUNX2/PRDX2 axis control of cell death, including ferroptosis and apoptosis in OSCC.

      We really grateful for your comments. We agree that these figures do show that isoform II-knockdown or HOXA10-knockdown could induce apoptosis. We have adapted the title and abstract as follow:

      Title: “RUNX2 Isoform II Protects Cancer Cells from Ferroptosis and Apoptosis by Promoting PRDX2 Expression in Oral Squamous Cell Carcinoma”.

      Abstract: “In the present study, we surprisingly find that RUNX2 isoform II is a novel ferroptosis and apoptosis suppressor. RUNX2 isoform II can bind to the promoter of peroxiredoxin-2 (PRDX2), a ferroptosis inhibitor, and activate its expression. Knockdown of RUNX2 isoform II suppresses cell proliferation in vitro and tumorigenesis in vivo in oral squamous cell carcinoma (OSCC). Interestingly, homeobox A10 (HOXA10), an upstream positive regulator of RUNX2 isoform II, is required for the inhibition of ferroptosis and apoptosis through the RUNX2 isoform II/PRDX2 pathway. Consistently, RUNX2 isoform II is overexpressed in OSCC, and associated with OSCC progression and poor prognosis. Collectively, OSCC cancer cells can up-regulate RUNX2 isoform II to inhibit ferroptosis and apoptosis, and facilitate tumorigenesis through the novel HOXA10/RUNX2 isoform II/PRDX2 pathway.”

      In addition, we have performed the rescue experiment showing that PRDX2 overexpression rescues the apoptosis induced by isoform II-knockdown (Figure 4-figure supplement 4) or HOXA10-knockdown (Figure 7-figure supplement 2).

      We have added the description about these experiments in result “RUNX2 isoform II promotes the expression of PRDX2” and “HOXA10 inhibits ferroptosis and apoptosis through RUNX2 isoform II” as follow: “In addition, we found that PRDX2 overexpression could partially reduce the increased apoptosis caused by isoform II-knockdown. (Figure 4-figure supplement 4).” “PRDX2 overexpression also could rescue the increased cellular apoptosis caused by HOXA10 knockdown (Figure 7-figure supplement 2).”.

      Comments:

      In the description of the result section related to Figure 3E, the author wrote "In addition, we found that isoform II-knockdown induced shrunken mitochondria with vanished cristae with transmission electron microscopy (Figure 3E). These results suggest that RUNX2 isoform II may suppress ferroptosis." The interpretation provided here is not clear to the reviewer. How shrunken mitochondria and vanished cristae can be linked to ferroptosis?

      We apologize for the inaccurate description. Ferroptotic cells usually exhibit shrunken mitochondria, reduced or absent cristae, and increased membrane dentistry (Dixon et al., 2012). However, the presence of shrunken mitochondria or vanished cristae does not guarantee that ferroptosis has occurred in the cells. Other evidences, such as the increased ROS production and lipid peroxidation accumulation in cells with RUNX2 isoform II-knockdown must be evaluated as we are showing in Figure 3A and 3B. Furthermore, isoform II overexpression suppressed ROS production (Figure 3C) and lipid peroxidation (Figure 3D). We have revised our interpretation as follow: “In addition, we found that isoform II-knockdown induced shrunken mitochondria with vanished cristae with transmission electron microscopy (Figure 3E). This phenomenon along with the above results of ROS production and lipid peroxidation accumulation assays suggests that RUNX2 isoform II may suppress ferroptosis.”.

      Dixon, S. J., Lemberg, K. M., Lamprecht, M. R., Skouta, R., Zaitsev, E. M., Gleason, C. E., . . . Stockwell, B. R. (2012). Ferroptosis: an iron-dependent form of nonapoptotic cell death. Cell, 149(5), 1060-1072. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2012.03.042 PMID:22632970

      The electron microscopy images show more elongated mitochondria in the RUNX2 isoform II-KO cells than in RUNX2 isoform II positive cells, which might result from the fusion of mitochondria. These images should complete with a fluorescent mitochondria staining of these cells.

      We do find that the TEM images of RUNX2 isoform II-knockdown cells show more elongated mitochondria. The mitochondria undergo cycles of fission and fusion, known as mitochondrial dynamics, which in turn leads to changes in mitochondrial length. Through examining factors related to mitochondrial dynamics, we find that isoform II knockdown could decrease the expression levels of FIS1 (Fission, Mitochondrial 1) (Figure 3-figure supplement 2B) which mediates the fission of mitochondria. Therefore, we speculate that the elongated mitochondria in the isoform II-knockdown cells may be due to the decrease in mitochondrial fission through inhibiting FIS1 expression.

      In addition, we have tried our best to perform the fluorescent staining of mitochondrial to observe mitochondrial morphology. However, due to the quality of probes and fluorescent microscope, our images of mitochondrial fluorescence were not satisfactory. So, we re-capture more electron microscopy images, measure the length of mitochondria, and perform statistical analyses. We find that isoform II-knockdown cells show significantly more mitochondrial elongation than the control cells (Author response image 1 and Figure 3-figure supplement 2A). Therefore, we believe that isoform II knockdown promotes mitochondrial elongation to be relatively reliable.

      Author response image 1.

      The new electron microscopy images in RUNX2 isoform II-knockdown cells. RSL3 (a ferroptosis activator) served as a positive control. Scale bar: 1 μm. The calculation and statistical analysis of mitochondrial elongation were added in Figure 3-figure supplement 2A.

      What is the oxygen consumption rate in RUNX2 KO cells?

      We have performed a new mitochondrial stress assay to analyze the oxygen consumption rate (OCR). We find that RUNX2 isoform II-knockdown can decrease OCR in OSCC cell line. This result has been added to Figure 3-figure supplement 3A and B. It is consistent with our observation of the damaged mitochondria morphology in the cells with RUNX2 isoform II knockdown.

      The increase in cell proliferation after RUNX2 overexpression in Figure 2A is not convincing, is there any differences in their migration or invasion capacity?

      We agree that overexpression of isoform II didn’t dramatically enhance OSCC cell proliferation. We consider that it may be due to the existing high level of isoform II in OSCC cells. We have performed wound-healing assay and transwell assay to analyze the migration or invasion capacity of cells with RUNX2 isoform II or isoform I overexpression. We find that isoform II overexpression has no effect on the migration and invasion in OSCC cells (Figure 2-figure supplement 2). This phenomenon suggests that further increasing isoform II cannot improve the migration or invasion capacity of OSCC cells. However, isoform I overexpression suppresses the migration and invasion of cancer cells (Figure 2-figure supplement 2), indicating that the upregulation of isoform I, which is downregulated in OSCC cells, may inhibit tumorigenesis. In addition, we found that the expression level of isoform I was lower in TCGA OSCC patients than that in normal controls (Figure 1D), and patients with higher isoform I showed longer overall survival (Figure 1-figure supplement 1). These results support that isoform I may inhibit tumorigenesis in OSCC cells.

      The in vivo study shows 50% reduction in primary tumor growth after RUNX2 inhibition by shRNA in CAL 27 xenografts, but only one shRNA is shown. Is this one shRNA clone? At least 2 shRNA clones should be used.

      In this vivo primary tumor growth experiment, we used a CAL 27 stable cell line transfected with an shRNA against RUNX2 isoform II (shisoform II-1). We agree that at least two shRNAs should be used. In this revision, we perform another tumor growth experiment with the CAL 27 stably transfected with another new shRNA targeting the different region in isoform II (shisoform II-2). As with the previous experiment, CAL 27 cells stably transfected with this new shRNA also showed significantly reduced tumor growth and weight than those transfected with non-specific control shRNA in nude mice (Figure 2-figure supplement 4A-D).

      Apoptosis and necroptosis seem to be affected in the same amount as ferroptosis by HOXA10/RUNX2/PRDX2 axis. This is evident from experiments in Figure 3E, F and from Figure 6E, F and Figure 3G. Either Fer-1, Z-VAD, or Nec-1 used alone, were not able to fully restore cell proliferation to control cell level, which implies an additive effect of ferroptosis, apoptosis and necrosis. The author should verify potential additive or synergistic effect of the combination of Fer-1 and Z-VAD in these assays after si-RUNX2 in Figure 3 F and G and after si-HOX assays.

      We sincerely appreciate your valuable comments. We have performed the new assay to analyze the potential additive or synergistic effect of the combination of Fer-1 and Z-VAD after RUNX2 isoform II (si-II) or HOXA10 (si-HOX) knockdown. We find that the combination of Fer-1 and Z-VAD is more effective in rescuing the cell proliferation than Fer-1 or Z-VAD alone. (Figure 3- figure supplement 6 and Figure 6- figure supplement 4).

      What is the effect of PRDX2 or HOXA10 depletion on tumor growth?

      We have performed a new xenograft tumor formation assay in nude mice to analyze the effect of PRDX2-knockdown on tumor growth. We found that CAL 27 cells stably transfected with shRNAs against PRDX2 showed significantly reduced tumor growth and weight than those transfected with non-specific control shRNA in nude mice (Figure 4-figure supplement 2A-D). Regarding the effect of HOXA10 depletion on tumor growth, please allow us to cite a study (Guo et al., 2018) which demonstrated that HOXA10 knockout in Fadu cells (a cell line of pharyngeal squamous cell carcinoma) could inhibit tumor growth. 

      We have added these results to the section of “RUNX2 isoform II promotes the expression of PRDX2” as follows: “In line with the inhibitory effect of isoform II-knockdown on tumor growth, CAL 27 cells stably transfected with anti-PRDX2 shRNAs showed notably reduced tumor growth and weight than those transfected with non-specific control shRNA in nude mice (Figure 4-figure supplement 2A-D).”.

      Guo, L. M., Ding, G. F., Xu, W., Ge, H., Jiang, Y., Chen, X. J., & Lu, Y. (2018). MiR-135a-5p represses proliferation of HNSCC by targeting HOXA10. Cancer Biol Ther, 19(11), 973-983. doi:10.1080/15384047.2018.1450112 PMID:29580143

      What is the clinical relevance of HOXA10 in OSCC patients?

      In Figure 5-figure supplement 1B, we have showed that the expression levels of HOXA10 in TCGA OSCC patients were also significantly higher than those in normal controls. In this revision, we further find that patients with higher HOXA10 show significantly shorter overall survival in TCGA OSCC dataset (Figure 5-figure supplement 2C). In addition, we have also analyzed the expression of HOXA10 in our clinical OSCC and adjacent normal tissues, and found that HOXA10 expression level of OSCC tissues is significantly higher than that of normal controls (Figure 5-figure supplement 2A and B), which is consistent with the results from TCGA OSCC dataset.

      We have revised our writing in the result “HOXA10 is required for RUNX2 isoform II expression and cell proliferation in OSCC” as follows: “Similarly, HOXA10 expression level of our clinical OSCC tissues is significantly higher than that of adjacent normal tissues (Figure 5-figure supplement 2A and B). Moreover, TCGA OSCC patients with higher expression levels of HOXA10 showed shorter overall survival (Figure 5-figure supplement 2C).”

      Reviewing editor (Public Review):

      This paper reports the role of the Isoform II of RUNX2 in activating PRDX2 expression to suppress ferroptosis in oral squamous cell carcinoma (OSCC).

      The following major issues should be addressed.

      A major postulate of this study is the specific role of RUNX2 isoform II compared to isoform I.

      Figure 1F shows association between patient survival and Iso II expression, but nothing is shown for Iso I, this should be added, in addition the number of patients at risk in each category should be shown.

      We sincerely appreciate your valuable comments. We have added the survival curve of isoform I (exon 2.1) in the new Figure 1-figure supplement 1. In contrast to isoform II, patients with higher isoform I showed longer overall survival. The numbers of patients at risk in each category in the Figure 1F and Figure 1-figure supplement 1 are added.

      The authors test Iso I and Iso II overexpression in CAL27 or SCC-9 model cell lines. In Fig. 2A in CAL27, the overexpression of Iso II is much stronger than Iso I so it seems premature to draw any conclusions. More importantly, however, no Iso l silencing is shown in either of the cell lines nor the xenografted tumours. This is absolutely essential for the authors hypothesis and should be tested using shRNA in cells and xenografted tumours.

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We agree that the overexpression of isoform I is much stronger than isoform II in CAL 27 cells in Fig. 2A-B. We have done another repeat experiment which shows the similar overexpression of isoform II and I in Figure 2A-figure supplement 1. This repeat experiment also shows that overexpression of FLAG tagged isoform II significantly promoted the proliferation of OSCC cells. We tried our best to knockdown isoform I. However, the specific sequence of isoform I is 317 nt. We designed four anti-isoform I siRNAs, and unfortunately found that none of these siRNAs could knockdown isoform I efficiently. Please see following Author response image 2. Therefore, currently we cannot knockdown isoform I. However, we have tried the overexpression of isoform I. We find that isoform I overexpression inhibits the migration and invasion of cancer cells (Figure 2- figure supplement 2). In addition, we have shown that isoform II overexpression showed enhanced cell proliferation compared with isoform I overexpression in OSCC cells (Figure 2A). Therefore, we consider that isoform I is not essential for OSCC cell proliferation and tumorigenesis. Then, we mainly focus on isoform II in this study.  

      Author response image 2.

      The knockdown efficiency of RUNX2 isoform I (anti-isoform I, si-I-1, si-I-2, si-I-3, si-I-4) in OSCC cells were analyzed by RT-PCR, 18S rRNA served as a loading control. The sequences of siRNAs are as follows: 5’ GGCCACUUCGCUAACUUGU 3’ (si-I-1), 5’ GUUCCAAAGACUCCGGCAA 3’ (si-I-2), 5’ UGGCUGUUGUGAUGCGUAU 3’ (si-I-3), and 5’ CGGCAGUCGGCCUCAUCAA 3’ (si-I-4).

      A major conclusion of this study is that Iso II expression suppresses ferroptosis. To support this idea, the authors use the inhibitor Ferrostatin-1 (Fer -1). While Fer-1 typically does not lead to a 100% rescue, here the effect is only marginal and as shown in Figures 3F and G only marginally better than Z-VAD or Necrostatin 1. These data do not support the idea that the major cause of cell death is ferroptosis. Instead. Iso II silencing leads to cell death through different pathways. The authors should acknowledge this and rephrase the conclusion of the paper accordingly. Moreover, the authors consistently confound cell proliferation with cell death.

      We agree that RUNX2 isoform II-knockdown could also induce apoptosis. We have revised the description in the title and abstract as follow:

      Title: “RUNX2 Isoform II Protects Cancer Cells from Ferroptosis and Apoptosis by Promoting PRDX2 Expression in Oral Squamous Cell Carcinoma”.

      Abstract: “In the present study, we surprisingly find that RUNX2 isoform II is a novel ferroptosis and apoptosis suppressor. RUNX2 isoform II can bind to the promoter of peroxiredoxin-2 (PRDX2), a ferroptosis inhibitor, and activate its expression. Knockdown of RUNX2 isoform II suppresses cell proliferation in vitro and tumorigenesis in vivo in oral squamous cell carcinoma (OSCC). Interestingly, homeobox A10 (HOXA10), an upstream positive regulator of RUNX2 isoform II, is required for the inhibition of ferroptosis and apoptosis through the RUNX2 isoform II/PRDX2 pathway. Consistently, RUNX2 isoform II is overexpressed in OSCC, and associated with OSCC progression and poor prognosis. Collectively, OSCC cancer cells can up-regulate RUNX2 isoform II to inhibit ferroptosis and apoptosis, and facilitate tumorigenesis through the novel HOXA10/RUNX2 isoform II/PRDX2 pathway.”.

      Conclusion: “In conclusion, we identified RUNX2 isoform II as a novel ferroptosis and apoptosis inhibitor in OSCC cells by transactivating PRDX2 expression. RUNX2 isoform II plays oncogenic roles in OSCC. Moreover, we also found that HOXA10 is an upstream regulator of RUNX2 isoform II and is required for suppressing ferroptosis and apoptosis through RUNX2 isoform II and PRDX2.”.

      We apologize for confusing cell proliferation with cell death. We have checked the whole manuscript and corrected the mistakes.

      In Fig. 4A the authors investigate GPX1 expression, whereas GPX4 is often the key ferroptosis regulator, this has to be tested. This is important as the authors also test the effect of the GPX4 inhibitor RSL3, however, the authors do not determine IC<sub50</sub> values of the different cell lines with or without Iso II overexpression or silencing or compared to other RSL3 sensitive or resistant cells. Without this information, no conclusions can be drawn.

      We greatly appreciated the reviewer’s comments. We have performed new experiment to analyze the effect of isoform II on GPX4 expression. We find that isoform II knockdown decreases the expression of GPX4 mRNA and protein (Figure 4-figure supplement 1A and B), and conversely isoform II overexpression promotes GPX4 expression (Figure 4-figure supplement 1C and D), which is consistent with the inhibition of ferroptosis by RUNX2 isoform II. As an upstream positive regulator of RUNX2 isoform II, HOXA10 knockdown also inhibited the expression of GPX4 mRNA and protein (Figure 6-figure supplement 1A and B).

      We also perform new experiment to determine IC<sub50</sub> values of the cells with or without isoform II overexpression or silencing. We find that isoform II overexpression elevates the IC<sub50</sub> values of RSL3 (Figure 3-figure supplement 8A), in contrast, isoform II-knockdown decreases the IC<sub50</sub> values of RSL3 (Figure 3-figure supplement 8B).

      We have added the description of these experiments in Result “RUNX2 isoform II suppresses ferroptosis”, “RUNX2 isoform II promotes the expression of PRDX2” and “HOXA10 inhibits ferroptosis through RUNX2 isoform II” as follow:

      RUNX2 isoform II suppresses ferroptosis: “Isoform II overexpression could elevate the IC<sub50</sub> values of RSL3 (Figure 3-figure supplement 8A), in contrast, isoform II-knockdown decreased the IC<sub50</sub> values of RSL3 (Figure 3-figure supplement 8B).”.

      RUNX2 isoform II promotes the expression of PRDX2: “Firstly, we found that RUNX2 isoform II-knockdown or overexpression could downregulate or upregulate the expression of GPX4 mRNA and protein, respectively (Figure 4-figure supplement 1A-D). In addition to the GPX4, we found that PRDX2 is the most significantly down-regulated gene upon isoform II-knockdown in CAL 27 (Figure 4A).”.

      HOXA10 inhibits ferroptosis through RUNX2 isoform II: “In addition, HOXA10-knockdown could suppress the expression of GPX4 mRNA and protein (Figure 6-figure supplement 1A and B).”.

      In summary, while the authors show that RUNX2 Iso II expression enhances cell survival, the idea that cell death is principally via ferroptosis is not fully established by the data. The authors should modify their conclusions accordingly.

      We agree that RUNX2 isoform II could enhance cell survival via suppressing both ferroptosis and apoptosis. We have revised the description in the title and abstract as follow:

      Abstract: “In the present study, we surprisingly find that RUNX2 isoform II is a novel ferroptosis and apoptosis suppressor. RUNX2 isoform II can bind to the promoter of peroxiredoxin-2 (PRDX2), a ferroptosis inhibitor, and activate its expression. Knockdown of RUNX2 isoform II suppresses cell proliferation in vitro and tumorigenesis in vivo in oral squamous cell carcinoma (OSCC). Interestingly, homeobox A10 (HOXA10), an upstream positive regulator of RUNX2 isoform II, is required for the inhibition of ferroptosis and apoptosis through the RUNX2 isoform II/PRDX2 pathway. Consistently, RUNX2 isoform II is overexpressed in OSCC, and associated with OSCC progression and poor prognosis. Collectively, OSCC cancer cells can up-regulate RUNX2 isoform II to inhibit ferroptosis and apoptosis, and facilitate tumorigenesis through the novel HOXA10/RUNX2 isoform II/PRDX2 pathway.”.

      Conclusion: “In conclusion, we identified RUNX2 isoform II as a novel ferroptosis and apoptosis inhibitor in OSCC cells by transactivating PRDX2 expression. RUNX2 isoform II plays oncogenic roles in OSCC. Moreover, we also found that HOXA10 is an upstream regulator of RUNX2 isoform II and is required for suppressing ferroptosis and apoptosis through RUNX2 isoform II and PRDX2.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Epiney et al. use single-nuclei RNA sequencing (snRNA-seq) to characterize the lineage of Type-2 (T2) neuroblasts (NBs) in the adult Drosophila brain. To isolate cells born from T2 NBs, the authors used a genetic tool that specifically allows the permanent labeling of T2-derived cell types, which are then FAC-sorted for snRNA-seq. This effective labeling approach also allows them to compare the isolated T2 lineage cells with T1-derived cell types by a simple exclusion method. The authors begin by describing a transcriptomic atlas for all T1 and T2-derived neuronal and glia clusters, reporting that the T2-derived lineage comprises 161 neuronal clusters, in contrast to the T1 lineage which comprises 114 of them. The authors then use the expression of VAChT, VGlut, Gad1, Tbh, Ple, SerT, and Tdc2 to show that T2 neuroblasts generate all major neuron classes of fast-acting neurotransmitters. Strikingly, they show that a subset of glia and neuronal clusters have disproportionate enrichment in males or females, suggesting that T2 neuroblasts generate sex-biased cell types. The authors then proceed to characterize neuropeptide expression across T2-derived neuronal clusters and argue that the same neuropeptide can be expressed across different cell types, while similar cell types can express distinct neuropeptides. The functional implication of both observations, however, remains to be tested. Furthermore, the authors describe combinatorial transcription factor (TF) codes that are correlated with neuropeptide expression for T2-derived neurons along with an overall TF code for all T2-derived cell types, both of which will serve as an important starting point for future investigations. Finally, the authors map well-studied neuronal types of the central complex to the clusters of their T2-derived snRNA-seq dataset. They use known marker combinations, bulk RNA-seq data and highly specific split-GAL4 driver lines to annotate their T2-derived atlas, establishing a comprehensive transcriptomic atlas that would guide future studies in this field.

      Thanks for the clear and accurate summary of our findings.

      Strengths:

      This study provides an in-depth transcriptomic characterization of neurons and glia derived from Type-2 neuroblast lineages. The results of this manuscript offer several future directions to investigate the mechanisms of diversifying neuronal identity. The datasets of T1-derived and T2-derived cells will pave the way for studies focused on the functional analysis of combinatorial TF codes specifying cell identity, sex-based differences in neurogenesis and gliogenesis, the relationship between neuropeptide (co)expression and cell identity, and the differential contributions of distinct progenitor populations to the same cell type.

      Thank you for the positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      The study presents several important observations based on the characterization of Type II neuroblast-derived lineages. However, a mechanistic insight is missing for most observations. The idea that there is a sex-specific bias to certain T2-derived neurons and glial clusters is quite interesting, however, the functional significance of this observation is not tested or discussed extensively. Finally, the authors do not show whether the combinatorial TF code is indeed necessary for neuropeptide expression or if this is just a correlation due to cell identity being defined by TFs. Functional knockdown of some candidate TFs for a subset of neuropeptide-expressing cells would have been helpful in this case.

      We agree that we do not provide mechanistic or functional insights. Our goal was to produce hypothesis generating datasets for our lab and others to use to direct functional or mechanistic studies.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Epiney et al., present a single-nucleus sequencing analysis of Drosophila adult central brain neurons and glia. By employing an ingenious permanent labeling technique, they trace the progeny of T2 neuroblasts, which play a key role in the formation of the central complex. This transcriptomic dataset is poised to become a valuable resource for future research on neurogenesis, neuron morphology, and behavior.

      Thank you for the positive comments.

      The authors further delve into this dataset with several analyses, including the characterization of neurotransmitter expression profiles in T2-derived neurons. While some of the bioinformatic analyses are preliminary, they would benefit from additional experimental validation in future studies.

      Thank you for the positive comments. We too hope that future research will benefit from this dataset.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major points

      (1) In Figures 1E and 4A, the T1 and T2 glia subsets reveal sub-clusters for several cell types as seen by the distribution of points on the UMAP. This observation is never validated or discussed. Do these sub-clusters represent true differences in identities or are they artifacts of the single-nucleus preparation? For Figure 1E, it is not clear whether specific sub-clusters (see Ensheathing-4 vs Ensheathing-5 and Astrocyte-2 vs. Astrocyte-6) are differentially enriched between the T1 and T2 lineages. The existence of these sub-clusters must be discussed or dismissed.  

      We agree that this needs to be addressed more clearly in the manuscript and have made text changes in the Results and Discussion sections to clarify. We note that a recent glial cell atlas (Lago-Baldaia et al., 2023: PMID: 37862379) of the developing fly VNC and optic lobes found sub-clusters that mapped to the same subtype annotations. Interestingly, Lago-Baldaia and colleagues found that the transcriptional diversity of glia cell types did not match the morphological diversity of glia validated in vivo. See text changes below.

      Lines 131-133: “Similar to a previous glial cell atlas (Lago-Baldaia et al., 2023) we found some glial subtypes (astrocytes, ensheathing, and subperineurial) mapped to multiple clusters (Figure 1E, 1F).”

      Lines 206-208: “In line with our T1+T2 atlas and previous glia cell atlas (Lago-Baldaia et al., 2023), some subtypes mapped to several subclusters including ensheathing, astrocytes, and chiasm (Figure 4A-B).”

      Lines 397-401: “Similar to a recent glial cell atlas (Lago-Baldaia et al., 2023), we found glial subtypes like astrocytes, ensheathing, and subperineurial glia mapped to several sub-clusters (Figure 1E-F). It remains unclear if these sub-clusters with the same cell type annotation represent distinct glial identities or different transcriptional states within these populations.”

      (2) The authors present evidence for sex-specific neuronal and glia subtypes and find differential expression of specific yolk proteins and long non-coding RNAs. However, whether any of these differences are driven by other canonical sex-specific genes such as Fruitless (Fru) or Double-sex (Dbx) has not been reported or discussed. The authors must re-analyze their data for these genes and claim whether they have any contribution to sex-specific sub-clusters.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have made text changes and clarifications to highlight the expression of other canonical sex-specific genes. Fru was enriched in male nuclei as expected. Interestingly, dbx was enriched in female nuclei. It remains to be determined if these genes are mechanisms that may be driving sex-specific changes.

      Lines 224-226: “Additionally, female nuclei were enriched for dbx (Supp Table 8). Male glial nuclei expressed higher levels of genes including the male-specific genes lncRNA:rox1/2 and fru (Figure 5C; Supp Table 8) (Ryner et al., 1996; Amrein and Axel, 1997; Meller et al., 1997).”

      Lines 237-239: “Male nuclei expressed higher levels of genes including the male-specific genes lncRNA:rox1/2 and fru (Figure 5G; Supp Table 9) (Ryner et al., 1996; Amrein and Axel, 1997; Meller et al., 1997).”

      Lines 428-431:” We found the expected differential expression of yolk proteins (yp1, yp2, yp3) enriched in female nuclei and the long non-coding RNAs rox1/2 and fru enriched in male neuronal nuclei (Ryner et al., 1996; Amrein and Axel, 1997; Meller et al., 1997; Warren et al., 1979). Interestingly, we found dbx to be enriched in both glial and neuronal female nuclei.”

      Lines 433-435: “It remains to be determined if these genes are driving these sex-specific differences in glia and neurons.”

      (3) In Figure 6C, it is unclear whether the Ms-2A-LexA-expressing neurons of clusters 157 and 160 project to two different neuropils or share projects to both neuropils. However, it is not explicitly shown in the immunostaining data whether indeed there are two populations to begin with. The authors must check for cluster 157 and 160 specific markers (such as Dh44 and ple) and test whether they appear mutually exclusively in the Ms-2A-LexA-expressing neurons. The same reasoning would apply to the data shown in Figures 6D and 6E, where the authors must test whether the NPF and AstA expressing cells are indeed neurons from clusters 100 and 128, using orthogonal cluster markers to conclude that they are similar (or the same) neurons.

      We changed the focus of the paragraph to confirm that these neurons indeed come from type II and that they target the central complex. Although due to the lack of reagents we cannot test the identity of each one of these neurons, we could make meaningful interpretations of the staining to validate our ideas about neuropeptidergic cells in the central complex. We made sure to mention the limitation of our experiment to avoid any wrong conclusions.

      Minor points

      (1) Line 115 - "cluster that represents optic lobe neurons". How was this cluster identified?

      We reexamined the most significant genes enriched in this cluster 124, and found they are Rh2, ninaC, trpl, and phototransduction related genes (Supplemental table 1). We reassigned the identity of this cluster as ocelli, which also express photoreceptor genes but can’t be easily removed during dissection. We modified the text as follows:

      "We used known markers (Croset et al., 2018; Davie et al., 2018; Supp Table 2) to identify distinct cell types in the central brain, including glia, mushroom body neurons, olfactory projection neurons, clock neurons, Poxn+ neurons, serotonergic neurons, dopaminergic neurons, octopaminergic neurons, corazonergic neurons, hemocytes, and ocelli (Figure 1B, Supp. Table 1)."

      (2) As the separation in Figure 1B is not obvious, annotated cell type clusters must be re-colored instead of being labelled as the exact dots are indistinguishable. This would especially be helpful for OCTY, SER, OPN, and CLK clusters.

      (3) Cluster labels in Figure 1C are barely visible and the font size must be increased for the reader. Recoloring the cluster identities and attaching a legend would again help in this case.

      We recolored the atlas in Figure 1B, 1C and 1C’ and increased the font size in Figure 1C’.

      (4) For Figure 4A, clusters should be labelled on the UMAP along with the legend as it is difficult for the reader to match identities using Seurat colors. The same is true for the UMAPs in Figure 5A.

      Yes, we agree that labeling would improve readability and have done so for UMAPs in Figure 4A and 5A-A’’.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In this manuscript, Epiney et al., present a single-nucleus sequencing analysis of adult central brain neurons and glia Through the use of a ingenious permanent labeling technique, they are able to trace the progeny of T2 neuroblasts, which contribute significantly to the formation of the central complex. This transcriptomic dataset is the first of its kind and will likely serve as a valuable resource for future studies.

      The authors further explore this dataset through several analyses, including the characterization of neurotransmitter expression profiles in T2-derived neurons. However, the approach used to identify the identity of each neuron cluster could be more clearly articulated, and some of the authors' conclusions are more generalized - either already well-established or lacking sufficient support.

      Detailed comments:

      Abstract - "Our data support the hypothesis that each transcriptional cluster represents one or a few closely related neuron subtypes. - Is this a novel finding? If so, it would be helpful if the authors could explain why this is the case more clearly.

      Our results are not generally novel, and many single cell/single nuclei RNA-seq papers have been published (more citations added to Introduction). Our work is novel in that we analyze Type 1 and Type 2 neuroblasts in the central brain.

      Line 53 - In the introduction the authors should also reference other single-cell studies done in the Drosophila brain.

      Done.

      Line 59 - There are some typos here. The authors could also mention type zero.

      Both done.

      Figure 1 and Sup Table 1 - Authors show in sup table 1 the top cell markers by cluster but there is no correspondence between cluster number and identity. The authors do not say which known markers were used to give the identity to each cluster.

      We have added the cell identity in the Supplemental Table 1. For the unknown cells, we left the column blank. We have also added a Supplemental Table 2 to show the markers we used to give identity to the clusters.

      Supplementary Tables - For each table, more detailed information should be provided regarding what is being compared and the methods used for these comparisons.

      We have added the methods we used in Seurat to generate each individual table.

      Line 138 - Differential gene expression analysis between T1 and T2 glial progeny did not show differences across any glial cell types (Supp Table 4). - Was this comparison done per cluster? Is differential gene expression of top markers, which are anyway the genes that define each glial cell type, enough for this type of analysis?

      Yes, we performed the differential expression analysis using all genes (i.e., not just marker defining) at a cluster-by-cluster resolution with results in Supplemental Table 4. We have edited the text to make this clarification.

      Lines 139-141: “Differential gene expression analysis for all genes between T1 and T2 glial progeny did not show differences across any glial cell types or clusters (Supp Table 4).”

      Line 146 - We identified T1-derived neurons by excluding cells co-expressing T2-specific. Markers FLP+/GFP+/RFP+ plus repo+ glial clusters. - Bioinformatically, correct?

      Yes. We clarified the sentence as follows:

      "We identified T1-derived neurons by bioinformatically excluding cells co-expressing T2-specific markers FLP+/GFP+/RFP+ plus repo+ glial clusters."

      Line 156 - We found that each cluster strongly expressed a unique combination of genes. - As they are grouped by seurat in different clusters, why is this surprising?

      Line 175 - "top 10 significantly enriched genes gathered from each T2 neuron cluster" - can these lists be included?

      Yes they are grouped by Seurat. We toned down the sentence and refer each combination of genes as cluster markers. We modified the sentences as follows:

      Each unique combination of enriched genes could be referred to as cluster markers.

      Line 211- How did the authors identify sex-biased clusters? How did the authors separate the samples/cells by sex? Was it done bioinformatically by the expression of certain genes? If so, which?

      We collected male and female nuclei separately. We have added text in the methods section as follows:

      "Equal amounts of male and female central brains (excluding optic lobes) were dissected at room temperature within 1 hour. The samples were flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored separately at -80°.

      In the first round, we pooled male and female brains together to select GFP+ nuclei and used particle-templated instant partitions to capture single nuclei to generate cDNA library (Fluent BioSciences, Waterton, MA). In the second and third rounds, RFP+ nuclei from male and female brains were collected separately. The split-pool method was then used to generate barcoded cDNA libraries from each individual nucleus."

      Are there sex-specific differences in genes in glia other than genes that were previously known to be sex-specific?

      We report the comprehensive list of sex-specific differences in gene expression for both glia and neurons in Supp tables 8 and 9.

      Line 237 - When the authors mention "We conclude that male and female adult T2 neurons have sex-specific differences in gene expression within the same neuronal subtype" does this mean that these neurons are the same in male and in female brains, but they additionally specifically express sex-specific genes?

      Yes, we report that male and females contain the same neurons defined by their transcriptional profile. It remains to be seen if this sex-specific differences changes how these same neuronal subtypes function between male and females. We have added additional text in the discussion to expand on this thought.

      Lines 437-441: “It remains to be determined if these genes are driving sex-specific differences within glial and neuronal subtypes. These genes may reflect sex-specific differences in the adult central brain and may provide insight into how behavioral circuits are linked to sex-specific behaviors. Future work should aim to characterize and test these genes.”

      Line 250 - The idea behind these sections "What is the relationship between neuropeptide expression and cluster identity?" "relation between cluster and morphology" lacks clarity. As clusters are defined based on principal component analysis, and the genes used to define a cluster are dependent on this method, there is no assumption that each cluster represents only one type of neuron or that it should include only neurons expressing the same neurotransmitter genes. Even if some clusters consist of a single neuron type, this should not be generalized to all clusters (and vice-versa).

      Correct, we cannot determine from the transcriptome data whether distinct clusters will have different morphology. We have changed the focus of the question to address that we are confirming they come from type 2 and that they target the central complex while comparing to known cells that express the neuropeptide.

      Line 265 - We first assayed the neuronal morphology of Ms+ neurons - why did the authors choose these neurons?

      Resolved in main text: “we found that type II-derived Ms-2A-LexA-expressing neurons project to multiple layers of the dorsal fan-shaped body and the entire ellipsoid body, suggesting an unknown class of Ms+ neurons targeting to EB and/orFB".

      Line 268 - "Currently we can't determine whether Ms+ neurons in clusters 157 and 160 project to different CX neuropils, or whether neurons from both clusters share projections into both neuropils. " - The purpose of this point is unclear.

      Resolved in text: “we found that type II-derived Ms-2A-LexA-expressing neurons project to multiple layers of the dorsal fan-shaped body and the entire ellipsoid body, suggesting an unknown class of Ms+ neurons targeting to EB and/or FB”.

      Line 279 - This analysis could be more explored.

      Thank you for your feedback. As the comment was somewhat broad, we were unsure of the specific revisions needed and have therefore left the text unchanged.

      Line 301 - The text regarding this section, and the description and details of respective figures should be proofread to ensure clarity.

      Done.

      Line 386 - Alternatively, co-expression may be due to background from RNAs released during dissociation. - RNA in soup could be bioinformatically analysed.

      Correct. We opted to delete this sentence since our split-pool based method does not create background RNA expression. Additionally, the analysis is performed on scaled expression >2, and any background RNA is unlikely to yield such high expression.

      Discussion - Some of the conclusions are a bit too general, suggesting that the results might be meaningful, but also acknowledging the possibility of artifacts. If the authors could refine this, it would strengthen the manuscript.

      We are sorry but we are uncertain what you are asking; we don't know what you want us to refine. Our apologies for the misunderstanding.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This review evaluates the SCellBOW framework, which applies phenotype algebra to obtain vectors from cancer subclusters or user-defined subclusters.

      Strengths:

      SCellBOW employs an innovative application of NLP-inspired techniques to analyze scRNA-seq data, facilitating the identification and visualization of phenotypically divergent cell subpopulations. The framework demonstrates robustness in accurately representing various cell types across multiple datasets, highlighting its versatility and utility in different biological contexts. By simulating the impact of specific malignant subpopulations on disease prognosis, SCellBOW provides valuable insights into the relative risk and aggressiveness of cancer subpopulations, which is crucial for personalized therapeutic strategies. The identification of a previously unknown and aggressive AR−/NElow subpopulation in metastatic prostate cancer underscores the potential of SCellBOW in uncovering clinically significant findings.

      Major concerns:

      The reliance on bulk RNA-seq data as a reference raises concerns about potentially misleading results due to the presence of RNA expression from immune cells in the TME. It is unclear if SCellBOW adequately addresses this issue, which could affect the accuracy of the cancer subcluster vectors.

      We appreciate the reviewer's concerns. To address the concern about potentially misleading results due to the TME when using bulk RNA-seq data as a reference:

      a. We account for systematic biases between the single-cell and bulk transcriptomics readouts by creating pseudo-bulk profiles for single-cell clusters, enabling more accurate comparisons [Section Materials and methods, Data preparation for phenotype algebra].

      b. We encode expressions into word vectors and co-embed them together. By doing this, we mitigate any possibility of systematic differences in the embedding. It is imperative that we subject both single-cell and bulk data through the same treatments because otherwise, it will be difficult to perform algebraic operations on them [Section Materials and methods, Generating vectors for phenotype algebra].

      c. In our new analysis of the tumor microenvironment, we have shown that SCellBOW effectively differentiates between malignant and non-malignant cells, confirming that it is not biased by the immune cell composition in the bulk RNA-seq data [Section SCellBOW facilitates survival-risk attribution of tumor subpopulations, Fig. 5g-h].

      The method of extracting vectors in phenotype algebra appears to be a straightforward subtraction operation. This simplicity might limit its efficiency in excluding associations with phenotypes from specific subpopulations, potentially leading to inaccurate interpretations of the data.

      Thanks for this excellent query. Vector algebra operations are not done in the gene expression space (i.e., gene expression vectors associated with tumor samples), rather we process the single cell and bulk expression profiles through multiple steps (pseudo-bulk vector generation for single cell clusters, mapping gene expression values to word frequencies as better understood by the Doc2vec neural networks etc.) to ensure their embeddings are consistent and capture intricate phenotypic information. We have demonstrated this through rigorous validation of the clusters yielded on various types of healthy and diseased samples. Furthermore, we have demonstrated the consistency of the vector algebra operations on known cancer subtypes in breast cancer, glioblastoma, and prostate cancer. We have clarified this further in text. [Section Materials and methods, ‘Generating vectors for phenotype algebra’, ‘Survival risk attribution’].

      The review would benefit from additional validation studies to assess the effectiveness of SCellBOW in distinguishing between cancerous and non-cancerous signals, particularly in heterogeneous tumor environments.

      We thank the reviewer for advising this additional validation. While our study primarily focused on signals from malignant cells, we have now considered the impact of the tumor microenvironment. We observed that the predicted risk score increases when the immune component is subtracted from the tumor, suggesting that tumor aggressiveness increases in the absence of immune components. Importantly, the aggressiveness ranking of tumor subtypes (NE > ARAL > ARAH) remained consistent, confirming that SCellBOW effectively preserves subtype-specific risk stratification [Section SCellBOW facilitates survival-risk attribution of tumor subpopulations, Fig. 5g-h].

      Further clarification on how SCellBOW handles mixed-cell populations within bulk RNA-seq data would strengthen the evaluation of its applicability and reliability in diverse research settings.

      We really appreciate the reviewer’s observation. We clarify that rather than relying on absolute gene expression values, SCellBOW maps bulk RNA-seq data into an embedding space, where we extract the latent representation of the tumor. This process effectively masks the influence of mixed-cell populations, reducing biases introduced by immune or stromal components. Furthermore, phenotype algebra operates within this embedding space by comparing cosine similarities between latent representations of bulk and pseudo-bulk datasets, rather than using direct gene expression values. This allows SCellBOW to capture biologically meaningful relationships and infer tumor-specific signals effectively, even in the presence of heterogeneous cell populations. Our benchmarking across diverse cancer types confirms its effectiveness [Section Results, ‘SCellBOW enables pseudo-grading of metastatic prostate cancer tumor microenvironment’, ‘Unsupervised risk-stratification of metastatic prostate cancer clusters using SCellBOW’].

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors developed a novel tool, SCellBOW, to perform cell clustering and infer survival risks on individual cancer cell clusters from the single-cell RNA seq dataset. The key ideas/techniques used in the tool include transfer learning, bag of words (BOW), and phenotype algebra which is similar to word algebra from natural language processing (NLP). Comparisons with existing methods demonstrated that SCellBOW provides superior clustering results and exhibits robust performance across a wide range of datasets. Importantly, a distinguishing feature of SCellBOW compared to other tools is its ability to assign risk scores to specific cancer cell clusters. Using SCellBOW, the authors identified a new group of prostate cancer cells characterized by a highly aggressive and dedifferentiated phenotype.

      Strengths:

      The application of natural language processing (NLP) to single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq) datasets is both smart and insightful. Encoding gene expression levels as word frequencies is a creative way to apply text analysis techniques to biological data. When combined with transfer learning, this approach enhances our ability to describe the heterogeneity of different cells, offering a novel method for understanding the biological behavior of individual cells and surpassing the capabilities of existing cell clustering methods. Moreover, the ability of the package to predict risk, particularly within cancer datasets, significantly expands the potential applications.

      Major concerns:

      Given the promising nature of this tool, it would be beneficial for the authors to test the risk-stratification functionality on other types of tumors with high heterogeneity, such as liver and pancreatic cancers, which currently lack clinically relevant and well-recognized stratification methods. Additionally, it would be worthwhile to investigate how the tool could be applied to spatial transcriptomics by analyzing cell embeddings from different layers within these tissue

      (1) We completely agree with the reviewer’s view. Our selection of glioblastoma and breast cancer for this study was primarily driven by the focus on extensively studied and well-defined cancer types. To demonstrate the effectiveness of our model, we tested it on advanced prostate cancer, which currently lacks clinically relevant and well-recognized stratification methods. This application to metastatic prostate cancer serves as a proof of concept, illustrating our model's potential to provide valuable insights into cancer types where established stratification approaches are limited or absent.

      (2) Regarding the application of our tool to spatial transcriptomics, we have already analyzed data from Digital Spatial Profiling (DSP). The article is already quite complex and involved, and we are afraid the inclusion of spatial transcriptomics may amount to a significant extension of the method. To this end, although we will discuss the future possibilities, we will skip the method validity check on spatial transcriptomics data.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) "SCellBOW adapts the popular document-embedding model Doc2vec for single-cell latent representation learning, which can be used for downstream analysis...": Using only simple gene frequency might overlook the dependent relationships between genes, potentially compromising the biological significance. This could be discussed further.

      This is an excellent point raised by the reviewer. We acknowledge that using only simple gene frequency may overlook dependent relationships between genes, potentially compromising biological significance. To address this, we have now compared SCellBOW on the specific task of phenotype algebra and demonstrated its effectiveness in capturing meaningful biological relationships which is overlooked by simple gene frequency. We have now added the results of this comparison and showed that gene expression data alone couldn't cut it for accurate risk stratification [Section Overall discussion, Supplementary Note 7, Supplementary Fig. 8i-k].

      (2) "While existing methods effectively reveal the subpopulations, they are insufficient in associating malignant risk with specific cellular subpopulations identified from scRNA-seq data....": Perhaps I missed it in the methods section, but how does SCellBOW compare to simply performing pseudobulk analysis on separate cell clusters, treating them as bulk RNA-seq, and then associating the signatures with disease prognosis?

      This is an insightful point, and we appreciate the opportunity to clarify it.

      (1) While pseudobulk analysis on separate cell clusters, followed by associating their signatures with disease prognosis, is a common approach, SCellBOW achieves this without requiring a priori knowledge of prognostic biomarkers to determine whether a subpopulation is aggressive.

      (2) Moreover, pseudobulk analysis aggregates gene expression across cells, which can potentially mask intra-cluster heterogeneity, thereby obscuring important signatures associated with disease prognosis. In contrast, the latent representation in SCellBOW captures the semantic meaning of disease aggressiveness, allowing for a more nuanced and biologically meaningful risk assessment.

      (3) "The proposed approach, SCellBOW, can effectively capture the heterogeneity and risk associated with each phenotype, enabling the identification and assessment of malignant cell subtypes in tumors directly from scRNA-seq gene expression profiles, thereby eliminating the need for marker genes...": Have the author compared the resulting group with well-known markers and do they overlap?

      We appreciate this thoughtful question. While SCellBOW does not rely on predefined marker genes for clustering or risk stratification, we have systematically evaluated whether the resulting subpopulations align with well-known markers. To assess this, we compared SCellBOW-derived clusters with established marker-based annotations across multiple datasets. We observed a significant overlap between SCellBOW clusters and canonical marker-defined cell types in various cancers, including GBM, BRCA, and mCRPC.

      (4) "We constructed three use cases leveraging publicly available scRNA-seq datasets...": The three training and testing datasets are all from healthy tissue. How about in tumor tissue? i.e., Could SCellBOW also identify better cell clusters in tumor datasets?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s inquiry. For benchmarking and method validation, we primarily selected normal tissue datasets as they are heavily annotated and well-characterized. Our goal was to extensively evaluate SCellBOW across different clustering metrics, including ARI, NMI, and SI, which required datasets with reliable ground truth. Tumor datasets, in contrast, often lack confirmatory ground truth, making direct benchmarking more challenging. However, to assess SCellBOW’s applicability in tumor settings, we performed downstream analyses on tumor scRNA-seq datasets using phenotype algebra. Our results demonstrate that SCellBOW effectively identifies distinct cell clusters, including malignant and non-malignant populations, reinforcing its applicability in tumor settings [Section Results, ‘Unsupervised risk-stratification of metastatic prostate cancer clusters using SCellBOW’].

      Minor issues:

      (1) Labels of subplots within the manu/figure should be revised to ensure correct order (missing Figures 3a-d, 4b before 4a, etc).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have corrected the figure labels and ensured that all subplots follow the correct order, aligning with the manuscript.

      (2) "reaffirmed the clinically known aggressiveness order, i.e., CLA >-MES >-PRO, where CLA succeeds the rest of the subtypes in aggressiveness48 (Figures 4c, d)...": "Fig. 4c, d" should be "Fig. 4e, f". Also please put Figure 4a before 4b. Overall the order of Figure 4 needs to be revised to match the order in the manu. Similar to Figure 6.

      We have corrected the figure reference to Fig. 4e, f and revised the order of Figure 4 to maintain consistency with the manuscript.

      (3) "Our results showed that SCellBOW learned latent representation of single-cells accurately captures the 'semantics' associated with cellular phenotypes and allows algebraic operations such as'+' and'-'." Figure 5f (SCellBOW performances on mCRPC) should also be cited here since Supplementary Figure 6 contains three datasets (GBM, BRCA, mCRPC) while in Figure 4 only GBM and BRCA were shown?

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now cited Figure 5f in this section to ensure that all datasets, including mCRPC, are appropriately referenced.

      (4) Under the subheading "SCellBOW facilitates survival-risk attribution of tumor subpopulations", the lines start with "We refer to this as phenotype algebra. We utilized this ability to find an association between the embedding vectors, representing total tumor - a specific malignant cell cluster with tumor aggressiveness..." could be reduced a little bit especially the re-intro of phenotype algebra since the author has already discussed previously (under "overview of SCellBOW").

      We appreciate the feedback and have condensed this section to avoid redundancy while maintaining clarity in connecting phenotype algebra to survival-risk attribution.

      (5) "Most CD4+ T cells map to CL0 and CL9 (here, CL is used as an abbreviation for cluster) (Figure 3f)..." "(here, CL is used as an abbreviation for cluster)" this note could be moved forward to SF2 since CL is first introduced in SF2.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have moved the definition of CL (cluster) to Supplementary Figure 2 (SF2), where it is first introduced, for improved clarity.

    1. Author response:

      We sincerely thank the editor and both reviewers for their time and thoughtful feedback on our manuscript. We have addressed several of the concerns in the responses below and are currently working on additional analyses to further strengthen the study. These results will be incorporated into the final version of the research paper.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigated the population structure of the invasive weed Lantana camara from 36 localities in India using 19,008 genome-wide SNPs obtained through ddRAD sequencing.

      Strengths:<br /> The manuscript is well-written, the analyses are sound, and the figures are of great quality.

      Weaknesses:

      The narrative almost completely ignores the fact that this plant is popular in horticultural trade and the different color morphs that form genetic populations are most likely the result of artificial selection by humans for certain colors for trade, and not the result of natural selfing. Although it may be possible that the genetic clustering of color morphs is maintained in the wild through selfing, there is no evidence in this study to support that. The high levels of homozygosity are more likely explained as a result of artificial selection in horticulture and relatively recent introductions in India. Therefore, the claim of the title that "the population structure.. is shaped by its mating system" is in part moot, because any population structure is in large part shaped by the mating system of the organism, but further misleading because it is much more likely artificial selection that caused the patterns observed.

      The reviewer raises the possibility that the observed genetic patterns may have originated through the selection of different varieties by the horticultural industry. While it is plausible that artificial selection can lead to the formation of distinct morphs, the presence of a strong structure between them in the wild populations cannot be explained just based on selection. In the wild, different flower colour variants frequently occur in close physical proximity and should, in principle, allow for cross-fertilization. Over time, this gene flow would be expected to erode any genetic structure shaped solely by past selection. However, our results show no evidence of such a breakdown in structure. Despite co-occurring in immediate proximity, the flower colour variants maintain distinct genetic identities. This suggests the presence of a barrier to gene flow, likely maintained by the species' mating system. Moreover, the presence of many of these flower colour morphs in the native range—as documented through observations on platforms like iNaturalist—suggests that these variants may have a natural origin rather than being solely products of horticultural selection.

      While it is plausible that horticultural breeding involved efforts to generate new varieties through crossing—resulting in the emergence of some of the observed morphs—even if this were the case, the dynamics of a self-fertilizing species would still lead to rapid genetic structuring. Following hybridization, just a few generations of selfing are sufficient to produce inbred lines, which can then maintain distinct genetic identities. As discussed in our manuscript, such inbred lines could be associated with specific flower colour morphs and persist through predominant self-fertilization. This mechanism provides a compelling explanation for the strong genetic structure observed among co-occurring flower colour variants in the wild.

      While a recent bottleneck may have increased inbreeding, the strong and consistent genetic structuring we observe within populations is more indicative of predominant self-fertilization. To further validate this, we conducted a bagging experiment on Lantana camara inflorescences to exclude insect-mediated cross-pollination. The results showed no significant difference in seed set between bagged and open-pollinated flowers, supporting the conclusion that L. camara is primarily self-fertilizing in India.

      As the reviewer rightly points out, the mating system of a species plays a crucial role in shaping patterns of genetic structure. However, in many natural populations, structuring patterns are often influenced by a combination of factors such as selection, barriers to gene flow, and genetic drift. In some cases, the mating system exerts a more prominent influence at the microgeographic level, while in others, it can shape genetic structure at broader spatial scales. What is particularly interesting in our study is that - the mating system appears to shape genetic structure at a subcontinental scale. Despite the species having undergone other evolutionary forces—such as a genetic bottleneck and expansion due to its invasive nature—the mating system exerts a more pronounced effect on the observed genetic patterns, and the influence of the mating system is remarkably strong, resulting in a clear and consistent genetic structure across populations.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors performed a series of population genetic analyses in Lantana camara using 19,008 genome-wide SNPs data from 359 individuals in India. They found a clear population structure that did not show a geographical pattern, and that flower color was rather associated with population structure. Excess of homozygosity indicates a high selfing rate, which may lead to fixation of alleles in local populations and explain the presence of population structure without a clear geographic pattern. The authors also performed a forward simulation analysis, theoretically confirming that selfing promotes fixation of alleles (higher Fst) and reduction in genetic diversity (lower heterozygosity).

      Strengths:

      Biological invasion is a critical driver of biodiversity loss, and it is important to understand how invasive species adapt to novel environments despite limited genetic diversity (genetic paradox of biological invasion). Lantana camara is one of the hundred most invasive species in the world (IUCN 2000), and the authors collected 359 plants from a wide geographical range in India, where L. camara has invaded. The scale of the dataset and the importance of the target species are the strengths of the present study.

      Weaknesses:

      One of the most critical weaknesses of this study would be that the output modelling analysis is largely qualitative, which cannot be directly comparable to the empirical data. The main findings of the SLiM-based simulation were that selfing promotes the fixation of alleles and the reduction of genetic diversity. These are theoretically well-reported knowledge, and such findings themselves are not novel, although it may have become interesting these findings are quantitatively integrated with their empirical findings in the studied species. In that sense, a coalescent-based analysis such as an Approximate Bayesian Computation method (e.g. DIY-ABC) utilizing their SNPs data would be more interesting. For example, by ABC-based methods, authors can infer the split time between subpopulations identified in this study. If such split time is older than the recorded invasion date, the result supports the scenario that multiple introductions may have contributed to the population structure of this species. In the current form of the manuscript, multiple introductions were implicated but not formally tested.

      Through our SLiM simulations, we aimed to demonstrate that a pattern of strong genetic structure within a location—similar to what we observed in Lantana camara—can arise under a predominantly self-fertilizing mating system. These simulations were not parameterized using species-specific data from Lantana but were intended as a conceptual demonstration of the plausibility of such patterns under selfing using SNP data. While the theoretical consequences of self-fertilisation have been widely discussed, relatively few studies have directly modelled these patterns using SNP data. Our SLiM simulations contribute to this gap and support the notion that the observed genetic structuring in Lantana may indeed result from predominant self-fertilisation.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion regarding the use of simulations based on genomic data from Lantana and for explaining the importance of it. We are currently conducting demographic simulations using genomic data from Lantana to estimate divergence times between the different flower colour variants. We believe this analysis will offer deeper insights and provide further clarity on the points raised by the reviewers.

      I also have several concerns regarding the authors' population genetic analyses. First, the authors removed SNPs that were not in Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium (HWE), but the studied populations would not satisfy the assumption of HWE, i.e., random mating, because of a high level of inbreeding. Thus, the first screening of the SNPs would be biased strongly, which may have led to spurious outputs in a series of downstream analyses.

      Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium (HWE) filtering is a commonly used step in SNP filtering analysis to exclude loci potentially under selection, thereby enriching for neutral variants and minimizing bias in downstream analyses. To ensure that our results are not influenced by selection-driven SNPs, we conducted the analysis both with and without applying the HWE filter. Notably, the number of SNPs retained did not drop significantly after filtering, and the overall patterns observed remained consistent across both approaches.

      Second, in the genetic simulation, it is not clear how a set of parameters such as mutation rate, recombination rate, and growth rate were determined and how they are appropriate. Importantly, while authors assume the selfing rate in the simulation, selfing can also strongly influence the effective mutation rate (e.g. Nordborg & Donnelly 1997 Genetics, Nordborg 2000 Genetics). It is not clear how this effect is incorporated in the simulation.

      The aim of the SLiM simulation was to demonstrate that the extreme genetic structuring observed in Lantana camara can plausibly arise in natural systems under predominant self-fertilization. For the simulation, we used mutation and recombination rates estimated for Arabidopsis thaliana, as these parameters are currently unknown for Lantana. The details of this will be added in the revised version, and thanks to the reviewer for pointing this out. While we acknowledge that this simulation does not provide an exact representation of the species' evolutionary history, the goal of the simulation was not to produce precise estimates but rather to illustrate the feasibility of such strong genetic structuring resulting from self-fertilization alone. The impact of the selfing on the mutation rate is not incorporated in the simulations now. We will look into the details of this.

      Third, while the authors argue the association between flower color and population structure, their statistical associations were not formally tested.

      We recognize that one of the key improvements needed for the manuscript is to provide experimental evidence supporting self-fertilization. To address this, we conducted a bagging experiment on Lantana camara inflorescences to prevent insect visitation and eliminate insect-mediated cross-fertilization. The results showed no significant difference in seed set between bagged and open-pollinated inflorescences, indicating that Lantana is predominantly self-fertilizing in India. This finding is consistent with our genetic data and will be included in the revised version of the manuscript.

      Also, it is not mentioned how flower color polymorphisms are defined. Could it be possible to distinguish many flower color morphs shown in Figure 1b objectively? I am concerned particularly because the authors also mentioned that flower color may change temporally and that a single inflorescence can have flowers of different colors (L160).

      The different flower colour variants are visually distinguishable. Our classification of these variants is not based on the colour of individual flowers at a single time point, but rather on the overall colour change pattern across the inflorescence over time. In other words, the temporal aspect of colour change has been considered in our grouping. For example, in the “yellow-pink” variant, flowers begin as yellow when young and gradually turn pink as they age. Importantly, variants that follow this pattern do not transition to an orange type at any stage, which distinguishes them from other colour types. The varieties that don't change colours are named based on the single flower colour like “orange”.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      eLife Assessment

      The authors present an algorithm and workflow for the inference of developmental trajectories from single-cell data, including a mathematical approach to increase computational efficiency. While such efforts are in principle useful, the absence of benchmarking against synthetic data and a wide range of different single-cell data sets make this study incomplete. Based on what is presented, one can neither ultimately judge if this will be an advance over previous work nor whether the approach will be of general applicability.

      We thank the eLife editor for the valuable feedback. Both benchmarking against other methods and validation on a synthetic dataset (“dyntoy”) are indeed presented in the Supplementary Note, although this was not sufficiently highlighted in the main text, which has now been improved.

      Our manuscript contains benchmarking against a challenging synthetic dataset in Figure 1; furthermore, both the synthetic dataset and the real-world thymus dataset have been analyzed in parallel using currently available TI tools (as detailed in the Supplementary Note). z other single-cell datasets (single-cell RNA-seq) were added in response to the reviewers' comments.

      One of the reviewers correctly points out that tviblindi goes against the philosophy of automated trajectory inference. This is correct; we believe that a new class of methods, complementary to fully automated approaches, is needed to explore datasets with unknown biology. tviblindi is meant to be a representative of this class of methods—a semi-automated framework that builds on features inferred from the data in an unbiased and mathematically well-founded fashion (pseudotime, homology classes, suitable low-dimensional representation), which can be used in concert with expert knowledge to generate hypotheses about the underlying dynamics at an appropriate level of detail for the particular trajectory or biological process.

      We would also like to mention that the algorithm and the workflow are not the sole results of the paper. We have thoroughly characterized human thymocyte development, where, in addition to expected biological endpoints, we found and characterized an unexpected activated thymic T-reg endpoint.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors present tviblindi, a computational workflow for trajectory inference from molecular data at single-cell resolution. The method is based on (i) pseudo-time inference via expecting hitting time, (ii) sampling of random walks in a directed acyclic k-NN where edges are oriented away from a cell of origin w.r.t. the involved nodes' expected hitting times, and (iii) clustering of the random walks via persistent homology. An extended use case on mass cytometry data shows that tviblindi can be used elucidate the biology of T cell development.

      Strengths:

      - Overall, the paper is very well written and most (but not all, see below) steps of the tviblindi algorithm are explained well.

      - The T cell biology use case is convincing (at least to me: I'm not an immunologist, only a bioinformatician with a strong interest in immunology).

      We thank the reviewer for feedback and suggestions that we will accommodate, we respond point-by-point below

      Weaknesses:

      - The main weakness of the paper is that a systematic comparison of tviblindi against other tools for trajectory inference (there are many) is entirely missing. Even though I really like the algorithmic approach underlying tviblindi, I would therefore not recommend to our wet-lab collaborators that they should use tviblindi to analyze their data. The only validation in the manuscript is the T cell development use case. Although this use case is convincing, it does not suffice for showing that the algorithms's results are systematically trustworthy and more meaningful (at least in some dimension) than trajectories inferred with one of the many existing methods.

      We have compared tviblindi to several trajectory inference methods (Supplementary note section 8.2: Comparison to state-of-the-art methods, namely Monocle3 (v1.3.1) Cao et al. (2019), Stream (v1.1) Chen et al. (2019), Palantir (v1.0.0) Setty et al. (2019), VIA (v0.1.89) Stassen et al. (2021), StaVia (Via 2.0) Stassen et al. (2024), CellRank 2 (v2.06) Weiler et al. (2024)  and PAGA (scanpy==1.9.3) Wolf et al. (2019). We added thorough and systematic comparisons to the other algorithms mentioned by reviewers. We included extended evaluation on publicly available datasets (Supplementary Note section 10).

      Also, in the meantime we have successfully used tviblindi to investigate human B-cell development in primary immunodeficiency (Bakardjieva M, et al. Tviblindi algorithm identifies branching developmental trajectories of human B-cell development and describes abnormalities in RAG-1 and WAS patients. Eur J Immunol. 2024 Dec;54(12):e2451004. doi: 10.1002/eji.202451004.).

      - The authors' explanation of the random walk clustering via persistent homology in the Results (subsection "Real-time topological interactive clustering") is not detailed enough, essentially only concept dropping. What does "sparse regions" mean here and what does it mean that "persistent homology" is used? The authors should try to better describe this step such that the reader has a chance to get an intuition how the random walk clustering actually works. This is especially important because the selection of sparse regions is done interactively. Therefore, it's crucial that the users understand how this selection affects the results. For this, the authors must manage to provide a better intuition of the maths behind clustering of random walks via persistent homology.

      In order to satisfy both reader types: the biologist and the mathematician, we explain the mathematics in detail in the Supplementary Note, section 4. We improved the Results text to better point the reader to the mathematical foundations in the Supplementary Note.  

      - To motivate their work, the authors write in the introduction that "TI methods often use multiple steps of dimensionality reduction and/or clustering, inadvertently introducing bias. The choice of hyperparameters also fixes the a priori resolution in a way that is difficult to predict." They claim that tviblindi is better than the original methods because "analysis is performed in the original high-dimensional space, avoiding artifacts of dimensionality reduction." However, in the manuscript, tviblindi is tested only on mass cytometry data which has a much lower dimensionality than scRNA-seq data for which most existing trajectory inference methods are designed. Since tviblindi works on a k-NN graph representation of the input data, it is unclear if it could be run on scRNA-seq data without prior dimensionality reduction. For this, cell-cell distances would have to be computed in the original high-dimensional space, which is problematic due to the very high dimensionality of scRNA-seq data. Of course, the authors could explicitly reduce the scope of tviblindi to data of lower dimensionality, but this would have to be stated explicitly.

      In the manuscript we tested the framework on the scRNA-seq data from Park et al 2020 (DOI: 10.1126/science.aay3224). To illustrate that tviblindi can work directly in the high-dimensional space, we applied the framework successfully on imputed 2000 dimensional data. Furthermore we successfully used tviblindi to investigate bone marrow atlas scRNA-Seq dataset Zhang et al. (2024) and atlas of mouse gastrulation Pijuan-Sala et al. (2019). The idea behind tviblindi is to be able to work without the necessity to use non-linear dimensionality reduction techniques, which reduce the dimensionality to a very low number of dimensions and whose effects on the data distribution are difficult to predict. On the other hand the use of (linear) dimensionality reduction techniques which effectively suppress noise in the data such as PCA is a good practice (see also response to reviewer 2). We have emphasized this in the revised version and added the results of the corresponding analysis (see Supplementary note, section 9).

      - Also tviblindi has at least one hyper-parameter, the number k used to construct the k-NN graphs (there are probably more hidden in the algorithm's subroutines). I did not find a systematic evaluation of the effect of this hyper-parameter.

      Detailed discussion of the topic is presented in the Supplementary Note, section 8.1, where Spearman correlation coefficient between pseudotime estimated using k=10 and k=50 nearest neighbors was 0.997.   The number k however does affect the number of candidate endpoints. But even when larger k causes spurious connection between unrelated cell fates, the topological clustering of random walks allows for the separation of different trajectories. We have expanded the “sensitivity to hyperparameters” section 8.1 also in response to reviewer 2.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In Deconstructing Complexity: A Computational Topology Approach to Trajectory Inference in the Human Thymus with tviblindi, Stuchly et al. propose a new trajectory inference algorithm called tviblindi and a visualization algorithm called vaevictis for single-cell data. The paper utilizes novel and exciting ideas from computational topology coupled with random walk simulations to align single cells onto a continuum. The authors validate the utility of their approach largely using simulated data and establish known protein expression dynamics along CD4/CD8 T cell development in thymus using mass cytometry data. The authors also apply their method to track Treg development in single-cell RNA-sequencing data of human thymus.

      The technical crux of the method is as follows: The authors provide an interactive tool to align single cells along a continuum axis. The method uses expected hitting time (given a user input start cell) to obtain a pseudotime alignment of cells. The pseudotime gives an orientation/direction for each cell, which is then used to simulate random walks. The random walks are then arranged/clustered based on the sparse region in the data they navigate using persistent homology.

      We thank the reviewer for feedback and suggestions that we have accommodated, we responded point-by-point below.

      Strengths:

      The notion of using persistent homology to group random walks to identify trajectories in the data is novel.

      The strength of the method lies in the implementation details that make computationally demanding ideas such as persistent homology more tractable for large scale single-cell data. This enables the authors to make the method more user friendly and interactive allowing real-time user query with the data.

      Weaknesses:

      The interactive nature of the tool is also a weakness, by allowing for user bias leading to possible overfitting for a specific data.

      tviblindi is not designed as a fully automated TI tool (although it implements a fully automated module), but as a data driven framework for exploratory analysis of unknown data. There is always a risk of possible bias in this type of analysis - starting with experimental design, choice of hyperparameters in the downstream analysis, and an expert interpretation of the results. The successful analysis of new biological data involves a great deal of expert knowledge which is difficult to a priori include in the computational models. 

      tvilblindi tries to solve this challenge by intentionally overfitting the data and keeping the level of resolution on a single random walk. In this way we aim to capture all putative local relationships in the data. The on-demand aggregation of the walks using the global topology of the data allows researchers to use their expert knowledge to choose the right level of detail (as demonstrated in the Figure 4 of the manuscript) while relying on the topological structure of the high dimensional point cloud. At all times tviblindi allows to inspect the composition of the trajectory to assess the variance in the development, possible hubs on the KNN-graph etc.

      The main weakness of the method is lack of benchmarking the method on real data and comparison to other methods. Trajectory inference is a very crowded field with many highly successful and widely used algorithms, the two most relevant ones (closest to this manuscript) are not only not benchmarked against, but also not sited. Including those that specifically use persistent homology to discover trajectories (Rizvi et.al. published Nat Biotech 2017). Including those that specifically implement the idea of simulating random walks to identify stable states in single-cell data (e.g. CellRank published in Lange et.al Nat Meth 2022), as well as many trajectory algorithms that take alternative approaches. The paper has much less benchmarking, demonstration on real data and comparison to the very many other previous trajectory algorithms published before it. Generally speaking, in a crowded field of previously published trajectory methods, I do not think this one approach will compete well against prior work (especially due to its inability to handle the noise typical in real world data (as was even demonstrated in the little bit of application to real world data provided).

      We provided comparisons of tviblindi and vaevictis in the Supplementary Note, section 8.2, where we compare it to Monocle3 (v1.3.1) Cao et al. (2019), Stream (v1.1) Chen et al. (2019), Palantir (v1.0.0) Setty et al. (2019), VIA (v0.1.89) Stassen et al. (2021),  StaVia (Via 2.0) Stassen et al. (2024), CellRank 2 (v2.06) Weiler et al. (2024)  and PAGA (scanpy==1.9.3) Wolf et al. (2019). We added thorough and systematic comparisons to the other algorithms mentioned by reviewers. We included extended evaluation on publicly available datasets (Supplementary Note section 10).

      Beyond general lack of benchmarking there are two issues that give me particular concern. As previously mentioned, the algorithm is highly susceptible to user bias and overfitting. The paper gives the example (Figure 4) of a trajectory which mistakenly shows that cells may pass from an apoptotic phase to a different developmental stage. To circumvent this mistake, the authors propose the interactive version of tviblindi that allows users to zoom in (increase resolution) and identify that there are in fact two trajectories in one. In this case, the authors show how the author can fix a mistake when the answer is known. However, the point of trajectory inference is to discover the unknown. With so much interactive options for the user to guide the result, the method is more user/bias driven than data-driven. So a rigorous and quantitative discussion of robustness of the method, as well as how to ensure data-driven inference and avoid over-fitting would be useful.

      Local directionality in expression data is a challenge which is not, to our knowledge, solved. And we are not sure it can be solved entirely, even theoretically. The random walks passing “through” the apoptotic phase are biologically infeasible, but it is an (unbiased) representation of what the data look like based on the diffusion model. It is a property of the data (or of the panel design), which has to be interpreted properly rather than a mistake. Of note, except for Monocle3 (which does not provide the directionality) other tested methods did not discover this trajectory at all.

      The “zoom in” has in fact nothing to do with “passing through the apoptosis”. We show how the researcher can investigate the suggested trajectory to see if there is an additional structure of interest and/or relevance. This investigation is still data driven (although not fully automated). Anecdotally in this particular case this branching was discovered by a bioinformatician, who knew nothing about the presence of beta-selection in the data.  

      We show that the trajectory of apoptosis of cortical thymocytes consists of 2 trajectories corresponding to 2 different checkpoints (beta-selection and positive/negative selection). This type of a structure, where 2 (or more) trajectories share the same path for most of the time, then diverge only to be connected at a later moment (immediately from the point of view of the beta-selection failure trajectory) is a challenge for TI algorithms and none of tested methods gave a correct result. More importantly there seems to be no clear way to focus on these kinds of structures (common origin and common fate) in TI methods.

      Of note, the “zoom in” is a recommended and convenient method to look for an inner structure, but it does not necessarily mean addition of further homological classes. Indeed, in this case the reason that the structure is not visible directly is the limitation of the dendrogram complexity (only branches containing at least 10% of simulated random walks are shown by default). In summary, tviblindi effectively handled all noise in the data that obscured biologically valid trajectories for other methods. We have improved the discussion of the robustness in the current version.  

      Second, the paper discusses the benefit of tviblindi operating in the original high dimensions of the data. This is perhaps adequate for mass cytometry data where there is less of an issue of dropouts and the proteins may be chosen to be large independent. But in the context of single-cell RNA-sequencing data, the massive undersampling of mRNA, as well as high degree of noise (e.g. ambient RNA), introduces very large degree of noise so that modeling data in the original high dimensions leads to methods being fit to the noise. Therefore ALL other methods for trajectory inference work in a lower dimension, for very good reason, otherwise one is learning noise rather than signal. It would be great to have a discussion on the feasibility of the method as is for such noisy data and provide users with guidance. We note that the example scRNA-seq data included in the paper is denoised using imputation, which will likely result in the trajectory inference being oversmoothed as well.

      We agree with the reviewer. In our manuscript we wanted to showcase that tviblindi can directly operate in high-dimensional space (thousands of dimensions) and we used MAGIC imputation for this purpose. This was not ideal. More standard approach, which uses 30-50 PCs as input to the algorithm resulted in equivalent trajectories. We have added this analysis to the study (Supplementary note, section 9).

      In summary, the fact that tviblindi scales well with dimensionality of the data and is able to work in the original space does not mean that it is always the best option. We have added a corresponding comment into the Supplementary note.  

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Stuchly et al. proposed a single-cell trajectory inference tool, tviblindi, which was built on a sequential implementation of the k-nearest neighbor graph, random walk, persistent homology and clustering, and interactive visualization. The paper was organized around the detailed illustration of the usage and interpretation of results through the human thymus system.

      Strengths:

      Overall, I found the paper and method to be practical and needed in the field. Especially the in-depth, step-by-step demonstration of the application of tviblindi in numerous T cell development trajectories and how to interpret and validate the findings can be a template for many basic science and disease-related studies. The videos are also very helpful in showcasing how the tool works.

      Weaknesses:

      I only have a few minor suggestions that hopefully can make the paper easier to follow and the advantage of the method to be more convincing.

      (1) The "Computational method for the TI and interrogation - tviblindi" subsection under the Results is a little hard to follow without having a thorough understanding of the tviblindi algorithm procedures. I would suggest that the authors discuss the uniqueness and advantages of the tool after the detailed introduction of the method (moving it after the "Connectome - a fully automated pipeline".

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion and we have accommodated it to improve readability of the text.

      Also, considering it is a computational tool paper, inevitably, readers are curious about how it functions compared to other popular trajectory inference approaches. I did not find any formal discussion until almost the end of the supplementary note (even that is not cited anywhere in the main text). Authors may consider improving the summary of the advantages of tviblindi by incorporating concrete quantitative comparisons with other trajectory tools.

      We provided comparisons of tviblindi and vaevictis in the Supplementary Note, section 8.2, where we compare it to Monocle3 (v1.3.1) Cao et al. (2019), Stream (v1.1) Chen et al. (2019), Palantir (v1.0.0) Setty et al. (2019), VIA (v0.1.89) Stassen et al. (2021),  StaVia (Via 2.0) Stassen et al. (2024), CellRank 2 (v2.06) Weiler et al. (2024)  and PAGA (scanpy==1.9.3) Wolf et al. (2019). We added thorough and systematic comparisons to the other algorithms mentioned by reviewers. We included extended evaluation on publicly available datasets (Supplementary Note section 10).

      (2) Regarding the discussion in Figure 4 the trajectory goes through the apoptotic stage and reconnects back to the canonical trajectory with counterintuitive directionality, it can be a checkpoint as authors interpret using their expert knowledge, or maybe a false discovery of the tool. Maybe authors can consider running other algorithms on those cells and see which tracks they identify and if the directionality matches with the tviblindi.

      We have indeed used the thymus dataset for comparison of all TI algorithms listed above. Except for Monocle 3 they failed to discover the negative selection branch (Monocle 3 does not offer directionality information). Therefore, a valid topological trajectory with incorrect (expert-corrected) directionality was partly or entirely missed by other algorithms. 

      (3) The paper mainly focused on mass cytometry data and had a brief discussion on scRNA-seq. Can the tool be applied to multimodality data such as CITE-seq data that have both protein markers and gene expression? Any suggestions if users want to adapt to scATAC-seq or other epigenomic data?

      The analysis of multimodal data is the logical next step and is the topic of our current research. At this moment tviblindi cannot be applied directly to multimodal data. It is possible to use the KNN-graph based on multimodal data (such as weighted nearest neighbor graph implemented in Seurat) for pseudotime calculation and random walk simulation. However, we do not have a fully developed triangulation for the multimodal case yet. 

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data or analyses:

      -  Benchmark against existing trajectory inference methods.

      -  Benchmark on scRNA-seq data or an explicit statement that, unlike existing methods, tviblindi is not designed for such data.

      We provided comparisons of tviblindi and vaevictis in the Supplementary Note, section 8.2, where we compare it to Monocle3 (v1.3.1) Cao et al. (2019), Stream (v1.1) Chen et al. (2019), Palantir (v1.0.0) Setty et al. (2019), VIA (v0.1.89) Stassen et al. (2021),  StaVia (Via 2.0) Stassen et al. (2024), CellRank 2 (v2.06) Weiler et al. (2024)  and PAGA (scanpy==1.9.3) Wolf et al. (2019). We added thorough and systematic comparisons to the other algorithms mentioned by reviewers. We included extended evaluation on publicly available datasets (Supplementary Note section 10).

      -  Systematic evaluation of the effetcs of hyper-parameters on the performance of tviblindi (as mentioned above, there is at least one hyper-parameter, the number k to construct the k-NN graphs).

      This is described in Supplementary Note section 8.1

      Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation:

      -  The GitHub link to the algorithm which is currently hidden in the Methods should be moved to the abstract and/or a dedicated section on code availability.

      -  The presentation of the persistent homology approach used for random walk clustering should be improved (see public comment above).

      This is described extensively in Supplementary Note  

      -  A very minor point (can be ignored by the authors): consider renaming the algorithm. At least for me, it's extremely difficult to remember.

      We choose to keep the original name

      Minor corrections to the text and figures:

      -  Labels and legend texts are too small in almost all figures.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):  

      (1) On page 3: "(2) Analysis is performed in the original high-dimensional space avoiding artifacts of dimensionality reduction." In mass cytometry data where there is no issue of dropouts, one may choose proteins such that they are not correlated with each other making dimensionality reduction techniques less relevant. But in the context of an unbiased assays such as single-cell RNA-sequencing (scRNA-seq), one measures all the genes in a cell so dimensionality reduction can help resolve the redundancy in the feature space due to correlated/co-regulated gene expression patterns. This assumption forms the basis of most methods in scRNA-seq. More importantly, in scRNA-seq data the dropouts and ambient molecules in mRNA counts result in so much noise that modeling cells in the full gene expression is highly problematic. So the authors are requested to discuss in detail how they would propose to deal with noise in scRNA-seq data.

      On this note, the authors mention in Supplementary Note 9 (Analysis of human thymus single-cell RNA-seq data): "Imputed data are used as the input for the trajectory inference, scaled counts (no imputation) are shown in line plots". The line plots indicate the gene expression trends along the obtained pseudotime. The authors use MAGIC to impute the data, and we request the authors to mention this in the Methods section (currently one must look through the code on Supplementary Note 1.3 to find this). Data imputation in single-cell RNA-seq data are intended to enable quantification of individual gene expression distribution or pairwise gene associations. But when all the genes in an imputed data are used for visualization, clustering or trajectory inference, the averaging effect will compound and result in severely smoothed data that misses important differences between cell states. Especially, in the case of MAGIC, which uses a transition matrix raised to a power, it is over-smoothing of the data to use a transition matrix smoothed data to obtain another transition matrix to calculate the hitting time (or simulate random walks). Second, the authors' proposal to use scaled counts to study gene trends cannot be generalized to other settings due to drop out issue. Given the few genes (and only one branch) that are highlighted in Figure 7D-G and Figure 31 in Supplementary Note, it is hard to say if scaling raw values would pick up meaningful biology robustly here for other branches.

      We recommend that this data be reanalyzed with non-imputed data used for trajectory inference and imputed gene expression used for line plots.

      As stated above in the public review, we reanalyzed the scRNA Seq data using a more standard approach (first 50 principal components). We have also analyzed two additional scRNA Seq datasets (Section 1 and section 10 of Supplementary Note)

      On the same note, the authors use Seurat's CellCycleScoring to obtain the cell cycle phase of each cell and later use ScaleData to regress them out. While we agree that it is valuable to remove cell cycle effect from the data for trajectory inference (and has been used previously in other methods), the regression approach employed in Seurat's ScaleData is not appropriate. It is an aggressive approach that severely changes expression pattern of many genes and can result in new artifacts (false positives) in the data. We recommend the authors to explore this more and consider using a more principled alternatives such as fscLVM (https://genomebiology.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s13059-017-1334-8). 

      Cell cycle correction is an open problem (Heumos, Nat Rev Genetics, 2023)

      Here we use an (arguably aggressive) approach to make the presentation more straightforward. The cells we are interested here (end #6) are not dividing and the regression does not change the conclusion drawn in the paper

      (2) The figures provided are extremely low in resolution that it is practically impossible to correctly interpret a lot of the conclusion and references made in the figure (especially Figure 3 in the main text).

      Resolution of the Figures was improved

      (3) There are many aspects of the method that enable easy user biases and can lead to substantial overfitting of the data.

      a. On page 7: "The topology of the point cloud representing human T-cell development is more complex ... and does not offer a clear cutoff for the choice of significant sparse regions. Interactive selection allows the user to vary the resolution and to investigate specific sparse regions in the data iteratively." This implies that the method enables user biases to be introduced into the data analysis. While perhaps useful for exploration, quantitative trajectory assessment using such approach can be faulty when the user (A) may not know the underlying dynamics (B) forces preconceived notion of trajectory.

      The authors should consider making the trajectory inference approach less dependent on interactive user input and show that the trajectory results are robust to any choices the user may make. It may also help if the authors provide an effective guide and mention clearly what issues could result due to the use of such thresholds.

      As explained in the response in public reviews, tviblindi is not designed as a fully automated TI tool, but as a data driven framework for exploratory analysis of unknown data. 

      There is always a risk of possible bias in this type of analysis - starting with experimental design, choice of hyperparameters in the downstream analysis, and an expert interpretation of the results. The successful analysis of new biological data involves a great deal of expert knowledge which is difficult to a priori include in the computational models.  To specifically address the points raised by the reviewer:

      “(A) may not know the underlying dynamics” - tviblindi is designed to perform exploratory analysis of the unknown underlying dynamics. We showcase in the study how this can be performed and we highlight possible cases which can be resolved expertly (spurious connections (doublets), different scales of resolution (beta selection)). Crucially, compared to other TI methods, tviblindi offers a clear mechanism on how to discover, focus and resolve these issues which would (and do) contaminate the trajectories discovered fully automatically by tested methods (cf. the beta selection, or the development of plasmacytoid dendritic cells (PDCs) (Supplementary note, section 10.1).

      “(B) forces preconceived notion of trajectory” - user interaction in tviblindi does not force a preconceived notion of the trajectory. The random walks are simulated before the interactive step in an unbiased manner. During the interactive step the user adjusts trajectory specific resolution - incorrect choice of the resolution may result in either merging distinct trajectories into one or over separating the trajectories (which is arguably much less serious). However the interactive step is designed to deal with exactly this kind of challenge. We showcase (e.g. beta selection, or PDCs development) how to address the issue - tviblindi allows us to investigate deeper structure in any considered trajectory.

      Thus, tviblindi represents a new class of methods that is complementary to fully automated trajectory inference tools. It offers a semi-automated tool that leverages features derived from data in an unbiased and mathematically rigorous manner, including pseudotime, homology classes, and appropriate low-dimensional representations. These can be integrated with expert knowledge to formulate hypotheses regarding the underlying dynamics, tailored to the specific trajectory or biological process under investigation.

      b. In Figure 4, the authors discuss the trajectory of cells emanating from CD3 negative double positive stage and entering apoptotic phase and mention tviblindi may give "the false impression that cells may pass through an apoptotic phase into a later developmental stage" and propose that the interactive version of tviblindi can help user zoom into (increase resolution) this phenomenon and identify that there are in fact two trajectories in one. Given this, how do the other trajectories in the data change if a user manually adjusts the resolution? A quantification of the robustness is important. Also, it appears that a more careful data clean up could avoid such pitfalls where the algorithm infers trajectory based on mixed phenotype and the user would not have to manually adjust the resolution to obtain clear biological conclusion. We not that the original publication of this data did such "data clean up" using simple diffusion map based dimensionality reduction which the authors boast they avoid. There is a reason for this dimensionality reduction (distinguishing signal from noise), even in CyTOF data, let alone its importance in single cell data.

      The reviewer is concerned about two different, but intertwined issues we wish to untangle here. First, data clean-up is typically done on the premise that dead cells are irrelevant and they are a source of false signals. In the case of the thymocytes in the human thymus this premise is not true. Apoptotic cells are a legitimate (actually dominant) fate of the development and thus need to be represented in the TI dataset. Their biological behavior is however complex as they stop expressing proteins and thus lose their surface markers gradually, as dictated by the particular protein degradation kinetics. So can we clean up dead and dying cells better? Yes, but we don't want to do it since we would lose cells we want to analyze. Second, do trajectories change when we zoom into the data? No, only the level of detail presented visually changes. Since we calculate 5000 trajectories in the dataset, we need to aggregate them already for the hierarchical clustering visualization. Note that Figure 4, panel A highlights 159 trajectories selected in V. group. Zooming in means that the hierarchy of trajectories within V. group is revealed (panel D, groups V.a and Vb.) and can be interpreted on the vaevictis and lineplot graphs (panel E, F). 

      c. In the discussion, the authors write "[tviblindi] allows the selection and grouping of similar random walks into trajectories based on visual interaction with the data". This counters the idea of automated trajectory inference and can lead to severe overfitting.

      As explained in reply to Q3, our aim was NOT to create a fully automated trajectory inference tool. Even more, in our experience we realized that all current tools are taking this fully  automated approach with a search for an “ideal” set of hyperparameters. This, in our experience,  leads to a “blackbox” tool that is difficult to interpret for the expert in the biological field. To respond to this need we designed a modular approach where the results of the TI are presented and the expert can interact with them to focus the visualization and to derive interpretation. Our interactive concept is based on 15 years of experience with the data analysis in flow cytometry, where neither manual gating nor full automation is the ultimate solution but smart integration of both approaches eventually wins the game.

      Thus, tviblindi represents a new class of methods that is complementary to fully automated trajectory inference tools.  It offers a semi-automated tool that leverages features derived from data in an unbiased and mathematically rigorous manner. These features include pseudotime, homology classes, and appropriate low-dimensional representations. These features can be integrated with expert knowledge to formulate hypotheses regarding the underlying dynamics, tailored to the specific trajectory or biological process under investigation.

      d. The authors provide some comment on the robustness to the relaxation parameter for witness complex construction in Supplementary Note Section 8.1.2 but it is limited given the importance of this parameter and a more thorough investigation is recommended. We request the authors to provide concrete examples with figures of how changing alpha2 parameter leads to simplicial complexes of different sizes and an assessment of contexts in which the parameter is robust and when not (in both simulated and publicly available real data). Of note, giving the users a proper guide for parameter choice based on these examples and offering them ways to quantify robustness of their results may also be valuable.

      Section 8 in Supplementary Note was extended as requested.

      e. The authors are requested for an assessment of possible short-circuits (e.g. cells of two distantly related phenotypes that get connected erroneously in the trajectory) in the data, and how their approach based on persistent homology deals with it.

      If a short circuit results in a (spurious) alternative trajectory, the persistent homology approach allows us to distinguish it from genuine trajectories that do not follow the short circuit. This prevents contamination of the inferred evolution by erroneous connections. The ability to distinguish and separate distinct trajectories with the same fate is a major strength of this approach (e.g., the trajectory through doublets or the trajectories around checkpoints in thymocytes’ evolution).

      (4) The authors propose vaevictis as a new visualization tool and show its performance compared to the standard UMAP algorithm on a simulated data set (Figure 1 in Supplementary Notes). We recommend a more comprehensive comparison between the two algorithms on a wide array of publicly available single-cell datasets. As well as comparison to other popular dimensionality reduction approaches like force directed layouts, which are the most widely used tool specifically to visualize trajectories.

      We added Section 10 to Supplementary Note that presents multiple comparisons of this kind. It is important to note that tviblindi works independently of visualization and any preferred visualization can be used in the interactive phase (multiple visualisation methods are implemented).

      (5) In Supplementary Note 8.2, the authors compare tviblindi against the other methods. We recommend the authors to quantify the comparison or expand on their assesments in real biological data. For example, in comparison against Palantir and VIA the authors mention "... discovers candidate endpoints in the biological dataset but lacks toolbox to interrogate subtle features such as complex branching" and "fails to discover subtle features (such as Beta selection)" respectively. We recommend the authors to make these comparisons more precise or provide quantification. While the added benefit of interactive sessions of tviblindi may make it more user friendly, the way tviblindi appears to enable analysis of subtle features (e.g. Figure 1H) should be possible in Palantir or VIA as well.

      We extended the comparisons and presented them in Section 8 and 10 in Supplementary Note.  

      (6) The notion of using random walk simulations to identify terminal (and initial states) has been previously used in single-cell data (CellRank algorithm: https://www.nature.com/articles/s41592-021-01346-6). We request the authors to compare their approach to CellRank.

      We compared our algorithm to the CellRank successor CellRank 2 (see section 8.2, Supplementary Note)

      (7) The notion of using persistent homology to discover trajectories has been previously used in single cell data https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/28459448/. we request a comparison to this approach

      The proposed algorithm was not able to accommodate the large datasets we used.

      scTDA (Rizvi, Camara et al. Nat. Biotechnol. 2017) has not been updated for 6 years. It is not suited for complex atlas-sized datasets both in terms of performance and utility, with its limited visualization tools. It also lacks capabilities to analyze individual trajectories.

      (8) In Figure 3B, the authors visualize the endpoints and simulated random walks using the connectome. There is no edge from start to the apoptotic cells here. It is not clear why? If they are not relevant based on random walks, can the user remove them from analysis? Same for the small group of pink cells below initial point.

      The connectome is a fully automated approach (similar to PAGA) which gives a basic overview of the data. It is not expected to be able to compete with the interactive pipeline of tviblindi for the same reasons as the fully automated methods (difficult to predict the effect of hyperparameters).

      (9) In Supplementary Figure 3, in relation to "Variants of trajectories including selection processes" the author mention that there is a spurious connection between CD4 single positive, and the doublet set of cells. The authors mention that the presence of dividing cells makes it difficult to remove the doublets. We request the authors to discuss why. For example, the authors seem to have cell cycle markers (e.g. Ki67, pH3, Cyclin) and one would think that coupled with DNA intercalator 191/193lr one could further clean-up the data. Can the authors employ alternative toolkits such as doublet detection methods?

      To address this issue, we do remove doublets with illegitimate cell barcodes (e.g. we remove any two cells from two samples with different barcode which present with double barcode). Although there are computational doublet removal approaches for mass cytometry (Bagwell, Cytometry A 2020), mostly applied to peripheral blood samples (where cell division is not present under steady state immune system conditions), these are however not well suited for situations where dividing samples occur (Rybakowska P, Comput Struct Biotechnol J. 2021), which is the case of our thymocyte samples. Furthermore, there are other situations where doublet formation is not an accident, but rather a biological response (Burel JG, Cytometry A (2020). Thus, the doublet cell problem is similar to the apoptotic cell problem discussed earlier.

      We could remove cells with the double DNA signal, but this would remove not only accidental doublets but also the legitimate (dividing) cells. So the question is how to remove the illegitimate doublets but not the legitimate?

      Of note, the trajectory going through doublets does not affect the interpretation of other trajectories as it is readily discriminated by persistent homology and thus random walks passing through this (spurious) trajectory do not contaminate the markers’ evolution inferred for legitimate trajectories.

      We therefore prefer to remove only the barcode illegitimate and keep all others in analysis, using the expert analysis step also to identify (using the cell cycle markers plus other features) the artificially formed doublets and thus spurious connections.

      (10) The authors should discuss how the gene expression trend plots are made (e.g. how are the expression averaged? Rolling mean?).

      The development of those markers is shown as a line plot connecting the average values of a specific marker within a pseudotime segment. By default, the pseudotime values are divided into uniform segments (each containing the same number of points) whose number can be changed in the GUI. To focus on either early or late stages of the development, the segment division can be adjusted in GUI. See section 6 of the Supplementary Note.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The overall figures quality needs to be improved. For example, I can barely see the text in Figure 3c.

      Resolution of the Figures was improved

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work done by Huang et.al. revealed the complex regulatory functions and transcription network of 172 unknown transcription factors of Pseudomonas aeruginosa PAO1. The authors utilized ChIP-seq to profile TFs binding site information across the genome, demonstrating diverse regulatory relationships among them via hierarchical networks with three levels. They further constructed thirteen ternary regulatory motifs in small subs and co-association atlas with 7 core associated clusters. The study also uncovered 24 virulence-related master regulators. The pan-genome analysis uncovered both the conservation and evolution of TFs with P. aeruginosa complex and related species. Furthermore, they established a web-based database combining both existing and novel data from HT-SELEX and ChIP-seq to provide TF binding site information. This study offered valuable insights into studying transcription regulatory networks in P. aeruginosa and other microbes.

      Strengths:

      The results are presented with clarity, supported by well-organized figures and tables that not only illustrate the study's findings but also enhance the understanding of complex data patterns.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback on our paper exploring the transcription regulatory networks in P. aeruginosa.

      Weaknesses:

      The results of this manuscript are mainly presented in systematic figures and tables. Some of the results need to be discussed as an illustration how readers can utilize these datasets.

      We appreciate the valuable suggestion about enhancing the practical aspects of our manuscript. We have expanded the discussion section to include more detailed explanations of how these datasets can be utilized in practical applications. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this work, the authors comprehensively describe the transcriptional regulatory network of Pseudomonas aeruginosa through the analysis of transcription factor binding characteristics. They reveal the hierarchical structure of the network through ChIP-seq, categorizing transcription factors into top-, middle-, and bottom-level, and reveal a diverse set of relationships among the transcription factors. Additionally, the authors conduct a pangenome analysis across the Pseudomonas aeruginosa species complex as well as other species to study the evolution of transcription factors. Moreover, the authors present a database with new and existing data to enable the storage and search of transcription factor binding sites. The findings of this study broaden our knowledge on the transcriptome of P. aeruginosa. This study sheds light on the complex interconnections between various cellular functions that contribute to the pathogenicity of P. aeruginosa, along with the associated regulatory mechanisms. Certain findings, such as the regulatory tendencies of DNA-binding domain-types, provides valuable insights on the possible functions of uncharacterized transcription factors and new functions of those that have already been characterized. The techniques used hold great potential for discovery of transcription factor functions in understudied organisms as well.

      The study would benefit from a more clear discussion on the implications of various findings, such as binding preferences, regulatory preferences, and the link between regulatory crosstalk and virulence. Additionally, the pangenome analysis would be furthered through a discussion of the divergence of the transcription factors of P. aeruginosa PAO1 across species in relation to the findings on the hierarchical structure of the transcriptional regulatory network.

      Thank you for your positive feedback and suggestions.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major:

      (1) It appears that many TFs are conserved among bacteria, archaebacteria, fungi, plants, and animals. Does this mean these TFs in bacterial could be the ancestors of TFs in fungi, plants, and animals? If we fetch these TFs out and build an evolutionary tree, can we visual the three kingdoms as well?

      Thank you for this comment. While many TFs are conserved across bacteria, archaea, fungi, plants, and animals, this conservation does not necessarily imply a direct ancestral relationship. Instead, it may reflect the fundamental importance of certain domains and regulatory mechanisms, which could have arisen from a common ancestral system or through convergent evolution. If we fetch TF PA2032 out to build an evolutionary tree by setting PAO1 as the root, we can visualize these kingdoms in a tree. We added this content in the revised manuscript. Please see Figure S7D and Lines 404-411.

      “The phylogenetic tree of PA2032 across bacteria, archaea, fungi, plants, and animals, with PAO1 as the root revealed that the bacterial TFs (purple) indicates a high degree of conservation within prokaryotes, suggesting a fundamental role in core regulatory processes. In contrast, eukaryotic TFs (fungi, plants, and animals) form distinct clades with longer branch lengths, indicating significant divergence and specialization during eukaryotic evolution. These findings suggest that while TF is conserved across domains of life, its functional roles and regulatory mechanisms have undergone substantial diversification in eukaryotes.”

      (2) Can the authors give an indication how could we employ the findings of this study in designing next generation of antimicrobial agents?

      Thank you for this important suggestion. We have provided this content in the discussion part. Please see Lines 481-492.

      “The extensive datasets generated in this study offer valuable insights into understanding and targeting P. aeruginosa pathogenicity. The genome-wide binding profiles can be systematically analyzed through our hierarchical regulatory network framework to decode complex virulence mechanisms. The virulence-related master regulators and core regulatory clusters identified in this study highlighted key nodes of transcriptional control. Understanding these regulatory relationships is particularly valuable for identifying targets whose modulation would significantly impact virulence while accounting for potential compensatory mechanisms. This knowledge base thus provides a foundation for developing targeted approaches to combat P. aeruginosa infections, moving beyond traditional antibiotic strategies toward more sophisticated interventions based on regulatory network manipulation.”

      Minor:

      (1) Lines 178-180: It would strengthen the discussion to include a few additional references that support the claims made in this section, providing a more comprehensive context for the readers.

      Yes. We have added more citations(1-5) (No. 1-5 in the references at the end of the rebuttal) to support the claims. Please see Line 182.

      (2) Line 198: You mention 'seven' motifs containing toggle switches, but Fig.3 actually displays eight motifs. Please revise this discrepancy to ensure consistency between the text and the figure.

      Yes. We have revised the wording to “eight”. Please see Line 200.

      (3) Figure 3A: Consider adding a diagram or legend that represents the colors associated with each DNA-binding domain (DBD) family.

      Thank you for your suggestion. The colors of DBD were aligned with the legend in Figure S3. We have added it in Figure 3A.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Line 21: The use of the abbreviation 'TF' should be done at the first instance of 'transcription factor'.

      Yes. We have revised it. Please see Line 21.

      Line 74: The purpose of this paragraph is slightly unclear. It is recommended that appropriate modifications are made.

      We are sorry for the confusion. The purpose of this paragraph was to introduce the major virulence pathways in P. aeruginosa and mention the important role of TRN in these pathways. We have modified it to make it clearer. Please see Lines 74-75.

      “P. aeruginosa employs diverse virulence pathways to establish successful infection, with QS being one of the major mechanisms involving the expression of many virulence genes.”

      Line 113: How were these 172 TFs selected?

      Thank you for indicating this question. In a previous study, we performed HT-SELEX to characterize the DNA-binding motifs of all TFs in P. aeruginosa PAO1, successfully identifying binding sequences for 182 TFs. To further elucidate the binding landscapes of the rest, we performed ChIP-seq on the remaining TFs (172 TFs in total with high-quality ChIP-seq libraries). Please see Lines 100-101 in the revised manuscript.

      Line 119: Defining other features, namely downstream and include Feature, would be helpful.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have added the definition for all peak annotation in the legend. Please see Lines 569-574.

      “Annotation heatmap of all peak distribution with 6 locations: Upstream, where the peak is located entirely upstream of the gene; Downstream, where the peak is positioned completely downstream of the gene; Inside, where the peak is entirely contained within the gene body; OverlapStart, where the peak overlaps with the 5' end of the gene; OverlapEnd, where the peak overlaps with the 3' end of the gene; and IncludeFeature, where the peak completely encompasses the gene.”

      Line 129: The distribution type of AraC-type TFs is unclear - it is mentioned that AraC has a 'broad distribution', but it is later stated that it has a 'narrow distribution'.

      We are sorry for this mistake, and we have revised the example for “broad distribution”, which is Cor_CI instead of AraC. Please see Lines 132-135.

      Line 161: 'h value' here may need to be modified to 'absolute h value'.

      Yes. We have revised it. Please see Line 164.

      Line 502: "s The DNA" needs to be corrected.

      Yes. We have revised it. Please see Line 514.

      Line 515: It would be helpful to readers if the reference used for these pathways was cited.

      Yes. We have added the review reference (Shao et al, 2023) related to these pathways(6) (the 6th reference at the end of the rebuttal). Please see Line 527.

      Line 558: "Translation start site" needs to be corrected to "Transcription start site"

      The “TSS” here exactly indicated “Translation start site”.

      Line 593. "Virulent" pathways needs to be corrected to "virulence" pathways.

      Yes. We have revised it. Please see Line 609.

      Line 604: The type of categorization based on which the proportion of genes is displayed needs to be mentioned.

      Yes, we agree. We have added the type of categorization in the legend. Please see Lines 621-627.

      “Figure 6. Conservation and variability of TFs in PAO1. (A). The pie chart shows the proportions of genes categorized by their presence across P. aeruginosa strains for all genes. (B). The pie chart shows the distribution of TFs identified from PAO1 across different conservation categories. (C). The bar plot of the proportion for non-core TFs. Genes are categorized based on their presence frequency across P. aeruginosa strains: Core genes (present in 99% ~ 100% strains), Soft core genes (present in 95% ~ 99% strains), Shell genes (present in 15% ~ 95% strains), and Cloud genes (present in 0% ~ 15% strains).”

      Reference:

      (1) Liang H, Deng X, Li X, Ye Y, Wu M. 2014. Molecular mechanisms of master regulator VqsM mediating quorum-sensing and antibiotic resistance in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Nucleic acids research 42:10307-10320.

      (2) Jones CJ, Ryder CR, Mann EE, Wozniak DJ. 2013. AmrZ modulates Pseudomonas aeruginosa biofilm architecture by directly repressing transcription of the psl operon. Journal of bacteriology 195:1637-1644.

      (3) Hickman JW, Harwood CS. 2008. Identification of FleQ from Pseudomonas aeruginosa as ac‐di‐GMP‐responsive transcription factor. Molecular microbiology 69:376-389.

      (4) Déziel E, Gopalan S, Tampakaki AP, Lépine F, Padfield KE, Saucier M, Xiao G, Rahme LG. 2005. The contribution of MvfR to Pseudomonas aeruginosa pathogenesis and quorum sensing circuitry regulation: multiple quorum sensing‐regulated genes are modulated without affecting lasRI, rhlRI or the production of N‐acyl‐L‐homoserine lactones. Molecular microbiology 55:998-1014.

      (5) Lizewski SE, Lundberg DS, Schurr MJ. 2002. The transcriptional regulator AlgR is essential for Pseudomonas aeruginosa pathogenesis. Infection and immunity 70:6083-6093.

      (6) Shao X, Yao C, Ding Y, Hu H, Qian G, He M, Deng X. 2023. The transcriptional regulators of virulence for Pseudomonas aeruginosa: Therapeutic opportunity and preventive potential of its clinical infections. Genes & Diseases 10:2049-2063.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      eLife Assessment

      Previous studies in mammals and other vertebrates have shown that a noninvasive measure of cochlear tuning, based on the latency derived from stimulus-frequency otoacoustic emissions, provides a reasonable, and non-invasive, estimate of cochlear tuning. This valuable study confirms that finding in a new species, the budgerigar, and provides convincing support for the utility of otoacoustic estimates of cochlear tuning, a methodology previously explored primarily in mammals. The study's remaining claims of a mismatch between behavioral frequency selectivity and cochlear tuning are based on old behavioral data, and collected in an extreme frequency region at the edge of the limits of hearing. Hearing abilities are hard to measure accurately on the upper frequency edge of the hearing range, and the evidence for these claims is weak.

      We appreciate the detailed summary of our paper by the editors highlighting its strengths. As described in the following responses, we added additional evidence to the Introduction supporting that budgerigars have (1) unusual behavioral frequency tuning compared to other bird species and (2) unusual behavioral tuning results in budgerigars are not readily explainable by the audiogram. This additional background information, including Fig. 1B, substantially strengthens the claim of mismatched behavioral and neural/otoacoustic frequency tuning in budgerigars. Moreover, that the behavioral data are “old” seems not particularly relevant considering that the same behavioral methods are still widely used in animal research, as elaborated upon in the responses below. We suggest the term “previously published” to clarify the behavioral data used in our analyses.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript, the authors provide compelling evidence that stimulus-frequency otoacoustic emission (SFOAE) phase-gradient delays predict the sharpness (quality factors) of auditory-nerve-fiber (ANF) frequency tuning curves in budgerigars. In contrast with mammals, neither SFOAE- nor ANF-based measures of cochlear tuning match the frequency dependence of behavioral tuning in this species of parakeet. Although the reason for the discrepant behavioral results (taken from previous studies) remains unexplained, the present data provide significant and important support for the utility of otoacoustic estimates of cochlear tuning, a methodology previously explored only in mammals.

      Strengths:

      * The OAE and ANF data appear solid and believable. (The behavioral data are taken from previous studies.)

      * No other study in birds (and only a single previous study in mammals) has combined behavioral, auditory-nerve, and otoacoustic estimates of cochlear tuning in a single species.

      * SFOAE-based estimates of cochlear tuning now avoid possible circularity and were are obtained by assuming that the tuning ratio estimated in chicken applies also to the budgerigar.

      Weaknesses:

      * In mammals, accurate prediction of neural Q_ERB from otoacoustic N_SFOAE involves the application of species-invariance of the tuning ratio combined with an attempt to compensate for possible species differences in the location of the so-called apical-basal transition (for a review, see Shera & Charaziak, Cochlear frequency tuning and otoacoustic emissions. Cold Spring Harb Perspect Med 2019; 9:pii a033498. doi: 10.1101/cshperspect.a033498; in particular, the text near Eq. 2 and the value of CFa|b).

      Despite this history, the manuscript makes no mention of the apical-basal transition, its possible role in birds, or why it was ignored in the present analysis. As but one result, the comparative discussion of the tuning ratio (paragraph beginning on lines 383) is incomplete and potentially misleading. Although the paragraph highlights differences in the tuning ratio across groups, perhaps these differences simply reflect differences in the value of CFa|b. For example, if the cochlea of the budgerigar is assumed to be entirely "apical" in character (so that CFa|b is around 7-8 kHz), then the budgerigar tuning ratios appear to align remarkably well with those previously obtained in mammals (see Shera et al 2010, Fig 9).

      We added sections on the apical-basal transition to the Results and Discussion, including how this concept might apply in budgerigars and other birds.

      * For the most part, the authors take previous behavioral results in budgerigar at face value, attributing the discrepant behavioral results to hypothesized "central specializations for the processing of masked signals". But before going down this easy road, the manuscript would be stronger if the authors discussed potential issues that might affect the reliability of the previous behavioral literature. For example, the ANF data show that thresholds rise rapidly above about 5 kHz. Might the apparent broadening of the behavioral filters arise as a consequence of off-frequency listening due to the need to increase signal levels at these frequencies? Or perhaps there are other issues. Inquiring readers would appreciate an informed discussion.

      This is a good point, also raised by reviewer 2, that declining audibility above 4 kHz could impact behavioral tuning estimates. On the other hand, other bird species with highly similar audiograms to budgerigars show conventional behavioral tuning that increases in sharpness relatively slowly and monotonically for higher frequences. Thus, the unusual pattern of behavioral tuning in budgerigars is not fully explainable by the audiogram. We added a section to the Introduction highlighting these points.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes two new sets of data involving budgerigar hearing: 1) auditory-nerve tuning curves (ANTCs), which are considered the 'gold standard' measure of cochlear tuning, and 2) stimulus-frequency otoacoustic emissions (SFOAEs), which are a more indirect measure (requiring some assumptions and transformations to infer cochlear tuning) but which are non-invasive, making them easier to obtain and suitable for use in all species, including humans. By using a tuning ratio (relating ANTC bandwidths and SFOAE delay) derived from another bird species (chicken), the authors show that the tuning estimates from the two methods are in reasonable agreement with each other over the range of hearing tested (280 Hz to 5.65 kHz for the ANTCs), and both show a slow monotonic increase in cochlear tuning quality over that range, as expected. These new results are then compared with (much) older existing behavioral estimates of frequency selectivity in the same species.

      Strengths:

      This topic is of interest, because there are some indications from the older behavioral literature that budgerigars have a region of best tuning, which the current authors refer to as an 'acoustic fovea', at around 4 kHz, but that beyond 5 kHz the tuning degrades. Earlier work has speculated that the source could be cochlear or higher (e.g., Okanoya and Dooling, 1987). The current study appears to rule out a cochlear source to this phenomenon.

      Weaknesses:

      The conclusions are rendered questionable by two major problems.

      The first problem is that the study does not provide new behavioral data, but instead relies on decades-old estimates that used techniques dating back to the 1970s, which have been found to be flawed in various ways. The behavioral techniques that have been developed more recently in the human psychophysical literature have avoided these well-documented confounds, such as nonlinear suppression effects (e.g., Houtgast, https://doi.org/10.1121/1.1913048; Shannon, https://doi.org/10.1121/1.381007; Moore, https://doi.org/10.1121/1.381752), perceptual confusion between pure-tone maskers and targets (e.g., Neff, https://doi.org/10.1121/1.393678), beats and distortion products produced by interactions between simultaneous maskers and targets (e.g., Patterson, https://doi.org/10.1121/1.380914), unjustified assumptions and empirical difficulties associated with critical band and critical ratio measures (Patterson, https://doi.org/10.1121/1.380914), and 'off-frequency listening' phenomena (O'Loughlin and Moore, https://doi.org/10.1121/1.385691). More recent studies, tailored to mimic to the extent possible the techniques used in ANTCs, have provided reasonably accurate estimates of cochlear tuning, as measured with ANTCs and SFOAEs (Shera et al., 2003, 2010; Sumner et al., 2010). No such measures yet exist in budgerigars, and this study does not provide any. So the study fails to provide valid behavioral data to support the claims made.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s efforts in summarizing and critiquing our study. We feel that the budgerigar data collected by the Dooling and Saunders labs remain essentially valid today. The methods used in these behavioral studies are rigorous and remain widely used in animal research (e.g., critical bands and ratios: Yost & Shofner, 2009; King et al., 2015; simultaneous masking: Burton et al., 2018). The methods are based on the same power-spectrum-model assumptions of auditory masking as even the most recent and elaborate human psychophysical procedures. We therefore believe that it remains highly relevant to test and report whether these methods can accurately predict cochlear tuning. More importantly, while forward-masking behavioral results are hypothesized to more accurately predict cochlear tuning humans (Shera et al., 2002; Joris et al., 2011; Sumner et al., 2018), evidence from nonhumans is controversial. For example, one study showed a closer match between forward-masking results and auditory-nerve tuning (ferret: Sumner et al., 2018), whereas several others showed a close match for simultaneous masking results (e.g., guinea pig, chinchilla, macaque; reviewed by Ruggero & Temchin, 2005; see Joris et al., 2011 for macaque auditory-nerve tuning). Moreover, forward- and simultaneous-masking results can often be equated with a simple scaling factor (e.g., Sumner et al., 2018). Given no consensus on an optimal behavioral method, and seemingly limited potential for the “wrong” method to fundamentally transform the shape of the behavioral tuning quality function, it seems reasonable to accept previously published behavioral tuning estimates as valid while also discussing limitations and remaining open to alternative interpretations. We added these points to the discussion and added clarification throughout as to the specific behavioral approaches used.

      The second, and more critical, problem can be observed by considering the frequencies at which the old behavioral data indicate a worsening of tuning. From the summary shown in the present Fig. 2, the conclusion that behavioral frequency selectivity worsens again at higher frequencies is based on four data points, all with probe frequencies between 5 and 6 kHz. Comparing this frequency range with the absolute thresholds shown in Fig. 3 (as well as from older budgerigar data) shows it to be on the steep upper edge of the hearing range. Thus, we are dealing not so much with a fovea as the point where hearing starts to end. The point that anomalous tuning measures are found at the edge of hearing in the budgerigar has been made before: Saunders et al. (1978) state in the last sentence of their paper that "the size of the CB rapidly increases above 4.0 kHz and this may be related to the fact that the behavioral audibility curve, above 4.0 kHz, loses sensitivity at the rate of 55 dB per octave."

      Hearing abilities are hard to measure accurately on the upper frequency edge of the hearing range, in humans as well as in other species. The few attempts to measure human frequency selectivity at that upper edge have resulted in quite messy data and unclear conclusions (e.g., Buus et al., 1986, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-2247-4_37). Indeed, the only study to my knowledge to have systematically tested human frequency selectivity in the extended high frequency range (> 12 kHz) seems to suggest a substantial broadening, relative to the earlier estimates at lower frequencies, by as much as a factor of 2 in some individuals (Yasin and Plack, 2005; https://doi.org/10.1121/1.2035594) - in other words by a similar amount as suggested by the budgerigar data. The possible divergence of different measures at the extreme end of hearing could be due to any number of factors that are hard to control and calibrate, given the steep rate of threshold change, leading to uncontrolled off-frequency listening potential, the higher sound levels needed to exceed threshold, as well as contributions from middle-ear filtering. As a side note, in the original ANTC data presented in this study, there are actually very few tuning curves at or above 5 kHz, which are the ones critical to the argument being forwarded here. To my eye, all the estimates above 5 kHz in Fig. 3 fall below the trend line, potentially also in line with poorer selectivity going along with poorer sensitivity as hearing disappears beyond 6 kHz.

      This is an excellent point, also raised by reviewer 1, that declining audibility above 4 kHz could influence behavioral tuning measures. While we acknowledge this possibility, declining audibility cannot fully explain the unusual pattern of behavioral frequency tuning in budgerigars considering that other bird species with the same audiogram phenotype show conventional tuning patterns. We added these points to the Introduction and Fig. 1B. We also added clarification throughout that it is not just the shape of tuning function that is noteworthy in budgerigars, but also the extreme slope in the 1-3.5 kHz region. Behavioral tuning quality in budgerigars increases by 5.3 dB/octave in this range (i.e., nearly doubling each octave increase in frequency), vs. 1.8 dB/octave in humans, 2.5 dB/octave in ferret, 1.1 dB/octave in macaque, and 1.9 dB/octave in starling. This additional background information, including Fig. 1B, substantially strengthens the claim of mismatched behavioral and neural/otoacoustic frequency tuning in budgerigars.

      The basic question posed in the current study title and abstract seems a little convoluted (why would you expect a behavioral measure to reflect cochlear mechanics more accurately than a cochlear-based emissions measure?). A more intuitive (and likely more interesting) way of framing the question would be "What is the neural/mechanical source of a behaviorally observed acoustic fovea?" Unfortunately, this question does not lend itself to being answered in the budgerigar, as that 'fovea' turns out to be just the turning point at the end of the hearing range. There is probably a reason why no other study has referred to this as an acoustic fovea in the budgerigar.

      Overall, a safe interpretation of the data is that hearing starts to change (and becomes harder to measure) at the very upper frequency edge, and not just in budgerigars. Thus, it is difficult to draw any clear conclusions from the current work, other than that the relations between ANTC and SFOAEs estimates of tuning are consistent in budgerigar, as they are in most (all?) other species that have been tested so far.

      We removed the term fovea from the paper. See above for our argument that unusual behavioral tuning in budgerigars is not simply or fully explainable by the audiogram.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Line 34. As far as I could tell, no other study has referred to this region in budgerigar as an acoustic fovea. Probably for good reason (see above). This wording should probably be avoided.

      We removed the term.

      Line 35. Describing 3.5-4 kHz as 'mid-frequencies' is a stretch. 4 kHz is actually the corner frequency, above which hearing degrades.

      We added a more detailed and accurate description of the tuning pattern.

      Lines 89-91. This seems a nice statement of the problem, and to my mind makes for a much better rationale for the study.

      Line 255. "mixed effect" should "mixed effects".

      We made the correction.

      Line 380. Kuhn and Saunders didn't measure high enough to detect any changes in tuning.

      We removed the reference here.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript titled "Evolutionary and Functional Analyses Reveal a Role for the RHIM in Tuning RIPK3 Activity Across Vertebrates" by Fay et al. explores the function of RIPK gene family members across a wide range of vertebrate and invertebrate species through a combination of phylogenomics and functional studies. By overexpressing these genes in human cell lines, the authors examine their capacity to activate NF-κB and induce cell death. The methods employed are appropriate, with a thorough analysis of gene loss, positive selection, and functionality. While the study is well-executed and comprehensive, its broader relevance remains limited, appealing mainly to specialists in this specific field of research. It misses the opportunity to extract broader insights that could extend the understanding of these genes beyond evolutionary conservation, particularly by employing evolutionary approaches to explore more generalizable functions.

      Major comments:

      The main issue I encounter is distinguishing between what is novel in this study and what has been previously demonstrated. What new insights have been gained here that are of broader relevance? The discussion, which would be a good place to do so, is very speculative and has little to do with the actual results. Throughout the manuscript, there is little explanation of the study's importance beyond the fact that it was possible to conduct it. Is the evolutionary analysis being used to advance our understanding of gene function, or is the focus merely on how these genes behave across different species? The former would be exciting, while the latter feels less impactful.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive feedback. With regard to the major comment, we have now made changes throughout the revised manuscript to highlight the novel insights that emerge from our work, as well as the importance of using evolutionary and functional analyses to understand gene function. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      By combining bioinformatical and experimental approaches, the authors address the question of why several vertebrate lineages lack specific genes of the necroptosis pathway or those that regulate the interplay between apoptosis and necroptosis. The lack of such genes was already known from previous publications, but the current manuscript provides a more in-depth analysis and also uses experiments in human cells to address the question of the functionality of the remaining genes and pathways. A particular focus is placed on RIPK3/RIPK1 and their dual roles in inducing NFkB and/or necroptosis.

      Strengths:

      The well-documented bioinformatical analyses provide a comprehensive data basis of the presence/absence of RIP-kinases, other RHIM proteins, apoptosis signaling proteins (FADD, CASP8, CASP10), and some other genes involved in these pathways. Several of these genes are known to be missing in certain animal lineages, which raises the question of why their canonical binding partners are present in these species. By expressing several such proteins (both wildtype and mutants destroying particular interaction regions) in human cells, the authors succeed in establishing a general role of RIPK3 and RIPK1 in NFkB activation. This function appears to be better conserved and more universal than the necroptotic function of the RHIM proteins. The authors also scrutinize the importance of the kinase function and RHIM integrity for these separate functionalities.

      Weaknesses:

      A major weakness of the presented study is the experimental restriction to human HEK293 cells. There are several situations where the functionality of proteins from distant organisms (like lampreys or even mussels) in human cells is not necessarily indicative of their function in the native context. In some cases, these problems are addressed by co-expressing potential interaction partners, but not all of these experiments are really informative.

      A second weakness is that the manuscript addresses some interesting effects only superficially. By using host cells that are deleted for certain signaling components, a more focussed hypothesis could have been tested.

      Thus, while the aim of the study is mostly met, it could have been a bit more ambitious. The limited conclusions drawn by the authors are supported by convincing evidence. I have no doubts that this study will be very useful for future studies addressing the evolution of necroptosis and its regulation by NFkB and apoptosis.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive feedback. We agree that our study is limited by using HEK293 cells. However, we do not have appropriate cell lines for all species analyzed and therefore wished to use a single system to test all effects. As the reviewer points out, we do  co-express when possible, and are careful in the manuscript to not overextend our conclusions. We, like the reviewer, believe that many of the intriguingly findings in this study, which was intended to cover a broad range of species, will be useful for more in-depth studies in a given species.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This important study provides insights into the functional diversification of RIP family kinase proteins in vertebrate animals. The provided results, which combine bioinformatic and experimental analyses, will be of interest to specialists in both immunology and evolutionary biology. However, the computational part of the methodology is insufficiently covered in the paper and the experimental results would benefit from including data for additional species.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive feedback. As described below, we have now addressed the concerns about the description of the computational methods.

      (1) In the Methods section concerning gene loss analysis, the authors refer to the 'Phylogenetic analysis' section for details of RIPK sequence acquisition and alignment procedure. This section is missing from the manuscript as provided. In its absence, it is hard for the reviewer to provide relevant comments on gene presence/absence analysis.

      We have expanded the gene loss analysis methods to be more comprehensive. 

      (2) In the same section, the authors state that gene sequences were filtered and grouped based on the initial gene tree pattern (lines 448-449). How exactly did the authors filter the non-RIP kinases and other irrelevant homologs from the gene trees? Did they consider the reciprocal best (BLAST) hit approach or similar approaches for orthology inference? Did they also encounter potential pseudogenes of genes marked as missing in Figure 1C? Will the gene trees mentioned be available as supplementary files?

      We have expanded the gene loss analysis methods to be more comprehensive. 

      (3) The authors state the presence of additional RIPK2 paralog in non-therian vertebrates.

      The ramifications of this paralog loss in therians are not discussed in the text, although RIPK2 is also involved in NF-kB activation. In addition, the RIPK2B gene loss pattern is shunned from Figure 1C to Supplementary Figure 4, despite posing comparable interest to the reader.

      We are also intrigued by the RIPK2/RIPK2B data and felt it important to include our findings here, however we do not have functional data for RIPK2B at this point and feel it is better suited for a separate study. We therefore focused both the title and the main figures on RIPK3, for which we have functional data.

      (4) The authors present evidence for (repeated) positive selection in both RIPK1 and RIPK3 in bats; however, neither bat RIPK1/3 orthologs nor bat-specific RHIM tetrad variants (IQFG, IQLG) are considered in the experimental part of the work.

      We included a tetrad variant (VQFG) that is found in bats and multiple other species. We wanted to test a wide range of variant amino acids, so testing both IQFG (found only in bats) and VQFG (found in bats and multiple other diverse species) was not of high importance.

      (5) The authors present gene presence/absence patterns for zebra mussels as an outgroup of vertebrate species analyzed. From the evolutionary perspective, adding results for a closer invertebrate group, such as lancelets, tunicates, or echinoderms, would be beneficial for reconstructing the evolutionary progression of RIPK-mediated immune functions in animals.

      In our initial analyses, we searched for RIPK-like proteins in cnidarians, arthropods, nematodes, amoeba, and spiralia, with only spiralia species containing proteins with substantial homology to vertebrate RIPK1 proteins, as defined by a homologous N-terminal kinase domain and C-terminal RHIM and death domain. We have expanded this analysis to include lancelets, tunicates, and echinoderms and found several lancelet species with RIPK1 like proteins. These data have been added to the manuscript.

      (6) In the broader sense, the list of non-mammalian species included in the study is not explained or substantiated in the text. What was the rationale behind selecting lizards, turtles, and lampreys for experimental assays? Why was turtle RIPK3 but not turtle RIPK1CT protein used for functional tests? Which results do the authors expect to observe if amphibian or teleost RIPK1/3 are included in the analysis, especially those with divergent tetrad variants?

      We have added additional text to define our rationale for selecting which species were tested. 

      (7) For lamprey RIPK3, the observed NF-kB activity levels still remain lower than those of mammalian and reptilian orthologs even after catalytic tetrad modification. In the same way, switching human RIPK3 catalytic tetrad to that of lamprey does not result in NF-kB activation. What are the potential reasons for the observed difference? Does it mean that lamprey's RIPK3 functions in NF-kB activation are, at least partially, delegated to RIPK1?

      The function of lamprey RIPK3 is intriguing, albeit unknown. The reduced activation in human cells may be due to an incompatibility between lamprey RIPK3 and human NF-kB machinery, or it may not function in NF-kB at all. Considering that lamprey do not have other components of the known mammalian necroptosis pathway, it is unclear what function RIPK3 would serve in these species. It is possible lamprey may have a necroptosis pathway that is RIPK3-dependent but distinct from the mammalian pathway. It is an interesting question for future study. 

      (8) In lines 386-388, the authors state that 'only non-mammalian RIPK1CT proteins required the RHIM for maximal NF-kB activation', which is corroborated by results in Figure 4B. The authors further associate this finding with a lack of ZBP1 in the respective species (lines 388-389). However, non-squamate reptiles seem to retain ZBP1, as suggested by

      Supplementary Table 1. Given that, do the authors expect to observe RHIM-independent (maximal) NF-kB activation in turtles and crocodilians or respective RIPK1CT-transfected cells?

      While turtles and crocodiles do retain ZBP1, it is still unclear if they are able to activate ZBP1/RIPK3/MLKL-dependent necroptosis similar to mammals, especially given the divergence in the turtle ZBP1 RHIMs seen in Figure 4C. Future studies will be needed to further test our hypotheses and to continue to characterize innate immune function and evolution across a range of vertebrate species. 

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor comments:

      (1) The title is somewhat restrictive, as it only mentions RIPK3, despite the manuscript covering a broader range of RIPKs and associated proteins.

      We agree that a title that encompasses both the breadth of our study and the depth with which we analyzed RIPK3 would be ideal. However, we were unable to come up with a succinct title that conveyed both points appropriately, so opted for one that focused on our RIPK3 insights.

      (2) Several supplementary figures contain valuable information that could be incorporated into the main figures for greater clarity and emphasis.

      We agree that many interesting pieces of data are in the supplement. We felt it was important to include those data in the manuscript, but also wanted to keep the main manuscript figures as focused as possible.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I do not fully agree with the claim that caspase-8 is absent from fish. I briefly repeated this part of the analysis and found several fish proteins that cluster with caspase-8 rather than caspase-10 or cFLIP. From the method section, it does not really become clear how the Casp8/Casp10/cFLIP decision was made, and particularly, how cases were addressed where Genew predate the caspase-8/caspase-10 split. To name just a few examples, the authors might check uniprot:A0A444UA91, W5MXS4, or A0A8X8BKJ8 for being fish Caspase-8 candidates.

      We thank the reviewer for their critical analysis. CASP8 and CASP10 are very similar proteins in humans. We are distinguishing between the two based on vertebrate phylogeny with outgroup proteins (CASP2, CASP9, and CFLAR, see tree in Author response image 1 below) to help define the CASP8/CASP10 clade. Once we isolate CASP8/10, we build an additional tree to distinguish CASP8 and CASP10. Using this method, all fish CASP8/10-like proteins cluster with the mammalian CASP10 clade rather than the CASP8 clade, despite many fish proteins being annotated as CASP8 or CASP8-like. We do acknowledge that, because of the similarities between CASP8 and CASP10, there are likely proteins that can fall in either clade depending on which outgroups are included. To this end, we have updated our gene loss figure to only denote whether a species has no CASP8/10, a single CASP8/10 protein, or both CASP8 and CASP10. We have also updated our methods to better define how we completed our analyses. 

      Author response image 1.

      (2) While analyzing which RIPK3 protein causes cell death (lines 188ff), the underlying assumption is that the heterologous RIPK3 proteins can interact with human MLKL and activate it by phosphorylation. No attempts are being made to check if MLKL actually gets phosphorylated, and this issue is also not discussed. In Figure 2C, cell death is either measured by RIPK3 overexpression alone or by the additional overexpression of ZBP1 and MLKL. However, it is not shown if in all cases all the transfected proteins are expressed at a comparable level, or if the observed cell death might be caused by MLKL/ZBP1 overexpression alone.

      Cell death is dependent on expression of ZBP1, MLKL, and RIPK3, as shown in

      Supplementary Figure 6. We have attempted to detect phospho-MLKL via western blot. However, in these overexpression assays, we are able to detect phospho-MLKL in the presence of RIPK3 and MLKL alone, independent of activation of cell death. In fact, we see reduced phospho-MLKL and reduced expression of MLKL overall when ZBP1, MLKL, and RIPK3 are added, presumably due to cell death induced in these conditions (see blot in Author response image 2 below). We therefore felt these data were of limited use here.

      Author response image 2.

      (3) The manuscript describes a well-documented bioinformatical analysis and acknowledges the body of earlier published work on necroptosis evolution and associated gene losses. However, when discussing the RHIM-related aspects, the authors do not mention previous publications on RHIM conservation in invertebrates and even fungal proteins such as Het-S. They also fail to mention/discuss the amyloid-forming properties of RHIMs, which I consider crucial for understanding the function of RHIM-containing proteins.

      We thank the reviewer for their insight. We have added additional points on both RHIM conservation and amyloid formation.

      (4) Related to the above issue: In lines 226ff, the induction of NFkB by RIPK3 overexpression is described. While RIPK3 from other mammals requires endogenous (human) RIPK1 to be present, lizard and turtle RIPK3 do not require human RIPK1 but *do* require functional RHIMs. It is not checked (or at least discussed) if RHIM amyloid formation is required, nor if the RHIM of the heterologous RIPK3 might act through interaction with endogenous (human) RIPK3.

      We and others (PMID: 29073079) did not detect RIPK3 protein in HEK293T cells. This, combined with the requirement for exogenous RIPK3 to activate cell death, indicate that endogenous RIPK3 is not contributing to these assays. 

      (5) In lines 275ff, the authors observe that RIPK1s from other mammalian species do not require the RHIM for NFkB activation, while RIPK1 from non-mammalian species do require the RHIM. I wonder why the (in my opinion) most obvious explanation is not addressed: Maybe the mammalian RIPK1 proteins are similar enough to the human one so that they can signal on their own, while the more distant RIPK1 cannot and thus require human RIPK1 (associated via RHIMs) for NFkB activation? Since the authors used RIPK1-deficient cells in previous experiments, wouldn't it make sense to test them here, too?

      It is intriguing that the more diverged RIPK1 species require the RHIM for NF-kB signaling. In Supplementary Figure 12, we do test the mammalian and non-mammalian proteins in RIPK1 KO cells and all proteins are able to activate NF-kB. So while nonmammalian RIPK1 signaling is dependent on the RHIM, it is independent of endogenous RIPK1.  

      Minor comments:

      (1) In the legend of Figure 1, there is a typo "heat amp".

      This typo has now been corrected.

      (2) In Figure 3A, the term "FUBAR" is not explained at all.

      FUBAR has now been defined in the methods section.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      A few typos and graph inconsistencies have been encountered in the course of the manuscript, e.g.:

      (1) Line 168: 'heat amp' -> 'heat map'.

      (2) Lines 290-291: 'known mediate' -> 'known to mediate' (?)

      We thank the reviewer for catching these mistakes. They have been corrected. 

      (3) Supplementary Figure 12: Are human RIPK1 results presented in both 'mammalian' and 'non-mammalian' parts of the figure? If so, why do human data differ between the graphs?

      Mammalian and non-mammalian data were collected in separate experiments with human RIPK1 used as a control for both. The human data shown in the two graphs represent two separate experiments.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      Authors has provided a mechanism by which how presence of truncated P53 can inactivate function of full length P53 protein. Authors proposed this happens by sequestration of full length P53 by truncated P53.

      In the study, performed experiments are well described.

      My area of expertise is molecular biology/gene expression, and I have tried to provide suggestions on my area of expertise. The study has been done mainly with overexpression system and I have included few comments which I can think can be helpful to understand effect of truncated P53 on endogenous wild type full length protein. Performing experiments on these lines will add value to the observation according to this reviewer.

      Major comments:

      (1) What happens to endogenous wild type full length P53 in the context of mutant/truncated isoforms, that is not clear. Using a P53 antibody which can detect endogenous wild type P53, can authors check if endogenous full length P53 protein is also aggregated as well? It is hard to differentiate if aggregation of full length P53 happens only in overexpression scenario, where lot more both of such proteins are expressed. In normal physiological condition P53 expression is usually low, tightly controlled and its expression get induced in altered cellular condition such as during DNA damage. So, it is important to understand the physiological relevance of such aggregation, which could be possible if authors could investigate effect on endogenous full length P53 following overexpression of mutant isoforms.

      Thank you very much for your insightful comments.

      (1) To address “what happens to endogenous wild-type full-length P53 in the context of mutant/truncated isoforms," we employed a human A549 cell line expressing endogenous wild-type p53 under DNA damage conditions such as an etoposide treatment(1). We choose the A549 cell line since similar to H1299, it is a lung cancer cell line (www.atcc.org). For comparison, we also transfected the cells with 2 μg of V5-tagged plasmids encoding FLp53 and its isoforms Δ133p53 and Δ160p53. As shown in Author response image 1A, lanes 1 and 2, endogenous p53 expression, remained undetectable in A549 cells despite etoposide treatment, which limits our ability to assess the effects of the isoforms on the endogenous wild-type FLp53. We could, however, detect the V5-tagged FLp53 expressed from the plasmid using anti-V5 (rabbit) as well as with antiDO-1 (mouse) antibody (Author response image 1). The latter detects both endogenous wildtype p53 and the V5-tagged FLp53 since the antibody epitope is within the Nterminus (aa 20-25). This result supports the reviewer’s comment regarding the low level of expression of endogenous p53 that is insufficient for detection in our experiments.   

      In summary, in line with the reviewer’s comment that ‘under normal physiological conditions p53 expression is usually low,’ we could not detect p53 with an anti-DO-1 antibody. Thus, we proceeded with V5/FLAG-tagged p53 for detection of the effects of the isoforms on p53 stability and function. We also found that protein expression in H1299 cells was more easily detectable than in A549 cells (Compare Author response image 1A and B). Thus, we decided to continue with the H1299 cells (p53-null), which would serve as a more suitable model system for this study.  

      (2) We agree with the reviewer that ‘It is hard to differentiate if aggregation of full-length p53 happens only in overexpression scenario’. However, it is not impossible to imagine that such aggregation of FLp53 happens under conditions when p53 and its isoforms are over-expressed in the cell. Although the exact physiological context is not known and beyond the scope of the current work, our results indicate that at higher expression, p53 isoforms drive aggregation of FLp53. Given the challenges of detecting endogenous FLp53, we had to rely on the results obtained with plasmid mediated expression of p53 and its isoforms in p53-null cells.

      Author response image 1.

      Comparative analysis of protein expression in A549 and H1299 cells. (A) A549 cells (p53 wild-type) were treated with etoposide to induce endogenous wild-type p53 expression. To assess the effects of FLp53 and its isoforms Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 on endogenous wild-type p53 aggregation, A549 cells were transfected with 2 μg of V5-tagged p53 expression plasmids, with or without etoposide (20μM for 8h) treatment. Western blot analysis was done with the anti-V5 (rabbit) to detect V5-tagged proteins and anti-DO-1 (mouse), the latter detects both endogenous wild-type p53 and V5-tagged FLp53. The merged image corresponds to the overlay between the V5 and DO1 antibody signals. (B) H1299 cells (p53-null) were transfected with 2 μg V5tagged p53 expression plasmids or the empty vector control pcDNA3.1. Western blot analysis was done with the anti-V5 (mouse) antibody. 

      (2) Can presence of mutant P53 isoforms can cause functional impairment of wild type full length endogenous P53? That could be tested as well using similar ChIP assay authors has performed, but instead of antibody against the Tagged protein if the authors could check endogenous P53 enrichment in the gene promoter such as P21 following overexpression of mutant isoforms. May be introducing a condition such as DNA damage in such experiment might help where endogenous P53 is induced and more prone to bind to P53 target such as P21.

      Thank you very much for your valuable comments and suggestions. To investigate the potential functional impairment of endogenous wild-type p53 by p53 isoforms, we initially utilized A549 cells (p53 wild-type), aiming to monitor endogenous wild-type p53 expression following DNA damage. However, as mentioned and demonstrated in Author response image 1, endogenous p53 expression was too low to be detected under these conditions, making the ChIP assay for analyzing endogenous p53 activity unfeasible. Thus, we decided to utilize plasmid-based expression of FLp53 and focus on the potential functional impairment induced by the isoforms.

      (3) On similar lines, authors described:

      "To test this hypothesis, we escalated the ratio of FLp53 to isoforms to 1:10. As expected, the activity of all four promoters decreased significantly at this ratio (Figure 4A-D). Notably, Δ160p53 showed a more potent inhibitory effect than Δ133p53 at the 1:5 ratio on all promoters except for the p21 promoter, where their impacts were similar (Figure 4E-H). However, at the 1:10 ratio, Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 had similar effects on all transactivation except for the MDM2 promoter (Figure 4E-H)."

      Again, in such assay authors used ratio 1:5 to 1:10 full length vs mutant. How authors justify this result in context (which is more relevant context) where one allele is Wild type (functional P53) and another allele is mutated (truncated, can induce aggregation). In this case one would except 1:1 ratio of full-length vs mutant protein, unless other regulation is going which induces expression of mutant isoforms more than wild type full length protein. Probably discussing on these lines might provide more physiological relevance to the observed data.

      Thank you for raising this point regarding the physiological relevance of the ratios used in our study.

      (1) In the revised manuscript (lines 193-195), we added in this direction that “The elevated Δ133p53 protein modulates p53 target genes such as miR‑34a and p21, facilitating cancer development(2, 3). To mimic conditions where isoforms are upregulated relative to FLp53, we increased the ratios to 1:5 and 1:10.” This approach aims to simulate scenarios where isoforms accumulate at higher levels than FLp53, which may be relevant in specific contexts, as also elaborated above.

      (2) Regarding the issue of protein expression, where one allele is wild-type and the other is isoform, this assumption is not valid in most contexts. First, human cells have two copies of TPp53 gene (one from each parent). Second, the TP53 gene has two distinct promoters: the proximal promoter (P1) primarily regulates FLp53 and ∆40p53, whereas the second promoter (P2) regulates ∆133p53 and ∆160p53(4, 5). Additionally, ∆133TP53 is a p53 target gene(6, 7) and the expression of Δ133p53 and FLp53 is dynamic in response to various stimuli. Third, the expression of p53 isoforms is regulated at multiple levels, including transcriptional, post-transcriptional, translational, and post-translational processing(8). Moreover, different degradation mechanisms modify the protein level of p53 isoforms and FLp53(8). These differential regulation mechanisms are regulated by various stimuli, and therefore, the 1:1 ratio of FLp53 to ∆133p53 or ∆160p53 may be valid only under certain physiological conditions. In line with this, varied expression levels of FLp53 and its isoforms, including ∆133p53 and ∆160p53, have been reported in several studies(3, 4, 9, 10). 

      (3) In our study, using the pcDNA 3.1 vector under the human cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter, we observed moderately higher expression levels of ∆133p53 and ∆160p53 relative to FLp53 (Author response image 1B). This overexpression scenario provides a model for studying conditions where isoform accumulation might surpass physiological levels, impacting FLp53 function. By employing elevated ratios of these isoforms to FLp53, we aim to investigate the potential effects of isoform accumulation on FLp53.

      (4) Finally does this altered function of full length P53 (preferably endogenous one) in presence of truncated P53 has any phenotypic consequence on the cells (if authors choose a cell type which is having wild type functional P53). Doing assay such as apoptosis/cell cycle could help us to get this visualization.

      Thank you for your insightful comments. In the experiment with A549 cells (p53 wild-type), endogenous p53 levels were too low to be detected, even after DNA damage induction. The evaluation of the function of endogenous p53 in the presence of isoforms is hindered, as mentioned above. In the revised manuscript, we utilized H1299 cells with overexpressed proteins for apoptosis studies using the Caspase-Glo® 3/7 assay (Figure 7). This has been shown in the Results section (lines 254-269). “The Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 proteins block pro-apoptotic function of FLp53.

      One of the physiological read-outs of FLp53 is its ability to induce apoptotic cell death(11). To investigate the effects of p53 isoforms Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 on FLp53-induced apoptosis, we measured caspase-3 and -7 activities in H1299 cells expressing different p53 isoforms (Figure 7). Caspase activation is a key biochemical event in apoptosis, with the activation of effector caspases (caspase-3 and -7) ultimately leading to apoptosis(12). The caspase-3 and -7 activities induced by FLp53 expression was approximately 2.5 times higher than that of the control vector (Figure 7). Co-expression of FLp53 and the isoforms Δ133p53 or Δ160p53 at a ratio of 1: 5 significantly diminished the apoptotic activity of FLp53 (Figure 7). This result aligns well with our reporter gene assay, which demonstrated that elevated expression of Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 impaired the expression of apoptosis-inducing genes BAX and PUMA (Figure 4G and H). Moreover, a reduction in the apoptotic activity of FLp53 was observed irrespective of whether Δ133p53 or Δ160p53 protein was expressed with or without a FLAG tag (Figure 7). This result, therefore, also suggests that the FLAG tag does not affect the apoptotic activity or other physiological functions of FLp53 and its isoforms. Overall, the overexpression of p53 isoforms Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 significantly attenuates FLp53-induced apoptosis, independent of the protein tagging with the FLAG antibody epitope.”

      Referees cross-commenting

      I think the comments from the other reviewers are very much reasonable and logical.

      Especially all 3 reviewers have indicated, a better way to visualize the aggregation of full-length wild type P53 by truncated P53 (such as looking at endogenous P53# by reviewer 1, having fluorescent tag #by reviewer 2 and reviewer 3 raised concern on the FLAG tag) would add more value to the observation.

      Thank you for these comments. The endogenous p53 protein was undetectable in A549 cells induced by etoposide (Figure R1A). Therefore, we conducted experiments using FLAG/V5-tagged FLp53.  To avoid any potential side effects of the FLAG tag on p53 aggregation, we introduced untagged p53 isoforms in the H1299 cells and performed subcellular fractionation. Our revised results, consistent with previous FLAG-tagged p53 isoforms findings, demonstrate that co-expression of untagged isoforms with FLAG-tagged FLp53 significantly induced the aggregation of FLAG-FLp53, while no aggregation was observed when FLAG-tagged FLp53 was expressed alone (Supplementary Figure 6). These results clearly indicate that the FLAG tag itself does not contribute to protein aggregation. 

      Additionally, we utilized the A11 antibody to detect protein aggregation, providing additional validation (Figure 8 from Jean-Christophe Bourdon et al. Genes Dev. 2005;19:2122-2137). Given that the fluorescent proteins (~30 kDa) are substantially bigger than the tags used here (~1 kDa) and may influence oligomerization (especially GFP), stability, localization, and function of p53 and its isoforms, we avoided conducting these vital experiments with such artificial large fusions. 

      Reviewer #1 (Significance):

      The work in significant, since it points out more mechanistic insight how wild type full length P53 could be inactivated in the presence of truncated isoforms, this might offer new opportunity to recover P53 function as treatment strategies against cancer.

      Thank you for your insightful comments. We appreciate your recognition of the significance of our work in providing mechanistic insights into how wild-type FLp53 can be inactivated by truncated isoforms. We agree that these findings have potential for exploring new strategies to restore p53 function as a therapeutic approach against cancer. 

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      The manuscript by Zhao and colleagues presents a novel and compelling study on the p53 isoforms, Δ133p53 and Δ160p53, which are associated with aggressive cancer types. The main objective of the study was to understand how these isoforms exert a dominant negative effect on full-length p53 (FLp53). The authors discovered that the Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 proteins exhibit impaired binding to p53-regulated promoters. The data suggest that the predominant mechanism driving the dominant-negative effect is the coaggregation of FLp53 with Δ133p53 and Δ160p53.

      This study is innovative, well-executed, and supported by thorough data analysis. However, the authors should address the following points:

      (1) Introduction on Aggregation and Co-aggregation: Given that the focus of the study is on the aggregation and co-aggregation of the isoforms, the introduction should include a dedicated paragraph discussing this issue. There are several original research articles and reviews that could be cited to provide context.

      Thank you very much for the valuable comments. We have added the following paragraph in the revised manuscript (lines 74-82): “Protein aggregation has become a central focus of modern biology research and has documented implications in various diseases, including cancer(13, 14, 15). Protein aggregates can be of different types ranging from amorphous aggregates to highly structured amyloid or fibrillar aggregates, each with different physiological implications. In the case of p53, whether protein aggregation, and in particular, co-aggregation with large N-terminal deletion isoforms, plays a mechanistic role in its inactivation is yet underexplored. Interestingly, the Δ133p53β isoform has been shown to aggregate in several human cancer cell lines(16). Additionally, the Δ40p53α isoform exhibits a high aggregation tendency in endometrial cancer cells(17). Although no direct evidence exists for Δ160p53 yet, these findings imply that p53 isoform aggregation may play a major role in their mechanisms of actions.”

      (2) Antibody Use for Aggregation: To strengthen the evidence for aggregation, the authors should consider using antibodies that specifically bind to aggregates.

      Thank you for your insightful suggestion. We addressed protein aggregation using the A11 antibody which specifically recognizes amyloid-like protein aggregates. We analyzed insoluble nuclear pellet samples prepared under identical conditions as described in Figure 6B. To confirm the presence of p53 proteins, we employed the anti-p53 M19 antibody (Santa Cruz, Cat No. sc-1312) to detect bands corresponding to FLp53 and its isoforms Δ133p53 and Δ160p53. The monomer FLp53 was not detected (Figure 8, lower panel, Jean-Christophe Bourdon et al. Genes Dev. 2005;19:2122-2137), which may be attributed to the lower binding affinity of the anti-p53 M19 antibody to it. These samples were also immunoprecipitated using the A11 antibody (Thermo Fischer Scientific, Cat No. AHB0052) to detect aggregated proteins. Interestingly, FLp53 and its isoforms, Δ133p53 and Δ160p53, were clearly visible with Anti-A11 antibody when co-expressed at a 1:5 ratio suggesting that they underwent co-aggregation. However, no FLp53 aggregates were observed when it was expressed alone (Author response image 2). These results support the conclusion in our manuscript that Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 drive FLp53 aggregation. 

      Author response image 2.

      Induction of FLp53 Aggregation by p53 Isoforms Δ133p53 and Δ160p53. H1299 cells transfected with the FLAG-tagged FLp53 and V5-tagged Δ133p53 or Δ160p53 at a 1:5 ratio. The cells were subjected to subcellular fractionation, and the resulting insoluble nuclear pellet was resuspended in RIPA buffer. The samples were heated at 95°C until the pellet was completely dissolved, and then analyzed by Western blotting. Immunoprecipitation was performed using the A11 antibody, which specifically recognizes amyloid protein aggregates, and the anti-p53 M19 antibody, which detects FLp53 as well as its isoforms Δ133p53 and Δ160p53. 

      (3) Fluorescence Microscopy: Live-cell fluorescence microscopy could be employed to enhance visualization by labeling FLp53 and the isoforms with different fluorescent markers (e.g., EGFP and mCherry tags).

      We appreciate the suggestion to use live-cell fluorescence microscopy with EGFP and mCherry tags for the visualization FLp53 and its isoforms. While we understand the advantages of live-cell imaging with EGFP / mCherry tags, we restrained us from doing such fusions as the GFP or corresponding protein tags are very big (~30 kDa) with respect to the p53 isoform variants (~30 kDa).  Other studies have shown that EGFP and mCherry fusions can alter protein oligomerization, solubility and aggregation(18, 19) Moreover, most fluorescence proteins are prone to dimerization (i.e. EGFP) or form obligate tetramers (DsRed)(20, 21, 22), potentially interfering with the oligomerization and aggregation properties of p53 isoforms, particularly Δ133p53 and Δ160p53.

      Instead, we utilized FLAG- or V5-tag-based immunofluorescence microscopy, a well-established and widely accepted method for visualizing p53 proteins. This method provided precise localization and reliable quantitative data, which we believe meet the needs of the current study. We believe our chosen method is both appropriate and sufficient for addressing the research question.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance):

      The manuscript by Zhao and colleagues presents a novel and compelling study on the p53 isoforms, Δ133p53 and Δ160p53, which are associated with aggressive cancer types. The main objective of the study was to understand how these isoforms exert a dominant negative effect on full-length p53 (FLp53). The authors discovered that the Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 proteins exhibit impaired binding to p53-regulated promoters. The data suggest that the predominant mechanism driving the dominant-negative effect is the coaggregation of FLp53 with Δ133p53 and Δ160p53.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the thoughtful and positive comments on our manuscript and for highlighting the significance of our findings on the p53 isoforms, Δ133p53 and Δ160p53. 

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      In this manuscript entitled "Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 isoforms of the tumor suppressor protein p53 exert dominant-negative effect primarily by coaggregation", the authors suggest that the Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 isoforms have high aggregation propensity and that by co-aggregating with canonical p53 (FLp53), they sequestrate it away from DNA thus exerting a dominantnegative effect over it.

      First, the authors should make it clear throughout the manuscript, including the title, that they are investigating Δ133p53α and Δ160p53α since there are 3 Δ133p53 isoforms (α, β, γ), and 3 Δ160p53 isoforms (α, β, γ).

      Thank you for your suggestion. We understand the importance of clearly specifying the isoforms under study. Following your suggestion, we have added α in the title, abstract, and introduction and added the following statement in the Introduction (lines 57-59): “For convenience and simplicity, we have written Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 to represent the α isoforms (Δ133p53α and Δ160p53α) throughout this manuscript.” 

      One concern is that the authors only consider and explore Δ133p53α and Δ160p53α isoforms as exclusively oncogenic and FLp53 dominant-negative while not discussing evidences of different activities. Indeed, other manuscripts have also shown that Δ133p53α is non-oncogenic and non-mutagenic, do not antagonize every single FLp53 functions and are sometimes associated with good prognosis. To cite a few examples:

      (1) Hofstetter G. et al. D133p53 is an independent prognostic marker in p53 mutant advanced serous ovarian cancer. Br. J. Cancer 2011, 105, 15931599.

      (2) Bischof, K. et al. Influence of p53 Isoform Expression on Survival in HighGrade Serous Ovarian Cancers. Sci. Rep. 2019, 9,5244.

      (3) Knezovi´c F. et al. The role of p53 isoforms' expression and p53 mutation status in renal cell cancer prognosis. Urol. Oncol. 2019, 37, 578.e1578.e10.

      (4) Gong, L. et al. p53 isoform D113p53/D133p53 promotes DNA doublestrand break repair to protect cell from death and senescence in response to DNA damage. Cell Res. 2015, 25, 351-369.

      (5) Gong, L. et al. p53 isoform D133p53 promotes efficiency of induced pluripotent stem cells and ensures genomic integrity during reprogramming. Sci. Rep. 2016, 6, 37281.

      (6) Horikawa, I. et al. D133p53 represses p53-inducible senescence genes and enhances the generation of human induced pluripotent stem cells. Cell Death Differ. 2017, 24, 1017-1028.

      (7) Gong, L. p53 coordinates with D133p53 isoform to promote cell survival under low-level oxidative stress. J. Mol. Cell Biol. 2016, 8, 88-90.

      Thank you very much for your comment and for highlighting these important studies. 

      We agree that Δ133p53 isoforms exhibit complex biological functions, with both oncogenic and non-oncogenic potentials. However, our mission here was primarily to reveal the molecular mechanism for the dominant-negative effects exerted by the Δ133p53α and Δ160p53α isoforms on FLp53 for which the Δ133p53α and Δ160p53α isoforms are suitable model systems. Exploring the oncogenic potential of the isoforms is beyond the scope of the current study and we have not claimed anywhere that we are reporting that. We have carefully revised the manuscript and replaced the respective terms e.g. ‘prooncogenic activity’ with ‘dominant-negative effect’ in relevant places (e.g. line 90). We have now also added a paragraph with suitable references that introduces the oncogenic and non-oncogenic roles of the p53 isoforms.

      After reviewing the papers you cited, we are not sure that they reflect on oncogenic /non-oncogenic role of the Δ133p53α isoform in different cancer cases.  Although our study is not about the oncogenic potential of the isoforms, we have summarized the key findings below:

      (1) Hofstetter et al., 2011: Demonstrated that Δ133p53α expression improved recurrence-free and overall survival (in a p53 mutant induced advanced serous ovarian cancer, suggesting a potential protective role in this context.

      (2) Bischof et al., 2019: Found that Δ133p53 mRNA can improve overall survival in high-grade serous ovarian cancers. However, out of 31 patients, only 5 belong to the TP53 wild-type group, while the others carry TP53 mutations.

      (3) Knezović et al., 2019: Reported downregulation of Δ133p53 in renal cell carcinoma tissues with wild-type p53 compared to normal adjacent tissue, indicating a potential non-oncogenic role, but not conclusively demonstrating it.

      (4) Gong et al., 2015: Showed that Δ133p53 antagonizes p53-mediated apoptosis and promotes DNA double-strand break repair by upregulating RAD51, LIG4, and RAD52 independently of FLp53.

      (5) Gong et al., 2016: Demonstrated that overexpression of Δ133p53 promotes efficiency of cell reprogramming by its anti-apoptotic function and promoting DNA DSB repair. The authors hypotheses that this mechanism is involved in increasing RAD51 foci formation and decrease γH2AX foci formation and chromosome aberrations in induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells, independent of FL p53.

      (6) Horikawa et al., 2017: Indicated that induced pluripotent stem cells derived from fibroblasts that overexpress Δ133p53 formed noncancerous tumors in mice compared to induced pluripotent stem cells derived from fibroblasts with complete p53 inhibition. Thus, Δ133p53 overexpression is "non- or less oncogenic and mutagenic" compared to complete p53 inhibition, but it still compromises certain p53-mediated tumor-suppressing pathways. “Overexpressed Δ133p53 prevented FL-p53 from binding to the regulatory regions of p21WAF1 and miR-34a promoters, providing a mechanistic basis for its dominant-negative

      inhibition of a subset of p53 target genes.”

      (7) Gong, 2016: Suggested that Δ133p53 promotes cell survival under lowlevel oxidative stress, but its role under different stress conditions remains uncertain.

      We have revised the Introduction to provide a more balanced discussion of Δ133p53’s dule role (lines 62-73):

      “The Δ133p53 isoform exhibit complex biological functions, with both oncogenic and non-oncogenic potentials. Recent studies demonstrate the non-oncogenic yet context-dependent role of the Δ133p53 isoform in cancer development. Δ133p53 expression has been reported to correlate with improved survival in patients with TP53 mutations(23, 24), where it promotes cell survival in a nononcogenic manner(25, 26), especially under low oxidative stress(27). Alternatively, other recent evidences emphasize the notable oncogenic functions of Δ133p53 as it can inhibit p53-dependent apoptosis by directly interacting with the FLp53 (4, 6). The oncogenic function of the newly identified Δ160p53 isoform is less known, although it is associated with p53 mutation-driven tumorigenesis(28) and in melanoma cells’ aggressiveness(10). Whether or not the Δ160p53 isoform also impedes FLp53 function in a similar way as Δ133p53 is an open question. However, these p53 isoforms can certainly compromise p53-mediated tumor suppression by interfering with FLp53 binding to target genes such as p21 and miR-34a(2, 29) by dominant-negative effect, the exact mechanism is not known.” On the figures presented in this manuscript, I have three major concerns:

      (1) Most results in the manuscript rely on the overexpression of the FLAGtagged or V5-tagged isoforms. The validation of these construct entirely depends on Supplementary figure 3 which the authors claim "rules out the possibility that the FLAG epitope might contribute to this aggregation. However, I am not entirely convinced by that conclusion. Indeed, the ratio between the "regular" isoform and the aggregates is much higher in the FLAG-tagged constructs than in the V5-tagged constructs. We can visualize the aggregates easily in the FLAG-tagged experiment, but the imaging clearly had to be overexposed (given the white coloring demonstrating saturation of the main bands) to visualize them in the V5-tagged experiments. Therefore, I am not convinced that an effect of the FLAG-tag can be ruled out and more convincing data should be added. 

      Thank you for raising this important concern. We have carefully considered your comments and have made several revisions to clarify and strengthen our conclusions.

      First, to address the potential influence of the FLAG and V5 tags on p53 isoform aggregation, we have revised Figure 2 and removed the previous Supplementary Figure 3, where non-specific antibody bindings and higher molecular weight aggregates were not clearly interpretable. In the revised Figure 2, we have removed these potential aggregates, improving the clarity and accuracy of the data.

      To further rule out any tag-related artifacts, we conducted a coimmunoprecipitation assay with FLAG-tagged FLp53 and untagged Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 isoforms. The results (now shown in the new Supplementary Figure 3) completely agree with our previous result with FLAG-tagged and V5tagged Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 isoforms and show interaction between the partners. This indicates that the FLAG / V5-tags do not influence / interfere with the interaction between FLp53 and the isoforms. We have still used FLAGtagged FLp53 as the endogenous p53 was undetectable and the FLAG-tagged FLp53 did not aggregate alone. 

      In the revised paper, we added the following sentences (Lines 146-152): “To rule out the possibility that the observed interactions between FLp53 and its isoforms Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 were artifacts caused by the FLAG and V5 antibody epitope tags, we co-expressed FLAG-tagged FLp53 with untagged Δ133p53 and Δ160p53. Immunoprecipitation assays demonstrated that FLAGtagged FLp53 could indeed interact with the untagged Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 isoforms (Supplementary Figure 3, lanes 3 and 4), confirming formation of hetero-oligomers between FLp53 and its isoforms. These findings demonstrate that Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 can oligomerize with FLp53 and with each other.”

      Additionally, we performed subcellular fractionation experiments to compare the aggregation and localization of FLAG-tagged FLp53 when co-expressed either with V5-tagged or untagged Δ133p53/Δ160p53. In these experiments, the untagged isoforms also induced FLp53 aggregation, mirroring our previous results with the tagged isoforms (Supplementary Figure 5). We’ve added this result in the revised manuscript (lines 236-245): “To exclude the possibility that FLAG or V5 tags contribute to protein aggregation, we also conducted subcellular fractionation of H1299 cells expressing FLAG-tagged FLp53 along with untagged Δ133p53 or Δ160p53 at a 1:5 ratio. The results showed (Supplementary Figure 6) a similar distribution of FLp53 across cytoplasmic, nuclear, and insoluble nuclear fractions as in the case of tagged Δ133p53 or Δ160p53 (Figure 6A to D). Notably, the aggregation of untagged Δ133p53 or Δ160p53 markedly promoted the aggregation of FLAG-tagged FLp53 (Supplementary Figure 6B and D), demonstrating that the antibody epitope tags themselves do not contribute to protein aggregation.” 

      We’ve also discussed this in the Discussion section (lines 349-356): “In our study, we primarily utilized an overexpression strategy involving FLAG/V5tagged proteins to investigate the effects of p53 isoforms Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 on the function of FLp53. To address concerns regarding potential overexpression artifacts, we performed the co-immunoprecipitation (Supplementary Figure 6) and caspase-3 and -7 activity (Figure 7) experiments with untagged Δ133p53 and Δ160p53. In both experimental systems, the untagged proteins behaved very similarly to the FLAG/V5 antibody epitopecontaining proteins (Figures 6 and 7 and Supplementary Figure 6). Hence, the C-terminal tagging of FLp53 or its isoforms does not alter the biochemical and physiological functions of these proteins.”

      In summary, the revised data set and newly added experiments provide strong evidence that neither the FLAG nor the V5 tag contributes to the observed p53 isoform aggregation.

      (2) The authors demonstrate that to visualize the dominant-negative effect, Δ133p53α and Δ160p53α must be "present in a higher proportion than FLp53 in the tetramer" and the need at least a transfection ratio 1:5 since the 1:1 ration shows no effect. However, in almost every single cell type, FLp53 is far more expressed than the isoforms which make it very unlikely to reach such stoichiometry in physiological conditions and make me wonder if this mechanism naturally occurs at endogenous level. This limitation should be at least discussed.

      Thank you for your insightful comment. However, evidence suggests that the expression levels of these isoforms such as Δ133p53, can be significantly elevated relative to FLp53 in certain physiological conditions(3, 4, 9). For example, in some breast tumors, with Δ133p53 mRNA is expressed at a much levels than FLp53, suggesting a distinct expression profile of p53 isoforms compared to normal breast tissue(4). Similarly, in non-small cell lung cancer and the A549 lung cancer cell line, the expression level of Δ133p53 transcript is significantly elevated compared to non-cancerous cells(3). Moreover, in specific cholangiocarcinoma cell lines, the Δ133p53 /TAp53 expression ratio has been reported to increase to as high as 3:1(9). These observations indicate that the dominant-negative effect of isoform Δ133p53 on FLp53 can occur under certain pathological conditions where the relative amounts of the FLp53 and the isoforms would largely vary. Since data on the Δ160p53 isoform are scarce, we infer that the long N-terminal truncated isoforms may share a similar mechanism.

      (3) Figure 5C: I am concerned by the subcellular location of the Δ133p53α and Δ160p53α as they are commonly considered nuclear and not cytoplasmic as shown here, particularly since they retain the 3 nuclear localization sequences like the FLp53 (Bourdon JC et al. 2005; Mondal A et al. 2018; Horikawa I et al, 2017; Joruiz S. et al, 2024). However, Δ133p53α can form cytoplasmic speckles (Horikawa I et al, 2017) when it colocalizes with autophagy markers for its degradation.

      The authors should discuss this issue. Could this discrepancy be due to the high overexpression level of these isoforms? A co-staining with autophagy markers (p62, LC3B) would rule out (or confirm) activation of autophagy due to the overwhelming expression of the isoform.

      Thank you for your thoughtful comments. We have thoroughly reviewed all the papers you recommended (Bourdon JC et al., 2005; Mondal A et al., 2018; Horikawa I et al., 2017; Joruiz S. et al., 2024)(4, 29, 30, 31). Among these, only the study by Bourdon JC et al. (2005) provided data regarding the localization of Δ133p53(4). Interestingly, their findings align with our observations, indicating that the protein does not exhibit predominantly nuclear localization in the Figure 8 from Jean-Christophe Bourdon et al. Genes Dev. 2005;19:2122-2137. The discrepancy may be caused by a potentially confusing statement in that paper(4).

      The localization of p53 is governed by multiple factors, including its nuclear import and export(32). The isoforms Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 contain three nuclear localization sequences (NLS)(4). However, the isoforms Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 were potentially trapped in the cytoplasm by aggregation and masking the NLS. This mechanism would prevent nuclear import. 

      Further, we acknowledge that Δ133p53 co-aggregates with autophagy substrate p62/SQSTM1 and autophagosome component LC3B in cytoplasm by autophagic degradation during replicative senescence(33). We agree that high overexpression of these aggregation-prone proteins may induce endoplasmic reticulum (ER) stress and activates autophagy(34). This could explain the cytoplasmic localization in our experiments. However, it is also critical to consider that we observed aggregates in both the cytoplasm and the nucleus (Figures 6B and E and Supplementary Figure 6B). While cytoplasmic localization may involve autophagy-related mechanisms, the nuclear aggregates likely arise from intrinsic isoform properties, such as altered protein folding, independent of autophagy. These dual localizations reflect the complex behavior of Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 isoforms under our experimental conditions.

      In the revised manuscript, we discussed this in Discussion (lines 328-335): “Moreover, the observed cytoplasmic isoform aggregates may reflect autophagy-related degradation, as suggested by the co-localization of Δ133p53 with autophagy substrate p62/SQSTM1 and autophagosome component LC3B(33). High overexpression of these aggregation-prone proteins could induce endoplasmic reticulum stress and activate autophagy(34). Interestingly, we also observed nuclear aggregation of these isoforms (Figure 6B and E and Supplementary Figure 6B), suggesting that distinct mechanisms, such as intrinsic properties of the isoforms, may govern their localization and behavior within the nucleus. This dual localization underscores the complexity of Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 behavior in cellular systems.”

      Minor concerns:

      -  Figure 1A: the initiation of the "Δ140p53" is shown instead of "Δ40p53"

      Thank you! The revised Figure 1A has been created in the revised paper.

      -  Figure 2A: I would like to see the images cropped a bit higher, so the cut does not happen just above the aggregate bands

      Thank you for this suggestion. We’ve changed the image and the new Figure 2 has been shown in the revised paper.

      -  Figure 3C: what ratio of FLp53/Delta isoform was used?

      We have added the ratio in the figure legend of Figure 3C (lines 845-846) “Relative DNA-binding of the FLp53-FLAG protein to the p53-target gene promoters in the presence of the V5-tagged protein Δ133p53 or Δ160p53 at a 1: 1 ratio.”

      -  Figure 3C suggests that the "dominant-negative" effect is mostly senescencespecific as it does not affect apoptosis target genes, which is consistent with Horikawa et al, 2017 and Gong et al, 2016 cited above. Furthermore, since these two references and the others from Gong et al. show that Δ133p53α increases DNA repair genes, it would be interesting to look at RAD51, RAD52 or Lig4, and maybe also induce stress.

      Thank you for your thoughtful comments and suggestions. In Figure 3C, the presence of Δ133p53 or Δ160p53 only significantly reduced the binding of FLp53 to the p21 promoter. However, isoforms Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 demonstrated a significant loss of DNA-binding activity at all four promoters: p21, MDM2, and apoptosis target genes BAX and PUMA (Figure 3B). This result suggests that Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 have the potential to influence FLp53 function due to their ability to form hetero-oligomers with FLp53 or their intrinsic tendency to aggregate. To further investigate this, we increased the isoform to FLp53 ratio in Figure 4, which demonstrate that the isoforms Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 exert dominant-negative effects on the function of FLp53. 

      These results demonstrate that the isoforms can compromise p53-mediated pathways, consistent with Horikawa et al. (2017), which showed that Δ133p53α overexpression is "non- or less oncogenic and mutagenic" compared to complete p53 inhibition, but still affects specific tumor-suppressing pathways. Furthermore, as noted by Gong et al. (2016), Δ133p53’s anti-apoptotic function under certain conditions is independent of FLp53 and unrelated to its dominantnegative effects.

      We appreciate your suggestion to investigate DNA repair genes such as RAD51, RAD52, or Lig4, especially under stress conditions. While these targets are intriguing and relevant, we believe that our current investigation of p53 targets in this manuscript sufficiently supports our conclusions regarding the dominant-negative effect. Further exploration of additional p53 target genes, including those involved in DNA repair, will be an important focus of our future studies.

      - Figure 5A and B: directly comparing the level of FLp53 expressed in cytoplasm or nucleus to the level of Δ133p53α and Δ160p53α expressed in cytoplasm or nucleus does not mean much since these are overexpressed proteins and therefore depend on the level of expression. The authors should rather compare the ratio of cytoplasmic/nuclear FLp53 to the ratio of cytoplasmic/nuclear Δ133p53α and Δ160p53α.

      Thank you very much for this valuable suggestion. In the revised paper, Figure 5B has been recreated.  Changes have been made in lines 214215: “The cytoplasm-to-nucleus ratio of Δ133p53 and Δ160p53 was approximately 1.5-fold higher than that of FLp53 (Figure 5B).” 

      Referees cross-commenting

      I agree that the system needs to be improved to be more physiological.

      Just to precise, the D133 and D160 isoforms are not truncated mutants, they are naturally occurring isoforms expressed in almost every normal human cell type from an internal promoter within the TP53 gene.

      Using overexpression always raises concerns, but in this case, I am even more careful because the isoforms are almost always less expressed than the FLp53, and here they have to push it 5 to 10 times more expressed than the FLp53 to see the effect which make me fear an artifact effect due to the overwhelming overexpression (which even seems to change the normal localization of the protein).

      To visualize the endogenous proteins, they will have to change cell line as the H1299 they used are p53 null.

      Thank you for these comments. We’ve addressed the motivation of overexpression in the above responses. We needed to use the plasmid constructs in the p53-null cells to detect the proteins but the expression level was certainly not ‘overwhelmingly high’. 

      First, we tried the A549 cells (p53 wild-type) under DNA damage conditions, but the endogenous p53 protein was undetectable. Second, several studies reported increased Δ133p53 level compared to wild-type p53 and that it has implications in tumor development(2, 3, 4, 9). Third, the apoptosis activity of H1299 cells overexpressing p53 proteins was analyzed in the revised manuscript (Figure 7). The apoptotic activity induced by FLp53 expression was approximately 2.5 times higher than that of the control vector under identical plasmid DNA transfection conditions (Figure 7). These results rule out the possibility that the plasmid-based expression of p53 and its isoforms introduced artifacts in the results. We’ve discussed this in the Results section (lines 254269).

      Reviewer #3 (Significance):

      Overall, the paper is interesting particularly considering the range of techniques used which is the main strength.

      The main limitation to me is the lack of contradictory discussion as all argumentation presents Δ133p53α and Δ160p53α exclusively as oncogenic and strictly FLp53 dominant-negative when, particularly for Δ133p53α, a quite extensive literature suggests a not so clear-cut activity.

      The aggregation mechanism is reported for the first time for Δ133p53α and Δ160p53α, although it was already published for Δ40p53α, Δ133p53β or in mutant p53.

      This manuscript would be a good basic research addition to the p53 field to provide insight in the mechanism for some activities of some p53 isoforms.

      My field of expertise is the p53 isoforms which I have been working on for 11 years in cancer and neuro-degenerative diseases

      Thank you very much for your positive and critical comments. We’ve included a fair discussion on the oncogenic and non-oncogenic function of Δ133p53 in the Introduction following your suggestion (lines 62-73). 

      References

      (1) Pitolli C, Wang Y, Candi E, Shi Y, Melino G, Amelio I. p53-Mediated Tumor Suppression: DNA-Damage Response and Alternative Mechanisms. Cancers 11,  (2019).

      (2) Fujita K, et al. p53 isoforms Delta133p53 and p53beta are endogenous regulators of replicative cellular senescence. Nature cell biology 11, 1135-1142 (2009).

      (3) Fragou A, et al. Increased Δ133p53 mRNA in lung carcinoma corresponds with reduction of p21 expression. Molecular medicine reports 15, 1455-1460 (2017).

      (4) Bourdon JC, et al. p53 isoforms can regulate p53 transcriptional activity. Genes & development 19, 2122-2137 (2005).

      (5) Ghosh A, Stewart D, Matlashewski G. Regulation of human p53 activity and cell localization by alternative splicing. Molecular and cellular biology 24, 7987-7997 (2004).

      (6) Aoubala M, et al. p53 directly transactivates Δ133p53α, regulating cell fate outcome in response to DNA damage. Cell death and differentiation 18, 248-258 (2011).

      (7) Marcel V, et al. p53 regulates the transcription of its Delta133p53 isoform through specific response elements contained within the TP53 P2 internal promoter. Oncogene 29, 2691-2700 (2010).

      (8) Zhao L, Sanyal S. p53 Isoforms as Cancer Biomarkers and Therapeutic Targets. Cancers 14,  (2022).

      (9) Nutthasirikul N, Limpaiboon T, Leelayuwat C, Patrakitkomjorn S, Jearanaikoon P. Ratio disruption of the ∆133p53 and TAp53 isoform equilibrium correlates with poor clinical outcome in intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma. International journal of oncology 42, 1181-1188 (2013).

      (10) Tadijan A, et al. Altered Expression of Shorter p53 Family Isoforms Can Impact Melanoma Aggressiveness. Cancers 13,  (2021).

      (11) Aubrey BJ, Kelly GL, Janic A, Herold MJ, Strasser A. How does p53 induce apoptosis and how does this relate to p53-mediated tumour suppression? Cell death and differentiation 25, 104-113 (2018).

      (12) Ghorbani N, Yaghubi R, Davoodi J, Pahlavan S. How does caspases regulation play role in cell decisions? apoptosis and beyond. Molecular and cellular biochemistry 479, 1599-1613 (2024).

      (13) Petronilho EC, et al. Oncogenic p53 triggers amyloid aggregation of p63 and p73 liquid droplets. Communications chemistry 7, 207 (2024).

      (14) Forget KJ, Tremblay G, Roucou X. p53 Aggregates penetrate cells and induce the coaggregation of intracellular p53. PloS one 8, e69242 (2013).

      (15) Farmer KM, Ghag G, Puangmalai N, Montalbano M, Bhatt N, Kayed R. P53 aggregation, interactions with tau, and impaired DNA damage response in Alzheimer's disease. Acta neuropathologica communications 8, 132 (2020).

      (16) Arsic N, et al. Δ133p53β isoform pro-invasive activity is regulated through an aggregation-dependent mechanism in cancer cells. Nature communications 12, 5463 (2021).

      (17) Melo Dos Santos N, et al. Loss of the p53 transactivation domain results in high amyloid aggregation of the Δ40p53 isoform in endometrial carcinoma cells. The Journal of biological chemistry 294, 9430-9439 (2019).

      (18) Mestrom L, et al. Artificial Fusion of mCherry Enhances Trehalose Transferase Solubility and Stability. Applied and environmental microbiology 85,  (2019).

      (19) Kaba SA, Nene V, Musoke AJ, Vlak JM, van Oers MM. Fusion to green fluorescent protein improves expression levels of Theileria parva sporozoite surface antigen p67 in insect cells. Parasitology 125, 497-505 (2002).

      (20) Snapp EL, et al. Formation of stacked ER cisternae by low affinity protein interactions. The Journal of cell biology 163, 257-269 (2003).

      (21) Jain RK, Joyce PB, Molinete M, Halban PA, Gorr SU. Oligomerization of green fluorescent protein in the secretory pathway of endocrine cells. The Biochemical journal 360, 645-649 (2001).

      (22) Campbell RE, et al. A monomeric red fluorescent protein. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 99, 7877-7882 (2002).

      (23) Hofstetter G, et al. Δ133p53 is an independent prognostic marker in p53 mutant advanced serous ovarian cancer. British journal of cancer 105, 1593-1599 (2011).

      (24) Bischof K, et al. Influence of p53 Isoform Expression on Survival in High-Grade Serous Ovarian Cancers. Scientific reports 9, 5244 (2019).

      (25) Gong L, et al. p53 isoform Δ113p53/Δ133p53 promotes DNA double-strand break repair to protect cell from death and senescence in response to DNA damage. Cell research 25, 351-369 (2015).

      (26) Gong L, et al. p53 isoform Δ133p53 promotes efficiency of induced pluripotent stem cells and ensures genomic integrity during reprogramming. Scientific reports 6, 37281 (2016).

      (27) Gong L, Pan X, Yuan ZM, Peng J, Chen J. p53 coordinates with Δ133p53 isoform to promote cell survival under low-level oxidative stress. Journal of molecular cell biology 8, 88-90 (2016).

      (28) Candeias MM, Hagiwara M, Matsuda M. Cancer-specific mutations in p53 induce the translation of Δ160p53 promoting tumorigenesis. EMBO reports 17, 1542-1551 (2016).

      (29) Horikawa I, et al. Δ133p53 represses p53-inducible senescence genes and enhances the generation of human induced pluripotent stem cells. Cell death and differentiation 24, 1017-1028 (2017).

      (30) Mondal AM, et al. Δ133p53α, a natural p53 isoform, contributes to conditional reprogramming and long-term proliferation of primary epithelial cells. Cell death & disease 9, 750 (2018).

      (31) Joruiz SM, Von Muhlinen N, Horikawa I, Gilbert MR, Harris CC. Distinct functions of wild-type and R273H mutant Δ133p53α differentially regulate glioblastoma aggressiveness and therapy-induced senescence. Cell death & disease 15, 454 (2024).

      (32) O'Brate A, Giannakakou P. The importance of p53 location: nuclear or cytoplasmic zip code? Drug resistance updates : reviews and commentaries in antimicrobial and anticancer chemotherapy 6, 313-322 (2003).

      (33) Horikawa I, et al. Autophagic degradation of the inhibitory p53 isoform Δ133p53α as a regulatory mechanism for p53-mediated senescence. Nature communications 5, 4706 (2014).

      (34) Lee H, et al. IRE1 plays an essential role in ER stress-mediated aggregation of mutant huntingtin via the inhibition of autophagy flux. Human molecular genetics 21, 101-114 (2012).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The concept that trained immunity, as defined, can be beneficial to subsequent immune challenges is important in the broad context of health and disease. The significance of this manuscript is the finding that trained immunity is actually a two-edged sword, herein, detrimental in the context of LPS-induced Acute Lung Injury that is mediated by AMs.

      Strengths:

      Several lines of evidence in different mouse models support this conclusion. The postulation that differences in immune responses in individuals are linked to differences in the mycobiome and consequent B-glucan makeup is provocative.

      Weaknesses:

      The findings that the authors state are relevant to sepsis, are actually confined to a specific lung injury model and not classically-defined sepsis. In addition, the ontogeny of the reprogrammed AMs is uncertain. Links in the proposed signaling pathways need to be strengthened.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Prével et al. present an in vivo study in which they reveal an interesting aspect of β-glucan, a known inducer of enhanced immune responses termed trained immunity in sterile inflammation. The authors can show, that β-glucan's can reprogram alveolar macrophages (AMs) in the lungs through neutrophils and IFNγ signaling and independent of Dectin1. This reprogramming occurs at both transcriptional and metabolic levels. After β-glucan training, LPS-induced sterile inflammation exacerbated acute lung injury via enhanced immunopathology. These findings highlight a new aspect of β-glucan's role in trained immunity and its potential detrimental effects when enhanced pathogen clearance is not required.

      Strengths:

      (1) This manuscript is well-written and effectively conveys its message.

      (2) The authors provide important evidence that β-glucan training is not solely beneficial, but depending on the context can also enhance immunopathology. This will be important to the field for two reasons. It shows again, that trained immunity can also be harmful. Jentho et al. 2021 have already provided further evidence for this aspect. And it highlights anew that LPS application is an insufficient infection model.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Only a little physiological data is provided by the in vivo models.

      (2) The effects in histology appear to be rather weak.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The opening paragraph in the introduction focuses on sepsis. This is misleading since this manuscript does not address sepsis but rather intranasal-administered LPS-induced acute lung injury.

      We are in total agreement with the reviewer and have modified the introduction to focus on acute lung injury with clinical relevance more associated to TLR4-mediated acute lung injury and lung inflammation.

      The authors make definitive statements that AMs originate from fetal liver monocytes. However, it is well known that the ontogeny of AMs is complex and AMs can be populated, in part, from peripheral monocytes. The ontogeny of reprogrammed AMs was not addressed in this study but they may come from monocyte-derived AMs following B-glucan training (transfer of AMs into Csf2rb KO mice does not prove the contrary). In this regard, do, for example, the percentages of CD11b+ AMs change? More phenotyping of the control and reprogrammed AMs would enhance the interpretation of the findings.

      The reviewer is correct that the ontogeny of AMs can be heterogenous, especially following a pulmonary challenge. In β-glucan-treated mice, Figure 1I shows no changes in frequency or number of AMs in the BAL. As the reviewer suggested, we repeated this experiment and incorporate more markers for AMs. New Supplementary Figure 1C shows the expression of CD11b on AMs (CD11c<sup>+</sup>SiglecF<sup>+</sup>) from control and β-glucan-treated mice. While the frequency increases with LPS administration, we show no difference between control and β-glucan groups suggesting β-glucan does not induce the expansion of monocyte-derived AMs. Additionally, in New Supplementary Figure 1D, we show the expression of AM-associated markers in order to better delineate their phenotype. We observed no differences in MHCII, CD169, CD64 and F4/80 in β-glucan-treated mice, but an increase in CD80<SUP>+</SUP> AMs following βglucan suggesting enhanced activation corroborating their proinflammatory phenotype. Collectively, these data indicate that while the frequency and number of either yolk-sac or BMderived AMs are unchanged in the β-glucan treated mice, the activation of AMs is enhanced after the systemic treatment with β-glucan.

      The abstract seems to overpromise a bit. First, it mentions trained immunity and HSCs, but they don't seem to formally address either in the context of this model (there is reprogramming as assessed by transcriptome and metabolic analyses which is suggestive as stated by the authors, but do the changes overlap significantly with classically trained immunity?), and second, it links phenotypes together in a pathway(s) that they haven't actually interrogated - although they look at transcripts and do a seahorse assay they don't actually confirm that any of those findings are related to the increased response to LPS in vivo. The long discussion with all the caveats highlights these limitations, all relegated to future studies.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. In response, we have revised the abstract to more accurately highlight the key findings of this study. Specifically, we introduced the concept of central trained immunity to describe the phenomena commonly observed with β-glucan treatment, contrasting it with the peripheral trained immunity detailed in the manuscript.

      The use of Csf2rb-/- mice to complement the clodronate approach is interesting (this approach has been used in the past with influenza virus). In addition to lacking AMs, these mice develop pulmonary alveolar proteinosis. Do the authors have histopathology from these mice in the current model? They mention PAP in the discussion.

      Pulmonary alveolar proteinosis (PAP) typically develops in Csf2b-/- mice from 12 weeks of age onwards (Stanley et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 1994). However, in our model, mice were euthanized at 6 weeks, ensuring that pulmonary function and structure remained intact. A hallmark of PAP is the accumulation of protein, primarily surfactant, in BAL. To investigate this, we measured BAL protein concentration and observed no differences at baseline (Figure 2F). These findings were further supported by the absence of differences in BAL proinflammatory cytokine concentrations (Figure 2H).

      A question about their BAL technique? In the control mice without glucan/LPS stimulation, only 40% of BAL cells are AMs [and the total number of AMs (range of <103 to 2-3 x 104) is at least 5-fold lower than typically seen in BALs from healthy mice (105), and there didn't seem to be many PMNs either. Are 60% of the BAL cells lymphocytes/ RBCs? Is it possible that overall AM numbers are changing, but CD11c/SiglecF-positive cell numbers stay the same (only assessed 2 markers)? More phenotyping would help.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment and would like to clarify that alveolar macrophages (AMs) are presented in the manuscript as a frequency of viable cells rather than as a frequency of CD45<SUP>+</SUP> cells, to ensure consistency throughout the study. The remaining cells in the samples are likely epithelial cells and lymphocytes, as red blood cells are lysed during sample processing. For additional context, we now provide data showing AMs as a percentage of CD45<SUP>+</SUP> cells, which account for 80–90% of leukocytes. Furthermore, in New Supplementary Figure 1D, we highlight the expression of AM-associated markers to better define their phenotype. We observed no differences in MHCII, CD169, CD64, or F4/80 expression in βglucan-treated mice. However, there was an increase in CD80<SUP>+</SUP> AMs, indicating enhanced activation and corroborating their proinflammatory phenotype.

      Author response image 1.

      AMs as percentage of CD45<SUP>+</SUP> cells. Mice were treated with β-glucan for seven days. We show CD11c<sup>+</sup>SiglecF<sup>+</sup> cells in the bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) as a percentage of CD45<SUP>+</SUP> cells (n=5).

      Line 130-131. TNF is decreased and not pointed out.

      In the poly(I:C) model, the difference in the BAL TNF concentration is not statistically different between naïve and trained mice due to high variability of data. The reviewer is correct that TNFα does not appear to reflect Poly(I:C)-mediated ALI. We have included this point in the revised manuscript (Line 146-148).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Suggestions:

      (1) The authors provide evidence for enhanced ALI via different techniques, e.g. histology, vascular leakage, immune cell composition in BAL etc. It would be interesting to see whether there were any changes in the disease severity of ALI. If possible the authors could provide data for survival, temperature, weight, and/or glucose in the different groups.

      Mice are extremely resistant to the pulmonary LPS model. We have previously assessed lethality of our LPS model, and all mice survive even with an increased intranasal dose of LPS 200μg (Pernet et al, Nature, 2023). To address the reviewer concerns, we next assessed the morbidity by monitoring weight loss following LPS challenge and showed β-glucan-treated mice exhibit a delayed recovery time after 4 days LPS treatment (New Supplementary Figure 1B).

      (2) The authors show that ß-glucan mediated training enhances ALI. Conversely, the opposite, decreased immunopathology should be observed in case an LPS tolerance model would be used. I am wondering whether this has already been performed, given that the (LPS/immune)tolerance field is already older than the training field. If not, I suggest incorporating this feature in their discussion.

      Thank you for this insightful comment. While LPS has long been recognized to induce tolerance, studies have also shown that intranasal exposure to ambient levels of LPS can induce alveolar macrophage (AM) training via type I interferon signaling (Zahalka et al., Mucosal Immunol, 2022). In contrast, Mason et al. demonstrated that systemic LPS stimulation induces tolerance through TNF-α signaling, resulting in diminished AM phagocytosis and superoxide production. This leads to reduced neutrophil recruitment and impaired bacterial clearance in a Pseudomonas aeruginosa pneumonia model (J Infect Dis, 1997). Furthermore, we recently reported that systemic administration of β-glucan induces central trained immunity, generating a distinct subset of regulatory neutrophils that promote disease tolerance against influenza viral infection (Khan et al., Nat Immunol, 2025). These findings highlight the complex and context-dependent interplay between training and tolerance. We have expanded on this point in the discussion section of the revised manuscript (Lines 289-297).

      (3) The finding that trained immunity can exert not only beneficial effects but also enhance immunopathology is interesting and should be further explored. Already Jentho et al. (PNAS 2021) have shown that upon sterile inflammation as imposed by LPS, (heme) training can lead to enhanced mortality. This might be a relevant trade-off in trained immunity since no beneficial resistance effect by pathogen killing can be obtained. It would be interesting to see, in their model, whether heme would also enhance ALI after intranasal LPS application. Or at least, can the authors discuss this finding more, also in relation to the already published evidence?

      Thank you for raising this interesting point, which is indeed relevant to our study. Jentho et al. demonstrated that training by heme can be beneficial in combating infectious challenges but can have deleterious effects in the context of sterile inflammation. The concept of endogenous training agents like heme, with their diverse effects on immune cells, aligns well with our βglucan model, particularly given the high prevalence of fungal agents in the microbiome.

      While investigating the effects of heme on alveolar macrophages would certainly be intriguing, Jentho and colleagues have already reported the maladaptive effects of heme, such as tissue damage, during sterile LPS-induced inflammation. As such, these findings might be redundant in the context of our model. However, we have drawn a relevant parallel and expanded on this discussion in the revised manuscript (Lines 382-385).

      (4) It is not clear how the histologies were evaluated. This is a field of great subjectivity. The authors should describe it in more detail. The best option would have been a blinded observer. Was this done?

      Histology samples were evaluated according to ATS 2011 guidelines regarding “Features and measurements of experimental acute lung injury in animals” by a blinded pathologist. We have specified this in the methods of the revised manuscript.

      Minor:

      (1) Line 108 and ff. Please change TNF, not TNFa

      Since we used an ELISA specific for TNF-α rather than general TNF, it is more accurate to refer to it as TNF-α.

      (2) Line 513 and ff. Please use Greek letters when appropriate, e.g. IFN-γ not IFNg.

      Thank you for pointing out these mistakes, we rectified these in the text.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:  

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a study on expectation manipulation to induce placebo and nocebo effects in healthy participants. The study follows standard placebo experiment conventions with the use of TENS stimulation as the placebo manipulation. The authors were able to achieve their aims. A key finding is that placebo and nocebo effects were predicted by recent experience, which is a novel contribution to the literature. The findings provide insights into the differences between placebo and nocebo effects and the potential moderators of these effects.

      Specifically, the study aimed to:

      (1) assess the magnitude of placebo and nocebo effects immediately after induction through verbal instructions and conditioning

      (2) examine the persistence of these effects one week later, and

      (3) identify predictors of sustained placebo and nocebo responses over time.

      Strengths:

      An innovation was to use sham TENS stimulation as the expectation manipulation. This expectation manipulation was reinforced not only by the change in pain stimulus intensity, but also by delivery of non-painful electrical stimulation, labelled as TENS stimulation.

      Questionnaire-based treatment expectation ratings were collected before conditioning and after conditioning, and after the test session, which provided an explicit measure of participants' expectations about the manipulation.

      The finding that placebo and nocebo effects are influenced by recent experience provides a novel insight into a potential moderator of individual placebo effects.

      We thank the reviewer for their thorough evaluation of our manuscript and for highlighting the novelty and originality of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      There are a limited number of trials per test condition (10), which means that the trajectory of responses to the manipulation may not be adequately explored.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the number of trials in the test phase (i.e., 10 trials per condition). This trial number was chosen to ensure comparability with previous studies employing similar designs and research questions (e.g. Colloca et al., 2010). Our primary objective was to directly compare placebo and nocebo effects within a within-subject design and to examine their persistence one week after the first test session. While we did not specifically aim to investigate the trajectory of responses within a single testing session, we fully agree that a comprehensive analysis of the trajectories of expectation effects on pain would be a valuable extension of our work. We will acknowledge this limitation and future direction in the revised manuscript. 

      On day 8, one stimulus per stimulation intensity (i.e., VAS 40, 60, and 80) was applied before the start of the test session to re-familiarise participants with the thermal stimulation. There is a potential risk of revealing the manipulation to participants during the re-familiarization process, as they were not previously briefed to expect the painful stimulus intensity to vary without the application of sham TENS stimulation.

      We thank the reviewer for the opportunity to clarify that participants were informed at the beginning of the experiment that we would use different stimulation intensities to re-familiarize them with the stimuli before the second test session. We are therefore confident that participants perceived this step as part of a recalibration rather than associating it with the experimental manipulation. We will add this information to the revised version of the manuscript. 

      The differences between the nocebo and control conditions in pain ratings during conditioning could be explained by the differing physiological effects of the different stimulus intensities, so it is difficult to make any claims about expectation effects here.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment and agree that, despite the careful calibration of the three pain stimuli, we cannot entirely rule out the possibility that temporal dynamics during the conditioning session were influenced by differential physiological effects of the varying stimulus intensities (e.g., intensity-dependent habituation or sensitization). We will address this in the revision of the manuscript, but we would like to emphasize that the stronger nocebo effects during the test phase are statistically controlled for any differences in the conditioning session. 

      A randomisation error meant that 25 participants received an unbalanced number of 448 trials per condition (i.e., 10 x VAS 40, 14 x VAS 60, 12 x VAS 80).

      We agree that it is unfortunate that 25 participants were conditioned with an unbalanced number of trials per condition during the conditioning session. In the revised version of the manuscript, we will include additional analyses to demonstrate that this imbalance did not systematically bias the results and that the findings observed during the test phase remain robust despite this error.  

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Kunkel et al aim to answer a fundamental question: Do placebo and nocebo effects differ in magnitude or longevity? To address this question, they used a powerful within-participants design, with a very large sample size (n=104), in which they compared placebo and nocebo effects - within the same individuals - across verbal expectations, conditioning, testing phase, and a 1-week follow-up. With elegant analyses, they establish that different mechanisms underlie the learning of placebo vs nocebo effects, with the latter being acquired faster and extinguished slower. This is an important finding for both the basic understanding of learning mechanisms in humans and for potential clinical applications to improve human health.

      Strengths:

      Beyond the above - the paper is well-written and very clear. It lays out nicely the need for the current investigation and what implications it holds. The design is elegant, and the analyses are rich, thoughtful, and interesting. The sample size is large which is highly appreciated, considering the longitudinal, in-lab study design. The question is super important and well-investigated, and the entire manuscript is very thoughtful with analyses closely examining the underlying mechanisms of placebo versus nocebo effects.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive evaluation of our manuscript and for acknowledging the large sample size, methodological rigor, and the significant implications for clinical applications and the broader research field.

      Weaknesses:

      There were two highly addressable weaknesses in my opinion:

      (1) I could not find the preregistration - this is crucial to verify what analyses the authors have committed to prior to writing the manuscript. Please provide a link leading directly to the preregistration - searching for the specified number in the suggested website yielded no results.

      We apologize that the registration number alone does not directly lead to the preregistration of this study. We thank the reviewer for pointing this out and will include a link to the preregistration in the revised manuscript. This study was pre-registered with the German Clinical Trial Register (registration number: DRKS00029228; https://drks.de/search/de/trial/DRKS00029228).

      (2) There is a recurring issue which is easy to address: because the Methods are located after the Results, many of the constructs used, analyses conducted, and even the main placebo and nocebo inductions are unclear, making it hard to appreciate the results in full. I recommend finding a way to detail at the beginning of the results section how placebo and nocebo effects have been induced. While my background means I am familiar with these methods, other readers will lack that knowledge. Even a short paragraph or a figure (like Figure 4) could help clarify the results substantially. For example, a significant portion of the results is devoted to the conditioning part of the experiment, while it is unknown which part was involved (e.g., were temperatures lowered/increased in all trials or only in the beginning).

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and suggestion. In the revised version, we will restructure the manuscript and include more detailed information about the key experimental procedures and design at the beginning of the Results section to enhance clarity and improve the interpretability of the reported findings.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Previous studies have shown that the MSH6 family of mismatch repair proteins contains an unstructured N-terminal domain that contains either a PWWP domain, a Tudor domain or neither and that the interaction of the histone reader domains with the appropriate histone H3 modification enhances mismatch repair, and hence reduces mutation rates in coding regions to some extent. However, the elimination of the MSH6-histone modification probably does not completely eliminate mismatch repair, although the published papers on this point do not seem definitive.

      In this study, the authors perform a details phylogenetic analysis of the presence of the PWWP and Tudor domains in MSH6 proteins across the tree of life. They observe that there are basically three classes of organisms that contain either a PWWP domain, a Tudor domain, or neither. On the basis of their analysis, they suggest that this represents convergent evolution of the independent acquisition of histone reader domains and that key amino acid residues in the reader domains are selected for.

      Strengths:

      The phylogenetic aspects of the work seem well done and the basic evolutionary conclusions of the work are well supported. The basic evolutionary conclusions are interesting and there is little to criticize from my perspective.

      Thank you for the positive evaluation. We appreciate your interest and review.

      Weaknesses:

      A major concern about this paper is that the authors fail to put their work into the proper context of what is already known about the N-terminus of MSH6. Further, their structural studies, which are really structural illustrations, are misleading, often incorrect, and not always helpful in addition to having been published before.

      Thank you for the helpful suggestions on this front. We agree that some of the structural visualizations were over simplified and apologize for the lack of clarity. Notably, we did not annotate the presence of putative or known short PCNA-interacting protein (PIP) motifs which have been found at the linker disordered N-terminus of MSH6 proteins. Indeed, while not direct to our investigation of the origins of histone readers, the PIP motifs are an interesting and functionally important feature of MSH6 structural biology, especially because they may facilitate DNA repair processes more generally. In the revised manuscript, we aim to improve the scholarship on this topic and clarify the presence/importance of this motif for MSH6 function, as well as what is known about the structural biology of the MSH6 N-terminus more broadly. We will add annotations of the PIP motif and will also improve structural prediction by visualizing MSH6 structure in its dimerized form with MSH2, for a more accurate estimate of its folding in vivo. We hope that these in addition to other valuable suggested improvements will enhance the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, Monroe JG and colleagues show a compelling case of convergent evolution in the fusion between an important mismatch repair protein (MSH6) and histone reader domains across the tree of life. These fused MSH6 readers have been shown to be important for the recruitment of MSH6 to exon-rich genome locations, therefore improving the efficiency of reducing mutation rates in coding regions.

      Comparative genomic analyses here performed revealed independent instances of MSH6 fusion with histone readers in plants and metazoa with several instances of putative loss (or gain) across the phylogeny. The work also unveiled instances of MSH6 fusion putatively interesting domains in fungi which might be worth exploring in the future.

      The authors also show potential signatures of purifying selection in functional amino acids MSH6 histone readers.

      Overall the approach is adequate for the questions proposed to be answered, the analyses are rigorous and support the authors' claims.

      DNA repair genes are essential to maintain genome stability and fidelity, and alterations in these pathways have been associated with hypermutation phenotypes in the context for instance of cancer in humans, with sometimes implications in treatment resistance. This is an important work that contributes to our understanding of the evolutionary consequences of the evolution of epigenome-targeted DNA repair.

      Strengths:

      The methods used are adequate for the questions and support the results. The search for MSH6 fusions was rigorous and conservative, which strengthens the significance of the claims on the evolutionary history of these fusion events.

      Thank you for the positive evaluation. We appreciate your interest and review.

      Weaknesses:

      I did not identify any major weaknesses, but please see my suggestions/recommendations.

      Thank you, we will also address your suggestions, which provide valuable recommendations for improving the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript entitled "Convergent evolution of epigenome recruited DNA repair across the Tree of Life", Monroe et al. investigate bioinformatically how some important mechanisms of epigenome-targeted DNA repair evolved at the tree of life scale. They provide a clear example of convergent evolution of these mechanisms between animals and plants, investigating more than 4000 eukaryotic genomes, and uncovering a significant association between gain/retention of such mechanisms with genome size and high intron content, that at least partially explains the evolutionary patterns observed within major eukaryotic lineages.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well written, clear, and understandable, and has potentially broad interest. It provides a thorough analysis of the evolution of MSH6-related DNA repair mechanisms using more than 4000 eukaryotic genomes, a pretty impressive number allowing to identify both large-scale (i.e. kingdoms) as well as shorter-scale (i.e. phyla, orders) evolutionary patterns. Moreover, despite providing no experimental validation, it investigates with a sufficient degree of depth, a potential relationship between gain/retention of epigenome recruited DNA repair mediated by MSH6 and genomic, as well as life-history (population size, body mass, lifespan), traits. In particular, it provides convincing evidence for a causative effect between genome size/intron content and the presence/absence of this mechanism. Moreover, it stimulates further scientific investigation and biological questions to be addressed, such as the conservation of epigenomes across the tree of life, the existence of potential trade-offs in gain/retention vs. loss of such mechanisms, and the relationship between these processes, mutation rate heterogeneity, and evolvability.

      Thank you for the positive evaluation. We appreciate your interest and review.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite the interesting and necessary insights provided on (1) the evolution of DNA repair mechanisms, and (2) the convergent evolution of molecular mechanisms, this bioinformatic study emanates from studies in humans and Arabidopsis already showing signs of potential convergent evolution in aspects of epigenome-recruited DNA repair. For this, this study, although bioinformatically remarkably thorough, does not come as a surprise, potentially lowering its novelty.

      What could have increased further its impact, interest, and novelty could have been a more comprehensive understanding of the causative processes leading to gain/retention vs. loss of MSH6-related epigenetic recruitment mechanisms. The authors provide interesting associations with life-history traits (yet not significant), and significant links with genome size and intron content only at the theoretical level. For the first aspect, the analyses could have expanded toward other life-history traits. For the second, maybe it could have been even possible to tackle experimentally some of the generated questions, functionally in some models, or deepened using specific case studies.

      We agree that this work expands on recent experimental work in humans and Arabidopsis on the function of histone readers in MSH6, PWWP and Tudor, respectively. However, the evolution of these fusions remained a significant knowledge gap, limiting the degree to which functional work could be translated to other organisms. This study definitively characterized the evolutionary history of MHS6 histone readers and lays the groundwork for future investigations in diverse species. We agree that more causal inference would be valuable to understand the evolutionary pressures acting on MSH6 histone reader presence/absence. Indeed, we prioritized the conservative approach of testing hypotheses with strict phylogenetically constrained contrasts. While we observed highly significant associations between histone readers and genomic traits like intron content, associations with life history traits were only significant before accounting for phylogeny. It is possible that this is due to a lack of power because such traits are only available in limited taxa. In the revised manuscript, we aim to clarify potential causes, outline future experimental work beyond the scope of this individual study, and argue that this work highlights the need to catalog trait diversity at broader phylogenetic scales.  We also address other valuable suggestions in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Is peristimulus alpha (8-14 Hz) frequency and/or phase involved in shaping the length of visual and audiovisual temporal binding windows, as posited by the discrete sampling hypothesis? If so, to what extent and perceptual scenario are they functionally relevant? The authors addressed such questions by collecting EEG data during the completion of the widely-known 2-flash fusion paradigm, administered both in a standard (i.e., visual only, F2) and audiovisual (i.e., 2 flashes and 1 beep, F2B1) fashion. Instantaneous frequency estimation performed over parieto-occipital sensors revealed slower alpha rhythms right after stimulus onset in the F2B1 condition, as compared to the F2, a pattern found to correlate with the difference between modality-specific ISIs (F2B1-F2). Of note, peristimulus alpha frequency differed also between 1 vs 2 flashes reports, although in the visual modality only (i.e., faster alpha oscillations in 2 flash percept vs 1 flash). This pattern of results was reinvigorated in a causal manner via occipital tACS, which was capable of, respectively, narrowing down vs enlarging the temporal binding window of individuals undergoing 13 Hz vs 8 Hz stimulation in the F2 modality alone. To elucidate what the oscillatory signatures of crossmodal integration might be, the authors further focused on the phase of posterior alpha rhythms. Accordingly, the Phase Opposition Sum proved to significantly differ between modalities (F2B1 vs F2) during the prestimulus time window, suggesting that audiovisual signals undergo finer processing based on the ongoing phase of occipital alpha oscillations, rather than the speed at which these rhythms cycle. As a last bit of information, a computational model factoring in the electrophysiological assumptions of both the discrete sampling hypothesis and auditory-induced phase-resetting was devised. Analyses run on such synthetic data were partially able to reproduce the patterns witnessed in the empirical dataset. While faster frequency rates broadly provide a higher probability to detect 2 flashes instead of 1, the occurrence of a concurrent auditory signal in cross-modal trials should cause a transient elongation (i.e. slower frequency rate) of the ongoing alpha cycle due to phase-reset dynamics (as revealed via inter-trial phase clustering), prompting larger ISIs during F2B1 trials. Conversely, the model provides that alpha oscillatory phase might predict how well an observer dissociates sensory information from noise (i.e., perceptual clarity), with the second flash clearly perceived as such as long as it falls within specific phase windows along the alpha cycle.

      Strengths:

      The authors leveraged complementary approaches (EEG, tACS, and computational modelling), the results thereof not only integrate, but depict an overarching mechanistic scenario elegantly framing phase-resetting dynamics into the broader theoretical architecture posited by the discrete sampling hypothesis. Analyses on brain oscillations (either via frequency sliding and phase opposition sum) mostly appear to be methodologically sound, and very-well supported by tACS results. Under this perspective, the modelling approach serves as a convenient tool to reconcile and shed more light on the pieces of evidence gathered on empirical data, returning an appealing account on how cross-modal stimuli interplay with ongoing alpha rhythms and differentially affect multisensory processing in humans.

      Weaknesses:

      Some information relative to the task and the analyses is missing. For instance, it is not entirely clear from the text what the number of flashes actually displayed in explicit short trials is (1 or 2?). We believe it is always two, but it should be explicitly stated.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important point. In our study, all explicit trials consistently presented two flashes. We will clearly state this detail in the Methods section to avoid any further confusion.

      Moreover, the sample size might be an issue. As highlighted by a recent meta-analysis on the matter (Samaha & Romei, 2024), an underpowered sample size may very well drive null-findings relative to tACS data in F2B1 trials, in interplay with broad and un-individualized frequency targets.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. First, we would like to clarify that our results do not suggest that the frequency effect is absent in the F2B1 condition; rather, it is relatively attenuated compared to the F2 condition. If the sample size were the primary issue, we would expect to observe a null effect in both conditions. Instead, the stronger frequency modulation in F2 confirms that the sound-induced modulation is present, albeit reduced in the audiovisual context. In our revised manuscript, we will explicitly note that our claim is not that there is no frequency effect in F2B1 but that the effect is weaker relative to F2, and we will also acknowledge the potential limitations associated with sample size and the lack of individualized frequency targeting.

      Some criticality arises regarding the actual "bistability" of bistable trials, as the statistics relative to the main task (i.e., the actual means and SEMs are missing) broadly point toward a higher proclivity to report 2 instead of 1 flash in both F2B1 and F2 trials. This makes sense to some extent, given that 2 flashes have always been displayed (at least in bistable trials), yet tells about something botched during the pretest titration procedure.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the potential bias toward reporting “two flashes” in the bistable trials. Because our experimental design involves presenting two flashes in both explicit and bistable trials, a slight tendency to report two flashes may naturally arise, especially at threshold levels determined during pretesting. We believe, however, that this bias does not undermine our primary findings. Our psychophysical procedure is designed to align the inter-stimulus interval with each participant’s fusion threshold, aiming for a near 50/50 split between “one-flash” and “two-flash” reports. However, given that two flashes are always presented, participants may be predisposed to report two flashes when uncertain. This reflects a plausible perceptual bias inherent in the bistable design, rather than a systematic flaw. Importantly, this tendency appears at comparable levels in both the F2 and F2B1 conditions, indicating that it does not selectively affect any particular condition. In the revised manuscript, we will include additional descriptive statistics, such as means and standard deviations, to demonstrate that the observed bias remains within an acceptable range and does not compromise our core conclusions regarding the modulatory effect of auditory input on visual integration.

      Coming to the analyses on brain waves, one main concern relates to the phase-reset-induced slow-down of posterior alpha rhythms being of true oscillatory nature, rather than a mere evoked response (i.e., not sustained over time).

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding this issue. First, the sustained decrease in posterior alpha frequency observed in our study—persisting for approximately 280 ms—substantially exceeds the typical duration of an auditory evoked potential (generally 50–200 ms) (Näätänen and Picton, 1987). This extended period of modulation suggests that it is not merely a transient evoked response.

      Second, our analysis of alpha power further supports this interpretation. A purely evoked response is usually accompanied by a corresponding increase in signal power; however, our results show no such power increase when comparing the F2B1 condition with the F2 condition.

      Moreover, the observed increase in alpha phase resetting—as measured by inter-trial phase coherence (ITC)—does not significantly correlate with changes in alpha power. This dissociation further indicates that the auditory-induced effects are unlikely to be driven solely by evoked potentials, but are more consistent with a reorganization of the intrinsic neural oscillatory activity.

      Together, these lines of evidence strongly support the view that the auditory-induced decrease in alpha frequency reflects true changes in ongoing oscillatory dynamics, rather than being merely a transient evoked response.

      Another question calling for some further scrutiny regards the overlooked pattern linking the temporal extent of the IAF differences between F2 and F2B1 trials with the ISIs across experimental conditions (explicit short, bistable, and explicit long). That is, the wider the ISI, the longer the temporal extent of the IAF difference between sensory modalities. Although neglected by the authors, such a trend speaks in favour of a rather nuanced scenario stemming from not only auditory-induced phase-reset alpha cycle elongation, but also some non-linear and perhaps super-additive contribution of flash-induced phase-resetting. This consideration introduces some of the issues about the computational simulation, which was modelled around the assumption of phase-resetting being triggered by acoustic stimuli alone. Given how appealing the model already is, I wonder whether the authors might refine the model accordingly and integrate the phase-resetting impact of visual stimuli upon synthetic alpha rhythms.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comment regarding the potential influence of flash-induced phase resetting on the temporal extent of the IAF differences. We acknowledge that the observation—that wider ISIs are associated with a longer period of IAF differences—hints at a non-linear or even super-additive interaction between auditory- and flash-induced phase resetting mechanisms.

      However, the primary focus of our current study is on how auditory stimuli affect alpha oscillatory dynamics. Our experimental design and computational model were specifically optimized to capture auditory-induced phase resetting. Incorporating the additional influence of flash-induced effects would require a significantly more refined experimental framework and a more complex modeling approach. This added complexity could obscure the interpretation of our main findings, which are centered on auditory influences.

      In the revised manuscript, we will address this intriguing possibility in the Discussion section. We will acknowledge that while the data hint at a potential visual contribution, our present model deliberately isolates auditory-induced phase resetting to maintain clarity. We also propose that future research, with more precise experimental designs and enhanced modeling techniques, is necessary to fully disentangle and capture the interplay between auditory and flash-induced phase resetting mechanisms.

      Relatedly, I would also suggest the authors to throw in a few more simulations to explore the parameter space and assay, to which quantitative extent the model still holds (e.g. allowing alpha frequency to randomly change within a range between 8 and 13 Hz, or pivoting the phase delay around 10 or 50 ms).

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to further explore our model’s parameter space. In response, we will conduct additional simulations that incorporate variability in alpha frequency—sampling randomly between 8 and 13 Hz—and examine alternative phase delays (e.g., around 10 and 50 ms). By systematically adjusting these parameters, we can more thoroughly evaluate the model’s robustness and delineate its boundaries under a broader range of neurophysiological conditions. We will present these results in the revised manuscript and discuss how they inform our understanding of alpha-driven visual integration in cross-modal contexts.

      As a last remark, I would avoid, or at least tone down, concluding that the results hereby presented might reconcile and/or explain the null effects in Buergers & Noppeney, 2022; as the relationship between IAFs and audiovisual abilities still holds when examining other cross-modal paradigms such as the Sound-Induced Flash-Illusion (Noguchi, 2022), and the aforementioned patterns might be due to other factors, such as a too small sample size (Samaha & Romei, 2024).

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion and will revise our claims accordingly. In the revised manuscript, we will clarify that while our study demonstrates a mechanism by which alpha oscillations influence audiovisual integration in certain paradigms, this does not mean that our findings fully reconcile all conflicting results in the literature. We will emphasize that our mechanism may help explain why alpha frequency plays a critical role in some experimental settings, but that factors such as sample size, task parameters, and experimental design differences likely contribute to the divergent results observed across studies. Accordingly, we acknowledge that further research with larger samples and more refined methodologies is necessary to fully reconcile these discrepancies. This more cautious interpretation will be clearly discussed in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used a visual flash discrimination task in which two flashes are presented one after another with different inter-stimulus intervals. Participants either perceive one flash or two flashes. The authors show that the simultaneous presence of an auditory input extends the temporal window of integration, meaning that two flashes presented shortly after one another are more likely to be perceived as a single flash. Auditory inputs are accompanied by a reduction in alpha frequency over visual areas. Prestimulus alpha frequency predicts perceptual outcomes in the absence of auditory stimuli, whereas prestimulus alpha phase becomes the dominant predictor when auditory input is present. A computational model based on phase-resetting theory supports these findings. Additionally, a transcranial stimulation experiment confirms the causal role of alpha frequency in unimodal visual perception but not in cross-modal contexts.

      Strengths:

      The authors elegantly combined several approaches-from behavior to computational modeling and EEG-to provide a comprehensive overview of the mechanisms involved in visual integration in the presence or absence of auditory input. The methods used are state-of-the-art, and the authors attempted to address possible pitfalls.

      Weaknesses:

      The use of Bayesian statistics could further strengthen the paper, especially given that a few p-values are close to the significance threshold (lines 162 & 258), but they are interpreted differently in different cases (absence of effect vs. trend).

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion regarding the use of Bayesian statistics. We agree that a Bayesian framework can offer valuable complementary insights to our analysis by helping to distinguish whether a marginal p-value represents a trend or truly indicates the absence of an effect. To enhance the robustness of our conclusions, we will incorporate supplemental Bayesian analyses in the revised manuscript.

      Overall, these results provide new insights into the role of alpha oscillations in visual processing and offer an interesting perspective on the current debate regarding the roles of alpha phase and frequency in visual perception. More generally, they contribute to our understanding of the neural dynamics of multisensory integration.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigated the impact of an auditory stimulus on visual integration at the behavioral, electrophysiological, and mechanistic levels. Although the role of alpha brain oscillations on visual perception has been widely studied, how the brain dynamics in the visual cortices are influenced by a cross-modal stimulus remains ill-defined. The authors demonstrated that auditory stimulation systematically induced a drop in visual alpha frequency, increasing the time window for audio-visual integration, while in the unimodal condition, visual integration was modulated by small variations within the alpha frequency range. In addition, they only found a role of the phase of alpha brain oscillations on visual perception in the cross-modal condition. Based on the perceptual cycles' theory framework, the authors developed a model allowing them to describe their results according to a phase resetting induced by the auditory stimulation. These results showed that the influence of well-known brain dynamics on one modality can be disrupted by another modality. They provided insights into the importance of investigating cross-modal brain dynamics, and an interesting model that extends the perceptual cycle framework.

      Strengths:

      The results are supported by a combination of various, established experimental and analysis approaches (e.g., two-flash fusion task, psychometric curves, phase opposition), ensuring strong methodological bases and allowing direct comparisons with related findings in the literature.

      The model the authors proposed is an extension and an improvement of the perceptual cycle's framework. Interestingly, this model could then be tested in other experimental approaches.

      Weaknesses:

      There is an increasing number of studies in cognitive neuroscience showing the importance of considering inter-individual variability. The individual alpha frequency (IAF) varied from 8 to 13 Hz with a huge variability across participants, and studies have shown that the IAF influenced visual perception. Investigating inter-individual variations of the IAF in the reported results would be of great interest, especially for the model.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s valuable feedback regarding the importance of inter-individual variability in alpha frequency. In our current study, we have already addressed participant-level variability in our neural data by performing inter-subject correlation analyses, investigating whether individual reductions in alpha frequency correlate with broader temporal integration windows at the behavioral level.

      Moreover, our computational model incorporates physiologically realistic distributions for key parameters, including frequency and amplitude, which captures some degree of individual variability. Nevertheless, we acknowledge that a more targeted examination of how different IAF values specifically affect the model’s predictions would be highly valuable. In response, we will expand our simulations to systematically explore a range of IAF values and assess their impact on temporal integration windows and related measures of audiovisual processing. These additional analyses will help clarify the role of inter-individual variability in alpha frequency and further strengthen the mechanistic account offered by our model. We will detail these enhancements and discuss their implications in the revised manuscript.

      Although the use of non-invasive brain stimulation to infer causality is a method of great interest, the use of tACS in the presented work is not optimal. Instead of inducing alpha brain oscillations in visual cortices, the use of tACS to activate the auditory cortex instead of the actual auditory stimulation would have presented more interest.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion and acknowledge that non-invasive brain stimulation offers promising avenues for inferring causality. In our study, our primary hypothesis focused on the role of occipital alpha oscillations in defining the temporal window for visual integration, and accordingly we targeted visual cortex in our tACS protocol.

      We recognize that stimulating the auditory cortex could provide additional insights into auditory contributions to phase resetting. However, accurately targeting the auditory cortex with tACS presents technical challenges. The auditory cortex is located deeper within the temporal lobe, and factors such as variable skull thickness and complex current spread make it difficult to reliably modulate its neural activity compared to the more superficial visual areas. Indeed, recent studies have demonstrated that tACS-induced electric fields in the temporal regions tend to be weaker and less focal—for example, Huang et al. (2017) and Opitz et al. (2016) highlight the limitations in achieving robust stimulation of deeper or anatomically complex brain regions using conventional tACS approaches.

      Given these considerations, while we agree that future investigations could benefit from exploring auditory cortex stimulation—either as an alternative or as a complementary approach—the present study remains focused on visual alpha modulation, where our protocol is well validated and yields reliable results. In the revised manuscript, we will clearly discuss these issues and acknowledge the potential, yet technically challenging, possibility of stimulating the auditory cortex in future work to further disentangle the contributions of auditory and visual inputs to cross-modal integration.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer 1 (Public Review):

      “Summary:

      In this paper, the authors aimed to test the ability of bumblebees to use bird-view and ground-view for homing in cluttered landscapes. Using modelling and behavioural experiments, the authors showed that bumblebees rely most on ground-views for homing.

      Strengths:

      The behavioural experiments are well-designed, and the statistical analyses are appropriate for the data presented.

      Weaknesses:

      Views of animals are from a rather small catchment area.

      Missing a discussion on why image difference functions were sufficient to explain homing in wasps (Murray and Zeil 2017).

      The artificial habitat is not really 'cluttered' since landmarks are quite uniform, making it difficult to infer ecological relevance.”

      Thank you for your thorough evaluation of our study. We aimed to investigate local homing behaviour on a small scale, which is ecologically relevant given that the entrance of bumblebee nests is often inconspicuously hidden within the vegetation. This requires bees to locate their nest entrance using views within a confined area. While many studies have focused on larger scales using radar tracking (e.g. Capaldi et al. 2000; Osborne et al. 2013; Woodgate et al. 2016), there is limited understanding of the mechanisms behind local homing on a smaller scale, especially in dense environments.

      We appreciate your suggestion to include the study by Murray and Zeil (2017) in our discussion. Their research explored the catchment areas of image difference functions on a larger spatial scale with a cubic volume of 5m x 5m x 5m. Aligned with their results, we found that image difference functions pointed towards the location of the objects surrounding the nest when the images were taken above the objects. However, within the clutter, i.e. the dense set of objects surrounding the nest, the model did not perform well in pinpointing the nest position.

      We agree with your comment about the term "clutter". Therefore, we will refer to our landmark arrangement as a "dense environment" instead. Uniformly distributed objects do indeed occur in nature, as seen in grasslands, flower meadows, or forests populated with similar plants.

      Reviewer 2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In a 1.5m diameter, 0.8m high circular arena bumblebees were accustomed to exiting the entrance to their nest on the floor surrounded by an array of identical cylindrical landmarks and to forage in an adjacent compartment which they could reach through an exit tube in the arena wall at a height of 28cm. The movements of one group of bees were restricted to a height of 30cm, the height of the landmark array, while the other group was able to move up to heights of 80cm, thus being able to see the landmark array from above.

      During one series of tests, the flights of bees returning from the foraging compartment were recorded as they tried to reach the nest entrance on the floor of the arena with the landmark array shifted to various positions away from the true nest entrance location. The results of these tests showed that the bees searched for the net entrance in the location that was defined by the landmark array.

      In a second series of tests, access to the landmark array was prevented from the side, but not from the top, by a transparent screen surrounding the landmark array. These tests showed that the bees of both groups rarely entered the array from above, but kept trying to enter it from the side.

      The authors express surprise at this result because modelling the navigational information supplied by panoramic snapshots in this arena had indicated that the most robust information about the location of the nest entrance within the landmark array was supplied by views of the array from above, leading to the following strong conclusions:

      line 51: "Snapshot models perform best with bird's eye views"; line 188: "Overall, our model analysis could show that snapshot models are not able to find home with views within a cluttered environment but only with views from above it."; line 231: "Our study underscores the limitations inherent in snapshot models, revealing their inability to provide precise positional estimates within densely cluttered environments, especially when compared to the navigational abilities of bees using frog's-eye views." Strengths:

      The experimental set-up allows for the recording of flight behaviour in bees, in great spatial and temporal detail. In principle, it also allows for the reconstruction of the visual information available to the bees throughout the arena.

      The experimental set-up allows for the recording of flight behaviour in bees, in great spatial and temporal detail. In principle, it also allows for the reconstruction of the visual information available to the bees throughout the arena.

      Weaknesses:

      Modelling:

      Modelling left out information potentially available to the bees from the arena wall and in particular from the top edge of the arena and cues such as cameras outside the arena. For instance, modelled IDF gradients within the landmark array degrade so rapidly in this environment, because distant visual features, which are available to bees, are lacking in the modelling. Modelling furthermore did not consider catchment volumes, but only horizontal slices through these volumes.

      When we started modelling the bees’ homing based on image-matching, we included the arena wall. However, the model simulations pointed only coarsely towards the clutter but not toward the nest position. We hypothesised that the arena wall and object location created ambiguity. Doussot et al. (2020) showed that such a model can yield two different homing locations when distant and local cues are independently moved. Therefore, we reduced the complexity of the environment by concentrating on the visual features, which were moved between training and testing. (Neither the camera nor the wall were moved between training and test). We acknowledge that this information should have been provided to substantiate our reasoning. As such, we will include model results with the arena wall in the revised paper.

      As we wanted to investigate if bees would use ground views or bird’s eye views to home in a dense environment, we think the catchment volumes would provide qualitatively similar, though quantitatively more detailed information as catchment slices. Our approach of catchment slices is sufficient to predict whether ground or bird' s-eye views perform better in leading to the nest, and we will, therefore, not include further computations of catchment volumes.

      Behavioural analysis:

      The full potential of the set-up was not used to understand how the bees' navigation behaviour develops over time in this arena and what opportunities the bees have had to learn the location of the nest entrance during repeated learning flights and return flights.

      Without a detailed analysis of the bees' behaviour during 'training', including learning flights and return flights, it is very hard to follow the authors' conclusions. The behaviour that is observed in the tests may be the result of the bees' extended experience shuttling between the nest and the entry to the foraging arena at 28cm height in the arena wall. For instance, it would have been important to see the return flights of bees following the learning flights shown in Figure 17.

      Basically, both groups of bees (constrained to fly below the height of landmarks (F) or throughout the height of the arena (B)) had ample opportunities to learn that the nest entrance lies on the floor of the landmark array. The only reason why B-bees may not have entered the array from above when access from the side was prevented, may simply be that bumblebees, because they bumble, find it hard to perform a hovering descent into the array.

      A prerequisite for studying the learning flight in a given environment is showing that the bees manage to return to their home. Here, our primary goal was to demonstrate this within a dense environment. While we understand that a detailed analysis of the learning and return flights would be valuable, we feel this is outside the scope of this particular study.

      Multi-snapshot models have been repeatedly shown to be sufficient to explain the homing behaviour in natural as well as artificial environments. A model can not only be used to replicate but also to predict a given outcome and shape the design of experiments. Here, we used the models to shape the experimental design, as it does not require the entire history of the bee's trajectory to be tested and provides interesting insight into homing in diverse environments.

      Our current knowledge of learning flights did not permit these investigations of bee training. Firstly, our setup does not allow us to record each inbound and outbound flight of the bumblebees during training. Doing so would require blocking the entire colony for extended time periods, potentially impairing the motivation of the bees to forage or the survival and development of the colony. Secondly, the exact locations where bees learn or if and whether they continuously learn by weighting the visual experience based on their positions and orientations is not always clear. It makes it difficult to categorise these flights accurately in learning and return flights. Additionally, homing models remain elusive on the learning mechanisms at play during the learning flights. Therefore, we believe that continuous effort must be made to understand bees' learning and homing ability. We felt it was necessary first to establish that bees could navigate back to the nest in a dense, cluttered environment. With this understanding, we are currently conducting a detailed study of the bees' learning flights in various dense environments and provide these results in a separate article.

      While we acknowledge that the bees had ample opportunities to learn the location of the nest entrance, we believe that their behaviour of entering the dense environment at a very low altitude cannot be solely explained by extended experience. It is possible that the bees could have also learned to enter at the edge of the objects or above the objects before descending within the clutter.

      General:

      The most serious weakness of the set-up is that it is spatially and visually constrained, in particular lacking a distant visual panorama, which under natural conditions is crucial for the range over which rotational image difference functions provide navigational guidance. In addition, the array of identical landmarks is not representative of natural clutter and, because it is visually repetitive, poses un-natural problems for view-based homing algorithms. This is the reason why the functions degrade so quickly from one position to the next (Figures 9-12), although it is not clear what these positions are (memory0-memory7).

      In conclusion, I do not feel that I have learnt anything useful from this experiment; it does suggest, however, that to fully appreciate and understand the homing abilities of insects, there is no alternative but to investigate these abilities in the natural conditions in which they have evolved.

      We respectfully disagree with the evaluation that our study does not provide new insights due to the controlled lab conditions. Both field and lab research are absolutely necessary and should feed each other. Dismissing the value of controlled lab experiments would overlook the contributions of previous lab-based research, which has significantly advanced our understanding of animal behaviour. It is only possible to precisely define the visual test environments under laboratory conditions and to identify the role of these components for the behaviour through targeted variation of individual components of the environment. These results should guide field-based experiments for validation.

      Our lab settings are a kind of abstraction of natural situations focusing on those aspects that are at the centre of the research question. Our approach here was that bumblebees have to find their inconspicuous nest hole in nature, which is difficult to find in often highly dense environments, and ultimately on a spatial scale in the metre range. We first wanted to find out if bumblebees can find their nest hole under the particularly challenging condition that all objects surrounding the nest hole are the same. This was not yet clear. Uniformly distributed objects may, however, also occur in nature, as seen with visually inconspicuous nest entrances of bumblebees in grass meadows, flower meadows, or forests with similar plants. We agree that the term "clutter" is not well-defined in the literature and will refer to our environment as a "dense environment."

      Despite the lack of a distant visual panorama, or also UV light, wind, or other confounding factor inherent to field work, the bees successfully located the nest position even when we shifted the dense environment within the flight arena. We used rotational-image difference functions based on snapshots taken around the nest position to predict the bees' behaviour, as this is one of the most widely accepted and computationally most parsimonious

      mechanisms for homing. This approach also proved effective in our more restricted conditions, where the bees still managed to pinpoint their home.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper tackles an important question: What drives the predictability of pre-stimulus brain activity? The authors challenge the claim that "pre-onset" encoding effects in naturalistic language data have to reflect the brain predicting the upcoming word. They lay out an alternative explanation: because language has statistical structure and dependencies, the "pre-onset" effect might arise from these dependencies, instead of active prediction. The authors analyze two MEG datasets with naturalistic data.

      Strengths:

      The paper proposes a very reasonable alternative hypothesis for claims in prior work. Two independent datasets are analyzed. The analyses with the most and least predictive words are clever, and nicely complement the more naturalistic analyses.

      Weaknesses:

      I have to admit that I have a hard time understanding one conceptual aspect of the work, and a few technical aspects of the analyses are unclear to me. Conceptually, I am not clear on why stimulus dependencies need to be different from those of prediction. Yes, it is true that actively predicting an upcoming word is different from just letting the regression model pick up on stimulus dependencies, but given that humans are statistical learners, we also just pick up on stimulus dependencies, and is that different from prediction? Isn't that in some way, the definition of prediction (sensitivity to stimulus dependencies, and anticipating the most likely upcoming input(s))?

      This brings me to some of the technical points: If the encoding regression model is learning one set of regression weights, how can those reflect stimulus dependencies (or am I misunderstanding which weights are learned)? Would it help to fit regression models on for instance, every second word or something (that should get rid of stimulus dependencies, but still allow to test whether the model predicts brain activity associated with words)? Or does that miss the point? I am a bit unclear as to what the actual "problem" with the encoding model analyses is, and how the stimulus dependency bias would be evident. It would be very helpful if the authors could spell out, more explicitly, the precise predictions of how the bias would be present in the encoding model.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments and address both points.

      Conceptually, there is a key difference between encoding predictions, i.e. pre-activations of future words, versus encoding stimulus dependencies. The speech acoustics provide a useful control case: they encode the stimulus (and therefore stimulus dependencies) but do not predict. When we apply the encoding analysis to the acoustics (i.e. when we estimate the acoustics pre-onset from post-onset words), we observe the “hallmarks of prediction” – yet, clearly, the acoustics aren't "predicting" the next word.

      This reveals the methodological issue: if the brain were just passively filtering the stimulus (akin to a speech spectrogram), these "prediction hallmarks" would still appear in the acoustics encoding results, despite no actual prediction taking place. Therefore, one necessary criterion for concluding pre-activation from pre-stimulus neural encoding, is that at least the pre-stimulus encoding performance is better on neural data than on the stimulus itself. This would show that the pre-onset neural signal contains additional predictive information about the next word beyond that of the stimulus (e.g. acoustics) itself. We will make this point more prominent in the revision.

      Regarding the regression: different weights are estimated per time point in a time-resolved regression. This allows for modeling of unfolding responses over time, but also for the learning of stimulus dependencies.

      To sum up, the difference between encoding dependencies and predictions is at the core of our work. We appreciate this was not clear in the initial version and we will make this much clearer in the revision, conceptually and methodologically.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      At a high level, the reviewers demonstrate that there is an explanation for pre-word-onset predictivity in neural responses that does not invoke a theory of predictive coding or processing. The paper does this by demonstrating that this predictivity can be explained solely as a property of the local mutual information statistics of natural language. That is, the reason that pre-word onset predictivity exists could simply boil down to the common prevalence of redundant bigram or skip-gram information in natural language.

      Strengths:

      The paper addresses a problem of significance and uses methods from modern NeuroAI encoding model literature to do so. The arguments, both around stimulus dependencies and the problems of residualization, are compellingly motivated and point out major holes in the reasoning behind several influential papers in the field, most notably Goldstein et al. This result, together with other papers that have pointed out other serious problems in this body of work, should provoke a reconsideration of papers from encoding model literature that have promoted predictive coding. The paper also brings to the forefront issues in extremely common methods like residualization that are good to raise for those who might be tempted to use or interpret these methods incorrectly.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors don't completely settle the problem of whether pre-word onset predictivity is entirely explainable by stimulus dependencies, instead opting to show why naive attempts at resolving this problem (like residualization) don't work. The paper could certainly be better if the authors had managed to fully punch a hole in this.

      We thank the reviewer for their assessment.

      We believe the limitation we highlight extends beyond the specific method of residualizing features. Rather, it points to a fundamental problem: adjusting the features (X matrix) alone cannot address stimulus dependencies that persist in the signal (y matrix), as we demonstrate by using a different signal (acoustics) that encodes no predictions. While removing dependencies from the signal would be more thorough, this would also eliminate the effect of interest. We view this as a fundamental limitation of the encoding analysis approach combined with the experimental design, rather than something that can be resolved analytically. We will perform additional analyses to test this premise and elaborate on this point in our revision.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Schönmann et al. presents compelling analyses based on two MEG datasets, offering strong evidence that the pre-onset response observed in a highly influential study (Goldstein et al., 2022) can be attributed to stimulus dependencies, specifically, the auto-correlation in the stimuli-rather than to predictive processing in the brain. Given that both the pre-onset response and the encoding model are central to the landmark study, and that similar approaches have been adopted in several influential works, this manuscript is likely to be of high interest to the field. Overall, this study encourages more cautious interpretation of pre-onset responses in neural data, and the paper is well written and clearly structured.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors provide clear and convincing evidence that inherent dependencies in word embeddings can lead to pre-activation of upcoming words, previously interpreted as neural predictive processing in many influential studies.

      (2) They demonstrate that dependencies across representational domains (word embeddings and acoustic features) can explain the pre-onset response, and that these effects are not eliminated by regressing out neighboring word embeddings - an approach used in prior work.

      (3) The study is based on two large MEG datasets, showing that results previously observed in ECoG data can be replicated in MEG. Moreover, the stimulus dependencies appear to be consistent across the two datasets.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) To allow a more direct comparison with Goldstein et al., the authors could consider using their publicly available dataset.

      (2) Goldstein et al. already addressed embedding dependencies and showed that their main results hold after regressing out the embedding dependencies. This may lessen the impact of the concerns about self-dependency raised here.

      (3) While this study shows that stimulus dependency can account for pre-onset responses, it remains unclear whether this fully explains them, or whether predictive processing still plays a role. The more important question is whether pre-activation remains after accounting for these confounds.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments.

      We want to address a key unclarity regarding the procedure of regressing out embedding dependencies. While Goldstein et al. showed that neural encoding results persist after their control analysis (like we did, too, in our supplementary Figure S3), this does not lessen the concern surrounding stimulus dependencies. Our analyses demonstrate that even after such residualization, the "hallmarks of prediction" remain encodable in the speech acoustics – a control system that, by definition, cannot predict upcoming words. Therefore, the hallmarks of prediction can be fully explained by stimulus dependencies. This persistence in the acoustics strengthens rather than lessens our concerns about dependencies.

      This connects to a broader methodological point: our key evidence comes from analyzing the stimulus material itself as a control system. By comparing results from encoding neural responses to those of a system that encodes the stimulus, and therefore the dependencies that cannot predict the upcoming input (like acoustics), we can establish proper criteria for concluding that the brain engages in prediction. Notably, the Goldstein dataset was not available when we conducted this research. However, for the revision we will perform additional analyses to make a more direct comparison.

      Finally, our focus was not to definitively test whether the brain predicts upcoming words, but rather to establish rigorous methodological and epistemological criteria for making such claims. We will elaborate on this crucial distinction in our revision and more prominently feature our central argument about the limitations of current evidence for neural prediction.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Response to public reviews:

      We thank the reviewers for their careful evaluation of our manuscript and appreciate the suggestions for improvement. We will outline our planned revisions in response to these reviews.

      Reviewer 2: “The one exception is the claim that "maintenance of respiration is the only cellular target of chalkophore mediated copper acquisition." While under the in vitro conditions tested this does appear to be the case; however, it can't be ruled out that the chalkophore is important in other situations. In particular, for maintenance of the periplasmic superoxide dismutase, SodC, which is the other M. tuberculosis enzyme known to require copper.”

      And

      Reviewer 3: “Because the phenotype of M. tuberculosis lacking chalkophores is similar, if not identical, to using Q203, an inhibitor of cytochrome bcc:aa3, the authors propose that the coppercontaining cytochrome bcc:aa3 is the only recipient of copper-uptake by chalkophores. A minor weakness of the work is that this latter conclusion is not verified under infection conditions and other copper-enzymes might still be functionally required during one or more stages of infection.

      Both comments concern the question of whether the bcc:aa3 respiratory oxidase supercomplex is the only target of chalkophore delivered copper. In culture, our experiments suggest that bcc:aa3 is the only target. The evidence for this claim is in Figure 2E and F. In 2E, we show that M. tuberculosis D_ctaD_ (a subunit of bcc:aa3) is growth impaired, copper chelation with TTM does not exacerbate that growth defect, and that a D_ctaD_D_nrp_ double mutant is no more sensitive to TTM than D_ctaD_. These data indicate that role of the chalkophore in protecting against copper deprivation is absent when the bcc:aa3 oxidase is missing. Similar results were obtained with Q203 (Figure 2F). Q203 or TTM arrest growth of M. tuberculosis D_nrp, but the combination has no additional effect, indicating that when Q203 is inhibiting the _bcc:aa3 oxidase, the chalkophore has no additional role. However, we agree with the reviewers that we cannot exclude the possibility that during infection, there is an additional target of chalkophore mediated Cu acquisition. We have added this caveat to the discussion of revised version of this manuscript. 

      Response to Reviewers Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      In addition to the specific recommendations below, there was consensus that the conclusions/discussion should contextualize that the results cannot exclude that in other conditions (such as in infection), enzymes other than cytochrome bcc:aa3 receive copper from the chalkophore system.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In the introduction, the authors mention that the nrp operon is only present in pathogenic Mtb and Mycobacterium marinum but not non-pathogenic mycobacterium. Is the nrp operon present in other pathogenic mycobacterium such as in M. leprae, M. avium or M. abscessus?

      Bhatt et al (PMID 30381350) presented an analysis of the distribution of nrp gene clusters in mycobacteria and concluded that M. bovis, M. leprae and M. canetti clearly encode nrp genes. M. marinum has been shown to have a functional chalkophore biosynthetic cluster, but the presence of this system in other mycobacteria awaits experimental validation. We have added the Bhatt reference to this sentence in the introduction. 

      (2) Figure 1A - it would be helpful if the genes were grouped and labeled as per their purpose (for example, CytBD components, bcc:aa3 components). While these are described in the text, the genes belonging to the chalkophore cluster are not defined in the text, and are thus not easily identified in the figure.

      The order of genes in the heatmap is determined by unsupervised clustering as indicated by the dendrogram to the left of the heatmap. To highlight chalkophore and CytBD genes, we have added color coding to the gene names and explained this color coding in the legend. 

      (3) Figure 2B/2C - it is interesting that complementation of ΔnrpΔcydAB with cydABCD does not rescue growth to Δnrp levels. Is there an explanation for this? 

      AND

      (4) Figure 2C - BCS is not introduced in the text for this figure nor are the results described - which seems like an oversight. It is interesting that BCS treatment does have a full rescue with cydABCD complementation, while TTM treatment does not. Is there an explanation for this?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this issue. We have attempted several different complementation constructs, including CydAB alone and different promoters, to address the partial complementation in question. However, we do not have an adequate explanation for this partial complementation. As the reviewer notes, the partial complementation is only evident with TTM, not BCS. However, we cannot speculate on the reason for this difference at present.  We have added a note to the text in the results section noting this difference. 

      (5) Figure 2F - is there a reason for the change in TTM concentrations (50 μM TTM vs 10 μM TTM)? Is the concentration for Q203 in both single treatment and combinatory tests 100nM?  

      We have clarified the 100nm Q203 concentration in the figure legend. To avoid confusion, we have removed the 50µM TTM condition from panel F because the growth inhibition phenotype of 10µM is shown in panel E and is the comparator for the combined TTM/Q203 condition in panel F. 

      (6) Figure 3A - I assume d0 = day 0, d3 = day 3. This should be defined.

      We have modified the legend to clarify these abbreviations. 

      (7) Figure 4B - as complementation of nrp for ΔnrpΔcydAB returns levels back to WT, I assume there is no attenuation with ΔcydAB alone? Clarification would be appreciated.

      The mouse phenotype of M. tuberculosis D_cydAB_ is reported here:

      https://www.pnas.org/doi/10.1073/pnas.1706139114#sec-1 and this paper is reference 22 of the paper and was noted in the discussion. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In vitro conditions that require SodC could reveal a role for the chalkophore (ie., exposure to extracellular or periplasmic superoxide stress under low iron conditions). Some minor confusion exists with the terminology around the two oxidases found in M. tuberculosis. The bcc:aa3 oxidase is a supercomplex between the reductase and oxidase complexes. This point should be clarified in the introduction as the term supercomplex isn't used until later in line 194 and without definition. Referring to the bcc:aa3 supercomplex as an oxidase is fine but is sometimes confusing especially when mentioning the target of Q203 is the oxidase as it targets the reductase portion of the supercomplex.

      We thank the reviewer for this point. We have modified the text to refer to the supercomplex at first mention and modified subsequent mentions to be clearer. 

      In the RNA preparation section boxes appear in several places where spaces should be.

      We do not see these boxes so we suspect this is a conversion error of some type. 

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have very carefully performed their studies and their main conclusions are amply supported by the data. The manuscript is also very clearly written, and easily accessible to a broad audience interested in both bioinorganic chemistry and mycobacteria. I have two recommendations:

      (1) I agree that the evidence shows that chalkophores provide copper to cytochrome bcc:aa3. Under lab-culture conditions, it could well be that, when cytochrome bd is deleted or inhibited, cytochrome bcc:aa3 is rate limiting. Under lab-culture conditions, it is also clear that only the expression of a select number of enzymes is affected. However, this does not mean that cytochrome bcc:aa3 is the ONLY enzyme that receives copper from chalkophores. Thus, under infection conditions, other copper enzymes might be important. For instance, M. tuberculosis expresses a Cu-Zn superoxide dismutase. In summary, perhaps the authors would consider changing the wording of statements such as that in Figure 2E and the conclusions drawn in the discussion.

      This comment concerns the question of whether the bcc:aa3 respiratory supercomplex is the only target of chalkophore delivered copper. In culture, our experiments suggest that the supercomplex is the only target. The evidence for this claim is in Figure 2E and F. In 2E, we show that M. tuberculosis D_ctaD_ (a subunit of the bcc:aa3 supercomplex) is growth impaired, copper chelation with TTM does not exacerbate that growth defect, and that a D_ctaD_D_nrp_ double mutant is no more sensitive to TTM than D_ctaD_. These data indicate that role of the chalkophore in protecting against copper deprivation is absent when the bcc:aa3 supercomplex is missing. Similar results were obtained with Q203 (Figure 2F). Q203 or TTM arrest growth of M. tuberculosis D_nrp, but the combination has no additional effect, indicating that when Q203 is inhibiting _bcc:aa3, the chalkophore has no additional role. However, we agree with the reviewers that we cannot exclude the possibility that during infection, there is an additional target of chalkophore mediated Cu acquisition. We have added the following to the discussion: “Although chalkophore mediated protection of the bcc:aa3 supercomplex is an important virulence function, we cannot exclude the possibility that additional copper dependent enzymes use chalkophore delivered copper during infection.”

      (2) There is a difference between copper-uptake (e.g. by chalkophores) and the maturation of metallo-enzymes. A short paragraph discussing knowledge from other bacteria in this area would help understand the role chalkophores (e.g. see 10.1128/mBio.00065-18 or 10.1111/mmi.14701). This could possibly be extended with a genome analysis to check which other proteins are present in M. tuberculosis.

      We thank the reviewer for this point. We agree that our data does not distinguish between 1) a generic role for the chalkophore in copper uptake, with the ultimate candidate metalloenzyme rendered dysfunctional by copper loss, and 2) the chalkophore being an intrinsic part of the cytochrome maturation pathway and interacting directly with the target enzymes. We have added this point to the discussion but have not otherwise added the suggested full discussion of metalloenzyme maturation as we believe this discussion is beyond the scope of our data. 

      Finally, can I suggest the labels d0 and d3 are made clearer in Figure 3A (and defined in the legend).

      We have modified the legend to be clearer.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      We thank the editors and Reviewers 1 and 3 for their though6ul consideration of our manuscript. The present revision is submitted to address comments raised concerning rank determinations and the following sentence in the editorial assessment:

      The evidence that food-washing is deliberate is compelling, but the evidence for variable and adaptive investment depending on rank, including the fitness-relevance and ultimate evolutionary implications of the findings, is incomplete given limitations of the experimental design.

      Close reading of this sentence reveals two parallel threads. The first can be read as “…evidence for variable rank is incomplete given the limitations of the experimental design,” whereas the second can be read as “…evidence for adaptive investment and fitness is incomplete given the limitations of the experimental design.” The first alludes to a critique of our methods, while the second alludes to points of discussion unrelated to our experimental design. Unpacking this sentence is important because it casts the totality of our paper as “incomplete,” a word of consequence for early-career scholars because it prevents indexing in Web of Science.

      For clarity, we will refer to these topics as Thread 1 and Thread 2 in the following response.

      Thread 1 seems rooted in a comment made by Reviewer 1, which is reproduced below:

      I am still struck that there was an analysis of only trials where <3 individuals are present. If rank was important, I would imagine that behavior might be different in social contexts when theA, scrounging, policing, aggression, or other distractions might occur-- where rank would have effects on foraging behavior. Maybe lower rankers prioritize rapid food intake then. If rank should be related to investment in this behavior, we might expect this to be magnified (or different) in social contexts where it would affect foraging. It might just be that the data was too hard to score or process in those settings, or the analysis was limited. Additionally, I think that more robust metrics of rank from more densely sampled focal follow data would be a beJer measure, but I acknowledge the limitations in getting the ideal. Since rank is central to the interpretation of these results, I think that reduced social contexts in which rank was analyzed and the robustness of the data from which rank was calculated and analyzed are the main weaknesses of the evidence presented in this paper.

      We are grateful for this perspective of Reviewer 1, but it puts us in an uncomfortable position. We must respond rather forcefully because of its influence on the above assessment. A problem with R1’s comment is that it uses the word “foraging” (a behavior we did not study) instead of “cleaning” (the behavior we did study). Still, we can substitute the latter word with the former to get the gist of it. 

      R1 criticizes our methods as a prelude for imagining the behaviors of our study animals, a form of conjecture. R1 correctly supposes a positive relationship between the number of animals and the intensity of competition for a limited food resource, a well-known phenomenon; and, yes, the food in each trial was decidedly limited, being fixed at nine cucumber slices. But R1 incorrectly presumes rank effects on cleaning under conditions of intense food competition. When the number of monkeys participating in a trial exceeded the number of feeding stations (n = 3), we saw little or no cleaning effort, either brushing or washing. So, rank effects on cleaning are immaterial under these conditions. As our study goals were narrowly focused on detecting individual propensities, or choices, as a function of rank, we limited our analysis to trials involving three monkeys or fewer. In retrospect, we admit that we should have provided better justification for our choice of trials, so we’ve edited one of our sentences:

      Original sentence 

      Formerly lines 219-220: To minimize the potential confounding effects of dominance interactions, we analyzed trials with ≤ 3 monkeys.

      Revised sentence

      Current lines 219-224: We excluded trials from analysis if the number of participating monkeys exceeded the number of feeding stations, as these conditions produced high levels of feeding competition with scant cleaning behavior. Such conditions effectively erased individual variation in sand removal, the topic motivating our experiment. Accordingly, we analyzed trials with ≤ 3 monkeys, putting 937 food-handling bouts into the GLMM statistical models, which included data on individual rank, sex, and sand treatment.

      R1’s final criticism – “I think that more robust metrics of rank from more densely sampled focal follow data would be a better measure, but I acknowledge the limitations in getting the ideal” – seems to imply that rank data were collected during our experiment. On the contrary, we determined ranks from five years of focal follows preceding the experiment, achieving the very standard that R1 describes as ideal. The relevant text appeared on lines 165-169 in version 2.0:

      To determine the rank-order of adults, we recorded dyadic agonistic interactions and their outcomes (i.e., aggression, supplants, and silent-bared-teeth displays of submission) during 5min focal follows of individuals based on a randomized order of continuous rotation (Tan et al., 2018). In some cases, these data were supplemented with ad libitum observations. This protocol existed during five years (2013-2018) of continual observations before we conducted our experiment in July-August 2018. 

      Naturally, we were puzzled by R1’s dismissal of our methods, as well as R1’s conclusion, reached without evidence, that “[the] reduced social contexts in which rank was analyzed and the robustness of the data from which rank was calculated and analyzed are the main weaknesses of the evidence presented in this paper.” It is unsubstantiated assertation with no definition of robustness, making it difficult for anyone to objectively assess the quality of our data.

      We detect in R1’s words some unfamiliarity with the social organization of our study species, which is fair enough. To better orient readers to the dominance hierarchy of Macaca fascicularis, and to boost reader confidence in the volume and quality of our rank data, we have added several sentences to this section of the manuscript, lines 169-183:

      Macaques form multi-male multi-female (polygynandrous) social groups with individual dominance hierarchies. In M. fascicularis, the hierarchy is strictly linear and extremely steep, meaning aggression is unidirectional (de Waal, 1977; van Noordwijk and van Schaik, 2001) with profound asymmetries in outcomes for individuals of adjacent ranks (Balasubramaniam et al., 2012). Further, the dominance hierarchies of philopatric females are stable and predictable. Daughters follow the pattern of youngest ascendancy, ranking just below their mothers with few known exceptions among older sisters (de Waal, 1977; van Noordwijk and van Schaik, 1999). Taken together, these species traits are conducive to unequivocal rank determinations. 

      To determine the rank-order of adults in our study group, we recorded dyadic agonistic interactions and their outcomes (i.e., aggression, supplants, and silent-bared-teeth displays of submission) during 5-min focal follows of individuals based on a randomized order of continuous rotation (Tan et al., 2018). These data were supplemented with ad libitum observations and all rank determinations were updated monthly, and when males immigrated or emigrated. This protocol predates our experiment in July-August 2018, representing 970 hr of focal data during five years of systematic study (2013-2018). 

      Thread 2 criticizes our evidence for adaptive investment and fitness, describing it is a limitation of our experimental design. Accordingly, the totality of our experiment was classified as “incomplete.” Yet, our experiment was never designed to collect such evidence, and we make no claims of having it. Rather, we discussed potential fitness consequences to highlight the broader significance of our study, connecting it diverse bodies of literature, from evolutionary theory to paleoanthropology. Our intent was to follow the conventions of scientific writing; to put our results into conversation with the wider literature and set an agenda for future research.

      On reflection, Thread 2 seems to pivot around something as arbitrary as structure. Previously, our results and discussion were combined under a single section header (“Results and Discussion”), a stylistic choice to economize words. Our manuscript is a Short Report, which is limited to 1,500 words of main text. But this level of concision proved counterproductive. It blurred our results and discussion in the minds of readers. Indeed, Reviewer 3 described it as “misleading,” a barbed word that accomplishes the same act attributed to us. To counter this perspective, we have simply partitioned our Results (now “Experimental Results”) and Discussion to draw a sharper distinction between the two components of our paper.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Muramoto and colleagues have examined a mechanism by which the executioner caspase Drice is activated in a non-lethal context in Drosophila. The authors have comprehensively examined this in the Drosophila olfactory receptor neurons using sophisticated techniques. In particular, they had to engineer a new reporter by which non-lethal caspase activation could be detected. The authors conducted a proximity labeling experiment and identified Fasciclin 3 as a key protein in this context. While the removal of Fascilin 3 did not block non-lethal caspase activation (likely because of redundant mechanisms), its overexpression was sufficient to activate non-lethal caspase activation.

      Strengths:

      While non-lethal functions of caspases have been reported in several contexts, far less is known about the mechanisms by which caspases are activated in these non-lethal contexts. So, the topic is very timely. The overall detail of this work is impressive and the results for the most part are wellcontrolled and justified.

      Weaknesses:

      The behavioral results shown in Figure 6 need more explanation and clarification (more details below). As currently shown, the results of Figure 6 seem uninterpretable. Also, overall presentation of the Figures and description in legends can be improved.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their highly positive evaluation of our study, particularly from a technical perspective. We also greatly appreciate the valuable comments provided on our manuscript. In response, we have revised the manuscript with a particular focus on Figure 6, as well as the overall presentation of the figure and its description in the legends, in accordance with the reviewer’s suggestions. For further clarification, please refer to our detailed point-by-point responses provided below.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this study, the authors investigate the role of caspases in neuronal modulation through non-lethal activation. They analyze proximal proteins of executioner caspases using a variety of techniques, including TurboID and a newly developed monitoring system based on Gal4 manipulation, called MASCaT. They demonstrate that overexpression of Fas3G promotes the non-lethal activation of caspase Dronc in olfactory receptor neurons. In addition, they investigate the regulatory mechanisms of non-lethal function of caspase by performing a comprehensive analysis of proximal proteins of executioner caspase Drice. It is important to point out that the authors use an array of techniques from western blot to behavioral experiments and also that the generated several reagents, from fly lines to antibodies.

      This is an interesting work that would appeal to readers of multiple disciplines. As a whole these findings suggest that overexpression of Fas3G enhances a non-lethal caspase activation in ORNs, providing a novel experimental model that will allow for exploration of molecular processes that facilitate caspase activation without leading to cell death.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their highly positive evaluation of our study, particularly from a methodological perspective. We also greatly appreciate the valuable comments provided on our manuscript. In response, we have revised the manuscript in line with the reviewer’s suggestions. For further clarification, please refer to our detailed point-by-point responses provided below.

      Reviewing Editor comments:

      I am pleased to let you know that our reviewers found the results in your paper important and the evidence compelling. There are a few minor comments and a point was raised regarding figure 6 for which further details were asked. Please see the reviewer's comments. We are looking forward to receiving an updated version of your very interesting paper.

      We are grateful to you and the reviewers for dedicating time to review our manuscript and for providing insightful comments and suggestions. We have revised our manuscript in line with the reviewers' feedback. The major revision involves clarifying the two-choice preference assay presented in Figure 6. Details of these revisions are provided in our point-by-point responses to the reviewers’ comments below. The new and extensively modified sections of text are highlighted in blue. We have introduced new panels (Figures 1D, 3D, 6B, and 6C) and made modifications to Figure 6A. The previous Figure 1D has been relocated to Figure 1–figure supplement 1B. Additionally, our detailed responses to the reviewers’ comments are also highlighted in blue within the point-by-point response section. With all concerns and suggestions from the Editor and reviewers addressed, our conclusion—that executioner caspase is proximal to Fasciclin 3 which facilitates non-lethal activation in Drosophila olfactory receptor neurons—is now more robustly supported. We are confident that our revised manuscript makes a significant contribution to the fields of caspase function and neurobiology. We remain hopeful that the reviewers will find it suitable for publication in eLife.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The main comment here is related to Figure 6, which needs to be better explained. First, if the results in Figure 6B and C are conducted with young flies, why is the preference index close to 0? Aren't these young flies more attracted to ACV? Second, what are the results with Dronc-RNAi and DroncDN alone? These should be shown to more accurately assess the outcome of Fas3G expression with and without Dronc inhibition. Third, if Fas3G overexpression induces non-lethal caspase activation and a behavioral change, why does Dronc inhibition enhance (and not suppress) this behavioral change?

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the comment. We used one-week-old young flies for the two-choice preference assay. We found that 16 hours of starvation combined with 25% ACV in the trap elicited a robust attraction behavior to the vinegar (New Figure 6B). In contrast, 4 hours of starvation with 1% ACV in the trap resulted in milder attraction behavior, with the preference index value being close to 0 but still showing a positive trend (New Figure 6B). Since our hypothesis is that non-lethal caspase activation suppresses attraction behavior, and that inhibiting caspase activation could enhance attraction, we used the milder experimental condition for subsequent analyses.

      In the original manuscript, we did not test Dronc inhibition alone because caspase activation is rarely observed in young flies (as demonstrated in Figure 3C, New Figure 3D, etc), suggesting that Dronc inhibition during this stage would not affect behavior. This hypothesis is further supported by previous research showing that inhibition of caspase activity in aged flies restores attraction behavior but does has no effect in young flies (Chihara et al., 2014). To validate this hypothesis, we conducted the two-choice preference assay again, including caspase activity inhibition by Dronc<sup>DN</sup> expression alone. As expected, Dronc inhibition alone did not alter behavior in young flies (New Figure 6C).

      We also observed that Fas3G overexpression promotes a weak, though not statistically significant, enhancement in attraction behavior. Importantly, simultaneous inhibition of caspase activity further enhanced attraction behavior (New Figure 6C). These results suggest that Fas3G overexpression has a dual function: one aspect promotes attraction behavior, while the other induces non-lethal caspase activation. In this context, non-lethal caspase activation appears to counteract the behavioral response, acting as a regulatory brake. To address the reviewer’s comments comprehensively, we included the New Figure 6B and replaced the original Figure 6B and C with New Figure 6C. Additionally, we revised the manuscript text as follows:

      Using a two-choice preference assay with ACV (Figure 6A), we found that 16 hours of starvation combined with 25% ACV in the trap elicited a robust attraction behavior to the vinegar (Figure 6B). In contrast, 4 hours of starvation with 1% ACV in the trap resulted in milder attraction behavior, with the preference index value being close to 0 but still showing a positive trend (Figure 6B). Under the milder experimental condition, we first confirmed that inhibition of caspase activity through expressing Dronc<sup>DN</sup> didn’t affect attraction behavior in young adult (Figure 6C), consistent with a previous report (Chihara et al., 2014).We then observed that the overexpression of Fas3G, which activates caspases, did not impair attraction behavior. Instead, it rather appeared to enhance the tendency for attraction behavior (Figure 6C), suggesting that Fas3G promotes attraction behavior. Finally, we found that inhibiting Fas3G overexpression-facilitated non-lethal caspase activation by expressing Dronc<sup>DN</sup> strongly promoted attraction to ACV (Figure 6C). Overall, these results suggest that Fas3G overexpression has a dual function: it enhances attraction behavior while also triggering non-lethal caspase activation, which counteracts the behavioral response, functioning as a regulatory brake without causing cell death.

      Other minor comments are below:

      The authors should clarify that while they refer to their caspases reporters as "non-lethal caspase reporters", these are caspase reporters in general and can report both lethal and non-lethal caspase activation. Of course, the only surviving cells are those that experience non-lethal caspase activation.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. This reporter can monitor caspase activation with high sensitivity only if the cell is capable of transcribing and translating the reporter proteins following cleavage of the probe, most likely in living cells. However, as mentioned, using the term “non-lethal reporter” is not accurate, as additional experiments are required to determine whether caspase activation leads to cell death. Therefore, we removed the term “non-lethal” and referred to this reporter simply as a highly sensitive caspase reporter in the revised manuscript.

      Some of the figure panels could be better described in the legends (e.g. Figure 1E, 1F, 4E, 4F).

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have included additional explanations in the figure legends throughout the manuscript.

      In Figure 3C, the OL and AL regions should be marked in the figure as done in Figure 1C.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have marked OL and AL regions in Figure 3C and Figure 2A as in Figure 1C.

      In Figures 4A and B, the authors should rearrange the order of the x-axis to reflect the order that appears in the text (Dronc first).

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have rearranged the order of labels on the X-axis to reflect the order that appears in the text.

      In Figure 6B, do the colors imply anything? If so, it should be explained. 

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We intended to use the colors where the light blue bars represent Fas3G overexpression, while the red dots indicate caspase-activated conditions. In the New Figure 6C, we used light blue dots for Fas3G overexpression and red bars for caspase-activated conditions. We have added an explanation in the figure legend. In addition, we have removed the colors in Figure 4B and have added an explanation in the figure legend in Figure 4D.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) For the methods section make a table for the lines, the way they are listed is not the most easy to read.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have listed the fly strains used in this study in Table S3.

      (2) Lines 420 to 573, not sure why this is here, this information should be in the figure or figure legend, or make a table if necessary.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have listed the detailed genotypes corresponding to each figure in Table S4.

      (3) Blocking with donkey serum, do you get better results than bovine?

      We have not conducted tests with bovine serum for immunohistochemistry. Donkey serum was used throughout the manuscript.

      (4) The Methods section is very thorough and complete but I recommend the use of tables to organize some of the reagents used.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have listed the fly strains used in this study in Table S3 and the detailed genotypes corresponding to each figure in Table S4.

      (5) Line 647 spells out LC-MS/MS.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have provided the full spelling as “liquidchromatography-tandem mass spectrometry”.

      (6) Line 808 spells out ACV (apple cider vinegar) and MQ (MilliQ water).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have provided the full spelling as suggested.

      (7) Figure 1D. Why do you use only females? 

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. In the original manuscript, we analyzed female flies by crossing each Gal4 strain with UAS-Drice-RNAi; Drice::V5::TurboID virgin females. In this case, because Pebbled-Gal4 is located on X chromosome, we could only use female flies for the analysis. To address this, we examined the expression pattern in males flies by crossing each Gal4 virgin female with UAS-Drice-RNAi; Drice::V5::TurboID males. As expected, Drice expression is also mostly depleted when using the ORN-specific Gal4 driver, Pebbled-Gal4, suggesting that Drice expression is predominantly observed in ORNs in males as well. We have added New Figure 1D to present the male data. The original Figure 1D, which presents female data, has been relocated to Figure 1–figure supplement 1B.

      (8) Figure 1D. Be clear about the LN driver used here in the figure.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We used Orb<sup>0449</sup>-Gal4 driver (#63325, Bloomington Drosophila Stock Center), which has been previously characterized as an LN-specific Gal4 driver (Wu et al., 2017). Accordingly, we have revised “LN-Gal4” to “Orb<sup>0449</sup>-Gal4” throughout the manuscript.

      (9) Figure 1 and Supplementary Figure 1 images are very good. I would recommend the use of a different color palette, to help visualization for colorblind readers (such as this reviewer).

      We apologize for any inconvenience caused. We chose the green/magenta color pair because these are complementary colors, which generally provide better contrast compared to other color pairs. Therefore, we have decided to continue using this pair. To enhance readability, we have intensified the magenta signal in the New Figure 1D and Figure 1–figure supplement 1B. We retained the original magenta signal levels in Figure 1C and Figure 1–figure supplement 1A to avoid oversaturation. Instead, we have kept the Streptavidin-only signal images alongside the color merged images for clarity. We hope these adjustments improve the visualization and help you better interpret the figures.

      (10) Based on Supplementary Figure 1 and based on the fact that Figures 1B and 1C use males, why not used also males for Figure 1D?

      Please refer to our reply to comment #7. We have now included the results for males in the New Figure 1D, which show a similar expression pattern to that observed in females. The results for females originally shown in Figure 1D have been relocated to Figure 1–figure supplement 1B.

      (11) Why were the old versus young flies used for Figure 3 raised at 29C? Why not let the animals age at 25C? The use of 29C throughout the manuscript is not clear.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. Most of the UAS fly strains used in this study, including a Fas3G overexpression line, are UASz lines, which exhibit relatively low expression levels compared to UASt lines (DeLuca and Spradling, 2018). Since the Gal4/UAS system is temperature-dependent (Duffy, 2002), we performed most of the experiments at 29°C to enhance gene expression.

      For the aging experiments, we chose to rear flies at 29°C because higher temperatures accelerate aging including neuronal aging (Okenve-Ramos et al., 2024), allowing for faster experimentation, and 29°C is within the ecologically relevant range of temperatures for Drosophila melanogaster (SotoYéber et al., 2018). Additionally, we confirmed that a subset of olfactory receptor neurons undergo aging-dependent caspase activation at both 29°C and 25°C, as shown in New Figure 3D.

      (12) Why not use an Or42b specific GAL 4 for the aging experiment? What are the odorants that are detected by this ORN? Are any of the odorants behaviorally relevant compounds?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. While the exact odorant detected by Or42b neurons has not been fully determined, these neurons innervate the DM1 region in the antennal lobe, which is activated by ACV. Additionally, Or42b neurons have been shown to be required for attraction behavior to ACV (Semmelhack and Wang, 2009), supporting the relevance of ACV for the behavioral experiment.   We used Or42b-Gal4 to confirm that Or42b neurons undergo aging-dependent caspase activation, which is detectable using the MASCaT system (New Figure 3D). Furthermore, we verified that these neurons exhibit aging-dependent caspase activation at both 25°C and 29°C (New Figure 3D).

      (13) Make the panel lettering in all the figures bigger or bold.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have increased the size of the panel lettering and made it bold throughout the figures to improve the readability.

      (14) Line 806. MilliQ water.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have ensured that “MilliQ water” is consistently spelled this way throughout the manuscript.

      (15) Figure 6. The authors need to be more clear on the experimental conditions. At what time of the day was this experiment performed? Was the experiment run in DD? Were the flies young or old?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We performed the assay using one-week-old young flies under constant dark conditions during both the starvation period and the assay. We have added a detailed explanation in the Methods section. For clarity, we have also revised Figure 6A to provide a more detailed explanation of the experimental setup.

      References

      Chihara T, Kitabayashi A, Morimoto M, Takeuchi K-I, Masuyama K, Tonoki A, Davis RL, Wang JW, Miura M. 2014. Caspase inhibition in select olfactory neurons restores innate attraction behavior in aged Drosophila. PLoS Genet 10:e1004437.

      DeLuca SZ, Spradling AC. 2018. Efficient expression of genes in the Drosophila germline using a UAS promoter free of interference by Hsp70 piRNAs. Genetics 209:381–387.

      Duffy JB. 2002. GAL4 system in Drosophila: a fly geneticist’s Swiss army knife. Genesis 34:1–15.

      Okenve-Ramos P, Gosling R, Chojnowska-Monga M, Gupta K, Shields S, Alhadyian H, Collie C, Gregory E, Sanchez-Soriano N. 2024. Neuronal ageing is promoted by the decay of the microtubule cytoskeleton. PLoS Biol 22:e3002504.

      Semmelhack JL, Wang JW. 2009. Select Drosophila glomeruli mediate innate olfactory attraction and aversion. Nature 459:218–223.

      Soto-Yéber L, Soto-Ortiz J, Godoy P, Godoy-Herrera R. 2018. The behavior of adult Drosophila in the wild. PLoS One 13:e0209917.

      Wu B, Li J, Chou Y-H, Luginbuhl D, Luo L. 2017. Fibroblast growth factor signaling instructs ensheathing glia wrapping of Drosophila olfactory glomeruli. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 114:7505–7512.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer 1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors aimed to test the ability of bumblebees to use bird-view and ground-view for homing in cluttered landscapes. Using modelling and behavioural experiments, the authors showed that bumblebees rely most on ground-views for homing.

      Strengths:

      The behavioural experiments are well-designed, and the statistical analyses are appropriate for the data presented.

      Weaknesses:

      Views of animals are from a rather small catchment area.

      Missing a discussion on why image difference functions were sufficient to explain homing in wasps (Murray and Zeil 2017).

      The artificial habitat is not really 'cluttered' since landmarks are quite uniform, making it difficult to infer ecological relevance.

      Thank you for your thorough evaluation of our study. We aimed to investigate local homing behaviour on a small spatial scale, which is ecologically relevant given that the entrance of bumblebee nests is often inconspicuously hidden within the vegetation. This requires bees to locate their nest hole within a confined area. While many studies have focused on larger spatial scales using radar tracking (e.g. Capaldi et al. 2000; Osborne et al. 2013; Woodgate et al. 2016), there is limited understanding of the mechanisms behind local homing, especially in dense environments as we propose here.

      We appreciate your suggestion to include the study by Murray and Zeil (2017) in our discussion. Their research explored the catchment areas of image difference functions on a larger spatial scale with a cubic volume of 5m x 5m x 5m. Aligned with their results, we found that image difference functions pointed towards the location of the objects surrounding the nest when the images were taken above the objects. However, within the clutter, i.e. the dense set of objects surrounding the nest, the model did not perform well in pinpointing the nest position.

      See the new discussion at lines 192-197

      We agree with your comment about the term "clutter". Therefore, we referred to our landmark arrangement as a "dense environment" instead. Uniformly distributed objects do indeed occur in nature, as seen in grasslands, flower meadows, or forests populated with similar plants.

      See line 20 and we changed the wording throughout the manuscript and figures.

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations): 

      The manuscript is well written, nicely designed experiments and well illustrated. I have a few comments below.

      It would be useful to discuss known data of learning flights in bumblebees, and the height or catchment area of their flights. This will allow the reader to compare your exp design to the natural learning flights.

      In our study, we first focused on demonstrating the ability to solve a homing task in a dense environment. As we observed the bees returning within the dense environment and not from above it (contrary to the model predictions), we investigated whether they flew above it during their first flights. The bees did indeed fly above, demonstrating their ability to ascend and descend within the constellation of objects (see Supplementary Material Fig. 22).

      In nature, the learning flight of bumblebees may cover several decametres, with the loops performed during these flights increasing with flight time (e.g. Osborne et al. 2013; Woodgate et al. 2016). A similar pattern can be observed on a smaller spatial scale (e.g. Philippides et al. 2013). Similar to the loops that extend over time, the bees gradually gain altitude (Lobecke et al., 2018). However, these observations come from studies where few conspicuous objects surround the nest entrance.

      Although our study  focussed on the performance in goal finding in cluttered environments, we now also address the issue of learning flights in the discussion, as learning flights are the scaffolding of visual learning. We have already conducted several learning flight experiments to fill the knowledge gap mentioned above. These will allow us in a forthcoming paper to compare learning flights in this environment with the existing literature (Sonntag et al., 2024).

      We added a reference to this in the discussion (lines 218-219 and 269-272)

      Include bumblebee in the title rather than 'bees'.

      We adapted the title accordingly:

      “Switching perspective: Comparing ground-level and bird’s-eye views for bumblebees navigating dense environments”

      I found switching between bird-views and frog-views to explain bee-views slightly tricky to read. Why not use 'ground-views', which you already have in the title?

      We agree and adapted the wording in the manuscript according to this suggestion.

      I am not convinced there is evidence here to suggest the bees do not use view-based navigation, because of the following: In L66: unclear what were the views centred around, I assume it is the nest. Is 45cm above the ground the typical height gained by bumblebees during learning flight? The clutter seems to be used more as an obstacle that they are detouring to reach the goal, isn't it?

      Based on many previous studies, view-based navigation can be assumed to be one of the plausible mechanisms bees use for homing (Cartwright & Collett, 1987; Doussot et al., 2020; Lehrer & Collett, 1994; Philippides et al., 2013; Zeil, 2022). In our tests, when the dense environment was shifted to a different position in the flight arena, almost no bees searched at the real location of the nest entrance but at the fictive new location within the dense environment, indicating that the bees assumed  the nest to be located within the dense environment, and therefore  that vision played a crucial role for homing. We thus never meant that the bees were not using view-based navigation. We clarified this point in the revised manuscript.

      See lines 247-248, 250-259, added visual memory to schematic in Fig. 6

      In our model simulations, the memorised snapshots were centred around the nest. However, we found that a multi-snapshot model could not explain the behaviour of the bees. This led us to suggest that bees likely employ acombination of multiple mechanisms for navigation.

      We refined paragraph about possible alternative homing mechanisms. See lines  218-263

      The height of learning flights has not been extensively investigated in previous studies, and typical heights are not well-documented in the literature. However, from our observations of the first outbound flights of bumblebees within the dense environment, we noted that they quickly increased their altitude and then flew above the objects. Since the objects had a height of 0.3 metres, we chose 0.45 metres as a height above the objects for our study.

      Furthermore, the nest is positioned within the arrangement of objects, making it a target the bees must actively find rather than detour around.

      I think a discussion to contrast your findings with Murray and Zeil 2017 will be useful. It was unclear to me whether the flight arena had UV availability, if it didn't, this could be a reason for the difference.

      We referred to this study in the discussion of the revised paper (see our response to the public review). Lines 192-197

      As in most lab studies on local homing, the bees did not have UV light available in the arena. Even without this, they were successful in finding their nest position during the tests. We clarified that in the revised manuscript. See line 334-336

      Figure 2A, can you add a scale bar?

      We added a scale bar to the figure showing the dimensions of the arena. See Fig. 2

      The citation of figure orders is slightly off. We have Figure 5 after Figure 2, without citing Figures 3 and 4. Similarly for a few others.

      We carefully checked the order of cited figures and adapted them.

      Reviewer 2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In a 1.5m diameter, 0.8m high circular arena bumblebees were accustomed to exiting the entrance to their nest on the floor surrounded by an array of identical cylindrical landmarks and to forage in an adjacent compartment which they could reach through an exit tube in the arena wall at a height of 28cm. The movements of one group of bees were restricted to a height of 30cm, the height of the landmark array, while the other group was able to move up to heights of 80cm, thus being able to see the landmark array from above.

      During one series of tests, the flights of bees returning from the foraging compartment were recorded as they tried to reach the nest entrance on the floor of the arena with the landmark array shifted to various positions away from the true nest entrance location. The results of these tests showed that the bees searched for the net entrance in the location that was defined by the landmark array.

      In a second series of tests, access to the landmark array was prevented from the side, but not from the top, by a transparent screen surrounding the landmark array. These tests showed that the bees of both groups rarely entered the array from above, but kept trying to enter it from the side.

      The authors express surprise at this result because modelling the navigational information supplied by panoramic snapshots in this arena had indicated that the most robust information about the location of the nest entrance within the landmark array was supplied by views of the array from above, leading to the following strong conclusions: line 51: "Snapshot models perform best with bird's eye views"; line 188: "Overall, our model analysis could show that snapshot models are not able to find home with views within a cluttered environment but only with views from above it."; line 231: "Our study underscores the limitations inherent in snapshot models, revealing their inability to provide precise positional estimates within densely cluttered environments, especially when compared to the navigational abilities of bees using frog's-eye views."

      Strengths:

      The experimental set-up allows for the recording of flight behaviour in bees, in great spatial and temporal detail. In principle, it also allows for the reconstruction of the visual information available to the bees throughout the arena.

      The experimental set-up allows for the recording of flight behaviour in bees, in great spatial and temporal detail. In principle, it also allows for the reconstruction of the visual information available to the bees throughout the arena.

      Weaknesses:

      Modelling:

      Modelling left out information potentially available to the bees from the arena wall and in particular from the top edge of the arena and cues such as cameras outside the arena. For instance, modelled IDF gradients within the landmark array degrade so rapidly in this environment, because distant visual features, which are available to bees, are lacking in the modelling. Modelling furthermore did not consider catchment volumes, but only horizontal slices through these volumes.

      When we started modelling the bees’ homing based on image-matching, we included the arena wall. However, the model simulations pointed only coarsely towards the dense environment but not toward the nest position. We hypothesised that the arena wall and object location created ambiguity. Doussot et al. (2020) showed that such a model can yield two different homing locations when distant and local cues are independently moved. Therefore, we reduced the complexity of the environment by concentrating on the visual features, which were moved between training and testing (neither the camera nor the wall were moved between training and test). We acknowledge that this information should have been provided to substantiate our reasoning. As such, we included model results with the arena wall in the supplements of the revised paper. See lines 290-293, Figures S17-21

      We agree that the catchment volumes would provide quantitatively more detailed information as catchment slices. Nevertheless, since our goal was  to investigate if bees would use ground views or bird's eye views to home in a dense environment, catchment slices, which provide qualitatively similar information as catchment volumes, are sufficient to predict whether ground or bird's-eye views perform better in leading to the nest. Therefore, we did not include further computations of catchment volumes. (ll. 296-297)

      Behavioural analysis:

      The full potential of the set-up was not used to understand how the bees' navigation behaviour develops over time in this arena and what opportunities the bees have had to learn the location of the nest entrance during repeated learning flights and return flights.

      Without a detailed analysis of the bees' behaviour during 'training', including learning flights and return flights, it is very hard to follow the authors' conclusions. The behaviour that is observed in the tests may be the result of the bees' extended experience shuttling between the nest and the entry to the foraging arena at 28cm height in the arena wall. For instance, it would have been important to see the return flights of bees following the learning flights shown in Figure 17. Basically, both groups of bees (constrained to fly below the height of landmarks (F) or throughout the height of the arena (B)) had ample opportunities to learn that the nest entrance lies on the floor of the landmark array. The only reason why B-bees may not have entered the array from above when access from the side was prevented, may simply be that bumblebees, because they bumble, find it hard to perform a hovering descent into the array.

      A prerequisite for studying the learning flight in a given environment is showing that the bees manage to return to their home. Here, our primary goal was to demonstrate this within a dense environment. While we understand that a detailed analysis of the learning and return flights would be valuable, we feel this is outside the scope of this particular study.

      Multi-snapshot models have been repeatedly shown to be sufficient to explain the homing behaviour in natural as well as artificial environments(Baddeley et al., 2012; Dittmar et al., 2010; Doussot et al., 2020; Möller, 2012; Wystrach et al., 2011, 2013; Zeil, 2012). A model can not only be used to replicate but also to predict a given outcome and shape the design of experiments. Here, we used the models to shape the experimental design, as it does not require the entire history of the bee's trajectory to be tested and provides interesting insight into homing in diverse environments.

      Since we observed behavioural responses different from the one suggested by the models, it becomes interesting to look at the flight history. If we had found an alignment between the model and the behaviour, looking at thehistory would have become much less interesting. Thus our results raise an interest in looking at the entire flight history, which will require not only effort on the recording procedure, but as well conceptually. At the moment the underlying mechanisms of learning during outbound, inbound, exploration, or orientation flight remains evasive and therefore difficult to test a hypothesis. A detailed description of the flight during the entire bee history would enable us to speculate alternative models to the one tested in our study, but would remain limited in testing those.

      While we acknowledge that the bees had ample opportunities to learn the location of the nest entrance, we believe that their behaviour of entering the dense environment at a very low altitude cannot be solely explained by extended experience. It is possible that the bees could have also learned to enter at the edge of the objects or above the objects before descending within the dense environment.

      General:

      The most serious weakness of the set-up is that it is spatially and visually constrained, in particular lacking a distant visual panorama, which under natural conditions is crucial for the range over which rotational image difference functions provide navigational guidance. In addition, the array of identical landmarks is not representative of natural clutter and, because it is visually repetitive, poses un-natural problems for view-based homing algorithms. This is the reason why the functions degrade so quickly from one position to the next (Figures 9-12), although it is not clear what these positions are (memory0-memory7).

      In conclusion, I do not feel that I have learnt anything useful from this experiment; it does suggest, however, that to fully appreciate and understand the homing abilities of insects, there is no alternative but to investigate these abilities in the natural conditions in which they have evolved.

      We respectfully disagree with the evaluation that our study does not provide new insights due to the controlled laboratory conditions. Both field and laboratory research are necessary and should complement each other. Dismissing the value of controlled lab experiments would overlook the contributions of previous lab-based research, which has significantly advanced our understanding of animal behaviour. It is only possible to precisely define the visual test environments under laboratory conditions and to identify the role of the components of the environment for the behaviour through targeted variation of them. These results yield precious information to then guide future field-based experiments for validation.

      Our laboratory settings are a kind of abstraction of natural situations focusing on those aspects that are at the centre of the research question. Our approach here was based on the knowledge that bumblebees have to find their inconspicuous nest hole in nature, which is difficult to find in often highly dense environments, and ultimately on a spatial scale in the metre range. We first wanted to find out if bumblebees can find their nest hole under the particularly challenging condition that all objects surrounding the nest hole are the same. This was not yet clear. Uniformly distributed objects may, however, also occur in nature, as seen with visually inconspicuous nest entrances of bumblebees in grass meadows, flower meadows, or forests with similar plants. We agree that the term "clutter" is not well-defined in the literature and now refer to the  environment as a "dense environment."

      We changed the wording throughout the manuscript and figures.

      Despite the lack of a distant visual panorama, or also UV light, wind, or other confounding factors inherent to field work conditions, the bees successfully located the nest position even when we shifted the dense environment within the flight arena. We used rotational-image difference functions based on snapshots taken around the nest position to predict the bees' behaviour, as this is one of the most widely accepted and computationally most parsimonious assessments of catchment areas in the context of local homing. This approach also proved effective in our more restricted conditions, where the bees still managed to pinpoint their home.

      Reviewer 2 (Recommendations):

      (1) Clarify what is meant by modelling panoramic images at 1cm intervals (only?) along the x-axis of the arena.

      The panoramic images were taken along a grid with 0.5cm steps within the dense environment and 1cm steps in the rest of the arena. A previous study (Doussot et al., 2020) showed successful homing of multi-snapshot models in an environment of similar scale with a grid with 2cm steps. Therefore, we think that our scaling is sufficiently fine. We apologise for the missing information in the method section and added it to the revised manuscript. See lines 286-287

      (2) In Figures 9-12 what are the memory0 to memory7 locations and reference image orientations? Explain clearly which image comparisons generated the rotIDFs shown.

      Memory 0 to memory 7 are examples of the eight memorised snapshots, which are aligned in the nest direction and taken around the nest. In the rotIDFs shown, we took memory 0 as a reference image, and compared the 7 others by rotating them against memory 0. We clarified that in the revised manuscript.

      See revised figure caption in Fig. S9 – 16

      (3) Figure 9 seems to compare 'bird's-eye', not 'frog's-eye' views.

      We apologise for that mistake and carefully double-checked the figure caption.

      See revised figure caption Fig. S9

      (4) Why do you need to invoke a PI vector (Figure 6) to explain your results?

      Since the bees were able to home in the dense environment without entering the object arrangement from above but from the side, image matching alone could not explain the bees’ behaviour. Therefore, we suggest, as an hypothesis for future studies, a combination of mechanisms such as a home vector. Other alternatives, perhaps without requiring a PI vector, may explain the bees’ behaviour, and we will welcome any future contributions from the scientific community.

      References

      Baddeley, B., Graham, P., Husbands, P., & Philippides, A. (2012). A Model of Ant Route Navigation Driven by Scene Familiarity. PLoS Computational Biology,8(1), e1002336. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1002336

      Capaldi, E. A., Smith, A. D., Osborne, J. L., Farris, S. M., Reynolds, D. R., Edwards, A. S., Martin, A., Robinson, G. E., Poppy, G. M., & Riley, J. R. (2000).

      Ontogeny of orientation flight in the honeybee revealed by harmonic radar. Nature, 403. https://doi.org/10.1038/35000564

      Cartwright, B. A., & Collett, T. S. (1987). Landmark maps for honeybees. Biological Cybernetics, 57(1), 85–93. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00318718

      Dittmar, L., Stürzl, W., Baird, E., Boeddeker, N., & Egelhaaf, M. (2010). Goal seeking in honeybees: Matching of optic flow snapshots? Journal of Experimental Biology, 213(17), 2913–2923. https://doi.org/10.1242/jeb.043737

      Doussot, C., Bertrand, O. J. N., & Egelhaaf, M. (2020). Visually guided homing of bumblebees in ambiguous situations: A behavioural and modelling study. PLoS Computational Biology, 16(10). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1008272

      Lehrer, M., & Collett, T. S. (1994). Approaching and departing bees learn different cues to the distance of a landmark. Journal of Comparative Physiology A, 175(2), 171–177. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00215113

      Lobecke, A., Kern, R., & Egelhaaf, M. (2018). Taking a goal-centred dynamic snapshot as a possibility for local homing in initially naïve bumblebees. Journal of Experimental Biology, 221(2), jeb168674. https://doi.org/10.1242/jeb.168674

      Möller, R. (2012). A model of ant navigation based on visual prediction. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 305, 118–130. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jtbi.2012.04.022

      Murray, T., & Zeil, J. (2017). Quantifying navigational information: The catchment volumes of panoramic snapshots in outdoor scenes. PLOS ONE, 12(10), e0187226. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0187226

      Osborne, J. L., Smith, A., Clark, S. J., Reynolds, D. R., Barron, M. C., Lim, K. S., & Reynolds, A. M. (2013). The ontogeny of bumblebee flight trajectories: From Naïve explorers to experienced foragers. PLoS ONE, 8(11). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0078681

      Philippides, A., de Ibarra, N. H., Riabinina, O., & Collett, T. S. (2013). Bumblebee calligraphy: The design and control of flight motifs in the learning and return flights of Bombus terrestris. Journal of Experimental Biology, 216(6), 1093–1104. https://doi.org/10.1242/jeb.081455

      Sonntag, A., Lihoreau, M., Bertrand, O. J. N., & Egelhaaf, M. (2024). Bumblebees increase their learning flight altitude in dense environments. bioRxiv, 2024.10.14.618154. https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.10.14.618154

      Woodgate, J. L., Makinson, J. C., Lim, K. S., Reynolds, A. M., & Chittka, L. (2016). Life-long radar tracking of bumblebees. PLoS ONE, 11(8). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0160333

      Wystrach, A., Mangan, M., Philippides, A., & Graham, P. (2013). Snapshots in ants? New interpretations of paradigmatic experiments. Journal of Experimental Biology, 216(10), 1766–1770. https://doi.org/10.1242/jeb.082941

      Wystrach, A., Schwarz, S., Schultheiss, P., Beugnon, G., & Cheng, K. (2011). Views, landmarks, and routes: How do desert ants negotiate an obstacle course? Journal of Comparative Physiology A: Neuroethology, Sensory, Neural, and Behavioral Physiology, 197(2), 167–179. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00359-010-0597-2

      Zeil, J. (2012). Visual homing: An insect perspective. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 22(2), 285–293. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conb.2011.12.008

      Zeil, J. (2022). Visual navigation: Properties, acquisition and use of views. Journal of Comparative Physiology A. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00359-022-01599-2

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      We thank the reviewers for their careful reading of our manuscript and their considered feedback. Please see our detailed response to reviewer comments inset below.

      In addition to requested modifications we have also uploaded the proteomics data from 2 of the experiments contained within the manuscript onto the Immunological Proteome Resource (ImmPRes) website: immpres.co.uk making the data available in an easy-to-use graphical format for interested readers to interrogate and explore. We have added the following text to the data availability section (lines 1085-1091) to indicate this:

      “An easy-to-use graphical interface for examining protein copy number expression from the 24-hour TCR WT and Pim dKO CD4 and CD8 T cell proteomics and IL-2 and IL-15 expanded WT and Pim dKO CD8 T cell proteomics datasets is also available on the Immunological Proteome Resource website: immpres.co.uk (Brenes et al., 2023) under the Cell type(s) selection: “T cell specific” and Dataset selection: “Pim1/2 regulated TCR proteomes” and “Pim1/2 regulated IL2 or IL15 CD8 T cell proteomes”.”

      As well as indicating in figure legends where proteomics datasets are first introduced in Figures 1, 2 and 4 with the text:

      “An interactive version of the proteomics expression data is available for exploration on the Immunological Proteome Resource website: immpres.co.uk

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary and Strengths:

      The study focuses on PIM1 and 2 in CD8 T cell activation and differentiation. These two serine/threonine kinases belong to a large network of Serine/Threonine kinases that acts following engagement of the TCR and of cytokine receptors and phosphorylates proteins that control transcriptional, translational and metabolic programs that result in effector and memory T cell differentiation. The expression of PIM1 and PIM2 is induced by the T-cell receptor and several cytokine receptors. The present study capitalized on high-resolution quantitative analysis of the proteomes and transcriptomes of Pim1/Pim2-deficient CD8 T cells to decipher how the PIM1/2 kinases control TCRdriven activation and IL-2/IL-15-driven proliferation, and differentiation into effector T cells.

      Quantitative mass spectrometry-based proteomics analysis of naïve OT1 CD8 T cell stimulated with their cognate peptide showed that the PIM1 protein was induced within 3 hours of TCR engagement, and its expression was sustained at least up to 24 hours. The kinetics of PIM2 expression was protracted as compared to that of PIM1. Such TCRdependent expression of PIM1/2 correlated with the analysis of both Pim1 and Pim2 mRNA. In contrast, Pim3 mRNA was only expressed at very low levels and the PIM3 protein was not detected by mass spectrometry. Therefore, PIM1 and 2 are the major PIM kinases in recently activated T cells. Pim1/Pim2 double knockout (Pim dKO) mice were generated on a B6 background and found to express a lower number of splenocytes. No difference in TCR/CD28-driven proliferation was observed between WT and Pim dKO T cells over 3 days in culture. Quantitative proteomics of >7000 proteins further revealed no substantial quantitative or qualitative differences in protein content or proteome composition. Therefore, other signaling pathways can compensate for the lack of PIM kinases downstream of TCR activation.

      Considering that PIM1 and PIM2 kinase expression is regulated by IL-2 and IL-15, antigen-primed CD8 T cells were expanded in IL-15 to generate memory phenotype CD8 T cells or expanded in IL-2 to generate effector cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTL). Analysis of the survival, proliferation, proteome, and transcriptome of Pim dKO CD8 T cells kept for 6 days in IL-15 showed that PIM1 and PIM2 are dispensable to drive the IL-15mediated metabolic or differentiation programs of antigen-primed CD8 T cells. Moreover, Pim1/Pim2-deficiency had no impact on the ability of IL-2 to maintain CD8 T cell viability and proliferation. However, WT CTL downregulated the expression of CD62L whereas the Pim dKO CTL sustained higher CD62L expression. Pim dKO CTL was also smaller and less granular than WT CTL. Comparison of the proteome of day 6 IL-2 cultured WT and Pim dKO CTL showed that the latter expressed lower levels of the glucose transporters, SLC2A1 and SLC2A3, of a number of proteins involved in fatty acid and cholesterol biosynthesis, and CTL effector proteins such as granzymes, perforin, IFNg, and TNFa. Parallel transcriptomics analysis showed that the reduced expression of perforin and some granzymes correlated with a decrease in their mRNA whereas the decreased protein levels of granzymes B and A, and the glucose transporters SLC2A1 and SLC2A3 did not correspond with decreased mRNA expression. Therefore, PIM kinases are likely required for IL-2 to maximally control protein synthesis in CD8 CTL. Along that line, the translational repressor PDCD4 was increased in Pim dKO CTL and pan-PIM kinase inhibitors caused a reduction in protein synthesis rates in IL-2expanded CTL. Finally, the differences between Pim dKO and WT CTL in terms of CD62L expression resulted in Pim dKO CTL but not WT CTL retained the capacity to home to secondary lymphoid organs. In conclusion, this thorough and solid study showed that the PIM1/2 kinases shape the effector CD8 T cell proteomes rather than transcriptomes and are important mediators of IL2-signalling and CD8 T cell trafficking.

      Weaknesses:

      None identified by this reviewer.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Using a suite of techniques (e.g., RNA seq, proteomics, and functional experiments ex vivo) this paper extensively focuses on the role of PIM1/2 kinases during CD8 T-cell activation and cytokine-driven (i.e., IL-2 or IL-15) differentiation. The authors' key finding is that PIM1/2 enhances protein synthesis in response to IL-2 stimulation, but not IL-15, in CD8+ T cells. Loss of PIM1/2 made T cells less 'effector-like', with lower granzyme and cytokine production, and a surface profile that maintained homing towards secondary lymphoid tissue. The cytokines the authors focus on are IL-15 and Il-2, which drive naïve CD8 T cells towards memory or effector states, respectively. Although PIM1/2 are upregulated in response to T-cell activation and cytokine stimulation (e.g., IL-15, and to a greater extent, IL-2), using T cells isolated from a global mouse genetic knockout background of PIM1/2, the authors find that PIM1/2 did not significantly influence T-cell activation, proliferation, or expression of anything in the proteome under anti-

      CD3/CD28 driven activation with/without cytokine (i.e., IL-15) stimulation ex vivo. This is perhaps somewhat surprising given PIM1/2 is upregulated, albeit to a small degree, in response to IL-15, and yet PIM1/2 did not seem to influence CD8+ T cell differentiation towards a memory state. Even more surprising is that IL-15 was previously shown to influence the metabolic programming of intestinal intraepithelial lymphocytes, suggesting cell-type specific effects from PIM kinases. What the authors went on to show, however, is that PIM1/2 KO altered CD8 T cell proteomes in response to IL-2. Using proteomics, they saw increased expression of homing receptors (i.e., L-selectin, CCR7), but reduced expression of metabolism-related proteins (e.g., GLUT1/3 & cholesterol biosynthesis) and effector-function related proteins (e.g., IFNy and granzymes). Rather neatly, by performing both RNA-seq and proteomics on the same IL2 stimulated WT vs. PIM1/2 KO cells, the authors found that changes at the proteome level were not corroborated by differences in RNA uncovering that PIM1/2 predominantly influence protein synthesis/translation. Effectively, PIM1/2 knockout reduced the differentiation of CD8+ T cells towards an effector state. In vivo adoptive transfer experiments showed that PIM1/2KO cells homed better to secondary lymphoid tissue, presumably owing to their heightened L-selectin expression (although this was not directly examined).

      Strengths:

      Overall, I think the paper is scientifically good, and I have no major qualms with the paper. The paper as it stands is solid, and while the experimental aim of this paper was quite specific/niche, it is overall a nice addition to our understanding of how serine/threonine kinases impact T cell state, tissue homing, and functionality. Of note, they hint towards a more general finding that kinases may have distinct behaviour in different T-cell subtypes/states. I particularly liked their use of matched RNA-seq and proteomics to first suggest that PIM1/2 kinases may predominantly influence translation (then going on to verify this via their protein translation experiment - although I must add this was only done using PIM kinase inhibitors, not the PIM1/2KO cells). I also liked that they used small molecule inhibitors to acutely reduce PIM1/2 activity, which corroborated some of their mouse knockout findings - this experiment helps resolve any findings resulting from potential adaptation issues from the PIM1/2 global knockout in mice but also gives it a more translational link given the potential use of PIM kinase inhibitors in the clinic. The proteomics and RNA seq dataset may be of general use to the community, particularly for analysis of IL-15 or IL-2 stimulated CD8+ T cells.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments supporting the robustness and usefulness of our data.

      Weaknesses:

      It would be good to perform some experiments in human T cells too, given the ease of e.g., the small molecule inhibitor experiment.

      The suggestions to check PIM inhibitor effects in human T cell is a good one. We think an ideal experiment would be to use naïve cord blood derived CD4 and CD8 cells as a model to avoid the impact of variability in adult PBMC and to really look at what PIM kinases do as T cells first respond to antigen and cytokines. In this context there is good evidence that the signalling pathways used by antigen receptors or the cytokines IL-2 and IL-15 are not substantially different in mouse and human. We have also previously compared proteomes of mouse and human IL-2 expanded cytotoxic T cells and they are remarkably similar. As such we feel that mature mouse CD8 T cells are a genetically tractable model to use to probe the signalling pathways that control cytotoxic T cell function. To repeat the full set of experiments observed within this study with human T cells would represent 1-year of work by an experienced postdoctoral fellow.

      Unfortunately, the funding for the project has come to an end and there is no capacity to complete this work.

      Would also be good for the authors to include a few experiments where PIM1/2 have been transduced back into the PIM1/2 KO T cells, to see if this reverts any differences observed in response to IL-2 - although the reviewer notes that the timeline for altering primary T cells via lentivirus/CRISPR may be on the cusp of being practical such that functional experiments can be performed on day 6 after first stimulating T cells.

      A rescue experiment could indeed be informative, though of course comes with challenges/caveats with re-expressing both proteins that have been deleted at once and ability to control the level of PIM kinase that is re-expressed. This work using the Pim dKO mice was performed from 2019-2021 and was seriously impacted by the work restrictions during the COVID19 pandemic. We had to curtail all mouse colonies to allow animal staff to work within the legal guidelines. We had to make choices and the Pim1/2 dKO colony was stopped because we felt we had generated very useful data from the work but could not justify continued maintenance of the colony at such a difficult time. As such we no longer have this mouse line to perform these rescue experiments.

      We have however, performed a limited number of retroviral overexpression studies in WT IL-2-expanded CTL, where T cells were transfected after 24 hours activation and phenotype measured on day 6 of culture. We chose to leave these out of the initial manuscript as these were overexpression under conditions where PIM expression was already high, rather than a true test of the ability of PIM1 or PIM2 to rescue the Pim dKO phenotype. A more robust test would also have required doing these overexpression experiments in IL-15 expanded or cytokine deprived CTL where PIM kinase expression is low, however, we ran out of time and funding to complete this work.

      We have provided Author response image 1 below from the experiments performed in the IL-2 CTL for interested readers. The limited experiments that were performed do support some key phenotypes observed with the Pim dKO mice or PIM inhibitors, finding that PIM1 or PIM2 overexpression was sufficient to increase S6 phosphorylation, and provided a small further increase in GzmB expression above the already very high levels in IL-2 expanded CTL.

      Author response image 1.

      PIM1 or PIM2 overexpression drives increased GzmB expression and S6 phosphorylation in WT IL-2 CTL. OT1 lymph node cell suspensions were activated for 24 hours with SIINFEKL peptide (10 ng/mL), IL-2 (20 ng/mL) and IL-12 (2 ng/mL) then transfected with retroviruses to drive expression of PIM1-GFP, PIM2-GFP fusion proteins or a GFP only control. T cells were split into fresh media and IL-2 daily and (A) GzmB expression and (B) S6 phosphorylation assessed by flow cytometry in GFP+ve vs GFP-ve CD8 T cells 5 days post-transfection (i.e. day 6 of culture). Histograms are representative of 2 independent experiments.

      Other experiments could also look at how PIM1/2 KO influences the differentiation of T cell populations/states during ex vivo stimulation of PBMCs or in vivo infection models using (high-dimensional) flow cytometry (rather than using bulk proteomics/RNA seq which only provide an overview of all cells combined).

      We did consider the idea of in vivo experiments with the Pim1/2 dKO mice but rejected this idea as the mice have lost PIM kinases in all tissues and so we would not be able to understand if any phenotype was CD8 T cell selective. To note the Pim1/2 dKO mice are smaller than normal wild type mice (discussed further below) and clearly have complex phenotypes. An ideal experiment would be to make mice with floxed Pim1 and Pim2 alleles so that one could use cre recombinase to make a T cell-specific deletion and then study the impact of this in in vivo models. We did not have the budget or ethical approval to make these mice. Moreover, this study was carried out during the COVID pandemic when all animal experiments in the UK were severely restricted. So our objective was to get a molecular understanding of the consequences of losing theses kinases for CD8 T cells focusing on using controlled in vitro systems. We felt that this would generate important data that would guide any subsequent experiments by other groups interested in these enzymes.

      We do accept the comment about bulk population proteomics. Unfortunately, single cell proteomics is still not an option at this point in time. High resolution multidimensional flow cytometry is a valuable technique but is limited to looking at only a few proteins for which good antibodies exist compared to the data one gets with high resolution proteomics.

      Alongside this, performing a PCA of bulk RNA seq/proteomes or Untreated vs. IL-2 vs. IL-15 of WT and PIM1/2 knockout T cells would help cement their argument in the discussion about PIM1/2 knockout cells being distinct from a memory phenotype.

      We thank the reviewer for this very good suggestion. We have now included PCAs for the RNAseq and proteomics datasets of IL-2 and IL-15 expanded WT vs Pim dKO CTL in Fig S5 and added the following text to the discussion section of the manuscript (lines 429-431):

      “… and PCA plots of IL-15 and IL-2 proteomics and RNAseq data show that Pim dKO IL-2 expanded CTL are still much more similar to IL-2 expanded WT CTL than to IL-15 expanded CTL (Fig S5)”.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In panel B of Figure S1, are the smaller numbers of splenocytes found in dKO fully accounted for by a reduction in the numbers of T cells or also correspond to a reduction in B cell numbers? Are the thymus and lymph nodes showing the same trend?

      We’re happy to clarify on this.

      Since we were focused on T cell phenotypes in the paper this is what we have plotted in this figure, however there is also a reduction in total number of B, NK and NKT cells in the Pim dKO mice (see James et al, Nat Commun, 2021 for additional subset percentages). We find that all immune subsets we have measured make up the same % of the spleen in Pim dKO vs WT mice (we show this for T cell subsets in what was formerly Fig S1C and is now Fig S1A), the total splenocyte count is just lower in the Pim dKO mice (which we show in what was formerly Fig S1B and is now Fig S1C). To note, the Pim dKO mice were smaller than their WT counterparts (though we have not formally weighed and quantified this) and we think this is likely the major factor leading to lower total splenocyte numbers.

      We have not checked the thymus so can’t comment on this. We can confirm that lymph nodes from Pim dKO mice had the same number and % CD4 and CD8 T cells as in WT.

      For our in vitro studies we have made sure to either use co-cultures or for single WT and Pim dKO cultures to equalise starting cell densities between wells to account for the difference in total splenocyte number. We have now clarified this point in the methods section lines 682-684

      “For generation of memory-like or effector cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTL) from mice with polyclonal T cell repertoires, LN or spleen single cell suspensions at an equal density for WT and Pim dKO cultures (~1-3 million live cells/mL)….”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Line 89-99 - PIM kinase expression is elevated in T cells in autoimmunity and inhibiting therefore may make some sense if PIM is enhancing T cell activity. Why then would you use an inhibitor in cancer settings? This needs better clarification for readers, with reference to T cells, particularly given this is an important justification for looking at PIM kinases in T cells.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the lack of clarity in our explanation here.

      PIM kinase inhibitors alone are proposed as anti-tumour therapies for select cancers to block tumour growth. However so far these monotherapies haven’t been very effective in clinical trials and combination treatment options with a number of strategies are being explored. There are two lines of logic for why PIM kinase inhibitors might be a good combination with an e.g. anti-PD1 or adoptive T cell immunotherapy. 1) PIM kinase inhibition has been shown to reduce inhibitory/suppressive surface proteins (e.g. PDL1) and cytokine (e.g. TGFbeta) expression in tumour cells and macrophages in the tumour microenvironment. 2) Inhibiting glycolysis and increasing memory/stem-like phenotype has been identified as desirable for longer-lasting more potent anti-tumour T cell immunity. PIM kinase inhibition has been shown to reduce glycolytic function and increase several ‘stemness’ promoting transcription factors e.g. TCF7 in a previous study. Controlled murine cancer models have shown improvement in clearance with the combination of pan-Pim kinase inhibitors and anti-PD1/PDL1 treatments (Xin et al, Cancer Immunol Res, 2021 and Chatterjee et al, Clin Cancer Res 2019).

      It is worth noting, this is seemingly contradictory with other studies of Pim kinases in T cells that have generally found Pim1/2/3 deletion or inhibition in T cells to be suppressive of their function.

      We have clarified this reasoning/seeming conflict of results in the introductory text as follows (lines 90-101):

      “PIM kinase inhibitors have also entered clinical trials to treat some cancers (e.g. multiple myeloma, acute myeloid leukaemia, prostate cancer), and although they have not been effective as a monotherapy, there is interest in combining these with immunotherapies. This is due to studies showing PIM inhibition reducing expression of inhibitory molecules (e.g. PD-L1) on tumour cells and macrophages in the tumour microenvironment and a reported increase of stem-like properties in PIM-deficient T cells which could potentially drive longer lasting anti-cancer responses (Chatterjee et al., 2019; Xin et al., 2021; Clements and Warfel, 2022). However, PIM kinase inhibition has also generally been shown to be inhibitory for T cell activation, proliferation and effector activities (Fox et al., 2003; Mikkers et al., 2004; Jackson et al., 2021) and use of PIM kinase inhibitors could have the side effect of diminishing the anti-tumour T cell response.”  

      Line 93 - The use of 'some cancers' is rather vague and unscientific - please correct phrasing like this. The same goes for lines 54 and 77 (some kinases and some analyses).

      We have clarified the sentence in what is now Line 91 to include examples of some of the cancers that PIM kinase inhibitors have been explored for (see text correction in response to previous reviewer comment), which are predominantly haematological malignancies. The use of the phrase ‘some kinases’ and ‘some analyses’ in what are now Lines 52 and 75 is in our view appropriate as the subsequent sentence/(s) provide specific details on the kinases and analyses that are being referred to.

      Lines 146-147 - Could it be that rather than redundancies, PIM KO is simply not influential on TCR/CD28 signalling in general but influences other pathways in the T cell?

      We agree that the lack of PIM1/2 effect could also be because PIM targets downstream of TCR/CD28 are not influential and have clarified the text as follows (lines 156-161):

      “These experiments quantified expression of >7000 proteins but found no substantial quantitative or qualitative differences in protein content or proteome composition in activated WT versus Pim dKO CD4 and CD8 T cells (Fig 1G-H) (Table S1). Collectively these results indicate that PIM kinases do not play an important unique role in the signalling pathways used by the TCR and CD28 to control T cell activation.”

      Line 169 - Instead of specifying control - maybe put upregulate or downregulate for clarity.

      We have changed the text as per reviewer suggestion (see line 183)

      Line 182-183 - I would move the call out for Figure 2D to after the last call out for Figure 2C to make it more coherent for readers.

      We have changed the text as per reviewer suggestion (see lines 197-200)

      Line 190 - 14,000 RNA? total, unique? mRNA?

      These are predominantly mRNA since a polyA enrichment was performed as part of the standard TruSeq stranded mRNA sample preparation process, however, a small number of lncRNA etc were also detected in our RNA sequencing. We left the results in as part of the overall analysis since it may be of interest to others but don’t look into it further. We do mention the existence of the non-mRNA briefly in the subsequent sentence when discussing the total number of DE RNA that were classified as protein coding vs non-coding.

      We have edited this sentence as follows to more accurately reflect that the RNA being referred to is polyA+ (lines 205-207):

      “The RNAseq analysis quantified ~14,000 unique polyA+ mRNA and using a cut off of >1.5 fold-change and q-value <0.05 we saw that the abundance of 381 polyA+ RNA was modified by Pim1/Pim2-deficiency (Fig 2E) (Table S2A).

      Questions/points regarding figures:

      Figure 1 - Is PIM3 changed in expression with the knockout of PIM1/2 in mice? Although the RNA is low could there be some compensation here? The authors put a good amount of effort in to showing that mouse T cells do not exhibit differences from knocking out pim1/2 i.e., Efforts have been made to address this using activation markers and cell size, cytokines, and proliferation and proteomics of activated T cells. What do the resting T cells look like though? Although TCR signalling is not impacted, other pathways might be. Resting-state comparison may identify this.

      In all experiments Pim3 mRNA was only detected at very low levels and no PIM3 protein was detected by mass spectrometry in either wild type or PIM1/2 double KO TCR activated or cytokine expanded CD8 T cells (See Tables S1, S3, S4). There was similarly no change in Pim3 mRNA expression in RNAseq of IL-2 or IL-15 expanded CD8 T cells (See Tables S2, S6). While we have not confirmed this in resting state cells for all the conditions examined, there is no evidence that PIM3 compensates for PIM1/2deficiency or that PIM3 is substantially expressed in T cells.

      Figure 1A&B - Does PIM kinase stay elevated when removing TCR stimulus? During egress from lymph node and trafficking to infection/tumour/autoimmune site, T cells experience a period of 'rest' from T-cell activation so is PIM upregulation stabilized, or does it just coincide with activation? This could be a crucial control given the rest of the study focuses on day 6 after initial activation (which includes 4 days of 'rest' from TCR stimulation). Nice resolution on early time course though.

      This is an interesting question. Unfortunately, we do not know how sensitive PIM kinases are to TCR stimulus withdrawal, as we have not tried removing the TCR stimulus during early activation and measuring PIM expression.

      Based on the data in Fig 2A there is a hint that 4 hours withdrawal of peptide stimulus may be enough to lose PIM1/2 expression (after ~36 hrs of TCR activation), however, we did not include a control condition where peptide is retained within the culture. Therefore, we cannot resolve this question from the current experimental data, as this difference could also be due to a further increase in PIMs in the cytokine treated conditions rather than a reduction in expression in the no cytokine condition. This ~36-hour time point is also at a stage where T cells have become more dependent on cytokines for their sustained signalling compared to TCR stimulus.

      It is worth noting that PIM kinases are thought to have fairly short mRNA and protein half lives (~5-20 min for PIM1 in primary cells, ~10 min – 1 hr for PIM2). This is consistent with previous observations that cytotoxic T cells need sustained IL-2/Jak signalling to sustain PIM kinase expression, e.g. in Rollings et al (2018) Sci Signaling, DOI:10.1126/scisignal.aap8112 . We would therefore expect that sustained signalling from some external signalling receptor whether this is TCR, costimulatory receptors or cytokines is required to drive Pim1/2 mRNA and protein expression.

      Figure 1D - the CD4 WT and Pim dKO plots are identical - presumably a copying error - please correct.

      We apologise for the copying error and have amended the manuscript to show the correct data. We thank the reviewer for noticing this mistake.

      In Figure 1H - there is one protein found significant - would be nice to mention what this is - for example, if this is a protein that influences TCR levels this could be quite important.

      The protein is Phosphoribosyl Pyrophosphate synthase 1 like 1 (Prps1l1).

      This was a low confidence quantification (based on only 2 peptides) with no known function in T cells. Based on what is known, this gene is predominantly expressed in the testis (though also detected in spleen, lung, liver). A whole-body KO mouse found no difference in male fertility. No further phenotype has been reported in this mouse. See: Wang et al (2018) Mol Reprod Dev, DOI: 10.1002/mrd.23053

      We have added the following text to the legend of Figure 1H to address this protein:

      “Phosphoribosyl Pyrophosphate synthase 1 like 1 (Prps1l1), was found to be higher in Pim dKO CD8 T cells, but was a low confidence quantification (based on only 2 unique peptides) with no known function in T cells.”

      Figure S1 - In your mouse model the reduction in CD4 T cells is quite dramatic in the spleen - is this reduced homing or reduced production of T cells through development?

      Could you quantify the percentage of CD45+ cells that are T cells from blood too? Would be good to have a more thorough analysis of this new mouse model.

      We apologise for the lack of clarity around the Pim dKO mouse phenotype. Something we didn’t mention previously due to a lack of a formal measurement is that the Pim dKO mice were typically smaller than their WT counterparts. This is likely the main reason for total splenocytes being lower in the Pim dKO mice - every organ is smaller. It is not a phenotype reported in Pim1/2 dKO mice on an FVB background, though has been reported in the Pim1/2/3 triple KO mouse before (see Mikkers et al, Mol Cell Biol 2004 doi: 10.1128/MCB.24.13.6104-6115.2004).

      The % cell type composition of the spleen is equivalent between WT and Pim dKO mice and as mentioned above, was controlled for when setting up of our in vitro cultures.

      We have revised the main text and changed the order of the panels in Fig S1 to make this caveat clearer as follows (lines 138-144):

      “There were normal proportions of peripheral T cells in spleens of Pim dKO mice (Fig S1A) similar to what has been reported previously in Pim dKO mice on an FVB/N genetic background (Mikkers et al., 2004), though the total number of T cells and splenocytes was lower than in age/sex matched wild-type (WT) mouse spleens (Fig S1B-C). This was not attributable to any one cell type (Fig S1A)(James et al., 2021) but was instead likely the result of these mice being smaller in size, a phenotype that has previously been reported in Pim1/2/3 triple KO mice (Mikkers et al., 2004).”

      Figure S1C - why are only 10-15% of the cells alive? Please refer to this experiment in the main text if you are going to include it in the supplementary figure.

      With regards what was previously Fig S1C (now Fig S1A) we apologise for our confusing labelling. We were quoting these numbers as the percentage of live splenocytes (i.e. % of live cells). Typically ~80-90% of the total splenocytes were alive by the time we had processed, stained and analysed them by flow cytometry direct ex vivo. Of these CD4 and CD8 T cells made up ~%10-15 of the total live splenocytes (with most of the rest of the live cells being B cells).  

      We have modified the axis to say “% of splenocytes” to make it clearer that this is what we are plotting.

      Figure S1 - Would be good to show that the T cells are truly deficient in PIM1/2 in your mice to be absolutely sure. You could just make a supplementary plot from your mass spec data.

      This is a good suggestion and we have now included this data as supplementary figure 2.

      To note, due to the Pim1 knockout mouse design this is not as simple as showing presence or absence of total PIM1 protein detection in this instance.

      To elaborate: the Pim1/Pim2 whole body KO mice used in this study were originally made by Prof Anton Berns’ lab (Pim1 KO = Laird et al Nucleic Acids Res, 1993, doi: 10.1093/nar/21.20.4750, with more detail on deletion construct in te Riele, H. et al, Nature,1990, DOI: 10.1038/348649a0; Pim2 KO = Mikkers et al, Mol Cell Biol, 2004, DOI: 10.1128/MCB.24.13.6104-6115.2004). They were given to Prof Victor Tybulewicz on an FVB/N background. He then backcrossed them onto the C57BL/6 background for > 10 generations then gave them to us to intercross into Pim1/2 dKO mice on a C57BL/6 background.

      The strategy for Pim1 deletion was as follows:

      A neomycin cassette was recombined into the Pim1 gene in exon 4 deleting 296 Pim1 nucleotides. More specifically, the 98th pim-1 codon (counted from the ATG start site = the translational starting point for the 34 kDa isoform of PIM1) was fused in frame by two extra codons (Ser, Leu) to the 5th neo codon (pKM109-90 was used). The 3'-end of neo included a polyadenylation signal. The cassette also contains the PyF101 enhancer (from piiMo +PyF101) to ensure expression of neo on homologous recombination in ES cells.

      Collectively this means that the PIM1 polypeptide is made prior to amino acid 98 of the 34 kDa isoform but not after this point. This deletes functional kinase activity in both the 34 kDa and 44 kDa PIM1 isoforms. Ablation of PIM1 kinase function using this KO was verified via kinase activity assay in Laird et al. Nucelic Acids Res 1993.

      The strategy to delete Pim2 was as follows:

      “For the Pim2 targeting construct, genomic BamHI fragments encompassing Pim2 exons 1, 2, and 3 were replaced with the hygromycin resistance gene (Pgp) controlled by the human PGK promoter.” (Mikkers et al Mol Cell Biol, 2004)

      The DDA mass spectrometry data collected in Fig 1 G-H and supplementary table 1 confirmed we do not detect peptides from after amino acid residue 98 in PIM1 (though we do detect peptides prior to this deletion point) and we do not detect peptides from the PIM2 protein in the Pim dKO mice. Thus confirming that no catalytically active PIM1/PIM2 proteins were made in these mice.

      We have added a supplementary figure S2 showing this and the following text (Lines 155-156):

      “Proteomics analysis confirmed that no catalytically active PIM1 and PIM2 protein were made in Pim dKO mice (Fig S2).”

      Figure 2A - I found the multiple arrows a little confusing - would just use arrows to indicate predicted MW of protein and stars to indicate non-specific. Why are there 3 bands/arrows for PIM2?  

      The arrows have now been removed. We now mention the PIM1 and PIM2 isoform sizes in the figure legend and have left the ladder markings on the blots to give an indication of protein sizes. There are 2 isoforms for PIM1 (34 and 44 kDa) in addition to the nonspecific band and 3 isoforms of PIM2 (40, 37, 34 kDa, though two of these isoform bands are fairly faint in this instance). These are all created via ribosome use of different translational start sites from a single Pim1 or Pim2 mRNA transcript.

      The following text has been added to the legend of Fig 2A:

      “Western blots of PIM1 (two isoforms of 44 and 34 kDa, non-specific band indicated by *), PIM2 (three isoforms of 40, 37 and 34 kDa) or pSTAT5 Y694 expression.”

      Figure 2A - why are the bands so faint for PIM1/2 (almost non-existent for PIM2 under no cytokine stim) here yet the protein expression seems abundant in Figure 1B upon stim without cytokines? Is this a sensitivity issue with WB vs proteomics? My apologies if I have missed something in the methods but please explain this discrepancy if not.

      There is differing sensitivity of western blotting versus proteomics, but this is not the reason for the discrepancy between the data in Fig 1B versus 2A. These differences reflect that Fig1 B and Fig 2A contrast PIM levels in two different sets of conditions and that while proteomics allows for an estimate of ‘absolute abundance’ Western blotting only shows relative expression between the conditions assessed.  

      To expand on this… Fig 1B proteomics looks at naïve versus 24 hr aCD3/aCD28 TCR activated T cells. The western blot data in Fig 2A looks at T cells activated for 1.5 days with SIINFEKL peptide and then washed free of the media containing the TCR stimulus and cultured with no stimulus for 4 or 24 hrs hours and contrast this with cells cultured with IL-2 or IL-15 for 4 or 24 hours. All Fig 2A can tell us is that cytokine stimuli increases and/or sustains PIM1 and PIM2 protein above the level seen in TCR activated cells which have not been cultured with cytokine for a given time period. Overexposure of the blot does reveal detectable PIM1 and PIM2 protein in the no cytokine condition after 4 hrs. Whether this is equivalent to the PIM level in the 24 hr TCR activated cells in Fig 1B is not resolvable from this experiment as we have not included a sample from a naïve or 24 hr TCR activated T cell to act as a point of reference.

      Figure 4F - Your proteomics data shows substantial downregulation in proteomics data for granzymes and ifny- possibly from normalization to maximise the differences in the graph - and yet your flow suggests there are only modest differences. Can you explain why a discrepancy in proteomics and flow data - perhaps presenting in a more representative manner (e.g., protein counts)?

      The heatmaps are a scaled for ‘row max’ to ‘row min’ copy number comparison on a linear scale and do indeed visually maximise differences in expression between conditions. This feature of these heatmaps is also what makes the lack of difference in GzmB and GzmA at the mRNA heatmap in Fig 5C quite notable.

      We have now included bar graphs of Granzymes A and B and IFNg protein copy number in Figure 4 (see new Fig 4G-H) to make clearer the magnitude of the effect on the major effector proteins involved in CTL killing function. It is worth noting that flow cytometry histograms from what was formerly Fig 4G (now Fig 4I) are on a log-scale so the shift in fluorescence does generally correspond well with the ~1.7-2.75-fold reduction in protein expression observed.

      Figure 4G - did you use isotype controls for this flow experiment? Would help convince labelling has worked - particularly for low levels of IFNy production.

      We did not use isotype controls in these experiments but we are using a well validated interferon gamma antibody and very carefully colour panel/compensation controls to minimise background staining. The only ways to be 100% confident that an antibody is selective is to use an interferon gamma null T cell which we do not have. We do however know that the antibody we use gives flow cytometry data consistent with other orthogonal approaches to measure interferon gamma e.g. ELISA and mass spectrometry.

      Figure 5M - why perform this with just the PIM kinase inhibitors? Can you do this readout for the WT vs. PIM1/2KO cells too? This would really support your claims for the paper about PIM influencing translation given the off-target effects of SMIs.

      Regrettably we have not done this particular experiment with the Pim dKO T cells. As mentioned above, due to this work being performed predominantly during the COVID19 pandemic we ultimately had to make the difficult decision to cease colony maintenance. When work restrictions were lifted we could not ethically or economically justify resurrecting a mouse colony for what was effectively one experiment, which is why we chose to test this key biological question with small molecule inhibitors instead.

      We appreciate that SMIs have off target effects and this is why we used multiple panPIM kinase inhibitors for our SMI validation experiments. While the use of 2 different inhibitors still doesn’t completely negate the concern about possible off-target effects, our conclusions re: PIM kinases and impact on proteins synthesis are not solely based on the inhibitor work but also based on the decreased protein content of the PIM1/2 dKO T cells in the IL-2 CTL, and the data quantifying reductions in levels of many proteins but not their coding mRNA in PIM1/2dKO T cells compared to controls.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript titled "Household clustering and seasonal genetic  variation of Plasmodium falciparum at the community-level in The Gambia" presents a valuable genetic spatio-temporal analysis of  malaria-infected individuals from four villages in The Gambia, covering  the period between December 2014 and May 2017. The majority of samples  were analyzed using a SNP barcode with the Spotmalaria panel, with a  subset validated through WGS. Identity-by-descent (IBD) was calculated  as a measure of genetic relatedness and spatio-temporal patterns of the  proportion of highly related infections were investigated. Related  clusters were detected at the household level, but only within a short  time period.

      Strengths:

      This study offers a valuable dataset, particularly due to its  longitudinal design and the inclusion of asymptomatic cases. The  laboratory analysis using the Spotmalaria platform combined and  supplemented with WGS is solid, and the authors show a linear  correlation between the IBD values determined with both methods,  although other studies have reported that at least 200 SNPs are required for IBD analysis. Data-analysis pipelines were created for (1) variant  filtering for WGS and subsequent IBD analysis, and (2) creating a  consensus barcode from the spot malaria panel and WGS data and  subsequent SNP filtering and IBD analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      Further refining the data could enhance its impact on both the scientific community and malaria control efforts in The Gambia.

      (1) The manuscript would benefit from improved clarity and better  explanation of results to help readers follow more easily. Despite  familiarity with genotyping, WGS, and IBD analysis, I found myself  needing to reread sections. While the figures are generally clear and  well-presented, the text could be more digestible. The aims and  objectives need clearer articulation, especially regarding the rationale for using both SNP barcode and WGS (is it to validate the approach with the barcode, or is it to have less missing data?). In several analyses, the purpose is not immediately obvious and could be clarified.

      The text of the manuscript has now been thoroughly revised. But please let us know if a specific section remains unclear.

      (2) Some key results are only mentioned briefly in the text without  corresponding figures or tables in the main manuscript, referring only  to supplementary figures, which are usually meant for additional detail, but not main results. For example, data on drug resistance markers  should be included in a table or figure in the main manuscript.

      We agree with the reviewer suggesting to move the prevalence of drug resistance markers from supplementary figures (previously Figure S8) to the main manuscript (now Figure 5). If other Figure/Table should be moved to the main manuscript please let us know.

      (3) The study uses samples from 2 different studies. While these are  conducted in the same villages, their study design is not the same,  which should be addressed in the interpretation and discussion of the  results. Between Dec 2014 and Sept 2016, sampling was conducted only in 2 villages and at less frequent intervals than between Oct 2016 to May  2017. The authors should assess how this might have impacted their  temporal analysis and conclusions drawn. In addition, it should be  clarified why and for exactly in which analysis the samples from Dec  2016 - May 2017 were excluded as this is a large proportion of your  samples.

      We have clarified which set of samples was used in our Results (Lines 293-295, 316-319). While two villages were recruited halfway through the study, two villages (J and K, Figure 1C) consistently provided data for each transmission season. Importantly, our temporal analysis accounts for these differences by grouping paired barcodes based on their respective locations (Figure 3B). Despite variations in sampling frequency, we still observe a clear overall decline in relatedness between the ‘0-2 months’ and ‘2-5 months’ groups, both of which include barcodes from all four villages.

      (4) Based on which criteria were samples selected for WGS? Did the  spatiotemporal spread of the WGS samples match the rest of the genotyped samples? I.e. were random samples selected from all times and places,  or was it samples from specific times/places selected for WGS?

      All P. falciparum positive samples were sent for genotyping and whole genome sequencing, ensuring no selection bias. However, only samples with sufficient parasite DNA were successfully sequenced. We have updated the text (Line 129-130) and added a supplementary figure (Figure S4) to show the sample collection broken down by type of data (barcode or genome). High quality genomes are distributed across all time points.

      (5) The manuscript would benefit from additional detail in the methods section.

      Please see our response in the section “Recommendation for the authors”.

      (6) Since the authors only do the genotype replacement and build  consensus barcode for 199 samples, there is a bias between the samples  with consensus barcode and those with only the genotyping barcode. How  did this impact the analysis?

      While we acknowledge the potential for bias between samples with a consensus barcode (based on WGS) and those with genotyping-only barcodes, its impact is minimal. WGS does indeed produce a more accurate barcode compared to SNP genotyping, but any errors in the genotyping barcodes were mitigated by excluding loci that systematically mismatched with WGS data (see Figure S3). Additionally, the use of WGS improved the accuracy of 51 % (216/425) of barcodes, which strengthens the overall quality and validity of our analysis.

      (7) The linear correlation between IBD-values of barcode vs genome is  clear. However, since you do not use absolute values of IBD, but a  classification of related (>=0.5 IBD) vs. unrelated (<0.5), it  would be good to assess the agreement of this classification between the 2 barcodes. In Figure S6 there seem to be quite some samples that would be classified as unrelated by the consensus barcode, while they have  IBD>0.5 in the Genome-IBD; in other words, the barcode seems to be  underestimating relatedness.

      a. How sensitive is this correlation to the nr of SNPs in the barcode?

      We measured the agreement between the two classifications using specificity (0.997), sensitivity (0.841) and precision (0.843) described in the legend of Figure S8. To further demonstrate the good agreement between the two methods, we calculated a Cohen’s kappa value of 0.839 (Lines 226, 290), indicative of a strong agreement (McHugh 2012). As expected, the correlation between IBD values obtained by both methods improves (higher Cohen’s kappa and R<sup>2</sup>) as the cutoff for the minimal number of comparable and informative loci per barcode pair is raised (data not shown).

      (8) With the sole focus on IBD, a measure of genetic relatedness, some of the conclusions from the results are speculative.

      a. Why not include other measures such as genetic diversity, which  relates to allele frequency analysis at the population level (using, for example, nucleotide diversity)? IBD and the proportion of highly  related pairs are not a measure of genetic diversity. Please revise the  manuscript and figures accordingly.

      We agree with the fact that IBD is not a direct measure of genetic diversity, even though both are related (Camponovo et al., 2023). More precisely, IBD is a measure of the level of inbreeding in the population (Taylor et al., 2019). We have updated our manuscript by replacing “genetic diversity” with “genetic relatedness” or “inbreeding/outcrossing” when appropriate. Nucleotide diversity would be relevant if we wanted to compare different settings, e.g. Africa vs Asia, however this is not the case here.

      b. Additionally, define what you mean by "recombinatorial genetic  diversity" and explain how it relates to IBD and individual-level  relatedness.

      We considered the term ‘recombinatorial genetic diversity’ to be equivalent to the level of inbreeding in the population. Because this expression is rather uncommon, we decided to drop it from our manuscript and replace it with “inbreeding/outcrossing”.

      c. Recombination is one potential factor contributing to the loss of  relatedness over time. There are several other factors that could  contribute, such as mobility/gene flow, or study-specific limitations  such as low numbers of samples in the low transmission season and many  months apart from the high transmission samples.

      Indeed, the loss of relatedness could be attributed not only to the recombination of local cases but also to new parasites introduced by imported malaria cases. As we stated in our manuscript, previous studies have shown a limited effect of imported cases on maintaining transmission (Lines 72-74). Nevertheless, we cannot definitely exclude that imported cases have an effect on inbreeding levels, since we do not have access to genetic data of surrounding parasites at the time of the study. We updated the discussion accordingly (Lines 497-501).

      d. By including other measures such as linkage disequilibrium you could  further support the statements related to recombination driving the loss of relatedness.

      This commendable suggestion is actually part of an ongoing project focusing on the sharing of IBD fragments and how it correlates with linkage disequilibrium. However, we believe that this analysis would not fit in the scope of our manuscript which is really about spatio-temporal effects on parasite relatedness at a local scale.

      (9) While the authors conclude there is no seasonal pattern in the  drug-resistant markers, one can observe a big fluctuation in the dhps  haplotypes, which go down from 75% to 20% and then up and down again  later. The authors should investigate this in more detail, as dhps is  related to SP resistance, which could be important for seasonal malaria  chemoprofylaxis, especially since the mutations in dhfr seem near-fixed  in the population, indicating high levels of SP resistance at some of  the time points.

      As the reviewer noted, the DHPS A437G haplotype appears to decrease in prevalence twice throughout our study: from the 2015 and 2016 high transmission seasons to the subsequent 2016 and 2017 low transmission seasons. Seasonal Malaria Chemoprophylaxis (SMC) was carried out in the area through the delivery of sulfadoxine–pyrimethamine plus amodiaquine to children 5 years old and younger during high transmission seasons. As DHPS A437G haplotype has been associated with resistance to sulfadoxine, its apparent increase in prevalence during high transmission seasons could be resulting from the selective pressure imposed on parasites. After SMC, the decrease in prevalence observed during low transmission seasons could be caused by a fitness cost of the mutation favouring wild-type parasites over resistant ones. We updated our manuscript to reflect this relevant observation (Lines 400-405).

      (10) I recommend that raw data from genotyping and WGS should be deposited in a public repository.

      Genotyping data is available in the supplementary table 4 (Table S4). Whole genome sequencing is accessible in a European Nucleotide Archive public repository with the identifiers provided in supplementary table 5 (Table S5). We added references to these tables in the manuscript (Lines 249-250).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Malaria transmission in the Gambia is highly seasonal, whereby periods  of intense transmission at the beginning of the rainy season are  interspersed by long periods of low to no transmission. This raises  several questions about how this transmission pattern impacts the  spatiotemporal distribution of circulating parasite strains. Knowledge  of these dynamics may allow the identification of key units for targeted control strategies, the evaluation of the effect of selection/drift on  parasite phenotypes (e.g., the emergence or loss of drug resistance  genotypes), and analyze, through the parasites' genetic nature, the  duration of chronic infections persisting during the dry season. Using a combination of barcodes and whole genome analysis, the authors try to  answer these questions by making clever use of the different  recombination rates, as measured through the proportion of genomes with  identity-by-descent (IBD), to investigate the spatiotemporal relatedness of parasite strains at different spatial (i.e., individual, household,  village, and region) and temporal (i.e., high, low, and the  corresponding the transitions) levels. The authors show that a large  fraction of infections are polygenomic and stable over time, resulting  in high recombinational diversity (Figure 2). Since the number of  recombination events is expected to increase with time or with the  number of mosquito bites, IBD allows them to investigate the  connectivity between spatial levels and to measure the fraction of  effective recombinational events over time. The authors demonstrate the  epidemiological connectivity between villages by showing the presence of related genotypes, a higher probability of finding similar genotypes  within the same household, and how parasite-relatedness gradually  disappears over time (Figure 3). Moreover, they show that transmission  intensity increases during the transition from dry to wet seasons  (Figure 4). If there is no drug selection during the dry season and if  resistance incurs a fitness cost it is possible that alleles associated  with drug resistance may change in frequency. The authors looked at the  frequencies of six drug-resistance haplotypes (aat1, crt, dhfr, dhps,  kelch13, and mdr1), and found no evidence of changes in allele  frequencies associated with seasonality. They also find chronic  infections lasting from one month to one and a half years with no  dependence on age or gender.

      The use of genomic information and IBD analytic tools provides the  Control Program with important metrics for malaria control policies, for example, identifying target populations for malaria control and  evaluation of malaria control programs.

      Strength:

      The authors use a combination of high-quality barcodes (425 barcodes  representing 101 bi-allelic SNPs) and 199 high-quality genome sequences  to infer the fraction of the genome with shared Identity by Descent  (IBD) (i.e. a metric of recombination rate) over several time points  covering two years. The barcode and whole genome sequence combination  allows full use of a large dataset, and to confidently infer the  relatedness of parasite isolates at various spatiotemporal scales.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary

      This study aimed to investigate the impact of seasonality on the malaria parasite population genetic. To achieve this, the researchers conducted a longitudinal study in a region characterized by seasonal malaria  transmission. Over a 2.5-year period, blood samples were collected from  1,516 participants residing in four villages in the Upper River Region  of The Gambia and tested the samples for malaria parasite positivity.  The parasites from the positive samples were genotyped using a genetic  barcode and/or whole genome sequencing, followed by a genetic  relatedness analysis.

      The study identified three key findings:

      (1) The parasite population continuously recombines, with no single genotype dominating, in contrast to viral populations;

      (2) The relatedness of parasites is influenced by both spatial and temporal distances; and

      (3) The lowest genetic relatedness among parasites occurs during the  transition from low to high transmission seasons. The authors suggest  that this latter finding reflects the increased recombination associated with sexual reproduction in mosquitoes.

      The results section is well-structured, and the figures are clear and  self-explanatory. The methods are adequately described, providing a  solid foundation for the findings. While there are no unexpected  results, it is reassuring to see the anticipated outcomes supported by  actual data. The conclusions are generally well-supported; however, the  discussion on the burden of asymptomatic infections falls outside the  scope of the data, as no specific analysis was conducted on this aspect  and was not stated as part of the aims of the study. Nonetheless, the  recommendation to target asymptomatic infections is logical and  relevant.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The manuscript would benefit from additional detail in the methods section.

      a. Refer to Figure 1 when you describe the included studies and sample processing.

      We added the reference to Figure 1 (Line 131).

      b. While you describe each step in the pipeline, you do not specify the  tools, packages, or environment used (the GitHub link is also  non-functional). A graphic representation of the pipeline, with more  bioinformatic details than Supplementary Figure S1, would be helpful.  Add references to used tools and software created by others.

      The GitHub link has been updated and is now functional. We find Figure S1 already heavy in details, adding in more would be detrimental to our will of it being an easily readable summary of our pipeline. Readers seeking in-depth explanation of our pipeline might be more interested in reading the methods section instead. We are very much committed to credit the authors of the tools that were essential for us to create our analysis pipeline. The two most relevant tools that we used are hmmIBD and the Fws calculation, which were both cited in the methods (Lines 148-152, 214-215).

      c. What changed in the genotyping protocol after May 2016? Does it not  lead to bias in the (temporal) analysis by leaving these loci in for  samples collected before May 2016 and making them 'unknown' for the  majority of samples collected after this date?

      These 21 SNPs all clustered in 1 of the 4 multiplexes used for molecular genotyping, which likely failed to produce accurate base calls. We updated the text to include this information (Lines 198-200).

      The rationale behind the discarding of these 21 SNPs for barcodes sampled after May 2016 was that they were consistently mismatching with the WGS SNPs, probably due to genotyping error as mentioned above. However, by replacing these unknown positions in the molecular barcodes with WGS SNPs, 141 samples did recover some of these 21 SNPs with the accurate base calls (Figure S3A). Additionally, we added an extra analysis to assess the agreement between barcodes and WGS data (Figure S3B).

      d. Related to this, how are unknown and mixed genotypes treated in the  binary matrix? How is the binary matrix coded? Is 0 the same as the  reference allele? So all the missing and mixed are treated as  references? How many missing and mixed alleles are there, how often does it occur and how does this impact the IBD analysis?

      We acknowledge that the details that we provided regarding the IBD analysis were confusing. hmmIBD requires a matrix that contains positive or null integers for each different allele at a given loci (all our loci were bi-allelic, thus only 0 and 1 were used) and -1 for missing data. In our case, we set missing and mixed alleles to -1, which were then ignored during the IBD estimation. The corresponding text was updated accordingly (Lines 173-175).

      e. By excluding households with less than 5 comparisons, are you not preselecting households with high numbers of cases, and therefore higher likelihood of transmission within the household?

      All participants in each household were sampled at every collection time point. This sampling was unbiased towards likelihood of transmission. Excluding pairs of households with less than 5 comparisons was necessary to ensure statistical robustness in our analyses. Besides, this does not necessarily restrict the analysis to only households with a high number of cases as it is the total number of pairs between households that must equal 5 at least (for instance these pairs would pass the cutoff: household with 1 case vs household with 5 cases; household with 2 cases vs household with 3 cases).

      (2) Since the authors only do the genotype replacement and build  consensus barcode for 199 samples, there is a bias between the samples  with consensus barcode and those with only the genotyping barcode. How  did this impact the analysis?

      See (6) in the Public Review.

      a. It would be good to get a better sense of the distribution of the nr  of SNPs in the barcode. The range is 30-89, and 30 SNPs for IBD is  really not that much.

      Adding the range of the number of available SNPs per barcode is indeed particularly relevant. We added a supplementary figure (Figure S5) showing the distribution of homozygous SNPs per barcode, showing that a very small minority of barcodes have only 30 SNPs available for IBD (average of 65, median of 64).

      b. Did you compare the nr of SNPs in the consensus vs. only genotyped  barcodes? Is there more missing data in the genotype-only barcodes?

      We added a supplementary figure (Figure S5) with the distribution of homozygous SNPs in consensus (216 samples) and molecular (209 samples) barcodes. Consensus barcodes have more homozygous SNPs (average 76, median 82) than molecular barcodes (average of 54, median of 53), showing the improvement resulting from using whole genome sequencing data.

      c. How was the cut-off/sample exclusion criteria of 30 SNPs in the barcode determined?

      As described above (Public review section 7.a.), we removed pairs of barcodes with less than 30 comparable loci (and 10 informative loci) because this led to a good agreement between IBD values obtained from barcodes and genomes while still retaining a majority of pairwise IBD values.

      d. Was there more/less IBD between sample pairs with a consensus barcode vs those with genotype-only barcodes?

      We separated pairwise IBD values into two groups: “within consensus” and “within molecular”. The percentages of related barcodes (IBD ≥ 0.5) was virtually identical between “within consensus” (1.88 %) and “within molecular” (1.71 %) groups (χ<sup>2</sup> = 1.33, p value > 0.24).

      (3) Line 124 adds a reference for the PCR method used.

      We have updated this information: varATS qPCR (Line 121).

      (4) Line 126, what is MN2100ff? Is this the catalogue number of the  cellulose columns? Please clarify and add manufacturer details.

      MN2100ff was a replacement for CF11. We added a link to the MalariaGen website describing the product and the procedure (Lines 124-125).

      (5) Line 143: Figure S7 is the first supplementary figure referenced. Change the order and make this Figure S1?

      The numbering of figures is now fixed.

      (6) Line 154: How many SNPs were in the vcf before filtering?

      There were 1,042,186 SNPs before filtering. This information was added to the methods (Line 168).

      (7) Line 156: Why is QUAL filtered at 10000? This seems extremely high.  (I could be mistaken, but often QUAL above 50 or so is already fine, why discard everything below 10000?). What is the range of QUAL scores in  your vcf?

      We used the QUAL > 10000 to make our analyses less computationally intensive while keeping enough relevant genetic information. We agree that keeping variants with extremely high values of QUAL is not relevant above a certain threshold as it translates into infinitesimally low probabilities (10<sup>-(QUAL/10)</sup>) of the variant calling being wrong. We then decided to use a minimal population minor allele frequency (MAF) of 0.01 to keep a variant as this will make the IBD calculation more accurate (Taylor et al., 2019). The variant filtering was carried out with the MAF > 0.01 filter, resulting in 27,577 filtered SNPs with a minimal QUAL of 132. With a cutoff of 3000 available SNPs, we retrieved all 199 genomes previously obtained with the QUAL > 10000 condition. The methods have been updated accordingly (Lines 166-170).

      (8) Line 161-165: How did you handle the mixed alleles in the hmmIBD  analysis for the WGS data? Did you set them as 0 as you do later on for  the consensus barcode?

      Mixed alleles and missing data were ignored. This translated into a value of -1 for the hmmIBD matrix and not 0 as we incorrectly stated previously. We updated our manuscript with this correct information (Lines 173-175).

      (9) Line 168-171: How many SNPs do you have in the WGS dataset after all the filtering steps? If the aim of the IBD with WGS was to validate the IBD-analysis with the barcode, wouldn't it make sense to have at least  200 loci (as shown in Taylor et al to be required for hmmIBD) in the WGS data? What proportion of comparisons were there with only 100 pairs of  loci? This seems like really few SNPs from WGS data.

      There were 27,577 SNPs overall in the 199 high quality genomes. In our analysis, we make the distinction between comparable and informative loci. For two loci to be comparable, they both have to be homozygous. To be informative, they must be comparable and at least one of them must correspond to the minor allele in the population. We borrowed this term and definition from hmmIBD software which yields directly the number of informative loci per pair. By keeping pairs with at least 100 informative SNPs, we aimed to reduce the number of samples artificially related because only population major alleles are being compared. Pairs of genomes had between 1073 and 27466 of these, way above the recommended 200 loci in Taylor et al. (2019). We added more details on comparable and informative sites (Lines 152-160).

      (10) Line 178: why remove the 12 loci that are absent from the WGS? Are  these loci also poorly genotyped in the spotmalaria panel?

      As our goal is to validate the reliability of molecular genotyped SNPs, these 12 loci have to be removed. Especially because we did find a consistent discrepancy between genotyped and WGSed SNPs, which cannot be tested if these SNPs are absent from the genomes.

      (11) Line 180-182: What do you mean by this sentence: "Genomic barcodes  are built using different cutoffs of within-sample MAF and aligned  against molecular barcodes from the same isolates." Is this the analysis presented in the supplementary figure and resulting in the cut-off of  MAF 0.2? Please clarify.

      A loci where both alleles are called can result from two distinct haploïd genomes present or from an error occurring during sequencing data acquisition or processing. To distinguish between the two, we empirically determined the cutoff of within-sample MAF above which the loci can be considered heterozygous and below which only the major allele is kept. The corresponding figure was indeed Figure S2 (referenced in next sentence Lines 192-195). We clarified our approach in the methods (Lines 190-192) and legends of Figures S2 and Figure S3.

      (12) Line 191: How often was there a mismatch between WGS and SNP barcode?

      We added a panel (Figure S3B) showing the average agreement of each SNP between molecular genotyping and WGS. We highlighted the 21 discrepant SNPs showing a lower agreement only for samples collected after May 2016.

      (13) Line 201-204: This part is unclear (as above for the WGS): did you  include sample pairs with more than 10 paired loci? But isn't 10 loci  way too few to do IBD analysis?

      We included pairs of samples with at least 30 comparable loci and 10 informative paired loci (refer to our answer to comment 8 for the difference between the two). We added more details regarding comparable and informative sites (Lines 152-160). Indeed, using fewer than 200 loci leads to an IBD estimation that is on average off by 0.1 or more (Taylor et al., 2019). However we showed that the barcode relatedness classification based on a cutoff of IBD (related when above 0.5, unrelated otherwise) was close enough to our gold standard using genomes (each pair having more than 1000 comparable sites). Because we use this classification approach rather than the exact value of barcode-estimated IBD in our study, our 30 minimum comparable sites cutoff seems sufficient.

      (14) Lines 206-207: which program did you use to analyse Fws?

      We did not use any program, we computed Fws according to Manske et al. (2012) methods.

      (15) Line 233: "we attempted parasite genotyping and whole genome  sequencing of 522 isolates over 16 time points" => This is confusing, you did not do WGS of 522 samples, only 199 as mentioned in the next  sentence.

      We attempted whole genome sequencing on 331 isolates and molecular genotyping on 442 isolates with 251 isolates common between the two methods. We updated our text to clarify this point (Lines 247-252).

      (16) Lines 256-259: Add a range of proportions or some other summary  statistic in this section as you are only referring here to  supplementary figures to support these statements.

      The text has been updated (Lines 271-274).

      (17) Line 260: check the formatting of the reference "Collins22" as the rest of the document references are numbered.

      Fixed.

      (18) Figure 2/3:

      a. You could also inspect relatedness at the temporal level, by  adjusting the network figure where the color is village and shape is  time (month/year).

      Although visualising the effect of time on the parasite relatedness network would be a valuable addition, we did not find any intuitive and simple way of doing so. Using shapes to represent time might end up being more confusing than helpful, especially because the sampling was not done at fixed intervals.

      b. To further support the statement of clustering at the household  level, it might be useful to add a (supplementary) figure with the  network with household number/IDs as color or shape. In the network,  there seems to be a lot of relatedness within the villages and between  villages. Perhaps looking only at the distribution of the proportion of  highly related isolates is simplifying the data too much. Besides, there is no statistical difference between clustering at the household vs  within-village levels as indicated in Figure 3.

      Unfortunately, there are too many households (71 in Figure 2) to make a figure with one color or shape per household readable. The statistical test of the difference between the within household and within village relatedness yielded a p value above the cutoff of 0.05 (p value of 0.084). However, it is possible that the lack of significance arises from the relatively low number of data points available in the “within household” group. This is even more plausible considering the statistical difference of both “within household” and “within village” groups with “between village” group. Overall, our results indicate a decreasing parasite relatedness with spatial distance, and that more investigation would be needed to quantify the difference between “within household” and “within village” groups. 

      (19) Figure 4: Please add more description in the caption of this figure to help interpret what is displayed here. Figure 4A is hard to  interpret and does not seem to show more than is already shown in Figure 3A. What do the dots represent in Figure 4B? It is not clear what is  presented here.

      Compared to Figure 3A, Figure 4A enables the visualization of the relatedness between each individual pair of time points, which are later used in the comparison of relatedness between seasonal groups in Figure 4B. For this reason, we believe that Figure 4A should remain in the manuscript. However, we agree that the relationship between Figure 4A and Figure 4B is not intuitive in the way we presented it initially. For this reason, we added more details in the legend and modified Figure 4A to highlight the seasonal groups used in Figure 4B. 

      (20) Line 360-361: what did you do when haplotypes were not identical?

      We explained it in the methods section (Lines 144-146): in this case, only WGS haplotypes were kept.

      (21) Section chronic infections: it is important to mention that the  majority of chronic infections are individuals from the monthly  dry-season cohort.

      We added a statement about the 21 chronically infected individuals that were also part of the December 2016 – May 2017 monthly follow-up (Lines 423-426).

      (22) Lines 381-386: Did you investigate COI in these individuals? Could  it be co-circulating strains that you do not pick up at all times due to the consensus barcodes and discarding of mixed genotypes (and does not  necessarily show intra-host competition. That is speculation and should  perhaps not be in the results)?

      This is exactly what we think is happening. Due to the very nature of genotyping, only one strain may be observed at a time in the case of a co-infection, where distinct but related strains are simultaneously present in the host. The picked-up strain is typically the one with the highest relative abundance at the time of sampling. As the reviewer stated, fluctuation of strain abundance might not only be due to intra-host competition but also asynchronous development stages of the two strains. We added this observation to the manuscript (Lines 432-435).

      (22) Figure 6: highlight the samples where the barcode was not available in a different color to be able to see the difference between a  non-matching barcode and missing data.

      We thank the reviewer for this great suggestion. We have now added to Figure 6 barcodes available along with their level of relatedness with the dominant genotypes for each continuous infections.

      (24) Improve the discussion by adding a clear summary of the main  findings and their implications, as well as study-specific limitations.

      The Discussion has been updated with a paragraph summarizing the primary results (Lines 451-457).

      (25) Line 445: "implying that the whole population had been replaced in just one year "

      a. What do you mean by replaced? Did other populations replace the  existing populations? I am not sure the lack of IBD is enough to show  that the population changed/was replaced. Perhaps it is more accurate to say that the same population evolved. Nevertheless, other measures such as genetic diversity and genetic differentiation or population  structure.would be more suitable to strengthen these conclusions.

      We agree that “replaced” was the wrong term in this case. We rather intended to describe how the numerous recombinations between malaria parasites completely reshaped the same initial population which gradually displayed lower levels of relatedness over time. We updated the manuscript accordingly (Lines 507-512).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 260: Remove Collins 22.

      Fixed.

      (2) Lines 270-274: 73 + 213 = 286 not 284; sum of percentages is equal to 101%.

      The numbers are correct: the 73 barcodes identical (IBD >= 0.9) to another barcode are a subset of the 213 related (IBD >= 0.5) to another barcode. However we agree that this might be confusing and will considering barcodes to be related if they have an IBD between 0.5 and 0.9, while excluding those with an IBD >= 0.9. The text has been updated (Lines 299-301).

      (3) Section: "Independence of seasonality and drug resistance markers prevalence".

      The text has been revised and the supplementary figure is now a main figure.

      (4) For readers unaware of malaria control policy in the Gambia it would be helpful to have more details on the specifics of anti-malarial drug  administration.

      We added the drugs used in SMC (sulfadoxine-pyrimethamine and amodiaquine) and the first line antimalarial treatment in use in The Gambia during our study (Coartem) (Lines 383-388).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The abstract is not as clear as the authors' summary. For example, I found the sentence starting with "with 425 P. falciparum..." hard to  follow.

      The abstract has been updated.

      (2) It is better to consistently use "barcode genotyping "or "genotyping by barcode". Sometimes "molecular genotyping" is used instead of  "barcode genotyping"

      We have now replaced all occurrences of “barcode genotyping” with “molecular genotyping” or “molecular barcode genotyping”. We prefer to stick with “molecular genotyping” as this let us distinguish between the molecular and the genomic barcode.

      (3) The introduction is quite disjoined and does not provide a clear  build-up to the gap in knowledge that the study is attempting to fill.  please revise.

      Introduction is now thoroughly revised.

      (4) Line 31 "with notable increase of parasite differentiation" is an interpretation and not an observation.

      We have modified that sentence (Lines 31-33).

      (5) Overall, the introduction requires substantial revision.

      Introduction is now thoroughly revised.

      (6) Line 70 "parasite population adapts..." I thought this required phenotypic analysis and not genetics?

      The idea is that population of parasites may adapt to environmental conditions (such as seasonality) by selecting the most fitted genotypes. For instance, antimalarial exposure has an effect of selecting parasites with specific mutations in drug resistance related genes, and this even appears to be transient (for example with chloroquine). As such, there is good reason to think that seasonality might have a similar effect on parasite genetics.

      (7) Line 129-130: the #442 is not reflected in the schematic Figure 1.

      This is an intentional choice to make the figure more synthetic. For this reason, we included the Figure S1, which provides more details on the data collection and analysis pipeline.

      (8) Line 242-243: "Made with natural earth". What is this?

      This is a statement acknowledging the use of Natural Earth data to produce the map presented in Figure 1A.

      (9) Line 260: "collins22", is this a reference?

      Fixed.

      (10) Line 269-70. Very hard to follow. Please revise.

      We changed the text (Lines 293-297).

      (11) Line 324: similarly... I think there is a typo here.

      We did not find any typo in this specific sentence. However, “Similarly to Figure 3” sounds maybe a bit off, so we changed it to “As in Figure 3” (Line 351).

      (12) Line 332-334: very hard to follow. please revise. Again, the lower  parasite relatedness during the transition from low to high was linked  to recombination occurring in the mosquito but what about infection  burden shifting to naive young children? Is there a role for host  immunity in the observed reduction in parasite-relatedness during the  transition period?

      This text has been rewritten (Lines 356-361).

      About the hypothesis of infection burden shifting to naïve young children, this question is difficult to address in The Gambia because children under 5 years old received Seasonal Malaria Chemoprophylaxis during the high transmission season. In older children (6-15 years old), the prevalence was similar to adults (Fogang et al., 2024).

      About the role of host immunity on parasite relatedness across time and space, our dataset is too small to divide it in different age groups. Further studies should address this very interesting question.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper examines changes in relaxation time (T1 and T2) and magnetization transfer parameters that occur in a model system and in vivo when cells or tissue are depolarized using an equimolar extracellular solution with different concentrations of the depolarizing ion K<sup>+</sup>. The motivation is to explain T2 changes that have previously been observed by the authors in an in vivo model with neural stimulation (DIANA) and to try to provide a mechanism to explain those changes.

      Strengths:

      The authors argue that the use of various concentrations of KCL in the extracellular fluid depolarize or hyperpolarize the cell pellets used and that this change in membrane potential is the driving force for the T2 (and T1-supplementary material) changes observed. In particular, they report an increase in T2 with increasing KCL concentration in the extracellular fluid (ECF) of pellets of SH-SY5Y cells. To offset the increasing osmolarity of the ECF due to the increase in KCL, the NaCL molarity of the ECF is proportionally reduced. The authors measure the intracellular voltage using patch clamp recordings, which is a gold standard. With 80 mM of KCL in the ECF, a change in T2 of the cell pellets of ~10 ms is observed with the intracellular potential recorded as about -6 mv. A very large T1 increase of ~90 ms is reported under the same conditions. The PSR (ratio of hydrogen protons on macromolecules to free water) decreases by about 10% at this 80 mM KCL concentration. Similar results are seen in a Jurkat cell line and similar, but far smaller changes are observed in vivo, for a variety of reasons discussed. As a final control, T1 and T2 values are measured in the various equimolar KCL solutions. As expected, no significant changes in T1 and T2 of the ECF were observed for these concentrations.

      Weaknesses:

      [Reviewer 1, Comment 1] While the concepts presented are interesting, and the actual experimental methods seem to be nicely executed, the conclusions are not supported by the data for a number of reasons. This is not to say that the data isn't consistent with the conclusions, but there are other controls not included that would be necessary to draw the conclusion that it is membrane potential that is driving these T1 and T2 changes. Unfortunately for these authors, similar experiments conducted in 2008 (Stroman et al. Magn. Reson. in Med. 59:700-706) found similar results (increased T2 with KCL) but with a different mechanism, that they provide definite proof for. This study was not referenced in the current work.

      It is well established that cells swell/shrink upon depolarization/hyperpolarization. Cell swelling is accompanied by increased light transmittance in vivo, and this should be true in the pellet system as well. In a beautiful series of experiments, Stroman et al. (2008) showed in perfused brain slices that the cells swell upon equimolar KCL depolarization and the light transmittance increases. The time course of these changes is quite slow, of the order of many minutes, both for the T2-weighted MRI signal and for the light transmittance. Stroman et al. also show that hypoosmotic changes produce the exact same time course as the KCL depolarization changes (and vice versa for the hyperosmotic changes - which cause cell shrinkage). Their conclusion, therefore, was that cell swelling (not membrane potential) was the cause of the T2-weighted changes observed, and that these were relatively slow (on the scale of many minutes).

      What are the implications for the current study? Well, for one, the authors cannot exclude cell swelling as the mechanism for T2 changes, as they have not measured that. It is however well established that cell swelling occurs during depolarization, so this is not in question. Water in the pelletized cells is in slow/intermediate exchange with the ECF, and the solutions for the two compartment relaxation model for this are well established (see Menon and Allen, Magn. Reson. in Med. 20:214-227 (1991). The T2 relaxation times should be multiexponential (see point (3) further below). The current work cannot exclude cell swelling as the mechanism for T2 changes (it is mentioned in the paper, but not dealt with). Water entering cells dilutes the protein structures, changes rotational correlation times of the proteins in the cell and is known to increase T2. The PSR confirms that this is indeed happening, so the data in this work is completely consistent with the Stroman work and completely consistent with cell swelling associated with depolarization. The authors should have performed light scattering studies to demonstrate the presence or absence of cell swelling. Measuring intracellular potential is not enough to clarify the mechanism.

      [Reviewer 1, Response 1] We appreciate the reviewer’s comments. We agree that changes in cell volume due to depolarization and hyperpolarization significantly contribute to the observed changes in T2, PSR, and T1, especially in pelletized cells. For this reason, we already noted in the Discussion section of the original manuscript that cell volume changes influence the observed MR parameter changes, though this study did not present the magnitude of the cell volume changes. In this regard, we thank the reviewer for introducing the work by Stroman et al. (Magn Reson Med 59:700-706, 2008). When discussing the contribution of the cell volume changes to the observed MR parameter changes, we additionally discussed the work of Stroman et al. in the revised manuscript.

      In addition, we acknowledge that the title and main conclusion of the original manuscript may be misleading, as we did not separately consider the effect of cell volume changes on MR parameters. To more accurately reflect the scope and results of this study and also take into account the reviewer 2’s suggestion, we adjusted the title to “Responses to membrane potential-modulating ionic solutions measured by magnetic resonance imaging of cultured cells and in vivo rat cortex” and also revised the relevant phrases in the main text.

      Finally, when [K<sup>+</sup>]-induced membrane potential changes are involved, there seems to be factors other than cell volume changes that appear to influence T<sup>2</sup> changes. Our follow-up study shows that there are differences in volume changes for the same T<sup>2</sup> change in the following two different situations: pure osmotic volume changes versus [K<sup>+</sup>]-induced volume changes. For example, for the same T<sup>2</sup> change, the volume change for depolarization is greater than the volume change for hypoosmotic conditions. We will present these results in this coming ISMRM 2025 and are also preparing a manuscript to report shortly.

      [Reviewer 1, Comment 2] So why does it matter whether the mechanism is cell swelling or membrane potential? The reason is response time. Cell swelling due to depolarization is a slow process, slower than hemodynamic responses that characterize BOLD. In fact, cell swelling under normal homeostatic conditions in vivo is virtually non-existent. Only sustained depolarization events typically associated with non-naturalistic stimuli or brain dysfunction produce cell swelling. Membrane potential changes associated with neural activity, on the other hand, are very fast. In this manuscript, the authors have convincingly shown a signal change that is virtually the same as what was seen in the Stroman publication, but they have not shown that there is a response that can be detected with anything approaching the timescale of an action potential. So one cannot definitely say that the changes observed are due to membrane potential. One can only say they are consistent with cell swelling, regardless of what causes the cell swelling.

      For this mechanism to be relevant to explaining DIANA, one needs to show that the cell swelling changes occur within a millisecond, which has never been reported. If one knows the populations of ECF and pellet, the T2s of the ECF and pellet and the volume change of the cells in the pellet, one can model any expected T2 changes due to neuronal activity. I think one would find that these are minuscule within the context of an action potential, or even bulk action potential.

      [Reviewer 1, Response 2] In the context of cell swelling occurring at rapid response times, if we define cell swelling simply as an “increase in cell volume,” there are several studies reporting transient structural (or volumetric) changes (e.g., ~nm diameter change over ~ms duration) in neuron cells during action potential propagation (Akkin et al., Biophys J 93:1347-1353, 2007; Kim et al., Biophys J 92:3122-3129, 2007; Lee et al., IEEE Trans Biomed Eng 58:3000-3003, 2011; Wnek et al., J Polym Sci Part B: Polym Phys 54:7-14, 2015; Yang et al., ACS Nano 12:4186-4193, 2018). These studies show a good correlation between membrane potential changes and cell volume changes (even if very small) at the cellular level within milliseconds.

      As mentioned in the Response 1 above, this study does not address rapid dynamic membrane potential changes on the millisecond scale, which we explicitly mentioned as one of the limitations in the Discussion section of the original manuscript. For this reason, we do not claim in this study that we provide the reader with definitive answers about the mechanisms involved in DIANA. Rather, as a first step toward addressing the mechanism of DIANA, this study confirms that there is a good correlation between changes in membrane potential and measurable MR parameters (e.g., T<sup>2</sup> and PSR) when using ionic solutions that modulate membrane potential. Identifying MR parameter changes that occur during millisecond-scale membrane potential changes due to rapid neural activation will be addressed in the follow-up study mentioned in the Response 1 above.

      There are a few smaller issues that should be addressed.

      [Reviewer 1, Comment 3] (1) Why were complicated imaging sequences used to measure T1 and T2? On a Bruker system it should be possible to do very simple acquisitions with hard pulses (which will not need dictionaries and such to get quantitative numbers). Of course, this can only be done sample by sample and would take longer, but it avoids a lot of complication to correct the RF pulses used for imaging, which leads me to the 2nd point.

      [Reviewer 1, Response 3] We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion regarding imaging sequences. In fact, we used dictionaries for fitting in vivo T<sup>2</sup> decay data, not in vitro data. Sample-by-sample nonlocalized acquisition with hard pulses may be applicable for in vitro measurements. However, for in vivo measurements, a slice-selective multi-echo spin-echo sequence was necessary to acquire T<sup>2</sup> maps within a reasonable scan time. Our choice of imaging sequence was guided by the need to spatially resolve MR signals from specific regions of interest while balancing scan time constraints.

      [Reviewer 1, Comment 4] (2) Figure S1 (H) is unlike any exponential T2 decay I have seen in almost 40 years of making T2 measurements. The strange plateau at the beginning and the bump around TE = 25 ms are odd. These could just be noise, but the fitted curve exactly reproduces these features. A monoexponential T2 decay cannot, by definition, produce a fit shaped like this.

      [Reviewer 1, Response 4] The T<sup>2</sup> decay curves in Figure S1(H) indeed display features that deviate from a simple monoexponential decay. In our in vivo experiments, we used a multi-echo spin-echo sequence with slice-selective excitation and refocusing pulses. In such sequences, the echo train is influenced by stimulated echoes and imperfect slice profiles. This phenomenon is inherent to the pulse sequence rather than being artifacts or fitting errors (Hennig, Concepts Magn Reson 3:125-143, 1991; Lebel and Wilman, Magn Reson Med 64:1005-1014, 2010; McPhee and Wilman, Magn Reson Med 77:2057-2065, 2017). Therefore, we fitted the T<sub>2</sub> decay curve using the technique developed by McPhee and Wilman (2017).

      [Reviewer 1, Comment 5] (3) As noted earlier, layered samples produce biexponential T2 decays and monoexponential T1 decays. I don't quite see how this was accounted for in the fitting of the data from the pellet preparations. I realize that these are spatially resolved measurements, but the imaging slice shown seems to be at the boundary of the pellet and the extracellular media and there definitely should be a biexponential water proton decay curve. Only 5 echo times were used, so this is part of the problem, but it does mean that the T2 reported is a population fraction weighted average of the T2 in the two compartments.

      [Reviewer 1, Response 5] We understand the reviewer’s concern regarding potential biexponential decay due to the presence of different compartments. In our experiments, we carefully positioned the imaging slice sufficiently remote from the pellet-media interface. This approach ensures that the signal predominantly arises from the cells (and interstitial fluid), excluding the influence of extracellular media above the cell pellet. We described the imaging slice more clearly in the revised manuscript. As mentioned in our Methods section, for in vitro experiments, we repeated a single-echo spin-echo sequence with 50 difference echo times. While Figure 1C illustrates data from five echo times for visual clarity, the full dataset with all 50 echo times was used for fitting. We clarified this point in the revised manuscript to avoid any misunderstanding.

      [Reviewer 1, Comment 6] (4) Delta T1 and T2 values are presented for the pellets in wells, but no absolute values are presented for either the pellets or the KCL solutions that I could find.

      [Reviewer 1, Response 6] As requested by the reviewer, we included the absolute values in the supplementary information.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Min et al. attempt to demonstrate that magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) can detect changes in neuronal membrane potentials. They approach this goal by studying how MRI contrast and cellular potentials together respond to treatment of cultured cells with ionic solutions. The authors specifically study two MRI-based measurements: (A) the transverse (T2) relaxation rate, which reflects microscopic magnetic fields caused by solutes and biological structures; and (B) the fraction or "pool size ratio" (PSR) of water molecules estimated to be bound to macromolecules, using an MRI technique called magnetization transfer (MT) imaging. They see that depolarizing K<sup>+</sup> and Ba2+ concentrations lead to T2 increases and PSR decreases that vary approximately linearly with voltage in a neuroblastoma cell line and that change similarly in a second cell type. They also show that depolarizing potassium concentrations evoke reversible T2 increases in rat brains and that these changes are reversed when potassium is renormalized. Min et al. argue that this implies that membrane potential changes cause the MRI effects, providing a potential basis for detecting cellular voltages by noninvasive imaging. If this were true, it would help validate a recent paper published by some of the authors (Toi et al., Science 378:160-8, 2022), in which they claimed to be able to detect millisecond-scale neuronal responses by MRI.

      Strengths:

      The discovery of a mechanism for relating cellular membrane potential to MRI contrast could yield an important means for studying functions of the nervous system. Achieving this has been a longstanding goal in the MRI community, but previous strategies have proven too weak or insufficiently reproducible for neuroscientific or clinical applications. The current paper suggests remarkably that one of the simplest and most widely used MRI contrast mechanisms-T2 weighted imaging-may indicate membrane potentials if measured in the absence of the hemodynamic signals that most functional MRI (fMRI) experiments rely on. The authors make their case using a diverse set of quantitative tests that include controls for ion and cell type-specificity of their in vitro results and reversibility of MRI changes observed in vivo.

      Weaknesses:

      [Reviewer 2, Comment 1] The major weakness of the paper is that it uses correlational data to conclude that there is a causational relationship between membrane potential and MRI contrast. Alternative explanations that could explain the authors' findings are not adequately considered. Most notably, depolarizing ionic solutions can also induce changes in cellular volume and tissue structure that in turn alter MRI contrast properties similarly to the results shown here. For example, a study by Stroman et al. (Magn Reson Med 59:700-6, 2008) reported reversible potassium-dependent T2 increases in neural tissue that correlate closely with light scattering-based indications of cell swelling. Phi Van et al. (Sci Adv 10:eadl2034, 2024) showed that potassium addition to one of the cell lines used here likewise leads to cell size increases and T2 increases. Such effects could in principle account for Min et al.'s results, and indeed it is difficult to see how they would not contribute, but they occur on a time scale far too slow to yield useful indications of membrane potential. The authors' observation that PSR correlates negatively with T2 in their experiments is also consistent with this explanation, given the inverse relationship usually observed (and mechanistically expected) between these two parameters. If the authors could show a tight correspondence between millisecond-scale membrane potential changes and MRI contrast, their argument for a causal connection or a useful correlational relationship between membrane potential and image contrast would be much stronger. As it is, however, the article does not succeed in demonstrating that membrane potential changes can be detected by MRI.

      [Reviewer 2, Response 1] We appreciate the reviewer’s comments. We agree that changes in cell volume due to depolarization and hyperpolarization significantly contribute to the observed MR parameter changes. For this reason, we have already noted in the Discussion section of the original manuscript that cell volume changes influence the observed MR parameter changes. In this regard, we thank the reviewer for introducing the work by Stroman et al. (Magn Reson Med 59:700-706, 2008) and Phi Van et al. (Sci Adv 10:eadl2034, 2024). When discussing the contribution of the cell volume changes to the observed MR parameter changes, we additionally discussed both work of Stroman et al. and Phi Van et al. in the revised manuscript.

      In addition, this study does not address rapid dynamic membrane potential changes on the millisecond scale, which we explicitly discussed as one of the limitations of this study in the Discussion section of the original manuscript. For this reason, we do not claim in this study that we provide the reader with definitive answers about the mechanisms involved in DIANA. Rather, as a first step toward addressing the mechanism of DIANA, this study confirms that there is a good correlation between changes in membrane potential and measurable MR parameters (although on a slow time scale) when using ionic solutions that modulate membrane potential. Identifying MR parameter changes that occur during millisecond-scale membrane potential changes due to rapid neural activation will be addressed in the follow-up study mentioned in the Response 1 to Reviewer 1’s Comment 1 above.

      Together, we acknowledge that the title and main conclusion of the original manuscript may be misleading. To more accurately reflect the scope and results of this study and also consider the reviewer’s suggestion, we adjusted the title to “Responses to membrane potential-modulating ionic solutions measured by magnetic resonance imaging of cultured cells and in vivo rat cortex” and also revised the relevant phrases in the main text.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      [Reviewer 1, Comment 7] The manuscript is well written. One thing to emphasize early on is that the KCL depolarization is done in an equimolar (or isotonic) manner. I was not clear on this point until I got to the very end of the methods. This is a strength of the paper and should be presented earlier.

      [Reviewer 1, Response 7] In response to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have revised the manuscript to present the equimolar characteristic of our experiment earlier.

      [Reviewer 1, Comment 8] In terms of experiments, the relaxation time measurements are not well constructed. They should be done with a CPMG sequence with hundreds of echos and properly curve fit. This is entirely possible on a Bruker spectrometer.

      [Reviewer 1, Response 8] As noted in our Response to Reviewer 1’s Comment 3, while a CPMG sequence with numerous echoes and straightforward curve fitting can be effective, it is less feasible for in vivo experiments. Our multi-echo spin-echo sequence was a balanced approach between spatial resolution, reasonable scan duration, and the need to localize signals within specific regions of interest.

      [Reviewer 1, Comment 9] Measurements of cell swelling should be done to determine the time course of the cell swelling. This could be with NMR (CPMG) or with light scattering. For this mechanism to be relevant to explaining DIANA, one needs to show that the cell swelling changes occur within a millisecond, which has never been reported. If one knows the populations of ECF and pellet, the T2s of the ECF and pellet and the volume change of the cells in the pellet, one can model any expected T2 changes due to neuronal activity.

      [Reviewer 1, Response 9] We acknowledge the importance of further research to further strengthened the claims of this study through additional experiments such as cell volume recording. We will do it in future studies.

      As noted in our Response 2 to Reviewer 1’s Comment 2, this study does not address rapid membrane potential changes on the millisecond scale, and we acknowledge that establishing the precise timing of cell swelling is crucial for fully understanding the mechanisms of DIANA. Our current work demonstrates that MR parameters (e.g., T<sup>2</sup> and PSR) correlate strongly with membrane potential-modulating ionic environments, but it does not extend to millisecond-scale neural activation. We recognize the importance of further experiments, such as direct cell volume measurements and plan to incorporate it in future studies to build on the insights gained from the present work.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Here are a few comments, questions, and suggestions for improvement:

      [Reviewer 2, Comment 2] I could not find much information about the various incubation times and delays used for the authors' in vitro experiments. For each of the in vitro experiments in particular, how long were cells exposed to the stated ionic condition prior to imaging, and how long did the imaging take? Could this and any other relevant information about the experimental timing please be provided and added to the methods section?

      [Reviewer 2, Response 2] We have included the information about the preparation/incubation times in the revised manuscript. For the scan time, it was already stated in the original manuscript: 23 minutes for the single-echo spin-echo sequence and 23 minutes for the inversion-recovery multi-echo spin-echo, for a total of 46 minutes.

      [Reviewer 2, Comment 3] In what format were the cells used for patch clamping, and were any controls done to ensure that characteristics of these cells were the same as those pelleted and imaged in the MRI studies? How long were the incubation times with ionic solutions in the patch clamp experiment? This information should likewise be added to the paper.

      [Reviewer 2, Response 3] We have clarified in the revised manuscript that SH-SY5Y cells were patch clamp-measured in their adherent state. On the other hand, the cells were dissociated from the culture plate and pelleted, so the experimental environments were not entirely identical. The patch clamp experiments involved a 20–30 minutes incubation period with the ionic solutions. We have included this information in the revised manuscript.

      [Reviewer 2, Comment 4] Can the authors provide information about the mean cell size observed under each condition in their in vitro experiments?

      [Reviewer 2, Response 4] We did not directly quantify the mean cell size for each in vitro condition in this study, so we do not have corresponding data. However, we acknowledge that this information could provide valuable insights into potential mechanisms underlying the observed MR parameter changes. In future experiments, we plan to include direct cell-size measurements to further elucidate how changes in cell volume or hydration contribute to our MR findings.

      [Reviewer 2, Comment 5] The ionic challenges used both in vitro and in vivo could also have affected cell permeability, with corresponding effects that would be detectable in diffusion weighted imaging. Did the authors examine this or obtain any results that could reflect on contributions of permeability properties to the contrast effects they report?

      [Reviewer 2, Response 5] We did not perform diffusion-weighted imaging and therefore do not have direct data regarding changes in cell permeability. We agree that incorporating diffusion-weighted measurements could help distinguish whether the MR parameters changes are driven primarily by membrane potential shifts, cell volume changes, or variations in permeability properties. We will consider these approaches in our future studies.

      [Reviewer 2, Comment 6] Clearly, a faster stimulation method such as optogenetics, in combination with time-locked MRI readouts of the pelleted cells, would be more effective at demonstrating a useful relationship between cellular neurophysiology and MRI contrast in vitro. Can the authors present data from such an experiment? Is there any information they can present that documents the time course of observed responses in their experiments?

      [Reviewer 2, Response 6] In the current study, our methodology did not include time-resolved or dynamic measurements. While it may be possible to obtain indirect information about the temporal dynamics using T<sup>2</sup>-weighted or MT-weighted imaging, such an experiment was beyond the scope of this work. However, we agree that an optogenetic approach with time-locked MRI acquisitions could help directly link cell physiology to MRI contrast, and we will explore this in future studies.

      [Reviewer 2, Comment 7] The authors used a drug cocktail to suppress hemodynamic effects in the experiments of Figs. 5-6. What evidence is there that this cocktail successfully suppresses hemodynamic responses and that it also preserves physiological responses to the ionic challenges used in their experiments? Were analogous in vivo results also obtained in the absence of the cocktail?

      [Reviewer 2, Response 7] We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding pharmacological suppression of hemodynamic effects. Although each component is known to inhibit nitric oxide synthesis, we did not directly measure the degree of hemodynamic suppression in this study. In addition, we cannot definitively confirm that these agents preserved the physiological responses to the ionic challenges. We have clarified these points in the revised manuscript and identified them as limitations of the study.

      [Reviewer 2, Comment 8] Why weren't PSR results reported as part of the in vivo experimental results in Fig. 5? Does PSR continue to vary inversely to T2 in these experiments?

      [Reviewer 2, Response 8] In our current experimental setup, acquiring the T<sup>2</sup> map four times required 48 minutes, and extending the scan to include additional quantitative MT measurements for PSR would have significantly prolonged the scanning session. Given that these experiments were conducted on acutely craniotomized rats, maintaining stable physiological conditions for such a long period of time was challenging. Therefore, due to time constraints, we did not perform MT measurements and focused on T<sub>2</sub> mapping.

      [Reviewer 2, Comment 9] The authors have established in vivo optogenetic stimulation paradigms in their laboratory and used them in the Toi et al. DIANA study. Were T2 or PSR changes observed in vivo using standard T2 measurement or T2-weighted imaging methods that do not rely on the DIANA pulse sequence they originally applied?

      [Reviewer 2, Response 9] Our current T<sub>2</sub> mapping experiments utilized a standard multi-echo spin-echo sequence, rather than the DIANA pulse sequence employed in our previous work. In this respect, the T<sub>2</sub> changes we observed in vivo do not rely on the specialized DIANA methodology.

      [Reviewer 2, Comment 10] In the discussion section, the authors state that to their knowledge, theirs "is the first report that changes in membrane potential can be detected through MRI." This cannot be true, as their own Toi et al. Science paper previously claimed this, and a number of the studies cited on p.2 also claimed to detect close correlates of neuroelectric activity. This statement should be amended or revised.

      [Reviewer 2, Response 10] We appreciate the reviewer’s comment. We have revised the discussion section of the manuscript to reflect the points raised by the reviewer.

      [Reviewer 2, Comment 11] Because the current study does not actually demonstrate that changes in membrane potential can be detected by MRI, the authors should alter the title, abstract, and a number of relevant statements throughout the text to avoid implying that this has been shown. The title, for instance, could be changed to "Responses to depolarizing and hyperpolarizing ionic solutions measured by magnetic resonance imaging of excitable cells and rat brains," or something along these lines.

      [Reviewer 2, Response 11] We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestions. We have revised the title, abstract, and relevant statements of the manuscript to clarify that our findings show MR-detectable responses to ionic solutions that are expected to modulate membrane potential, rather than demonstrating direct detection of membrane potential changes by MRI.

      [Reviewer 2, Comment 12] The axes in Fig. 3 seem to be mislabeled. I think the horizontal axes are supposed to be membrane potential measured in mV.

      [Reviewer 2, Response 12] Thank the reviewer for finding an error. We have corrected the axis labels in Figure 3 to indicate membrane potential (in mV) on the horizontal axis.

      [Reviewer 2, Comment 13] Since neither the experiments in Jurkat cells (Fig. 4) nor the in vivo MRI tests (Fig. 5-6) appear to have made in conjunction with membrane potential measurements, it seems like a stretch to refer to these experiments as involving manipulation of membrane potentials per se. Instead, the authors should refer to them as involving administration of stimuli expected to be depolarizing or hyperpolarizing. The "hyperpolarization" and "depolarization" labels of Fig. 4 similarly imply a result that has not actually been shown, and should ideally be changed.

      [Reviewer 2, Response 13] To prevent any misleading that membrane potential changes were directly measured in Jurkat cells or in vivo, we have revised the relevant text and figure labels.

      [Reviewer 2, Comment 14] The changes in T2 and PSR documented with various K<sup>+</sup> challenges to Jurkat cells in Fig. 4 seem to follow a step-function-like profile that differs from the results reported in SH-SY5Y cells. Can the authors explain what might have caused this difference?

      [Reviewer 2, Response 14] We currently do not have a definitive explanation for why Jurkat cells exhibit a step-function-like response to varying K⁺ levels, whereas SH-SY5Y cells show a linear response to log [K<sup>+</sup>]. Experiments that include direct membrane potential measurements in Jurkat cells would help clarify whether this difference arises from genuinely different patterns of depolarization/hyperpolarization or from other factors. We have revised the revised manuscript to address this point.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      This fascinating manuscript studies the effect of education on brain structure through a natural experiment. Leveraging the UK BioBank, these authors study the causal effect of education using causal inference methodology that focuses on legislation for an additional mandatory year of education in a regression discontinuity design. 

      Strengths: 

      The methodological novelty and study design were viewed as strong, as was the import of the question under study. The evidence presented is solid. The work will be of broad interest to neuroscientists 

      Weaknesses: 

      There were several areas which might be strengthed from additional consideration from a methodological perspective. 

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the useful input, in particular, their recommendation to clarify RD and for catching some minor errors in the methods (such as taking the log of the Bayes factors). 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) The fuzzy local-linear regression discontinuity analysis would benefit from further description. 

      (2) In the description of the model, the terms "smoothness" and "continuity" appear to be used interchangeably. This should be adjusted to conform to mathematical definitions. 

      We have now added to our explanations of continuity regression discontinuity. In particular, we now explain “fuzzy”, and add emphasis on the two separate empirical approaches (continuity and local-randomization), along with fixing our use of “smoothness” and “continuity”.

      results:

      “Compliance with ROSLA was very high (near 100%; Sup. Figure 2). However, given the cultural and historical trends leading to an increase in school attendance before ROSLA, most adolescents were continuing with education past 15 years of age before the policy change (Sup Plot. 7b). Prior work has estimated 25 percent of children would have left school a year earlier if not for ROSLA 41. Using the UK Biobank, we estimate this proportion to be around 10%, as the sample is healthier and of higher SES than the general population (Sup. Figure 2; Sup. Table 2) 46–48.”

      methods:

      “RD designs, like ours, can be ‘fuzzy’ indicating when assignment only increases the probability of receiving it, in turn, treatment assigned and treatment received do not correspond for some units 33,53. For instance, due to cultural and historical trends, there was an increase in school attendance before ROSLA; most adolescents were continuing with education past 15 years of age (Sup Plot. 7b). Prior work has estimated that 25 percent of children would have left school a year earlier if not for ROSLA 41. Using the UK Biobank, we estimate this proportion to be around 10%, as the sample is healthier and of higher SES than the general population (Sup. Figure 2; Sup. Table 2) 46–48.”

      (3) The optimization of the smoother based on MSE would benefit from more explanation and consideration. How was the flexibility of the model taken into account in testing? Were there any concerns about post-selection inference? A sensitivity analysis across bandwidths is also necessary. Based on the model fit in Figure 1, results from a linear model should also be compared. 

      It is common in the RD literature to illustrate plots with higher-order polynomial fits while inference is based on linear (or at most quadratic) models (Cattaneo, Idrobo & Titiunik, 2019). We agree that this field-specific practice can be confusing to readers. Therefore, we have redone Figure 1 using local-linear fits better aligning with our analysis pipeline. Yet, it is still not a one-to-one alignment as point estimation and confidence are handled robustly while our plotting tools are simple linear fits. In addition, we updated Sup. Fig 3 and moved 3rd-order polynomial RD plots to Sup. Fig 4.

      Empirical RD has many branching analytical decisions (bandwidth, polynomial order, kernel) which can have large effects on the outcome. Fortunately, RD methodology is starting to become more standardized (Catteneo & Titiunik, 2022, Ann. Econ Rev) as there have been indications of publication bias using these methods (Stommes, Aronow & Sävje, 2023, Research and Politics (This paper suggest it is not researcher degrees of freedom, rather inappropriate inferential methods)). While not necessarily ill-intended, researcher degrees of freedom and analytic flexibility are major contributors to publication bias. We (self) limited our analytic flexibility by using pre-registration (https://osf.io/rv38z).

      One of the most consequential analytic decisions in RD is the bandwidth size as there is no established practice, they are context-specific and can be highly influential on the results. The choice of bandwidths can be framed as a ‘bias vs. variance trade-off’. As bandwidths increase, variance decreases since more subjects are added yet bias (misspecification error/smoothing bias) also increases (as these subjects are further away and less similar). In our case, our assignment (running/forcing) variable is ‘date of birth in months’; therefore our smallest comparison would be individuals born in August 1957 (unaffected/no treatment) vs September 1957 (affected/treated). This comparison has the least bias (subjects are the most similar to each other), yet it comes at the expense of very few subjects (high variance in our estimate). 

      MSE-derived bandwidths attempt to solve this issue by offering an automatic method to choose an analysis bandwidth in RD. Specifically, this aims to minimize the MSE of the local polynomial RD point estimator – effectively choosing a bandwidth by balancing the ‘bias vs. variance trade-off’ (explained in detail 4.4.2 Cattaneo et al., 2019 p 45 - 51 “A practical introduction to regression discontinuity designs: foundations”). Yet, you are very correct in highlighting potential overfitting issues as they are “by construction invalid for inference” (Calonico, Cattaneo & Farrell, 2020, p. 192). Quoting from Cattaneo and Titiunik’s Annual Review of Economics from 2022: 

      “Ignoring the misspecification bias can lead to substantial overrejection of the null hypothesis of no treatment effect. For example, back-of-the-envelop calculations show that a nominal 95% confidence interval would have an empirical coverage of about 80%.”

      Fortunately, modern RD analysis packages (such as rdrohust or RDHonest) calculate robust confidence intervals - for more details see Armstrong and Kolesar (2020). For a summary on MSE-bandwidths see the section “Why is it hard to estimate RD effects?” in Stommes and colleagues 2023 (https://arxiv.org/abs/2109.14526). For more in-depth handling see the Catteneo, Idrobo, and Titiunik primer (https://arxiv.org/abs/1911.09511).

      Lastly, with MSE-derived bandwidths sensitivity tests only make sense within a narrow window of the MSE-optimized bandwidth (5.5 Cattaneo et al., 2019 p 106 - 107). When a significant effect occurs, placebo cutoffs (artificially moving the cutoff) and donut-hole analysis are great sensitivity tests. Instead of testing our bandwidths, we decided to use an alternate RD framework (local randomization) in which we compare 1-month and 5-month windows. Across all analysis strategies, MRI modalities, and brain regions, we do not find any effects of the education policy change ROSLA on long-term neural outcomes.

      (4) In the Bayesian analysis, the authors deviated from their preregistered analytic plan. This whole section is a bit confusing in its current form - for example, point masses are not wide but rather narrow. Bayes factors are usually estimated; it is unclear how or why a prior was specified. What exactly is being modeled using a prior? Also, throughout - If the log was taken, as the methods seem to indicate for the Bayes factor, this should be mentioned in figures and reported estimates. 

      First, we would like to thank you for spotting that we incorrectly kept the log in the methods. We have fixed this and added the following sentence to the methods: 

      “Bayes factors are reported as BF<sub>10</sub> in support of the alternative hypothesis, we report Bayes factors under 1 as the multiplicative inverse (BF<sub>01</sub> = 1/BF)”

      All Bayesian analyses need to have a prior. In practice, this becomes an issue when you’re uncertain about 1) the location of the effect (directionality & center mass, defined by a location parameter), yet more importantly, the 2) confidence/certainty of the range-spread of possible effects (determined by a scale parameter). In normally distributed priors these two ‘beliefs’ are represented with a mean and a standard deviation (the latter impacts your confidence/certainty on the range of plausible parameter space). 

      Supplementary figure 6 illustrates several distributions (location = 0 for all) with varying scale parameters; when used as Bayesian priors this indicates differing levels of confidence in our certainty of the plausible parameter space. We illustrate our three reported, normally distributed priors centered at zero in blue with their differing scale parameters (sd = .5, 1 & 1.5).

      All of these five prior distributions have the same location parameter (i.e., 0) yet varying differences in the scale parameter – our confidence in the certainty of the plausible parameter space. At first glance it might seem like a flat/uniform prior (not represented) is a good idea – yet, this would put equal weight on the possibility of every estimate thereby giving the same probability mass to implausible values as plausible ones. A uniform prior would, for instance, encode the hypothesis that education causing a 1% increase in brain volume is just as plausible as it causing either a doubling or halving in brain volume. In human research, we roughly know a range of reasonable effect sizes and it is rare to see massive effects.

      A benefit of ‘weakly-informative’ priors is that they limit the range of plausible parameter values. The default prior in STAN (a popular Bayesian estimation program; https://mc-stan.org) is a normally distributed prior with a mean of zero and an SD of 2.5 (seen in orange in the figure; our initial preregistered prior). This large standard deviation easily permits positive and negative estimates putting minimal emphasis on zero. Contrast this to BayesFactor package’s (Morey R, Rouder J, 2023) default “wide” prior which is the Cauchy distribution (0, .7) illustrated in magenta (for more on the Cauchy see: https://distribution-explorer.github.io/continuous/cauchy.html). 

      These different defaults reflect differing Bayesian philosophical schools (‘estimate parameters’ vs ‘quantify evidence’ camps); if your goal is to accurately estimate a parameter it would be odd to have a strong null prior, yet (in our opinion) when estimating point-null BF’s a wide default prior gives far too much evidence in support of the null. In point-null BF testing the Savage-Dickey density ratio is the ratio between the height of the prior at 0 and the height of the posterior at zero (see Figure under section “testing against point null 0”). This means BFs can be very prior sensitive (seen in SI tables 5 & 6). For this reason, we thought it made sense to do prior sensitivity testing, to ensure our conclusions in favor of the null were not caused solely by an overly wide prior (preregistered orange distribution) we decided to report the 3 narrower priors (blue ones).

      Alternative Bayesian null hypotheses testing methods such as using Bayes Factors to test against a null region and ‘region of practical equivalence testing’ are less prior sensitive, yet both methods demand the researcher (e.g. ‘us’) to decide on a minimal effect size of practical interest. Once a minimal effect size of interest is determined any effect within this boundary is taken as evidence in support of the null hypothesis.

      (5) It is unclear why a different method was employed for the August / September data analysis compared to the full-time series. 

      We used a local-randomization RD framework, an entirely different empirical framework than continuity methods (resulting in a different estimate). For an overview see the primer by Cattaneo, Idrobo & Titiunik 2023 (“A Practical Introduction to Regression Discontinuity Designs: Extensions”; https://arxiv.org/abs/2301.08958).

      A local randomization framework is optimal when the running variable is discrete (as in our case with DOB in months) (Cattaneo, Idrobo & Titiunik 2023). It makes stronger assumptions on exchangeability therefore a very narrow window around the cutoff needs to be used. See Figure 2.1 and 2.2 (in the Cattaneo, Idrobo & Titiunik 2023) for graphical illustrations of 1) a randomized experiment, 2) a continuity RD design, and 3) local-randomization RD. Using the full-time series in a local randomization analysis is not recommended as there is no control for differences between individuals as we move further away from the cutoff – making the estimated parameter highly endogenous.

      We understand how it is confusing to have both a new framework and Bayesian methods (we could have chosen a fully frequentist approach) but using a different framework allows us to weigh up the aforementioned ‘bias vs variance tradeoff’ while Bayesian methods allow us to say something about the weight of evidence (for or against) our hypothesis.

      (6) Figure 1 - why not use model fits from those employed for hypothesis testing? 

      This is a great suggestion (ties into #3), we have now redone Figure 1.

      (7) The section on "correlational effect" might also benefit from additional analyses and clarifications. Indeed, the data come from the same randomized experiment for which minimum education requirements were adjusted. Was the only difference that the number of years of education was studied as opposed to the cohort? If so, would the results of this analysis be similar in another subsample of the UK Biobank for which there was no change in policy?

      We have clarified the methods section for the correlational/associational effect. This was the same subset of individuals for the local randomization analysis; all we did was change the independent variable from an exogenous dummy-coded ROSLA term (where half of the sample had the natural experiment) to a continuous (endogenous) educational attainment IV. 

      In principle, the results from the associational analysis should be exactly the same if we use other UK Biobank cohorts. To see if the association of education attainment with the global neuroimaging cohorts was similar across sub-cohorts of new individuals, we conducted post hoc Bayesian analysis on eight more subcohort of 10-month intervals, spaced 2 years apart from each other (Sup. Figure 7; each indicated by a different color). Four of these sub-cohorts predate ROSLA, while the other four are after ROSLA. Educational attainment is slowly increasing across the cohorts of individuals born from 1949 until 1965; intriguingly the effect of ROSLA is visually evident in the distributions of educational attainment (Sup. Figure 7). Also, as seen in the cohorts predating ROSLA more and more individuals were (already) choosing to stay in education past 15 years of age (see cohort 1949 vs 1955 in Sup. Figure 7).

      Sup. Figure 8 illustrates boxplots of the educational attainment posterior of the eight sub-cohorts in addition to our original analysis (s1957) using a normal distributed prior with a mean of 0 and a sd of 1. Total surface area shows a remarkably replicable association with education attainment. Yet, it is evident the “extremely strong” association we found for CSF was a statistical fluke – as the posterior of other cohorts (bar our initial test) crosses zero. The conclusions for the other global neuroimaging covariates where we concluded ‘no associational effect’ seems to hold across cohorts.

      We have now added methods, deviation from preregistration, and the following excerpt to the results:

      “A post hoc replication of this associational analysis in eight additional 10-month cohorts spaced two years apart (Sup. Figure 7) indicates our preregistered report on the associational effect of educational attainment on CSF to be most likely a false-positive (Sup. Figure 8). Yet, the positive association between surface area and educational attainment is robust across the additional eight replication cohorts.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors conduct a causal analysis of years of secondary education on brain structure in late life. They use a regression discontinuity analysis to measure the impact of a UK law change in 1972 that increased the years of mandatory education by 1 year. Using brain imaging data from the UK Biobank, they find essentially no evidence for 1 additional year of education altering brain structure in adulthood. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors pre-registered the study and the regression discontinuity was very carefully described and conducted. They completed a large number of diagnostic and alternate analyses to allow for different possible features in the data. (Unlike a positive finding, a negative finding is only bolstered by additional alternative analyses). 

      Weaknesses: 

      While the work is of high quality for the precise question asked, ultimately the exposure (1 additional year of education) is a very modest manipulation and the outcome is measured long after the intervention. Thus a null finding here is completely consistent educational attainment (EA) in fact having an impact on brain structure, where EA may reflect elements of training after a second education (e.g. university, post-graduate qualifications, etc) and not just stopping education at 16 yrs yes/no. 

      The work also does not address the impact of the UK Biobank's well-known healthy volunteer bias (Fry et al., 2017) which is yet further magnified in the imaging extension study (Littlejohns et al., 2020). Under-representation of people with low EA will dilute the effects of EA and impact the interpretation of these results. 

      References: 

      Fry, A., Littlejohns, T. J., Sudlow, C., Doherty, N., Adamska, L., Sprosen, T., Collins, R., & Allen, N. E. (2017). Comparison of Sociodemographic and Health-Related Characteristics of UK Biobank Participants With Those of the General Population. American Journal of Epidemiology, 186(9), 1026-1034. https://doi.org/10.1093/aje/kwx246 

      Littlejohns, T. J., Holliday, J., Gibson, L. M., Garratt, S., Oesingmann, N., Alfaro-Almagro, F., Bell, J. D., Boultwood, C., Collins, R., Conroy, M. C., Crabtree, N., Doherty, N., Frangi, A. F., Harvey, N. C., Leeson, P., Miller, K. L., Neubauer, S., Petersen, S. E., Sellors, J., ... Allen, N. E. (2020). The UK Biobank imaging enhancement of 100,000 participants: rationale, data collection, management and future directions. Nature Communications, 11(1), 2624. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-020-15948-9 

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments and constructive feedback, in particular, their emphasis on volunteer bias in UKB (similar points were mentioned by Reviewer 3). We have now addressed these limitations with the following passage in the discussion:

      “The UK Biobank is known to have ‘healthy volunteer bias’, as respondents tend to be healthier, more educated, and are more likely to own assets [71,72]. Various types of selection bias can occur in non-representative samples, impacting either internal (type 1) or external (type 2) validity. One benefit of a natural experimental design is that it protects against threats to internal validity from selection bias [43], design-based internal validity threats still exist, such as if volunteer bias differentially impacts individuals based on the cutoff for assignment. A more pressing limitation – in particular, for an education policy change – is our power to detect effects using a sample of higher-educated individuals. This is evident in our first stage analysis examining the percentage of 15-year-olds impacted by ROSLA, which we estimate to be 10% in neuro-UKB (Sup. Figure 2 & Sup. Table 2), yet has been reported to be 25% in the UK general population [41]. Our results should be interpreted for this subpopulation  (UK, 1973, from 15 to 16 years of age, compliers) as we estimate a ‘local’ average treatment effect [73]. Natural experimental designs such as ours offer the potential for high internal validity at the expense of external validity.”

      We also highlighted it both in the results and methods.

      We appreciate that one year of education may seem modest compared to the entire educational trajectory, but as an intervention, we disagree that one year of education is ‘a very modest manipulation’. It is arguably one of the largest positive manipulations in childhood development we can administer. If we were to translate a year of education into the language of a (cognitive) intervention, it is clear that the manipulation, at least in terms of hours, days, and weeks, is substantial. Prior work on structural plasticity (e.g., motor, spatial & cognitive training) has involved substantially more limited manipulations in time, intensity, and extent. There is even (limited) evidence of localized persistent long-term structural changes (Wollett & Maguire, 2011, Cur. Bio.).

      We have now also highlighted the limited generalizability of our findings since we estimate a ‘local’ average treatment effect. It is possible higher education (college, university, vocational schools, etc.) could impact brain structure, yet we see no theoretical reason why it would while secondary wouldn’t. Moreover, higher education education is even trickier to research empirically due to heightened self and administrative selection pressures. While we cannot discount this possibility, the impacts of endogenous factors such as genetics and socioeconomic status are most likely heightened. That being said, higher education offers exciting possibilities to compare more domain-specific processes (e.g., by comparing a philosophy student to a mathematics student). Causality could be tested in European systems with point entry into field-specific programs – allowing comparison of students who just missed entry criteria into one topic and settled for another.

      Regarding the amount of time following the manipulation, as we highlight in our discussion this is both a weakness and a strength. Viewed from a developmental neuroplasticity lens it would have been nice to have imaging immediately following the manipulation. Yet, from an aging perspective, our design has increased power to detect an effect.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) The authors assert there is no strong causal evidence for EA on brain structure. This overlooks work from Mendielian Randomisation, e.g. this careful work: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/36310536/ ... evidence from (good quality) MR studies should be considered. 

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this well-done mendelian randomization study. We have now added this citation and removed previous claims on the “lack of causal evidence existing”. We refrain from discussing Mendelian randomization, as it it would need to be accompanied by a nuanced discussion on the strong limitations regarding EduYears-PGS in Mendelian randomization designs.

      (2) Tukey/Boxplot is a good name for your identification of outliers but your treatment of outliers has a well-recognized name that is missing: Windsorisation. Please add this term to your description to help the reader more quickly understand what was done. 

      Thanks, we have now added the term winsorized.

      (3) Nowhere is it plainly stated that "fuzzy" means that you allow for imperfect compliance with the exposure, i.e. some children born before the cut-off stayed in school until 16, and some born after the cut-off left school before 16. For those unfamiliar with RD it would be very helpful to explain this at or near the first reference of the term "fuzzy". 

      We have now clarified the term ‘fuzzy’ to the results and methods:

      methods:

      “RD designs, like ours, can be ‘fuzzy’ indicating when assignment only increases the probability of receiving it, in turn, treatment assigned and treatment received do not correspond for some units 33,53. For instance, due to cultural and historical trends, there was an increase in school attendance before ROSLA; most adolescents were continuing with education past 15 years of age (Sup Plot. 7b). Prior work has estimated that 25 percent of children would have left school a year earlier if not for ROSLA 41. Using the UK Biobank, we estimate this proportion to be around 10%, as the sample is healthier and of higher SES than the general population (Sup. Figure 2; Sup. Table 2) 46–48.”

      (4) Supplementary Figure 2 never states what the percentage actually measures. What exactly does each dot represent? Is it based on UK Biobank subjects with a given birth month? If so clarify. 

      Fixed!

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      This study investigates evidence for a hypothesized, causal relationship between education, specifically the number of years spent in school, and brain structure as measured by common brain phenotypes such as surface area, cortical thickness, total volume, and diffusivity. 

      To test their hypothesis, the authors rely on a "natural" intervention, that is, the 1972 ROSLA act that mandated an extra year of education for all 15-year-olds. The study's aim is to determine potential discontinuities in the outcomes of interest at the time of the policy change, which would indicate a causal dependence. Naturalistic experiments of this kind are akin to randomised controlled trials, the gold standard for answering questions of causality. 

      Using two complementary, regression-based approaches, the authors find no discernible effect of spending an extra year in primary education on brain structure. The authors further demonstrate that observational studies showing an effect between education and brain structure may be confounded and thus unreliable when assessing causal relationships. 

      Strengths: 

      (1) A clear strength of this study is the large sample size totalling up to 30k participants from the UK Biobank. Although sample sizes for individual analyses are an order of magnitude smaller, most neuroimaging studies usually have to rely on much smaller samples. 

      (2) This study has been preregistered in advance, detailing the authors' scientific question, planned method of inquiry, and intended analyses, with only minor, justifiable changes in the final analysis. 

      (3) The analyses look at both global and local brain measures used as outcomes, thereby assessing a diverse range of brain phenotypes that could be implicated in a causal relationship with a person's level of education. 

      (4) The authors use multiple methodological approaches, including validation and sensitivity analyses, to investigate the robustness of their findings and, in the case of correlational analysis, highlight differences with related work by others. 

      (5) The extensive discussion of findings and how they relate to the existing, somewhat contradictory literature gives a comprehensive overview of the current state of research in this area. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) This study investigates a well-posed but necessarily narrow question in a specific setting: 15-year-old British students born around 1957 who also participated in the UKB imaging study roughly 60 years later. Thus conclusions about the existence or absence of any general effect of the number of years of education on the brain's structure are limited to this specific scenario. 

      (2) The authors address potential concerns about the validity of modelling assumptions and the sensitivity of the regression discontinuity design approach. However, the possibility of selection and cohort bias remains and is not discussed clearly in the paper. Other studies (e.g. Davies et al 2018, https://www.nature.com/articles/s41562-017-0279-y) have used the same policy intervention to study other health-related outcomes and have established ROSLA as a valid naturalistic experiment. Still, quoting Davies et al. (2018), "This assumes that the participants who reported leaving school at 15 years of age are a representative sample of the sub-population who left at 15 years of age. If this assumption does not hold, for example, if the sampled participants who left school at 15 years of age were healthier than those in the population, then the estimates could underestimate the differences between the groups.". Recent studies (Tyrrell 2021, Pirastu 2021) have shown that UK Biobank participants are on average healthier than the general population. Moreover, the imaging sub-group has an even stronger "healthy" bias (Lyall 2022). 

      (3) The modelling approach used in this study requires that all covariates of no interest are equal before and after the cut-off, something that is impossible to test. Mentioned only briefly, the inclusion and exclusion of covariates in the model are not discussed in detail. Standard imaging confounds such as head motion and scanning site have been included but other factors (e.g. physical exercise, smoking, socioeconomic status, genetics, alcohol consumption, etc.) may also play a role. 

      We thank the reviewer for their numerous positive comments and have now attempted to address the first two limitations (generalizability and UKB bias) with the following passage in the discussion:

      “The UK Biobank is known to have ‘healthy volunteer bias’, as respondents tend to be healthier, more educated, and are more likely to own assets [71,72]. Various types of selection bias can occur in non-representative samples, impacting either internal (type 1) or external (type 2) validity. One benefit of a natural experimental design is that it protects against threats to internal validity from selection bias [43], design-based internal validity threats still exist, such as if volunteer bias differentially impacts individuals based on the cutoff for assignment. A more pressing limitation – in particular, for an education policy change – is our power to detect effects using a sample of higher-educated individuals. This is evident in our first stage analysis examining the percentage of 15-year-olds impacted by ROSLA, which we estimate to be 10% in neuro-UKB (Sup. Figure 2 & Sup. Table 2), yet has been reported to be 25% in the UK general population [41]. Our results should be interpreted for this subpopulation  (UK, 1973, from 15 to 16 years of age, compliers) as we estimate a ‘local’ average treatment effect [73]. Natural experimental designs such as ours offer the potential for high internal validity at the expense of external validity.”

      We further highlight this in the results section:

      “Compliance with ROSLA was very high (near 100%; Sup. Figure 2). However, given the cultural and historical trends leading to an increase in school attendance before ROSLA, most adolescents were continuing with education past 15 years of age before the policy change (Sup Plot. 7b). Prior work has estimated 25 percent of children would have left school a year earlier if not for ROSLA 41. Using the UK Biobank, we estimate this proportion to be around 10%, as the sample is healthier and of higher SES than the general population (Sup. Figure 2; Sup. Table 2) 46–48.”

      Healthy volunteer bias can create two types of selection bias; crucially participation itself can serve as a collider threatening internal validity (outlined in van Alten et al., 2024; https://academic.oup.com/ije/article/53/3/dyae054/7666749). Natural experimental designs are partially sheltered from this major limitation, as ‘volunteer bias’ would have to differentially impact individuals on one side of the cutoff and not the other – thereby breaking a primary design assumption of regression discontinuity. Substantial prior work (including this article) has not found any threats to the validity of the 1973 ROSLA (Clark & Royer 2010, 2013; Barcellos et al., 2018, 2023; Davies et al., 2018, 2023). While the Davies 2028 article did IP-weight with the UK Biobank sample, Barcellos and colleagues 2023 (and 2018) do not, highlighting the following “Although the sample is not nationally representative,  our estimates have internal validity because there is no differential selection on the two sides of the September 1, 1957 cutoff – see  Appendix A.”.

      The second (more acknowledged & arguably less problematic) type of selection bias results in threats to external validity (aka generalizability). As highlighted in your first point; this is a large limitation with every natural experimental design, yet in our case, this is further amplified by the UK Biobank’s healthy volunteer bias. We have now attempted to highlight this limitation in the discussion passage above.

      Point 3 – the inability to fully confirm design validity – is again, another inherent limitation of a natural experimental approach. That being said, extensive prior work has tested different predetermined covariates in the 1973 ROSLA (cited within), and to our knowledge, no issues have been found. The 1973 ROSLA seems to be one of the better natural experiments around (there was also a concerted effort to have an ‘effective’ additional year; see Clark & Royer 2010). For these reasons, we stuck with only testing the variables we wanted to use to increase precision (also offering new neuroimaging covariates that didn’t exist in the literature base). One additional benefit of ROSLA was that the cutoff was decided years later on a variable that happened (date of birth) in the past – making it particularly hard for adolescents to alter their assignments.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) FMRIB's preprocessing pipeline is mentioned. Does this include deconfounding of brain measures? Particularly, were measures deconfounded for age before the main analysis? 

      This is such a crucial point that we triple-checked, brain imaging phenotypes were not corrected for age (https://biobank.ctsu.ox.ac.uk/crystal/crystal/docs/brain_mri.pdf) – large effects of age can be seen in the global metrics; older individuals have less surface area, thinner cortices, less brain volume (corrected for head size), more CSF volume (corrected for head size), more white matter hyperintensities, and worse FA values. Figure 1 shows these large age effects, which are controlled for in our continuity-based RD analysis.

      One’s date of birth (DOB) of course does not match perfectly to their age, this is why we included the covariate ‘visit date’; this interplay can now be seen in our updated SI Figure 1 (recommended in #3) which shows the distributions of visit date, DOB, and age of scan. 

      In a valid RD design covariates should not be necessary (as they should be balanced on either side of the cutoff), yet the inclusion of covariates does increase precision to detect effects. We tested this assumption, finding the effect of ‘visit date’ and its quadratic term to be not related to ROSLA (Sup. Table 1). This adds further evidence (specific to the UK Biobank sample) to the existing body of work showing the 1973 ROSLA policy change to not violate any design assumptions. Threats to internal validity would more than likely increase endogeneity and result in ‘false causal positive causal effects’ (which is not what we find).  

      (2) Despite the large overall sample size, I am wondering whether the effective number of samples is sufficient to detect a potentially subtle effect that is further attenuated by the long time interval before scanning. As stated, for the optimised bandwidth window (DoB 20 to 35 months around cut-off), N is about 5000. Does this mean that effectively about 250 (10%) out of about 2500 participants born after the cut-off were leaving school at 16 rather than 15 because of ROSLA? For the local randomisation analysis, this becomes about N=10 (10% out of 100). Could a power analysis show that these cohort sizes are large enough to detect a reasonably large effect? 

      This is a very valid point, one which we were grappling with while the paper was out for review. We now draw attention to this in the results and highlight this as a limitation in the discussion. While UKB’s non-representativeness limits our power (10% affected rather than 25% in the general population), it is still a very large sample. Our sample size is more in line with standard neuroimaging studies than with large cohort studies. 

      The novelty of our study is its causal design, while we could very precisely measure an effect of some phenotype (variable X) in 40,000 individuals. This effect is probably not what we think we are measuring. Without IP-weighting it could even have a different sign. But more importantly, it is not variable X – it is the thousands of things (unmeasured confounders) that lead an individual to have more or less of variable X. The larger the sample the easier it is for small unmeasured confounders to reach significance (Big data paradox) – this in no way invalidates large samples, it is just our thinking and how we handle large samples will hopefully change to a more casual lens.

      (3) Supplementary Figure 1: A similar raincloud plot of date of birth would be instructive to visualise the distribution of subjects born before and after the 1957 cut-off. 

      Great idea! We have done this in Sup Fig. 1 for both visit date and DOB.

      (4) p.9: Not sure about "extreme evidence", very strong would probably be sufficient. 

      As preregistered, we interpreted Bayes Factors using Jeffrey’s criteria. ‘Extreme evidence’ is only used once and it is about finding an associational effect of educational attainment on CSF (BF10 > 100). Upon Reviewer 1’s recommendation 7, we conducted eight replication samples (Sup. Figure 7 & 8) and have now added the following passage to the results:

      “A post hoc replication of this associational analysis in eight additional 10-month cohorts spaced two years apart (Sup. Figure 7) indicates our preregistered report on the associational effect of educational attainment on CSF to be most likely a false-positive (Sup. Figure 8). Yet, the positive association between surface area and educational attainment is robust across the additional eight replication cohorts.”

      (5) The code would benefit from a bit of clean-up and additional documentation. In its current state, it is not easy to use, e.g. in a replication study. 

      We have now further added documentation to our code; including a readme describing what each script does. The analysis pipeline used is not ideal for replications as the package used for continuity-based RD (RDHonest) initially could not handle covariates – therefore we manually corrected our variables after a discussion with Prof Kolesár (https://github.com/kolesarm/RDHonest/issues/7). 

      Prof Kolesár added this functionality recently and future work should use the latest version of the package as it can correct for covariates. We have a new preprint examining the effect of 1972 ROLSA on telomere length in the UK Biobank using the latest package version of RDHonest (https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2025.01.17.633604v1). To ensure maximum availability of such innovations, we will ensure the most up-to-date version of this script becomes available on this GitHub link (https://github.com/njudd/EduTelomere).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In a heroic effort, Ozanna Burnicka-Turek et al. have made and investigated conduction system-specific Tbx3-Tbx5 deficient mice and investigated their cardiac phenotype. Perhaps according to expectations, given the body of literature on the function of the two T-box transcription factors in the heart/conduction system, the cardiomyocytes of the ventricular conduction system seemed to convert to "ordinary" ventricular working myocytes. As a consequence, loss of VCS-specific conduction system propagation was observed in the compound KO mice, associated with PR and QRS prolongation and elevated susceptibility to ventricular tachycardia.

      Strengths:

      Great genetic model. Phenotypic consequences at the organ and organismal levels are well investigated. The requirement of both Tbx3 and Tbx5 for maintaining VCS cell state has been demonstrated.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for acknowledging the effort involved in generating and characterizing the Tbx3/Tbx5 double conditional knockout mouse model and for highlighting the significance of this work in elucidating the role of these transcription factors in maintaining the functional and transcriptional identity of the ventricular conduction system. 

      Weaknesses:

      The actual cell state of the Tbx3/Tbx5 deficient conducting cells was not investigated in detail, and therefore, these cells could well only partially convert to working cardiomyocytes, and may, in reality, acquire a unique state.

      We agree with Reviewer #1 that the Tbx3/Tbx5 double mutant ventricular conduction myocardial cells may only partially convert to working cardiomyocytes or may acquire a unique state.  The transcriptional state of the double mutant VCS cells was investigated by bulk profiling of key genes associated with specific conduction and non-conduction cardiac regions, including fast conduction, slow conduction, or working myocardium. Neither the bulk transcriptional approaches nor the optical mapping approaches we employed capture single-cell data; in both cases, the data represents aggregated signals from multiple cells (1, 2). Single cell approaches for transcriptional profiling and cellular electrophysiology would clarify this concern and are appropriate for future studies. 

      (1) O’Shea C, Nashitha Kabri S, Holmes AP, Lei M, Fabritz L, Rajpoot K, Pavlovic D (2020) Cardiac optical mapping – State-of-the-art and future challenges. The International Journal of Biochemistry & Cell Biology 126:105804. doi: 10.1016/j.biocel.2020.105804. (2) Efimov IR, Nikolski VP, and Salama G (2004) Optical Imaging of the Heart. Circulation Research 95:21-33. doi: 10.1161/01.RES.0000130529.18016.35.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The goal of this work is to define the functions of T-box transcription factors Tbx3 and Tbx5 in the adult mouse ventricular cardiac conduction system (VCS) using a novel conditional mouse allele in which both genes are targeted in cis. A series of studies over the past 2 decades by this group and others have shown that Tbx3 is a transcriptional repressor that patterns the conduction system by repressing genes associated with working myocardium, while Tbx5 is a potent transcriptional activator of "fast" conduction system genes in the VCS. In a previous work, the authors of the present study further demonstrated that Tbx3 and Tbx5 exhibit an epistatic relationship whereby the relief of Tbx3-mediated repression through VCS conditional haploinsufficiency allows better toleration of Tbx5 VCS haploinsufficiency. Conversely, excess Tbx3-mediated repression through overexpression results in disruption of the fast-conduction gene network despite normal levels of Tbx5. Based on these data the authors proposed a model in which repressive functions of Tbx3 drive the adoption of conduction system fate, followed by segregation into a fast-conducting VCS and slow-conduction AVN through modulation of the Tbx5/Tbx3 ratio in these respective tissue compartments.

      The question motivating the present work is: If Tbx5/Tbx3 ratio is important for slow versus fast VCS identity, what happens when both genes are completely deleted from the VCS? Is conduction system identity completely lost without both factors and if so, does the VCS network transform into a working myocardium-like state? To address this question, the authors have generated a novel mouse line in which both Tbx5 and Tbx3 are floxed on the same allele, allowing complete conditional deletion of both factors using the VCS-specific MinK-CreERT2 line, convincingly validated in previous work. The goal is to use these double conditional knockout mice to further explore the model of Tbx3/Tbx5 co-dependent gene networks and VCS patterning. First, the authors demonstrate that the double conditional knockout allele results in the expected loss of Tbx3 and Tbx5 specifically in the VCS when crossed with Mink-CreERT2 and induced with tamoxifen. The double conditional knockout also results in premature mortality. Detailed electrophysiological phenotyping demonstrated prolonged PR and QRS intervals, inducible ventricular tachycardia, and evidence of abnormal impulse propagation along the septal aspect of the right ventricle. In addition, the mutants exhibit downregulation of VCS genes responsible for both fast conduction AND slow conduction phenotypes with upregulation of 2 working myocardial genes including connexin-43. The authors conclude that loss of both Tbx3 and Tbx5 results in "reversion" or "transformation" of the VCS network to a working myocardial phenotype, which they further claim is a prediction of their model and establishes that Tbx3 and Tbx5 "coordinate" transcriptional control of VCS identity.

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s detailed summary of the study’s aims, methodologies, and findings, as well as their thoughtful suggestions for further analysis. We are grateful for their recognition of our genetic model’s novelty and robustness.

      Overall Appraisal:

      As noted above, the present study does not further explore the Tbx5/Tbx3 ratio concept since both genes are completely knocked out in the VCS. Instead, the main claims are that the absence of both factors results in a transcriptional shift of conduction tissue towards a working myocardial phenotype, and that this shift indicates that Tbx5 and Tbx3 "coordinate" to control VCS identity and function.

      We agree with this reviewer’s assessment of the assertions in our manuscript.  The novel combined Tbx5/Tbx3 double mutant model does not further explore the TBX5/TBX3 ratio concept, which we previously examined in detail (1). Instead, as the Reviewer notes, this manuscript focuses on testing a model that the coordinated activity of Tbx3 and Tbx5 defines specialized ventricular conduction identity. 

      (1) Burnicka-Turek O, Broman MT, Steimle JD, Boukens BJ, Petrenko NB, Ikegami K, Nadadur RD, Qiao Y, Arnolds DE, Yang XH, Patel VV, Nobrega MA, Efimov IR, Moskowitz IP (2020) Transcriptional Patterning of the Ventricular Cardiac Conduction System. Circulation Research 127:e94-e106. doi:10.1161/CIRCRESAHA.118.314460. 

      Strengths:

      (1) Successful generation of a novel Tbx3-Tbx5 double conditional mouse model.

      (2) Successful VCS-specific deletion of Tbx3 and Tbx5 using a VCS-specific inducible Cre driver line.

      (3) Well-powered and convincing assessments of mortality and physiological phenotypes. (4) Isolation of genetically modified VCS cells using flow.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for acknowledging the listed strengths of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In general, the data is consistent with a long-standing and well-supported model in which Tbx3 represses working myocardial genes and Tbx5 activates the expression of VCS genes, which seem like distinct roles in VCS patterning. However, the authors move between different descriptions of the functional relationship and epistatic relationship between these factors, including terms like "cooperative", "coordinated", and "distinct" at various points. In a similar vein, sometimes terms like "reversion" are used to describe how VCS cells change after Tbx3/Tbx5 conditional knockout, and other times "transcriptional shift" and at other times "reprogramming". But these are all different concepts. The lack of a clear and consistent terminology for describing the phenomena observed makes the overarching claims of the manuscript more difficult to evaluate.

      We discriminate prior work on the “long-standing and well-supported model’ supported by investigation of the role of Tbx5 and Tbx3 independently from this work examining the coordinated role of Tbx5 and Tbx3. Prior work demonstrated that Tbx3 represses working myocardial genes and Tbx5 activates expression of VCS genes, consistent with the reviewer’s suggestion of their distinct roles in VCS patterning. However, the current study uniquely evaluates the combined role of Tbx3 and Tbx5 in distinguishing specialized conduction identify from working myocardium, for the first time. 

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s feedback regarding the need for consistent terminology when describing the impact of the double Tbx3 and Tbx5 mutant. We will edit the manuscript to replace terms like “reversion” with “transcriptional shift” or “transformation” when describing the observed phenotype, and we will use “coordination” to describe the combined role of Tbx5 and Tbx3 in maintaining VCS-specific identity.

      (2) A more direct quantitative comparison of Tbx5 Adult VCS KO with Tbx5/Tbx3 Adult VCS double KO would be helpful to ascertain whether deletion of Tbx3 on top of Tbx5 deletion changes the underlying phenotype in some discernable way beyond mRNA expression of a few genes. Superficially, the phenotypes look quite similar at the EKG and arrhythmia inducibility level and no optical mapping data from a single Tbx5 KO is presented for comparison to the double KO.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for the suggestions that a direct comparison between Tbx5 single conditional knockout and Tbx3/Tbx5 double conditional knockout models may help isolate the specific contribution of Tbx3 deletion in addition to Tbx5 deletion. 

      Previous studies have assessed the effect of single Tbx5 CKO in the VCS of murine hearts (1, 3, 5). Arnolds et al. demonstrated that the removal of Tbx5 from the adult ventricular conduction system results in VCS slowing, including prolonged PR and QRS intervals, prolongation of the His duration and His-ventricular (HV) interval (3).

      Furthermore, Burnicka-Turek et al. demonstrated that the single conditional knockout of Tbx5 in the adult VCS caused a shift toward a pacemaker cell state, with ectopic beats and inappropriate automaticity (1). Whole-cell patch clamping of VCS-specific Tbx5 deficient cells revealed action potentials characterized by a slower upstroke (phase 0), prolonged plateau (phase 2), delayed repolarization (phase 3), and enhanced phase 4 depolarization - features characteristic of nodal action potentials rather than typical VCS action potentials (3). These observations were interpreted as uncovering nodal potential of the VCS in the absence of Tbx5. Based on the role of Tbx3 in CCS specification (2), we hypothesized that the nodal state of the VCS uncovered in the absence of Tbx5 was enabled by maintained Tbx3 expression. This motivated us to generate the double Tbx5

      / Tbx3 knockout model to examine the state of the VCS in the absence of both T-box TFs. In the current study, we demonstrate that the VCS-specific deletion of Tbx3 and Tbx5 results in the loss of fast electrical impulse propagation in the VCS, similar to that observed in the single Tbx5 mutant. However, unlike the Tbx5 single mutant, the Tbx3/Tbx5 double deletion does not cause a gain of pacemaker cell state in the VCS. Instead, the physiological data suggests a transition toward non-conduction working myocardial physiology. This conclusion is supported by the presence of only a single upstroke in the optical action potential (OAP) recorded from the His bundle region and VCS cells in Tbx3/Tbx5 double conditional knockout mice. The electrical properties of VCS cells in the double knockout are functionally indistinguishable from those of ventricular working myocardial cells. As a result, ventricular impulse propagation is significantly slowed, resembling activation through exogenous pacing rather than the rapid conduction typically associated with the VCS. We will edit the text of the manuscript to more carefully distinguish the observations between these models, as suggested.

      (1) Burnicka-Turek O, Broman MT, Steimle JD, Boukens BJ, Petrenko NB, Ikegami K, Nadadur RD, Qiao Y, Arnolds DE, Yang XH, Patel VV, Nobrega MA, Efimov IR, Moskowitz IP (2020) Transcriptional Patterning of the Ventricular Cardiac Conduction System. Circulation Research 127:e94-e106. doi:10.1161/CIRCRESAHA.118.314460. 

      (2) Mohan RA, Bosada FM, van Weerd JH, van Duijvenboden K, Wang J, Mommersteeg MTM, Hooijkaas IB, Wakker V, de Gier-de Vries C, Coronel R, Boink GJJ, Bakkers J, Barnett P, Boukens BJ, Christoffels VM (2020) T-box transcription factor 3 governs a transcriptional program for the function of the mouse atrioventricular conduction system. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 117:18617-18626. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1919379117.

      (3) Arnolds DE, Liu F, Fahrenbach JP, Kim GH, Schillinger KJ, Smemo S, McNally EM, Nobrega MA, Patel VV, Moskowitz IP (2012) TBX5 drives Scn5a expression to regulate cardiac conduction system function. The Journal of Clinical Investigation 122:2509–2518. doi: 10.1172/JCI62617.

      (4) Frank DU, Carter KL, Thomas KR, Burr RM, Bakker ML, Coetzee WA, Tristani-Firouzi M, Bamshad MJ, Christoffels VM, Moon AM (2012) Lethal arrhythmias in Tbx3-deficient mice reveal extreme dosage sensitivity of cardiac conduction system function and homeostasis. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 109:E154-63. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1115165109.

      (5) Moskowitz IP, Pizard A, Patel VV, Bruneau BG, Kim JB, Kupershmidt S, Roden D, Berul CI, Seidman CE, Seidman JG (2004) The T-Box transcription factor Tbx5 is required for the patterning and maturation of the murine cardiac conduction system. Development 131:4107-4116. doi: 10.1242/dev.01265. PMID: 15289437.

      (3) The authors claim that double knockout VCS cells transform to working myocardial fate, but there is no comparison of gene expression levels between actual working myocardial cells and the Tbx3/Tbx5 DKO VCS cells so it's hard to know if the data reflect an actual cell state change or a more non-specific phenomenon with global dysregulation of gene expression or perhaps dedifferentiation. I understand that the upregulation of Gja1 and Smpx is intended to address this, but it's only two genes and it seems relevant to understand their degree of expression relative to actual working myocardium. In addition, the gene panel is somewhat limited and does not include other key transcriptional regulators in the VCS such as Irx3 and Nkx2-5. RNA-seq in these populations would provide a clearer comparison among the groups.

      And

      the main claims are that the absence of both factors results in a transcriptional shift of conduction tissue towards a working myocardial phenotype, and that this shift indicates that Tbx5 and Tbx3 "coordinate" to control VCS identity and function. However, only limited data are presented to support the claim of transcriptional reprogramming since the knockout cells are not directly compared to working myocardial cells at the transcriptional level and only a small number of key genes are assessed (versus genome-wide assessment).

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s suggestion to expand the gene expression analysis in Tbx3/Tbx5-deficient VCS cells by including other specific genes and comparisons with “native”/actual working ventricular myocardial cells and broadening the gene panel. In this study, we evaluated core cardiac conduction system markers, revealing a loss of conduction system-specific gene expression in the double mutant VCS. Furthermore, we evaluated key working myocardial markers normally excluded from the conduction system, Gja1 and Smpx, revealing a shift towards a working myocardial state in the double mutant VCS (Figure 4). We agree that a more comprehensive analysis, such as transcriptome-wide approaches, would offer greater clarity on the extent and specificity of the observed shift from conduction to non-conduction identity. These approaches are appropriate directions for future studies.

      (4) From the optical mapping data, it is difficult to distinguish between the presence of (a) a focal proximal right bundle branch block due to dysregulation of gene expression in the VCS but overall preservation of the right bundle and its distal ramifications; from (b) actual loss of the VCS with reversion of VCS cells to a working myocardial fate. Related to this, the authors claim that this experiment allows for direct visualization of His bundle activation, but can the authors confirm or provide evidence that the tissue penetration of their imaging modality allows for imaging of a deep structure like the AV bundle as opposed to the right bundle branch which is more superficial? Does the timing of the separation of the sharp deflection from the subsequent local activation suggest visualization of more distal components of the VCS rather than the AV bundle itself? Additional clarification would be helpful.

      And

      In addition, the optical mapping dataset is incomplete and has alternative interpretations that are not excluded or thoroughly discussed.

      We agree with Reviewer #2 that the resolution of the optical mapping experiment may be insufficient to precisely localize the conduction block due to the limited signal strength from the VCS. It is possible that the region defined as the His Bundle also includes portions of the right bundle branch. Our control mice show VCS OAP upstrokes consistent with those reported by Tamaddon et al. (2000) using Di-4-ANEPPS (1). We appreciate the Reviewer’s attention to alternative interpretations, and we will incorporate these caveats into the manuscript text. 

      (1) Tamaddon HS, Vaidya D, Simon AM, Paul DL, Jalife J, Morley GE (2000) Highresolution optical mapping of the right bundle branch in connexin40 knockout mice reveals slow conduction in the specialized conduction system. Circulation Research 87:929-36. doi: 10.1161/01.res.87.10.929. 

      Impact:

      The present study contributes a novel and elegantly constructed mouse model to the field. The data presented generally corroborate existing models of transcriptional regulation in the VCS but do not, as presented, constitute a decisive advance.

      And

      In sum, while this study adds an elegantly constructed genetic model to the field, the data presented fit well within the existing paradigm of established functions of Tbx3 and Tbx5 in the VCS and in that sense do not decisively advance the field. Moreover, the authors' claims about the implications of the data are not always strongly supported by the data presented and do not fully explore alternative possibilities.

      We appreciate Reviewer # 2’s acknowledgment of the elegance and novelty of the mouse model we generated. However, we respectfully disagree with their assessment that this work merely corroborates existing models without providing a decisive advance. Previous studies have investigated single Tbx5 or Tbx3 gene knockouts in-depth and established the T-box ratio model for distinguishing fast VCS from slow nodal conduction identity (1) that the reviewer alludes to in earlier comments. In contrast, this study aimed to explore a different model, that the combined effects of Tbx5 and Tbx3 distinguish adult VCS identity from non-conduction working myocardium. The coordinated Tbx3 and Tbx5 role in conduction system identify remained untested due to the lack of a mouse model that allowed their simultaneous removal. The very model the reviewer recognizes as “novel and elegantly constructed” has allowed the examination of the coordinated role of Tbx5 and Tbx3 for the first time. While we acknowledge the opportunity for additional depth of investigation of this model in future studies, the data we present provides consistent experimental support for the coordinated requirement of both Tbx5 and Tbx3 for ventricular cardiac conduction system identity. 

      (1) Burnicka-Turek O, Broman MT, Steimle JD, Boukens BJ, Petrenko NB, Ikegami K, Nadadur RD, Qiao Y, Arnolds DE, Yang XH, Patel VV, Nobrega MA, Efimov IR, Moskowitz IP (2020) Transcriptional Patterning of the Ventricular Cardiac Conduction System. Circulation Research 127:e94-e106. doi:10.1161/CIRCRESAHA.118.314460. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the study presented by Burnicka-Turek et al., the authors generated for the first time a mouse model to cause the combined conditional deletion of Tbx3 and Tbx5 genes. This has been impossible to achieve to date due to the proximity of these genes in chromosome 5, preventing the generation of loss of function strategies to delete simultaneously both genes. It is known that both Tbx3 and Tbx5 are required for the development of the cardiac conduction system by transcription factor-specific but also overlapping roles as seen in the common and diverse cardiac defects found in patients with mutations for these genes. After validating the deletion efficiency and specificity of the line, the authors characterized the cardiac phenotype associated with the cardiac conduction system (CCS)-specific combined deletion of T_bx5_ and Tbx3 in the adult by inducing the activation of the CCS-specific tamoxifen-inducible Cre recombination (MinKcreERT) at 6 weeks after birth. Their analysis of 8-9-week-old animals did not identify any major morphological cardiac defects. However, the authors found conduction defects including prolonged PR and QTR intervals and ventricular tachycardia causing the death of the double mutants, which do not survive more than 3 months after tamoxifen induction. Molecular and optical mapping analysis of the ventricular conduction system (VCS) of these mutants concluded that, in the absence of Tbx5 and Tbx3 function, the cells forming the ventricular conduction system (VCS) become working myocardium and lose the specific contractile features characterizing VCS cells. Altogether, the study identified the critical combined role of Tbx3 and Tbx5 in the maintenance of the VCS in adulthood.

      Strengths:

      The study generated a new animal model to study the combined deletion of Tbx5 and Tbx3 in the cardiac conduction system. This unique model has provided the authors with the perfect tool to answer their biological questions. The study includes top-class methodologies to assess the functional defects present in the different mutants analyzed, and gathered very robust functional data on the conduction defects present in these mutants. They also applied optical action potential (OAP) methods to demonstrate the loss of conduction action potential and the acquisition of working myocardium action potentials in the affected cells because of Tbx5/Tbx3 loss of function. The study used simpler molecular and morphological analysis to demonstrate that there are no major morphological defects in these mutants and that indeed, the conduction defects found are due to the acquisition of working myocardium features by the VCS cells. Altogether, this study identified the critical role of these transcription factors in the maintenance of the VCS in the adult heart.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s comments regarding the originality and utility of our model and the strengths of our methodological approach. The Reviewer’s appreciation of the molecular and morphological analyses as well as their constructive feedback is highly valuable.

      Weaknesses:

      In the opinion of this reviewer, the weakness in the study lies in the morphological and molecular characterization. The morphological analysis simply described the absence of general cardiac defects in the adult heart, however, whether the CCS tissues are present or not was not investigated. Lineage tracing analysis using the reporter lines included in the crosses described in the study will determine if there are changes in CCS tissue composition in the different mutants studied. Similarly, combining this reporter analysis with the molecular markers found to be dysregulated by qPCR and western blot, will demonstrate that indeed the cells that were specified as VCS in the adult heart, become working myocardium in the absence of Tbx3 and Tbx5 function.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the morphology of the cardiac conduction system in the Tbx3/Tbx5 double conditional knockout model. We did not observe any structural abnormalities, as the Reviewer notes. We agree with their suggestion for using Genetic Inducible Fate Mapping to mark cardiac conduction cells expressing MinKCre. In fact, we utilized this approach to isolate VCS cells for transcriptional profiling. Specifically, we combined the tamoxifen-inducible MinKCreERT allele with the Cre-dependent R26Eyfp reporter allele to label MinKCre-expressing cells in both control VCS and VCS-specific double Tbx3/Tbx5 knockouts. EYFP-positive cells were isolated for transcriptional studies, ensuring that our analysis exclusively targeted conduction system-lineage marked cells. The ability to isolate MinKCre-marked cells from both controls and Tbx5/Tbx3 double mutants indicates that VCS cells persisted in the double knockout. Nonetheless, the suggestion for in-vivo marking by Genetic Inducible

      Fate Mapping and morphologic analysis is a valuable recommendation for future studies. 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In a heroic effort, Ozanna Burnicka-Turek et al. have made and investigated conduction system-specific Tbx3-Tbx5 deficient mice and investigated their cardiac phenotype. Perhaps according to expectations, given the body of literature on the function of the two T-box transcription factors in the heart/conduction system, the cardiomyocytes of the ventricular conduction system seemed to convert to "ordinary" ventricular working myocytes. As a consequence, loss of VCS-specific conduction system propagation was observed in the compound KO mice, associated with PR and QRS prolongation and elevated susceptibility to ventricular tachycardia.

      Previous work suggested the prediction that VCS-specific genetic ablation of both the TBX3 and TBX5 would transform fast-conducting adult VCS into cells resembling working myocardium, eliminating specialized CCS fate. The current study suggests that this prediction is at least to some extent accurate.

      We appreciate Reviewer #1’s summary and recognition of our study. As the review notes, the simultaneous deletion of Tbx3 and Tbx5 in the mature ventricular conduction system (VCS) suggests a conversion of VCS to "ordinary" ventricular working myocytes. To our knowledge, this represents a novel observation and experimental model that uniquely captures the combined roles of these essential T-box transcription factors. We believe that this model offers a valuable platform for further investigation into the transcriptional mechanisms underlying conduction system specialization.

      (1) The huge effort made to generate the DKO model contrasts with the limited efforts made to study the mechanism. Conditional deficiency of Tbx3 and Tbx5 creates an artificial situation that is useful for addressing fundamental mechanistic questions. The authors provide a rather superficial analysis of the changes in the VCS upon deletion of these two critically important factors and do not provide really novel insights into their requirement/function in the VCS gene regulatory network and epigenetic state. So to what extent do VCS cardiomyocytes (CMs) from Tbx3/5 DKO mice resemble "simple" working myocardium? To what extent do these cells acquire the working myocardial (epigenetic) state, do these cells have an epigenetic memory of the Tbx3/Tbx5+ history, is the enhancer usage between the modified VCS CMs and the working CMs similar or not, etc.? The assumption that the authors' data indicate that the DKO VCS CMs simply acquire a ventricular working "fate" is unlikely. Following this reasoning, the reverse experiment to induce Tbx3 and Tbx5 expression in working CMs would result in complete conversion to VCS CMs, which is also unlikely.

      To answer such questions, transcriptomic and epigenetic state analysis, electrophysiologic analysis (e.g. patch-clamp), cell/subcellular level analysis, etc. would be required, as well as a comparison of the changed state of the DKO VCS CMs to that of working CMs.

      This initial study focused on generating the Tbx3:Tbx5 double-conditional knockout model and characterizing the resulting physiological and molecular changes within the VCS. We analyzed transcriptomic markers of fast conduction (VCS), slow conduction (nodal), and non-conduction (working myocardium). Additionally, we applied optical mapping to evaluate the physiological consequences of the double knockout, which allowed a calculated AP of the VCS to be generated. We agree that a more in-depth mechanistic investigation of the VCS transformation upon Tbx3/Tbx5 deletion by transcriptomic or cellular electrophysiology could provide a deeper understanding of the precise transcriptional/epigenetic state of the VCS in the double knockout and clarify whether there is a partial or complete conversion of VCS cells to a simple working myocardial phenotype. The suggestions by the reviewer will be considered for future studies.

      (2) Tbx3 stimulates BMP-TGFb signaling (e.g. positive loop between Tbx3-Bmp2), which in turn stimulates EMT and modulates the behavior of endocardial and mesenchymal cells. Did the authors investigate the impact of Tbx3/5 DKO on non-CM cells in and around the VCS? (see also comment 1). The insulation of the AVB for example could be a Tbx3/5 non cell autonomous target.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s suggestion to examine the impact of Tbx3/Tbx5 deletion on non-CM cells surrounding the VCS. While this is an intriguing avenue for future exploration, it falls outside the scope of the current study, which focused on the cardiomyocyte-specific roles of Tbx3 and Tbx5 in maintaining adult VCS identity.

      (3) The MinK-Cre line used (from the Moskowitz lab) also recombines in the AVN (Arnolds et al 2011). The authors do not mention changes in the AVN, and systematically call the line VCS specific (which refers to the AVB, BB, PVCS I assume). This could also impact the PR interval. Please address.

      The MinK-Cre line recombines in the atrioventricular bundle (AVB) and bundle branches (BB). It recombines in cardiomyocytes adjacent to the atrioventricular node (AVN). We previously interpreted these cells as the penetrating portion of the His bundle into the AVN. This line does not recombine in the vast majority, if any, physiologic nodal cells. We also assessed nodal conduction parameters by invasive electrophysiologic (EP) studies. Our data showed that non-VCS parameters, including sinus node recovery time, AV node recovery time, and atrial and ventricular effective refractory periods, remained within normal ranges in Tbx3:Tbx5-deficient mice (please see Figure 2I). These findings indicate that AVN function is preserved in the VCS-specific double knockout, reinforcing the specificity of the observed conduction defects to the ventricular conduction system.

      (4) Did the authors also investigate the electrophysiological changes in the (EGFP+) DKO VCS CMs? Would these resemble the properties of ventricular working CMs, or would they still show some VCS properties? (see also comment 1).

      We performed electrophysiologic analysis of the double knockout by optical mapping. Optical mapping provides tissue-level resolution, capturing the functional behavior of clusters of thousands of cells simultaneously, rather than individual cells. While this technique does not achieve single-cell resolution, it allows for a comprehensive assessment of electrophysiological changes across the VCS region. Single cell electrophysiology is a good idea for future studies. 

      (5) Throughout the manuscript, the authors use "patterning" and "fate", which are applicable to development and differentiation, not to the situation where a gene is removed from fully differentiated cells in an adult organism resulting in a change of these cells. Perhaps more appropriate are "state" change and the requirement for "homeostasis/maintenance" of state.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s concern regarding the terminology used to describe changes in VCS cell identity. To ensure precision and uniformity, we replaced terms such as “fate” and “patterning” with “state” or “maintenance” to reflect the shift in cellular characteristics in a fully differentiated adult tissue context. 

      Minor:

      (1) Please provide all data points in bar graphs.

      We have incorporated individual data points into the bar graphs as suggested, ensuring enhanced transparency and clarity in the data presentation.

      “(2) Formally, gene expression levels between samples are not normally distributed. The Welch t-test used here assumes a normal distribution. Therefore, nonparametric tests should be used.

      We appreciate Reviewer #1’s consideration of the appropriate statistical approach to the qPCR data and clarify our statistical approach here. Normality within each experimental group was assessed using the Shapiro-Wilk test. Between-group comparisons were conducted using Welch t-test, and multiple comparisons were corrected using the Benjamini & Hochberg method to control the false discovery rate (FDR) (71). If a significant difference was detected between two groups (t-test FDR < 0.05) but normality was rejected in any of the compared groups (Shapiro-Wilk P < 0.05), a non-parametric Wilcoxon rank-sum test was used for verification. A significant group-mean difference was confirmed at one-tailed Wilcoxon P≤0.05 (detailed in Supplementary Data Set I). Furthermore, we have updated the qRT-PCR information in each figure and their respective legends as follows. Statistical analysis was performed using R version 4.2.0. We have included a new Supplementary Data Set I, detailing the statistical analysis of qRT-PCR data. Additionally, we have revised the Methods/Statistics section to detail the applied statistical analysis. 

      (3) Some of the panels of figures are tiny and cannot be evaluated. For example, in Figure 1B the actual data (expression of Tbx3/5) is impossible to see.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s observation and have revised the figures to improve visual clarity and ensure that the presented data are easily interpretable by readers.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Additional Experiments, Data, Analysis:

      (1) Comparisons between both single knockouts and double knockouts at the phenotypic level are needed. In some instances, the data is shown (e.g., mortality and EKG) but direct statistical comparison is not performed. In other instances (optical mapping and gene expression), data with single knockouts are not shown. If combined VCS Tbx3/Tbx5 deletion does not change the phenotype of the VCS Tbx5 single deletion, this should be explicitly stated and discussed.

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s suggestion to compare the phenotypic outcomes of the Tbx3 and Tbx5 single conditional knockout models with those observed in Tbx3/Tbx5 double conditional knockout model. We have expanded the discussion section of our manuscript to incorporate a more detailed comparison between the double Tbx3/Tbx5 model and the single Tbx5 and Tbx3 models [1-5], highlighting the distinct phenotypic outcomes of the single and double knockouts.

      (1) Burnicka-Turek O, Broman MT, Steimle JD, Boukens BJ, Petrenko NB, Ikegami K, Nadadur RD, Qiao Y, Arnolds DE, Yang XH, Patel VV, Nobrega MA, Efimov IR, Moskowitz IP (2020) Transcriptional Patterning of the Ventricular Cardiac Conduction System. Circulation Research 127:e94-e106. doi:10.1161/CIRCRESAHA.118.314460. 

      (2) Mohan RA, Bosada FM, van Weerd JH, van Duijvenboden K, Wang J, Mommersteeg MTM, Hooijkaas IB, Wakker V, de Gier-de Vries C, Coronel R, Boink GJJ, Bakkers J, Barnett P, Boukens BJ, Christoffels VM (2020) T-box transcription factor 3 governs a transcriptional program for the function of the mouse atrioventricular conduction system. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 117:18617-18626. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1919379117.

      (3) Arnolds DE, Liu F, Fahrenbach JP, Kim GH, Schillinger KJ, Smemo S, McNally EM, Nobrega MA, Patel VV, Moskowitz IP (2012) TBX5 drives Scn5a expression to regulate cardiac conduction system function. The Journal of Clinical Investigation 122:2509–2518. doi: 10.1172/JCI62617.

      (4) Frank DU, Carter KL, Thomas KR, Burr RM, Bakker ML, Coetzee WA, Tristani-Firouzi M, Bamshad MJ, Christoffels VM, Moon AM (2012) Lethal arrhythmias in Tbx3-deficient mice reveal extreme dosage sensitivity of cardiac conduction system function and homeostasis. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 109:E154-63. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1115165109. [5] Moskowitz IP, Pizard A, Patel VV, Bruneau BG, Kim JB, Kupershmidt S, Roden D, Berul CI, Seidman CE, Seidman JG (2004) The T-Box transcription factor Tbx5 is required for the patterning and maturation of the murine cardiac conduction system. Development 131:4107-4116. doi: 10.1242/dev.01265.

      (2) Genome-wide expression analysis including working myocardium would provide stronger evidence for interconversion of cell states. Ideally, this would include single knockouts.

      We agree that a genome-wide expression analysis, including a direct comparison with working myocardium, would provide more comprehensive insights into cell state transitions in Tbx3:Tbx5-deficient VCS cells. Additionally, incorporating single knockout models into such analyses would further clarify the distinct and cooperative contributions of Tbx3 and Tbx5 to maintaining VCS identity. This is a good suggestion for future studies.

      (3) This may not be essential to support the authors' claims, but the addition of epigenetic data from single and double KO VCS using ATAC-seq (which can be performed with relatively small numbers of cells) could provide stronger evidence for cell state changes of the kind hypothesized by the authors.

      We agree that epigenetic data such as ATAC-seq would complement transcriptional analyses and provide insight into chromatin states that underlie the observed cellular reprogramming. This is a good suggestion for follow-up studies to further characterize the molecular state of Tbx3:Tbx5-deficient VCS cells.

      (4) Additional clarification of the optical mapping experiments to exclude alternative interpretations like focal right bundle branch block and to include single knockouts for comparison - if the Tbx5 single KO looks the same as the double KO that would be very important to know and would directly affect interpretation of the experiment.

      Right septal optical mapping preparation involved removing the right ventricular free wall to directly image the right ventricular septum, which contains the VCS. In a healthy mouse, there are two peak components of the optical action potential upstroke, the first peak due to the activation of the VCS and the second due to the activation of the ventricular cardiomyocytes. Importantly, in Tbx3:Tbx5 double-conditional knockout mice, the first peak was absent, rather than delayed, indicating loss of fast conduction through the VCS. This absence suggests a shift in VCS cells toward a ventricular working myocardial phenotype, rather than a regional conduction block or delayed propagation through a structurally intact VCS.

      Previous studies from our group have extensively characterized the effect of single Tbx5 knockout on the VCS in murine hearts [1, 2, 3]. Arnolds et al. demonstrated that VCSspecific Tbx5-deficiency results in significant slowing of VCS conduction, evidenced by prolonged PR and QRS intervals, along with lengthening of the atrio-Hisian interval, His duration, and Hisioventricular interval [1]. Although both single Tbx5 knockout and Tbx3:Tbx5 double knockout mice exhibit slowing of ventricular conduction system, our optical mapping studies reveal distinct differences in their electrophysiological phenotypes. Burnicka-Turek et al. showed that the single knockout of Tbx5 in the VCS leads to a shift toward a pacemaker cell state, evidenced by ectopic beats originating in the ventricles and inappropriate automaticity [3]. During spontaneous beats, electrical impulses were retrogradely activated, propagating from the ventricles to the atria [3]. Whole-cell patch clamping recordings confirmed that Tbx5-deficient VCS cells displayed action potentials resembling pacemaker cells, characterized by slower upstroke (phase 0), prolonged plateau (phase 2), delayed repolarization (phase 3), and enhanced phase 4 depolarization [3]. In contrast, our current study on VCS-specific Tbx3:Tbx5 double knockout demonstrates a loss of the VCS-specific fast conduction propagation. Optical mapping demonstrated the absence of the initial upstroke corresponding to VCS activation in the His bundle region, indicating a shift in the VCS cells toward a ventricular working myocardium state. This loss of fast conduction properties highlights a fundamental distinction between single and double knockouts, suggesting that both Tbx3 and Tbx5 are required to maintain VCS identity and function.

      (1) D. E. Arnolds et al., “TBX5 drives Scn5a expression to regulate cardiac conduction system function,” J. Clin. Invest., vol. 122, no. 7, pp. 2509–2518, Jul. 2012, doi: 10.1172/JCI62617.

      (2) Moskowitz, I.P., Pizard, A., Patel, V.V., Bruneau, B.G., Kim, J.B., Kupershmidt, S., Roden, D., Berul, C.I., Seidman, C.E., Seidman, J.G. (2004) The T-Box transcription factor Tbx5 is required for the patterning and maturation of the murine cardiac conduction system. Development 131(16):4107-4116. 

      (3) Burnicka-Turek, O., Broman, M.T., Steimle, J.D., Boukens, B.J., Peterenko, N.B, Ikegami, K., Nadadur, R.D., Qiao, Y., Arnolds, D.E., Yang, X.H., Patel, V.V., Nobrega, M.A., Efimov, I.R., Moskowitz, I.P. (2020) Transcriptional Patterning of the Ventricular Cardiac Conduction System. Circ Res. 127(3):e94-e106. 

      Methods:

      (1) Additional methods on FACS are required. The methods section references a paper from 2004 (reference 67) that describes the flow sorting of embryonic cardiomyocytes. However, flow cytometric isolation of intact adult cardiomyocytes, which the authors describe in the present work, is a distinct technique and generally requires special equipment. These need to be described in more detail to be fully replicable.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for highlighting the need to provide additional details regarding our flow cytometric isolation of adult VCS cardiomyocytes. While we referenced earlier methods, we agree that isolating adult cardiomyocytes requires specialized approaches. Therefore, we revised the Methods section to include a detailed description of the equipment, procedures, and adaptations specific to isolating intact adult VCS cells to ensure full replicability.

      Minor Corrections:

      (1) Figure 1D. Please add a statistical test for mortality between the double conditional KO and the Tbx5 conditional KO.

      We have revised Figure 1D to include the statistical test comparing mortality between the Tbx3:Tbx5 double conditional knockout and the Tbx5 conditional knockout cohorts.

      (2) Figure 2A, 2I, 3A: Please include all individual data points not just a bar graph with error bars.

      We have added all individual data points to the bar graphs as recommended, enhancing the transparency and clarity of the data presentation.

      (3) Figure 2A: Please consider separate graphs for PR and QRS with appropriately scaled Y-axis so differences are easier to see.

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s suggestion and fully agree with it. As a result, we have revised Figure 2A to include separate graphs for PR and QRS intervals, each with appropriately scaled Y-axes. This adjustment enhanced both the readability and the clarity of the observed differences.

      (4) Figure 3 G-K: The figure would be easier to interpret for the reader if genotypes were shown in the figure not just in the legend.

      We agree with Reviewer #2’s suggestion and have revised Figure 3 accordingly by adding genotype labels directly to the histological sections in Panels G-K. This update improves clarity, making the data easier for readers to interpret without needing to refer to the figure legend.

      (5) Figure 4A, C: Are vertical axes mislabeled? They say, "CON VCS and TBX5OE VCS". Please double-check axis labels and data on the graph.

      We appreciate the Reviewer bringing the mislabeling of the vertical axis in Figure 4 to our attention. We have corrected the labeling errors and ensured consistency between the graph and the underlying data.

      (6) Legend to Supplementary Figure 6. Says "Tbx3:Tbx3" instead of "Tbx3:Tbx5".

      We thank Reviewer #2 for pointing out the typo. It has been corrected to: “Supplementary Figure 6. Tbx3:Tbx5 double-conditional knockout mice exhibit QRS prolongation”.

      (7) Discussion. The authors write, "In Tbx3:Tbx5 double VCS knockout, we observed repression of fast VCS markers and also repression of Pan-CCS markers transcribed throughout the entire CCS." The term 'repression' has a specific connotation with transcription regulators that is likely not intended in this context so perhaps 'reduced expression' would be better here?

      We agree with Reviewer #2 and have replaced “repression” with “reduced expression” throughout the text (look below for references).

      “In the Tbx3:Tbx5 double VCS knockout, we observed a reduction in the expression of both fast VCS markers and Pan-CCS markers transcribed throughout the entire CCS.”

      (8) Discussion, the authors write, "This study combined with prior literature (1, 7, 11, 15, 26, 53, 54) indicates that the presence of both Tbx3 and Tbx5 is necessary for the specification of the adult VCS (Figure 7)." Since this work presents data from an adult conditional deletion, it's not clear how it informs our understanding of the specification, which occurs during development. Perhaps "maintenance of VCS fate" would be more appropriate here?

      We agree with Reviewer #2 that the term “maintenance of VCS fate” is more appropriate in the context of our study. Accordingly, we have updated the text to reflect this terminology.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 2B: It is hard to see the IF images. What is the cardiac structure studied? Maybe a dashed line and a label to define the region and the structure represented will help. As the authors have described that the crosses used contain a reporter allele (R26-EYFP), a clearer way to show these results would be to include images of the linage traced cells with the reporter, not only to identify the CCS structure analyzed, but also to demonstrate that the deletion is specific to the MinK-creERT expression in the CCS.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s suggestion to improve the clarity of Figure 2B by delineating the cardiac structures analyzed. In response, we have added dashed lines and labels to highlight the regions of interest within the IF images. Unfortunately, we were unable to capture high-quality EYFP fluorescence images for these sections. However, to address this concern, we microdissected the region shown in the IF images and performed FACS to isolate EYFP-positive cells from this specific area. These sorted cells were subsequently used for qPCR analysis, which confirmed the presence of Tbx3 and Tbx5 in control samples and the successful deletion of both genes in the doubleconditional knockout samples (Figure 2C, middle panel). We believe this approach provides robust evidence for the specificity of the MinK-CreERT expression in the CCS and the efficiency of gene deletion in the targeted region.

      (2) 3G-K: The authors describe the absence of morphological defects in the tissue sections of adult hearts from the different genotypes analyzed. Although this reviewer agrees that there seem to be no major defects in the general cardiac morphology of these animals, the higher magnification images suggest some tissue differences at the level of the AVN especially in the double HET, double HOMO, and the Tbx3 HOMO. Is that due to the section plane used? If so, more appropriate and comparable sections must be provided. Again, as the crosses used by the authors contain a reporter allele (R26-EYFP), it is required that the authors show that the CCS cells, where deletions are induced, are still present in equivalent areas in the mutants and that they remain in similar numbers only failing to maintain their specification into CCS due to Tbx3 and Tbx5 loss of function.

      This analysis will reinforce the authors' claims on the role of Tbx5/Tbx3 in this process.

      We thank the reviewer for their thorough assessment and thoughtful feedback on our histological analysis. The higher magnification images in Figure 3G-K do not specifically present the AVN. These sections primarily represent areas of the ventricular conduction system (VCS), particularly the His bundle and bundle branches, rather than the AVN itself. We do not believe that the observed morphological differences are related to AVN tissue, and there were no functional deficits attributable to the AVN in the double knockout. Furthermore, the Mink-Cre allele used in this study does not recombine in the ANV proper.   We agree that confirming the presence of CCS cells in equivalent regions across different genotypes is crucial. Our approach using FACS-based isolation of EYFP-positive cells from the VCS, followed by qPCR analysis, provides evidence that these cells remain present in double conditional knockouts, although they fail to maintain their specialized gene expression profile. This reinforces our conclusion that Tbx3 and Tbx5 are essential for maintaining the molecular identity of CCS cells, rather than their physical presence.

      (3) Figure 4: The authors performed molecular analysis by qPCR and WB in Tbx5/Tbx3 double mutants to demonstrate that CCS cells lose the expression of CCS genes and express working myocardium genes. Could this be further demonstrated by ISH, HCR, or IF together with lineage tracing to provide evidence that these changes are located where the CCS tissues are in the control embryos? Analysis of 2 or 3 of these markers of each type on tissue sections would be enough.

      We thank the Reviewer for their insightful suggestion regarding additional validation of our molecular findings through ISH, HCR, or IF combined with lineage tracing. However, we would like to clarify that the molecular analyses we performed by qPCR and WB were conducted on EYFP-positive cells that were specifically isolated from the ventricular conduction system (VCS) region of both control and double conditional knockout (dCKO) mice. These EYFP-positive cells were obtained through fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS), ensuring that our analyses were confined to the targeted VCS population. Alternate approaches are appropriate for future studies to investigate the precise genomic and molecular nature of the transformation observed in the double knockout.

      (4) Discussion: in the discussion section the authors conclude that the combined role of Tbx5/Tbx3 is critical for the specification of the adult VCS. However, as the Tbx5/Tbx3 loss of function conditions are only induced in adult animals 6 weeks old, would it be more appropriate that their function is the maintenance of the VCS cell fate and that if not present these cells return to the working myocardium fate? If the authors believe that these genes are involved in the induction of VCS specification in adults, then they need to demonstrate that, before the loss of function induction at 6 weeks, these cells are not yet specified as adult VCS.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s clarification regarding terminology. We agree that our study focuses on adult-specific conditional deletion and thus reflects the maintenance, rather than the specification, of VCS cell fate. Accordingly, we have revised the text to explicitly state that Tbx3 and Tbx5 are critical for maintaining VCS identity in adult mice, and that their loss leads to a shift toward a working myocardial fate.

      Minor:

      (1) There is no consistency in the way the quantitative data is shown in graphs. There are some graphs showing only bars, other dot plots, and other a combination of both. The authors must homogenise the representation of quantitative data showing the different data points in dot plots and not in bar graphs.

      We have standardized the quantitative data presentation across all figures, by including individual data points in bar graphs, ensuring enhanced transparency and clarity.

      (2) Figure 3: The labels defining the genotypes corresponding to the different histological sections of adult hearts (Panels G-K) are missing. Panels J and K are not referenced in the text.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for highlighting these omissions. We have added the genotype labels to the histological sections in Panels G-K of Figure 3 to ensure clarity. Furthermore, we have now referenced Panels J and K in the results and in the supplementary material (please look below for references).

      “Histological examination of all four-chambers demonstrated no discernible differences between VCS-specific Tbx3:Tbx5 double-knockout (Tbx3<sup>fl/fl</sup>;Tbx5<sup>fl/fl</sup>;R26<sup>EYFP/+</sup>; MinK<sup>CreERT2/+</sup>) and control (Tbx3<sup>+/+</sup>;Tbx5<sup>+/+</sup>;R26<sup>EYFP/+</sup>; MinK<sup>CreERT2/+</sup>) mice, nor between . the double-knockout (Tbx3<sup>fl/fl</sup>;Tbx5<sup>fl/fl</sup>;R26<sup>EYFP/+</sup>; MinK<sup>CreERT2/+</sup>) and single-knockout models for either Tbx3 (Tbx3<sup>fl/fl</sup>;Tbx5<sup>+/+</sup>;R26<sup>EYFP/+</sup>; MinK<sup>CreERT2/+</sup>) or Tbx5 (Tbx3<sup>+/+</sup>;Tbx5<sup>fl/fl</sup>;R26<sup>EYFP/+</sup>; MinK<sup>CreERT2/+</sup>).Ventricular muscle appeared normal without hypertrophy or myofibrillar disarray and no fibrosis was present (Figure 3G, 3I, 3J, and 3K, respectively).”

      “Additionally, we confirmed the absence of histological and structural abnormalities in these mice, aligning with previous findings (Figures 3A, 3F versus 3B, and 3K versus 3G, respectively)(1, 11).”

      (3) Typo: Supplementary Figure 6. Tbx3:Tbx3 double-conditional knockout: it should say Tbx5:Tbx3 double-conditional knockout.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for pointing out the typo. It has been corrected to: “Supplementary Figure 6. Tbx3:Tbx5 double-conditional knockout mice exhibit QRS prolongation”.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      eLife Assessment

      This manuscript makes valuable contributions to our understanding of cell polarisation dynamics and its underlying mechanisms. Through the development of a computational pipeline, the authors provide solid evidence that compensatory actions, whether regulatory or spatial, are essential for the robustness of the polarisation pattern. However, a more comprehensive validation against experimental data and a proper estimation of model parameters are required for further characterization and predictions in natural systems, such as the C. elegans embryo.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) for their pertinent assessment. We have carefully considered the constructive recommendations and made the necessary revisions in the manuscript, which are also detailed in this response letter. We have implemented most of the revisions requested by the reviewers. For the few requests we did not fully accept, we have provided justifications. The corresponding revisions in both the Manuscript and Supplementary Information are highlighted with a yellow background. To provide a more comprehensive validation against experimental data and model parameters used for characterizing and predicting natural systems, we reproduced the qualitative and semi-quantitative phenomenon in three more experimental groups previously published (Section 2.5; Fig. S8) [Gotta et al., Curr. Biol., 2001; Aceto et al., Dev. Biol., 2006]. Combined with the original experiments (Section 2.5; Fig. S7) [Hoege et al., Curr. Biol., 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2013], now we have reproduced five experimental groups in total (two acting on LGL-1 and three on CDC-42), comprising eight perturbed conditions and using wild-type as the reference. These results effectively demonstrate how comprehensively the network structure and parameters capture the characteristics of the C. elegans embryo. We have also acknowledged the limitations of the current cell polarization model and provided, in 2. Results and 3. Discussion and conclusion, a detailed outline of potential model improvements.

      Joint Public Review:

      The polarisation phenomenon describes how proteins within a signalling network segregate into different spatial domains. This phenomenon holds fundamental importance in biology, contributing to various cellular processes such as cell migration, cell division, and symmetry breaking in embryonic morphogenesis. In this manuscript, the authors assess the robustness of stable asymmetric patterns using both a previously proposed minimal model of a 2-node network and a more realistic 5-node network based on the C. elegans cell polarisation network, which exhibits anterior-posterior asymmetry. They introduce a computational pipeline for numerically exploring the dynamics of a given reaction-diffusion network and evaluate the stability of a polarisation pattern. Typically, the establishment of polarisation requires the mutual inhibition of two groups of proteins, forming a 2-node antagonistic network. Through a reaction-diffusion formulation, the authors initially demonstrate that the widely-used 2-node antagonistic network for creating polarised patterns fails to maintain the polarised pattern in the face of simple modifications. However, the collapsed polarisation can be restored by combining two or more opposing regulations. The position of the interface can be adjusted with spatially varied kinetic parameters. Furthermore, the authors show that the 5-node network utilised by C. elegans is the most stable for maintaining polarisation against parameter changes, identifying key parameters that impact the position of the interface.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) for the pertinent summary!

      While the results offer novel and insightful perspectives on the network's robustness for cell polarisation, the manuscript lacks comprehensive validation against experimental data, justified node-node network interactions, and proper estimation of model parameters (based on quantitative measurements or molecular intensity distributions). These limitations significantly restrict the utility of the model in making meaningful predictions or advancing our understanding of cell polarisation and pattern formation in natural systems, such as the C. elegans embryo.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) for the comment!

      To provide a more comprehensive validation against experimental data and model parameters, we reproduced the qualitative and semi-quantitative phenomenon in three more experimental groups previously published (Section 2.5; Fig. S8) [Gotta et al., Curr. Biol., 2001; Aceto et al., Dev. Biol., 2006]. Combined with the original experiments (Section 2.5; Fig. S7) [Hoege et al., Curr. Biol., 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2013], now we have reproduced five experimental groups in total (two acting on LGL-1 and three on CDC-42), comprising eight perturbed conditions and using wild-type as the reference. These meaningful predictions effectively demonstrate the utility of our model’s network structure and parameters in advancing our understanding of cell polarisation and pattern formation in natural systems, exemplified by the C. elegans embryo.

      We have also acknowledged the limitations of the current cell polarization model and provided, in 2. Results and 3. Discussion and conclusion, a detailed outline of potential model improvements. The limitations include, but are not limited to, issues involving “node-node network interactions” and the “proper estimation of model parameters (based on quantitative measurements or molecular intensity distributions)”, both of which rely on experimental measurements of biological information.   However, comprehensive experimental measurement data on every molecular species, their interactions, and each species’ intensity distribution in space and time were not fully available from prior research. Refinement is lacking for some of these interactions, potentially requiring years of additional experimentation. Moreover, for certain species at specific developmental stages, only relative (rather than absolute) intensity measurements are available. We agreed that such information is essential for establishing a more utilizable model and discussed it thoroughly in 3. Discussion and conclusion. From a theoretical perspective, we adopted assumptions from the previous literature and constructed a minimal model for a specific cell polarization phase to investigate the network's robustness, supported by five experimental groups and eight perturbed conditions in the C. elegans embryo.

      The study extends its significance by examining how cells maintain pattern stability amid spatial parameter variations, which are common in natural systems due to extracellular and intracellular fluctuations. The authors found that in the 2-node network, varying individual parameters spatially disrupt the pattern, but stability is restored with compensatory variations. Additionally, the polarisation interface stabilises around the step transition between parameter values, making its localisation tunable. This suggests a potential biological mechanism where localisation might be regulated through signalling perception.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) for the pertinent review!

      Focusing on the C. elegans cell polarisation network, the authors propose a 5-node network based on an exhaustive literature review, summarised in a supplementary table. Using their computational pipeline, they identify several parameter sets capable of achieving stable polarisation and claim that their model replicates experimental behaviour, even when simulating mutants. They also found that among 34 possible network structures, the wild-type network with mutual inhibition is the only one that proves viable in the computational pipeline. Compared with previous studies, which typically considered only 2- or 3-node networks, this analysis provides a more complete and realistic picture of the signalling network behind polarisation in the C. elegans embryo. In particular, the model for C. elegans cell polarisation paves the way for further in silico experiments to investigate the role of the network structure over the polarisation dynamics. The authors suggest that the natural 5-node network of C. elegans is optimised for maintaining cell polarisation, demonstrating the elegance of evolution in finding the optimal network structure to achieve certain functions.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) for the pertinent review!

      Noteworthy limitations are also found in this work. To simplify the model for numerical exploration, the authors assume several reactions have equivalent dynamics, reducing the parameter space to three independent dimensions. While the authors briefly acknowledge this limitation in the "Discussion and Conclusion" section, further analysis might be required to understand the implications. For instance, it is not clear how the results depend on the particular choice of parameters. The authors showed that adding additional regulation might disrupt the polarised pattern, with the conclusion apparently depending on the strength of the regulation. Even for the 5-node wild-type network, which is the most robust, adding a strong enough self-activation of [A], as done in the 2-node network, will probably cause the polarised pattern to collapse as well.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) for the comment!

      Now we have thoroughly expanded our acknowledgment of the model’s limitations in in 2. Results and 3. Discussion and conclusion. To rule out the equivalent dynamics assumption undermines our conclusions, we have added simulations showing that the cell polarization pattern stability does not depend on the exact strength of each regulation, provided the regulations on both sides are initially balanced as a whole (Fig. S5). Specifically, we used a Monte Carlo method to sample a wide range of various parameter values ( i.e., γ, α, k<sub>1</sub>, k<sub>2</sub>, q<sub>1</sub>, q<sub>2</sub> and [X<sub>c</sub>) for all nodes and regulations in simple 2-node network and C. elegans 5-node network, to achieve pattern stability. Under these conditions (i.e., without any reduction in the parameter space), single-sided self-regulation, single-sided additional regulation, and unequal system parameters still cause the stable polarized pattern to collapse, consistent with our conclusions in the simplified conditions with the parameter space reduced to three independent dimensions.

      Additionally, the authors utilise parameter values that are unrealistic, fail to provide units for some of them, and assume unknown parameter values without justification. The model appears to have non-dimensionalised length but not time, resulting in a mix of dimensional and non-dimensional variables that can be confusing. Furthermore, they assume equal values for Hill coefficients and many parameters associated with activation and inhibition pathways, while setting inhibition intensity parameters to 1. These arbitrary choices raise concerns about the fidelity of the proposed model in representing the real system, as their selected values could potentially differ by many orders of magnitude from the actual parameters.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) for the comment!

      We apologize for the confusion. The non-dimensionalised parameter values are adopted from previous theoretical research [Seirin-Lee et al., Cells, 2020], which originates from the experimental measurement in [Goehring et al., J. Cell Biol., 2011; Goehring et al., Science, 2011]. With the in silico time set as 2 sec per step, now we have added the Supplemental Text justifying how the units are removed during non-dimensionalization. This demonstrates that the derived non-dimensionalized parameter in this paper achieves realistic values on the same order of magnitude as those observed in reality, confirming the fidelity of the proposed model in representing the real system.

      The assumption of “equal values for Hill coefficients and many parameters associated with activation and inhibition pathways” is to reduce the parameter space for affordable computational cost. It is a widely-used strategy to fix Hill coefficients [Seirin-Lee et al., J. Theor. Biol., 2015; Seirin-Lee, Bull. Math. Biol., 2021] and unify parameter values for different pathways in network research about both cell polarization [Marée et al., Bull. Math. Biol., 2006; Goehring et al., Science, 2011; Trong et al., New J. Phys., 2014] and other biological topics (e.g., plasmid transferring in the microbial community [Wang et al., Nat. Commun., 2020]), to control computational cost. Nevertheless, to rule out that the equivalent dynamics assumption undermines our conclusions, we have added simulations showing that the cell polarization pattern stability does not depend on the exact parameter values associated with activation and inhibition pathways, provided the regulations on both sides are initially balanced as a whole (Fig. S5). Specifically, we used a Monte Carlo method to sample a wide range of various parameter values (i.e_., _γ, α, k<sub>1</sub>, k<sub>2</sub>, q<sub>1</sub>, q<sub>2</sub> and [X<sub>c</sub>) for all nodes and regulations in simple 2-node network and C. elegans 5-node network, to achieve pattern stability. Under these conditions ( i.e., without any reduction in the parameter space), single-sided self-regulation, single-sided additional regulation, and unequal system parameters still cause the stable polarized pattern to collapse, consistent with our conclusions in the simplified conditions with the parameter space reduced to three independent dimensions.

      To confirm the fidelity of the proposed model in representing the real system, we reproduced the qualitative and semi-quantitative phenomenon in three more experimental groups previously published (Section 2.5; Fig. S8) [Gotta et al., Curr. Biol., 2001; Aceto et al., Dev. Biol., 2006]. Combined with the original experiments (Section 2.5; Fig. 5; Fig. S7) [Hoege et al., Curr. Biol., 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2013], now we have reproduced five experimental groups in total (two acting on LGL-1 and three on CDC-42), comprising eight perturbed conditions and using wild-type as the reference. These results effectively demonstrate how comprehensively the network structure and parameters capture the characteristics of the C. elegans embryo. We have also acknowledged the limitations of the current cell polarization model and provided, in 2. Results and 3. Discussion and conclusion, a detailed outline of potential model improvements.

      It is worth noting that, although a strict match between numerical and realistic parameter values with consistent units is always helpful, a lot of notable pure numerical studies successfully unveil principles that help interpret [Ma et al., Cell, 2009] and synthesize real biological systems [Chau et al., Cell, 2012]. These studies suggest that numerical analysis in biological systems remains powerful, even when comprehensive experimental data from prior research are not fully available.

      The definition of stability and its evaluation in the proposed pipeline might also be too narrow. Throughout the paper, the authors discuss the stability of the polarised pattern, checked by an exhaustive search of the parameter space where the system reaches a steady state with a polarised pattern instead of a homogeneous pattern. It is not clear if the stability is related to the linear stability analysis of the reaction terms, as conducted in Goehring et al. (Science, 2011), which could indicate if a homogeneous state exists and whether it is stable or unstable. The stability test is performed through a pipeline procedure where they always start from a polarised pattern described by their model and observe how it evolves over time. It is unclear if the conclusions depend on the chosen initial conditions. Particularly, it is unclear what would happen if the initial distribution of posterior molecules is not exactly symmetric with respect to the anterior molecules, or if the initial polarisation is not strong.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) for the comment!

      The definition of stability and its evaluation in the proposed pipeline consider two criteria: 1. The pattern is polarized; 2. The pattern is stable. Following simulations, figures, and videos (Fig. 1-6; Fig. S1-S5; Fig. S7-S9; Movie S1-S5) have sufficiently demonstrated that the parameters and networks set up capture the cell polarization dynamis regarding both the stable and unstable states very well.

      Now we have added new simulation on alternative initial conditions. They demonstrating the necessity of a polarized initial pattern set up independently of the reaction-diffusion network during the establishment phase, probably through additional mechanisms such as the active actomyosin contractility and flow [Cuenca et al., Development, 2003; Gross et al., Nat. Phys., 2019]. Our conclusions ( i.e., single-sided self-regulation, single-sided additional regulation, and unequal system parameters cause the stable polarized pattern to collapse) have little dependence on the chosen initial conditions as long as the unsymmetric initial patterns can set up a stable polarized pattern. A part of the simulations institutively show our conclusions still hold if the initial distribution of posterior molecules is not exactly symmetric with respect to the anterior molecules, or if the initial polarisation is not strong (Fig. S4 and Fig. S9).

      Regarding the biological interpretation and relevance of the model, it overlooks some important aspects of the C. elegans polarisation system. The authors focus solely on a reaction-diffusion formulation to reproduce the polarisation pattern. However, the polarisation of the C. elegans zygote consists of two distinct phases: establishment and maintenance, with actomyosin dynamics playing a crucial role in both phases (see Munro et al., Dev Cell 2004; Shivas & Skop, MBoC 2012; Liu et al., Dev Biol 2010; Wang et al., Nat Cell Biol 2017). Both myosin and actin are crucial to maintaining the localisation of PAR proteins during cell polarisation, yet the authors neglect cortical flows during the establishment phase and any effects driven by myosin and actin in their model, failing to capture the system's complexity. How this affects the proposed model and conclusions about the establishment of the polarisation pattern needs careful discussion. Additionally, they assume that diffusion in the cytoplasm is infinitely fast and that cytoplasmic flows do not play any role in cell polarity. Finite cytoplasmic diffusion combined with cytoplasmic flows could compromise the stability of the anterior-posterior molecular distributions. The authors claim that cytoplasmic diffusion coefficients are two orders of magnitude higher than membrane diffusion coefficients, but they seem to differ by only one order of magnitude (Petrášek et al., Biophys. J. 2008). The strength of cytoplasmic flows has been quantified by a few studies, including Cheeks et al., and Curr Biol 2004.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) for the comment!

      Indeed, previous research highlighted the importance of convective cortical flow in orchestrating the localisation of PAR proteins during the establishment phase of polarisation formation [Goehring et al., J. Cell Biol., 2011; Rose et al., WormBook, 2014; Beatty et al., Development, 2013]. However, during the maintenance phase, the non-muscle myosin II (NMY-2) is regulated downstream by the PAR protein network rather than serving as the primary upstream factor controlling PAR protein localization [Goehring et al., J. Cell Biol., 2011; Rose et al., WormBook, 2014; Beatty et al., Development, 2013]. While some theoretical studies integrated both reaction-diffusion dynamics and the effects of myosin and actin [Tostevin, 2008; Goehring, Science, 2011], others focused exclusively on reaction-diffusion dynamics [Dawes et al., Biophys. J., 2011; Seirin-Lee et al., Cells, 2020]. We have now clarified the distinction between the establishment and maintenance phases in 1. Introduction, emphasized our research focus on the reaction-diffusion dynamics during the maintenance phase in 2. Results, and provided a discussion of the omitted actomyosin dynamics to foster a more comprehensive understanding in the future in 3. Discussion and conclusion. The effect of the establishment phase is studied as the initial condition for the cell polarization simulation solely governed by reaction-diffusion dynamics, with new simulations demonstrating the necessity of a polarized initial pattern set up independently of the reaction-diffusion network during the establishment phase, probably through additional mechanisms such as the active actomyosin contractility and flow [Cuenca et al., Development, 2003; Gross et al., Nat. Phys., 2019].

      Cytoplasmic and membrane diffusion coefficients differ by two orders of magnitude according to previous experimental measurements on PAR-2 and PAR-6 [Goehring et al., J. Cell Biol., 2011; Lim et al., Cell Rep., 2021]. Many previous C. elegans cell polarization models have incorporated mass-conservation model combined with finite cytoplasmic diffusion, but this model description can lead to reverse spatial concentration distribution between the cell membrane and cytosol [Fig. 3 of Seirin-Lee et al., J. Theor. Biol., 2016; Fig. 2ab of Seirin-Lee et al., J. Math. Biol., 2020], disobeying experimental observation [Fig. 4A of Sailer et al., Dev. Cell, 2015; Fig. 1A of Lim et al., Cell Rep., 2021]. This implies that the infinite cytoplasmic diffusion, without precise experiment-based parameter assignment or accounting for other hidden biological processes ( e.g., protein production and degradation), may be inappropriate in modeling the real spatial concentration distributions distinguished between the cell membrane and cytosol. To address this issue, some theoretical research incorporated protein production and degradation into their model, to acquire the consistent spatial concentration distribution between the cell membrane and cytosol [Tostevin et al., Biophys. J., 2008]. More definitive experimental data on the spatiotemporal changes in protein diffusion, production, and degradation are essential for providing a more realistic representation of cellular dynamics and enhancing the model's predictive power.

      Now we have acknowledged the possibly overlooked aspects of the C. elegans polarisation system in 3. Discussion and conclusion, a detailed outline of potential model improvements. Those aspects include, but are not limited to, issues involving “neglect cortical flows” and the “diffusion in the cytoplasm is infinitely fast”. From a theoretical perspective, we adopted assumptions from the previous literature and constructed a minimal model for a specific cell polarization phase to investigate the network's robustness. The meaningful predictions of five experimental groups and eight perturbed conditions in the C. elegans embryo faithfully supports the biological interpretation and relevance of the model.

      Although the authors compare their model predictions to experimental observations, particularly in reproducing mutant behaviours, they do not explicitly show or discuss these comparisons in detail. Diffusion coefficients and off-rates for some PAR proteins have been measured (Goehring et al., JCB 2011), but the authors seem to use parameter values that differ by many orders of magnitude, perhaps due to applied scaling. To ensure meaningful predictions, whether their proposed model captures the extensive published data should be evaluated. Various cellular/genetic perturbations have been studied to understand their effects on anterior-posterior boundary positioning. Testing these perturbations' responses in the model would be important. For example, comparing the intensity distribution of PAR-6 and PAR-2 with measurements during the maintenance phase by Goehring et al., JCB 2011, or comparing the normalised intensity of PAR-3 and PKC-3 from the model with those measured by Wang et al., Nat Cell Biol 2017, during establishment and maintenance phases (in both wild-type and cdc-42 (RNAi) zygotes) could provide insightful validation. Additionally, in the presence of active CDC-42, it has been observed that PAR-6 extends further into the posterior side (Aceto et al., Dev Biol 2006). Conducting such validation tests is essential to convince readers that the model accurately represents the actual system and provides insights into pattern formation during cell polarisation.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) for the comment!

      To provide more comprehensive validations and refinements to ensure the model accurately represents biological systems, we extensively reproduced the qualitative and semi-quantitative phenomenon in three more experimental groups previously published (Section 2.5; Fig. S8) [Gotta et al., Curr. Biol., 2001; Aceto et al., Dev. Biol., 2006]. Combined with the original experiments (Section 2.5; Fig. 5; Fig. S7) [Hoege et al., Curr. Biol., 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2013], now we have reproduced five experimental groups in total from published data, comprising eight perturbed conditions and using wild-type as the reference. We have also explicitly show the comparison between model predictions and experimental observations (including the mutant behaviors reproduction as well) in detail, by describing how “cell polarization pattern characteristics in simulation” responds to various cellular/genetic perturbations (Section 2.5; Fig. 5; Fig. S7 and S8). The original and new validation tests conducted can convince readers that the model accurately represents the actual system and provides insights into pattern formation during cell polarisation.

      The diffusion coefficients for anterior and posterior molecular species were assigned according to previous experimental and theoretical research [Goehring et al., J. Cell Biol., 2011; Goehring et al., Science, 2011; Seirin-Lee et al., Cells, 2020]. The off-rates are assigned uniformly by searching viable parameter sets that can set up a network with cell polarization pattern stability. Now we have added simulations showing that the cell polarization pattern stability and response to network structure and parameter perturbation does not depend on the exact parameter values (incl., diffusion coefficients and off-rates), provided the parameter values on both sides are initially balanced as a whole (Fig. S5). Specifically, we used a Monte Carlo method to sample a wide range of various parameter values ( i.e., γ, α, k<sub>1</sub>, k<sub>2</sub>, q<sub>1</sub>, q<sub>2</sub> and [X<sub>c</sub>) for all nodes and regulations in simple 2-node network and C. elegans 5-node network, to achieve pattern stability. Under these conditions ( i.e., without any reduction in the parameter space), single-sided self-regulation, single-sided additional regulation, and unequal system parameters still cause the stable polarized pattern to collapse, consistent with our conclusions in the simplified conditions with the parameter space reduced to three independent dimensions.

      With the in silico time set as 2 sec per step, now we have added the Supplemental Text justifying how the units are removed during non-dimensionalization. This demonstrates that the derived non-dimensionalized parameter in this paper achieves realistic values on the same order of magnitude as those observed in reality, confirming the fidelity of the proposed model in representing the real system. We agreed that full experimental measurements of biological information are essential for establishing a more utilizable model and discussed it thoroughly in 3. Discussion and conclusion.

      A clear justification, with references, for each network interaction between nodes in the five-node model is needed. Some of the activatory/inhibitory signals proposed by the authors have not been demonstrated ( e.g. CDC-42 directly inhibiting CHIN-1). Table S2 provided by the authors is insufficient to justify each node-node interaction, requiring additional explanations. (See the review by Gubieda et al., Phil. Trans. R. Soc. B 2020, for a similar node network that differs from the authors' model.) Additionally, the intensity distributions of cortical PAR-3 and PKC-3 seem to vary significantly during both establishment and maintenance phases (Wang et al., Nat Cell Biol 2017), yet the authors consider the PAR-3/PAR-6/PKC-3 as a single complex. The choices in the model should be justified, as the presence or absence of clustering of these PAR proteins can be crucial during cell polarisation (Wang et al., Nat Cell Biol 2017; Dawes & Munro, Biophys J 2011).

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) for the comment!

      Now we have acknowledged the limitations of the current cell polarization model and provided, in 2. Results and 3. Discussion and conclusion, a detailed outline of potential model improvements. The limitations include, but are not limited to, issues involving “each network interaction between nodes” and the “consider the PAR-3/PAR-6/PKC-3 as a single complex”, in which the former one relies on experimental measurements of biological information. However, comprehensive experimental measurement data on every molecular species, their interactions, and each species’ intensity distribution in space and time were not fully available from prior research. Refinement is lacking for some of these interactions, potentially requiring years of additional experimentation. Moreover, for certain species at specific developmental stages, only relative (rather than absolute) intensity measurements are available. We agreed that such information is essential for establishing a more utilizable model and discussed it thoroughly in 3. Discussion and conclusion.

      In consistent with previous modeling efforts [Goehring et al., Science, 2011; Gross et al., Nat. Phys., 2019; Lim et al., Cell Rep., 2021], our model treats the PAR-3/PAR-6/PKC-3 complex as a single entity for simplification, thus neglecting the potentially distinct spatial distributions of each single molecular species. We agree that a more comprehensive model, capable of resolving the individual localization patterns of these anterior PAR proteins, would be a valuable future direction. From a theoretical perspective, we adopted assumptions from the previous literature and constructed a minimal model for a specific cell polarization phase to investigate the network's robustness, supported by five experimental groups and eight perturbed conditions in the C. elegans embryo.

      In summary, the authors successfully demonstrate the importance of compensatory actions in maintaining polarisation robustness. Their computational pipeline offers valuable insights into the dynamics of reaction-diffusion networks. However, the lack of detailed experimental validation and realistic parameter estimation limits the model's applicability to real biological systems. While the study provides a solid foundation, further work is needed to fully characterise and validate the model in natural contexts. This work has the potential to significantly impact the field by providing a new perspective on the robustness of cell polarisation networks.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) for the pertinent summary!

      To provide a more comprehensive validation against experimental data and model parameters, three more groups of the qualitative and semi-quantitative phenomenon regarding CDC-42 are reproduced based on previously published experiments (Section 2.5; Fig. S8) [Gotta et al., Curr. Biol., 2001; Aceto et al., Dev. Biol., 2006]. Combined with the original experiments (Section 2.5; Fig. 5; Fig. S7) [Hoege et al., Curr. Biol., 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2013], now we have reproduced five experimental groups in total, comprising eight perturbed conditions and using wild-type as the reference.

      With the in silico time set as 2 sec per step, now we have added the Supplemental Text justifying how the units are removed during non-dimensionalization. This demonstrates that the derived non-dimensionalized parameter in this paper achieves realistic values on the same order of magnitude as those observed in reality, confirming the fidelity of the proposed model in representing the real system. Together with the reproduction of five experimental groups (eight perturbed conditions with wild-type as the reference), the model’s applicability to real biological systems in natural contexts are are fully characterised and validated.

      The computational pipeline developed could be a valuable tool for further in silico experiments, allowing researchers to explore the dynamics of more complex networks. To maximise its utility, the model needs comprehensive validation and refinement to ensure it accurately represents biological systems. Addressing these limitations, particularly the need for more detailed experimental validation and realistic parameter choices, will enhance the model's predictive power and its applicability to understanding cell polarisation in natural systems.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) for the comment!

      To provide more comprehensive validations and refinements to ensure the model accurately represents biological systems, we extensively reproduced the qualitative and semi-quantitative phenomenon in three more experimental groups previously published (Section 2.5; Fig. S8) [Gotta et al., Curr. Biol., 2001; Aceto et al., Dev. Biol., 2006]. Combined with the original experiments (Section 2.5; Fig. 5; Fig. S7) [Hoege et al., Curr. Biol., 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2013], now we have reproduced five experimental groups in total from published data, comprising eight perturbed conditions and using wild-type as the reference. We have also explicitly show the comparison between model predictions and experimental observations (including the mutant behaviors reproduction as well) in detail, by describing how “cell polarization pattern characteristics in simulation” responds to various cellular/genetic perturbations (Section 2.5; Fig. 5; Fig. S7 and S8).

      With the in silico time set as 2 sec per step, now we have added the Supplemental Text justifying how the units are removed during non-dimensionalization. This demonstrates that the derived non-dimensionalized parameter in this paper achieves realistic values on the same order of magnitude as those observed in reality, confirming the fidelity of the proposed model in representing the real system. Together with the reproduction of five experimental groups (eight perturbed conditions with wild-type as the reference), the model's predictive power and its applicability to understanding cell polarisation in natural systems are enhanced.

      Now we have added simulations showing that the cell polarization pattern stability and response to network structure and parameter perturbation does not depend on the exact parameter values (incl., diffusion coefficients, basal off-rates and inhibition intensity), provided the parameter values on both sides are initially balanced as a whole (Fig. S5). Specifically, we used a Monte Carlo method to sample a wide range of various parameter values (i.e., γ, α, k<sub>1</sub>, k<sub>2</sub>, q<sub>1</sub>, q<sub>2</sub> and [X<sub>c</sub>) for all nodes and regulations in simple 2-node network and C. elegans 5-node network, to achieve pattern stability. Under these conditions ( i.e., without any reduction in the parameter space), single-sided self-regulation, single-sided additional regulation, and unequal system parameters still cause the stable polarized pattern to collapse, consistent with our conclusions in the simplified conditions with the parameter space reduced to three independent dimensions.

      Recommendations for the Authors:

      (1) Parameterisation and Model Validation: The authors utilise parameter values that lack realism and fail to provide units for some of them, which can lead to confusion. For instance, the length of the cell is set to 0.5 without clear justification, raising questions about the scale used. Additionally, there's a mix of dimensional and non-dimensional variables, potentially complicating interpretation. Furthermore, arbitrary choices such as equal Hill coefficients and setting inhibition intensity parameters to 1 raise concerns about model fidelity. To ensure meaningful predictions, the authors should validate their model against extensive published data, including cellular/genetic perturbations. For example, comparing intensity distributions of PAR proteins measured during maintenance phases by Goehring et al., JCB 2011, and those obtained from the model could provide valuable validation. Similarly, comparisons with data from Wang et al., Nat Cell Biol 2017, on wild-type and cdc-42 (RNAi) zygotes, as well as observations from Aceto et al., Dev Biol 2006, on PAR-6 extension in the presence of active CDC-42, would strengthen the model's validity. Such validation tests are essential for convincing readers that the model accurately represents the actual system and can provide insights into pattern formation during cell polarisation.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the helpful suggestion!

      Now we have added a new section, Parameter Nondimensionalization and Order of Magtitude Consistency, into Supplemental Text. In this section, we introduced how we adopted the parameter nondimensionalization and value assignments from previous works [Goehring et al., J. Cell Biol., 2011; Goehring et al., Science, 2011; Seirin-Lee et al., Cells, 2020]. We listed four examples (i.e., evolution time, membrane diffusion coefficient, basal off-rate, and inhibition intensity) to show the consistency in order of magtitude between numerical and realistic values.

      The assumption of “equal Hill coefficients” is to reduce the parameter space for an affordable computational cost. It is a widely-used strategy to fix Hill coefficients [Seirin-Lee et al., J. Theor. Biol., 2015; Seirin-Lee, Bull. Math. Biol., 2021] in network research, to control computational cost. Besides, setting inhibition intensity parameters to 1 is for determining a numerical scale. Now we have added simulations showing that the cell polarization pattern stability does not depend on the exact parameter values associated with activation and inhibition pathways, provided the regulations on both sides are initially balanced as a whole (Fig. S5). Specifically, we used a Monte Carlo method to sample a wide range of various parameter values (i.e., γ, α, k<sub>1</sub>, k<sub>2</sub>, q<sub>1</sub>, q<sub>2</sub> and [X<sub>c</sub>) for all nodes and regulations in simple 2-node network and C. elegans 5-node network, to achieve pattern stability. Under these conditions (i.e., without any reduction in the parameter space), single-sided self-regulation, single-sided additional regulation, and unequal system parameters still cause the stable polarized pattern to collapse, consistent with our conclusions in the simplified conditions with the parameter space reduced to three independent dimensions.

      To confirm the fidelity of the proposed model in representing the real system, we reproduced the qualitative and semi-quantitative phenomenon in three more experimental groups previously published (Section 2.5; Fig. S8) [Gotta et al., Curr. Biol., 2001; Aceto et al., Dev. Biol., 2006]. Combined with the original experiments (Section 2.5; Fig. 5; Fig. S7) [Hoege et al., Curr. Biol., 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2013], now we have reproduced five experimental groups in total (two acting on LGL-1 and three on CDC-42), comprising eight perturbed conditions and using wild-type as the reference. These results effectively demonstrate how comprehensively the network structure and parameters capture the characteristics of the C. elegans embryo. We have also acknowledged the limitations of the current cell polarization model and provided, in 2. Results and 3. Discussion and conclusion, a detailed outline of potential model improvements.

      It is worth noting that, although a strict match between numerical and realistic parameter values with consistent units is always helpful, a lot of notable pure numerical studies successfully unveil principles that help interpret [Ma et al., Cell, 2009] and synthesize real biological systems [Chau et al., Cell, 2012]. These studies suggest that numerical analysis in biological systems remains powerful, even when comprehensive experimental data from prior research are not fully available.

      (2) Parameter Changes: It is not clear how the parameters change as more complicated networks are explored, and how this affects the comparison between the simple and complete model. Clarification on this point would be beneficial.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the helpful suggestion!

      The computational pipeline in Section 2.1 is generalized for all reaction-diffusion networks, including the simple and complete ones studied in this paper. The parameter changes included two parts: 1. The mutual activation in the anterior (none for the simple 2-node network and q<sub2</sub> for the complete 5-node network); 2. The viable parameter sets (122 sets for the simple 2-node network and 602 sets for the complete 5-node network). Now we have explicitly clarified those differences:

      Those differences don’t affect the comparison between the simple and complete models. Now we have added comprehensive comparisons between the simple and complete models about 1. How they respond to alternative initial conditions consistently (Fig. S2). 2. How they respond to alternative single modifications consistently (Fig. S4 and S9), even when the parameters (i.e., γ, α, k<sub>1</sub>, k<sub>2</sub>, q<sub>1</sub>, q<sub>2</sub> and [X<sub>c</sub>) are assigned with various values concerning all nodes and regulations (Fig. S5).

      (3) Exploration of Model Parameter Space: In the two-node dual antagonistic model, the authors observe that the cell polarisation pattern is unstable for different systems (Fig. 1). However, it remains uncertain whether this instability holds true for the entire model parameter space. Have the authors thoroughly screened the full model parameter space to support their statements? It would be beneficial for the authors to provide clarification on the extent of their exploration of the model parameter space to ensure the robustness of their conclusions.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the helpful suggestion!

      The trade-off between considered parameter space and computational cost is a long-term challenge in network study as there are always numerous combinations of network nodes, edges, and parameters [Ma et al., Cell, 2009; Chau et al., Cell, 2012]. The computational pipeline in Section 2.1 generalized for all reaction-diffusion networks exerts two strategies to limit the computational cost and set up a basic network reference: 1. Dimension Reduction (Strategy 1) - Unifying the parameter values for different nodes and different edges within the same regulatory type to minimize the unidentical parameter numbers into 3; 2: Parameter Space Confinement (Strategy 2): Enumerating the dimensionless parameter set on a three-dimensional (3D) grid confined by γ∈ [0,0.05] in steps ∆γ = 0.001, k<sub>1</sub>∈[0,5] in steps ∆k<sub>1</sub> = 0.05,  and  in steps .

      In the early stage of our project, we tried to explore “the entire model parameter space” as indicated by the reviewer. We first tried to use the Monte Carlo method to find parameter solutions in an open parameter space and with all parameter values allowed to be different. However, such a process is full of randomness and is computationally expensive (taking months to search viable parameter sets but still unable to profile the continuous viable parameter space; the probability of finding a viable parameter set is no higher than 0.02%, making it very hard to profile a continuous viable parameter space). Now we clearly can see the viable parameter space is a thin curved surface where all parameters have to satisfy a critical balance (Fig. 3a, b, Fig. 5e, f). This is why we exert a typical strategy for dimension reduction in network research in both cell polarization [Marée et al., Bull. Math. Biol., 2006; Goehring et al., Science, 2011; Trong et al., New J. Phys., 2014] and other biological topics (e.g., plasmid transferring in the microbial community [Wang et al., Nat. Commun., 2020]), i.e., unifying the parameter values for different nodes and different edges within the same regulatory type.

      Additionally, the curved surface for viable parameter space can be extended to infinite as long as the parameter balance is achieved (Fig. 3a, b, Fig. 5e, f), it is impossible or unnecessary to explore “the entire model parameter space”. Setting up a confined parameter region near the original point for parameter enumeration can help profile the continuous viable parameter space, which is sufficient for presenting the central conclusion of this paper – that is - the network structure and parameter need to satisfy a balance for stable cell polarization.

      To support a comprehensive study considering all kinds of reference and perturbed networks, we have maximized the parameter domain size by exhausting all the computational research we can access, including 400-500 Intel(R) Core(TM) E5-2670v2 and Gold 6132 CPU on the server (High-Performance Computing Platform at Peking University) and 5 Intel(R) Core(TM) i9-14900HX CPU on personal computers.

      To make it certain that instability holds true when the model parameter space is extended, we add a comprehensive comparison between the simple and complete models about how their instability occurs consistently even when the parameters (i.e., γ, α, k<sub>1</sub>, k<sub>2</sub>, q<sub>1</sub>, q<sub>2</sub> and [X<sub>c</sub>) are assigned with various values concerning all nodes and regulations, searched by the Monte Carlo method (Fig. S5).

      (4) Sensitivity of Numerical Solutions to Initial Conditions: Are the numerical solutions in both models sensitive to the chosen initial condition? What results do the models provide if uniform initial distributions were utilised instead?

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the comments!

      To investigate both the simple network and the realistic network consisting of various node numbers and regulatory pathways [Goehring et al., Science, 2011; Lang et al., Development, 2017], we propose a computational pipeline for numerical exploration of the dynamics of a given reaction-diffusion network's dynamics, specifically targeting the maintenance phase of stable cell polarization after its initial establishment [Motegi et al., Nat. Cell Biol., 2011; Goehring et al., Science, 2011; Seirin-Lee et al., Cells, 2020].

      Now we have added new simulations and explanations for the sensitivity of numerical solutions to initial conditions. For both models, a uniform initial distribution leads to a homogeneous pattern while a Gaussian noise distribution leads to a multipolar pattern. In contrast, an initial polarized distribution (even with shifts in transition planes, weak polarization, or asymmetric curve shapes between the two molecular species) can maintain cell polarization reliably.

      (5) Initial Conditions and Stability Tests: In Figure 1, the authors discuss the stability of the basic two-node network (a) upon modifications in (b-d). The stability test is performed through a pipeline procedure in which they always start from a polarised pattern described by Equation (4) and observe how the pattern evolves over time. It would be beneficial to explore whether the stability test depends on this specific initial condition. For instance, what would happen if the posterior molecules have an initial distribution of 1/(1+e^(-10x)), which is not exactly symmetric with respect to the anterior molecules' distribution of 1-1/(1+e^(-20x))? Additionally, if the initial polarisation is not as strong, for example, with the anterior molecules having a distribution of 10-1/(1+e^(-20x)) and the posterior molecules having a distribution of 9+1/(1+e^(-20x)), how would this affect the results?

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the constructive advice!

      Now we have added comprehensive comparisons between the simple and complete models about how they respond to alternative initial conditions consistently (Fig. S4, Fig. S9). The successful cell polarization pattern requests an initial polarized pattern, but its following stability and response to perturbation depend very little on the specific form of the initial polarized pattern. All the conditions mentioned by the reviewer have been included.

      (6) Stability Analysis: Throughout the paper, the authors discuss the stability of the polarised pattern. The stability is checked by an exhaustive search of the parameter space, ensuring the system reaches a steady state with a polarised pattern instead of a homogeneous pattern. It would be beneficial to explore if this stability is related to a linear stability analysis of the model parameters, similar to what was conducted in Reference [18], which can determine if a homogeneous state exists and whether it is stable or unstable. Including such an analysis could provide deeper insights into the system's stability and validate its robustness.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the comments!

      We agree that the linear stability analysis can potentially offer additional insights into polarized pattern behavior. However, this approach often requests the aid of numerical solutions and is therefore not entirely independent [Goehring et al., Science, 2011]. Over the past decade, numerical simulations have consistently proven to be a reliable and sufficient approach for studying network dynamics, spanning from C. elegans cell polarization [Tostevin et al., Biophys. J, 2008; Blanchoud et al., Biophys. J, 2015; Seirin-Lee, Dev. Growth Differ., 2020] to topics in metazoon [Chau et al., Cell, 2012; Qiao et al., eLife, 2022; Sokolowski et al., arXiv, 2023]. Numerous purely numerical studies have successfully unveiled principles that help interpret [Ma et al., Cell, 2009] and synthesized real biological systems [Chau et al., Cell, 2012], independent of additional mathematical analysis. Thus, we leverage our numerical framework to address the cell polarization problems cell polarization problems in this paper.

      To confirm the reliability of stability checked by an exhaustive search of the parameter space, now we reproduce the qualitative and semi-quantitative phenomenon in three more experimental groups previously published (Section 2.5; Fig. S8) [Gotta et al., Curr. Biol., 2001; Aceto et al., Dev. Biol., 2006]. Combined with the original experiments (Section 2.5; Fig. 5; Fig. S7) [Hoege et al., Curr. Biol., 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2013], we reproduce five experimental groups in total (two acting on LGL-1 and three acting on CDC-42), comprising eight perturbed conditions and using wild-type as the reference.

      To confirm the robustness of our conclusions regarding the system's stability, now we add comprehensive comparisons between the simple and complete models about 1. How they respond to alternative initial conditions consistently (Fig. S4; Fig. S9). 2. How they respond to alternative single modifications consistently, even when the parameters (i.e., γ, α, k<sub>1</sub>, k<sub>2</sub>, q<sub>1</sub>, q<sub>2</sub> and [X<sub>c</sub> ) are assigned with various values concerning all nodes and regulations (Fig. S5).

      (7) Interface Position Determination: In Figure 4, the authors demonstrate that by using a spatially varied parameter, the position of the interface can be tuned. Particularly, the interface is almost located at the step where the parameter has a sharp jump. However, in the case of a homogeneous parameter (e.g., Figure 4(a)), the system also reaches a stable polarised pattern with the interface located in the middle (x = 0), similar to Figure 4(b), even though the homogeneous parameter does not contain any positional information of the interface. It would be helpful to clarify the difference between Figure 4(a) and Figure 4(b) in terms of the interface position determination.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the comments!

      The case of a homogeneous parameter (e.g., Fig. 4a), in which the system also reaches a stable polarised pattern with the interface located in the middle (x = 0), is just a reference adopted from Fig. 1a to show that the inhomogeneous positional information in Fig. 4b can achieve a similar stable polarised pattern.

      Now we clarify the interface position determination to Section 2.4 to improve readability. Moreover, it is marked with grey dashed line in all the patterns in Fig. 4 and Fig. 6 to highlight the importance of inhomogeneous parameters on interface localization.

      (8) Presented Comparison with Experimental Observations: The comparison with experimental observations lacks clarity. It isn't clear that the model "faithfully recapitulates" the experimental observations (lines 369-370). We recommend discussing and showing these comparisons more carefully, highlighting the expectations and similarities.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the constructive suggestion!

      Now we remove the word “faithfully” and highlight the expectations and similarities of each experimental group by describing “cell polarization pattern characteristics in simulation: …”.

      (9) Validation of Model with Experimental Data: Given the extensive number of model parameters and the uncertainty of their values, it is essential for the authors to validate their model by comparing their results with experimental data. While C. elegans polarisation has been extensively studied, the authors have yet to utilise existing data for parameter estimation and model validation. Doing so would considerably strengthen their study.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the constructive suggestion!

      To utilise existing data for parameter estimation, now we add a new section, Parameter Nondimensionalization and Order of Magtitude Consistency, into Supplemental Text. In this section, we introduced how we adopted the parameter nondimensionalization and value assignments from previous works [Goehring et al., J. Cell Biol., 2011; Goehring et al., Science, 2011; Seirin-Lee et al., Cells, 2020]. We listed four examples (i.e., evolution time, membrane diffusion coefficient, basal off-rate, and inhibition intensity) to show the consistency in order of magtitude between numerical and realistic values.

      To utilise existing data for model validation, now we reproduce the qualitative and semi-quantitative phenomenon in three more experimental groups previously published (Section 2.5; Fig. S8) [Gotta et al., Curr. Biol., 2001; Aceto et al., Dev. Biol., 2006]. Combined with the original experiments (Section 2.5; Fig. 5; Fig. S7) [Hoege et al., Curr. Biol., 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2013], we reproduce five experimental groups in total (two acting on LGL-1 and three acting on CDC-42), comprising eight perturbed conditions and using wild-type as the reference.

      Also, we acknowledge the limitations of the current cell polarization model and provided, in 3. Discussion and conclusion, a detailed outline of potential model improvements. The limitations include, but are not limited to, issues involving “extensive number of model parameters” and “uncertainty of their values”, both of which rely on experimental measurements of biological information. However, comprehensive experimental measurement data on every molecular species, their interactions, and each species’ intensity distribution in space and time were not fully available from prior research. Refinement is lacking for some of these interactions, potentially requiring years of additional experimentation. Moreover, for certain species at specific developmental stages, only relative (rather than absolute) intensity measurements are available. We agreed that such information is essential for establishing a more utilizable model and discussed it thoroughly in 3. Discussion and conclusion. From a theoretical perspective, we adopted assumptions from the previous literature and constructed a minimal model for a specific cell polarization phase to investigate the network's robustness, supported by five experimental groups and eight perturbed conditions with wild-type as a reference in the C. elegans embryo.

      (10) Enhancing Model Accuracy by Considering Cortical Flows: The authors are encouraged to include cortical flows in their cell polarisation model, as these flows are known to be pivotal in the process. Although the current model successfully predicts cell polarisation without accounting for cortical flows, research has demonstrated their significant role in polarisation formation. By incorporating cortical flows, the model would provide a more thorough and precise representation of the biological process. Furthermore, previous studies, such as those by Goehring et al. (References 17 and 18), highlight the importance of convective actin flow in initiating polarisation. It would be valuable for the authors to address the contribution of convection with actin flow to the establishment of the polarisation pattern. The polarisation of the C. elegans zygote progresses through two distinct phases: establishment and maintenance, both heavily influenced by actomyosin dynamics. Works by Munro et al. (Dev Cell 2004), Shivas & Skop (MBoC 2012), Liu et al. (Dev. Biol. 2010), and Wang et al. (Nat Cell Biol 2017) underscore the critical roles of myosin and actin in orchestrating the localisation of PAR proteins during cell polarisation. To enhance the fidelity of their model, we recommend that the authors either integrate cortical flows and consider the effects driven by myosin and actin, or provide a discussion on the repercussions of omitting these dynamics.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the comment!

      Indeed, previous research highlighted the importance of convective cortical flow in orchestrating the localisation of PAR proteins during the establishment phase of polarisation formation [Goehring et al., J. Cell Biol., 2011; Rose et al., WormBook, 2014; Beatty et al., Development, 2013]. However, during the maintenance phase, the non-muscle myosin II (NMY-2) is regulated downstream by the PAR protein network rather than serving as the primary upstream factor controlling PAR protein localization. While some theoretical studies integrated both reaction-diffusion dynamics and the effects of myosin and actin [Tostevin et al., Biophys J, 2008; Goehring et al, Science, 2011], others focused exclusively on reaction-diffusion dynamics [Dawes et al., Biophys. J., 2011; Seirin-Lee et al., Cells, 2020]. Now we clarify the distinction between the establishment and maintenance phases, emphasize our research focus on the reaction-diffusion dynamics during the maintenance phase, and provide a discussion of these omitted dynamics to foster a more comprehensive understanding in the future, as suggested.

      (11) Further Justification of Network Interactions: The authors should provide additional explanations, supported by empirical evidence, for the network interactions assumed in their model. This includes both node-node interactions and the rationale behind protein complex formations. Some of the proposed interactions lack empirical validation, as noted in studies such as Gubieda et al., Phil. Trans. R. Soc. B 2020. Additionally, discrepancies in protein intensity distributions, as observed in Wang et al., Nat Cell Biol 2017, should be addressed, particularly concerning the consideration of the PAR-3/PAR-6/PKC-3 complex as a single entity. Justifying these choices is crucial for ensuring the model's credibility and alignment with experimental findings.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the helpful advice!

      In consistency with previous modeling efforts [Goehring et al., Science, 2011; Gross et al., Nat. Phys., 2019; Lim et al., Cell Rep., 2021], our model treats the PAR-3/PAR-6/PKC-3 complex as a single entity for simplification, thus neglecting the potentially distinct spatial distributions of each single molecular species.

      Now we acknowledge the limitations of the current cell polarization model and provided, in 3. Discussion and conclusion, a detailed outline of potential model improvements. The limitations include, but are not limited to, issues involving “node-node interactions” and “discrepancies in protein intensity distributions”, both of which rely on experimental measurements of biological information. However, comprehensive experimental measurement data on every molecular species, their interactions, and each species’ intensity distribution in space and time were not fully available from prior research. Refinement is lacking for some of these interactions, potentially requiring years of additional experimentation. Moreover, for certain species at specific developmental stages, only relative (rather than absolute) intensity measurements are available. We agreed that such information is essential for establishing a more utilizable model and discussed it thoroughly in 3. Discussion and conclusion.

      To ensure the model's credibility and alignment with experimental findings, now we reproduce the qualitative and semi-quantitative phenomenon in three more experimental groups previously published (Section 2.5; Fig. S8) [Gotta et al., Curr. Biol., 2001; Aceto et al., Dev. Biol., 2006]. Combined with the original experiments (Section 2.5; Fig. 5; Fig. S7) [Hoege et al., Curr. Biol., 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2013], now we have reproduced five experimental groups in total (two acting on LGL-1 and three on CDC-42), comprising eight perturbed conditions and using wild-type as the reference.

      (12) Further Justification of Node-Node Network Interactions: The authors should provide further justification for the node-node network interactions assumed in their study. To the best of our knowledge, some of the node-node interactions proposed have not yet been empirically demonstrated. Providing additional explanations for these interactions would enhance the credibility of the model and ensure its alignment with empirical evidence.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the helpful advice!

      Now we acknowledge the limitations of the current cell polarization model and provided, in 3. Discussion and conclusion, a detailed outline of potential model improvements. The limitations include, but are not limited to, issues involving “node-node network interactions”, which rely on experimental measurements of biological information. However, comprehensive experimental measurement data on every molecular species, their interactions, and each species’ intensity distribution in space and time were not fully available from prior research. Refinement is lacking for some of these interactions, potentially requiring years of additional experimentation. Moreover, for certain species at specific developmental stages, only relative (rather than absolute) intensity measurements are available. We agreed that such information is essential for establishing a more utilizable model and discussed it thoroughly in 3. Discussion and conclusion.

      To enhance the credibility of the model and ensure its alignment with empirical evidence, we reproduced the qualitative and semi-quantitative phenomenon in three more experimental groups previously published (Section 2.5; Fig. S8) [Gotta et al., Curr. Biol., 2001; Aceto et al., Dev. Biol., 2006]. Combined with the original experiments (Section 2.5; Fig. 5; Fig. S7) [Hoege et al., Curr. Biol., 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2013], now we have reproduced five experimental groups in total (two acting on LGL-1 and three on CDC-42), comprising eight perturbed conditions and using wild-type as the reference.

      (13) Justification for Network Interactions and Protein Complexes: The authors must provide clear justifications, supported by references, for each network interaction between nodes in the five-node model. Some of the activatory/inhibitory signals proposed lack empirical validation, such as CDC-42 directly inhibiting CHIN-1. The provided Table S2 is insufficient to justify these interactions, necessitating additional explanations. Reviewing relevant literature, such as the work by Gubieda et al., Phil. Trans. R. Soc. B 2020, may offer insights into similar node networks. Furthermore, the authors should address discrepancies in protein intensity distributions, as observed in studies like Wang et al., Nat Cell Biol 2017. Specifically, the authors consider the PAR-3/PAR-6/PKC-3 complex as a single entity despite potential differences in their distributions. Justification for this choice is essential, particularly considering the importance of clustering dynamics during cell polarisation, as demonstrated by Wang et al., Nat Cell Biol 2017, and Dawes & Munro, Biophys J 2011.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the helpful advice!

      In consistent with previous modeling efforts [Goehring et al., Science, 2011; Gross et al., Nat. Phys., 2019; Lim et al., Cell Rep., 2021], our model treats the PAR-3/PAR-6/PKC-3 complex as a single entity for simplification, thus neglecting the potentially distinct spatial distributions of each single molecular species. Besides, the inhibition of CHIN-1 from CDC-42, which recruits cytoplasmic PAR-6/PKC-3 to form a complex, may act indirectly to restrict CHIN-1 localization through phosphorylation [Sailer et al., Dev. Cell, 2015; Lang et al., Development, 2017].

      Now we acknowledge the limitations of the current cell polarization model and provided, in 3. Discussion and conclusion, a detailed outline of potential model improvements. The limitations include, but are not limited to, issues involving “each network interaction between nodes in the five-node model” and “discrepancies in protein intensity distributions”, both of which rely on experimental measurements of biological information. However, comprehensive experimental measurement data on every molecular species, their interactions, and each species’ intensity distribution in space and time were not fully available from prior research. Refinement is lacking for some of these interactions, potentially requiring years of additional experimentation. Moreover, for certain species at specific developmental stages, only relative (rather than absolute) intensity measurements are available. We agreed that such information is essential for establishing a more utilizable model and discussed it thoroughly in 3. Discussion and conclusion. From a theoretical perspective, we adopted assumptions from the previous literature and constructed a minimal model for a specific cell polarization phase to investigate the network's robustness, supported by five experimental groups and eight perturbed conditions with wild-type as a reference in the C. elegans embryo.

      (14) Incorporating Cytoplasmic Dynamics into the Model: The authors assume infinite cytoplasmic diffusion and neglect the role of cytoplasmic flows in cell polarity, which may oversimplify the model. Finite cytoplasmic diffusion combined with flows could potentially compromise the stability of anterior-posterior molecular distributions, affecting the accuracy of the model's predictions. The authors claim a significant difference between cytoplasmic and membrane diffusion coefficients, but the actual disparity seems smaller based on data from Petrášek et al., Biophys. J. 2008. For example, cytosolic diffusion coefficients for NMY-2 and PAR-2 differ by less than one order of magnitude. Additionally, the strength of cytoplasmic flows, as quantified by studies such as Cheeks et al., and Curr Biol 2004, should be considered when assessing the impact of cytoplasmic dynamics on polarity stability. Incorporating finite cytoplasmic diffusion and cytoplasmic flows into the model could provide a more realistic representation of cellular dynamics and enhance the model's predictive power.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the comment!

      Cytoplasmic and membrane diffusion coefficients differ by two orders of magnitude according to previous experimental measurements on PAR-2 and PAR-6 [Goehring et al., J. Cell Biol., 2011; Lim et al., Cell Rep., 2021]. Many previous C. elegans cell polarization models have incorporated mass-conservation model combined with finite cytoplasmic diffusion, but this model description can lead to reverse spatial concentration distribution between the cell membrane and cytosol [Fig. 3 of Seirin-Lee et al., J. Theor. Biol., 2016; Fig. 2ab of Seirin-Lee et al., J. Math. Biol., 2020], disobeying experimental observation [Fig. 4A of Sailer et al., Dev. Cell, 2015; Fig. 1A of Lim et al., Cell Rep., 2021]. This implies that the infinite cytoplasmic diffusion, without precise experiment-based parameter assignment or accounting for other hidden biological processes (e.g., protein production and degradation), may be inappropriate in modeling the real spatial concentration distributions distinguished between the cell membrane and cytosol. To address this issue, some theoretical research incorporated protein production and degradation into their model, to acquire the consistent spatial concentration distribution between the cell membrane and cytosol [Tostevin et al., Biophys. J., 2008]. More definitive experimental data on the spatiotemporal changes in protein diffusion, production, and degradation are essential for providing a more realistic representation of cellular dynamics and enhancing the model's predictive power.

      Cytoplasmic flows indeed play an unneglectable role in cell polarity during the establishment phase [Kravtsova et al., Bull. Math. Biol., 2014], which creates a spatial gradient of actomyosin contractility and directs PAR-3/PKC-3/PAR-6 to the anterior membrane by cortical flow [Rose et al., WormBook, 2014; Lang et al., Development, 2017]. However, during the maintenance phase, the non-muscle myosin II (NMY-2) is regulated downstream by the PAR protein network rather than serving as the primary upstream factor controlling PAR protein localization [Goehring et al., J. Cell Biol., 2011; Rose et al., WormBook, 2014; Geβele et al., Nat. Commun., 2020]. While some theoretical studies integrated both reaction-diffusion dynamics and the effects of myosin and actin [Tostevin, 2008; Goehring, Science, 2011], others focused exclusively on reaction-diffusion dynamics [Dawes et al., Biophys. J., 2011; Seirin-Lee et al., Cells, 2020]. We now emphasize our research focus on the reaction-diffusion dynamics during the maintenance phase, so the dynamics between NMY-2 and PAR-2 are not included. We have also provided a discussion of the simplified cytoplasmic diffusion and omitted cytoplasmic flows to foster a more comprehensive understanding in the future.

      (15) Explanation of Lethality References: On page 13, the authors mention lethality without adequately explaining why they are drawing connections with lethality experimental data.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the comment!

      It is well-known that cell polarity loss in C. elegans zygote will lead to symmetric cell division, which brings out the more symmetric allocation of molecular-to-cellular contents in daughter cells; this will result in abnormal cell size, cell cycle length, and cell fate in daughter cells, followed by embryo lethality [Beatty et al., Development, 2010; Beatty et al., Development, 2013; Rodriguez et al., Dev. Cell, 2017; Jankele et al., eLife, 2021]. Now we explain why we are drawing connections with lethality experimental data in Section 2.5.

      (16) Improved Abstract: "...However, polarity can be restored through a combination of two modifications that have opposing effects..." This sentence could be revised for better clarity. For example, the authors could consider rephrasing it as follows: "...However, polarity restoration can be achieved by combining two modifications with opposing effects...".

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for helpful advice!

      Now we revise the abstract as follows:

      “Abstract – However, polarity restoration can be achieved by combining two modifications with opposing effects.”

      (17) Conservation of Mass in Network Models: Is conservation of mass satisfied in their network models?

      We sincerely thank the editor (s) and referee(s) for the comment!

      While previous experiments provide evidence for near-constant protein mass during the establishment phase [Goehring et al., Science, 2011], whether this is consistent until the end of maintenance is unclear.

      Many previous C. elegans cell polarization models have assumed mass conservation on the cell membrane and in the cell cytosol, this model description can lead to reverse spatial concentration distribution between the cell membrane and cytosol [Fig. 3 of Seirin-Lee et al., J. Theor. Biol., 2016; Fig. 2ab of Seirin-Lee et al., J. Math. Biol., 2020], disobeying experimental observation [Fig. 4A of Sailer et al., Dev. Cell, 2015; Fig. 1A of Lim et al., Cell Rep., 2021]. This implies that mass conservation may be inappropriate in modeling the real spatial concentration distributions distinguished between the cell membrane and cytosol. To address this issue, some theoretical research incorporated protein production and degradation into their model, instead of assuming mass conservation [Tostevin et al., Biophys. J., 2008]. More definitive experimental data on the spatiotemporal changes in protein mass are essential for constructing a more accurate model.

      Given the absence of a universally accepted model in agreement with experimental observation, we adopted the assumption that the concentration of molecules in the cytosol (not the total mass on the cell membrane and in the cell cytosol) is spatially inhomogeneous and temporally constant, which was also used before [Kravtsova et al., Bull. Math. Biol., 2014]. In the context of this well-mixed constant cytoplasmic concentration, our model successfully reproduced the cell polarization phenotype in wild-type and eight perturbed conditions (Section 2.5; Fig. S7; Fig. S8), supporting the validity of this simplified, yet effective, model. Now we have provided a discussion of protein mass assumption to foster a more comprehensive understanding in the future.

      (18) Comparison of Network Structures: In Figure 1c, the authors demonstrate that the symmetric two-node network is susceptible to single-sided additional regulation. They considered four subtypes of modifications, depending on whether [L] is in the anterior or posterior and whether [A] and [L] are mutually activating or inhibiting. What is the difference between the structure where [L] is in the anterior and in the posterior? Upon comparing the time evolution of the left panel ([L] is sided with

      ) and the right panel ([L] is sided with [A]), the difference is so tiny that they are almost indistinguishable. It might be beneficial for the authors to provide a clearer explanation of the differences between these network structures to aid in understanding their implications.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the constructive suggestion!

      The difference between the structures where [L] is in the anterior and posterior is the initial spatial concentration distribution of [L], which is polarized to have a higher concentration in the anterior and posterior respectively. The time evolution of the left panel ([L] is sided with [P]) and the right panel [L] is sided with [P]) is almost indistinguishable because the perturbation from [L] is slight (less than over one order of magnitude) compared to the predominant [A]~[P] interaction ( for [A]~[P] mutual inhibition while for [A]~[L] mutual inhibition and for [A]~[L] mutual activation), highlighting the response of cell polarization pattern. To aid the readers in understanding their implications, we have added the [L] and plotted the spatial concentration distribution of all three molecular species at t=0,100, 200, 300, 400 and 500 in Fig. S3, where the difference between the [L] ones in the left and right panels are distinguishably shown.

      (19) Figure Reference: In line 308, Fig. 4a is referenced when explaining the loss of pattern stability by modifying an individual parameter, but this is not shown in that panel. Please update the panel or adjust the reference in the main text.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for pointing out this problem!

      Fig. 4 focuses on the regulatable shift of the zero-velocity interface by modifying a pair of individual parameters, not on the loss (or recovery) of pattern stability, which has been analyzed as a focus in Fig. 1, Fig. 2, and Fig. 3. Fig. 4a is actually from the same simulation as the one in Fig. 1a, which has spatially uniform parameters used as a reference in Fig. 4. The individual parameter modification in other subfigures of Fig. 4 shows how the zero-velocity interface is shifted in a regulatable manner always in the context of pattern stability. Now we update the panel, adjust the reference, add one more paragraph, and improve the wording to clarify how the analyses in Fig. 4 are carried out on top of the pattern stability already studied.

      (20) Viable Parameter Sets: In line 355, the number of viable parameter sets (602) is not very informative by itself. We suggest reporting the fraction or percentage of sets tested that resulted in viable results instead. This applies similarly to lines 411 and 468.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the constructive comment!

      Now the fraction/percentage of parameter sets tested that resulted in viable results are added everywhere the number appears.

      (21) Perturbation Experiments: In lines 358-359, "the perturbation experiments" implies that those considered are the only possible ones. Please rephrase to clarify.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the helpful advice!

      Now we rephrase three paragraphs to clarify why the perturbation experiments involved with [L] and [C] are considered instead of other possible ones.

      (22) Figure 2S: This figure is unclear. The caption states that panel (a) shows the "final concentration distribution," but only a line is shown. If "distribution" refers to spatial distribution, please clarify which parameters are shown.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for pointing out this problem!

      Now we clarify the “spatial concentration distribution” and which parameters are shown in the figure caption.

      (23) Figure 5 and 6 Captions: The captions for Figures 5 and 6 could benefit from clarification for better understanding.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the constructive suggestion!

      Now we clarify the details in the captions of Fig. 5 and Fig. 6 for better understanding.

      (24) Figure 5 Legend: The legend on the bottom right corner of Figure 5 is unclear. Please specify to which panel it refers.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the constructive suggestion!

      Now we clarify to which the legend on the bottom right corner of Fig. 5 refers.

      (25) L and A~C Interactions: In paragraphs 405-418, please explain why the L and A~C interactions are removed for the comparison instead of others.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the constructive suggestion!

      Now we add a separate paragraph and a supplemental figure to explain why the L and A~C interactions are removed for the comparison instead of others.

      (26) Network Structures in Figure S3: From the "34 possible network structures" considered in Figure S3 (lines 440-441), why are the "null cases" (L disconnected from the network) relevant? Shouldn't only 32 networks be considered?

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for pointing out this problem!

      Now the two “null cases” are removed:

      (27) Figure S3 Caption: The caption must state that the position of the nodes (left or right) implies the polarisation pattern. Additionally, with the current size of the figure, the dashed lines are extremely hard to differentiate from the continuous lines.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the constructive suggestion!

      Now we state that the position of the nodes (left or right) implies the polarization pattern. Additionally, we have modified the figure size and dashed lines so that the dash lines are adequately distinguishable from the continuous lines.

      (28) Equation #7: It is confusing to use P as the number of independent simulations when P is also one of the variables/species in the network. Please consider using different notation.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and refer(s) for the hhelpful advice!

      Now we replace the P in current Equation #8 with Q and the P in current Equation #10 with W.

      (29) Use of "Detailed Balance": The authors used the term "detailed balance" to describe the intricate balance between the two groups of proteins when forming a polarised pattern. However, "detailed balance" is a term with a specific meaning in thermodynamics. Breaking detailed balance is a feature of nonequilibrium systems, and the polarisation phenomenon is evidently a nonequilibrium process. Using the term "detailed balance" may cause confusion, especially for readers with a physics background. It might be advisable to reconsider the terminology to avoid potential confusion and ensure clarity for readers.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the constructive suggestion!

      To avoid potential confusion and ensure clarity for readers, now we replace “detailed balance” with “balance”, “required balance”, or “interplay” regarding different contexts.

      (30) Terminology: The word "molecule" is used where "molecular species" would be more appropriate, e.g., lines 456 and 551. Please revise these instances.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the constructive suggestion!

      Now we replace all the “molecule” by “molecular species” as suggested.

      (31) Section 2.5: This section is confusing. It isn't clear where the "method outlined" (line 464) is nor what "span an iso-velocity surface at vanishing speed" means in line 470. The sentence in lines 486-488, "An expression similar to Eq. 8 enables quantitative prediction...", is too vague. Please clarify these points and specify what the "similar expression" is and where it can be found.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for the constructive suggestion!

      Now we clarify these points and specify the terms as suggested.

      (32) Software Mention: The software is only mentioned in the abstract and conclusions. It should also be mentioned where the computational pipeline is described, and the instructions available in the supplementary information need to be referenced in the main text.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for pointing out this problem!

      Now we mention the software where the computational pipeline is described and reference the instructions available in the Supplemental Text.

      (33) Supplementary Material References: Several parts of the supplementary material are never referenced in the main text, including Figure S1, Movies S3-S4, and the Instructions for PolarSim. Please reference these in the main text to clarify their relevance and how they fit with the manuscript's narrative.

      We sincerely thank the editor(s) and referee(s) for pointing out this problem!

      Now we add all the missing references for supplementary materials to the main text properly.

    1. Author response:

      General Statements

      We sincerely appreciate the constructive comments from the reviewers, which have significantly enhanced the clarity and rigor of our manuscript. Most of their suggestions have already been incorporated into the revised version. Additionally, we are conducting an additional experiment to further substantiate our conclusions, and preliminary data seem to support our findings.

      As pointed out by Reviewer #1, the regulation of neural circuit function by oligodendrocytes is currently a highly significant and actively studied topic. Our study demonstrates that regional heterogeneity in oligodendrocytes underlies the microsecond-level computational processes in the sound localization circuit. We believe this work represents a substantial contribution to the field.

      Description of the planned revisions

      • Evaluation of node formation along axons sparsely expressing eTeNT (related to Reviewer #2: comment 1)

      Based on the approximately 90% expression efficiency of A3V-eTeNT in NM neurons, we interpreted that vesicular release from NM axons was largely inhibited in the NL region, leading to the suppression of oligodendrogenesis and the subsequent emergence of unmyelinated segments. However, the effects of eTeNT on myelination are likely diverse, and a possibility remains that eTeNT directly disrupted axon-oligodendrocyte interactions, preventing oligodendrocytes from myelinating the axons expressing eTeNT.

      To test this possibility, we have initiated an additional experiment to evaluate formation of nodes along axons, while expressing eTeNT sparsely by electroporation. Preliminary results indicated that unmyelinated segments did not increase, supporting our original conclusion. After completion of the experiment, we will include the findings as a Supplementary Figure associated with Figure 6, which will provide a clearer understanding of how eTeNT influences myelination.

      Description of the revisions that have already been incorporated in the transferred manuscript

      • Revised terminology from "nodal distribution" to "nodal spacing" throughout the manuscript. (Reviewer #1: comment 1)

      • Emphasized that our analyses were focused on the main trunk of NM axons (Reviewer #1: comment 2) We explicitly stated throughout the manuscript that we analyzed the main trunk of NM axons and made it clear that our findings do not contradict those by Seidl et al. (J Neurosci 2010), showing the similar axon diameter between midline and ventral NL regions (page 7, line 7).

      • Added an explanation on the maturation of sound localization circuit (Reviewer #1: comment 3) We explained that chickens have high ability of sound localization at hatch, emphasizing that the sound localization circuit is almost fully developed by E21 (page 4, line 12).

      • Emphasized the diverse effects of neuronal activity on oligodendrocytes (page 10, line 18) (Reviewer #1: comment 4)

      • Added details on the efficiency of A3V-eTeNT expression in NM neurons to the Results section (page 8, line 5) (Reviewer #2: comment 1)  

      • Made it clear in Figure Legend for Figure 6D that the analysis was conducted under the condition, where most of the axons were labeled by A3V-eTeNT (page 31, line 9) (Reviewer #2: comment 2)

      • Clarified the rationale for statistical test selection (Reviewer #2: comment 3.1)

      • Reanalyzed all statistical data with appropriate methods using R (Reviewer #2: comment 3.2)

      • Clearly indicated which statistical tests were used in each figure (Reviewer #2: comment 3.3)

      • Clarified what n represents and N used in each experiment (Reviewer #2: comment 3.4)

      • Added individual data points to bar graphs in Figure  5 and 6 (Reviewer #2: comment 3.5)

      • Emphasized the importance of comparing the ITD circuit with that of rodents (page 11, line 32) (Reviewer #2: comment 4) 

      • Softened the expressions related to "determine" (Reviewer #2: comment 5)

      Our study demonstrates that regional differences in the intrinsic properties of oligodendrocytes are the prominent determinant of nodal spacing patterns. However, we acknowledge that this does not establish a direct causation. Accordingly, relevant expressions have been revised throughout the manuscript.

      • Added references (Reviewer #2: comment 6)

      • Corrected units in Figure 1G (Reviewer #2: comment 7)

      • Added discussion about the involvement of pre-nodal clusters in the regional differences in nodal spacing (page 9, line 35) (Reviewer #3: comment 1).

      Related to this issue, we have added new data to Figure 6I.

      • Discussed the possibility that the developmental origin and/or the pericellular microenvironment of OPCs contributed to the regional heterogeneity of oligodendrocytes (page 9, line 21) (Reviewer #3: comment 3).

      • Added references used in the response to reviewers into the main text.

      • Corrected the data error in Figure 6G, H

      • Corrected the dataset in Figure 3E

      We limited the data in Figure 3E–G to those measuring both myelin length and diameter simultaneously.

      Description of analyses that authors prefer not to carry out

      • Analysis in adult chickens (Reviewer #1: comment 3,4)

      The chick brainstem auditory circuit is nearly fully developed by E21, and we have also demonstrated that nodal spacing increases by approximately 20% while maintaining regional differences up to P9. Therefore, our study covers the period from pre-myelination to postfunctional maturation, and we think that the necessity of analyzing aged animals is small.

      • Functional evaluation of the efficiency of eTeNT suppression (Reviewer #2: comment 1)

      It is technically challenging to quantitatively assess the inhibition of vesicular release by eTeNT in NM axons given that multiple synapses from different NM axons converge onto postsynaptic neurons. In addition, previous studies have already validated the efficacy of this construct in multiple species. Therefore, we will not evaluate electrophysiologically the extent of vesicular release inhibition by eTeNT in this study. Instead, we have provided clear evidence that A3V-eTeNT is expressed efficiently and leads to notable phenotypic changes, such as the inhibition of oligodendrogenesis. (page 8, line 5).

      • Replacing figures with data averaged per animal (Reviewer #2: comment 3.4)

      Our study focuses on the distribution of morphological characteristics at the single-cell level rather than solely on group means. Averaging measurements per animal could obscure this cellular heterogeneity and potentially misrepresent our findings. Given that data distributions in our plots show clear distinctions, we believe that averaging per biological replicate is not essential in this case. If requested, we will be happy to provide the outputs of PlotsOfDifferences as supplementary source data files, similar to those used in eLife publications, for each figure.

      • Additional experiments to manipulate oligodendrocyte density (Reviewer #2: comment 5)

      We have already demonstrated that A3V-eTeNT reduces oligodendrocyte density in the NL region, and some of the arguments in our study are based on this result. Therefore, we think that further experiments are not necessary.

      • Verification of the presence of pre-nodal clusters (Reviewer #3: comment 1)

      We investigated the presence of pre-nodal clusters on NM axons, but we could not identify them in the immunohistochemistry of AnkG. As the occurrence of pre-nodal clusters varies depending on neuronal type, we consider that pre-nodal clusters are not prominent in the NM axons and that further experimental validation would not be necessary. Instead, we have added a discussion on the possibility that pre-nodal clusters contribute to regional differences in nodal spacing along NM axons (page 9, line 35).

      • Axon diameter measurements using EM (Reviewer #3: comment 2)

      This experiment was already done by Seidl et al. (2010), and hence, we do not think it necessary to repeat it. We believe that the relative differences in axon diameter between the regions could be adequately assessed using the optical approach with membrane-targeted GFP.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ma, Yang et al. report a new investigation aimed at elucidating one of the key nutrients S. Typhimurium (STM) utilizes with the nutrient-poor intracellular niche within the macrophage, focusing on the amino acid beta-alanine. From these data, the authors report that beta-alanine plays an important role in mediating STM infection and virulence. The authors employ a multidisciplinary approach that includes some mouse studies and ultimately propose a mechanism by which panD, involved in B-Ala synthesis, mediates the regulation of zinc homeostasis in Salmonella. The impact of this work is questionable. There are already many studies reporting Salmonella-effector interactions, and while this adds to that knowledge it is not a significant advance over previous studies. While the authors are investigating an interesting question, the work has two important weaknesses; if addressed, the conclusions of this work and broader relevance to bacterial pathogenesis would be enhanced.

      Strengths:

      This reviewer appreciates the multidisciplinary nature of the work. The overall presentation of the figure graphics are clear and organized.

      Weaknesses:

      First, this study is very light on mechanistic investigations, even though a mechanism is proposed. Zinc homeostasis in cells, and roles in bacteria infections, are complex processes with many players. The authors have not thoroughly investigated the mechanisms underlying the roles of B-Ala and panD in impacting STM infection such that other factors cannot be ruled out. Defining the cellular content of Zn2+ STM in vivo would be one such route. With further mechanistic studies, the possibility cannot be ruled out that the authors have simply deleted two important genes and seen an infection defect - this may not relate directly to Zn2+ acquisition.

      Thank you for your patient and thoughtful reading, as well as the constructive comments and advice regarding our manuscript. We have revised the manuscript based on your comments and suggestions.

      You are correct that this work has not thoroughly investigated the mechanisms underlying the roles of β-alanine, panD, and zinc in impacting Salmonella infection. It is challenging to isolate sufficient amounts of Salmonella from infected cells or tissues and then measure the zinc concentration in the bacteria, and we have attempted to do so without success. Therefore, we investigated the zinc content in mouse liver and RAW264.7 cells infected with Salmonella Typhimurium 14028s wild-type (WT) and panD mutant (Δ_panD_), which can indirectly reflect zinc acquisition by intracellular Salmonella. We observed that the zinc content in Δ_panD_-infected mouse liver macrophages and RAW264.7 cells was increased compared with that in WT-infected mouse liver macrophages and RAW264.7 cells, respectively (Figures 5E and 6A). This implies that the panD gene and β-alanine are important for Salmonella to absorb zinc from host cells. This information has been added to the revised manuscript (lines 325-329, 344-348).

      Meanwhile, we concur that additional, unknown mechanisms are involved in the virulence regulation by β-alanine in Salmonella. Our findings indicate that the double mutant Δ_panD_Δ_znuA_, which cannot synthesize β-alanine nor uptake zinc, is more attenuated than the single mutant Δ_znuA_ (Figures 5D and 6B). This suggests that the contribution of β-alanine to Salmonella's virulence is partially dependent on zinc acquisition. We have revised the related descriptions throughout the manuscript for clarity (lines 31, 304, 341,1056, 1068).

      Second, the authors hint at their newly described mechanism/pathway being important for disease and possibly a target for therapeutics. This claim is not justified given that they have employed a single STM strain, which was isolated from chickens and is not even a clinical isolate. The authors could enhance the impact of their findings and relevance to human disease by demonstrating it occurs in human clinical isolates and possibly other serovars. Further, the use of mouse macrophage as a model, and mice, have limited translatability to human STM infections.

      We thank you for your comments and advice on our manuscript and are delighted to accept them. Salmonella Typhimurium causes systemic disease in mice, which is similar to the symptoms of typhoid fever in humans and has been widely used to explore the pathogenesis of Salmonella. Based on your comment, we have now performed additional experiments to confirm several key points of our findings in another typical Salmonella serovar, Salmonella enterica serovar Typhi, which is a human-limited serovar and the cause of typhoid fever in humans (PLoS Pathog. 2012, 8(10):e1002933).

      We constructed the panD mutant strain (ΔpanD) in the S. Typhi strain Ty2 and  subsequently compared the replication of ΔpanD with that of the Ty2 wild-type in the human THP-1 monocyte like cell line (ATCC TIB-22) using gentamicin protection assays. The results showed that the replication of ΔpanD in THP-1cells was reduced by 2.6-fold at 20 h post-infection compared to the Ty2 wild-type strain  (P < 0.01) (Figure 2_figure Supplement 3), suggesting that panD also facilitates S. Typhi replication in human macrophages and may be involved in the systemic infection of S. Typhi in humans. This result has been included in the revised manuscript. (lines 203-210).

      Based on these results, we speculate that PanD may serve as a potential target for treating Salmonella infection.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 28. Latin phrases like de novo should be italicized.

      Thank you for your careful review. We have revised the manuscript thoroughly (Lines 28, 65, 77, 106, 171, 173, 214, 1002, 1023, 1078).

      (2) Line 45. 'survival' typo.

      We have corrected it in the revised manuscript (Line 45).

      (3) Line 57. What evidence or prior work supports the SCV of macrophages in a nutrient-poor environment? Citation needed.

      The relevant reference has now been added (lines 62-63).

      (4) Lines 65-68. If an 'increasing number of studies have focused' on this topic, please cite them here.

      The relevant reference has now been added (lines 72-73).

      (5) Lines 69-71. Citations are needed for these claims.

      The relevant reference has now been added (lines 76-77, 79-80).

      (6) Line 76-77. Citation needed for this claim.

      The relevant reference has now been added (lines 84, 86).

      (7) Line 116-122, and Figure 1C, and Figure 1 legend. An important claim in this work is that the amino acid content of the macrophage cytoplasm is different +/- STM infection. The authors need to explain this result more carefully and define their acronyms. What is VIP, Log2 FC, etc.? What do the colors in Figure 1C mean? They are not defined. If possible, it would be more approachable to list these as molar concentrations, weight/cell, or number of molecules/cell. The authors should calculate an effect size for each of these data to help assess if the differences are meaningful. Without this information, and a clearer explanation of what these data are, it is difficult to evaluate the authors' claim that "8 [amino acids] showed significant differences in abundance."

      Thank you for the comment. The full names of VIP (Variable Importance in the Projection) and FC (fold change) have been included in the revised manuscript. In Figure 1C of the original manuscript, pink represents the content of amino acids that increased following Salmonella infection, whereas blue signifies the content of amino acids that decreased after Salmonella infection.

      Based on your suggestion, we have revised Figure 1C (now Figure 1C, D in the revised manuscript) and the content of amino acids is now expressed as weight per cell (ng/ 10<sup>7</sup> cells). The legend has been updated accordingly. (lines 9931-997).

      (8) Line 134-138. Additional controls are required for this experiment. By adding a nutrient (B-Ala) you have increased the nutrient availability and growth potential of the bacteria. This may not relate to anything special to B-Ala. Perhaps the addition of another amino acid, or sugar, would have a similar impact. Further, this result would be more compelling if the authors demonstrated a dose-dependent effect of B-Ala addition.

      Thank you for the comment. To further confirm that host-derived β-alanine can promote intracellular Salmonella replication, we have added varying concentrations of β-alanine (0.5, 1, 2, and 4 mM) to the culture medium (RPMI) of RAW264.7 cells. Subsequently, we infected these cells with Salmonella to assess the impact of β-alanine supplementation on the bacterium's replication within macrophages. Our observations indicate that the addition of 1, 2, and 4 mM β-alanine significantly (P < 0.001) enhanced Salmonella replication in RAW264.7 cells. Furthermore, the increase in Salmonella intracellular replication was dose-dependent, as illustrated in the revised Figure 1E. These findings suggest that host-derived β-alanine facilitates Salmonella replication inside macrophages. We have included these results in the revised manuscript (lines 141-149).

      (9) Lines 181-184, and Figure 2E. In addition to the fold-change replication data, here and elsewhere the authors should provide raw CFU counts for data transparency.

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. In this work, we have utilized “fold intracellular replication (20 h intracellular bacterial CFU/ 2 h intracellular bacterial CFU)” to illustrate the differences in intracellular replication of different Salmonella strains in macrophages. The term “fold intracellular replication” is commonly employed in recently published reports (eg. FEMS Microbiol Lett. 2024, 9;371:fnae067; mBio. 2024, 15(7):e0112824; Front Microbiol. 2024, 14:1340143). To ensure data transparency, we have included the raw CFU counts in the source data file.

      (10) Line 197. Why employ i.p. injection of STM? As a non-typhoidal serovar, STM infection is enteric, and so i.p. injection seems very artificial if the goal is to understand the role B-Ala synthesis in disease.

      Thank you for the comment. Salmonella can induce gastroenteritis or systemic infection, which are associated with its capacity to invade intestinal epithelial cells and replicate within macrophages, respectively. In this study, using gentamicin protection assays and immunofluorescence analysis, we demonstrated that β-alanine is crucial for Salmonella replication inside macrophages. Since replication in macrophages is a key determinant of systemic Salmonella infection, we hypothesized that β-alanine also affects Salmonella systemic infection in vivo. Intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection enables Salmonella to disseminate directly to systemic sites via the lymphatic and bloodstream systems, bypassing the need for intestinal invasion (Microbiol Res. 2023, 275:127460; Int Immunopharmacol. 2016, 31:233-8). Thus, we conducted the mice infection assays via intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection to ascertain whether β-alanine affects systemic Salmonella infection. We have included the description in the revised manuscript to enhance clarity. (lines 217-221).

      Whether β-alanine influences Salmonella invasion of intestinal epithelial cells and intestinal colonization has not been investigated in this work; this issue will be explored in our future studies.

      (11) Line 207-214 and Figure 3. If the hypothesis is that B-Ala mediates STM survival/virulence through enhancing metabolism in the SCV and intracellular niche, why did the authors not investigate/enumerate STM in this niche in their in vivo studies?

      Thank you for the comment. Through immunofluorescence staining, we have investigated the bacterial count of Salmonella wild-type (WT), panD mutant (Δ_panD_), and complemented strain (cpanD) within the macrophages of the mouse liver. The findings indicated that the number of Δ_panD_ in each liver macrophage was significantly (P < 0.0001) lower than that of WT, and the complementation of Δ_panD_ increased the bacterial count in each liver macrophage to the level of WT (refer to Figure 3E in the revised manuscript). These results have been included in the revised manuscript. (lines 234-239).

      (12) Figure 4B - the down genes label is cut off.

      Thank you for your careful review. We have corrected it in the revised Figure 4B.

      (13) Line 260-265. SPI-2 needs to be defined and introduced, as do other terms here, to make the work approachable to non-STM specialists.

      The introduction of SPI-2 has been added to the revised manuscript. (Lines 290-292).

      (14) Line 300-301. Additional experiments are needed to support the claim that "data indicate that β-alanine promotes in vivo virulence of Salmonella, partially by increasing the expression of zinc transporter genes." Gene up- or down-regulation does not necessarily have any meaningful impact on function or activity. The authors here need an assay that confirms that the function of znuA is disrupted, such as examining the cell Zn2+ content in vivo at different levels of B-Ala exposure and/or panD activity. Moreover, more Zn2+ is not necessarily beneficial for STM, at levels too high zinc can exert cell toxicity. So, the authors have a correlation but no data supporting this mechanism explains their observations of virulence and infection. How much Zn2+ is ideal for STM growth?

      Thank you for the comment. It is challenging to isolate sufficient amounts of Salmonella from infected cells or tissues and then measure the zinc concentration in the bacteria, and we have attempted to do so without success. Therefore, we investigated the zinc content in mouse liver and RAW264.7 cells infected with Salmonella Typhimurium 14028s wild-type (WT) and panD mutant (ΔpanD), which can indirectly reflect zinc acquisition by intracellular Salmonella. We observed that the zinc content in Δ_panD_-infected mouse liver macrophages and RAW264.7 cells was increased compared with that in WT-infected mouse liver macrophages and RAW264.7 cells, respectively (Figures 5E and 6A). This implies that the panD gene and β-alanine are important for Salmonella to absorb zinc from host cells. This information has been added to the revised manuscript (lines 325-329, 344-348).

      Zinc is essential for bacterial survival and growth, as zinc-binding proteins constitute approximately 5% of the bacterial proteome and play crucial roles in bacterial metabolism and growth (J Proteome Res. 2006, 5(11):3173-8; Future Med Chem. 2017, 9(9):899-910). Regarding Salmonella, zinc is also employed to undermine the antimicrobial host defense mechanisms of macrophages, by inhibiting NF-кB activation and impairing NF-кB-dependent bacterial clearance (J Biol Chem. 2018, 293(39):15316-15329; Infect Immun. 2017, 85(12):e00418-17). Thus, the efficient acquisition of zinc may play a crucial role in the survival and replication of Salmonella within macrophages, where zinc availability is extremely limited (Infect Immun. 2007, 75(12):5867-76; Biochim Biophys Acta. 2016, 1860(3):534-41). It has been reported that Salmonella utilizes the high-affinity ZnuABC zinc transporter to maximize zinc availability within host cells (Infect Immun. 2007, 75(12):5867-76). Here, we discovered that β-alanine can enhance the expression of the zinc transporter genes znuABC, which might serve as a supplementary mechanism for the efficient uptake of zinc by Salmonella within macrophages.

      You are correct that more zinc is not necessarily beneficial for Salmonella, as excessive zinc can inhibit the growth of Salmonella. Considering that zinc availability is limited within macrophages and the znuABC genes are significantly upregulated when Salmonella resides inside macrophages (PLoS Pathog. 2015, 11(11):e1005262; Science. 2018, 362(6419):1156-1160), it is likely that zinc acts as a limiting factor and may not attain very high concentrations during Salmonella's growth within macrophages. We have included a discussion on this matter in the revised manuscript.t (lines 459-466).

      (15) Figure 6B. Related to the above, these data would be more compelling with higher n and a dose-dependent response demonstrated for Zn2+ addition. This is a central point of the manuscript, and effectively what the authors propose as the underlying mechanism, and it should be more robustly substantiated.

      Thank you for the comment. As stated in the previous response, we were unable to directly assess the bacterial zinc concentration during Salmonella growth within macrophages. Instead, we investigated the zinc content in mouse liver and RAW264.7 cells infected with Salmonella Typhimurium 14028s wild-type (WT) and panD mutant (ΔpanD), which can indirectly reflect zinc acquisition by intracellular Salmonella. We observed that the zinc content in Δ_panD_-infected mouse liver macrophages and RAW264.7 cells was increased compared with that in WT-infected mouse liver macrophages and RAW264.7 cells, respectively (Figures 5E and 6A). This implies that the panD gene and β-alanine are important for Salmonella to absorb zinc from host cells. Moreover, considering that zinc availability is limited within macrophages and the znuABC genes are significantly upregulated when Salmonella resides inside macrophages (PLoS Pathog. 2015, 11(11):e1005262; Science. 2018, 362(6419):1156-1160), it is likely that zinc acts as a limiting factor and may not attain very high concentration during Salmonella's growth within macrophages.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Salmonella exploits host- and bacteria-derived β-alanine to efficiently replicate in host macrophages and cause systemic disease. β-alanine executes this by increasing the expression of zinc transporter genes and therefore the uptake of zinc by intracellular Salmonella.

      Strengths:

      The experiments designed are thorough and the claims made are directly related to the outcome of the experiments. No overreaching claims were made.

      Weaknesses:

      A little deeper insight was expected, particularly towards the mechanistic aspects. For example, zinc transport was found to be the cause of the b-alanine-mediated effect on Salmonella intracellular replication. It would have been very interesting to see which are the governing factors that may get activated or inhibited due to Zn accumulation that supports such intracellular replication.

      We appreciate your review and advice. To further investigate the mechanisms by which β-alanine, panD, and zinc influence Salmonella infection, we have conducted additional experiments as suggested. For instance, we examined the zinc content in mouse liver and RAW264.7 cells infected with Salmonella Typhimurium 14028s wild-type (WT) and panD mutant (Δ_panD_). This approach indirectly reflects zinc acquisition by intracellular Salmonella, as it is challenging to isolate sufficient amounts of the bacteria from infected cells or tissues for zinc concentration measurement. We observed that the zinc content in Δ_panD_-infected mouse liver macrophages and RAW264.7 cells was increased compared to that in WT-infected counterparts (Figures 5E and 6A). This suggests that the panD gene and β-alanine are crucial for Salmonella to absorb zinc from host cells. This new information has been included in the revised manuscript (lines 325-329, 344-348).

      Zinc is essential for bacterial survival and growth, as zinc-binding proteins constitute approximately 5% of the bacterial proteome and play crucial roles in bacterial metabolism and growth. (J Proteome Res. 2006, 5(11):3173-8; Future Med Chem. 2017, 9(9):899-910 ). Regarding Salmonella, zinc is also employed to undermine the antimicrobial host defense mechanisms of macrophages, by inhibiting NF-кB activation and impairing NF-кB-dependent bacterial clearance (J Biol Chem. 2018, 293(39):15316-15329; Infect Immun. 2017, 85(12):e00418-17). Thus, efficient zinc uptake could be crucial for Salmonella survival and replication within macrophages, where zinc availability is extremely limited (Infect Immun. 2007, 75(12):5867-76; Biochim Biophys Acta. 2016, 1860(3):534-41). It has been reported that Salmonella exploits the high-affinity ZnuABC zinc transporter to maximize zinc availability in host cells (Infect Immun. 2007, 75(12):5867-76). Here, we discovered that β-alanine can enhance the expression of the zinc transporter genes znuABC, which might serve as a supplementary mechanism for the efficient uptake of zinc by Salmonella within macrophages. We have addressed this issue in the revised manuscript (lines 459-466).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      A few general clarifications and suggested experiments:

      (1) Metabolome analysis: Salmonella can itself produce b-alanine. Given that it is isolated from infected cells where salmonella has scavenged b-alanine from host cytosol as well as produced it, how b-alanine levels went down in metabolome analysis is confusing.

      Thank you for the comment. The method for targeted metabolic profiling is conducted as outlined in a recently published paper by our group (Nat Commun. 2021, 12(1):879). To prevent delays and changes in metabolite concentrations during the separation of bacterial contents from macrophages, we determined the combined metabolite concentrations directly from infected cells and Salmonella. We observed that each Salmonella cell contained only 0.01%-0.02% of the concentration of each corresponding combined metabolite. Approximately 94% of the infected macrophages contained no more than ten bacteria at 8 hours post-infection, confirming that the combined metabolites were predominantly from the host. We have included an explanation of this issue in the method section. (lines 557-560).

      (2) What is the basal level of b-alanine produced by macrophages? How was 1 mM conc. chosen?

      According to our results, the content of β-alanine in uninfected RAW264.7 cells is 26-33 μM/10<sup>7</sup> cell (700-900 ng/10<sup>7</sup> cell). The 1 mM concentration was chosen based on a published report (Appl Microbiol Biotechnol. 2004, 65(5):576-82).

      Additionally, we have supplemented the culture medium (RPMI) of RAW264.7 cells with 0.5, 1, 2, and 4 mM β-alanine and subsequently infected them with Salmonella to assess the impact of β-alanine supplementation on the bacterium's replication within macrophages. Our observations revealed that the supplementation with 1, 2, and 4 mM β-alanine significantly (P < 0.001) enhanced Salmonella replication in RAW264.7 cells. Furthermore, the addition of β-alanine to the infected cells resulted in a dose-dependent increase in Salmonella intracellular replication, as depicted in Figure 1E. These findings further support the notion that host-derived β-alanine facilitates Salmonella replication within macrophages. This data has been incorporated into the revised manuscript (lines 141-149).

      (3) The antimicrobial activity of macrophages preventing the growth of intracellular Salmonella will primarily be governed by genes such as GBPs, defensins, nitric oxide, etc. The expression of these genes should be tested rather than cytokines which are secreted with little effect on intracellular Salmonella.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have investigated the levels of ROS (reactive oxygen species) and RNS (reactive nitrogen species) in Salmonella-infected RAW264.7 cells, both in the presence and absence of 1 mM β-alanine. The results indicated that β-alanine did not affect the ROS and RNS levels in RAW 264.7 cells (Figure 1_figure Supplement 1), suggesting that β-alanine does not influence the antimicrobial activity of macrophages. We have included these results in the revised manuscript (lines150-153).

      (4) For animal experiments, how many times was the experiment repeated? Can the animal experiment be done with b-alanine supplementation and panD mutant? Can the liver be stained to detect the bacteria?

      Thank you for the comment.

      i) Mouse infection assays were conducted twice, with at least 2 mice (n ≥ 2) in each injection group. The combined data from the two experiments was used for statistical analysis. This information has been added to the revised manuscript. (lines 678-681).

      ii) As suggested, mice infected with the panD mutant (Δ_panD_) were administered β-alanine (500 mg/kg/day, Behav Brain Res. 2014, 272:131-40; Physiol Behav. 2015, 145:29-37) orally on a daily basis. On the third day post-infection, the bacterial burden in the liver and spleen and the body weight of the infected mice were measured. The results indicated that administering β-alanine to mice did not affect the bacterial burden of ΔpanD in the liver and spleen nor did it influence the body weight of the infected mice (please refer to Author response image 1 below). It has been reported that β-alanine is a rate-limiting precursor for the biosynthesis of carnosine in mammals (Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2010, 42(6):1162-73; Neurochem Int. 2010, 57(3):177-88). Following supplementation, β-alanine may be rapidly synthesized into carnosine in mice, and the free β-alanine, particularly that which enters the macrophages of the liver and spleen, may be limited and insufficient to enhance Salmonella replication.

      Author response image 1.

      iii) Through immunofluorescence staining, we have investigated the bacterial count of Salmonella wild-type (WT), panD mutant (Δ_panD_), and complemented strain (c_panD_) within the macrophages of the mouse liver. The findings indicate that the number of Δ_panD_ in each liver macrophage was significantly (P < 0.0001) lower than that of WT, and the complementation of Δ_panD_ increased the bacterial count in each liver macrophage to the level of WT (Figure 3E in the revised manuscript). These results have been included in the revised manuscript. (lines 234-239).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Salmonella is interesting due to its life within a compact compartment, which we call SCV or Salmonella containing vacuole in the field of Salmonella. SCV is a tight-fitting vacuole where the acquisition of nutrients is a key factor by Salmonella. The authors among many nutrients, focussed on beta-alanine. It is also known from many other studies that Salmonella requires beta-alanine. The authors have done in vitro RAW macrophage infection assays and In vivo mouse infection assays to see the life of Salmonella in the presence of beta-alanine. They concluded by comprehending that beta-alanine modulates the expression of many genes including zinc transporters which are required for pathogenesis.

      Strengths:

      This study made a couple of knockouts in Salmonella and did a transcriptomic investigation to understand the global gene expression pattern.

      Weaknesses:

      The following questions are unanswered:

      (1) It is not clear how the exogenous beta-alanine is taken up by macrophages.

      We thank the reviewer for the question. It has been reported that β-alanine is transported into eukaryotic cells via the TauT (SLC6A6) and PAT1 (SLC36A1) transporters (Acta Physiol (Oxf). 2015, 213(1):191-212; Am J Physiol Cell Physiol. 2020 Apr 1;318(4):C777-C786; Biochim Biophys Acta. 1994, 1194(1):44-52.).

      (2) It is not clear how the Beta-alanine from the cytosol of the macrophage enters the SCV.

      According to the published report, translocation of SPI2 effector proteins induces the formation of specific tubular membrane compartments extend from the SCV, known as Salmonella-induced filaments (SIFs) (Traffic. 2001, 2(9):643-53; Traffic. 2007, 8(3):212-25; Traffic. 2008, 9(12):2100-16; Microbiology (Reading). 2012, 158(Pt 5):1147-1161). The membranes and lumens of both SIFs and SCVs form a continuous network, allowing vacuolar Salmonella to access various types of endocytosed materials (Front Cell Infect Microbiol. 2021, 11:624650; Cell Host Microbe. 2017, 21(3):390-402). We hypothesize that β-alanine may enter SCVs from the cytoplasm of macrophages via SIFs. This information has been included in the revised manuscript (lines 56-61).

      (3) It is not clear how the beta-alanine from SCV enters the bacterial cytosol.

      Thank you for the question. We have attempted to identify the transporter of β-alanine in Salmonella, but we found that the CycA transporter, which transports β-alanine in Escherichia coli, does not function in the same manner in Salmonella, despite Salmonella being closely related to E. coli.

      BasC is a bacterial LAT (L-Amino acid transporter) with an APC fold (J Gen Physiol. 2019, 151(4):505-517). The basC gene is reported to be present in the genomes of Pseudomonas, Acinetobacter, and Aeromonas, etc. Following your suggestion, we searched the genome of Salmonella Typhimurium at NCBI and did not find any basC gene or genes with a sequence similar to basC. Unfortunately, we have yet to identify the β-alanine transporter in Salmonella, and we will persist in our search in future work.

      (4) There is no clarity on the utilization of exogenous beta-alanine of the host and the de novo synthesis of beta-alanine by panD of Salmonella.

      Thank you for the comment. Our findings indicated that β-alanine levels were reduced in Salmonella-infected RAW264.7 cells. Furthermore, the addition of β-alanine to the culture medium (RPMI) of RAW264.7 cells significantly enhanced Salmonella replication, suggesting that the intracellular Salmonella utilize host-derived β-alanine for their growth. However, to date, we have not identified the transporter responsible for the uptake of exogenous β-alanine into the Salmonella cytosol.

      Moreover, we have discovered that the replication of the Salmonella panD mutant within macrophages and its virulence in mice are significantly reduced compared to the wild type (WT), indicating that the de novo synthesis of β-alanine is crucial for Salmonella's intracellular replication and virulence.

      These results indicate that either acquisition from the host or de novo synthesis of β-alanine is critical for Salmonella replication inside macrophages.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Cite this paper from 1985, which talks about the role of beta-alanine in Salmonella infection J Gen Microbiol,. 1985 May;131(5):1083-90. doi: 10.1099/00221287-131-5-1083. A Salmonella typhimurium strain defective in uracil catabolism and beta-alanine synthesis, T P West, T W Traut, M S Shanley, G A O'Donovan

      We have now cited this paper in the revised manuscript (lines 82-83).

      (2) BasC- can be important for beta-alanine transport. CycA transporter was not found to be involved in beta-alanine. However, it is important to find out which transporter is required for the uptake of beta-alaine.

      Thank you for pointing it out. We agree that it is important to determine which transporter is necessary for the uptake of β-alanine in Salmonella. BasC is a bacterial LAT (L-Amino acid transporter) with an APC fold (J Gen Physiol. 2019, 151(4):505-517). The basC gene is reported to be present in the genomes of Pseudomonas, Acinetobacter, and Aeromonas, etc. Following your suggestion, we searched the genome of Salmonella Typhimurium at NCBI and did not find any basC gene or genes with a sequence similar to basC. Unfortunately, we have yet to identify the β-alanine transporter in Salmonella, and we will persist in our search in future work.

      (3) Bacteria being quite stringent with its energy resources, it is unlikely that it will use de novo synthesis if the host resources are available. Only if the host resources are depleted, can it turn on the de novo synthesis involving panD. What is the status of fold-replication of panD mutant in the presence of exogenous addition of beta-alanine?

      Thank you for the comment. The addition of 1 to 4 mM of β-alanine increased the replication of the panD mutant (Δ_panD_) in RAW264.7 cells by 1.7- to 3.1-fold. This increase in Salmonella intracellular replication was dose-dependent, as shown in Figure 2H of the revised manuscript, further illustrating that host-derived β-alanine promotes Salmonella replication inside macrophages.

      We agree that bacteria are quite stringent with their energy resources. The results of this work indicate that either acquisition from the host or de novo synthesis of β-alanine is critical for Salmonella replication inside macrophages. We speculate that Salmonella relies on a large amount of β-alanine to efficiently replicate in macrophages, thereby highlighting the importance of β-alanine for Salmonella intracellular growth. We have discussed this issue in the revised manuscript. (lines 392-396).

      (4) 100% survival of animals infected with panD mutant is a bit of concern. What happens when beta-alanine is fed to mice and infected with panD mutant?

      Thank you for the comment. As suggested, mice infected with the panD mutant (ΔpanD) were administered β-alanine (500 mg/kg/day, as reported in Behav Brain Res. 2014, 272:131-40; Physiol Behav. 2015, 145:29-37) orally on a daily basis. On the third day post-infection, the bacterial load in the liver and spleen, as well as the body weight of the infected mice, were measured. The results indicated that administering β-alanine did not affect the bacterial load of Δ_panD_ in the liver and spleen nor did it influence the body weight of the infected mice (refer to Author response image 1). It has been reported that β-alanine is a rate-limiting precursor for the biosynthesis of carnosine in mammals (Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2010, 42(6):1162-73; Neurochem Int. 2010, 57(3):177-88). Following supplementation, β-alanine may be rapidly converted into carnosine in mice, and the free β-alanine, particularly that which enters the macrophages of the liver and spleen, may be limited and insufficient to enhance Salmonella replication.

      (5) How does beta-alanine from macrophages' cytosol enter the SCV.

      Thank you for pointing it out. According to published reports, the translocation of SPI2 effectors triggers the formation of specialized tubular membrane compartments, known as Salmonella-induced filaments (SIFs), which extend from the SCV (Traffic. 2001, 2(9):643-53; Traffic. 2007, 8(3):212-25; Traffic. 2008, 9(12):2100-16; Microbiology. 2012, 158:1147-1161). The membranes and lumens of SIFs and SCVs create a continuous network, allowing vacuolar Salmonella to access various types of endocytosed materials (Front Cell Infect Microbiol. 2021, 11:624650; Cell Host Microbe. 2017, 21(3):390-402). Consequently, it is plausible that β-alanine enters SCVs from the macrophage cytoplasm via SIFs. This information has been included in the revised manuscript.(lines 56-61).

      (6) It would be essential to dissect the role of exogenous beta-alanine and the use of de novo synthesized beta-alanine.

      We agree that it is essential to dissect the role of exogenous β-alanine and the use of de novo synthesized β-alanine. Our results indicate that Salmonella-infected macrophages exhibited lower levels of β-alanine compared to mock-infected macrophages. Furthermore, β-alanine supplementation in the cell medium enhanced Salmonella replication within macrophages in a dose-dependent manner, revealing that Salmonella utilizes host-derived β-alanine to promote intracellular replication. Additionally, a deficiency in the biosynthesis of β-alanine, resulting from mutation of the rate-limiting gene panD, led to reduced Salmonella replication in macrophages and systemic infection in mice. This suggests that Salmonella also employs bacterial-derived β-alanine to enhance intracellular replication and pathogenicity.

      We sought to identify the main transporters responsible for β-alanine uptake in Salmonella. Unfortunately, we have not yet found the transporter. We will address this issue in our future work.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This manuscript presents a method to infer causality between two genes (and potentially proteins or other molecules) based on the non-genetic fluctuations among cells using a version of the dual-reporter assay as a causal control, where one half of the dual-reporter pair is causally decoupled, as it is inactive. The authors propose a statistical invariant identity to formalize this idea. 

      We thank the referee for this summary of our work. 

      Strengths: 

      The paper outlines a theoretical formalism, which, if experimentally used, can be useful in causal network inference, which is a great need in the study of biological systems. 

      We thank the referee for highlighting the potential value of our proposed method.

      Weaknesses: 

      The practical utility of this method may not be straightforward and potentially be quite difficult to execute. Additionally, further investigations are needed to provide evidence of the broad applicability of the method to naturally occurring systems and its scalability beyond the simple circuit in which it is experimentally demonstrated. 

      We agree with these two points and have rewritten the manuscript, in particular highlighting the considerable future work that remains to be done to establish the broad applicability and scalability of our method.

      In the rewritten manuscript we explicitly spell out potential practical issues and we explicitly state that our presented proof–of–principle feasibility study does not guarantee that our method will successfully work in systems beyond the narrowly sampled test circuits. This helps readers to clearly distinguish between what we claim to have done from what remains to be done. The re-written parts and additional clarifications are:

      Abstract (p. 1), Introduction (p. 1-2), Sec. “Proposed additional tests” (p. 8), and “Limitations of this study” (p. 10).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This paper describes a new approach to detecting directed causal interactions between two genes without directly perturbing either gene. To check whether gene X influences gene Z, a reporter gene (Y) is engineered into the cell in such a way that (1) Y is under the same transcriptional control as X, and (2) Y does not influence Z. Then, under the null hypothesis that X does not affect Z, the authors derive an equation that describes the relationship between the covariance of X and Z and the covariance of Y and Z. Violation of this relationship can then be used to detect causality. 

      The authors benchmark their approach experimentally in several synthetic circuits. In four positive control circuits, X is a TetR-YFP fusion protein that represses Z, which is an RFP reporter. The proposed approach detected the repression interaction in two or three of the positive control circuits. The authors constructed sixteen negative control circuit designs in which X was again TetR-YFP, but where Z was either a constitutively expressed reporter or simply the cellular growth rate. The proposed method detected a causal effect in one of the eight negative controls, which the authors argue is not a false positive, but due to an unexpected causal effect. Overall, the data support the practical usefulness of the proposed approach. 

      We thank the referee for their summary of our work.

      Strengths: 

      The idea of a "no-causality control" in the context of detected directed gene interactions is a valuable conceptual advance that could potentially see play in a variety of settings where perturbation-based causality detection experiments are made difficult by practical considerations. 

      By proving their mathematical result in the context of a continuous-time Markov chain, the authors use a more realistic model of the cell than, for instance, a set of deterministic ordinary differential equations. 

      We thank the referee for summarizing the value of our work. 

      Caveats: 

      The term "causally" is used in the main-text statement of the central theorem (Eq 2) without a definition of this term. This makes it difficult to fully understand the statement of the paper's central theorem without diving into the supplement.  

      We thank the referee for this suggestion. In the revised manuscript we now define causal effects right before the statement of the main theorem of the main text (p. 2). We have also added a definition of the causal network arrows in the caption of Fig. 1 to help readers better understand our central claim.

      The basic argument of theorem 1 appears to rely on establishing that x(t) and y(t) are independent of their initial conditions. Yet, there appear to be some scenarios where this property breaks down: 

      (1) Theorem 1 does not seem to hold in the edge case where R=beta=W=0, meaning that the components of interest do not vary with time, or perhaps vary in time only due to measurement noise. In this case x(t), y(t), and z(t) depend on x(0), y(0), and z(0). Since the distributions of x(0), y(0), and z(0) are unspecified, a counterexample to the theorem may be readily constructed by manipulating the covariance matrix of x(0), y(0), and z(0). 

      (2) A similar problem may occur when transition probabilities decay with time. For example, suppose that again R=0 and X are degraded by a protease (B), but this protease is subject to its own first-order degradation. The deterministic version of this situation can be written, for example, dx/dt=-bx and db/dt=-b. In this system, x(t) approaches x(0)exp(-b(0)) for large t. Thus, as above, x(t) depends on x(0). If similar dynamics apply to the Y and Z genes, we can make all genes depend on their initial conditions, thus producing a pathology analogous to the above example. 

      The reviewer does not know when such examples may occur in (bio)physical systems. Nevertheless, since one of the advantages of mathematics is the ability to correctly identify the domain of validity for a claim, the present work would be strengthened by "building a fence" around these edge cases, either by identifying the comprehensive set of such edge cases and explicitly prohibiting them in a stated assumption set, or by pointing out how the existing assumptions already exclude them.  

      We thank the referee for bringing to our attention these edge cases that indeed violate our theorem as stated. In the revised manuscript we have “built a fence” around these edge cases by adding two requirements to the premise of our theorem: First, we have added the requirement that the degradation rate does not decay to zero for any possible realization. That is, if beta(t) is the degradation rate of X and Y for a particular cell over time, then taking the time average of beta(t) over all time must be non-zero. Second, we have added the requirement that the system has evolved for enough time such that the dual reporter averages <x> and <y>, along with the covariances Cov(x, z_{k}) and Cov(y, z_{k}) have reached a time-independent stationary state.  

      With these requirements, no assumptions need to be made about the initial conditions of the system, because any differences in the initial conditions will decay away as the system reaches stationarity. For instance, the referee’s example (1) is not possible with these requirements because beta(t) can no longer remain zero. Additionally, example (2) is no longer possible because the time average of the degradation rate would be zero, which is no longer allowed (i.e., we would have that integral from 0 to T of b(0)exp(-t)/T dt =  0 when T goes to infinity). 

      Note that adding the condition that degradation cannot decay to exactly zero does not reduce the biological applicability of the theorem. But as the referee correctly points out any mathematical theorem needs to be accurately stated and stand on its own regardless of whether biological systems could realize particular edge cases. Also note, that the requirement that the cellular ensemble has reached a time-independent distribution of cell-to-cell variability can be (approximately) experimentally verified by taking snapshots of ensemble variability at two sufficiently separate different moments in time. 

      In response to the referee’s comment, we have added the above requirements when stating the theorem in the main text. We have also added the requirement of non-decay of the degradation rate to the definition of the system in SI Sec. 4, along with the stationarity requirement in theorem 1 in SI Sec 5. We have also added mathematical details to the proof of the invariant in SI Sec 5.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      This manuscript presents a method to infer causality between two genes (and potentially proteins or other molecules) based on the non-genetic fluctuations among cells using a version of the dual-reporter assay as a causal control, where one half of the dual-reporter pair is causally decoupled, as it is inactive. The authors propose a statistical invariant identity to formalize this idea. They propose and experimentally demonstrate the utility of this idea with a synthetic reporter system in bacteria. 

      The paper is well written and clearly outlines the principle, the mathematical invariant relationship both to give the reader an intuitive understanding of why the relationship must be true and in their mathematical derivation of the proof of Theorem 1. 

      The paper outlines a theoretical formalism, which, if experimentally used, can be useful in causal network inference, which is a great need in the study of biological systems. However, the practical utility of this method may not be straightforward and potentially be quite difficult to execute. We think this work could offer a platform to advance the field of network inference, but would encourage the authors to address the following comments. 

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments on readability, summarizing the value of our work, as well as the critical comments below that helped us improve the manuscript.

      Major comments: 

      (1) Although the invariant identity seems theoretically sound, the data from synthetic engineered circuits in this manuscript do not support that the invariant holds for natural causal relations between genes in wild-type cells. In all the positive control synthetic circuits (numbers 1 to 4) the target gene Z i.e. RFP was always on the plasmid, and in circuit #4 there was an additional endogenous copy. The authors recapitulate the X-to-Z causality in circuits 1, 2, and 3 but not 4. Ultimately, the utility of this method lies in the ability to capture causality from endogenous correlations, this observation suggests that the method might not be useful for that task. 

      We thank the referee for their careful reading of our synthetic circuits and sincerely apologize for an error in our description of circuit #4 in the schematic of Table S2 of the supplement. We incorrectly stated that this circuit contained a chromosomally expressed RFP. In fact, in circuit #4 RFP was only on the plasmid just like in the circuits #1-3. We have corrected the schematic in the revised manuscript and have verified that the other circuits are correctly depicted.

      In the revised manuscript, we now explicitly spell out that all our “positive control” test cases had the genes of interest expressed on plasmids, and that we have not shown that our method successfully detected causal interactions in a chromosomally encoded gene regulatory circuit, see additional statements in Sec. “Causally connected genes that break the invariant” on p. 6. 

      In the absence of any explicit experimental evidence, it is then important to consider whether chromosomally encoded circuits are expected to cause problems for our method which is based on a fluctuation test. Due to plasmid copy number fluctuations, X and Z will fluctuate significantly more when expressed on plasmids than when expressed chromosomally. However, because this additional variability is shared between X and Z it does not help our analysis which relies on stochastic differences in X and Z expression due to “intrinsic noise” effects downstream of copy number fluctuations. The additional “extrinsic noise” fluctuations due to plasmid copy number variability would wash out violations of Eq. (2) rather than amplify them. If anything, we thus expect our test cases to have been harder to analyze than endogenous fluctuations. This theoretical expectation is indeed borne out by numerical test cases presented in the revised supplement where plasmid copy fluctuations severely reduced the violations of Eq. 2, see new additional SI Sec. 15. 

      Additionally, the case of the outlier circuit (number 12) suggests that exogenous expression of certain genes may lead to an imbalance of natural stoichiometry and lead to indirect effects on target genes which can be misinterpreted as causal relations. Knocking out the endogenous copy may potentially ameliorate this issue but that remains to be tested. 

      We agree with the referee that the expression of exogenous genetic reporters can potentially affect cellular physiology and lead to undesired effects. In the revised manuscript we now explicitly spell out that the metabolic burden or the phototoxicity of introducing fluorescent proteins could in principle cause artificial interactions that do not correspond to the natural gene regulatory network, see Sec. “Proposed additional tests” on p. 8.

      However, it is also important to consider that the test circuit #12 represents a synthetic circuit with genes that were expressed at extremely high levels (discussed in 3rd paragraph of Sec. “Evidence that RpoS mediated stress response affected cellular growth in the outlier circuit”, p. 8), which led to the presumed cellular burden. Arguably, natural systems would not typically exhibit such high expression levels, but importantly even if they did, our method does not necessarily rely on fluorescently tagged proteins but can, in principle, also be applied to other methods such as transcript counting through sequencing or in-situ hybridization of fluorescent probes.  

      Ultimately, the value of this manuscript will be greatly elevated if the authors successfully demonstrate the recapitulation of some known naturally existing causal and non-causal relations. For this, the authors can choose any endogenous gene Z that is causally controlled by gene X. The gene X can be on the exogenous plasmid along with the reporter and the shared promoter. Same for another gene Z' which is not causally controlled by gene X. Potentially a knockout of endogenous X may be required but it might depend  on what genes are chosen. 

      If the authors think the above experiments are outside the scope of this manuscript, they should at least address these issues and comment on how this method could be effectively used by other labs to deduce causal relations between their favorite genes. 

      Because a full analysis of naturally occurring gene interactions was beyond the scope of our work, we agree with the referee’s suggestion to add a section to discuss the limitations of our experimental results. In the revised manuscript we reiterate that additional investigations are needed to show that the method works to detect causal interactions between endogenous genes, see Abstract (p. 1), Introduction (p. 1-2), Sec. “Proposed additional tests” (p. 8), and “Limitations of this study”  (p. 9). In the original manuscript we explicitly spelled out how other researchers can potentially carry out this further work in the subsections titled “Transcriptional dual reporters” (p. 3) and ”Translational dual reporters” (p. 3).  In the revised manuscript, we have added a section “Proposed additional tests” (p. 8) in which we propose an experiment analogous to the one proposed by the referee above, involving an endogenous gene circuit found in E. coli, as an example to test our invariant. 

      (2) For a theoretical exposition that is convincing, we suggest the authors simulate a larger network (for instance, a network with >10 nodes), like the one shown schematically in Figure 1, and demonstrate that the invariant relationship holds for the causally disconnected entities, but is violated for the causally related entities. It would also be interesting to see if any quantification for the casual distance between "X" and the different causally related entities could be inferred.  

      We thank the referee for this suggestion. We have added SI Sec. 14 where we present simulation results of a larger network with 10 nodes. We find that all of the components not affected by X satisfy Eq. (2) as they must. However, it is important to consider that we have analytically proven the invariant of Eq. (2) for all possible systems. It provably applies equally to networks with 5, 100, or 10,000 components. The main purpose of the simulations presented in Fig. (2) is to illustrate our results and to show that correlation coefficients do not satisfy such an invariant. However, they are not used as a proof of our mathematical statements.

      We thank the referee for the interesting suggestion of quantifying a “causal distance”. Unfortunately, the degree to which Eq. (2) is violated cannot directly equate to an absolute measure for the “causal distance” of an interaction. This is because both the strength of the interaction and the size of the stochastic fluctuations in X affect the degree to which Eq. (2) is violated. The distance from the line should thus be interpreted as a lower bound on the causal effect from X to Z because we do not know the magnitude of stochastic effects inherent to the expression of the dual reporters X and Y. While the dual reporters X and Y are identically regulated, they will differ due to stochastic fluctuations. Propagation of these fluctuations from X to Z are what creates an asymmetry between the normalized covariances. In the most extreme example, if X and Y do not exhibit any stochastic fluctuations we have x(t)=y(t) for all times and Eq. (2) will not be violated even in the presence of a strong causal link from X to Z.

      However, it might be possible to infer a relative causal distance to compare causal interactions within cells.

      That is, in a given network, the normalized covariances between X, Y and two other components of interest Z1, Z2 that are affected by X can be compared. If the asymmetry between (η𝑥𝑧1 , η𝑦𝑧1) is larger than the asymmetry between (η𝑥𝑧2 , η𝑦𝑧2) , then we might be able to conclude that X affects Z1 with a stronger interaction than the interaction from X to Z2, because here the intrinsic fluctuations in X are the same in both cases. 

      In response to the referee’s comment and to test the idea of a relative causal distance, we have simulated a larger network made of 10 components. In this network, X affects a cascade of components called Z8, Z9, and Z10, see the additional SI Sec. 14. Here the idea of a causal distance can be defined as the distance down the cascade: Z8 is closest to X and so has the largest causal strength, whereas Z10 has the weakest. Indeed, simulating this system we find that the asymmetry between η𝑥𝑧8 and η𝑦𝑧8 is the largest whereas that between  η𝑥𝑧10 and η𝑦𝑧10 the smallest. We also find that all of the components not affected by X have normalized covariances that satisfy Eq. (2). This result suggests that the relative causal distance or strength in a network could potentially be estimated from the degree of the violations of Eq. (2). 

      However, we note that these are preliminary results. In the case of the specific regulatory cascade now considered in SI Sec. 14, the idea of a causal distance can be well defined. Once feedback is introduced into the system, this definition may no longer make sense. For instance, consider the same network that we simulate in SI Sec. 14, but where the most downstream component in the cascade, Z10, feeds back and affects X and Y. In such a circuit it is unclear whether Z8 or Z10 is “causally closer” to X. A more thorough theoretical analysis, equipped with a more universal quantitative definition for causal distance or strength, would be needed to deduce what information can be inferred from the relative distances in the violations of Eq. (2). While this defines an interesting research question, answering it goes beyond the scope of the current manuscript. 

      Minor comments: 

      - The method relies on the gene X and the reporter Y having the same control which would result in similar dynamics. The authors do not quantitatively compare the YFP and CFP expression if this indeed holds for the synthetic circuits. It would be useful to know how much deviation between the two can be tolerated while not affecting the outcome. 

      We thank the referee for their comment. The invariant of Eq. (2) is indeed only guaranteed to hold only when the transcription rate of Y is proportional to that of X. How much levels of X and Y covary depends on the stochastic effects intrinsic to the expression of the dual reporters as well as how similar the transcriptional control of X and Y is. The stochastic difference between X and Y is exactly what we exploit. 

      However, in the limit of high YFP and CFP levels, intrinsic fluctuations that cause stochastic expression differences between X and Y become negligible and we can directly infer whether they are indeed tightly co-regulated from time-traces: Below, we show two single cell traces taken with our experimental setup in which the YFP and CFP fluorescence trajectories are almost exactly proportional. Both of these traces are from circuit #10 as defined in Table. S4. 

      Author response image 1.

      We chose the above traces because they showed the highest correlation between YFP and CFP levels. Other traces for lower expression levels have lower correlations due to effects of intrinsic noise (see Tables S2-S4). However, the existence of one trace in which YFP is almost perfectly proportional to CFP throughout can only occur if the YFP and CFP genes are under the same control. And, since the control of YFP and CFP genes in all of our synthetic circuits are identical (with the same promoters and plasmid positions), these data strongly suggest that our dual reporters are tightly co-regulated in all the synthetic circuits. Moreover, the negative control experiments presented in Fig. 3E provide a natural consistency check that the YFP and CFP are under the same control and satisfy Eq. (1).

      We agree that it would be useful to know how much the X and Y production rates can differ for Eq. (2) to hold. Importantly, our proven theorem already allows for the rates to differ by an unspecified proportionality constant. In response to the referee’s comment we have derived a more general condition under which our approach holds. In the newly added SI Sec. 7 we prove that Eq. (2) holds also when rates differ as long as the difference is stochastic in nature with an average of zero. We also prove that Eq. (2) holds in the face of multiplicative noise that is independent of the X and Y production rates.

      However, the production rates of X and Y cannot differ in all ways. Some types of differences between the X and Y production rates can lead to deviations of Eq. (2) even when there is no causal interaction. To highlight this, we added the results of simulations of a toy model in which the X and Y production rates differ by an additive noise term that does not average to zero, see Fig. S19B of the newly added SI Sec. 7.

      - The invariant should potentially hold true for any biological species that are causally related e.g. protein-protein interactions. Also, this method could potentially find many applications in eukaryotic cells. Although it's outside the scope of current work to experimentally demonstrate such applications, the authors should comment on experimental strategies to apply this method to overcome potential pitfalls (e.g. presence of enhancers in eukaryotic cells). 

      We thank the referee for this suggestion. We agree that there are potential pitfalls that could come into effect when our proposed approach is applied on more complex systems such as eukaryotic gene expression. In response to the referee’s comment, we have added an explicit discussion of these potential pitfalls in the discussion section “Limitations of this study” (see p. 10). 

      In particular, in eukaryotes there are many genes in which promoter sequences may not be the sole factor determining transcription rates. Other factors that can be involved in gene regulation include the presence of enhancers, epigenetic modifications, and bursts in gene expression, to name a few. We thus propose a few strategies, which include positioning the passive reporter at a similar gene loci as the gene of interest, measuring the gene regulation activities of the gene of interest and its passive reporter using a separate method, and exploiting the invariant with a third gene, where it is known there is no causal interaction, as a consistency check. In addition, we include in the SI a new section SI Sec. 8 which shows that the invariant holds in the face of many types of bursty gene expression dynamics.

      However, the above is not a comprehensive list. Some of the issues the referee mentions are serious and may not be straightforward to overcome. We now spell this out explicitly in the revised manuscript (p. 10). 

      - In the legend of Fig. 1, the sentence "Data points here are for..." is missing a few words, or needs to be rephrased. 

      We thank the referee for this comment. We have rewritten the figure caption, which now reads “Data points are numerical simulations of specific example networks (see SI for details) to illustrate the analytically proven theorem of Eq. 2.”

      - Fig. 2 talks about the uncertainties associated with each point on the scatter plots. However, it is difficult to understand the quantification in such a plot. It would be great to have a plot quantifying the uncertainties in the invariant relation for the different topologies studied, specifically in order to understand if one topology is consistently deviating more from the x=y line than the other topologies studied here.  

      We thank the referee for this suggestion. In the supplement of the revised manuscript we have added supplemental Figs. S3, S4, and  S5 to separately quantify the uncertainty of the difference processes plotted in Fig. 2 and have added a new section (SI Sec. 11) to discuss the processes simulated in Fig. 2 in more detail. In short, each simulated process generated less than ~5% of outliers when considering 95% confidence intervals (with the max percentage deviation being 5.01% for process 5, see Fig. S5). These outliers were then simulated over a larger number of simulations to reduce the sampling error, which resulted in 0% of outliers (see Sec. “Confidence intervals for finite sampling error” on Materials and Methods on p. 11). Some simulated processes generated larger percentage errors in the normalized covariances than others, but this is expected as different processes have different dynamics which will result in different degrees of sampling of the underlying distributions.

      Note, that the invariant of Eq. 2 is analytically proven for all tested topologies as none of the topologies include a causal effect from X to Z. Any deviation of the numerical data from the straight line prediction of Eq. 2 (right column in Fig. 2C) is due to the finite sampling of a stochastic process to estimate the true covariance from the sampling covariance. Any given parameter set was simulated several times which allowed us to estimate the sampling error from differences in between repeated samples. In the additional SI figures we now quantify this error for the different topologies. 

      In addition to the above changes we want to highlight that the purpose of the simulations presented in Fig. (2) is not to prove our statements or explore the behavior of different topologies. The purpose of the data presented in the right column of Fig. 2C is to illustrate the theoretical invariant and act as a numerical sanity check of our analytically proven result. In contrast, the data in the left column of Fig 2C illustrates that the correlations do not satisfy an invariant like Eq. 2 which applies to covariances but not correlations.  

      - The legend for Fig. 3 seems to end abruptly. There likely needs to be more.  

      We thank the referee for catching this mistake. We have corrected the accidentally truncated figure caption of Fig. 3.

      - There is a typo in equation (5.3) on page 23 of supplementary material, there should be x instead of y in the degradation equation of x. 

      We thank the referee for catching this mistake which has been corrected in the revised manuscript.

      - In the supplemental material, to understand the unexpected novel discovery of causality, Figure S5 is presented. However, this doesn't give the context for other negative controls designed, and the effect of rfp dynamics (which can be seen in the plots both in the main paper and the supplement) in the growth rate of cells in those constructs. As a baseline, it would be nice to have those figures.  

      We thank the referee for this suggestion. We have now included representative RFP traces with the growth rates for other negative control circuits, see Fig. S10. In addition, we have now included the cross correlation functions between RFP and growth rate in these negative control circuits, see Fig. S10A. While in all cases, RFP and growth rate are negatively correlated, the outlier circuit exhibits the largest negative correlation.

      The suggested comparison of the referee thus highlights that – in isolation – a negative correlation between RFP and growth rate is only weak evidence for our hypothesized causal interaction because negative correlations can result from the effect of growth rate affecting volume dilution and thus RFP concentration. Crucially, we thus additionally considered the overall variability of growth rate and found the outlier circuit has the largest growth rate variability which is indicative of something that is affecting the growth rate of those cells, see Fig. S10B. To compare the magnitude of RFP variability against other strains requires constraining the comparison group to other synthetic circuits that have RFP located on the chromosome rather than a plasmid. This is why we compare the CV of the outlier with the CV of circuit #5, which corresponds to the “regular” repressilator (i.e., the outlier circuit without the endogenous lacI gene). As an additional comparison, we computed the CV for a strain of E. coli that does not contain a synthetic plasmid at all, but still contains the RFP gene on the chromosome. We find that the CVs in the outlier circuit to be larger than in these two additional circuits, suggesting that the outlier circuit causes additional fluctuations in the RFP and growth rate. We now spell this out explicitly in the revised manuscript (see Sec. “Evidence that RpoS mediated stress response affected cellular growth in the outlier circuit“, p. 8).

      The referee is correct that the above arguments are only circumstantial evidence, but they do show that the data is consistent with a plausible explanation of the hypothesized causal interaction. Our main evidence for an RpoS mediated stress response that explains the deviations from Eq. 2 in the outlier circuit is the perturbation experiment in which the deviation disappears for the RpoS knockout strain. We now spell out this argument explicitly in the revised manuscript (see Sec. “Evidence that RpoS mediated stress response affected cellular growth in the outlier circuit“, p. 8).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      The proof of theorem 1 relies on an earlier result, lemma 1. Lemma 1 only guarantees the existence of a "dummy" system that satisfies the separation requirement and preserves the dynamics of X and Y. However, in principle, it may be possible to maintain the dynamics of X and Y while still changing the relationship between Cov(X,Zk) and Cov(Y,Zk). This could occur if the dynamics of Zk differ in a particular way between the original system and the dummy system. So lemma 1 needs to be a little stronger- it needs  to mention that the dynamics of Zk are preserved, or something along these lines. The proof of lemma 1 appears to contain the necessary ingredients for what is actually needed, but this should be clarified. 

      We agree with the referee that this is an important distinction. Lemma 1 does in fact guarantee that any component Zk that is not affected by X and Y will have the same dynamics in the “dummy” system. However, as the referee points out, this is not stated in the lemma statement nor in the proof of the lemma. In response to the referee’s comment, we have made it clear in the lemma statement that the Zk dynamics are preserved in the “dummy” system, and we have also added details to the proof to show that this is the case, see Lemma 1 on p. 27 of the SI. 

      Readers who are familiar with chemical reaction diagrams, but not birth-death process diagrams may waste some time trying to interpret Equation 1 as a chemical reaction diagram with some sort of rate constant as a label on each arrow (I did this). It may be helpful to either provide a self-contained definition of the notation used, or mention a source where the necessary definitions can be found. 

      We agree with the referee. In the revised manuscript we have added a description of the notation used below Equation 1 of the main text, see p. 2. The notational overloading of the “arrow notation” is a perennial problem in the field and we thank the referee for reminding us of the need to clarify what the arrows mean in our diagrams.

      It would be helpful if the authors could propose a rule for deciding whether dependence is detected or not. As it stands presently, the output of the approach seems to be a chart like that in Figure 3D where you show eta_xz and eta_yz with confidence interval bars and the reader must visually assess whether the points more-or-less fall on the line of unity. It would be better to have some systematic procedure for making a "yes or no" call as to whether a causal link was detected or not. Having a systematic detection rule would allow you to make a call as to whether dependence in circuit 3 was detected or not. It would also allow you or a future effort to evaluate the true positive rate of the approach in simulated settings. 

      We thank the referee for this suggestion. In the revised manuscript we have added an explicit rule for detecting causality using the invariant of Eq. (2). Specifically, Eq. (2) can be re-written as r = 1 where r is the covariability ratio r = etaXZ/etaYZ. In that case, given 95% confidence intervals for the experimentally determined covariability ratio r, we say that there is a causal interaction if the confidence intervals overlap with the value of r = 1. 

      This corresponds to a null hypothesis test at the 2.5% significance level. The reason that it is at 2.5% significance and not 5% significance is as follows. Let’s say we measure a covariability ratio of r_m, and the 95% confidence interval is [r_m - e_m, r_m + e_m] for some error e_m. Without loss of generality, let’s say that r_m > 1 (the same applies if r_m < 1). This means that Prob(r < r_m - e_m) = 2.5% and Prob(r > r_m + e_m) = 2.5% , where r is the actual value of the covariability ratio. Under the null hypothesis that there is no causal interaction, we set r = 1. However, we now have Prob(1 < r_m + e_m) = 0, because we know that r_m > 1 and so we must have r_m + e_m > 1. The probability that the value of 1 falls outside the error bars is therefore 2.5% under the null hypothesis. 

      This proposed rule is the same rule that we used to detect statistical outliers in our simulations, where we found a “false positive” rate of 2.3% over 6522 simulated systems due to statistical sampling error (as discussed in the Materials and Methods section). In response to the referee’s suggestion, we have added the section “A rule for detecting causality in the face of measurement uncertainty” (p. 4). We also apply the rule to the experimental data and find that the rule detects 2/4 causal interactions in Fig. 3D. We have clarified this in the Fig. 3D caption, in the main text, and we have added a figure in the SI (Fig. S2) where we apply the null hypothesis test on the measured covariability ratios. 

      Note, whether the third interaction is “detected” or not depends on the cut-off value used. We picked the most common 95% rule to be consistent with the traditional statistical approaches. With this rule one of the data points lies right at the cusp of detection, but ultimately falls into the “undetected” category if a strictly binary answer is sought under the above rule. 

      It would be helpful to mention what happens when the abundance of a species hits zero. Specifically, there are two ways to interpret the arrow from X to X+d with a W on top: 

      Interpretation (1): 

      P(X+d | X) = W if X+d {greater than or equal to} 0  P(X+d | X) = 0 if X_i+d_i < 0 for at least one i 

      Interpretation (2): 

      P(X+d | X) = W regardless of whether X+d < 0  W = 0 whenever X_i < d_i for at least one i 

      Interpretation (1) corresponds to a graph where the states are indexed on the non-negative integers. Interpretation (2) corresponds to a graph where the states are indexed on the integers (positive or negative), and W is responsible for enforcing the non-negativity of mass. I believe you need the second interpretation because the first interpretation leads to problems with your definition of causality. For example, consider the reaction: 

      (Na, K) -- 0.1 --> (Na-1, K+1) 

      This could occur if Na and K are the intracellular concentrations of sodium and potassium ions in a cell that has an ATP-driven sodium-potassium exchanger whose rate is limited by the frequency with which extracellular potassium ions happen to flow by. Per the definition of causality found in the appendix, Na has no causal effect on K since Na does not show up in the reaction rate term. However, under interpretation (1), Na clearly has a causal effect on K according to a reasonable definition of causality because if Na=0, then the reaction cannot proceed, whereas if Na>0 then it can. However, under interpretation (2), the reaction above cannot exist and so this scenario is excluded. 

      We thank the referee for this comment that helped us clarify the meaning of arrows with propensities. In short, interpretation (2) corresponds to the definition of our stochastic systems. This is consistent with the standard notation used for the chemical master equation. As the referee points out, because molecular abundances cannot be negative, any biochemical system must then have the property that the propensity of a reaction must be equal to zero when the system is in a state in which an occurrence of that reaction would take one of the abundances to negative numbers. Stochastic networks that do not have this property cannot correspond to biochemical reaction networks.

      In the revised manuscript, we now spell this out explicitly to avoid any confusion, see SI page 25.

      Furthermore, we additionally discuss the referee’s example in which the rate of exchanging Na for K through an ion exchanger is approximately independent of the intracellular Na concentration. Because biochemical systems cannot become negative, it cannot be that the rate is truly constant, but at some point for low concentrations must go down until it becomes exactly zero for zero molecules. 

      Importantly, agreement with Eq. (2) does not imply that there is no causal effect from X to Zk. It is the deviation from Eq. (2) that implies the existence of a causal effect from X to Zk. Therefore, although the above referee’s example would constitute a causal interaction in our framework, it would not lead to a deviation of Eq. (2) because the fluctuations in Na (which we exploit) do not propagate to K. From a practical point of view, our method thus detects whether changing X over the observed range affects the production and degradation rates of Zk. 

      In the course of setting up the negative control benchmark circuits, a perturbation-based causal validation would be nice. For instance, first, verify that X does not affect Z by intervening on X (e.g. changing its copy number or putting it under the control of an inducible promoter), and ensuring that Z's activity is not affected by such interventions upon X. This approach would help to adjudicate questions of whether the negative control circuits actually have an unknown causal link. The existing benchmark is already reasonably solid in my view, and I do not know how feasible this would be with the authors' setup, but I think that a perturbation-based validation could in principle be the gold standard benchmark.  

      We agree that additional perturbation-based validation tests on all of the negative control circuits would indeed improve the evidence that our method worked as advertised. While such experiments are indeed beyond the scope of our current work we now explicitly point out the benefits of such additional controls in the revised Discussion.

      Below is a series of comments about typography, mostly about section 4 of the supplement. 

      We thank the referee for their careful reading and highlighting those mistakes.

      At the bottom of page 21, Z_aff is defined as the set of components that are affected by X. However, later Z_aff seems to refer to components affected by X or Y. For instance, in the proof of lemma 1, it is written "However, because a is part of z_aff, the {ak} variables must be affected by X and/or Y." 

      We thank the referee for catching this mistake. We have changed the definition of Z_aff throughout the supplement to refer to components affected by X or Y. If it can be experimentally ensured that Y is a passive reporter (i.e., it does not affect other components in the cell), then the theorem can only be violated if X affects Z. 

      In the equation following Eq 5.2, W_k and d_k should be W_i and d_i ?  

      Yes, the referee is correct. In the revised manuscript we have corrected W_k and d_k to W_i and d_i. 

      In Eq 5.3 in the lower-left transition diagram, I think a "y" should be an "x". 

      Yes, the referee is correct. In the revised manuscript  we have fixed this typo.

      In the master equation above Eq 5.5, the "R" terms for the y reactions are missing the alpha term, and I think two of the beta terms need to be multiplied by x and y respectively.  

      The referee is correct. In the revised manuscript  we have fixed this typo.

      The notation of Eq 5.8, where z_k(t) is the conditional expectation of z_kt, is strange and difficult to follow. Why does z_k(t) not get a bar over it like its counterparts for x, y, R, and beta? The bars, although not a perfect solution, do help.  

      We agree with the referee’s comment and have added further explanations to define the averages in question, see SI p. 28. In short, when we condition on the history of the components not affected by X or Y, we in effect condition on the time trajectories of z_{k} (when it is part of the components not affected by X and/or Y) and beta (since it only depends on the components not affected by X or Y). We thus previously did not include the bars when taking the averages of these components in the conditional space because the conditioning in effect sets their time-trajectories (so they become deterministic functions of time). In the revised manuscript we now also denote these conditional expectations with bars and we have added comments to the proof to clarify their definition.

      I think it would be helpful to show how the relationship <x>=<y>/alpha is obtained from Eq 5.5.  

      We agree with this suggestion and have added the derivations, see Eqs. (5.9) - (5.13) in the revised SI. 

      In the main text, the legend of Fig 3 cuts off mid-sentence.  

      We thank the referee for catching this mistake which has been fixed in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Rios et al. investigates the potential of GSK3 inhibition to reprogram human macrophages, exploring its therapeutic implications in conditions like severe COVID-19. The authors present convincing evidence that GSK3 inhibition shifts macrophage phenotypes from pro-inflammatory to anti-inflammatory states, thus highlighting the GSK3-MAFB axis as a potential therapeutic target. Using both GM-CSF- and M-CSF-dependent monocyte-derived macrophages as model systems, the study provides extensive transcriptional, phenotypic, and functional characterizations of these reprogrammed cells. The authors further extend their findings to human alveolar macrophages derived from patient samples, demonstrating the clinical relevance of GSK3 inhibition in macrophage biology.

      The experimental design is sound, leveraging techniques such as RNA-seq, flow cytometry, and bioenergetic profiling to generate a comprehensive dataset. The study's integration of multiple model systems and human samples strengthens its impact and relevance. The findings not only offer insights into macrophage plasticity but also propose novel therapeutic strategies for macrophage reprogramming in inflammatory diseases.

      Strengths:

      (1) Robust Experimental Design: The use of both in vitro and ex vivo models adds depth to the findings, making the conclusions applicable to both experimental and clinical settings.

      (2) Thorough Data Analysis: The extensive use of RNA-seq and gene set enrichment analysis (GSEA) provides a clear transcriptional signature of the reprogrammed macrophages.

      (3) Relevance to Severe COVID-19: The study's focus on macrophage reprogramming in the context of severe COVID-19 adds clinical significance, especially given the relevance of macrophage-driven inflammation in this disease.

      Weaknesses:

      There are no significant weaknesses in the study, though some minor points could be addressed for clarity and completeness, as outlined in the recommendations below.

      Many thanks for these comments. Please find below the response to the  specific recommendations.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      (1) In lines 263-266, the term "MoMac-VERSE" and its associated clusters are introduced without sufficient explanation. The authors should provide additional clarification on what these clusters represent and how they were derived.

      We have revised the text according to the reviewer´s suggestion and followed the original nomenclature of the MoMac-VERSE monocyte/macrophage clusters, also recognizing the procedure for their identification. The newly modified text now states: "Thus, analysis of the MoMac-VERSE (a resource that identified conserved monocyte and macrophage states derived from healthy and pathologic human tissues) (GSE178209) (2), indicated that GSK3 inhibition augments the expression of the gene sets that define MoMac-VERSE subsets identified as long-term resident macrophages [Cluster HES1_Mac (#2)] and tumor-associated macrophages with an M2-like signature [Clusters HES1_Mac (#2), TREM2_Mac (#3), C1Q<sup>hi</sup>_Mac (#16) and FTL_Mac (#17)] (2) (Figure 1H)."

      (2) In line 283, the reference labeled "2227" appears incorrect. It seems to be a formatting issue, and it might refer to references 22-27. Please verify and correct.

      All wrongly formatted references throughout the manuscript have been checked and corrected.

      (3) In line 353, the reference is incorrect. Please reviewe ensure that all references are properly cited throughout the manuscript.

      All wrongly formatted references throughout the manuscript have been checked and corrected.

      (4) In line 368, one of the patient samples shows a decreased IL-10 response after CHIR treatment. The authors should acknowledge the heterogeneity in the primary cell responses and adjust the conclusion accordingly to reflect this variability.

      We have modified the text following the reviewer´s comment, and acknowledge the heterogeneity in the production of IL-10 after GSK3 inhibition in the three analyzed samples. The modified text now states: "Consistent with these findings, CHIR-AMØ exhibited higher expression of MAFB (Figure 6F) whose increase correlated with an augmented secretion of Legumain, CCL2 and IL-10 (Figure 6G), although the latter was only seen in two samples, probably reflecting heterogeneity in primary cell responses."

      (5) Figure 7B: the UMAP shows 4 populations, but according to the visualization in the sup fig 3, there should be many more clusters. How do the authors explain this? Are these patient-specific clusters? Also, IMs can be separated into at least subpopulations. Can the authors plot also bona fide macrophage markers expressed by all subpopulations?

      To clarify this whole issue, and avoid misleading visualization of donor-specific clusters (see below), we have now replaced all UMAP plots shown in the previous version (in old Figure 7 and old Supplementary Figure 3) with new UMAP plots after running scVI reduction. In addition, we are including a new Supplementary Figure (new Supplementary Figure 3) that contains the information of the 21310 single-cell transcriptomes from human lungs reported in GSE128033 (ref. 47) after filtering and integration [nFeature > 200 and < 6000; Unique Molecular Identifiers (nCount) > 1000) and % of mitochondrial genes (< 15 %)]. Besides, old Supplementary Figure 3 has been replaced by the new Supplementary Figure 4, which includes the information of the single-cell transcriptomes from human lung macrophages selected from GSE128033 (ref. 47) based on their expression of the monocyte/macrophage-associated markers CD163, FABP4, LYVE1 or FCN1.

      Addresing the first question, UMAPs in old Figure 7B and old Supplementary Figure 3B had a different  number of clusters because old Figure 7B was derived from old Supplementary Figure 3B after grouping macrophage clusters according to the expression of previously defined markers and to limit the weight of donor-specific clusters. Specifically, the macrophage clusters from old Figure 7B were re-grouped according to the differential expression of:

      - FCN1 (including cluster 4, 7 and 12 from Figure 7B): Infiltrating monocytes.

      - FABP4 and TYMS-negative (including clusters 0, 2, 5 and 13 from Figure 7B), or MARCO and INHBA (cluster 9 from Figure 7B) or PPARG (cluster 11 from Figure 7B): Alveolar macrophages (AMØ).

      - TYMS, MKI67, TOP2A and NUSAP1 (cluster 15 from Figure 7B): Proliferating AMØ.

      - LYVE1 or RNASE1 or LGMN (including clusters 1, 3, 6, 8, 10 and 14 from Figure 7B): Interstitial Macrophages (IMØ).

      As the reviewer suggested, this type of UMAP plot yielded a large number of donor-specific clusters. To avoid such a misleading representation, we have now plotted UMAPs after running scVI reduction in every case. The new plots are now shown in new Figure 7A, new Figure 7B, new Supplementary Figure 3 (containing the information of the 21310 single-cell transcriptomes from GSE128033) and the novel Supplementary Figure 4 (with the information of the single-cell transcriptomes from human lung macrophages from GSE128033).

      Finally, to address the last issue, we have now plotted the expression of genes used for macrophage definition (CD163, FABP4, LYVE1, FCN1), as well as proliferation-associated genes (TYMS, MKI67, TOP2A, NUSAP1) and other bona fide macrophage marker genes (SPI1, FOLR2) in Supplementary Figure 4C.

      (6) statistics should be indicated in every figure legend and for every subfigure where applicable.

      We have now included the specific statistical procedure applied for each Figure and panel.

      Reviewer 2 (Public review):

      The study by Rios and colleagues provides the scientific community with a compelling exploration of macrophage plasticity and its potential as a therapeutic target. By focusing on the GSK3-MAFB axis, the authors present a strong case for macrophage reprogramming as a strategy to combat inflammatory and fibrotic diseases, including severe COVID-19. Using a robust and comprehensive methodology, in this study it is conducted a broad transcriptomic and functional analyses and offers valuable mechanistic insights while highlighting its clinical relevance

      Strengths:

      Well performed and analyzed

      Weaknesses:

      Additional analyses, including mechanistic studies, would increase the value of the study

      In an effort to address the comment of the reviewer, we have performed more detailed analysis of the kinetics and dose-response effects of GSK3 inhibition, which are now provided as new Supplementary Figure 3A.

      Regarding additional mechanistic studies, we decided to explore the relationship between inactive GSK3β and MAFB levels at the early stages of M-CSF- or GM-CSF-driven monocyte-to-macrophage differentiation. These experiments, performed in three independent monocyte preparations, indicated that, 48 hours along differentiation, M-CSF promoted a huge increase in both MAFB expression and a slight (albeit significant) rise in inactive GSK3β (P-Ser9-GSK3β) (compared to either untreated or GM-CSF-treated monocytes), further supporting the macrophage re-programming effect of GSK3. However, since the M-CSF-promoted increase in MAFB levels was much robust than the enhancement in inactive GSK3β, we hypothesize that proteasomal degradation of MAFB might be also distinct between M-CSF- (M-MØ) and GM-CSF-dependent (GM-MØ) monocyte-derived macrophages.

      Author response image 1.

      Total GSK3β, p-Ser9-GSK3β and MAFB levels in three preparations of freshly purified monocytes either unstimulated (-) or stimulated with M-CSF (10 ng/ml) or GM-CSF (1,000 U/ml) at different time points, as determined by Western blot (upper panel). Vinculin protein levels were determined as protein loading control. Mean ± SEM of the GSK3β/Vinculin, p-Ser9-GSK3β/Vinculin, and MAFB/Vinculin protein ratios from the three independent experiments are shown (lower panel) (paired Student’s t test: *, p<0.05; ****, p<0.001).

      Based on this finding, we then determined proteasome activity in fully differentiated M-CSF- and GM-CSF-dependent monocyte-derived macrophages. Use of the Immunoproteasome Activity Fluorometric Assay Kit II (UBPBio) in M-MØ and GM-MØ, either untreated or exposed to the proteasome inhibitor MG132, revealed that immune-proteasomal and proteasomal activity is significantly stronger in GM-MØ than in M-MØ,  as demonstrated in assays for chymotrypsin-like (ANW) and branched amino acid preferring (PAL) activity (immunoproteasome), and trypsin-like (KQL) activity (both proteasome and immunoproteasome). This result suggested that, indeed, immunoproteasomal activity might contribute to the differential expression of MAFB in M-MØ and GM-MØ.

      Author response image 2.

      Immunoproteasome activity in M-MØ and GM-MØ, either untreated or exposed to MG132, as determined using the Immunoproteasome Activity Fluorometric Assay Kit II (UBPBio) on the three indicated peptides (upper panel).  Mean ± SEM of three independent experiments are shown (paired Student’s t test: *, p<0.05) (lower panel).

      Consequently, we next set up experiments to assess whether the proteasome inhibitor MG132 was capable of enhancing the expression of MAFB-dependent genes in GM-MØ. Preliminary results of GM-MØ exposure to MG132 for 6 hours indicated an increase in the expression of MAFB protein and the MAFB-dependent genes LGMN and IL10. , as well as a reduction in the expression of the GM-MØ-specific gene CD1C.

      Author response image 3.

      A. Schematic representation of the exposure of MG132 to GM-MØ for 6 hours. B. MAFB protein levels in four independent preparations of GM-MØ exposed to either DMSO (DMSO-GM-MØ) or the proteasome inhibitor MG132 (MG132-GM-MØ) for 6 hours, as determined by Western blot (left panel). GAPDH protein levels were determined as protein loading control. Mean ± SEM of the MAFB/GAPDH protein ratios from the four independent experiments are shown (right panel) (paired Student’s t test: ***, p<0.005). C. Relative mRNA levels of the indicated genes in DMSO-GM-MØ and MG132-GM-MØ, as determined by RT-PCR on seven independent samples (paired Student’s t test: ***, p<0.005; ****, p<0.001).

      Unfortunately, this proteasome inhibitor (MG-132) caused a great reduction in cell viability after 6-8 hours. Since a similar decrease in cell viability was observed upon analysis with the ONX-0914 immunoproteasome inhibitor, we could not procede any further with this approach.

      Given the reviewer´s suggestion to include mechanistic insights to the manuscript, we are now providing these results (and the corresponding figures) only for the reviewer´s information and to make clear our attempts to comply with his/her request.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      The results are of interest, and only some minor issues need to be addressed to strengthen the conclusions of the study.

      We gratefully thank the reviewer for his/her comments. 

      (1) This study employs a single dose of 10 μM of the GSK3 inhibitor CHIR-99021 for 48 hours, which is reasonable for in vitro studies. However, further investigation into the effect of different doses and exposure times could provide additional insight into optimal dosing and durability of reprogramming effects. In addition, would an alternative GSK3 inhibitors have comparable effects?

      Following the reviewer suggestion, we have performed a kinetics and dose-response analysis of the effects of CHIR-99021, using MAFB protein levels as a readout. This experiments is now shown in new Supplementary Figure 1A, that replaces the old Supplementary Figure 1A panel where a shorter kinetics was presented. Results of this new experiment indicates a maximal effect of 10µM CHIR-99021, and that the effect of the inhibitor becomes maximal 24-48 hours after treatment. The text has been modified accordingly, and it now states: "Kinetics and dose-response analysis of the effects of CHIR-99021 on MAFB expression showed that maximal protein levels were achieved after a 24-48 hour exposure to 10µM CHIR-99021 (Supplementary Figure 1A), conditions that were used hereafter."

      Regarding the use of alternative GSK3 inhibitors, we had already provided that information in Supplementary Figure 1B, where the effects of SB-216763 (10 µM) or LiCl (10 mM) were evaluated. The huge reversal of the Tyr<sup>216</sup>/Ser<sup>9</sup> GSK3β phosphorylation ratio observed with CHIR-99021 was not seen with other GSK3 inhibitors, as indicated in the text. In any event, we believe that the relevance of this result with SB-216763 or LiCl is minimized by the results generated after siRNA-mediated GSK3 knockdown (shown in Figure 4), that completely reproduced the effects seen with CHIR-99021.

      (2) Why in the "reanalysis of single cell RNAseq data" section, the authors use Seurat v5 (R) but then change to python, and the other way around?

      As indicated in the documentation for Integrative Analysis in Seurat v5 (https://satijalab.org/seurat/articles/seurat5_integration), scVIIntegration requires reticulate package which allow us to run Python environment in R.

      (3) When the authors refer to the clusters enriched in MoMacVERSE, they use the labels of the clusters (for example #2 or #3). I would suggest using the annotations described in the original paper, to link it to the bibliography published through the labels established in the paper.

      We have revised the text according to the reviewer´s suggestion and followed the original nomenclature of the MoMac-VERSE monocyte/macrophage clusters, also recognizing the procedure for their identification. The newly modified text now states: "Thus, analysis of the MoMac-VERSE (a resource that identified conserved monocyte and macrophage states derived from healthy and pathologic human tissues) (GSE178209) (2), indicated that GSK3 inhibition augments the expression of the gene sets that define MoMac-VERSE subsets identified as long-term resident macrophages [Cluster HES1_Mac (#2)] and tumor-associated macrophages with an M2-like signature [Clusters HES1_Mac (#2), TREM2_Mac (#3), C1Q<sup>hi</sup>_Mac (#16) and FTL_Mac (#17)] (2) (Figure 1H)."

      (4) In line 309. Is there any significance on the "having a stronger effect"?

      We apologize for the misleading sentence. The phrase has been modified for better clarity, and the text now states: "Like CHIR-99021, silencing of both GSK3A and GSK3B augmented the expression of MAFB, with the simultaneous silencing of both GSK3A and GSK3B genes having a stronger effect (Figure 4B), and modulated the expression of 329 genes (Figure 4C,D)."

      (5) In line 337, "(22)(27)", are these references?

      All wrongly formatted references throughout the manuscript have been checked and corrected.

      (6) In the single-cell reanalysis, could you please provide integration Qc plots? It would be interesting to have it on the paper.

      To clarify this whole issue, and avoid misleading visualization of donor-specific clusters (see below), we have now replaced all UMAP plots shown in the previous version (in old Figure 7 and old Supplementary Figure 3) with new UMAP plots after running scVI reduction. In addition, we are including a new Supplementary Figure (new Supplementary Figure 3) that contains the information of the 21310 single-cell transcriptomes from human lungs reported in GSE128033 (ref. 47) after filtering and integration [nFeature > 200 and < 6000; Unique Molecular Identifiers (nCount) > 1000) and % of mitochondrial genes (< 15 %)]. Besides, old Supplementary Figure 3 has been replaced by the new Supplementary Figure 4, which includes the information of the single-cell transcriptomes from human lung macrophages selected from GSE128033 (ref. 47) based on their expression of the monocyte/macrophage-associated markers CD163, FABP4, LYVE1 or FCN1.

      As requested by the reviewer, we are now providing the Qc plots for the re-analysis in the new Supplementary Figures 3 and 4.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Response to the Editors’ Comments

      Thankyou for this summary of the reviews and recommendations for corrections. We respond to each in turn, and have documented each correction with specific examples contained within our response to reviewers below.

      ‘They all recommend to clarify the link between hypotheses and analyses, ground them more clearly in, and conduct critical comparisons with existing literature, and address a potential multiple comparison problem.’

      We have restructured our introduction to include the relevant literature outlined by the reviewers, and to be more clearly ground the goals of our model and broader analysis. We have additionally corrected for multiple comparisons within our exploratory associative analyses. We have additionaly sign posted exploratory tests more clearly.

      ‘Furthermore, R1 also recommends to include a formal external validation of how the model parameters relate to participant behaviour, to correct an unjustified claim of causality between childhood adversity and separation of self, and to clarify role of therapy received by patients.’

      We have now tempered our language in the abstract which unintentionally implied causality in the associative analysis between childhood trauma and other-to-self generalisation. To note, in the sense that our models provide causal explanations for behaviour across all three phases of the task, we argue that our model comparison provides some causal evidence for algorithmic biases within the BPD phenotype. We have included further details of the exclusion and inclusion criteria of the BPD participants within the methods.

      R2 specifically recommends to clarify, in the introduction, the specific aim of the paper, what is known already, and the approach to addressing it.’

      We have more thoroughly outlined the current state of the art concerning behavioural and computational approaches to self insertion and social contagion, in health and within BPD. We have linked these more clearly to the aims of the work.

      ‘R2 also makes various additional recommendations regarding clarification of missing information about model comparison, fit statistics and group comparison of parameters from different models.’

      Our model comparison approach and algorithm are outlined within the original paper for Hierarchical Bayesian Model comparison (Piray et al., 2019). We have outlined the concepts of this approach in the methods. We have now additionally improved clarity by placing descriptions of this approach more obviously in the results, and added points of greater detail in the methods, such as which statistics for comparison we extracted on the group and individual level.

      In addition, in response to the need for greater comparison of parameters from different models, we have also hierarchically force-fitted the full suite of models (M1-M4) to all participants. We report all group differences from each model individually – assuming their explanation of the data - in Table S2. We have also demonstrated strong associations between parameters of equivalent meaning from different models to support our claims in Fig S11. Finally, we show minimal distortion to parameter estimates in between-group analysis when models are either fitted hierarchically to the entire population, or group wise (Figure S10).

      ‘R3 additionally recommends to clarify the clinical and cognitive process relevance of the experiment, and to consider the importance of the Phase 2 findings.’

      We have now included greater reference to the assumptions in the social value orientation paradigm we use in the introduction. We have also responded to the specific point about the shift in central tendencies in phase 2 from the BPD group, noting that, while BPD participants do indeed get more relatively competitive vs. CON participants, they remain strikingly neutral with respect to the overall statespace. Importantly, model M4 does not preclude more competitive distributions existing.

      ‘Critically, they also share a concern about analyzing parameter estimates fit separately to two groups, when the best-fitting model is not shared. They propose to resolve this by considering a model that can encompass the full dynamics of the entire sample.’

      We have hierarchically force-fitted the full suite of models (M1-M4) to all participants to allow for comparison between parameters within each model assumption. We report all group differences from each model individually – assuming their explanation of the data - in Table S2 and Table S3. We have also demonstrated strong associations between parameters of equivalent meaning from different models to support our claims in Fig S11. We also show minimal distortion to parameter estimates in between-group analysis when models are either fitted hierarchically to the entire population, or group wise (Figure S10).

      Within model M1 and M2, the parameters quantify the degree to which participants believe their partner to be different from themselves. Under M1 and M2 model assumptions, BPD participants have meaningfully larger versus CON (Fig S10), which supports the notion that a new central tendency may be more parsimonious in phase 2 (as in the case of the optimal model for BPD, M4). We also show strong correlations across models between under M1 and M2, and the shift in central tendenices of beliefs between phase 1 and 2 under M3 and M4. This supports our primary comparison, and shows that even under non-dominant model assumptions, parameters demonstrate that BPD participants expect their partner’s relative reward preferences to be vastly different from themselves versus CON.

      ‘A final important point concerns the psychometric individual difference analyses which seem to be conducted on the full sample without considering the group structure.’

      We have now more clearly focused our psychometric analysis. We control for multiple comparisons, and compare parameters across the same model (M3) when assessing the relationship between paranoia, trauma, trait mentalising, and social contagion. We have relegated all other exploratory analyses to the supplementary material and noted where p values survive correction using False Discovery Rate.

      Reviewer 1:

      ‘The manuscript's primary weakness relates to the number of comparisons conducted and a lack of clarity in how those comparisons relate to the authors' hypotheses. The authors specify a primary prediction about disruption to information generalization in social decision making & learning processes, and it is clear from the text how their 4 main models are supposed to test this hypothesis. With regards to any further analyses however (such as the correlations between multiple clinical scales and eight different model parameters, but also individual parameter comparisons between groups), this is less clear. I recommend the authors clearly link each test to a hypothesis by specifying, for each analysis, what their specific expectations for conducted comparisons are, so a reader can assess whether the results are/aren't in line with predictions. The number of conducted tests relating to a specific hypothesis also determines whether multiple comparison corrections are warranted or not. If comparisons are exploratory in nature, this should be explicitly stated.’

      We have now corrected for multiple comparisons when examining the relationship between psychometric findings and parameters, using partial correlations and bootstrapping for robustness. These latter analyses were indeed not preregistered, and so we have more clearly signposted that these tests were exploratory. We chose to focus on the influence of psychometrics of interest on social contagion under model M3 given that this model explained a reasonable minority of behaviour in each group. We have now fully edited this section in the main text in response, and relegated all other correlations to the supplementary materials.

      ‘Furthermore, the authors present some measures for external validation of the models, including comparison between reaction times and belief shifts, and correlations between model predicted accuracy and behavioural accuracy/total scores. However it would be great to see some more formal external validation of how the model parameters relate to participant behaviour, e.g., the correlation between the number of pro-social choices and ß-values, or the correlation between the change in absolute number of pro-social choices and the change in ß. From comparing the behavioural and computational results it looks like they would correlate highly, but it would be nice to see this formally confirmed.’

      We have included this further examination within the Generative Accuracy and Recovery section:

      ‘We also assessed the relationship (Pearson rs) between modelled participant preference parameters in phase 1 and actual choice behaviour: was negatively correlated with prosocial versus competitive choices (r=-0.77, p<0.001) and individualistic versus competitive choices (r=-0.59, p<0.001); was positively correlated with individualistic versus competitive choices (r=0.53, p<0.001) and negatively correlated with prosocial versus individualistic choices (r=-0.69, p<0.001).’

      ‘The statement in the abstract that 'Overall, the findings provide a clear explanation of how self-other generalisation constrains and assists learning, how childhood adversity disrupts this through separation of internalised beliefs' makes an unjustified claim of causality between childhood adversity and separation of self - and other beliefs, although the authors only present correlations. I recommend this should be rephrased to reflect the correlational nature of the results.’

      Sorry – this was unfortunate wording: we did not intend to imply causation with our second clause in the sentence mentioned. We have amended the language to make it clear this relationship is associative:

      ‘Overall, the findings provide a clear explanation of how self-other generalisation constrains and assists learning, how childhood adversity is associated with separation of internalised beliefs, and makes clear causal predictions about the mechanisms of social information generalisation under uncertainty.’

      ‘Currently, from the discussion the findings seem relevant in explaining certain aberrant social learning and -decision making processes in BPD. However, I would like to see a more thorough discussion about the practical relevance of their findings in light of their observation of comparable prediction accuracy between the two groups.’

      We have included a new paragraph in the discussion to address this:

      ‘Notably, despite differing strategies, those with BPD achieved similar accuracy to CON participants in predicting their partners. All participants were more concerned with relative versus absolute reward; only those with BPD changed their strategy based on this focus. Practically this difference in BPD is captured either through disintegrated priors with a new median (M4) or very noisy, but integrated priors over partners (M1) if we assume M1 can account for the full population. In either case, the algorithm underlying the computational goal for BPD participants is far higher in entropy and emphasises a less stable or reliable process of inference. In future work, it would be important to assess this mechanism alongside momentary assessments of mood to understand whether more entropic learning processes contribute to distressing mood fluctuation.’

      ‘Relatedly, the authors mention that a primary focus of mentalization based therapy for BPD is 'restoring a stable sense of self' and 'differentiating the self from the other'. These goals are very reminiscent of the findings of the current study that individuals with BPD show lower uncertainty over their own and relative reward preferences, and that they are less susceptible to social contagion. Could the observed group differences therefore be a result of therapy rather than adverse early life experiences?’

      This is something that we wish to explore in further work. While verbal and model descriptions appear parsimonious, this is not straight forward. As we see, clinical observation and phenomenological dynamics may not necessarily match in an intuitive way to parameters of interest. It may be that compartmentalisation of self and other – as we see in BPD participants within our data – may counter-intuitively express as a less stable self. The evolutionary mechanisms that make social insertion and contagion enduring may also be the same that foster trust and learning.

      ‘Regarding partner similarity: It was unclear to me why the authors chose partners that were 50% similar when it would be at least equally interesting to investigate self-insertion and social contagion with those that are more than 50% different to ourselves? Do the authors have any assumptions or even data that shows the results still hold for situations with lower than 50% similarity?’

      While our task algorithm had a high probability to match individuals who were approximately 50% different with respect to their observed behaviour, there was variation either side of this value. The value of 50% median difference was chosen for two reasons: 1. We wanted to ensure participants had to learn about their partner to some degree relative to their own preferences and 2. we did not want to induce extreme over or under familiarity given the (now replicated) relationship between participant-partner similarity and intentional attributions (see below). Nevertheless, we did have some variation around the 50% median. Figure 3A in the top left panel demonstrates this fluctuation in participant-partner similarity and the figure legend further described this distribution (mean = 49%, sd = 12%). In future work we want to more closely manipulate the median similarity between participants and partners to understand how this facilitates or inhibits learning and generalisation.

      There is some analysis of the relationship between degrees of similiarity and behaviour. In the third paragraph of page 15 we report the influence of participant-partner similarity on reaction times. In prior work (Barnby et al., 2022; Cognition) we had shown that similarity was associated with reduced attributions of harm about a partner, irrespective of their true parameters (e.g. whether they were prosocial/competitive). We replicate this previous finding with a double dissociation illustrated in Figure 4, showing that greater discrepancies in participant-partner prosociality increases explicit harmful intent attributions (but not self-interest), and discrepancies in participant-partner individualism reduces explicit self-interest attributions (but not harmful intent). We have made these clearer in our results structure, and included FDR correction values for multiple comparisons.

      The methods section is rather dense and at least I found it difficult to keep track of the many different findings. I recommend the authors reduce the density by moving some of the secondary analyses in the supplementary materials, or alternatively, to provide an overall summary of all presented findings at the end of the Results section.

      We have now moved several of our exploratory findings into the supplementary materials, noteably the analysis of participant-partner similarity on reaction times (Fig S9), as well as the uncorrected correlation between parameters (Fig S7).

      Fig 2C) and Discussion p. 21: What do the authors mean by 'more sensitive updates'? more sensitive to what?

      We have now edited the wording to specify ‘more belief updating’ rather than ‘sensitive’ to be clearer in our language.

      P14 bottom: please specify what is meant by axial differences.

      We have changed this to ‘preference type’ rather than using the term ‘axial’.

      It may be helpful to have Supplementary Figure 1 in the main text.

      Thank you for this suggestion. Given the volume of information in the main text we hope that it is acceptable for Figure S1 to remain in the supplementary materials.

      Figure 3D bottom panel: what is the difference between left and right plots? Should one of them be alpha not beta?

      The left and right plots are of the change in standard deviation (left) and central tendency (right) of participant preference change between phase 1 and 3. This is currently noted in the figure legend, but we had added some text to be clearer that this is over prosocial-competitive beliefs specifically. We chose to use this belief as an example given the centrality of prosocial-comeptitive beliefs in the learning process in Figure 2. We also noticed a small labelling error in the bottom panels of 3D which should have noted that each plot was either with respect to the precision or mean-shift in beliefs during phase 3.

      ‘The relationship between uncertainty over the self and uncertainty over the other with respect to the change in the precision (left) and median-shift (right) in phase 3 prosocial-competitive beliefs .’

      Supplementary Figure 4: The prior presented does not look neutral to me, but rather right-leaning, so competitive, and therefore does indeed look like it was influenced by the self-model? If I am mistaken please could the authors explain why.

      This example distribution is taken from a single BPD participant. In this case, indeed, the prior is somewhat right-shifted. However, on a group level, priors over the partner were closely centred around 0 (see reported statistics in paragraph 2 under the heading ‘Phase 2 – BPD Participants Use Disintegrated and Neutral Priors). However, we understand how this may come across as misleading. For clarity we have expanded upon Figure S4 to include the phase 1 and prior phase 2 distributions for the entire BPD population for both prosocial and individualistic beliefs. This further demonstrates that those with BPD held surprisingly neutral beliefs over the expectations about their partners’ prosociality, but had minor shifts between their own individualistic preferences and the expected individualistic preferences of their partners. This is also visible in Figure S2.

      Reviewer 2:

      ‘There are two major weaknesses. First, the paper lacks focus and clarity. The introduction is rather vague and, after reading it, I remained confused about the paper's aims. Rather than relying on specific predictions, the analysis is exploratory. This implies that it is hard to keep track, and to understand the significance, of the many findings that are reported.’

      Thank you for this opportunity to be clearer in our framing of the paper. While the model makes specific causal predictions with respect to behavioural dynamics conditional on algorithmic differences, our other analyses were indeed exploratory. We did not preregister this work but now given the intriguing findings we intent to preregister our future analyses.

      We have made our introduction clearer with respect to the aims of the paper:

      ‘Our present work sought to achieve two primary goals: 1. Extend prior causal computational theories to formalise the interrelation between self-insertion and social contagion within an economic paradigm, the Intentions Game and 2., Test how a diagnosis of BPD may relate to deficits in these forms of generalisation. We propose a computational theory with testable predictions to begin addressing this question. To foreshadow our results, we found that healthy participants employ a mixed process of self-insertion and contagion to predict and align with the beliefs of their partners. In contrast, individuals with BPD exhibit distinct, disintegrated representations of self and other, despite showing similar average accuracy in their learning about partners. Our model and data suggest that the previously observed computational characteristics in BPD, such as reduced self-anchoring during ambiguous learning and a relative impermeability of the self, arise from the failure of information about others to transfer to and inform the self. By integrating separate computational findings, we provide a foundational model and a concise, dynamic paradigm to investigate uncertainty, generalization, and regulation in social interactions.’

      ‘Second, although the computational approach employed is clever and sophisticated, there is important information missing about model comparison which ultimately makes some of the results hard to assess from the perspective of the reader.’

      Our model comparison employed what is state of the art random-effects Bayesian model comparison (Piray et al., 2019; PLOS Comp. Biol.). It initially fits each individual to each model using Laplace approximation, and subsequently ‘races’ each model against each other on the group level and individual level through hierarchical constraints and random-effect considerations. We included this in the methods but have now expanded on the descrpition we used to compare models:

      In the results -

      ‘All computational models were fitted using a Hierarchical Bayesian Inference (HBI) algorithm which allows hierarchical parameter estimation while assuming random effects for group and individual model responsibility (Piray et al., 2019; see Methods for more information). We report individual and group-level model responsibility, in addition to protected exceedance probabilities between-groups to assess model dominance.’

      We added to our existing description in the methods –

      ‘All computational models were fitted using a Hierarchical Bayesian Inference (HBI) algorithm which allows hierarchical parameter estimation while assuming random effects for group and individual model responsibility (Piray et al., 2019). During fitting we added a small noise floor to distributions (2.22e<sup>-16</sup>) before normalisation for numerical stability. Parameters were estimated using the HBI in untransformed space drawing from broad priors (μM\=0, σ<sup>2</sup><sub>M</sub> = 6.5; where M\={M1, M2, M3, M4}). This process was run independently for each group. Parameters were transformed into model-relevant space for analysis. All models and hierarchical fitting was implemented in Matlab (Version R2022B). All other analyses were conducted in R (version 4.3.3; arm64 build) running on Mac OS (Ventura 13.0). We extracted individual and group level responsibilities, as well as the protected exceedance probability to assess model dominance per group.’

      (1) P3, third paragraph: please define self-insertion

      We have now more clearly defined this in the prior paragraph when introducing concepts.

      ‘To reduce uncertainty about others, theories of the relational self (Anderson & Chen, 2002) suggest that people have availble to them an extensive and well-grounded representation of themselves, leading to a readily accessible initial belief (Allport, 1924; Kreuger & Clement, 1994) that can be projected or integrated when learning about others (self-insertion).’

      (2) Introduction: the specific aim of the paper should be clarified - at the moment, it is rather vague. The authors write: "However, critical questions remain: How do humans adjudicate between self-insertion and contagion during interaction to manage interpersonal generalization? Does the uncertainty in self-other beliefs affect their generalizability? How can disruptions in interpersonal exchange during sensitive developmental periods (e.g., childhood maltreatment) inform models of psychiatric disorders?". Which of these questions is the focus of the paper? And how does the paper aim at addressing it?

      (3) Relatedly, from the introduction it is not clear whether the goal is to develop a theory of self-insertion and social contagion and test it empirically, or whether it is to study these processes in BPD, or both (or something else). Clarifying which specific question(s) is addressed is important (also clarifying what we already know about that specific question, and how the paper aims at elucidating that specific question).

      We have now included our specific aims of the paper. We note this in the above response to the reviwers general comments.

      (4) "Computational models have probed social processes in BPD, linking the BPD phenotype to a potential over-reliance on social versus internal cues (Henco et al., 2020), 'splitting' of social latent states that encode beliefs about others (Story et al., 2023), negative appraisal of interpersonal experiences with heightened self-blame (Mancinelli et al., 2024), inaccurate inferences about others' irritability (Hula et al., 2018), and reduced belief adaptation in social learning contexts (Siegel et al., 2020). Previous studies have typically overlooked how self and other are represented in tandem, prompting further investigation into why any of these BPD phenotypes manifest." Not clear what the link between the first and second sentence is. Does it mean that previous computational models have focused exclusively on how other people are represented in BPD, and not on how the self is represented? Please spell this out.

      Thank you for the opportunity to be clearer in our language. We have now spelled out our point more precisely, and included some extra relevant literature helpfully pointed out by another reviewer.

      ‘Computational models have probed social processes in BPD, although almost exclusively during observational learning. The BPD phenotype has been associated with a potential over-reliance on social versus internal cues (Henco et al., 2020), ‘splitting’ of social latent states that encode beliefs about others (Story et al., 2023), negative appraisal of interpersonal experiences with heightened self-blame (Mancinelli et al., 2024), inaccurate inferences about others’ irritability (Hula et al., 2018), and reduced belief adaptation in social learning contexts (Siegel et al., 2020). Associative models have also been adapted to characterize  ‘leaky’ self-other reinforcement learning (Ereira et al., 2018), finding that those with BPD overgeneralize (leak updates) about themselves to others (Story et al., 2024). Altogether, there is currently a gap in the direct causal link between insertion, contagion, and learning (in)stability.’

      (5) P5, first paragraph. The description of the task used in phase 1 should be more detailed. The essential information for understanding the task is missing.

      We have updated this section to point toward Figure 1 and the Methods where the details of the task are more clearly outlined. We hope that it is acceptable not to explain the full task at this point for brevity and to not interrupt the flow of the results.

      “Detailed descriptions of the task can be found in the methods section and Figure 1.’

      (6) P5, second paragraph: briefly state how the Psychometric data were acquired (e.g., self-report).

      We have now clarified this in the text.

      ‘All participants also self-reported their trait paranoia, childhood trauma, trust beliefs, and trait mentalizing (see methods).’

      (7) "For example, a participant could make prosocial (self=5; other=5) versus individualistic (self=10; other=5) choices, or prosocial (self=10; other=10) versus competitive (self=10; other=5) choices". Not sure what criteria are used for distinguishing between individualistic and competitive - they look the same?

      Sorry. This paragraph was not clear that the issue is that the interpretation of the choice depends on both members of the pair of options. Here, in one pair {(self=5,other=5) vs (self=10,other=5)}, it is highly pro-social for the self to choose (5,5), sacrificing 5 points for the sake of equality. In the second pair {(self=10,other=10) vs (self=10,other=5)}, it is highly competitive to choose (10,5), denying the other 5 points at no benefit to the self. We have clarified this:

      ‘We analyzed the ‘types’ of choices participants made in each phase (Supplementary Table 1). The interpretation of a participant’s choice depends on both values in a choice. For example, a participant could make prosocial (self=5; other=5) versus individualistic (self=10; other=5) choices, or prosocial (self=10; other=10) versus competitive (self=10; other=5) choices. There were 12 of each pair in phases 1 and 3 (individualistic vs. prosocial; prosocial vs. competitive; individualistic vs. competitive).’  

      (8) "In phase 1, both CON and BPD participants made prosocial choices over competitive choices with similar frequency (CON=9.67[3.62]; BPD=9.60[3.57])" please report t-test - the same applies also various times below.

      We have now included the t test statistics with each instance.

      ‘In phase 3, both CON and BPD participants continued to make equally frequent prosocial versus competitive choices (CON=9.15[3.91]; BPD=9.38[3.31]; t=-0.54, p=0.59); CON participants continued to make significantly less prosocial versus individualistic choices (CON=2.03[3.45]; BPD=3.78 [4.16]; t=2.31, p=0.02). Both groups chose equally frequent individualistic versus competitive choices (CON=10.91[2.40]; BPD=10.18[2.72]; t=-0.49, p=0.62).’

      (9) P 9: "Models M2 and M3 allow for either self-insertion or social contagion to occur independently" what's the difference between M2 and M3?

      Model M2 hypothesises that participants use their own self representation as priors when learning about the other in phase 2, but are not influenced by their partner. M3 hypothesises that participants form an uncoupled prior (no self-insertion) about their partner in phase 2, and their choices in phase 3 are influenced by observing their partner in phase 2 (social contagion). In Figure 1 we illustrate the difference between M2 and M3. In Table 1 we specifically report the parameterisation differences between M2 and M3. We have also now included a correlational analysis of parameters between models to demonstrate the relationship between model parameters of equivalent value between models (Fig S11). We have also force fitted all models (M1-M4) to the data independently and reported group differences within each (see Table S2 and Table S3).

      (10) P 9, last paragraph: I did not understand the description of the Beta model.

      The beta model is outlined in detail in Table 1. We have also clarified the description of the beta model on page 9:

      ‘The ‘Beta model’ is equivalent to M1 in its causal architecture (both self-insertion and social contagion are hypothesized to occur) but differs in richness: it accommodates the possibility that participants might only consider a single dimension of relative reward allocation, which is typically emphasized in previous studies (e.g., Hula et al., 2018).’

      (11) P 9: I wonder whether one could think about more intuitive labels for the models, rather than M1, M2 etc.. This is just a suggestion, as I am not sure a short label would be feasible here.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We apologise that it is not very intitutive. The problem is that given the various terms we use to explain the different processes of generalisation that might occur between self and other, and given that each model is a different combination of each, we felt that numbering them was a lesser evil. We hope that the reader will be able to reference both Figure 1 and Table 1 to get a good feel for how the models and their causal implications differ.

      (12) Model comparison: the information about what was done for model comparison is scant, and little about fit statistics is reported. At the moment, it is hard for a reader to assess the results of the model comparison analysis.

      Model comparison and fitting was conducted using simultaneous hierarchical fitting and random-effects comparison. This is employed through the HBI package (Piray et al., 2019) where the assumptions and fitting proceedures are outlined in great detail. In short, our comparison allows for individual and group-level hierarchical fitting and comparison. This overcomes the issue of interdependence between and within model fitting within a population, which is often estimated separately.

      We have outlined this in the methods, although appreciate we do not touch upon it until the reader reaches that point. We have added a clarification statement on page 9 to rectify this:

      ‘All computational models were fitted using a Hierarchical Bayesian Inference (HBI) algorithm which allows hierarchical parameter estimation while assuming random effects for group and individual model responsibility (Piray et al., 2019; see Methods for more information). We report individual and group-level model responsibility, in addition to protected exceedance probabilities between-groups to assess model dominance.’

      (13) P 14, first paragraph: "BPD participants were also more certain about both types of preference" what are the two types of preferences?

      The two types of preferences are relative (prosocial-competitive) and absolute (individualistic) reward utility. These are expressed as b and a respectively. We have expanded the sentence in question to make this clearer:

      ‘BPD participants were also more certain about both self-preferences for absolute and relative reward ( = -0.89, 95%HDI: -1.01, -0.75; = -0.32, 95%HDI: -0.60, -0.04) versus CON participants (Figure 2B).’

      (14) "Parameter Associations with Reported Trauma, Paranoia, and Attributed Intent" the results reported here are intriguing, but not fully convincing as there is the problem of multiple comparisons. The combinations between parameters and scales are rather numerous. I suggest to correct for multiple comparisons and to flag only the findings that survive correction.

      We have now corrected this and controlled for multiple comparisons through partial correlation analysis, bootstrapping assessment for robustness, permutation testing, and False Detection Rate correction. We only report those that survive bootstrapping and permutation testing, reporting both corrected (p[fdr]) and uncorrected (p) significance.

      (15) Results page 14 and page 15. The authors compare the various parameters between groups. I would assume that these parameters come from M1 for controls and from M4 for BDP? Please clarify if this is indeed the case. If it is the case, I am not sure this is appropriate. To my knowledge, it is appropriate to compare parameters between groups only if the same model is fit to both groups. If two different models are fit to each group, then the parameters are not comparable, as the parameter have, so to speak, different "meaning" in two models. Now, I want to stress that my knowledge on this matter may be limited, and that the authors' approach may be sound. However, to be reassured that the approach is indeed sound, I would appreciate a clarification on this point and a reference to relevant sources about this approach.

      This is an important point. First, we confirmed all our main conclusions about parameter differences using the maximal model M1 to fit all the participants. We added Supplementary Table 2 to report the outcome of this analysis. Second, we did the same for parameters across all models M1-M4, fitting each to participants without comparison. This is particularly relevant for M3, since at least a minority of participants of both groups were best explained by this model. We report these analyses in Fig S11:

      Since the M4 is nested within M1, we argue that this comparison is still meaningful, and note explanations in the text for why the effects noted between groups may occur given the differences in their causal meaning, for example in the results under phase 2 analyses:

      ‘Belief updating in phase 2 was less flexible in BPD participants. Median change in beliefs (from priors to posteriors) about a partner’s preferences was lower versus. CON ( = -5.53, 95%HDI: -7.20, -4.00; = -10.02, 95%HDI: -12.81, -7.30). Posterior beliefs about partner were more precise in BPD versus CON ( = -0.94, 95%HDI: -1.50, -0.45;  = -0.70, 95%HDI: -1.20, -0.25).  This is unsurprising given the disintegrated priors of the BPD group in M4, meaning they need to ‘travel less’ in state space. Nevertheless, even under assumptions of M1 and M2 for both groups, BPD showed smaller posteriors median changes versus CON in phase 2 (see Table T2). These results converge to suggest those with BPD form rigid posterior beliefs.’

      (16) "We built and tested a theory of interpersonal generalization in a population of matched participants" this sentence seems to be unwarranted, as there is no theory in the paper (actually, as it is now, the paper looks rather exploratory)

      We thank the reviewer for their perspective. Formal models can be used as a theoretical statement on the casual algorithmic process underlying decision making and choice behaviour; the development of formal models are an essential theoretical tool for precision and falsification (Haslbeck et al., 2022). In this sense, we have built several competing formal theories that test, using casual architectures, whether the latent distribution(s) that generate one’s choices generalise into one’s predictions about another person, and simultaneously whether one’s latent distribution(s) that represent beliefs about another person are used to inform future choices.

      Reviewer 3:

      ‘My broad question about the experiment (in terms of its clinical and cognitive process relevance): Does the task encourage competition or give participants a reason to take advantage of others? I don't think it does, so it would be useful to clarify the normative account for prosociality in the introduction (e.g., some of Robin Dunbar's work).’

      We agree that our paradigm does not encourage competition. We use a reward structure that makes it contingent on participants to overcome a particular threshold before earning rewards, but there is no competitive element to this, in that points earned or not earned by partners have no bearing on the outcomes for the participant. This is important given the consideration of recursive properties that arise through mixed-motive games; we wanted to focus purely on observational learning in phase 2, and repercussion-free choices made by participants in phase 1 and 3, meaning the choices participants, and decisions of a partner, are theoretically in line with self-preferences irrespective of the judgement of others. We have included a clearer statement of the structure of this type of task, and more clearly cited the origin for its structure (Murphy & Ackerman, 2011):

      ‘Our present work sought to achieve two primary goals. 1. Extend prior causal computational theories to formalise and test the interrelation between self-insertion and social contagion on learning and behaviour to better probe interpersonal generalisation in health, and 2., Test whether previous computational findings of social learning changes in BPD can be explained by infractions to self-other generalisation. We accomplish these goals by using a dynamic, sequential social value economic paradigm, the Intentions Game, building upon a Social Value Orientation Framework (Murphy & Ackerman, 2011) that assumes motivational variation in joint reward allocation.’

      Given the introductions structure as it stands, we felt providing another paragraph on the normative assumptions of such a game was outside the scope of this article.

      ‘The finding that individuals with BPD do not engage in self-other generalization on this task of social intentions is novel and potentially clinically relevant. The authors find that BPD participants' tendency to be prosocial when splitting points with a partner does not transfer into their expectations of how a partner will treat them in a task where they are the passive recipient of points chosen by the partner. In the discussion, the authors reasonably focus on model differences between groups (Bayesian model comparison), yet I thought this finding -- BPD participants not assuming prosocial tendencies in phase 2 while CON participant did -- merited greater attention. Although the BPD group was close to 0 on the \beta prior in Phase 2, their difference from CON is still in the direction of being more mistrustful (or at least not assuming prosociality). This may line up with broader clinical literature on mistrustfulness and attributions of malevolence in the BPD literature (e.g., a 1992 paper by Nigg et al. in Journal of Abnormal Psychology). My broad point is to consider further the Phase 2 findings in terms of the clinical interpretation of the shift in \beta relative to controls.’

      This is an important point, that we contextualize within the parameterisation of our utility model. While the shift toward 0 in the BPD participants is indeed more competitive, as the reviewer notes, it is surprisingly centred closely around 0, with only a slight bias to be prosocial (mean = -0.47;  = -6.10, 95%HDI: -7.60, -4.60). Charitably we might argue that BPD participants are expecting more competitive preferences from their partner. However even so, given their variance around their priors in phase 2, they are uncertain or unconfident about this. We take a more conservative approach in the paper and say that given the tight proximity to 0 and the variance of their group priors, they are likely to be ‘hedging their bets’ on whether their partner is going to be prosocial or competitive. While the movement from phase 1 to 2 is indeed in the competitive direction it still lands in neutral territory. Model M4 does not preclude central tendancies at the start of Phase 2 being more in the competitive direction.

      ‘First, the authors note that they have "proposed a theory with testable predictions" (p. 4 but also elsewhere) but they do not state any clear predictions in the introduction, nor do they consider what sort of patterns will be observed in the BPD group in view of extant clinical and computational literature. Rather, the paper seems to be somewhat exploratory, largely looking at group differences (BPD vs. CON) on all of the shared computational parameters and additional indices such as belief updating and reaction times. Given this, I would suggest that the authors make stronger connections between extant research on intention representation in BPD and their framework (model and paradigm). In particular, the authors do not address related findings from Ereira (2020) and Story (2024) finding that in a false belief task that BPD participants *overgeneralize* from self to other. A critical comparison of this work to the present study, including an examination of the two tasks differ in the processes they measure, is important.’

      Thank you for this opportunity to include more of the important work that has preceded the present manuscript. Prior work has tended to focus on either descriptive explanations of self-other generalisation (e.g. through the use of RW type models) or has focused on observational learning instability in absence of a causal model from where initial self-other beliefs may arise. While the prior work cited by the reviewer [Ereira (2020; Nat. Comms.) and Story (2024; Trans. Psych.)] does examine the inter-trial updating between self-other, it does not integrate a self model into a self’s belief about an other prior to observation. Rather, it focuses almost exclusively on prediction error ‘leakage’ generated during learning about individual reward (i.e. one sided reward). These findings are important, but lie in a slightly different domain. They also do not cut against ours, and in fact, we argue in the discussion that the sort of learning instability described above and splitting (as we cite from Story ea. 2024; Psych. Rev.) may result from a lack of self anchoring typical of CON participants. Nevertheless we agree these works provide an important premise to contrast and set the groundwork for our present analysis and have included them in the framing of our introduction, as well as contrasting them to our data in the discussion.

      In the introduction:

      ‘The BPD phenotype has been associated with a potential over-reliance on social versus internal cues (Henco et al., 2020), ‘splitting’ of social latent states that encode beliefs about others (Story et al., 2023), negative appraisal of interpersonal experiences with heightened self-blame (Mancinelli et al., 2024), inaccurate inferences about others’ irritability (Hula et al., 2018), and reduced belief adaptation in social learning contexts (Siegel et al., 2020). Associative models have also been adapted to characterize  ‘leaky’ self-other reinforcement learning (Ereira et al., 2018), finding that those with BPD overgeneralize (leak updates) about themselves to others (Story et al., 2024). Altogether, there is currently a gap in the direct causal link between insertion, contagion, and learning (in)stability.’

      In the discussion:

      ‘Disruptions in self-to-other generalization provide an explanation for previous computational findings related to task-based mentalizing in BPD. Studies tracking observational mentalizing reveal that individuals with BPD, compared to those without, place greater emphasis on social over internal reward cues when learning (Henco et al., 2020; Fineberg et al., 2018). Those with BPD have been shown to exhibit reduced belief adaptation (Siegel et al., 2020) along with ‘splitting’ of latent social representations (Story et al., 2024a). BPD is also shown to be associated with overgeneralisation in self-to-other belief updates about individual outcomes when using a one-sided reward structure (where participant responses had no bearing on outcomes for the partner; Story et al., 2024b). Our analyses show that those with BPD are equal to controls in their generalisation of absolute reward (outcomes that only affect one player) but disintegrate beliefs about relative reward (outcomes that affect both players) through adoption of a new, neutral belief. We interpret this together in two ways: 1. There is a strong concern about social relativity when those with BPD form beliefs about others, 2. The absence of constrained self-insertion about relative outcomes may predispose to brittle or ‘split’ beliefs. In other words, those with BPD assume ambiguity about the social relativity preferences of another (i.e. how prosocial or punitive) and are quicker to settle on an explanation to resolve this. Although self-insertion may be counter-intuitive to rational belief formation, it has important implications for sustaining adaptive, trusting social bonds via information moderation.’

      In addition, perhaps it is fairer to note more explicitly the exploratory nature of this work. Although the analyses are thorough, many of them are not argued for a priori (e.g., rate of belief updating in Figure 2C) and the reader amasses many individual findings that need to by synthesized.’

      We have now noted the primary goals of our work in the introduction, and have included caveats about the exploratory nature of our analyses. We would note that our model is in effect a causal combination of prior work cited within the introduction (Barnby et al., 2022; Moutoussis et al., 2016). This renders our computational models in effect a causal theory to test, although we agree that our dissection of the results are exploratory. We have more clearly signposted this:

      ‘Our present work sought to achieve two primary goals. 1. Extend prior causal computational theories to formalise and test the interrelation between self-insertion and social contagion on learning and behaviour to better probe interpersonal generalisation in health, and 2., Test whether previous computational findings of social learning changes in BPD can be explained by infractions to self-other generalisation. We accomplish these goals by using a dynamic, sequential economic paradigm, the Intentions Game, building upon a Social Value Orientation Framework (Murphy & Ackerman, 2011) that assumes innate motivational variation in joint reward allocation.‘

      ‘Second, in the discussion, the authors are too quick to generalize to broad clinical phenomena in BPD that are not directly connected to the task at hand. For example, on p. 22: "Those with a diagnosis of BPD also show reduced permeability in generalising from other to self. While prior research has predominantly focused on how those with BPD use information to form impressions, it has not typically examined whether these impressions affect the self." Here, it's not self-representation per se (typically, identity or one's view of oneself), but instead cooperation and prosocial tendencies in an economic context. It is important to clarify what clinical phenomena may be closely related to the task and which are more distal and perhaps should not be approached here.’

      Thank you for this important point. We agree that social value orientation, and particularly in this economically-assessed form, is but one aspect of the self, and we did not test any others. A version of the social contagion phenomena is also present in other aspects of the self in intertemporal (Moutoussis et al., 2016), economic (Suzuki et al., 2016) and moral preferences (Yu et al., 2021). It would be most interesting to attempt to correlate the degrees of insertion and contagion across the different tasks.

      We take seriously the wider concern that behaviour in our tasks based on economic preferences may not have clinical validity. This issue is central in the whole field of computational psychiatry, much of which is based on generalizing from tasks like ours, and discussing correlations with psychometric measures. We hope that it is acceptable to leave such discussions to the many reviews on computational psychiatry (Montague et al., 2012; Hitchcock et al., 2022; Huys et al., 2016). Here, we have just put a caveat in the dicussion:

      ‘Finally, a limitation may be that behaviour in tasks based on economic preferences may not have clinical validity. This issue is central to the field of computational psychiatry, much of which is based on generalising from tasks like that within this paper and discussing correlations with psychometric measures. Extrapolating  economic tasks into the real world has been the topic of discussion for the many reviews on computational psychiatry (e.g. Montague et al., 2012; Hitchcock et al., 2022; Huys et al., 2016). We note a strength of this work is the use of model comparison to understand causal algorithmic differences between those with BPD and matched healthy controls. Nevertheless, we wish to further pursue how latent characteristics captured in our models may directly relate to real-world affective change.’

      ‘On a more technical level, I had two primary concerns. First, although the authors consider alternative models within a hierarchical Bayesian framework, some challenges arise when one analyzes parameter estimates fit separately to two groups, particularly when the best-fitting model is not shared. In particular, although the authors conduct a model confusion analysis, they do not as far I could tell (and apologies if I missed it) demonstrate that the dynamics of one model are nested within the other. Given that M4 has free parameters governing the expectations on the absolute and relative reward preferences in Phase 2, is it necessarily the case that the shared parameters between M1 and M4 can be interpreted on the same scale? Relatedly, group-specific model fitting has virtues when believes there to be two distinct populations, but there is also a risk of overfitting potentially irrelevant sample characteristics when parameters are fit group by group.

      To resolve these issues, I saw one straightforward solution (though in modeling, my experience is that what seems straightforward on first glance may not be so upon further investigation). M1 assumes that participants' own preferences (posterior central tendency) in Phase 1 directly transfer to priors in Phase 2, but presumably the degree of transfer could vary somewhat without meriting an entirely new model (i.e., the authors currently place this question in terms of model selection, not within-model parameter variation). I would suggest that the authors consider a model parameterization fit to the full dataset (both groups) that contains free parameters capturing the *deviations* in the priors relative to the preceding phase's posterior. That is, the free parameters $\bar{\alpha}_{par}^m$ and $\bar{\beta}_{par}^m$ govern the central tendency of the Phase 2 prior parameter distributions directly, but could be reparametrized as deviations from Phase 1 $\theta^m_{ppt}$ parameters in an additive form. This allows for a single model to be fit all participants that encompasses the dynamics of interest such that between-group parameter comparisons are not biased by the strong assumptions imposed by M1 (that phase 1 preferences and phase 2 observations directly transfer to priors). In the case of controls, we would expect these deviation parameters to be centred on 0 insofar as the current M1 fit them best, whereas for BPD participants should have significant deviations from earlier-phase posteriors (e.g., the shift in \beta toward prior neutrality in phase 2 compared to one's own prosociality in phase 1). I think it's still valid for the authors to argue for stronger model constraints for Bayesian model comparison, as they do now, but inferences regarding parameter estimates should ideally be based on a model that can encompass the full dynamics of the entire sample, with simpler dynamics (like posterior -> prior transfer) being captured by near-zero parameter estimates.’

      Thank you for the chance to be clearer in our modelling. In particular, the suggestion to include a model that can be fit to all participants with the equivalent of the likes of partial social insertion, to check if the results stand, can actually be accomplished through our existing models.  That is, the parameter that governs the flexibility over beliefs in phase 2 under models M1 (dominant for CON participant) and M2 parameterises the degree to which participants think their partner may be different from themselves. Thus, forcibly fitting M1 and M2 hierarchically to all participants, and then separately to BPD and CON participants, can quantify the issue raised: if BPD participants indeed distinguish partners as vastly different from themselves enough to warent a new central tendency, should be quantitively higher in BPD vs CON participants under M1 and M2.

      We therefore tested this, reporting the distributional differences between for BPD and CON participants under M1, both when fitted together as a population and as separate groups. As is higher for BPD participants under both conditions for M1 and M2 it supports our claim and will add more context for the comparison - may be large enough in BPD that a new central tendency to anchor beliefs is a more parsimonious explanation.

      We cross checked this result by assessing the discrepancy between the participant’s and assumed partner’s central tendencies for both prosocial and individualistic preferences via best-fitting model M4 for the BPD group. We thereby examined whether belief disintegration is uniform across preferences (relative vs abolsute reward) or whether one tendency was shifted dramatically more than another.  We found that beliefs over prosocial-competitive preferences were dramatically shifted, whereas those over individualistic preferences were not.

      We have added the following to the main text results to explain this:

      Model Comparison:

      ‘We found that CON participants were best fit at the group level by M1 (Frequency = 0.59, Protected Exceedance Probability = 0.98), whereas BPD participants were best fit by M4 (Frequency = 0.54, Protected Exceedance Probability = 0.86; Figure 2A). We first analyse the results of these separate fits. Later, in order to assuage concerns about drawing inferences from different models, we examined the relationships between the relevant parameters when we forced all participants to be fit to each of the models (in a hierarchical manner, separated by group). In sum, our model comparison is supported by convergence in parameter values when comparisons are meaningful. We refer to both types of analysis below.’

      Phase 1:

      ‘These differences were replicated when considering parameters between groups when we fit all participants to the same models (M1-M4; see Table S2).’

      Phase 2:

      ‘To check that these conclusions about self-insertion did not depend on the different models, we found that only under M1 and M2 were consistently larger in BPD versus CON. This supports the notion that new central tendencies for BPD participants in phase 2 were required, driven by expectations about a partner’s relative reward. (see Fig S10 & Table S2). and parameters under assumptions of M1 and M2 were strongly correlated with median change in belief between phase 1 and 2 under M3 and M4, suggesting convergence in outcome (Fig S11).’

      ‘Furthermore, even under assumptions of M1-M4 for both groups, BPD showed smaller posterior median changes versus CON in phase 2 (see Table T2). These results converge to suggest those with BPD form rigid posterior beliefs.’

      ‘Assessing this same relationship under M1- and M2-only assumptions reveals a replication of this group effect for absolute reward, but the effect is reversed for relative reward (see Table S3). This accords with the context of each model, where under M1 and M2, BPD participants had larger phase 2 prior flexibility over relative reward (leading to larger initial surprise), which was better accounted for by a new central tendency under M4 during model comparison. When comparing both groups under M1-M4 informational surprise over absolute reward was consistently restricted in BPD (Table S3), suggesting a diminished weight of this preference when forming beliefs about an other.’

      Phase 3

      ‘In the dominant model for the BPD group—M4—participants are not influenced in their phase 3 choices following exposure to their partner in phase 2. To further confirm this we also analysed absolute change in median participant beliefs between phase 1 and 3 under the assumption that M1 and M3 was the dominant model for both groups (that allow for contagion to occur). This analysis aligns with our primary model comparison using M1 for CON and M4 for BPD  (Figure 2C). CON participants altered their median beliefs between phase 1 and 3 more than BPD participants (M1: linear estimate = 0.67, 95%CI: 0.16, 1.19; t = 2.57, p = 0.011; M3: linear estimate = 1.75, 95%CI: 0.73, 2.79; t = 3.36, p < 0.001). Relative reward was overall more susceptible to contagion versus absolute reward (M1: linear estimate = 1.40, 95%CI: 0.88, 1.92; t = 5.34, p<0.001; M3: linear estimate = 2.60, 95%CI: 1.57, 3.63; t = 4.98, p < 0.001). There was an interaction between group and belief type under M3 but not M1 (M3: linear estimate = 2.13, 95%CI: 0.09, 4.18, t = 2.06, p=0.041). There was only a main effect of belief type on precision under M3 (linear estimate = 0.47, 95%CI: 0.07, 0.87, t = 2.34, p = 0.02); relative reward preferences became more precise across the board. Derived model estimates of preference change between phase 1 and 3 strongly correlated between M1 and M3 along both belief types (see Table S2 and Fig S11).’

      ‘My second concern pertains to the psychometric individual difference analyses. These were not clearly justified in the introduction, though I agree that they could offer potentially meaningful insight into which scales may be most related to model parameters of interest. So, perhaps these should be earmarked as exploratory and/or more clearly argued for. Crucially, however, these analyses appear to have been conducted on the full sample without considering the group structure. Indeed, many of the scales on which there are sizable group differences are also those that show correlations with psychometric scales. So, in essence, it is unclear whether most of these analyses are simply recapitulating the between-group tests reported earlier in the paper or offer additional insights. I think it's hard to have one's cake and eat it, too, in this regard and would suggest the authors review Preacher et al. 2005, Psychological Methods for additional detail. One solution might be to always include group as a binary covariate in the symptom dimension-parameter analyses, essentially partialing the correlations for group status. I remain skeptical regarding whether there is additional signal in these analyses, but such controls could convince the reader. Nevertheless, without such adjustments, I would caution against any transdiagnostic interpretations such as this one in the Highlights: "Higher reported childhood trauma, paranoia, and poorer trait mentalizing all diminish other-to-self information transfer irrespective of diagnosis." Since many of these analyses relate to scales on which the groups differ, the transdiagnostic relevance remains to be demonstrated.’

      We have restructured the psychometric section to ensure transparency and clarity in our analysis. Namely, in response to these comments and those of the other reviewers, we have opted to remove the parameter analyses that aimed to cross-correlate psychometric scores with latent parameters from different models: as the reviewer points out, we do not have parity between dominant models for each group to warrant this, and fitting the same model to both groups artificially makes the parameters qualitatively different. Instead we have opted to focus on social contagion, or rather restrictions on , between phases 1 and 3 explained by M3. This provides us with an opportunity to examine social contagion on the whole population level isolated from self-insertion biases. We performed bootstrapping (1000 reps) and permutation testing (1000 reps) to assess the stability and significance of each edge in the partial correlation network, and then applied FDR correction (p[fdr]), thus controlling for multiple comparisons. We note that while we focused on M3 to isolate the effect across the population, social contagion across both relative and absolute reward under M3 strongly correlated with social contagion under M1 (see Fig S11).

      ‘We explored whether social contagion may be restricted as a result of trauma, paranoia, and less effective trait mentalizing under the assumption of M3 for all participants (where everyone is able to be influenced by their partner). To note, social contagion under M3 was highly correlated with contagion under M1 (see Fig S11). We conducted partial correlation analysis to estimate relationships conditional on all other associations and retained all that survived bootstrapping (1000 reps), permutation testing (1000 reps), and subsequent FDR correction. Persecution and CTQ scores were both moderately associated with MZQ scores (RGPTSB r = 0.41, 95%CI: 0.23, 0.60, p = 0.004, p[fdr]=0.043; CTQ r = 0.354 95%CI: 0.13, 0.56, p=0.019, p[fdr]=0.02). MZQ scores were in turn moderately and negatively associated with shifts in prosocial-competitive preferences () between phase 1 and 3 (r = -0.26, 95%CI: -0.46, -0.06, p=0.026, p[fdr]=0.043). CTQ scores were also directly and negatively associated with shifts in individualistic preferences (; r = -0.24, 95%CI: -0.44, -0.13, p=0.052, p[fdr]=0.065). This provides some preliminary evidence that trauma impacts beliefs about individualism directly, whereas trauma and persecutory beliefs impact beliefs about prosociality through impaired mentalising (Figure 4A).’

      (1) As far as I could tell, the authors didn't provide an explanation of this finding on page 5: "However, CON participants made significantly fewer prosocial choices when individualistic choices were available" While one shouldn't be forced to interpret every finding, the paper is already in that direction and I found this finding to be potentially relevant to the BPD-control comparison.

      Thank you for this observation. This sentance reports the fact that CON participants were effectively more selfish than BPD participants. This is captured by the lower value of reported in Figure 2, and suggests that CON participants were more focused on absolute value – acting in a more ‘economically rational’ manner – versus BPD participants. This fits in with our fourth paragraph of the discussion where we discuss prior work that demonstrates a heightened social focus in those with BPD. Indeed, the finding the reviewer highlights further emphasises the point that those with BPD are much more sensitive, and motived to choose, options concerning relative reward than are CON participants. The text in the discussion reads:

      ‘We also observe this in self-generated participant choice behaviour, where CON participants were more concerned over absolute reward versus their BPD counterparts, suggesting a heighted focus on relative vs. absolute reward in those with BPD.’

      (2) The adaptive algorithm for adjusting partner behavior in Phase 2 was clever and effective. Did the authors conduct a manipulation check to demonstrate that the matching resulted in approximately 50% difference between one's behavior in Phase 1 and the partner in Phase 2? Perhaps Supplementary Figure suffices, but I wondered about a simpler metric.

      Thanks for this point. We highlight this in Figure 3B and within the same figure legend although appreciate the panel is quite small and may be missed.  We have now highlighted this manipulation check more clearly in behavioural analysis section of the main text:

      ‘Server matching between participant and partner in phase 2 was successful, with participants being approximately 50% different to their partners with respect to the choices each would have made on each trial in phase 2 (mean similarity=0.49, SD=0.12).’

      (3) The resolution of point-range plots in Figure 4 was grainy. Perhaps it's not so in the separate figure file, but I'd suggest checking.

      Apologies. We have now updated and reorganised the figure to improve clarity.

      (4) p. 21: Suggest changing to "different" as opposed to "opposite" since the strategies are not truly opposing: "but employed opposite strategies."

      We have amended this.

      (5) p. 21: I found this sentence unclear, particularly the idea of "similar updating regime." I'd suggest clarifying: "In phase 2, CON participants exhibited greater belief sensitivity to new information during observational learning, eventually adopting a similar updating regime to those with BPD."

      We have clarified this statement:

      ‘In observational learning in phase 2, CON participants initially updated their beliefs in response to new information more quickly than those with BPD, but eventually converged to a similar rate of updating.’

      (6) p. 23: The content regarding psychosis seemed out of place, particularly as the concluding remark. I'd suggest keeping the focus on the clinical population under investigation. If you'd like to mention the paradigm's relevance to psychosis (which I think could be omitted), perhaps include this as a future direction when describing the paradigm's strengths above.

      We agree the paragraph is somewhat speculative. We have omitted it in aid of keeping the messaging succinct and to the point.

      (7) p. 24: Was BPD diagnosis assess using unstructured clinical interview? Although psychosis was exclusionary, what about recent manic or hypomanic episodes or Bipolar diagnosis? A bit more detail about BPD sample ascertainment would be useful, including any instruments used to make a diagnosis and information about whether you measured inter-rater agreement.

      Participants diagnosed with BPD were recruited from specialist personality disorder services across various London NHS mental health trusts. The diagnosis of BPD was established by trained assessors at the clinical services and confirmed using the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV (SCID-II) (First et al., 1997). Individuals with a history of psychotic episodes, severe learning disability or neurological illness/trauma were excluded. We have now included this extra detail within our methods in the paper:

      ‘The majority of BPD participants were recruited through referrals by psychiatrists, psychotherapists, and trainee clinical psychologists within personality disorder services across 9 NHS Foundation Trusts in the London, and 3 NHS Foundation Trusts across England (Devon, Merseyside, Cambridgeshire). Four BPD participants were also recruited by self-referral through the UCLH website, where the study was advertised. To be included in the study, all participants needed to have, or meet criteria for, a primary diagnosis of BPD (or emotionally-unstable personality disorder or complex emotional needs) based on a professional clinical assessment conducted by the referring NHS trust (for self-referrals, the presence of a recent diagnosis was ascertained through thorough discussion with the participant, whereby two of the four also provided clinical notes). The patient participants also had to be under the care of the referring trust or have a general practitioner whose details they were willing to provide. Individuals with psychotic or mood disorders, recent acute psychotic episodes, severe learning disability, or current or past neurological disorders were not eligible for participation and were therefore not referred by the clinical trusts.‘

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Despite evidence suggesting the benefits of neutralizing mucosa-derived IgA in the upper airway in protection against the SARS-CoV-2 virus, all currently approved vaccines are administered intramuscularly, which mainly induces systemic IgG. Waki et al. aimed to characterize the benefits of intranasal vaccination at the molecular level by isolating B cell clones from nasal tissue. The authors found that Spike-specific plasma cells isolated from the spleen of vaccinated mice showed significant clonal overlap with Spikespecific plasma cells isolated from nasal tissue. Interestingly, they could not detect any spike-specific plasma cells in the bone marrow or Peyer's patches, indicating that these nose-derived cells did not necessarily home to and reside in these locations, although the Peyer's patch is not a typical plasma cell niche - rather the lamina propria of the gut would have been a better place to look. Furthermore, they found that multimerization improves the antibody/antigen binding when the antibody is of low or intermediate affinity, but that high-affinity monomeric antibodies do not benefit from multimerization. Lastly, the authors used a competitive ELISA assay to show that multimerization could improve the neutralizing capacity of these

      antibodies. 

      The strength of this paper is the cloning of multiple IgA from the nasal mucosae (n=99) and the periphery (n=114) post-SARS-CoV-2 i.n. vaccination to examine the clonal relationship of this IgA with other sites, including the spleen. This analysis provides novel insights into the nature of the mucosal antibody response at the site where the host would encounter the virus, and whether this IgA response disseminates to other

      tissues. 

      There were also some weaknesses: 

      (1) The finding that multimerization improves binding and neutralization is not surprising as this was observed before by Wang and Nussenzweig for anti-SARS-CoV-2 IgA (authors should cite Enhanced SARS-CoV-2 neutralization by dimeric IgA. Wang et al., Sci. Transl. Med 2021, 13:3abf1555). 

      We have cited the paper, and the relevant sentence has been modified as follows (line 51-53); Recent studies have demonstrated that multimeric IgA is more effective and provides greater cross-protection than IgG and M-IgA (Okuya et al., 2020b) (Asahi et al., 2002) (Dhakal et al., 2018) (Asahi-Ozaki et al., 2004) (Wang et al., 2021).

      In addition, as far as I can tell we cannot ascertain the purity of fractions from the size exclusion chromatography thus I wasn't sure whether the input material used in Fig. 4 was a mixed population of dimer/trimer/tetramer?  

      The S-IgAs used in the SPR analysis in Fig. 4 consist of a mixture of dimers, trimers, and tetramers. The observed values indicate the average affinity of the S-IgAs. Please refer to the revised version (line 278280).

      (2) The flow cytometric assessment of the IgA+ clones from the nasal mucosae was difficult to interpret (Fig. 1B). It was hard for me to tell what they were gating on and subsequently analyzing without an IgA-negative population for reference. 

      We have updated FACS plots to illustrate the presence of IgA+ plasma cells in Fig. 1B, and the detailed gating strategy is outlined in Fig. 1B legend. Please find the relevant statements (line 115-120).

      (3) While the i.n. study itself is large and challenging, it would have been interesting to compare an i.m. route and examine the breadth of SARS-CoV-2 variant S1 binding for IgGs as in Fig. 2A. Are the IgA responses derived from the mucosae of greater breadth than systemic IgG responses? Alternatively, and easier, authors could do some comparisons with well-characterized IgG mAb for affinity and cross-reactivity as a benchmark to compare with the IgAs they looked at. Overall the authors did a good job of looking at a large range of systemic vs mucosal S1-specific antibodies in the context of an intra-nasal vaccination and this provides additional evidence for the utility of mucosal vaccination approaches for reducing person-to-person transmission. 

      I appreciate your consideration. Recent reports indicate that some M-IgA monomers possess neutralizing activity that is equivalent to or less than that of IgGs. However, the opposite phenomenon has also been observed. These results suggest that the Fc does not merely correlate with the degree of increase in antibody reactivity or functionality. We believe the discrepancies in previous studies are due to variations in the binding modes between the epitope and paratope of each antibody clone. Nevertheless, oligomerization enhances the functionality of most monomeric antibody clones, suggesting that the multivalent S-IgA enables a mode of action that is challenging to achieve with a monomeric antibody. Please refer to the revised version (line 399-403).

      Alternatively, and easier, authors could do some comparisons with well-characterized IgG mAb for affinity and cross-reactivity as a benchmark to compare with the IgAs they looked at. Overall the authors did a good job of looking at a large range of systemic vs mucosal S1-specific antibodies in the context of an intra-nasal vaccination and this provides additional evidence for the utility of mucosal vaccination approaches for reducing person-to-person transmission. 

      We have summarized the characteristics of the four types of nasal IgAs in Fig.7 and in the Discussion. Please refer to the revised version (line 405-422).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This research demonstrates the breadth of IgA response as determined by isolating individual antigenspecific B cells and generating mAbs in mice following intranasal immunization of mice with SARS-CoV2 Spike protein. The findings show that some IgA mAb can neutralize the virus, but many do not. Notable immunization with Wuhan S protein generates a weak response to the omicron variant. 

      Strengths: 

      Detailed analysis characterizing individual B cells with the generation of mAbs demonstrates the response's breadth and diversity of IgA responses and the ability to generate systemic immune responses. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The data presentation needs clarity, and results show mAb ability to inhibit SARS-CoV2 in vitro. How IgA functions in vivo is uncertain. 

      We conducted an additional experiment using a hamster model and confirmed that S-IgAs can protect against SARS-CoV-2 infection. Please refer to the revised version (line 349-373 and 431-438).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      (1) Figure 1A shows antibody titers in nasal lavage fluid and serum of mice post intranasal vaccination with SARS-CoV-2 Spike protein. The Y-axis of this figure is labeled as "U/mg" however these units are not clearly defined. 

      The antibody titers are expressed as optical density (OD450) value per total protein in nasal lavage fluids or serum. Please find the relevant statements (line 113-114).

      Furthermore, what do antibody titers in the nasal lavage fluid and serum look like post-intramuscular vaccination with the same vaccine and dose? Comparison of titers to the intramuscular route as well as to the PBS control would make this data more impactful. 

      We appreciate your consideration. We have not conducted experiments comparing the effects of intramuscular and intranasal administration using the same dosage and adjuvant. Cholera toxin has primarily been used as an adjuvant for nasal immunization, but it is seldom applied for intramuscular injection. We are interested in its impact on the immune compartment when using cholera toxin as an adjuvant for intramuscular injection. We plan to conduct further experiments in the future.

      Lastly, in Figure 1B, the detection of nasal IgG is not shown even though the authors assess nasally-derived IgG in the spleen further into the study.  

      Since the number of lymphocytes that can be collected from the nasal mucosa is limited, there is an insufficient capacity to isolate IgG+ plasma cells after collecting IgA+ plasma cells. Therefore, conducting such an experiment on mice is technically challenging. A larger animal, such as rats, will be necessary to perform this experiment. Further investigation is needed to determine whether antigen-specific IgG+ plasma cells, sharing V-(D)-J with nasal IgA, can be detected in the nasal mucosa.

      (2) There appears to be something amiss with the IgA stain. It is smushed up against the X-axis. Better flow cytometry profiles should be shown. Likewise in Supplemental Fig. 1A, their IgA stain appears to not be working. This must be addressed using positive and negative controls. 

      We have updated FACS-polts to show the IgA+ plasma cell in Fig.1B, and the detailed gating strategy is outlined in the Fig.1B legend. Please find the relevant statements on line 115-120.

      (3) We do not know the purity of the samples that were subjected to SPR and since the legend of Fig. 4 is partially incorrect, it was difficult to know how this experiment was done. 

      The S-IgA used in the SPR analysis shown in Figure 4 is a mixture of dimers, trimers, and tetramers, and the observed values are believed to reflect the affinity of the S-IgA in the nasal mucosa. Please refer to the revised version (line 278-280).

      (4) Fig. 5 results need to compare with some of the well-characterized mAb (IgG) to understand the biological significance of these neutralizing titres. 

      We have summarized the characteristics of the four types of nasal IgA in Fig.7 and in the Discussion. Please refer to the revised version (page 405-422).

      Communication of results: 

      (1) Authors could improve the communication of their results by introducing the vaccination protocol in the results section accompanied by a diagram of the vaccination strategy (nature of the Ag, route, and frequency). This could be Fig. 1A .  

      A schematic diagram of the vaccination protocol is presented in Fig.1.

      (2) Care should be taken with some of the terminology. Intranasal is the accepted term but authors sometimes use "internasal". The term "immunosuppression" on page 2 could be misleading as it means something different to other audiences. The distinction when speaking about "protection from harmful pathogens" should be made between protection against infection (ie sterilizing immunity) vs protection against disease (ie morbidity and mortality). Instead of "nose", one should say "nasal". Nose-related could be rephrased as "potentially nasal-derived". P.5, line 2 didn't make sense: "IgG+ plasma cells that express nose-related IgA"...

      In many places, Spike is missing it's "e".  

      We have made the correction accordingly.

      (3) Page 3: The lumping of the human and animal SARS-CoV-2 intranasal studies together is a bit misleading. Very little has worked for intranasal vaccination against SARS-CoV-2 in humans at this point in time (although hopefully that will change soon!). Authors should specify which studies were done in animals and which were done in humans. 

      The manuscript has been revised to include two citations on line 73-75 (Ewer et al., 2021 and Zhu et al., 2023).

      (4) What is ER-tracker? It comes out of nowhere and should be explained why it was used to the reader (as well as why they used the other markers) to sort for Spike-specific PC. 

      ER-Tracker is a fluorescent dye that is highly selective for the endoplasmic reticulum of living cells. Because plasma cells have an expanded endoplasmic reticulum for properly folding and secreting large quantities of antibodies, using ER-Tracker along with anti-CD138 facilitates the isolation of plasma cells from lymphocytes without the need for additional antibodies. Please refer to the revised version for details. (ine 130-134).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:  

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):  

      Summary:  

      Goal: Find downstream targets of cmk-1 phosphorylation, identify one that also seems to act in thermosensory habituation, test for genetic interactions between cmk-1 and this gene, and assess where these genes are acting in the thermosensory circuit during thermosensory habituation.  

      Methods: Two in vitro analyses of cmk-1 phosphorylation of C. elegans proteins. Thermosensory habituation of cmk-1 and tax-6 mutants and double mutants was assessed by measuring the rate of heat-evoked reversals (reversal probability) of C. elegans before and after 20s ISI repeated heat pulses over 60 minutes.  

      Conclusions: cmk-1 and tax-6 act in separate habituation processes, primarily in AFD, that interact complexly, but both serve to habituate the thermosensory reversal response. They found that cmk-1 primarily acts in AFD and tax-6 primarily acts in RIM (and FLP for naïve responses). They also identified hundreds of potential cmk-1 phosphorylation substrates in vitro.  

      Strengths:  

      The effect size in the genetic data is quite strong and a large number of genetic interaction experiments between cmk-1 and tax-1 demonstrate a complex interaction.  

      Thanks a lot for these positive remarks.

      Weaknesses:  

      The major concern about this manuscript is the assumption that the process they are observing is habituation. The two previously cited papers using this (or a very similar) protocol, Lia and Glauser 2020 and Jordan and Glauser 2023, both use the word 'adaptation' to describe the observed behavioral decrement. Jordan and Glauser 2023 use the words 'habituation' or 'habituation-like' 10 times, however, they use 'adaptation' over 100 times. It is critical to distinguish habituation from sensory adaptation (or fatigue) in this thermal reversal protocol. These processes are often confused/conflated, however, they are very different; sensory adaptation is a process that decreases how much the nervous system is activated by a repeated stimulus, therefore it can even occur outside of the nervous system. Habituation is a learning process where the nervous system responds less to a repeated stimulus, despite (at least part of the nervous system) the nervous system still being similarly activated by the stimulus. Habituation is considered an attentional process, while adaptation is due to the fatigue of sensory transduction machinery. Control experiments such as tests for dishabituation (where the application of a different stimulus causes recovery of the decremented response) or rate of spontaneous recovery (more rapid recovery after short inter-stimulus intervals) are required to determine if habituation or sensory adaptation are occurring. These experiments will allow the results to be interpreted with clarity, without them, it isn't actually clear what biological process is actually being studied.  

      Thanks for the comment. As this reviewer points out, “adaptation” and “habituation” are often conflated. Many scientists (maybe not the majority though) use a less stringent definition for the word habituation, than the one presented by this reviewer. More particularly, the term habituation is used in human pain research to refer solely to the reduction of response to repeated stimuli, in the absence of a detailed assessment of the more stringent criteria mentioned here (see, e.g.,  PMID: 22337205 ; PMID: 18947923 ; PMID: 17258858; PMID: 20685171 ; PMID: 15978487). In addition to the practice in pain research, the main reason why we steered toward ‘habituation’ from our previous publication is because it immediately conveys the idea of a response reduction, whereas ‘adaptation’ could in principle be either an up-regulation or a downregulation of the response (again, based on various definitions). But we agree that using the word “habituation” came at the cost of triggering a confusion about the exact nature of the process, for those considering the stricter definition of the word “habituation” and those not in the narrower field of pain research. In the revised manuscript, we have thus changed this terminology to “adaptation”. Also following suggestions from Reviewer 2, we have strengthened the description of the protocol in the Result section and clarified, why the adaptation phenomenon is not a ‘thermal damage’ effect or ‘fatigue’ effect in the neuro-muscular circuit controlling reversal. One of the most convincing piece of evidence it cannot be solely explained by “damages” or “exhaustion” is simply the existence of non-adapting mutants (like cmk-1(lf)) or pharmacological treatments (Cyclosporin A) blocking the adaptation effect and enabling worm to continuously reverse for hours without any problems.  

      While the discrepancy between the in vitro phosphorylation experiments and the in silico predictions was discussed, the substantial discrepancy (over 85% of the substrates in the smaller in vitro dataset were not identified in the larger dataset) between the two different in vitro datasets was not discussed. This is surprising, as these approaches were quite similar, and it may indicate a measure of unreliability in the in vitro datasets (or high false negative rates).

      Thanks for the comment. This is an important aspect which we now more extensively cover in the Discussion section.

      The strong consistency of the CMK-1 recognition consensus sequences across the two in vitro dataset speaks against the unreliability of the analyses. Instead, there are a few points to highlight that explain the somewhat low degree of overlap between the two datasets, which indeed relate to the false negative rates as this reviewer suggests.

      (1) In the peptide library analysis, Trypsin cleavage prior to kinase treatment will leave a charged N-term or C- terminus and in addition remove part of the protein context required for efficient kinase recognition. This will have a variable effect across the different substrates in the peptide library, depending on the distance between the cleavage site and the phosphosite, but will not affect the native protein library. This effect increases the false negative rate in the peptide library.

      (2) The number and distribution of “available substrate phosphosites” diverge in the two libraries. Indeed, the peptide library is expected to contain a markedly larger diversity of potential CMK-1 substrate sites than the protein library (because the Trypsin digestion will reveal substrates that are normally buried in a native protein), but the depth of MS analysis is the same for the two libraries. In somewhat simplistic terms, the peptide-library analysis is prone to be saturated with abundant phosphorylated peptides, which prevent detecting all phosphosites. If the peptide analysis could have been made deeper, we would probably have increased the overlap (at the cost of increasing the number of false positive too).

      (3) We have chosen quite strict criteria and applied them separately to define each hit list; therefore, we know we have many false negatives in each list, which will naturally reduce the expected overlap.

      We now extended the discussion of the limited overlap of the two dataset in a dedicated paragraph in the discussion. We also clarify that we tend to give more trust to the protein-library dataset (since substrates are in a configuration closer to that in vivo), with those hits also present in the peptide dataset (like TAX-6 was) as the most convincing hits, as they could be validated in a second type of experiment.

      Additionally, the rationale for, and distinction between, the two separate in vitro experiments is not made clear.  

      We reasoned that both substrate types have their own benefits and limitations (as discussed in the manuscript), so it was an added value to run both. We proposed that the subset of targets present in both datasets to be the most solid list of candidates. We have reinforced this point in the discussion.  

      Line 207: After reporting that both tax-6 and cnb-1 mutants have high spontaneous reversals, it is not made clear why cnb-1 is not further explored in the paper. Additionally, this spontaneous reversal data should be in a supplementary figure.  

      We kept the focus of the article primarily on TAX-6, because it was identified as CMK-1 target in vitro; CNB-1 was not. Moreover, we didn’t have cnb-1(gf) mutants to pursue the analysis with, and we were stuck by the cnb-1(lf) constitutive high reversal rate for any further follow up. We have added a supplementary file to present the spontaneous reversals rates.

      Figure 3 -S1: This model doesn't explain why the cmk-1(gf) group and the cmk-1(gf) +cyclo A group cause enhanced response decrement (presumably by reducing the inhibition by tax-6) but the +cyclo A group (inhibited tax-6) showed weaker response decrement, as here there is even further weakened inhibition of tax-6 on this process. Also, the cmk-1(lf) +cyclo A group is labeled as constitutive habituation, however, this doesn't appear to be the case in Figure 3 (seems like a similar initial level and response decrement phenotype to wildtype).  

      Thanks a lot for the comment. We are glad that the presentation of our complex dataset was clear enough to bring the reader to that level of detailed reflection and interpretation on the proposed model. To address the two points raised in this reviewer comment, we made modifications to the model presentation and provide additional clarifications below, where we use the term adaptation instead of habituation (as in the revised Figure):

      Regarding the first point, “why the cmk-1(gf) group and the cmk-1(gf) +cyclo A group cause enhanced response decrement … but the +cyclo A group showed weaker response decrement”. This is really a very good point, that cannot be easily explained if all the branches (arrows) in the model have the same weight or work as ON/OFF switches. We tried to convey the relative importance of the regulation effect via the thickness of the arrow lines (which we have now clarified in the legend in the revised ms). The main ‘quantitative’ nuances to take into consideration here originate from 2 assumptions of the model (which we have clarified in the revised ms):

      Assumption 1: the inhibitory effect of TAX-6 on the CMK-1 antiadaptation branch and the inhibitory effect of TAX-6 on the CMK-1 pro-adaptation branch are not of the same magnitude (we have further enhanced the line thickness differences in the revised model, top left panel for wild type).

      Assumption 2: the two antagonistic direct effects of CMK-1 on adaptation are not of the same magnitude, most strikingly in the context of CMK-1(gf) mutants.

      In our model, the cyclosporin A treatment alone (bottom left panel) causes a strong boost on the CMK-1 inhibitory branch and a less marked boost on the CMK-1 activator branch (following assumption 1). This causes an imbalance between the two antagonist direct CMK-1-dependent drives, which reduces (but doesn’t fully block) adaptation. Indeed, we don’t observe a total block of adaptation with cyclosporin A in wild type, the effect being significantly milder than the totally nonadapting phenotypes seen, e.g., in TAX-6(gf) mutants. From there, the question is what happen in CMK-1(gf) background that would mask the anti-adaptation effect of Cyclosporin A? Here assumption 2 is relevant, and the CMK-1(gf) pro-adaptation direct branch is always prevalent and imbalances the regulation toward faster adaptation (the role of TAX-6 becoming negligible in the CMK-1(gf) background and ipso facto that of Cyclosporin A).

      Regarding the second point, “the cmk-1(lf) +cyclo A group is labeled as constitutive habituation”. We regret a confusing word choice in the first version of the manuscript; we intended to mean “normal habituation phenotype” but in the joint absence of antagonistic CMK-1 and TAX-6 regulatory signaling (so the regulation is not like in wild-type, but the phenotype ends up like in wild type). We have modified the label to “normal adaptation” and left a note in the legend that an apparently normal adaptation phenotype seems to be the default situation when the two antagonistic regulatory pathways are shut off.

      More discussion of the significance of the sites of cmk-1 and tax-6 function in the neural circuit should take place. Additionally, incorporating the suspected loci of cmk-1 and tax-6 in the neural circuit into the model would be interesting (using proper hypothetical language). For example, as it seems like AFD is not required for the naïve reversal response but just its reduction, cmk-1 activity in AFD might be generating inhibition of the reversal response by AFD. It certainly would be understandable if this isn't workable, given extrasynaptic signaling and other unknowns, but it potentially could also be helpful in generating a working model for these complex interactions. For example, cmk1 induces AIZ inhibition of AVA (AIZ is electrically coupled to AFD), and tax-6 reduces RIM activation of AVA (these neurons are also electrically coupled according to the diagram). RIM is also a neuropeptide-rich neuron, so this could allow it to interact with the cmk-1-related process(es) in AFD. Some discussion of possibilities like this could be informative.  

      Thanks for the comment. These hypothetical inter-cellular communication pathways are indeed nice possibilities. On the other hand, we could envision several additional pathways. While RIM is indeed a neuropeptide-rich neurons, all these neurons actually express neuropeptides. Following this helpful suggestion, we have slightly expanded the discussion of hypothetical cellular pathways that can be modulated downstream of CMK-1 in AFD. We also slightly lengthened the discussion to mention hypothetical post-synaptic target of TAX-6 within interneurons based on the literature.

      Provide an explanation for why some of the experiments in Figure 4 have such a high N, compared to other experiments.  

      The conditions with the highest n correspond to conditions which we have also used as ‘control’ condition for other type of experiments in the lab and as part of side projects, but which could be gathered for the present article. We have been working with cmk-1(lf) and tax-6(gf) mutants for many years… and the robust non-adapting phenotype was a reference point and a quality control when analyzing other nonadapting mutants.

      Because the loss of function and gain of function mutations in cmk-1 have a similar effect, it is likely that this thermosensory plasticity phenotype is sensitive to levels of cmk-1 activity. Therefore, it is not surprising that the cmk-1 promoter failed to rescue very well as these plasmid-driven rescues often result in overexpression. Given this and that the cmk-1p rescue itself was so modest, these rescue experiments are not entirely convincing (and very hard to interpret; for example, is the AFD rescue or the ASER rescue more complete? The ASER one is actually closer to the cmk-1p rescue). Given the sensitivity to cmk-1 activity levels, a degradation strategy would be more likely to deliver clear results (or perhaps even the overactivation approach used for tax-6).  

      Thanks for the comment. We respectfully disagree with this reviewer’s statement “the loss of function and gain of function mutations in cmk-1 have a similar effect”. We suspect a confusion here, because our data clearly show that these two mutant types have an opposite phenotype. That being said, we interpret the weak rescue effect with cmk-1p as a probable result of overexpression or incomplete/imbalanced expression across neurons (as the promoter used might not include all the relevant regulatory regions). We dedicated considerable efforts to establish an endogenous CMK-1::degron knock in, for tissue-specific auxin-induced degradation (AID), but we were unfortunately not able to obtain consistent results. Unfortunately, the only useful data regarding CMK-1 place-of-action are the cell-specific rescue data already included in the report.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):  

      Summary:  

      The reduction in a response to a specific stimulus after repeated exposures is called habituation. Alterations in habituation to noxious stimuli are associated with chronic pain in humans, however, the underlying molecular mechanisms involved are not clear. This study uses the nematode C. elegans to study genes and mechanisms that underlie habituation to a form of noxious stimuli based on heat, termed thermo-noxious stimuli. The authors previously showed that the Calcium/Calmodulin-dependent protein kinase (CMK-1) regulates thermo-nociceptive habituation in the nematode C. elegans. Although CMK-1 is a kinase with many known substrates, the downstream targets relevant for thermo-nociceptive habituation are not known. In this study, the authors use two different kinase screens to identify phosphorylation targets of CMK-1. One of the targets they identify is Calcineurin (TAX-6). The authors show that CMK-1 phosphorylates a regulatory domain of Calcineurin at a highly conserved site (S443). In a series of elegant experiments, the authors use genetic and pharmacological approaches to increase or decrease CMK-1 and Calcineurin signaling to study their effects on thermo-nociceptive habituation in C. elegans. They also combine these various approaches to study the interactions between these two signaling proteins. The authors use specific promoters to determine in which neurons CMK-1 and Calcineurin function to regulate thermonociceptive habituation. The authors propose a model based on their findings illustrating that CMK-1 and Calcineurin act mostly in different neurons to antagonistically regulate habituation to thermo-nociceptive stimuli in a complex manner.  

      Strengths:  

      (1) Given the conservation of habituation across phylogeny, identifying genes and mechanisms that underlie nociceptive habituation in C. elegans may be relevant for understanding chronic pain in humans.  

      (2) The identification of canonical CaM Kinase phosphorylation motifs in the substrates identified in the CMK-1 substrate screen validates the screen.  

      (3) The use of loss and gain of function approaches to study the effects of CMK-1 and Calcineurin on thermo-nociceptive responses and habituation is elegant.  

      (4) The ability to determine the cellular place of action of CMK-1 and Calcineurin using neuron-specific promoters in the nematode is a clear strength of the genetic model system.  

      Thanks a lot for these positive remarks.

      Weaknesses:  

      (1) The manuscript begins by identifying Calcineurin as a direct substrate of CMK-1 but ends by showing that CMK-1 and Calcineurin mostly act in different neurons to regulate nociceptive habituation which disrupts the logical flow of the manuscript.  

      We understand this point and we have carefully considered and (reconsidered) the way to articulate the report. However, we could not present the story much differently as we would have no justification to investigate the role of TAX-6 and its interaction with CMK-1, if we would not have first identified it as phospho-target in vitro. Carefully considering this point, we found that the abstract of the first manuscript version was probably too cursory and susceptible to trigger wrong expectations among readers. We have thus extensively revised the abstract to clarify this point. Furthermore, we have reinforced this point in the last paragraph of the introduction and in the conclusion paragraph of the Discussion.

      (2) The physiological relevance of CMK-1 phosphorylation of Calcineurin is not clear.

      We do agree and have explicitly mentioned this aspect in the abstract, in the end of the introduction, and in the discussion section.

      (3) It is not clear if Calcineurin is already a known substrate of CaM Kinases in other systems or if this finding is new.  

      We are not aware of any study having shown Calcineurin is a direct target of CaM kinase I. But it was found to be substrate of CaM kinase II as well as of other kinases, as we explicitly presented in the discussion section. We have complemented the text mentioning we are not aware of Calcineurin having so far been reported to be a CaM kinase I substrate.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):  

      (1) The authors might consider reorganizing the results, so that the substrate phosphorylation analysis follows the cmk-1 habituation data, as it may not be clear to the reader why you are looking for substrates downstream of cmk-1 at that point. Or the authors could mention the previous habituation data for cmk-1 at the beginning of the results.  

      Thank you. This is something that we considered while (re-)writing. However, we prefer to keep CMK-1 data side-by-side with TAX-6 data, regarding the result section. Nevertheless, we have modified the last paragraph of intro to better transition and justify the specific interest of searching for CMK-1 targets in the context of the present study.

      (2) Line 209: 'controls' is too strong a word. 'regulates' would be better, and it should be stated that this is for 'spontaneous reversal behavior'.  

      Thank you. This was modified.

      (3) Line 359: we suspect that these reflect functional enrichments.  

      We don’t see what would exactly be wrong with the original sentence. The proposed change (if it is a proposed change) would completely obliterate the intended meaning of our sentence. We rewrote the sentence to be as clear as possible, as follows: ”Even if we cannot rule out an actual inclination of the CaM kinase pathway to regulate these processes, we suspect that these GO term enrichments rather reflect an analytical bias toward abundant proteins.”

      (4) Line 563: In this subsection, it is not made clear when the T0 and T60 heat pulses are given, in relation to the 20s ISI heat pulses given for 60 minutes. Are they the first and last pulse, or given some time before or after this train of heat pulses?  

      Thanks for spotting this poor description, which we have improved in the revised manuscript. The heat pulse recording is given immediately before and immediately after the 60 min of repeated stimulation. After the T0 heat pulse recording there is a period of about 30 s (period of post stimuli recording + transfer from the recording device (INFERNO) to the habituation device (ThermINATOR)).  For the T60 acquisition, there is a lag of about 50 s between the last ‘habituation’ stimuli and the recording stimuli (time needed to move the plate between the habituation device and the recording device + 40 s of baseline reversal recording in the absence of heat stimuli).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):  

      (1) There appears to be little to no connection between the phosphorylation site discovered in Calcineurin (S443) and the behavioral phenotypes being studied. What is the thermo-nociceptive response if phosphorylation of S443 in Calcineurin is blocked (using a S443A mutation) and/or combined with CMK-1 gain of function?  

      Thanks for the suggestion. The suggested analysis is complicated by several factors. First, the tax-6(lf) is not directly suitable for rescue analysis (until we would have identified a way to restore baseline reversal), so we cannot use a S443A-carrying rescue transgene. Second, the truncated TAX-6(GF) mutant lacks the C-terminal part, including S443, so we cannot introduce a S443A in this context. The left approach would be to modify the endogenous locus. This again is complicated by the fact that S443 exists in two different isoforms (with conserved RxxS motifs in two different alternative exons). It will be very difficult to perform these experiments until we know more about the expression pattern and function of the respective isoforms. This is work in progress, but this analysis will need to await a future publication.

      (2) The authors should state clearly if Calcineurin is a novel substrate of CaM Kinase or if this is already known in the field.  

      We have complemented the text mentioning we are not aware of Calcineurin having so far been reported to be a CaM kinase I substrate.

      (3) The logical flow of the manuscript could be improved given that CMK-1 and Calcineurin appear to act in different cells to regulate nociceptive habituation.  

      As detailed above, we have considered this point carefully and modified the introduction and the abstract. The discussion about the two places of action was also improved.

      (4) More detail about the experimental methods used for the heat-evoked reversals should be included in the Results section.  

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have improved the description in the Method section and expanded the partial description in the result section, so readers could hopefully proceed without needing to go back and forth with the methods.

      (5) Check for typos. For example: line 197 - fix typo "...to a series repeated heat stimulation...".  

      Thank you. We have carefully read the revised manuscript to correct remaining typos.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript described a structure-guided approach to graft important antigenic loops of the neuraminidase to a homotypic but heterologous NA. This approach allows the generation of well-expressed and thermostable recombinant proteins with antigenic epitopes of choice to some extent. The loop-grafted NA was designated hybrid.

      Strengths:

      The hybrid NA appeared to be more structurally stable than the loop-donor protein while acquiring its antigenicity. This approach is of value when developing a subunit NA vaccine which is difficult to express. So that antigenic loops could be potentially grafted to a stable NA scaffold to transfer strain-specific antigenicity.

      Weaknesses:

      However, major revisions to better organize the text, and figure and make clarifications on a number of points, are needed. There are a few cases in which a later figure was described first, data in the figures were not sufficiently described, or where there were mismatched references to figures.

      More importantly, the hybrid proteins did not show any of the advantages over the loop-donor protein in the format of VLP vaccine in mouse studies, so it's not clear why such an approach is needed to begin with if the original protein is doing fine.

      We thank the reviewer for their helpful comments. We have incorporated feedback from the authors to improve the manuscript. Please see our point-by-point response.

      The purpose of loop-grafting between H5N1/2021 (a high-expressor) and the PR8 virus was not to improve the expression of PR8, which is already a good expressing NA. Instead, the loop-grafting and the in vivo experiments were done to show the loop-specific protection following a lethal PR8 virus challenge.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In their manuscript, Rijal and colleagues describe a 'loop grafting' strategy to enhance expression levels and stability of recombinant neuraminidase. The work is interesting and important, but there are several points that need the author's attention.

      Major points

      (1) The authors overstress the importance of the epitopes covered by the loops they use and play down the importance of antibodies binding to the side, the edges, or the underside of the NA. A number of papers describing those mAbs are also not included.

      We have discussed the distribution of epitopes on NA molecule in the Discussion section "The distribution of epitopes in neuraminidase" (new line number 350). In Supplementary Figures 1 and 2, we have compiled the epitopes reported by polyclonal sera and mAbs via escape virus selection or crystal structural studies. There are 45 residues examples of escape virus selection, and we found that approximately 90% of the epitopes are located within the top loops (Loops 01 and Loops 23, which include the lateral sides and edges of NA). We have also included the epitopes of underside mAbs NDS.1 and NDS.3 in Supplementary Figure 2. Some of the interactions formed by these mAbs are also within the L01 and L23 loops. All relevant references are cited in Supplementary Figures 1 and 2.

      A new figure has been added [Figure 1b (ii)] to illustrate the surface mapping of epitopes on NA.

      (2) The rationale regarding the PR8 hybrid is not well described and should be described better.

      We described the rationale for the PR8 hybrid (new lines 247-250). For clarity, we have added the following sentence within the section "Loop transfer between two distant N1 NAs:...."

      (new lines 255-258):

      "mSN1 showed sufficient cross-reactivity to N1/09 to protect mice against virus challenge. Therefore, we performed loop transfer between mSN1 and PR8N1, which differ by 18 residues within the L01 and L23 loops and show no or minimal cross-reactivity, to assess the loop-specific protection."

      (3) Figure 3B and 6C: This should be given as numbers (quantified), not as '+'.

      We have included the numerical data in Supplementary Figure 6. The data is presented in semi-quantitative manner for simplification. To improve clarity, we have now added the following sentence to the Figure 3c legend: "Refer to Supplementary Figure 6 for binding titration data".

      (4) Figure 5A and 7A: Negative controls are missing.

      A pool of Empty VLP sera was included as a negative control, showing no inhibition at 1:40 dilution. In the figure legends, we have stated "Pooled sera to unconjugated mi3 VLP was negative control and showed no inhibition at 1:40 dilution (not included in the graphs)"

      (5) The authors claim that they generate stable tetramers. Judging from SDS-PAGE provided in Supplementary Figure 3B (BS3-crosslinked), many different species are present including monomers, dimers, tetramers, and degradation products of tetramers. In line 7 for example there are at least 5 bands.

      Tetrameric conformation of soluble proteins is evidenced by the size-exclusion chromatographs shown in Figures 3a and 6b. The BS3 crosslinked SDS-PAGE are only suggestive data, indicating that the protein is a tetramer if a band appears at ~250 kDa. However, depending on the reaction conditions, lower molecular weight bands may also be observed if crosslinking is incomplete.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Specific comments:

      - Description of Figure 2 on page 3 should go before Figure 3 lines 87-105 or swap the order of the two figures.

      We have moved lines 91-96, which refer to Figure 3, to appear after Figure 2.

      - Figure 3a, an EC50 should be calculated for both NA activity assay.

      Figure 3a has been updated to include the EC50 and AUC (Area under curve) values for both NA activity assays. The same update has also been made for Figure 6b.

      - Line 150, I'm not sure it's appropriate to cite a manuscript that was in preparation but not published. I'm referring to the two mAbs AG7C and AF9C that were claimed to bind to the L01 and L23 loops but not.

      We have changed the "manuscript in preparation" to "personal communication with Dr. Yan Wu, Capital Medical University".

      - The description in Figure 4a is lacking.

      We have added a detailed description for Figure 4a.

      - Figure 4c, sufficient description is needed. For example, the cavity should be outlined and annotated, what is the role of Val149? Why the first monomer is assigned a number of II and the second monomer with a number of I.

      We have added a detailed description for Figure 4c and amended the figure as per the reviewer’s suggestions.

      - Figure 5a, in addition to ELLA data to mSN1 and N1/09, ELLA data to N1/19 should also be measured and shown. Figure S7, please show IC50 instead of curves for better comparison.

      We included IC50 for mSN1 and N1/09 as we intended to associate the loops with protection.  Graphs for N1/19 have not been reported, but the IC50 titres from pooled sera are shown in Supplementary Figure 7 as a representation. Due to the limited sera sample sourced from tail vein bleed, these assays were performed using pooled sera, which represent the total response (established in numbers of experiments).

      - Line 234-238, the author made a statement about the data shown in Figure 7b "These results mirrored several studies in the literature which showed that immunization with the 2009 N1 could provide at least partial protection in mice and ferrets to the avian H5N1 challenge". The data did not reflect that. In Figure 5b, mSN1 protects as well as other proteins. In fact, there was no advantage of N109 and N109 hybrid over mSN1 in protection against the homologous H1N109. Although higher levels of NAI antibodies were induced with the homologous protein in Figure 5a. The protection could be contributed by non-NAI antibodies, so the authors should measure binding antibodies. The author may increase the challenge dose from 200 LD50 to 1000 LD50 to see a difference due to the strong immunogenicity of the nanoparticles vaccine plus addavax. Otherwise, it looks like loop grafting is not necessary as heterologous NA could broadly protect.

      We agree that msN1, despite its low NAI titres, was equally protective as homologous NA or its hybrid NA against H1N1/09 virus challenge at 200 LD50. There may be additional protective components, including non-NAI antibodies in homologous groups that may have contributed to the protection.

      We assessed sera binding to H1N1/2009 and found that the binding antibody levels were also lower in the msN1 group. The corresponding graph has now been added in Figure S7d. It was difficult to determine the NAI titre required to confer protection in this experiment. For this reason, we later chose PR8 as the challenge virus to demonstrate loop-specific protection.

      We are uncertain whether a 1000 LD50 challenge would have helped establish a correlation between protection and NAI IC50 titres, as the dose used is already lethal for DBA/2 mice.

      - Why would the authors separate work with N1/09 and N1/19 from PR8 N1? To this reviewer's understanding, they are all the same strategies with increasing numbers of dissimilar residues from N1/09 (12) to N1/19 (16) and to PR8 (18). They are all characterized by the same approaches in vitro and in vivo.

      We had two different goals for making hybrids with N1/09 and PR8 N1, therefore, we have presented these results separately.

      (1) For N1/09 and N1/19, we showed that loop-grafting improved protein yield and stability. Additionally, we showed that the N1/09 hybrid can be as protective as the homologous protein.

      (2) PR8 N1 is a high-yielding protein, so loop grafting did not significantly increase its yield. However, the PR8 virus challenge confirmed loop-specific protection.

      - For in vivo study testing the PR8 construct, although PR8 and PR8 hybrid protect better than the heterologous mSN1, the hybrid again did not show any advantages over the PR8 original proteins.

      That's correct - the PR8 hybrid was not advantageous over the original PR8 protein. However, the purpose of this experiment was to demonstrate loop specific protection. The PR8 hybrid (PR8 loops - mS scaffold) protected 6/6 mice, whereas mS hybrid (mS loops - PR8 scaffold) provided no protection.

      - Line 243-249, lack of reference to figures.

      References to Supplementary Figure 7b,c and Figure 2 has been added.

      - What was the reason that the challenge was one by 200 LD50 for 2009 H1N1 and 1000 LD50 for PR8.

      Viruses were titrated in the BALB/c strain for PR8 virus and the DBA/2 strain for X-179A (H1N1/2009) virus. These doses were selected based on their lethality and the time required to reach the endpoint (~20% weight loss) post-infection, which is 5-6 days. Most studies in the literature have used 10 LD50 or higher; thus the virus doses we used are relatively high.

      - Line 268, there is no Figure 5C.

      This was a mistake and has been corrected to Figure 6c.

      - Line 275 what are the readers supposed to see in supplementary Figure 5a? There is not enough description for the referred figures.

      A sentence has been added to Fig S5a description, to make a point about recognition of the NA scaffold by mAb CD6. "Binding by mAb CD6 is predominantly scaffold dependent and occurs across two protomers"

      - The discussion is very long and some of it is not relevant to the study. For example, the role of the tetramerization domain and the basis for structurally stable tetramer formation, were not the focuses of this study.

      We felt it was important to discuss the tetramerisation domain and the basis for stable tetramer formation. A previous study by Ellis et al.  used the VASP tetramerisation domain and introduced multiple NA interface mutations to achieve a more stable closed conformation. In contrast, NA proteins used in our study required the tetrabrachion tetramerisation domain to form a properly assembled tetramer.

      In lines 382-383, there is one unfinished sentence.

      This is corrected.

      The definition of the loops is also confusing. Line 381, the author stated that in the N1/19 hybrid design, residue N200S, could have been considered as part of the loop B2L23, and was it not?

      The designation of loop ends should not be rigid but rather based on multiple factors such as, their proximity to antigenic epitopes, charge, and hydrophobicity. This is discussed in the " Definition of loops" section.

      - Figure 1a and Figure S2, please provide sufficient descriptions, what do the blocks in different colors mean?

      We have updated the Figure 1a legend to indicate the colours.

      The descriptions for Figures S1 and S2 have also been revised for clarity.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor points

      (1) Line 37: Should be 'Influenza virus neuraminidase'.

      This is corrected.

      (2) Line 65: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/35446141/, https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33568453/ and https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/28827718/ indicate that protective mAbs bind all over the NA head domain.

      We have discussed the epitopes on the NA head in detail in the section "The distribution of epitopes on Neuraminidase". In Supplementary Figures 1 and 2, we compiled several studies, including those on polyclonal sera and mAbs epitopes, emphasizing that loops 01 and 23 are the predominant antibody targets (~90%). Some antibodies also bind to the underside of NA. We have discussed and referenced these studies accordingly.

      A new figure has been added [Figure 1b (ii)] to illustrate the surface mapping of epitopes on NA.

      The first reference has been included in both our discussion and Supplementary figure 1.

      The NA epitopes discussed in the second reference have also been incorporated into our discussion and Supplementary figures 1 and 2. Note that, the E258K mutation generated on the NA underside was not relevant to mAbs and was generated randomly by passaging of H3N2 A/New York/PV190/2017 virus. 

      The third reference pertains to murine mAbs against influenza B virus NA.

      (3) Lines 71, 72, and throughout: 'et al.' should be in italics.

      All "et al." have been italicised.

      (4) Many abbreviations are not defined including CHO, SDS-PAGE, MUNANA, mi3, HEPES, BSA, TPCK, MWCO, HRP, PBS, TMB, TCID50, LD50, MES, PEG, PGA, MME, PGA-LM.

      The text has been amended to define these abbreviations.

      (5) Line 209: Shouldn't this be ID50 instead of IC50? Also, it is not defined.

      IC50 has been defined.

      (6) Line 210, line 346, line 581-582: No need to capitalize letters at the beginning of words mid-sentence.

      This is amended.

      (7) Line 227: Is 2009 H1N1 NA meant?

      This has been changed to "H1N1/2009 neuraminidase"

      (8) Line 310: Is this really quantitatively true? (see major comment 1).

      Based on the compilation of epitopes from published NA mAbs and polyclonal sera (via escape mutagenesis and NA-Fabs crystal structures), it is accurate to state that the protective epitopes are primarily located within loops 01 and 23.

      Please also refer to our response to minor point 2. 

      (9) Line 352 and throughout the manuscript: 'in vitro' should be in italics.

      This is amended.

      (10) Line 355: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/35446141/https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33568453/ and https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/28827718/ should be included here.

      Studies reporting epitopes on Influenza A neuraminidase have been compiled in Supplementary Figures 1 and 2 and cited appropriately.

      (11) Line 365: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/35446141/ and https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33568453/ also describe epitopes on the underside of the NA.

      Please refer to the above response to point 10.

      (12) Line 365: Reference https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37506693/ is missing here.

      The reference has been added.

      (13) Line 369-371: Is it really a minority?

      In terms of the protective response, the majority of the antibody response is directed towards loops 01 and 23, which form the top antigenic surface. The term 'lateral' is used in some literature to describe NA mAb epitopes; loops 01 and 23 also encompass the lateral regions.

      To clarify this, we have added the following sentence to the Discussion section - "The distribution of epitopes on neuraminidase"

      "It is important to note that loops 01 and 23 include a portion of epitopes that have been described in the literature as side, lateral, or underside (see mAbs NDS.1, NDS.3, and CD6 in Supplementary Fig. 2)"

      Additionally in our studies in mice, we showed that protection is mediated by antibodies targeting the loops (Figure 7). We are uncertain about the binding response to the NA underside, but the NA inhibiting and protective response to the underside appears to be minimal.

      Furthermore Lederhof et al. showed that among the 'underside' mAbs, NDS.1 protected mice against virus challenge, whereas NDS.3 did not. In our analysis (Supplementary Figure 2), NDS.1 makes eight-residue contacts with B4L01 and B5L01, whereas NDS.3 make five-residue contacts with B3L01 and B4L01.

      (14) Line 530: The A in ELLA already stands for assay.

      This is corrected.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      This manuscript by Kremer et al. characterizes the tissue-specific responses to changes in TFAM levels and mtDNA copy number in prematurely aging mice (polg mutator model). The authors find that overexpression of TFAM can have beneficial or detrimental effects depending on the tissue type. For instance, increased TFAM levels increase mtDNA copy number in the spleen and improve spleen homeostasis but do not elevate mtDNA copy number in the liver and impair mtDNA expression.

      Similarly, the consequences of reduced TFAM expression are tissue-specific. Reduced TFAM levels improve brown adipocyte tissue function while other tissues are unaffected. The authors conclude that these tissue-specific responses to altered TFAM levels demonstrate that there are tissue-specific endogenous compensatory mechanisms in response to the continuous mutagenesis produced in the prematurely aging mice model, including upregulation of TFAM expression, elevated mtDNA copy number, and altered mtDNA gene expression. Thus, the impact of genetically manipulating global TFAM expression is limited and there must be other determinants of mtDNA copy number under pathological conditions beyond TFAM. 

      Strengths: 

      Overall, this is an interesting study. It does a good job of demonstrating that given the multi-functional role of TFAM, the outcome of manipulating its activity is complex. 

      Weaknesses: 

      No major weaknesses were noted. We have minor suggestions for improving the clarity of the manuscript that are detailed in the "recommendations for the authors" section. 

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestions and addressed them as described in the "recommendations for the authors" section.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      This study by Kremer et al. investigates the impact of modulation of expression of TFAM, a key protein involved in mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) packaging and expression, in mtDNA mutator mice, which carry random mtDNA mutations. While previous research suggested that increasing TFAM could counteract the pathological effects of mtDNA mutations, this study reveals that the effects of TFAM modulation are tissue-specific. These findings highlight the complexity of mtDNA copy number regulation and gene expression, emphasizing that TFAM alone is not the sole determinant of mtDNA levels in contexts where oxidative phosphorylation is impaired. Other factors likely play a significant role, underscoring the need for nuanced approaches when targeting TFAM for therapeutic interventions. 

      Strengths: 

      The data presented in the manuscript is of high quality and supports major conclusions. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The statistical methods used are not clearly described, and some marked nonsignificant results appear visually significant, which raises concerns about data analysis. 

      Data presentation requires improvement. 

      We thank the reviewer for the comments. We updated the text in the Materials and Methods section to state the statistical methods and improved the figures as described in detail in the "recommendations for the authors" section.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      (1) Please include testis data in Figure 2 given previous work by authors showing that elevated mtDNA copy number can improve testis function. It would be interesting to compare the changes in mtDNA copy number in testis to these other tissues.

      We measured mtDNA copy number in testis using the CytB probe and added it as Supplementary figure 2 A.

      (2) The clarity of Table 1 could be improved. It is difficult to know whether the changes in the TFAM to mtDNA ratio are driven by changes in TFAM levels or mtDNA copy number. A suggestion is to include the TFAM and mtDNA values in parenthesis next to each listed ratio.

      We updated Table 1 and included the values of the normalized TFAM and mtDNA levels in parentheses.

      (3) The authors should consider showing TFAM western blot data in Figure 1.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion but would like to keep the TFAM western blot data with the other western blot data for the respective tissue.

      (4) The graphs for qPCR data (e.g. Figure 2) show mRNA or mtDNA levels relative to the control, which is always set to 1. Why, then, does the control group display error bars?

      For the normalization of the data to the WT group, we first calculate the average of the values from all the samples of the WT group. We then divide all values from the samples of all groups, including the WT group, by that average value. By doing so, we set the average value of the WT group to 1 and express all values from all samples of all groups, including the WT group, relative to this average value. Differences between the samples of the WT group are hence retained and allow for error calculations and the display of error bars.  

      (5) Page 3 second sentence to the last: overexpression of TFAM leads to...? Did the author mean mtDNA?

      We updated the text to “Heterozygous knockout of Tfam in wild-type mice results in ~50% decrease of mtDNA levels, whereas moderate overexpression of Tfam leads to ~50% increase in mtDNA levels25,26”

      (6) The sentence "In summary, mtDNA copy number regulation is more complex than previously assumed and the TFAM-to-mtDNA ratio seems to be finely tuned in a tissue-specific manner" - not clear who assumed (references?) and based on what data, please rephrase.

      We updated the text and it now reads “In summary, mtDNA copy number regulation is more complex than suggested by previous studies23–27 and the TFAM-to-mtDNA ratio seems to be finely tuned in a tissue-specific manner.”

      (7) The significant increase in complex II activity under TFAM overexpression (Figure 3) warrants additional discussion.

      We updated the Results section and it now reads “We detected increased levels of the complex II subunit Succinate Dehydrogenase Complex Iron Sulfur Subunit B (SDHB). Complex II is exclusively nuclear encoded and a compensatory increase upon impaired mitochondrial gene expresson has been observed before32.

      We proceeded to measure the enzyme activities of individual OXPHOS complexes in liver mitochondria (Fig. 3C). The complex I and complex IV activities were reduced to about 50% in Polg-/mut; Tfam+/+ mice in comparison with wild-type mice (Fig. 3C). However, we did not see any further alteration of the reduced enzyme activities induced by TFAM overexpression or reduced TFAM expression (Fig. 3C). Interestingly, we detected a significant increase in complex II and complex II + complex III activity upon TFAM overexpression, which can partially be explained by the increased complex II protein levels we oberseved in Polg-/mut; Tfam+/OE mice (Fig. 3, B and C).”

      (8) The statistical methods used should be explicitly stated. Some results marked as non-significant appear visually significant, for example, mt-Cytb in Figure 2C, Supplementary Figure 2B).

      We updated the text in the Materials and Methods section to state the statistical methods and it now reads “Statistical analysis and generation of graphs were performed with GraphPad Prism v9 software except for quantitative mass spectrometry data which was analyzed and plotted using R as described above. Statistical comparisons were performed using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA), and post hoc analysis was conducted with Dunnett’s multiple comparisons test. Values of P < 0.05 were considered statistically significant.”

      Minor points: 

      (1) Replace numerical indications of significance with asterisks for consistency.

      We replaced all numerical indications of significance with asterisks.

      (2) Abbreviations SKM and BAT are not defined.

      We removed the mentioning of SKM (skeletal muscle) as the data from this tissue was not included. The Introduction reads “In contrast, in brown adipose tissue (BAT), a decrease in TFAM levels normalized Uncoupling protein 1 (Ucp1) expression.”

      (3) Use uniform scales across bar graphs in Figure 2 to improve clarity.

      We updated Figure 2 to have uniform scales.

      (4) Remove or increase the transparency of data points in Figure 1A to make group averages more discernible.

      We removed the data points in Figure 1A.

      (5) Add a Y-axis title to Figure 1C.

      We added the Y-axis title “Heart / body weight” to Figure 1C.

      (6) Size of the font used in some figures (4?) is not appropriate.

      We increased the font size for the figures.

      (7) All figure legend titles need work. Insert "expression" after TFAM in the Figure 2 title, Change the title to "Modulation of TFAM expression..." in Figure 4. 

      The figure legends now read as follows:

      “Figure 2: Modulation of TFAM expression affects mtDNA copy number in a tissue-specific manner.”

      “Figure 4: Alteration of TFAM expression does not affect the heart phenotype of mtDNA mutator mice.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper Kawasaki et al describe a regulatory role for the PIWI/piRNA pathway in rRNA regulation in Zebrafish. This regulatory role was uncovered through a screen for gonadogenesis defective mutants, which identified a mutation in the meioc gene, a coiled-coil germ granule protein. Loss of this gene leads to redistribution of Piwil1 from germ granules to the nucleolus, resulting in silencing of rRNA transcription.

      Strengths:

      Most of the experimental data provided in this paper is compelling. It is clear that in the absence of meioc, PiwiL1 translocates in to the nucleolus and results in down regulation of rRNA transcription. the genetic compensation of meioc mutant phenotypes (both organismal and molecular) through reduction in PiwiL1 levels are evidence for a direct role for PiwiL1 in mediating the phenotypes of meioc mutant.

      Weaknesses:

      Questions remain on the mechanistic details by which PiwiL1 mediated rRNA down regulation, and whether this is a function of Piwi in an unperturbed/wildtype setting. There is certainly some evidence provided in support of the natural function for piwi in regulating rRNA transcription (figure 5A+5B). However, the de-enrichment of H3K9me3 in the heterozygous (Figure 6F) is very modest and in my opinion not convincingly different relative to the control provided. It is certainly possible that PiwiL1 is regulating levels through cleavage of nascent transcripts. Another aspect I found confounding here is the reduction in rRNA small RNAs in the meioc mutant; I would have assumed that the interaction of PiwiL1 with the rRNA is mediated through small RNAs but the reduction in numbers do not support this model. But perhaps it is simply a redistribution of small RNAs that is occurring. Finally, the ability to reduce PiwiL1 in the nucleolus through polI inhibition with actD and BMH-21 is surprising. What drives the accumulation of PiwiL1 in the nucleolus then if in the meioc mutant there is less transcription anyway?

      Despite the weaknesses outlined, overall I find this paper to be solid and valuable, providing evidence for a consistent link between PIWI systems and ribosomal biogenesis. Their results are likely to be of interest to people in the community, and provide tools for further elucidating the reasons for this link.

      The amount of cytoplasmic rRNA in piwi+/- was increased by 26% on average (figure 5A+5B), the amount of ChiP-qPCR of H3K9 was decreased by about 26% (Figure 6F), and ChiP-qPCR of Piwil1 was decreased by 35% (Figure 6G), so we don't think there is a big discrepancy. On the other hand, the amount of ChiP-qPCR of H3K9 in meioc<sup>mo/mo</sup> was increased by about 130% (Figure 6F), while ChiP-qPCR of Piwil1 was increased by 50%, so there may be a mechanism for H3K9 regulation of Meioc that is not mediated by Piwil1. As for what drives the accumulation of Piwil1 in the nucleolus, although we have found that Piwil1 has affinity for rRNA (Fig. 6A), we do not know what recruits it. Significant increases in the 18-35nt small RNA of 18S, 28S rRNAs and R2 were not detected in meioc<sup>mo/mo</sup> testes enriched for 1-8 cell spermatogonia, compared with meioc<sup>+/mo</sup> testes. The nucleolar localization of Piwil1 has revealed in this study, which will be a new topic for future research.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors report that Meioc is required to upregulate rRNA transcription and promote differentiation of spermatogonial stem cells in zebrafish. The authors show that upregulated protein synthesis is required to support spermatogonial stem cells' differentiation into multi-celled cysts of spermatogonia. Coiled coil protein Meioc is required for this upregulated protein synthesis and for increasing rRNA transcription, such that the Meioc knockout accumulates 1-2 cell spermatogonia and fails to produce cysts with more than 8 spermatogonia. The Meioc knockout exhibits continued transcriptional repression of rDNA. Meioc interacts with and sequesters Piwil1 to the cytoplasm. Loss of Meioc increases Piwil1 localization to the nucleolus, where Piwil1 interacts with transcriptional silencers that repress rRNA transcription.

      Strengths:

      This is a fundamental study that expands our understanding of how ribosome biogenesis contributes to differentiation and demonstrates that zebrafish Meioc plays a role in this process during spermatogenesis. This work also expands our evolutionary understanding of Meioc and Ythdc2's molecular roles in germline differentiation. In mouse, the Meioc knockout phenocopies the Ythdc2 knockout, and studies thus far have indicated that Meioc and Ythdc2 act together to regulate germline differentiation. Here, in zebrafish, Meioc has acquired a Ythdc2-independent function. This study also identifies a new role for Piwil1 in directing transcriptional silencing of rDNA.

      Weaknesses:

      There are limited details on the stem cell-enriched hyperplastic testes used as a tool for mass spec experiments, and additional information is needed to fully evaluate the mass spec results. What mutation do these testes carry? Does this protein interact with Meioc in the wildtype testes? How could this mutation affect the results from the Meioc immunoprecipitation?

      Stem cell-enriched hyperplastic testes came from wild-type adult sox17::GFP transgenic zebrafish. Sperm were found in these hyperplastic testes, and when stem cells were transplanted, they self-renewed and differentiated into sperm. It is not known if the hyperplasias develop due to a genetic variant in the line. We added the following comment in L201-204.

      “The SSC-enriched hyperplastic testes, which are occasionally found in adult wildtype zebrafish, contain cells at all stages of spermatogenesis. Hyperplasia-derived SSCs self-renewed and differentiated in transplants of aggregates mixed with normal testicular cells.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper describes the molecular pathway to regulate germ cell differentiation in zebrafish through ribosomal RNA biogenesis. Meioc sequesters Piwil1, a Piwi homolog, which suppresses the transcription of the 45S pre-rDNA by the formation of heterochromatin, to the perinuclear bodies. The key results are solid and useful to researchers in the field of germ cell/meiosis as well as RNA biosynthesis and chromatin.

      Strengths:

      The authors nicely provided the molecular evidence on the antagonism of Meioc to Piwil1 in the rRNA synthesis, which supported by the genetic evidence that the inability of the meioc mutant to enter meiosis is suppressed by the piwil1 heterozygosity.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Although the paper provides very convincing evidence for the authors' claim, the scientific contents are poorly written and incorrectly described. As a result, it is hard to read the text. Checking by scientific experts would be highly recommended. For example, on line 38, "the global translation activity is generally [inhibited]", is incorrect and, rather, a sentence like "the activity is lowered relative to other cells" is more appropriate here. See minor points for more examples.

      Thank you for pointing that out. I corrected the parts pointed out.

      (2) In some figures, it is hard for readers outside of zebrafish meiosis to evaluate the results without more explanation and drawing.

      We refined Figure 1A and added explanation about SSC, sox17::egfp positive cells, and the SSC-enriched hyperplastic testis in L155-158.

      (3) Figure 1E, F, cycloheximide experiments: Please mention the toxicity of the concentration of the drug in cell proliferation and viability.

      When testicular tissue culture was performed at 0.1, 1, 10, 100, 250, and 500mM, abnormal strong OP-puro signals including nuclei were found in cells at 10mM or more. We added the results in the Supplemental Figure S2G. In addition, at 1mM, growth was perturbed in fast-growing 32≤-cell cysts of spermatogonia, but not in 1-4-cell spermatogonia, as described in L127-130.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I don't have any recommendations for improvement. While I have outlined some of the weaknesses of the paper above. I don't see addressing these questions as pertinent for publication of this paper.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The manuscript uses the terms 1-2 cell spermatogonia, GSC, and SSC throughout the figures and text. For example, 1-2 cell spermatogonia is used in Figure 1C, GSC is used in Figure 1F, and SSC is used in Figure 1 legend. The use of all three terms without definitions as to how they each relate with one another is confusing, particularly to those outside the zebrafish spermatogenesis field. It would be best to only use one term if the three terms are used interchangeably or to define each term if they represent different populations.

      GSC is a writing mistake. In this study, sox17-positive cells, which have been confirmed to self-renew and differentiate (Kawasaki et al., 2016), are considered SSCs. On the other hand, a comparison of meioc and ythdc2 mutants revealed differences in the composition of each cyst, so we describe the number of cysts confirmed. We added new data that 1-2 cell spermatogonia are sox17-positive in Supplemental Figure S3 (L157-158).

      (2) Figure 1B: What does the "SC" label represent in these figure panels?

      We added the explanation in the Figure legend.

      (3) Fig 7B and S7B show incongruent results, and the text implies that Fig S7B data better reflects in vivo biology. It is not clear how the authors interpret the different results between 7B and S7B.

      Thank you for pointing that out. Fig 7A and 7B were obtained by isolating sox17-positive cells. Because it was difficult to detect nucleoli in the isolated cells, probably due to the isolation procedure, we added S7B, which was analyzed in sectioned tissues. As this reviewer pointed out, S7B reflects the in vivo state better, so we changed S7B to 7B and 7B to S7B.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor points:

      (1) For general readers, it is nice to add a scheme of zebrafish spermatogenesis (lines 77-78) together with Figure 1A.

      As mentioned above, we refined Figure 1A.

      (2) Line 28, silence: the word "silence" is too strong here since rDNA is transcribed in some levels to ensure the cell survival.

      Thank you for your comment. We changed "silence" to "maintain low levels."

      (3) Line 60, YTDHC2: Please explain more about what protein YTDHC2 is.

      We added a description of Ythdc2 in the introduction.

      (4) Line 69, Piwil1: Please explain more about what protein Piwil1 is.

      We added a description of Piwil1 in the introduction.

      (5) Figure 1B, sperm: Please show clearly which sperms are in this figure using arrows etc.

      We represented sperm using arrowheads in Fig 1B.

      (6) Figure 1C, SC: Please show what SC is in the legend.

      We added the explanation in the Figure legend.

      (7) Line 83, meiotic makers: should be "meiotic prophase I makers".

      Thank you for pointing out the inaccurate expression description. We revised it.

      (8) Line 84, phosphor-histone H3: Should be "histone H3 phospho-S10 "

      We revised it.

      (9) Figure S1A, PH3: Please add PH3 is "histone H3 phospho-S10 ".

      We revised it.

      (10) Figure S1A, moto+/-: this heterozygous mutant showed an increased apoptosis. If so, please mention this in the text. If not, please remove the data.

      Thank you for pointing that out. The heterozygous mutant did not increase apoptosis, so we removed the data.

      (11) Line 88, no females developed: This means all males in the mutant. If so, what Figure S1B shows? These cells are spermatocytes? No "oocytes" developed is correct here?

      All meioc<sup>mo/mo</sup> zebrafish were males, and the meioc<sup>mo/mo</sup> cells in Fig. S1B are spermatogonia. No spermatocytes or oocytes were observed. To show this, we added "no oocytes" in L90.

      (12) Line 89, initial stages: What do the initial stages mean here? Please explain.

      The “initial stages” was changed to the pachytene stage.

      (13) Figure S1C: mouse Meioc rectangle lacks a right portion of it. Please explain two mutations encode a truncated protein in the main text.

      I apologize. It seems that the portion was missing during the preparation of the manuscript. We corrected it. In addition, we added a description of the protein truncation in L100-101.

      (14) Line 99: What "GRCz11" is.

      GRCz11 refers to the version of the zebrafish reference genome assembly. We added this.

      (15) Figure S2A: Dotted lines are cysts. If so, please mention it in the legend.

      We corrected the figure legend.

      (16) Figure S2B and C:, B1-4, C1-7: Rather use spermatogonia etc as a caption here.

      We corrected the figure and figure legend.

      (17) Line 113, hereafter, wildtype: Should be "wild type" or "wild-type".

      We corrected them.

      (18) Figure 1C: Please indicate what dotted lines mean here.

      We added “Dotted lines; 1-2 cell spermatogonia.”

      (19) Line 113, de novo: Please italicize it.

      We corrected it.

      (20) Line 113-116: Figure 1D shows two populations in the protein synthesis (low and high) in the 1-2-cell stage. Please mention this in the text.

      We added mention of two population.

      (21) Line 121, in vitro: Please italicize it.

      We corrected it.

      (22) Line 138-139, Figure 2A: Please indicate two populations in the rRNA concentrations (low and high) in the 1-2-cell stage. How much % of each cell is?

      We added mention of two population and % of each cell.

      (23) Figure 2B, cytes: Please explain the rRNA expression in spermatocytes (cytes) in the text.

      The decrease in rRNA signal intensity in spermatocytes was added.

      (24) Figure 2A, lines 147, low signals: Figure 2A did not show big differences between wild type and the mutant. What did the authors mean here? Lower levels of rRNAs in the mutant than in wild type. If so, please write the text in that way.

      We think that it is important to note that we were unable to find cells with upregulated rRNA signals, and therefore changed to “could not find cells with high signals of rRNAs and Rpl15 in meioc<sup>mo/mo</sup> spermatogonia”.

      (25) Figure 2E: Please add a schematic figure of a copy of rDNA locus such as Fig. S3A right.

      We added a schema of rDNA locus and primer sites such as Figure S3A right (now Figure 2F) in Figure 2E.

      (26) Figure S3A: This Figure should be in the main Figure. The quantification of Northern blots should be shown as a graph with statistical analysis.

      We added the quantification and transfer to the main Figure (Figure 2F).

      (27) Figure 4A: Please show single-color images (red or green) with merged ones.

      We added single-color images in the Figure 4A.

      (28) Line 198, Piwil1: Please explain what Piwil1 is briefly.

      We are sorry, but we could not quite understand the meaning of this comment. To show that Piwil1 is located in the nucleolus, we indicated it as (Figure 4A, arrowhead) in L209.

      (29) Line 198, Ddx4-positive: What is "Ddx4-positive"? Explain it for readers.

      Ddx4 is a marker for germinal granules, and the description was changed to reflect this.

      (30) Line 209, Fig. S4D-G: Please mention the method of the detection of piRNA briefly.

      We have described that we have sequenced small RNAs of 18-35 nt. Accordingly, we changed the term piRNA to small RNA.

      (31) Line 217: Please mention piwil1 homozygous mutant are inviable.

      We added that piwil1-/- are viable in L231.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The study starts with the notion that in an AD-like disease model, ILC2s in the Rag1 knockout were expanded and contained relatively more IL-5<sup>+</sup> and IL-13<sup>+</sup> ILC2s. This was confirmed in the Rag2 knock-out mouse model.

      By using a chimeric mouse model in which wild-type knock-out splenocytes were injected into irradiated Rag1 knock-out mice, it was shown that even though the adaptive lymphocyte compartment was restored, there were increased AD-like symptoms and increased ILC2 expansion and activity. Moreover, in the reverse chimeric model, i.e. injecting a mix of wild-type and Rag1 knock-out splenocytes into irradiated wild-type animals, it was shown that the Rag1 knock-out ILC2s expanded more and were more active. Therefore, the authors could conclude that the RAG1 mediated effects were ILC2 cell-intrinsic.

      Subsequent fate-mapping experiments using the Rag1Cre;reporter mouse model showed that there were indeed RAGnaïve and RAGexp ILC2 populations within naïve mice. Lastly, the authors performed multi-omic profiling, using single-cell RNA sequencing and ATACsequencing, in which a specific gene expression profile was associated with ILC2. These included well-known genes but the authors notably also found expression of Ccl1 and Ccr8 within the ILC2. The authors confirmed their earlier observations that in the RAGexp ILC2 population, the Th2 regulome was more suppressed, i.e. more closed, compared to the RAGnaïve population, indicative of the suppressive function of RAG on ILC2 activity. I do agree with the authors' notion that the main weakness was that this study lacks the mechanism by which RAG regulates these changes in ILC2s.

      The manuscript is very well written and easy to follow, and the compelling conclusions are well supported by the data. The experiments are meticulously designed and presented. I wish to commend the authors for the study's quality.

      Even though the study is compelling and well supported by the presented data, some additional context could increase the significance:

      (1) The presence of the RAGnaïve and RAGexp ILC2 populations raises some questions on the (different?) origin of these populations. It is known that there are different waves of ILC2 origin (most notably shown in the Schneider et al Immunity 2019 publication, PMID 31128962). I believe it would be very interesting to further discuss or possibly show if there are different origins for these two ILC populations.

      Several publications describe the presence and origin of ILC2s in/from the thymus (PMIDs 33432227 24155745). Could the authors discuss whether there might be a common origin for the RAGexp ILC2 and Th2 cells from a thymic lineage? If true that the two populations would be derived from different populations, e.g. being the embryonic (possibly RAGnaïve) vs. adult bone marrow/thymus (possibly RAGexp), this would show a unique functional difference between the embryonic derived ILC2 vs. adult ILC2.

      We agree with the Reviewer that our findings raise important questions about ILC ontogeny. These are areas of ongoing investigation for us, and it is our hope this study may inform further investigation by others as well.

      Regarding the Schneider et al study, we have considered the possibility that RAG expression may mark a particular wave of ILC2 origin. In that study, the authors used a tamoxifen-based inducible Cre strategy in their experiments to precisely time the lineage tracing of a reporter from the Rosa26 locus. Those lineage tracing mice would overlap genetically with the RAG lineage tracing mice we used in our current study, thus performing combined timed migration fate mapping and RAG fate mapping experiments would require creating novel mouse strains.

      Similarly, the possible influence of the thymic or bone marrow environment on RAG expression in ILCs is an exciting possibility. Perhaps there are signals common to those environments that can influence all developing lymphocytes, including not only T and B cells but also ILCs, with one consequence being induction of RAG expression. While assessing levels of RAG-experienced ILCs in these tissues using our lineage tracing mouse may hint at these possibilities, conclusive evidence would require more precise control over the timing of RAG lineage tracing than our current reagents allow (e.g. to control for induction in those environments vs migration of previously fate-mapped cells to those environments).

      To answer these questions directly, we are developing orthogonal lineage tracing mouse strains, which can report on both timing of ILC development and RAG expression, but these mice are not available yet. Given the limitations of our currently available reagents, we were careful to focus our manuscript on the skin phenotype and the more descriptive aspects of the RAG-induced phenotype. We have elaborated on these important questions and referenced all the studies noted by the Reviewer in the Discussion section as areas of future inquiry on lines 421-433.  

      (2) On line 104 & Figures 1C/G etc. the authors describe that in the RAG knock-out ILC2 are relatively more abundant in the lineage negative fraction. On line 108 they further briefly mentioned that this observation is an indication of enhanced ILC2 expansion. Since the study includes an extensive multi-omics analysis, could the authors discuss whether they have seen a correlation of RAG expression in ILC2 with regulation of genes associated with proliferation, which could explain this phenomenon?

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out this opportunity to further correlate our functional and multiomic findings. To address this, we first looked deeper into our prior analyses and found that among the pathways enriched in GSEA analysis of differentially expressed genes (DEGs) between RAG<sup>+</sup> and RAG<sup>-</sup> ILC2s, one of the pathways suppressed in RAG<sup>+</sup> ILC2s was “GOBP_EPITHELIAL_CELL_PROLIFERATION.”

      ( Author response image 1). There are a few other gene sets present in other databases such as MSigDB with terms including “proliferation,” but these are often highly specific to a particular cell type and experimental or disease condition (e.g. tissue-specific cancers). We did not find any of these enriched in our GSEA analysis.

      Author response image 1.

      GSEA plot of GOBP epithelial proliferation pathway in RAG-experienced vs RAG-naïve ILC2s.

      The ability to predict cellular proliferation states from transcriptomic data is an area of active research, and there does not appear to be any universally accepted method to do this reliably. We found two recent studies (PMIDs 34762642; 36201535) that identified novel “proliferation signatures.” Since these gene sets are not present in any curated database, we repeated our GSEA analysis using a customized database with the addition of these gene sets. However, we did not find enrichment of these sets in our RAG+/- ILC2 DEG list. We also applied our GPL strategy integrating analysis of our epigenomic data to the proliferation signature genes, but we did not see any clear trend. Conversely, our GSEA analysis did not identify any enrichment for apoptotic signatures as a potential mechanism by which RAG may suppress ILC2s.

      Notwithstanding the limitations of inferring ILC2 proliferation states from transcriptomic and epigenomic data, our experimental data suggest RAG exerts a suppressive effect on ILC2 proliferation. To formally test the hypothesis that RAG suppresses proliferation in the most rigorous way, we feel new mouse strains are needed that allow simultaneous RAG fate mapping and temporally restricted fate mapping. We elaborate on this in new additions to the discussion on lines 421-433.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The study by Ver Heul et al., investigates the consequences of RAG expression for type 2 innate lymphoid cell (ILC2) function. RAG expression is essential for the generation of the receptors expressed by B and T cells and their subsequent development. Innate lymphocytes, which arise from the same initial progenitor populations, are in part defined by their ability to develop in the absence of RAG expression. However, it has been described in multiple studies that a significant proportion of innate lymphocytes show a history of Rag expression. In compelling studies several years ago, members of this research team revealed that early Rag expression during the development of Natural Killer cells (Karo et al., Cell 2014), the first described innate lymphocyte, had functional consequences.

      Here, the authors revisit this topic, a worthwhile endeavour given the broad history of Rag expression within all ILCs and the common use of RAG-deficient mice to specifically assess ILC function. Focusing on ILC2s and utilising state-of-the-art approaches, the authors sought to understand whether early expression of Rag during ILC2 development had consequences for activity, fitness, or function. Having identified cell-intrinsic effects in vivo, the authors investigated the causes of this, identifying epigenetic changes associated with the accessibility genes associated with core ILC2 functions.

      The manuscript is well written and does an excellent job of supporting the reader through reasonably complex transcriptional and epigenetic analyses, with considerate use of explanatory diagrams. Overall I think that the conclusions are fair, the topic is thoughtprovoking, and the research is likely of broad immunological interest. I think that the extent of functional data and mechanistic insight is appropriate.

      Strengths:

      - The logical and stepwise use of mouse models to first demonstrate the impact on ILC2 function in vivo and a cell-intrinsic role. Initial analyses show enhanced cytokine production by ILC2 from RAG-deficient mice. Then through two different chimeric mice (including BM chimeras), the authors convincingly show this is cell intrinsic and not simply as a result of lymphopenia. This is important given other studies implicating enhanced ILC function in RAG-/- mice reflect altered competition for resources (e.g. cytokines).

      - Use of Rag expression fate mapping to support analyses of how cells were impacted - this enables a robust platform supporting subsequent analyses of the consequences of Rag expression for ILC2.

      - Use of snRNA-seq supports gene expression and chromatin accessibility studies - these reveal clear differences in the data sets consistent with altered ILC2 function.

      - Convincing evidence of epigenetic changes associated with loci strongly linked to ILC2 function. This forms a detailed analysis that potentially helps explain some of the altered ILC2 functions observed in ex vivo stimulation assays.

      - Provision of a wealth of expression data and bioinformatics analyses that can serve as valuable resources to the field.

      We appreciate the strengths noted by the Reviewer for our study. We would like to especially highlight the last point about our single cell dataset and provision of supplemental data tables. Although our study is focused on AD-like skin disease and skin draining lymph nodes, we hope that our findings can serve as a valuable resource for future investigation into mechanisms of RAG modulation of ILC2s in other tissues and disease states.  

      Weaknesses:

      - Lack of insight into precisely how early RAG expression mediates its effects, although I think this is beyond the scale of this current manuscript. Really this is the fundamental next question from the data provided here.

      We thank the Reviewer for their recognition of the context of our current work and its future implications. We aimed to present compelling new observations within the scope of what our current data can substantiate. We believe answering the next fundamental question of the mechanisms by which RAG mediates its effects in ILC2s will require development of novel reagents. We are actively pursuing this, and we look forward to others building on our findings as well.

      - The epigenetic analyses provide evidence of differences in the state of chromatin, but there is no data on what may be interacting or binding at these sites, impeding understanding of what this means mechanistically.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out this aspect of the epigenomic data analysis and the opportunity to expand the scope of our manuscript. We performed additional analyses of our data to identify DNA binding motifs and infer potential transcription factors that may be driving the effects of a history of RAG expression that we observed. We hope that these additional data, analyses, and interpretation add meaningful insight for our readers.

      We first performed the analysis for the entire dataset and validated that the analysis yielded results consistent with prior studies (e.g. finding EOMES binding motifs as a marker in NK cells). Then, we examined the differences in RAG fate-mapped ILC2s. These analyses are in new Figure S10 and discussed on lines 277-316.  

      We also performed an analysis specifically on the Th2 locus, given the effects of RAG on type 2 cytokine expression. These analyses are in new Figure S12 and discussed on lines 366-378.

      - Focus on ILC2 from skin-draining lymph nodes rather than the principal site of ILC2 activity itself (the skin). This may well reflect the ease at which cells can be isolated from different tissues.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s insight into the limitations of our study. Difficulties in isolating ILC2s from the skin were indeed a constraint in our study. In particular, we were unable to isolate enough ILC2s from the skin for stimulation and cytokine staining. Given that one of our main hypotheses was that RAG affects ILC2 function, we focused our studies on skin draining lymph nodes, which allowed measurement of the two main ILC2 functional cytokines, IL-5 and IL-13, as readouts in the key steady state and AD-like disease experiments.

      - Comparison with ILC2 from other sites would have helped to substantiate findings and compensate for the reliance on data on ILC2 from skin-draining lymph nodes, which are not usually assessed amongst ILC2 populations.

      We agree with the Reviewer that a broader survey of the RAG-mediated phenotype in other tissues and by extension other disease models would strengthen the generalizability of our observations. Indeed, we did a more expansive survey of tissues in our BM chimera experiments. We found a similar trend to our reported findings in the sdLN in tissues known to be affected by ILC2s ( Author response image 2) including the skin and lung and in other lymphoid tissues including spleen and mesenteric lymph nodes (mLN). We found that donor reconstitution in each tissue was robust except for the skin, where there was no significant difference between host and -donor CD45<sup>+</sup> immune cells and where CD45<sup>-</sup> parenchymal cells predominated ( Author response image 2A,C,E,G,I). This may explain why Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> donor ILC2s were significantly higher in proportion in all tissues except the skin, where we observed a similar trend that was not statistically significant ( Author response image 2B,D,F,H,J).

      Notwithstanding these results, given that we unexpectedly observed enhanced AD-like inflammation in the MC903 model in Rag1 KO mice, we concentrated our later experiments and analyses on defining the differences in skin draining ILC2s modulated by RAG. Our subsequent findings in the skin provoke many new hypotheses about the role of RAG in ILC2s in other tissues, and our tissue survey in the BM chimera provides additional rationale to pursue similar studies in disease models in other tissues. While this is an emerging area of investigation in our lab, we opted to focus this manuscript on our findings related to the AD-like disease model. We have ongoing studies to investigate other tissues, and we are still in the early stages of developing disease models to expand on these findings. However, if the reviewer feels strongly this additional data should be included in the manuscript, we are happy to add it. Considering the complexity of the data and concepts in the manuscript, we hoped to keep it focused to where we have strong molecular, cellular, and phenotypic outcomes.

      Author response image 2.

      Comparison of immune reconstitution in and ILC2 donor proportions in different tissues from BM chimeras. Equal quantities of bone marrow cells from Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> (CD45.2,CD90.2) and WT (CD45.2, CD90.1) C57Bl/6J donor mice were used to reconstitute the immune systems of irradiated recipient WT (CD45.1) C57Bl/6J mice. The proportion of live cells that are donor-derived (CD45.2), host-derived (CD45.1), or parenchymal (CD45-) [above] and proportion of ILC2s that are from Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> (CD90.2) or WT (CD90.1) donors [below] for A,B) skin C,D) sdLN E,F) lung G,H) spleen and I,J) mLN.

      - The studies of how ILC2 are impacted are a little limited, focused exclusively on IL-13 and IL-5 cytokine expression.

      We agree with the reviewer that our functional readout on IL-5 and IL-13 is relatively narrow. However, this focused experimental design was based on several considerations. First, IL-5 and IL-13 are widely recognized as major ILC2 effector molecules (Vivier et al, 2018, PMID 30142344). Second, in the MC903 model of AD-like disease, we have previously shown a clear correlation between ILC2s, levels of IL-5 and IL-13, and disease severity as measured by ear thickness (Kim et al, 2013, PMID 23363980). Depletion of ILC2s led to decreased levels of IL-13 and IL-5 and correspondingly reduced ear inflammation. However, while ILC2s are also recognized to produce other effector molecules such as IL-9 and Amphiregulin, which are likely involved in human atopic dermatitis (Namkung et al, 2011, PMID 21371865; Rojahn et al, 2020, PMID 32344053), there is currently no evidence linking these effectors to disease severity in the MC903 model. Third, IL-13 is emerging as a key cytokine driving atopic dermatitis in humans (Tsoi et al, 2019, PMID 30641038). Drugs targeting the IL-4/IL-13 receptor (dupilumab), or IL-13 itself (tralokinumab, lebrikizumab), have shown clear efficacy in treating atopic dermatitis. Interestingly, drugs targeting more upstream molecules, like TSLP (tezepelumab) or IL-33 (etokimab), have failed in atopic dermatitis. Taken together, these findings from both mouse and human studies suggest IL-13 is a critical therapeutic target, and thus functional readout, in determining the clinical implications of type 2 immune activation in atopic dermatitis.

      Aside from effector molecules, other readouts such as surface receptors may be of interest in understanding the mechanism of how RAG influences ILC2 function. For example, IL-18 has been shown to be an important co-stimulatory molecule along with TSLP in driving production of IL-13 by cutaneous ILC2s (Ricardo-Gonzalez et al, 2018, PMID 30201992). Our multiomic analysis showed decreased IL-18 receptor regulome activity in RAG-experienced ILC2s, which may be a mechanism by which RAG suppresses IL-13 production. Ultimately, in that study the role of IL-18 in enhancing MC903-induced inflammation through ILC2s was via increased production of IL-13, which was one of our major functional readouts. To clearly define mechanisms like these will require generation of new mice to interrogate RAG status in the context of tissue-specific knockout of other genes, such as the IL-18 receptor. We plan to perform these types of experiments in follow up studies. Notwithstanding this, we have now included additional discussion on lines 476508 to highlight why understanding how RAG impacts other regulatory and effector pathways would be an interesting area of future inquiry.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this study, Ver Heul et al. investigate the role of RAG expression in ILC2 functions. While RAG genes are not required for the development of ILCs, previous studies have reported a history of expression in these cells. The authors aim to determine the potential consequences of this expression in mature cells. They demonstrate that ILC2s from RAG1 or RAG2 deficient mice exhibit increased expression of IL-5 and IL-13 and suggest that these cells are expanded in the absence of RAG expression. However, it is unclear whether this effect is due to a direct impact of RAG genes or a consequence of the lack of T and B cells in this condition. This ambiguity represents a key issue with this study: distinguishing the direct effects of RAG genes from the indirect consequences of a lymphopenic environment.

      The authors focus their study on ILC2s found in the skin-draining lymph nodes, omitting analysis of tissues where ILC2s are more enriched, such as the gut, lungs, and fat tissue. This approach is surprising given the goal of evaluating the role of RAG genes in ILC2s across different tissues. The study shows that ILC2s derived from RAG-/- mice are more activated than those from WT mice, and RAG-deficient mice show increased inflammation in an atopic dermatitis (AD)-like disease model. The authors use an elegant model to distinguish ILC2s with a history of RAG expression from those that never expressed RAG genes. However, this model is currently limited to transcriptional and epigenomic analyses, which suggest that RAG genes suppress the type 2 regulome at the Th2 locus in ILC2s.

      We agree with the Reviewer that understanding the role of RAG in ILC2s across different tissues is an important goal. One of the primary inspirations for our paper was the clinical paradox that patients with Omenn syndrome, despite having profound adaptive T cell deficiency, develop AD with much greater penetrance than in the general population. Thus, there was always an appreciation for the likelihood that skin ILC2s have a unique proclivity towards the development of AD-like disease. Notwithstanding this, given the profound differences that can be found in ILC2s based on their tissue residence and disease state (as the Reviewer also points out below), we focused our investigations on characterizing the skin draining lymph nodes to better define factors underlying our initial observations of enhanced AD-like disease in Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> mice. While our findings in skin provoke the hypothesis that similar effects may be observed in other tissues and influence corresponding disease states, we were cautious not to suggest this may be the case by reporting surveys of other tissues without development of additional disease models to formally test these hypotheses. We present this manuscript now as a short, skin-focused study, rather than delaying publication to expand its scope. Truthfully, this project started in 2015 and has undergone many delays with the hopes of newer technologies and reagents coming to add greater clarity. We hope our study will enable others to pursue the goal of understanding the broader effects of RAG in ILC2s, and potentially other innate lymphoid lineages as well.

      We did a more expansive survey of tissues in our BM chimera experiments. We found a similar trend to our reported findings in the sdLN in tissues known to be affected by ILC2s ( Author response image 2) including the skin and lung and in other lymphoid tissues including spleen and mesenteric lymph nodes (mLN). We found that donor reconstitution in each tissue was robust except for the skin, where there was no significant difference between host and donor CD45<sup>+</sup> immune cells and where CD45<sup>-</sup> parenchymal cells predominated ( Author response image 2A,C,E,G,I). This may explain why Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> donor ILC2s were significantly higher in proportion in all tissues except the skin, where we observed a similar trend that was not statistically significant ( Author response image 2B,D,F,H,J). However, given the lack of correlation to disease readouts in other organ systems, we chose to not include this data in our manuscript. However, if the Reviewer feels these data should be included, we would be happy to include as a supplemental figure.

      The authors report a higher frequency of ILC2s in RAG-/- mice in skin-draining lymph nodes, which is expected as these mice lack T and B cells, leading to ILC expansion. Previous studies have reported hyper-activation of ILCs in RAG-deficient mice, suggesting that this is not necessarily an intrinsic phenomenon. For example, RAG-/- mice exhibit hyperphosphorylation of STAT3 in the gut, leading to hyperactivation of ILC3s. This study does not currently provide conclusive evidence of an intrinsic role of RAG genes in the hyperactivation of ILC2s. The splenocyte chimera model is artificial and does not reflect a normal environment in tissues other than the spleen. Similarly, the mixed BM model does not demonstrate an intrinsic role of RAG genes, as RAG1-/- BM cells cannot contribute to the B and T cell pool, leading to an expected expansion of ILC2s. As the data are currently presented it is expected that a proportion of IL-5-producing cells will come from the RAG1/- BM.

      The Reviewer raises an important point about the potential cell-intrinsic roles of RAG vs the many cell-extrinsic explanations that could affect ILC2 populations, with the most striking being the lack of T and B cells in RAG knockout mice. It is well-established that splenocyte transfer into T and B cell-deficient mice reconstitutes T cell-mediated effects (such as the T cell transfer colitis model pioneered by Powrie and others), and we were careful in our interpretation of the splenocyte chimera experiment to conclude only that lack of Tregs was unlikely to explain the enhanced ADlike disease in T (and B) cell-deficient mice.

      We agree with the Reviewer that the Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> BM will not contribute to the B and T cell pool. However, BM from the WT mice would be expected to contribute to development of the adaptive lymphocyte pool. Indeed, we found that most of the CD45<sup>+</sup> immune cells in the spleens of BM chimera mice were donor-derived ( Author response image 3A), and total levels of B cells and T cells showed reconstitution in a pattern similar to control spleens from donor WT mice, while spleens from donor Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> mice expectedly had essentially no detectable adaptive lymphocytes ( Author response image 3B-D). From this, we concluded the BM chimera experiment was successful in establishing an immune environment with the presence of adaptive lymphocytes, and the differences in ILC2 proportions we observed were in the context of developing alongside a normal number of B and T lymphocytes. Notwithstanding the potential role of the adaptive lymphocyte compartment in shaping ILC2 development, since we transplanted equal amounts of WT and Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> BM into the same recipient environment, we are not able to explain how cell-extrinsic effects alone would account for the unequal numbers of WT vs Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> ILC2s we observed after immune reconstitution.

      Author response image 3.

      Comparison of immune reconstitution in BM chimeras to controls. Equal quantities of bone marrow cells from Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> (CD45.2) and WT (CD45.2) C57Bl/6J donor mice were used to reconstitute the immune systems of irradiated recipient WT (CD45.1) C57Bl/6J mice. A) Number of WT recipient CD45.1+ immune cells in the spleens of recipient mice compared to number of donor CD45.2+ cells (WT and Rag1<sup>-/-</sup>) normalized to 100,000 live cells. Comparison of numbers of B cells, CD4+ T cells, and CD8+ T cells in spleens of B) BM chimera mice, C) control WT mice and D) control Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> mice.

      We also subsequently found transcriptional and epigenomic differences in RAG-experienced ILC2s compared to RAG-naïve ILC2s. Critically, these differences were present in ILC2s from the same mice that had developed normally within an intact immune system, rather than in the setting of a BM transplant or a defective immune background such as in Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> mice.

      We recognize that there are almost certainly cell-extrinsic factors affecting ILC2s in Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> mice due to lack of B and T cells, and that BM chimeras are not perfect substitutes for simulating normal hematopoietic development. However, the presence of cell-extrinsic effects does not negate the potential contribution of cell-intrinsic factors as well, and we respectfully stand by our conclusion that our data support a role, however significant, for cell-intrinsic effects of RAG in ILC2s.

      Finally, the Reviewer mentions the interesting observation that gut ILC3s exhibit hyperphosphorylation of STAT3 in Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> mice compared to WT as an example of cell-extrinsic effects of RAG deficiency (we assume this is in reference to Mao et al, 2018, PMID 29364878 and subsequent work). We now reference this paper and have included additional discussion on how our observations of ILC2s may be generalizable to not only other organ systems, but also other ILC subsets, limitations on these generalizations, and future directions on lines 477-520.

      Overall, the level of analysis could be improved. Total cell numbers are not presented, the response of other immune cells to IL-5 and IL-13 (except the eosinophils in the splenocyte chimera mice) is not analyzed, and the analysis is limited to skin-draining lymph nodes.

      We thank the Reviewer for the suggestions to add rigor to our analysis. ILC2 populations are relatively rare, and we designed our experiments to assess frequencies, rather than absolute numbers. We did not utilize counting beads, so our counts may not be comparable between samples. We have added additional data for absolute cell counts normalized to 100,000 live cells for each experiment (see below for a summary of new panels in each figure). Our new data on total cell numbers are consistent with the initial observations regarding frequency of ILC2s we reported from our experiments. For the BM chimera experiments, we presented the proportions of ILC2s, and IL-5 and IL-13 positive ILC2s, by donor source, as this is the critical question of the experiment. Notwithstanding our analysis by proportion, we found that the frequency of Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> ILC2s, IL-5<sup>+</sup> cells, or IL-13<sup>+</sup> cells within Lin- population was also significantly increased. While our initial submission included only the proportions for clarity and simplicity, we now include frequency and absolute numbers in new panels for more critical appraisal of our data by readers.

      In New Figure 1, we added new panels for ILC2 cell number in both the AD-like disease experiment (C) and in steady state (H).

      In New Figure S2, we added a panel for ILC2 cell number in steady state (B).

      In Figure 2 and associated supplemental data in Figure S4, we added several more panels. For the splenocyte chimera, we added a panel for ILC2 cell number in New Figure 2C.

      We incorporated multiple new panels in New Figure S4 to address the need for more data to be shown for the BM chimera (also requested by Reviewer #2). These included total cell counts and frequency for ILC2 (New Figure S4F,G), and IL-5<sup>+</sup> (New Figure S4I,K) and IL-13<sup>+</sup> (New Figure S4J,L) ILCs in addition to the proportions originally presented in Figure 2.  

      In terms of the limited analysis of other tissues, our initial observation of enhanced AD-like disease in Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> compared to WT mice built on our prior work elucidating the role of ILC2s in the MC903 model of AD-like disease in mice and AD in humans (Kim et al, 2013, PMID 23363980). Consequently, we focused on the skin to further develop our understanding of the role of RAG1 in this model. As in our prior studies, technical limitations in obtaining sufficient numbers of ILC2s from the skin itself for ex vivo stimulation to assess effector cytokine levels required performing these experiments in the skin draining lymph nodes.

      We agree that IL-5 and IL-13 are major mediators of type 2 pathology and studying their effects on immune cells is an important area of inquiry, particularly since there are multiple drugs available or in development targeting these pathways. However, our goal was not to study what was happening downstream of increased cytokine production from ILC2s, but instead to understand what was different about RAG-deficient or RAG-naïve ILC2s themselves that drive their expansion and production of effector cytokines compared to RAG-sufficient or RAGexperienced ILC2s. By utilizing the same MC903 model in which we previously showed a critical role for ILC2s in driving IL-5 and IL-13 production and subsequent inflammation in the skin, we were able to instead focus on defining the cell-intrinsic aspects of RAG function in ILC2s.

      The authors have a promising model in which they can track ILC2s that have expressed RAG or not. They need to perform a comprehensive characterization of ILC2s in these mice, which develop in a normal environment with T and B cells. Approximately 50% of the ILC2s have a history of RAG expression. It would be valuable to know whether these cells differ from ILC2s that never expressed RAG, in terms of proliferation and expression of IL5 and IL-13. These analyses should be conducted in different tissues, as ILC2s adapt their phenotype and transcriptional landscape to their environment. Additionally, the authors should perform their AD-like disease model in these mice.

      We agree with the Reviewer (and a similar comment from Reviewer #2) that a broader survey of the RAG-mediated phenotype in other tissues and by extension other disease models would strengthen the generalizability of our observations. Indeed, we did a more expansive survey of tissues in our BM chimera experiments. We found a similar trend to our reported findings in the sdLN in tissues known to be affected by ILC2s ( Author response image 2) including the skin and lung and in other lymphoid tissues including spleen and mesenteric lymph nodes (mLN). We found that donor reconstitution in each tissue was robust except for the skin, where there was no significant difference between host and donor CD45<sup>+</sup> immune cells and where CD45<sup>-</sup> parenchymal cells predominated (Author response image 2A,C,E,G,I). This may explain why Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> donor ILC2s were significantly higher in proportion in all tissues except the skin, where we observed a similar trend that was not statistically significant (Author response image 2B,D,F,H,J). We omitted these analyses to maintain the focus on the skin, but we will be happy to add this data to the manuscript if the Reviewer feels this figure should be helpful.

      Notwithstanding these results, given that we unexpectedly observed enhanced AD-like inflammation in the MC903 model in Rag1 KO mice, we concentrated our later experiments and analyses on defining the differences in skin draining ILC2s modulated by RAG. Our subsequent findings in the skin provoke many new hypotheses about the role of RAG in ILC2s in other tissues, and our tissue survey in the BM chimera provides additional rationale to pursue similar studies in disease models in other tissues. While this is an emerging area of investigation in our lab, we opted to focus this manuscript on our findings related to the AD-like disease model. We have ongoing studies to investigate other tissues, and we are still in the early stages of developing disease models to expand on these findings. However, if the reviewer feels strongly this additional data should be included in the manuscript, we are happy to add it. Considering the complexity of the data and concepts in the manuscript, we hoped to keep it focused to where we have strong molecular, cellular, and phenotypic outcomes. We elaborate on the implications of our work for future studies, including limitations of our study and currently available reagents and need for new mouse strains to rigorously answer these questions on lines 476-508

      The authors provide a valuable dataset of single-nuclei RNA sequencing (snRNA-seq) and ATAC sequencing (snATAC-seq) from RAGexp (RAG fate map-positive) and RAGnaïve (RAG fate map-negative) ILC2s. This elegant approach demonstrates that ILC2s with a history of RAG expression are epigenomically suppressed. However, key genes such as IL-5 and IL-13 do not appear to be differentially regulated between RAGexp and RAGnaïve ILC2s according to Table S5. Although the authors show that the regulome activity of IL-5 and IL-13 is decreased in RAGexp ILC2s, how do the authors explain that these genes are not differentially expressed between the RAGexp and RAGnaïve ILC2? I think that it is important to validate this in vivo.

      We thank the Reviewer for highlighting the value and possible elegance of our data. The Reviewer brings up an important issue that we grappled with in this study and that highlights a major technical limitation of single cell sequencing studies. Genes for secreted factors such as cytokines are often transcribed at low levels and are poorly detected in transcriptomic studies. This is particularly true in single cell studies with lower sequencing depth. Various efforts have been made to overcome these issues such as computational approaches to estimate missing data (e.g. van Djik et al, 2018, PMID 29961576; Huang et al, 2018, PMID 29941873), or recent use of cytokine reporter mice and dial-out PCR to enhance key cytokine signals in sequenced ILCs (Bielecki et al, 2021, PMID 33536623). We did not utilize computational methods to avoid the risk of introducing artifacts into the data, and we did not perform our study in cytokine reporter mice. Thus, cytokines were poorly detected in our transcriptomic data, as evidenced by lack of identification of cytokines as markers for specific clusters (e.g. IL-5 for ILC2s) or significant differential expression between RAG-naïve and RAG-experienced ILC2s.

      However, the multiomic features of our data allowed a synergistic analysis to identify effects on cytokines. For example, transcripts for the IL-4 and IL-5 were not detected at a high enough level to qualify as marker genes of the ILC2 cluster in the gene expression (GEX) assay but were identified as markers for the ILC2 cluster in the ATAC-seq data in the differentially accessible chromatin (DA) assay. Using the combined RNA-seq and ATAC-seq gene to peak links (GPL) analyses, many GPLs were identified in the Th2 locus for ILC2s, including for IL-13, which was not identified as a marker for ILC2s by any of the assays alone. Thus, our combined analysis took advantage of the potential of multiomic datasets to overcome a general weakness inherent to most scRNAseq datasets.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      - Line 168; Reference 23 also showed expression in the NK cells, please add this reference to reference 24.

      We thank the reviewer for catching this oversight, and we have corrected it in the revised manuscript.

      - Please add the full names for GPL and sdLN in the text of the manuscript when first using these abbreviations. They are now only explained in the legends.

      We reviewed the manuscript text and found that we defined sdLNs for the first time on line 104. We defined GPLs for the first time on line 248. We believe these definitions are placed appropriately near the first references to the corresponding figures/analysis, but if the Reviewer believes we should move these definitions earlier, we are happy to do so.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I would suggest that the following reanalyses would improve the clarity of the data:

      - Can ILC2 numbers, rather than frequency, be used (e.g. in Figure 1C, S2B, and so on). This would substantiate the data that currently relies on percentages.

      This was a weakness also noted by Reviewer #3. We have added data on ILC2 numbers for each experiment as outlined below:

      In New Figure 1, we added new panels for ILC2 cell number in both the AD-like disease experiment (C) and in steady state (H).

      In New Figure S2, we added a panel for ILC2 cell number in steady state (B).

      In Figure 2 and associated supplemental data in Figure S4, we added several more panels. For the splenocyte chimera, we added a panel for ILC2 cell number in New Figure 2C.

      We incorporated multiple new panels in New Figure S4 to address the need for more data to be shown for the BM chimera (also requested by Reviewer #2). These included total cell counts and frequency for ILC2 (New Figure S4F,G), and IL-5<sup>+</sup> (New Figure S4I,K) and IL-13<sup>+</sup> (New Figure S4J,L) ILCs in addition to the proportions originally presented in Figure 2.  

      - Can the authors provide data on IL-33R expression on sdLN ILC2s? Expression of ST-2 (IL-33R) does vary between ILC2 populations and is impacted by the digestion of tissue. All of the data provided here requires ILC2 to be IL-33R<sup>+</sup>. In the control samples, the ILC2 compartment is very scarce - in LNs, ILC2s are rare. The gating strategy with limited resolution of positive and negative cells in the lineage gate doesn't help this analysis.

      The Reviewer raises a valid point regarding the IL-33R marker and ILC2s. We designed our initial experiments to be consistent with our earlier observations of skin ILC2s, which were defined as CD45<sup>+</sup>Lin-CD90+CD25+IL33+, and the scarcity of skin draining lymph node ILC2s at steady state was consistent with our prior findings (Kim et al, 2013, PMID 23363980). We can include MFI data on IL-33R expression in these cells if the reviewer feels strongly that this would add to the manuscript, but we did not include other ILC2-specific markers in these experiments that would give us an alternative total ILC2 count to calculate frequency of IL-33R<sup>+</sup> ILC2s, which would also make the context of the IL-33 MFI difficult to interpret.

      Other studies defining tissue specific expression patterns in ILC2s have called into question whether IL-33R is a reliable marker to define skin ILC2s (Ricardo-Gonzalez et al, 2018, PMID 30201992). However, there is evidence for region-specific expression of IL-33R (Kobayashi et al, 2019, PMID 30712873), with ILC2s in the subcutis expressing high levels of IL-33R and both IL5 and IL-13, while ILC2s in the epidermis and dermis have low levels of IL-33R and IL-5 expression. In contrast to the Kobayashi et al study, Ricardo-Gonzalez et al sequenced ILC2s from whole skin, thus the region-specific expression patterns were not preserved, and the lower expression of IL-33R in the epidermis and dermis may have diluted the signal from the ILC2s in the subcutis. These may also be the ILC2s most likely to drain into the lymph nodes, which is the tissue on which we focused our analyses (consistent with our prior work in Kim et al, 2013).

      - In Figure 2 (related to 2H, 2I) can flow plots of the IL-5 versus IL-13 gated on either CD90.1+CD45.2+ or CD90.2+CD45.2+ ILC2 be shown? I.e. gate on the ILC2s and show cytokine expression, rather than the proportion of donor IL5/13. The proportion of donor ILC2 is shown to be significantly higher in 2G. Therefore gating on the cells of interest and showing on a cellular basis their ability to produce the cytokines would better make the point I think.

      We agree that this is important additional data to include. We have added flow plots of sdLN ILC2s from the BM chimera divided by donor genotype showing IL-5 and IL-13 expression in New Figure S4H.

      I assume the authors have looked and there is no obvious data, but does analysis of transcription factor consensus binding sequences in the open chromatin provide any new insight?

      The Reviewer also commented on this in the public review. As copied from our response above:

      We found that the most enriched sites in the ILC2 gene loci contained the consensus sequence GGGCGG (or its reverse complement), a motif recognized by a variety of zinc finger transcription factors (TFs). Predictions from our analyses predicted the KLF family of zinc finger TFs as most likely to be enriched at the identified open chromatin regions. To infer which KLFs might be occupying these sites in the RAG-experienced or RAG-naïve cells, we also assessed the expression levels of these identified TFs. Interestingly, KLF2 and KLF6 are more expressed in RAG-experienced ILC2s. KLF6 is a tumor suppressor (PMID: 11752579), and both KLF6 and KLF2 were recently shown to be markers of “quiescent-like” ILCs (PMID: 33536623). Further, upon analysis of the Th2 locus, the (A/T)GATA(A/G) consensus site (or reverse complement) was enriched in identified open chromatin at that locus. The algorithm predicted multiple TFs from the GATA family as possible binding partners, but expression analysis showed only GATA3 was highly expressed in ILC2s, consistent with what would be predicted from prior studies (PMID: 9160750).

      We have added this data in new Figure S10 and new Figure S12, with corresponding text in the Results section on lines 277-316 and lines 366-378.

      In terms of phrasing and presentation:

      - It would help to provide some explanation of why all analyses focus on the draining LNs rather than the actual site of inflammation (the ear skin). I do not think it appropriate to ask for data on this as this would require extensive further experimentation, but there should be some discussion on this topic. This feels relevant given that the skin is the site of inflammatory insult and ILC2 is present here. How the ILC2 compartment in the skindraining lymph nodes relates to those in the skin is not completely clear, particularly given the prevailing dogma that ILC2 are tissue-resident.

      Given limitations of assessing cytokine production of the relatively rare population of skin-resident ILC2s, we focused on the skin-draining lymph nodes (sdLN). Our findings in the current manuscript are consistent with our prior work in Kim et al, 2013 (PMID 23363980), and more recently in Tamari et al, 2024 (PMID 38134932), which demonstrated correlation of increased ILC2s in sdLN with increased skin inflammation in the MC903 model. Similarly, Dutton et al (PMID 31152090) have demonstrated expansion of the sdLN ILC2 pool in response to MC903-induced AD-like inflammation in mice. We elaborate on the implications of our work for future studies, including limitations of our study (including the focus on the sdLN), and currently available reagents and need for new mouse strains to rigorously answer these questions on lines 476-508

      - I think the authors should explicitly state that cytokine production is assessed after ex vivo restimulation (e.g. Lines 112-113).

      We have added this statement to the revised text.

      - I also think that it would help to be consistent with axis scales where analyses are comparable (e.g. Figure 1D vs Figure 1H).

      We agree with the Reviewer and we have adjusted the axes for consistency. The data remains unchanged, but axes are slightly adjusted in New Figure 1 (D&I, E&J, F&K) and New Figure S2 (C-E match New Figure 1 D-F). This same axis scaling scheme is carried forward to New Figure 2 (D-E) and New Figure S4 (G,K,L). New data on cell counts is also included per request by Reviewers 2 and 3 (see above). However, we found results for total cells, including ILC2s (New Figure 1C,H, New Figure S2B, New Figure 2C, New Figure S4F), were consistent within experiments, but not between experiments, likely representing issues with normalizing counts (we did not include counting beads for more accurate total counts). Thus, the y-axes in those panels are not consistent between experiments/figures.

      We feel reporting the proportion of WT vs Rag1<sup>-/-</sup> donor cells for the BM chimera is most illustrative of the effect of RAG and have kept it in the main New Figure 2, but for the BM chimera experiment panels we also include the total counts of IL-5<sup>+</sup> and IL-13<sup>+</sup> ILC2s (New Figure S4I,J).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Storyline and Narrative Flow:

      Consider revising the manuscript to create a more coherent and consistent narrative. Clarify how each section of the study-particularly the transition from multi-omics data integration to single-cell RNA-seq validation-contributes to the overall research question. This will help readers better understand the logical flow of the study.

      We thank the reviewer’s suggestion, which have highlighted the deficiencies in this area, and we have made appropriate modifications:

      We have modified some text, including the connections between different sections in the results part and the objectives and roles of various analyses in each section, thus enhancing the coherence between the contexts and clarifying the objectives and functions of each analysis, We believe this will help readers better understand the main content of the entire text.

      (2) Immune Cell Activity Analysis:

      Reevaluate the methods used to assess immune cell activities within the context of the tumor microenvironment. Consider providing additional justification for the relevance of using the cancer cell model for this analysis. If necessary, explore alternative methods or models that might offer more meaningful insights into immune-tumor interactions.

      We thank the reviewer’s suggestion, which have highlighted the deficiencies in this area, and we have made appropriate modifications:

      Using RNA-Bulk data, we evaluated the tumor immune microenvironment through various methods to assess immune infiltration levels and responses to immunotherapy. We found that the results were largely consistent with those presented in the manuscript, providing strong support for our viewpoints. We also acknowledge the limitations of findings from bioinformatics analysis. In our upcoming research, we plan to develop organoid models with gene expression patterns of both CS1 and CS2 subtypes, using these models as a foundation for studying the tumor immune microenvironment.

      (3) Single-Cell RNA-Seq Validation:

      Expand the validation of your findings using single-cell RNA-seq data. This could include more in-depth analyses that explore the heterogeneity within the subtypes and confirm the robustness of your classification method at the single-cell level. This would strengthen the support for your claims about the relevance of the identified subtypes.

      We thank the reviewer’s suggestion, which have highlighted the deficiencies in this area, and we have made appropriate modifications:

      In this manuscript, we employed the NTP algorithm to classify malignant cells identified by the CopyKAT algorithm using characteristic genes of CS1 and CS2 subtypes. This approach is similar to previous method that analyzed patients in the ICGC cohort with the same subtype genes. We consider this classification method valid.

      After classifying the malignant cells, we performed metabolic and cell communication analyses on the CS1 and CS2 subtype cells, revealing significant differences in biological pathways enriched by differential genes, metabolic levels, and cell signaling patterns. These differences align with variations observed in prior classifications and analyses based on RNA-Bulk data.

      We also acknowledge that validating the classification method solely with the single-cell dataset from this study is insufficient. We analyzed GSE202642 using the same processes and methods as GSE229772, finding that the results were generally consistent, indicating that our classification method exhibits a degree of robustness at the single-cell level.

      (4) Methodological Justification:

      Provide a more detailed rationale for the selection of machine learning algorithms and integration strategies used in the study. Explain why the chosen methods are particularly well-suited for this research, and discuss any potential limitations they might have.

      We thank the reviewer’s suggestion, which have highlighted the deficiencies in this area, and we have made appropriate modifications:

      We have updated the methodology section to enhance readers' understanding of the fundamental principles involved. This analysis has two key features: first, it combines 10 machine learning algorithms to generate 101 models and ultimately selects the prognostic prediction model with the highest C-index from these 101 algorithms; second, it utilizes the LOOCV method to analyze the training and validation sets. Compared to the conventional method of randomly dividing the training and validation sets by a fixed ratio, this approach significantly minimizes the bias and randomness introduced by the splitting process. Therefore, we believe this analysis can leverage the characteristic genes of the CS1 and CS2 subtypes, combined with existing clinical data from public databases, to yield results that are more accurate and reliable than the commonly used prognostic models in previous literature, such as COX regression and Lasso regression, as well as other individual algorithms. While this analysis presents advantages over some previous modeling methods, it is essential to recognize that it remains based on analyses conducted using public databases, which may obscure certain factors that might be clinically relevant to patient prognosis due to the mathematical logic of the algorithms.

      (5) Figures and Visualizations:

      Improve the clarity of your figures by addressing the following:

      a) Figure 3A: Cluster the pathways to make the comparisons clearer and more meaningful.

      b) Figure 4A: Clearly explain the significance of the blue bar.

      c) Figure 4B: Ensure this figure is discussed in the main text to justify its inclusion.

      d) Figure 7C: Enhance the figure legend to provide more informative details.

      Additionally, ensure that figure descriptions go beyond the captions and provide detailed explanations that help the reader understand the significance of each figure.

      We thank the reviewer’s suggestion, which have highlighted the deficiencies in this area, and we have made appropriate modifications:

      Figure 3A: We clustered the samples based on CS1 and CS2 subtypes and displayed the immune-related cell scores of each sample as a heatmap.

      Figure 4A: The blue bars in the figure represent the average C-index of this algorithm combination in the training dataset TCGA and the validation dataset ICGC, which we have supplemented in the corresponding sections of the text.

      Figure 4B: We described this figure in the results section, which primarily aims to validate whether our prognostic prediction model can predict patient outcomes in the TCGA cohort. The results showed that after performing prognostic risk scoring on patients based on the prediction model and categorizing them into high-risk and low-risk groups, the two groups exhibited significant prognostic differences, with the high-risk group showing worse outcomes compared to the low-risk group. This indicates that our prognostic prediction model can effectively distinguish the prognostic risk differences among patients in the TCGA-LIHC cohort. We also discussed these findings in the discussion section.

      Figure 7C: We used both point color and size to visualize the levels of metabolic scores, resulting in two dimensions in the legend, which actually represent the same information. Therefore, we removed the results that used point size to indicate the levels of metabolic scores.

      (6) Supplementary Materials:

      Consider including more detailed supplementary materials that provide additional validation data, extended methodological descriptions, and any other information that would support the robustness of your findings.

      We thank the reviewer’s suggestion, which have highlighted the deficiencies in this area, and we have made appropriate modifications:

      In the subsequent version of the record, we will upload the important results obtained during the research to GitHub, and in this revision, we have updated some figures that may better explain the results or the robustness of the findings as supplementary materials.

      (7) Recent Literature:

      a) Incorporate more recent studies in your discussion, especially those related to HCC subtypes and the application of machine learning in oncology. This will provide a more current context for your work and help position your findings within the broader field.

      We thank the reviewer’s suggestion, which have highlighted the deficiencies in this area, and we have made appropriate modifications:

      We have reviewed several studies related to HCC subtype classification and the application of machine learning in this field. In the discussion section, we summarize the significance and limitations of these studies. Additionally, we discuss the characteristics of our study in comparison to previous research in this field.

      (8) Data and Code Availability:

      Ensure that all data, code, and materials used in your study are made available in line with eLife's policies. Provide clear links to repositories where readers can access the data and code used in your analyses.

      We thank the reviewer’s suggestion, which have highlighted the deficiencies in this area, and we have made appropriate modifications:

      We have examined the relevant data, code, and materials. We confirm that we have indicated the sources of the data and tools used in the analysis within the manuscript. Moreover, these data and tools are accessible via the websites or references we have provided.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) While the computational findings are robust, further experimental validation of the two subtypes, particularly the role of the MIF signaling pathway, would strengthen the biological relevance of the findings. In vitro or in vivo validation could confirm the proposed mechanisms and their influence on patient prognosis.

      We thank the reviewer’s suggestion, which have highlighted the deficiencies in this area, and we have made appropriate modifications:

      We intend to verify our findings in future studies using tumor cell line models and animal models. We aim to identify and intervene with key molecules in the MIF signaling pathway. We will investigate how the MIF signaling pathway affects tumor sensitivity to treatment in both cell line and animal models, along with the underlying mechanisms.

      (2) Consider testing the model on additional independent cohorts beyond the TCGA and ICGC datasets to further demonstrate its generalizability and applicability across different patient populations.

      We thank the reviewer’s suggestion, which have highlighted the deficiencies in this area, and we have made appropriate modifications:

      We analyzed the GSE14520 study recorded in the GEO database, which uploaded a cohort consisting of 209 HCC patients and their corresponding RNA sequencing data. We validated the prognostic model obtained in this study using this cohort, and found that the model effectively distinguishes patients into high-risk and low-risk prognostic categories. Furthermore, there is a significant prognostic difference between the high-risk and low-risk patient groups. This is consistent with the results we obtained previously.

      (3) Review the manuscript for long or complex sentences, which can be broken down into shorter, more readable parts.

      We have made revisions to the long and complex sentences in the manuscript without compromising its academic integrity and rationality, with the hope that this will help readers better understand the content of this study.

      During the revision process, in addition to addressing the reviewer comments, we conducted a thorough review of the analysis. In the course of this review, we identified a few errors in the data usage and have since corrected the relevant data and figures:

      Figure 4: Due to space constraints, we adjusted the composition of the figures after incorporating the validation results from the GSE14520 dataset.

      Figure 5A: We rechecked the regression coefficients included in the model, updated several more recent prognostic models, and calculated the C-index for 20 prognostic models in the TCGA and ICGC cohorts using a method consistent with previous studies.

      Figure 5C-D: We adjusted the clarity of the figures.

      Figure 8: We reclassified the selected malignant cells and updated the subtypes results. Subsequently, based on the repeatedly confirmed typing results, we comprehensively updated the analysis results of the subsequent cell communication network construction, ensuring that the entire analysis process remains consistent with previous findings. We also adjusted the composition of the figure and presented the images that could not be conveniently merged due to space constraints as Figure 9.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer 1:

      (1) Figure 2 is mentioned before Figure 1

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out, this was a mistake. What was meant by Figure 2 was actually Figure 1. This has been corrected in the manuscript.

      (2) Figure 1c: red is used to indicate cell junctions on raw data, but also the error.

      The color red is used to indicate cell junctions on raw data on figure 1c left, while it is used to indicate the error on figure 1c right.

      The Lagrangian error can be negative right? This is not reflected by the error scale which goes from 0% to 100%

      A negative Lagragian error would mean that the distance between real and simulated cellular junctions decreased over time. We effectively treat this case as if there was no displacement, and the error is hence 0%.

      Why do you measure the error in percent?

      The error is measured in percentages because it is relative to the apical length of a cell.

      (3) Figure 2: The distinction between pink and red in e_2(t) is very difficult. What do the lines indicate?

      The lines indicate directions of the eigen vectors of the strain rate tensor at every material particle of the embryo.

      (4) L156 "per unit length": Rather per unit time?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We apologize for this mistake. "per unit length" has been changed to "per unit time"

      (5) L159 "Eigen vectors in this sense": is there another sense?

      "In this sense" is referring to the geometric description of eigen vectors. The phrase has been removed

      (6) L164 "magnitude of the rate of change underwent by a particle at the surface of the embryo in the three orthogonal spatial directions of most significant rate of change."

      Would a decomposition in two directions within the surface's tangent plane and one perpendicular to it not be better?

      We also performed the decomposition of the strain rate tensor as suggested within the surface's tangent plane and one perpendicular to it, but did not notice any tangible differences in the overall analysis, especially after derivation of the scalar field.

      (7) L174 "morphological activity": I think this notion is never defined

      By morphological activity we mean any noticeable shape changes

      (8) L177: I did not quite understand this part

      This part tries to convey that the scalar strain rate field evidences coordinated cell behaviors by highlighting wide regions of red that traverse cell boundaries (e.g. fig.2b, $t=5.48hpb$). At the same time, the strain rate field preserves cell boundaries, highlighted by bands of red at cellular intersections, when cell coordinated cell behaviors are not preponderant (e.g. fig.2b, $t=4hpb$).

      (9) Ll 194 "Unsurprisingly, these functions play an important role in many branches of science including quantum mechanics and geophysics Knaack and Stenflo (2005); Dahlen and Tromp (2021)." Does this really help in understanding spherical harmonics?

      This comment was made with the aim of showing to the reader that Spherical Harmonics have proved to be useful in other fields. Although it does not help in understanding spherical harmonics, it establishes that they can be effective.

      (10) Figure 3a: I do not find this panel particularly helpful. What does the color indicate? What are the prefactors of the spherical harmonics?

      This panel showcases the restriction of the strain rate scalar field to the spherical harmonics with the l and m specified. Each material particle of the embryo surface at the time  is colored with respect to the value of . The values are computed according to equation 2 and are showcased in figure 3c.

      (11) L 265: Please define "scalogram" as opposed to a spectrogram.

      Scalograms are the result of wavelet transforms applied to a signal. Although spectrogram can specifically refer to the spectrum of frequencies resulting for example from a Fourier transform, the term can also be used in a broader sense to designate any time-frequency representation. In the context of this paper, we used it interchangeably with scalogram. We have changed all occurrences of spectrogram to scalogram in the revised manuscript.

      (12) L 299 "the analysis was carried out the 64-cell stage.": Probably 'the analysis was carried out at the 64-cell stage'

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. The manuscript was revised to reflect the suggested change.

      (13) L 340 "Another outstanding advantage over traditional is": Something seems to be missing in this sentence.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have modified the sentence in the revised manuscript. It now reads “Another outstanding advantage of our workflow over traditional methods is that our workflow is able to compress the story of the development ... ”.

      (14) Ll 357 "on the one hand, the overall spatial resolution of the raw data, on the other hand, the induced computational complexity.": Is there something missing in this sentence

      The sentence tries to convey the idea that in implementing our method, there is a comprise to be made between the choice of the number of particles on the constructed mesh and the computational complexity induced by this choice. There is also a comprise to be made between this choice of the number of particles and the spatial resolution of the original dataset.

      Reviewer 2:

      (1) The authors should clearly state to which data this method has been applied in this paper. Also, to what kind of data can this method be applied? For instance, should the embryo surface be segmented?

      The method has been applied on 3D+time imaging data of ascidian embryonic development data hosted on the morphonet (morphonet.org) platform. The data on the morphonet platform comes in two formats: closed surface meshes of segmented cells spatially organized into the embryo, and 3D voxelated images of the embryo. The method was first designed for the former format and then extended to the later. There is no requirement for the embryo surface to be segmented.

      (2) In this paper, it is essential to understand the way that the authors introduced the Lagrangian markers on the surface of the embryo. However, understanding the method solely based on the description in the main text was difficult. I recommend providing a detailed explanation of the methodology including equations in the main text for clarity.

      We believe that adding mathematical details of the method into the text will cloud the text and make it more difficult to understand. Interested readers can refer to the supplementary material for detailed explanation of the method.

      (3) In eq.(1) of the supplementary information, d(x,S_2(t)) could be a distance function between S_1 and S_2 although it was not stated. How was the distance function between the surfaces defined?

      What was meant here was d(x,S_1(t)) where x is a point of S_2(t). d(x,S_1(t)) referring to the distance between point x and S_1(t). The definition of the distance function has been clarified in the supplementary information.

      (4) In the section on the level set scheme of supplementary information, the derivation of eq.(4) from eq.(3) was not clear.

      We added an intermediary equation for clarification.

      (5) Why is a reference shape S_1(0) absent at t=0?

      A reference shape S_1(0) is absent at t=0 precisely because that is what we are trying to achieve: construct an evolving Lagrangian surface S_2(t) matching S_1(t) at all times.

      (6) In Figure 2(a), it is unclear what was plotted. What do the colors mean? A color bar should be provided.

      The caption of the figure describes the colors: “a) Heatmap of the eigenvector fields of the strain rate tensor. Each row represents a vector field distinguished by a distinct root color (\textit{yellow, pink, white}). The gradient from the root color to red represents increasing magnitudes of the strain rate tensor.”

      (7) With an appropriate transformation, it would be possible to create a 2D map from a 3D representation shown in for instance Figure 2. Such a 2D representation would be more tractable for looking at the overall activities.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. In Figure 4b of the supplementary information, we provide a 2D projection of the scalar strain rate field.

      (8) The strain rate is a second-order tensor that contains rich information. In this paper, the information in the tensor has been compressed into a scalar field by taking the square root of the sum of the squares of the eigenvalues. However, such a representation may not distinguish important events such as stretching and compression of the tissue. The authors should provide appropriate arguments regarding the limitations of this analysis.

      The tensor form of the strain rate field is indeed endowed with more information than the scalar eigen value field derived. However, our objective in this project was not to exhaust the richness of the strain rate tensor field but rather to serve as a proof of concept that our global approach to studying morphogenesis could in fact unveil sufficiently rich information on the dynamical processes at play. Although not in the scope of this project, a more thorough exploration of the strain rate tensor field could be the object of future investigations.

      (9) The authors claimed that similarities emerge between the spatiotemporal distribution of morphogenesis processes in the previous works and the heatmaps in this work. Some concrete data should be provided to support this claim.

      All claims have been backed with references to previous works. For instances, looking at figure 2b, the two middle panels on the lower row (5.48hpf, 6.97hpf), we explained that the concentration of red refers respectively to endoderm invagination during gastrulation, and zippering during neurulation [we cited Hashimoto et al. (2015)]. Here, we relied on eye observation to spot the similarities. The rest of the paper provides substantial and robust additional support for these claims using spectral decomposition in space and time.

      (10) The authors also claimed that "A notable by-product of this scalar field is the evidencing of the duality of the embryo as both a sum of parts constituted of cells and an emerging entity in itself: the strain rate field clearly discriminates between spatiotemporal locations where isolated single cell behaviours are preponderant and those where coordinated cell behaviours dominate." The authors should provide specific examples and analysis to support this argument.

      Here, we relied on eye observation to make this claim. This whole section of the paper “Strain rate field describes ascidian morphogenesis” was about computing, plot and observing the strain rate field.

      However, specific examples were provided. This paragraph was building towards this statement, and the evidence was scattered through the paragraph. We have now revised the sentence to ensure that we highlight specific examples:

      “A notable by-product of this scalar field is the evidencing of the duality of the embryo as both a sum of parts constituted of cells and an emerging entity in itself: the strain rate field clearly discriminates between spatiotemporal locations where isolated single cell behaviours are preponderant (e.g. fig.2b, $t=4hpb$) and those where coordinated cell behaviours dominate (e.g. fig.2b, $t=5.48hpb$).”

      (11) The authors should provide the details of the analysis method used in Figure 3b, including relevant equations. In particular, it would be helpful to clarify the differences that cause the observed differences between Figure 3b and Figure 3c.

      Figure 3b was introduced with the sentence: “In analogy to Principal Components Analysis, we measure the average variance ratio over time of each harmonic with respect to the original signal (Fig.3b).” explaining the origin of variance ratio values used in figure 3b. We have now added the mathematical expression to further clarify.

      (12) The authors found that the variance ratio of Y_00 was 64.4%. Y_00 is a sphere, indicating that most of the activity can be explained by a uniform activity. Which actual biological process explains this symmetrical activity?

      The reviewer makes a good point which also gave us a lot to think about during the analysis. Observing that the contribution of Y00 peaks during synchronous divisions, which are interestingly restricted only to the animal pole, we conjecture that localized morphological ripples and can be felt throughout the embryo. 

      (13) The contribution of other spherical harmonics than Y_00 and Y_10 should be shown.

      Other spherical harmonics contributed individual to less than 1% and we did not find it important to include them in the main figure. We will add supplementary material.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This manuscript describes a series of experiments documenting trophic egg production in a species of harvester ant, Pogonomyrmex rugosus. In brief, queens are the primary trophic egg producers, there is seasonality and periodicity to trophic egg production, trophic eggs differ in many basic dimensions and contents relative to reproductive eggs, and diets supplemented with trophic eggs had an effect on the queen/worker ratio produced (increasing worker production).

      The manuscript is very well prepared and the methods are sufficient. The outcomes are interesting and help fill gaps in knowledge, both on ants as well as insects, more generally. More context could enrich the study and flow could be improved.

      We thank the reviewer for these comments. We agree that the paper would benefit from more context. We have therefore greatly extended the introduction.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Genzoni et al. provides evidence that trophic eggs laid by the queen in the ant Pogonomyrmex rugosis have an inhibitory effect on queen development. The authors also compare a number of features of trophic eggs, including protein, DNA, RNA, and miRNA content, to reproductive eggs. To support their argument that trophic eggs have an inhibitory effect on queen development, the authors show that trophic eggs have a lower content of protein, triglycerides, glycogen, and glucose than reproductive eggs, and that their miRNA distributions are different relative to reproductive eggs. Although the finding of an inhibitory influence of trophic eggs on queen development is indeed arresting, the egg cross-fostering experiment that supports this finding can be effectively boiled down to a single figure (Figure 6). The rest of the data are supplementary and correlative in nature (and can be combined), especially the miRNA differences shown between trophic and reproductive eggs. This means that the authors have not yet identified the mechanism through which the inhibitory effect on queen development is occurring. To this reviewer, this finding is more appropriate as a short report and not a research article. A full research article would be warranted if the authors had identified the mechanism underlying the inhibitory effect on queen development. Furthermore, the article is written poorly and lacks much background information necessary for the general reader to properly evaluate the robustness of the conclusions and to appreciate the significance of the findings.

      We thank the reviewer for these comments. We agree that the paper would benefit by having more background information and more discussion. We have followed this advice in the revision.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In "Trophic eggs affect caste determination in the ant Pogonomyrmex rugosus" Genzoni et al. probe a fundamental question in sociobiology, what are the molecular and developmental processes governing caste determination? In many social insect lineages, caste determination is a major ontogenetic milestone that establishes the discrete queen and worker life histories that make up the fundamental units of their colonies. Over the last century, mechanisms of caste determination, particularly regulators of caste during development, have remained relatively elusive. Here, Genzoni et al. discovered an unexpected role for trophic eggs in suppressing queen development - where bi-potential larvae fed trophic eggs become significantly more likely to develop into workers instead of gynes (new queens). These results are unexpected, and potentially paradigm-shifting, given that previously trophic eggs have been hypothesized to evolve to act as an additional intracolony resource for colonies in potentially competitive environments or during specific times in colony ontogeny (colony foundation), where additional food sources independent of foraging would be beneficial. While the evidence and methods used are compelling (e.g., the sequence of reproductive vs. trophic egg deposition by single queens, which highlights that the production of trophic eggs is tightly regulated), the connective tissue linking many experiments is missing and the downstream mechanism is speculative (e.g., whether miRNA, proteins, triglycerides, glycogen levels in trophic eggs is what suppresses queen development). Overall, this research elevates the importance of trophic eggs in regulating queen and worker development but how this is achieved remains unknown.

      We thank the reviewer for these comments and agree that future work should focus on identifying the substances in trophic eggs that are responsible for caste determination.  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Introduction:

      The context for this study is insufficiently developed in the introduction - it would be nice to have a more detailed survey of what is known about trophic eggs in insects, especially social insects. The end of the introduction nicely sets up the hypothesis through the prior work described by Helms Cahan et al. (2011) where they found JH supplementation increased trophic egg production and also increased worker size. I think that the introduction could give more context about egg production in Pogonomyrmex and other ants, including what is known about worker reproduction. For example, Suni et al. 2007 and Smith et al. 2007 both describe the absence of male production by workers in two different harvester ants. Workers tend to have underdeveloped ovaries when in the presence of the queen. Other species of ants are known to have worker reproduction seemingly for the purpose of nutrition (see Heinze and Hölldober 1995 and subsequent studies on Crematogaster smithi). Because some ants, including Pogonomyrmex, lack trophallaxis, it has been hypothesized that they distribute nutrients throughout the nest via trophic eggs as is seen in at least one other ant (Gobin and Ito 2000). Interestingly, Smith and Suarez (2009) speculated that the difference in nutrition of developing sexual versus worker larvae (as seen in their pupal stable isotope values) was due to trophic egg provisioning - they predicted the opposite as was found in this study, but their prediction was in line with that of Helms Cahan et al. (2011). This is all to say that there is a lot of context that could go into developing the ideas tested in this paper that is completely overlooked. The inclusion of more of what is known already would greatly enrich the introduction.

      We agree that it would be useful to provide a larger context to the study. We now provide more information on the life-history of ants and explained under what situations queens and workers may produce trophic eggs. We also mentioned that some ants such as Crematogaster smithi have a special caste of “large workers” which are morphologically intermediate between winged queens and small workers and appear to be specialized in the production of unfertilized eggs. We now also mention the study of Goby and Ito (200) where the authors show that trophic eggs may play an important role in food distribution withing the colony, in particular in species where trophallaxis is rare or absent.

      Methods:

      L49: What lineage is represented in the colonies used? The collection location is near where both dependent-lineage (genetic caste determining) P. rugosus and "H" lineage exist. This is important to know. Further, depending on what these are, the authors should note whether this has relevance to the study. Not mentioning genetic caste determination in a paper that examines caste determination is problematic.

      This is a good point. We have now provided information at the very beginning of the material and method section that the queens had been collected in populations known not to have dependentlineage (genetic caste determining) mechanisms of caste determination.

      L63 and throughout: It would be more efficient to have a paragraph that cites R (must be done) and RStudio once as the tool for all analyses. It also seems that most model construction and testing was done using lme4 - so just lay this out once instead of over and over.

      We agree and have updated the manuscript accordingly.

      L95: 'lenght' needs to be 'length' in the formula.

      Thanks, corrected.

      L151: A PCA was used but not described in the methods. This should be covered here. And while a Mantel test is used, I might consider a permANOVA as this more intuitively (for me, at least) goes along with the PCA.

      We added the PCA description in the Material and Method section.

      Results:

      I love Fig. 3! Super cool.

      Thanks for this positive comment.

      Discussion:

      It would be good to have more on egg cannibalism. This is reasonably well-studied and could be good extra context.

      We have added a paragraph in the discussion to mention that egg cannibalism is ubiquitous in ants.

      Supp Table 1: P. badius is missing and citations are incorrectly attributed to P. barbatus.

      P. badius was present in the Table but not with the other Pogonomyrmex species. For some genera the species were also not listed in alphabetic order. This has been corrected.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      COMMENTS ON INTRODUCTION:

      The introduction is missing information about caste determination in ants generally and Pogonomyrmex rugosis specifically. This is important because some colonies of Pogonomyrmex rugosis have been shown to undergo genetic caste determination, in which case the main result would be rendered insignificant. What is the evidence that caste determination in the lineages/colonies used is largely environmentally influenced and in what contexts/environmental factors? All of this should be made clear.

      This is a good point. We have expanded the introduction to discuss previous work on caste determination in Pogonomyrmex species with environmental caste determination and now also provide evidence at the beginning of the Material and Method section that the two populations studied do not have a system of genetic caste determination.

      Line 32 and throughout the paper: What is meant exactly by 'reproductive eggs'? Are these eggs that develop specifically into reproductives (i.e., queens/males) or all eggs that are non-trophic? If the latter, then it is best to refer to these eggs as 'viable' in order to prevent confusion.

      We agree and have updated the manuscript accordingly.

      Figure 1/Supp Table 1: It is surprising how few species are known to lay trophic eggs. Do the authors think this is an informative representation of the distribution of trophic egg production across subfamilies, or due to lack of study? Furthermore, the branches show ant subfamilies, not families. What does the question mark indicate? Also, the information in the table next to the phylogeny is not easy to understand. Having in the branches that information, in categories, shown in color for example, could be better and more informative. Finally, having the 'none' column with only one entry is confusing - discuss that only one species has been shown to definitely not lay trophic eggs in the text, but it does not add much to the figure.

      Trophic eggs are probably very common in ants, but this has not been very well studied. We added a sentence in the manuscript to make this clear.

      Thanks for noticing the error family/subfamily error. This has been corrected in Figure 1 and Supplementary Table 1.

      The question mark indicates uncertainty about whether queens also contribute to the production of trophic eggs in one species (Lasius niger). We have now added information on that in the Figure legend.

      We agree with the reviewer that it would be easier to have the information on whether queens and workers produce trophic on the branches of the Tree. However, having the information on the branches would suggest that the “trait” evolved on this part of the tree. As we do not know when worker or queen production of trophic eggs exactly evolved, we prefer to keep the figure as it is.

      Finally, we have also removed the none in the figure as suggested by the reviewer and discussed in the manuscript the fact that the absence of trophic eggs has been reported in only one ant species (Amblyopone silvestrii: Masuko 2003).

      COMMENTS ON MATERIALS AND METHODS:

      Why did they settle on three trophic eggs per larva for their experimental setup?

      We used three trophic eggs because under natural conditions 50-65% of the eggs are trophic. The ratio of trophic eggs to viable eggs (larvae) was thus similar natural condition.

      Line 50: In what kind of setup were the ants kept? Plaster nests? Plastic boxes? Tubes? Was the setup dry or moist? I think this information is important to know in the context of trophic eggs.

      We now explain that colonies were maintained in plastic boxes with water tubes.

      Line 60: Were all the 43 queens isolated only once, or multiple times?

      Each of the 43 queens were isolated for 8 hours every day for 2 weeks, once before and once after hibernation (so they were isolated multiple times). We have changed the text to make clear that this was done for each of the 43 queens.

      Could isolating the queen away from workers/brood have had an effect on the type of eggs laid?

      This cannot be completely ruled out. However, it is possible to reliably determine the proportion of viable and trophic eggs only by isolating queens. And importantly the main aim of these experiments was not to precisely determine the proportion viable and trophic eggs, but to show that this proportion changes before and after hibernation and that queens do not lay viable and trophic eggs in a random sequence.

      Since it was established that only queens lay trophic eggs why was the isolation necessary?

      Yes this was necessary because eggs are fragile and very difficult to collect in colonies with workers (as soon as eggs are laid they are piled up and as soon as we disturb the nest, a worker takes them all and runs away with them). Moreover, it is possible that workers preferentially eat one type of eggs thus requiring to remove eggs as soon as queens would have laid them. This would have been a huge disturbance for the colonies.

      Line 61: Is this hibernation natural or lab induced? What is the purpose of it? How long was the hibernation and at what temperature? Where are the references for the requirement of a diapause and its length?

      The hibernation was lab induced. We hibernated the queens because we previously showed that hibernation is important to trigger the production of gynes in P. rugosus colonies in the laboratory (Schwander et al 2008; Libbrecht et al 2013). Hibernation conditions were as described in Libbrecht et al (2013).  

      Line 73: If the queen is disturbed several times for three weeks, which effect does it have on its egg-laying rate and on the eggs laid? Were the eggs equally distributed in time in the recipient colonies with and without trophic eggs to avoid possible effects?

      It is difficult to respond what was the effect of disturbance on the number and type of eggs laid. But again our aim was not to precisely determine these values but determine whether there was an effect of hibernation on the proportion of trophic eggs. The recipient colonies with and without trophic eggs were formed in exactly the same way. No viable eggs were introduced in these colonies, but all first instar larvae have been introduced in the same way, at the same time, and with random assignment. We have clarified this in the Material and Method section.

      Line 77: Before placing the freshly hatched larvae in recipient colonies, how long were the recipient colonies kept without eggs and how long were they fed before giving the eggs? Were they kept long enough without the queen to avoid possible effects of trophic eggs, or too long so that their behavior changed?

      The recipient colonies were created 7 to 10 days before receiving the first larvae and were fed ad libitum with grass seeds, flies and honey water from the beginning. Trophic eggs that would have been left over from the source colony should have been eaten within the first few days after creating the recipient colonies. However, even if some trophic eggs would have remained, this would not influence our conclusion that trophic eggs influence caste fate, given the fully randomized nature of our treatments and the considerable number of independent replicates. The same applies to potential changes in worker behavior following their isolation from the queen.

      Line 77: Is it known at what stage caste determination occurs in this species? Here first instar larvae were given trophic eggs or not. Does caste-determination occur at the first instar stage? If not, what effect could providing trophic eggs at other stages have on caste-determination?

      A previous study showed that there is a maternal effect on caste determination in the focal species (Schwander et al 2008). The mechanism underlying this maternal effect was hypothesized to be differential maternal provisioning of viable eggs. However, as we detail in the discussion, the new data presented in our study suggests that the mechanism is in fact a different abundance of trophic eggs laid by queens. There is currently no information when exactly caste determination occurs during development

      COMMENTS ON RESULTS:

      Line 65: How does investigating the order of eggs laid help to "inform on the mechanisms of oogenesis"?

      We agree that the aim was not to study the mechanism of oogenesis. We have changed this sentence accordingly: “To assess whether viable and trophic eggs were laid in a random order, or whether eggs of a given type were laid in clusters, we isolated 11 queens for 10 hours, eight times over three weeks, and collected every hour the eggs laid”

      Figure 2: There is no description/discussion of data shown in panels B, C, E, and F in the main text.

      We have added information in the main text that while viable eggs showed embryonic development at 25 and 65 hours (Fig 12 B, C) there was no such development for trophic eggs (Fig. 2 E,F).

      Line 172: Please explain hibernation details and its significance on colony development/life cycle.

      We have added this information in the Material and Method section.

      Figure 6: How is B plotted? How could 0% of gynes have 100% survival?

      The survival is given for the larvae without considering caste. We have changed the de X axis of panel B and reworded the Figure legend to clarify this.

      Is reduced DNA content just an outcome of reduced cell number within trophic eggs, i.e., was this a difference in cell type or cell number? Or is it some other adaptive reason?

      It is likely to be due to a reduction in cell number (trophic eggs have maternal DNA in the chorion, while viable eggs have in addition the cells from the developing zygote) but we do not have data to make this point.

      Is there a logical sequence to the sequence of egg production? The authors showed that the sequence is non-random, but can they identify in what way? What would the biological significance be?

      We could not identify a logical sequence. Plausibly, the production of the two types of eggs implies some changes in the metabolic processes during egg production resulting in queens producing batches of either viable or trophic eggs. This would be an interesting question to study, but this is beyond the scope of this paper.

      Figure 6b is difficult to follow, and more generally, legends for all figures can be made clearer and more easy to follow.

      We agree. We have now improved the legends of Fig 6B and the other figures.

      Lines 172-174: "The percentage of eggs that were trophic was higher before hibernation...than after. This higher percentage was due to a reduced number of reproductive eggs, the number of trophic eggs laid remained stable" - are these data shown? It would be nice to see how the total egglaying rate changes after hibernation. Also, is the proportion of trophic eggs laid similar between individual queens?

      No the data were not shown and we do not have excellent data to make this point. We have therefore removed the sentence “This higher percentage was due to a reduced number of reproductive eggs, the number of trophic eggs laid remained stable” from the manuscript.

      Figure 6B: Do several colonies produce 100% gynes despite receiving trophic eggs? It would be interesting if the authors discussed why this might occur (e.g., the larvae are already fully determined to be queens and not responsive to whatever signal is in the trophic eggs).

      The reviewer is correct that 4 colonies produced 100% gynes despite receiving trophic eggs. However, the number of individuals produced in these four colonies was small (2,1,2,1, see supplementary Table 2). So, it is likely that it is just by chance that these colonies produced only gynes.

      Figure 5: Why a separation by "size distribution variation of miRNA"? What is the relevance of looking at size distributions as opposed to levels?

      We did that because there many different miRNA species, reflected by the fact that there is not just one size peak but multiple one. This is why we looked at size distribution

      Figure 2: The image of the viable embryo is not clear. If possible, redo the viable to show better quality images.

      Unfortunately, we do not anymore have colonies in the laboratory so this is not possible.

      COMMENTS ON DISCUSSION:

      Lines 236-247: Can an explanation be provided as to why the effect of trophic eggs in P. rugosus is the opposite of those observed by studies referenced in this section? Could P. rugosus have any life history traits that might explain this observation?

      In the two mentioned studies there were other factors that co-varied with variation in the quantity of trophic eggs. We mentioned that and suggested that it would be useful to conduct experimental manipulation of the quantity of trophic eggs in the Argentine ant and P. barbatus (the two species where an effect of trophic eggs had been suggested).

      The discussion should include implications and future research of the discovery.

      We made some suggestions of experiments that should be performed in the future

      The conclusion paragraph is too short and does not represent what was discussed.

      We added two sentences at the end of the paragraph to make suggestions of future studies that could be performed.

      Lines 231 to 247: Drastically reduce and move this whole part to the introduction to substantiate the assumption that trophic eggs play a nutritional role.

      We moved most of this paragraph to the introduction, as suggested by the reviewer.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I would like to commend the authors on their study. The main findings of the paper are individually solid and provide novel insight into caste determination and the nature of trophic eggs. However, the inferences made from much of the data and connections between independent lines of evidence often extend too far and are unsubstantiated.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comment. We made many changes in the manuscript to improve the discussion of our results.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the editors and the reviewers for their valuable comments. In response to these suggestions, we will add rigorous statistical measures and extend the experimental support of our findings in a revised version. Indeed, as we will show, doing so strengthens all the main claims. Specifically:

      Concerning Reviewer 1:

      - It is important to emphasise that the advantage of deriving shape measures q<sub>p</sub> from Minkowski tensors is their robustness and stability, that is well-established from extensive, rigorous mathematical analyses. Introducing q<sub>p</sub> without this connection to revised Minkowski tensors would not allow to claim this stability property for the considered measures.

      - Even though for a polygon the vertex positions contain the whole geometric information, using q<sub>p</sub> and γ<sub>p</sub> lead to different results, see Fig. 6 for an example.

      - We wholeheartedly agree that our statement on independence of values of q<sub>2</sub> and q<sub>6</sub> can be extended and more quantitatively established by rigorous statistical measures. This is exactly what we will do in the revised version, not only providing statistical measures on the presented data, but also extending our analyses to the published data from Armengol-Collado JM, Carenza LN, Eckert J, Krommydas D, Giomi L. Epithelia are multiscale active liquid crystals. Nature Physics. 2023; 19:1773–1779. As we shall show these analyses further strengthen this claim, unequivocally establishing the independence of q<sub>2</sub> and q<sub>6</sub> in two different models (active vertex model and multiphase-field model), as well as two different sets of experiments (the ones in the original manuscript, and the published one from Armengol-Collado JM, Carenza LN, Eckert J, Krommydas D, Giomi L. Epithelia are multiscale active liquid crystals. Nature Physics. 2023; 19:1773–1779).

      Concerning Reviewer 2:

      To fully address this point, we have extended our analyses to explore the published data of Armengol-Collado JM, Carenza LN, Eckert J, Krommydas D, Giomi L. Epithelia are multiscale active liquid crystals. Nature Physics. 2023; 19:1773–1779. As we shall show in the revised manuscript, the crossover between nematic and hexatic is only specific to the use of γ<sub>p</sub> for characterizing the shape and coarse-graining of the associated order. Using q<sub>p</sub> as the shape measure this crossover disappears. Therefore, this analyses concretely demonstrate that the crossover is not a robust physical feature of the system and is dependent on the method used to define shape characteristics.

      Concerning Reviewer 3:

      We respectfully note a misunderstanding from the referee: The briefly mentioned approaches of other groups, turn out to be not measuring shape but connections between cells. Conceptually these approaches are therefore related to bond order parameters. We already comment at the end of the section introducing Minkowski tensors that bond order parameters cannot quantify the shape of a cell. The same argumentation also holds for other such approaches. In our revised version we will further clarify this distinction, to avoid any confusion or misinterpretation.

    1. Author response:

      As a short response to the public reviews, we would like to outline the following planned revisions:

      (1) Address the antibody concerns as indicated by reviewer 1

      (2) Assess the role of tensin (and possibly KANK), as suggested by reviewers 2 and 3, respectively.

      (3) Validate our main experimental findings using alternative super-resolution approaches, including STED to avoid potential blinking artefacts associated to standard STORM, and most possibly DNA-PAINT as a more quantitative technique, as suggested by reviewer 3.

      (4) Implement alternative analytical strategies to DBSCAN, including Voronoi tessellation as suggested by reviewer 3.

      (5) Expanded discussion on the main findings of our work and biological significance.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript entitled "Rtf1 HMD domain facilitates global histone H2B monoubiquitination and regulates morphogenesis and virulence in the meningitis-causing pathogen Cryptococcus neoformans" by Jiang et al., the authors employ a combination of molecular genetics and biochemical approaches, along with phenotypic evaluations and animal models, to identify the conserved subunit of the Paf1 complex (Paf1C), Rtf1, and functionally characterize its critical roles in mediating H2B monoubiquitination (H2Bub1) and the consequent regulation of gene expression, fungal development, and virulence traits in C. deneoformans or C. neoformans. Specially, the authors found that the histone modification domain (HMD) of Rtf1 is sufficient to promote H2B monoubiquitination (H2Bub1) and the expression of genes related to fungal mating and filamentation, and restores the fungal morphogenesis and pathogenicity defects caused by RTF1 deletion.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written and presents the findings in a clear manner. The findings are interesting and contribute to a better understanding of Rtf1-mediated epigenetic regulation of fungal morphogenesis and pathogenicity in a major human fungal pathogen, and potentially in other fungal species, as well.

      Weaknesses:

      A major limitation of this study is the absence of genome-wide information on Rtf1-mediated H2B monoubiquitination (H2Bub1), as well as a lack of detail regarding the function of the Plus3 domain. Although overexpression of HMD in the rtf1Δ mutant restored global H2Bub1 levels, it did not rescue certain critical biological functions, such as growth at 39 °C and melanin production (Figure 4C-D). This suggests that the precise positioning of H2Bub1 is essential for Rtf1's function. A comprehensive epigenetic landscape of H2Bub1 in the presence of HMD or full-length Rtf1 would elucidate potential mechanisms and shed light on the function of the Plus3 domain.

      We thank the reviewer (and other reviewers) for this excellent suggestion. We have conducted CUT&Tag assays with WT, _rtf1_Δ mutant, and complementary strains with the full length Rtf1 and only HMD domain cultured under 30 and 39 °C. We indeed found that the epigenetic landscape of H2Bub1 in the presence of HMD or full-length Rtf1 has variations. This results strongly suggest that the distribution of H2Bub1 is regulated by Rtf1, and H2B modifications at specific loci in the chromosome may contribute to thermal tolerance in C. neoformans. These new findings from CUT&Tag assays shed lights on understanding the mechanism of thermal tolerance, and we decided not to include these results in the current manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out to determine the role of Rtf1 in Cryptococcal biology, and demonstrate that Rtf1 acts independently of the Paf1 complex to exert regulation of Histone H2B monoubiquitylation (H2Bub1). The biological impact of the loss of H2Bub1 was observed in defects in morphogenesis, reduced production of virulence factors, and reduced pathogenic potential in animal models of cryptococcal infection.

      Strengths:

      The molecular data is quite compelling, demonstrating that the Rtf1-depednent functions require only this histone modifying domain of Rtf1, and are dependent on nuclear localization. A specific point mutation in a residue conserved with the Rtf1 protein in the model yeast demonstrates the conservation of that residue in H2Bub1 modification. Interestingly, whereas expression of the HMD alone suppressed the virulence defect of the rtf1 deletion mutant, it did not suppress defects in virulence factor production.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors use two different species of Cryptococcus to investigate the biological effect of Rtf1 deletion. The work on morphogenesis utilized C. deneoformans, which is well-known to be a robust mating strain. The virulence work was performed in the C. neoformans H99 background, which is a highly pathogenic isolate. The study would be more complete if each of these processes were assessed in the other strain to understand if these biological effects are conserved across the two species of Cryptococcus. H99 is not as robust in morphogenesis, but reproducible results assessing mating and filamentation in this strain have been performed. Similarly, C. deneoformans does produce capsule and melanin.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have conducted assays to quantify both capsule and melanin production in both C. neoformans and C. deneoformans strain background. We found that capsule production was affected in the same pattern in these two serotypes. Interestingly, we found the cell size was significantly affected by deletion of RTF1 in both serotypes. In addition, melanin production was reduced due to the deletion of RTF1 in both serotypes; However, complementation with Plus3 or mutated alleles of HMD gave different phenotypes in these two serotypes. These new findings were included Figure 4 in the revised manuscript.

      There are some concerns with the conclusions related to capsule induction. The images reported in Figure B are purported to be grown under capsule-inducing conditions, yet the H99 panel is not representative of the induced capsule for this strain. Given the lack of a baseline of induction, it is difficult to determine if any of the strains may be defective in capsule induction. Quantification of a population of cells with replicates will also help to visualize the capsular diversity in each strain population.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this concern. We have tested capsule production under capsule-inducing condition on 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS) agar medium [1]. Under this condition, the capsule layers surrounding the cells were obvious. We also included noncapsule-producing control in our assay to help the visualization of capsule. In addition, we quantified the ratio between diameters of capsule layer and cell body to show the capsular diversity in each strain population. The results were included in the Figure 4 in the revised manuscript.

      The authors demonstrate that for specific mating-related genes, the expression of the HMD recapitulated the wild-type expression pattern. The RNA-seq experiments were performed under mating conditions, suggesting specificity under this condition. The authors raise the point in the discussion that there may be differences in Rtf1 deposition on chromatin in H99, and under conditions of pathogenesis. The data that overexpression of HMD restores H2Bub1 by western is quite compelling, but does not address at which promoters H2Bub1 is modulating expression under pathogenesis conditions, and when full-length Rtf1 is present vs. only the HMD.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these concerns. Please see our response to Reviewer #1.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this very comprehensive study, the authors examine the effects of deletion and mutation of the Paf1C protein Rtf1 gene on chromatin structure, filamentation, and virulence in Cryptococcus.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are well presented and the interpretation of the data is convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      Yet, one can be frustrated by the lack of experiments that attempt to directly correlate the change in chromatin structure with the expression of a particular gene and the observed phenotype. For example, the authors observed a strong defect in the expression of ZNF2, a known regulator of filamentation, mating, and virulence, in the rtf1 mutant. Can this defect explain the observed phenotypes associated with the RTF1 mutation? Is the observed defect in melanin production associated with altered expression of laccase genes and altered chromatin structure at this locus?

      We completely agree with the reviewer. We have conducted CUT&Tag assay, and checked the Rtf1-mediated H2Bub1 at these particular gene loci. We found that the distribution of H2Bub1 at the promoter region of ZNF2 and the gene body of laccase-encoding gene varied possibly due to RTF1 mutation. We would like to save those preliminary findings for another story and not to include in this manuscript as we mentioned in the response to Reviewer #1.

      (1) Jang, E.-H., et al., Unraveling Capsule Biosynthesis and Signaling Networks in Cryptococcus neoformans. Microbiology Spectrum, 2022. 10(6): p. e02866-22.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors show for the first time that deleting GLS from rod photoreceptors results in the rapid death of these cells. The death of photoreceptor cells could result from loss of synaptic activity because of a decrease in glutamate, as has been shown in neurons, changes in redox balance, or nutrient deprivation.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this manuscript is that the author shows a similar phenotype in the mice when Gls was knocked out early in rod development or the adult rod. They showed that rapid cell death is through apoptosis, and there is an increase in the expression of genes responsive to oxidative stress.

      We thank the reviewer for their time reviewing the manuscript and their comments regarding the potential mechanism(s) by which rod photoreceptors rapidly degenerate upon knockout of GLS.

      Weaknesses:

      In this manuscript, the authors show a "metabolic dependency of photoreceptors on glutamine catabolism in vivo". However, there is a potential bias in their thinking that glutamine metabolism in rods is similar to cancer cells where it feeds into the TCA cycle. They should consider that as in neurons, GLS1 activity provides glutamate for synaptic transmission. The modest rescue shown by providing α-ketoglutarate in the drinking water suggests that glutamine isn't a key metabolic substrate for rods when glucose is plentiful. The ERG studies performed on the iCre-Glsflox/flox mice showed a large decrease in the scotopic b wave at saturating flashes which could indicate a decrease in glutamate at the rod synapse as stated by the authors. While EM micrographs of wt and iCre-Glsflox/flox mice were shown for the outer retina at p14, the synapse of the rods needs to be examined by EM.

      We agree with the reviewer that in the presence of sufficient glucose, it appears a lack of GLS-driven glutamine (Gln) catabolism does not drastically alter the levels of TCA cycle metabolites or mitochondrial function as we demonstrated in Figure 4, and supplementation with alpha-ketoglutarate improved outer nuclear layer thickness by only a small amount as observed in Figure 5e. Hence, as we stated in the Results and Discussion, at least in the mouse where Gls is selectively deleted from rod photoreceptors by crossing Gls<sup>fl/fl</sup> mice with Rho-Cre mice (Gls<sup>fl/fl</sup>; Rho-Cre<sup>+</sup>, cKO), Gln’s role in supporting the TCA cycle is not the major mechanism by which rod photoreceptors utilize Gln to suppress apoptosis.

      With regards to GLS-driven Gln catabolism providing glutamate (Glu) for synaptic transmission, we again agree with the reviewer that Glu is an important excitatory neurotransmitter, but it is also a key metabolite necessary for the synthesis of glutathione, amino acids, and proteins. As noted and discussed at length in the manuscript, a lack of GLS-driven Gln catabolism in rod photoreceptors leads to reduced levels of oxidized glutathione (Figure 4D) possibly signaling an overall reduction in the biosynthesis of glutathione as Glu is directly and indirectly responsible for its synthesis. Furthermore, Gln and GLS-derived Glu play a central role in the biosynthesis of several nonessential amino acids and proteins. To this end, we see a reduction in the level of Glu, which is the product of the GLS reaction and further confirms the loss of GLS function. We also noted a significant decrease in aspartate (Asp), which can be constructed from the carbons and nitrogens of Gln as discussed at length in the manuscript (Figure 6A). Finally, we noted a significant decrease in global protein synthesis in the cKO retina as compared to the wild-type animal as well (Figure 6E). Therefore, the data suggest that GLS-driven Gln catabolism is critical for amino acid metabolism and protein synthesis and to some degree redox balance; although, the small but statistically significant changes in oxidized glutathione, NADP/NADPH, and redox gene expression may not fully account for the rapid and complete photoreceptor degeneration observed. Future studies are necessary to shed light on the role of redox imbalance in this novel transgenic mouse model.

      Glu also plays a role in synaptic transmission, and we considered this scenario as described in Figure 1 – figure supplement 5. Here, the synaptic connectivity between photoreceptors and the inner retina did not demonstrate significant differences in the labeling of photoreceptor synaptic membranes in the outer plexiform layer nor alterations in the labeling of a key protein (Bassoon) in ribbon synapses. These data suggest that the synaptic connectivity between photoreceptors and second-order neurons was unaltered at P14 in the cKO retina, which is the time just prior to rapid photoreceptor degeneration when Glu was shown to be decreased (Figure 6A).

      With regards to the ERG changes noted in Figure 2, we agree with the reviewer that a large decrease was noted in the scotopic b-wave at P21 and P42 in the cKO. We also agree, that to obtain greater insight into these ERG changes, the ribbon synapse in EM images can be examined. The EM images shown in Figure 1 – figure supplement 4 are from P21, which coincide with the age at which the ERG changes were first noted and when significant photoreceptor degeneration has already occurred. These images were utilized to assess the ribbon synapse for the revised version of the manuscript. As now shown in Figure 1 – figure supplement 4D, ribbon synapses are intact in WT animals as denoted by the yellow boxes. Similarly, the ribbons (yellow arrows) appear structurally intact in the photoreceptors that remain in the P21 cKO retina. These results are in accordance with the lack of significant differences in the labeling of photoreceptor synaptic membranes in the outer plexiform layer as well as the lack of alterations in the labeling of a key protein (Bassoon) in ribbon synapses (Figure 1-figure supplement 5A and B).  While we cannot fully rule out that the decrease in glutamate is altering synaptic transmission, our structural data suggests the synapses remain intact. These data have been added to the revised manuscript.

      However, an even larger reduction in the scotopic a-wave was noted at these ages as well. In animal models that disrupt photoreceptor synaptic function (Dick et al. Neuron. 2003; Johnson et al. J Neuroscience. 2007; Haeseleer et al. Nature Neuroscience. 2004; Chang et al. Vis Neurosci. 2006), a more negative ERG pattern is typically observed with the b-wave altered to a much larger degree than the a-wave. Additionally, in these models that disrupt photoreceptor synaptic transmission, the overall structure of the retina with respect to thickness is maintained (Dick et al. Neuron. 2003) or noted to have modest changes in the outer plexiform layer within the first two months of age with the outer nuclear layer not significantly altered until 8-10 months of age (Haeseleer et al. Nature Neuroscience. 2004). In contrast, a rapid decline in the outer nuclear layer thickness was observed in the cKO retina after P14 likely contributing to the ERG changes noted in Figure 2. Also, Gln is catabolized to Glu primarily by GLS as suggested by the approximately 50% reduction in Glu levels in the cKO retina (Figure 6A), but other enzymes are also capable of catabolizing Gln to Glu, so Glu levels in the rod photoreceptors are unlikely to be zero. Coupling this with the fact that rods are equipped with a self-sufficient Glu recollecting system at their synaptic terminals (Hasegawa et al. Neuron. 2006; Winkler et al. Vis Neurosci. 1999) and that GLS activity is at least two-fold higher in the photoreceptor inner segments, which support energy production and metabolism, than any other layer in the retina (Ross et al. Brain Res. 1987) suggests that altered synaptic transmission secondary to reduced levels of Glu likely does not account in full for the rapid and robust photoreceptor degeneration observed in the cKO retina.

      The authors note that the outer segments are shorter but they do not address whether there is a decrease in the number of cones.

      We have adjusted Figure 2E by removing the GLS staining to better highlight the secondary degeneration of cone outer segments, the main point of the Figure, as we had already shown that GLS was cleanly knocked out of rod photoreceptors in Figure 1. Furthermore, qualitatively the number of cones appears the same at P14, P21, and P42 between the WT and cKO, which is consistent with other retinal degeneration models, like rd1 and rd10, where cones do not begin to die until all the rods have degenerated (Xue et al. eLife. 2021).

      Rod-specific Gls ko mice with an inducible promoter were generated by crossing the Pde6g-CreERT2 and homozygous for either the WT or floxed Gls allele (IND-cKO). In Figure 3 the authors document that by western blots and antibody labeling the GLS1 expression is lost in the IND-cKO 10 days post tamoxifen. OCT images show a decrease in the thickness of the outer nuclear layer between 17 and 38 days post-TAM. Ergs should be performed on the animals at 10 and 30 days post TAM, before and after major structural changes in rod photoreceptor cells, to determine if changes in light-stimulated responses are observed. These studies could help to parse out the cause of photoreceptor cell death.

      We agree with the reviewer that the IND-cKO is a useful tool to help parse out the cause of photoreceptor cell death in this model as well as shed light on the role of GLS-driven Gln catabolism in photoreceptor synaptic transmission as discussed at length above. Hence, ERG analyses were performed 10 days post TAM, before major structural changes in the ONL are observed. Interestingly, ERG demonstrated statistically significant reductions in the IND-cKO scotopic a- and b-waves as compared to the WT 10 days post TAM. Similarly, photopic ERG demonstrated statistically significant decreases in the b-wave of the IND-cKO retina. These data suggest that GLS-driven Gln catabolism plays a significant role not only in rod photoreceptor survival but their function as well. This data has been added to Figure 3H-I and discussed in the corresponding manuscript text.

      To this end, as discussed below and added to Figure 6 – figure supplement 1, amino acid levels, including glutamate (Glu), are already reduced 10 days post TAM. Reductions in the level of Glu may impact synaptic transmission and as a result, the scotopic b-wave. However, as noted above, altered synaptic transmission secondary to reduced levels of Glu likely does not account in full for the rapid and robust photoreceptor degeneration observed in the cKO retina as the b-wave to a-wave ratio is not significantly altered in the IND-cKO retina as compared to the WT retina, suggesting GLS-driven Gln catabolism is impairing both to a similar degree.

      Additionally, Pde6g is expressed by rods to a significant degree but also by cones (GSE63473, scRNAseq data). Therefore, the IND-cKO mouse likely knocks out GLS from both rods and cones, which is in accordance with the immunofluorescence image in Figure 3B where GLS is not observed in rod or cone inner segments unlike in Figure 1B where GLS remains in cones. Hence, the reduction in photopic b-wave may be demonstrating that GLS-driven Gln catabolism in cones impairs synaptic transmission. As noted in our reply to reviewer #3’s comments, we have generated mice lacking GLS in cone photoreceptors specifically and are currently elucidating the role of GLS in cone photoreceptor metabolism, function, and survival. These results will be published in a separate manuscript.

      The studies in Figure 4 were all performed on iCre-Glsflox/flox and control mice at p14, why weren't the IND-cKO mice used for these studies since the findings would not be confounded by development?

      To gain further insight into the role of GLS-driven Gln catabolism in the maintenance of rod photoreceptors as compared to their development/maturation, we conducted a targeted metabolomic analysis on IND-cKO and WT retinas 10 days post TAM. For the purpose of this manuscript, we have included data regarding changes in amino acid levels in Figure 6 – figure supplement 1. Specifically, levels of glutamate, aspartate and asparagine are all significantly decreased in the IND-cKO retina prior to PR degeneration, which demonstrates that similar to the GLS cKO mouse (i.e. iCre-Gls flox/flox), GLS-driven Gln catabolism is critical for amino acid biosynthesis in mature rod PRs as well.

      In all rescue studies, the endpoint was an ONL thickness, which only addressed rod cell death. The authors should also determine whether there are small improvements in the ERG, which would distinguish the role of GLS in preventing oxidative stress.

      Optical coherence tomography (OCT) provides a sensitive in vivo method to detect small changes in retinal thickness without potential artifacts incurred through histological processing. Considering the Gls cKO retina demonstrates significant and rapid photoreceptor degeneration, we wanted to assess pathways that may be critical to photoreceptor survival downstream of GLS-driven Gln catabolism using rescue experiments with pharmacologic treatment or metabolite supplementation. That said, disruption of GLS-driven Gln catabolism may also significantly alter rod photoreceptor function beyond that which is secondary to photoreceptor cell death as we have demonstrated in the IND-cKO animal for the revised version of this manuscript and discussed in a response above. Therefore, the IND-cKO model provides a unique tool to assess the impact of rescue studies on photoreceptor function as the functional changes occur prior to significant degeneration. Also, unlike the GLS cKO mouse (i.e. iCre-Gls flox/flox) where photoreceptor degeneration starts very early, impairing our ability to capture reliable and robust ERG measurements, the IND-cKO mice are older at the time of functional changes allowing for robust ERG measurements. While the rate of photoreceptor degeneration in both mouse models is similar and the levels of key amino acids are altered similarly in both models, the mechanisms of cell death in developing/maturing photoreceptors may be different than that in mature photoreceptors. Hence, before we can assess if similar rescue experiments impact photoreceptor function via ERG in the IND-cKO mouse, we need to thoroughly examine how these photoreceptors are dying. These experiments and results will be published in a separate manuscript in the future.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Photoreceptor neurons are crucial for vision, and discovering pathways necessary for photoreceptor health and survival can open new avenues for therapeutics. Studies have shown that metabolic dysfunction can cause photoreceptor degeneration and vision loss, but the metabolic pathways maintaining photoreceptor health are not well understood. This is a fundamental study that shows that glutamine catabolism is critical for photoreceptor cell health using in vivo model systems.

      Strengths:

      The data are compelling, and the consideration of potential confounding factors (such as glutaminase 2 expression) and additional experiments to examine the synaptic connectivity and inner retina added strength to this work. The authors were also careful not to overstate their claims, but to provide solid conclusions that fit the results and data provided in their study. The findings linking asparagine supplementation and the inhibition of the integrated stress response to glutamine catabolism within the rod photoreceptor cell are intriguing and innovative. Overall, the authors provide convincing data to highlight that photoreceptors utilize various fuel sources to meet their metabolic needs, and that glutamine is critical to these cells for their biomass, redox balance, function, and survival.

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful comments and time spent reviewing this manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      Recent studies have explored the metabolic "crosstalk" that exists within the mammalian retina, where metabolites are transferred between the various retinal cells and the retinal pigment epithelium. It would be of interest to test whether the conditional knockout mice have changes in metabolism (via qPCR such as shown in Figure 4 - Supplemental Figure 1) within the retinal pigment epithelium that may be contributing to the authors' findings in the neural retina. Additionally, the authors have very compelling data to show that inhibition of eIF2a or supplementation with asparagine can delay photoreceptor death via OCT measurements in their conditional knockout mouse model (Figure 6G, H). However, does inhibition of eIF2a or asparagine adversely impact the WT retina? It would also be impactful to know whether this has a prolonged effect, or if it is short-term, as this would provide strength to potential therapeutic targeting of these pathways to maintain photoreceptor health.

      We agree with the reviewer that metabolic communication in the outer retina is crucial to the function and survival of both photoreceptors and RPE. Therefore, we have performed qRT-PCR on eyecups from cKO and WT mice at P14, prior to photoreceptor degeneration. These data, now included in Figure 4 – figure supplement 2, show no significant changes in genes related to glycolysis, pyruvate metabolism and the TCA cycle in eyecups from cKO mice compared to WT mice at P14. The only exception is a significant decrease in Pdk4 in cKO mouse eyecups compared to WT, which was not observed in retina samples.

      Additionally, we have added data demonstrating that systemic treatment with ISRIB does not adversely impact the anatomy of the wild-type retina. Specifically, we performed OCT after 21 days of ISRIB treatment via intraperitoneal delivery in WT mice and show that total retinal, ONL and inner segment/outer segment thickness is unchanged compared to vehicle. These data are now included in Figure 6 – figure supplement 2A. We have also included data to suggest that the effect of ISRIB extends beyond P21 in the cKO mouse. This data, presented in Figure 6 – figure supplement 2B, shows that at P28, ISRIB continues to statistically significantly increase ONL thickness compared to vehicle in cKO animals.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors explored the role of GLS, a glutaminase, which is an enzyme that catalyzes the conversion of glutamine to glutamate, in rod photoreceptor function and survival. The loss of GLS was found to cause rapid autonomous death of rod photoreceptors.

      Strengths:

      Interesting and novel phenotype. Two types of cre-lines were rigorously used to knockout the Gls gene in rods. Both of the conditional knockouts led to a similar phenotype, i.e. rod death. Histology and ERG were carefully done to characterize the loss of rods over specific ages. A necessary metabolomic study was performed and appreciated. Some rescue experiments were performed and revealed possible mechanisms.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments and appreciation of the methods utilized herein to address the role of GLS-driven Gln catabolism in rod photoreceptors.

      Weaknesses:

      No major weaknesses were identified. The mechanism of GLS-loss-induced rod death seems not fully elucidated by this study but could be followed up in the future, and the same for GLS's role in cones.

      We agree with the reviewer that the downstream metabolic and molecular mechanisms by which Gln catabolism impacts rod photoreceptor health are not fully elucidated. Defining these mechanisms will advance our understanding of photoreceptor metabolism and identify therapeutic targets promoting photoreceptor resistance to stress. Future studies are underway to uncover these mechanisms. Additionally, while outside the scope of the current manuscript, we have generated mice lacking GLS in cone photoreceptors specifically and are currently elucidating the role of GLS in cone photoreceptor metabolism, function, and survival. These results will be published in a separate manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The results could start at line 135, but the first paragraph isn't necessary. The data is published and could be referred to in the introduction.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to shorten the beginning of the Results section; however, we believe the supplementary data, which is described in these lines, confirms the scRNAseq gene expression data, while adding GLS expression and localization data within the retina. The scRNAseq data and its publication was noted in the introduction, so we removed the sentence in line 117-119 that restates these results to shorten this section. We also reduced redundancy by removing an introductory sentence to the second Results paragraph.

      (2) "However, like other metabolically-demanding cells, recent work has demonstrated that PRs have the flexibility to utilize fuel sources beyond glucose to meet their metabolic needs (Adler et al., 2014; Du, Cleghorn, Contreras, Linton, et al., 2013; Grenell et al., 2019; Joyal et al., 2016; Xu et al., 2020)." The paper by Daniele et al. demonstrated that glucose is essential for maintaining the viability of rod photoreceptor cells.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting published literature, which we apologetically overlooked. The reference for Daniele et al. has now been included.

      (3) "Single-cell RNA sequencing data has demonstrated that Gls is expressed throughout the human and mouse retina and much greater than Gls2 (Voigt et al., 2020). The authors should indicate the specific databases searched in Spectacle.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s attention to detail and have now included the references in the Introduction for GSE63473 from Macosko et al. and GSE142449 from Voigt et al., which were the databases we used in Spectacle to assess Gls levels in the mouse and human retina, respectively.

      References:

      (1) Macosko EZ, Basu A, Satija R, Nemesh J, Shekhar K, Goldman M, Tirosh I, Bialas AR, Kamitaki N, Martersteck EM, Trombetta JJ, Weitz DA, Sanes JR, Shalek AK, Regev A, McCarroll SA. Highly Parallel Genome-wide Expression Profiling of Individual Cells Using Nanoliter Droplets. Cell. 2015 May 21;161(5):1202-1214. doi: 10.1016/j.cell.2015.05.002. PMID: 26000488; PMCID: PMC4481139.

      (2) Voigt AP, Binkley E, Flamme-Wiese MJ, Zeng S, DeLuca AP, Scheetz TE, Tucker BA, Mullins RF, Stone EM. Single-Cell RNA Sequencing in Human Retinal Degeneration Reveals Distinct Glial Cell Populations. Cells. 2020 Feb 13;9(2):438. doi: 10.3390/cells9020438. PMID: 32069977; PMCID: PMC7072666.

      (4) The immunolabeling in Figure 2 looks like the images are overexposed, and the Gls antibody is labeling the outer segment, not just the inner segment of photoreceptors.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments regarding our immunofluorescence data. There was background staining of the outer segment in both the WT and cKO retina with decreased GLS staining in the inner segment of the cKO rod photoreceptors at P14 demonstrating loss of GLS in rod photoreceptors similar to Figure 1B.  For Figure 2E, we have provided adjusted images with PNA staining only that better represent the secondary cone degeneration that occurs in the rod photoreceptor-specific Gls cKO, which is the take home point of Figure 2E.

      (5) The authors could use a glutamate antibody to compare it to Gls KO mice as done in Davanger, S., Ottersen, O.P. and Storm-Mathisen, J. (1991), Glutamate, GABA, and glycine in the human retina: An immunocytochemical investigation. J. Comp. Neurol., 311: 483-494. https://doi.org/10.1002/cne.903110404

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to assess glutamate levels in the wild-type and Gls KO retina via antibody labeling. Our targeted metabolomics studies in Figure 6A provide quantitative evidence that glutamate, the product of the GLS-catalyzed reaction, is decreased as one would expect in that Gls KO retina. The antibody would add to these data by providing the localization of glutamate in the retina. With a rod photoreceptor-specific genetic KO, we would expect glutamate levels to be decreased in these cells. The antibody may also show that glutamate is not only decreased in the rod photoreceptor inner segment, where GLS predominates, but also in the synaptic terminal in accordance with the reviewer’s concerns regarding the impact of GLS KO on synaptic transmission. We have addressed this concern at length above, adding TEM images of the ribbon synapses in the GLS KO retina, and ERG analyses from the IND-cKO animals prior to significant degeneration. In the end, we agree with the reviewer that reduced Glu levels in the GLS cKO retina may impact synaptic transmission to a degree, but the synapses remain intact based on immunofluorescence and TEM analyses and a negative ERG pattern is not observed in the GLS cKO (i.e. iCre-Gls flox/flox) or IND-cKO mouse. As noted above, the structure of the retina in models that disrupt photoreceptor synaptic transmission is maintained (Dick et al. Neuron. 2003) or noted to have modest changes within the first two months of age with the outer nuclear layer not significantly altered until 8-10 months of age (Haeseleer et al. Nature Neuroscience. 2004). So, the impact of the reduced Glu levels on synaptic transmission in the GLS KO retina are unlikely to account in full for the rapid and profound photoreceptor degeneration observed. That said, the IND-cKO mouse, which allows us to assess photoreceptor function prior to significant degeneration unlike the GLS cKO mouse (i.e. iCre-Gls flox/flox), demonstrates GLS-driven Gln catabolism plays a significant role in photoreceptor function but still does not demonstrate a negative ERG pattern. Therefore, assessing Glu localization in this mouse model 10 days post TAM will be informative as to how GLS-driven Gln catabolism impacts photoreceptor function prior to degeneration. The IND-cKO mouse model is currently being extensively characterized for future publication.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Main Concerns:

      (1) The authors checked for Gls2 compensation at P14 in the mouse retina. However, this data would be more compelling with an additional timepoint, particularly at P21 which is used in many of their figures throughout the study.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. Figure 1-figure supplement 1D demonstrates no change in Gls2 gene expression at P14 between the WT and cKO retina. With regards to the reviewer’s concern, in Figure 1-figure supplement 1E of the original submission, we demonstrate that the expression of GLS2 is not increased in the cKO retina at P21 via immunofluorescence.

      (2) Recent studies have explored the metabolic "crosstalk" that exists within the mammalian retina, where metabolites are transferred between the various retinal cells and the retinal pigment epithelium. It would be compelling to see whether the cKO mice have changes in metabolism (via qPCR such as shown in Supplementary Figure 1 for Figure 4) within the RPE that may be contributing to their findings in the neural retina. Additionally, mention of this crosstalk and how it may impact their results should be added to the discussion.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern for metabolism changes in the RPE of Gls cKO mice. In agreement with reviewer 2, we performed qRT-PCR on eyecups from cKO and WT mice at P14, prior to photoreceptor degeneration. These data, now included in Figure 4 – figure supplement 2, show no significant changes in genes related to glycolysis, pyruvate metabolism and the TCA cycle in eyecups from cKO mice compared to WT mice at P14. The only exception is a significant decrease in Pdk4 in cKO mouse eyecups compared to WT, which was not observed in retina samples.

      (3) The authors use a tamoxifen-inducible cKO model to support their findings in developed rods. However, in Figure 3A it appears that this model has a greater reduction in GLS compared to the Rho-cre mouse model. Can the authors discuss this? Is this cre more efficient at targeting rods or is it leaky and may have affected other retinal cells?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this interesting result associated with using the Pde6g-Cre-ERT2 mouse line. Pde6g is expressed by rods to a significant degree but also by cones (GSE63473, scRNAseq data). Therefore, the IND-cKO mouse likely knocks out GLS from both rods and cones upon the TAM induction. To this end, the immunofluorescence image in Figure 3B shows GLS is knocked out in both rod or cone inner segments unlike in Figure 1B where GLS remains in cones when using the rod photoreceptor-specific, Gls<sup>fl/fl</sup> Rho-Cre<sup>+</sup> mouse. As such, as the astute reviewer noted, the fact that Western blot demonstrates greater reduction in GLS protein content fits with the protein being knocked out of both rods and cones. We have added this note about the mouse model in the corresponding text.

      (4) The authors have very compelling data to show that inhibition of eIF2a can delay photoreceptor death via OCT measurements in their cKO mouse model (Figure 6G). However, does ISRIB adversely impact the WT retina? WT vehicle and ISRIB should be shown. It would also be compelling to know whether this has a prolonged effect, or if it is short-term (i.e. would the effect still be present at P42)?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comments regarding antagonizing the effects of p-eIF2a to prolong photoreceptor survival in the Gls cKO retina. As described above, we have data demonstrating systemic treatment with ISRIB does not adversely impact the anatomy of the wild-type retina (Figure 6-figure supplement 2A). Specifically, we treated WT animals with daily intraperitoneal ISRIB starting at P5 and performed OCT at P21 to show that total retinal, ONL and the inner segment/outer segment thickness is unchanged compared to vehicle-treated WT animals. Additionally, we have included data demonstrating the photoreceptor neuroprotective effect of ISRIB treatment in the Gls cKO mouse extends beyond P21 in the cKO mouse (Figure 6-figure supplement 2B).

      (5) For Figure 6H, same as point #4.

      While we have not specifically assessed potential retinal toxicity secondary to systemic Asn supplementation, oral Asn supplementation (up to 100mg/kg/day) was provided to patients for 24 months and found to be well-tolerated (PMID:31123592). Allometric scaling of this dose to the mouse would yield a mouse dose of 1234 mg/kg/day, which is much greater than the 200mg/kg/day dose provided here (PMID: 27057123). Additionally, a 90-day toxicity study of Asn in rats demonstrated a no observed adverse effect level of 1.62g/kg bodyweight/day in males and 1.73g/kg bodyweight/day in females (PMID: 18508175). The lower dose in that study equates to a mouse dose of 3.2g/kg bodyweight/day, well above the mouse dose utilized in this report. As such, future studies should focus on a dose-response relationship with Asn supplementation, and as the reviewer suggested, determining the duration of effect with Asn supplementation.

      (6) Some of the results section belongs in the introduction or discussion and can be moved.

      We have addressed the reviewer’s concern by moving some of the results to the discussion and removing statements in the results that were either noted in the Introduction or conferred in the Discussion.

      Minor Concerns:

      (1) Scale bar mentions in the figure legends use plural when only one is present, or in some cases are missing. A scale bar should be added to the OCT images if possible.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s attention to detail, and information regarding scale bars has been updated in the figure legends.

      (2) For Figures 1I and J, the sample size changes when J is a quantification of I. Please correct.

      We have corrected the sample size to be consistent between Figures 1I and J.

      (3) In Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 3 the P42 timepoint is not mentioned in the legend. Please correct.

      We have now included the P42 timepoint in the legend for in Figure 1 – Figure Supplement 3 as well as the manuscript text.

      (4) In Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 5 the wrong P value is mentioned in the legend. Please correct.

      We have corrected the P value in the legend for Figure 1 – Figure Supplement 5.

      (5) Can the authors double-check their ERG light intensity settings? They seem high. Please confirm if they are correct.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern for ERG light intensity settings and have confirmed the settings used in the study were 32 cd*s/m<sup>2</sup> and 100 cd*s/m<sup>2</sup> for scotopic and photopic ERG recordings, respectively.

      (6) The legend key in Figure 2A would be more helpful if the axis were present by the representative traces.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion of adding axes to the ERG traces. Figure 2A has been updated to reflect this modification.

      (7) Can the authors check that the error bars are present in Figure 5E?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern for error bars in Figure 5E, which are included in the figure. The standard error in this experiment is so small that the symbols overlap with the error bars.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data, or analyses.

      (1) Figure 6: ISRIB seems to give the most dramatic rescue of cKO GLS in P21 rods. Does it completely prevent rod death? i.e. What's the ONL thickness of P21 WT control? What's the ISRIB rescue of an older cKO animal, say P35?

      The ONL thickness of P21 WT control is on average 0.06 mm (Figure 1E), while the ONL thickness of the Gls cKO retina with ISRIB treatment at P21 is on average 0.044 mm. Therefore, rod death is not completely prevented with ISRIB but rather, rod photoreceptor survival is prolonged. As noted above, we have provided data to demonstrate that the photoreceptor neuroprotective effect of ISRIB lasts beyond P21 (Figure 6-figure supplement 2B).

      (2) What's the mechanistic link between ISR and GLS beyond current speculation? Does GLS have other unknown functions beyond converting glutamine to glutamate? Any novel insights from GLS protein structure?

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful question. It is certainly possible that GLS has other functions outside of its role in glutaminolysis. It is well known that other metabolic enzymes have moonlighting functions including hexokinase 2, which has been shown to be important in preventing intrinsic apoptosis through blocking the binding of pro-apoptotic proteins to the mitochondria. While not directly related to ISR, a single report suggests GLS functions non-canonically in Gln-deprived states, promoting mitochondrial fusion to suppress ROS production (PMID: 29934617). Investigating the moonlighting functions of metabolic enzymes is part of our ongoing research program and GLS is included in these studies.

      (3) Just curious about GLS cKO in cones. Any similar phenotype?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s curiosity regarding Gls cKO in cones and this study is currently ongoing with a poster presented at ARVO 2024 (Subramanya et al; Glutaminase-driven glutamine catabolism supports cone photoreceptor metabolism, function, and structure. Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 2024;65(7):193) and a manuscript in preparation. As discussed above, GLS knock out in cones likely impacts their function, in accordance with the data presented at ARVO 2024.

      Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation.

      (1) In the Discussion, lines 458-466, it's incorrect to compare the importance of glucose metabolism to GLS-dependent pathway to photoreceptors in this way. An alternative explanation: glucose metabolism is so important that the system has many redundancies, e.g. HK1 exists in addition to HK2, thus single gene KO leads to no phenotype. The only fair comparison is nutrient deprivation, e.g. taking out glucose or glutamine from retina explants (Punzo et al., 2009).

      The reviewer makes an excellent point. While we do not see an upregulation of GLS2 in the retina or rod PRs upon GLS knockout (Figure 1-figure supplement 1 D and E), loss of Gls in rod PRs does alter the expression of many metabolism-related genes (Figure 4-figure supplement 1).  We alluded to these data and the reviewer’s point in the second paragraph of the discussion: “In any of these transgenic mouse models, PRs may use other transporters to take up fatty acids or glucose or rewire their metabolism to maintain metabolic homeostasis and stave off degeneration (Subramanya et al., 2023; Wubben et al., 2017). Our data show that any metabolic reprogramming that is occurring in the cKO mouse retina appears unable to significantly circumvent the significant and rapid PR degeneration suggesting the importance of Gln catabolism in rod PRs. Furthermore, inducing GLS knockdown in mature PRs also demonstrated rapid PR degeneration (Figure 3).”

      In the revised article, we have amended these sentences to include the importance of metabolic redundancies. “In any of these transgenic mouse models, PRs may use other transporters to take up fatty acids or glucose, rewire their metabolism, or utilize metabolic redundancies to maintain metabolic homeostasis and stave off degeneration (Subramanya et al., 2023; Wubben et al., 2017). Our data show that any metabolic reprogramming that is occurring in the cKO mouse retina appears unable to significantly circumvent the significant and rapid PR degeneration suggesting the importance of Gln catabolism in rod PRs. Furthermore, inducing GLS knockdown in mature PRs also demonstrated rapid PR degeneration (Figure 3).”

      (2) Please discuss the mosaic activity of Rho-cre used in this study, as described in the original study (Le et al 2006). Line 221 (Li et al 2005) seems to be a different Rho-Cre created by a different group. Please make sure the citation is correct and consistent.

      We apologize for the confusion and have corrected the reference on line 221 to Le et al, 2006. The reviewer is correct that the original report (Le at al. 2006) demonstrated a mosaic of Cre-mediated recombination in rod photoreceptors and rod bipolar cells in the mouse line that had the shorter (0.2 kb) mouse opsin promoter-controlled Cre. In contrast, this same report showed only Cre-mediated recombination in rod photoreceptors in another line that utilized a long (4.1 kb) mouse opsin promoter-controlled Cre. We have published using this latter promoter-controlled Cre recombinase in at least 5 different mouse models (Wubben et al. 2017; Weh et al. 2020; Weh et al. 2023; Subramanya et al. 2023; the current report), and in all these models, we observe clear and consistent knockout by immunofluorescence only in rod photoreceptors with residual protein in cones and no significant change in protein expression in the INL where bipolar cells reside. Western blots confirm the reduction in protein expression.

      (3) The authors should provide representative images of retina cross-sections for key rescue data (Figure 6G&H).

      As requested by Reviewer 3, representative histology images of retina cross-sections for the ISRIB and Asn rescue experiments in Gls cKO mice at P21 are now included in the manuscript in Figure 6 – figure supplement 3.

      Minor corrections to the text and figures.

      (1) Spell out Gln in the Abstract when used for the first time.

      We have included glutamine (Gln) in the abstract upon first use.

      (2) Line 433, Figure 6G should be 6H.

      Thank you for the correction, the manuscript has been updated.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study aimed to investigate the significant impact of criterion placement on the validity of neural measures of consciousness, examining how different standards for classifying a stimulus as 'seen' or 'unseen' can influence the interpretation of neural data. They conducted simulations and EEG experiments to demonstrate that the Perceptual Awareness Scale, a widely used tool in consciousness research, may not effectively mitigate criterion-related confounds, suggesting that even with the PAS, neural measures can be compromised by how criteria are set. Their study challenged existing paradigms by showing that the construct validity of neural measures of conscious and unconscious processing is threatened by criterion placement, and they provided practical recommendations for improving experimental designs in the field. The authors' work contributes to a deeper understanding of the nature of conscious and unconscious processing and addresses methodological concerns by exploring the pervasive influence of criterion placement on neural measures of consciousness and discussing alternative paradigms that might offer solutions to the criterion problem.

      The study effectively demonstrates that the placement of criteria for determining whether a stimulus is 'seen' or 'unseen' significantly impacts the validity of neural measures of consciousness. The authors found that conservative criteria tend to inflate effect sizes, while liberal criteria reduce them, leading to potentially misleading conclusions about conscious and unconscious processing. The authors employed robust simulations and EEG experiments to demonstrate the effects of criterion placement, ensuring that the findings are well-supported by empirical evidence. The results from both experiments confirm the predicted confounding effects of criterion placement on neural measures of unconscious and conscious processing.

      The results are consistent with their hypotheses and contribute meaningfully to the field of consciousness research.

      We would like to thank reviewer 1 for their positive words and for taking the time to evaluate our manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study investigates the potential influence of the response criterion on neural decoding accuracy in consciousness and unconsciousness, utilizing either simulated data or reanalyzing experimental data with post-hoc sorting data.

      Strengths:

      When comparing the neural decoding performance of Target versus NonTarget with or without post-hoc sorting based on subject reports, it is evident that response criterion can influence the results. This was observed in simulated data as well as in two experiments that manipulated subject response criterion to be either more liberal or more conservative. One experiment involved a two-level response (seen vs unseen), while the other included a more detailed four-level response (ranging from 0 for no experience to 3 for a clear experience). The findings consistently indicated that adopting a more conservative response criterion could enhance neural decoding performance, whether in conscious or unconscious states, depending on the sensitivity or overall response threshold.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In the realm of research methodology, conducting post-hoc sorting based on subject reports raises an issue. This operation leads to an imbalance in the number of trials between the two conditions (Target and NonTarget) during the decoding process. Such trial number disparity introduces bias during decoding, likely contributing to fluctuations in neural decoding performance. This potential confounding factor significantly impacts the interpretation of research findings. The trial number imbalance may cause models to exhibit a bias towards the category with more trials during the learning process, leading to misjudgments of neural signal differences between the two conditions and failing to accurately reflect the distinctions in brain neural activity between target and non-target states. Therefore, it is recommended that the authors extensively discuss this confounding factor in their paper. They should analyze in detail how this factor could influence the interpretation of results, such as potentially exaggerating or diminishing certain effects, and whether measures are necessary to correct the bias induced by this imbalance to ensure the reliability and validity of the research conclusions.

      We would like to thank reviewer 2 for their positive words and for taking the time to evaluate our manuscript. In response to this asserted weakness, we would like to point out that the issue of trial imbalances was already comprehensively addressed in the manuscript. No trial imbalances are present in the analyzed data for any of the conditions, so that none of our reported results could have been impacted by this. This was done through the following set of measures:

      (1) Training data (method section): “a linear discriminant analytic (LDA) classifier was trained for each participant using all trials from all sessions (3 sessions in Experiment 1, 2 sessions in Experiment 2) to discriminate target from no-target trials based on EEG data, irrespective of seen/unseen responses and irrespective of the response criterion. To maximize signal-to-noise ratio, we applied a leave-one-person-out cross validated decoding scheme by using all classifiers from all participants except the participants that was being tested (separately for Experiment 1 and for Experiment 2). This leave-one-person-outcross validation procedure maximized the available data for training without requiring k-foldingon subsets of cells with low response counts, so that all test sets were classified by the same fully independent classifiers. A single time series of classification performance across time was obtained for every participant (every testing set) by averaging classification performance across all classifiers that tested that set (see Methods and supplementary Figure S2 for details).”<br /> This leave-one-person-outcross validation scheme made surre that no trial selection needed to be performed to analyze conservative or liberal conditions. Both conditions were classified using the same classifier, consisting of all data from the other participants.

      (2) Testing data (methods section): “To ensure that differences resulting from post hoc sorting could not be explained by differences in signal-to-noise ratio resulting from disparities in trial counts in the testing set, we equated trial counts between the liberal and conservative condition within each participant by randomly selecting the same number of trials from overrepresented cells (for Experiment 1, this was done at the level of ‘seen’ and ‘unseen’ responses, for experiment 2 the trial counts were equated at eachof the PAS levels, see methods for details). As a result, response-contingent conditions in the liberal and conservative conditions had identical input for all classification analyses. Although different trial counts in the testing set might affect the precision with which AUC is estimated in a decoding analysis, it does not affect the size of AUC itself. Trial count equation was merely performed tomake sure the liberal and conservative condition were as comparable as possible.”

      Indeed, we also report at the end of this section that running the same analyses without selecting trials in the test set yielded qualitatively identical results: “Analyzing the data without equating trial counts resulted in qualitatively identical results.”

      To remove any lack of clarity about this, we now also briefly report in the beginning of the discussion section that the results cannot be explained by unequal trial counts:

      “We found that in both experiments, criterion shifts modulated effect size in neural measures of ‘unconscious’ (unseen) and/or ‘conscious’ (seen) processing, and that this happens even though the conservative and liberal condition used the same independent training data (identical classifiers), and even though the trial counts in the test sets were equated for the conservative and liberal condition.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Fahrenfort et al. investigate how liberal or conservative criterion placement in a detection task affects the construct validity of neural measures of unconscious cognition and conscious processing. Participants identified instances of "seen" or "unseen" in a detection task, a method known as post hoc sorting. Simulation data convincingly demonstrate that, counterintuitively, a conservative criterion inflates effect sizes of neural measures compared to a liberal criterion. While the impact of criterion shifts on effect size is suggested by signal detection theory, this study is the first to address this explicitly within the consciousness literature. Decoding analysis of data from two EEG experiments further shows that different criteria lead to differential effects on classifier performance in post hoc sorting. The findings underscore the pervasive influence of experimental design and participant reports on neural measures of consciousness, revealing that criterion placement poses a critical challenge for researchers.

      Strengths and Weaknesses

      One of the strengths of this study is the inclusion of the Perceptual Awareness Scale (PAS), which allows participants to provide more nuanced responses regarding their perceptual experiences. This approach ensures that responses at the lowest awareness level (selection 0) are made only when trials are genuinely unseen. This methodological choice is important as it helps prevent the overestimation of unconscious processing, enhancing the validity of the findings.

      The authors also do a commendable job in the discussion by addressing alternative paradigms, such as wagering paradigms, as a possible remedy to the criterion problem (Peters & Lau, 2015; Dienes & Seth, 2010). Their consideration of these alternatives provides a balanced view and strengthens the overall discussion.

      Our initial review identified a lack of measures of variance as one potential weakness of this work. However we agree with the authors' response that plotting individual datapoints for each condition is indeed a good visualization of variance within a dataset.

      Impact of the Work:

      This study effectively demonstrates a phenomenon that, while understood within the context of signal detection theory, has been largely unexplored within the consciousness literature. Subjective measures may not reliably capture the construct they aim to measure due to criterion confounds. Future research on neural measures of consciousness should account for this issue, and no-report measures may be necessary until the criterion problem is resolved.

      We thank reviewer 3 for their positive words and for taking the time to evaluate our manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      (1) The rationale for performing genomics, transcriptional, and proteomics work in 293T cells is not discussed. Further, there are no functional readouts mentioned in the 293T cells with expression of the fusion-oncogenes. Did these cells have any phenotypes associated with fusion-oncogene expression (proliferation differences, morphological changes, colony formation capacity)? Further, how similar are the gene expression signatures from RNA-seq to rhabdomyosarcoma? This would help the reader interpret how similar these cell models are to human disease.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comments and understand the limitation of HEK293T cell culture. HEK293T cells were used as a surrogate system that enabled us to systemically examine and compare the transcriptional activation mechanisms between VGLL2-NCOA2/TEAD1-NCOA2 and YAP/TAZ. HEK293T cells have previously been used as a model system to study the signaling and transcriptional mechanisms of the Hippo/YAP pathway (1,2). Our data also showed that the ectopic expression of VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2 in HEK293 cells can promote proliferation (Figure 1-figure supplement 1B), consistent with their potential oncogenic function.

      (2) TEAD1::NCOA2 fusion-oncogene model was not credentialed past H&E, and expression of Desmin. Is the transcriptional signature in C2C12 or 293T similar to a rhabdomyosarcoma gene signature?

      We understand the reviewer’s concern. VGLL2-NCOA2 in vivo tumorigenesis model generated by C2C12 cell orthotopic transplantation has recently been reported, and it exhibits similar characteristics with zebrafish transgenic tumors as well as human scRMS samples that carry the VGLL2-NCOA2 fusion (3). Due to the similar transcriptional and oncogenic mechanisms employed by both VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2 fusion proteins, we expect that the TEAD1-NCOA2 dependent C2C12 transplantation model will closely resemble that induced by VGLL2-NCOA2.

      (3) For the fusion-oncogenes, did the HA, FLAG, or V5 tag impact fusion-oncogene activity? Was the tag on the 3' or 5' of the fusion? This was not discussed in the methods.

      To address the reviewer’s concern, we carefully compared the transcriptional activity of the fusion proteins with the HA tag at the 5’ end or FLAG and V5 tag at the 3’ end. We found that neither the tag type nor its location significantly affects the ability of VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2 to induce downstream gene transcription, measured by qPCR. The data is summarized in Figure 1-figure supplement 1 G-H.

      (4) Generally, the lack of details in the figures, figure legends, and methods make the data difficult to interpret. A few examples are below:

      a. Individual data points are not shown for figure bar plots (how many technical or biological replicates are present and how many times was the experiment repeated?).

      As requested, we have added the individual data points to the bar plots. The Method section now includes information on the number of biological replicates and the times the experiments were repeated.

      b. What exons were included in the fusion-oncogenes from VGLL2 and NCOA2 or TEAD1 and NCOA2?

      We have now included the exon structure organization of VGLL2-NCOA2 or TEAD1-NCOA2 fusions in Figure 1-figure supplement 1A.

      c. For how long were the colony formation experiments performed? Two weeks?

      We have included more detailed information about the colony formation assay in the Methods section.

      d. In Figure 2D, what concentration of CP1 was used and for how long?

      The CP1 concentration and treatment duration information has now been included in the figure legend and Methods section.

      e. How was A485 resuspended for cell culture and mouse experiments, what is the percentage of DMSO?

      The Methods section now includes detailed information on how A485 is prepared for in vitro and in vivo experiments.

      f. How many replicates were done for RNA-seq, CUT&RUN, and ATACseq experiments?

      RNA-seq was done with three biological replicates and CUT&RUN and ATAC-seq were performed with two biological replicates. This information is now included in the Methods section for clarification.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In the manuscript entitled "VGLL2 and TEAD1 fusion proteins drive YAP/TAZ-independent transcription and tumorigenesis by engaging p300", Gu et al. studied two Hippo pathway-related gene fusion events (i.e., VGLL2-NCOA2, TEAD1-NCOA2) in spindle cell rhabdomyosarcoma (scRMS) and showed that their fusion proteins can activate Hippo downstream gene transcription independent of YAP/TAZ. Using the BioID-based mass spectrometry analysis, the authors revealed histone acetyltransferase CBP/p300 as specific binding proteins for VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2 fusion proteins. Pharmacologically targeting p300 inhibited the fusion proteins-induced Hippo downstream gene transcription and tumorigenic events.

      Overall, this study provides mechanistic insights into the scRMS-associated gene fusions in tumorigenesis and reveals potential therapeutic targets for cancer treatment. The manuscript is well-written and easy to follow.

      Here, several suggestions are made for the authors to improve their study.

      Main points

      (1) The authors majorly focused on the Hippo downstream gene transcription in this study, while a significant portion of genes regulated by the VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2 fusion proteins are non-Hippo downstream genes (Figure 3). The authors should investigate whether the altered Hippo pathway transcription is essential for VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2-induced cell transformation and tumorigenesis. Specifically, they should test if treatment with the TEAD inhibitor can reverse the cell transformation and tumorigenesis caused by VGLL2-NCOA2 but not TEAD1-NCOA2. In addition, it is important to examine whether YAP-5SA expression can rescue the inhibitory effects of A485 on VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2-induced colony formation and tumor growth. This will help clarify whether Hippo downstream gene transcription is important for the oncogenic activities of these two fusion proteins.

      We thank the reviewer for the comments. Although we have not tested the small molecular TEAD inhibitor on VGLL2-NCOA2 or TEAD1-NCOA2-induced cell transformation and tumorigenesis, we expect that TEAD inhibition will block VGLL2-NCOA2- but not TEAD1-NCOA2-induced oncogenic activity. It is because TEAD1-NCOA2 does not contain the auto-palmitoylation sites and the hydrophobic pocket in the C-terminal YAP-binding domain of TEAD1 that the TEAD small molecule inhibitor occupies (4). We also appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion of YAP5SA rescue experiments. However, due to its strong oncogenic activity, YAP5SA itself can induce robust downstream transcription and cell transformation with or without A485 treatment, as shown in Figure 5. Thus, it will be unlikely to address whether non-Hippo downstream genes induced by the fusions are important for cell transformation and tumorigenesis. Because of the distinct nature of transcriptional and chromatin landscapes controlled by VGLL2-NCOA2/TEAD-NCOA2 and YAP, we speculate that both Hippo and non-Hippo-related downstream genes contribute to the oncogenic activation and tumor phenotypes induced by the fusion proteins.

      (2) Rationale for selecting CBP/p300 for functional studies needs to be provided. The BioID-MS experiment identified many interacting proteins for VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2 fusion proteins (Table S4). The authors should explain the scoring system used to identify the high-interacting proteins for VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2 fusion proteins. Was CEP/p300 the top candidates on the list? Providing this information will help justify the focus on CBP/p300 and validate their importance in this study.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s point. CBP/P300 is among the top hits in our proteomics screens of both VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2. Our focus on CBP/P300 is mainly due to the well-established interactions between CBP/P300 and the NCOA family transcriptional co-activators, in which the CBP/P300-NCOA complex plays a central role in mediating nuclear receptors-induced transcriptional activation (5). In addition, our data is consistent with another re-current Vgll2 fusion identified in scRMS, VGLL2-CITED2 (6) that has a C-term fusion partner from CITED2, which is a known CBP/P300 interacting protein (7).

      (3) p300 was revealed as a key driver for the VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2 fusion proteins-induced transcriptome alteration and tumorigenesis. To strengthen the point, the authors should identify the p300 binding region on VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2 fusion proteins. Mutants with defects in p300 binding/recruitment should be generated and included as a control in the related q-PCR and tumorigenic studies. This work will help confirm the crucial role of p300 in mediating the oncogenic effects of these two fusion proteins.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have performed the co-immunoprecipitation assay using the deletion mutant form of VGLL2-NCOA2. We have performed additional co-immunoprecipitation experiments and demonstrated that the C-term NCOA2 part of the fusion is responsible for mediating the interaction between the fusion protein and CBP/P300. These results are now included in the new Figure 5A and are consistent with the reported structural analysis of CBP/P300-NCOA complex (8). In addition, our new data showed the inability of the VGLL2-NCOA2 ∆NCOA2 mutant to induce gene transcription (Figure 1-figure supplement 1D). Furthermore, our data using the small molecular CBP/P300 inhibitor clearly demonstrated that CBP/P300 is required to mediate cell transformation and tumorigenesis induced by the two fusion proteins in vitro and in vivo (Figure 5 and 6).

      (4) Another major issue is the overexpression system extensively used in this study. It is important to determine whether the VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2 fusion genes are also amplified in cancer. If not, the expression levels of the VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2 fusion proteins should be adjusted to endogenous levels to assess their oncogenic effects on gene transcription and tumorigenesis. This approach would make the study more relevant to the pathological conditions observed in scRMS cancer patients.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s input and acknowledge the limitation of the HEK293T and C2C12 cell-based models that rely on ectopic expression of VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2 fusion proteins. It is currently unclear whether the VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2 fusion genes are also amplified in sarcoma. As mentioned before, these surrogate cell culture systems allowed us to systemically compare the transcriptional regulation by the fusion proteins and YAP/TAZ and elucidate the molecular mechanism underlying the Hippo/YAP-independent oncogenic transformation induced by VGLL2-NCOA2 and TEAD1-NCOA2.

      References:

      (1) Genes Dev . 2007 Nov 1;21(21):2747-61. doi: 10.1101/gad.1602907. Inactivation of YAP oncoprotein by the Hippo pathway is involved in cell contact inhibition and tissue growth control

      (2) Genes Dev . 2010 Jan 1;24(1):72-85. doi: 10.1101/gad.1843810. A coordinated phosphorylation by Lats and CK1 regulates YAP stability through SCF(beta-TRCP)

      (3) VGLL2-NCOA2 leverages developmental programs for pediatric sarcomagenesis. Watson S, LaVigne CA, Xu L, Surdez D, Cyrta J, Calderon D, Cannon MV, Kent MR, Cell Rep. 2023 Jan 31;42(1):112013.

      (4) Lats1/2 Sustain Intestinal Stem Cells and Wnt Activation through TEAD-Dependent and Independent Transcription. Cell Stem Cell. 2020 May 7;26(5):675-692.e8.

      (5) Yi, P., Yu, X., Wang, Z., and O’Malley, B.W. (2021). Steroid receptor-coregulator transcriptional complexes: new insights from CryoEM. Essays Biochem. 65, 857–866.

      (6) A Molecular Study of Pediatric Spindle and Sclerosing Rhabdomyosarcoma: Identification of Novel and Recurrent VGLL2-related Fusions in Infantile Cases. Am J Surg Pathol . 2016 Feb;40(2):224-35. doi: 10.1097/

      (7) CITED2 and the modulation of the hypoxic response in cancer. Fernandes MT, Calado SM, Mendes-Silva L, Bragança J.World J Clin Oncol. 2020 May 24;11(5):260-274.

      (8) Yu, X., Yi, P., Hamilton, R.A., Shen, H., Chen, M., Foulds, C.E., Mancini, M.A., Ludtke, S.J., Wang, Z., and O’Malley, B.W. (2020). Structural insights of transcriptionally active, full-length Androgen receptor coactivator complexes. Mol. Cell 79, 812–823.e4.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Giménez-Orenga et al. investigate the origin and pathophysiology of myalgic encephalomyelitis/chronic fatigue syndrome (ME/CFS) and fibromyalgia (FM). Using RNA microarrays, the authors compare the expression profiles and evaluate the biomarker potential of human endogenous retroviruses (HERV) in these two conditions. Altogether, the authors show that HERV expression is distinct between ME/CFS and FM patients, and HERV dysregulation is associated with higher symptom intensity in ME/CFS. HERV expression in ME/CFS patients is associated with impaired immune function and higher estimated levels of plasma cells and resting CD4 memory T cells. This work provides interesting insights into the pathophysiology of ME/CFS and FM, creating opportunities for several follow-up studies.

      Strengths:

      (1) Overall, the data is convincing and supports the authors' claims. The manuscript is clear and easy to understand, and the methods are generally well-detailed. It was quite enjoyable to read.

      (2) The authors combined several unbiased approaches to analyse HERV expression in ME/CFS and FM. The tools, thresholds, and statistical models used all seem appropriate to answer their biological questions.

      (3) The authors propose an interesting alternative to diagnosing these two conditions. Transcriptomic analysis of blood samples using an RNA microarray could allow a minimally invasive and reproducible way of diagnosing ME/CFS and FM.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The cohort analysed in this study was phenotyped by a single clinician. As ME/CFS and FM are diagnosed based on unspecific symptoms and are frequently misdiagnosed, this raises the question of whether the results can be generalised to external cohorts.

      Thank you for your comment. Surely the study of larger cohorts will determine the external validity of these results in a clinical scenario. However, this pilot study, first of its kind, was designed to maximize homogeneity across participants which seemed primarily ensured by the study of females only and diagnosis by a single experienced observer.

      (2) The analyses performed to unravel the causes and effects of HERV expression in ME/CFS and FM are solely based on sequencing data. Experimental approaches could be used to validate some of the transcriptomic observations.

      Certainly, experimental approaches may add robustness to the implication of HERVs in ME/CFS. We indeed consider taking this avenue to deepen in the findings presented here for future work. However, the limited knowledge of HERV-mediated physiological functions may hamper the obtention of prompt results towards revealing causes and effects of HERV expression in ME/CFS and FM.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Giménez-Orenga carried out this study to assess whether human endogenous retroviruses (HERVs) could be used to improve the diagnosis of Myalgic Encephalomyelitis/Chronic Fatigue Syndrome (ME/CFS) and Fibromyalgia (FM). To this end, they used the HERV-V3 array developed previously, to characterize the genome-wide changes in the expression of HERVs in patients suffering from ME/CFS, FM, or both, compared to controls. In turn, they present a useful repertoire of HERVs that might characterize ME/CFS and FM. For the most part, the paper is written in a manner that allows a natural understanding of the workflow and analyses carried out, making it compelling. The figures and additional tables present solid support for the findings. However, some statements made by the authors seem incomplete and would benefit from a more thorough literature review. Overall, this work will be of interest to the medical community seeking in better understanding of the co-occurrence of these pathologies, hinting at a novel angle by integrating HERVs, which are often overlooked, into their assessment.

      Strengths:

      (1) The work is well-presented, allowing the reader to understand the overall workflow and how the specific aims contribute to filling the knowledge gap in the field.

      (2) The analyses carried out to understand the potential impact on gene expression mediated by HERVs are in line with previous works, making it solid and robust in the context of this study.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors claim to obtain genome-wide HERV expression profiles. However, the array used was developed using hg19, while the genomic analysis of this work are carried out using a liftover to hg38. It would improve the statement and findings to include a comparison of the differences in HERVs available in hg38, and how this could impact the "genome-wide" findings.

      This is an important point. However, the low number of probes (less than 100) that were excluded from our analysis by lack of correspondence with hg38 among the 1,290,800 probesets was interpreted as insignificant for "genome-wide" claims. An aspect that will be explained in the revised version of this manuscript.

      (2) The authors in some points are not thorough with the cited literature. Two examples are:

      a) Lines 396-397 the authors say "the MLT1, usually found enriched near DE genes (Bogdan et al., 2020)". I checked the work by Bogdan, and they studied bacterial infection. A single work in a specific topic is not sufficient to support the statement that MLT1 is "usually" in close vicinity to differentially expressed genes. More works are needed to support this.

      b) After the previous statement, the authors go on to mention "contributing to the coding of conserved lncRNAs (Ramsay et al., 2017)". First, lnc = long non-coding, so this doesn't make sense. Second, in the work by Ramsay they mention "that contributed a significant amount of sequence to primate lncRNAs whose expression was conserved", which is different from what the authors in this study are trying to convey. Again, additional work and a rephrasing might help to support this idea.

      Certainly, these two sentences need rephrasing to better adjust to current evidence.

      Revised sentences can now be found in lines 397-402

      (3) When presenting the clusters, the authors overlook the fact that cluster 4 is clearly control-specific, and fail to discuss what this means. Could this subset of HERV be used as bona fide markers of healthy individuals in the context of these diseases? Are they associated with DE genes? What could be the impact of such associations?

      Using control DE HERV as bona fide markers of healthy individuals seems like an interesting possibility worth exploring. Control DE HERV (cluster 4) associate with DE genes involved in apoptosis, T cell activation and cell-cell adhesion (modules 1 and 6). The impact of which deserves further study.

      Appraisals on aims:

      The authors set specific questions and presented the results to successfully answer them. The evidence is solid, with some weaknesses discussed above that will methodologically strengthen the work.

      Likely impact of work on the field:

      This work will be of interest to the medical community looking for novel ways to improve clinical diagnosis. Although future works with a greater population size, and more robust techniques such as RNA-Seq, are needed, this is the first step in presenting a novel way to distinguish these pathologies.

      It would be of great benefit to the community to provide a table/spreadsheet indicating the specific genomic locations of the HERVs specific to each condition. This will allow proper provenance for future researchers interested in expanding on this knowledge, as these genomic coordinates will be independent of the technique used (as was the array used here).

      We agree with the reviewer that sharing genomic locations of DE HERVs in these pathologies would contribute to the development of these findings. Unfortunately, we do not hold the rights to share probe coordinates from this custom HERV-V3 microarray which we used under MTA agreement with its developer.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors find that HERV expression patterns can be used as new criteria for differential diagnosis of FM and ME/CFS and patient subtyping. The data are based on transcriptome analysis by microarray for HERVs using patient blood samples, followed by differential expression of ERVs and bioinformatic analyses. This is a standard and solid data processing pipeline, and the results are well presented and support the authors' claim.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Recommandations/questions:

      (1) The authors point towards the biomarker potential of HERV expression signatures. In line with this, it would be important to test if they can predict the correct pathology for patients using the expression of DE HERVs. Additionally, as a single clinician annotated the cohort analysed in this study, it would be interesting to validate the signatures identified in this work by reanalysing publicly available transcriptomic data from independent studies.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We plan to conduct this analysis and have added the following statement to the manuscript (lines 482-483): “Given the limited sample size in our cohort, validation of the findings in extended cohorts is a must.”

      (2) The authors suggest that an epigenetic mechanism causes the dysregulated HERV expression in ME/CFS patients. However, in Fig.1A, HERV expression profiles of co-diagnosed patients are more similar to healthy controls than patients with either condition. How could the co-morbidity of FM "rescue" the phenotype of ME/CFS?

      Thank you for the insightful comment. It is notable that co-diagnosed patients exhibit HERV expression profiles more similar to those of healthy controls than to either FM´s or ME/CFS´s. These findings may suggest a distinct underlying pathomechanism for this patient group, supporting the identification of a novel nosologic entity, as discussed in lines 372-374 of the manuscript.

      (3) Abundant evidence in the literature links HERV dysregulation with the production of RNA:DNA hybrids and dsRNAs and viral mimicry. The authors found that ME/CFS subgroup 2, which exhibits the most important HERV dysregulation, is also associated with decreased signatures of pathogen detection. It would be interesting to quantify the abundance of DNA:RNA hybrids and dsRNAs in PBMCs of ME/CFS and FM patients as well as healthy controls. It would be interesting to discuss how downregulation of pathogen detection pathways could be a mechanism in ME/CFS patients to avoid viral mimicry and potential links with inflammation in this disease.

      Certainly, HERVs can influence disease pathophysiology by generating RNA:DNA hybrids and dsRNA. However, microarray data does not allow this analysis. Future actions to investigate the underlying mechanisms of differentially expressed HERVs could investigate this interesting possibility.

      (4) Another intriguing result is how overexpression of Module 3 in ME/CFS subgroup 2 is associated with higher levels of plasma cells. The authors hypothesize that the changes in immune cell abundances reflect previous viral infections, but another possibility would be immune activation against HERVs. Are there protein-coding sequences (gag, pro, pol, env) amongst the HERV sequences of module 3? If so, it would be interesting to validate HERV protein expression in these samples. Additionally, blood samples of ME/CFS patients and healthy controls should be analysed in flow cytometry to describe the abundance and phenotype of immune cells precisely.

      Thank you for your insightful comments. In fact, we identified three HERV elements with protein-coding regions whose functional relevance remains uncertain. They present an interesting avenue for future investigation, particularly regarding immune activation.

      Minor comments:

      (1) On lines 170-172, it is unclear to me how Figure 1E is linked to the text.

      We have added a line better explaining Fig. 1E: “Top 10 contributing HERVs to principal components PC1 and PC2 are shown” (lines 171-172).

      (2) Figure S2: grouping or colouring the plots based on the cluster to which HERVs were assigned could facilitate the understanding of the figure.

      We appreciate the suggestion to enhance the clarity of the figures. However, this color-coding cannot be implemented, as a family is not exclusively assigned to a single cluster.

      (3) How are the 4 HERV clusters of Figure 2 and the 8 modules of Figure 3 related to the clusters identified by hierarchical clustering in Figure 1? More details should be provided in the text (Results and Methods sections), and figures to illustrate the clustering strategy should be added if needed.

      To enhance clarity, we have included the following explanation in the results section (lines 244-251): “To uncover potentially affected physiologic functions linked to DE HERV, we examined how DE HERVs and DE genes with similar expression patterns grouped together in modules based on their intrinsic relationships by their hierarchical co-clustering (Fig. 3). Then, the functional significance of these modules was assessed by gene ontology (GO) analysis of the DE genes within each module. The hierarchical clustering analysis resulted in the identification of eight distinct modules, each characterized by unique combinations of DE HERV and DE gene patterns across all four study groups (Fig. 3)”.

      (4) Related to Figure 4, are there HERV sequences in module 3 located near genes important for plasma cells and/or resting CD4 memory T cells?

      Thank you for your insightful comment. However, gene relevance for plasma cells and/or resting CD4 memory T cells may depend on multiple factors in addition to cell type and subtypes and, therefore, the analysis may not be straight forward.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In Figure 1, the heatmap scale goes from -4 to 4. This should reflect at least the numbers on the lowest and highest end of the scale.

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. The scale was correct; however, when arranging the panels, the numbers were not properly positioned. The figure has now been updated with the corrected version.

      Figure 2F and G, percentages are shown as decimal numbers up to 1.00, while it should be 100%, and so on.

      We also replaced this figure, changing the numbers to fit percentages.

      It would be interesting to know how the results change using FDR of 0.05. I'm not familiar with microarray thresholds, but in RNA-Seq, 0.1 is rarely used, with 0.05 being the standard. Could it be that a more stringent result better distinguishes the pathologies?

      Applying a more stringent threshold, such as FDR 0.05, may remove sequences that, while not strongly differentially expressed, may be still important for distinguishing between these pathologies. Therefore, we decided to also include DE tendencies (FDR<0.1) in this first of a kind study. Findings will need validation in enlarged cohorts.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to investigate the interaction between tissue-resident immune cells (microglia) and circulating systemic neutrophils in response to acute, focal retinal injury. They induced retinal lesions using 488 nm light to ablate photoreceptor (PR) outer segments, then utilized various imaging techniques (AOSLO, SLO, and OCT) to study the dynamics of fluorescent microglia and neutrophils in mice over time. Their findings revealed that while microglia showed a dynamic response and migrated to the injury site within a day, neutrophils were not recruited to the area despite being nearby. Post-mortem confocal microscopy confirmed these in vivo results. The study concluded that microglial activation does not recruit neutrophils in response to acute, focal photoreceptor loss, a scenario common in many retinal diseases.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of this manuscript lies in the techniques employed.

      In this study, the authors utilized advanced Adaptive Optics Scanning Laser Ophthalmoscopy (AOSLO) to document immune cell interactions in the retina accurately. AOSLO's micron-level resolution and enhanced contrast, achieved through near-infrared (NIR) light and phase-contrast techniques, allowed visualization of individual immune cells without extrinsic dyes. This method combined confocal reflectance, phase-contrast, and fluorescence modalities to reveal various cell types simultaneously. Confocal AOSLO tracked cellular changes with less than 6 μm axial resolution, while phase-contrast AOSLO provided detailed views of vascular walls, blood cells, and immune cells. Fluorescence imaging enabled the study of labeled cells and dyes throughout the retina. These techniques, integrated with conventional histology and Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT), offered a comprehensive platform to visualize immune cell dynamics during retinal inflammation and injury.

      Thank you!

      Weaknesses:

      One significant weakness of the manuscript is the use of Cx3cr1GFP mice to specifically track GFP-expressing microglia. While this model is valuable for identifying resident phagocytic cells when the blood-retinal barrier (BRB) is intact, it is important to note that recruited macrophages also express the same marker following BRB breakdown. This overlap complicates the interpretation of results and makes it difficult to distinguish between the contributions of microglia and infiltrating macrophages, a point that is not addressed in the manuscript.

      We agree that greater emphasis is required that CX3CR1 mice exhibit fluorescence in not only microglia, but also other cells of macrophage origin including monocytes, perivascular macrophages and some hyalocytes.

      Through the advantages of in vivo AOSLO, however, we are able to establish that CX3CR1 cells are present within the tissue before the laser lesion is placed. This suggests they are tissue resident. We agree that it is possible that at later time points (days-weeks), systemic macrophages and/or monocytes may participate. Lack of rolling/crawling cells suggest they are not systemic. We elaborate on this point in a new section in the discussion:

      P29 L534-541:

      “CX3CR1-GFP mice exhibit fluorescence not only in microglia

      We recognize that the CX3CR1-GFP model can also label systemic cells such as monocytes/macrophages77. While it is possible these cells could infiltrate the retina in response to the lesion, we find it unlikely since there was no indication of the leukocyte extravasation cascade (rolling/crawling/stalled cells) within the nearest retinal vasculature. In addition to microglia, retinal perivascular macrophages and hyalocytes also exhibit GFP fluorescence and thus that these cells may also contribute toward damage resolution.”

      Another major concern is the time point chosen for analyzing the neutrophil response. The authors assess neutrophil activity 24 hours after injury, which may be too late to capture the initial inflammatory response. This delayed assessment could overlook crucial early dynamics that occur shortly after injury, potentially impacting the overall findings and conclusions of the study.

      The power of in vivo imaging makes these early assessments possible. Therefore, we have taken the reviewers concern and conducted an additional experiment which examines whether neutrophils are seen in the window of time between lesion and 24hrs. In a newly examined mouse, we find that within 3.5 hours post-lesion, neutrophils do not extravasate adjacent to the lesion site (see new “figure 8 – figure supplement 1”).

      Also see accompanying video (new “figure 8 – video 3”) for an example of nearby neutrophils flowing through OPL capillaries just microns away from the lesion site. Neutrophils are clearly contained within the vasculature and exhibit dynamics consistent with healthy retinal tissue. While it remains possible that the lesion may increase leukocyte stalling within the nearest capillaries, we are unable to confirm or deny this with a single experiment. We now submit this evidence as a new supplementary figure following the reviewer’s suggestion.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses in vivo multimodal high-resolution imaging to track how microglia and neutrophils respond to light-induced retinal injury from soon after injury to 2 months post-injury. The in vivo imaging finding was subsequently verified by an ex vivo study. The results suggest that despite the highly active microglia at the injury site, neutrophils were not recruited in response to acute light-induced retinal injury.

      Strengths:

      An extremely thorough examination of the cellular-level immune activity at the injury site. In vivo imaging observations being verified using ex vivo techniques is a strong plus.

      We appreciate this recognition and hope that the reviewer considers the weaknesses below in the context of the papers identified strengths.

      Weaknesses:

      This paper is extremely long, and in the perspective of this reviewer, needs to be better organized.

      We agree and have taken the following steps to address this:

      (1) Paper has been shortened overall by 8%

      (2) We reorganized the following sections:

      a. Introduction: shortened

      b. Methods: merged section “Ex vivo confocal image processing” with “Ex vivo confocal imaging”.

      c. Results: most sections shortened, others simplified for concision

      d. Discussion: most sections shortened, removed “Microglial/neutrophil discrimination using label-free phase contrast”

      e. Figure references reorganized in order of their appearance.

      Study weakness: though the finding prompts more questions and future studies, the findings discussed in this paper are potentially important for us to understand how the immune cells respond differently to different severity levels of injury.

      On the heels of this burgeoning technology, we consider this report among the first studies of its kind. We are hopeful that it forms the foundation of many further investigations to come. We expect a rich parameter space to be explored with future studies including investigation of other time points, other injuries of varying degree and other immune cell populations (along with their interactions with each other). Each has the potential to reveal the complexities of the ocular immune system in action.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work investigated the immune response in the murine retina after focal laser lesions. These lesions are made with close to 2 orders of magnitude lower laser power than the more prevalent choroidal neovascularization model of laser ablation. Histology and OCT together show that the laser insult is localized to the photoreceptors and spares the inner retina, the vasculature, and the pigment epithelium. As early as 1-day after injury, a loss of cell bodies in the outer nuclear layer is observed. This is accompanied by strong microglial proliferation at the site of injury in the outer retina where microglia do not typically reside. The injury did not seem to result in the extravasation of neutrophils from the capillary network constituting one of the main findings of the paper. The demonstrated paradigm of studying the immune response and potentially retinal remodeling in the future in vivo is valuable and would appeal to a broad audience in visual neuroscience. However, there are some issues with the conclusions drawn from the data and analysis that can be addressed to further bolster the manuscript.

      Strengths:

      Adaptive optics imaging of the murine retina is cutting edge and enables non-destructive visualization of fluorescently labeled cells in the milieu of retinal injury. As may be obvious, this in vivo approach is beneficial for studying fast and dynamic immune processes on a local time scale - minutes and hours, and also for the longer days-to-months follow-up of retinal remodeling as demonstrated in the article. In certain cases, the in vivo findings are corroborated with histology.

      Thank you!

      The analysis is sound and accompanied by stunning video and static imagery. A few different sets of mouse models are used, (a) two different mouse lines, each with a fluorescent tag for neutrophils and microglia, (b) two different models of inflammation - endotoxin-induced uveitis (EAU) and laser ablation are used to study differences in the immune interaction.

      Thank you!

      One of the major advances in this article is the development of the laser ablation model for 'mild' retinal damage as an alternative to the more severe neovascularization models. While not directly shown in the article, this model would potentially allow for controlling the size, depth, and severity of the laser injury opening interesting avenues for future study.

      We agree that there is an established community that is invested in developing titrated dosimetry for light damage models. As the reviewer recognizes, this parameter space is exceptionally large therefore we controlled this parameter by choosing a single wavelength that is commonly used in ophthalmoscopy (488nm), fixed duration and exposure regime that created a reproducible, mild damage of photoreceptors. At this titration we created a mild lesion that spares retina above and below.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It is unclear based on the current data/study to what extent the mild laser damage phenotype is generalizable to disease phenotypes. The outer nuclear cell loss of 28% and a complete recovery in 2 months would seem quite mild, thus the generalizability in terms of immune-mediated response in the face of retinal remodeling is not certain, specifically whether the key finding regarding the lack of neutrophil recruitment will be maintained with a stronger laser ablation.

      It seems the concern here is whether our finding is generalizable to other damage regimes, especially more severe ones. While speculative, we would suspect that it is not generalizable across different lesions of greater severity. For example, puncturing Bruch’s membrane is an example of a more severe phenotype that is often encountered in laser damage. However, this creates a complicated model that not only induces inflammation, but also compromises BRB integrity and promotes CNV. The parameter space to be tested in the reviewer’s question is quite vast and therefore have tried to summarize the generalizability within our manuscript in

      P31 L586-588 “There are limitations on how generalizable this mild damage to more severe damage or disease phenotypes, but this acute damage model can begin to provide clues about how immune cells interact in response to PR loss. In this laser lesion model, we ablate 27% of the PRs in a 50 µm region.”

      (2) Mice numbers and associated statistics are insufficient to draw strong conclusions in the paper on the activity of neutrophils, some examples are below:

      a) 2 catchup mice and 2 positive control EAU mice are used to draw inferences about immune-mediated activity in response to injury. If the goal was to show 'feasibility' of imaging these mouse models for the purposes of tracking specific cell type behavior, the case is sufficiently made and already published by the authors earlier. It is possible that a larger sample size would alter the conclusion.

      We would like to highlight that the total number of mice studied in this report was 28 (18 in-vivo imaging, 10 ex-vivo histology, >40 lesions total). While power analysis is challenging as these are the first studies of their kind, we underscore that in vivo imaging allows those same mice to be studied multiple times longitudinally. This is not possible with traditional histology. Therefore, in vivo imaging not only reveals the temporal progression (unlike histology), but also increases the number of observations beyond a simple count of the “number of mice”.

      The goal of the study was not one of feasibility. The goal was to address a specific question in ocular biology: “do resident CX3CR1 cells recruit neutrophils in early, regional retinal injury”

      The low numbers that the reviewer points to, are not the primary data of the paper, rather, supportive control data. Moreover, we refocus the attention on the fact that our study is performed on 28 mice across multiple modalities and each corroborates a common finding that neutrophils do not appear to be recruited despite strong microglial response; a central finding of the paper.

      b) There are only 2 examples of extravasated neutrophils in the entire article, shown in the positive control EAU model. With the rare extravasation events of these cells and their high-speed motility, the chance of observing their exit from the vasculature is likely low overall, therefore the general conclusions made about their recruitment or lack thereof are not justified by these limited examples shown.

      The spirit of the challenge raised is that because nothing was seen, is not proof that nothing occurred. Said more commonly, “absence of evidence is not evidence of absence”- a quote often attributed to Carl Sagan. Yet we push back on this conjecture as we have shown, not only with cutting edge in vivo imaging, but also with ample histological controls as well as multiple transgenic animals (and corroborating IHC antibodies) that in none of these imaging modalities, at none of the time points we evaluated, did neutrophils aggregate or extravasate in response to photoreceptor ablation.

      Reviewer adds: “the chance of observing their exit from the vasculature is likely low overall…”

      This is the reason that we specifically chose a focal lesion model to increase any possible chance of imaging a rare event. The focal lesion provides both a time and a location for “where” to look. Small 50 micrometer lesions were sufficient to drive a strong local microglial response (figures 5,6,9). This was evidence that local inflammatory cues were present. Yet despite this activation, neutrophils were not recruited to this location. We emphasize that this is a strength of our approach over other pan-retinal damage models that may indeed miss the rare extravasation events that are geographically sparse and happen over hours.

      c) In Figure 3, the 3-day time point post laser injury shows an 18% reduction in the density of ONL nuclei (p-value of 0.17 compared to baseline). In the case of neutrophils, it is noted that "Control locations (n = 2 mice, 4 z-stacks) had 15 {plus minus} 8 neutrophils per sq.mm of retina whereas lesioned locations (n = 2 mice, 4 z-stacks) had 23 {plus minus} 5 neutrophils per sq.mm of retina (Figure 10b). The difference between control and lesioned groups was not statistically significant (p = 0.19)." These data both come from histology. While the p-values - 0.17 and 0.19 - are similar, in the first case a reduction in ONL cell density is concluded while in the latter, no difference in neutrophil density is inferred in the lesioned case compared to control. Why is there a difference in the interpretation where the same statistical test and methodology are used in both cases? Besides this statistical nuance, is there an alternate possibility that there is an increased, albeit statistically insignificant, concentration of circulating neutrophils in the lesioned model? The increase is nearly 50% (15 {plus minus} 8 vs. 23 {plus minus} 5 neutrophils per sq.mm) and the reader may wonder if a larger animal number might skew the statistic towards significance.

      The statistics and p-values will be dependent on the strategy of analysis performed. As described in the methods, we used a predetermined 50 micron cylinder for our counting analysis based on the average lesion size created. We used this circular window to roughly approximate the size of the common lesion size. However, recall that the damage is created in a single axis (a line projected on the retina) therefore it is possible that the analysis region is too generous to capture the exceptionally local damage.

      While the reviewer is focused on the nuance of statistics, we would like to refocus the conversation on our data that shows that very few neutrophils were observed at all (105 cells from 8 locations, P value reported). But missed in the above critique is that all neutrophils were contained within capillaries (Fig 10). We found no examples of extravasated neutrophils.  This is the major finding and is supported by our in vivo as well as ex vivo confirmation.

      (2) The conclusions on the relative activity of neutrophils and microglia come from separate animals. The reader may wonder why simultaneous imaging of microglia and neutrophils is not shown in either the EAU mice or the fluorescently labeled catchup mice where the non-labeled cell type could possibly be imaged with phase-contrast as has been shown by the authors previously. One might suspect that the microglia dynamics are not substantially altered in these mice compared to the CX3CR1-GFP mice subjected to laser lesions, but for future applicability of this paradigm of in vivo imaging assessment of the laser damage model, including documenting the repeatability of the laser damage model and the immune cell behavior, acquiring these data in the same animals would be critical.

      A double fluorescent mouse (neutrophils and microglia) is a logical next step of this research. In fact, we have now crossed these transgenic mice and are studying this double labeled mouse in a second manuscript in preparation. However, for this study, it was imperative that the fluorescent imaging light was kept at low levels as not to contribute or alter the lesion phenotype and accompanying immune response. Therefore, imaging two fluorescent channels to simultaneously view neutrophils and microglia in the same animal would have required at least 2X the visible light exposure for imaging. The imaging light levels used in the current study were carefully examined in our previous publications as to not create additional light damage (Joseph et al 2021).

      (3) Along the same lines as above, the phase contrast ONL images at time points from 3-day to 2-month post laser injury are not shown and the absence of this data is not addressed. This missing data pertains only to the in vivo imaging mice model but are conducted in histology that adequately conveys the time-course of cell loss in the ONL.

      The ocular preparation of the phase contrast data in figure 2, unfortunately developed an anesthesia induced cataract that precluded adequate image quality. This is not uncommon in long-term mouse ocular imaging preparations (Feng et al 2023). Instead, we chose to include the phase-contrast data to show the visually compelling intact and disrupted ONL damage for baseline and 1 day to show that the damage is not only focal, but also shows clear disruption to the somatic layers of the photoreceptors.

      It is suggested that the reason be elaborated for the exclusion of this data and the simultaneous imaging of microglia and neutrophils mentioned above.

      We agree and we have included the reason for the “not acquired” data within the figure 2 legend:

      “Phase contrast data was not acquired for time points 3 days-2 months due to development of cataract which obscured the phase contrast signal”

      Also, it would be valuable to further qualify and check the claims in the Discussion that "ex vivo analysis confirms in vivo findings" and "Microglial/neutrophil discrimination using label-free phase contrast"

      We maintain that ex vivo analysis both corroborates and in many cases, confirms our in vivo findings. We feel this is a strength of our manuscript rather than a qualifier. A) Damage localization is visible with OCT and confocal/phase contrast AOSLO in a region that matches the DAPI loss we see ex vivo. B) Disruption of the ONL seen with in vivo AOSLO is of the same size, shape and location as the ONL damage quantified ex vivo. C) No damage or disruption was seen in locations above the lesion with OCT or AOSLO, which matches our finding that only the ONL shows loss of nuclei whereas other more superficial layers are spared. D) Microglial localization is found both in vivo and ex vivo and E) lack of neutrophil aggregation or extravasation was neither seen in vivo or ex vivo. Given the evidence above, we contend that this strong synergistic and complementary approach corroborates the experimental data in two ways of studying this tissue.

      We agree that the claims made in the section entitled “Microglial/neutrophil discrimination using label-free phase contrast” are not strongly supported by the phase-contrast imaging presented in this paper. Accordingly, we have since removed this section based on reviewer suggestion.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Based on the title and abstract, the main focus of the manuscript appears to be the immune response. However, most of the manuscript is dedicated to the authors' imaging technique. Additionally, several important concerns regarding the investigation of the immune response in the retina need to be addressed.

      We understand that emphasis may appear to be on the imaging technique, however, because AOSLO is not a widely used technology, we are committed to explaining the technique so that it both builds awareness and confidence in the way this exciting new data is acquired.

      (2) The authors indicate '1 day post-injury' as a timeframe spanning between 18 and 28 hours post-injury. This is a rather wide window of time, which could potentially affect the analysis. It is necessary to demonstrate that there is no significant difference in the immune response, particularly in terms of microglial morphology and branch orientation, between 18 and 28 hours post-injury.

      We agree that a fine time scale may show even greater insight to the natural history of the inflammatory response. However, we feel that our chosen time points go above and beyond the temporal precision that is offered by other investigations, especially considering the novel multi-modal imaging performed here. Studies using finer temporal sampling are poised for future investigation.

      (3) The authors should consider using additional markers or complementary techniques to differentiate between microglia and recruited macrophages, such as incorporating immunohistochemistry with P2RY12, a specific marker for microglia that helps distinguish them from macrophages, and CD68 or F4/80, markers for recruited macrophages. It is also crucial for the authors to include a discussion addressing the limitations of using Cx3cr1GFP mice and the potential impact on result interpretation. It is fundamental to validate the findings and clarify the roles of microglia and macrophages.

      The wonders of current IHC is that there are myriad antibodies and labels that “could” be used. We used what we felt were the most compelling for this stage of early investigation. We look forward to studies that employ this wider range of labels. See our response to reviewer 1’s first comment above for addressing the limitations of using Cx3CR1 mice.

      (4) Analyzing neutrophil responses at 24 hours post-injury may be too late to capture the critical early dynamics of inflammation. By this time, the initial recruitment and activation phases of neutrophils may have already peaked or begun to resolve, potentially missing key insights into the immediate immune response. The authors should conduct additional analysis of neutrophil responses at earlier time points post-injury, such as 6 or 12 hours. Including these time points would provide a more comprehensive and conclusive analysis of the neutrophil response, helping to delineate the progression of inflammation and its implications for subsequent healing processes.

      This point has been addressed above. Briefly, we have now included a new experiment (and figure + video) that shows no neutrophil extravasation at earlier time points. We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      This paper is extremely long, and in the perspective of this reviewer, needs to be better organized.

      (1) There was a lengthy description and verification of light-induced injury and longitudinal tracking of healing, which I believe can be further cleaned up and made more succinct.

      We have cleaned-up and re-organized the manuscript (see above response for details). Manuscript has been reorganized and reduced by 8%.

      (2) The intention/goal of the paper can be further strengthened. On page 33: "to what extent do neutrophils respond to acute neural loss in the retina?" This particular statement is so clear and really brings out the purpose of this study, and it will be great to see something like this in the opening statement.

      We thank the reviewer for this excellent suggestion. We have modified the final paragraph of the introduction to strengthen our study’s intention.

      P4 L45-47: Here, we ask the question: “To what extent do microglia/neutrophils respond to acute neural loss in the retina?” To begin unraveling the complexities in this response, we deploy a deep retinal laser ablation model.

      (3) The figures are not mentioned in the manuscript in the order they were numbered. It makes it extremely challenging to follow along. The methods/results sections started with Figure 1, then on to Figure 4, then back to Figures 2 and 3, etc. This reviewer recommends re-organizing figures and their order of appearance so the contents of the figures are referred to in the paragraph in the most efficient and clear manner.

      We have re-organized the appearance of figure references throughout the paper.

      (4) Figure 2: phase contrast was not acquired on days 3, 7, and 2 months. Please briefly explain the reason in the caption.

      Addressed above.

      (5) Figure 4 OPL layer, the area highlighted in a dashed circle was meant to demonstrate that perfusion was intact, but I cannot see the flow in the highlighted area very well at day 7 and 2 months (especially 2 months). Please explain.

      Perfusion maps are often difficult to interpret as a static image. Therefore, we have additionally provided the raw video data (“OPL_vasculature_7d” and “OPL_vasculature_2mo”) which helps visualize active perfusion. To the reviewer’s point, videos reveal that RBC motion is maintained in the capillaries of this location.

      (6) While there's a thorough discussion of the biological impact of the finding, the uniqueness of the imaging technique can be better highlighted. Immune response toward injury is highly dynamic and is often the first step of wound healing. To observe such dynamic events longitudinally in the living eye at the cellular level, it requires a special imaging technique such as the type addressed here. The author can better address the technical uniqueness of studying this type of biological event for readers less familiar with AOSLO.

      We agree and following the reviewer’s suggestion have further emphasized the advance in the current manuscript in two additional places:

      (1) Within the introduction

      P3-4 L21-42: “A missed window of interaction is highly problematic in histological study where a single time point reveals a snapshot of the temporally complex immune response, which changes dynamically over time. Here, we use in vivo imaging to overcome these constraints.

      Documenting immune cell interactions in the retina over time has been challenged by insufficient resolution and contrast to visualize single cells in the living eye. The microscopic size of immune cells requires exceptional resolution for detection. Recently, advances in AOSLO imaging have provided micron-level resolution and enhanced contrast for imaging individual immune cells in the retina and without requiring extrinsic dyes(7,23). AOSLO provides multi-modal information from confocal reflectance, phase-contrast and fluorescence modalities, which can reveal a variety of cell types simultaneously in the living eye. Here, we used confocal AOSLO to track changes in reflectance at cellular scale. Phase-contrast AOSLO provides detail on highly translucent retinal structures such as vascular wall, single blood cells(27–29), PR somata(30), and is well-suited to image resident and systemic immune cells.(7,23) Fluorescence AOSLO provides the ability to study fluorescently-labeled cells(25,31,32) and exogenous dyes(27,33) throughout the living retina. These modalities used in combination have recently provided detailed images of the retinal response to a model of human uveitis.(23,34) Together, these innovations now provide a platform to visualize, for the first time, the dynamic interplay between many immune cell types, each with a unique role in tissue inflammation.”

      (2) Within the discussion

      P34-35 L656-662 “Beyond the context of this specific finding, we share this work with the excitement that AOSLO cellular level imaging may reveal the interaction of multiple immune cell types in the living retina. By using fluorophores associated with specific immune cell populations, the complex dynamics that orchestrate the immune response may be examined in this specialized tissue. This work and future studies may reveal further insights to the interactions of single immune cells in the living body in a non-invasive way.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Some other comments:

      (1) The reader may wonder why if all findings are confirmed by histology would an in vivo imaging model be needed. This does not need a generalized explanation given the typical virtues of an in vivo model, but perhaps the authors may want to amplify their findings in the current context, for example, those on the shorter minutes to hours timescales (Figure 2, Supplement 1) that would have been resource and time intensive, and likely impossible, to gather via histology alone.

      The reviewer appropriately underscores the utility of in vivo imaging above histological-only investigation. In response, we have added text in the introduction to emphasize the nuanced, but important value of both longitudinal imaging as well as dynamic imaging which is not possible with conventional histology (e.g. blood perfusion status, immune cell interactions etc.)

      P3-4 L21-42 (these points also addressed in response to reviewer #2 above)

      (2) A few questions and comments on the laser ablation model<br /> - It is alluded to in the Discussion in Lines 519-521 that the procedure is highly reproducible (95%) but the associated data for this repeatability metric is not shown.

      We agree that the criterion for determining a “successful lesion” requires further elaboration. Therefore, we have now included the criteria for successful lesions in the methods as well as discussion (in bullet below):

      Methods:

      P9-10 L129-133: “This protocol produced a hyper-reflective phenotype in the >40 locations across 28 mice. In rare cases, the exposure yielded no hyper-reflective lesion and were often in mice with high retinal motion, where the light dosage was spread over a larger retinal area. These locations were not included in the in-vivo or histological analysis.”

      - The methods state that a 24 x 1-micron line is focused on the retina, but all lesions seem to appear elliptical where the major to minor axis ratio is a lot smaller than this intended size. One wonders what leads to this discrepancy.

      We expect that this observation is related to the response above, we have added the following:

      Discussion:

      P27 L497-505: “The damage took on an elliptical form, likely due to: 1) Eye motion from respiration and heart rate which spreads the light over a larger integrative area (rather than line). 2) The impact of focal light scatter. 3) A micron-thin line imparting damage on cells that are many microns across manifesting as an ellipse. The majority of light exposures produced lesions of this elliptical shape. In a few conditions, for the reasons described above, the exposure failed to produce a strong, focal damage phenotype. To improve lesion reproducibility, future experiments should control for subtle eye motion affecting light damage, especially for long exposures.”

      (3) Lastly, a thickening is noted in the ONL after laser injury that seems to cause a thinning of the INL as well (Figure 3) which may increase the apparent INL nuclei density.

      The reviewer’s careful eye finds local swelling after injury. However, despite swelling, the segregation between INL and ONL was maintained in all days we examined. Thus, no ONL cells were included in INL counts (see figure 3A & 3D).

      Also, the ONL - inner (panel B) seems to show a little reduction in cell density in the same elliptical shape as the outer ONL in panel C.

      We agree with this observation and was one of the reasons we included this detailed analysis of both the inner and outer half of the ONL. Our finding is that there is more prominent loss of nuclei in the outer half of the ONL. While the mechanism for this is not understood, we felt it was an important finding to include and further shows the axial specificity of the light damage we are inducing (especially at day 1 observation).

      Lastly, the reduction in nuclear density is visually obvious in the ONL at the 1 and 3-day time points but the p-statistic does not seem to convey this. One may consider performing the analysis on panel F on a smaller region surrounding the lesion to more reliably reveal these effects.

      Related to the response above, the ONL shows a persistence of nuclei in the upper half of that layer, whereas the outer half, shows a visible reduction. Therefore, we expect that the reviewer is correct that a statistical analysis that considers just the outer half of the ONL would likely show a strong statistical significance. The challenge, however, is that our analysis strategy counted all cells within a 50 micron diameter cylinder through the entirety of the ONL (meaning strong loss in the outer half was attenuated by weak loss in the inner half). A more detailed sub-layer analysis is challenging given the notable retinal remodeling over days-to-weeks that make it challenging to attribute layers within the ONL as viable landmarks for the requested analysis.

      (4) In Figure 6, the NIR confocal image and fluorescent microglia seem to share the same shape, starting from the OPL and posterior to it. This is particularly evident in the 3 and 7-day time points in the ONL and ONL/IS images. This departs from lines 567-577 where the claim is made that the hyperreflective phenotype in NIR images does not emerge from the microglia and neutrophils. This discrepancy should be clarified. It may be so that the hyperreflective phenotype as observed by Figure 2 at shorter timescales is not related to the microglia but the locus of hyper-reflections changes at longer time scales to involve the microglia as well as in Figure 6. One potential clue/speculation of the common shapes/size in confocal hyper-reflectance and fluorescent microglia of Figure 6 comes from Figure 9 where the microglia seem to engulf the photoreceptor phagosomes in the DAPI stains. It is possible that the hyper-reflections arise from the phagosomes but their co-localization with microglia seems to demonstrate a shared size/shape. As an addendum to the first point, such correlations are a power of the in vivo model and impossible to achieve in histology.

      The reviewer shows a deep understanding of our data. We agree with many of the points, but for the purpose of the paper many of the above offerings are speculative and we have chosen not to elaborate on these points as it is not definitive from the data. Instead, we direct the reader to an important finding that within hours, the hyper-reflective phenotype is seen in both OCT and AOSLO, whereas microglial somas/processes have not yet migrated into the hyper-reflective region. We have now emphasized this point in the discussion section:

      P29-30 L543-552: “A common speculation is that the increased backscatter may arise from local inflammatory cells that activate or move into the damage location. In our data, confocal AOSLO and OCT revealed a hyperreflective band at the OPL and ONL after 488 nm light exposure (Figure 2a, b). We found that the hyperreflective bands appeared within 30 minutes after the laser injury, preceding any detectable microglial migration toward the damage location (Figure 2 – figure supplement 1 and Figure 6 – figure supplement 1). We thus conclude that the initial hyperreflective phenotype is not caused by microglial cell activity or aggregation.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      eLife Assessment

      This work presents a valuable self-supervised method for the segmentation of 3D cells in microscopy images, alongside an implementation as a Napari plugin and an annotated dataset. While the Napari plugin is readily applicable and promises to eliminate time consuming data labeling to speed up quantitative analysis, there is incomplete evidence to support the claim that the segmentation method generalizes to other light-sheet microscopy image datasets beyond the two specific ones used here.

      Technical Note: We showed the utility of CellSeg3D in the first submission and in our revision on 5 distinct datasets; 4 of which we showed F1-Score performance on. We do not know which “two datasets” are referenced. We also already showed this is not limited to LSM, but was used on confocal images; we already limited our scope and changed the title in the last rebuttal, but just so it’s clear, we also benchmark on two non-LSM datasets.

      In this revision, we have now additionally extended our benchmarking of Cellpose and StarDrist on all 4 benchmark datasets, where our Wet3D (our novel contribution of a self-supervised model) outperforms or matches these supervised baselines. Moreover, we perform rigorous testing of our model’s generalization by training on one dataset and testing generalization to the other 3; we believe this is on par (or beyond) what most cell segmentation papers do, thus we hope that “incomplete” can now be updated.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This work presents a self-supervised method for the segmentation of 3D cells in microscopy images, an annotated dataset, as well as a napari plugin. While the napari plugin is potentially useful, there is insufficient evidence in the manuscript to support the claim that the proposed method is able to segment cells in other light-sheet microscopy image datasets than the two specific ones used here.

      Thank you again for your time. We benchmarked already on four datasets the performance of WNet3Dd (our 3D SSL contribution) - thus, we do not know which two you refer to. Moreover, we now additionally benchmarked Cellpose and StarDist on all four so readers can see that on all datasets, WNet3D outperforms or matches these supervised methods.

      I acknowledge that the revision is now more upfront about the scope of this work. However, my main point still stands: even with the slight modifications to the title, this paper suggests to present a general method for self-supervised 3D cell segmentation in light-sheet microscopy data. This claim is simply not backed up.

      We respectfully disagree; we benchmark on four 3D datasets: three curated by others and used in learning ML conference proceedings, and one that we provide that is a new ground truth 3D dataset - the first of its kind - on mesoSPIM-acquired brain data. We believe benchmarking on four datasets is on par (or beyond) with current best practices in the field. For example, Cellpose curated one dataset and tested on held-out test data on this one dataset (https://www.nature.com/articles/s41592-020-01018-x) and benchmarked against StarDist and Mask R-CNN (two models). StarDist (Star-convex Polyhedra for 3D Object Detection and Segmentation in Microscopy) benchmarked on two datasets and against two models, IFT-Watershed and 3D U-Net. Thus, we feel our benchmarking on more models and more datasets is sufficient to claim our model and associated code is of interest to readers and supports our claims (for comparison, Cellpose’s title is “Cellpose: a generalist algorithm for cellular segmentation”, which is much broader than our claim).

      I still think the authors should spell out the assumptions that underlie their method early on (cells need to be well separated and clearly distinguishable from background). A subordinate clause like "often in cleared neural tissue" does not serve this purpose. First, it implies that the method is also suitable for non-cleared tissue (which would have to be shown). Second, this statement does not convey the crucial assumptions of well separated cells and clear foreground/background differences that the method is presumably relying on.

      We expanded the manuscript now quite significantly. To be clear, we did show our method works on non-cleared tissue; the Mouse Skull, 3D platynereis-Nuclei, and 3D platynereis-ISH-Nuclei is not cleared tissue, and not all with LSM, but rather with confocal microscopy. We attempted to make that more clear in the main text.

      Additionally, we do not believe it needs to be well separated and have a perfectly clean background. While we removed statements like "often in cleared neural tissue", expanded the benchmarking, and added a new demo figure for the readers to judge. As in the last rebuttal, we provide video-evidence (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U2a9IbiO7nE) of the WNet3D working on the densely packed and hard to segment by a human, Mouse Skull dataset and linked this directly in the figure caption.

      We have re-written the main manuscript in an attempt to clarify the limitations, including a dedicated “limitations” section. Thank you for the suggestion.

      It does appear that the proposed method works very well on the two investigated datasets, compared to other pre-trained or fine-tuned models. However, it still remains unclear whether this is because of the proposed method or the properties of those specific datasets (namely: well isolated cells that are easily distinguished from the background). I disagree with the authors that a comparison to non-learning methods "is unnecessary and beyond the scope of this work". In my opinion, this is exactly what is needed to proof that CellSeg3D's performance can not be matched with simple image processing.

      We want to again stress we benchmarked WNet3D on four datasets, not two. But now additionally added benchmarking with Cellpose, StarDist and a non-deep learning method as requested (see new Figures 1 and 3).

      As I mentioned in the original review, it appears that thresholding followed by connected component analysis already produces competitive segmentations. I am confused about the authors' reply stating that "[this] is not the case, as all the other leading methods we fairly benchmark cannot solve the task without deep learning". The methods against which CellSeg3D is compared are CellPose and StarDist, both are deep-learning based methods.

      That those methods do not perform well on this dataset does not imply that a simpler method (like thresholding) would not lead to competitive results. Again, I strongly suggest the authors include a simple, non-learning based baseline method in their analysis, e.g.: * comparison to thresholding (with the same post-processing as the proposed method) * comparison to a normalized cut segmentation (with the same post-processing as the proposed method)

      We added a non-deep learning based approach, namely, comparing directly to thresholding with the same post hoc approach we use to go from semantic to instance segmentation. WNet3D (and other deep learning approaches) perform favorably (see Figure 2 and 3).

      Regarding my feedback about the napari plugin, I apologize if I was not clear. The plugin "works" as far as I tested it (i.e., it can be installed and used without errors). However, I was not able to recreate a segmentation on the provided dataset using the plugin alone (see my comments in the original review). I used the current master as available at the time of the original review and default settings in the plugin.

      We updated the plugin and code for the revision at your request to make this possible directly in the napari GUI in addition to our scripts and Jupyter Notebooks (please see main and/or `pip install --upgrade napari-cellseg3d`’ the current is version 0.2.1). Of course this means the original submission code (May 2024) will not have this in the GUI so it would require you to update to test this. Alternatively, you can see the demo video we now provide for ease: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U2a9IbiO7nE (we understand testing code takes a lot of time and commitment).

      We greatly thank the review for their time, and we hope our clarifications, new benchmarking, and re-write of the paper now makes them able to change their assessment from incomplete to a more favorable and reflective eLife adjective.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors propose a new method for self-supervised learning of 3d semantic segmentation for fluorescence microscopy. It is based on a WNet architecture (Encoder / Decoder using a UNet for each of these components) that reconstructs the image data after binarization in the bottleneck with a soft n-cuts clustering. They annotate a new dataset for nucleus segmentation in mesoSPIM imaging and train their model on this dataset. They create a napari plugin that provides access to this model and provides additional functionality for training of own models (both supervised and self-supervised), data labeling and instance segmentation via post-processing of the semantic model predictions. This plugin also provides access to models trained on the contributed dataset in a supervised fashion.

      Strengths:

      -  The idea behind the self-supervised learning loss is interesting.

      -  It provides a new annotated dataset for an important segmentation problem.

      -  The paper addresses an important challenge. Data annotation is very time-consuming for 3d microscopy data, so a self-supervised method that yields similar results to supervised segmentation would provide massive benefits.

      -  The comparison to other methods on the provided dataset is extensive and experiments are reproducible via public notebooks.

      Weaknesses:

      The experiments presented by the authors support the core claims made in the paper. However, they do not convincingly prove that the method is applicable to segmentation problems with more complex morphologies or more crowded cells/nuclei.

      Major weaknesses:

      (1) The method only provides functionality for semantic segmentation outputs and instance segmentation is obtained by morphological post-processing. This approach is well known to be of limited use for segmentation of crowded objects with complex morphology. This is the main reason for prediction of additional channels such as in StarDist or CellPose. The experiments do not convincingly show that this limitation can be overcome as model comparisons are only done on a single dataset with well separated nuclei with simple morphology. Note that the method and dataset are still a valuable contribution with this limitation, which is somewhat addressed in the conclusion. However, I find that the presentation is still too favorable in terms of the presentation of practical applications of the method, see next points for details.

      Thank you for noting the methods strengths and core features. Regarding weaknesses, we have revised the manuscript again and added direct benchmarking now on four datasets and a fifth “worked example” (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3UOvvpKxEAo&t=4s) in a new Figure 4.

      We also re-wrote the paper to more thoroughly present the work (previously we adhered to the “Brief Communication” eLife format), and added an explicit note in the results about model assumptions.

      (2) The experimental set-up for the additional datasets seems to be unrealistic as hyperparameters for instance segmentation are derived from a grid search and it is unclear how a new user could find good parameters in the plugin without having access to already annotated ground-truth data or an extensive knowledge of the underlying implementations.

      We agree that of course with any self-supervised method the user will need a sense of what a good outcome looks like; that is why we provide Google Colab Notebooks

      (https://github.com/AdaptiveMotorControlLab/CellSeg3D/tree/main/notebooks) and the napari-plugin GUI for extensive visualization and even the ability to manually correct small subsets of the data and refine the WNet3D model.

      We attempted to make this more clear with a new Figure 2 and additional functionality directly into the plugin (such as the grid search). But, we believe this “trade-off” for SSL approaches over very labor intensive 3D labeling is often worth it; annotators are also biased so extensive checking of any GT data is equally required.

      We also added the “grid search” functionality in the GUI (please `pip install --upgrade napari-cellseg3d`; the latest v0.2.1) to supplement the previously shared Notebook (https://github.com/C-Achard/cellseg3d-figures/blob/main/thresholds_opti/find_best_threshold s.ipynb) and added a new YouTube video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xYbYqL1KDYE.

      (3) Obtaining segmentation results of similar quality as reported in the experiments within the napari plugin was not possible for me. I tried this on the "MouseSkull" dataset that was also used for the additional results in the paper.

      Again we are sorry this did not work for you, but we added new functionality in the GUI and made a demo video (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U2a9IbiO7nE) where you either update your CellSeg3D code or watch the video to see how we obtained these results.

      Here, I could not find settings in the "Utilities->Convert to instance labels" widget that yielded good segmentation quality and it is unclear to me how a new user could find good parameter settings. In more detail, I cannot use the "Voronoi-Otsu" method due to installation issues that are prohibitive for a non expert user and the "Watershed" segmentation method yields a strong oversegmentation.

      Sorry to hear of the installation issue with Voronoi-Otsu; we updated the documentation and the GUI to hopefully make this easier to install. While we do not claim this code is for beginners, we do aim to be a welcoming community, thus we provide support on GitHub, extensive docs, videos, the GUI, and Google Colab Notebooks to help users get started.

      Comments on revised version

      Many of my comments were addressed well:

      -  It is now clear that the results are reproducible as they are well documented in the provided notebooks, which are now much more prominently referenced in the text.

      Thanks!

      -  My concerns about an unfair evaluation compared to CellPose and StarDist were addressed. It is now clear that the experiments on the mesoSPIM dataset are extensive and give an adequate comparison of the methods.

      Thank you; to note we additionally added benchmarking of Cellpose and StarDist on the three additional datasets (for R1), but hopefully this serves to also increase your confidence in our approach.

      -  Several other minor points like reporting of the evaluation metric are addressed.

      I have changed my assessment of the experimental evidence to incomplete/solid and updated the review accordingly. Note that some of my main concerns with the usability of the method for segmentation tasks with more complex morphology / more crowded cells and with the napari plugin still persist. The main points are (also mentioned in Weaknesses, but here with reference to the rebuttal letter):

      - Method comparison on datasets with more complex morphology etc. are missing. I disagree that it is enough to do this on one dataset for a good method comparison.

      We benchmarked WNet3D (our contribution) on four datasets, and to aid the readers we additionally now added Cellpose and StarDist benchmarking on all four. WNet3D performs favorably, even on the crowded and complex Mouse Skull data. See the new Figure 3 as well as the associated video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U2a9IbiO7nE&t=1s.

      -  The current presentation still implies that CellSeg3d **and the napari plugin** work well for a dataset with complex nucleus morphology like the Mouse Skull dataset. But I could not get this to work with the napari plugin, see next points.

      - First, deriving hyperparameters via grid search may lead to over-optimistic evaluation results. How would a user find these parameters without having access to ground-truth? Did you do any experiments on the robustness of the parameters?

      -  In my own experiments I could not do this with the plugin. I tried this again, but ran into the same problems as last time: pyClesperanto does not work for me. The solution you link requires updating openCL drivers and the accepted solution in the forum post is "switch to a different workstation".

      We apologize for the confusion here; the accepted solution (not accepted by us) was user specific as they switched work stations and it worked, so that was their solution. Other comments actually solved the issue as well. For ease this package can be installed on Google Colab (here is the link from our repo for ease: https://colab.research.google.com/github/AdaptiveMotorControlLab/CellSeg3d/blob/main/not ebooks/Colab_inference_demo.ipynb) where pyClesperanto can be installed via: !pip install pyclesperanto-prototype without issue on Google Colab.

      This a) goes beyond the time I can invest for a review and b) is unrealistic to expect computationally inexperienced users to manage. Then I tried with the "watershed" segmentation, but this yields a strong oversegmentation no matter what I try, which is consistent with the predictions that look like a slightly denoised version of the input images and not like a proper foreground-background segmentation. With respect to the video you provide: I would like to see how a user can do this in the plugin without having a prior knowledge on good parameters or just pasting code, which is again not what you would expect a computationally unexperienced user to do.

      We agree with the reviewer that the user needs domain knowledge, but we never claim our method was for inexperienced users. Our main goal was to show a new computer vision method with self-supervised learning (WNet3D) that works on LSM and confocal data for cell nuclei. To this end, we made you a demo video to show how a user can visually perform a thresholding check https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xYbYqL1KDYE&t=5s, and we added all of these new utilities to the GUI, thanks for the suggestion. Otherwise, the threshold can also be done in a Notebook (as previously noted).

      I acknowledge that some of these points are addressed in the limitations, but the text still implies that it is possible to get good segmentation results for such segmentation problems: "we believe that our self-supervised semantic segmentation model could be applied to more challenging data as long as the above limitations are taken into account." From my point of view the evidence for this is still lacking and would need to be provided by addressing the points raised above for me to further raise the Incomplete/solid rating, especially showing how this can be done wit the napari plugin. As an alternative, I would also consider raising it if the claims are further reduced and acknowledge that the current version of the method is only a good method for well separated nuclei.

      We hope our new benchmarking and clear demo on four datasets helps improve your confidence in our evidence in our approach. We also refined our over text and hope our contributions, the limitations and the advantages are now more clear.

      I understand that this may be frustrating, but please put yourself in the role of a new reader of this work: the impression that is made is that this is a method that can solve 3D segmentation tasks in light-sheet microscopy with unsupervised learning. This would be a really big achievement! The wording in the limitation section sounds like strategic disclaimers that imply that it is still possible to do this, just that it wasn't tested enough.

      But, to the best of my assessment, the current version of the method only enables the more narrow case of well separated nuclei with a simple morphology. This is still a quite meaningful achievement, but more limited than the initial impression. So either the experimental evidence needs to be improved, including a demonstration how to achieve this in practice, including without deriving parameters via grid-search and in the plugin, or the claim needs to be meaningfully toned down.

      Thanks for raising this point; we do think that WNet3D and the associated CellSeg3D package - aimed to continue to integrate state of the art models, is a non-trivial step forward. Have we completely solved the problem, certainly not, but given the limited 3D cell segmentation tools that exist, we hope this, coupled with our novel 3D dataset, pushes the field forward. We don’t show it works on the narrow well-separated use case, but rather show this works even better than supervised models on the very challenging benchmark Mouse Skull. Given we now show evidence that we outperform or match supervised algorithms with an unsupervised approach, we respectfully do think this is a noteworthy achievement. Thank you for your time in assessing our work.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1:

      To gain further insight into the dynamics of microglial aging in the hippocampus, the authors used a bioinformatics method known as "pseudotime" or "trajectory inference" to understand how cells may progress through different functional states, as defined by cellular transcriptome (15,16). These bioinformatics approaches can reveal key patterns in scRNAseq / snRNAseq datasets and, in the present study, the authors conclude that a "stress response" module characterized by expression of TGFb1 represents a key "checkpoint" in microglial aging in midlife, after which the cells can move along distinct transcriptional trajectories as aging progresses. This is an intriguing possibility. However, pseudotime analyses need to be validated via additional bioinformatics as well as follow-up experiments. Indeed, Heumos et al, in their Nature Genetics "Expert Guidelines" Review, emphasize that "inferred trajectories might not necessarily have biological meaning." They recommend that "when the expected topology is unknown, trajectories and downstream hypotheses should be confirmed by multiple trajectory inference methods using different underlying assumptions."(15) Numerous algorithms are available for trajectory inference (e.g. Monocle, PAGA, Slingshot, RaceID/StemID, among many others) and their performance and suitability depends on the individual dataset and nature of the trajectories that are to be inferred. It is recommended to use dynGuidelines(16) for the selection of optimal pseudotime analysis methods. In the present manuscript, the authors do not provide any justification for their use of Monocle 3 over other trajectory inference approaches, nor do they employ a secondary trajectory inference method to confirm observations made with Monocle 3. Finally, follow-up validation experiments that the authors carry out have their own limitations and caveats (see below). Hence, while the microglial aging trajectories identified by this study are intriguing, they remain hypothetical trajectories that need to be proven with additional follow-up experiments.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. We have utilized the dynGuidelines kindly provided by the reviewer to utilize an additional trajectory inference tool to analyze our data. We selected Scorpius based on the structure of our data. The tool has provided additional support that microglia progress from a homeostatic state (Cx3cr1, Mef2c) to the induction of stress genes (Hspa1, Atf3) at an intermediate point during aging progression. Furthermore, we observe a concordant increase in ribosomal protein genes at a time point in the pseudotime analysis immediately prior to activation of inflammation-related genes (Il1b, Cst7). These additional analyses support the main findings of our original pseudotime analysis and have been added to the manuscript as Figure S3C,D. Additionally, in the statistical test that uncovers differentially expressed genes along the pseudotime trajectory in this analyses, we find that Tgfb1 is one of the genes that is differentially expressed with peak expression at an intermediate timepoint along the pseudotime trajectory. Furthermore, we have done some preliminary trajectory analysis with slingshot (Street et al, BMC Genomics, PMID: 29914354) that found a similar trajectory with analogous gene expression patterns and dynamic expression of Tgfb1.

      To follow up on the idea that TGFb1 signaling in microglia plays a key role in determining microglial aging trajectories, the authors use RNAscope to show that TGFb1 levels in microglia peak in middle age. They also treat primary LPS-activated microglia with TGFb1 and show that this restores expression of microglial homeostatic gene expression and dampens expression of stress response and, potentially, inflammatory genes. Finally, they utilize transgenic approaches to delete TGFb1 from microglia around 8-10mo of age and scRNAseq to show that homeostatic signatures are lost and inflammatory signatures are gained. Hence, findings in this study support the idea that TGFb1 can strongly regulate microglial phenotype. Loss of TGFb1 signaling to microglia in adulthood has already been shown to cause decreased microglial morphological complexity and upregulation of genes typically associated with microglial responses to CNS insults(17-19). TGFb1 signaling to microglia has also been implicated in microglial responses to disease and manipulations to increase this signaling can improve disease progression in some cases(19). In this light, the findings in the present study are largely confirmatory of previous findings in the literature. They also fall short of unequivocally demonstrating that TGFb1 signaling acts as a "checkpoint" for determining subsequent microglial aging trajectory. To show this clearly, one would need to perturb TGFb1 signaling around 12mo of age and carry out sequencing (bulkRNAseq or scRNAseq) of microglia at 18mo and 24mo. Such experiments could directly demonstrate whether the whole microglial population has been diverted to the TGFb1-low aging trajectory (that progresses through a translational burst state to an inflammation state as proposed). Future development of tools to tag TGFb1 high or low microglia could also enable fate tracing type experiments to directly show whether the TGFb1 state in middle age predicts cell state at later phases of aging.

      We apologize for the use of the term “checkpoint” when referring to the role of Tgfb1 in microglial aging. Instead, our model posits that Tgfb1 expression increases in response to the early insults of the aging process in an attempt to return microglia to homeostasis. Therefore, this would predict that increasing TGFB1 levels after an insult would decrease activation and age-related progression of microglia, which we demonstrate in vitro (Figure 3). Alternatively, the loss of TGFB1 should prevent microglia from returning to a homeostatic state after an age-related stressor, and thus increase the number of microglia in activated states. We observe this increase in activated microglia in our middle-aged microglia-specific Tgfb1 knockout mouse model. Furthermore, the haploinsufficiency of Tgfb1 at this age indicates that TGFB1 signaling in microglia is sensitive to relative levels of Tgfb1. The transient increase in Tgfb1 expression further suggests that the threshold for TGFB1 signaling is dynamic. Finally, RNA-Seq analysis of both in vitro TGFB1 supplemented microglia and in vivo Tgfb1 depleted microglia highlight that TGFB1 alters the aging microglia transcriptome. Combined, these results provide evidence that Tgfb1 modulates advancement of microglia through an aging continuum.

      The present study would also like to draw links between features of microglial aging in the hippocampus and a decline in hippocampal-dependent cognition during aging. To this end, they carry out behavioral testing in 8-10mo old mice that have undergone microglial-specific TGFb1 deletion and find deficits in novel object recognition and contextual fear conditioning. While this provides compelling evidence that TGFb1 signaling in microglia can impact hippocampus-dependent cognition in midlife, it does not demonstrate that this signaling accelerates or modulates cognitive decline (see below). Age-associated cognitive decline refers to cognitive deficits that emerge as a result of the normative brain aging process (20-21). For a cognitive deficit to be considered age-associated cognitive decline, it must be shown that the cognitive operation under study was intact at some point earlier in the adult lifespan. This requires longitudinal study designs that determine whether a manipulation impacts the relationship between brain status and cognition as animals age (22-24). Alternatively, cross-sectional studies with adequate sample sizes can be used to sample the variability in cognitive outcomes at different points of the adult lifespan (22-24) and show that this is altered by a particular manipulation. For this specific study, one would ideally demonstrate that hippocampal-based learning/memory was intact at some point in the lifespan of mice with microglial TGFb1 KO but that this manipulation accelerated or exacerbated the emergence of deficits in hippocampal-dependent learning/memory during aging. In the absence of these types of data, the authors should tone down their claims that they have identified a cellular and molecular mechanism that contributes to cognitive decline.

      We agree with the reviewer that to adequately demonstrate an age-dependent effect of microglia-derived TGFB1 on cognition it is necessary to perturb microglial TGFB1 at young and mature ages and assess the age-dependent effect on cognition. To address this, we have now performed a complementary behavioral study utilizing the Tmem119-CreER mouse model to drive the microglia-specific excision of Tgfb1 in two separate cohorts of mice – one young (2-3 months) and one in mature mice (7-8 months) – followed by cognitive testing. Using the novel object recognition test, we find that young mice of all genotypes (WT, Tgfb1 Het and Tgfb1 cKO ) retain the ability to recognize the novel object (as determined by having a significant preference in exploring the novel object). Alternatively, only the WT mature mice demonstrate a preference for the novel object, while the Tgfb1 Het and Tgfb1 cKO show no preference for the novel object. These behavioral data demonstrate an age-dependent necessity for microglia-specific TGFB1 in in maintain proper hippocampal-dependent memory and is now included in the manuscript as revised Figure 4I-J. We have also included additional behavioral tests (Y-Maze and open field) that did not show any difference between the genotypes as Figure S6D-G. Unfortunately, we were unable to perform the fear conditioning testing, as our apparatus broke during this time. Together, these results reveal that there is an age-dependent necessity for microglia-derived TGFB1 for hippocampal-dependent cognitive function.

      A final point of clarification for the reader pertains to the mining of previously generated data sets within this study. The language in the results section, methods, and figure legends causes confusion about which experiments were actually carried out in this study versus previous studies. Some of the language makes it sound as though parabiosis experiments and experiments using mouse models of Alzheimer's Disease were carried out in this study. However, parabiosis and AD mouse model experiments were executed in previous studies (25,26), and in the present study, RNAseq datasets were accessed for targeted data mining. It is fantastic to see further mining of datasets that already exist in the field. However, descriptions in the results and methods sections need to make it crystal clear that this is what was done.

      The reviewer makes an excellent point. While we referenced the public dataset in the original manuscript, the citation style of superscripted numbers diminishes our ability to adequately reference the datasets. Therefore, we have added the names of the first authors (Palovics for the parabiosis dataset and Sala Frigerio for the Alzheimer’s Disease dataset) to all the instances in the results and figure legends when we refer to these datasets.

      Additional recommendations:

      Major comments.

      (1) There is some ambiguity surrounding how to interpret the microglial TGFb1 knockout that seems incompatible with viewing this molecule as a "checkpoint" in microglial aging. TGFb1 is believed to be primarily produced by microglia. Secreted TGFb1 is then detected by microglial TGFbR2. Are the microglia that have high levels of TGFb1 in middle age signaling to themselves (autocrine signaling)? Or contributing to a local milieu that impacts multiple neighbor microglia (paracrine signaling)? The authors could presumably look in their own dataset to evaluate microglial capacity to detect TGFb1 via its receptors.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. We have undertaken analysis of our dataset to assess whether Tgfb1 acts through autocrine or paracrine signaling. To do so, we reanalyzed our microglia aging scRNA-Seq dataset leveraging the variation in microglia Tgfb1 expression to probe the relative activity of TGFB1. Specifically, we partitioned microglia into quartiles based on their Tgfb1 expression, and subsequently investigated the expression of TGFB signaling effectors and targets. High expression of downstream TGFB signaling pathway components in microglia with high Tgfb1 expression would point to autocrine mechanisms while, alternatively, high expression of downstream TGFB signaling pathway components in microglia with low Tgfb1 expression would point to paracrine mechanisms. We observed highest expression of TGFB signaling pathway components and targets in microglia with the highest expression of Tgfb1. These data suggest that Tgfb1 acts through an autocrine mechanism. These results have been added to our manuscript as Figure S4E-G. Additionally, while our manuscript was under review, a paper by Bedolla et al (Nature Communications 2024; PMID: 38906887) was published that investigated the role of Tgfb1 in adult microglia. This paper utilized orthogonal techniques – sparse microglia-specific Tgfb1 knockout and IHC - to also suggest that microglia utilize autocrine Tgfb1 signaling. Together, these complementary data provide strong evidence that Tgfb1 acts through an autocrine mechanism in adult microglia.

      (2) Conclusions of the study rest on the assumption that microglial inflammatory responses are a central driver of cognitive decline. They assume that manipulations that increase microglial progression into an inflammatory state will negatively impact cognitive function. Although there are certainly a lot of data in the field that inflammatory factors can impact synaptic function, additional experiments would be required to unequivocally demonstrate that a "TGFb1 dependent" progression of microglia to an inflammatory state underlies any observed changes in cognition. For example, in the context of microglial TGFb1 deletion, can NSAIDs or blockers of soluble TNFa (e.g. XENP345), or blockers of SPP1, etc. rescue behavior? Can microglial depletion in this context rescue behavior? Assuming behavior was carried out in the same microglial TGFb1 KO mice that were used for microglial scRNAseq, they could also carry out linear regression-type analyses to link microglial inflammatory status to the behavioral performance of individual mice. In the absence of additional evidence of this sort, the authors should tone down claims about mechanistic relationships between microglial state and cognitive performance.

      We thank the reviewer for realizing that the link between cognition and inflammation in our paper is speculative. Therefore, we have taken the reviewer’s advice and toned down the claims linking inflammation to cognition in our manuscript. Instead, we connect the disruption in cognition to what is observed in our data, a loss of microglia homeostasis and a shift in the microglia aging trajectories.

      Additional Recommendations:

      Minor comments:

      (1) Ideally at some point in the results or discussion, the authors should acknowledge that the hippocampus has highly distinct sub-regions and that microglia show different functions and properties across these sub-regions (e.g. microglia in hilus and subgranular zone vs microglia in stratum radiatum, vs microglia immediately adjacent to or embedded within stratum pyrimidale). Do expression levels of TGFb1 and microglial aging trajectories vary across sub-regions? To what extent can this account for heterogeneity of aging trajectories observed in microglial aging within the hippocampus?

      We are interested in how microglia heterogeneity during aging is influenced by the specific functions, and thus microenvironments within the hippocampus. Therefore, we have expanded our IHC analysis of microglia to determine how the microenvironment influences microglia phenotypes by looking at several different regions of the hippocampus. We have included this regional analysis as Figure S2 in the manuscript. This analysis has revealed region-specific effects on microglia activation during aging.

      (2) For immunohistochemistry data, it is not particularly convincing to see one example of one cell from each condition. Generally, an accepted approach in the field is to present lower magnification images accompanied by zoom panels for several cells from each field of view. This reassures the reader that specific cells haven't simply been "cherry-picked" to support a particular conclusion.

      To allay the concerns of the reviewer that cells haven’t been “cherry-picked”, we have provided low magnification images for the aging CD68 and NF<sub>κ</sub>B stains in Supplemental Figure S2.

      (3) In immunohistochemistry data, have measures been taken to ensure that observed signals are not simply autofluorescence that becomes prominent in tissues with aging? (i.e. use of trueblack or photoquenching of tissue prior to staining) See PMID 37923732

      We agree that autofluorescence, at least partially due to the accumulation of lipofuscin, becomes prominent in certain regions and cells of the hippocampus during aging. This most prominently occurs in the microglia of the hilus. This autofluorescence has a particular subcellular distribution, as it is localized to lyso-endosomal bodies. The microglia activation marker CD68 is also localized to lysosomes. A previous publication by Burns et al (eLife; PMID: 32579115) identified autofluorescent microglia (AF+) with unique molecular profiles that accumulate with age. They posited that these AF+ microglia resembled other microglia subsets that have pronounced storage compartments, such as the pro-inflammatory lipid droplet-containing microglia that accumulate with age reported by Marschallinger et al (Nature; PMID: 31959936). As such, autofluorescence present in microglia potentially represents distinctive and functional states of microglia. Our CD68 immunostaining accumulates with age, which could overlap with autofluorescent storage bodies. Thus, we performed a complementary CD68 immunostaining in an independent cohort of young (3 months) and aged (24 months) mice with autofluorescence quencher TrueBlack, and found that the staining pattern and accumulation of CD68 microglia with age persisted as previously observed after use of this quencher (see Authpr response image 1). Images are IBA1 (cyan) and CD68 (yellow) with the molecular layer (ML), granule cell (GC), and hilus illustrated and corresponding quantification provided (Two-way ANOVA with Sidak’s multiple comparisons test; ***P<0.001; ****P<0.0001).

      We would like to note that the subcellular localization of the other immunostainings included in the manuscript was distinct from CD68, and not likely to be associated with the autofluorescent storage bodies. Additionally, our RNAScope staining for Tgfb1 did not show an accumulation with age, but rather a transient increase at 12 months of age, which indicates that the interpretation of the RNAScope stain for Tgfb1 was not unduly influenced by autofluorescence.

      Author response image 1.

      (4) Ideally, more care is needed with the language used to describe microglial state during aging. The terms "dystrophic," "dysfunctional," and "inflammatory" all carry their own implications and assumptions. Many changes exhibited by microglia during aging can initially be adaptive or protective, particularly during middle age. Without additional experiments to show that specific microglial attributes during aging are actively detrimental to the tissue and additional experiments to show that microglia have ceased to be capable of engaging in many of their normal actions to support tissue homeostasis, the authors should exercise caution in using terms like dysfunctional.

      We appreciate the reviewers’ suggestion. To allay the concerns of the reviewer about the multiple implications of terms such as “dysfunctional” and “inflammatory”, we have tried to replace them throughout the text with more specific terms.

      Reviewer #2:

      That said, given what we recently learned about microglia isolation for RNA-seq analysis, there is a danger that some of the observations are a result of not age, but cell stress from sample preparation (enzymatic digestion 10min at 37C; e.g. PMID: 35260865). Changes in cell state distribution along aging were made based on scRNA-seq and were not corroborated by any other method, such as imaging of cluster-specific marker expression in microglia at different ages. This analysis would allow confirming the scRNA-seq data and would also give us an idea of where the subsets are present within the hippocampus, and whether there is any interesting distribution of cell states (e.g. some are present closer to stem cells?). Since TGFb is thought to be crucial to microglia biology, it would be valuable to include more analysis of the mice with microglia-specific Tgfb deletion e.g. what was the efficiency of recombination in microglia? Did their numbers change after induction of Tgfb deletion in Cx3cr1-creERT2::Tgfb-flox mice.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment regarding potential ex vivo transcriptional alterations with the approaches used in our study. We performed our aging microglia scRNA-Seq characterization prior to the release of Marsh et al (Nature Neuroscience; PMID: 35260865), which revealed the potential transcriptional artefacts induced by isolation. That being said, we took great care to minimize the amount of time samples were subjected to enzymatic digestion (15 minutes) and kept cells at 4C during the remainder of the isolation. Furthermore, we performed all isolations simultaneously, so that transcriptional changes induced by the isolation would be present across all ages and should not be observed during our analysis unless indicative of a true age-related change. Additionally, we have corroborated changes in cell state distribution across ages using several markers (Tgfb1 and KLF2 for the intermediate stress state, S6 for the translation state, and NFKB and CD68 for activation states). In the revised manuscript, we have added additional hippocampal subregion analysis of several IHC immunostains to provide spatial insights into the microglia aging process (Figure S2). This analysis reveals unique spatial dynamics of microglia aging. For example, as the reviewer foresaw, we found that the granule cell layer (the location of adult hippocampal neurogenesis) had a more pronounced age-associated progression of microglial activation than several other regions. A subset of regions had minimal levels of activation during aging, such as the molecular layer and the stratum radiatum of the CA1 (inner CA1in the manuscript) – regions enriched in synaptic terminals. Furthermore, this analysis highlights the susceptibility of microglia aging to microenvironmental influences.

      Regarding the temporally controlled microglia-specific genetic KO mouse model used in our original submission, the Cx3cr1-CreER allele selected (B6.129P2(Cg)-Cx3cr1tm2.1(cre/ERT2)Litt/WganJ) has been reported to have very high recombination efficiency (~94% in Parkhurst et al (Cell; PMID: 24360280)), and we used a tamoxifen induction protocol very similar to Faust et al. (Cell Reports; PMID: 37635351) that achieved ~98% recombination (they injected 100mg/kg for 5 days, while we injected 90mg/kg for 5 days). We analyzed our scRNA-Seq data for the expression of Tgfb1 and found that the knockout mice had a 67% reduction in cells expressing higher levels of Tgfb1 (see panel A in Author response image 2). This is likely a large underestimate of the recombination efficiency, as exon 3 is floxed and residual nonfunctional transcripts could be present, given nonsense-mediated decay is not realized in a number of knockout lines (Lindner et al, Methods, PMID: 33838271). We likely achieved a much higher excision efficiency. We would like to highlight that our data indicating increased microglia activation after tamoxifen treatment (Figure S5A) and the involvement of autonomous signaling (Figure S4E-G) are consistent with recently published work by Bedolla et al, (Nature Communications; PMID: 38906887). Additionally, as part of the revision process, we have now corroborated our behavioral data using and independent temporally controlled microglia-specific KO mouse model - Tmem119-CreER::Tgfb1 knockout mice (Figure 4I-K). We performed qPCR on sorted microglia to determine RNA levels in wildtype and knockout mice. Relative levels of Tgfb1 and exon 3 of Tgfb1 (the floxed exon) on technical replicates of 3 pooled samples indicated overall loss of Tgfb1 expression, as well as undetectable levels of exon 3 as normalized to Actb (see panel B in Author response image 2).

      Author response image 2.

      With respect to the effects of aging and Tgfb1 on microglia density, we find a slight region-specific increase in microglia density with age (see Author response image 3). The density of Iba1 cells across hippocampal regions was analyzed at 3 and 24 months of age (see panel A in Author response image 3) and along an aging continuum at 3, 6, 12, 18, and 24 months (see panel B in Author response image 3). These data are also included in the revised manuscript (Figure S2D-F).

      Author response image 3.

      Deletion of Tgfb1 also had region-specific effects on microglia. While there was no difference in microglia density between wildtype and heterozygous microglia, there was a significant increase in microglia density in the hilus and molecular layers in knockout mice (see Author response image 4) and included in the revised manuscript (Figure S5A). These data indicate that there are subtle region-specific increases in microglia density with age, as well as following the deletion of Tgfb1 from microglia of mature mice.

      Author response image 4.

      Additional Recommendations:

      (1) The problem of possible digestion artifacts in scRNA-seq should be at least addressed in the discussion as a caveat in data interpretation. Staining for unique cluster markers in undigested tissue would solve the problem. It can be done with microscopy or using flow cytometry, but for this microglia, isolation should be done with no enzymes or with Actinomycin (PMID: 35260865).

      The ex vivo activation signature uncovered by Marsh et al. (Nature Neuroscience; PMID: 35260865) arises from the digestion methods used to isolate microglia. We took the utmost care in processing our microglia identically within experiments, which should minimize the amount of uneven ex vivo activation of microglia. This is borne out by the structures of our single-cell sequencing data. Unlike Marsh et al_. where they observe unique cluster after addition of their inhibitors, we do not see any clusters unique to a single condition, suggesting that any influence of _ex vivo activation was evenly distributed.

      Importantly, as suggested by the review, we have we have complemented our scRNA-Seq analysis by corroborating several markers for various stages of microglia aging progression using RNAScope and IHC in intact tissue. Specifically, the transient age-dependent increase in Tgfb1 high microglia was confirmed using RNAScope (Figure 3B), the age-related increase in ribosomal high microglia was confirmed using S6 immunostaining (Figure 3I), and the increase of various markers of age-associated activation (C1q, CD68 and NFkB) was confirmed using immunostaining (Figure 1F and Figure S2D-I). Additionally, we have also performed immunostainings for KLF2 and confirmed peak microglia expression at 18 months of age with lower levels at 24 months of age (Figure 2H).

      (2) The figures of GO and violin plots are not easy to follow sometimes... what are the data points in the violin plots, maybe worth showing them as points? For the GO, e.g. in 3D, 3J, including a short description of the figure could help, e.g. in Figure 1. it was clear.

      We chose not to include the datapoints in the violin plots for aesthetic purposes. Each violin plot would have had hundreds of points that would have made the plots very busy and hidden the structure of the distribution. In Author response image 5 we show the violin plot in Figure 2M with (panel A) and without (panel B) individual points. In a small format, the points overlap and become jumbled together. Therefore, we chose to present the violin plots without points for clarity on the data structure. As for the gene ontology plots in Figure 3, we have updated the descriptions in both the text and figure legends to provide clarification on what they represent.

      Author response image 5.

      (3) I'm very curious to see the mechanism of action of "aged" microglia in the TGFb-depletion model. Is it creating hostile conditions for stem cells, or we have increased synapse loss? Something else?

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful questions. We would like to note that during the revision process of our manuscript, a complementary study was published reporting that the loss of microglia-derived Tgfb1 leads to an aberrant increase in the density of dendritic spines in the CA1 region of the hippocampus (Bedolla et al, Nature Communications, PMID: 38906887). The data from Bedolla et al, shows sparsely labeled neurons in the CA1 with a mGreenLantern expressing virus in mice the had Tgfb1 deleted from microglia using the Cx3cr1-CreERT driver (Figure 7U,V). Additionally, McNamara et al (Nature; PMID: 36517604) demonstrated that microglia-derived Tgfb1 signaling regulates myelin integrity during development and several studies have revealed links between Tgfb1 signaling and altered neurogenesis (e.g., He et al, Nature, PMID: 24859199 and Dias et al, Neuron, PMID: 25467979). Together, this growing body of work indicates that microglia-derived TGFB1 regulates myelination, neurogenesis and synaptic plasticity, which have all been shown to play a role in cognition.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study addresses the question of how task-relevant sensory information affects activity in the motor cortex. The authors use various approaches to address this question, looking at single units and population activity. They find that there are three subtypes of modulation by sensory information at the single unit level. Population analyses reveal that sensory information affects the neural activity orthogonally to motor output. The authors then compare both single unit and population activity to computational models to investigate how encoding of sensory information at the single unit level is coordinated in a network. They find that an RNN that displays similar orbital dynamics and sensory modulation to the motor cortex also contains nodes that are modulated similarly to the three subtypes identified by the single unit analysis.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of this study lie in the population analyses and the approach of comparing single-unit encoding to population dynamics. In particular, the analysis in Figure 3 is very elegant and informative about the effect of sensory information on motor cortical activity.

      The task is also well designed to suit the questions being asked and well controlled.

      We appreciate these kind comments.

      It is commendable that the authors compare single units to population modulation. The addition of the RNN model and perturbations strengthen the conclusion that the subtypes of individual units all contribute to the population dynamics. However, the subtypes (PD shift, gain, and addition) are not sufficiently justified. The authors also do not address that single units exhibit mixed modulation, but RNN units are not treated as such.

      We’re sorry that we didn’t provide sufficient grounds to introduce the subtypes. We have updated this in the revised manuscript, in Lines 102-104 as:

      “We determined these modulations on the basis of the classical cosine tuning model (Georgopoulos et al., 1982) and several previous studies (Bremner and Andersen, 2012; Pesaran et al., 2010; Sergio et al., 2005).”

      In our study, we applied the subtype analysis as a criterion to identify the modulation in neuron populations, rather than sorting neurons into exclusively different cell types.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weaknesses of the study lie in the categorization of the single units into PD shift, gain, and addition types. The single units exhibit clear mixed selectivity, as the authors highlight. Therefore, the subsequent analyses looking only at the individual classes in the RNN are a little limited. Another weakness of the paper is that the choice of windows for analyses is not properly justified and the dependence of the results on the time windows chosen for single-unit analyses is not assessed. This is particularly pertinent because tuning curves are known to rotate during movements (Sergio et al. 2005 Journal of Neurophysiology).

      In our study, the mixed selectivity or specifically the target-motion modulation on reach- direction tuning is a significant feature of the single neurons. We categorized the neurons into three subclasses, not intending to claim their absolute cell types, but meaning to distinguish target-motion modulation patterns. To further characterize these three patterns, we also investigated their interaction by perturbing connection weights in RNN.

      Yes, it’s important to consider the role of rotating tuning curves in neural dynamics during interception. In our case, we observed population neural state with sliding windows, and we focused on the period around movement onset (MO) due to the unexpected ring-like structure and the highest decoding accuracy of transferred decoders (Figure S7C). Then, the single-unit analyses were implemented.

      This paper shows sensory information can affect motor cortical activity whilst not affecting motor output. However, it is not the first to do so and fails to cite other papers that have investigated sensory modulation of the motor cortex (Stavinksy et al. 2017 Neuron, Pruszynski et al. 2011 Nature, Omrani et al. 2016 eLife). These studies should be mentioned in the Introduction to capture better the context around the present study. It would also be beneficial to add a discussion of how the results compare to the findings from these other works.

      Thanks for the reminder. We’ve introduced these relevant researches in the updated manuscript in Lines 422-426 as:

      “To further clarify, the discussing target-motion effect is different from the sensory modulation in action selection (Cisek and Kalaska, 2005), motor planning (Pesaran et al., 2006), visual replay and somatosensory feedback (Pruszynski et al., 2011; Stavisky et al., 2017; Suway and Schwartz, 2019; Tkach et al., 2007), because it occurred around movement onset and in predictive control trial-by-trial.”

      This study also uses insights from single-unit analysis to inform mechanistic models of these population dynamics, which is a powerful approach, but is dependent on the validity of the single-cell analysis, which I have expanded on below.

      I have clarified some of the areas that would benefit from further analysis below:

      (1) Task:

      The task is well designed, although it would have benefited from perhaps one more target speed (for each direction). One monkey appears to have experienced one more target speed than the others (seen in Figure 3C). It would have been nice to have this data for all monkeys.

      A great suggestion; however, it is hardly feasible as the Utah arrays have already been removed.

      (2) Single unit analyses:

      In some analyses, the effects of target speed look more driven by target movement direction (e.g. Figures 1D and E). To confirm target speed is the main modulator, it would be good to compare how much more variance is explained by models including speed rather than just direction. More target speeds may have been helpful here too.

      A nice suggestion. The fitting goodness of the simple model (only movement direction) is much worse than the complex models (including target speed). We’ve updated the results in the revised manuscript in Lines 119-122, as “We found that the adjusted R2 of a full model (0.55 ± 0.24, mean ± sd.) can be higher than that of the PD shift (0.47 ± 0.24), gain (0.46 ± 0.22), additive (0.41 ± 0.26), and simple models (only reach direction, 0.34 ± 0.25) for three monkeys (1162 neurons, ranksum test, one-tailed, p<0.01, Figure S5).”

      The choice of the three categories (PD shift, gain addition) is not completely justified in a satisfactory way. It would be nice to see whether these three main categories are confirmed by unsupervised methods.

      A good point. It is a pity that we haven’t found an appropriate unsupervised method.

      The decoder analyses in Figure 2 provide evidence that target speed modulation may change over the trial. Therefore, it is important to see how the window considered for the firing rate in Figure 1 (currently 100ms pre - 100ms post movement onset) affects the results.

      Thanks for the suggestion and close reading. Because the movement onset (MO) is the key time point of this study, we colored this time period in Figure 1 to highlight the perimovement neuronal activity.

      (3) Decoder:

      One feature of the task is that the reach endpoints tile the entire perimeter of the target circle (Figure 1B). However, this feature is not exploited for much of the single-unit analyses. This is most notable in Figure 2, where the use of a SVM limits the decoding to discrete values (the endpoints are divided into 8 categories). Using continuous decoding of hand kinematics would be more appropriate for this task.

      This is a very reasonable suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we’ve updated the continuous decoding results with support vector regression (SVR) in Figure S7A and in Lines 170-173 as:

      “These results were stable on the data of the other two monkeys and the pseudopopulation of all three monkeys (Figure S6) and reconfirmed by the continuous decoding results with support vector regressions (Figure S7A), suggesting that target motion information existed in M1 throughout almost the entire trial.”

      (4) RNN:

      Mixed selectivity is not analysed in the RNN, which would help to compare the model to the real data where mixed selectivity is common. Furthermore, it would be informative to compare the neural data to the RNN activity using canonical correlation or Procrustes analyses. These would help validate the claim of similarity between RNN and neural dynamics, rather than allowing comparisons to be dominated by geometric similarities that may be features of the task. There is also an absence of alternate models to compare the perturbation model results to.

      Thank you for these helpful suggestions. We have performed decoding analysis on RNN units and updated in Figure S12A and Lines 333-334 as: “First, from the decoding result, target motion information existed in nodes’ population dynamics shortly after TO (Figure S12A).”

      We also have included the results of canonical correlation analysis and Procrustes analysis in Table S2 and Lines 340-342 as: “We then performed canonical component analysis (CCA) and Procrustes analysis (Table S2; see Methods), the results also indicated the similarity between network dynamics and neural dynamics.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Zhang et al. examine neural activity in the motor cortex as monkeys make reaches in a novel target interception task. Zhang et al. begin by examining the single neuron tuning properties across different moving target conditions, finding several classes of neurons: those that shift their preferred direction, those that change their modulation gain, and those that shift their baseline firing rates. The authors go on to find an interesting, tilted ring structure of the neural population activity, depending on the target speed, and find that (1) the reach direction has consistent positioning around the ring, and (2) the tilt of the ring is highly predictive of the target movement speed. The authors then model the neural activity with a single neuron representational model and a recurrent neural network model, concluding that this population structure requires a mixture of the three types of single neurons described at the beginning of the manuscript.

      Strengths:

      I find the task the authors present here to be novel and exciting. It slots nicely into an overall trend to break away from a simple reach-to-static-target task to better characterize the breadth of how the motor cortex generates movements. I also appreciate the movement from single neuron characterization to population activity exploration, which generally serves to anchor the results and make them concrete. Further, the orbital ring structure of population activity is fascinating, and the modeling work at the end serves as a useful baseline control to see how it might arise.

      Thank you for your recognition of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      While I find the behavioral task presented here to be excitingly novel, I find the presented analyses and results to be far less interesting than they could be. Key to this, I think, is that the authors are examining this task and related neural activity primarily with a singleneuron representational lens. This would be fine as an initial analysis since the population activity is of course composed of individual neurons, but the field seems to have largely moved towards a more abstract "computation through dynamics" framework that has, in the last several years, provided much more understanding of motor control than the representational framework has. As the manuscript stands now, I'm not entirely sure what interpretation to take away from the representational conclusions the authors made (i.e. the fact that the orbital population geometry arises from a mixture of different tuning types). As such, by the end of the manuscript, I'm not sure I understand any better how the motor cortex or its neural geometry might be contributing to the execution of this novel task.

      This paper shows the sensory modulation on motor tuning in single units and neural population during motor execution period. It’s a pity that the findings were constrained in certain time windows. We are still working on this task, please look forward to our following work.

      Main Comments:

      My main suggestions to the authors revolve around bringing in the computation through a dynamics framework to strengthen their population results. The authors cite the Vyas et al. review paper on the subject, so I believe they are aware of this framework. I have three suggestions for improving or adding to the population results:

      (1) Examination of delay period activity: one of the most interesting aspects of the task was the fact that the monkey had a random-length delay period before he could move to intercept the target. Presumably, the monkey had to prepare to intercept at any time between 400 and 800 ms, which means that there may be some interesting preparatory activity dynamics during this period. For example, after 400ms, does the preparatory activity rotate with the target such that once the go cue happens, the correct interception can be executed? There is some analysis of the delay period population activity in the supplement, but it doesn't quite get at the question of how the interception movement is prepared. This is perhaps the most interesting question that can be asked with this experiment, and it's one that I think may be quite novel for the field--it is a shame that it isn't discussed.

      It’s a great idea! We are on the way, and it seems promising.

      (2) Supervised examination of population structure via potent and null spaces: simply examining the first three principal components revealed an orbital structure, with a seemingly conserved motor output space and a dimension orthogonal to it that relates to the visual input. However, the authors don't push this insight any further. One way to do that would be to find the "potent space" of motor cortical activity by regression to the arm movement and examine how the tilted rings look in that space (this is actually fairly easy to see in the reach direction components of the dPCA plot in the supplement--the rings will be highly aligned in this space). Presumably, then, the null space should contain information about the target movement. dPCA shows that there's not a single dimension that clearly delineates target speed, but the ring tilt is likely evident if the authors look at the highest variance neural dimension orthogonal to the potent space (the "null space")-this is akin to PC3 in the current figures, but it would be nice to see what comes out when you look in the data for it.

      Thank you for this nice suggestion. While it was feasible to identify potent subspaces encoding reach direction and null spaces for target-velocity modulation, as suggested by the reviewer, the challenge remained that unsupervised methods were insufficient to isolate a pure target-velocity subspace from numerous possible candidates due to the small variance of target-velocity information. Although dPCA components can be used to construct orthogonal subspaces for individual task variables, we found that the targetvelocity information remained highly entangled with reach-direction representation. More details can be found in Figure S8C and its caption as below:

      “We used dPCA components with different features to construct three subspaces (same data in A, reach-direction space #3, #4, #5; target-velocity space #10, #15, #17; interaction space #6, #11, #12), and we projected trial-averaged data into these orthogonal subspaces using different colormaps. This approach allowed us to obtain a “potent subspace” coding reach direction and a “null space” for target velocity. The results showed that the reach-direction subspace effectively represented the reach direction. However, while the target-velocity subspace encoded the target velocity information, it still contained reach-direction clusters within each target-velocity condition, corroborating the results of the addition model in the main text (Figure 4). The interaction subspace revealed that multiple reach-direction rings were nested within each other, similar to the findings from the gain model (Figure 3 & 4). The interaction subspace also captured more variance than target-velocity subspace, consistent with our PCA results, suggesting the target-velocity modulation primarily coexists with reach-direction coding. Furthermore, we explored alternative methods to verify whether orthogonal subspaces could effectively separate the reach direction and target velocity. We could easily identify the reach-direction subspace, but its orthogonal subspace was relatively large, and the target-velocity information exhibited only small variance, making it difficult to isolate a subspace that purely encodes target velocity.”

      (3) RNN perturbations: as it's currently written, the RNN modeling has promise, but the perturbations performed don't provide me with much insight. I think this is because the authors are trying to use the RNN to interpret the single neuron tuning, but it's unclear to me what was learned from perturbing the connectivity between what seems to me almost arbitrary groups of neurons (especially considering that 43% of nodes were unclassifiable). It seems to me that a better perturbation might be to move the neural state before the movement onset to see how it changes the output. For example, the authors could move the neural state from one tilted ring to another to see if the virtual hand then reaches a completely different (yet predictable) target. Moreover, if the authors can more clearly characterize the preparatory movement, perhaps perturbations in the delay period would provide even more insight into how the interception might be prepared.

      We are sorry that we did not clarify the definition of “none” type, which can be misleading. The 43% unclassifiable nodes include those inactive ones; when only activate (taskrelated) nodes included, the ratio of unclassifiable nodes would be much lower. We recomputed the ratios with only activated units and have updated Table 1. By perturbing the connectivity, we intended to explore the interaction between different modulations.

      Thank you for the great advice. We considered moving neural states from one ring to another without changing the directional cluster. However, we found that this perturbation design might not be fully developed: since the top two PCs are highly correlated with movement direction, such a move—similar to exchanging two states within the same cluster but under different target-motion conditions—would presumably not affect the behavior.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This experimental study investigates the influence of sensory information on neural population activity in M1 during a delayed reaching task. In the experiment, monkeys are trained to perform a delayed interception reach task, in which the goal is to intercept a potentially moving target.

      This paradigm allows the authors to investigate how, given a fixed reach endpoint (which is assumed to correspond to a fixed motor output), the sensory information regarding the target motion is encoded in neural activity.

      At the level of single neurons, the authors found that target motion modulates the activity in three main ways: gain modulation (scaling of the neural activity depending on the target direction), shift (shift of the preferred direction of neurons tuned to reach direction), or addition (offset to the neural activity).

      At the level of the neural population, target motion information was largely encoded along the 3rd PC of the neural activity, leading to a tilt of the manifold along which reach direction was encoded that was proportional to the target speed. The tilt of the neural manifold was found to be largely driven by the variation of activity of the population of gain-modulated neurons.

      Finally, the authors studied the behaviour of an RNN trained to generate the correct hand velocity given the sensory input and reach direction. The RNN units were found to similarly exhibit mixed selectivity to the sensory information, and the geometry of the “ neural population” resembled that observed in the monkeys.

      Strengths:

      - The experiment is well set up to address the question of how sensory information that is directly relevant to the behaviour but does not lead to a direct change in behavioural output modulates motor cortical activity.

      - The finding that sensory information modulates the neural activity in M1 during motor preparation and execution is non trivial, given that this modulation of the activity must occur in the nullspace of the movement.

      - The paper gives a complete picture of the effect of the target motion on neural activity, by including analyses at the single neuron level as well as at the population level. Additionally, the authors link those two levels of representation by highlighting how gain modulation contributes to shaping the population representation.

      Thank you for your recognition.

      Weaknesses:

      - One of the main premises of the paper is the fact that the motor output for a given reach point is preserved across different target motions. However, as the authors briefly mention in the conclusion, they did not record muscle activity during the task, but only hand velocity, making it impossible to directly verify how preserved muscle patterns were across movements. While the authors highlight that they did not see any difference in their results when resampling the data to control for similar hand velocities across conditions, this seems like an important potential caveat of the paper whose implications should be discussed further or highlighted earlier in the paper.

      Thanks for the suggestion. We’ve highlighted the resampling results as an important control in the revised manuscript in Figure S11 and Lines 257-260 as:

      “To eliminate hand-speed effect, we resampled trials to construct a new dataset with similar distributions of hand speed in each target-motion condition and found similar orbital neural geometry. Moreover, the target-motion gain model provided a better explanation compared to the hand-speed gain model (Figure S11).”

      - The main takeaway of the RNN analysis is not fully clear. The authors find that an RNN trained given a sensory input representing a moving target displays modulation to target motion that resembles what is seen in real data. This is interesting, but the authors do not dissect why this representation arises, and how robust it is to various task design choices. For instance, it appears that the network should be able to solve the task using only the motion intention input, which contains the reach endpoint information. If the target motion input is not used for the task, it is not obvious why the RNN units would be modulated by this input (especially as this modulation must lie in the nullspace of the movement hand velocity if the velocity depends only on the reach endpoint). It would thus be important to see alternative models compared to true neural activity, in addition to the model currently included in the paper. Besides, for the model in the paper, it would therefore be interesting to study further how the details of the network setup (eg initial spectral radius of the connectivity, weight regularization, or using only the target position input) affect the modulation by the motion input, as well as the trained population geometry and the relative ratios of modulated cells after training.

      Great suggestions. In the revised manuscript, we’ve added the results of three alternative modes in Table S4 and Lines 355-365 as below:

      “We also tested three alternative network models: (1) only receives motor intention and a GO-signal; (2) only receives target location and a GO-signal; (3) initialized with sparse connection (sparsity=0.1); the unmentioned settings and training strategies were as the same as those for original models (Table S4; see Methods). The results showed that the three modulations could emerge in these models as well, but with obviously distinctive distributions. In (1), the ring-like structure became overlapped rings parallel to the PC1PC2 plane or barrel-like structure instead; in (2), the target-motion related tilting tendency of the neural states remained, but the projection of the neural states on the PC1-PC2 plane was distorted and the reach-direction clusters dispersed. These implies that both motor intention and target location seem to be needed for the proposed ring-like structure. The initialization of connection weights of the hidden layer can influence the network’s performance and neural state structure, even so, the ring-like structure”

      - Additionally, it is unclear what insights are gained from the perturbations to the network connectivity the authors perform, as it is generally expected that modulating the connectivity will degrade task performance and the geometry of the responses. If the authors wish the make claims about the role of the subpopulations, it could be interesting to test whether similar connectivity patterns develop in networks that are not initialized with an all-to-all random connectivity or to use ablation experiments to investigate whether the presence of multiple types of modulations confers any sort of robustness to the network.

      Thank you for these great suggestions. By perturbations, we intended to explore the contribution of interaction between certain subpopulations. We’ve included the ablation experiments in the updated manuscript in Table S3 and Lines 344-346 as below: “The ablation experiments showed that losing any kind of modulation nodes would largely deteriorate the performance, and those nodes merely with PD-shift modulation could mostly impact the neural state structure (Table S3).”

      - The results suggest that the observed changes in motor cortical activity with target velocity result from M1 activity receiving an input that encodes the velocity information. This also appears to be the assumption in the RNN model. However, even though the input shown to the animal during preparation is indeed a continuously moving target, it appears that the only relevant quantity to the actual movement is the final endpoint of the reach. While this would have to be a function of the target velocity, one could imagine that the computation of where the monkeys should reach might be performed upstream of the motor cortex, in which case the actual target velocity would become irrelevant to the final motor output. This makes the results of the paper very interesting, but it would be nice if the authors could discuss further when one might expect to see modulation by sensory information that does not directly affect motor output in M1, and where those inputs may come from. It may also be interesting to discuss how the findings relate to previous work that has found behaviourally irrelevant information is being filtered out from M1 (for instance, Russo et al, Neuron 2020 found that in monkeys performing a cycling task, context can be decoded from SMA but not from M1, and Wang et al, Nature Communications 2019 found that perceptual information could not be decoded from PMd)?

      How and where sensory information modulating M1 are very interesting and open questions. In the revised manuscript, we discuss these in Lines 435-446, as below: “It would be interesting to explore whether other motor areas also allow sensory modulation during flexible interception. The functional differences between M1 and other areas lead to uncertain speculations. Although M1 has pre-movement activity, it is more related to task variables and motor outputs. Recently, a cycling task sets a good example that the supplementary motor area (SMA) encodes context information and the entire movement (Russo et al., 2020), while M1 preferably relates to cycling velocity (Saxena et al., 2022). The dorsal premotor area (PMd) has been reported to capture potential action selection and task probability, while M1 not (Cisek and Kalaska, 2005; Glaser et al., 2018; Wang et al., 2019). If the neural dynamics of other frontal motor areas are revealed, we might be able to tell whether the orbital neural geometry of mixed selectivity is unique in M1, or it is just inherited from upstream areas like PMd. Either outcome would provide us some insights into understanding the interaction between M1 and other frontal motor areas in motor planning.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      At times the writing was a little hard to parse. It could benefit from being fleshed out a bit to link sentences together better.

      There are a few grammatical errors, such as:

      "These results support strong and similar roles of gain and additive nodes, but what is even more important is that the three modulations interact each other, so the PD-shift nodes should not be neglected."

      should be

      "These results support strong and similar roles of gain and additive nodes, but what is even more important is that the three modulations interact WITH each other, so the PDshift nodes should not be neglected."

      The discussion could also be more extensive to benefit non-experts in the field.

      Thank you. We have proofread and polished the updated manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Other comments:

      - The authors mention mixed selectivity a few times, but Table 1 doesn't have a column for mixed selective neurons--this seems like an important oversight. Likewise, it would be good to see an example of a "mixed" neuron.

      - The structure of the writing in the results section often talked about the supplementary results before the main results - this seems backwards. If the supplementary results are important enough to come before the main figures, then they should not be supplementary. Otherwise, if the results are truly supplementary, they should come after the main results are discussed.

      - Line 305: Authors say "most" RNN units could be classified, and this is technically true, but only barely, according to Table 1. It might be good to put the actual percentage here in the text.

      - Figure 5a: typo ("Motion intention" rather than "Motor")

      - I couldn't find any mention of code or data availability in the manuscript.

      - There were a number of lines that didn't make much sense to me and should probably be rewritten or expanded on:

      - Lines 167-168: "These results qualitatively imply the interaction as that target speeds..." - Lines 178-179: "However, these neural trajectories were not yet the ideal description, because they were shaped mostly by time."

      - Lines 187-188: "...suggesting that target motion affects M1 neural dynamics via a topologically invariant transformation."

      - Lines 224-226: "Note that here we performed an linear transformation on all resulting neural state points to make the ellipse of the static condition orthogonal to the z-axis for better visualization." Does this mean that the z-axis is not PC 3 anymore?

      - Lines 272-274: "These simulations suggest that the existence of PD-shift and additive modulation would not disrupt the neural geometry that is primarily driven by gain modulation; rather it is possible that these three modulations support each other in a mixed population."

      Thank you for these detailed suggestions. By “mixed selectivity”, we mean the joint tuning of both target-motion and movement. In this case, the target-motion modulated neurons (regardless of the modulation type) are of mixed selectivity. The term “motor intention” refers to Mazzoni et al., 1996, Journal of Neurophysiology. We also revised the manuscript for better readership.

      We have updated the data and code availability in Data availability as below:

      “The example experimental datasets and relevant analysis code have been deposited in Mendeley Data at https://data.mendeley.com/datasets/8gngr6tphf. The RNN relevant code and example model datasets are available at https://github.com/yunchenyc/RNN_ringlike_structure.“

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor typos:

      Line 153: “there were”

      Line 301: “network was trained to generate”

      Line 318: “interact with each other”

      Suggested reformulations :

      Line 310 : “tilting angles followed a pattern similar to that seen in the data” Line 187 : the claim of a “topologically invariant transformation” seems strong as the analysis is quite qualitative.

      Suggested changes to the paper (aside from those mentioned in the main review): It could be nice to show behaviour in a main figure panel early on in the paper. This could help with the task description (as it would directly show how the trials are separated based on endpoint) and could allow for discussing the potential caveats of the assumption that behaviour is preserved.

      Thank you. We have corrected these typos and writing problems. As the similar task design has been reported, we finally decided not to provide extra figures or videos. Still, we thank this nice suggestion.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript by Thronlow Lamson et al., the authors develop a "beads-on-a-string" or BOAS strategy to link diverse hemagglutinin head domains, to elicit broadly protective antibody responses. The authors are able to generate varying formulations and lengths of the BOAS and immunization of mice shows induction of antibodies against a broad range of influenza subtypes. However, several major concerns are raised, including the stability of the BOAS, that only 3 mice were used for most immunization experiments, and that important controls and analyses related to how the BOAS alone, and not the inclusion of diverse heads, impacts humoral immunity.

      Strengths:

      Vaccine strategy is new and exciting.

      Analyses were performed to support conclusions and improve paper quality.

      Weaknesses:

      Controls for how different hemagglutinin heads impact immunity versus the multivalency of the BOAS.

      Only 3 mice were used for most experiments.

      There were limited details on size exclusion data.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comments and have made the following changes to the manuscript.

      (1) We recognize that deconvoluting the effect of including a diverse set of HA heads and multivalency in the BOAS immunogens is necessary to understand the impact on antigenicity. Therefore, we now include a cocktail of the identical eight HA heads used in the 8-mer and BOAS nanoparticle (NP) as an additional control group. While we observed similar HA binding titers relative to the 8-mer and BOAS NP groups, the cocktail group-elicited sera was unable to neutralize any of the viruses tested; multivalency thus appears to be important for eliciting neutralizing responses

      (2) We increased the sample size by repeated immunizations with n=5 mice, for a total of n=8 mice across two independent experiments.

      (3) We expanded the details on size exclusion data to include:

      a) extended chromatograms from Figure 2C as Supplemental Figure 3.

      b) additional details in the materials and methods section (lines 370-372):

      “Recovered proteins were then purified on a Superdex 200 (S200) Increase 10/300 GL (for trimeric HAs) or Superose 6 Increase 10/300 GL (for BOAS) size-exclusion column in Dulbecco’s Phosphate Buffered Saline (DPBS) within 48 hours of cobalt resin elution.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors describe a "beads-on-a-string" (BOAS) immunogen, where they link, using a non-flexible glycine linker, up to eight distinct hemagglutinin (HA) head domains from circulating and non-circulating influenzas and assess their immunogenicity. They also display some of their immunogens on ferritin NP and compare the immunogenicity. They conclude that this new platform can be useful to elicit robust immune responses to multiple influenza subtypes using one immunogen and that it can also be used for other viral proteins.

      Strengths:

      The paper is clearly written. While the use of flexible linkers has been used many times, this particular approach (linking different HA subtypes in the same construct resembling adding beads on a string, as the authors describe their display platform) is novel and could be of interest.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors did not compare to individuals HA ionized as cocktails and did not compare to other mosaic NP published earlier. It is thus difficult to assess how their BOAS compare.<br /> Other weaknesses include the rationale as to why these subtypes were chosen and also an explanation of why there are different sizes of the HA1 construct (apart from expression). Have the authors tried other lengths? Have they expressed all of them as FL HA1?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comments. We responded to the concerns below and modified the manuscript accordingly.

      (1) We recognize that including a “cocktail” control is important to understand how the multivalency present in a single immunogen affects the immune response. We now include an additional control group comprised of a mixture of the same eight HA heads used in the 8-mer and the BOAS nanoparticle (NP). While this cocktail elicited similar HA binding titers relative to the 8-mer and BOAS NP immunogens (Fig. 6G), there was no detectable neutralization any of the viruses tested (Fig. 7).

      (2) In the introduction we reference other multivalent display platforms but acknowledge that distinct differences in their immunogen design platforms make direct comparisons to ours difficult—which is ultimately why we did not use them as comparators for our in vivo studies. Perhaps most directly relevant to our BOAS platform is the mosaic HA NP from Kanekiyo et al. (PMID 30742080). Here, HA heads, with similar boundaries to ours, were selected from historical H1N1 strains. These NPs however were significantly less antigenic diverse relative to our BOAS NPs as they did not include any group 2 (e.g., H7, H9) or B influenza HAs; restricting their multivalent display to group 1 H1N1s likely was an important factor in how they were able to achieve broad, neutralizing H1N1 responses. Additionally, Cohen et al. (PMID 33661993) used similarly antigenically distinct HAs in their mosaic NP, though these included full-length HAs with the conserved stem region, which likely has a significant impact on the elicited cross-reactive responses observed. Lastly, we reference Hills et al. (PMID 38710880), where authors designed similar NPs with four tandemly-linked betacoronoavirus receptor binding domains (RBDs) to make “quartets”. In contrast to our observations, the authors observed increased binding and neutralization titers following conjugation to protein-based NPs. We acknowledge potential differences between the studies, such as the antigen and larger VLP NP, that could lead to the different observed outcomes.

      (3) We intended to highlight the “plug-and-play” nature of the BOAS platform; theoretically any HA subtype could be interchanged into the BOAS. To that end, our rationale for selecting the HA subtypes in our proof-of-principle immunogen was to include an antigenically diverse set of circulating and non-circulating HAs that we could ultimately characterize with previously published subtype-specific antibodies that were also conformation-specific. In doing so, these diagnostic antibodies could confirm presence and conformation integrity of each component. We intentionally did not include HA subtypes that we did not have a conformation-specific antibody for.

      The different sizes of HA head domains was determined exclusively by expression of the recombinant protein. We have not attempted expression of full-length HA1 domains. Furthermore, we have not attempted to express the full-length HA (inclusive of HA1 and HA2) in our BOAS platform. The primary reason was to avoid including the conserved stem region of HA2 which may distract from the HA1 epitopes (e.g., receptor binding site, lateral patch) that can be engaged by broadly neutralizing antibodies. Additionally, the full-length HA is inherently trimeric and may not be as amenable to our BOAS platform as the monomeric HA1 head domain.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This work describes the tandem linkage of influenza hemagglutinin (HA) receptor binding domains of diverse subtypes to create 'beads on a string' (BOAS) immunogens. They show that these immunogens elicit ELISA binding titers against full-length HA trimers in mice, as well as varying degrees of vaccine mismatched responses and neutralization titers. They also compare these to BOAS conjugated on ferritin nanoparticles and find that this did not largely improve immune responses. This work offers a new type of vaccine platform for influenza vaccines, and this could be useful for further studies on the effects of conformation and immunodominance on the resulting immune response.

      Overall, the central claims of immunogenicity in a murine model of the BOAS immunogens described here are supported by the data.

      Strengths included the adaptability of the approach to include several, diverse subtypes of HAs. The determination of the optimal composition of strains in the 5-BOAS that overall yielded the best immune responses was an interesting finding and one that could also be adapted to other vaccine platforms. Lastly, as the authors discuss, the ease of translation to an mRNA vaccine is indeed a strength of this platform.

      One interesting and counter-intuitive result is the high levels of neutralization titers seen in vaccine-mismatched, group 2 H7 in the 5-BOAS group that differs from the 4-BOAS with the addition of a group 1 H5 RBD. At the same time, no H5 neutralization titers were observed for any of the BOAS immunogens, yet they were seen for the BOAS-NP. Uncovering where these immune responses are being directed and why these discrepancies are being observed would constitute informative future work.

      There are a few caveats in the data that should be noted:

      (1) 20 ug is a pretty high dose for a mouse and the majority of the serology presented is after 3 doses at 20 ug. By comparison, 0.5-5 ug is a more typical range (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6380945/, https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC9980174/). Also, the authors state that 20 ug per immunogen was used, including for the BOAS-NP group, which would mean that the BOAS-NP group was given a lower gram dose of HA RBD relative to the BOAS groups.

      We agree that this is on the “upper end” of recombinant protein dose. While we did not do a dose-response, we now include serum analyses after a single prime. The overall trends and reactivity to matched and mis-matched BOAS components remained similar across days d28 and d42. However, the differences between the BOAS and BOAS NP groups and the mixture group were more pronounced at d28, which reinforces our observation that the multivalency of the HA heads is necessary for eliciting robust serum responses to each component. These data are included in Supplemental Figure 5, and we’ve modified the text (lines 185-187) to include;

      “Similar binding trends were also observed with d28 serum, though the difference between the 8mer and mix groups was more pronounced at d28 (Supplemental Figure 5).”

      Additionally, we acknowledge that there is a size discrepancy between the BOAS NP and the largest BOAS, leading to an approximately ~15-fold difference on a per mole basis of the BOAS immunogen. The smallest and largest BOAS also differ by ~ 2.5-fold on a per mole basis; this could favor the overall amount of the smaller immunogens, however because vaccine doses are typically calculated on a mg per kg basis, we did not calculate on a molar basis for this study. Any promising immunogens will be evaluated in dose-response study to optimize elicited responses.

      (2) Serum was pooled from all animals per group for neutralization assays, instead of testing individual animals. This could mean that a single animal with higher immune responses than the rest in the group could dominate the signal and potentially skew the interpretation of this data.

      We repeated the neutralization assays with data points for individual mice. There does appear to be variability in the immune response between mice. This is most noticeable for responses to the H5 component. We are currently assessing what properties of our BOAS immunogen might contribute to the variability across individual mice.

      (3) In Figure S2, it looks like an apparent increase in MW by changing the order of strains here, which may be due to differences in glycosylation. Further analysis would be needed to determine if there are discrepancies in glycosylation amongst the BOAS immunogens and how those differ from native HAs.

      There does appear to be a relatively small difference in MW between the two BOAS configurations shown in Figure S2. This could be due to differences in glycosylation, as the reviewer points out, and in future studies, we intend to assess the influence of native glycosylation on antibody responses elicited by our BOAS immunogens.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major Concerns

      (1) From Figure 2D-E, it looks like BOAS are forming clusters, rather than a straight line. Do these form aggregates over time? Both at 4 degrees over a few days or after freeze-thaw cycle(s)? It is unclear from the SEC methods how long after purification this was performed and stability should be considered.

      Due to the inherent flexibility of the Gly-Ser linker between each component we do not anticipate that any rigidity would be imposed resulting in a “straight line”. Nevertheless, we appreciate the reviewers concern about the long-term stability of the BOAS immunogens. To address this, we include 1) the extended chromatograms from Figure 2C as Supplemental Figure 3 to show any aggregates present, 2) traces from up to 48 hours post-IMAC, and 3) chromatograms following a freeze-thaw cycle. Post-IMAC purification there is a minor (<10% total peak height) at ~9mL corresponding to aggregation. Note, we excluded this aggregation for immunizations. Post freeze-thaw cycle, we can see that upon immediate (<24hrs) thawing, the BOAS maintain a homogeneous peak with no significant (<10%) aggregation or degradation peak. However, after ~1 week post-freeze-thaw cycle at 4C, additional peaks within the chromatogram correspond to degradation of the BOAS.

      We modified the materials and methods section to state (lines 370-372)

      “Recovered proteins were then purified on a Superdex 200 (S200) Increase 10/300 GL (for trimeric HAs) or Superose 6 Increase 10/300 GL (for BOAS) size-exclusion column in Dulbecco’s Phosphate Buffered Saline (DPBS) within 48 hours of cobalt resin elution.”

      We commented on BOAS stability in the results section (lines 142-148)

      “Following SEC, affinity tags were removed with HRV-3C protease; cleaved tags, uncleaved BOAS, and His-tagged enzyme were removed using cobalt affinity resin and snap frozen in liquid nitrogen before immunizations. BOAS maintained monodispersity upon thawing, though over time, degradation was observed following longer term (>1 week) storage at 4C (Supplemental Figure 3). This degradation became more significant as BOAS increased in length (Supplemental Figure 3).”

      We also included in the discussion (lines 277-279):

      “Notably, for longer BOAS we observed degradation following longer term storage at 4C, which may reflect their overall stability.”

      (2) Figures 3-4 and 6-7, to make conclusions off of 3 mice per group is inappropriate. A sample size calculation should have been conducted and the appropriate number of mice tested. In addition, two independent mouse experiments should always be performed. Moreover, the reliability of the statistical tests performed seems unlikely, given the very small sample size.

      We agree that additional mice are necessary to make assessments regarding immunogenicity and cross-reactivity differences between the immunogens. To address this, we repeated the immunization with 5 additional mice, for a total of n=8 mice over two independent experiments. We incorporated these data into Figure 3B-D, as well as an additional Figure 3E (see below). We also now report the log-transformed endpoint titer (EPT) values rather than reciprocal EC50 values and added clarity to statistical analyses used. We have added the following lines to the methods section

      lines 427-431:

      “Serum endpoint titer (EPT) were determined using a non-linear regression (sigmoidal, four-parameter logistic (4PL) equation, where x is concentration) to determine the dilution at which dilution the blank-subtracted 450nm absorbance value intersect a 0.1 threshold. Serum titers for individual mice against respective antigens are reported as log transformed values of the EPT dilution.”

      lines 406-408:

      “C57BL/6 mice (Jackson Laboratory) (n=8 per group for 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, and 8mer cohorts; n=5 for BOAS NP, NP, and mix cohorts) were immunized with 20µg of BOAS immunogens of varying length and adjuvanted with 50% Sigmas Adjuvant for a total of 100µL of inoculum.”

      lines 482-490:

      “Statistical Analysis

      Significance for ELISAs and microneutralization assays were determined using Prism (GraphPad Prism v10.2.3). ELISAs comparing serum reactivity and microneutralization and comparing >2 samples were analyzed using a Kruskal-Wallis test with Dunn’s post-hoc test to correct for multiple comparisons. Multiple comparisons were made between each possible combination or relative to a control group, where indicated. ELISAs comparing two samples were analyzed using a Mann-Whitney test. Significance was assigned with the following: * = p<0.05, ** = p<0.01, *** = p<0.001, and **** = p<0.0001. Where conditions are compared and no significance is reported, the difference was non-significant.”

      (3) One critical control that is missing is a homogenous BOAS, for example, just linking one H1 on a BOAS. Does oligomerization and increasing avidity alone improve humoral immunity?

      We agree that this is an interesting point, However, to address the impact of oligomerization and avidity on humoral immunity, we now include an additional control with a cocktail of HA heads used in the 8mer. We have incorporated this into Figure 3A, 3D and 3E, Figure 6G, and Figure 7.

      Additionally, we have added the following lines in the manuscript:

      lines 38-40:

      “Finally, vaccination with a mixture of the same HA head domains is not sufficient to elicit the same neutralization profile as the BOAS immunogens or nanoparticles.”

      lines 105-106:

      “Additionally, we showed that a mixture of the same HA head components was not sufficient to recapitulate the neutralizing responses elicited by the BOAS or BOAS NP.”

      lines 169-172:

      “To determine immunogenicity of each BOAS immunogen, we performed a prime-boost-boost vaccination regimen in C5BL/6 mice at two-week intervals with 20µg of immunogen and adjuvanted with Sigma Adjuvant (Figure 3A). We compared these BOAS to a control group immunized with a mixture of the eight HA heads present in the 8mer.”

      lines 265-267:

      “There were qualitatively immunodominant HAs, notably H4 and H9, and these were relatively consistent across BOAS in which they were a component. This effect was reduced in the mix cohort.”

      (4) While some cross-reactivity is likely (Figure 6G), there is considerable loss of binding when there is a mismatch. Of the antibodies induced, how much of this is strain-specific? For example, how well do serum antibodies bind to a pre-2009 H1?

      We agree with the reviewer that there is a considerable loss of binding when there is a mismatched HA component. To better understand this and incorporate a mismatched strain into our analysis of the 8mer and BOAS NP, we looked at serum binding titers to a pre-2009 H1, H1/Solomon Islands/2006, and an antigenically distinct H3, H3/Hong Kong/1968. We have incorporated this data into Figures 3D, 3E, 6F and 6G. We observed relatively high titers against both a mismatched H1 and H3, indicating that the BOAS maintain high titers against subtype-specific strains that are conserved over considerable antigenic distance. However, this was similar in the mixture group, indicating that this may not be specific to oligomerization of BOAS immunogens.

      We added the following to the methods section:

      lines 357-361

      “Head subdomains from these HAs were used in the BOAS immunogens, and full-length soluble ectodomain (FLsE) trimers were used in ELISAs. Additional H1 (H1/A/Solomon Islands/3/2006) and H3 (H3/A/Hong Kong/1/1968) FLsEs were used in ELISAs as mismatched, antigenically distinct HAs for all BOAS.”

      Minor Concerns

      (1) Line 44-46, the deaths per year are almost exclusively due to seasonal influenza outbreaks caused by antigenically drifted viruses in humans, not those spilling over from avian sp. and swine. For accuracy, please adjust this sentence.

      We have adjusted lines 45-48 to say “This is largely a consequence of viral evolution and antigenic drift as it circulates seasonally within humans and ultimately impacts vaccine effectiveness. Additionally, the chance for spillover events from animal reservoirs (e.g., avian, swine) is increasing as population and connectivity also increase.”

      (2) Figure 4D-E, provide a legend for what the symbols indicate, or simply just put the symbol next to either the homology score and % serum competition labels on the y-axis.

      We have included a legend in Figures 4D,E to distinguish between homology score and % serum competition

      (3) I am a bit confused by the data presented in Figure 7. The figure legend says the two symbols represent technical replicates. How? Is one technical replicate of all the mice in a group averaged and that's what's graphed? If so, this is not standard practice. I would encourage the authors to show the average technical replicates of each animal, which is standard.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion, and we have revised Figure 7 such that each symbol represents a single animal for n=5 animals. We have also adjusted the figure caption to the following:

      “Figure 7: Microneutralization titers to matched and mis-matched virus- Microneutralization of matched and mis-matched psuedoviruses: H1N1 (green, top left), H3N2 (orange, top right), H5N1 (yellow, bottom left), and H7N9 viruses (pink, bottom right) with d42 serum. Solid bars below each plot indicate a matched sub-type, and striped bars indicate a mis-matched subtype (i.e. not present in the BOAS). NP negative controls were used to determine threshold for neutralization. Upper and lower dashed lines represent the first dilution (1:32) (for H1N1, H3N2, and H5N1) or neutralization average with negative control NP serum (H7N9), and the last serum dilution (1:32,768), respectively, and points at the dashed lines indicate IC50s at or outside the limit of detection. Individual points indicate IC50 values from individual mice from each cohort (n=5). The mean is denoted by a bar and error bars are +/- 1 s.d., * = p<0.05 as determined by a Kruskal-Wallis test with Dunn’s multiple comparison post hoc test relative to the mix group.”

      (4) Paragraphs 298-313, multiple studies are referred to but not referenced.

      We have added the following references to this section:

      (38) Kanekiyo, M. et al. Self-assembling influenza nanoparticle vaccines elicit broadly neutralizing H1N1 antibodies. Nature 498, 102–106 (2013).

      (48) Hills, R. A. et al. Proactive vaccination using multiviral Quartet Nanocages to elicit broad anti-coronavirus responses. Nat. Nanotechnol. 1–8 (2024) doi:10.1038/s41565-024-01655-9.

      (65) Jardine, J. et al. Rational HIV immunogen design to target specific germline B cell receptors. Science 340, 711–716 (2013).

      (66) Tokatlian, T. et al. Innate immune recognition of glycans targets HIV nanoparticle immunogens to germinal centers. Science 363, 649–654 (2019).

      (67) Kato, Y. et al. Multifaceted Effects of Antigen Valency on B Cell Response Composition and Differentiation In Vivo. Immunity 53, 548-563.e8 (2020).

      (68) Marcandalli, J. et al. Induction of Potent Neutralizing Antibody Responses by a Designed Protein Nanoparticle Vaccine for Respiratory Syncytial Virus. Cell 176, 1420-1431.e17 (2019).

      (69) Bruun, T. U. J., Andersson, A.-M. C., Draper, S. J. & Howarth, M. Engineering a Rugged Nanoscaffold To Enhance Plug-and-Display Vaccination. ACS Nano 12, 8855–8866 (2018).

      (70) Kraft, J. C. et al. Antigen- and scaffold-specific antibody responses to protein nanoparticle immunogens. Cell Reports Medicine 100780 (2022) doi:10.1016/j.xcrm.2022.100780.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Can the authors define "detectable titers"?

      Maybe add a threshold value of reciprocal EC on the figure for each plot.

      We recognize the reviewers concern with reporting serum titers in this way, and we have adjusted our reported titers as endpoint titers (EPT) with a dotted line for the first detectable dilution (1:50). We have also adjusted the methods section to reflect this change:

      (lines 427-431)

      “Serum endpoint titer (EPT) were determined using a non-linear regression (sigmoidal, four-parameter logistic (4PL) equation, where x is concentration) to determine the dilution at which dilution the blank-subtracted 450nm absorbance value intersect a 0.1 threshold. Serum titers for individual mice against respective antigens are reported as log transformed values of the EPT dilution.”

      It also appears that not all X-mer elicits an immune response against matched HA, e.g. for the 7 and 8 -mer. Not sure why the authors do not mention this. It could be due to too many HAs, not sure.

      We apologize for the confusion, and agree that our original method of reporting EC50 values does not reflect weak but present binding titers. Upon further analysis with additional mice as well as adjusting our method of reporting titers, it is easier to see in Figure 3D that all X-mer BOAS do indeed elicit binding detectable titers to matched HA components.

      It will be nice to add a conclusion to the cross-reactivity - again it appears that past 6-mer there has been a loss in cross-reactivity even though there are more subtypes on the BOAS.

      Also, the TI seemed to be the more conserved epitope targeted here.

      (Of note these two are mentioned in the discussion)

      We have updated the results section to include the following:

      (lines 281-294)

      “Based on the immunogenicity of the various BOAS and their ability to elicit neutralizing responses, it may not be necessary to maximize the number of HA heads into a single immunogen. Indeed, it qualitatively appears that the intermediate 4-, 5-, and 6mer BOAS were the most immunogenic and this length may be sufficient to effectively engage and crosslink BCR for potent stimulation. These BOAS also had similar or improved binding cross-reactivity to mis-matched HAs as compared to longer 7- or 8mer BOAS. Notably, the 3mer BOAS elicited detectable cross-reactive binding titers to H4 and H5 mismatched HAs in all mice. This observed cross-reactivity could be due to sequence conservation between the HAs, as H3 and H4 share ~51% sequence identity, and H1 and H2 share ~46% and ~62% overall sequence identity with H5, respectively (Supplemental Figure 6). Additionally, the degree of surface conservation decreased considerably beyond the 5mer as more antigenically distinct HAs were added to the BOAS. These data suggest that both antigenic distance between HA components and BOAS length play a key role in eliciting cross-reactive antibody responses, and further studies are necessary to optimize BOAS valency and antigenic distance for a desired response.”

      Figure 5E, the authors could indicate which subtype each mab is specific to for those who are not HA experts. (They have them color-coded but it is hard to see because very small).

      The authors also do not explain why 3E5 does not bind well to H1, H2, H3, H4 4-mer BOA, etc...

      We apologize for the lack of clarity in this figure. We updated Figure 5E to include the subtype it is specific for as well as listing the antibodies and their subtype and targeted epitope in the figure caption.

      Minor

      Figure 1B zoom looks like the line is hidden to the structure - should come in front

      We adjusted the figure accordingly.

      Line 127 - whether the order

      Corrected

      What is the rationale for thinking that a different order will lead to a different expression and antigenic results?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. We did not necessarily anticipate a difference in protein expression based on BOAS order We, however, wanted to verify that our platform was indeed “plug-and-play” platform and we could readily exchange components and order. We do, however, hypothesize that a different order may in fact lead to different antigenic results. We think that the conformation of the BOAS as well as physical and antigenic distance of HA components may influence cross-linking efficiency of BCRs and lead to different antigenic results with different levels of cross-reactivity. For example, a BOAS design with a cluster of group 1 HAs followed by a cluster of group 2 HAs, rather than our roughly alternating pattern could impact which HAs are in proximity to each other or could be potentially shielded in certain conformations, and thus could affect antigenic results. We expand on this rationale in the discussion in lines 310-314:

      “Further studies with different combinations of HAs could aid in understanding how length and composition influences epitope focusing. For example, a BOAS design with a cluster of group 1 HAs followed by a cluster of group 2 HAs, rather than our roughly alternating pattern could impact which HAs are in close proximity to one other or could be potentially shielded in certain conformations, and thus could affect antigenic results.”

      Maybe list HA#1 HA#2 HA#3 instead of HA1, HA2, HA3 to make sure it is not confounded with HA2 and HA2

      We agree that this may be confusing for readers, and have adjusted Figure 1C to show HA#1, HA#2, etc.

      For nsEM, do the authors have 2D classes and even 3D reconstructions? Line 148-149: maybe or just because there are more HAs.

      We did not obtain 2D class or 3D reconstructions of these BOAS. However, we do agree with the reviewer that the collapsed/rosette structure of the 8mer BOAS may be a consequence of the additional HA heads as well as the flexible Gly-Ser linkers between the components. We have added clarify to our statement in the discussion to read:

      lines 154-156:

      “This is likely a consequence of the flexible GSS linker separating the individual HA head components as well as the addition of significantly more HA head components to the construct.”.

      Line 153 " interface-directed" - what does this mean?

      We apologize for any confusion- we intend for “interface-directed” to refer antibodies that engage the trimer interface (TI) epitope between HA protomers. We have adjusted the manuscript to use the same terminology throughout, i.e. trimer interface or its abbreviation, TI.

      For Figure 2 F - do you have a negative control? Usually one does not determine an ELISA KD, it is not very accurate but shows binding in terms of OD value.

      We did include a negative control, MEDI8852, a stem-directed antibody, though it was not shown in the figure because we observed no binding, as expected. This negative control antibody was also used in Figure 5E for characterizing the BOAS NPs, and also shows no binding. We recognize that in an ELISA the KD is an equilibrium measurement and we do not report kinetic measurements as determined by a method such as bio-layer interferometry (BLI), and have this adjusted the figure caption to denote the values as “apparent K<sub>D</sub> values”.

      Line 169 - reads strangely, "BOAS-elicited serum, regardless of its length, reacted<br /> The length is the one of the Immunogen, not the serum

      We agree that this statement is unclear, and we have modified the sentence to read:

      lines 177-178:

      “Each of the BOAS, regardless of its length, elicited binding titers to all matched full-length HAs representing individual components (Figure 3D).”

      What is the adjuvant used (add in results)?

      We used Sigma adjuvant for all immunizations, and have included this information in the results section:

      lines 169-171:

      “To determine immunogenicity of each BOAS, we performed a prime-boost-boost vaccination regimen in C5BL/6 mice at two-week intervals with 20µg of immunogen and adjuvanted with Sigma Adjuvant (Figure 3A).”

      This information is also included in the methods section in lines 406-412.

      Line 178 - remove " across"

      We have removed the word “across” in this sentence and replaced it with “on” (line 194)

      Trimer- interface, and interface epitopes are used exchangeably - maybe keep it as trimer interface to be more precise

      As stated above, we have adjusted the manuscript to use the same term throughout, i.e., trimer interface or its abbreviation, TI.

      Line 221 - no figure 6H (6G?)

      We apologize for this typo and have corrected to Figure 6G (line 231)

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Since 20 ug x3 doses is quite a high amount of vaccine, differences between immunogens may become blurred. Thus, it may be informative to compare post-prime serology for all immunogens or select immunogens to compare to the post-3rd dose data.

      We agree with the reviewer that this is on the upper end of vaccine dose and thus we explored the serum responses after a single boost. The overall trends and reactivity to matched and mis-matched BOAS components remained similar across days d28 and d42. However, the differences between the BOAS and BOAS NP groups and the mixture group were more pronounced at d28, which bolsters our claim that the presentation of the HA heads is important for eliciting strong serum responses to all components. We have included this data in Supplemental Figure 5, and have acknowledged this in the text:

      lines 185-187:

      “Similar binding trends were also observed with d28 serum, though the difference between the 8mer and mix groups was more pronounced at d28 (Supplemental Figure 5).”

      (2) Significance statistics for all immunogenicity data should be added and discussed; it is particularly absent in Figures 3D and 7.

      We have added statistical analyses to Figure 3 and Figure 7 to reflect changes in immunogenicity. We have also added the following to the methods section:

      lines 482-490:

      “Statistical Analysis

      Significance for ELISAs and microneutralization assays were determined using either a Mann-Whitney test or a Kruskal-Wallis test with Dunn’s post-hoc test in Prism (GraphPad Prism v10.2.3) to correct for multiple comparisons. Multiple comparisons were made between each possible combination or relative to a control group, where indicated. Significance was assigned with the following: * = p<0.05, ** = p<0.01, *** = p<0.001, and **** = p<0.0001. Where conditions are compared and no significance is reported, the difference was non-significant.”

      (3) Figure 2F: the figure has K03.12 listed for the H3-specific mAb and in the main text, but the caption says 3E5 - is the 3E5 in the caption a typo? 3E5 is listed for the competition ELISAs as an RBS mAb, but its binding site is distal to the RBS at residues 165-170 (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC9787348/), H7.167 binds in the RBS periphery and not directly within the RBS, and the epitope for P2-D9 is undetermined/not presented. This could mean that there is actually a higher proportion of RBS-directed antibodies than what is determined from this serum competition data. Also, reference to these as 'RBS-directed' in the serum competition methods section should be revised for accuracy.

      We sincerely apologize for this error and the resulting confusion. 3E5 in the caption is incorrect and should be K03.12 (https://www.rcsb.org/structure/5W08) and does engage the receptor binding site. We also apologize for the oversight that H7.167 is in the RBS periphery and not directly in the RBS. The additional P2-D9 in the panel of RBS-directed antibodies was also in error, as we do not believe it is RBS-directed, but is indeed H4 specific. We also included a reference to the paper and immunogen that elicited this antibody. We agree that this indicates that there could be a higher proportion of RBS-directed antibodies in the serum and have modified the text in the results and methods sections to read:

      lines 300-306:

      “Notably, this proportion is approximate, as at the time of reporting, antibodies that bind the receptor binding site of all components were not available. RBS-directed antibodies to the H4 and H9 component were not available, and the RBS-directed antibodies used targeting the other HA components have different footprints around the periphery of the RBS. Additionally, there are currently no reported influenza B TI-directed antibodies in the literature. Therefore, this may be an underestimate of the serum proportion focused to the conserved RBS and TI epitopes.”

      lines 435-439:

      “Following blocking with BSA in PBS-T, blocking solution was discarded and 40µL of either DPBS (no competition control), a cocktail of humanized antibodies targeting the RBS and periphery (5J8, 2G1, K03.12, H5.3, H7.167, H1209), a cocktail of humanized TI-directed antibodies (S5V2-29, D1 H1-17/H3-14, D2 H1-1/H3-1), or a negative control antibody (MEDI8852) were added at a concentration of 100µg/mL per antibody.”

      (4) Only nsEM data is shown for the 3-BOAS and 8-BOAS, where differences in morphology were seen between these longer and shorter proteins. Including nsEM images for all BOAS immunogens may show trends in morphology or organization that could correlate with immune responses, e.g. if the 5-BOAS also forms a higher proportion of rosette-like structures, while the the 4-BOAS is still a mix between extended and rosette-like, this could be a factor in the better immune responses seen for 5-BOAS.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion for further analysis of morphology between the intermediate BOAS sizes. We agree that the relationship between BOAS length and morphology should be explored more in depth, and we intend to do so in future studies and to also vary linker length and rigidity.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Rossi et al. asked whether gait adaptation is solely a matter of slow perceptual realignment or if it also involves fast/flexible stimulus-response mapping mechanisms. To test this, they conducted a series of split-belt treadmill experiments with ramped perturbations, revealing behavior indicative of a flexible, automatic stimulus-response mapping mechanism.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study includes a perceptual test of leg speed, which correlates with the perceptual realignment component of motor aftereffects. This indicates that there are motor performances that are not accounted for by perceptual re-alignment.

      (2) They study incorporates qualitatively distinct, hypothesis-driven models of adaptation and proposes a new framework that integrates these various mechanisms.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The study could benefit from considering other alternative models. As the authors noted in their discussion, while the descriptive models explain some patterns of behaviour/aftereffects, they don't currently account for how these mechanisms influence the initial learning process itself.

      (1a) For example, the pattern of gait asymmetric might differ for perceptual realignment (a smooth, gradual process), structural learning (more erratic, involving hypothesis testing/reasoning to understand the perturbation, see (Tsay et al. 2024) for a recent review on Reasoning), and stimulus-response mapping (possibly through a reinforcement based trial-and-error approach). If not formally doing a model comparison, the manuscript might benefit from clearly laying out the behavioural predictions for how these different processes shape initial learning.

      (1b) Related to the above, the authors noted that the absence of difference during initial learning suggests that the differences in Experiment 2 in the ramp-up phase are driven by two distinct processes: structural learning and memory-based processes. If the assumptions about initial learning are not clear, this logic of this conclusion is hard to follow.

      Thank you for this insightful comment. We agree that considering alternative models and clarifying their potential contributions to the initial learning process would enhance the manuscript. We performed additional analyses and revised the text to outline how the mechanisms of adaptation in our study align with the framework described by Tsay et al. (2024) regarding the initial learning process and other features of adaptation.

      First, we referenced the Tsay et al. framework in the Introduction and Discussion to highlight parallels between their description of implicit adaptation and our forward model recalibration mechanism (producing motor changes and perceptual realignment). Specifically, the features defining recalibration in our study – gradual, trial-by-trial adjustments, rigid learning that leads to aftereffects, and limited contribution to generalization – align with those described by Tsay et al.

      Second, we used the description provided by Tsay et al. to test the presence of explicit strategies in our study. We specifically test for the criteria of reportability and intentionality, corroborating the finding that our stimulus response mapping mechanism differs from explicit strategies.

      “A recent framework for motor learning by Tsay et al. defines explicit strategies as motor plans that are both intentional and reportable (Tsay et al., 2024). Within this framework, Tsay et al. clarify that "intentional" means participants deliberately perform the motor plan, while "reportable" means they are able to clearly articulate it.” (Experiment 2 Results, lines 515-518).

      “…the motor adjustments reported by participants consistently fail to meet the criteria for explicit strategies as outlined by Tsay et al.: reportability and intentionality (Tsay et al., 2024).” (Discussion, lines 657-660).

      Third, we interpreted the operation of stimulus-response mapping within the Tsay theoretical framework for the three stages of motor learning: 1) “reasoning” to acquire new action–outcome relationships, 2) “refinement” of the motor action parameters, and 3) “retrieval” of learnt motor actions based on contextual cues. We note that the definition of these stages closely aligns with our definition for stimulus response mapping mechanisms. Moreover, according to Tsay’s definition, both implicit and explicit learning mechanisms can involve similar reasoning and retrieval processes. This shared operational basis may explain why our stimulus-response mapping mechanism exhibits some characteristics associated with explicit strategies, such as flexibility and generalizability.

      We performed a new analysis to evaluate Tsay’s framework predictions that, if walking adaptation includes a stimulus-response mapping mechanism following these three stages of motor learning, the learning process would initially be erratic and would then stabilize as learning progresses. We assessed within-participant residual variance in step length asymmetry around a double exponential model fit during adaptation, testing the prediction that this variability would decrease between the start and end of adaptation. Experiment 1 results confirmed this prediction, showing that a significant reduction in variability as adaptation progressed.

      “We finally tested whether the pattern of motor variability during adaptation aligns with predictions for learning new  stimulus response maps. In contrast to recalibration, mapping mechanisms are predicted to be highly  variable  and  erratic  during  early learning, and stabilize as learning progresses (Tsay et al., 2024). Consistent with these predictions,  the  step  length  asymmetry residual  variance  (around  a  double exponential  fit)  decreased  significantly between the start and end of adaptation (residual variance at start minus end of adaptation = 0.005 [0.004, 0.007], mean [CI]; SI Appendix, Fig. S3). These control analyses corroborate the hypothesis that the “no aftereffects” region of the Ramp Down reflects the operation of a mapping mechanism.”

      (Experiment 1 Results, lines 187-194; Methods, lines 1040-1050).

      Moreover, Experiment 2 results demonstrated that the pattern of variability (its magnitude and decay in adaptation) did not differ between participants using memory-based versus structure-based stimulus-response mapping mechanisms. These findings suggest that both types of mapping operate accordingly to Tsay’s stages of motor learning.

      “Furthermore, the pattern of step length asymmetry variability was similar between the subgroups (structure – memory difference in residual variance relative to double exponential during initial adaptation = -0.0052 [0.0161, 0.0044], adaptation plateau = -0.0007 [-0.0021, 0.0003], difference in variance decay = -0.0045 [-0.0155, 0.0052], mean [CI]; SI Appendix, Fig. S16). This confirms that the distinct performance clusters in the Ramp Up & Down task are not driven by natural variations in learning ability, such as differences in learning speed or variability. Rather, these findings indicate that the subgroups employ different types of mapping mechanisms, which perform similarly during initial learning but differ fundamentally in how they encode, retrieve, and generalize relationships between perturbations and Δ motor outputs.” (Experiment 2 Results, lines 503-511).

      “Both memory- and structure-based operations of mapping align with Tsay et al.’s framework for motor learning: first, action–outcome relationships are learned through exploration; second, motor control policies are refined to optimize rewards or costs, such as reducing error; and finally, learned mappings or policies are retrieved based on contextual cues (Tsay et al., 2024). Consistent with the proposed stages of exploration followed by refinement, we found that motor behavior during adaptation was initially erratic but became less variable at later stages of learning. Similarly, consistent with the retrieval stage, the generalization observed in the ramp tasks indicates that learned motor outputs are flexibly retrieved based on belt speed cues.” (Discussion, lines 701-708).

      Finally, we addressed the prediction outlined by Tsay et al. that repeated exposure to perturbations attenuates the magnitude of forward model recalibration, with savings being driven by stimulus-response mapping mechanisms. While we could not directly test savings for the primary perturbation used during adaptation, we were able to indirectly evaluate savings for a different perturbation through analyses of our control experiments combined with previous results from Leech et al. (Leech et al., 2018). Specifically, we examined how motor aftereffects and perceptual realignment evolved across repeated iterations of the speed-matching task post-adaptation in Ascending groups. Each task began with the right leg stationary and the left leg moving at 0.5 m/s – a configuration corresponding to a perturbation of -0.5 m/s, which is opposite in direction to the adaptation perturbation. By analyzing repeated exposures to this -0.5 m/s perturbation across iterations, we gained insights into the learning dynamics associated with this perturbation and the effect of repeated exposures on motor aftereffects and perceptual realignment. Consistent with predictions from Tsay et al., our results combined with Leech et al. demonstrate that, with repeated exposures to the same perturbation, perceptual realignment decays while the contribution of stimulus-response mapping to aftereffect savings is enhanced. We present this analysis and interpretation in Control Experiments Results, lines 429-442; Figure 8B; Table S7; and Discussion lines 709-753.

      (1c) The authors could also test a variant of the dual-rate state-space model with two perceptual realignment processes where the constraints on retention and learning rate are relaxed. This model would be a stronger test for two perceptual re-alignment processes: one that is flexible and another that is rigid, without mandating that one be fast learning and fast forgetting, and the other be slow learning and slow forgetting.

      We tested multiple variants of the suggested models, and confirmed that they cannot capture the motor behavior observed in our Ramp Down task. We include Author response image 1 with the models fits, Author response table 1 with the BIC statistics, and the models equations below. Only the recalibration + mapping model captures the matching-then-divergent behavior of the Δ motor output, corroborating our interpretation that state-space based models cannot capture the mapping mechanism (see Discussion, “Implications for models of adaptation”). Furthermore, all models fit the data significantly worse than the recalibration+mapping model according to the BIC statistic.

      Model fits:

      Author response image 1.

      Statistical results:

      Author response table 1.

      Model definitions:

      • DualStateRelaxed: same equations as the original Dual State, but no constraints dictating the relative relationship between the parameters

      • DualStateRelaxedV2: same equations as the original Dual State, but no constraints dictating the relative relationship between the parameters, and “loose” parameter bounds (parameters can take values between -10 to 10).

      • PremoOriginalRelaxed: PReMo with two states (see below), no constraints dictating the relative relationship between the parameters

      • PremoOriginalRelaxed: PReMo with two states (see below), no constraints dictating the relative relationship between the parameters, and “loose” parameter bounds (parameters can take values between -10 to 10).

      PReMo with two states – the remaining equations are the same as the original PReMo (see Methods):

      (2) The authors claim that stimulus-response mapping operates outside of explicit/deliberate control. While this could be true, the survey questions may have limitations that could be more clearly acknowledged.

      (2a) Specifically, asking participants at the end of the experiments to recall their strategies may suffer from memory biases (e.g., participants may be biased by recent events, and forget about the explicit strategies early in the experiment), be susceptible to the framing of the questions (e.g., participants not being sure what the experimenter is asking and how to verbalize their own strategy), and moreover, not clear what is the category of explicit strategies one might enact here which dictates what might be considered "relevant" and "accurate".

      (2b) The concept of perceptual realignment also suggests that participants are somewhat aware of the treadmill's changing conditions; therefore, as a thought experiment, if the authors have asked participants throughout/during the experiment whether they are trying different strategies, would they predict that some behaviour is under deliberate control?

      We have expanded the discussion to explicitly acknowledge that our testing methodology for assessing explicit strategies may have limitations, recognizing the factors mentioned by the reviewer. Moreover, as mentioned in response to comment (1), we leveraged the framework from Tsay et al., 2024 and its definition of explicit strategies to ensure a robust and consistent approach in interpreting the survey responses.

      We revised the Experiment 2 Results section, lines 515-518, to specify that we are evaluating the presence of explicit strategies according to the criteria of intentionality and reportability:

      “A recent framework for motor learning by Tsay et al. defines explicit strategies as motor plans that are both intentional and reportable (Tsay et al., 2024). Within this framework, Tsay et al. clarify that "intentional" means participants deliberately perform the motor plan, while "reportable" means they are able to clearly articulate it.”

      We then reorganized the Discussion to include a separate section “Mapping operates independently of explicit control”, lines 646-661, where we discuss limitations of the survey methodology and interpretation of the results according to Tsay et al., 2024:

      “Here, we show that explicit strategies are not systematically used to adapt step length asymmetry and Δ motor output: the participants in our study either did not know what they did, reported changes that did not actually occur or would not lead symmetry. Only one person reported “leaning” on the left (slow) leg for as much time as possible, which is a relevant but incomplete description for how to walk with symmetry. Four reports mentioned pressure or weight, which may indirectly influence symmetry (Hirata et al., 2019; Lauzière et al., 2014), but they were vague and conflicting (e.g., “making heavy steps on the right foot” or “put more weight on my left foot”). All other responses were null, explicitly wrong or irrelevant, or overly generic, like wanting to “stay upright” and “not fall down”. We acknowledge that our testing methodology has limitations. First, it may introduce biases related to memory recall or framing of the questionnaire. Second, while it focuses on participants' intentional use of explicit strategies to control walking, it does not rule out the possibility of passive awareness of motor adjustments or treadmill configurations. Despite these limitations, the motor adjustments reported by participants consistently fail to meet the criteria for explicit strategies as outlined by Tsay et al.: reportability and intentionality (Tsay et al., 2024). Together with existing literature, this supports the interpretation that stimulus response mapping operates automatically.”

      We also made the following addition to the “Limitations” section of the Discussion (lines 917-919):

      “While mapping differs from explicit strategies as they are currently defined, we still lack a comprehensive framework to capture the varying levels and nuanced characteristics of intentionality and awareness of different mechanisms (Tsay et al., 2024).”

      We finally note that “Unlike explicit strategies, which are rapidly acquired and diminish over time, this mapping mechanism exhibits prolonged learning beyond 15 minutes, with a rate comparable to recalibration” (Discussion, lines 632-634).

      (3) The distinction between structural and memory-based differences in the two subgroups was based on the notion that memory-based strategies increase asymmetry. However, an alternative explanation could be that unfamiliar perturbations, due to the ramping up, trigger a surprise signal that leads to greater asymmetry due to reactive corrections to prevent one's fall - not because participants are generalizing from previously learned representations (e.g., (Iturralde & Torres-Oviedo, 2019)).

      We agree that reactive corrections could contribute to the walking pattern in response to split-belt perturbations, as detailed by Iturralde & Torres-Oviedo, 2019. We also acknowledge that reactive corrections are rapid, flexible, feedback-driven, and automatic – characteristics that make them appear similar to stimulus-response mapping. However, a detailed evaluation of our results suggests that the behaviors observed in the ramp tasks cannot be fully explained by reactive corrections. Reactive corrections occur almost immediately, quickly adjusting the walking pattern to reduce error and improve stability. This excludes the possibility that what we identified as stimulusresponse mapping could instead be reactive corrections, because the stimulus-response mapping observed in our study is acquired slowly at a rate comparable to recalibration. It also excludes the possibility that the increased asymmetry in the Ramp Up & Down could be due to reactive corrections, because these would operate alongside mapping to help reduce asymmetry rather than exacerbate it.

      We made substantial revisions to the Discussion and included the section “Stimulus-response mapping is flexible but requires learning” to explain this interpretation (lines 595-622):

      “The mapping mechanism observed in our study aligns with the corrective responses described by Iturralde and Torres-Oviedo, which operate relative to a recalibrated "new normal" rather than relying solely on environmental cues (Iturralde and Torres-Oviedo, 2019). Accordingly, our findings suggest a tandem architecture: forward model recalibration adjusts the nervous system's "normal state," while stimulus-response mapping computes motor adjustments relative to this "new normal." This architecture explains the sharp transition from flexible to rigid motor adjustments observed in our Ramp Down task. The transition occurs at the configuration perceived as "equal speeds" (~0.5 m/s speed difference) because this corresponds to the recalibrated “new normal”.

      In the first half of the Ramp Down, participants adequately modulated their walking pattern to accommodate the gradually diminishing perturbation, achieving symmetric step lengths. Due to the recalibrated “new normal”, perturbations within this range are perceived as congruent with the direction of adaptation but reduced in magnitude. This allows the mapping mechanism to flexibly modulate the walking pattern by using motor adjustments previously learned during adaptation. Importantly, the rapid duration of the Ramp Down task rules out the possibility that the observed modulation may instead reflect washout, as confirmed by the fact the aftereffects measured post-Ramp-Down were comparable to previous work (Kambic et al., 2023; Reisman et al., 2005).

      In the second half of the Ramp Down, aftereffects emerged as participants failed to accommodate perturbations smaller than the recalibrated “new normal”. These perturbations were perceived as opposite to the adaptation perturbation and, therefore, novel. Accordingly, the mapping mechanism responded as it would to a newly introduced perturbation, rather than leveraging previously learned adjustments (Iturralde and Torres-Oviedo, 2019). Due to the rapid nature of the Ramp Down, the mapping mechanism lacked sufficient time to learn the novel motor adjustments required for these perturbations – a process that typically takes several minutes, as shown by our baseline ramp tasks and control experiments. As mapping-related learning was negligible, the rigid recalibration adjustments dominated during this phase. Consequently, the walking pattern did not change to accommodate the gradually diminishing perturbation, leading to the emergence of aftereffects.”

      (4) Further contextualization: Recognizing the differences in dependent variables (reaching position vs. leg speed/symmetry in walking), could the Proprioceptive/Perceptual Re-alignment model also apply to gait adaptation (Tsay et al., 2022; Zhang et al., 2024)? Recent reaching studies show a similar link between perception and action during motor adaptation (Tsay et al., 2021) and have proposed a model aligning with the authors' correlations between perception and action. The core signal driving implicit adaptation is the discrepancy between perceived and desired limb position, integrating forward model predictions with proprioceptive/visual feedback.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion and agree that the Proprioceptive Re-alignment model (PReMo) and Perceptual Error Adaptation model (PEA), offer valuable insights into the relationship between perception and motor adaptation. To explore whether these frameworks apply to gait adaptation, we conducted an extensive modeling analysis. This is shown in Figure 5 and Supplementary Figures S7-S8, and is detailed in the text of Experiment 1 Results section “Modelling analysis for perceptual realignment” (lines 327–375), Methods section “Proprioceptive re-alignment model (PReMo)” (lines 1181-1221), Methods section “Perceptual Error Adaptation model (PEA)” (lines 1222-1247), Methods section “Perceptuomotor recalibration + mapping (PM-ReMap)” (lines 1248-1286), and SI Appendix section “Evaluation and development of perceptual models.” (lines 99-237).

      First, we evaluated how PReMo and PEA models fitted our Ramp Down data. We translated the original variables to walking adaptation variables using a conceptual equivalence explained by one of the features explored by Tsay et al. (2022). Specifically, the manuscript provides guidance on extending the PReMo model from visuomotor adaptation in response to visual-proprioceptive discrepancies, to force-field adaptation in response to mechanical perturbations – which share conceptual similarities with split-belt treadmill perturbations. The manuscript also discusses that, if vision is removed, the proprioceptive shift decays back to zero according to a decay parameter. This description entails that proprioceptive shift cannot increase or develop in the absence of vision. We applied the models to split-belt adaptation in accordance with this information, as described in the SI Appendix: “PReMo variables equivalents for walking adaptation”. As reported in Experiment 1 Results “Modelling analysis for perceptual realignment” (lines 327–375) and Figure 5, neither PReMo nor PEA adequately captured the key features of our Ramp Down data: “The models could not capture the matching-then-divergent behavior of Δ motor output, performing significantly worse than the recalibration + mapping model (PReMo minus recalibration+mapping BIC difference = 24.591 [16.483, 32.037], PEA minus recalibration+mapping BIC difference = 6.834 [1.779, 12.130], mean [CI]). Furthermore, they could not capture the perceptual realignment and instead predicted that the right leg would feel faster than the left throughout the entire Ramp Down”.

      Second, we used simulations to confirm that PReMo and PEA cannot account for the perceptual realignment observed in our study, and to understand why. At adaptation plateau, PReMo predicts that perceived and actual step length asymmetry converge, as shown in Fig. S7A, top, and as detailed in the SI Appendix “Original PReMo simulations”. We found that this is because PReMo assumes that perceptual realignment arises specifically from mismatches between different sensory modalities. This assumption works for paradigms that introduce an actual mismatch between sensory modalities, such as visuomotor adaptation paradigms with a mismatch between vision and proprioception. This assumption also works for paradigms that indirectly introduce a mismatch between integrated sensory information from different sensory modalities. In force-field adaptation, both proprioceptive and visual inputs are present and realistic, but when these inputs are integrated with sensory predictions, the resulting integrated visual estimate is mismatched compared to the integrated proprioceptive estimate. In contrast, the assumption that perceptual realignment arises from sensory modalities mismatches does not work for paradigms that involve a single sensory modality. Split-belt adaptation only involves proprioception as no visual feedback is given, and perceptual realignment arises from discrepancies between predicted and actual motor outcomes, rather than between integrated sensory modalities.

      To overcome this limitation, we reinterpreted the variables of the PReMo model, while keeping the original equations, to account for realignment driven by mismatches of the same nature as the perturbation driving adaptation. As reported in the SI Appendix “Iterative simulations for the development of PM-ReMap”, the simulation (Fig. S7A, middle row) “showed perceptual realignment at adaptation plateau, addressing a limitation of the original model. However, it failed to account for the Ramp Down perceptual results, inaccurately predicting that belt speeds feel equal when they are actually equal (Fig. S7A, middle row, perceived perturbation decays alongside actual perturbation and converge to zero at the end of the Ramp Down). […] This occurs because, under the retained PReMo equations, β<sub>p</sub> and β<sub>v</sub> change immediately and are proportional to the difference between and on each trial, so that they ramp down to zero in parallel with the perturbation”.

      We also noted that the simulations of the original and reinterpreted PReMo models could also not support the operation of the mapping mechanism observed in the Ramp Down (Fig. S7B). We describe that “This occurs because the overall motor output x<sub>p</sub>, which includes both recalibration and mapping mechanisms, changes gradually according to the learning rate 𝐾. Consequently, changes in 𝐺 take many trials to be fully reflected in x<sub>p</sub>. Hence, we found complementary limitations where PReMo assumes perceptual realignment changes immediately while mapping adjustments develop gradually – but the opposite is true in our data”.

      We therefore modified the PReMo equations and developed a new model, called perceptuomotor recalibration + mapping (PM-ReMap) that addresses these limitations and is able to capture our Ramp Down motor and perceptual results. As described in the SI Appendix “Iterative simulations for the development of PM-ReMap”, “we introduced an update equation for β<sub>p</sub> so that it changes gradually trial-by-trial according to the learning rate 𝐾. We then removed the learning rate from the update equation for x<sub>p</sub> so that it integrates two distinct types of changes: 1) the gradual changes in driven by β<sub>p</sub> and representing the recalibration mechanism, and 2) the immediate changes in 𝐺 – representing the mapping mechanism”. The final equations of the PM-ReMap model are as follows:

      As reported in Experiment 1 Results, “Modelling analysis for perceptual realignment”, and as shown in Fig. 5C, “the PM-ReMap model captured the Δ motor output in the Ramp Down with performance comparable to that of the recalibration + mapping model (BIC difference = 2.381 [-0.739, 5.147], mean [CI]). It also captured perceptual realignment, predicting that some intermediate belt speed difference in the Ramp Down is perceived as “equal speeds” (, Fig. 5C)”. We also found that the estimated aligned with the empirical measurement of the PSE in the Ramp Down both at group and individual level: “At group level, was comparable to the upper bound of compensation<sub>perceptual</sub> (difference = -7 [-15, 1]%, mean [CI]), but significantly larger than the lower bound (difference = 19 [8, 31]%, mean [CI]). Furthermore, we found a significant correlation between individual participants’ and their upper bound of compensation<sub>perceptual</sub> (r=0.63, p=0.003), but not their lower bound (r=0.30, p=0.203). Both sets of results are consistent with those observed for the recalibration + mapping model”.

      Based on these findings, we summarize that PM-ReMap “extends the recalibration + mapping model by incorporating the ability to account for forgetting – typical of state space models – while still effectively capturing both recalibration and mapping mechanisms. However, performance of the PM-ReMap model does not exceed that of the simpler recalibration + mapping model, suggesting that forgetting and unlearning do not have a substantial impact on the Ramp Down”.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Recent findings in the field of motor learning have pointed to the combined action of multiple mechanisms that potentially contribute to changes in motor output during adaptation. A nearly ubiquitous motor learning process occurs via the trial-by-trial compensation of motor errors, often attributed to cerebellar-dependent updating. This error-based learning process is slow and largely unconscious. Additional learning processes that are rapid (e.g., explicit strategy-based compensation) have been described in discrete movements like goal-directed reaching adaptation. However, the role of rapid motor updating during continuous movements such as walking has been either under-explored or inconsistent with those found during the adaptation of discrete movements. Indeed, previous results have largely discounted the role of explicit strategy-based mechanisms for locomotor learning. In the current manuscript, Rossi et al. provide convincing evidence for a previously unknown rapid updating mechanism for locomotor adaptation. Unlike the now well-studied explicit strategies employed during reaching movements, the authors demonstrate that this stimulus-response mapping process is largely unconscious. The authors show that in approximately half of subjects, the mapping process appears to be memory-based while the remainder of subjects appear to perform structural learning of the task design. The participants that learned using a structural approach had the capability to rapidly generalize to previously unexplored regions of the perturbation space.

      One result that will likely be particularly important to the field of motor learning is the authors' quite convincing correlation between the magnitude of proprioceptive recalibration and the magnitude error-based updating. This result beautifully parallels results in other motor learning tasks and appears to provide a robust marker for the magnitude of the mapping process (by means of subtracting off the contribution of error-based motor learning). This is a fascinating result with implications for the motor learning field well beyond the current study.

      A major strength of this manuscript is the large sample size across experiments and the extent of replication performed by the authors in multiple control experiments.

      Finally, I commend the authors on extending their original observations via Experiment 2. While it seems that participants use a range of mapping mechanisms (or indeed a combination of multiple mapping mechanisms), future experiments may be able to tease apart why some subjects use memory versus structural mapping. A future ability to push subjects to learn structurally-based mapping rules has the potential to inform rehabilitation strategies.

      Overall, the manuscript is well written, the results are clear, and the data and analyses are convincing. The manuscript's weaknesses are minor, mostly related to the presentation of the results and modeling.

      Weaknesses:

      The overall weaknesses in the manuscript are minor and can likely be addressed with textual changes.

      (1) A key aspect of the experimental design is the speed of the "ramp down" following the adaptation period. If the ramp-down is too slow, then no after-effects would be expected even in the alternative recalibration-only/errorbased only hypothesis. How did the authors determine the appropriate rate of ramp-down? Do alternative choices of ramp-down rates result in step length asymmetry measures that are consistent with the mapping hypothesis?

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful comment regarding the rate of the Ramp Down following the adaptation period and its potential impact on aftereffects under different hypotheses. We added a detailed explanation for how we determined the Ramp Down design, including analyses of previous work, to the SI Appendix, “Ramp Down design”, lines 22-98. We also describe the primary points in the main Methods section, “Ramp Tasks”, lines 978-991:

      As described in SI Appendix, “Ramp Down design”, the Ramp Down task was specifically designed to measure the pattern of aftereffects in a way that ensured reliable and robust measurements with sufficient resolution across speeds, and that minimized washout to prevent confounding the results. To balance time constraints with a measurement resolution adequate for capturing perceptual realignment, we used 0.05 m/s speed decrements, matching the perceptual sensitivity estimated from our re-analysis of the baseline data from Leech et al. (Leech et al., 2018a). To obtain robust motor aftereffect measurements, we collected three strides at each speed condition, as averaging over three strides represents the minimum standard for consistent and reliable aftereffect estimates in split-belt adaptation (typically used in catch trials) (Leech et al., 2018a; Rossi et al., 2019; Vazquez et al., 2015). To minimize unwanted washout by forgetting and/or unlearning, we did not pause the treadmill between adaptation and the post-adaptation ramp tasks, and ensured the Ramp Down was relatively quick, lasting approximately 80 seconds on average. Of note, the Ramp Down design ensures that even in cases of partial forgetting, the emergence pattern of aftereffects remains consistent with the underlying hypotheses.

      In the SI Appendix, we explain that, while we did not test longer ramp-down durations directly, previous data suggest that durations of up to at least 4.5 minutes would yield step length asymmetry measures consistent with our results and the mapping hypothesis. Additionally, our control experiments replicated the behavior observed in the Ramp Down using speed match tasks lasting only 30 seconds, further supporting the robustness of our findings across varying durations.

      (2) Overall, the modeling as presented in Figure 3 (Equation 1-3) is a bit convoluted. To my mind, it would be far more useful if the authors reworked Equations 1-3 and Figure 3 (with potential changes to Figure 2) so that the motor output (u) is related to the stride rather than the magnitude of the perturbation. There should be an equation relating the forward model recalibration (i.e., Equation 1) to the fraction of the motor error on a given stride, something akin to u(k+1) = r * (u(k) - p(k)). This formulation is easier to understand and commonplace in other motor learning tasks (and likely what the authors actually fit given the Smith & Shadmehr citation and the derivations in the Supplemental Materials). Such a change would require that Figure 3's independent axes be changed to "stride," but this has the benefit of complementing the presentation that is already in Figure 5.

      We reworked these equations (now numbered 4-6, lines 207-209) so that the motor output u is related to stride k as suggested by the reviewer:

      We changed Figure 2 and Figure 3 accordingly, adding a “stride” x-axis to the Ramp Down data figure.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I think that some changes to the text/ordering could improve the manuscript's readability. In particular:

      (1) My feeling is that much of the equations presented in the Methods section should be moved to the Results section. Particularly Equations 9-11. The introduction of these motor measures should likely precede Figure 1, as their definitions form the crux of Figure 1 and the subsequent analyses.

      (2) It is unclear to me why many of the analyses and discussion points have been relegated to Supplemental Material. I would significantly revise the manuscript to move much of the content from Supplemental Material to the Methods and Discussion (where appropriate). Even the Todorov and Herzfeld models can likely simply be referenced in the text without a need for their full description in the Supplemental material - as their implementations appear to this reviewer as consistent with those presented in the respective papers. Beyond the Supplementary Tables, my feeling is that nearly all of the content in Supplemental can either be simply cited (e.g. alternative model implementations) or directly incorporated into the main manuscript without compromising the readability of the manuscript.

      We reorganized the manuscript and SI Appendix substantially, moving content to the Results or other main text section. The changes included those recommended by the reviewer:

      • We moved the equations describing step length asymmetry, perturbation, and Δ motor output (originally numbered Eq. 9-11) to the Results section (Experiment 1, “Motor paradigm and hypothesis”, lines 131-133, now numbered Eq. 1-3).

      • We moved Supplementary Methods to the main Methods section

      • We moved the most relevant content of the Supplementary Discussion to the main Discussion, and removed the less relevant content altogether.

      • We moved the methods describing walking-adaptation specific implementation of the Todorov and Herzfeld models to the main Methods section and removed the portions that were identical to the original implementation.

      • We moved the control experiments to the main text (main Results and Methods sections).

      • We removed the SI Appendix section “Experiment 1 mechanisms characteristics”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, Rossi et al. use a novel split-belt treadmill learning task to reveal distinct sub-components of gait adaptation. The task involved following a standard adaptation phase with a "ramp-down" phase that helped them dissociate implicit recalibration and more deliberate SR map learning. Combined with modeling and re-analysis of previous studies, the authors show multiple lines of evidence that both processes run simultaneously, with implicit learning saturating based on intrinsic learning constraints and SR learning showing sensitivity to a "perceptual" error. These results offer a parallel with work in reaching adaptation showing both explicit and implicit processes contributing to behavior; however, in the case of gait adaptation the deliberate learning component does not appear to be strategic but is instead a more implicit SR learning processes.

      Strengths:

      (1) The task design is very clever and the "ramp down" phase offers a novel way to attempt to dissociate competing models of multiple processes in gait adaptation.

      (2) The analyses are thorough, as is the re-analysis of multiple previous data sets.

      (3) The querying of perception of the different relative belt speeds is a very nice addition, allowing the authors to connect different learning components with error perception.

      (4) The conceptual framework is compelling, highlighting parallels with work in reaching but also emphasizing differences, especially w/r/t SR learning versus strategic behaviors. Thus the discovery of an SR learning process in gait adaptation would be both novel and also help conjoin different siloed subfields of motor learning research.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The behavior in the ramp-down phase does indeed appear to support multiple learning processes. However, I may have missed something, but I have a fundamental worry about the specific modeling and framing of the "SR" learning process. If I correctly understand, the SR process learns by adjusting to perceived L/R belt speed differences (Figure 7). What is bugging me is why that process would not cause the SR system to still learn something in the later parts of the ramp-down phase when the perceived speed differences flip (Figure 4). I do believe this "blunted learning" is what the SR component is actually modeled with, given this quote in the caption to Figure 7: "When the perturbation is perceived to be opposite than adaptation, even if it is not, mapping is zero and the Δ motor output is constant, reflecting recalibration adjustments only." It seems a priori odd and perhaps a little arbitrary to me that a SR learning system would just stop working (go to zero) just because the perception flipped sign. Or for that matter "generalize" to a ramp-up (i.e., just learn a new SR mapping just like the system did at the beginning of the first perturbation). What am I missing that justifies this key assumption? Or is the model doing something else? (if so that should be more clearly described).

      We concur that this point was confusing, and we performed additional analyses and revised the text to improve clarity. Specifically, we clarify that the stimulus-response mapping does indeed still learn in the second portion of the Ramp Down, when the perceived speed differences flip. However, learning by the mapping mechanism proceeds slowly – at a rate comparable to that of forward model recalibration, taking several minutes. The duration of the task is relatively short, so that learning by the mapping mechanism is limited. We schematize the learning to be zero as an approximation. We have now included an additional modelling analysis (as part of our expanded perceptual modelling analyses), which shows there is no significant improvement in modelling performance when accounting for forgetting of recalibration or learning in the opposite direction by mapping in the second half of the ramp down, supporting this approximation. We explain this and other revisions in detail below.

      We include a Discussion section “Stimulus-response mapping is flexible but requires learning” where we improve our explanation of the operation of the mapping mechanism in the Ramp Down by leveraging the framework proposed by Iturralde and Torres-Oviedo, 2019. The section first explains that mapping operates relative to a new equilibrium corresponding to the current forward model calibration (lines 595-603):

      “The mapping mechanism observed in our study aligns with the corrective responses described by Iturralde and Torres-Oviedo, which operate relative to a recalibrated "new normal" rather than relying solely on environmental cues (Iturralde and Torres-Oviedo, 2019). Accordingly, our findings suggest a tandem architecture: forward model recalibration adjusts the nervous system's "normal state," while stimulus-response mapping computes motor adjustments relative to this "new normal." This architecture explains the sharp transition from flexible to rigid motor adjustments observed in our Ramp Down task. The transition occurs at the configuration perceived as "equal speeds" (~0.5 m/s speed difference) because this corresponds to the recalibrated “new normal”.”

      The following paragraph (lines 604-611) explain how this concept reflects in the first half of the Ramp Down:

      “In the first half of the Ramp Down, participants adequately modulated their walking pattern to accommodate the gradually diminishing perturbation, achieving symmetric step lengths. Due to the recalibrated “new normal”, perturbations within this range are perceived as congruent with the direction of adaptation but reduced in magnitude. This allows the mapping mechanism to flexibly modulate the walking pattern by using motor adjustments previously learned during adaptation. Importantly, the rapid duration of the Ramp Down task rules out the possibility that the observed modulation may instead reflect washout, as confirmed by the fact the aftereffects measured post-Ramp-Down were comparable to previous work (Kambic et al., 2023; Reisman et al., 2005).”

      The last paragraph (lines 612–622) explain the second half of the Ramp Down in light of the equilibrium concept and of the slow learning rate of mapping:

      “In the second half of the Ramp Down, aftereffects emerged as participants failed to accommodate perturbations smaller than the recalibrated “new normal”. These perturbations were perceived as opposite to the adaptation perturbation and, therefore, novel. Accordingly, the mapping mechanism responded as it would to a newly introduced perturbation, rather than leveraging previously learned adjustments (Iturralde and TorresOviedo, 2019). Due to the rapid nature of the Ramp Down, the mapping mechanism lacked sufficient time to learn the novel motor adjustments required for these perturbations – a process that typically takes several minutes, as shown by our baseline ramp tasks and control experiments. As mapping-related learning was negligible, the rigid recalibration adjustments dominated during this phase. Consequently, the walking pattern did not change to accommodate the gradually diminishing perturbation, leading to the emergence of aftereffects.”

      We also revised the Discussion section “Mapping operates as memory-based in some people, structure-based in others”, to clarify the processes of interpolation and extrapolation (lines 689-700). This revision helps explain why mapping may generalize to a ramp-up faster than learning a perturbation perceived in the opposite direction (when considered together with the explanation that mapping operates relative to the new recalibrated equilibrium) In the former case (generalize to a ramp-up), a structure-based mapping can use the extrapolation computation: it leverages previous knowledge of which gait parameters should be modified and how – e.g., modulating the positioning our right foot to be more forward on the treadmill – but must extrapolate the specific parameter values – e.g., how more far forward. In the latter case (learning a perturbation perceived in the opposite direction), even a structure-based mapping would need to figure out what gait parameters to change completely anew – e.g., modulating the positioning of the foot in the opposite way, to be less forward, requires a different set of control policies.

      We mentioned above that this illustration of the mapping mechanism relies on the assumption that the additional learning of the mapping mechanism in the second half of the Ramp Down is negligible. As part of our revisions for the “Modelling analysis for perceptual realignment”, we developed a new model – the perceptuomotor recalibration + mapping model (PM-ReMap) that extends the recalibration + mapping model by accounting for the possibility that Δ motor output is not constant in the second half of the Ramp Down (main points are at lines 355-275, and Figure 5; see response to Reviewer #1 (Public review), Comment 4, for a detailed explanation). We find that performance of the PM-ReMap model does not exceed that of the simpler recalibration + mapping model, suggesting that the Δ motor output does not change substantially in the second half of the Ramp Down. Note that, if the Δ motor output decayed in this phase, it could be due to forgetting or unlearning of the recalibration mechanism, or also it could be due to the mapping mechanism learning in the opposite direction than it did in adaptation. In the Results section, we focused on describing recalibration forgetting/unlearning for simplicity. However, in the Discussion section “Mapping may underly savings upon re-exposure to the same or different perturbation”, we explain in detail how the motor aftereffects also depend on the mapping mechanism learning in the opposite direction, as corroborated by our Control experiments and previous work. Therefore, the finding that the PM-ReMap model performance does not exceed that of the simpler recalibration + mapping model suggest that both effects – recalibration forgetting/unlearning and opposite-direction-learning of mapping – are not significant, nor is their combined effect on the Δ motor output.

      (2) A more minor point, but given the sample size it is hard to be convinced about the individual difference analysis for structure learning (Figure 5). How clear is it that these two groups of subjects are fully separable and not on a continuum? The lack of clusters in another data set seems like a somewhat less than convincing control here.

      We performed an additional analysis – a silhouette analysis – to confirm the presence of these clusters in our data (Methods, lines 1070-1072). The results, reported in Experiment 2 Results, lines 487-490, confirmed that there is strong evidence for the presence of these clusters:

      “A silhouette analysis confirmed strong evidence for these clusters: the average silhouette score was 0.90, with 19 of 20 participants scoring above 0.7 – considered strong evidence – and one scoring between 0.5 and 0.7 – considered reasonable evidence (Dalmaijer et al., 2022; Kaufman and Rousseeuw, 1990; Rousseeuw, 1987).”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I think there is far too much content pushed into the supplement. The other models and full model comparison should be in the main text, as should the re-analysis of previous data sets. Also, key discussion points should not be in the supplement either.

      We reorganized the manuscript and SI Appendix substantially, including the changes recommended by the reviewer. Please refer to our response to “Reviewer #2 - Recommendations for the authors” for a detailed explanation.

      (2) Line 649: in reaching the calibration system does respond to different error sizes; why not here?

      We apologize for the confusion. Similar to reaching adaptation, the recalibration in walking adaptation also scales based on the error size experienced in adaptation. What we meant to convey is that, once a calibration has been acquired in adaptation, the recalibration process is rigid in that it can only change gradually. So if we jump the perturbation to a different value, the original calibration is transiently used until the system has the time to recalibrate again. For example, if we jump abruptly from the adaptation perturbation to a perturbation of zero in postadaptation, the adaptation calibration persists resulting in aftereffects.

      We revised the manuscript to clarity these points. First, we explicitly report that forward model recalibration scales based on the error size experienced in adaptation:

      “We next compared Medium Descend and Small Abrupt (1m/s or 0.4m/s perturbation), and found that recalibration contributed significantly more for the smaller perturbation (larger compensation<sub>perceptual</sub> / compensation<sub>motor-total</sub> in Small Abrupt than Medium Descend, Fig. 8A middle and Table S6).” (Control experiments Results, lines 422-425)

      “the mapping described here shares some characteristics with explicit mechanisms, such as flexibility and modulation by error size” (Discussion, lines 630-631)

      Additionally, we leverage the framework proposed by Tsay et al., 2024, to improve our explanation of the characteristics of the different learning mechanisms. Please refer to our response to “Reviewer #1 (Public review)”, Comment (1).

      (3) It would be nice to see bar graphs showing model comparison results for each individual subject in the main text, and to see how many subjects are best fit by the SR+calibration model.

      We included the recommended bar graphs to Figure 3 and Figure 5.

      (4) Why exactly does the "perturbation" in Figure 3 have error bars?

      In walking adaptation, the perturbation that participants experienced is closely dictated by the treadmill belt speeds, but not exactly, because participants are free to move their feet as they like, so that their ankle movement may not always match the treadmill belts exactly. Therefore, we record the perturbation that is actually experienced by each participant’s feet using markers. We then display the mean and standard error of this perturbation.

      We moved the equation describing the perturbation measure from the Methods to the Experiment 1 Results (lines 131-133, Eq. 1-3). We believe this change will help the reader understand the measures depicted.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. demonstrate that CD4<sup>+</sup> single positive (SP) thymocytes, CD4<sup>+</sup> recent thymic emigrants (RTE), and CD4<sup>+</sup> T naive (Tn) cells from Cd11c-p28-flox mice, which lack IL-27p28 selectively in Cd11c+ cells, exhibit a hyper-Th1 phenotype instead of the expected hyper Th2 phenotype. Using IL-27R-deficient mice, the authors confirm that this hyper-Th1 phenotype is due to IL-27 signaling via IL-27R, rather than the effects of monomeric IL-27p28. They also crossed Cd11c-p28-flox mice with autoimmune-prone Aire-deficient mice and showed that both T cell responses and tissue pathology are enhanced, suggesting that SP, RTE, and Tn cells from Cd11c-p28-flox mice are poised to become Th1 cells in response to self-antigens. Regarding mechanism, the authors demonstrate that SP, RTE, and Tn cells from Cd11c-p28-flox mice have reduced DNA methylation at the IFN-g and Tbx21 loci, indicating 'de-repression', along with enhanced histone tri-methylation at H3K4, indicating a 'permissive' transcriptional state. They also find evidence for enhanced STAT1 activity, which is relevant given the well-established role of STAT1 in promoting Th1 responses, and surprising given IL-27 is a potent STAT1 activator. This latter finding suggests that the Th1-inhibiting property of thymic IL-27 may not be due to direct effects on the T cells themselves.

      Strengths:

      Overall the data presented are high quality and the manuscript is well-reasoned and composed. The basic finding - that thymic IL-27 production limits the Th1 potential of SP, RTE, and Tn cells - is both unexpected and well described.

      Weaknesses:

      A credible mechanistic explanation, cellular or molecular, is lacking. The authors convincingly affirm the hyper-Th1 phenotype at epigenetic level but it remains unclear whether the observed changes reflect the capacity of IL-27 to directly elicit epigenetic remodeling in developing thymocytes or knock-on effects from other cell types which, in turn, elicit the epigenetic changes (presumably via cytokines). The authors propose that increased STAT1 activity is a driving force for the epigenetic changes and resultant hyper-Th1 phenotype. That conclusion is logical given the data at hand but the alternative hypothesis - that the hyper-STAT1 response is just a downstream consequence of the hyper-Th1 phenotype - remains equally likely. Thus, while the discovery of a new anti-inflammatory function for IL-27 within the thymus is compelling, further mechanistic studies are needed to advance the finding beyond phenomenology.

      Thank you for your insightful comments and suggestions. We appreciate your feedback and have carefully considered the concerns raised regarding the mechanistic explanation of our findings. To address the issue of whether developing thymocytes are the direct targets of IL-27, we plan to conduct further studies using Cd4-IL-27ra knockout mice or mixed bone marrow chimeras consisting of wildtype and IL-27ra knockout cells. This approach will help us determine if IL-27 directly induces epigenetic remodeling in thymocytes or if the observed effects are secondary to influences from other cell types.

      Regarding the potential autocrine loop contributing to STAT1 hyperactivation, we have performed preliminary experiments by adding IFN-γ antibody to CD4<sup>+</sup> T cell cultures and observed no significant impact on STAT1 phosphorylation. If necessary, we will further investigate this possibility in vivo using Cd4-Ifng and CD11c-p28 double knockout mice.

      The detailed mechanisms underlying STAT1 hyperactivation remain to be elucidated. Recent studies have shown that IL-27p28 can act as an antagonist of gp130-mediated signaling. Structural analyses have also demonstrated that IL-27p28 interacts with EBI3 and the two receptor subunits IL-27Rα and gp130. Given these findings and the similar phenotypes observed in p28 and IL-27ra deficient mice, we speculate that the deficiency of either p28 or IL-27ra may increase the availability of gp130 for signaling by other cytokines. We will focus our future research on gp130-related cytokines to identify potential candidates that could lead to enhanced STAT1 activation in the absence of p28. Alternatively, the release of EBI3 in p28-deficient conditions may promote its interaction with other cytokine subunits. IL-35, which is composed of EBI3 and p35, is of particular interest given the involvement of IL-27Rα in its signaling pathway.

      To narrow down the candidate cytokines, we reanalyzed single-cell RNA sequencing data from CD11c-cre p28<sup>f/f</sup> and wild-type thymocytes (Signal Transduct Target Ther. 2022, DOI: 10.1038/s41392-022-01147-z). Our analysis revealed that thymic dendritic cells (DCs) were categorized into two distinct clusters, with both Il12a (p35, which forms IL-35 with EBI3) and Clcf1 (CLCF1) being upregulated in CD11c-cre p28<sup>f/f</sup> mice. In CD4 single-positive (SP) thymocytes, the expression levels of gp130 and IL-12Rβ2 (the receptor for IL-35) were comparable between knockout and wild-type mice. However, the mRNA levels of Lifr and Cntfr were low in CD4 SP thymocytes.

      Author response image 1.

      Single-cell RNA sequencing data from CD11c-cre p28<sup>f/f</sup> (KO) and wild-type thymocytes (Signal Transduct Target Ther. 2022, DOI: 10.1038/s41392-022-01147-z).

      We have planned to assess the protein levels of IL-35 and CLCF1 in dendritic cells, as well as their respective receptors, to evaluate their effects on STAT1 phosphorylation in CD4<sup>+</sup> thymocytes from both wild-type and p28-deficient mice. Unfortunately, we have encountered challenges with the mouse breeding and anticipate that it will take approximately six months to obtain the appropriate genotype necessary to complete these experiments.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Naïve CD4 T cells in CD11c-Cre p28-floxed mice express highly elevated levels of proinflammatory IFNg and the transcription factor T-bet. This phenotype turned out to be imposed by thymic dendritic cells (DCs) during CD4SP T cell development in the thymus [PMID: 23175475]. The current study affirms these observations, first, by developmentally mapping the IFNg dysregulation to newly generated thymic CD4SP cells [PMID: 23175475], second, by demonstrating increased STAT1 activation being associated with increased T-bet expression in CD11c-Cre p28-floxed CD4 T cells [PMID: 36109504], and lastly, by confirming IL-27 as the key cytokine in this process [PMID: 27469302]. The authors further demonstrate that such dysregulated cytokine expression is specific to the Th1 cytokine IFNg, without affecting the expression of the Th2 cytokine IL-4, thus proposing a role for thymic DC-derived p28 in shaping the cytokine response of newly generated CD4 helper T cells. Mechanistically, CD4SP cells of CD11c-Cre p28-floxed mice were found to display epigenetic changes in the Ifng and Tbx21 gene loci that were consistent with increased transcriptional activities of IFNg and T-bet mRNA expression. Moreover, in autoimmune Aire-deficiency settings, CD11c-Cre p28-floxed CD4 T cells still expressed significantly increased amounts of IFNg, exacerbating the autoimmune response and disease severity. Based on these results, the investigators propose a model where thymic DC-derived IL-27 is necessary to suppress IFNg expression by CD4SP cells and thus would impose a Th2-skewed predisposition of newly generated CD4 T cells in the thymus, potentially relevant in autoimmunity.

      Strengths:

      Experiments are well-designed and executed. The conclusions are convincing and supported by the experimental results.

      Weaknesses:

      The premise of the current study is confusing as it tries to use the CD11c-p28 floxed mouse model to explain the Th2-prone immune profile of newly generated CD4SP thymocytes. Instead, it would be more helpful to (1) give full credit to the original study which already described the proinflammatory IFNg+ phenotype of CD4 T cells in CD11c-p28 floxed mice to be mediated by thymic dendritic cells [PMID: 23175475], and then, (2) build on that to explain that this study is aimed to understand the molecular basis of the original finding.

      In its essence, this study mostly rediscovers and reaffirms previously reported findings, but with different tools. While the mapping of epigenetic changes in the IFNg and T-bet gene loci and the STAT1 gene signature in CD4SP cells are interesting, these are expected results, and they only reaffirm what would be assumed from the literature. Thus, there is only incremental gain in new insights and information on the role of DC-derived IL-27 in driving the Th1 phenotype of CD4SP cells in CD11c-p28 floxed mice.

      Thank you for your valuable comments and suggestions. We appreciate your input and have carefully reviewed the concerns raised regarding the premise and novelty of our study.

      Indeed, the current study is built upon the foundational work of Zhang et al. (PMID: 23175475), which first described the proinflammatory IFN-γ<sup>+</sup> phenotype of CD4 T cells in CD11c-p28 floxed mice mediated by thymic dendritic cells. We have cited this study multiple times in our manuscript to acknowledge its significance. Our goal was to expand on this original finding by exploring the functional bias of newly generated CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells, elucidating the mechanisms underlying the hyper-Th1 phenotype in the absence of thymic DC-derived IL-27, and exploring its relevance in pathogenesis of autoimmunity.

      Our study revisits this phenomenon with a focus on the molecular and epigenetic changes that drive the Th1 bias in CD4SP cells. We demonstrated that the deletion of p28 in thymic dendritic cells leads to an unexpected hyperactivation of STAT1, which is associated with epigenetic modifications that favor Th1 differentiation. These findings provide a deeper understanding of the molecular basis behind the original observation of the Th1-skewed phenotype in CD11c-p28 floxed mice.

      However, as you pointed out, there is still a gap in understanding the precise link between p28 deficiency and STAT1 activation. We acknowledge that our study primarily reaffirms previously reported findings with different tools and approaches. While the mapping of epigenetic changes in the IFN-γ and T-bet gene loci and the STAT1 gene signature in CD4SP cells are interesting, they are indeed expected results based on the existing literature. This limits the novelty and incremental gain in new insights provided by our study.

      To address this gap and enhance the novelty of our findings, we plan to conduct further investigations to elucidate the detailed mechanisms connecting p28 deficiency to STAT1 hyperactivation. We will explore potential compensatory pathways or alternative signaling mechanisms that may contribute to the observed epigenetic changes and Th1 bias. Additionally, we will consider the broader impact of IL-27 deficiency on the thymic environment and its downstream effects on CD4<sup>+</sup> T cell differentiation.

      We appreciate your feedback and will work to strengthen the mechanistic underpinnings of our study. We believe that these additional efforts will provide a more comprehensive understanding of the role of DC-derived IL-27 in shaping the Th1 phenotype of CD4SP cells and contribute meaningful insights to the field.

      Altogether, the major issues of this study remain unresolved:

      (1) It is still unclear why the p28-deficiency in thymic dendritic cells would result in increased STAT1 activation in CD4SP cells. Based on their in vitro experiments with blocking anti-IFNg antibodies, the authors conclude that it is unlikely that the constitutive activation of STAT1 would be a secondary effect due to autocrine IFNg production by CD4SP cells. However, this possibility should be further tested with in vivo models, such as Ifng-deficient CD11c-p28 floxed mice. Alternatively, is this an indirect effect by other IFNg producers in the thymus, such as iNKT cells? It is necessary to explain what drives the STAT1 activation in CD11c-p28 floxed CD4SP cells in the first place.

      Thank you for your insightful suggestions. We appreciate your feedback and are committed to addressing the critical questions raised regarding the mechanisms underlying STAT1 activation in CD4SP cells in the context of p28 deficiency in thymic dendritic cells.

      To further investigate the potential autocrine loop for IFN-γ production, we will conduct in vivo studies using Cd4-Ifng and CD11c-p28 double knockout mice. This model will allow us to directly test whether IFN-γ produced by CD4SP cells themselves contributes to the observed STAT1 activation. Additionally, this approach will help exclude the possibility of indirect effects from other IFN-γ-producing cells in the thymus, such as invariant natural killer T (iNKT) cells, as suggested by the reviewer.

      As you correctly pointed out, a key unanswered question is what drives the initial STAT1 activation in CD4SP cells of CD11c-p28 floxed mice. Our current hypothesis is that p28 deficiency enhances the responsiveness of developing thymocytes to STAT1-activating cytokines. This hypothesis is supported by several lines of evidence:

      (1) Functional Antagonism: Recent studies have shown that IL-27p28 can act as an antagonist of gp130-mediated signaling. This suggests that in the absence of p28, the inhibitory effect of IL-27p28 on downstream signaling may be lost, leading to increased sensitivity to other cytokines that activate STAT1.

      (2) Structural Insights: Structural studies have demonstrated that IL-27p28 is centrally positioned within the complex formed with EBI3 and the two receptor subunits IL-27Rα and gp130. This positioning implies that p28 deficiency could disrupt the balance of cytokine signaling pathways involving these components.

      (3)  Phenotypic Similarity: We have observed a similar hyper-Th1 phenotype in mice lacking either p28 or IL-27ra. This similarity suggests that the absence of p28 may lead to increased availability of gp130 for signaling by other cytokines, thereby enhancing STAT1 activation.

      Based on these considerations, we hypothesize that the deficiency of p28 results in a greater availability of gp130 to transduce signals from other cytokines, ultimately leading to enhanced STAT1 activation in CD4SP cells. To identify the specific cytokine(s) responsible for this effect, we will focus on gp130-related cytokines, as outlined in our response to Reviewer 1. This will involve reanalysis of single-cell RNA sequencing data and further experimental validation to pinpoint the candidate cytokines driving the observed STAT1 hyperactivation.

      We are confident that these additional studies will provide a clearer understanding of the mechanisms linking p28 deficiency in thymic dendritic cells to increased STAT1 activation in CD4SP cells. We appreciate your guidance and look forward to sharing our findings.

      (2) It is also unclear whether CD4SP cells are the direct targets of IL-27 p28. The cell-intrinsic effects of IL-27 p28 signaling in CD4SP cells should be assessed and demonstrated, ideally by CD4SP-specific deletion of IL-27Ra, or by establishing bone marrow chimeras of IL-27Ra germline KO mice.

      Thanks for the suggestions. Further studies will be performed to test whether developing thymocytes are the direct targets of IL-27 using Cd4-IL-27ra knockout mice or mixed bone marrow chimeras of wildtype and IL-27ra knockout cells. Unfortunately, we have encountered challenges with the mouse breeding and anticipate that it will take approximately six months to obtain the appropriate genotype necessary to complete these experiments.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Is the hyper-STAT1 response seen in T cells from Cd11c-p28-flox mice due to increased availability and/or increased responsiveness to STAT1 activating cytokines? Studies, where SP, RTE, and Tn cells are pulsed ex vivo with IL-27 and/or other STAT1-activating cytokines, would address the latter (with STAT1 phosphorylation as the major readout). Given the ability of IL-27 to activate STAT3, this pathway should also be addressed. It would be of interest if STAT1 signaling is selectively impaired, as suggested by the work of Twohig et al. (doi: 10.1038/s41590-019-0350-0.)(which should be cited and discussed).

      Thank you for your insightful suggestions. We appreciate your input and are committed to addressing the critical questions raised regarding the mechanisms underlying the hyper-activation of STAT1 in T cells from Cd11c-p28-flox mice.

      The detailed mechanisms driving the hyper-activation of STAT1 remain to be fully elucidated. Recent studies have shown that IL-27p28 can act as an antagonist of gp130-mediated signaling. Structural analyses have also demonstrated that IL-27p28 interacts with EBI3 and the two receptor subunits IL-27Rα and gp130. Considering these findings and the similar phenotypes observed in p28 and IL-27ra deficient mice, we speculate that the deficiency of either p28 or IL-27ra may increase the availability of gp130 for signaling by other cytokines. This could potentially enhance the responsiveness of developing thymocytes to STAT1-activating cytokines. We will focus our future research on gp130-related cytokines to identify the candidate(s) responsible for the enhanced STAT1 activation in the absence of p28. Alternatively, the release of EBI3 in the absence of p28 may facilitate its coupling with other cytokine subunits. IL-35, which is composed of EBI3 and p35, is of particular interest given the involvement of IL-27Rα in its signaling pathway.

      To narrow down the candidate cytokines, we reanalyzed single-cell RNA sequencing data from CD11c-cre p28<sup>f/f</sup> and wild-type thymocytes (Signal Transduct Target Ther. 2022, DOI: 10.1038/s41392-022-01147-z). Our analysis revealed that thymic dendritic cells (DCs) were categorized into two distinct clusters, with both Il12a (p35, which forms IL-35 with EBI3) and Clcf1 (CLCF1) being upregulated in CD11c-cre p28<sup>f/f</sup> mice. In CD4 single-positive (SP) thymocytes, the expression levels of gp130 and IL-12Rβ2 (the receptor for IL-35) were comparable between knockout and wild-type mice. However, the mRNA levels of Lifr and Cntfr were low in CD4 SP thymocytes.

      Single-cell RNA sequencing data from CD11c-cre p28<sup>f/f</sup> (KO) and wild-type thymocytes (Signal Transduct Target Ther. 2022, DOI: 10.1038/s41392-022-01147-z).

      We have planned to assess the protein levels of IL-35 and CLCF1 in dendritic cells, as well as their respective receptors, to evaluate their effects on STAT1 phosphorylation in CD4<sup>+</sup> thymocytes from both wild-type and p28-deficient mice. Unfortunately, we have encountered challenges with the mouse crosses and anticipate that it will take approximately six months to obtain the appropriate genotype necessary to complete these experiments.

      As you correctly noted, the ability of IL-27 to activate STAT3 signaling is an important consideration. We have carefully examined this pathway in our current study, and our results indicate that neither total nor phosphorylated STAT3 and STAT4 were found to be altered with IL-27p28 ablation (Figure 5B). This suggests that the impact is indeed specific to the STAT1 axis. We will also consider the possibility of selective impairment of STAT1 signaling, as suggested by the work of Twohig et al. (doi: 10.1038/s41590-019-0350-0), which we will cite and discuss in our revised manuscript.

      We appreciate your guidance and will work diligently to address these questions in our future studies. We look forward to sharing our findings and contributing to a deeper understanding of the role of IL-27 in the regulation of STAT1 activation in T cells.

      (2) It may be that the hyper-Th1 phenotype is not due to cell-intrinsic differences in STAT1 signaling (see Major Point 1) but rather, hyper-responsiveness to TCR + Co-stimulation (as provided in the re-stim assays used throughout). This issue is particularly relevant for the ChIP studies where the author notes that, "...we chose to treat the cells with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 for 3 days prior to the assay". Why not treat these cells ex vivo with STAT1-activating cytokines instead of anti-CD3/CD28? The current methodology makes it impossible to distinguish between enhanced TCR/CD28 and cytokine signaling, and ultimately does not address SP, RTE, and Tn cells (since they are now activated, blasts.).

      Thank you for raising this important point. We appreciate your feedback and fully recognize the limitations of our current methodology, which uses anti-CD3/CD28 stimulation for ChIP experiments. This approach indeed complicates the distinction between enhanced TCR/CD28 signaling and cytokine-mediated STAT1 activation, particularly in the context of SP, RTE, and Tn cells, which become activated blasts under these conditions.

      To address these concerns and provide more precise insights into the mechanisms underlying the hyper-Th1 phenotype, we are revising our experimental strategy. Specifically, we are shifting our focus to directly investigate the role of STAT1-activating cytokines in the absence of p28. Based on our previous analysis and re-evaluation of single-cell RNA sequencing data, we have identified IL-35 and CLCF1 as the most promising candidate cytokines.

      We are now planning to perform ChIP experiments using these cytokines directly, rather than relying on TCR + co-stimulation. This approach will allow us to more accurately evaluate the impact of these cytokines on STAT1 signaling in CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells. By treating cells ex vivo with IL-35 and CLCF1, we aim to elucidate whether the observed hyper-Th1 phenotype is driven by enhanced responsiveness to these cytokines, independent of TCR/CD28 signaling.

      We regret to inform you that we have encountered unforeseen challenges with mouse crosses, which have delayed our progress. As a result, we anticipate a delay of approximately six months to obtain the appropriate genotypes necessary to complete these experiments. We understand the importance of these revisions and are committed to overcoming these challenges to provide a more robust and accurate analysis.

      (3) Studies involving STAT1-deficient mice are necessary (ideally with STAT1 deficiency restricted to the T cell compartment). At a minimum, it must be confirmed that these phenocopy Cd11c-p28-flox mice in terms of SP, RTE, and Tn cells (and their Th1-like character). If a similar hyper-Th1 phenotype is not seen, then the attendant hyper STAT1 response can only be viewed as a red herring.

      Thank you for raising this important consideration. We acknowledge the significance of addressing the role of STAT1 specifically within the T cell compartment to validate the mechanisms underlying the hyper-Th1 phenotype observed in Cd11c-p28-flox mice.

      We agree that studies involving STAT1-deficient mice, particularly with STAT1 deficiency restricted to the T cell compartment, are essential to confirm whether the hyper-Th1 phenotype is directly driven by STAT1 hyperactivation in T cells. Ideally, such studies would help determine if STAT1 deficiency in T cells phenocopies the Cd11c-p28-flox mice, particularly in terms of the SP, RTE, and Tn cells and their Th1-like characteristics.

      Unfortunately, we currently face challenges in obtaining and breeding the appropriate STAT1 conditional knockout mice with T cell-specific deletion. This has limited our ability to conduct these experiments in a timely manner. However, we recognize the importance of these studies and are actively working to secure the necessary resources and models to address this critical question.

      We understand that without these experiments, any conclusions drawn about the role of STAT1 hyperactivation in driving the hyper-Th1 phenotype must be considered with caution. If a similar hyper-Th1 phenotype is not observed in STAT1-deficient T cells, then the hyper-STAT1 response may indeed be a secondary or compensatory effect rather than a primary driver.

      We are committed to pursuing these studies and will prioritize them in our future work. We will keep you informed of our progress and will update the manuscript with the results of these experiments once completed. We appreciate your patience and understanding as we work to address this important aspect of our research.

      (4) The authors mine their RNA-seq data using a STAT1 geneset sourced from studies involving IL-21 as the upstream stimulus. Why was this geneset was chosen? It is true that IL-21 can activate STAT1 but STAT3 is typically viewed as its principal signaling pathway. There are many more appropriate genesets, especially from studies where T cells are cultured with traditional STAT1 stimuli (e.g. IL-27 in Hirahara et al., Immunity 2015 or interferons in Iwata et al., Immunity 2017)doi: 10.1016/j.immuni.2015.04.014, 10.1016/j.immuni.2017.05.005).

      Thank you for your insightful comments. We appreciate your attention to the choice of the STAT1 gene set in our RNA-seq analysis.

      Initially, we selected the STAT1 gene set from a study involving IL-21 stimulation (GSE63204) because IL-21 is known to activate STAT1, despite STAT3 being its principal signaling pathway. However, we acknowledge that this choice may not have been optimal given the context of our study, which focuses on the role of IL-27 and its impact on STAT1 signaling in T cells.

      We agree that gene sets derived from studies using more canonical STAT1 stimuli, such as IL-27 or interferons, would be more relevant for our analysis. In response to your suggestion, we have revised our approach and adopted a gene set from GSE65621, which compares STAT1-/- and wild-type CD4 T cells following IL-27 stimulation. This gene set is more aligned with the focus of our study and provides a more appropriate reference for identifying STAT1-activated genes.

      Our re-analysis revealed that 270 genes (FPKM > 1, log2FC > 2) were downregulated in STAT1-/- cells compared to wild-type cells, which we defined as STAT1-activated genes. Notably, approximately 50% of the upregulated differentially expressed genes (55 out of 137) in our dataset fell into the category of STAT1-activated genes, while none were classified as STAT1-suppressed genes (Figure 4B). Furthermore, Gene Set Enrichment Analysis (GSEA) demonstrated significant enrichment of STAT1-activated genes in the transcriptome of CD4 SP thymocytes from the knockout mice (NES = 1.67, nominal p-value = 10<sup>-16</sup>, Figure 4D).

      These findings support our conclusion that IL-27p28 deficiency leads to enhanced STAT1 activity in CD4 SP thymocytes. We believe that using a more relevant gene set has strengthened our analysis and provided clearer insights into the molecular mechanisms underlying the observed phenotype.

      We have cited the relevant studies (Hirahara et al., Immunity 2015; Iwata et al., Immunity 2017) to provide context for our revised analysis and to acknowledge the importance of canonical STAT1 stimuli in T cell signaling. We appreciate your guidance and are confident that these revisions have improved the robustness and relevance of our findings.

      (5) Given the ability of IL-27 to activate STAT1 in T cells, it is surprising that SP, RTE, and Tn cells from Cd11c-p28-flox mice exhibit more STAT1 signaling than WT controls. If not IL-27, then what is the stimulus for this STAT1 activity? The authors rule out autocrine IFN-g production in vitro (not in vivo) but provide no further insight.

      Thank you for raising this important question. We appreciate your interest in understanding the source of enhanced STAT1 signaling in SP, RTE, and Tn cells from Cd11c-p28-flox mice, especially given the role of IL-27 in activating STAT1 in T cells. As previously discussed, we have identified IL-35 and CLCF1 as the most likely candidate cytokines driving the observed STAT1 activity in the absence of p28. These cytokines are of particular interest due to their potential to activate STAT1 and their relevance in the context of our study.

      To address the question of what drives the enhanced STAT1 signaling, we are planning to perform ChIP experiments using these cytokines directly. This approach will allow us to evaluate their impact on STAT1 signaling more precisely, without relying on TCR + co-stimulation. By treating cells ex vivo with IL-35 and CLCF1, we aim to determine whether these cytokines are responsible for the increased STAT1 activity observed in Cd11c-p28-flox mice.

      We acknowledge that ruling out autocrine IFN-γ production in vitro, as we have done, does not fully address the potential role of IFN-γ in vivo. Therefore, we are also considering additional in vivo experiments to further investigate this possibility. These studies will help us determine whether other sources of IFN-γ or other cytokines contribute to the observed STAT1 hyperactivation. Unfortunately, due to unforeseen challenges with mouse crosses, we anticipate a delay of approximately six months to obtain the appropriate genotypes necessary for these experiments. We are actively working to resolve these challenges and will update the manuscript with the results of these experiments upon completion.

      (6) The RNAseq data affirms that SP, RTE, and Tn cells from Cd11c-p28-flox mice exhibit more STAT1 signaling than WT controls. However, this does little to explain the attendant hyper-Th1 phenotype. Is there evidence that epigenetic machinery is deregulated (to account for changes in DNA. histone methylation)? Were IFN-g and Tbet among these few observed DEG? If so, then this should be highlighted. If not, then the authors must address why not. Are there clues as to why STAT1 signing is exaggerated? Also, the hyper-STAT1 effect should be better described using more rigorous STAT1- and interferon-signature genesets (see the work of Virginia Pascual, Anne O'Garra).

      Thank you for your valuable feedback and suggestions. We appreciate your interest in understanding the mechanisms underlying the hyper-Th1 phenotype observed in Cd11c-p28-flox mice. Below, we address each of your points in detail:

      (1) Epigenetic Regulation:

      We have conducted a thorough analysis of the global levels of key histone modifications, including H3K4me3, H3K9me3, and H3K27me3, as well as the mRNA expression of the enzymes responsible for catalyzing these marks. Our results indicate that there are no significant differences in these histone modifications or the expression of the associated enzymes between Cd11c-p28<sup>f/f</sup> and wildtype mice (Figure 3-figure supplement 1A-C). This suggests that the enhanced STAT1 signaling is not a consequence of broad epigenetic deregulation. Instead, we hypothesize that the observed changes may be driven by more specific molecular mechanisms, such as cytokine signaling pathways.

      (2) IFN-γ and Tbx21 Expression:

      Regarding the expression of Th1-associated genes, our analysis revealed a modest induction of ifng and tbx21 (encoding T-bet) in the CD4SP population following TCR stimulation. However, the baseline expression levels of these genes were quite low in freshly isolated CD4SP cells. Specifically, ifng was undetectable, and tbx21 had an FPKM of 0.29 in wildtype mice compared to 1.05 in Cd11c-p28<sup>f/f</sup> mice. While these findings indicate some upregulation of Th1-associated genes, the overall expression levels remain relatively low, suggesting that additional factors may contribute to the hyper-Th1 phenotype.

      (3) STAT1 Signature Genesets:

      We have revised our analysis to incorporate more rigorous STAT1 and interferon-signature genesets, as suggested. We have adopted gene sets from well-established studies, including those by Virginia Pascual and Anne O'Garra, to provide a more comprehensive and accurate assessment of STAT1 signaling. This approach has enhanced our ability to identify and characterize the genes involved in the STAT1 pathway, providing clearer insights into the exaggerated STAT1 signaling observed in our model.

      We appreciate your guidance and are committed to refining our analysis to provide a more detailed understanding of the mechanisms driving the hyper-Th1 phenotype in Cd11c-p28-flox mice. We will continue to explore the potential roles of cytokines such as IL-35 and CLCF1, as well as other factors that may contribute to the observed changes in STAT1 signaling and Th1 differentiation. We look forward to sharing our updated findings and further discussing these mechanisms in our revised manuscript.

      (7) Is the hyper-Th1 phenotype of SP, RTE, and Tn cells from Cd11c-p28-flox mice unique to the CD4 compartment? Are developing CD8<sup>+</sup> cells similarly prone to increased STAT1 signaling and IFN-g production?

      Thank you for raising this important point. Our data indeed suggests that the hyper-Th1 phenotype observed in SP, RTE, and Tn cells from Cd11c-p28<sup>f/f</sup> mice is unique to the CD4<sup>+</sup> T cell compartment. Specifically, we found that while CD4<sup>+</sup> SP cells from Cd11c-p28<sup>f/f</sup> mice exhibited a significant upregulation in IL-27 receptor expression (both IL27Ra and gp130) compared to wild-type (WT) mice, CD8<sup>+</sup> SP cells from the same genotype showed markedly lower expression of these receptor subunits (Figure 1C in Sci Rep. 2016 Jul 29:6:30448. DOI: 10.1038/srep30448). This finding is further supported by our observation that the phosphorylation levels of STAT1, STAT3, and STAT4, downstream targets of IL-27 signaling, were comparable between CD8 SP cells from Cd11c-p28<sup>f/f</sup> and WT mice (Author response image 1). Additionally, we observed no significant difference in IFN-γ and granzyme B production between naïve CD8 T cells isolated from the lymph nodes of the two genotypes (Author response image 1). Taken together, these results suggest that the enhanced Th1 differentiation and IFN-γ production seen in the CD4<sup>+</sup> T cell population from Cd11c-p28<sup>f/f</sup> mice is not recapitulated in the CD8<sup>+</sup> T cell lineage.

      Author response image 2.

      (A) Intracellular staining was performed with freshly isolated thymocytes from Cd11c-p28<sup>f/f</sup> mice and WT littermates mice using antibodies against phosphorylated STAT1 (Y701), STAT3 (Y705), and STAT4 (Y693). The mean fluorescence intensity (MFI) for CD8 SP from three independent experiments (mean ± SD, n=3). (B) CD8<sup>+</sup> naive T cells were cultured under Th0 conditions for 3 days. The frequency of IFN-γ-, and granzyme B-producing CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells were determined analyzed by intracellular staining. Representative dot plots (left) and quantification (right, mean ± SD, n=6).

      Minor points and questions

      (1) Line 84 - Villarino et al. and Pflanz et al. are mis-referenced. Neither involves Trypanosome studies. The former is on Toxoplasma infection and, thus, should be properly referenced in the following sentence.

      Thank you for pointing out this error. You are correct that the references to Villarino et al. and Pflanz et al. were misapplied in the context of Trypanosome studies. Villarino et al. focuses on Toxoplasma infection, and we appreciate your guidance to ensure accurate citation. We will correct this in the manuscript and properly cite the studies in their appropriate contexts. Thank you for your vigilance in maintaining the accuracy of our references.

      (2) T-bet protein should also be measured by cytometry

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the valuable suggestion regarding the measurement of T-bet protein levels. In response to this comment, we have performed additional experiments to quantify T-bet protein expression using flow cytometry. The results of these analyses have been incorporated into the revised manuscript as Figure 1F.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) When new mouse strains are generated in this study, there is no comment on whether there are any changes in the frequency or cell number of CD4 T cells. For instance, in Aire-deficient CD11c-p28 floxed mice, it should be noted whether CD4SP, naïve CD4, and CD4 RTE are all the same in frequency and number compared to their littermate controls. Also, is there any effect on the generation of these thymocytes?

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for raising this important point regarding the potential changes in the frequency and cell numbers of CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells in the newly generated mouse strains. In response to the reviewer’s question, we would like to clarify the following:

      (1) Impact of Aire deficiency on CD4<sup>+</sup> T Cells:

      As previously reported by us and others (Aging Dis. 2019, doi: 10.14336/AD.2018.0608; Science. 2002, doi: 10.1126/science.1075958), Aire deficiency does not significantly alter the overall number or frequency of CD4 single-positive (CD4SP) thymocytes, recent thymic emigrants (RTEs), or naïve CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells. However, it profoundly affects their composition and functional properties, leading to the escape of autoreactive T cells and subsequent autoimmune manifestations.

      (2) Observations in Cd11c-p28<sup>f/f</sup>Aire<sup>-/-</sup> mice:

      In our study, we observed that the number and frequency of CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells in the spleen and lymph nodes were comparable among Cd11c-p28<sup>f/f</sup>, Aire<sup>-/-</sup>, and Cd11c-p28<sup>f/f</sup>Aire<sup>-/-</sup> mice, and WT controls. This suggests that the genetic modifications did not significantly impact the overall development or peripheral maintenance of CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells.

      Author response image 3.

      (3) Challenges in assessing RTEs in double knockout mice:

      To accurately assess RTEs in the double knockout mice, it would be necessary to cross these mice with Rag-GFP reporter mice, which specifically label RTEs. However, breeding the appropriate mouse strain for this analysis would require additional time and resources, which were beyond the scope of the current study.

      (2) There are a couple of typos throughout the manuscript. For example, line 91: IL-27Rα or line 313: phenotype.

      We apologize for the typographical errors. We have carefully reviewed the entire manuscript and corrected all identified mistakes, including those on line 91 (IL-27Rα) and line 305 (phenotype).

      (4) The authors should show each data point on their bar graphs.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have presented each data point on their bar graphs in the revised manuscript.

      (4) It should be noted from which organs the RTE and the naïve T cells were harvested.

      Thank you for the constructive suggestion. We isolated CD4<sup>+</sup> RTEs and mature naive CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells by sorting GFP<sup>+</sup>CD4<sup>+</sup>CD8<sup>-</sup>CD<sup>-</sup>NK1.1<sup>-</sup> cells (RTEs) and GFP<sup>-</sup>CD4<sup>+</sup>CD8<sup>-</sup>CD<sup>-</sup>CD44<sup>lo</sup> cells (naive T cells) from lymph nodes. This detail has been added to the manuscript on line 475.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This was a clearly written manuscript that did an excellent job summarizing complex data.

      In this manuscript, Cuevas-Zuviría et al. use protein modeling to generate over 5,000 predicted structures of nitrogenase components, encompassing both extant and ancestral forms across different clades. The study highlights that key insertions define the various Nif groups. The authors also examined the structures of three ancestral nitrogenase variants that had been previously identified and experimentally tested. These ancestral forms were shown in earlier studies to exhibit reduced activity in Azotobacter vinelandii, a model diazotroph. This work provides a useful resource for studying nitrogenase evolution.

      However, its impact is somewhat limited due to a lack of evidence linking the observed structural differences to functional changes. For example, in the ancestral nitrogenase structures, only a small set of residues (lines 421-431) were identified as potentially affecting interactions between nitrogenase components. Why didn't the authors test whether reverting these residues to their extant counterparts could improve nitrogenase activity of the ancestral variants?

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful comments. We acknowledge that our current study is primarily focused on a computational exploration of the structural differences in both extant and ancestral nitrogenase variants, which allowed us to generate a comprehensive structural dataset. Although we did not carry out experimental reversion tests in this study, we agree that directly assessing the functional consequences of reverting the specific residues (lines 420 to 429) to their extant counterparts is an important next step to elucidate their functional role. Indeed, these findings provide a valuable foundation for our future work, which is designed to include experimental characterization of these variants and further elucidate the role of critical residues in nitrogenase activity and evolution. We believe that these experiments will offer the direct functional validation that the reviewer has rightly pointed out, and we look forward to reporting on these results in a future study.

      Additionally, the paper feels somewhat disconnected. The predicted nitrogenase structures discussed in the first half of the manuscript were not well integrated with the findings from the ancestral structures. For instance, do the ancestral nitrogenase structures align with the predicted models? This comparison was never explicitly made and could have strengthened the study's conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Our original analysis (previously shown in Figure S9, now Figure S10) included insights into structural align comparisons. In response, we have reorganized the results section (lines 351-355) to explicitly address this comparison.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This work aims to study the evolution of nitrogenases, understanding how their structure and function adapted to changes in the environment, including oxygen levels and changes in metal availability. The study predicts > 5000 structures of nitrogenases, corresponding to extant, ancestral, and alternative ancestral sequences. It is observed that structural variations in the nitrogenases correlate with phylogenetic relationships. The amount of data generated in this study represents a massive undertaking that is certain to be a resource for the community. The study also provides strong insight into how structural evolution correlates with environmental and biological phenotypes.

      The challenge with this study is that all (or nearly all) of the quantitative analyses presented are based on RMSD calculations, many of which are under 2 angstroms. For all intents and purposes, two structures with RMSD < 2 angstroms could be considered 'structurally identical'. A lot of insight generated is based on minuscule differences in RMSD, for which it is not clear that they are significantly different. The suggestion would be to find a way to evaluate the RMSD metric and determine whether these values, as obtained for structures being compared, are reliable. Some options are provided in earlier studies: PMID: 11514933, PMID: 17218333, PMID: 11420449, PMID: 8289285 (and others). It could also be valuable to focus more on site-specific RMSDs rather than Global RMSDs. The high conservation in the nitrogenases likely ensures that the global RMSDs will remain low across the family. Focusing on specific regions might reveal interesting differences between clades that are more informative regarding the evolution of structure in tandem with environment/time.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestions. We agree that while global RMSD values below 2Å typically indicate high structural similarity, relying solely on these measures can mask subtle yet potentially functionally meaningful differences. Our aim was not to test for overall structural identity but rather to quantify fine-scale variations between highly conserved nitrogenase structures, including extant and ancestral variants. Nevertheless, in light of the reviewer’s suggestions, we have implemented an additional metric ( rmsd<sub>100</sub>) for a more nuanced comparison. The results of our additional analyses (Figure S3) align closely with our original results (Figure 2), supporting our decision to retain the un-normalized results in the main text. As an additional measure, we also computed site-specific RMSDs for the active site’s environments (Figure S6) to further delineate subtle structural variations.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      eLife Assessment

      Examination of (a)periodic brain activity has gained particular interest in the last few years in the neuroscience fields relating to cognition, disorders, and brain states. Using large EEG/MEG datasets from younger and older adults, the current study provides compelling evidence that age-related differences in aperiodic EEG/MEG signals can be driven by cardiac rather than brain activity. Their findings have important implications for all future research that aims to assess aperiodic neural activity, suggesting control for the influence of cardiac signals is essential.

      We want to thank the editors for their assessment of our work and highlighting its importance for the understanding of aperiodic neural activity. Additionally, we want to thank the three present and four former reviewers (at a different journal) whose comments and ideas were critical in shaping this manuscript to its current form. We hope that this paper opens up many more questions that will guide us - as a field - to an improved understanding of how “cortical” and “cardiac” changes in aperiodic activity are linked and want to invite readers to engage with our work through eLife’s comment function.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The present study addresses whether physiological signals influence aperiodic brain activity with a focus on age-related changes. The authors report age effects on aperiodic cardiac activity derived from ECG in low and high-frequency ranges in roughly 2300 participants from four different sites. Slopes of the ECGs were associated with common heart variability measures, which, according to the authors, shows that ECG, even at higher frequencies, conveys meaningful information. Using temporal response functions on concurrent ECG and M/EEG time series, the authors demonstrate that cardiac activity is instantaneously reflected in neural recordings, even after applying ICA analysis to remove cardiac activity. This was more strongly the case for EEG than MEG data. Finally, spectral parameterization was done in large-scale resting-state MEG and ECG data in individuals between 18 and 88 years, and age effects were tested. A steepening of spectral slopes with age was observed particularly for ECG and, to a lesser extent, in cleaned MEG data in most frequency ranges and sensors investigated. The authors conclude that commonly observed age effects on neural aperiodic activity can mainly be explained by cardiac activity.

      Strengths:

      Compared to previous investigations, the authors demonstrate the effects of aging on the spectral slope in the currently largest MEG dataset with equal age distribution available. Their efforts of replicating observed effects in another large MEG dataset and considering potential confounding by ocular activity, head movements, or preprocessing methods are commendable and valuable to the community. This study also employs a wide range of fitting ranges and two commonly used algorithms for spectral parameterization of neural and cardiac activity, hence providing a comprehensive overview of the impact of methodological choices. Based on their findings, the authors give recommendations for the separation of physiological and neural sources of aperiodic activity.

      Weaknesses:

      While the aim of the study is well-motivated and analyses rigorously conducted, the overall structure of the manuscript, as it stands now, is partially misleading. Some of the described results are not well-embedded and lack discussion.

      We want to thank the reviewer for their comments focussed on improving the overall structure of the manuscript. We agree with their suggestions that some results could be more clearly contextualized and restructured the manuscript accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      I previously reviewed this important and timely manuscript at a previous journal where, after two rounds of review, I recommended publication. Because eLife practices an open reviewing format, I will recapitulate some of my previous comments here, for the scientific record.

      In that previous review, I revealed my identity to help reassure the authors that I was doing my best to remain unbiased because I work in this area and some of the authors' results directly impact my prior research. I was genuinely excited to see the earlier preprint version of this paper when it first appeared. I get a lot of joy out of trying to - collectively, as a field - really understand the nature of our data, and I continue to commend the authors here for pushing at the sources of aperiodic activity!

      In their manuscript, Schmidt and colleagues provide a very compelling, convincing, thorough, and measured set of analyses. Previously I recommended that the push even further, and they added the current Figure 5 analysis of event-related changes in the ECG during working memory. In my opinion this result practically warrants a separate paper its own!

      The literature analysis is very clever, and expanded upon from any other prior version I've seen.

      In my previous review, the broadest, most high-level comment I wanted to make was that authors are correct. We (in my lab) have tried to be measured in our approach to talking about aperiodic analyses - including adopting measuring ECG when possible now - because there are so many sources of aperiodic activity: neural, ECG, respiration, skin conductance, muscle activity, electrode impedances, room noise, electronics noise, etc. The authors discuss this all very clearly, and I commend them on that. We, as a field, should move more toward a model where we can account for all of those sources of noise together. (This was less of an action item, and more of an inclusion of a comment for the record.)

      I also very much appreciate the authors' excellent commentary regarding the physiological effects that pharmacological challenges such as propofol and ketamine also have on non-neural (autonomic) functions such as ECG. Previously I also asked them to discuss the possibility that, while their manuscript focuses on aperiodic activity, it is possible that the wealth of literature regarding age-related changes in "oscillatory" activity might be driven partly by age-related changes in neural (or non-neural, ECG-related) changes in aperiodic activity. They have included a nice discussion on this, and I'm excited about the possibilities for cognitive neuroscience as we move more in this direction.

      Finally, I previously asked for recommendations on how to proceed. The authors convinced me that we should care about how the ECG might impact our field potential measures, but how do I, as a relative novice, proceed. They now include three strong recommendations at the end of their manuscript that I find to be very helpful.

      As was obvious from previous review, I consider this to be an important and impactful cautionary report, that is incredibly well supported by multiple thorough analyses. The authors have done an excellent job responding to all my previous comments and concerns and, in my estimation, those of the previous reviewers as well.

      We want to thank the reviewer for agreeing to review our manuscript again and for recapitulating on their previous comments and the progress the manuscript has made over the course of the last ~2 years. The reviewer's comments have been essential in shaping the manuscript into its current form. Their feedback has made the review process truly feel like a collaborative effort, focused on strengthening the manuscript and refining its conclusions and resulting recommendations.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Schmidt et al., aimed to provide an extremely comprehensive demonstration of the influence cardiac electromagnetic fields have on the relationship between age and the aperiodic slope measured from electroencephalographic (EEG) and magnetoencephalographic (MEG) data.

      Strengths:

      Schmidt et al., used a multiverse approach to show that the cardiac influence on this relationship is considerable, by testing a wide range of different analysis parameters (including extensive testing of different frequency ranges assessed to determine the aperiodic fit), algorithms (including different artifact reduction approaches and different aperiodic fitting algorithms), and multiple large datasets to provide conclusions that are robust to the vast majority of potential experimental variations.

      The study showed that across these different analytical variations, the cardiac contribution to aperiodic activity measured using EEG and MEG is considerable, and likely influences the relationship between aperiodic activity and age to a greater extent than the influence of neural activity.

      Their findings have significant implications for all future research that aims to assess aperiodic neural activity, suggesting control for the influence of cardiac fields is essential.

      We want to thank the reviewer for their thorough engagement with our work and the resultant substantive amount of great ideas both mentioned in the section of Weaknesses and Authors Recommendations below. Their suggestions have sparked many ideas in us on how to move forward in better separating peripheral- from neuro-physiological signals that are likely to greatly influence our future attempts to better extract both cardiac and muscle activity from M/EEG recordings. So we want to thank them for their input, time and effort!

      Weaknesses:

      Figure 4I: The regressions explained here seem to contain a very large number of potential predictors. Based on the way it is currently written, I'm assuming it includes all sensors for both the ECG component and ECG rejected conditions?

      I'm not sure about the logic of taking a complete signal, decomposing it with ICA to separate out the ECG and non-ECG signals, then including these latent contributions to the full signal back into the same regression model. It seems that there could be some circularity or redundancy in doing so. Can the authors provide a justification for why this is a valid approach?

      After observing significant effects both in the MEG<sub>ECG component</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> conditions in similar frequency bands we wanted to understand whether or not these age-related changes are statistically independent. To test this we added both variables as predictors in a regression model (thereby accounting for the influence of the other in relation to age). The regression models we performed were therefore actually not very complex. They were built using only two predictors, namely the data (in a specific frequency range) averaged over channels on which we noticed significant effects in the ECG rejected and ECG components data respectively (Wilkinson notation: age ~ 1 + ECG rejected + ECG components). This was also described in the results section stating that: “To see if MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG component</sub> explain unique variance in aging at frequency ranges where we noticed shared effects, we averaged the spectral slope across significant channels and calculated a multiple regression model with MEG<sub>ECG component</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> as predictors for age (to statistically control for the effect of MEG<sub>ECG component</sub>s and MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> on age). This analysis was performed to understand whether the observed shared age-related effects (MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG component</sub>) are in(dependent).”  

      We hope this explanation solves the previous misunderstanding.

      I'm not sure whether there is good evidence or rationale to support the statement in the discussion that the presence of the ECG signal in reference electrodes makes it more difficult to isolate independent ECG components. The ICA algorithm will still function to detect common voltage shifts from the ECG as statistically independent from other voltage shifts, even if they're spread across all electrodes due to the referencing montage. I would suggest there are other reasons why the ICA might lead to imperfect separation of the ECG component (assumption of the same number of source components as sensors, non-Gaussian assumption, assumption of independence of source activities).

      The inclusion of only 32 channels in the EEG data might also have reduced the performance of ICA, increasing the chances of imperfect component separation and the mixing of cardiac artifacts into the neural components, whereas the higher number of sensors in the MEG data would enable better component separation. This could explain the difference between EEG and MEG in the ability to clean the ECG artifact (and perhaps higher-density EEG recordings would not show the same issue).

      The reviewer is making a good argument suggesting that our initial assumption that the presence of cardiac activity on the reference electrode influences the performance of the ICA may be wrong. After rereading and rethinking upon the matter we think that the reviewer is correct and that their assumptions for why the ECG signal was not so easily separable from our EEG recordings are more plausible and better grounded in the literature than our initial suggestion. We therefore now highlight their view as a main reason for why the ECG rejection was more challenging in EEG data. However, we also note that understanding the exact reason probably ends up being an empirical question that demands further research stating that:

      “Difficulties in removing ECG related components from EEG signals via ICA might be attributable to various reasons such as the number of available sensors or assumptions related to the non-gaussianity of the underlying sources. Further understanding of this matter is highly important given that ICA is the most widely used procedure to separate neural from peripheral physiological sources. ”

      In addition to the inability to effectively clean the ECG artifact from EEG data, ICA and other component subtraction methods have also all been shown to distort neural activity in periods that aren't affected by the artifact due to the ubiquitous issue of imperfect component separation (https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.06.06.597688). As such, component subtraction-based (as well as regression-based) removal of the cardiac artifact might also distort the neural contributions to the aperiodic signal, so even methods to adequately address the cardiac artifact might not solve the problem explained in the study. This poses an additional potential confound to the "M/EEG without ECG" conditions.

      The reviewer is correct in stating that, if an “artifactual” signal is not always present but appears and disappears (like e.g. eye-blinks) neural activity may be distorted in periods where the “artifactual” signal is absent. However, while this plausibly presents a problem for ocular activity, there is no obvious reason to believe that this applies to cardiac activity. While the ECG signal is non-stationary in nature, it is remarkably more stable than eye-movements in the healthy populations we analyzed (especially at rest). Therefore, the presence of the cardiac “artifact” was consistently present across the entirety of the MEG recordings we visually inspected.

      Literature Analysis, Page 23: was there a method applied to address studies that report reducing artifacts in general, but are not specific to a single type of artifact? For example, there are automated methods for cleaning EEG data that use ICLabel (a machine learning algorithm) to delete "artifact" components. Within these studies, the cardiac artifact will not be mentioned specifically, but is included under "artifacts".

      The literature analysis was largely performed automatically and solely focussed on ECG related activity as described in the methods section under Literature Analysis, if no ECG related terms were used in the context of artifact rejection a study was flagged as not having removed cardiac activity. This could have been indeed better highlighted by us and we apologize for the oversight on our behalf. We now additionally link to these details stating that:

      “However, an analysis of openly accessible M/EEG articles (N<sub>Articles</sub>=279; see Methods - Literature Analysis for further details) that investigate aperiodic activity revealed that only 17.1% of EEG studies explicitly mention that cardiac activity was removed and only 16.5% measure ECG (45.9% of MEG studies removed cardiac activity and 31.1% of MEG studies mention that ECG was measured; see Figure 1EF).”

      The reviewer makes a fair point that there is some uncertainty here and our results probably present a lower bound of ECG handling in M/EEG research as, when I manually rechecked the studies that were not initially flagged in studies it was often solely mentioned that “artifacts” were rejected. However, this information seemed too ambiguous to assume that cardiac activity was in fact accounted for. However, again this could have been mentioned more clearly in writing and we apologize for this oversight. Now this is included as part of the methods section Literature Analysis stating that:

      “All valid word contexts were then manually inspected by scanning the respective word context to ensure that the removal of “artifacts” was related specifically to cardiac and not e.g. ocular activity or the rejection of artifacts in general (without specifying which “artifactual” source was rejected in which case the manuscript was marked as invalid). This means that the results of our literature analysis likely present a lower bound for the rejection of cardiac activity in the M/EEG literature investigating aperiodic activity.”

      Statistical inferences, page 23: as far as I can tell, no methods to control for multiple comparisons were implemented. Many of the statistical comparisons were not independent (or even overlapped with similar analyses in the full analysis space to a large extent), so I wouldn't expect strong multiple comparison controls. But addressing this point to some extent would be useful (or clarifying how it has already been addressed if I've missed something).

      In the present study we tried to minimize the risk of type 1 errors by several means, such as A) weakly informative priors, B) robust regression models and C) by specifying a region of practical equivalence (ROPE, see Methods Statistical Inference for further Information) to define meaningful effects.

      Weakly informative priors can lower the risk of type 1 errors arising from multiple testing by shrinking parameter estimates towards zero (see e.g. Lemoine, 2019). Robust regression models use a Student T distribution to describe the distribution of the data. This distribution features heavier tails, meaning it allocates more probability to extreme values, which in turn minimizes the influence of outliers. The ROPE criterion ensures that only effects exceeding a negligible size are considered meaningful, representing a strict and conservative approach to interpreting our findings (see Kruschke 2018, Cohen, 1988).

      Furthermore, and more generally we do not selectively report “significant” effects in the situations in which multiple analyses were conducted on the same family of data (e.g. Figure 2 & 4). Instead we provide joint inference across several plausible analysis options (akin to a specification curve analysis, Simonsohn, Simmons & Nelson 2020) to provide other researchers with an overview of how different analysis choices impact the association between cardiac and neural aperiodic activity.

      Lemoine, N. P. (2019). Moving beyond noninformative priors: why and how to choose weakly informative priors in Bayesian analyses. Oikos, 128(7), 912-928.

      Simonsohn, U., Simmons, J. P., & Nelson, L. D. (2020). Specification curve analysis. Nature Human Behaviour, 4(11), 1208-1214.

      Methods:

      Applying ICA components from 1Hz high pass filtered data back to the 0.1Hz filtered data leads to worse artifact cleaning performance, as the contribution of the artifact in the 0.1Hz to 1Hz frequency band is not addressed (see Bailey, N. W., Hill, A. T., Biabani, M., Murphy, O. W., Rogasch, N. C., McQueen, B., ... & Fitzgerald, P. B. (2023). RELAX part 2: A fully automated EEG data cleaning algorithm that is applicable to Event-Related-Potentials. Clinical Neurophysiology, result reported in the supplementary materials). This might explain some of the lower frequency slope results (which include a lower frequency limit <1Hz) in the EEG data - the EEG cleaning method is just not addressing the cardiac artifact in that frequency range (although it certainly wouldn't explain all of the results).

      We want to thank the reviewer for suggesting this interesting paper, showing that lower high-pass filters may be preferable to the more commonly used >1Hz high-pass filters for detection of ICA components that largely contain peripheral physiological activity. However, the results presented by Bailey et al. contradict the more commonly reported findings by other researchers that >1Hz high-pass filter is actually preferable (e.g. Winkler et al. 2015; Dimingen, 2020 or Klug & Gramann, 2021) and recommendations in widely used packages for M/EEG analysis (e.g. https://mne.tools/1.8/generated/mne.preprocessing.ICA.html). Yet, the fact that there seems to be a discrepancy suggests that further research is needed to better understand which type of high-pass filtering is preferable in which situation. Furthermore, it is notable that all the findings for high-pass filtering in ICA component detection and removal that we are aware of relate to ocular activity. Given that ocular and cardiac activity have very different temporal and spectral patterns it is probably worth further investigating whether the classic 1Hz high-pass filter is really also the best option for the detection and removal of cardiac activity. However, in our opinion this requires a dedicated investigation on its own..

      We therefore highlight this now in our manuscript stating that:

      “Additionally, it is worth noting that the effectiveness of an ICA crucially depends on the quality of the extracted components(63,64) and even widely suggested settings e.g. high-pass filtering at 1Hz before fitting an ICA may not be universally applicable (see supplementary material of (64)).

      Winkler, S. Debener, K. -R. Müller and M. Tangermann, "On the influence of high-pass filtering on ICA-based artifact reduction in EEG-ERP," 2015 37th Annual International Conference of the IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society (EMBC), Milan, Italy, 2015, pp. 4101-4105, doi: 10.1109/EMBC.2015.7319296.

      Dimigen, O. (2020). Optimizing the ICA-based removal of ocular EEG artifacts from free viewing experiments. NeuroImage, 207, 116117.

      Klug, M., & Gramann, K. (2021). Identifying key factors for improving ICA‐based decomposition of EEG data in mobile and stationary experiments. European Journal of Neuroscience, 54(12), 8406-8420.

      It looks like no methods were implemented to address muscle artifacts. These can affect the slope of EEG activity at higher frequencies. Perhaps the Riemannian Potato addressed these artifacts, but I suspect it wouldn't eliminate all muscle activity. As such, I would be concerned that remaining muscle artifacts affected some of the results, particularly those that included high frequency ranges in the aperiodic estimate. Perhaps if muscle activity were left in the EEG data, it could have disrupted the ability to detect a relationship between age and 1/f slope in a way that didn't disrupt the same relationship in the cardiac data (although I suspect it wouldn't reverse the overall conclusions given the number of converging results including in lower frequency bands). Is there a quick validity analysis the authors can implement to confirm muscle artifacts haven't negatively affected their results?

      I note that an analysis of head movement in the MEG is provided on page 32, but it would be more robust to show that removing ICA components reflecting muscle doesn't change the results. The results/conclusions of the following study might be useful for objectively detecting probable muscle artifact components: Fitzgibbon, S. P., DeLosAngeles, D., Lewis, T. W., Powers, D. M. W., Grummett, T. S., Whitham, E. M., ... & Pope, K. J. (2016). Automatic determination of EMG-contaminated components and validation of independent component analysis using EEG during pharmacologic paralysis. Clinical neurophysiology, 127(3), 1781-1793.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. Muscle activity can indeed be a potential concern, for the estimation of the spectral slope. This is precisely why we used head movements (as also noted by the reviewer) as a proxy for muscle activity. We also agree with the reviewer that this is not a perfect estimate. Additionally, also the riemannian potato would probably only capture epochs that contain transient, but not persistent patterns of muscle activity.

      The paper recommended by the reviewer contains a clever approach of using the steepness of the spectral slope (or lack thereof) as an indicator whether or not an independent component (IC) is driven by muscle activity. In order to determine an optimal threshold Fitzgibbon et al. compared paralyzed to temporarily non paralyzed subjects. They determined an expected “EMG-free” threshold for their spectral slope on paralyzed subjects and used this as a benchmark to detect IC’s that were contaminated by muscle activity in non paralyzed subjects.

      This is a great idea, but unfortunately would go way beyond what we are able to sensibly estimate with our data for the following reasons. The authors estimated their optimal threshold on paralyzed subjects for EEG data and show that this is a feasible threshold to be applied across different recordings. So for EEG data it might be feasible, at least as a first shot, to use their threshold on our data. However, we are measuring MEG and as alluded to in our discussion section under “Differences in aperiodic activity between magnetic and electric field recordings” the spectral slope differs greatly between MEG and EEG recordings for non-trivial reasons. Furthermore, the spectral slope even seems to also differ across different MEG devices. We noticed this when we initially tried to pool the data recorded in Salzburg with the Cambridge dataset. This means we would need to do a complete validation of this procedure for the MEG data recorded in Cambridge and in Salzburg, which is not feasible considering that we A) don’t have direct access to one of the recording sites and B) would even if we had access face substantial hurdles to get ethical approval for the experiment performed by Fitzgibbon et al..

      However, we think the approach brought forward by Fitzgibbon and colleagues is a clever way to remove muscle activity from EEG recordings, whenever EMG was not directly recorded. We therefore suggested in the Discussion section that ideally also EMG should be recorded stating that:

      “It is worth noting that, apart from cardiac activity, muscle activity can also be captured in (non-)invasive recordings and may drastically influence measures of the spectral slope(72). To ensure that persistent muscle activity does not bias our results we used changes in head movement velocity as a control analysis (see Supplementary Figure S9). However, it should be noted that this is only a proxy for the presence of persistent muscle activity. Ideally, studies investigating aperiodic activity should also be complemented by measurements of EMG. Whenever such measurements are not available creative approaches that use the steepness of the spectral slope (or the lack thereof) as an indicator to detect whether or not e.g. an independent component is driven by muscle activity are promising(72,73). However, these approaches may require further validation to determine how well myographic aperiodic thresholds are transferable across the wide variety of different M/EEG devices.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) As outlined above, I recommend rephrasing the last section of the introduction to briefly summarize/introduce all main analysis steps undertaken in the study and why these were done (for example, it is only mentioned that the Cam-CAN dataset was used to study the impact of cardiac on MEG activity although the author used a variety of different datasets). Similarly, I am missing an overview of all main findings in the context of the study goals in the discussion. I believe clarifying the structure of the paper would not only provide a red thread to the reader but also highlight the efforts/strength of the study as described above.

      This is a good call! As suggested by the reviewer we now try to give a clearer overview of what was investigated why. We do that both at the end of the introduction stating that: “Using the publicly available Cam-CAN dataset(28,29), we find that the aperiodic signal measured using M/EEG originates from multiple physiological sources. In particular, significant portions of age-related changes in aperiodic activity –normally attributed to neural processes– can be better explained by cardiac activity. This observation holds across a wide range of processing options and control analyses (see Supplementary S1), and was replicable on a separate MEG dataset. However, the extent to which cardiac activity accounts for age-related changes in aperiodic activity varies with the investigated frequency range and recording site. Importantly, in some frequency ranges and sensor locations, age-related changes in neural aperiodic activity still prevail. But does the influence of cardiac activity on the aperiodic spectrum extend beyond age? In a preliminary analysis, we demonstrate that working memory load modulates the aperiodic spectrum of “pure” ECG recordings. The direction of this working memory effect mirrors previous findings on EEG data(5) suggesting that the impact of cardiac activity goes well beyond aging. In sum, our results highlight the complexity of aperiodic activity while cautioning against interpreting it as solely “neural“ without considering physiological influences.”

      and at the beginning of the discussion section:

      “Difficulties in removing ECG related components from EEG signals via ICA might be attributable to various reasons such as the number of available sensors or assumptions related to the non-gaussianity of the underlying sources. Further understanding of this matter is highly important given that ICA is the most widely used procedure to separate neural from peripheral physiological sources (see Figure 1EF). Additionally, it is worth noting that the effectiveness of an ICA crucially depends on the quality of the extracted components(63,64) and even widely suggested settings e.g. high-pass filtering at 1Hz before fitting an ICA may not be universally applicable (see supplementary material of (64)). “

      (2) I found it interesting that the spectral slopes of ECG activity at higher frequency ranges (> 10 Hz) seem mostly related to HRV measures such as fractal and time domain indices and less so with frequency-domain indices. Do the authors have an explanation for why this is the case? Also, the analysis of the HRV measures and their association with aperiodic ECG activity is not explained in any of the method sections.

      We apologize for the oversight in not mentioning the HRV analysis in more detail in our methods section. We added a subsection to the Methods section entitled ECG Processing - Heart rate variability analysis to further describe the HRV analyses.

      “ECG Processing - Heart rate variability analysis

      Heart rate variability (HRV) was computed using the NeuroKit2 toolbox, a high level tool for the analysis of physiological signals. First, the raw electrocardiogram (ECG) data were preprocessed, by highpass filtering the signal at 0.5Hz using an infinite impulse response (IIR) butterworth filter(order=5) and by smoothing the signal with a moving average kernel with the width of one period of 50Hz to remove the powerline noise (default settings of neurokit.ecg.ecg_clean). Afterwards, QRS complexes were detected based on the steepness of the absolute gradient of the ECG signal. Subsequently, R-Peaks were detected as local maxima in the QRS complexes (default settings of neurokit.ecg.ecg_peaks; see (98) for a validation of the algorithm). From the cleaned R-R intervals, 90 HRV indices were derived, encompassing time-domain, frequency-domain, and non-linear measures. Time-domain indices included standard metrics such as the mean and standard deviation of the normalized R-R intervals , the root mean square of successive differences, and other statistical descriptors of interbeat interval variability. Frequency-domain analyses were performed using power spectral density estimation, yielding for instance low frequency (0.04-0.15Hz) and high frequency (0.15-0.4Hz) power components. Additionally, non-linear dynamics were characterized through measures such as sample entropy, detrended fluctuation analysis and various Poincaré plot descriptors. All these measures were then related to the slopes of the low frequency (0.25 – 20 Hz) and high frequency (10 – 145 Hz) aperiodic spectrum of the raw ECG.”

      With regards to association of the ECG’s spectral slopes at high frequencies and frequency domain indices of heart rate variability. Common frequency domain indices of heart rate variability fall in the range of 0.01-.4Hz. Which probably explains why we didn’t notice any association at higher frequency ranges (>10Hz).

      This is also stated in the related part of the results section:

      “In the higher frequency ranges (10 - 145 Hz) spectral slopes were most consistently related to fractal and time domain indices of heart rate variability, but not so much to frequency-domain indices assessing spectral power in frequency ranges < 0.4 Hz.”

      (3) Related to the previous point - what is being reflected in the ECG at higher frequency ranges, with regard to biological mechanisms? Results are being mentioned, but not further discussed. However, this point seems crucial because the age effects across the four datasets differ between low and high-frequency slope limits (Figure 2C).

      This is a great question that definitely also requires further attention and investigation in general (see also Tereshchenko & Josephson, 2015). We investigated the change of the slope across frequency ranges that are typically captured in common ECG setups for adults (0.05 - 150Hz, Tereshchenko & Josephson, 2015; Kusayama, Wong, Liu et al. 2020). While most of the physiological significant spectral information of an ECG recording rests between 1-50Hz (Clifford & Azuaje, 2006), meaningful information can be extracted at much higher frequencies. For instance, ventricular late potentials have a broader frequency band (~40-250Hz) that falls straight in our spectral analysis window. However, that’s not all, as further meaningful information can be extracted at even higher frequencies (>100Hz). Yet, the exact physiological mechanisms underlying so-called high-frequency QRS remain unclear (HF-QRS; see Tereshchenko & Josephson, 2015; Qiu et al. 2024 for a review discussing possible mechanisms). Yet, at the same time the HF-QRS seems to be highly informative for the early detection of myocardial ischemia and other cardiac abnormalities that may not yet be evident in the standard frequency range (Schlegel et al. 2004; Qiu et al. 2024). All optimism aside, it is also worth noting that ECG recordings at higher frequencies can capture skeletal muscle activity with an overlapping frequency range up to 400Hz (Kusayama, Wong, Liu et al. 2020). We highlight all of this now when introducing this analysis in the results sections as outstanding research question stating that:

      “However, substantially less is known about aperiodic activity above 0.4Hz in the ECG. Yet, common ECG setups for adults capture activity at a broad bandwidth of 0.05 - 150Hz(33,34).

      Importantly, a lot of the physiological meaningful spectral information rests between 1-50Hz(35), similarly to M/EEG recordings. Furthermore, meaningful information can be extracted at much higher frequencies. For instance, ventricular late potentials have a broader frequency band (~40-250Hz(35)). However, that’s not all, as further meaningful information can be extracted at even higher frequencies (>100Hz). For instance, the so-called high-frequency QRS seems to be highly informative for the early detection of myocardial ischemia and other cardiac abnormalities that may not yet be evident in the standard frequency range(36,37). Yet, the exact physiological mechanisms underlying the high-frequency QRS remain unclear (see (37) for a review discussing possible mechanisms). ”

      Tereshchenko, L. G., & Josephson, M. E. (2015). Frequency content and characteristics of ventricular conduction. Journal of electrocardiology, 48(6), 933-937.

      Kusayama, T., Wong, J., Liu, X. et al. Simultaneous noninvasive recording of electrocardiogram and skin sympathetic nerve activity (neuECG). Nat Protoc 15, 1853–1877 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41596-020-0316-6

      Clifford, G. D., & Azuaje, F. (2006). Advanced methods and tools for ECG data analysis (Vol. 10). P. McSharry (Ed.). Boston: Artech house.

      Qiu, S., Liu, T., Zhan, Z., Li, X., Liu, X., Xin, X., ... & Xiu, J. (2024). Revisiting the diagnostic and prognostic significance of high-frequency QRS analysis in cardiovascular diseases: a comprehensive review. Postgraduate Medical Journal, qgae064.

      Schlegel, T. T., Kulecz, W. B., DePalma, J. L., Feiveson, A. H., Wilson, J. S., Rahman, M. A., & Bungo, M. W. (2004, March). Real-time 12-lead high-frequency QRS electrocardiography for enhanced detection of myocardial ischemia and coronary artery disease. In Mayo Clinic Proceedings (Vol. 79, No. 3, pp. 339-350). Elsevier.

      (4) Page 10: At first glance, it is not quite clear what is meant by "processing option" in the text. Please clarify.

      Thank you for catching this! Upon re-reading this is indeed a bit oblivious. We now swapped “processing options” with “slope fits” to make it clearer that we are talking about the percentage of effects based on the different slope fits.

      (5) The authors mention previous findings on age effects on neural 1/f activity (References Nr 5,8,27,39) that seem contrary to their own findings such as e.g., the mostly steepening of the slopes with age. Also, the authors discuss thoroughly why spectral slopes derived from MEG signals may differ from EEG signals. I encourage the authors to have a closer look at these studies and elaborate a bit more on why these studies differ in their conclusions on the age effects. For example, Tröndle et al. (2022, Ref. 39) investigated neural activity in children and young adults, hence, focused on brain maturation, whereas the CamCAN set only considers the adult lifespan. In a similar vein, others report age effects on 1/f activity in much smaller samples as reported here (e.g., Voytek et al., 2015).

      I believe taking these points into account by briefly discussing them, would strengthen the authors' claims and provide a more fine-grained perspective on aging effects on 1/f.

      The reviewer is making a very important point. As age-related differences in (neuro-)physiological activity are not necessarily strictly comparable and entirely linear across different age-cohorts (e.g. age-related changes in alpha center frequency). We therefore, added the suggested discussion points to the discussion section.

      “Differences in electric and magnetic field recordings aside, aperiodic activity may not change strictly linearly as we are ageing and studies looking at younger age groups (e.g. <22; (44) may capture different aspects of aging (e.g. brain maturation), than those looking at older subjects (>18 years; our sample). A recent report even shows some first evidence of an interesting putatively non-linear relationship with age in the sensorimotor cortex for resting recordings(59)”

      (6) The analysis of the working memory paradigm as described in the outlook-section of the discussion comes as a bit of a surprise as it has not been introduced before. If the authors want to convey with this study that, in general, aperiodic neural activity could be influenced by aperiodic cardiac activity, I recommend introducing this analysis and the results earlier in the manuscript than only in the discussion to strengthen their message.

      The reviewer is correct. This analysis really comes a bit out of the blue. However, this was also exactly the intention for placing this analysis in the discussion. As the reviewer correctly noted, the aim was to suggest “that, in general, aperiodic neural activity could be influenced by aperiodic cardiac activity”. We placed this outlook directly after the discussion of “(neuro-)physiological origins of aperiodic activity”, where we highlight the potential challenges of interpreting drug induced changes to M/EEG recordings. So the aim was to get the reader to think about whether age is the only feature affected by cardiac activity and then directly present some evidence that this might go beyond age.

      However, we have been rethinking this approach based on the reviewers comments and moved that paragraph to the end of the results section accordingly and introduce it already at the end of the introduction stating that:

      “But does the influence of cardiac activity on the aperiodic spectrum extend beyond age? In a preliminary analysis, we demonstrate that working memory load modulates the aperiodic spectrum of “pure” ECG recordings. The direction of this working memory effect mirrors previous findings on EEG data(5) suggesting that the impact of cardiac activity goes well beyond aging.”

      (7) The font in Figure 2 is a bit hard to read (especially in D). I recommend increasing the font sizes where necessary for better readability.

      We agree with the Reviewer and increased the font sizes accordingly.

      (8) Text in the discussion: Figure 3B on page 10 => shouldn't it be Figure 4?

      Thank you for catching this oversight. We have now corrected this mistake.

      (9) In the third section on page 10, the Figure labels seem to be confused. For example, Figure 4 E is supposed to show "steepening effects", which should be Figure 4B I believe.

      Please check the figure labels in this section to avoid confusion.

      Thank you for catching this oversight. We have now corrected this mistake.

      (10) Figure Legend 4 I), please check the figure labels in the text

      Thank you for catching this oversight. We have now corrected this mistake.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have a number of suggestions for improving the manuscript, which I have divided by section in the following:

      ABSTRACT:

      I would suggest re-writing the first sentences to make it easier to read for non-expert readers: "The power of electrophysiologically measured cortical activity decays with an approximately 1/fX function. The slope of this decay (i.e. the spectral exponent, X) is modulated..."

      Thank you for the suggestion. We adjusted the sentence as suggested to make it easier for less technical readers to understand that “X” refers to the exponent.

      Including the age range that was studied in the abstract could be informative.

      Done as suggested.

      As an optional recommendation, I think it would increase the impact of the article if the authors note in the abstract that the current most commonly applied cardiac artifact reduction approaches don't resolve the issue for EEG data, likely due to an imperfect ability to separate the cardiac artifact from the neural activity with independent component analysis. This would highlight to the reader that they can't just expect to address these concerns by cleaning their data with typical cleaning methods.

      I think it would also be useful to convey in the abstract just how comprehensive the included analyses were (in terms of artifact reduction methods tested, different aperiodic algorithms and frequency ranges, and both MEG and EEG). Doing so would let the reader know just how robust the conclusions are likely to be.

      This is a brilliant idea! As suggested we added a sentence highlighting that simply performing an ICA may not be sufficient to separate cardiac contributions to M/EEG recordings and refer to the comprehensiveness of the performed analyses.

      INTRODUCTION:

      I would suggest re-writing the following sentence for readability: "In the past, aperiodic neural activity, other than periodic neural activity (local peaks that rise above the "power-law" distribution), was often treated as noise and simply removed from the signal"

      To something like: "In the past, aperiodic neural activity was often treated as noise and simply removed from the signal e.g. via pre-whitening, so that analyses could focus on periodic neural activity (local peaks that rise above the "power-law" distribution, which are typically thought to reflect neural oscillations).

      We are happy to follow that suggestion.

      Page 3: please provide the number of articles that were included in the examination of the percentage that remove cardiac activity, and note whether the included articles could be considered a comprehensive or nearly comprehensive list, or just a representative sample.

      We stated the exact number of articles in the methods section under Literature Analysis. However, we added it to the Introduction on page 3 as suggested by the reviewer. The selection of articles was done automatically, dependent on a list of pre-specified terms and exclusively focussed on articles that had terms related to aperiodic activity in their title (see Literature Analysis). Therefore, I would personally be hesitant in calling it a comprehensive or nearly comprehensive list of the general M/EEG literature as the analysis of aperiodic activity is still relatively niche compared to the more commonly investigated evoked potentials or oscillations. I think whether or not a reader perceives our analysis as comprehensive should be up to them to decide and does not reflect something I want to impose on them. This is exacerbated by the fact that the analysis of neural aperiodic activity has rapidly gained traction over the last years (see Figure 1D orange) and the literature analysis was performed almost 2 years ago and therefore, in my eyes, only represents a glimpse in the rapidly evolving field related to the analysis of aperiodic activity.

      Figure 1E-F: It's not completely clear that the "Cleaning Methods" part of the figure indicates just methods to clean the cardiac artifact (rather than any artifact). It also seems that ~40% of EEG studies do not apply any cleaning methods even from within the studies that do clean the cardiac artifact (if I've read the details correctly). This seems unlikely. Perhaps there should be a bar for "other methods", or "unspecified"? Having said that, I'm quite familiar with the EEG artifact reduction literature, and I would be very surprised if ~40% of studies cleaned the cardiac artifact using a different method to the methods listed in the bar graph, so I'm wondering if I've misunderstood the figure, or whether the data capture is incomplete / inaccurate (even though the conclusion that ICA is the most common method is almost certainly accurate).

      The cleaning is indeed only focussed on cardiac activity specifically. This was however also mentioned in the caption of Figure 1: “We were further interested in determining which artifact rejection approaches were most commonly used to remove cardiac activity, such as independent component analysis (ICA(22)), singular value decomposition (SVD(23)), signal space separation (SSS(24)), signal space projections (SSP(25)) and denoising source separation (DSS(26)).” and in the methods section under Literature Analysis. However, we adjusted figure 1EF to make it more obvious that the described cleaning methods were only related to the ECG. Aside from using blind source separation techniques such as ICA a good amount of studies mentioned that they cleaned their data based on visual inspection (which was not further considered). Furthermore, it has to be noted that only studies were marked as having separated cardiac from neural activity, when this was mentioned explicitly.

      RESULTS:

      Page 6: I would delete the "from a neurophysiological perspective" clause, which makes the sentence more difficult to read and isn't so accurate (frequencies 13-25Hz would probably more commonly be considered mid-range rather than low or high). Additionally, both frequency ranges include 15Hz, but the next sentence states that the ranges were selected to avoid the knee at 15Hz, which seems to be a contradiction. Could the authors explain in more detail how the split addresses the 15Hz knee?

      We removed the “from a neurophysiological perspective” clause as suggested. With regards to the “knee” at ~15Hz I would like to defer the reviewer to Supplementary Figure S1. The Knee Frequency varies substantially across subjects so splitting the data at only 1 exact Frequency did not seem appropriate. Additionally, we found only spurious significant age-related variations in Knee Frequency (i.e. only one out of the 4 datasets; not shown).

      Furthermore, we wanted to better connect our findings to our MEG results in Figure 4 and also give the readers a holistic overview of how different frequency ranges in the aperiodic ECG would be affected by age. So to fulfill all of these objectives we decided to fit slopes with respective upper/lower bounds around a range of 5Hz above and below the average 15Hz Knee Frequency across datasets.

      The later parts of this same paragraph refer to a vast amount of different frequency ranges, but only the "low" and "high" frequency ranges were previously mentioned. Perhaps the explanation could be expanded to note that multiple lower and upper bounds were tested within each of these low and high frequency windows?

      This is a good catch we adjusted the sentence as suggested. We now write: “.. slopes were fitted individually to each subject's power spectrum in several lower (0.25 – 20 Hz) and higher (10-145 Hz) frequency ranges.”

      The following two sentences seem to contradict each other: "Overall, spectral slopes in lower frequency ranges were more consistently related to heart rate variability indices(> 39.4% percent of all investigated indices)" and: "In the lower frequency range (0.25 - 20Hz), spectral slopes were consistently related to most measures of heart rate variability; i.e. significant effects were detected in all 4 datasets (see Figure 2D)." (39.4% is not "most").

      The reviewer is correct in stating that 39.4% is not most. However, the 39.4% is the lowest bound and only refers to 1 dataset. In the other 3 datasets the percentage of effects was above 64% which can be categorized as “most” i.e. above 50%. We agree that this was a bit ambiguous in the sentence so we added the other percentages as well as a reference to Figure 2D to make this point clearer.

      Figure 2D: it isn't clear what the percentages in the semi-circles reflect, nor why some semi-circles are more full circles while others are only quarter circles.

      The percentages in the semi-circles reflect the amount of effects (marked in red) and null effects (marked in green) per dataset, when viewed as average across the different measures of HRV. Sometimes less effects were found for some frequency ranges resulting in quarters instead of semi circles.

      Page 8: I think the authors could make it more clear that one of the conditions they were testing was the ECG component of the EEG data (extracted by ICA then projected back into the scalp space for the temporal response function analysis).

      As suggested by the reviewer we adjusted our wording and replaced the arguably a bit ambiguous “... projected back separately” with “... projected back into the sensor space”. We thank the reviewer for this recommendation, as it does indeed make it easier to understand the procedure.

      “After pre-processing (see Methods) the data was split in three conditions using an ICA(22). Independent components that were correlated (at r > 0.4; see Methods: MEG/EEG Processing - pre-processing) with the ECG electrode were either not removed from the data (Figure 3ABCD - blue), removed from the data (Figure 2ABCD - orange) or projected back into the sensor space (Figure 3ABCD - green).”

      Figure 4A: standardized beta coefficients for the relationship between age and spectral slope could be noted to provide improved clarity (if I'm correct in assuming that is what they reflect).

      This was indeed shown in Figure 4A and noted in the color bar as “average beta (standardized)”. We do not specifically highlight this in the text, because the exact coefficients would depend on both on the analyzed frequency range and the selected electrodes.

      Figure 4I: The regressions explained at this point seems to contain a very large number of potential predictors, as I'm assuming it includes all sensors for both the ECG component and ECG rejected conditions? (if that is not the case, it could be explained in greater detail). I'm also not sure about the logic of taking a complete signal, decomposing it with ICA to separate out the ECG and non-ECG signals, then including them back into the same regression model. It seems that there could be some circularity or redundancy in doing so. However, I'm not confident that this is an issue, so would appreciate the authors explaining why it this is a valid approach (if that is the case).

      After observing significant effects both in the MEG<sub>ECG component</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> conditions in similar frequency bands we wanted to understand whether or not these age-related changes are statistically independent. To test this we added both variables as predictors in a regression model (thereby accounting for the influence of the other in relation to age). The regression models we performed were therefore actually not very complex. They were built using only two predictors, namely the data (in a specific frequency range) averaged over channels on which we noticed significant effects in the ECG rejected and ECG components data respectively (Wilkinson notation: age ~ 1 + ECG rejected + ECG components). This was also described in the results section stating that: “To see if MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG component</sub> explain unique variance in aging at frequency ranges where we noticed shared effects, we averaged the spectral slope across significant channels and calculated a multiple regression model with MEG<sub>ECG component</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> as predictors for age (to statistically control for the effect of MEG<sub>ECG component</sub>s and MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> on age). This analysis was performed to understand whether the observed shared age-related effects (MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub> and MEG<sub>ECG component</sub>) are in(dependent).”  

      We hope this explanation solves the previous misunderstanding.

      The explanation of results for relationships between spectral slopes and aging reported in Figure 4 refers to clusters of effects, but the statistical inference methods section doesn't explain how these clusters were determined.

      The wording of “cluster” was used to describe a “category” of effects e.g. null effects. We changed the wording from “cluster” to “category” to make this clearer stating now that: “This analysis, which is depicted in Figure 4, shows that over a broad amount of individual fitting ranges and sensors, aging resulted in a steepening of spectral slopes across conditions (see Figure 4E) with “steepening effects” observed in 25% of the processing options in MEG<sub>ECG not rejected</sub> , 0.5% in MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub>, and 60% for MEG<sub>ECG components</sub>. The second largest category of effects were “null effects” in 13% of the options for MEG<sub>ECG not rejected</sub> , 30% in MEG<sub>ECG rejected</sub>, and 7% for MEG<sub>ECG components</sub>. ”

      Page 12: can the authors clarify whether these age related steepenings of the spectral slope in the MEG are when the data include the ECG contribution, or when the data exclude the ECG? (clarifying this seems critical to the message the authors are presenting).

      We apologize for not making this clearer. We now write: “This analysis also indicates that a vast majority of observed effects irrespective of condition (ECG components, ECG not rejected, ECG rejected) show a steepening of the spectral slope with age across sensors and frequency ranges.”

      Page 13: I think it would be useful to describe how much variance was explained by the MEG-ECG rejected vs MEG-ECG component conditions for a range of these analyses, so the reader also has an understanding of how much aperiodic neural activity might be influenced by age (vs if the effects are really driven mostly by changes in the ECG).

      With regards to the explained variance I think that the very important question of how strong age influences changes in aperiodic activity is a topic better suited for a meta analysis. As the effect sizes seems to vary largely depending on the sample e.g. for EEG in the literature results were reported at r=-0.08 (Cesnaite et al. 2023), r=-0.26 (Cellier et al. 2021), r=-0.24/r=-0.28/r=-0.35 (Hill et al. 2022) and r=0.5/r=0.7 (Voytek et al. 2015). I would defer the reader/reviewer to the standardized beta coefficients as a measure of effect size in the current study that is depicted in Figure 4A.

      Cellier, D., Riddle, J., Petersen, I., & Hwang, K. (2021). The development of theta and alpha neural oscillations from ages 3 to 24 years. Developmental cognitive neuroscience, 50, 100969.

      Cesnaite, E., Steinfath, P., Idaji, M. J., Stephani, T., Kumral, D., Haufe, S., ... & Nikulin, V. V. (2023). Alterations in rhythmic and non‐rhythmic resting‐state EEG activity and their link to cognition in older age. NeuroImage, 268, 119810.

      Hill, A. T., Clark, G. M., Bigelow, F. J., Lum, J. A., & Enticott, P. G. (2022). Periodic and aperiodic neural activity displays age-dependent changes across early-to-middle childhood. Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience, 54, 101076.

      Voytek, B., Kramer, M. A., Case, J., Lepage, K. Q., Tempesta, Z. R., Knight, R. T., & Gazzaley, A. (2015). Age-related changes in 1/f neural electrophysiological noise. Journal of Neuroscience, 35(38), 13257-13265.

      Also, if there are specific M/EEG sensors where the 1/f activity does relate strongly to age, it would be worth noting these, so future research could explore those sensors in more detail.

      I think it is difficult to make a clear claim about this for MEG data, as the exact location or type of the sensor may differ across manufacturers. Such a statement could be easier made for source projected data or in case EEG electrodes were available, where the location would be normed eg. according to the 10-20 system.

      DISCUSSION:

      Page 15: Please change the wording of the following sentence, as the way it is currently worded seems to suggest that the authors of the current manuscript have demonstrated this point (which I think is not the case): "The authors demonstrate that EEG typically integrates activity over larger volumes than MEG, resulting in differently shaped spectra across both recording methods."

      Apologies for the oversight! The reviewer is correct we in fact did not show this, but the authors of the cited manuscript. We correct the sentence as suggested stating now that:

      “Bénar et al. demonstrate that EEG typically integrates activity over larger volumes than MEG, resulting in differently shaped spectra across both recording methods.”

      Page 16: The authors mention the results can be sensitive to the application of SSS to clean the MEG data, but not ICA. I think it would be sensitive to the application of either SSS or ICA?

      This is correct and actually also supported by Figure S7, as differences in ICA thresholds affect also the detection of age-related effects. We therefore adjusted the related sentences stating now that:

      “ In case of the MEG signal this may include the application of Signal-Space-Separation algorithms (SSS(24,55)), different thresholds for ICA component detection (see Figure S7), high and low pass filtering, choices during spectral density estimation (window length/type etc.), different parametrization algorithms (e.g. IRASA vs FOOOF) and selection of frequency ranges for the aperiodic slope estimation.”

      It would be worth clarifying that the linked mastoid re-reference alone has been proposed to cancel out the ECG signal, rather than that a linked-mastoid re-reference improves the performance of the ICA separation (which could be inferred by the explanation as it's currently written).

      This is correct and we adjusted the sentence accordingly! Stating now that:

      “ Previous work(12,56) has shown that a linked mastoid reference alone was particularly effective in reducing the impact of ECG related activity on aperiodic activity measured using EEG. “

      The issue of the number of EEG channels could probably just be noted as a potential limitation, as could the issue of neural activity being mixed into the ECG component (although this does pose a potential confound to the M/EEG without ECG condition, I suspect it wouldn't be critical).

      This is indeed a very fair point as a higher amount of electrodes would probably make it easier to better isolate ECG components in the EEG, which may be the reason why the separation did not work so well in our case. However, this is ultimately an empirical question so we highlighted it in the discussion section stating that: “Difficulties in removing ECG related components from EEG signals via ICA might be attributable to various reasons such as the number of available sensors or assumptions related to the non-gaussianity of the underlying sources. Further understanding of this matter is highly important given that ICA is the most widely used procedure to separate neural from peripheral physiological sources. ”

      OUTLOOK:

      Page 19: Although there has been a recent trend to control for 1/f activity when examining oscillatory power, recent research suggests that this should only be implemented in specific circumstances, otherwise the correction causes more of a confound than the issue does. It might be worth considering this point with regards to the final recommendation in the Outlook section: Brake, N., Duc, F., Rokos, A., Arseneau, F., Shahiri, S., Khadra, A., & Plourde, G. (2024). A neurophysiological basis for aperiodic EEG and the background spectral trend. Nature Communications, 15(1), 1514.

      We want to thank the reviewer for recommending this very interesting paper! The authors of said paper present compelling evidence showing that, while peak detection above an aperiodic trend using methods like FOOOF or IRASA is a prerequisite to determine the presence of oscillatory activity, it’s not necessarily straightforward to determine which detrending approach should be applied to determine the actual power of an oscillation. Furthermore, the authors suggest that wrongfully detrending may cause larger errors than not detrending at all. We therefore added a sentence stating that: “However, whether or not periodic activity (after detection) should be detrended using approaches like FOOOF or IRASA still remains disputed, as incorrectly detrending the data may cause larger errors than not detrending at all(75).”

      RECOMMENDATIONS:

      Page 20: "measure and account for" seems like it's missing a word, can this be re-written so the meaning is more clear?

      Done as suggested. The sentence now states: “To better disentangle physiological and neural sources of aperiodic activity, we propose the following steps to (1) measure and (2) account for physiological influences.”

      I would re-phrase "doing an ICA" to "reducing cardiac artifacts using ICA" (this wording could be changed in other places also).

      I do not like to describe cardiac or ocular activity as artifactual per se. This is also why I used hyphens whenever I mention the word “artifact” in association with the ECG or EOG. However, I do understand that the wording of “doing an ICA” is a bit sloppy. We therefore reworded it accordingly throughout the manuscript to e.g. “separating cardiac from neural sources using an ICA” and “separating physiological from neural sources using an ICA”.

      I would additionally note that even if components are identified as unambiguously cardiac, it is still likely that neural activity is mixed in, and so either subtracting or leaving the component will both be an issue (https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.06.06.597688). As such, even perfect identification of whether components are cardiac or not would still mean the issue remains (and this issue is also consistent across a considerable range of component based methods). Furthermore, current methods including wavelet transforms on the ICA component still do not provide good separation of the artifact and neural activity.

      This is definitely a fair point and we also highlight this in our recommendations under 3 stating that:

      “However, separating physiological from neural sources using an ICA is no guarantee that peripheral physiological activity is fully removed from the cortical signal. Even more sophisticated ICA based methods that e.g. apply wavelet transforms on the ICA components may still not provide a good separation of peripheral physiological and neural activity76,77. This turns the process of deciding whether or not an ICA component is e.g. either reflective of cardiac or neural activity into a challenging problem. For instance, when we only extract cardiac components using relatively high detection thresholds (e.g. r > 0.8), we might end up misclassifying residual cardiac activity as neural. In turn, we can’t always be sure that using lower thresholds won’t result in misinterpreting parts of the neural effects as cardiac. Both ways of analyzing the data can potentially result in misconceptions.”

      Castellanos, N. P., & Makarov, V. A. (2006). Recovering EEG brain signals: Artifact suppression with wavelet enhanced independent component analysis. Journal of neuroscience methods, 158(2), 300-312.

      Bailey, N. W., Hill, A. T., Godfrey, K., Perera, M. P. N., Rogasch, N. C., Fitzgibbon, B. M., & Fitzgerald, P. B. (2024). EEG is better when cleaning effectively targets artifacts. bioRxiv, 2024-06.

      METHODS:

      Pre-processing, page 24: I assume the symmetric setting of fastica was used (rather than the deflation setting), but this should be specified.

      Indeed the reviewer is correct, we used the standard setting of fastICA implemented in MNE python, which is calling the FastICA implementation in sklearn that is per default using the “parallel” or symmetric algorithm to compute an ICA. We added this information to the text accordingly, stating that:

      “For extracting physiological “artifacts” from the data, 50 independent components were calculated using the fastica algorithm(22) (implemented in MNE-Python version 1.2; with the parallel/symmetric setting; note: 50 components were selected for MEG for computational reasons for the analysis of EEG data no threshold was applied).”

      Temporal response functions, page 26: can the authors please clarify whether the TRF is computed against the ECG signal for each electrode or sensory independently, or if all electrodes/sensors are included in the analysis concurrently? I'm assuming it was computed for each electrode and sensory separately, since the TRF was computed in both the forward and backwards direction (perhaps the meaning of forwards and backwards could be explained in more detail also - i.e. using the ECG to predict the EEG signal, or using the EEG signal to predict the ECG signal?).

      A TRF can also be conceptualized as a multiple regression model over time lags. This means that we used all channels to compute the forward and backward models. In the case of the forward model we predicted the signal of the M/EEG channels in a multivariate regression model using the ECG electrode as predictor. In case of the backward model we predicted the ECG electrode based on the signal of all M/EEG channels. The forward model was used to depict the time window at which the ECG signal was encoded in the M/EEG recording, which appears at 0 time lags indicating volume conduction. The backward model was used to see how much information of the ECG was decodable by taking the information of all channels.

      We tried to further clarify this approach in the methods section stating that:

      “We calculated the same model in the forward direction (encoding model; i.e. predicting M/EEG data in a multivariate model from the ECG signal) and backward direction (decoding model; i.e. predicting the ECG signal using all M/EEG channels as predictors).”

      Page 27: the ECG data was fit using a knee, but it seems the EEG and MEG data was not.

      Does this different pose any potential confound to the conclusions drawn? (having said this, Figure S4 suggests perhaps a knee was tested in the M/EEG data, which should perhaps be explained in the text also).

      This was indeed tested in a previous review round to ensure that our results are not dependent on the presence/absence of a knee in the data. We therefore added figure S4, but forgot to actually add a description in the text. We are sorry for this oversight and added a paragraph to S1 accordingly:

      “Using FOOOF(5), we also investigated the impact of different slope fitting options (fixed vs. knee model fits) on the aperiodic age relationship (see Supplementary Figure S4). The results that we obtained from these analyses using FOOOF offer converging evidence with our main analysis using IRASA.”

      Page 32: my understanding of the result reported here is that cleaning with ICA provided better sensitivity to the effects of age on 1/f activity than cleaning with SSS. Is this accurate? I think this could also be reported in the main manuscript, as it will be useful to researchers considering how to clean their M/EEG data prior to analyzing 1/f activity.

      The reviewer is correct in stating that we overall detected slightly more “significant” effects, when not additionally cleaning the data using SSS. However, I am a bit wary of recommending omitting the use of SSS maxfilter solely based on this information. It can very well be that the higher quantity of effects (when not employing SSS maxfilter) stems from other physiological sources (e.g. muscle activity) that are correlated with age and removed when applying SSS maxfiltering. I think that just conditioning the decision of whether or not maxfilter is applied based on the amount or size of effects may not be the best idea. Instead I think that the applicability of maxfilter for research questions related to aperiodic activity should be the topic of additional methodological research. We therefore now write in Text S1:

      “Considering that we detected less and weaker aperiodic effects when using SSS maxfilter is it advisable to omit maxfilter, when analyzing aperiodic signals? We don’t think that we can make such a judgment based on our current results. This is because it's unclear whether or not the reduction of effects stems from an additional removal of peripheral information (e.g. muscle activity; that may be correlated with aging) or is induced by the SSS maxfiltering procedure itself. As the use of maxfilter in detecting changes of aperiodic activity was not subject of analysis that we are aware of, we suggest that this should be the topic of additional methodological research.”

      Page 39, Figure S6 and Figure S8: Perhaps the caption could also briefly explain the difference between maxfilter set to false vs true? I might have missed it, but I didn't gain an understanding of what varying maxfilter would mean.

      Figure S6 shows the effect of ageing on the spectral slope averaged across all channels. The maxfilter set to false in AB) means that no maxfiltering using SSS was performed vs. in CD) where the data was additionally processed using the SSS maxfilter algorithm. We now describe this more clearly by writing in the caption:

      “Supplementary Figure S6: Age-related changes in aperiodic brain activity are most prominent on explained by cardiac components irrespective of maxfiltering the data using signal space separation (SSS) or not AC) Age was used to predict the spectral slope (fitted at 0.1-145Hz) averaged across sensors at rest in three different conditions (ECG components not rejected [blue], ECG components rejected [orange], ECG components only [green].”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Weber et al. investigate the role of 4 dopaminergic neurons of the Drosophila larva in mediating the association between an aversive high-salt stimulus and a neutral odor. The 4 DANs belong to the DL1 cluster and innervate non-overlapping compartments of the mushroom body, distinct from those involved in appetitive associative learning. Using specific driver lines, they show that activation of the DAN-g1 is sufficient to mimic an aversive memory and it is also necessary to form a high-salt memory of full strength, although optogenetic silencing of this neuron only partially affects the performance index. The authors use calcium imaging to show that the DAN-g1 is not the only one that responds to salt. DAN-c1 and d1 also respond to salt, but they seem to play no role in the assays tested. DAN-f1, which does not respond to salt, is able to lead to the formation of memory (if optogenetically activated), but it is not necessary for the salt-odor memory formation in normal conditions. However, silencing of DAN-f1 together with DAN-g1, enhances the memory deficit of DAN-g1.

      Strengths:

      The paper therefore reveals that also in the Drosophila larva as in the adult, rewards and punishments are processed by exclusive sets of DANs and that a complex interaction between a subset of DANs mediates salt-odor association.

      Overall, the manuscript contributes valuable results that are useful for understanding the organization and function of the dopaminergic system. The behavioral role of the specific DANs is accessed using specific driver lines which allow for testing of their function individually and in pairs. Moreover, the authors perform calcium imaging to test whether DANs are activated by salt, a prerequisite for inducing a negative association with it. Proper genetic controls are carried across the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors use two different approaches to silence dopaminergic neurons: optogenetics and induction of apoptosis. The results are not always consistent, and the authors could improve the presentation and interpretation of the data. Specifically, optogenetics seems a better approach than apoptosis, which can affect the overall development of the system, but apoptosis experiments are used to set the grounds of the paper.

      The physiological data would suggest the role of a certain subset of DANs in salt-odor association, but a different partially overlapping set seems to be necessary. This should be better discussed and integrated into the author's conclusion. The EM data analysis reveals a non-trivial organization of sensory inputs into DANs and it is hard to extrapolate a link to the functional data presented in the paper.

      We would like to thank reviewer 1 for the positive evaluation of our work and for the critical suggestions for improvement. In the new version of the manuscript, we have centralized the optogenetic results and moved some of the ablation experiments to the Supplement. We also discuss in detail the experimental differences in the results. In addition, we have softened our interpretation of the specificity of memory for salt. As a result, we now emphasize more the general role of DANs for aversive learning in the larva. These changes are now also summarized and explained more simply and clearly in the Discussion, along with a revised discussion of the EM data.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this work, the authors show that dopaminergic neurons (DANs) from the DL1 cluster in Drosophila larvae are required for the formation of aversive memories. DL1 DANs complement pPAM cluster neurons which are required for the formation of attractive memories. This shows the compartmentalized network organization of how an insect learning center (the mushroom body) encodes memory by integrating olfactory stimuli with aversive or attractive teaching signals. Interestingly, the authors found that the 4 main dopaminergic DL1 neurons act redundantly, and that single-cell ablation did not result in aversive memory defects. However, ablation or silencing of a specific DL1 subset (DAN-f1,g1) resulted in reduced salt aversion learning, which was specific to salt but no other aversive teaching stimuli were tested. Importantly, activation of these DANs using an optogenetic approach was also sufficient to induce aversive learning in the presence of high salt. Together with the functional imaging of salt and fructose responses of the individual DANs and the implemented connectome analysis of sensory (and other) inputs to DL1/pPAM DANs, this represents a very comprehensive study linking the structural, functional, and behavioral role of DL1 DANs. This provides fundamental insight into the function of a simple yet efficiently organized learning center which displays highly conserved features of integrating teaching signals with other sensory cues via dopaminergic signaling.

      Strengths:

      This is a very careful, precise, and meticulous study identifying the main larval DANs involved in aversive learning using high salt as a teaching signal. This is highly interesting because it allows us to define the cellular substrates and pathways of aversive learning down to the single-cell level in a system without much redundancy. It therefore sets the basis to conduct even more sophisticated experiments and together with the neat connectome analysis opens the possibility of unraveling different sensory processing pathways within the DL1 cluster and integration with the higher-order circuit elements (Kenyon cells and MBONs). The authors' claims are well substantiated by the data and clearly discussed in the appropriate context. The authors also implement neat pathway analyses using the larval connectome data to its full advantage, thus providing network pathways that contribute towards explaining the obtained results.

      Weaknesses:

      While there is certainly room for further analysis in the future, the study is very complete as it stands. Suggestions for clarification are minor in nature.

      We would like to thank reviewer 2 for the positive evaluation of our work. In fact, follow-up work is already underway to further analyze the role of the individual DL1 DANs. We have addressed the constructive and detailed suggestions for improvement in our point-by-point responses in the “Recommendations for the authors” section.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The study of Weber et al. provides a thorough investigation of the roles of four individual dopamine neurons for aversive associative learning in the Drosophila larva. They focus on the neurons of the DL-1 cluster which already have been shown to signal aversive teaching signals. However, the authors go far beyond the previous publications and test whether each of these dopamine neurons responds to salt or sugar, is necessary for learning about salt, bitter, or sugar, and is sufficient to induce a memory when optogenetically activated. In addition, previously published connectomic data is used to analyze the synaptic input to each of these dopamine neurons. The authors conclude that the aversive teaching signal induced by salt is distributed across the four DL-1 dopamine neurons, with two of them, DAN-f1 and DAN-g1, being particularly important. Overall, the experiments are well designed and performed, support the authors' conclusions, and deepen our understanding of the dopaminergic punishment system.

      Strengths:

      (1) This study provides, at least to my knowledge, the first in vivo imaging of larval dopamine neurons in response to tastants. Although the selection of tastants is limited, the results close an important gap in our understanding of the function of these neurons.

      (2) The authors performed a large number of experiments to probe for the necessity of each individual dopamine neuron, as well as combinations of neurons, for associative learning. This includes two different training regimens (1 or 3 trials), three different tastants (salt, quinine, and fructose) and two different effectors, one ablating the neuron, the other one acutely silencing it. This thorough work is highly commendable, and the results prove that it was worth it. The authors find that only one neuron, DAN-g1, is partially necessary for salt learning when acutely silenced, whereas a combination of two neurons, DAN-f1 and DAN-g1, are necessary for salt learning when either being ablated or silenced.

      (3) In addition, the authors probe whether any of the DL-1 neurons is sufficient for inducing an aversive memory. They found this to be the case for three of the neurons, largely confirming previous results obtained by a different learning paradigm, parameters, and effector.

      (4) This study also takes into account connectomic data to analyze the sensory input that each of the dopamine neurons receives. This analysis provides a welcome addition to previous studies and helps to gain a more complete understanding. The authors find large differences in inputs that each neuron receives, and little overlap in input that the dopamine neurons of the "aversive" DL-1 cluster and the "appetitive" pPAM cluster seem to receive.

      (5) Finally, the authors try to link all the gathered information in order to describe an updated working model of how aversive teaching signals are carried by dopamine neurons to the larva's memory center. This includes important comparisons both between two different aversive stimuli (salt and nociception) and between the larval and adult stages.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors repeatedly claim that they found/proved salt-specific memories. I think this is problematic to some extent.

      (1a) With respect to the necessity of the DL-1 neurons for aversive memories, the authors' notion of salt-specificity relies on a significant reduction in salt memory after ablating DAN-f1 and g1, and the lack of such a reduction in quinine memory. However, Fig. 5K shows a quite suspicious trend of an impaired quinine memory which might have been significant with a higher sample size. I therefore think it is not fully clear yet whether DAN-f1 and DAN-g1 are really specifically necessary for salt learning, and the conclusions should be phrased carefully.

      (1b) With respect to the results of the optogenetic activation of DL-1 neurons, the authors conclude that specific salt memories were established because the aversive memories were observed in the presence of salt. However, this does not prove that the established memory is specific to salt - it could be an unspecific aversive memory that potentially could be observed in the presence of any other aversive stimuli. In the case of DAN-f1, the authors show that the neuron does not even get activated by salt, but is inhibited by sugar. Why should activation of such a neuron establish a specific salt memory? At the current state, the authors clearly showed that optogenetic activation of the neurons does induce aversive memories - the "content" of those memories, however, remains unknown.

      (2) In many figures (e.g. figures 4, 5, 6, supplementary figures S2, S3, S5), the same behavioural data of the effector control is plotted in several sub-figures. Were these experiments done in parallel? If not, the data should not be presented together with results not gathered in parallel. If yes, this should be clearly stated in the figure legends.

      We would also like to thank reviewer 3 for his positive assessment of our work. As already mentioned by reviewer 1, we understand the criticism that the salt specificity for which the individual DANs are coded is not fully always supported by the results of the work. We have therefore rewritten the relevant passages, which are also cited by the reviewer. We have also included the second point of criticism and incorporated it into our manuscript. As the control groups were always measured in parallel with the experimental animals, we can also present the data together in a sub-figure. We clearly state this now in the revised figure legends.

      Summary of recommendations to authors:

      Overall, the study is commendable for its systematic approach and solid methodology. Several weaknesses were identified, prompting the need for careful revisions of the manuscript:

      We thank the reviewers for the careful revision of our manuscript. In the subsequent sections, we aim to address their concerns as thoroughly as possible. A comprehensive one-to-one listing can be found below.

      (1) The authors should reconsider their assertion of uncovering a salt-specific memory, as the evidence does not conclusively demonstrate the exclusive necessity of DAN-f1 and DAN-g1 for salt learning. In particular, the optogenetic activation of DAN-f1 leads to plasticity but this might not be salt-specific. The precise nature of the memory content remains elusive, warranting a nuanced rephrasing of the conclusions.

      We only partially agree – optogenetic activation of DANs does not really allow to comment on its salt-specificity, true. However, we used high-salt concentrations during test. Over the years, the Gerber lab nicely demonstrated in several papers that larvae recall an aversive odor-salt memory only if salt is present during test (Gerber and Hendel, 2006; Niewalda et al 2008; Schleyer et al. 2011; Schleyer et al. 2015). The used US has to be present during test. Even at the same concentration other aversive stimuli (e.g. bitter quinine) are not able to allow the larvae to recall this particular type of memory. So, if the optogenetic activation of DAN-f1 establishes a memory that can be recalled on salt, we argue that it has to encode aspects of the salt information. On the other hand, only for DAN-g1 we see the necessity for salt learning. And – although (based on the current literature) very unlikely, we cannot fully exclude that the activation of DAN-f1 establishes a yet unknown type of memory that can be also recalled on a salt plate. Therefore, we partially agree and accordingly have rephrased the entire manuscript to avoid an over-interpretation of our data. Throughout the manuscript we avoid now to use the term salt-specific memory but rather describe the type of memory as aversive memory.

      (2) A thorough examination or discussion about the potential influence of blue light aversion on behavioral observations is necessary to ensure a balanced interpretation of the findings.

      To address this point every single behavioral experiment that uses optogenetic blue light activation runs with appropriate and mandatory controls. For blue light activation experiments, two genetic controls are used that either get the same blue light treatment (effector control, w1118>UAS-ChR2XXL) or no blue light treatment (dark control, XY-split-Gal4>UAS-ChR2XXL). For blue light inactivation experiments one group is added that has exactly the same genotype but did not receive food containing retinal. These experiments show that blue light exposure itself does not induce an aversive nor positive memory and blue light exposure does not impair the establishment of odor-high salt memory. In addition, we used the latest established transgenes available. ChR2<sup>XXL</sup> is very sensitive to blue light. Only 220 lux (60 µW/cm<sup>²</sup>) were necessary to obtain stable results. In our hands – short term exposure for up to 5 minutes with such low intensities does not induce a blue light aversion. Following the advice of the reviewer, we also address this concern by adding several sentences into the related results and methods sections.

      (3) The authors should address the limitations associated with the use of rpr/hid for neuronal ablations, such as the effects of potential developmental compensation.

      We agree with this concern. It is well possible that the ablation experiments induce compensatory effects during larval development. Such an effect may be the reason for differences in phenotypes when comparing hid,rpr ablation with optogenetic inhibition. This is now part of the discussion. In addition, we evaluated if the ablation worked in our experiments. So far controls were missing that show that the expression of hid,rpr really leads to the ablation of DANs. We now added these experiments and clearly show anatomically that the DANs are ablated (related to figure 4-figure supplement 6).

      (4) While the connectome analysis offers valuable insights into the observed functions of specific DANs in relation to their extrinsic (sensory) and intrinsic (state) inputs, integrating this data more cohesively within the manuscript through careful rewriting would enhance the coherence of the study.

      We understand this concern. Therefore, the new version of our manuscript is now intensifying the inclusion of the EM data in our interpretation of the results. Throughout the entire manuscript we have now rewritten the related parts. We have also completely revised the corresponding section in the results chapter.

      (5) More generally, the authors are encouraged to discuss internal discrepancies in the results of their functional manipulation experiments.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We do of course understand that we have not given the different results enough space in the discussion. We have now changed this and have been happy to comprehensively address the concern. 

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Here are some suggestions for clarification and improvement of the manuscript:

      (1) The authors should discuss why the silencing experiment with TH-GAL4 (Fig. 1) does not abolish memory formation (I assume that the PI should go to zero). Does it mean that other non-TH neurons are involved in salt-odor memory formation? Are there other lines that completely abolish this type of learning?

      Thank you very much for highlighting this crucial point. Indeed, the functional intervention does not completely eliminate the memory. There could be several reasons, or a combination thereof, for this outcome. For instance, it's plausible that the UAS-GtACR2 effector doesn't entirely suppress the activity of dopaminergic neurons. Additionally, the memory may comprise different types, not all of which are linked to dopamine function. It's also noteworthy that TH-Gal4 doesn't encompass all dopaminergic neurons – even a neuron from the DL1 cluster is absent (as previously reported in Selcho et al., 2009). Considering we're utilizing high salt concentrations in this experiment, it's conceivable that non gustatory-driven memories are formed based solely on the systemic effects of salt (e.g., increased osmotic pressure). These possibilities are now acknowledged in the text.

      (2) The Rpr experiments in Fig. 4 do not lead to any phenotype and there is a general assumption that the system compensates during development. However, there is no demonstration that Rpr worked or that development compensated for that. What do we learn from these data? Would it make sense to move it to supplement to make the story more compact? In addition: the conclusion at L 236 "DL1.... Are not individually necessary" is later disproved by optogenetic silencing. Similarly, optogenetic silencing of f1+g1 is affecting 1X and 3X learning, but not when using Rpr. Moreover, Rpr wdid not give any phenotype in other data in the supplementary material. I'm not sure how valid these results are.

      We acknowledge this concern and have actively deliberated various options for restructuring the presented ablation data. Ultimately, we reached a consensus that relocating Figure 4 to the supplement is warranted. Furthermore, corresponding adjustments have been made in the text. This decision amplifies the significance of the optogenetic results. In addition, we also addressed the other part of the concern. We examined the efficacy of hid and rpr in our experiments. Indeed, we successfully ablated specific DANs, as illustrated in the new anatomical data presented in Figure 4- figure supplement 6, which strengthens the interpretation of the hid,rpr experiments.

      (3) In most figures that show data for 1X and 3X training, there is no difference between these two conditions (I would suggest moving one set as a supplement). When a difference appears (Fig.5A-D) the implications are not discussed properly. Is it known that some circuits are necessary for the 1X but not for the 3X protocol? Is that a reasonable finding? I would expect the opposite, but I might lack of knowledge here. However, the optogenetic silencing of the same neurons in Figure 7 shows the same phenotype for 1X and 3X. Again, the validity of the Rpr experiments seems debatable.

      Different training protocols lead to different memory phases (STM and STM+ARM). We have shown that in the past in Widmann et al. 2016. Therefore, we are convinced that it makes sense to keep both data sets in the main manuscript. However, we agree that this was not properly introduced and discussed and therefore made the respective changes in the manuscript.

      (4) In Figure 3, it is unclear what the responses were tested against. Since they are so small and noisy there would be a need for a control. Moreover, in some cases, it looks like the DF/F is normalized to the wrong value: e.g. in DAN-c1 100mM, the activity in 0-10s is always above zero, and in pPAM with fructose is always below zero. This might not have any consequence on the results but should be adjusted.

      Thank you very much for your criticism, which we greatly appreciate. We have carefully re-examined the data and found that there was a mistake for the normalization of the values. We made the necessary adjustments to the evaluation, as per your suggestions. The updated figures, figure legends, and results have been incorporated into the new version of the manuscript. As noted by the reviewer, these corrections have not altered the interpretation of the data or the primary responses of the various DANs.

      (5) In the abstract: "Optogenetic activation of DAN-f1 and DAN-g1 alone suffices to substitute for salt punishment... Each DAN encodes a different aspect of salt punishment". These sentences might be misleading and an overstatement: only DAN-g1 shows a clear role, while the function of the other DANs in the context of salt-odor learning remains obscure.

      We have refined the respective part of the abstract accordingly. Consequently, we have reworded the related section, aiming to avoid any exaggeration.

      (6) The physiology is done in L1 larvae but behavior is tested in L3 larvae. There could be a change in this time that could explain the salt responses in c1 and d1 but no role in salt-odor learning?

      While we cannot dismiss the possibility of a developmental change from L1 to L3, a comparison of the anatomical data of the DL1 DANs from electron microscopy (EM) and light microscopy (LM) data indicates that their overall morphology remains consistent. However, it's important to note that this observation does not analyse the physiological aspects of these cells. Consequently, we have incorporated this concern into the discussion of the revised version of the manuscript.

      (7) The introduction needs some editing starting at L 129, as it ends with a discussion of a previously published EM data analysis. I would rather suggest stating which questions are addressed in this paper and which methods will be used and perhaps a hint on the results obtained.

      We understand the concern. We have added a concise paragraph to the conclusion of the introduction, highlighting the biological question, technical details, and a short hint on the acquired findings.

      (8) It is clear to me that the presentation of salt during the test is necessary for recall, however in L 166 I don't understand the explanation: how is the memory used in a beneficial way in the test? The salt is present everywhere and the odor cue is actually useless to escape it.

      Extensive research, exemplified by studies such as Schleyer et al. (2015) published in Elife, clearly demonstrates that the recall of odor-high salt memory occurs exclusively when tested on a high salt plate. Even when tested on a bitter quinine plate, the aversive memory is not recalled. This phenomenon is attributed to the triggering of motivation to recall the memory by the omnipresent abundance of the unconditioned stimulus (US) during the test, which in our case is high salt. Furthermore, the concentration of the stimulus plays a crucial role (Schleyer et al. 2011). The odor cue indicates where the situation could potentially be improved; however, if high salt is absent, this motivational drive diminishes as there is no memory present to enhance the already favorable situation. Additionally, the motivation to evade the omnipresent and unpleasant high salt stimulus persists throughout the entire 5-minute test period.

      (9) L288: the fact that f1 shows a phenotype in this experiment does not mean that it encodes a salt signal, indeed it does not respond to salt. It perhaps induces a plasticity that can be recalled by salt, but not necessarily linked to salt. The synergy between f1 and g1 in the salt assay was postulated based on exp with Rpr, but the validity of these experiments is dubious. I'm not sure there is sufficient evidence from Figures 6 and 7 to support a synergistic action between f1 and g1.

      It is true that DAN-f1 alone is not necessary for mediating a high salt teaching signal based on ablation, optogenetic inhibition and even physiology. However, optogenetic activation alone shows a memory tested on a salt plate. Given the logic explained above that is accepted by several publications, we would like to keep the statement. Especially as the joined activation with DAN-g1 gives rise to significant higher or lower values after joined optogenetic activation or inactivation (Figure 5E and F, Figure 6E and F in the new version). Nevertheless, we have modified the sentence. In the text we describe these effects now as “these results may suggest that DAN-f1 and DAN-g1 encode aspects of the natural aversive high salt teaching signal under the conditions that we tested”. We think that this is an appropriate and three-fold restricted statement. Therefore, we would like to keep it in this restricted version. However, we are happy to reconsider this if the reviewer thinks it is critical. 

      (10) I find the EM analysis hard to read. First of all, because of the two different graphical representations used in Fig. 8, wouldn't one be sufficient to make the point? Secondly, I could not grasp a take-home-message: what do we learn from the EM data? Do they explain any of the results? It seems to me that they don't provide an explanation of why some DL1 neurons respond to salt and others don't.

      We understand that the EM analysis is hard to read and have now carefully rewritten this part of the manuscript. See also general concern 4 above. The main take home message is not to explain why some DL1 neurons respond to salt and other do not. This cannot be resolved due to the missing information on the salt perceiving receptor cells. Unfortunately, we miss the peripheral nervous system in the EM - the first layer of salt information processing. However, our analysis shows clearly that the 4 DANs have their own identity based on their connectivity. None of them is the same – but to a certain extent similarities exist. This nicely reflects the physiological and behavioral results. We have now clarified that in the result to ease the understanding for the readership. In addition, we also clearly state that we don’t address the point why some DL1 neurons respond to salt and why others don’t respond.

      (11) Do the manipulations (activation and silencing) affect odor preference in the presence of salt? Did the authors test that the two odors do not drive different behaviors on the salty plate? Or did they only test the odor preference on plain agarose? Can we exclude a role for the DAN in driving multisensory-driven innate behavior?

      Innate odor preferences are not changed by the presence of salt or even other tastants (this work but see also Schleyer et al 2015, Figure 3, Elife). Even the naïve choice between two odors is the same if tested in the presence of different tastants (Schleyer et al 2015, Figure 3, Elife). This shows – at least for the tested stimuli and conditions – that are similar to the ones that we use – that there is no multisensory-driven innate odor-taste behavior. Therefore – at least to our knowledge - experiments as the ones suggested by the reviewer were never done in larval odor-taste learning studies. Therefore, we suggest that DAN activation has no effect on innate larval behavior. However, we are happy to reconsider this if the reviewer thinks it is critical. 

      (12) L 280: the authors generalize the conclusion to all DL1-DANs, but it does not apply to c1 and d1.

      Thanks for this comment. We deleted that sentence as suggested and thus do not anymore generalize the conclusion to all DL-DANs.

      (13) L345: I do not see the described differences in Fig. 8F, presynaptic sites of both types seem to appear in rather broad regions: could the author try to clarify this?

      We understand that the anatomical description of the data is often hard to read. Especially to readers that are not used to these kind of figures. We have therefore modified the text to ease the understanding and clarify the difference in the labeled brain regions for the broad readership.

      (14) L373: the conclusion on c1 is unsupported by data: this neuron responds to both salt and fructose (Figure 3 ) while the conclusion is purely based on EM data analysis.

      The sentence is not a conclusion but a speculation and we also list the cell's response to positive and negative gustatory stimuli. Therefore, we do not understand exactly what the reviewer means here. However, we have tried to address the criticism and have revised the sentences.

      (15) L385: the data on d1 seem to be inconsistent with Eschbach 2020, but the authors do not discuss if this is due to the differential vs absolute training, or perhaps the presence of the US during the test (which does not seem to be there in Eschbach, 2020) - is the training protocol really responsible for this inconsistency? For f1 the data seem to be consistent across these studies. The authors should clarify how the exp in Fig 6 differs from Eschbach, 2020 and how one could interpret the differences.

      True. This concern is correct. We now discuss the difference in more detail. Eschbach et al. used Cs-Crimson as a genetic tool, a one odor paradigm with 3 training cycles, and no gustatory cues in their approach. These differences are now discussed in the new version of the manuscript.

      (16) L460-475 A long part of this paragraph discusses the similarities between c1 and d1 and corresponding PPL1 neurons in the adult fly. However, c1 and d1 do not really show any phenotype in this paper, I'm not sure what we learn from this discussion and how much this paper can contribute to it. I would have wished for a discussion of how one could possibly reconcile the observed inconsistencies.

      Based on the comments of the different reviewers several paragraphs in the discussion were modified. We agree that the part on the larval-adult comparison is quite long. Thus we have shortened it as suggested by the reviewer.

      Minor corrections:

      L28 "resultant association" maybe resulting instead.

      L55 "animals derive benefit": remove derive.

      L78 "composing 12,000 neurons": composed of.

      L79 what is stable in a "stable behavioral assay"?

      L104: 2 times cluste.

      L122: "DL1 DANs are involved" in what?

      Fig. 1 please check subpanels labels, D repeats.

      L 362: "But how do individual neurons contribute to the teaching signal of the complete cluster?" I don't understand the question.

      L364 I did not hear before about the "labeled line hypothesis" in this context - could the author clarify?

      L368: edit "combinatorically".

      L390: "current suppression" maybe acute suppression.

      L 400 I'm not sure what is meant by "judicious functional configuration" and "redundancy". The functions of these cells are not redundant, and no straightforward prediction of their function can be done from their physiological response to salt.

      Thanks a lot for your in detail review of our manuscript. We welcome your well-taken concerns and have made the requested changes for all points that you have raised.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) In Figure 1 the reconstruction of pPAM and DL1 DANs shows the compartmentalized innervation of the larval MB. However, the images are a bit low in color contrast to appreciate the innervation well. In particular in panel B, it is hard to identify the innervated MB body structure. A schematic model of the larval MB and DAN innervation domains like in Fig. 2A would help to clarify the innervation pattern to the non-specialist.

      We understand this concern and have changed figure 1 as suggested by the reviewer. A schematic model of the MB and DANs is now presented already in figure 1 as well as the according supplemental figure.

      (2) Blue light itself can be aversive for larvae and thus interfere with the aversive learning paradigm. Does the given Illuminance (220 lux) used in these experiments affect the behavior and learning outcome?

      Yes, in former times high intensities of blue light were necessary to trigger the first generation optogenetic tools. The high intensity blue light itself was able to establish an aversive memory (e.g. Rohwedder et al. 2016). Usage of the second generation optogenetic tools allowed us to strongly reduce the applied light intensity. Now we use 220 lux (equal to 60 µW/cm<sup>2</sup>). Please note that all Gal4 and UAS controls in the manuscript are nonsignificant different from zero. The mild blue light stimulation therefore does not serve as a teaching signal and has neither an aversive nor an appetitive effect. Furthermore, we use this mild light intensity for several other behavioral paradigms (locomotion, feeding, naïve preferences) and have never seen an effect on the behavior.

      (3) Fig.2: Except for MB054B-Gal4 only the MB expression pattern is shown for other lines. Is there any additional expression in other cells of the brain? In the legend in line 761, the reporter does not show endogenous expression, rather it is a fluorescent reporter signal labeling the mushroom body.

      The lines were initially identified by a screen on larval MB neurons done together with Jim Truman, Marta Zlatic and Bertram Gerber. Here full brain scans were always analyzed. These images can be seen in Eschbach et al. 2020, extended figure 1. Neither in their evaluation nor in our anatomical evaluation (using a different protocol) additional expression in brain cells was detectable. We also modified the figure legend as suggested.

      (4) Fig.3: Precise n numbers per experiment should be stated in the figure legend.

      True, we now present n numbers per experiment whenever necessary.

      (5) Fig.4: Have the authors confirmed complete ablation of the targeted neuron using rpr/hid? Ablations can be highly incomplete depending on the onset and strength of Gal4 expression, leaving some functionality intact. While the ablation experiments are largely in line with the acute silencing of single DANs during high salt learning performed later on (Fig.7), there is potentially an interesting aspect of developmental compensation hidden in this data. Not a major point, but potentially interesting to check.

      We agree with this criticism. We have not tested if the expression of hid,rpr in DL1 DANs does really ablate them. Therefore we did an additional experiment to show that. The new data is now present as a supplemental figure (Figure 4- figure supplement 6). The result shows that expression of hid,rpr ablates also DL1 DANs similar to earlier experiments where we used the same effectors to ablate serotoniergic neurons (Huser et al., 2012, figure 5).

      (6) The performance index in Fig. 4 and 5 sometimes seems lower and the variability is higher than in some of the other experiments shown. Is this due to the high intrinsic variability of these particular experiments, or the background effects of the rpr/hid or splitGal4 lines?

      The general variability of these experiments is within the expected and known borders. In these kind of experiments there is always some variation due to several external factors (e.g. experimental time over the year). Therefore it is always important to measure controls and experimental animals at the same time. Of course that’s what we did and we only compare directly results of individual datasets. But not between different datasets. This is further hampered given that the experiments of Figure 4 (now Figure 4- figure supplement 1) and Figure 5 (now Figure 4) differ in several parameters from other learning experiments presented later in the text. Optogenetic activation uses blue light stimulation instead of “real world” high salt. Most often direct activation of specific DANs in the brain is more stable than the external high salt stimulation. Also optogenetic inactivation uses blue light stimulation and also retinal supplemented food. Both factors can affect the measurement. We thus want to argue that it is for each experiment most often the particular parameters that affect the variability of the results rather than background effects of the rpr/hid and split-Gal4 lines.

      (7) Fig.7: This is a neat experiment showing the effects of acute silencing of individual DL1 DANs. As silencing DAN-f1/g1 does not result in complete suppression of aversive learning, it would be highly interesting to test (or speculate about) additive or modulatory effects by the other DANs. Dan-c-1/d-1 also responds to high salt but does not show function on its own in these assays. I am aware that this is currently genetically not feasible. It would however be a nice future experiment.

      True, we were intensively screening for DL1 cluster specific driver lines that cover all 4 DL1 neurons or other combinations than the ones we tested. Unfortunately, we did not succeed in identifying them. Nevertheless, we will further screen new genetic resources (e.g. Meissner et al., 2024, bioRxiv) to expand our approach in future experiments. Please also see our comment on concern 1 of reviewer 1 for further technical limitations and biological questions that can also potentially explain the absence of complete suppression of high salt learning and memory. Some of these limitations are now also mentioned and discussed in the new version of the manuscript.

      (8) The discussion is excellent. I would just amend that it is likely that larval DAN-c1, which has high interconnectivity within the larval CNS, is likely integrating state-dependent network changes, similar to the role of some DANs in innate and state-dependent preference behavior. This might contribute to modulating learned behavior depending on the present (acute) and previous environmental conditions.

      Thanks a lot for bringing this up. We rewrote this part and added a discussion on recent work on DAN-c1 function in larvae as well as results on DAN function in innate and state-dependent preference behavior.

      (9) Citation in line 1115 missing access information: "Schnitzer M, Huang C, Luo J, Je Woo S, Roitman L, et al. 2023. Dopamine signals integrate innate and learned valences to regulate memory dynamics. Research Square".

      Unfortunately this escaped our notice. The paper is now published in Nature: Huang, C., Luo, J., Woo, S.J. et al. Dopamine-mediated interactions between short- and long-term memory dynamics. Nature 634, 1141–1149 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-024-07819-w. We have now changed the citation. The new citation includes the missing access information.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Regarding my issue about salt specificity in the public review, I want to make clear that I do not suggest additional experiments, but to be very careful in phrasing the conclusions, in particular whenever referring to the experiments with optogenetic activation. This includes presenting these experiments as "(salt) substitution" experiments - inferring that the optogenetic activation would substitute for a natural salt punishment. As important and interesting as the experiments are, they simply do not allow such an interpretation at this point.

      Results, line 140ff: When presenting the results regarding TH-Gal4 crossed to ChR2-XXL, please cite Schroll et al. 2006 who demonstrated the same results for the first time.

      Thanks for mentioning this. We now cite Schroll et al. 2006 here in the text of the manuscript.

      Figure 3: The subfigure labels (ABC) are missing.

      Unfortunately this escaped our notice. Thanks a lot – we have now corrected this mistake.

      Figure 5: For I and L, it reads "salt replaced with fru", but the sketch on the left shows salt in the test. I assume that fructose was not actually present in the test, and therefore the figure can be misleading. I suggest separate sketches. Also, I and L are not mentioned in the figure legend.

      True, this is rather confusing. Based on the well taken concern we have changed the figure by adding a new and correct scheme for sugar reward learning that does not symbolize fructose during test.

      Figure S1: The experimental sketches for E,F and G,H seem to be mixed up.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this up. In the new version we corrected this mistake.

      Figure S5: There are three sub-figures labelled with B. Please correct.

      Again, thanks a lot. We made the suggested correction in Figure S5.

      Discussion, line 353ff: this and the following sentences can be read as if the authors have discovered the DL-1 neurons as aversive teaching mediators in this study. However, Eschbach et al. 2020 already demonstrated very similar results regarding the optogenetic activation of single DL-1 DANs. I suggest to rephrase and cite Eschbach et al. 2020 at this point.

      That is correct. Our focus was on the gustatory pathway. The original discovery was made by Eschbach et al. We have now corrected this in the discussion and clarified our contribution. It was never our intention to hide this work, as the laboratory was also involved. Nevertheless, this is an annoying omission on our side.

      Line 385-387: this sentence is only correct with respect to Eschbach et al. 2020. Weiglein et al. 2021 used ChR2-XXL as an effector, but another training regimen.

      We understand this criticism. Therefore, we changed the sentence as suggested by the reviewer. See also our response on concern 15 of reviewer 1.

      Line 389ff: I do not understand this sentence. What is meant by persistent and current suppression of activity? If this refers to the behavioural experiments, it is misleading as in the hid, reaper experiments neurons are ablated and not suppressed in activity.

      We made the requested changes in the text. It is true that the ablation of a neuron throughout larval life is different from constantly blocking the output of a persisting neuron.

      Methods, line 615 ff: the performance index is said to be calculated as the difference between the two preferences, but the equation shows the average of the preferences.

      Thanks a lot. We are sorry for the confusion. We have carefully rewritten this part of the methods section to avoid any misunderstanding.

      When discussing the organization of the DL1 cluster, on several occasions I have the impression the authors use the terms "redundant" and "combinatorial" synonymously. I suggest to be more careful here. Redundancy implies that each DAN in principle can "do the job", whereas combinatorial coding implies that only a combination of DANs together can "do the job". If "the job" is establishing an aversive salt memory, the authors' results point to redundancy: no experimental manipulation totally abolished salt learning, implying that the non-manipulated neurons in each experiment sufficed to establish a memory; and several DANs, when individually activated, can establish an aversive memory, implying that each of them indeed can "do the job".

      Based on this concern we have rewritten the discussion as suggested to be more precise when talking about redundancy or combinatorial coding of the aversive teaching signal. Basically, we have removed all the combinatorial terms and replaced them by the term “redundancy”.

      The authors mix parametric and non-parametric statistical tests across the experiments dependent on whether the distribution of the data is normal or not. It would help readers if the authors would clearly state for which data which tests were used.

      We understand the criticism and now have added an additional supplemental file that includes all the information on the statistical tests applied and the distribution of the data.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study experimentally examined diet-microbe-host interactions through a complex systems framework, centered on dietary oxalate. Multiple, independent molecular, animal, and in vitro experimental models were introduced into this research. The authors found that microbiome composition influenced multiple oxalate-microbe-host interfaces. Oxalobacter formigenes were only effective against a poor oxalate-degrading microbiota background and give critical new insights into why clinical intervention trials with this species exhibit variable outcomes. Data suggest that, while heterogeneity in the microbiome impacts multiple diet-host-microbe interfaces, metabolic redundancy among diverse microorganisms in specific diet-microbe axes is a critical variable that may impact the efficacy of bacteriotherapies, which can help guide patient and probiotic selection criteria in probiotic clinical trials.

      Thank you. The main message of this research, is that through complex modelling, we believe we have identified the critical variable (metabolic redundancy) that is responsible for the efficacy of probiotics designed to reduce oxalate levels, thus allowing for improved patient selection in clinical trials. We also believe that this process and the critical features identified can be translated to other critical microbial functions such as short chain fatty acid synthesis, secondary bile acid synthesis, and others.

      Strengths:

      The paper has made significant progress in both the depth and breadth of scientific research by systematically comparing multiple experimental methods across multiple dimensions. Particularly through in-depth analysis from the enzymatic perspective, it has not only successfully identified several key strains and redundant genes, which is of great significance for understanding the functions of enzymes, the characteristics of strains, and the mechanisms of genes in microbial communities, but also provided a valuable reference for subsequent experimental design and theoretical research.

      More importantly, the establishment of a novel research approach to probiotics and gut microbiota in this paper represents a major contribution to the current research field. The proposal of this new approach not only breaks through the limitations of traditional research but also offers new perspectives and strategies for the screening, optimization of probiotics, and the regulation of gut microbiota balance. This holds potential significant value for improving human health and the prevention and treatment of related diseases.

      Thank you for the comments. We believe that the approach taken here, which contrasts with conventional reductionist techniques, will be critical for translating gut microbiome research into actionable therapeutic approaches.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study has excellently examined the overall changes in microbial community structure and the functions of individual bacteria, it lacks a focused investigation on the metabolic cross-feeding relationships between oxalate-degrading bacteria and related microorganisms, failing to provide a foundational microbial community or model for future research. Although this paper conducts a detailed study on oxalate metabolism, it would be beneficial to visually present the enrichment of different microbial community structures in metabolic pathways using graphical models.

      Thank you for this critique.  In the current study, we broadly examined the response of the gut microbiota to dietary oxalate. Based on initial shotgun metagenomic results, we focused in on specific taxa and metabolic functions.  Through metagenomic and multiple culture-based studies, we quickly honed in on redundancy in oxalate-degrading function as a key feature for oxalate homeostasis. We believe that the defined microbial community we used for microbial transplants (particularly the taxonomic cohort) provides a strong, minimal community to explore oxalate homeostasis further. In fact, we are using this consortium in multiple follow-up studies to fully understand the cross-feeding that may occur among these microorganisms, as you suggest.  We note that figure 3 shows the change of species and metabolic pathways with oxalate exposure.   

      Furthermore, the authors have done a commendable job in studying the roles of key bacteria. If the interactions and effects of upstream and downstream metabolically related bacteria could be integrated, it would provide readers with even more meaningful information. By illustrating how these bacteria interact within the metabolic network, readers can gain a deeper understanding of the complex ecological and functional relationships within microbial communities. Such an integrated approach would not only enhance the scientific value of the study but also facilitate future research in this area.

      Thank you. We note that based on the collective data obtained in this study, that redundancy in the oxalate degradation is the critical feature that maintains oxalate homeostasis. However, we are interested potential metabolic interactions between microbes in our defined community and are currently investigating these interactions through extensive investigations.   

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using the well-studied oxalate-microbiome-host system, the authors propose a novel conceptual and experimental framework for developing targeted bacteriotherapies using a three-phase pre-clinical workflow. The third phase is based on a 'complex system theoretical approach' in which multi-omics technologies are combined in independent in vivo and in vitro models to successfully identify the most pertinent variables that influence specific phenotypes in diet-host-microbe systems. The innovation relies on the third phase since phase I and phase II are the dominant approaches everyone in the microbiome field uses.

      Thank you. As you note, the proposed phases I and II are the predominant approaches used. In fact, many clinical trials have been conducted to try and reduce urine oxalate in patients, based solely on mechanistic studies with Oxalobacter formigenes.  As noted in our manuscript, only 43% of those studies results in the intended outcome, necessitating the approach we took in the current study. Our results suggest that the reason for the high rate of failure, despite well established mechanisms, is due to insufficient patient selection that focused only on the presence or absence of O. formigenes, which is a species that exhibits very low prevalence and abundance in the human gut microbiota, normally.

      Strengths:

      The authors used a multidisciplinary approach which included:

      (1) fecal transplant of two distinct microbial communities into Swiss-Webster mice (SWM) to characterize the host response (hepatic response-transcriptomics) and microbial activity (untargeted metabolomics of the stool samples) to different oxalate concentrations;

      (2) longitudinal analysis of the N. albigulia gut microbiome composition in response to varying concentrations of oxalate by shotgun metagenomics, with deep bioinformatic analyses of the genomes assembled; and

      (3) development of synthetic microbial communities around oxalate metabolisms and evaluation of these communities' activity in oxalate degradation in vivo.

      Thank you for these comments.  In the complex modelling approach, we focused on complete microbiota from host species known to have high and low capacities for oxalate tolerance, combined with targeting specific metabolic functions vs. specific taxa that may include unknown functions important for oxalate metabolism.  Further, we examined the influence of our target communities on oxalate metabolism through multiple in vitro and in vivo studies.

      Weaknesses:

      However, I have concerns about the frame the authors tried to provide for a 'complex system theoretical approach' and how the data are interpreted within this frame. Several of the conclusions the authors provide do not seem to have sufficient data to support them.

      Thank you.  We have tried to address these concerns by adding an exhaustive figure that broadly represents our complex modelling approach that includes potential complex system-based hypotheses, how they were tested, and the host-microbiome-oxalate interactions found in our study.

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Concerns

      (1) The authors argue about the importance of bringing 'Complex System Theory' to the microbiome field systematically and consistently. However, the authors fail to introduce this theory throughout the entire manuscript. For example, the authors tried to describe key elements and their nomenclature, such as nodes and fractal layers, in the first part of the result section. But the description is wordy and not precise. It would be more useful if the authors connected the model description with a visual representation, such as a figure. Unfortunately, these elements are not emphasizing and carried across the results section and are not mentioned in the discussion section.

      We have now added a figure (Figure 7) that details this process extensively and ties each of our findings to the complex system model and nomenclature.  We have also reiterated how our results fit in the complex system model in the discussion.

      In addition, there is no straightforward approach to integrating multi-omics datasets to identify the variables that are determinants of the system. For example, Figure 1 focuses on the impact of the host, hepatic activity, to oxalate exposure on fecal transplants into Swiss Webster mice; Figure 2 focuses on the effects of oxalate exposure on stool metabolic activity, not only microbial metabolic activity, on fecal transplants into Swiss Webster mice; and Figure 3 focuses on microbiome responses to different oxalate concentration in Neotoma albigula. There is no "model" to really integrate the host, the microbiome activity, and the microbiome composition information. And, unfortunately, the data generated between experiments cannot directly integrate; see major concern # 2.

      Thank you.  We have made more clear the experimental approach and how it applied to understanding the critical factors that maintain oxalate homeostasis.  Specifically, Figure 1 established that the effect of oxalate on the host was dependent on the microbiota, rather than host genetics.  Figure 2 established the effect of oxalate on the gut microbiota was again dependent on the whole gut microbiota and that these oxalate-microbe effects also influenced oxalate-host effects through a direct multi-omic data integration.  Once we established that the oxalate effects on host and microbiota were dependent on the whole microbiota composition, Figure 3 then sought to figure out how oxalate impacted the gut microbiota, using our model of high oxalate tolerance (N. albigula). With the finding in Figure 3 that there were multiple genes attributed to the degradation of oxalate, or acetogenic, methanogenic, and sulfate reducing pathways, Figure 4 and relevant supplemental figures sought to quantify the redundancy of these pathways.  After establishing a very high degree of redundancy, we sought to use a culturomic approach to determine what environmental factors impacted oxalate metabolism and to evaluate oxalate metabolism using our defined, hypothesized communities of microorganisms.  Finally, figure 6 sought to validate our metagenomic, metabolomic, and culturomic results from multiple animal and in vitro models using targeted microbial transplants in mice.  While we did have some direct multi-omic data integration (Figures 2 and 3), the process employed here sought to systematically determine which factors were most important for the oxalate-microbiota-host relationship, and then to use those results to design the subsequent experiments.  We have added this description to the discussion, which helps to contextualize the complex system modelling approach we took here.

      Finally, the authors did not provide a novel variable that successfully influences oxalate degradation in the oxalate-microbiome-host system. The authors argue that "both resource availability and community composition impact oxalate metabolism," which we currently inferred by the failure of the clinical tries and do not provide a clear intervention strategy to develop functional bacteriotherapy. The identification of composition as an important variable that was predictable without any multi-omics approach was highlighted by the development of synthetic microbial communities. Synthetic microbial communities are critical to characterizing complex microbiomes. Still, the authors did not explain how this strategy can be used in their theoretical framework (that is their goal), and these communities are not well introduced across the manuscript; see major concern # 4.

      As stated, it is clear from the failed clinical trials that we do not fully understand what microbial features dictate oxalate homeostasis.  We have specifically identified, through fecal transplant studies, that microbial composition is critical for oxalate homeostasis and that diverse oxalate-degrading bacteria exist.  However, ours is the first study that explicitly shows that it is this diversity that controls oxalate homeostasis.  This is specifically ascertained through the targeted microbial transplants in mice whereby O. formigenes was given alone or with different combinations of other microorganisms.  In other words, we were able to replicate both successful and failed studies by manipulating which specific species were introduced into animals.  This is unprecedented in the literature.

      (2) The authors provide several conclusions that are not completely supported by the data available. For example:

      (a) Lines 236-239: "Within the framework of complex systems, results show microbe-host cooperation whereby oxalate effectively processed within the SW-NALB gut microbiota reduced overall liver activity, indicative of a beneficial impact." - The authors did not provide data related to oxalate levels of oxalate processing for this dataset.

      While we did not specifically quantify oxalate degradation for this specific study, as cited in the text when describing this Swiss-Webster, Neotoma albigula system, we have previously published multiple animal studies explicitly showing that the N. albigula animals were highly effective oxalate degraders, which is transferable to Swiss-Webster mice through fecal transplants. Since the gut microbiota’s impact on oxalate has been welll established through experiments by our group, the purpose of these specific experiments were to look the other way and examine the effect of oxalate on the gut microbiota of these two animal models.  In the referenced text, we again cited our studies showing that the SW-NALB system effectively degrades oxalate.

      (b) Lines 239-243: "Data also suggest that both the gut microbiota and the immune system are involved in oxalate remediation (redundancy), such that if oxalate cannot be neutralized in the gut microbiota or liver, then the molecule will be processed through host immune response mechanisms (fractality), in this case indicated through an overall increase in hepatic activity and specifically in mitochondrial activity." - The authors did not provide any evidence related to the immune system and oxalate metabolism.

      We corrected that statement as follows: “…in this case indicated through an overall increase in inflammatory cytokines with oxalate exposure combined with an ineffective oxalate-degrading microbiota (Figures S6a,b; S9a,b).”  In other words, if the liver and gut microbiota can’t eliminate a toxin, then the immune system must deal with it through inflammatory pathways.  Oxalate is a well established, pro-inflammatory compound.  Our data show that this is dependent on the gut microbiota.

      (c) Lines 250-252: "Following the diet trial, colon stool was collected post-necropsy and processed for untargeted metabolomics, which is a measure of total microbial metabolic output." - Although most metabolites in stool samples are indeed microbial, there are also host metabolites. So, it is not technically correct to relate the metabolomic analysis of stool samples to only microbial metabolic analysis. In addition, the authors discussed compounds such as alkaloids and cholesterol as microbial metabolites, which these compounds are more related to the diet and host correspondingly.

      We have corrected this to state: “total metabolites present in stool from the diet, microbial activity, and host activity”

      (d) Lines 270-273. "Specifically, the SW-NALB mice exhibit hallmarks of homeostatic feedback with oxalate exposure to maintain a consistent metabolic output, defined by the relatively small, net negative, microbial metabolite-hepatic gene network compared to the large, net positive, network of SW-SW mice." - How do the authors define oxalate homeostasis? In addition, do the authors imply feedback between the liver and the microbiome in which the microbiome responds to a liver response related to oxalate levels? Or could the observation in Figure 1 be explained just by microbial consumption of oxalate that would reduce the impact of oxalate that arrives at the liver?

      Oxalate homeostasis is defined in that sentence: “relatively small, net negative, microbial metabolite-hepatic gene network compared to the large, net positive, network of SW-SW mice” – in other words, for SW-NALB mice, oxalate did not produce a considerable change to either microbial or hepatic metabolic activity.  We did not really test the liver impact on gut microbiota and can’t speak to that.  We believe, based on Figure 2 data, that it is not just the degradation of oxalate that explains the lack of change in hepatic activity in SW-NALB mice, rather that the oxalate-induced shift in the gut microbiota metabolic activity broadly altered hepatic activity, as inferred from Figure 2 c.  We made this more clear in the results: “suggests that the oxalate-induced change in microbial metabolism is responsible for the change in hepatic activity”.

      (e) Lines 297-301: "The oxalate-dependent metagenomic divergence of the NALB gut microbiota (Figure 3), combined with the lack of change in the microbial metabolomic profile with oxalate exposure (Figure 2), suggest that oxalate stimulates taxonomically diverse, but metabolically redundant microorganisms, in support of maintaining homeostasis." - The authors cannot conclude anything related between taxonomic changes and microbial activity since the taxonomic data presented is for microbial enrichment in N. albigulia, and the "microbial activity data" is from the fecal transplantation experiment in SWM. These are two completely different systems with two completely different experimental designs.

      We have shown very similar results in that oxalate induces the taxonomic divergence for the NALB gut microbiota, in multiple previous studies.  The experiment in which a minimal, positive increase in microbial metabolites, was saw with oxalate was based on the SW-NALB model whereby Swiss-Webster mice have an NALB microbiota.  We show throughout the manuscript, that the impact of oxalate is very microbiota dependent and supports our claim.  However, the claim is hypothesis generating – that metabolic redundancy is important for oxalate homeostasis.  We modified our statement to make all of this more clear.   

      Related to microbial composition, the authors did not show data validating the efficiency of the fecal transplantations (allograft or xenograft) in the SWM after antibiotic treatment. They also did not show evidence of microbial composition dynamics in response to oxalate exposure.

      Again, the efficacy of fecal transplants, used in the way they were here, has been shown in multiple past studies of our group.  In past studies, we have extensively characterized the microbiota from fecal transplants and which taxa were associated with oxalate levels.  Therefore, that topic was not the focus of the current study, instead focusing on the oxalate impact on gut microbiota activity.  Our past studies, referenced multiple times through the current manuscript, were used in large part to help determine which microbes to include in our taxonomic cohort, as described in the manuscript.

      (f) Lines 301-303: "Given that data came from the same hosts sampled longitudinally, these data also reflect a microbiota that is adaptive to oxalate exposure, which is another important characteristic of complex systems." - In their dataset, what is the evidence that the microbiota of N. albigulia is adapted to oxalate exposure? Is the increase in genomes with pathways related to oxalate metabolism related to an increase of oxalate in the diet? If so, does the microbiota exposure with a higher oxalate concentration decrease the systemic level of oxalate? In neither of the experiments related to Figures 1 to 3, the authors showed a correlation of systemic oxalate levels with microbial composition, hepatic host response, or stool metabolism.

      Figure 3 explicitly shows the longitudinal impact of increasing levels of oxalate showing an increase in oxalate degrading genes (Figure 3d). The specific samples selected for analysis here come from a previous study in which we explicitly quantified changes to the gut microbiota composition and both stool and urine oxalate for every time point listed in figure 3a.  This information is explicitly stated in the methods coupled with the fact that “neither fecal nor urinary oxalate levels increased significantly.”  Again, the effect of the gut microbiota on oxalate in these model systems have been extensively studied by our group and provide the foundation for the current study to look at the effect of oxalate on the gut microbiota and host.

      Considering my last two points, the authors do not present substantial evidence to support their hypothesis that oxalate stimulates taxonomically diverse, metabolically redundant communities.

      As stated above, that oxalate stimulates taxonomically diverse taxa was ascertained through multiple past studies, as well as the current study (Figure 3e).  The metabolically redundant part is ascertained both through untargeted metabolomics (Figure 2a,b) and shotgun metagenomics (Figure 3c,d).  Further evidence for the metabolic redundancy with oxalate comes from our culturomic approach, which showed that 14.58% of isolates could grow on oxalate as a carbon and energy source, in addition to the high proportion of isolates that could grow on other carbon and energy sources, at least much more than can be ascribed to a single species  (Figure 5c).  We made this more clear in the discussion.

      (g) Lines 330-335. "Additionally, the broad diversity of species that contain oxalate-related genes suggests that the distribution of metabolic genes is somewhat independent of the distribution of microbial species, which suggests that microbial genes exist in an autonomous fractal layer, to some degree. This hypothesis is supported by studies which show a high degree of horizontal gene transfer within the gut microbiota as a means of adaptation." - This conclusion is highly speculative, especially since the author did not do any analysis to directly evaluate a relationship between the oxalate metabolic pathways and the microbial species where these pathways are present.

      Figure 3c,d,e explicitly shows the metabolic pathways and species enriched by oxalate exposure.  Figure 4d, generated using the same data from Figure 3, explicitly shows the taxa that harbor oxalate-degrading genes.   

      (h) Lines 364-366. "Collectively, data show that both resource availability and community composition impacts oxalate metabolism, which helps to define the adaptive nature of the NALB gut microbiota." - The authors indeed showed evidence that community composition impacts oxalate metabolism. However, the authors did not show any evidence to directly evaluate the resource availability to impact oxalate metabolism.

      This is explicitly shown through in vitro community-based and single species assays varying multiple different carbon and energy sources to quantify changes to oxalate degradation (chosen based on shotgun metagenomic results; Figure 5a,b).

      (3) Lines 321-325. "Acetogenic genes were also present in 97.18% of genomes, dominated by acetate kinase and formate-tetrahydrofolate ligase (Figure S3A323C). Methanogenic genes were present in 100% of genomes, dominated by phosphoserine phosphatase, atpdependent 6-phosphofructokinase, and phosphate acetyltransferase (Figure S4A-C)." - The authors spent much time analyzing the adjacent pathways related to oxalate and oxalaterelated products of oxalate metabolism. However, my understanding is that the genes used to analyze these pathways (formate metabolism, acetogenesis, methanogenesis), such as the ones named above, are not unique/specific for those pathways but participate in other "housekeeping" pathways. What is the relevance of these analyses when those genes are not unique/specific to the function/pathways that the authors describe? If I infer correctly, these bioinformatic analyses aim to evaluate the hypothesis of whether oxalate metabolism could be a social/cooperation metabolism and whether other species could participate in the metabolism of oxalate subproducts. However, these analyses did not explicitly evaluate this hypothesis.

      The reviewer is correct in that we aimed to evaluate the potential that oxalate metabolism could benefit from metabolic cooperation.  The specific genes chosen for this analysis were those explicitly listed in the target metabolic pathways in KEGG, as described.  However, while the analyses do show the strong potential that the CO2 and formate produced from oxalate degradation could be used in these other pathways, as intended, the genes can be used in other metabolic pathways.  We did, however, explicitly test the hypothesis that formate, produced from oxalate degradation, could be utilized by the gut microbiota.  While the targeted transplants with the taxonomic cohort did not clearly show the use of formate in this way, those from the metabolic cohort did (Figures 6d and S8d).  This question is still in ongoing investigations in our group.  

      We have made it more clear that our genome analyses provide the potential for metabolic redundancy rather than definitive proof for metabolic redundancy, which was evaluated more extensively in other experiments from this study.

      (a) Lines 481-484. "Collectively, data offer strong support for the hypothesis that metabolic redundancy among diverse taxa, is the primary driver of oxalate homeostasis, rather than metabolic cooperation in which the by-products of oxalate degradation are used in downstream pathways such as acetogenesis, methanogenesis, and sulfate reduction." - Although the authors recognize that their data about the metabolic cooperation hypothesis is inconclusive, they never tested the hypothesis related to metabolic cooperation, as mentioned above. This is highly speculative.

      As stated above, the targeted microbial transplants to animals and in vitro studies (Figure 5e,f) did explicitly test the cooperation hypothesis, but it the results did not support it and instead pointed much more strongly to metabolic redundancy.    

      (4) Lines 355-359. "Cohorts, defined in the STAR methods, were used to delineate hypotheses that either carbon and energy substrates are sufficient to explain known effects of the oxalate-degrading microbial network or that additional aspects of taxa commonly stimulated by dietary oxalate are required to explain past results (taxa defined through previous meta-analysis of studies)." - The definition of the metabolic cohorts and the taxonomic cohorts should not be hidden in the material and methods section. It should be explicit and clearly explained in the main text. Related, the table presented in Figure 5D is exceptionally confusing and does not help to understand and differentiate between the metabolic and the taxonomic cohorts. The authors need to explicitly identify the synthetic communities used in each cohort and each group by their members and their characteristics in supplementary tables.

      In the sentences before those referenced, we state: “Culturomic data recapitulates molecular data to show a considerable amount of redundancy surrounding oxalate metabolism (Fig. 5C). Isolates generated from this assay were used for subsequent study (metabolic cohort; Figure 5D). Additionally, a second cohort was defined and commercially purchased based both on known metabolic functions and the proportion of studies that saw an increase in their taxonomic population with oxalate consumption (Fig. 5D; taxonomic cohort). Where possible, isolates from human sources were obtained.”  Figure 5d explicitly shows the specific species used in each cohort along with the groups they were in for transplant studies, the explicit metabolic pathways we were targeting, along with the % of studies that these species were associated with oxalate metabolism.  All of this information is both in the main text of the results and in the figure legends.  It is not hidden in the methods, but the methods do reiterate what was also placed in the results.   

      In Figures 5 and 6, the authors used the following groups with the corresponding nomenclature: 'Group 1, No_bact; Group 2, Ox; Group 3, Ox_form; Group 4, All; Group 5, No_ox'. Although the information related to these groups is present in the material and method section in lines 1139-1143, the authors also need to explicitly explain the groups and their nomenclature in the main text.

      Since this information is explicitly and succinctly given in the referenced figures, I believe that adding the same information in the text would be too redundant.

      Related to the development of the synthetic communities. How did the authors prepare the synthetic communities or 'cohort' for the in vitro experiments? 

      We added more information for the preparation of microbes and execution of the in vitro assays, as needed.  

      Also, it is unclear in the material and method section how the metabolic profile of each isolated was evaluated (Figure 5C). Related to the bacteria isolated from the culturomic assays, including Figure 5C and metabolic cohort, the authors indeed reported the isolation methodology in lines 1262-1275. However, there is no information about the sequencing of these isolates. The authors should present these isolates as a list (supplementary table) with their names, taxonomy, metabolic profile, and Genome ID if these genomes were submitted to NCBI.

      We added additional information for how metabolic cohort isolates were chosen and how they were taxonomically identified.  The taxonomy and substrate utilization of isolates are in Figure 5D.  We did not sequence the genomes of metabolic cohort bacteria.  However, the ATCC isolates, which comprise the taxonomic cohort, are publicly available.

      The author presented the 248 metagenomics assembles in Figure S1 in a circular chart in context with other genomes. However, the metagenomic assembles should be presented in a table form, with their name, taxonomy, coverage, completeness, and Genome ID, if these genomes were submitted to NCBI.

      The information for the genomes submitted to the NCBI is provided in the data availability statement.  However, we added a table (Table S9) that includes the requested information.   

      (5) Lines 371-3374: "To delineate hypotheses of metabolic redundancy or cooperation for mitigating the negative effects of oxalate on the gut microbiota and host, two independent diet trials were conducted with analogous microbial communities derived from the metabolic and taxonomic cohorts". 

      Lines 494-496: "we and others have found that oxalate can differentially exhibit positive or negative effects on microbial growth and metabolism dependent on the species and environment present" - What is the evidence that oxalate has a negative effect on the gut microbiota? The authors clearly showed the negative effect of oxalate on the host. Although there are reports in the literature of oxalate consumers with a negative effect on the microbiome, such as Lactobacilli and Bifidobacteria, there is no evidence in this manuscript about a negative effect of oxalate on the microbiome, and there is not an experimental design to evaluate it.

      These data are presented in Figure 2A and B.  As stated, oxalate led to a net reduction in total microbial metabolites produced of 34 metabolites, with a significant shift in overall metabolome, indicative of metabolic inhibition.  This is in comparison to the net gain of 9 metabolites, with no significant shift overall,  in the mice with the NALB microbiota.  The positive and negative effects of oxalate on the whole gut microbiota here are bolstered by previous studies on the effect of oxalate on pure cultures as discussed and cited on line 623624.

      (6) Related to the last section, it is hard to really compare the results of the taxonomic cohort versus the metabolic cohort when the data of one cohort is in the main figure and the other in a supplementary figure. In addition, all the comparisons between the two cohorts seem to be qualitative. For any comparisons, the authors need to do a statistical comparison between the groups of the two cohorts.

      The comparison of the two sets of data are indeed qualitative.  This is because these mouse models were run in separate experiments to test separate hypotheses (whether utilization of specific substrates is enough to improve oxalate metabolism or if specific taxa previously responsive to dietary oxalate was better, which is stated in the manuscript).  Given that these experimental models were tested separately, it would not be statistically valid to do a direct statistical comparison, even though the experimental procedures were the same and the only difference were the transplanted bacteria.  The separation of the experiments into a main and supplemental figure was done out of necessity given the very large amount of data and many experimental mouse models that were run in this study overall.   

      Minor Comments.

      (1) The authors should define 'antinutrients'. This term is not a familiar concept and could create confusion.

      This is defined in line 104 “molecules produced in plants to deter herbivory, disrupt homeostasis by targeting the function of the microbiome, host, or both”

      (2) The authors should explicitly describe the N. albigulia, aka White-throated woodrat system, as early as possible in the result section.

      We added some statements about the Swiss webster and N. albigula gut microbiota as poor and effective oxalate degraders in the second section of the results.

      (3) SW-SW mice exhibited an oxalate-dependent alteration of 219 hepatic genes, with a net increase in activity. In comparison, the SW-NALB mice exhibited an oxalate-dependent alteration of 21 genes with a net decrease in activity. However, the visual representation of the PCoA in Figure 1B showed that the most different samples are the SW-NALB 0% and 1.5%. Could you please explain this difference?

      In Figure 1b, the SW-NALB data are represented by the blue and black data points, which directly overlap with each other.  The SW-SW data are the orange and purple data points, which exhibit very little overlap.  

      (4) Is Table S7 the same as Table S6? If not, there is a missing supplementary table.

      These tables are different.  We ensured that both are present.

      (5) How did the authors test bacterial growth in in vivo studies (Figure 5B)?

      We added a statement to the culturomic section of the methods – we used media with or without oxalate and quantified colony-forming units.

      (6) A section of 16S rRNA metagenomics in the material and method section is not used across the main manuscript.

      These data are presented in figures S7 and S10, as stated in the results.  We added statements in the results to clarify that these figures show the 16S sequencing data.

      (7) Lines 506-511: "Collectively, data from the current and previous studies on the effect of oxalate exposure on the gut microbiota support the hypothesis that the gut microbiota serves as an adaptive organ in which specific, metabolically redundant microbes respond to and eliminate dietary components, for the benefit of themselves, but which can residually protect or harm host health depending on the dietary molecules and gut microbiota composition." - What is the benefit to bacteria in eliminating oxalate? This is highly speculative to this system.

      The benefit to bacteria is stated earlier in that paragraph – “In the current (Figs. 2B, 5B) and previous studies(33,34,64,65), we and others have found that oxalate can differentially exhibit positive or negative effects on microbial growth and metabolism dependent on the species and environment present.”

      (8) Lines 504 -506: "Importantly, the near-universal presence of formate metabolism genes suggest that formate may be an even greater source of ecological pressure (Figures S2-S5)."

      - Formate is primarily produced by fermentative anaerobic bacteria, such as Bacteroides, Clostridia, and certain species of Escherichia coli, since formate would be present in anaerobic communities independently of oxalate. How is formate an even greater source of ecological pressure?

      We added a statement about the toxicity of formate to both bacteria and mammalian hosts.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary

      In this study, the authors build upon previous research that utilized non-invasive EEG and MEG by analyzing intracranial human ECoG data with high spatial resolution. They employed a receptive field mapping task to infer the retinotopic organization of the human visual system. The results present compelling evidence that the spatial distribution of human alpha oscillations is highly specific and functionally relevant, as it provides information about the position of a stimulus within the visual field.

      Using state-of-the-art modeling approaches, the authors not only strengthen the existing evidence for the spatial specificity of the human dominant rhythm but also provide new quantification of its functional utility, specifically in terms of the size of the receptive field relative to the one estimated based on broad band activity.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive summary.

      Weakness 1.1

      The present manuscript currently omits the complementary view that the retinotopic map of the visual system might be related to eye movement control. Previous research in non-human primates using microelectrode stimulation has clearly shown that neuronal circuits in the visual system possess motor properties (e.g. Schiller and Styker 1972, Schiller and Tehovnik 2001). More recent work utilizing Utah arrays, receptive field mapping, and electrical stimulation further supports this perspective, demonstrating that the retinotopic map functions as a motor map. In other words, neurons within a specific area responding to a particular stimulus location also trigger eye movements towards that location when electrically stimulated (e.g. Chen et al. 2020).

      Similarly, recent studies in humans have established a link between the retinotopic variation of human alpha oscillations and eye movements (e.g., Quax et al. 2019, Popov et al. 2021, Celli et al. 2022, Liu et al. 2023, Popov et al. 2023). Therefore, it would be valuable to discuss and acknowledge this complementary perspective on the functional relevance of the presented evidence in the discussion section.

      The reviewer notes that we do not discuss the oculomotor system and alpha oscillations. We agree that the literature relating eye movements and alpha oscillations are relevant.

      At the Reviewer’s suggestion, we added a paragraph on this topic to the first section of the Discussion (section 3.1, “Other studies have proposed … “).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this work, Yuasa et al. aimed to study the spatial resolution of modulations in alpha frequency oscillations (~10Hz) within the human occipital lobe. Specifically, the authors examined the receptive field (RF) tuning properties of alpha oscillations, using retinotopic mapping and invasive electroencephalogram (iEEG) recordings. The authors employ established approaches for population RF mapping, together with a careful approach to isolating and dissociating overlapping, but distinct, activities in the frequency domain. Whereby, the authors dissociate genuine changes in alpha oscillation amplitude from other superimposed changes occurring over a broadband range of the power spectrum. Together, the authors used this approach to test how spatially tuned estimated RFs were when based on alpha range activity, vs. broadband activities (focused on 70-180Hz). Consistent with a large body of work, the authors report clear evidence of spatially precise RFs based on changes in alpha range activity. However, the size of these RFs were far larger than those reliably estimated using broadband range activity at the same recording site. Overall, the work reflects a rigorous approach to a previously examined question, for which improved characterization leads to improved consistency in findings and some advance of prior work.

      We thank the reviewer for the summary.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the authors take a careful and well-motivated approach to data analyses. The authors successfully test a clear question with a rigorous approach and provide strong supportive findings. Firstly, well-established methods are used for modeling population RFs. Secondly, the authors employ contemporary methods for dissociating unique changes in alpha power from superimposed and concomitant broadband frequency range changes. This is an important confound in estimating changes in alpha power not employed in prior studies. The authors show this approach produces more consistent and robust findings than standard band-filtering approaches. As noted below, this approach may also account for more subtle differences when compared to prior work studying similar effects.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      Weakness 2.1 Theoretical framing:

      The authors frame their study as testing between two alternative views on the organization, and putative functions, of occipital alpha oscillations: i) alpha oscillation amplitude reflects broad shifts in arousal state, with large spatial coherence and uniformity across cortex; ii) alpha oscillation amplitude reflects more specific perceptual processes and can be modulated at local spatial scales. However, in the introduction this framing seems mostly focused on comparing some of the first observations of alpha with more contemporary observations. Therefore, I read their introduction to more reflect the progress in studying alpha oscillations from Berger's initial observations to the present. I am not aware of a modern alternative in the literature that posits alpha to lack spatially specific modulations. I also note this framing isn't particularly returned to in the discussion.

      This was helpful feedback. We have rewritten nearly the entire Introduction to frame the study differently. The emphasis is now on the fact that several intracranial studies of spatial tuning of alpha (in both human and macaque) tend to show increases in alpha due to visual stimulation, in contrast to a century of MEG/EEG studies, from Berger to the present, showing decreases. We believe that the discrepancy is due to an interaction between measurement type and brain signals. Specifically, intracranial measurements sum decreases in alpha oscillations and increases in broadband power on the same trials, and both signals can be large. In contrast, extracranial measures are less sensitive to the broadband signals and mostly just measure the alpha oscillation. Our study reconciles this discrepancy by removing the baseline broadband power increases, thereby isolating the alpha oscillation, and showing that with iEEG spatial analyses, the alpha oscillation decreases with visual stimulation, consistent with EEG and MEG results.

      Weakness 2.2 A second important variable here is the spatial scale of measurement.

      It follows that EEG based studies will capture changes in alpha activity up to the limits of spatial resolution of the method (i.e. limited in ability to map RFs). This methodological distinction isn't as clearly mentioned in the introduction, but is part of the author's motivation. Finally, as noted below, there are several studies in the literature specifically addressing the authors question, but they are not discussed in the introduction.

      The new Introduction now explicitly contrasts EEG/MEG with intracranial studies and refers to the studies below.

      Weakness 2.3 Prior studies:

      There are important findings in the literature preceding the author's work that are not sufficiently highlighted or cited. In general terms, the spatio-temporal properties of the EEG/iEEG spectrum are well known (i.e. that changes in high frequency activity are more focal than changes in lower frequencies). Therefore, the observations of spatially larger RFs for alpha activities is highly predicted. Specifically, prior work has examined the impact of using different frequency ranges to estimate RF properties, for example ECoG studies in the macaque by Takura et al. NeuroImage (2016) [PubMed: 26363347], as well as prior ECoG work by the author's team of collaborators (Harvey et al., NeuroImage (2013) [PubMed: 23085107]), as well as more recent findings from other groups (Luo et al., (2022) BioRxiv: https://doi.org/10.1101/2022.08.28.505627). Also, a related literature exists for invasively examining RF mapping in the time-voltage domain, which provides some insight into the author's findings (as this signal will be dominated by low-frequency effects). The authors should provide a more modern framing of our current understanding of the spatial organization of the EEG/iEEG spectrum, including prior studies examining these properties within the context of visual cortex and RF mapping. Finally, I do note that the author's approach to these questions do reflect an important test of prior findings, via an improved approach to RF characterization and iEEG frequency isolation, which suggests some important differences with prior work.

      Thank you for these references and suggestions. Some of the references were already included, and the others have been added.

      There is one issue where we disagree with the Reviewer, namely that “the observations of spatially larger RFs for alpha activities is highly predicted”. We agree that alpha oscillations and other low frequency rhythms tend to be less focal than high frequency responses, but there are also low frequency non-rhythmic signals, and these can be spatially focal. We show this by demonstrating that pRFs solved using low frequency responses outside the alpha band (both below and above the alpha frequency) are small, similar to high frequency broadband pRFs, but differing from the large pRFs associated with alpha oscillations. Hence we believe the degree to which signals are focal is more related to the degree of rhythmicity than to the temporal frequency per se. While some of these results were already in the supplement, we now address the issue more directly in the main text in a new section called, “2.5 The difference in pRF size is not due to a difference in temporal frequency.”

      We incorporated additional references into the Introduction, added a new section on low frequency broadband responses to the Results (section 2.5), and expanded the Discussion (section 3.2) to address these new references.

      Weakness 2.4 Statistical testing:

      The authors employ many important controls in their processing of data. However, for many results there is only a qualitative description or summary metric. It appears very little statistical testing was performed to establish reported differences. Related to this point, the iEEG data is highly nested, with multiple electrodes (observations) coming from each subject, how was this nesting addressed to avoid bias?

      We reviewed the primary claims made in the manuscript and for each claim, we specify the supporting analyses and, where appropriate, how we address the issue of nesting. Although some of these analyses were already in the manuscript, many of them are new, including all of the analyses concerning nesting. We believe that putting this information in one place will be useful to the reader, and we now include this text as a new section in supplement, Graphical and statistical support for primary claims.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Recommendation 2.1:

      Data presentation: In several places, the authors discuss important features of cortical responses as measured with iEEG that need to be carefully considered. This is totally appropriate and a strength of the author's work, however, I feel the reader would benefit from more depiction of the time-domain responses, to help better understand the authors frequency domain approach. For example, Figure 1 would benefit from showing some form of voltage trace (ERP) and spectrogram, not just the power spectra. In addition, part (a) of Figure 1 could convey some basic information about the timing of the experimental paradigm.

      We changed panel A of Figure 1 to include the timing of the experimental paradigm, and we added panels C and D to show the electrode time series before and after regression out of the ERP.

      Recommendation 2.2

      Update introduction to include references to prior EEG/iEEG work on spatial distribution across frequency spectrum, and importantly, prior work mapping RFs with different frequencies.

      We have addressed this issue and re-written our introduction. Please refer to our response in Public Review for further details.

      Recommendation 2.3

      Figure 3 has several panels and should be labeled to make it easier to follow.The dashed line in lower power spectra isn't defined in a legend and is missing from the upper panel - please clarify.

      We updated Figure 3 and reordered the panels to clarify how we computed the summary metrics in broadband and alpha for each stimulus location (i.e., the “ratio” values plotted in panel B). We also simplified the plot of the alpha power spectrum. It now shows a dashed line representing a baseline-corrected response to the mapping stimulus, which is defined in the legend and explained in the caption.

      Recommendation 2.4

      Power spectra are always shown without error shading, but they are mean estimates.

      We added error shading to Figures 1, 2 and 3.

      Recommendation 2.5

      The authors deal with voltage transients in response to visual stimulation, by subtracting out the trail averaged mean (commonly performed). However, the efficacy of this approach depends on signal quality and so some form of depiction for this processing step is needed.

      We added a depiction of the processing steps for regressing out the averaged responses in Figure 1 in an example electrode (panels C and D). We also show in the supplement the effect of regressing out the ERP on all the electrode pRFs. We have added Supplementary Figure 1-2.

      Recommendation 2.6

      I have a similar request for the authors latency correction of their data, where they identified a timing error and re-aligned the data without ground truth. Again, this is appropriate, but some depiction of the success of this correction is very critical for confirming the integrity of the data.

      We now report more detail on the latency correction, and also point out that any small error in the estimate would not affect our conclusions (4.6 ECoG data analysis | Data epoching). The correction was important for a prior paper on temporal dynamics (Groen et al, 2022), which used data from the same participants and estimated the latency of responses. In this paper, our analyses are in the spectral domain (and discard phase), so small temporal shifts are not critical. We now also link to the public code associated with that paper, which implemented the adjustment and quantified the uncertainty in the latency adjustment.

      More details on latency adjustment provided in section 4.6.

      Recommendation 2.7

      In many places the authors report their data shows a 'summary' value, please clarify if this means averaging or summation over a range.

      For both broadband and alpha, we derive one summary value (a scalar) for trial for each stimulus. For broadband, the summary metric is the ratio of power during a given trial and power during blanks, where power in a trial is the geometric mean of the power at each frequency within the defined band). This is equation 3 in the methods, which is now referred to the first time that summary metrics are mentioned in the results.  For alpha, the summary metric is the height of the Gaussian from our model-based approach. This is in equations 1 and 2, and is also now referred to the first time summary metrics are mentioned in the results.

      We added explanation of the summary metrics in the figure captions and results where they are first used, and also referred to the equations in the methods where they are defined.

      Recommendation 2.8

      The authors conclude: "we have discovered that spectral power changes in the alpha range reflect both suppression of alpha oscillations and elevation of broadband power." It might not have been the intention, but 'discovered' seems overstated.

      We agree and changed this sentence.

      Recommendation 2.9

      Supp Fig 9 is a great effort by the authors to convey their findings to the reader, it should be a main figure.

      We are glad you found Supplementary Figure 9 valuable. We moved this figure to the main text.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study tackles the important subject of sensory driven suppression of alpha oscillations using a unique intracranial dataset in human patients. Using a model-based approach to separate changes in alpha oscillations from broadband power changes, the authors try to demonstrate that alpha suppression is spatially tuned, with similar center location as high broadband power changes, but much larger receptive field. They also point to interesting differences between low-order (V1-V3) and higher-order (dorsolateral) visual cortex. While I find some of the methodology convincing, I also find significant parts of the data analysis, statistics and their presentation incomplete. Thus, I find that some of the main claims are not sufficiently supported. If these aspects could be improved upon, this study could potentially serve as an important contribution to the literature with implications for invasive and non-invasive electrophysiological studies in humans.

      We thank the reviewer for the summary.

      Strengths:

      The study utilizes a unique dataset (ECOG & high-density ECOG) to elucidate an important phenomenon of visually driven alpha suppression. The central question is important and the general approach is sound. The manuscript is clearly written and the methods are generally described transparently (and with reference to the corresponding code used to generate them). The model-based approach for separating alpha from broadband power changes is especially convincing and well-motivated. The link to exogenous attention behavioral findings (figure 8) is also very interesting. Overall, the main claims are potentially important, but they need to be further substantiated (see weaknesses).

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      I have three major concerns:

      Weakness 3.1. Low N / no single subject results/statistics:

      The crucial results of Figure 4,5 hang on 53 electrodes from four patients (Table 2). Almost half of these electrodes (25/53) are from a single subject. Data and statistical analysis seem to just pool all electrodes, as if these were statistically independent, and without taking into account subject-specific variability. The mean effect per each patient was not described in text or presented in figures. Therefore, it is impossible to know if the results could be skewed by a single unrepresentative patient. This is crucial for readers to be able to assess the robustness of the results. N of subjects should also be explicitly specified next to each result.

      We have added substantial changes to deal with subject specific effects, including new results and new figures.

      • Figure 4 now shows variance explained by the alpha pRF broken down by each participant for electrodes in V1 to V3. We also now show a similar figure for dorsolateral electrodes in Supplementary Figure 4-2.

      • Figure 5, which shows results from individual electrodes in V1 to V3, now includes color coding of electrodes by participant to make it clear how the electrodes group with participant. Similarly, for dorsolateral electrodes, we show electrodes grouped by participant in Supplementary Figure 5-1. Same for Supplementary Figure 6-2.

      • Supplementary Figure 7-2 now shows the benefits of our model-based approach for estimating alpha broken down by individual participants.

      • We also now include a new section in the supplement that summarizes for every major claim, what the supporting data are and how we addressed the issue of nesting electrodes by participant, section Graphical and statistical support for primary claims.

      Weakness 3.2. Separation between V1-V3 and dorsolateral electrodes:

      Out of 53 electrodes, 27 were doubly assigned as both V1-V3 and dorsolateral (Table 2, Figures 4,5). That means that out of 35 V1-V3 electrodes, 27 might actually be dorsolateral. This problem is exasperated by the low N. for example all the 20 electrodes in patient 8 assigned as V1-V3 might as well be dorsolateral. This double assignment didn't make sense to me and I wasn't convinced by the authors' reasoning. I think it needlessly inflates the N for comparing the two groups and casts doubts on the robustness of these analyses.

      Electrode assignment was probabilistic to reflect uncertainty in the mapping between location and retinotopic map. The probabilistic assignment is handled in two ways.

      (1) For visualizing results of single electrodes, we simply go with the maximum probability, so no electrode is visualized for both groups of data. For example, Figure 5a (V1-V3) and supplementary Figure 5-1a (dorsolateral electrodes) have no electrodes in common: no electrode is in both plots.

      (2) For quantitative summaries, we sample the electrodes probabilistically (for example Figures 4, 5c). So, if for example, an electrode has a 20% chance of being in V1 to V3, and 30% chance of being in dorsolateral maps, and a 50% chance of being in neither, the data from that electrode is used in only 20% of V1-V3 calculations and 30% of dorsolateral calculations. In 50% of calculations, it is not used at all. This process ensures that an electrode with uncertain assignment makes no more contribution to the results than an electrode with certain assignment. An electrode with a low probability of being in, say, V1-V3, makes little contribution to any reported results about V1-V3. This procedure is essentially a weighted mean, which the reviewer suggests in the recommendations. Thus, we believe there is not a problem of “double counting”.

      The alternative would have been to use maximum probability for all calculations. However, we think that doing so would be misleading, since it would not take into account uncertainty of assignment, and would thus overstate differences in results between the maps.

      We now clarify in the Results that for probabilistic calculations, the contribution of an electrode is limited by the likelihood of assignment (Section 2.3). We also now explain in the methods why we think probabilistic sampling is important.

      Weakness 3.3. Alpha pRFs are larger than broadband pRFs:

      First, as broadband pRF models were on average better fit to the data than alpha pRF models (dark bars in Supp Fig 3. Top row), I wonder if this could entirely explain the larger Alpha pRF (i.e. worse fits lead to larger pRFs). There was no anlaysis to rule out this possibility.

      We addressed this question in a new paragraph in Discussion section 3.1 (“What is the function of the large alpha pRFs?”, paragraph beginning… “Another possible interpretation is that the poorer model fit in the alpha pRF is due to lower signal-to-noise”). This paragraph both refers to prior work on the relationship between noise and pRF size and to our own control analyses (Supplementary Figure 5-2).

      Weakness 3.4 Statistics

      Second, examining closely the entire 2.4 section there wasn't any formal statistical test to back up any of the claims (not a single p-value is mentioned). It is crucial in my opinion to support each of the main claims of the paper with formal statistical testing.

      We agree that it is important for the reader to be able to link specific results and analyses to specific claims. We are not convinced that null hypothesis statistical testing is always the best approach. This is a topic of active debate in the scientific community.

      We added a new section that concisely states each major claim and explicitly annotates the supporting evidence. (Section 4.7). Please also refer to our responses to Reviewer #2 regarding statistical testing (Reviewer weakness 2.4 “Statistical testing”)

      Weakness 3.5 Summary

      While I judge these issues as crucial, I can also appreciate the considerable effort and thoughtfulness that went into this study. I think that addressing these concerns will substantially raise the confidence of the readership in the study's findings, which are potentially important and interesting.

      We again thank the reviewer for the positive comments.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Suggestions for how to address the three major concerns:

      Suggestion 3.1.

      I am very well aware that it's very hard to have n=30 in a visual cortex ECOG study. That's fine. Best practice would be to have a linear mixed effects model with patients as a random effect. However, for some figures with just 3-4 patients (Figure 4,5) the sample size might be too small even for that. At the very minimum, I would expect to show in figures/describe in text all results per patient (perhaps one can do statistics within each patient, and show for each patient that the effect is significant). Even in primate studies with just two subjects it is expected to show that the results replicate for subject A and B. It is necessary to show that your results don't depend on a single unrepresentative subject. And if they do, at least be transparent about it.

      We have addressed this thoroughly. Please see response to Weakness 3.1 (“Low N / no single subject results/statistics”).

      Suggestion 3.2.

      I just don't get it. I would simply assign an electrode to V1-V3 or dorsolateral cortex based on which area has the highest probability. It doesn't make sense to me that an electrode that has 60% of being in dorsolateral cortex and only 10% to be in V1-V3 would be assigned as both V1-V3 and dorsolateral. Also, what's the rationale to include such electrode in the analysis for let's say V1-V3 (we have weak evidence to believe it's there)? I would either assign electrodes based on the highest probability, or alternatively do a weighted mean based on the probability of each electrode belonging to each region group (e.g. electrode with 40% to be in V1-V3, will get twice the weight as an electrode who has 20% to be in V1-V3) but this is more complicated.

      We have addressed this issue. Please refer to our response in Public Review (“Weakness 3.2 Separation between V1-V3 and dorsolateral”) for details.

      Suggestion 3.3.

      First, to exclude the possibility that alpha pRF are larger simply because they have a worse fit to the neural data, I would show if there is a correlation between the goodnessof-fit and pRF size (for alpha and broadband signals, separately). No [negative] correlation between goodness-of-fit and pRF size would be a good sign. I would also compare alpha & broadband receptive field size when controlling for the goodness-of-fit (selecting electrodes with similar goodness-of-fit for both signals). If the results replicate this way it would be convincing.

      Second, there are no statistical tests in section 2.4, possibly also in others. Even if you employ bootstrap / Monte-Carlo resampling methods you can extract a p-value.

      We have addressed this issue. Please refer to our response in Public Review Point 3.3 (“Alpha pRFs are larger than broadband pRFs”) for further details.

      Suggestion 3.4.

      Also, I don't understand the resampling procedure described in lines 652-660: "17.7 electrodes were assigned to V1-V3, 23.2 to dorsolateral, and 53 to either " - but 17.7 + 23.2 doesn't add up to 53. It also seems as if you assign visual areas differently in this resampling procedure than in the real data - "and randomly assigned each electrode to a visual area according to the Wang full probability distributions". If you assign in your actual data 27 electrodes to both visual areas, the same should be done in the resampling procedure (I would expect exactly 35 V1-V3 and 45 dorsolateral electrodes in every resampling, just the pRFs will be shuffled across electrodes).

      We apologize for the confusion.

      We fixed the sentence above, clarified the caption to Table 2, and also explained the overall strategy of probabilistic resampling better. See response to Public Review point 3.2 for details.

      Suggestion 3.5.

      These are rather technical comments but I believe they are crucial points to address in order to support your claims. I genuinely think your results are potentially interesting and important but these issues need to be first addressed in a revision. I also think your study may carry implications beyond just the visual domain, as alpha suppression is observed for different sensory modalities and cortical regions. Might be useful to discuss this in the discussion section.

      Agree. We added a paragraph on this point to the Discussion (very end of 3.2).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Astrocytes are known to express neuroligins 1-3. Within neurons, these cell adhesion molecules perform important roles in synapse formation and function. Within astrocytes, a significant role for neuroligin 2 in determining excitatory synapse formation and astrocyte morphology was shown in 2017. However, there has been no assessment of what happens to synapses or astrocyte morphology when all three major forms of neuroligins within astrocytes (isoforms 1-3) are deleted using a well characterized, astrocyte specific, and inducible cre line. By using such selective mouse genetic methods, the authors here show that astrocytic neuroligin 1-3 expression in astrocytes is not consequential for synapse function or for astrocyte morphology. They reach these conclusions with careful experiments employing quantitative western blot analyses, imaging and electrophysiology. They also characterize the specificity of the cre line they used. Overall, this is a very clear and strong paper that is supported by rigorous experiments. The discussion considers the findings carefully in relation to past work. This paper is of high importance, because it now raises the fundamental question of exactly what neuroligins 1-3 are actually doing in astrocytes. In addition, it enriches our understanding of the mechanisms by which astrocytes participate in synapse formation and function. The paper is very clear, well written and well illustrated with raw and average data.

      We thank the reviewer for the balanced and informative summary.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In the present manuscript, Golf et al. investigate the consequences of astrocyte-specific deletion of Neuroligin family cell adhesion proteins on synapse structure and function in the brain. Decades of prior research had shown that Neuroligins mediate their effects at synapses through their role in the postsynaptic compartment of neurons and their transsynaptic interaction with presynaptic Neurexins. More recently, it was proposed for the first time that Neuroligins expressed by astrocytes can also bind to presynaptic Neurexins to regulate synaptogenesis (Stogsdill et al. 2017, Nature). However, several aspects of the model proposed by Stogsdill et al. on astrocytic Neuroligin function conflict with prior evidence on the role of Neuroligins at synapses, prompting Golf et al. to further investigate astrocytic Neuroligin function in the current study. Using postnatal conditional deletion of Neuroligins 1, 2 and 3 specifically from astrocytes, Golf et al. show that virtually no changes in the expression of synaptic proteins or in the properties of synaptic transmission at either excitatory or inhibitory synapses are observed. Moreover, no alterations in the morphology of astrocytes themselves were found. The authors conclude that while Neuroligins are indeed expressed in astrocytes and are hence likely to play some role there, this role does not include any direct consequences on synaptic structure and function, in direct contrast to the model proposed by Stogsdill et al.

      Overall, this is a strong study that addresses an important and highly relevant question in the field of synaptic neuroscience. Neuroligins are not only key regulators of synaptic function, they have also been linked to numerous psychiatric and neurodevelopmental disorders, highlighting the need to precisely define their mechanisms of action. The authors take a wide range of approaches to convincingly demonstrate that under their experimental conditions, no alterations in the levels of synaptic proteins or in synaptic transmission at excitatory or inhibitory synapses, or in the morphology of astrocytes, are observed.

      We are also grateful for this reviewer’s constructive comments.

      One caveat to this study is that the authors do not directly provide evidence that their Tamoxifen-inducible conditional deletion paradigm does indeed result in efficient deletion of all three Neuroligins from astrocytes. Using a Cre-dependent tdTomato reporter line, they show that tdTomato expression is efficiently induced by the current paradigm, and they refer to a prior study showing efficient deletion of Neuroligins from neurons using the same conditional Nlgn1-3 mouse lines but a different Cre driver strategy. However, neither of these approaches directly provide evidence that all three Neuroligins are indeed deleted from astrocytes in the current study. In contrast, Stogsdill et al. employed FACS and qPCR to directly quantify the loss of Nlgn2 mRNA from astrocytes. This leaves the current Golf et al. study somewhat vulnerable to the criticism, however unlikely, that their lack of synaptic effects may be a consequence of incomplete Neuroligin deletion, rather than a true lack of effect of astrocytic Neuroligins.

      The concern is valid. In the original submission of this paper, we did not establish that the Cre recombinase we used actually deleted neuroligins in astrocytes. We have now addressed this issue in the revised paper with new experiments as described below.

      However, the reviewer’s impression that the Stogsdill et al. paper confirmed full deletion of Nlgn2 is a misunderstanding of the data in that paper. The reviewer is correct that Stogsdill et al. performed FACS to test the efficacy of the GLAST-Cre mediated deletion of Nlgn2-flox mice, followed by qRT-PCR comparing heterozygous with homozygous mutant mice. With their approach, no wild-type control could be used, as these would lack reporter expression. However, this experiment does NOT allow conclusions about the degree of recombination, both overall recombination (i.e. recombination in all astrocytes regardless of TdT+) and recombination in TdT+ astrocytes because it doesn’t quantify recombination. To quantify the degree of recombination, the paper would have had to perform genomic PCR measurements.  

      The problem with the data on the degree of recombination in the Stogsdill et al. (2017) paper, as we understand them, is two-fold.

      First, the GLAST-Cre line only targets ~40-70% of astrocytes, at least as evidenced by highly sensitive Cre-reporter mice in a variety of studies using this Cre line. The 40-70% variation is likely due to differences in the reporter mice and the tamoxifen injection schedule used. In comparison, we are targeting most astrocytes using the Aldh1l1-CreERT2 mice. Moreover, GLAST-Cre mice exhibit neuronal off-targeting, consistent with at least some of the remaining Nlgn2 qRT-PCR signal in the FACS-sorted cells. As we describe next, this signal also likely comes from astrocytes where recombination was incomplete This is the reason why we, like everyone else, are now using the Aldh1l1-Cre line that has been shown to be more efficient both in terms of the overall targeting of astrocytes (i.e. nearly complete) and the level of recombination observed in reporter(+) astrocytes.

      Second, Stogsdill et al. detected a significant decrease in the Nlgn2 qRT-PCR signal in the FACS-sorted homozygous Nlgn2 KO cells compared to the heterozygous Nlgn2 KO cells but the Nlgn2 qRT-PCR signal was still quite large. The data is presented as normalized to the HET condition. As a result, we don’t know the true level of gene deletion (i.e. compared to TdT- astrocytes). For example, based on the Stogsdill et al. data the HET manipulation could have induced only a 20% reduction in Nlgn2 mRNA levels in TdT(+) astrocytes, in which case the KO would have produced a 40% reduction in Nlgn2 mRNA in TdT(+) astrocytes. Moreover, it is possible based on our own experience with the GLAST-Cre line, that the reporter may also not turn on in some astrocytes where other alleles have been independently recombined – just as some astrocytes that are Td(+) would still be wild-type or heterozygous for Nlgn2. Thus, it is impossible to calculate the actual percentage of recombination from these data, even in TdT(+) cells, absent of PCR of genomic DNA from isolated cells. Alternatively, comparison of mRNA levels using primers sensitive to floxed sequences in wild-type controls versus cKO mice would have also yielded a much better idea of the recombination efficiency.

      In summary, it is unclear whether the Nlgn2 deletion in the Stogsdill et al. paper was substantial or marginal – it is simply impossible to tell.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This study investigates the roles of astrocytes in the regulation of synapse development and astrocyte morphology using conditional KO mice carrying mutations of three neuroligins1-3 in astrocytes with the deletion starting at two different time points (P1 and P10/11). The authors use morphological, electrophysiological, and cell-biological approaches and find that there are no differences in synapse formation and astrocyte cytoarchitecture in the mutant hippocampus and visual cortex. These results differ from the previous results (Stogsdill et al., 2017), although the authors make several discussion points on how the differences could have been induced. This study provides important information on how astrocytes and neurons interact with each other to coordinate neural development and function. The experiments were well-designed, and the data are of high quality.

      We also thank this reviewer for helpful comments!

      Recommendations for the authors:

      This project was meant to rigorously test the intriguing overall question whether neuroligins, which are abundantly expressed in astrocytes, regulate synapse formation as astrocytic synapse organizers. The goal of the paper was NOT to confirm or dispute the conclusion by Stogsdill et al. (Nature 2017) that Nlgn2 expressed in astrocytes is essential for excitatory synapse formation and that astrocytic Nlgn1-3 are required for proper astrocyte morphogenesis. Instead, the project was meant to address the much broader question whether the abundant expression of any neuroligin, not just Nlgn2, in astrocytes is essential for neuronal excitatory or inhibitory synapse formation and/or for the astrocyte cytoarchitecture. We felt that this was an important question independent of the Stogsdill et al. paper. We analyzed in our experiments young adult mice, a timepoint that was chosen deliberately to avoid the possibility of observing a possible developmental delay rather than a fundamental function that extends beyond development.

      We do recognize that the conclusion by Stogsdill et al. (2017) that Nlgn2 expression in astrocytes is essential for excitatory synapse formation was very exciting to the field but contradicted a large literature demonstrating that Nlgn2 protein is exclusively localized to inhibitory synapses and absent from excitatory synapses (to name just a few papers, see Graf et al., Cell 2004; Varoqueaux et al., Eur. J. Cell Biol. 2004; Patrizi et al., PNAS 2008;  Hoon et al., J. Neurosci. 2009). In addition, the conclusion of Stogsdill et al. that astrocytic Nlgn2 specifically drove excitatory synapse formation was at odds with previous findings documenting that the constitutive deletion of Nlgn2 in all cells, including astrocytes, has no effect on excitatory synapse numbers (again, to name a few papers, see Varoqueaux et al., Neuron 2006; Blundell et al., Genes Brain Behav. 2008; Poulopoulos et al., Neuron 2009; Gibson et al., J. Neurosci. 2009). These contradictions conferred further urgency to our project, but please note that this project was primarily driven by our curiosity about the function of astrocytic neuroligins, not by a fruitless desire to test the validity of one particular Nature paper.

      The general goal of our paper notwithstanding, few papers from our lab have received as much attention and as many negative comments on social media as this paper when it was published as a preprint. Because we take these criticisms seriously, we have over the last year performed extensive additional experiments to ensure that our findings are well founded. We feel that, on balance, our data are incompatible with the notion that astrocytic neuroligins play a fundamental role in excitatory synapse formation but are consistent with other prior findings obtained with neuroligin KO mice. In the new data we added to the paper, we not only characterized the Cre-mediated deletion of neuroligins in depth, but also employed an independent second system -human neurons cultured on mouse glia- to further validate our conclusions as described below. Although we believe that our results are incompatible with the notion that astrocytic neuroligins fundamentally regulate excitatory or inhibitory synapse formation, we also conclude with regret that we still don’t know what astrocytic neuroligins actually do. Thus, the function of astrocytic neuroligins, as there surely must be one, remains a mystery.

      Finally, there are many possible explanations for the discrepancies between our conclusions and those of Stogsdill et al. as described in our paper. Most of these explanations are technical and may explain why not only our, but also the results of many other previous studies from multiple labs, are inconsistent with the conclusions by Stogsdill et al. (2017), as discussed in detail in the revised paper.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The paper is very clear and well written. I have only one comment and that is to increase the sizes of Figs 2, 4 and 6 so that the imaging panels can be seen more clearly. Also, although I know the n numbers are provided in the figure legends, the authors may help the reader by providing them in the results when key data and findings are reported.

      We agree and have followed the reviewer’s suggestions as best as we could.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Given the strength and importance of the claims that the authors make, I would highly recommend adding some quantitative evidence regarding the efficacy of deletion in astrocytes, e.g. using the same strategy as in Stogsdill et al. As unlikely as it may be that Neuroligin deletion is in fact incomplete, this possibility cannot be excluded unless directly measured. To avoid future discussions on this subject, it seems that the onus is on the authors to provide this information.

      We concur that this is an important point and have devoted a year-long effort to address it. Note, however, that the strategy employed by Stogsdill et al. does not actually allow conclusions about their recombination efficiency. As described above, it only allows the conclusion that some recombination took place. The Stogsdill et al. Nature paper (2017) is a bit confusing on this point. This approach is thus not appropriate to address the question raised by the reviewer.

      We have performed two experiments to address the issue raised by the reviewer.

      First, we used a viral (i.e. AAV2/5) approach to express Rpl22 with a triple HA-tag, also known as Ribotag, which allows us to purify ribosome-bound mRNA from targeted cells for downstream gene expression analysis. The novel construct is driven by the GfaABC1D promoter and includes two additional features which make it particularly useful. First, upstream of Ribotag is a membrane-targeted, Lck-mVenus followed by a self-cleaving P2A sequence. This allows easy visualization of targeted astrocytes. Second, we have incorporated a cassette of four copies of six miRNA targeting sequences (4x6T) for mIR-124 as was recently published (Gleichman et al., 2023) to eliminate off-target expression in neurons. Based on qPCR analysis, the updated construct allowed >95% de-enrichment of neuronal mRNA and slightly improved observed recombination rates (~10% per gene) relative to an earlier version without 4x6T. Mice that were injected with tamoxifen at P1, similar to other experiments in the paper, were then stereotactically injected at ~P35-40 within the dorsal hippocampus with AAV2/5-GfaABC1D-Lck-mVenus-P2A-Rpl22-HA-4x6T. Approximately 3 weeks later, acute slices were prepared, visualized for fluorescence, and both CA1 and nearby cortex that was partially targeted were isolated for downstream ribosome affinity purification with HA antibodies. Total RNA was saved as input. qPCR was performed using assays that are sensitive to the exons that are floxed in the Nlgn123 cKO mice, so that our quantifications are not confounded by potential differences in non-sense mediated decay. Our control data reveals a striking enrichment of an astrocyte marker gene (e.g. aquaporin-4) and de-enrichment of genes for other cell types. In the CA1, we observed robust loss of Nlgn3 (~96%), Nlgn2 (~86%), and Nlgn1 (65%) gene expression. Similarly, in the cortex, we observed a similarly robust loss of Nlgn3 (93%), Nlgn2 (83%), and Nlgn1 (72%) expression. Given that our targeting of astrocytes based on Ai14 Cre-reporter mice was ~90-99%, these reductions are striking and definitive. The existence of some residual transcript reflects the presence of a small population of astrocytes heterozygous for Nlgn2 and Nlgn3. In contrast, Nlgn1 appears more difficult to recombine and it is likely that some astrocytes are either heterozygous or homozygous knockout cells. Although it is thus possible that Nlgn1 could provide some compensation in our experiments, it is worth noting that Stogsdill et al. found that only Nlgn2 and Nlgn3 knockdown with shRNAs resulted in impaired astrocyte morphology by P21. Moreover, they found that Nlgn2 cKO in astrocytes with PALE of a Cre-containing pDNA impaired astrocyte morphology in a gene-dosage dependent manner and suppressed excitatory synapse formation at P21. Thus, our inability to delete all of Nlgn1 doesn’t readily explain contradictions between our findings and theirs.

      Second, in an independent approach we have cultured glia from mouse quadruple conditional Nlgn1234 KO mice and infected the glia with lentiviruses expressing inactive (DCre, control) or active Cre-recombinase. We confirmed complete recombination by PCR. We then cultured human neurons forming excitatory synapses on the glia expressing or lacking neuroligins and measured the frequency and amplitude of mEPSCs as a proxy for synapse numbers and synaptic function. As shown in the new Figure 9, we detected no significant changes in mEPSCs, demonstrating in this independent system that the glial neuroligins do not detectably influence excitatory synapse formation.

      (2) Along the same lines, the authors should be careful not to overstate their findings in this direction. For example, the figure caption for Figure 2 reads 'Nlgn1-3 are efficiently and selectively deleted in astrocytes by crossing triple Nlgn1-3 conditional KO mice with Adh1l1-CreERT2 driver mice and inducing Cre-activity with tamoxifen early during postnatal development'. This is not technically correct and should be modified to reflect that the authors are not in fact assessing deletion of Nlgn1-3, but only expression of a tdTomato reporter.

      We agree – this is essentially the same criticism as comment #1.

      (3) In general, the animal numbers used for the experiments are rather low. With an n = 4 for most experiments, only large abnormalities would be detected anyway, while smaller alterations would not reach statistical significance due to the inherent biological and technical variance. For the most part, this is not a concern, since there really is no difference between WTs and Nlgn1-3 cKOs. However, trends are observed in some cases, and it is conceivable that these would become significant changes with larger n's, e.g. Figure 3H (Vglut2); Figure 4E (VGlut2 S.P., D.G.); Figure 6D (Vglut2). Increasing the numbers to n = 6 here would greatly strengthen the claims that no differences are observed.

      We concur that small differences would not have been detected in our experiments but feel that given the very large phenotypes of the neuroligin deletions in neurons and of the phenotypes reported by Stogsdill et al. (2017), which also did not employ a large number of animals, a very small phenotype in astrocytes would not have been very informative.

      Minor points:

      (1) Please state the exact genetic background for the mouse lines used.

      Our lab generally uses hybrid CD1/Bl6 mice to avoid artifacts produced by inbred genetic mutations in so-called ‘pure’ lines, especially Bl6 mice. This standard protocol was followed in the present study. Thus, the mice are on a mixed CD1/Bl6 hybrid background.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Figure 4 demonstrates that neuroligin 1-3 deletions restricted to astrocytes do not affect the number of excitatory and inhibitory synapses in layer IV of the primary visual cortex. This conclusion could be further strengthened if the authors could provide electrophysiological evidence such as mE/IPSCs.

      We agree but have chosen a different avenue to further test our conclusions because slice electrophysiological experiments are time-consuming, labor intensive, and difficult to quantitate, especially in cortex.

      Specifically, we have co-cultured human neurons with astrocytes that either contain or lack neuroligins (new Fig. 9). With this experimental design, we have total control over ALL neuroligins in astrocytes. Electrophysiological recordings then demonstrated that the complete deletion of all glial neuroligins has no effect on mEPSC frequencies and amplitudes. Although clearly much more needs to be done, the new results confirm in an independent system that glial neuroligins have no effect on synapse formation in the neurons, even though neurons depend on astrocytes for synaptogenic factors as Ben Barres brilliantly showed a decade ago. However, it is important to note that dissociated glia in culture, while synaptogenic, are reactive and may not faithfully recapitulate all roles of astrocytes in synaptogenesis.

      (2) It would help readers if the images showing the punctate double marker stainings of excitatory/inhibitory synapses are presented in merged colors (i.e., yellow colors for red and green puncta colors).

      We have tried to improve the visualization of the rather voluminous studies we performed and illustrate in the figures as best as we could.

      (3) The resolutions of the images in the figures are not good, although I guess it is because the images are for review processes.

      We apologize and would like to assure the reviewer that we are supplying high-resolution images to the journal.

      (4) Typos in lines 82 and 274.

      We have corrected these errors.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful feedback. We have made substantial revisions to the manuscript to address each of their comments, as we detail below. We want to highlight one major change in particular that addresses a concern raised by both reviewers: the role of the drift rate in our models. Motivated by their astute comments, we went back through our models and realized that we had made a particular assumption that deserved more scrutiny. We previously assumed that the process of encoding the observations made correct use of the objective, generative correlation, but then the process of calculating the weight of evidence used a mis-scaled, subjective version of the correlation. These assumptions led us to scale the drift rate in the model by a term that quantified how the standard deviation of the observation distribution was affected by the objective correlation (encoding), but to scale the bound height by the subjective estimate of the correlation (evidence weighing). However, we realized that encoding may also depend on the subjective correlation experienced by the participant. We have now tested several alternative models and found that the best-fitting model assumes that a single, subjective estimate of the correlation governs both encoding and evidence weighing. An important consequence of updating our models in this way is that we can now account for the behavioral data without needing the additional correlation-dependent drift terms (which, as reviewer #2 pointed out, were difficult to explain).

      We also note that we changed the title slightly, replacing “weighting” with “weighing” for consistency with our usage throughout the manuscript.

      Please see below for more details about this important point and our responses to the reviewers’ specific concerns. 

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The behavioral strategies underlying decisions based on perceptual evidence are often studied in the lab with stimuli whose elements provide independent pieces of decision-related evidence that can thus be equally weighted to form a decision. In more natural scenarios, in contrast, the information provided by these pieces is often correlated, which impacts how they should be weighted. Tardiff, Kang & Gold set out to study decisions based on correlated evidence and compare the observed behavior of human decision-makers to normative decision strategies. To do so, they presented participants with visual sequences of pairs of localized cues whose location was either uncorrelated, or positively or negatively correlated, and whose mean location across a sequence determined the correct choice. Importantly, they adjusted this mean location such that, when correctly weighted, each pair of cues was equally informative, irrespective of how correlated it was. Thus, if participants follow the normative decision strategy, their choices and reaction times should not be impacted by these correlations. While Tardiff and colleagues found no impact of correlations on choices, they did find them to impact reaction times, suggesting that participants deviated from the normative decision strategy. To assess the degree of this deviation, Tardiff et al. adjusted drift-diffusion models (DDMs) for decision-making to process correlated decision evidence. Fitting these models to the behavior of individual participants revealed that participants considered correlations when weighing evidence, but did so with a slight underestimation of the magnitude of this correlation. This finding made Tardiff et al. conclude that participants followed a close-to-normative decision strategy that adequately took into account correlated evidence.

      Strengths:

      The authors adjust a previously used experimental design to include correlated evidence in a simple, yet powerful way. The way it does so is easy to understand and intuitive, such that participants don't need extensive training to perform the task. Limited training makes it more likely that the observed behavior is natural and reflective of everyday decision-making. Furthermore, the design allowed the authors to make the amount of decision-related evidence equal across different correlation magnitudes, which makes it easy to assess whether participants correctly take account of these correlations when weighing evidence: if they do, their behavior should not be impacted by the correlation magnitude.

      The relative simplicity with which correlated evidence is introduced also allowed the authors to fall back to the well-established DDM for perceptual decisions, which has few parameters, is known to implement the normative decision strategy in certain circumstances, and enjoys a great deal of empirical support. The authors show how correlations ought to impact these parameters, and which changes in parameters one would expect to see if participants misestimate these correlations or ignore them altogether (i.e., estimate correlations to be zero). This allowed them to assess the degree to which participants took into account correlations on the full continuum from perfect evidence weighting to complete ignorance. With this, they could show that participants in fact performed rational evidence weighting if one assumed that they slightly underestimated the correlation magnitude.

      Weaknesses:

      The experiment varies the correlation magnitude across trials such that participants need to estimate this magnitude within individual trials. This has several consequences:

      (1) Given that correlation magnitudes are estimated from limited data, the (subjective) estimates might be biased towards their average. This implies that, while the amount of evidence provided by each 'sample' is objectively independent of the correlation magnitude, it might subjectively depend on the correlation magnitude. As a result, the normative strategy might differ across correlation magnitudes, unlike what is suggested in the paper. In fact, it might be the case that the observed correlation magnitude underestimates corresponds to the normative strategy.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this interesting point, which we now address directly with new analyses including model fits (pp. 15–24). These analyses show that the participants were computing correlation-dependent weights of evidence from observation distributions that reflected suboptimal misestimates of correlation magnitudes. This strategy is normative in the sense that it is the best that they can do, given the encoding suboptimality. However, as we note in the manuscript, we do not know the source of the encoding suboptimality (pp. 23–24). We thus do not know if there might be a strategy they could have used to make the encoding more optimal.

      (2) The authors link the normative decision strategy to putting a bound on the log-likelihood ratio (logLR), as implemented by the two decision boundaries in DDMs. However, as the authors also highlight in their discussion, the 'particle location' in DDMs ceases to correspond to the logLR as soon as the strength of evidence varies across trials and isn't known by the decision maker before the start of each trial. In fact, in the used experiment, the strength of evidence is modulated in two ways:

      (i) by the (uncorrected) distance of the cue location mean from the decision boundary (what the authors call the evidence strength) and

      (ii) by the correlation magnitude. Both vary pseudo-randomly across trials, and are unknown to the decision-maker at the start of each trial. As previous work has shown (e.g. Kiani & Shadlen (2009), Drugowitsch et al. (2012)), the normative strategy then requires averaging over different evidence strength magnitudes while forming one's belief. This averaging causes the 'particle location' to deviate from the logLR. This deviation makes it unclear if the DDM used in the paper indeed implements the normative strategy, or is even a good approximation to it.

      We appreciate this subtle, but important, point. We now clarify that the DDM we use includes degrees of freedom that are consistent with normative decision processes that rely on the imperfect knowledge that participants have about the generative process on each trial, specifically: 1) a single drift-rate parameter that is fit to data across different values of the mean of the generative distribution, which is based on the standard assumption for these kinds of task conditions in which stimulus strength is varied randomly from trial-to-trial and thus prevents the use of exact logLR (which would require stimulus strength-specific scale factors; Gold and Shadlen, 2001); 2) the use of a collapsing bound, which in certain cases (including our task) is thought to support a stimulus strength-dependent calibration of the decision variable to optimize decisions (Drugowitsch et al, 2012); and 3) free parameters (one per correlation) to account for subjective estimates of the correlation, which affected the encoding of the observations that are otherwise weighed in a normative manner in the best-fitting model.

      Also, to clarify our terminology, we define the objective evidence strength as the expected logLR in a given condition, which for our task is dependent on both the distance of the mean from the decision boundary and the correlation (p. 7). 

      Given that participants observe 5 evidence samples per second and on average require multiple seconds to form their decisions, it might be that they are able to form a fairly precise estimate of the correlation magnitude within individual trials. However, whether this is indeed the case is not clear from the paper.

      These points are now addressed directly in Results (pp. 23–24) and Figure 7 supplemental figures 1–3. Specifically, we show that, as the reviewer correctly surmised above, empirical correlations computed on each trial tended to be biased towards zero (Fig 7–figure supplement 1). However, two other analyses were not consistent with the idea that participants’ decisions were based on trial-by-trial estimates of the empirical correlations: 1) those with the shortest RTs did not have the most-biased estimates (Fig 7–figure supplement 2), and 2) there was no systematic relationship between objective and subjective fit correlations across participants (Fig 7–figure supplement 3).

      Furthermore, the authors capture any underestimation of the correlation magnitude by an adjustment to the DDM bound parameter. They justify this adjustment by asking how this bound parameter needs to be set to achieve correlation-independent psychometric curves (as observed in their experiments) even if participants use a 'wrong' correlation magnitude to process the provided evidence. Curiously, however, the drift rate, which is the second critical DDM parameter, is not adjusted in the same way. If participants use the 'wrong' correlation magnitude, then wouldn't this lead to a mis-weighting of the evidence that would also impact the drift rate? The current model does not account for this, such that the provided estimates of the mis-estimated correlation magnitudes might be biased.

      We appreciate this valuable comment, and we agree that we previously neglected the potential impact of correlation misestimates on evidence strength. As we now clarify, the correlation enters these models in two ways: 1) via its effect on how the observations are encoded, which involves scaling both the drift and the bound; and 2) via its effect on evidence weighing, which involves scaling only the bound (pp. 15–18). We previously assumed that only the second form of scaling might involve a subjective (mis-)estimate of the correlation. We now examine several models that also include the possibility of either or both forms using subjective correlation estimates. We show that a model that assumes that the same subjective estimate drives both encoding and weighing (the “full-rho-hat” model) best accounts for the data. This model provides better fits (after accounting for differences in numbers of parameters) than models with: 1) no correlation-dependent adjustments (“base” model), 2) separate drift parameters for each correlation condition (“drift” model), 3) optimal (correlation-dependent) encoding but suboptimal weighing (“bound-rho-hat” model, which was our previous formulation), 4) suboptimal encoding and weighing (“scaled-rho-hat” model), and 5) optimal encoding but suboptimal weighing and separate correlation-dependent adjustments to the drift rate (“boundrho-hat plus drift” model). We have substantially revised Figures 5–7 and the associated text to address these points.

      Lastly, the paper makes it hard to assess how much better the participants' choices would be if they used the correct correlation magnitudes rather than underestimates thereof. This is important to know, as it only makes sense to strictly follow the normative strategy if it comes with a significant performance gain.

      We now include new analyses in Fig. 7 that demonstrate how much participants' choices and RT deviate from: 1) an ideal observer using the objective correlations, and 2) an observer who failed to adjust for the fit subjective correlation when weighing the evidence (i.e., using the subjective correlation for encoding but a correlation of zero for weighing). We now indicate that participants’ performance was quite close to that predicted by the ideal observer (using the true, objective correlation) for many conditions. Thus, we agree that they might not have had the impetus to optimize the decision process further, assuming it were possible under these task conditions.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Tardiff, Kang & Gold seeks to: i) develop a normative account of how observers should adapt their decision-making across environments with different levels of correlation between successive pairs of observations, and ii) assess whether human decisions in such environments are consistent with this normative model.

      The authors first demonstrate that, in the range of environments under consideration here, an observer with full knowledge of the generative statistics should take both the magnitude and sign of the underlying correlation into account when assigning weight in their decisions to new observations: stronger negative correlations should translate into stronger weighting (due to the greater information furnished by an anticorrelated generative source), while stronger positive correlations should translate into weaker weighting (due to the greater redundancy of information provided by a positively correlated generative source). The authors then report an empirical study in which human participants performed a perceptual decision-making task requiring accumulation of information provided by pairs of perceptual samples, under different levels of pairwise correlation. They describe a nuanced pattern of results with effects of correlation being largely restricted to response times and not choice accuracy, which could partly be captured through fits of their normative model (in this implementation, an extension of the well-known drift-diffusion model) to the participants' behaviour while allowing for misestimation of the underlying correlations.

      Strengths:

      As the authors point out in their very well-written paper, appropriate weighting of information gathered in correlated environments has important consequences for real-world decisionmaking. Yet, while this function has been well studied for 'high-level' (e.g. economic) decisions, how we account for correlations when making simple perceptual decisions on well-controlled behavioural tasks has not been investigated. As such, this study addresses an important and timely question that will be of broad interest to psychologists and neuroscientists. The computational approach to arrive at normative principles for evidence weighting across environments with different levels of correlation is very elegant, makes strong connections with prior work in different decision-making contexts, and should serve as a valuable reference point for future studies in this domain. The empirical study is well designed and executed, and the modelling approach applied to these data showcases a deep understanding of relationships between different parameters of the drift-diffusion model and its application to this setting. Another strength of the study is that it is preregistered.

      Weaknesses:

      In my view, the major weaknesses of the study center on the narrow focus and subsequent interpretation of the modelling applied to the empirical data. I elaborate on each below:

      Modelling interpretation: the authors' preference for fitting and interpreting the observed behavioural effects primarily in terms of raising or lowering the decision bound is not well motivated and will potentially be confusing for readers, for several reasons. First, the entire study is conceived, in the Introduction and first part of the Results at least, as an investigation of appropriate adjustments of evidence weighting in the face of varying correlations. The authors do describe how changes in the scaling of the evidence in the drift-diffusion model are mathematically equivalent to changes in the decision bound - but this comes amidst a lengthy treatment of the interaction between different parameters of the model and aspects of the current task which I must admit to finding challenging to follow, and the motivation behind shifting the focus to bound adjustments remained quite opaque. 

      We appreciate this valuable feedback. We have revised the text in several places to make these important points more clearly. For example, in the Introduction we now clarify that “The weight of evidence is computed as a scaled version of each observation (the scaling can be applied to the observations or to the bound, which are mathematically equivalent; Green and Swets, 1966) to form the logLR” (p. 3). We also provide more details and intuition in the Results section for how and why we implemented the DDM the way we did. In particular, we now emphasize that the correlation enters these models in two ways: 1) via its effect on encoding the observations, which scales both the drift and the bound; and 2) via its effect on evidence weighing, which scales only the bound (pp. 15–18).

      Second, and more seriously, bound adjustments of the form modelled here do not seem to be a viable candidate for producing behavioural effects of varying correlations on this task. As the authors state toward the end of the Introduction, the decision bound is typically conceived of as being "predefined" - that is, set before a trial begins, at a level that should strike an appropriate balance between producing fast and accurate decisions. There is an abundance of evidence now that bounds can change over the course of a trial - but typically these changes are considered to be consistently applied in response to learned, predictable constraints imposed by a particular task (e.g. response deadlines, varying evidence strengths). In the present case, however, the critical consideration is that the correlation conditions were randomly interleaved across trials and were not signaled to participants in advance of each trial - and as such, what correlation the participant would encounter on an upcoming trial could not be predicted. It is unclear, then, how participants are meant to have implemented the bound adjustments prescribed by the model fits. At best, participants needed to form estimates of the correlation strength/direction (only possible by observing several pairs of samples in sequence) as each trial unfolded, and they might have dynamically adjusted their bounds (e.g. collapsing at a different rate across correlation conditions) in the process. But this is very different from the modelling approach that was taken. In general, then, I view the emphasis on bound adjustment as the candidate mechanism for producing the observed behavioural effects to be unjustified (see also next point).

      We again appreciate this valuable feedback and have made a number of revisions to try to clarify these points. In addition to addressing the equivalence of scaling the evidence and the bound in the Introduction, we have added the following section to Results (Results, p.18):

      “Note that scaling the bound in these formulations follows conventions of the DDM, as detailed above, to facilitate interpretation of the parameters. These formulations also raise an apparent contradiction: the “predefined” bound is scaled by subjective estimates of the correlation, but the correlation was randomized from trial to trial and thus could not be known in advance. However, scaling the bound in these ways is mathematically equivalent to using a fixed bound on each trial and scaling the observations to approximate logLR (see Methods). This equivalence implies that in the brain, effectively scaling a “predefined” bound could occur when assigning a weight of evidence to the observations as they are presented.”

      We also note in Methods (pp. 40–41):

      “In the DDM, this scaling of the evidence is equivalent to assuming that the decision variable accumulates momentary evidence of the form (x1 + x2) and then dividing the bound height by the appropriate scale factor. An alternative approach would be to scale both the signal and noise components of the DDM by the scale factor. However, scaling the bound is both simpler and maintains the conventional interpretation of the DDM parameters in which the bound reflects the decision-related components of the evidence accumulation process, and the drift rate represents sensory-related components.”

      We believe we provide strong evidence that participants adjust their evidence weighing to account for the correlations (see response below), but we remain agnostic as to how exactly this weighing is implemented in the brain.

      Modelling focus: Related to the previous point, it is stated that participants' choice and RT patterns across correlation conditions were qualitatively consistent with bound adjustments (p.20), but evidence for this claim is limited. Bound adjustments imply effects on both accuracy and RTs, but the data here show either only effects on RTs, or RT effects mixed with accuracy trends that are in the opposite direction to what would be expected from bound adjustment (i.e. slower RT with a trend toward diminished accuracy in the strong negative correlation condition; Figure 3b). Allowing both drift rate and bound to vary with correlation conditions allowed the model to provide a better account of the data in the strong correlation conditions - but from what I can tell this is not consistent with the authors' preregistered hypotheses, and they rely on a posthoc explanation that is necessarily speculative and cannot presently be tested (that the diminished drift rates for higher negative correlations are due to imperfect mapping between subjective evidence strength and the experimenter-controlled adjustment to objective evidence strengths to account for effects of correlations). In my opinion, there are other candidate explanations for the observed effects that could be tested but lie outside of the relatively narrow focus of the current modelling efforts. Both explanations arise from aspects of the task, which are not mutually exclusive. The first is that an interesting aspect of this task, which contrasts with most common 'univariate' perceptual decision-making tasks, is that participants need to integrate two pieces of information at a time, which may or may not require an additional computational step (e.g. averaging of two spatial locations before adding a single quantum of evidence to the building decision variable). There is abundant evidence that such intermediate computations on the evidence can give rise to certain forms of bias in the way that evidence is accumulated (e.g. 'selective integration' as outlined in Usher et al., 2019, Current Directions in Psychological Science; Luyckx et al., 2020, Cerebral Cortex) which may affect RTs and/or accuracy on the current task. The second candidate explanation is that participants in the current study were only given 200 ms to process and accumulate each pair of evidence samples, which may create a processing bottleneck causing certain pairs or individual samples to be missed (and which, assuming fixed decision bounds, would presumably selectively affect RT and not accuracy). If I were to speculate, I would say that both factors could be exacerbated in the negative correlation conditions, where pairs of samples will on average be more 'conflicting' (i.e. further apart) and, speculatively, more challenging to process in the limited time available here to participants. Such possibilities could be tested through, for example, an interrogation paradigm version of the current task which would allow the impact of individual pairs of evidence samples to be more straightforwardly assessed; and by assessing the impact of varying inter-sample intervals on the behavioural effects reported presently.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful and valuable feedback. We have thoroughly updated the modeling section to include new analysis and clearer descriptions and interpretations of our findings (including Figs. 5–7 and additional references to the Usher, Luyckx, and other studies that identified decision suboptimalities). The comment about “an additional computational step” in converting the observations to evidence was particularly useful, in that it made us realize that we were making what we now consider to be a faulty assumption in our version of the DDM. Specifically, we assumed that subjective misestimates of the correlation affected how observations were converted to evidence (logLR) to form the decision (implemented as a scaling of the bound height), but we neglected to consider how suboptimalities in encoding the observations could also lead to misestimates of the correlation. We have retained the previous best-fitting models in the text, for comparison (the “bound-rho-hat” and “bound-rho-hat + drift” models). In addition, we now include a “full-rho-hat” model that assumes that misestimates of rho affect both the encoding of the observations, which affects the drift rate and bound height, and the weighing of the evidence, which affects only the bound height. This was the best-fitting model for most participants (after accounting for different numbers of parameters associated with the different models we tested). Note that the full-rho-hat model predicts the lack of correlation-dependent choice effects and the substantial correlation-dependent RT effects that we observed, without requiring any additional adjustments to the drift rate (as we resorted to previously).

      In summary, we believe that we now have a much more parsimonious account of our data, in terms of a model in which subjective estimates of the correlation are alone able to account for our patterns of choice and RT data. We fully agree that more work is needed to better understand the source of these misestimates but also think those questions are outside the scope of the present study.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      A few minor comments:

      (1) Evidence can be correlated in multiple ways. It could be correlated within individual pieces of evidence in a sequence, or across elements in that sequence (e.g., across time). This distinction is important, as it determines how evidence ought to be accumulated across time. In particular, if evidence is correlated across time, simply summing it up might be the wrong thing to do. Thus, it would be beneficial to make this distinction in the Introduction, and to mention that this paper is only concerned with the first type of correlation.

      We now clarify this point in the Introduction (p. 5–6).

      (2) It is unclear without reading the Methods how the blue dashed line in Figure 4c is generated. To my understanding, it is a prediction of the naive DDM model. Is this correct?

      We now specify the models used to make the predictions shown in Fig. 4c (which now includes an additional model that uses unscaled observations as evidence).

      (3) In Methods, given the importance of the distribution of x1 + x2, it would be useful to write it out explicitly, e.g., x1 + x2 ~ N(2 mu_g, ..), specifying its mean and its variance.

      Excellent suggestion, added to p. 38.

      (4) From Methods and the caption of Figure 6 - Supplement 1 it becomes clear that the fitted DDM features a bound that collapses over time. I think that this should also be mentioned in the main text, as it is a not-too-unimportant feature of the model.

      Excellent suggestion, added to p. 15, with reference to Fig. 6-supplement 1 on p. 20.

      (5) The functional form of the bound is 2 (B - tb t). To my understanding, the effective B changes as a function of the correlation magnitude. Does tb as well? If not, wouldn't it be better if it does, to ensure that 2 (B - tb t) = 0 independent of the correlation magnitude?

      In our initial modeling, we also considered whether the correlation-dependent adjustment, which is a function of both correlation sign and magnitude, should be applied to the initial bound or to the instantaneous bound (i.e., after collapse, affecting tb as well). In a pilot analysis of data from 22 participants in the 0.6 correlation-magnitude group, we found that this choice had a negligible effect on the goodness-of-fit (deltaAIC = -0.9, protected exceedance probability = 0.63, in favor of the instantaneous bound scaling). We therefore used the instantaneous bound version in the analyses reported in the manuscript but doubt this choice was critical based on these results. We have clarified our implementation of the bound in Methods (p. 43–44).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In addition to the points raised above, I have some minor suggestions/open questions that arose from my reading of the manuscript:

      (1) Are the predictions outlined in the paper specific to cases where the two sources are symmetric around zero? If distributions are allowed to be asymmetric then one can imagine cases (i.e. when distribution means are sufficiently offset from one another) where positive correlations can increase evidence strength and negative correlations decrease evidence strength. There's absolutely still value and much elegance in what the authors are showing with this work, but if my intuition is correct, it should ideally be acknowledged that the predictions are restricted to a specific set of generative circumstances.

      We agree that there are a lot of ways to manipulate correlations and their effect on the weight of evidence. At the end of the Discussion, we emphasize that our results apply to this particular form of correlation (p. 32).

      (2) Isn't Figure 4C misleading in the sense that it collapses across the asymmetry in the effect of negative vs positive correlations on RT, which is clearly there in the data and which simply adjusting the correlation-dependent scale factor will not reproduce?

      We agree that this analysis does not address any asymmetries in suboptimal estimates of positive versus negative correlations. We believe that those effects are much better addressed using the model fitting, which we present later in the Results section. We have now simplified the analyses in Fig. 4c, reporting the difference in RT between positive and negative correlation conditions instead of a linear regression.

      (3) I found the transition on p.17 of the Results section from the scaling of drift rate by correlation to scaling of bound height to be quite abrupt and unclear. I suspect that many readers coming from a typical DDM modelling background will be operating under the assumption that drift rate and bound height are independent, and I think more could be done here to explain why scaling one parameter by correlation in the present case is in fact directly equivalent to scaling the other.

      Thank you for the very useful feedback, we have substantially revised this text to make these points more clearly.

      (4) P.3, typo: Alan *Turing*

      That’s embarrassing. Fixed.

      (5) P.27, typo: "participants adopt a *fixed* bound"

      Fixed.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1:

      The manuscript suggests the zebrafish homolog of ctla-4 and generates a new mutant in it. However, the locus that is mutated is confusingly annotated as both CD28 (current main annotation in ZFIN) and CTLA-4/CD152 (one publication from 2020), see: https://zfin.org/ZDB-GENE-070912-128. Both human CTLA-4 and CD28 align with relatively similar scores to this gene. There seem to be other orthologs of these receptors in the zebrafish genome, including CD28-like (https://zfin.org/ZDB-GENE-070912-309) which neighbors the gene annotated as CD28 (exhibiting similar synteny as human CD28 and CTLA-4). It would be helpful to provide more information to distinguish between this family of genes and to further strengthen the evidence that this mutant is in ctla-4, not cd28. Also, is one of these genes in the zebrafish genome (e.g. cd28l) potentially a second homolog of CTLA-4? Is this why this mutant is viable in zebrafish and not mammals? Some suggestions:

      (a) A more extensive sequence alignment that considers both CTLA-4 and CD28, potentially identifying the best homolog of each human gene, especially taking into account any regions that are known to produce the functional differences between these receptors in mammals and effectively assigns identities to the two genes annotated as "cd28" and "cd28l" as well as the gene "si:dkey-1H24.6" that your CD28 ORF primers seem to bind to in zebrafish.

      In response to the reviewer's insightful suggestions, we have conducted more extensive sequence alignment and phylogenetic analyses that consider both CTLA-4, CD28, and CD28-like molecules, taking into account key regions crucial for the functionalities and functional differences between these molecules across various species, including mammals and zebrafish.

      Identification of zebrafish Ctla-4: We identified zebrafish Ctla-4 as a homolog of mammalian CTLA-4 based on key conserved structural and functional characteristics. Structurally, the Ctla-4 gene shares similar exon organization compared to mammalian CTLA-4. Ctla-4 is a type I transmembrane protein with typical immunoglobulin superfamily features. Multiple amino acid sequence alignments revealed that Ctla-4 contains a <sup>113</sup>LFPPPY<sup>118</sup> motif and a <sup>123</sup>GNGT<sup>126</sup> motif in the ectodomain, and a tyrosine-based <sup>206</sup>YVKF<sup>209</sup> motif in the distal C-terminal region. These motifs closely resemble MYPPPY, GNGT, and YVKM motifs in mammalian CTLA-4s, which are essential for binding to CD80/CD86 ligands and molecular internalization and signaling inhibition. Despite only 23.7% sequence identity to human CTLA-4, zebrafish Ctla-4 exhibits a similar tertiary structure with a two-layer β-sandwich architecture in its extracellular IgV-like domain. Four cysteine residues responsible for the formation of two pairs of disulfide bonds (Cys<sup>20</sup>-Cys<sup>91</sup>/Cys<sup>46</sup>-Cys<sup>65</sup> in zebrafish and Cys<sup>21</sup>-Cys<sup>92</sup>/Cys<sup>48</sup>-Cys<sup>66</sup> in humans) that connect the two-layer β-sandwich are conserved. Additionally, a separate cysteine residue (Cys<sup>120</sup> in zebrafish and Cys<sup>120</sup> in humans) involved in dimerization is also present, and Western blot analysis under reducing and non-reducing conditions confirmed Ctla-4’s dimerization. Phylogenetically, Ctla-4 clusters with other known CTLA-4 homologs from different species with high bootstrap probability, while zebrafish Cd28 groups separately with other CD28s. Functionally, Ctla-4 is predominantly expressed on CD4<sup>+</sup> T and CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells in zebrafish. It plays a pivotal inhibitory role in T cell activation by competing with CD28 for binding to CD80/86, as validated through a series of both in vitro and in vivo assays, including microscale thermophoresis assays which demonstrated that Ctla-4 exhibits a significantly higher affinity for Cd80/86 than Cd28 (KD = 0.50 ± 0.25 μM vs. KD = 2.64 ± 0.45 μM). These findings confirm Ctla-4 as an immune checkpoint molecule, reinforcing its identification within the CTLA-4 family.

      Comparison between zebrafish Cd28 and "Cd28l": Zebrafish Cd28 contains an extracellular SYPPPF motif and an intracellular FYIQ motif. The extracellular SYPPPF motif is essential for binding to Cd80/CD86, while the intracellular FYIQ motif likely mediates kinase recruitment and co-stimulatory signaling. In contrast, the "Cd28l" molecule lacks the SYPPPF motif, which is critical for Cd80/CD86 binding, and exhibits strong similarity in its C-terminal 79 amino acids to Ctla-4 rather than Cd28. Consequently, "Cd28l" resembles an atypical Ctla-4-like molecule but fails to exhibit Cd80/CD86 binding activity.

      We have incorporated the relevant analysis results into the main text of the revised manuscript and updated Supplementary Figure 1. Additionally, we provide key supplementary analyses here for the reviewer's convenience.  

      Author response image 1.

      Illustrates the alignment of Ctla-4 (XP_005167576.1) and Ctla-4-like (XP_005167567.1, previously referred to as "Cd28l") in zebrafish, generated using ClustalX and Jalview. Conserved and partially conserved amino acid residues are highlighted in color gradients ranging from carnation to red, respectively. The B7-binding motif is encircled with a red square.

      (b) Clearer description in the main text of such an analysis to better establish that the mutated gene is a homolog of ctla-4, NOT cd28.

      We appreciate the reviewer's advice. Additional confirmation of zebrafish Ctla-4 is detailed in lines 119-126 of the revised manuscript.

      (c) Are there mammalian anti-ctla-4 and/or anti-cd28 antibodies that are expected to bind to these zebrafish proteins? If so, looking to see whether staining is lost (or western blotting is lost) in your mutants could be additionally informative. (Our understanding is that your mouse anti-Ctla-4 antibody is raised against recombinant protein generated from this same locus, and so is an elegant demonstration that your mutant eliminates the production of the protein, but unfortunately does not contribute additional information to help establish its homology to mammalian proteins).

      This suggestion holds significant value. However, a major challenge in fish immunology research is the limited availability of antibodies suitable for use in fish species; antibodies developed for mammals are generally not applicable. We attempted to use human and mouse anti-CTLA-4 and anti-CD28 antibodies to identify Ctla-4 and Cd28 in zebrafish, but the results were inconclusive, with no expected signals. This outcome likely arises from the low sequence identity between human/mouse CTLA-4 and CD28 and their zebrafish homologs (ranging from 21.3% to 23.7% for CTLA-4 and 21.2% to 24.0% for CD28). Therefore, developing specific antibodies against zebrafish Ctla-4 is essential for advancing this research.

      The methods section is generally insufficient and doesn't describe many of the experiments performed in this manuscript. Some examples:

      (a) No description of antibodies used for staining or Western blots (Figure1C, 1D, 1F).

      (b) No description of immunofluorescence protocol (Figure 1D, 1F).

      (c) No description of Western blot protocol (Figure 1C, 2C).

      (d) No description of electron microscopy approach (Figure 2K).

      (e) No description of the approach for determining microbial diversity (Entirety of Figure 6).

      (f) No description of PHA/CFSE/Flow experiments (Figure 7A-E).

      (g) No description of AlphaFold approach (Figures 7F-G).

      (h) No description of co-IP approach (Figure 7H).

      (i) No description of MST assay or experiment (Figure 7I).

      (j) No description of purification of recombinant proteins, generation of anti-Ctla-4 antibody, or molecular interaction assays (Figures S2 and S6).

      We apologize for this oversight. The methods section was inadvertently incomplete due to an error during the file upload process at submission. This issue has been addressed in the revised manuscript. We appreciate your understanding.

      Figure 5 suggests that there are more Th2 cells 1, Th2 cells 2, and NKT cells in ctla-4 mutants through scRNA-seq. However, as the cell numbers for these are low in both genotypes, there is only a single replicate for each genotype scRNA-seq experiment, and dissociation stress can skew cell-type proportions, this finding would be much more convincing if another method that does not depend on dissociation was used to verify these results. Furthermore, while Th2 cells 2 are almost absent in WT scRNA-seq, KEGG analysis suggests that a major contributor to their clustering may be ribosomal genes (Fig. 5I). Since no batch correction was described in the methods, it would be beneficial to verify the presence of this cluster in ctla-4 mutants and WT animals through other means, such as in situ hybridization or transgenic lines.   

      We are grateful for the insightful comments provided by the reviewer. Given that research on T cell subpopulations in fish is still in its nascent stages, the availability of specific marker antibodies and relevant transgenic strains remains limited. Our single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq) analysis revealed that a distinct Th2 subset 2 was predominantly observed in Ctla-4 mutants but was rare in wild-type zebrafish, it suggests that this subset may primarily arise under pathological conditions associated with Ctla-4 mutation. Due to the near absence of Th2 subset 2 in wild-type samples, KEGG enrichment analysis was performed exclusively on this subset from Ctla-4-deficient intestines. The ribosome pathway was significantly enriched, suggesting that these cells may be activated to fulfill their effector functions. However, confirming the presence of Th2 subset 2 using in situ hybridization or transgenic zebrafish lines is currently challenging due to the lack of lineage-specific markers for detailed classification of Th2 cell subsets and the preliminary nature of scRNA-seq predictions.

      To address the reviewers' suggestion to confirm compositional changes in Th2 and NKT cells using dissociation-independent methods, we quantified mRNA levels of Th2 (il4, il13, and gata3) and NKT (nkl.2, nkl.4, and prf1.1) cell marker genes via RT-qPCR in intestines from wild-type and mutant zebrafish. As shown in Figure S7B and S7C, these markers were significantly upregulated in Ctla-4-deficient intestines compared to wild-type controls. This indicates an overall increase in Th2 and NKT cell activity in mutant zebrafish, aligning with our scRNA-seq analysis and supports the validity of our initial findings.

      Before analyzing the scRNA-seq data, we performed batch correction using the Harmony algorithm via cloud-based Cumulus v1.0 on the aggregated gene-count matrices. This methodological detail has been included in the “Materials and Methods” section of the revised manuscript. Moreover, the RT-qPCR results are presented in Supplementary Figures S7B and S7C.

      Quality control (e.g., no. of UMIs, no. of genes, etc.) metrics of the scRNAseq experiments should be presented in the supplementary information for each sample to help support that observed differential expression is not merely an outcome of different sequencing depths of the two samples.

      As illustrated in Fig. S5, the quality control data have been supplemented to include the effective cell number of the sample, along with pre- and post-filtering metrics such as nFeature_RNA, nCount_RNA and mitochondrial percentage (percent.mito). Furthermore, scatter plots comparing the basic information of the sample cells before and after filtering are provided.

      Some references to prior research lack citations. Examples:

      (a)"Given that Ctla-4 is primarily expressed on T cells (Figure 1E-F), and its absence has been shown to result in intestinal immune dysregulation, indicating a crucial role of this molecule as a conserved immune checkpoint in T cell inhibition."

      The references were incorporated into line 71 of the revised manuscript.

      (b) Line 83: Cite evidence/review for the high degree of conservation in adaptive immunity.

      The references were incorporated into line 93 of the revised manuscript.

      (c) Lines 100-102: Cite the evidence that MYPPPY is a CD80/86 binding motif.

      The references were incorporated into line 117 of the revised manuscript.

      The text associated with Figure 8 (Lines 280-289) does not clearly state that rescue experiments are being done in mutant zebrafish.

      We have provided a clear explanation of the rescue experiments conducted in Ctla-4-deficient zebrafish. This revision has been incorporated into line 319.

      Line 102: Is there evidence from other animals that LFPPPY can function as a binding site for CD80/CD86? Does CD28 also have this same motif?

      The extracellular domains of CTLA-4 and CD28, which bind to CD80/CD86, are largely conserved across various species. This conservation is exemplified by a central PPP core motif, although the flanking amino acids exhibit slight variations. In mammals, both CTLA-4 and CD28 feature the conserved MYPPPY motif. By contrast, in teleost fish, such as rainbow trout, CTLA-4 contains an LYPPPY motif, while CD28 has an MYPPPI motif (Ref. 1). Grass carp CTLA-4 displays an LFPPPY motif, whereas its CD28 variant bears an IYPPPF motif. Yeast two-hybrid assays confirm that these motifs facilitate interactions between grass carp CTLA-4 and CD28 with CD80/CD86 (Ref. 2). Similarly, zebrafish Ctla-4 contains the LFPPPY motif observed in grass carp, while Cd28 exhibits a closely related SYPPPF motif.

      References:

      (1) Bernard, D et al. (2006) Costimulatory Receptors in a Teleost Fish: Typical CD28, Elusive CTLA-4. J Immunol. 176: 4191-4200.

      (2) Lu T Z et al. (2022) Molecular and Functional Analyses of the Primordial Costimulatory Molecule CD80/86 and Its Receptors CD28 and CD152 (CTLA-4) in a Teleost Fish. Frontiers in Immunology. 13:885005.

      Line 110-111: Suggest adding citation of these previously published scRNAseq data to the main text in addition to the current description in the Figure legend.

      The reference has been added in line 129 in the main text.

      Figure 3B: It would be helpful to label a few of the top differentially expressed genes in Panel B?

      The top differentially expressed genes have been labeled in Figure 3B.

      Figure 3G: It's unclear how this analysis was conducted, what this figure is supposed to demonstrate, and in its current form it is illegible.

      Figure 3G displays a protein-protein interaction network constructed from differentially expressed genes. The densely connected nodes, representing physical interactions among proteins, provide valuable insights for basic scientific inquiry and biological or biomedical applications. As proteins are crucial to diverse biological functions, their interactions illuminate the molecular and cellular mechanisms that govern both healthy and diseased states in organisms. Consequently, these networks facilitate the understanding of pathogenic and physiological processes involved in disease onset and progression.

      To construct this network, we first utilized the STRING database (https://string-db.org) to generate an initial network diagram using the differentially expressed genes. This diagram was subsequently imported into Cytoscape (version 3.9.1) for visualization and further analysis. Node size and color intensity reflect the density of interactions, indicating the relative importance of each protein. Figure 3G illustrates that IL1β was a central cytokine hub in the disease process of intestinal inflammation in Ctla-4-deficient zebrafish.

      Expression scale labeling:

      (a) Most gene expression scales are not clearly labeled: do they represent mean expression or scaled expression? Has the expression been log-transformed, and if so, which log (natural log? Log10? Log2?). See: Figure 3E, 3I, 4D, 4E, 5B, 5G, 5H, 6I.

      The gene expression scales are detailed in the figure legends. Specifically, Figures 3E, 3I, and 6I present heatmaps depicting row-scaled expression levels for the corresponding genes. In contrast, Figures 4D and 4E display heatmaps illustrating the mean expression of these genes. Additionally, the dot plots in Figures 5B, 5G, and 5H visualize the mean expression levels of the respective genes.

      (b) For some plots, diverging color schemes (i.e. with white/yellow in the middle) are used for non-diverging scales and would be better represented with a sequential color scale. See: 4D, 4E, and potentially others (not fully clear because of the previous point).

      The color schemes in Figures 4D and 4E have been updated to a sequential color scale. The gene expression data depicted in these figures represent mean expression values and have not undergone log transformation. This information has been incorporated into the figure legend for clarity.

      Lines 186-187: Though it is merely suggested, apoptotic gene expression can be upregulated as part of the dissociation process for single-cell RNAseq. This would be much stronger if supported by a staining, such as anti-Caspase 3.

      Following the reviewer's insightful recommendations, we conducted a TUNEL assay to evaluate apoptosis in the posterior intestinal epithelial cells of both wild-type and Ctla-4-deficient zebrafish. As expected, our results demonstrate a significant increase in epithelial cell apoptosis in Ctla-4-deficient zebrafish compared with wild-type fish. The corresponding data are presented in Figure S6D and have been incorporated into the manuscript. Detailed protocols for the TUNEL assay have also been included in the Materials and Methods section.

      Author response image 2.

      Illustrates the quantification of TUNEL-positive cells per 1 × 10<sup>4</sup> μm<sup>2/⁻</sup> in the posterior intestines of both wild-type (WT) and ctla-4<sup>⁻/⁻</sup> zebrafish (n = 5). The data demonstrate a comparative analysis of apoptotic cell density between the two genotypes.

      Lines 248-251: This manuscript demonstrates gut inflammation and also changes in microbial diversity, but I don't think it demonstrates an association between them, which would require an experiment that for instance rescues one of these changes and shows that it ameliorates the other change, despite still being a ctla-4 mutant.

      We appreciate the valuable comments from the reviewer. Recently, the relationship between inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) and gut microbial diversity has garnered considerable attention, with several key findings emerging from human IBD studies. For instance, patients with IBD (including ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease) exhibit reduced microbial diversity, which is correlated with disease severity. This decrease in microbial richness is thought to stem from the loss of normal anaerobic bacteria, such as Bacteroides, Eubacterium, and Lactobacillus (Refs. 1-6). Research using mouse models has shown that inflammation increases oxygen and nitrate levels within the intestinal lumen, along with elevated host-derived electron acceptors, thereby promoting anaerobic respiration and overgrowth of Enterobacteriaceae (Ref 7). Consistent with these findings, our study observed a significant enrichment of Enterobacteriaceae in the inflamed intestines of Ctla-4-deficient zebrafish, which supporting the observations in mice. Despite this progress, the zebrafish model for intestinal inflammation remains under development, with limitations in available techniques for manipulating intestinal inflammation and reconstructing gut microbiota. These challenges hinder investigations into the association between intestinal inflammation and changes in microbial diversity. We plan to address these issues through ongoing technological advancements and further research. We thank the reviewer for their understanding.

      References:

      (1) Ott S J, Musfeldt M, Wenderoth D F, Hampe J, Brant O, Fölsch U R et al. (2004) Reduction in diversity of the colonic mucosa associated bacterial microflora in patients with active inflammatory bowel disease. Gut 53:685-693.

      (2) Manichanh C, Rigottier-Gois L, Bonnaud E, Gloux K, Pelletier E, Frangeul L et al. (2006) Reduced diversity of faecal microbiota in Crohn's disease revealed by a metagenomic approach. Gut 55:205-211.

      (3) Qin J J, Li R Q, Raes J, Arumugam M, Burgdorf K S, Manichanh C et al. (2010) A human gut microbial gene catalogue established by metagenomic sequencing. Nature 464:59-U70.

      (4) Sha S M, Xu B, Wang X, Zhang Y G, Wang H H, Kong X Y et al. (2013) The biodiversity and composition of the dominant fecal microbiota in patients with inflammatory bowel disease. Diagn Micr Infec Dis 75:245-251.

      (5) Ray K. (2015) IBD. Gut microbiota in IBD goes viral. Nat Rev Gastroenterol Hepatol 12:122.

      (6) Papa E, Docktor M, Smillie C, Weber S, Preheim S P, Gevers D et al. (2012) Non-Invasive Mapping of the Gastrointestinal Microbiota Identifies Children with Inflammatory Bowel Disease. Plos One 7: e39242-39254.

      (7) Hughes E R, Winter M G, Duerkop B A, Spiga L, de Carvalho T F, Zhu W H et al. (2017) Microbial Respiration and Formate Oxidation as Metabolic Signatures of Inflammation-Associated Dysbiosis. Cell Host Microbe 21:208-219.

      Lines 270-272 say that interaction between Cd28/ctla-4 and Cd80/86 was demonstrated through bioinformatics, flow-cytometry, and Co-IP. Does this need to reference Fig S6D for the flow data? Figures 7F-G are very hard to read or comprehend as they are very small. Figure 7H is the most compelling evidence of this interaction and might stand out better if emphasized with a sentence referencing it on its own in the manuscript. 

      In this study, we utilized an integrated approach combining bioinformatics prediction, flow cytometry, and co-immunoprecipitation (Co-IP) to comprehensively investigate and validate the interactions between Cd28/Ctla-4 and Cd80/86. Flow cytometry analysis, as depicted in Supplementary Figure 6D (revised as Supplementary Figure 8F), demonstrated the surface expression of Cd80/86 on HEK293T cells and quantified their interactions with Cd28 and Ctla-4. These experiments not only validated the interactions between Cd80/86 and Cd28/Ctla-4 but also revealed a dose-dependent relationship, providing robust supplementary evidence for the molecular interactions under investigation. Furthermore, in Figure 7F-G, the axis font sizes were enlarged to improve readability. Additionally, in response to reviewers' feedback, we have emphasized Figure 7H, which presents the most compelling evidence for molecular interactions, by including a standalone sentence in the text to enhance its prominence.

      For Figure 7A-E, for non-immunologists, it is unclear what experiment was performed here - it would be helpful to add a 1-sentence summary of the assay to the main text or figure legend.

      We apologize for this oversight. Figures 7A–E illustrate the functional assessment of the inhibitory role of Ctla-4 in Cd80/86 and Cd28-mediated T cell activation. A detailed description of the methodologies associated with Figures 7A–E is provided in the ‘Materials and Methods’ section of the revised manuscript.

      For Figure 7F-G, it is extremely hard to read the heat map legends and the X and Y-axis. Also, what the heatmaps show and how that fits the overall narrative can be elaborated significantly.

      We regret this oversight. To enhance clarity, we have increased the font size of the heatmap legends and the X and Y-axes, as shown in the following figure. Additionally, a detailed analysis of these figures is provided in lines 299–306 of the main text.

      In general, the main text that accompanies Figure 7 should be expanded to more clearly describe these experiments/analyses and their results.

      We have conducted a detailed analysis of the experiments and results presented in Figure 7. This analysis is described in lines 278-314.

      Reviewer #2:

      The scRNASeq assay is missing some basic characterization: how many WT and mutant fish were assayed in the experiment? how many WT and mutant cells were subject to sequencing? Before going to the immune cell types, are intestinal cell types comparable between the two conditions? Are there specific regions in the tSNE plot in Figure 4A abundant of WT or ctla-4 mutant cells?

      In the experiment, we analyzed 30 wild-type and 30 mutant zebrafish for scRNA-seq, with an initial dataset comprising 8,047 cells in the wild-type group and 8,321 cells in the mutant group. Sample preparation details are provided on lines 620-652. Due to the relatively high expression of mitochondrial genes in intestinal tissue, quality control filtering yielded 3,263 cells in the wild-type group and 4,276 cells in the mutant group. Given that the intestinal tissues were dissociated using identical protocols, the resulting cell types are comparable between the two conditions. Both the wild-type and Ctla-4-deficient groups contained enterocytes, enteroendocrine cells, smooth muscle cells, neutrophils, macrophages, B cells, and a cluster of T/NK/ILC-like cells. Notably, no distinct regions were enriched for either condition in the tSNE plot (Figure 4A).

      The cell proliferation experiment using PHA stimulation assay demonstrated the role of Ctla-4 in cell proliferation, while the transcriptomic evidence points towards activation rather than an overall expansion of T-cell numbers. This should be discussed towards a more comprehensive model of how subtypes of cells can be differentially proliferating in the disease model.

      In the PHA-stimulated T cell proliferation assay, we aimed to investigate the regulatory roles of Ctla-4, Cd28, and Cd80/86 in T cell activation, focusing on validating Ctla-4's inhibitory function as an immune checkpoint. While our study examined general regulatory mechanisms, it did not specifically address the distinct roles of Ctla-4 in different T cell subsets. We appreciate the reviewer's suggestion to develop a more comprehensive model that elucidates differential T cell activation across various subsets in disease models. However, due to the nascent stage of research on fish T cell subsets and limitations in lineage-specific antibodies and transgenic strains, such investigations are currently challenging. We plan to pursue these studies in the future. Despite these constraints, our single-cell RNA sequencing data revealed an increased proportion of Th2 subset cells in Ctla-4-deficient zebrafish, as evidenced by elevated expression levels of Th2 markers (Il4, Il13, and Gata3) via RT-qPCR (see Figures S7B). Notably, recent studies in mouse models have shown that naïve T cells from CTLA-4-deficient mice tend to differentiate into Th2 cells post-proliferation, with activated Th2 cells secreting higher levels of cytokines like IL-4, IL-5, and IL-13, thereby exerting their effector functions (Refs. 1-2). Consequently, our findings align with observations in mice, suggesting conserved CTLA-4 functions across species. We have expanded the "Discussion" section to clarify these points.

      References:

      (1) Bour-Jordan H, Grogan J L, Tang Q Z, Auger J A, Locksley R M, Bluestone J A et al. (2003) CTLA-4 regulates the requirement for cytokine-induced signals in T<sub>H</sub>2 lineage commitment. Nature Immunology 4: 182-188.

      (2) Khattri Roli, Auger, Julie A, Griffin Matthew D, Sharpe Arlene H, Bluestone Jeffrey A et al. (1999) Lymphoproliferative Disorder in CTLA-4 Knockout Mice Is Characterized by CD28-Regulated Activation of Th2 Responses. The Journal of Immunology 162:5784-5791.

      It would be nice if the authors could also demonstrate whether other tissues in the zebrafish have an inflammation response, to show whether the model is specific to IBD.

      In addition to intestinal tissues, we also performed histological analysis on the liver of Ctla-4-deficient zebrafish. The results showed that Ctla-4 deficiency led to mild edema in a few hepatocytes, and lymphocyte infiltration was not significant. Compared to the liver, we consider intestinal inflammation to be more pronounced.

      Some minor comments on terminology

      (a) "multiomics" usually refers to omics experiments with different modalities (e.g. transcriptomics, proteomics, metabolomics etc), while the current paper only has transcriptomics assays. I wouldn't call it "multiomics" analysis.

      We appreciate the reviewer's attention to this issue. The "multi-omics" has been revised to "transcriptomics".

      (b) In several parts of the figure legend the author mentioned "tSNE nonlinear clustering" (Figures 4A and 5A). tSNE is an embedding method rather than a clustering method.

      The "tSNE nonlinear clustering" has been revised to "tSNE embedding”.

      (c) Figure 1E is a UMAP rather than tSNE.

      The "tSNE" has been revised to "UMAP" in the figure legend in line 1043.

      Reviewer #3: 

      Line 28: The link is not directly reflected in this sentence describing CTLA-4 knockout mice.

      We appreciate the reviewer for bringing this issue to our attention. We have expanded our description of CTLA-4 knockout mice on lines 77-84.

      Line 80-83: There is a lack of details about the CTLA-4-deficient mice. The factor that Th2 response could be induced has been revealed in mouse model. See the reference entitled "CTLA-4 regulates the requirement for cytokine-induced signals in TH2 lineage commitment" published in Nature Immunology.

      We thank the reviewer for providing valuable references. We have added descriptions detailing the differentiation of T cells into Th2 cells in CTLA-4-deficient mice on lines 78–81, and the relevant references have been cited in the revised manuscript.

      To better introduce the CTLA-4 immunobiology, the paper entitled "Current Understanding of Cytotoxic T Lymphocyte Antigen-4 (CTLA-4) Signaling in T-Cell Biology and Disease Therapy" published in Molecules and Cells should be referred.

      We have provided additional details on CTLA-4 immunology (lines 75-84) and have included the relevant reference in the revised manuscript.

      In current results, there are many sentences that should be moved to the discussion, such as lines 123-124, lines 152-153, lines 199-200, and lines 206-207. So, the result sections just describe the results, and the discussions should be put together in the discussion.

      We have relocated these sentences to the 'Discussion' section and refined the writing.

      In the discussion, the zebrafish enteritis model, such as DSS/TNBS and SBMIE models, should also be compared with the current CTLA-4 knockout model. Also, the comparison between the current fish IBD model and the previous mouse model should also be included, to enlighten the usage of CTLA-4 knockout zebrafish IBD model.

      We compared the phenotypes of our current Ctla-4-knockout zebrafish IBD model with other models, including DSS-induced IBD models in zebrafish and mice, as well as TNBS- and SBM-induced IBD models in zebrafish. The details are included in the "Discussion" section (lines 353-365).

      As to the writing, the structure of the discussion is poor. The paragraphs are very long and hard to follow. Many findings from current results were not yet discussed. I just can't find any discussion about the alteration of intestinal microbiota.

      In response to the reviewers' constructive feedback, we have revised and enhanced the discussion section. Furthermore, we have integrated the most recent research findings relevant to this study into the discussion to improve its relevance and comprehensiveness.

      In the discussion, the aerobic-related bacteria in 16s rRNA sequencing results should be focused on echoing the histopathological findings, such as the emptier gut of CTLA-4 knockout zebrafish.

      As mentioned above, the discussion section has been revised and expanded to provide a better understanding of the potential interplay among intestinal inflammatory pathology, gut microbiota alterations, and immune cell dysregulation in Ctla-4-deficient zebrafish. Furthermore, promising avenues for future research that warrant further investigation were also discussed.

      In the current method, there are no descriptions for many used methods, which already generated results, such as WB, MLR, MST, Co-IP, AlphaFold2 prediction, and how to make currently used anti-zfCTLA4 antibody. Also, there is a lack of description of the method of the husbandry of knockout zebrafish line.

      We regret these flaws. The methods section was inadvertently incomplete due to an error during the file upload process at submission. This issue has been rectified in the revised manuscript. Additionally, Ctla-4-deficient zebrafish were reared under the same conditions as wild-type zebrafish, and the rearing methods are now described in the "Generation of Ctla-4-deficient zebrafish" section of the Materials and Methods.

      Line 360: the experimental zebrafish with different ages could be a risk for unstable intestinal health. See the reference entitled "The immunoregulatory role of fish-specific type II SOCS via inhibiting metaflammation in the gut-liver axis" published in Water Biology and Security. The age-related differences in zebrafish could be observed in the gut.

      We appreciate the reviewers' reminders. The Ctla-4 mutant zebrafish used in our experiments were 4 months old, while the wild-type zebrafish ranged from 4 to 6 months old. These experimental fish were relatively young and uniformly distributed in age. During our study, we examined the morphological structures of the intestines in zebrafish aged 4 to 6 months and observed no significant abnormalities. These findings align with previous research indicating no significant difference in intestinal health between 3-month-old and 6-month-old wild-type zebrafish (Ref. 1). Consequently, we conclude that there is no notable aging-related change in the intestines of zebrafish aged 4 to 6 months. This reduces the risk associated with age-related variables in our study. We have added an explanation stating that the Ctla-4 mutant zebrafish used in the experiments were 4 months old (Line 449) in the revised manuscript.

      Reference

      (1) Shan Junwei, Wang Guangxin, Li Heng, Zhao Xuyang et al. (2023) The immunoregulatory role of fish-specific type II SOCS via inhibiting metaflammation in the gut-liver axis. Water Biology and Security 2: 100131-100144.

      Section "Generation of Ctla-4-deficient zebrafish": There is a lack of description of PCR condition for the genotyping.

      The target DNA sequence was amplified at 94 °C for 4 min, followed by 35 cycles at 94°C for 30 s, 58°C for 30 s and 72°C for 30 s, culminating in a final extension at 72 °C for 10 min. The polymerase chain reaction (PCR) conditions are described in lines 458-460.

      How old of the used mutant fish? There should be a section "sampling" to provide the sampling details.

      The "Sampling" information has been incorporated into the "Materials and Methods" section of the revised manuscript. Wild-type and Ctla-4-deficient zebrafish of varying months were housed in separate tanks, each labeled with its corresponding birth date. Experiments utilized Ctla-4-deficient zebrafish aged 4 months and wild-type zebrafish aged between 4 to 6 months.

      Line 378-380: The index for the histopathological analysis should be detailed, rather than just provide a reference. I don't think these indexes are good enough to specifically describe the pathological changes of intestinal villi and mucosa. It is suggested to improve with detailed parameters. As described in the paper entitled "Pathology of Gastric Intestinal Metaplasia: Clinical Implications" published in Am J Gastroenterol., histochemical, normal gastric mucins are pH neutral, and they stain magenta with periodic acid-Schiff (PAS). In an inflamed gut, acid mucins replace the original gastric mucins and are stained blue with Alcian blue (AB). So, to reveal the pathological changes of goblet cells and involved mucin components, AB staining should be added. Also, for the number of goblet cells in the inflammatory intestine, combining PAS and AB staining is the best way to reveal all the goblet cells. In Figure 2, there were very few goblet cells. The infiltration of lymphocytes and the empty intestinal lumen could be observed. Thus, the ratio between the length of intestinal villi and the intestinal ring radius should calculated.

      In response to the reviewers’ valuable suggestions, we have augmented the manuscript by providing additional parameters related to the pathological changes observed in the Ctlta-4-deficient zebrafish intestines, including the mucin component changes identified through PAS and AB-PAS staining, the variations in the number of goblet cells evaluated by AB-PAS staining, and the ratio of intestinal villi length to the intestinal ring radius, as illustrated in the following figures. These new findings are detailed in the "Materials and Methods" (lines 563-566) and "Results" (lines 143-146) sections, along with Supplementary Figure S3 of the revised manuscript.

      Section "Quantitative real-time PCR": What's the machine used for qPCR? How about the qPCR validation of RNA seq data? I did not see any related description of data and methods for qPCR validation. In addition, beta-actin is not a stable internal reference gene, to analyze inflammation and immune-related gene expression. See the reference entitled "Actin, a reliable marker of internal control?" published in Clin Chim Acta. Other stable housekeeping genes, such as EF1alpha and 18s, could be better internal references.

      RT-qPCR experiments were conducted using a PCR thermocycler device (CFX Connect Real-Time PCR Detection System with Precision Melt Analysis<sup>TM</sup> Software, Bio-Rad, Cat. No. 1855200EM1). This information has been incorporated into lines 608-610 of the "Materials and Methods" section. In these experiments, key gene sequences of interest, including il13, mpx, and il1β, were extracted from RNA-seq data for RT-qPCR validation. To ensure accurate normalization, potential internal controls were evaluated, and β-actin was identified as a suitable candidate due to its consistent expression levels in the intestines of both wild-type and Ctla-4-deficient zebrafish. The use of β-actin as an internal control is further supported by its application in recent studies on intestinal inflammation (Refs 1–2).

      References:

      (1) Tang Duozhuang, Zeng Ting, Wang Yiting, Cui Hui et al. (2020) Dietary restriction increases protective gut bacteria to rescue lethal methotrexate-induced intestinal toxicity. Gut Microbes 12: 1714401-1714422.

      (2) Malik Ankit, Sharma Deepika et al. (2023) Epithelial IFNγ signaling and compartmentalized antigen presentation orchestrate gut immunity. Nature 623: 1044-1052.

      How to generate sCtla-4-Ig, Cd28-Ig and Cd80/86? No method could be found.

      We apologize for the omission of these methods. The detailed protocols have now been added to the "Materials and Methods" section of the revised manuscript (lines 464-481).

      Figure 5: As reviewed in the paper entitled "Teleost T and NK cell immunity" published in Fish and Shellfsh Immunology, two types of NK cell homologues have been described in fish: non-specific cytotoxic cells and NK-like cells. There is no NKT cell identified in the teleost yet. Therefore, "NKT-like" could be better to describe this cell type.

      We refer to "NKT" cells as "NKT-like" cells, as suggested.

      For the supplementary data of scRNA-seq, there lacks the details of expression level.

      The expression levels of the corresponding genes are provided in Supplemental Table 4.

      Supplemental Table 1: There are no accession numbers of amplified genes.

      The accession numbers of the amplified genes are included in Supplemental Table 1.

      The English needs further editing.

      We have made efforts to enhance the English to meet the reviewers' expectations.

      Line 32: The tense should be the past.

      This tense error has been corrected.

      Line 363-365: The letter of this approval should be provided as an attachment.

      The approval document is provided as an attachment.

      Line 376: How to distinguish the different intestinal parts? Were they judged as the first third, second third, and last third parts of the whole intestine?

      The differences among the three segments of zebrafish intestine are apparent. The intestinal tube narrows progressively from the anterior to the mid-intestine and then to the posterior intestine. Moreover, the boundaries between the intestinal segments are well-defined, facilitating the isolation of each segment.

      Line 404: Which version of Cytoscape was used?

      The version of Cytoscape used in this study is 3.9.1. Information about the Cytoscape version is provided on line 603.

      The product information of both percoll and cell strainer should be provided.

      The information regarding Percoll and cell strainers has been added on lines 626 and 628, respectively.

      Line 814: Here should be a full name to tell what is MST.

      The acronym MST stands for "Microscale Thermophoresis", a technique that has been referenced on lines 1157-1158.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      eLife Assessment

      This study presents valuable findings related to seasonal brain size plasticity in the Eurasian common shrew (Sorex araneus), which is an excellent model system for these studies. The evidence supporting the authors' claims is convincing. However, the authors should be careful when applying the term adaptive to the gene expression changes they observe; it would be challenging to demonstrate the differential fitness effects of these gene expression changes. The work will be of interest to biologists working on neuroscience, plasticity, and evolution.

      We appreciate the reviewers’ suggestions and comments. For the phylogenetic ANOVA we used (EVE), which tests for a separate RNA expression optimum specific to the shrew lineage consistent with expectations for adaptive evolution of gene expression. But, as you noted, while this analysis highlights many candidate genes evolving in a manner consistent with positive selection, further functional validation is required to confirm if and how these genes contribute to Dehnel’s phenomenon. In the discussion, we now emphasize that inferred adaptive expression of these genes is putative and outline that future studies are needed to test the function of proposed adaptations. For example, cell line validations of BCL2L1 on apoptosis is a case study that tests the function of a putatively adaptive change in gene expression, and it illuminates this limitation. We also have refined our discussion to focus more on pathway-level analyses rather than on individual genes, and have addressed other issues presented, including clarity of methods and using sex as a covariate in our analyses.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Thomas et al. set out to study seasonal brain gene expression changes in the Eurasian common shrew. This mammalian species is unusual in that it does not hibernate or migrate but instead stays active all winter while shrinking and then regrowing its brain and other organs. The authors previously examined gene expression changes in two brain regions and the liver. Here, they added data from the hypothalamus, a brain region involved in the regulation of metabolism and homeostasis. The specific goals were to identify genes and gene groups that change expression with the seasons and to identify genes with unusual expression compared to other mammalian species. The reason for this second goal is that genes that change with the season could be due to plastic gene regulation, where the organism simply reacts to environmental change using processes available to all mammals. Such changes are not necessarily indicative of adaptation in the shrew. However, if the same genes are also expression outliers compared to other species that do not show this overwintering strategy, it is more likely that they reflect adaptive changes that contribute to the shrew's unique traits.

      The authors succeeded in implementing their experimental design and identified significant genes in each of their specific goals. There was an overlap between these gene lists. The authors provide extensive discussion of the genes they found.

      The scope of this paper is quite narrow, as it adds gene expression data for only one additional tissue compared to the authors' previous work in a 2023 preprint. The two papers even use the same animals, which had been collected for that earlier work. As a consequence, the current paper is limited in the results it can present. This is somewhat compensated by an expansive interpretation of the results in the discussion section, but I felt that much of this was too speculative. More importantly, there are several limitations to the design, making it hard to draw stronger conclusions from the data. The main contribution of this work lies in the generated data and the formulation of hypotheses to be tested by future work.

      Thank you for your interest in our manuscript and for your insights. We addressed your comments below: we now highlight the limitations of our study design in the discussion and emphasize that, while a second optimum of gene expression in shrews is consistent with adaptive evolution, we recognize that not all sources of variation in gene expression can be fully accounted for. We highlight the putative nature of these results in our revisions, especially in our new limitations section (lines 541-555).

      Strengths:

      The unique biological model system under study is fascinating. The data were collected in a technically sound manner, and the analyses were done well. The paper is overall very clear, well-written, and easy to follow. It does a thorough job of exploring patterns and enrichments in the various gene sets that are identified.

      I specifically applaud the authors for doing a functional follow-up experiment on one of the differentially expressed genes (BCL2L1), even if the results did not support the hypothesis. It is important to report experiments like this and it is terrific to see it done here.

      We are glad to hear that you found our manuscript fascinating and clearly written. While we hoped to see an effect of BCL2L1 on apoptosis as proposed, we agree that reporting null results is valuable when validating evolutionary inferences.

      Weaknesses:

      While the paper successfully identifies differentially expressed seasonal genes, the real question is (as explained by the authors) whether these are evolved adaptations in the shrews or whether they reflect plastic changes that also exist in other species. This question was the motivation for the inter-species analyses in the paper, but in my view, these cannot rigorously address this question. Presumably, the data from the other species were not collected in comparable environments as those experienced by the shrews studied here. Instead, they likely (it is not specified, and might not be knowable for the public data) reflect baseline gene expression. To see why this is problematic, consider this analogy: if we were to compare gene expression in the immune system of an individual undergoing an acute infection to other, uninfected individuals, we would see many, strong expression differences. However, it would not be appropriate to claim that the infected individual has unique features - the relevant physiological changes are simply not triggered in the other individuals. The same applies here: it is hard to draw conclusions from seasonal expression data in the shrews to non-seasonal data in the other species, as shrew outlier genes might still reflect physiological changes that weren't active in the other species.

      There is no solution for this design flaw given the public data available to the authors except for creating matched data in the other species, which is of course not feasible. The authors should acknowledge and discuss this shortcoming in the paper.

      Thank you for taking the time to provide such insightful feedback. As you noted, whiles shrews experience seasonal size changes, their environments may differ from the other species used in this experiment, leading to increased or decreased expression of certain genes and reducing our ability accurately detect selection across the phylogeny. Although we sought to control for as many sources of variation as possible, such as using only post-pubescent, wild, or non-domesticated individuals when feasible, we recognize that not all sources of variation can be fully accounted for within a practical experiment. We agree that these sources of variation can introduce both false positives and negatives into our results, and we have now highlighted this limitation within our discussion (lines 538-552).

      Related to the point above: in the section "Evolutionary Divergence in Expression" it is not clear which of the shrew samples were used. Was it all of them, or only those from winter, fall, etc? One might expect different results depending on this. E.g., there could be fewer genes with inferred adaptive change when using only summer samples. The authors should specify which samples were included in these analyses, and, if all samples were used, conduct a robustness analysis to see which of their detected genes survive the exclusion of certain time points.

      Thank you for this attention to detail. We used spring adults for this analysis. This decision was made as only used post pubescent individuals for all species in the analysis, and this was the only season where adult shrews were going through Dehnel’s phenomenon. We have now clarified this in both the methods and results (line 247 and line 667)

      In the same section, were there also genes with lower shrew expression? None are mentioned in the text, so did the authors not test for this direction, or did they test and there were no significant hits?

      We did test for decreased shrew expression compared to the rest of the species, but there were no significant genes with significant decreases. We hypothesize that there are two potential reasons for this results; 1) If a gene were to be selected for decreased expression, selection for constitutive expression of the gene across all species may be weak, and thus found in other lineages as well, or 2) decreased or no expression may relax selection on the coding regions, and thus these genes are not pulled out as we identify 1:1 orthologs. This is consistent with results provided from the original methods manuscript. Thank you for pointing out that we did not discuss this information in the text, and we now include it in our results (lines 250-251).

      The Discussion is too long and detailed, given that it can ultimately only speculate about what the various expression changes might mean. Many of the specific points made (e.g. about the blood-brain-barrier being more permissive to sensing metabolic state, about cross-organ communication, the paragraphs on single, specific genes) are a stretch based on the available data. Illustrating this point, the one follow-up experiment the authors did (on BCL2L1) did not give the expected result. I really applaud the authors for having done this experiment, which goes beyond typical studies in this space. At the same time, its result highlights the dangers of reading too much into differential expression analyses.

      We agree with your point, while our extensive discussion is useful for testing future hypotheses, ultimately some of the discussion may be too speculative for our readers. To amend this, we have reduced some portions of our discussion and focused more on pathways than individual genes, including removing mechanisms related to HRH2, FAM57B, GPR3, and GABAergic neurons. We hope that this highlights to the reader the speculative nature of many of our results.

      There is no test of whether the five genes observed in both analyses (seasonal change and inter-species) exceed the number expected by chance. When two gene sets are drawn at random, some overlap is expected randomly. The expected overlap can be computed by repeated draws of pairs of random sets of the same size as seen in real data and by noting the overlap between the random pairs. If this random distribution often includes sets of five genes, this weakens the conclusions that can be drawn from the genes observed in the real data.

      Thank you for highlighting this approach, it is greatly needed. After running this test, we found that observed overlapping genes were more than the expected overlap, yet not significant. We now show this in our methods (lines 277-278) and results (lines 719-720).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Shrews go through winter by shrinking their brain and most organs, then regrow them in the spring. The gene expression changes underlying this unusual brain size plasticity were unknown. Here, the authors looked for potential adaptations underlying this trait by looking at differential expression in the hypothalamus. They found enrichments for DE in genes related to the blood-brain barrier and calcium signaling, as well as used comparative data to look at gene expression differences that are unique in shrews. This study leverages a fascinating organismal trait to understand plasticity and what might be driving it at the level of gene expression. This manuscript also lays the groundwork for further developing this interesting system.

      We are glad you found our manuscript interesting and thank and thank you for your feedback. We hope that we have addressed all of your concerns as described below.

      Strengths:

      One strength is that the authors used OU models to look for adaptation in gene expression. The authors also added cell culture work to bolster their findings.

      Weaknesses:

      I think that there should be a bit more of an introduction to Dehnel's phenomenon, given how much it is used throughout.

      Thank you for this insight. With a lengthy introduction and discussion, we agree that the importance of Dehnel’s phenomenon may have been overshadowed. We have shortened both sections and emphasized the background on Dehnel’s phenomenon in the first two paragraphs of the introduction, allowing this extraordinary seasonal size plasticity to stand out.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their study, the authors combine developmental and comparative transcriptomics to identify candidate genes with plastic, canalized, or lineage-specific (i.e., divergent) expression patterns associated with an unusual overwintering phenomenon (Dehnel's phenomenon - seasonal size plasticity) in the Eurasian shrew. Their focus is on the shrinkage and regrowth of the hypothalamus, a brain region that undergoes significant seasonal size changes in shrews and plays a key role in regulating metabolic homeostasis. Through combined transcriptomic analysis, they identify genes showing derived (lineage-specific), plastic (seasonally regulated), and canalized (both lineage-specific and plastic) expression patterns. The authors hypothesize that genes involved in pathways such as the blood-brain barrier, metabolic state sensing, and ion-dependent signaling will be enriched among those with notable transcriptomic patterns. They complement their transcriptomic findings with a cell culture-based functional assessment of a candidate gene believed to reduce apoptosis.

      Strengths:

      The study's rationale and its integration of developmental and comparative transcriptomics are well-articulated and represent an advancement in the field. The transcriptome, known for its dynamic and plastic nature, is also influenced by evolutionary history. The authors effectively demonstrate how multiple signals-evolutionary, constitutive, and plastic-can be extracted, quantified, and interpreted. The chosen phenotype and study system are particularly compelling, as it not only exemplifies an extreme case of Dehnel's phenotype, but the metabolic requirements of the shrew suggest that genes regulating metabolic homeostasis are under strong selection.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In a number of places (described in detail below), the motivation for the experimental, analytical, or visualization approach is unclear and may obscure or prevent discoveries.

      Thank you for finding our research and manuscript compelling, as well as the valuable feedback that will drastically improve our manuscript. We hope that we have alleviated your concerns below by following your instructions below.

      (2) Temporal Expression - Figure 1 and Supplemental Figure 2 and associated text:

      - It is unclear whether quantitative criteria were used to distinguish "developmental shift" clusters from "season shift" clusters. A visual inspection of Supplemental Figure 2 suggests that some clusters (e.g., clusters 2, 8, and to a lesser extent 12) show seasonal variation, not just developmental differences between stages 1 and 2. While clustering helps to visualize expression patterns, it may not be the most appropriate filter in this case, particularly since all "season shift" clusters are later combined in KEGG pathway and GO analyses (Figure 1B).

      - The authors do not indicate whether they perform cluster-specific GO or KEGG pathway enrichment analyses. The current analysis picks up relevant pathways for hypothalamic control of homeostasis, which is a useful validation, but this approach might not fully address the study's key hypotheses.

      Thank you for this valuable feedback. We did not want to include clusters we deemed to be related to development, as this should not be attributed to changes associated with Dehnel’s phenomenon. We did this through qualitative, visual inspection, which we realize can differ between parties (i.e., clusters 2, 8, and 12 appeared to be seasonal). Qualitatively, we were looking for extreme divergence between Stage 1 and Stage 5 individuals, as expression was related to season and not development, then the average of these stages within cluster should be relatively similar. We have now quantified this as large differences in z-score (abs(summer juvenile-summer adult)>1.25) without meaningful interseason variations determined by a second local maximum (abs(autumn-winter)<0.5 and abs(winter-summer)<0.5)), and added it both our methods (lines 699-702) and results (line 192).

      Regarding the combination of clusters for pathway enrichment compared to individual pathways, we agree that combining clusters may be more informative for overall homeostasis, compared to individual clusters which may inform us on processes directly related to Dehnel’s phenomenon. Initially, we were tentative to conduct this analysis, as clusters contain small gene sets, reducing the ability to detect pathway enrichments. We have now included this analysis, which is reported in our methods (lines 703-704), results (lines 203-204)., and new supplemental table.

      (3) Differential expression between shrinkage (stage 2) and regrowth (stage 4) and cell culture targets

      - The rationale for selecting BCL2L1 for cell culture experiments should be clarified. While it is part of the apoptosis pathway, several other apoptosis-related genes were identified in the differential gene expression (DGE) analysis, some showing stronger differential expression or shrew-specific branch shifts. Why was BCL2L1 prioritized over these other candidates?

      We agree that our rationale for validating BCL2L1 function in neural cell lines was not clearly explained in the manuscript. We selected BCL2L1 because it is the furthest downstream gene in the apoptotic pathway, thus making it the most directly involved gene in programmed cell death, whereas upstream genes could influence additional genes or alternative processes. We have clarified this choice in the revised methods section (lines 748-750).

      - The authors mention maintaining (or at least attempting to maintain) a 1:1 sex ratio for the comparative analysis, but it is unclear if this was also done for the S. araneus analysis. If not, why? If so, was sex included as a covariate (e.g., a random effect) in the differential expression analysis? Sex-specific expression elevates with group variation and could impact the discovery of differentially expressed genes.

      Regarding the use of sex as a covariate, we acknowledge the concerns raised. In our evolutionary analyses, we maintained a balanced sex ratio within species when possible. EVE models handle the effect of sex on gene expression as intraspecific variation. In shrews, however, we used males exclusively, as females were only found among juvenile individuals. Including those juvenile females would have introduced age effects, with perhaps a larger effect on our results. For the seasonal data, we have now included sex as a covariate in differential expression analyses. However, our design is imbalanced in relation to sex, which we have now discussed in our methods (lines 713-714) and discussion limitations (lines 544-548).

      (4) Discussion: The term "adaptive" is used frequently and liberally throughout the discussion. The interpretation of seasonal changes in gene expression as indicators of adaptive evolution should be done cautiously as such changes do not necessarily imply causal or adaptive associations.

      Thank you for this insight. We have reviewed our discussion and clarified that adaptations are putative (i.e. lines 146, 285, and 332), and highlighted this in our limitations section.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I would recommend always spelling out "Dehnel's phenomenon" or even replacing this term (after crediting the DP term) with the more informative "seasonal size plasticity". Every time I saw "DP", I had to remind myself what this referred to. If the authors choose not to do so, please use the acronym consistently (e.g. line 186 has it spelled out).

      We have replaced the acronym DP with either the full term or the more informative “seasonal size plasticity” throughout the text.

      (2) Line 202: "DEG" has not been defined. Simply add to the line before.

      Thank you for this attention to detail. We have added this to the line above (210).

      (3) Please add a reference for the "AnAge" tool that was used to determine if samples were pubescent.

      Thank you for identifying this oversight. We have now cited the proper paper in line 634.

      (4) In the BCL2L1 section in the results, add a callout to Figure 2D.

      We have now added a callout to Figure 2D within the results (line 234).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 122: is associated? These adaptations?

      Thank you for identifying that we were missing the words “associated with” here. We have fixed this in the revision.

      (2) The first paragraph of the Results should be moved to the methods, except maybe the number of orthologs.

      Thank you for this insight. We have removed this portion from the results section.

      (3) Why a Bonferroni correction on line 188? That seems too strict.

      We agree the Bonferroni correction is strict. Results when using other less strict methods for controlling false discovery rate are also not significant after correction. These corrections can be found within the data, however, we only report on the Bonferroni correction.

      (4) Line 427: "is a novel candidate gene for several neurological disorders" needs some references. I see them a couple of sentences later, but that's quite a sentence with no references at the end.

      We have added the proper citations for this sentence (line 524).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Temporal Expression - Figure 1 and Supplemental Figure 2 and associated text Line176-193:

      - The authors report the total number of genes meeting inclusion criteria (>0.5-fold change between any two stages and 2 samples >10 normalized reads), but it would be more informative to also provide the number of genes within each temporal cluster. This would offer a clearer understanding of how gene expression patterns are distributed over time.

      Unfortunately, this information is difficult to depict on our figure and would use too much space in the text. We have thus added a description of the range of genes in a new supplemental table depicting this information.

      - It is unclear whether quantitative criteria were used to distinguish "developmental shift" clusters from "season shift" clusters. A visual inspection of Supplemental Figure 2 suggests that some clusters (e.g., clusters 2, 8, and to a lesser extent 12) show seasonal variation, not just developmental differences between stages 1 and 2. While clustering helps to visualize expression patterns, it may not be the most appropriate filter in this case, particularly since all "season shift" clusters are later combined in KEGG pathway and GO analyses (Fig. 1B). Using a differential gene expression criterion might be more suitable. For example, do excluded genes show significant log-fold differences between late-stage comparisons?

      As previously mentioned, we have now quantified seasonal shifts as large differences in z-score (abs(summer juveniles-summer adults)>1.25) without meaningful interseason variations determined by a second local maximum (abs(autumn-winter)<0.5 and abs(winter-summer)<0.5)), and added it to our methods (lines 699-702).  We then follow this up with differential expression analyses as described in Figure 2.

      - Did the authors perform cluster-specific GO or KEGG pathway enrichment analyses instead of focusing on the combined set of genes across the season shift clusters? While I understand that the small number of genes in each cluster may be limiting, if pathways emerge from cluster-specific analysis, they could provide more detailed insights into the functional significance of these temporal expression patterns. The current analysis picks up relevant pathways for hypothalamic control of homeostasis, which is a useful validation, but this approach might not fully address the study's key hypotheses. Additionally, no corrections for multiple hypothesis testing were applied, as noted in the results. A more refined gene set (e.g., using differential expression criteria, described above) could be more appropriate for these analyses.

      We have now included cluster-specific KEGG enrichments as previously described.

      (2) Differential expression between shrinkage (stage 2) and regrowth (stage 4) and cell culture targets - Figure 2 and lines195-227:

      - The rationale for selecting BCL2L1 for cell culture experiments should be clarified. While it is part of the apoptosis pathway, several other apoptosis-related genes were identified in the differential gene expression (DGE) analysis, some showing stronger differential expression or shrew-specific branch shifts. Why was BCL2L1 prioritized over these other candidates?

      We have now included the reasoning for further validation of BCL2L1 as described above.

      - The relevance of the "higher degree" differentially expressed genes needs more explanation. Although this group of genes is highlighted in the results, they are not featured in any subsequent analyses, leaving their importance unclear.

      Thank you for this insight. We have removed this from the methods as it is not relevant to subsequent analyses or conclusions.

      - The authors mention maintaining (or at least attempting to maintain) a 1:1 sex ratio for the comparative analysis (Line 525), but it is unclear if this was also done for the S. araneus analysis. If so, was sex included as a covariate (e.g., a random effect) in the differential expression analysis?

      We have now incorporated information on sex as described above.

      (3) Discussion:

      The term "adaptive" is used frequently and liberally throughout the discussion, but the authors should be cautious in interpreting seasonal changes in gene expression as indicators of adaptive evolution. Such changes do not necessarily imply causal or adaptive associations, and this distinction should be clearly stated when discussing the results.

      Thank you for this feedback and we agree with your conclusion, while a second expression optimum in the shrew lineage is indicative of adaptive expression, we cannot fully determine whether these are caused by genetic or environmental factors, despite careful attention to experimental design. We have highlighted this as a limitation in the discussion.

      (4) Minor Editorial Comment:

      Line 105: "... maintenance of an energy budgets..." delete "an"

      We have removed this grammatical error.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major comments

      (1) Line 201: The threshold of 0.25 was maintained to select enriched genes, which minimize the value of the GO term enrichment analyses. It may notably explain why the term phagosome is enriched in cluster 7, while experimental data indicate that cluster 7 is not phagocytic. In addition, the authors mentioned in the 1st response to reviewer that they would include DotPlot to illustrate the specificity of the genes corresponding to the main GO terms. This should notably include the ribosomal genes found enriched in cluster 4, which constitute the basis used by the authors to call cluster 4 the progenitor cluster.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding our chosen log2FC threshold (0.25) for GO term enrichment. To assess the robustness of our approach, we tested more stringent thresholds (e.g., 0.5) and verified that our overall interpretations remain consistent. However, we acknowledge that certain GO terms, such as phagosome, may appear in clusters that are not primarily phagocytic. This is likely due to the fact that genes involved in vesicle trafficking, endo-lysosomal compartments and intracellular degradation processes overlap with those classically associated with phagocytosis.

      Therefore, the KEGG-based enrichment of phagosome in cluster 7 does not necessarily imply active phagocytosis but could instead reflect these alternative vesicular processes. As we show, cluster 7 correspond to vesicular cells, and as seen in cytology we named these cells after their very high content of vesicular structures. As functional annotation based solely on transcriptomic data can sometimes lead to overinterpretations, we emphasize the importance of biological validation, which we have partially addressed through functional assays in this study.

      Regarding the specificity of ribosomal gene expression in cluster 4, we analyzed the distribution of ribosomal genes expressed across all clusters, as shown in Supplementary Figure S1-J. This analysis demonstrates that cluster 4 is specifically enriched in ribosome-related genes, reinforcing its characterization as a transcriptionally active population. Given that ribosomal gene expression is a key feature often associated with proliferative or metabolically active cells, these findings support our initial interpretation that cluster 4 may represent an undifferentiated or progenitor-like population.

      We acknowledge the reviewer’s suggestion to include a DotPlot to further illustrate the specificity of these genes in cluster 4. However, we believe that Supplementary Figure S1-J already effectively demonstrates this enrichment by presenting the percentage of ribosomal genes per cluster. A DotPlot representation would primarily convey the same information in a different format, but without providing additional insight into the specificity of ribosomal gene expression within cluster 4.

      (2) The lineage analysis is highly speculative and based on weak evidences. Initiating the hemocyte lineage to C4 is based on rRNA expression levels. C6 would constitute a better candidate, notably with the expression of PU-1, ELF2 and GATA3 that regulate progenitors differentiation in mammals (doi: 10.3389/fimmu.2019.00228, doi:10.1128/microbiolspec.mchd-0024-2, doi: 10.1098/rsob.180152) while C4 do not display any specific transcription factors (Figure 7I). In addition, the representation and interpretation of the transcriptome dynamics in the different lineages are erroneous. There are major inconsistencies between the data shown in the heatmaps Fig7C-H, Fig S10 and the dotplot in Fig7I. For example, Gata3 (G31054) and CgTFEB (G30997) illustrate the inconsistency. Fig S10C show GATA3 going down from cluster 4 to cluster 6 while Fig 7I show an increase level of expression in 6 compared to 4. CgTFEB (G30997) decrease from C4 to VC in Fig 7F while it increases according to Fig 7I. At last, Figure 7D: the umap show transition from C4 to C5 while the heatmap mention C4 to C6 (I believe there is a mix up with Figure 7E.

      We sincerely apologize for the inconsistencies noted between the different panels of Figure 7. These discrepancies resulted from using an incorrect matrix dataset during the initial representation. To address this issue, we have fully reprocessed the data and now provide a corrected and improved depiction of gene expression dynamics along the pseudotime trajectory. We are grateful to the reviewer for having help us to correct theses mistakes.

      In the revised version, we offer a comprehensive and consistent representation of expression level variations for key genes identified by the Monocle3 algorithm. Supplementary Figure S10 now presents the average expression variation of these significant genes as a function of pseudotime. Based on this dataset, we carefully selected representative genes to construct panels C to H of Figure 7, ensuring coherence across all figures. These updated panels show both average expression levels and the percentage of expressing cells along the pseudotime trajectory, providing a clearer interpretation of transcriptomic dynamics.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s helpful feedback regarding our lineage analysis and the suggestion that cluster 6 might be a more appropriate progenitor based on the expression of mammalian-like transcription factors such as PU-1, ELF2, and GATA3. Below, we clarify our rationale for choosing cluster 4 as the root of the pseudotime and discuss the functional implications of the identified transcription factors.

      We can hypothesize that clusters 4, 5, or 6 could each potentially represent early progenitor-like states, as these three clusters are transcriptionally close (Lines 539-541). These clusters have not yet been conclusively identified in terms of classical hemocyte morphology, and they appear to arise from ABL- or BBL-type cells. Our decision to root the pseudotime at cluster 4 was motivated by its strong expression of core transcription and translation genes, suggesting a particular stage of translation activity that was not observed for cluster 5 or cluster 6. Cluster 5 and 6 may correspond to a similar population of cells, most probably Blast-Like cells at different stages of cell cycle or differentiation engagement.

      Although cluster 6 expresses PU-1, ELF2, and GATA3, which are known regulators of haematopoietic progenitor differentiation in vertebrates, it is essential to highlight that structural homology does not necessarily imply functional equivalence. Moreover, the expression of PU-1, ELF2, and GATA3 does not strictly characterize a population as “undifferentiated” or progenitor-like. Studies such as those by Buenrostro et al. (Cell, 2018) have demonstrated that these transcription factors can remain active in or reemerge during more lineage-committed stages. For instance, PU-1 is essential for myeloid and B-cell differentiation, GATA3 is involved in T-lymphocyte lineage commitment (though transiently expressed in early progenitors), and ELF2 participates in lineage-specific pathways. Thus, their presence does not imply a primitive state but rather highlights their broader functional roles in guiding and refining lineage decisions. Functional annotation of these transcription factors in invertebrate systems remains speculative, particularly as morphological or molecular markers specific to these early hemocyte lineages are not yet fully established. Further functional assays (e.g., knockdown/overexpression or lineage tracing using cells (ABL and BBL) from clusters 4, 5 and 6) will be necessary to determine which hemocyte population harbor progenitor properties and differentiation potential.

      To further address the reviewer’s concern, we performed complementary pseudotime analyses by initiating Monocle 3 trajectories from clusters 4, 5, and 6 individually, as well as collectively (4/5/6). These analyses (see attached figure) confirm that the overall differentiation topology remains unchanged regardless of the selected root, consistently revealing two main pathways: one leading to hyalinocytes and the other to the granular lineage (ML, SGC, and VC). This consistency strongly suggests that clusters 4, 5, and 6 represent related pools of progenitor-like cells. Therefore, choosing cluster 4 based on its transcription/translation readiness does not alter the inferred branching architecture of hemocyte differentiation.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestions, which have helped us improve our manuscript and clarify our rationale.

      Author response image 1.

      Representation of the trajectories obtained from Monocle3 analysis using different pseudotime origins, showing that changing the rooting did not alter the overall differentiation topology. (A) Pathways identified with cluster 4, (B) cluster 5, (C) cluster 6, and (D) cluster 4/5/6 origins.

      (3) Concerning the AMP expression analysis in Figure 6: the qPCR data show that Cg-BPI and Cg-Defh are expressed broadly in all fractions including 6 and 7, which is in conflict with the statement Line 473 indicating that SGC (fractions 6 and 7) is not expressing AMP. In addition, this analysis should be combined with the expression profile of all AMP in the scRNAseq data (list available in 10.1016/j.fsi.2015.02.040).

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this point. We acknowledge that the qPCR data show expression of Cg-BPI and Cg-Defh across all fractions, including fractions 6 and 7 corresponding to SGC. However, our conclusion that SGCs do not express antimicrobial peptides (AMPs) was based on a correlation analysis rather than direct detection of AMPs in granular cells. Specifically, the qPCR experiments were designed to measure AMP expression levels in fractionated hemocyte populations relative to a control sample of whole hemolymph. We then performed a correlation analysis between AMP expression levels and the proportion of each hemocyte type in the fractions. This approach allowed us to infer a lower expression of AMP in granular cells, as reflected in the heatmap presented in Figure 6.

      Regarding the suggestion to integrate AMP expression profiles from scRNA-seq data, we wrote that the limited sequencing depth of our scRNA-seq analysis was insufficient to accurately detect AMP expression (Ligne 472-473 → “However, due to the limited sequencing depth, the scRNA-seq analysis was not sensitive enough to reveal AMP expression.”.  Additionally, many of the known AMPs of Crassostrea gigas are not annotated in the genome, further complicating their identification within the scRNA-seq dataset. As a result, we were unable to perform the requested integration of AMP expression profiles from scRNA-seq data.

      (4) The transcription factor expression analysis is descriptive and the interpretation too partial. These data should be compared with other systems. Most transcription factors show functional conservation, notably in the inflammatory pathways, which can provide valuable information to understand the function of the clusters 5 and 6 for which limited data are available.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to compare the identified transcription factors with other systems. However, since we did not perform a detailed phylogenetic analysis of the transcription factors identified in our dataset, we refrain from making assumptions about their functional conservation across species. Our analysis aims to provide a descriptive overview of transcription factor expression patterns in hemocyte clusters, which serves as a foundation for future functional studies. While transcription factor profiles may provide insights into the potential roles of clusters 5 and 6, assigning precise functions based solely on bioinformatic predictions remains speculative. Further experimental validation, including functional assays and evolutionary analyses, would be necessary to confirm the roles of these transcription factors, which is beyond the scope of the present study.

      Minor comments

      Line 212-213: the text should be reformulated. In the result part, it is more important to mention that the reannotation is based on conserved proteins functions than to mention the tool Orson.

      We have reworded this section to emphasize that the updated annotation is function-based, using Orson primarily as the bioinformatics tool for improved GO annotation. We now place the emphasis on the conserved protein functions underlying the reannotation. Lines 212-215 : “Using the Orson pipeline (see Materials and Methods), these files were used to extract and process the longest CDSs for GO-term annotation, and we then reannotated each predicted protein by sequence homology, assigning putative functions and improving downstream GO-term analyses.”

      Figure 2: I would recommend homogenizing the two Dotplot representation with the same color gradient and representing the gene numbers in both case.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to improve the clarity and consistency of Figure 2. In response, we have homogenized the color gradients across the two DotPlot representations and have included gene numbers in both cases to ensure a more uniform and informative visualization.

      Table 2: pct1 and pct2 should be presented individually like in table 1

      We now present these columns separately (pct1, pct2) as in Table 1, so readers can compare the fraction of expressing cells in each cluster more transparently.

      Line 403-414: how many cells were quantified for the phagocytic experiments ?

      We have added the exact number of cells that were counted to determine phagocytic indices and the number of technical/biological replicates. Line 411, the text was modified : “Macrophage-like cells and small granule cells showed a phagocytic activity of 49 % and 55 %, respectively, and a phagocytosis index of 3.5 and 5.2 particles per cell respectively (Fig. 5B and Supp. Fig. 7B), as confirmed in 3 independent experiments examining a total of 2,807 cells.”

      Line 458: for copper staining, how many cells and how many replicates were done for the quantification ?

      We have specified the number of hemocytes and number of independent replicates used when quantifying rhodanine-stained (copper-accumulating) cells. Line 458 the following text was added : “and a total of 1,562 cells were examined across three independent experiments.”

      Line 461: what are the authors referring to when mentioning the link between copper homeostasis and scRNAseq?

      Single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq) analysis revealed an upregulation of several copper transport– related genes, including G4790 (a copper transporter) with a 2.7 log2FC and a pct ratio of 42, as well as the divalent cation transporters G5864 (zinc transporter ZIP10) and G4920 (zinc transporter 8), specifically in cluster 3 cells identified as small granule cells. These findings reinforce a potential role for this cluster in metal homeostasis.

      We modified lines 462-467 as : “ These results provide functional evidence that small granule cells (SGCs) are specialized in metal homeostasis in addition to phagocytosis, as suggested by the scRNA-seq data identifying cluster 3. Specifically, single-cell RNA sequencing revealed an upregulation of copper transport– related genes, including G4790 (a copper transporter) with a 2.7 log2FC and a pct ratio of 42, reinforcing the role of SGCs in copper homeostasis (see Supp. File S1).”

      Line 611: it would be nice to display the enrichment of the phagocytic receptor in cluster 3 (dotplot or feature plot) to illustrate the comment.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful suggestion regarding a more comprehensive analysis of phagocytic receptors. While a full inventory is beyond the scope of this study, we acknowledge the value of such an approach and hope that our findings will serve as a foundation for future investigations in this direction.

      Although we have highlighted certain phagocytic receptors (e.g., a scavenger receptor domain-containing gene) in our scRNA-seq dataset, it is beyond the scope of the current study to inventory all phagocytosisrelated receptors in the C. gigas genome, which itself would be a substantial undertaking. Moreover, singlecell RNA sequencing captures only about 15–20% of each cell’s mRNA, so we inherently lose a significant portion of the transcriptome, further limiting our ability to pinpoint all relevant phagocytic receptor genes. Adding more figures to cover every candidate receptor would risk overloading this paper, thus we focus on the most prominent examples. A promising approach for more exhaustive analysis would involve efficiently isolating granulocytes (e.g., via Percoll gradient) and performing targeted RNA-seq on this cell population to thoroughly explore genes involved in phagocytosis.

      Line 640-644: the authors mentioned that ML may be able to perform ETosis based on the oxidative burst.

      This hypothesis requires further evidences. Are other markers of ETosis expressed in this cell type?

      We agree that additional experimental evidence (e.g., detection of histone citrullination, extracellular DNA networks) is necessary to confirm ETosis in molluscan immune cells. We present ML-mediated ETosis only as a speculative possibility based on oxidative burst capacity as it was shown in different pieces of work that ETosis is inhibited by NADPH inhibitors (Poirier et al. 2014). Nevertheless, the expression of histones in the macrophage-like cluster (cluster 1) reinforces this possibility, as histone modifications play a key role in chromatin decondensation during ETosis.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Figure 1: In Figure 1B, the cell clusters are named 1 to 7, whereas in Figure 1C they are displayed as clusters 0 to 6. There is a mismatch between the identification of the clusters.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this inconsistency. The cluster numbering has been corrected to ensure consistency between Figures 1B and 1C.

      Figure 2B: the font size could be increased for greater clarity.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. The font size in Figure 2B has been increased to improve clarity and readability.

      Line 221: "Figures 2B, C and D" appears to refer to Figure S2 rather than the main Figure 2.

      The text has been corrected to properly reference the figure.

      Line 754: "Anopheles gambiae" should be italicised

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. "Anopheles gambiae" has been italicized accordingly.

      Bibliography

      Integrated Single-Cell Analysis Maps the Continuous Regulatory Landscape of Human Hematopoietic

      Differentiation. Buenrostro, Jason D. et al. Cell, Volume 173, Issue 6, 1535 - 1548.e16

      Antimicrobial Histones and DNA Traps in Invertebrate Immunity

      Poirier, Aurore C. et al. Journal of Biological Chemistry, Volume 289, Issue 36, 24821 - 24831

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1:

      Strengths:

      (1) Using a fairly generic ecological model, the method can identify the change in the relative importance of different ecological forces (distribution of interspecies interactions, demographic noise, and immigration) in different sample groups. The authors focus on the case of the human gut microbiota, showing that the data are consistent with a higher influence of species interactions (relative to demographic noise and immigration) in a disease microbiota state than in healthy ones. (2) The method is novel, original, and it improves the state-of-the-art methodology for the inference of ecologically relevant parameters. The analysis provides solid evidence for the conclusions. 

      Weaknesses:

      In the way it is written, this work might be mostly read by physicists. We believe that, with some rewriting, the authors could better highlight the ecological implications of the results and make the method more accessible to a broader audience.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive and constructive feedback. We particularly appreciate the recognition of the novelty and robustness of our method, as well as the insight that it sheds light on the shifting ecological forces between healthy and diseased microbiomes. In response to the concern about the manuscript’s accessibility, we aim to revise key sections – including the Introduction, Results, and Discussion – to more clearly articulate the ecological relevance of our theoretical findings. We would like to emphasize that our approach offers a novel perspective for analyzing individual species' abundances, as well as for understanding interaction patterns and stability at the community level. By placing our results within a broader context accessible to readers from diverse backgrounds, we aim for the revised version to appeal to a wider audience, including ecologists and microbiome scientists, while preserving the rigor of our underlying statistical physics framework.

      Reviewer #2:

      Strengths:

      A well-written article, relatively easy to follow and transparent despite the high degree of technicality of the underlying theory. The authors provide a powerful inferring procedure, which bypasses the issue of having only compositional data. 

      Weaknesses:

      (1) This sentence in the introduction seems key to me: "Focusing on single species properties as species abundance distribution (SAD), it fails to characterise altered states of microbiome." Yet it is not explained what is meant by 'fail', and thus what the proposed approach 'solves'. (2) Lack of validation, following arbitrary modelling choices made (symmetry of interactions, weak-interaction limit, uniform carrying capacity). Inconsistent interpretation of instability. Here, instability is associated with the transition to the marginal phase, which becomes chaotic when interaction symmetry is broken. But as the authors acknowledge, the weak interaction limit does not reproduce fat-tailed abundance distributions found in data. On the other hand, strong interaction regimes, where chaos prevails, tend to do so (Mallmin et al, PNAS 2024). Thus, the nature of the instability towards which unhealthy microbiomes approach is unclear. (3) Three technical points about the methodology and interpretation. a) How can order parameters ℎ and 𝑞0 can be inferred, if in the compositional data they are fixed by definition? b) How is it possible that weaker interaction variance is associated with an approach to instability, when the opposite is usually true? c) Having an idea of what the empirical data compares to the theoretical fits would be valuable. Implications: As the authors say, this is a proof of concept. They point at limits and ways to go forward, in particular pointing at ways in which species abundance distributions could be better reproduced by the predicted dynamical models. One implication that is missing, in my opinion, is the interpretability of the results, and what this work achieves that was missing from other approaches (see weaknesses section above): what do we learn from the fact that changes in microbial interactions characterise healthy from unhealthy microbiota? For instance, what does this mean for medical research?

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful analysis highlighting both the strengths and areas of ambiguity in our work.

      (1) To clarify the sentence on the limitations of species abundance distributions (SADs), we aim to explain in the revised version that while SADs summarize the relative abundance of individual species, they fail to capture the species-species correlations that we have shown (Seppi et al., Biomolecules 2023) to be more susceptible to the healthy state of the host. Our method thus focused on the interaction statistics among species, providing insights into underlying dynamics and stability of the microbiomes and their differences between healthy and unhealthy hosts.

      (2) Regarding model assumptions, we acknowledge that the weak interaction regime and symmetry hypotheses simplify the analysis and may not capture all empirical richness, such as fat-tailed distributions of species abundance. However, we interpret instability not as a path to chaos per se, but as a transition toward a multi-attractor phase, where each microbiome reaches a different fixed point. This is consistent with prior empirical findings invoking the “Anna Karenina principle”, where healthy microbiomes resemble one another, but disease states tend to deviate from this picture (see Pasqualini et al., PLOS Comp. Bio. 2024). We consider our framework as a starting point and agree that further extensions incorporating strong interaction regimes (as suggested by Mallmin et al., PNAS 2024) or relaxing other model assumptions could reveal even richer dynamical patterns. The computational pipeline we present can be, in fact, easily generalizable to include different population dynamics models.

      On the technical questions: (a) While compositional data constrain relative abundances, we can still estimate diversity-dependent parameters (h and q0) using alpha-diversity statistics across samples, which show meaningful variation; (b) The counter-intuitive instability that the reviewer pointed out arises from the interplay between demographic stochasticity and quenched disorder. It is the combined contribution of these two factors in phase space – not either one alone – that drives the transition. For clarity, see Figure 1 in Altieri et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 2021; (c) We plan to include plots that compare empirical data to theoretical model fits. This will help visualize how well the model captures observed microbial community properties demographic noise (𝑇), healthy communities are more stable (i.e., distantσ from the and how even with larger species interaction heterogeneity (σ) and larger critical line), as measured, by the replicon eigenvalue. Finally, regarding interpretability and implications: by showing that ecological interaction networks – not just species identities – differ between healthy and unhealthy states, our work suggests a conceptual shift. This could inform medical strategies aimed at restoring community-level stability rather than targeting individual microbes. In the revised Discussion section, we will elaborate on this point to better highlight its practical implications and outline potential directions for future research.

      Reviewer #3:

      Strengths:

      The modeling efforts of this study primarily rely on a disordered form of the generalized Lotka-Volterra (gLV) model. This model can be appropriate for investigating certain systems, and the authors are clear about when and how more mechanistic models (i.e., consumer-resource) can lead to gLV. Phenomenological models such as this have been found to be highly useful for investigating the ecology of microbiomes, so this modeling choice seems justified, and the limitations are laid out. 

      Weaknesses:

      The authors use metagenomic data of diseased and healthy patients that were first processed in Pasqualini et al. (2024). The use of metagenomic data leads me to a question regarding the role of sampling effort (i.e., read counts) in shaping model parameters such as h. This parameter is equal to the average of 1/# species across samples because the data are compositional in nature. My understanding is that it was calculated using total abundances (i.e., read counts). The number of observed species is strongly influenced by sampling effort, so it would be useful if the number of reads were plotted against the number of species for healthy and diseased subjects. However, the role of sampling effort can depend on the type of data, and my instinct about the role that sampling effort plays in species detection is primarily based on 16S data. The dependency between these two variables may be less severe for the authors' metagenomic pipeline. This potential discrepancy raises a broader issue regarding the investigation of microbial macroecological patterns and the inference of ecological parameters. Often microbial macroecology researchers rely on 16S rRNA amplicon data because that type of data is abundant and comparatively low-cost. Some in microbiology and bioinformatics are increasingly pushing researchers to choose metagenomics over 16S. Sometimes this choice is valid (discovery of new MAGs, investigate allele frequency changes within species, etc.), sometimes it is driven by the false equivalence "more data = better". The outcome, though, is that we have a body of more-or-less established microbial macroecological patterns which rest on 16S data and are now slowly incorporating results from metagenomics. To my knowledge, there has not been a systematic evaluation of the macroecological patterns that do and do not vary by one's choice in 16S vs. metagenomics. Several of the authors in this manuscript have previously compared the MAD shape for 16S and metagenomic datasets in Pasqualini et al., but moving forward, a more comprehensive study seems necessary.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful and nuanced comment, which particularly highlights the broader methodological context of our data sources. Indeed, metagenomic sequencing introduces different biases with respect to 16S data. First, we would like to emphasize that we estimated the order parameters from the data by using relative abundances. Second, while the concern regarding the influence of sequencing depth and species diversity on the estimation of the order parameters is valid, we refer to a previous publication by some of the authors (Pasqualini et al., 2024; see Figure 4, panels g and h). There, we pointed out that the observed outcome is weakly influenced by sequencing depth in our dataset, while the main impact on the order parameters estimate comes from the species diversity of the two groups. In the same publication, we showed that other well-known patterns (species abundance distribution, mean abundance distribution) are also observed. Also, to mitigate the effect of the number of samples and sequencing depth, we estimated the order parameters by a bootstrap procedure (90% of samples for healthy and diseased groups, 5000 resamples), which resulted in the error bars in Figure 2.

      We also fully agree with the broader call for a systematic comparison of macroecological patterns derived from 16S and metagenomic data. While some of us have already begun exploring this direction (e.g., Pasqualini et al., 2024), the reviewer’s comment highlights its significance and motivates us to pursue a more comprehensive, integrative analysis across data types. While we found qualitative agreement of these patterns with previous publications (e.g., Grilli, Nature Comm. 2020), we will acknowledge this as an important future direction in the Discussion section.

      References

      (1) Seppi, M., Pasqualini, J., Facchin, S., Savarino, E.V. and Suweis, S., 2023. Emergent functional organization of gut microbiomes in health and diseases. Biomolecules, 14(1), p.5.

      (2) Pasqualini, J., Facchin, S., Rinaldo, A., Maritan, A., Savarino, E. and Suweis, S., 2024. Emergent ecological patterns and modelling of gut microbiomes in health and in disease. PLOS Computational Biology, 20(9), p.e1012482.

      (3) Mallmin, E., Traulsen, A. and De Monte, S., 2024. Chaotic turnover of rare and abundant species in a strongly interacting model community. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 121(11), p.e2312822121.

      (4) Altieri, A., Roy, F., Cammarota, C., & Biroli, G. (2021). Properties of equilibria and glassy phases of the random Lotka-Volterra model with demographic noise. Physical Review Letters, 126(25), 258301.

      (5) Grilli, J. (2020). Macroecological laws describe variation and diversity in microbial communities. Nature communications, 11(1), 4743.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer 1:

      (1) Clarification of axon mistargeting patterns and model interpretation

      We will clarify the apparent discrepancy between chick and mouse axon mistargeting data. Specifically, we will expand the explanation in the main text and Figure 7 legend and/or revise the model in Figure 7 to better reflect observed phenotypes and clarify how Sp1 overexpression contributes to mistargeting.

      (2) Evidence for Sp1-dependent ephrin expression

      We agree that demonstrating ephrin expression changes in motor neurons is essential. We will: • Conduct in situ hybridization and/or immunostaining for ephrins in control and Sp1 mutant spinal cords from both chick and mouse embryos.

      Clarify and expand the methodological details of the NSC-34 cell experiments shown in Figure 4G.

      (3) RNA-seq experiment details

      We will revise the Methods section to provide additional experimental details.

      (4) Use of Syn1-cre

      We acknowledge concerns about the broad expression of Syn1-cre. To address this:

      We will clarify our rationale for using Syn1-cre and describe its expression pattern in the spinal cord.

      We are evaluating the feasibility of additional experiments using a motor neuron-specific Cre driver to confirm cell-type specificity.

      We will include a new paragraph in the Discussion addressing potential contributions from other neuronal populations.

      Reviewer 2:

      (1) & (2) Clarification and localization of RNA-seq data

      We will expand the Methods section to provide greater detail on the RNA-seq approach. In addition, we will validate ephrin downregulation in LMC neurons using in situ hybridization and/or immunostaining.

      (3) Integration of ChIP and RNA-seq data We will:

      Report additional ChIP peaks for ephrinA5 and other differentially expressed genes such as Sema7a.

      Add a summary figure that integrates ChIP and RNA-seq results to strengthen the link between Sp1 binding and transcriptional regulation.

      (4) Clarification of the cis-attenuation model

      We recognize that our data do not yet directly demonstrate Sp1’s role in cis-attenuation. To address this:

      We will revise the abstract and main text to frame Sp1's role in cis-attenuation as a hypothesis. • We are exploring the feasibility of ephrinA5 and B2 rescue experiments in Sp1-deficient embryos to test specificity.

      (5) Behavioral phenotypes and cell-type specificity

      We will clarify that behavioral phenotypes may result from combined effects across neuron populations due to Syn1-cre expression. To address this:

      We are planning rescue experiments with Sp1 expression in chick embryos to test for rescue of axon misrouting.

      We will include a new paragraph in the Discussion to highlight this limitation and discuss alternative interpretations.

      Reviewer 3:

      We appreciate your positive evaluation and support for the rigor of our study.

      In response to your suggestions:

      We are revising the manuscript to improve clarity and flow, particularly the transitions between datasets.

      We will update Figure 7 and the associated text to more clearly convey the working model and avoid overinterpretation.

      We thank all reviewers for their constructive feedback and are committed to addressing each point thoroughly. All revisions will be clearly marked in the resubmitted manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      (This author response relates to the first round of peer review by Biophysics Colab. Reviews and responses to both rounds of review are available here: https://sciety.org/articles/activity/10.1101/2023.10.23.563601.)

      General Assessment:

      Pannexin (Panx) hemichannels are a family of heptameric membrane proteins that form pores in the plasma membrane through which ions and relatively large organic molecules can permeate. ATP release through Panx channels during the process of apoptosis is one established biological role of these proteins in the immune system, but they are widely expressed in many cells throughout the body, including the nervous system, and likely play many interesting and important roles that are yet to be defined. Although several structures have now been solved of different Panx subtypes from different species, their biophysical mechanisms remain poorly understood, including what physiological signals control their activation. Electrophysiological measurements of ionic currents flowing in response to Panx channel activation have shown that some subtypes can be activated by strong membrane depolarization or caspase cleavage of the C-terminus. Here, Henze and colleagues set out to identify endogenous activators of Panx channels, focusing on the Panx1 and Panx2 subtypes, by fractionating mouse liver extracts and screening for activation of Panx channels expressed in mammalian cells using whole-cell patch clamp recordings. The authors present a comprehensive examination with robust methodologies and supporting data that demonstrate that lysophospholipids (LPCs) directly Panx-1 and 2 channels. These methodologies include channel mutagenesis, electrophysiology, ATP release and fluorescence assays, molecular modelling, and cryogenic electron microscopy (cryo-EM). Mouse liver extracts were initially used to identify LPC activators, but the authors go on to individually evaluate many different types of LPCs to determine those that are more specific for Panx channel activation. Importantly, the enzymes that endogenously regulate the production of these LPCs were also assessed along with other by-products that were shown not to promote pannexin channel activation. In addition, the authors used synovial fluid from canine patients, which is enriched in LPCs, to highlight the importance of the findings in pathology. Overall, we think this is likely to be a landmark study because it provides strong evidence that LPCs can function as activators of Panx1 and Panx2 channels, linking two established mediators of inflammatory responses and opening an entirely new area for exploring the biological roles of Panx channels. Although the mechanism of LPC activation of Panx channels remains unresolved, this study provides an excellent foundation for future studies and importantly provides clinical relevance.

      We thank the reviewers for their time and effort in reviewing our manuscript. Based on their valuable comments and suggestions, we have made substantial revisions. The updated manuscript now includes two new experiments supporting that lysophospholipid-triggered channel activation promotes the release of signaling molecules critical for immune response and demonstrates that this novel class of agonist activates the inflammasome in human macrophages through endogenously expressed Panx1. To better highlight the significance of our findings, we have excluded the cryo-EM panel from this manuscript. We believe these changes address the main concerns raised by the reviewers and enhance the overall clarity and impact of our findings. Below, we provide a point-by-point response to each of the reviewers’ comments.

      Recommendations:

      (1) The authors present a tremendous amount of data using different approaches, cells and assays along with a written presentation that is quite abbreviated, which may make comprehension challenging for some readers. We would encourage the authors to expand the written presentation to more fully describe the experiments that were done and how the data were analysed so that the 2 key conclusions can be more fully appreciated by readers. A lot of data is also presented in supplemental figures that could be brought into the main figures and more thoroughly presented and discussed.

      We appreciate and agree with the reviewers’ observation. Our initial manuscript may have been challenging to follow due to our use of both wild-type and GS-tagged versions of Panx1 from human and frog origins, combined with different fluorescence techniques across cell types. In this revision, we used only human wild-type Panx1 expressed in HEK293S GnTI- cells, except for activity-guided fractionation experiments, where we used GS-tagged Panx1 expressed in HEK293 cells (Fig. 1). For functional reconstitution studies, we employed YO-PRO-1 uptake assays, as optimizing the Venus-based assay was challenging. We have clarified these exceptions in the main text. We think these adjustments simplify the narrative and ensure an appropriate balance between main and supplemental figures.

      (2) It would also be useful to present data on the ion selectivity of Panx channels activated by LPC. How does this compare to data obtained when the channel is activated by depolarization? If the two stimuli activate related open states then the ion selectivity may be quite similar, but perhaps not if the two stimuli activate different open states. The authors earlier work in eLife shows interesting shifts in reversal potentials (Vrev) when substituting external chloride with gluconate but not when substituting external sodium with N-methyl-D-glucamine, and these changed with mutations within the external pore of Panx channels. Related measurements comparing channels activated by LPC with membrane depolarization would be valuable for assessing whether similar or distinct open states are activated by LPC and voltage. It would be ideal to make Vrev measurements using a fixed step depolarization to open the channel and then various steps to more negative voltages to measure tail currents in pinpointing Vrev (a so called instantaneous IV).

      We fully agree with the reviewer on the importance of ion selectivity experiments. However, comparing the properties of LPC-activated channels with those activated by membrane depolarization presented technical challenges, as LPC appears to stimulate Panx1 in synergy with voltage. Prolonged LPC exposure destabilizes patches, complicating G-V curve acquisition and kinetic analyses. While such experiments could provide mechanistic insights, we think they are beyond the scope of current study.

      (3) Data is presented for expression of Panx channels in different cell types (HEK vs HEKS GnTI-) and different constructs (Panx1 vs Panx1-GS vs other engineered constructs). The authors have tried to be clear about what was done in each experiment, but it can be challenging for the reader to keep everything straight. The labelling in Fig 1E helps a lot, and we encourage the authors to use that approach systematically throughout. It would also help to clearly identify the cell type and channel construct whenever showing traces, like those in Fig 1D. Doing this systematically throughout all the figures would also make it clear where a control is missing. For example, if labelling for the type of cell was included in Fig 1D it would be immediately clear that a GnTI- vector alone control for WT Panx1 is missing as the vector control shown is for HEK cells and formally that is only a control for Panx2 and 3. Can the authors explain why PLC activates Panx1 overexpressed in HEK293 GnTl- cells but not in HEK293 cells? Is this purely a function of expression levels? If so, it would be good to provide that supporting information.

      As mentioned above, we believe our revised version is more straightforward to digest. We have improved labeling and provided explanations where necessary to clarify the manuscript. While Panx1 expression levels are indeed higher in GnTI- than in HEK293 cells, we are uncertain whether the absence of detectable currents in HEK293 cells is solely due to expression levels. Some post-translational modifications that inhibit Panx1, such as lysine acetylation, may also impact activity. Future studies are needed to explore these mechanisms further.

      (4) The mVenus quenching experiments are somewhat confusing in the way data are presented. In Fig 2B the y axis is labelled fluorescence (%) but when the channel is closed at time = 0 the value of fluorescence is 0 rather than 100 %, and as the channel opens when LPC is added the values grow towards 100 instead of towards 0 as iodide permeates and quenches. It would be helpful if these types of data could be presented more intuitively. Also, how was the initial rate calculated that is plotted in Fig 2C? It would be helpful to show how this is done in a figure panel somewhere. Why was the initial rate expressed as a percent maximum, what is the maximum and why are the values so low? Why is the effect of CBX so weak in these quenching experiments with Panx1 compared to other assays? This assay is used in a lot of experiments so anything that could be done to bolster confidence is what it reports on would be valuable to readers. Bringing in as many control experiments that have been done, including any that are already published, would be helpful.

      We modified the Y-axis in Figure 2 to “Quench (%)” for clarity. The data reflects fluorescence reduction over time, starting from LPC addition, normalized to the maximal decrease observed after Triton-X100 addition (3 minutes), enabling consistent quenching value comparisons. Although the quenching value appears small, normalization against complete cell solubilization provides reproducible comparisons. We do not fully understand why CBX effects vary in Venus quenching experiments, but we speculate that its steroid-like pentacyclic structure may influence the lysophospholipid agonistic effects. As noted in prior studies (DOI: 10.1085/jgp.201511505; DOI: 10.7554/eLife.54670), CBX likely acts as an allosteric modulator rather than a simple pore blocker, potentially contributing to these variations.

      (5) Could provide more information to help rationalize how Yo-Pro-1, which has a charge of +2, can permeate what are thought to be anion favouring Panx channels? We appreciate that the biophysical properties of Panx channel remain mysterious, but it would help to hear how a bit more about the authors thinking. It might also help to cite other papers that have measured Yo-Pro-1 uptake through Panx channels. Was the Strep-tagged construct of Panx1 expressed in GnTI- cells and shown to be functional using electrophysiology?

      Our recent study suggest that the electrostatic landscape along the permeation pathway may influence its ion selectivity (DOI: 10.1101/2024.06.13.598903). However, we have not yet fully elucidated how Panx1 permeates both anions and cations. Based on our findings, ion selectivity may vary with activation stimulus intensity and duration. Cation permeation through Panx1 is often demonstrated with YO-PRO-1, which measures uptake over minutes, unlike electrophysiological measurements conducted over milliseconds to seconds. We referenced two representative studies employing YO-PRO-1 to assess Panx1 activity. Whole-cell current measurements from a similar construct with an intracellular loop insertion indicate that our STREP-tagged construct likely retains functional capacity.

      (6) In Fig 5 panel C, data is presented as the ratio of LPC induced current at -60 mV to that measured at +110 mV in the absence of LPC. What is the rationale for analysing the data this way? It would be helpful to also plot the two values separately for all of the constructs presented so the reader can see whether any of the mutants disproportionately alter LPC induced current relative to depolarization activated current. Also, for all currents shown in the figures, the authors should include a dashed coloured line at zero current, both for the LPC activated currents and the voltage steps.

      We used the ratio of LPC-induced current to the current measured at +110 mV to determine whether any of the mutants disproportionately affect LPC-induced current relative to depolarization-activated current. Since the mutants that did not respond to LPC also exhibited smaller voltage-stimulated currents than those that did respond, we reasoned that using this ratio would better capture the information the reviewer is suggesting to gauge. Showing the zero current level may be helpful if the goal was to compare basal currents, which in our experience vary significantly from patch to patch. However, since we are comparing LPC- and voltage-induced currents within the same patch, we believe that including basal current measurements would not add useful information to our study.

      Given that new experiments included to further highlight the significance of the discovery of Panx1 agonists, we opted to separate structure-based mechanistic studies from this manuscript and removed this experiment along with the docking and cryo-EM studies.

      (7) The fragmented NTD density shown in Fig S8 panel A may resemble either lipid density or the average density of both NTD and lipid. For example, Class7 and Class8 in Fig.S8 panel D displayed split densities, which may resemble a phosphate head group and two tails of lipid. A protomer mask may not be the ideal approach to separate different classes of NTD because as shown in Fig S8 panel D, most high-resolution features are located on TM1-4, suggesting that the classification was focused on TM1-4. A more suitable approach would involve using a smaller mask including NTD, TM1, and the neighbouring TM2 region to separate different NTD classes.

      We agree with the reviewer and attempted 3D classification using multiple smaller masks including the suggested region. However, the maps remained poorly defined, and we were unable to confidently assign the NTD.

      (8) The authors don’t discuss whether the LPC-bound structures display changes in the external part of the pore, which is the anion-selective filter and the narrower part of the pore. If there are no conformational changes there, then the present structures cannot explain permeability to large molecules like ATP. In this context, a plot for the pore dimension will be helpful to see differences along the pore between their different structures. It would also be clearer if the authors overlaid maps of protomers to illustrate differences at the NTD and the "selectivity filter."

      Both maps show that the narrowest constriction, formed by W74, has a diameter of approximately 9 Å. Previous steered molecular dynamics simulations suggest that ATP can permeate through such a constriction, implying an ion selection mechanism distinct from a simple steric barrier.

      (9) The time between the addition of LPC to the nanodisc-reconstituted protein and grid preparation is not mentioned. Dynamic diffusion of LPC could result in equal probabilities for the bound and unbound forms. This raises the possibility of finding the Primed state in the LPC-bound state as well. Additionally, can the authors rationalize how LPC might reach the pore region when the channel is in the closed state before the application of LPC?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insight. We incubated LPC and nanodisc-reconstituted protein for 30 minutes, speculating that LPC approaches the pore similarly to other lipids in prior structures. In separate studies, we are optimizing conditions to capture more defined conformations.

      (10) In the cryo-EM map of the “resting” state (EMDB-21150), a part of the density was interpreted as NTD flipped to the intracellular side. This density, however, is poorly defined, and not connected to the S1 helix, raising concerns about whether this density corresponds to the NTD as seen in the “resting” state structure (PDB-ID: 6VD7). In addition, some residues in the C-terminus (after K333 in frog PANX1) are missing from the atomic model. Some of these residues are predicted by AlphaFold2 to form a short alpha helix and are shown to form a short alpha helix in some published PANX1 structures. Interestingly, in both the AF2 model and 6WBF, this short alpha helix is located approximately in the weak density that the authors suggest represents the “flipped” NTD. We encourage the authors to be cautious in interpreting this part as the “flipped” NTD without further validation or justification.

      We agree that the density corresponding the extended NTD into the cytoplasm is relatively weak. In our recent study, we compared two Panx1 structures with or without the mentioned C-terminal helix and found evidence suggesting the likelihood of NTD extension (DOI: 10.1101/2024.06.13.598903). Nevertheless, to prevent potential confusion, we have removed the cryo-EM panel from this manuscript.

      (11) Since the authors did not observe densities of bound PLC in the cryo-EM map, it is important to acknowledge in the text the inherent limitations of using docking and mutagenesis methods to locate where PLC binds.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have removed this section to avoid potential confusion.

      Optional suggestions:

      (1) The authors used MeOH to extract mouse liver for reversed-phase chromatography. Was the study designed to focus on hydrophobic compounds that likely bind to the TMD? Panx1 has both ECD and ICD with substantial sizes that could interact with water soluble compounds? Also, the use of whole-cell recordings to screen fractions would not likely identify polar compounds that interact with the cytoplasmic part of the TMD? It would be useful for the authors to comment on these aspects of their screen and provide their rationale for fractionating liver rather than other tissues.

      We have added a rationale in line 90, stating: “The soluble fractions were excluded from this study, as the most polar fraction induced strong channel activities in the absence of exogenously expressed pannexins.” Additionally, we have included a figure to support this rationale (Fig. S1A).

      (2) The authors show that LPCs reversibly increase inward currents at a holding voltage of -60 mV (not always specified in legends) in cells expressing Panx1 and 2, and then show families of currents activated by depolarizing voltage steps in the absence of LPC without asking what happens when you depolarize the membrane after LPC activation? If LPCs can be applied for long enough without disrupting recordings, it would be valuable to obtain both I-V relations and G-V relations before and after LPC activation of Panx channels. Does LPC disproportionately increase current at some voltages compared to others? Is the outward rectification reduced by LPC? Does Vrev remain unchanged (see point above)? Its hard to predict what would be observed, but almost any outcome from these experiments would suggest additional experiments to explore the extent to which the open states activated by LPC and depolarization are similar or distinct.

      Unfortunately, in our hands, the prolonged application of lysolipids at concentrations necessary to achieve significant currents tends to destabilize the patch. This makes it challenging to obtain G-V curves or perform the previously mentioned kinetic analyses. We believe this destabilization may be due to lysolipids’ surfactant-like qualities, which can disrupt the giga seal. Additionally, prolonged exposure seems to cause channel desensitization, which could be another confounding factor.

      (3) From the results presented, the authors cannot rule out that mutagenesis-induced insensitivity of Panx channels to LPCs results from allosteric perturbations in the channels rather than direct binding/gating by LPCs. In Fig 5 panel A-C, the authors introduced double mutants on TM1 and TM2 to interfere with LPC binding, however, the double mutants may also disrupt the interaction network formed within NTD, TM1, and TM2. This disruption could potentially rearrange the conformation of NTD, favouring the resting closed state. Three double Asn mutants, which abolished LPC induced current, also exhibited lower currents through voltage activation in Fig 5S, raising the possibility the mutant channels fail to activate in response to LPC due to an increased energy barrier. One way to gain further insight would be to mutate residues in NTD that interact with those substituted by the three double Asn mutants and to measuring currents from both voltage activation and LPC activation. Such results might help to elucidate whether the three double Asn mutants interfere with LPC binding. It would also be important to show that the voltage-activated currents in Fig. S5 are sensitive to CBX?

      Thank you for the comment, with which we agree. Our initial intention was to use the mutagenesis studies to experimentally support the docking study. Due to uncertainties associated with the presented cryo-EM maps, we have decided to remove this study from the current manuscript. We will consider the proposed experiments in a future study.

      (4) Could the authors elaborate on how LPC opens Panx1 by altering the conformation of the NTDs in an uncoordinated manner, going from “primed” state to the “active” state. In the “primed” state, the NTDs seem to be ordered by forming interactions with the TMD, thus resulting in the largest (possible?) pore size around the NTDs. In contrast, in the “active” state, the authors suggest that the NTDs are fragmented as a result of uncoordinated rearrangement, which conceivably will lead to a reduction in pore size around NTDs (isn’t it?). It is therefore not intuitive to understand why a conformation with a smaller pore size represents an “active” state.

      We believe the uncoordinated arrangement of NTDs is dynamic, allowing for potential variations in pore size during the activated conformation. Alternatively, NTD movement may be coupled with conformational changes in TM1 and the extracellular domain, which in turn could alter the electrostatic properties of the permeation pathway. We believe a functional study exploring this mechanism would be more appropriately presented as a separate study.

      (5) Can the authors provide a positive control for these negative results presented in Fig S1B and C?

      The positive results are presented in Fig. 1D and E.

      (6) Raw images in Fig S6 and Fig S7 should contain units of measurement.

      Thank you for pointing this out.

      (7) It may be beneficial to show the superposition between primed state and activated state in both protomer and overall structure. In addition, superposition between primed state and PDB 7F8J.

      We attempted to superimpose the cryo-EM maps; however, visually highlighting the differences in figure format proved challenging. Higher-resolution maps would allow for model building, which would more effectively convey these distinctions.

      (8) Including particles number in each class in Fig S8 panel C and D would help in evaluating the quality of classification.

      Noted.

      (9) A table for cryo-EM statistics should be included.

      Thanks, noted.

      (10) n values are often provided as a range within legends but it would be better to provide individual values for each dataset. In many figures you can see most of the data points, which is great, but it would be easy to add n values to the plots themselves, perhaps in parentheses above the data points.

      While we agree that transparency is essential, adding n-values to each graph would make some figures less clear and potentially harder to interpret in this case. We believe that the dot plots, n-value range, and statistical analysis provide adequate support for our claims.

      (11) The way caspase activation of Panx channels is presented in the introduction could be viewed as dismissive or inflammatory for those who have studied that mechanism. We think the caspase activation literature is quite convincing and there is no need to be dismissive when pointing out that there are good reasons to believe that other mechanisms of activation likely exist. We encourage you to revise the introduction accordingly.

      Thank you for this comment. Although we intended to support the caspase activation mechanism in our introduction, we understand that the reviewer’s interpretation indicates a need for clarification. We hope the revised introduction removes any perception of dismissiveness.

      (12) Why is the patient data in Fig 4F normalized differently than everything else? Once the above issues with mVenus quenching data are clarified, it would be good to be systematic and use the same approach here.

      For Fig. 4F, we used a distinct normalization method to account for substantial day-to-day variation in experiments involving body fluids. Notably, we did not apply this normalization to other experimental panels due to their considerably lower day-to-day variation.

      (13) What was the rational for using the structure from ref 35 in the docking task?

      The docking task utilized the human orthologue with a flipped-up NTD. We believe that this flipped-up conformation is likely the active form that responds to lysolipids. As our functional experiments primarily use the human orthologue for biological relevance, this structure choice is consistent. Our docking data shows that LPC does not dock at this site when using a construct with the downward-flipped NTD.

      (14) Perhaps better to refer to double Asn ‘substitutions’ rather than as ‘mutations’ because that makes one think they are Asn in the wt protein.

      Done.

      (15) From Fig S1, we gather that Panx2 is much larger than Panx1 and 3. If that is the case, its worth noting that to readers somewhere.

      We have added the molecular weight of each subtype in the figure legend.

      (16) Please provide holding voltages and zero current levels in all figures presenting currents.

      We provided holding voltages. However, the zero current levels vary among the examples presented, making direct comparisons difficult. Since we are comparing currents with and without LPC, we believe that indicating zero current levels is unnecessary for this study.

      (17) While the authors successfully establish lysophospholipid-gating of Panx1 and Panx2, Panx3 appears unaffected. It may be advisable to be more specific in the title of the article.

      We are uncertain whether Panx3 is unaffected by lysophospholipids, as we have not observed activation of this subtype under any tested conditions.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study aims to understand the malaria antigen-specific cTfh profile of children and adults living in a malaria holoendemic area. PBMC samples from children and adults were unstimulated or stimulated with PfSEA-1A or PfGARP in vitro for 6h and analysed by a cTfh-focused panel. Unsupervised clustering and analysis on cTfh were performed.

      The main conclusions are:

      (1) the cohort of children has more diverse (cTfh1/2/17) recall responses compared to the cohort of adults (mainly cTfh17) and

      (2) Pf-GARP stimulates better cTfh17 responses in adults, thus a promising vaccine candidate.

      Strengths:

      This study is in general well-designed and with excellent data analysis. The use of unsupervised clustering is a nice attempt to understand the heterogeneity of cTfh cells. Figure 9 is a beautiful summary of the findings.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Most of my concerns are related to using PfSEA-1A and PfGARP to analyse cTfh in vitro stimulation response. In vitro, stimulation on cTfh cells has been frequently used (e.g. Dan et al, PMID: 27342848), usually by antigen stimulation for 9h and analysed CD69/CD40L expression, or 18h and CD25/OX40. However, the authors use a different strategy that has not been validated to analyse in vitro stimulated cTfh. Also, they excluded CD25+ cells which might be activated cTfh. I am concerned about whether the conclusions based on these results are reliable.

      It has been shown that cTfh cells can hardly produce cytokines by Dan et al. However, in this paper, the authors report the significant secretion of IL-4 and IFNg on some cTfh clusters after 6h stimulation. If the stimulation is antigen-specific through TCR, why cTfh1 cells upregulate IL-4 but not IFNg in Figure 6? I believe including the representative FACS plots of IL-4, IFNg, IL21 staining, and using %positive rather than MFI can make the conclusion more convincing. Similarly, the author should validate whether TCR stimulation under their system for 6h can induce robust BCL6/cMAF expression in cTfh cells. Moreover, there is no CD40L expression. Does this mean TCR stimulation mediated BCl6/cMAF upregulation and cytokine secretion precede CD40L expression?

      In summary, I am particularly concerned about the method used to analyse PfSEA-1A and PfGARP-specific cTfh responses because it lacks proper validation. I am unsure if the conclusions related to PfSEA-1A/PfGARP-specific responses are reliable.

      An unfortunate reality of these types of complex immunologic studies is that it takes time to optimize a multiparameter flow cytometry panel, run this number of samples, and then conduct the analysis (not to mention the time it takes for a manuscript to be accepted for peer-review). An unexpected delay, frankly, was the COVID-19 pandemic when non-essential research lab activities were put on hold. We designed our panel in 2019 and referred to the “T Follicular Helper Cells” Methods and Protocols book from Springer 2015. Obviously the field of human immunology took a huge leap forward during the pandemic as we sought to characterize components of protective immunity, and as a result there are several new markers we will choose for future studies of Tfh subsets. We agree with the reviewer that cytokine expression kinetics differ depending on the in vitro stimulation conditions. Due to small blood volumes obtained from healthy children, we were limited in the number of timepoints we could test. However, since we were most interested in IL21 expression, we found 6 hrs to be the best in combination with the other markers of interest during our optimization experiments. We did find IFNg expression from non-Tfh cells, therefore we believe our stimulation conditions worked.

      Dan et al used stimulated tonsils cells to assess the CXCR5<sup>pos</sup>PD1<sup>pos</sup>CD45RA<sup>neg</sup> Tfh and CXCR5<sup>neg</sup> CD45RA<sup>neg</sup> non-Tfh whereas in our study, we evaluated CXCR5<sup>pos</sup>PD1<sup>pos</sup>CD45RA<sup>neg</sup> Tfh from PBMCs. Dan et al PBMCs’ work used EBV/CMV or other pathogen product stimuli and only gated on CD25<sup>pos</sup>OX40<sup>pos</sup> cells which are not the cells we are assessing in our study. This might explain in part the differences in cytokine kinetics, as we evaluated CD25<sup>neg</sup> PBMCs only. However, we agree that more recent studies focused on CXCR5<sup>pos</sup>PD1<sup>pos</sup> cells included more Activation-induced marker (AIM) markers, which are missing in our study, inducing a lack of depth in our analysis.

      Percentage of positive cells and MFI are complementary data. Indeed, the percentage of positive cells only indicates which cells express the marker of interest without giving a quantitative value of this expression. MFI indicates how much the marker of interest is expressed by cells which is important as it can indicate degree of activation or exhaustion per cell. Meta-cluster analysis is not ideal to assess the percentage of positivity whereas it does provide essential information regarding the intensity of expression. We added supplemental figures 14 (Bcl6 and cMAF), 15 (INFg and IL21) and 16 (IL4 and IL21) where percentage of positive cells were manually gated directly from the total CXCR5<sup>pos</sup>CD4<sup>pos</sup>CD45RA<sup>neg</sup>CD25<sup>neg</sup> TfH based on the FMO or negative control, and we overlaid the positive cells on the UMAP of all the CXCR5<sup>pos</sup>CD4<sup>pos</sup>CD45RA<sup>neg</sup>CD25<sup>neg</sup> meta-clusters. Results from the manual gating are consistent with the results we show using clustering. However, it helps to better visualize that antigen-specific IL21 expression was statistically significant in children whereas the high background observed for adults did not reveal higher expression after stimulation, perhaps suggesting an upper threshold of cytokine expression (supplemental figure 15). The following sentence has been added in the methods at the end of the “OMIQ analysis” section: “ However, the percentage of positive IFN𝛾, IL-4, IL-21, Bcl6, or cMAF using manual gating can be found in Supplemental Figures 14, 15, and 16 along with the overlay of the gated positive cells on the CD4<sup>pos</sup>CXCR5<sup>pos</sup>CD25<sup>neg</sup> UMAP and the cytoplots of the gated positive cells for each meta-cluster (Supplemental Figures 14, 15, and 16).”

      Indeed cMAF can be induced by TCR signaling, ICOS and IL6 (Imbratta et. al, 2020). However, in our study populations, ICOS was expressed (see Author response image 1, panel A) in absence of any stimulation suggesting that CXCR5<sup>pos</sup>CD4<sup>pos</sup>CD25<sup>neg</sup>CD45RA<sup>neg</sup> cells were already capable of expressing cMAF. Indeed, after gating Bcl6 and cMAF positive cells based on their FMOs (Author response image 1, panel B and C, respectively), we overlaid positive cells on the CXCR5<sup>pos</sup>CD4<sup>pos</sup>CD25<sup>neg</sup>CD45RA<sup>neg</sup> cells UMAP and we can see that most of our cells already express cMAF alone (Author response image 1, panel D), co-express cMAF and Bcl6 (Author response image 1, panel E), confirming that they are TfH cells, whereas very few cells only expressed Bcl6 alone (Author response image 1, panel F). Because we knew that cT<sub>FH</sub> already expresses Bcl6 and cMAF, we focused our analysis on the intensity of their expression to assess if our vaccine candidates were inducing more expression of these transcription factors.

      Author response image 1.

      (2) The section between lines 246-269 is confusing. Line 249, comparing the abundance after antigen stimulation is improper because 6h stimulation (under Golgi stop) should not induce cell division. I think the major conclusions are contained in Figure 5e, that (A) antigen stimulation will not alter cell number in each cluster and (B) children have more MC03, 06 and fewer MC02, etc.). The authors should consider removing statements between lines 255-259 because the trends are the same regardless of stimulations.

      We agree, there is no cell division after 6h and that different meta clusters did not proliferate after this short of in vitro stimulation. The use of the word ‘abundance’ in the context of cluster analysis is in reference to comparing the contribution of events by each group to the concatenated data. After the meta clusters are defined and then deconvoluted by study group, certain meta clusters could be more abundant in one group compared to another - meaning they contributed more events to a particular metacluster.

      Dimensionality reduction is more nuanced than manual gating and reveals a continuum of marker expression between the cell subsets, as there is no hard “straight line” threshold, as observed when using in 2D gating. Because of this, differences are revealed in marker expression levels after stimulation making them shift from one cluster to another - thereby changing their abundance.

      To clarify how this type of analysis is interpreted, we have modified lines 255-259 as follows:

      “In contrast, the quiescent PfSEA-1A- and PfGARP-specific cT<sub>FH</sub>2-like cluster (MC02) was significantly more abundant in adults compared to children (Figure 5c and 5d, pf<0.05). Interestingly, following PfGARP stimulation, the activated cT<sub>FH</sub>1/17-like subset (MC09) became more abundant in children compared to adults (Figure 5d, pf<0.05 with a False Discovery Rate=0.08), but no additional subsets shifted phenotype after PfSEA-1A stimulation (Figure 5c).”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Forconi et al explore the heterogeneity of circulating Tfh cell responses in children and adults from malaria-endemic Kenya, and further compare such differences following stimulation with two malaria antigens. In particular, the authors also raised an important consideration for the study of Tfh cells in general, which is the hidden diversity that may exist within the current 'standard' gating strategies for these cells. The utility of multiparametric flow cytometry as well as unbiased clustering analysis provides a potentially potent methodology for exploring this hidden depth. However, the current state of analysis presented does not aid the understanding of this heterogeneity. This main goal of the study could hopefully be achieved by putting all the parameters used in one context, before dissecting such differences into their specific clinical contexts.

      Strengths:

      Understanding the full heterogeneity of Tfh cells in the context of infection is an important topic of interest to the community. The study included clinical groupings such as age group differences and differences in response to different malaria antigens to further highlight context-dependent heterogeneity, which offers new knowledge to the field. However, improvements in data analyses and presentation strategies should be made in order to fully utilize the potential of this study.

      Weaknesses:

      In general, most studies using multiparameter analysis coupled with an unbiased grouping/clustering approach aim to describe differences between all the parameters used for defining groupings, prior to exploring differences between these groupings in specific contexts. However, the authors have opted to separate these into sections using "subset chemokine markers", "surface activation markers" and then "cytokine responses", yet nuances within all three of these major groups were taken into account when defining the various Tfh identities. Thus, it would make sense to show how all of these parameters are associated with one another within one specific context to first logically establish to the readers how can we better define Tfh heterogeneity. When presented this way, some of the identities such as those that are less clear such as "MC03/MC04/ MC05/ MC08" may even be better revealed. once established, all of these clusters can then be subsequently explored in further detail to understand cluster-specific differences in children vs adults, and in the various stimulation conditions. Since the authors also showed that many of the activation markers were not significantly altered post-stimulation thus there is no real obstacle for merging the entire dataset for the first part of this study which is to define Tfh heterogeneity in an unbiased manner regardless of age groups or stimulation conditions. Other studies using similar approaches such as Mathew et al 2020 (doi: 10.1126/science.abc8) or Orecchioni et al 2017 (doi: 10.1038/s41467-017-01015-3) can be referred to for more effective data presentation strategies.

      Accordingly, the expression of cytokines and transcription factors can only be reliably detected following stimulation. However, the underlying background responses need to be taken into account for understanding "true" positive signals. The only raw data for this was shown in the form of a heatmap where no proper ordering was given to ensure that readers can easily interpret the expression of these markers following stimulation relative to no stimulation. Thus, it is difficult to reliably interpret any real differences reported without this. Finally, the authors report differences in either cluster abundance or cluster-specific cytokine/ transcription factor expression in Tfh cell subsets when comparing children vs adults, and between the two malaria antigens. The comparisons of cytokine/transcription factor between groups will be more clearly highlighted by appropriately combining groupings rather than keeping them separate as in Figures 6 and 7.

      Thank you for sharing these references. Similar to SPADE clustering and ViSNE dimensionality algorithms used in Orecchioni et al, we used all the extracellular markers from our panel in our FlowSOM algorithm with consensus meta-clustering which includes both the chemokine receptors and activation markers even though they are presented separately in our manuscript across the figure 3 and 4. This was explained in the methods section (lines 573 - 587). We then chose the UMAP algorithm as visual dimensionality reduction of the meta-clusters generated by FlowSOM-consensus meta-clustering as explained under the “OMIQ analysis” subpart of our methods (lines 588- 604). Therefore, we believe we have conducted the analysis as this reviewer suggests even if we chose to show the figures that were informative to our story. The heatmap of the results brings the possibility to see which combination of markers respond or not to the different conditions and between groups, all the raw data are present from the supplemental figures 10 to 13 showing, using bar plots, the differences expressed in the heatmaps. We believe it strengthens our interpretation of the results.

      Regarding the transcription factor and cytokine background, we added supplemental figures 14, 15 and 16 where we used manual gating to select Bcl6, cMAF, IFNg, IL21 or IL4 positive cells directly from total CXCR5<sup>pos</sup>CD4<sup>pos</sup>CD45RA<sup>neg</sup>CD25<sup>neg</sup> TfH cells based on the FMO or negative control, and we overlaid the positive cells on the UMAP of all the CXCR5<sup>pos</sup>CD4<sup>pos</sup>CD45RA<sup>neg</sup>CD25<sup>neg</sup> meta-clusters. Moreover, all the dot plots (with their statistics) used for the heatmap figure 6 and 7 can be found in the supplemental figures 10, 11, 12 and 13. These supplemental figures address the concerns above by showing the difference of signals between unstimulated and stimulated conditions.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The goal of this study was to carry out an in-depth granular and unbiased phenotyping of peripheral blood circulating Tfh specific to two malaria vaccine candidates, PfSEA-1A and PfGARP, and correlate these with age (children vs adults) and protection from malaria (antibody titers against Plasmodium antigens.). The authors further attempted to identify any specific differences in the Tfh responses to these two distinct malaria antigens.

      Strengths:

      The authors had access to peripheral blood samples from children and adults living in a malaria-endemic region of Kenya. The authors studied these samples using in vitro restimulation in the presence of specific malaria antigens. The authors generated a very rich data set from these valuable samples using cutting-edge spectral flow cytometry and a 21-plex panel that included a variety of surface markers, cytokines, and transcription factors.

      Weaknesses:

      - Quantifying antigen-specific T cells by flow cytometry requires the use of either 1- tetramers or 2- in vitro restimulation with specific antigens followed by identification of TCR-activated cells based on de-novo expression of activation markers (e.g. intracellular cytokine staining and/or surface marker staining). Although authors use an in vitro restimulation strategy, they do not focus their study on cells de-novo expressing activation markers as a result of restimulation; therefore, their study is not really on antigen-specific cTfh. Moreover, the authors report no changes in the expression of activation markers commonly used to identify antigen-specific T cells upon in vitro restimulation (including IFNg and CD40L); therefore, it is not clear if their in vitro restimulation with malaria antigens actually worked.

      We understand the reviewer’s point of view and apologies for any confusion. IFNg was expressed but not statistically different between groups. Indeed, looking at the CD8 T cells and using manual gating, we were able to show that IFNg was increased but not statistically significant upon stimulation from CD4<sup>pos</sup>CXCR5<sup>pos</sup> cells (supplemental figure 15, panel C), confirming our primary observation using clustering analysis. These results showed that our malaria antigen induced IFNg response in some participants, but not all of them, revealing heterogeneity in this response among individuals within the same group.

      Regarding CD40L, in the supplemental figure 7, we can see that some of our meta-clusters expressed more CD40L upon stimulation, but again without leading to statistical differences between groups. Combined with the increased expression of other cytokines and transcription factors, we showed that our stimulation did indeed work. However, because of the high variation within groups, there were no statistical differences across our groups. Because CD40L is not the only marker showing specific T cell activation, and not all T cells respond using this marker alone, a more comprehensive multimarker AIM panel might have highlighted differences between groups. We recognized the limitations of our study and believe that future study will benefit from more activation markers commonly used to identify antigone-specific T cells such as CD69, OX40, 4-1BB (AIM panel), among other markers.

      - CXCR5+CD4+ memory T cells have been shown to present multi-potency and plasticity, capable of differentiating to non-Tfh subsets upon re-challenge. Although authors included in their flow panel a good number of markers commonly used in combination to identify Tfh (CXCR5, PD-1, ICOS, Bcl-6, IL-21), they only used one single marker (CXCR5) as their basis to define Tfh, thus providing a weak definition for Tfh cells and follow up downstream analysis.

      Sorry for the confusion, even though the subsampled on the CD4<sup>pos</sup>CXCR5<sup>pos</sup> CD25<sup>neg</sup> cells to run our FlowSOM, we showed the different levels of expression across meta-clusters (figure 4 panels A and B) of PD1 (Tfh being PD1 positive cells) and ICOS (indicating the activation stage of the Tfh, “T Follicular Helper Cells” Methods and Protocols book from Springer 2015). We also included an overlay of the manually gated double positive Bcl6-cMAF cells on the CXCR5<sup>pos</sup>CD45RA<sup>neg</sup>CD25<sup>neg</sup> CD4 T cell UMAP plot to show that most of them express Bcl6 (supplemental figure 14). Interestingly, the manually gated IL21 positive cells were less abundant, particularly for children (supplemental figure 15). Because we were not able to include all the markers that are now used to define Tfh cells, we referred to our cell subsets as “TFH-like”. This is an acknowledged limitation of our study. Due to the limited blood volume obtained from children and cost of running multiplex flow cytometry assays, our results showing antigen-specific heterogeneity of Tfh subset will have to be validated in future studies that include these additional defining markers.

      - Previous works have used FACS-sorting and in vitro assays for cytokine production and B cell help to study the functional capacity of different cTfh subsets in blood from Plasmodium-infected individuals. In this study, authors do not carry out any such assays to isolate and evaluate the functional capacity of the different Tfh subsets identified. Thus, all the suggestions for the role that these different cTfh subsets may have in vivo in the context of malaria remain highly hypothetical.

      Unfortunately, low blood volumes obtained from children prevented us from running in vitro functional assays and the study design did not allow us to correlate them with protection. However, since the function of identified Tfh subsets from malaria-exposed individuals has been evaluated using Pf lysates in other studies, we referenced them when interpreting the differences we reported in Tfh subset recognition between malaria antigens. If either of these antigens move forward into vaccine trials, then evaluating their function would be important.

      - The authors have not included malaria unexposed control groups in their study, and experimental groups are relatively small (n=13).

      This study design did not include the recruitment of malaria naive negative controls as its goal was to assess malaria antigen-specific responses comparing the quality and abundance between malaria-exposed children to adults to these potential new vaccine targets PfSEA-1A and PfGARP. We did however test 3 malaria-naive adults and found no non-specific activation after stimulation with these two malaria antigens. Since this was done as part of our assay optimization, we did not feel the need to show these negative findings.

      And even with our small sample size, we demonstrated significant age-associated differences in malaria antigen-specific responses from cT<sub>FH</sub>-like subsets.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor points are:

      (1) Line 88, cTfh cells are not only from GC-Tfh, they have GC-independent origin (He et al, PMID: 24138884).

      The following sentence was added line 88 “Interestingly, cT<sub>FH</sub> cells can also come from peripheral cT<sub>FH</sub> precursor CCR7<sup>low</sup>PD1<sup>high</sup>CXCR5<sup>pos</sup> cells; thus, they also have a GC-independent origin (He, Cell, 2013 PMID: 24138884).

      (2) I believe all participants were free of blood-stage infection upon enrolment. But can authors clearly state this information between lines 151-159?

      We mentioned in the methods, line 495-496 “Participants were eligible if they were healthy and not experiencing any symptoms of malaria at the time venous blood was collected”. However, using qPCR we found 5 children with malaria blood stage. As shown in Author response image 2, comparing malaria free to blood-stage children, no differences were observed without any stimulation. However, MC03 is more abundant upon malaria antigen stimulation in the blood-stage group whereas MC04 is more abundant in the malaria free group upon PfGARP stimulation only confirming that our stimulation worked.

      Author response image 2.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The strategy for gating on antigen-specific cTfh cells needs to be revised. The correct approach would be to gate on those cells that respond by de-novo expression of activation markers upon antigen restimulation (also termed activation-induced markers. e.g. CD69, CD40L, CXCL13 and IL-21, Niessl 2020; CD69, CD40L, CD137 and OX40, Lemieux 2023; CD137 and OX40, Grifoni 2020). As it stands, the study is not really on antigen-specific T cells, but rather on the overall CD4 T cell compartment plus or minus antigenic stimulation.

      We recognized the limitation in our flow panel design which prevents us from performing this gating. We originally based our panel design on the “T follicular helper cells methods and protocols” book (Springer 2015) which used CD45RA, CD25, CXCR5, CCR6, CXCR3, CCR7, ICOS and PD1 to define cT<sub>FH</sub>. We had already optimized our 21-color panel, purchased reagents and started to run our experiments by the time these publications modified how to define TFH cells Niessl, Lemieux and Grifoni’s publication. Indeed we optimized and performed our assay from November 2019 to March 2020, finishing to run the samples during the first quarantine. Because of the urgent needs of research on SARS-CoV-2 that we were involved with from this time and moving forward, the analysis of our TFH work got highly postponed. Moreover, 2020 is also the year where many TFH papers came out with better ways to define cT<sub>FH</sub> and responses to antigen stimulations. In our future studies, our panel will include AIM.

      (2) It is not clear if the antigenic stimulation actually worked. Does the proportion of IFNg+ or IL-4+ or IL-21+ or CD40L+ or CD25+ CD4 or CD8 T cells increase following in vitro antigen restimulation?

      Yes, using manual gating, we are able to show an increase of IL4 (supplemental figure 16 panel B and C), and IL21 (supplemental figure 15 panel J and K) production in both children and adults. However, we did not observe significant production of IFNg (supplemental figure 15, panel C) and changes in CD40L expression (supplemental figure 7) after malaria antigen stimulation, however, our positive control SEB worked. So, yes our stimulation assay worked but these 2 malaria antigens did not significantly induce these cytokines. This could be that they are too low to detect in every participant since they are single antigens and not whole parasite lysates, as other studies have used. It could also be that these antigens don’t stimulate CD40L or IFNg in all our participants. We brought up this limitation as follow in the discussion, line 473: “Although the heterogeneity in the response of CD40L and IFNγ suggests that our tested malaria antigens did not induce significant differences in the expression of these markers in all our participants, our panel did not include other activated induced markers, such as OX40, 4-1BB, and CD69”.

      (3) It is not clear what is the proportion of cTfh over the total CD4 T cell compartment among the different groups. Does this vary among different groups? It would be valuable to display this as an old-fashioned combination of contour plots with outliers for illustrating flow cytometry and bar graphs for the cumulative data.

      The proportion of CD3<sup>pos</sup>CD4<sup>pos</sup>CD25<sup>neg</sup>CXCR5<sup>pos</sup> cTfh cells did not differ within the total number of CD4 T cells between groups (figure 2).

      (4) The gating strategy could be refined and become more robust if adding additional markers in combination with CXCR5 for identifying cTfh (e.g. CXCR5+Bcl6+).

      Thank you for this suggestion. An overlay of Bcl6 expression can be found in supplemental figure 14 where we confirm that our CXCR5+ cT<sub>FH</sub>-like subsets express cMAF and Bcl6.

      (5) The protocols for intracellular and intranuclear staining seem to be incomplete in Materials and Methods. In particular, cell permeabilization strategies seem to be missing.

      Our apologies for this oversight, we added the following sentences in the methods line 545: “Cells were fixed and permeabilized for 45 mins using the transcription factor buffer set (BD Pharmingen) followed by a wash with the perm-wash buffer. Intracellular staining was performed at 4 °C for 45 more mins followed by two washes using the kit’s perm-wash buffer”.

      (6) In Materials and Methods, the authors mention they have used fluorescence minus one control to set their gating strategy. It would be valuable to show these, either on the main body or as part of supplementary figures.

      We added the cytoplots of the FMOs and/or negative controls as appropriate in the supplemental figures 14 (cMAF and Bcl6), 15 (IFNg and IL21) and 16 (IL4 and IL21).

      (7) Line 194 and Figure 3, it is not clear the criteria that the authors used for down-sampling events before FlowSOM analysis. Was this random? Was this done with unstimulated or stimulated samples?

      We chose to down-sample on CD3posCD4<sup>pos</sup>CD25<sup>neg</sup>CD45RA<sup>neg</sup> and CXCR5<sup>pos</sup> cells prior to our FlowSOM to allow more cluster analysis to focus only on the differences among those cells. The down-sampling used 1,000 CD3posCD4<sup>pos</sup>CD25<sup>neg</sup> CD45RA<sup>neg</sup>CXCR5<sup>pos</sup> cells from each fcs file (unstimulated and stimulated samples). If the fcs file had more than 1,000 CXCR5<sup>pos</sup> cells, the down-sampling was done randomly by the OMIQ platform algorithm to select only 1,000 CXCR5<sup>pos</sup> cells within this specific fcs file. The latest sentence was added to the methods line 593.

      (8) Lanes 201, 202, As it stands, the take of the authors on the role of different cTfh subsets during infection remains highly speculative. Are these differences in cTfh phenotypes actually reflected in their in vitro capacity to provide B cell help (e.g. as in the Obeng-Adjei 2015 paper) or to produce IL-21, express co-stimulatory molecules, or any other characteristic that would allow them to better infer their functional roles during infection? Any additional in vitro analysis of the functional capacity of isolated cTfh subsets identified in this research would greatly increase its value.

      We agree with the reviewer that this sentence is speculative, and we rephrase it as follow: “First, we found different CXCR5 expression levels between meta-clusters (Figure 3b); CXCR5 is essential for cT<sub>FH</sub> cells to migrate to the lymph nodes and interact with B-cells”. We would have liked to perform in vitro functional assays. However, as explained above, we did not have sufficient cells collected from children to do so.

      (9) It is not clear why authors omitted IL-17 and did not use IFNg and IL-4 to refine their definition of Th1, Th2 and Th17 cTfh.

      We would have liked to include IL-17, however we were constrained by only having access to a 4 lasers cytometer at the time we ran our assay. In light of needing to prioritize markers, when we were designing our flow panel, cTfh1 were shown to be preferentially activated during episodes of acute febrile malaria children (Obeng-Adjei). Therefore, we chose to focus on IFNg and IL4 to differentiate Tfh1 from Tfh2, in addition to other markers as surrogate of functional potential. We did not use IFNg and IL4 to refine our definition of Tfh1, Tfh2 and Tfh17 as recent publications have shown that IL4 is not only expressed in Tfh2 but also in the other Tfh subsets, at lower intensity (Gowthaman among others). Therefore IFNg and IL4 by themselves were not sufficient to properly define the different Tfh subsets. In future studies, we plan to include transcription factor profiles (T-bet, BATF, GATA3) to further refine definitions of Tfh subsets.

      (10) Lines, 226, 228, based on the combination of markers that the MC03 subset expresses, it is tempting to think that this is the only "truly" committed Tfh subset from the entire analysis. Please, discuss.

      If the reviewer is referring to changes in marker expression levels that indicate they have not reached a level of differentiation that would make them reliable (ie “true) Tfh cells, we agree that this is an important question now that we have technology that can measure and analyse so many phenotypic markers at once. This brings forward the need for the scientific method - to replicate study findings to determine whether they are consistent given the same study design and experimental conditions.

      (11) Lines 243 244, Again, is this reflected in functional capacity?

      The study described in this manuscript did not include functional assays. However, this did not change the key finding that different malaria antigens behaved differently, demonstrating heterogeneity in Tfh recognition of malaria antigens. Regarding CD40L expression, we did not observe differences between groups, however some individuals had an increase of their CD40L (supplemental figure 7). It is possible that some individuals had responded through other activated induced markers (CD69, ICOS, OX40, 4-1BB among others) and that our stimulation condition was not long enough to assess CD40L expression upon malaria antigen stimulation. This limitation has been addressed by editing the line 243-244 as follows: “we were unable to find statistical differences in the CD40L expression between groups as only few individuals responded through it (supplemental figure 7).”

      (12) Lines 243, 244, Are these cTfh subsets exclusively detected in malaria-exposed individuals? This is confounded by the lack of a malaria unexposed control group in this study, which would have been highly valuable.

      We agree with the reviewer that having non-naive children would have been valuable as a negative control group. However, this study was conducted in Kenya where all children are suspected to have had at least one malaria infection. We also did not have ethical approval or the means to enroll children in the USA who would not have been exposed to malaria as a negative control group. Since we were also evaluating differences by age group, comparing US adults would not have helped to address this point. Therefore, this remains an open question that might be addressed by another study recruiting children in non-malaria endemic areas.

      (13) Line 267, as the authors have not gated on T cells de-novo expressing activation markers in response to antigen restimulation, how do they know these are indeed antigen-specific cTfh?

      Omiq analysis accounts for marker expression levels in the resting cells (unstimulated well) for each individual compared to each experimental/stimulated well. The algorithm computationally determines whether that expression level changed without an arbitrary positive threshold, keeping the expression levels as a continuous variable, not dichotomous - which is the power of unbiased cluster analyses. Therefore, we know that these cells are antigen-specific based on the statistical difference in intensity expression between the resting cells and the stimulated ones. Nevertheless, manual gating to show “de-novo” responding cells, produced the same results as assessing the MFI of each meta-cluster (supplemental figures 14, 15 and 16).

      (14) Lines, 292-295, it is very surprising that Tfh cells would not produce IL-21 upon restimulation. Have the authors observed upregulation of IL-21 following SEB restimulation?

      Yes, we observed IL21 positive cells upon SEB stimulation (supplemental figure 15, panel J and K). However we found unexpectedly high background levels of IL21, specifically within the adult group (supplemental figure 15, panel K and M) making it challenging to find antigen-specific increases above background. Interestingly, an increase in IL21 using manual gating was observed upon PfSEA-1A or PfGARP stimulation in children (supplemental figure 15, panel J and L).

      (15) In Figures 3 and 4, it is not clear if there are any significant differences in expression of different markers between different cTfh subsets and/or different conditions. Moreover, the lack of differences in response to antigen stimulation seems to suggest that it did not work adequately.

      We intentionally chose 6-hours stimulation to better assess changes in cytokines which we did. However, because it is a short stimulation, we did not expect dramatic changes in the extracellular markers presented in the figure 3 and 4. A longer stimulation, such as 24h, will highlight properly these changes.

      (16) Figure 5b would benefit from bar graphs.

      Please find below the bar-graphs for the highlighted meta-clusters in figure 5b. We did not include these bar-graphs to our figure 5 as they do not bring new information. They repeat the information already presented through the EdgeR plot.

      Author response image 3.

      (17) Figures 6 and 7 would greatly benefit from showing individual examples of old-fashioned contour with outliers flow plots to illustrate the different cTfh subsets identified in the study.

      The different cT<sub>FH</sub> subsets can be found with a contour plot with outliers in the supplemental figure 4.

      (18) Figures 3,4, 6, and 7, the authors exclusively focused on the study of MFI to measure the expression of cytokine and transcription factors among different groups/stimulations. Have the authors observed any differences in the percentage or absolute counts of cytokine+ and/or TF+ between different subsets of cTfh and/or different conditions?

      Yes. We added the supplemental figures 14 (transcription factors) and 15/16 (cytokines) where cytokines and transcription factors were assessed using manual gating. We found that total CD4<sup>pos</sup>CXCR5<sup>pos</sup> IL4 was significantly increased upon stimulation in both adults and children while IFNg was not. However, we found significantly higher IFNg on total CD8<sup>pos</sup> cells showing that the stimulation worked, but the total CD4<sup>pos</sup>CXCR5<sup>pos</sup> did not express IFNg. Finally, we observed a trend of higher IL21<sup>pos</sup>CD4<sup>pos</sup>CXCR5<sup>pos</sup> in adults, not significant due to high background whereas IL21 was significantly increased upon stimulation in children. Regarding cMAF and Bcl6, both transcription factors were significantly increased upon stimulation within children only.

      (19) Figure 8, the definition for high and low PfGARP antibody titers seems rather arbitrary. Are these associations still significant when attempting a regular correlation analysis between Ab values (i.e. Net MFI) and different cTfh subsets?

      Yes, the definition for high and low PfGARP antibody levels is arbitrary but when looking at the antibody data (figure 1b), it was naturally bimodal. Therefore as a sub-analysis, we assess the association between PfGARP antibodies levels and cT<sub>FH</sub> subsets, see Author response image 4. We checked the correlation between the abundance of the meta-clusters and the level of IgG anti-PfGARP and anti-PfSEA after PfGARP and PfSEA stimulation. We also checked the correlation between the MFI expression of Bcl6 and cMAF after stimulation (PfGARP or PfSEA-1A minus the unstimulated) by the meta-clusters and the level of IgG anti-PfGARP and anti-PfSEA. However, we believe that because of our small sample size, our results are not robust enough and that we risk over-interpreting the data. Therefore, we choose not to include this analysis in the manuscript.

      Author response image 4.

      (20) The comprehensive 21-plex panel that authors used in this study could generate insights on additional immune cells beyond cTfh (e.g. additional CD4 T cell subsets, CD8 T cells, CD19 B cells). It is not clear why the authors limited their analysis to cTfh only.

      The primary goal of the study was to assess the cT<sub>FH</sub> response to malaria vaccine candidates. However, we were able to assess the IFNg expression for CD8 T cells upon stimulation using the manual gating as indicated in the supplemental figure 15. Without additional markers to more clearly define other CD4 T cell or B cell subsets, we do not believe this dataset would go deep enough into characterizing antigen-specific responses to malaria antigens that would yield new insight.

      (21) Minor point, the punctuation should be revised throughout the manuscript.

      Punctuation was revised throughout the manuscript by our departmental scientific writer Dr. Trombly, as per reviewer request.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This a comprehensive study that sheds light on how Wag31 functions and localises in mycobacterial cells. A clear link to interactions with CL is shown using a combination of microscopy in combination with fusion fluorescent constructs, and lipid specific dyes. Furthermore, studies using mutant versions of Wag31 shed light on the functionalities of each domain in the protein. My concerns/suggestions for the manuscript are minor:

      (1) Ln 130. A better clarification/discussion is required here. It is clear that both depletion and overexpression have an effect on levels of various lipids, but subsequent descriptions show that they affect different classes of lipids.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have added a better clarification on this in the discussion of revised manuscript. The lipid classes that get impacted by the depletion of Wag31 vs overexpression are different. Wag31 is an adaptor protein that interacts with proteins of the ACCase complex (Meniche et al., 2014; Xu et al., 2014) that synthesize fatty acid precursors and regulate their activity (Habibi Arejan et al., 2022).

      The varied response on lipid homeostasis could be attributed to a change in the stoichiometry of these interactions of Wag31. While Wag31 depletion would prevent such interactions from occurring and might affect lipid synthesis that directly depends on Wag31-protein partner interactions, its overexpression would lead to promiscuous interactions and a change in the stoichiometry of native interactions that would ultimately modulate lipid synthesis pathways.

      (2) The pulldown assays results are interesting, but links are tentative.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. The interactome of Wag31 was identified through the immunoprecipitation of FLAG-Wag31 complemented at an integrative locus in Wag31 mutant background to avoid overexpression artifacts. We used Msm::gfp expressing an integrative copy (at L5 locus) of FLAG-GFP as a control to subtract non-specific interactions. The experiment was performed in biological triplicates, and interactors that appeared in all replicates but not in the control were selected for further analysis. Although we identified more than 100 interactors of Wag31, we analyzed only the top 25 hits, with a PSM cut-off 18 and unique peptides5. Additionally, two of Wag31's established interactors, AccD5 and Rne, were among the top five hits, thus validating our data.

      As mentioned in line 139 of the previous version of the manuscript, we agree that the interactions can either be direct or through a third partner. The fact that we obtained known interactors of Wag31 makes us believe these interactions are genuine. Moreover, for validation, we performed pulldown experiments by mixing E. coli lysates expressing His-Wag31 full-length or truncated protein with M. smegmatis lysates expressing FLAG-tagged interacting proteins. The wash conditions used were quite stringent for these pull-down assays—the wash buffer contained 1% Triton X100 that eliminates all non-specific and indirect interactions. However, we agree that we cannot conclusively state that the interactions are direct without purifying the proteins and performing the experiment. As mentioned above, this caveat was stated in the previous version of the manuscript.

      (3) The authors may perhaps like to rephrase claims of effects lipid homeostasis, as my understanding is that lipid localisation rather than catabolism/breakdown is affected.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. In this manuscript, we are trying to convey that Wag31 is a spatiotemporal regulator of lipid metabolism. It is a peripheral protein that is hooked to the membrane via Cardiolipin and forms a scaffold at the poles, which helps localize several enzymes involved in lipid metabolism.

      Homeostasis is the process by which an organism maintains a steady-state of balance and stability in response to changes. Depletion of Wag31 not only results in delocalisation of lipids in intracellular lipid inclusions but also leads to changes in the levels of various lipid classes. Advancement in the field of spatial biology underscores the importance of native localization of various biological molecules crucial for maintaining a steady-cell of the cell. Hence, we have used the word “homeostasis” to describe both the changes observed in lipid metabolism.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Kapoor et. al. investigated the role of the mycobacterial protein Wag31 in lipid and peptidoglycan synthesis and sought to delineate the role of the N- and C- terminal domains of Wag31. They demonstrated that modulating Wag31 levels influences lipid homeostasis in M. smegmatis and cardiolipin (CL) localisation in cells. Wag31 was found to preferentially bind CL-containing liposomes, and deleting the N-terminus of the protein significantly decreased this interaction. Novel interactions between Wag31 and proteins involved in lipid metabolism and cell wall synthesis were identified, suggesting that Wag31 recruits proteins to the intracellular membrane domain by direct interaction.

      Strengths:

      (1) The importance of Wag31 in maintaining lipid homeostasis is supported by several lines of evidence. (2) The interaction between Wag31 and cardiolipin, and the role of the N-terminus in this interaction was convincingly demonstrated.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) MS experiments provide some evidence for novel protein-protein interactions. However, the pulldown experiments lack a valid negative control.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have included two non-interactors of Wag31 i.e. MmpL4 and MmpS5 which were not identified in our interactome database as negative controls in the experiment. As shown in Figure S3, we performed His pull-down experiments with both of them independently twice, each time with a positive control (known interactor of Wag31 (Msm2092)). Fig. S3b revised shows E. coli lysate expressing His-Wag31 which was incubated with Msm lysates expressing either FLAG tagged-MmpL4 or -MmpS5 or Msm2092 (revised Fig. S3c). The mixed lysates were pulled down with Cobalt beads that bind to the His-tagged protein and analysed using Western blot analysis by probing with anti-FLAG antibody (revised Fig. S3d.). The data presented confirms that the interactions validated through the pull down assay were indeed specific.

      (2) The role of the N-terminus in the protein-protein interaction has not been ruled out.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. Wag31<sub>Msm</sub> is a 272 amino acids long protein. The Nterminal of Wag31, which houses the DivIVA-domain, comprises the first 60 amino acids. Previously, we attempted to express the N-terminal (60 aa long) and the C-terminal (212 aa long) truncated proteins in various mycobacterial shuttle vectors to perform MS/MS experiments. Despite numerous efforts, neither expressed with the N/C-terminal FLAG tag or no tag in episomal or integrative vectors due to instability of the protein. Eventually, we successfully expressed the C-terminal Wag31 with an N and Cterminal hexa-His tag. However, this expression was not sufficient or stable enough for us to perform Ni<sup>2+</sup>-affinity pull-down experiments for mass spectrometry. N-terminal of Wag31 could not be expressed in M. smegmatis even with N and C-terminal Hexa-His tags.

      To rule out the role of the N-terminal in mediating protein-protein interactions, we cloned the N-terminal of Wag31 that comprises the DivIVA-domain in pET28b vector (Fig. 7a revised). Subsequently, the truncated protein, hereafter called  Wag31<sub>∆C</sub>  flanked by 6X His tags at both the termini was expressed in E. coli and mixed with Msm lysates expressing interactors of Wag31 (Fig. 7b-c revised). Earlier experiments with Wag31<sub>∆1-60</sub or Wag31<sub>∆N</sub> (in the revised manuscript) were performed with MurG, SepIVA, Msm2092 and AccA3 (Fig. 7e-g). Thus, we used the same set of interactors to test our hypothesis. Briefly, His-  Wag31<sub>∆C</sub>  was mixed with Msm lysates expressing either FLAG-MurG, -SepIVA, -Msm2092 or -AccA3 and pull down experiments were performed as described previously. FLAGMmpS5, a non-interactor of Wag31 was used as a negative control. As shown in Fig. 7d revised, His-Wag31 could bind to all the four interactors whereas His- Wag31<sub>∆C</sub>  couldn’t, strengthening the conclusion that interactions of Wag31 with other proteins are mediated by its Cterminal. However, we can’t ignore the possibility of other interactors binding to the N-terminal of Wag31. Unfortunately, due to poor expression/instability of  Wag31<sub>∆C</sub>  in mycobacterial shuttle vectors, we are unable to perform a global interactome analysis of  Wag31<sub>∆C</sub>

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes the characterization of mycobacterial cytoskeleton protein Wag31, examining its role in orchestrating protein-lipid and protein-protein interactions essential for mycobacterial survival. The most significant finding is that Wag31, which directs polar elongation and maintains the intracellular membrane domain, was revealed to have membrane tethering capabilities.

      Strengths:

      The authors provided a detailed analysis of Wag31 domain architecture, revealing distinct functional roles: the N-terminal domain facilitates lipid binding and membrane tethering, while the C-terminal domain mediates protein-protein interactions. Overall, this study offers a robust and new understanding of Wag31 function.

      Weaknesses:

      The following major concerns should be addressed.

      • Authors use 10-N-Nonyl-acridine orange (NAO) as a marker for cardiolipin localization. However, given that NAO is known to bind to various anionic phospholipids, how do the authors know that what they are seeing is specifically visualizing cardiolipin and not a different anionic phospholipid? For example, phosphatidylinositol is another abundant anionic phospholipid in mycobacterial plasma membrane.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. Despite its promiscuous binding to other anionic phospholipids, 10-N-Nonyl-acridine orange is widely used to stain Cardiolipin and determine its localisation in bacterial cells and mitochondria of eukaryotes (Garcia Fernandez et al., 2004; Mileykovskaya & Dowhan, 2000; Renner & Weibel, 2011). This is because it has a stronger affinity for Cardiolipin than other anionic phospholipids with the affinity constant being 2 × 10<sup>6</sup> M−<sup>1</sup> for Cardiolipin association and 7 × 10<sup>4</sup> M−<sup>1</sup> for that of phosphatidylserine and phosphatidylinositol association (Petit et al., 1992). Additionally, there is not yet another stain available for detecting Cardiolipin. Our proteinlipid binding assays suggest that Wag31 preferentially binds to Cardiolipin over other anionic phospholipids (Fig. 4b), hence it is likely that the majority of redistribution of NAO fluorescence that we observe might be contributed by Cardiolipin mislocalization due to altered Wag31 levels, with smaller degree of NAO redistribution intensity coming indirectly from other anionic phospholipids displaced from the membrane due to the loss of membrane integrity and cell shape changes due to Wag31.

      • Authors' data show that the N-terminal region of Wag31 is important for membrane tethering. The authors' data also show that the N-terminal region is important for sustaining mycobacterial morphology. However, the authors' statement in Line 256 "These results highlight the importance of tethering for sustaining mycobacterial morphology and survival" requires additional proof. It remains possible that the N-terminal region has another unknown activity, and this yet-unknown activity rather than the membrane tethering activity drives the morphological maintenance. Similarly, the N-terminal region is important for lipid homeostasis, but the statement in Line 270, "the maintenance of lipid homeostasis by Wag31 is a consequence of its tethering activity" requires additional proof. The authors should tone down these overstatements or provide additional data to support their claims.

      We agree with the reviewer that there exists a possibility for another function of the N-terminal that may contribute to sustaining mycobacterial physiology and survival. We would revise our statements in the paper to reflect the data. Results shown suggest that the tethering activity of the Nterminal region may contribute to mycobacterial morphology and survival. However, additional functions of this region can’t be ruled out. Similarly, the maintenance of lipid homeostasis by Wag31 may be associated with its tethering activity, although other mechanisms could also contribute to this process.

      • Authors suggest that Wag31 acts as a scaffold for the IMD (Fig. 8). However, Meniche et. al. has shown that MurG as well as GlfT2, two well-characterized IMD proteins, do not colocalize with Wag31 (DivIVA) (https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1402158111). IMD proteins are always slightly subpolar while Wag31 is located to the tip of the cell. Therefore, the authors' biochemical data cannot be easily reconciled with microscopic observations in the literature. This raises a question regarding the validity of protein-protein interaction shown in Figure 7. Since this pull-down assay was conducted by mixing E. coli lysate expressing Wag31 and Msm lysate expression Wag31 interactors like MurG, it is possible that the interactions are not direct. Authors should interpret their data more cautiously. If authors cannot provide additional data and sufficient justifications, they should avoid proposing a confusing model like Figure 8 that contradicts published observations.

      In the literature, MurG and GlfT2 have been shown to have polar localisation (Freeman et al., 2023; Hayashi et al., 2016; Kado et al., 2023) and two groups have shown slightly sub-polar localisation of MurG (García-Heredia et al., 2021; Meniche et al., 2014). Additionally, (Freeman et al., 2023) showed SepIVA to be a spatio-temporal regulator of MurG. MS/MS analysis of Wag31 immunoprecipitation data yielded both MurG and SepIVA to be interactors of Wag31 (Fig. 3). Given Wag31 also displays polar localisation, it is likely that it associates with the polar MurG. However, since a sub-polar localisation of MurG has also been reported, it is possible that they do not interact directly and another protein mediates their interaction. Based on the above, we will modify the model proposed in Fig. 8.

      We agree that for validation of interaction, we performed pulldown experiments by mixing E. coli lysates expressing His-Wag31 full-length or truncated protein with M. smegmatis lysates expressing FLAG-tagged interacting proteins. The wash conditions used were quite stringent for these pull-down assays—the wash buffer contained 1% Triton X100 that eliminates all non-specific and indirect interactions. However, we agree that we cannot conclusively state that the interactions are direct without purifying the proteins and performing the experiment. We will describe this caveat in the revised manuscript and propose a model that reflects the results we obtained.

      References:

      Freeman, A. H., Tembiwa, K., Brenner, J. R., Chase, M. R., Fortune, S. M., Morita, Y. S., & Boutte, C. C. (2023). Arginine methylation sites on SepIVA help balance elongation and septation in Mycobacterium smegmatis. Mol Microbiol, 119(2), 208-223. https://doi.org/10.1111/mmi.15006

      Garcia Fernandez, M. I., Ceccarelli, D., & Muscatello, U. (2004). Use of the fluorescent dye 10-N-nonyl acridine orange in quantitative and location assays of cardiolipin: a study on different experimental models. Anal Biochem, 328(2), 174-180. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ab.2004.01.020

      García-Heredia, A., Kado, T., Sein, C. E., Puffal, J., Osman, S. H., Judd, J., Gray, T. A., Morita, Y. S., & Siegrist, M. S. (2021). Membrane-partitioned cell wall synthesis in mycobacteria. eLife, 10. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.60263

      Habibi Arejan, N., Ensinck, D., Diacovich, L., Patel, P. B., Quintanilla, S. Y., Emami Saleh, A., Gramajo, H., & Boutte, C. C. (2022). Polar protein Wag31 both activates and inhibits cell wall metabolism at the poles and septum. Front Microbiol, 13, 1085918. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmicb.2022.1085918

      Hayashi, J. M., Luo, C. Y., Mayfield, J. A., Hsu, T., Fukuda, T., Walfield, A. L., Giffen, S. R., Leszyk, J. D., Baer, C. E., Bennion, O. T., Madduri, A., Shaffer, S. A., Aldridge, B. B., Sassetti, C. M., Sandler, S. J., Kinoshita, T., Moody, D. B., & Morita, Y. S. (2016). Spatially distinct and metabolically active membrane domain in mycobacteria. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 113(19), 5400-5405. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1525165113

      Kado, T., Akbary, Z., Motooka, D., Sparks, I. L., Melzer, E. S., Nakamura, S., Rojas, E. R., Morita, Y. S., & Siegrist, M. S. (2023). A cell wall synthase accelerates plasma membrane partitioning in mycobacteria. eLife, 12, e81924. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.81924

      Meniche, X., Otten, R., Siegrist, M. S., Baer, C. E., Murphy, K. C., Bertozzi, C. R., & Sassetti, C. M. (2014). Subpolar addition of new cell wall is directed by DivIVA in mycobacteria. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 111(31), E32433251. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1402158111

      Mileykovskaya, E., & Dowhan, W. (2000). Visualization of phospholipid domains in Escherichia coli by using the cardiolipin-specific fluorescent dye 10-N-nonyl acridine orange. J Bacteriol, 182(4), 1172-1175. https://doi.org/10.1128/JB.182.4.1172-1175.2000

      Petit, J. M., Maftah, A., Ratinaud, M. H., & Julien, R. (1992). 10N-nonyl acridine orange interacts with cardiolipin and allows the quantification of this phospholipid in isolated mitochondria. Eur J Biochem, 209(1), 267273. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1432-1033.1992.tb17285.x

      Renner, L. D., & Weibel, D. B. (2011). Cardiolipin microdomains localize to negatively curved regions of Escherichia coli membranes. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 108(15), 6264-6269. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1015757108

      Schägger, H. (2006). Tricine-SDS-PAGE. Nat Protoc, 1(1), 16-22. https://doi.org/10.1038/nprot.2006.4

      Xu, W. X., Zhang, L., Mai, J. T., Peng, R. C., Yang, E. Z., Peng, C., & Wang, H. H. (2014). The Wag31 protein interacts with AccA3 and coordinates cell wall lipid permeability and lipophilic drug resistance in Mycobacterium smegmatis. Biochem Biophys Res Commun, 448(3), 255-260. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbrc.2014.04.116

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Ln 130. A better clarification/discussion is required here. It is clear that both depletion and overexpression have an effect in levels of various lipids, but subsequent descriptions show that they affect different classes of lipids.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have included a clarification for this in the discussion section.

      (2) The pulldown assays results are interesting, but the links are tentative.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. The interactome of Wag31 was identified through the immunoprecipitation of Flag-tagged Wag31 complemented at an integrative locus in Wag31 mutant background to avoid overexpression artifacts. We used Msm::gfp expressing an integrative copy (at L5 locus) of FLAG-GFP as a control to subtract non-specific interactions. The experiment was performed in biological triplicates, and interactors that appeared in all replicates were selected for further analysis. Although we identified more than 100 interactors of Wag31, we analyzed only the top 25 hits, with a PSM cut-off 18 and unique peptides5. Additionally, two of Wag31's established interactors, AccD5 and Rne, were among the top five hits, thus validating our data.

      Though we agree that the interactions can either be direct or through a third partner, the fact that we obtained known interactors of Wag31 makes us believe these interactions are genuine. Moreover, for validation, we performed pulldown experiments by mixing E. coli lysates expressing HisWag31 full-length or truncated protein with M. smegmatis lysates expressing FLAG-tagged interacting proteins. The wash conditions used were quite stringent for these pull-down assays—the wash buffer contained 1% Triton X100 that eliminates all non-specific and indirect interactions. However, we agree that we cannot conclusively state that the interactions are direct without purifying the proteins and performing the experiment. We will describe this caveat in the revised manuscript.

      (3) The authors may perhaps like to rephrase claims of effects lipid homeostasis, as my understanding is that lipid localisation rather than catabolism/breakdown is affected.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. In this manuscript, we are trying to convey that Wag31 is a spatiotemporal regulator of lipid metabolism. It is a peripheral protein that is hooked to the membrane via Cardiolipin and forms a scaffold at the poles, which helps localize several enzymes involved in lipid metabolism.

      Homeostasis is the process by which an organism maintains a steady-state of balance and stability in response to changes. Depletion of Wag31 not only results in delocalisation of lipids in intracellular lipid inclusions but also leads to changes in the levels of various lipid classes. Advancement in the field of spatial biology underscores the importance of native localization of various biological molecules crucial for maintaining a steady-cell of the cell. Hence, we have used the word “homeostasis” to describe both the changes observed in lipid metabolism.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I recommend the following experiments to strengthen the data presented:

      (1) Include a non-interacting FLAG-tagged protein as a negative control in the pull-down experiment to strengthen this data.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. As suggested, we have included non-interacting FLAGtagged proteins as negative controls in the pulldown experiment. We chose MmpL4 and MmpS5 which were not found in the Wag31 interactome data. We performed pull-down experiments with both of them and included an interactor of Wag31 i.e. Msm2092 as a positive control. Fig. S3b revised shows E. coli lysate expressing His-Wag31 which was incubated with Msm lysates expressing either FLAG taggedMmpL4 or -MmpS5 or -Msm2092 (Fig. S3c revised). The mixed lysates were pulled down with Cobalt beads that bind to the His-tagged protein and analysed using Western blot analysis by probing with anti-FLAG antibody. The pull down experiments were performed independently twice, every time with Msm2092 as the positive control (Fig. S3d. revised).

      (2) Perform the pull-down experiments using only the Wag31 N-terminus to rule out any role that it may have in the protein-protein interactions.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. To rule out the possibility of N-terminal of Wag31 in mediating protein-protein interactions, we cloned the N-terminal of Wag31 that comprises the DivIVAdomain in pET28b vector (Fig. 7a revised). Subsequently, the truncated protein, hereafter called Wag31<sub>∆C</sub> flanked by 6X His tags at both the termini was expressed in E. coli and subsequently mixed with Msm lysates expressing interactors of Wag31 (Fig. 7b-c revised). Earlier experiments with Wag31<sub>∆1-60</sub> or Wag31<sub>∆N</sub>  were performed with MurG, SepIVA, Msm2092 and AccA3 (Fig. 7 previous) so we used the same set of interactors to test our hypothesis. Briefly, His-Wag31<sub>∆C</sub>was mixed with Msm lysates expressing either FLAG-MurG, -SepIVA, -Msm2092 or -AccA3 and pull down experiments were performed as described previously. FLAG-MmpS5, a non-interactor of Wag31 was used as a negative control. As shown in Fig. 7d revised, His-Wag31 could bind to all the four interactors whereas His-Wag31<sub>∆C</sub> couldn’t, strengthening the conclusion that interactions of Wag31 with other proteins are mediated by its C-terminal. However, we can’t ignore the possibility of other proteins binding to the Nterminal of Wag31. Unfortunately, due to poor expression/instability of Wag31<sub>∆C</sub> in mycobacterial shuttle vectors, we couldn’t perform a global interactome analysis of Wag31<sub>∆C</sub>.

      Minor comments:

      - Please check the legend of Fig. 1g, it appears to be labelled incorrectly.

      We have checked it. It is correct. From Fig. 1g we are trying to reflect on the percentages of cells of the three strains i.e. Msm+ATc, Δwag31-ATc, and Δwag31+ATc displaying rod, round or bulged morphology.

      - For MS/MS analysis, a GFP control is mentioned but it is not indicated how this was incorporated in the data analysis. This information should be added.

      We have incorporated that in the revised methodology.

      - The information presented in Fig. 3a, e and f could be combined in one table.

      We appreciate the idea of the reviewer but we prefer a pictorial representation of the data. It allows readers to consume the information in parts, make quicker comparisons and understand trends easily.

      - Fig. 4c Wag31K20A appears smaller in size than the wild-type protein - why is this the case? Is this not a single amino acid substitution?

      Though K20A is a single amino acid substitution, it alters the mobility of Wag31 on SDS-PAGE gel. The sequence analysis of the plasmid expressing Wag31<sub>K20A</sub> doesn’t show additional mutations other than the desired K20A. The change in mobility could be due to a change in the conformation of Wag31<sub>K20A</sub> or its ability to bind to SDS or both that modify its mobility under the influence of electric field.

      - Please clarify what is contained in the first panel of fig 4e. compared to what is in the second panel.

      The first panel represents CL-Dil-Liposomes before incubation with Wag31-GFP and the second panel shows CL-Dil-Liposomes after incubation with Wag31-GFP. The third panel shows the mixture as observed in the green channel to investigate the localisation of Wag31-GFP in the liposome-protein mix. Fourth panel shows the merged of second and third.

      - The data in Fig 6d suggests higher levels of CL in the ∆wag31 compared to wild-type - how do the authors reconcile this with the MS data in Fig. 2g showing lower CL levels?

      Fig. 6d represents the distribution of CL localisation in the tested strains of mycobacteria whereas Fig. 2g shows the absolute levels of CL in various strains. We attribute greater confidence on the lipidomics data which suggests down regulation of CL species. The NAO staining and microscopy is merely for studying localization of the CL along the cell, and cannot be used to reliably quantify or equate it to CL levels. The staining using a probe such as NAO is dependent on factors such as hydrophobicity and permeability of the cell wall, which we expect to be severely altered in a Wag31 mutant. Therefore, the increased staining of NAO seen in Wag31 mutant could just be reflective of the increased uptake of the dye rather than absolute levels of CL. The specificity of staining and localization however can be expected to be unaltered.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Following are suggestions for improving the writing and presentation.

      • Figure 1, the meaning of the yellow arrows present in f and h should be mentioned in the figure legend.

      We have incorporated that in the revised legend. In Fig.1f, the yellow arrowhead represents the bulged pole morphology whereas in Fig. 1h, it indicates intracellular lipid inclusions.

      • Figure 7 legend refers to panels g, h, and i. However, Figure 7 only has panels a-c. The legend lacks a description of panel c.

      We have corrected the typos and the legend.

      • Figure S1, F2-R2 and F3-R3 expected sizes should be stated in the legend of the figure.

      We have updated the legends.

      • Figure S5, is this the same figure as 5e? If so, there is no need for this figure.

      We have removed Fig. S5.

      • Methods need to be written more carefully with enough details. I listed some of the concerns below.

      Detailed methodology was previously provided in the supplementary material and now we have moved it to the materials and methods in the revised manuscript.

      • Line 392, provide more details on western blotting. What is the secondary antibody? What image documentation system was used?

      We have updated the methodology.

      • Line 400, while the methods may be the same as the reference 64, authors should still provide key details such as the way samples were fixed and processed for SEM and TEM.

      We have provided a detailed description of the same in methodology in the revised version.

      • Line 437, how do authors calculate the concentration of liposome to be 10 µM? Do they possibly mean the concentration of phospholipids used to make the liposomes?

      Yes, this is the concentration of total lipids used to make liposomes. 1 μM of Wag31 or its mutants were mixed with 100 nm extruded liposomes containing 10 μm total lipid in separate Eppendorf tubes.

      • Supplemental Line 9, "turns of" should read "turns off".

      We have edited this.

      • Supplemental Line 13, define LHS and RHS.

      LHS or left hand sequence and RHS or right hand sequence refers to the upstream and downstream flanking regions of the gene of interest.

      • Supplemental Line 20, indicate the manufacturer of the microscope and type of the objective lens.

      We have added these details now.

      • Supplemental Line 31, define MeOH, or use a chemical formula like chloroform.

      MeOH is methanol. We have provided a chemical formula in the revised version.

      • Supplemental Line 53, indicate the concentration of trypsin.

      We have included that in the revised version.

      • Supplemental Line 72, g is not a unit. "30,000 g" should be "30,000x g".

      We have revised this in the manuscript.

      • Supplemental Line 114, provide more details on western blotting. What is the manufacturer of antiFLAG antibody? What is the secondary antibody? How was the antibody binding visualized? What image documentation system was used?

      We have provided these details in the revised version.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1:

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Only Experiment 1 of Rademaker et al (2019) is reanalyzed. The previous study included another experiment (Expt 2) using different types of distractors which did result in distractor-related costs to neural and behavioral measures of working memory. The Rademaker et al (2019) study uses these two results to conclude that neural WM representations are protected from distraction when distraction does not impact behavior, but conditions that do impact behavior also impact neural WM representations. Considering this previous result is critical for relating the present manuscript's results to the previous findings, it seems necessary to address Experiment 2's data in the present work

      We thank the reviewer for the proposal to analyze Experiment 2 where subjects completed the same type of visual working memory task, but instead had either a flashing orientation distractor or a naturalistic (gazebo or face) distractor present during two-thirds of the trials. As the reviewer points out, unlike Experiment 1, these two conditions in Experiment 2 had a behavioral impact on recall accuracy, when compared to the blank delay. We have now run the temporal cross-decoding analysis, temporally-stable neural subspace analysis, and condition cross-decoding analysis in Experiment 2. The results from the stable subspace analysis are present in Figure 3, while the results from the temporal cross-decoding analysis and condition cross-decoding analysis are present in the Supplementary Data.

      First, we are unable to draw strong conclusions from the temporal cross-decoding analysis, as the decoding accuracies across time in Experiment 2 are much lower compared to Experiment 1. In some ROIs of the naturalistic distractor condition we see that some diagonal elements are not part of the above-chance decoding cluster, making it difficult to draw any conclusions regarding dynamic clusters. We do see some dynamic coding in the naturalistic condition in V3 where the off-diagonals do not show above-chance decoding. Since the temporal cross-decoding provides low accuracies, we do not examine the dynamics of neural subspaces across time.

      We do, however, run the stable subspace analysis on the flashing orientation distractor condition. Just like in Experiment 1, we examine temporally stable target and distractor subspaces. When projecting the distractor onto the working memory target subspace, we see a higher overlap between the two as compared to Experiment 1. A similar pattern is seen also when projecting the target onto the distractor subspace. We still see an above-chance principal angle between the target and distractor; however, this angle is qualitatively smaller compared to Experiment 1. This shows that the degree of separation between the two neural subspaces is impacted by behavioral performance during recall.

      (2) Primary evidence for 'dynamic coding', especially in the early visual cortex, appears to be related to the transition between encoding/maintenance and maintenance/recall, but the delay period representations seem overall stable, consistent with previous findings

      We agree with the reviewer that we primarily see dynamic coding between the encoding/maintenance and at the end of the maintenance periods, implying the WM representations are stable in most ROIs. The only place where we argue that we might see more dynamic coding during the delay itself is in V1 during the noise distractor trials in Experiment 1.

      (3) Dynamicism index used in Figure 1f quantifies the proportion of off-diagonal cells with significant differences in decoding performance from the diagonal cell. It's unclear why the proportion of time points is the best metric, rather than something like a change in decoding accuracy. This is addressed in the subsequent analysis considering coding subspaces, but the utility of the Figure 1f analysis remains weakly justified.

      We agree that other metrics can also provide a summary of dynamics; here, the dynamicism index just acts as a summary visualizing the dynamic elements. It offers an intuitive way to visualize peaks and troughs of the dynamic code across the extent of the trial.

      (4) There is no report of how much total variance is explained by the two PCs defining the subspaces of interest in each condition, and timepoint. It could be the case that the first two principal components in one condition (e.g., sensory distractor) explain less variance than the first two principal components of another condition.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have now included the percent variance explained for the two PCs in both the temporally-stable target and distractor subspace and the dynamic subspace analysis. The percent-explained is comparable across analyses; the first PC ranges from 43-50% and the second ranges from 28-37%. The PCs within each analysis (dynamic no-distractor, orientation and noise distractor; temporally-stable target and distractor) are even closer in range (Figure 2c and 3d).

      (5) Converting a continuous decoding metric (angular error) to "% decoding accuracy" serves to obfuscate the units of the actual results. Decoding precision (e.g., sd of decoding error histogram) would be more interpretable and better related to both the previous study and behavioral measures of WM performance.

      We thank the reviewer for the comments. FCA is a linear function of the angular error that uses the following equation:

      We think that the FCA does not obfuscate the results, but instead provides an intuitive scale where 0% accuracy corresponds to a 180° error, 50% to a 90° error and so on. This also makes it easy to reverse-calculate the absolute error if need be. Our lab has previously used this method in other neuroimaging papers with continuous variables (Barbieri et al. 2023, Weber et al. 2024).

      We do, however, agree that “% decoding accuracy” does not provide an accurate reflection of the metric used. We have thus now changed “% decoding accuracy” to “Accuracy (% FCA)”.

      (6) This report does not make use of behavioral performance data in the Rademaker et al (2019) dataset.

      We have now analyzed Experiment 2 which, as previously mentioned by the reviewer and unlike Experiment 1, showed a decrease in recall accuracy during the two distractor conditions. We address the results from Experiment 2 in a previous response (please see Weaknesses 1).

      We do not, however, relate single subject behavioral performance to neural measurements, as we do not think there is enough power to do so with a small number of subjects in both Experiment 1 and 2. 

      (7) Given there were observed differences between individual retinotopic ROIs in the temporal cross-decoding analyses shown in Figure 1, the lack of data presented for the subspace analyses for the corresponding individual ROIs is a weakness

      We have now included an additional supplementary figure that shows individual plots of each ROI for the temporally stable subspace analysis for both Experiment 1 and Experiment 2 (Supplementary Figure 5). 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Is there any relationship between stable/dynamic coding properties and aspects of behavioral performance? This seems like a major missed opportunity to better understand the behavioral relevance or importance of the proposed dynamic and orthogonal coding schemes. For example, is it the case that participants who have more orthogonal coding subspaces between orientation distractor and remembered orientation show less of a behavioral consequence to distracting orientations? Less induced bias? I know these differences weren't significant at the group level in the original study, but maybe individual variability in the metrics of this study can explain differences in performance between participants in the reported dataset

      As mentioned in the previous response, we do not run individual correlations between dynamic or orthogonal coding metrics and behavioral performance, because of the small number of subjects in both experiments. We believe that for a brain-behavior correlation between average behavioral error of subjects and an average brain measure, we would need a larger sample size.  

      (2) The voxel selection procedure differs from the original study. The authors should add additional detail about the number of voxels included in their analyses, and how this number of voxels compares to that used in the original study.

      We have now added a figure summarizing the number of voxels selected across participants. We do select fewer voxels compared to Rademaker et al. 2019 (see their Supplementary Tables 9 and 10 and our Supplementary Figure 8). For example we have ~500 voxels on average in V1 in Experiment 1, while the original study had ~1000. As mentioned in the methods, we aimed to select voxels that reliably responded to both the perception localizer conditions and the working memory trials.

      (3) Lines 428-436 specify details about how data is rescaled prior to decoding. The procedure seems to estimate rescaling factors according to some aspect of the training data, and then apply this rescaling to the training and testing data. Is there a possibility of leakage here? That is - do aspects of the training data impact aspects of the testing data, and could a decoder pick up on such leakage to change decoding? It seems this is performed for each training/testing timepoint pair, and so the temporal unfolding of results may depend on this analysis choice.

      Thank you for the suggestion. To prevent data leakage, the mean and standard deviation are computed exclusively from the training set. These scaling parameters are then applied to the test set, ensuring that no information from the test set influences the training process. This transformation simply adjusts the test set to the same scale as the training data, without exposing the model to unseen test data during training.

      (4) Figure 1d, V1: it looks like the 'dynamics' are a bit non-symmetric - perhaps the authors could comment on this detail of the results? Why would we expect there would be a dynamic cluster on one side of the diagonal, but not the other? Given that this region, condition is the primary evidence for a dynamic code that's not related to the beginning/end of delay (see other comments), figuring this out is of particular importance.

      We thank the reviewer for this question. We think that this is just due to small numerical differences in the upper and lower triangles of the matrix, rather than a neuroscientifically interesting effect. However, this is only a speculative observation.

      (5) I think it's important to address the issue I raised in "weaknesses" about variance explained by the top N principal components in each condition. What are we supposed to learn from data projected into subspaces fit to different conditions if the subspaces themselves are differently useful?

      Thank you, this has now been addressed in a previous comment (please see Weakness 4). 

      Reviewer #2:

      Weaknesses:

      (1) An alternative interpretation of the temporal dynamic pattern is that working memory representations become less reliable over time. As shown by the authors in Figure 1c and Figure 4a, the on-diagonal decoding accuracy generally decreased over time. This implies that the signal-to-noise ratio was decreasing over time. Classifiers trained with data of relatively higher SNR and lower SNR may rely on different features, leading to poor generalization performance. This issue should be addressed in the paper.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this issue and we have now run three simulations that aim to address whether a changing SNR across time might create dynamic clusters. 

      In the first simulation we created a dataset of 200 voxels that have a sine or cosine response function to orientations between 1° to 180°, the same orientations as the remembered target. A circular shift is applied to each voxel to vary preferred (or maximal) responses of each simulated voxel. We then assess the decoding performance under different SNR conditions during training and testing. For each of the seven iterations we selected 108 responses (out of 180) to train on and 108 to test on. To increase variability the selected trials differed in each iteration. Random white noise was applied to the data and thus the SNR was independently scaled according to the specified levels for train and test data. We then use the same pSVR decoder as in the temporal cross decoding analysis to train and test. 

      The second and third simulations more directly address whether increased noise levels  would induce the decoder to rely on different features of the no-distractor and noise distractor data. We use empirical data from the primary visual cortex (V1; where dynamic coding was seen in the noise distractor trials) under the no-distractor and noise distractor conditions for the second and third simulations, respectively. Data from time points 5.6–8.8 seconds after stimulus onset are averaged across five TRs. As in the first simulation, SNR is systematically manipulated by adding white noise. Additionally, to see whether the initial decrease in SNR and subsequent increase would result in dynamic coding clusters, we initially increased and subsequently decreased the amplitude of added noise. The same pSVR decoder was used to train and test on the data with different levels of added noise.

      We see an absence of dynamic elements in the SNR cross-decoding matrices, as the decoding accuracy primarily depends on the training data rather than test data. This results in some off-diagonal values in the decoding matrix that are higher, rather than smaller, than corresponding on-diagonal elements.

      We have now added a Methods section explaining the simulations in more detail and Supplementary Figure 9 showing the SNR cross-decoding matrices. 

      (2) The paper tests against a strong version of stable coding, where neural spaces representing WM contents must remain identical over time. In this version, any changes in the neural space will be evidence of dynamic coding. As the paper acknowledges, there is already ample evidence arguing against this possibility. However, the evidence provided here (dynamic coding cluster, angle between coding spaces) is not as strong as what prior studies have shown for meaningful transformations in neural coding. For instance, the principal angle between coding spaces over time was smaller than 8 degrees, and around 7 degrees between sensory distractors and WM contents. This suggests that the coding space for WM was largely overlapping across time and with that for sensory distractors. Therefore, the major conclusion that working memory contents are dynamically coded is not well-supported by the presented results.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The principal angles we calculate are above-baseline, meaning that we subtract the within-subspace principal angles from the between-subspace principal angles and take the average. Thus a 7 degree difference does not imply that there are only 7 degrees separating e.g. the sensory distractor from the target; it just indicates that the separation is 7 degrees above chance. 

      (3) Relatedly, the main conclusions, such as "VWM code in several visual regions did not generalize well between different time points" and "VWM and feature-matching sensory distractors are encoded in separable coding spaces" are somewhat subjective given that cross-condition generalization analyses consistently showed above chance-level performance. These results could be interpreted as evidence of stable coding. The authors should use more objective descriptions, such as 'temporal generalization decoding showed reduced decoding accuracy in off-diagonals compared to on-diagonals.

      Thank you, we agree that our previous claims might have been too strong. We have now toned down our statements in the Abstract and use “did not fully generalize” and “VWM and feature-matching sensory distractors are encoded in coding spaces that do not fully overlap.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Weakness 1 can potentially be addressed with data simulations that fix the signal pattern, vary the noise pattern, and perform the same temporal generalization analysis to test whether changes in SNR can lead to seemingly dynamic coding formats.

      Thank you for the great suggestion. We have now run the suggested simulations. Please see above (response to Weakness 1).

      There are mismatches in the statistical symbols shown in Figure 4 and Supplementary Table 2. It seems that there was a swap between the symbols for the noise between-condition and noise within-condition.

      Thank you, this has now been fixed.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate ligand and protein-binding processes in GPCRs (including dimerization) by the multiple walker supervised molecular dynamics method. The paper is interesting and it is very well written.

      Strengths:

      The authors' method is a powerful tool to gain insight on the structural basis for the pharmacology of G protein-coupled receptors.

      We thank the Reviewer for the positive comment on the manuscript and the proposed methods.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The study by Deganutti and co-workers is a methodological report on an adaptive sampling approach, multiple walker supervised molecular dynamics (mwSuMD), which represents an improved version of the previous SuMD.

      Case-studies concern complex conformational transitions in a number of G protein Coupled Receptors (GPCRs) involving long time-scale motions such as binding-unbinding and collective motions of domains or portions. GPCRs are specialized GEFs (guanine nucleotide exchange factors) of heterotrimeric Gα proteins of the Ras GTPase superfamily. They constitute the largest superfamily of membrane proteins and are of central biomedical relevance as privileged targets of currently marketed drugs.

      MwSuMD was exploited to address:

      a) binding and unbinding of the arginine-vasopressin (AVP) cyclic peptide agonist to the V2 vasopressin receptor (V2R);

      b) molecular recognition of the β2-adrenergic receptor (β2-AR) and heterotrimeric GDPbound Gs protein;

      c) molecular recognition of the A1-adenosine receptor (A1R) and palmotoylated and geranylgeranylated membrane-anchored heterotrimeric GDP-bound Gi protein;

      d) the whole process of GDP release from membrane-anchored heterotrimeric Gs following interaction with the glucagon-like peptide 1 receptor (GLP1R), converted to the active state following interaction with the orthosteric non-peptide agonist danuglipron.

      The revised version has improved clarity and rigor compared to the original also thanks to the reduction in the number of complex case studies treated superficially.

      The mwSuMD method is solid and valuable, has wide applicability and is compatible with the most world-widely used MD engines. It may be of interest to the computational structural biology community.

      The huge amount of high-resolution data on GPCRs makes those systems suitable, although challenging, for method validation and development.

      While the approach is less energy-biased than other enhanced sampling methods, knowledge, at the atomic detail, of binding sites/interfaces and conformational states is needed to define the supervised metrics, the higher the resolution of such metrics is the more accurate the outcome is expected to be. Definition of the metrics is a user- and system-dependent process.

      We thank the Reviewer for the positive comment on the revised manuscript and mwSuMD. We agree that the choice of supervised metrics is user- and systemdependent. We aim to improve this aspect in the future with the aid of interpretable machine learning.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the present work Deganutti et al. report a structural study on GPCR functional dynamics using a computational approach called supervised molecular dynamics.

      Strengths:

      The study has potential to provide novel insight into GPCR functionality. Example is the interaction between D344 and R385 identified during the Gs coupling by GLP-1R. However, validation of the findings, even computationally through for instance in silico mutagenesis study, is advisable.

      Weaknesses:

      No significant advance of the existing structural data on GPCR and GPCR/G protein coupling is provided. Most of the results are reproductions of the previously reported structures.

      The method focus of our study (mwSuMD) is an enhancement of the supervised molecular dynamics that allows supervising two metrics at the same time and uses a score, rather than a tabù-like algorithm, for handing the simulation. Further changes are the seeding of parallel short replicas (walkers) rather than a series of short simulations, and the software implementation on different MD engines (e.g. Acemd, OpenMM, NAMD, Gromacs).

      We agree with the Reviewer that experimental validation of the findings would be advisable, in line with any computational prediction. We are positive that future studies from our group employing mwSuMD will inform mutagenesis and BRET-based experiments.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      As for GLP1R, I remain convinced that the 7LCI would have been better as a reference for all simulations than 7LCJ, also because 7LCI holds a slightly more complete ECD.

      We agree that 7LCJ would have been a better starting point than 7LCI for simulations because it presents the stalk region, contrary to 7LCJ. However, we do not think it might have influenced the output because the stalk is the most flexible segment of GLP1R, and any initial conformation is usually not retained during MD simulations.

      Please, correct everywhere the definition of the 6LN2 structure of GPL1R as a ligand-free or apo, because that structure is indeed bound to a negative allosteric modulator docked on the cytosolic end of helix-6

      We thank the reviewer for this precision. The text has been modified accordingly.

      As for the beta2-AR, the "full-length" AlphaFold model downloaded from the GPCRdb is not an intermediate active state because it is very similar to the receptor in the 3SN6 complex with Gs. Please, eliminate the inappropriate and speculative adjective "intermediate".

      We have changed “intermediate” to “not fully active”, which is less speculative since full activation can be achieved only in the presence of the G protein.

      Incidentally, in that model, the C-tail, eliminated by the authors, is completely wrong and occupies the G protein binding site. It is not clear to me the reason why the authors preferred to used an AlphaFold model as an input of simulations rather than a high resolution structural model, e.g. 4LDO. Perhaps, the reason is that all ICL regions, including ICL3, were modeled by AlphaFold even if with low confidence. I disagree with that choice.

      We understand the reviewer’s point of view. Should we have simulated an “equilibrium” receptor-ligand complex, we would have made the same choice. However, the conformational changes occurring during a G protein binding are so consistent that the starting conformation of the receptor becomes almost irrelevant as long as a sensate structure is used.  

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The revised version of the manuscript is more concise, focusing only on two systems. However, the authors have responded superficially to the reviewers' comments, merely deleting sections of text, making minor corrections, or adding small additions to the text. In particular, the authors have not addressed the main critical points raised by both Reviewer 2 and Reviewer 3. 

      For example, the RMSD values for the binding of PF06882961 to GLP-1R remain high, raising doubts about the predictive capabilities of the method, at least for this type of system.

      What is the RMSD of the ligand relative to the experimental pose obtained in the simulations? This value must be included in the text.

      We have added this piece of information about PF06882961 RMSD in the text, which on page 6 now reads “We simulated the binding of PF06882961, reaching an RMSD to its bound conformation in 7LCJ of 3.79 +- 0.83 Å (computed on the second half of the merged trajectory, superimposing on GLP-1R Ca atoms of TMD residues 150 to 390), using multistep supervision on different system metrics (Figure 2) to model the structural hallmark of GLP-1R activation (Video S5, Video S6).”

      Similarly, the activation mechanism of GLP-1R is only partially simulated.

      Furthermore, it is not particularly meaningful to justify the high RMSD values of the SuMD simulations for the binding of Gs to GLP-1R by comparing them with those reported under unbiased MD conditions. "Replica 2, in particular, well reproduced the cryo-EM GLP-1R complex as suggested by RMSDs to 7LCI of 7.59{plus minus}1.58Å, 12.15{plus minus}2.13Å, and 13.73{plus minus}2.24Å for Gα, Gβ, and Gγ respectively. Such values are not far from the RMSDs measured in our previous simulations of GLP-1R in complex with Gs and GLP-149 (Gα = 6.18 {plus minus} 2.40 Å; Gβ = 7.22 {plus minus} 3.12 Å; Gγ = 9.30 {plus minus} 3.65 Å), which indicates overall higher flexibility of Gβ and Gγ compared to Gα, which acts as a sort of fulcrum bound to GLP-1R."

      Without delving into the accuracy of the various calculations, the authors should acknowledge that comparing protein structures with such high RMSD values has no meaningful significance in terms of convergence toward the same three-dimensional structure.

      The text has been edited to accommodate the reviewer’s suggestion and still give the readers the measure of the high flexibility of Gs bound to GLP-1R. It now reads “Such values do not support convergence with the static experimental structure but are not far from the RMSDs measured in our previous simulations of GLP-1R in complex with G<sub>s</sub> and GLP-1 (G<sub>α</sub> = 6.18 ± 2.40 Å; G<sub>b</sub> = 7.22 ± 3.12 Å; G<sub>g</sub> = 9.30 ± 3.65 Å), which indicates overall higher flexibility of G<sub>b</sub> and G<sub>g</sub> compared to G<sub>α</sub>, which acts as a sort of fulcrum bound to GLP-1R.”

      Have the authors simulated the binding of the Gs protein using the experimentally active structure of GLP-1R in complex with the ligand PF06882961 (PDB ID 7LCJ)? Such a simulation would be useful to assess the quality of the binding simulation of Gs to the GLP1R/PF06882961 complex obtained from the previous SuMD.

      We considered performing the Gs binding simulation to the active structure of GLP-1R.

      However, the GLP-1R (and other class B receptors) fully active state, as reported in 7LCJ, depends on the presence of the Gs and can be reached only upon effector coupling. Since it is unlikely that the unbound receptor is already in the fully active state, we reasoned that considering it as a starting point for Gs binding simulations would have been an artifact.

      An example of the insufficient depth of the authors' replies can be seen in their response: "We note that among the suggested references, only Mafi et al report about a simulated G protein (in a pre-formed complex) and none of the work sampled TM6 rotation without input of energy."

      This statement is inaccurate. For instance, D'Amore et al. (Chem 2024, doi: 10.1016/j.chempr.2024.08.004) simulated Gs coupling to A2A as well as TM6 rotation, as did Maria-Solano and Choi (eLife 2023, doi: 10.7554/eLife.90773.1). The former employed path collective variables metadynamics, which is not cited in the introduction or the discussion, despite its relevance to the methodologies mentioned.

      Respectfully, our previous reply is correct, as all of the mentioned articles used enhanced (energy-biased) approaches, so the claim “none of the work sampled TM6 rotation without input of energy” stands. The reference to D’Amore et al. (published after the previous round of reviews of this manuscript) has been added to the introduction; we thank the reviewer for pointing it out. 

      Additionally, SuMD employs a tabu algorithm that applies geometric supervision to the simulation, serving as an alternative approach to enhancing sampling compared to the "input of energy" techniques as called by the authors. A fair discussion should clearly acknowledge this aspect of the SuMD methodology.

      We have now specified in the Methods that a tabù-like algorithm is part of SuMD, which, despite being the parent technique of mwSuMD, is not the focus of the present work. We provide extended references for readers interested in SuMD. mwSuMD, on the other hand, does not use a tabù-like algorithm but rather a continuative approach based on a score to select the best walker for each batch, as described in the Methods.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      Minor comments:

      In the results section (lines 498-499), the authors describe free kinetochores in many cells without associated spindle microtubules. However, some nuclei appear to have kinetochores, as presented in Figure 6. Could the authors clarify how this conclusion was derived using transmission electron microscopy (TEM) without serial sectioning, as this is not explicitly mentioned in the materials and methods?

      We observed free kinetochores in the ALLAN-KO parasites with no associated spindle microtubules (see Fig. 6Gh), while kinetochores are attached to spindle microtubules in WT-GFP cells (see Fig. 6Gc). To provide further evidence we analysed additional images and found that ALLAN-KO cells have free kinetochores in the centre of nucleus, unattached to spindle microtubules. We provide some more images clearly showing free kinetochores in these cells (new supplementary Fig. S11).

      However, in the ALLAN mutant, this difference is not absolute: in a search of over 50 cells, one example of a cell with a “normal” nuclear spindle and attached kinetochores was observed.

      The use of serial sectioning has limitations for examining small structures like kinetochores in whole cells. The limitations of the various techniques (for example, SBF-SEM vs tomography) are highlighted in our previous study (Hair et al 2022; PMID: 38092766), and we consider that examining a population of randomly sectioned cells provides a better understanding of the overall incidence of specific features.

      Discussion Section:

      Could the authors expand on why SUN1 and ALLAN are not required during asexual replication, even though they play essential roles during male gametogenesis?

      We observed no phenotype in asexual blood stage parasites associated with the sun1 and allan gene deletions. Several other Plasmodium berghei gene knockout parasites with a phenotype in sexual stages, for example CDPK4 (PMID: 15137943), SRPK (PMID: 20951971), PPKL (PMID: 23028336) and kinesin-5 (PMID: 33154955) have no phenotype in blood stages, so perhaps this is not surprising. One explanation may be the substantial differences in the mode of cell division between these two stages. Asexual blood stages produce new progeny (merozoites) over 24 hours with closed mitosis and asynchronous karyokinesis during schizogony, while male gametogenesis is a rapid process, completed within 15 min to produce eight flagellated gametes. During male gametogenesis the nuclear envelope must expand to accommodate the increased DNA content (from 1N to 8N) before cytokinesis. Furthermore, male gametogenesis is the only stage of the life cycle to make flagella, and axonemes must be assembled in the cytoplasm to produce the flagellated motile male gametes at the end of the process. Thus, these two stages of parasite development have some very different and specific features.

      Lines 611-613 states: "These loops serve as structural hubs for spindle assembly and kinetochore attachment at the nuclear MTOC, separating nuclear and cytoplasmic compartments." Could the authors elaborate on the evidence supporting this statement?

      We observed the loops/folds in the nuclear envelope (NE) as revealed by SUN1-GFP and 3D TEM images during male gametogenesis. These folds/loops occur mainly in the vicinity of the nuclear MTOC where the spindles are assembled (as visualised by EB1 fluorescence) and attached to kinetochores (as visualised by NDC80 fluorescence). These loops/folds may form due to the contraction of the spindle pole back to the nuclear periphery, inducing distortion of the NE. Since there is no physical segregation of chromosomes during the three rounds of mitosis (DNA increasing from 1N to 8N), we suggest that these folds provide additional space for spindle and kinetochore dynamics within an intact NE to maintain separation from the cytoplasm (as shown by location of kinesin-8B).

      In lines 621-622, the authors suggest that ALLAN may have a broader role in NE remodelling across the parasite's lifecycle. Could they reflect on or remind readers of the finding that ALLAN is not essential during the asexual stage?

      ALLAN-GFP is expressed throughout the parasite life cycle but as the reviewer points out, a functional role is more pronounced during male gametogenesis. This does not mean that it has no role at other stages of the life cycle even if there is no obvious phenotype following deletion of the gene during the asexual blood stage. The fact that ALLAN is not essential during the asexual blood stage is noted in lines 628-29.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      Introduction

      Line 63: The authors stat: "NE is integral to mitosis, supporting spindle formation, kinetochore attachment, and chromosome segregation..". Seemingly at odds, they also say (Line 69) that 'open' "mitosis is "characterized by complete NE disassembly".

      The authors could explain better the ideas presented in their quoted review from Dey and Baum, which points out that truly 'open' and 'closed' topologies may not exist and that even in 'open' mitosis, remnants of the NE may help support the mitotic spindle.

      We have modified the sentence in which we discuss current opinions about ‘open’ and ‘closed’ mitosis. It is believed that there is no complete disassembly of the NE during open mitosis and no completely intact NE during closed mitosis, respectively. In fact, the NE plays a critical role in the different modes of mitosis during MTOC organisation and spindle dynamics. Please see the modified lines 64-71.

      Results

      Fig 7 is the final figure; but would be more useful upfront.

      We have provided a new introductory figure (Fig 1) showing a schematic of conventional /canonical LINC complexes and evidence of SUN protein functions in model eukaryotes and compare them to what is known in apicomplexans.

      Fig 1D. The authors generated a C-terminal GFP-tagged SUN1 transfectants and used ultrastructure expansion microscopy (U-ExM) and structured illumination microscopy (SIM) to examine SUN1-GFP in male gametocytes post-activation. The immuno-labelling of SUN1-GFP in these fixed cells appears very different to the live cell images of SUN1-GFP. The labelling profile comprises distinct punctate structures (particularly in the U-ExM images), suggesting that paraformaldehyde fixation process, followed by the addition of the primary and secondary antibodies has caused coalescing of the SUN1-GFP signal into particular regions within the NE.

      We agree with the reviewer. Fixation with paraformaldehyde (PFA) results in a coalescence of the SUN1-GFP signal. We have also tried methanol fixation (see new Fig. S2), but a similar problem was encountered.

      Given these fixation issues, the suggestion that the SUN1-GFP signal is concentrated at the BB/ nuclear MTOC and "enriched near spindle poles" needs further support.

      These statements seem at odd with the data for live cell imaging where the SUN1-GFP seems evenly distributed around the nuclear periphery. Can the observation be quantitated by calculating the percentage of BB/ nuclear MTOC structures with associated SUN1-GFP puncta? If not, I am not convinced these data help understand the molecular events.

      We agree with the reviewer that whilst the live cell imaging showed an even distribution of SUN1-GFP signal, after fixation with either PFA or methanol, then SUN1-GFP puncta are observed in addition to the peripheral location around the stained DNA (Hoechst) (See Fig. S2; puncta are indicated by arrows). These SUN1-GFP labelled puncta were observed at the junction of the nuclear MTOC and the basal body (Fig. 2F). Quantification of the distribution showed that these SUN1-GFP puncta are associated with nuclear MTOC in more than 90 % of cells (18 cells examined). Live cell imaging of the dual labelled parasites; SUN1xkinesin-8B (Fig. 2H) and SUN1x EB1 (Fig. 2I) provides further support for the association of SUN1-GFP puncta with BB (kinesin-8B) /nuclear MTOC (EB1).

      The authors then generated dual transfectants and examined the relative locations of different markers in live cells. These data are more informative.

      The authors state; " ..SUN1-GFP marked the NE with strong signals located near the nuclear MTOCs situated between the BB tetrads". The nuclear MTOCs are not labelled in this experiment. The SUN1-GFP signal between the kinesin-8B puncta is evident as small puncta on regions of NE distortion. I would prefer to not describe this signal as "strong". The signal is stronger in other regions of the NE.

      We have modified the sentence on line 213 to accommodate this suggestion.

      Line 219. The authors state; "..SUN1-GFP is partially colocalized with spindle poles as indicated by EB1,.. it shows no overlap with kinetochores (NDC80)." The authors should provide an analysis of the level of overlap at a pixel by pixel level to support this statement.

      We now provide the overlap at a pixel-by-pixel level for representative images, and we have quantified more cells (n>30), as documented in the new Fig. S4A. We have also modified the sentence on line 219 to reflect these additions.

      The SUN1 construct is C-terminally GFP-tagged. By analogy with human SUN1, the C-terminal SUN domain is expected to be in the NE lumen. That is in a different compartment to EB1, which is located in the nuclear lumen (on the spindle). Thus, the overlap of signal is expected to be minimal.

      We agree with the reviewer that the overlap between EB1 and Sun1 signals is expected to be minimal. We have quantified the data and included it in Supplementary Fig. S4A.

      Similarly, given that EB1 and NDC80 are known to occupy overlapping locations on the spindle, it seems unlikely that SUN1 can overlap with one and not the other.

      We agree with the reviewer’s analysis that EB1 and NDC80 occupy overlapping locations on the spindle, although the length of NDC80 is less at the ends of spindles (see Author response image 1A) as shown in our previous study where we compared the locations of two spindle proteins, ARK2 and EB1, with that of NDC80 (Zeeshan et al, 2022; PMID: 37704606). In the present study we observed that Sun1-GFP partially overlaps with EB1 at the ends of the spindle, but not with NDC80. Please see Author response image 1B.

      Author response image 1.

      I note on Line 609, the authors state "Our study demonstrates that SUN1 is primarily localized to the nuclear side of the NE.." As per Fig 7D, and as discussed above, the bulk of the protein, including the SUN1 domain, is located in the space between the INM and the ONM.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s correction; we have now modified the sentence to indicate that the protein is largely localized in the space between the INM and the ONM on line 617.

      Interestingly, as the authors point out, nuclear membrane loops are evident around EB1 and NDC80 focal regions. The data suggests that the contraction of the spindle pole back to the nuclear periphery induces distortion of the NE.

      We agree with the reviewer’s suggestion that the data indicate that contraction of spindle poles back to the nuclear periphery may induce distortion of the NE.

      The author should discuss further the overlap of findings of this study with that from a recent manuscript (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cels.2024.10.008). That Sayers et al. study identified a complex of SUN1 and ALLC1 as essential for male fertility in P. berghei. Sayers et al. also provide evidence that this complex particulate in the linkage of the MTOC to the NE and is needed for correct mitotic spindle formation during male gametogenesis.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. The study by Sayers et al, (2024) was published while our manuscript was under preparation. It was interesting to see that these complementary studies have similar findings about the role of SUN1 and the novel complex of SUN1-ALLAN. Our study contains a more detailed, in-depth analysis both by Expansion and TEM of SUN1. We include additional studies on the role of ALLAN.  We discuss the overlap in the findings of the two studies in lines 590-605.

      While the work is interesting, the conclusions may need to be tempered. The authors suggestion that in the absence of KASH-domain proteins, the SUN1-ALLAN complex forms a non-canonical LINC complex (that is, a connection across the NE), that "achieves precise nuclear and cytoskeletal coordination".

      We have toned down the wording of this conclusion in lines 665-677.

      In other organisms, KASH interacts with the C-terminal domain on SUN1, which as mentioned above is located between the INM and ONM. By contrast, ALLAN interacts with the N-terminal domain of SUN1, which is located in the nuclear lumen. The SUN1-ALLAN interaction is clearly of interest, and ALLAN might replace some of the roles of lamins. However, the protein that functionally replaces KASH (i.e. links SUN1 to the ONM) remains unidentified.

      We agree with reviewer, and future studies will need to focus on identifying the KASH replacement that links SUN1 to the ONM.

      It may also be premature to suggest that the SUN1-ALLAN complex is promising target for blocking malaria transmission. How would it be targeted?

      We have deleted the sentence that raised this suggestion.

      While the above datasets are interesting and internally consistent, there are two other aspects of the manuscript that need further development before they can usefully contribute to the molecular story.

      The authors undertook a transcriptomic analysis of Δsun1 and WT gametocytes, at 8 and 30 min post-activation, revealing moderate changes (~2-fold change) in different genes. GO-based analysis suggested up-regulation of genes involved in lipid metabolism. Given the modest changes, it may not be correct to conclude that "lipid metabolism and microtubule function may be critical functions for gametogenesis that can be perturbed by sun1 deletion." These changes may simply be a consequence of the stalled male gametocyte development.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion we have moved these data to the supplementary information (Fig. S5D-I) and toned down their discussion in the results and discussion sections.

      The authors have then undertaken a detailed lipid analysis of the Δsun1 and WT gametocytes, before and after activation. Substantial changes in lipid metabolites might not be expected in such a short period of time. And indeed, the changes appear minimal. Similarly, there are only minor changes in a few lipid sub-classes between Δsun1 and WT gametocytes. In my opinion, the data are not sufficient to support the authors conclusion that "SUN1 plays a crucial role, linking lipid metabolism to NE remodelling and gamete formation."

      In agreement with the reviewer’s comments we have moved  these data to supplementary information (Fig. S6) and substantially toned down the conclusions based on these findings.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      Major comments:

      My main concern with this manuscript is that the authors do conclude not only that SUN1 is important for spindle formation and basal body segregation, but also that it influences for lipid metabolism and NE dynamics. I don't think the data supports this conclusion, for several reasons listed below. I would suggest to remove this claim from the manuscript or at least tone it down unless more supporting data are provided, in particular showing any change in NE dynamics in the SUN1-KO. Instead I would recommend to focus on the more interesting role of SUN1-ALLAN in bipartite MTOC organisation, which likely explains all observed phenotypes (including those in later stages of the parasite life cycle). In addition, some aspects of the knockout phenotype should be quantified to a bit deeper level.

      In more detail:

      - The lipidomics analysis is clearly the weakest point of the manuscript: The authors state that there are significant changes in some lipid populations between WT and sun1-KO, and between activated and non-activated cells, yet no statistical analysis is shown and the error bars are quite high compared to only minor changes in the means. For some discussed lipids, the result text does not match the graphs, e.g. PA, where the increase upon activation is more pronounced in the SUN1-KO vs WT (contrary to the text), or MAG, which is reduced in the SUN1-KO vs WT (contrary to the text). I don't see the discussed changes in arachidonic acid levels and myristic acid levels in the data either. Even if the authors find after analysis some statistically significant differences between some groups, they should carefully discuss the biological significance of these differences. As it is, I do not think the presented data warrants the conclusion that deletion of SUN1 changes lipid homeostasis, but rather shows that overall lipid homeostasis is not majorly affected by gametogenesis or SUN1 deletion. As a minor comment, if you decide to keep the lipidomics analysis in the manuscript, please state how many replicates were done.

      As detailed above we have moved the lipidomics data to supplementary information (Fig. S6) and substantially toned down the discussion of these data in the results and discussion sections.

      - I can't quite follow the logic why the authors performed transcriptomic analysis of the SUN1 and how they chose their time points. Their data up to this point indicate that SUN1 has a structural or coordinating role in the bipartite MTOC during male gametogenesis. Based on that it is rather unlikely that SUN1 KO directly leads to transcriptional changes within the 8 min of exflagellation. Isn't it more likely that transcriptional differences are purely a downstream effect of incomplete/failed gametogenesis? This is particularly true for the comparison at 30 min, which compares a mixture of exflagellated/emerged gametes and zygotes in WT to a mixture of aberrant, arrested gametes in the knockout, which will likely not give any meaningful insight. The by far most significant GO-term is then also nuclear-transcribed mRNA catabolic process, which is likely not related at all to SUN1 function (and the authors do not even comment on this in the main text). I would therefore suggest removing the 30 min data set from this manuscript. As a minor point, I would suggest highlighting some of the top de-regulated gene IDs in the volcano plots and stating their function. Also, please state how you prepared the cells for the transcriptomes and in how many replicates this was done.

      As suggested by the reviewer we have removed the 30 min post activation data from the manuscript. We have also moved the rest of the transcriptomics data to supplementary information (Fig. S5) and toned down the presentation of this aspect of the work in the results and discussion sections.

      - Live-cell imaging of SUN1-GFP does nicely visualise the NE during gametogenesis, showing a highly dynamic NE forming loops and folds, which is very exciting to see. It would be beneficial to also show a video from the life-cell imaging.

      We have now added videos to the manuscript as suggested by the reviewer. Please see the supplementary Videos S1 and S2.

      In their discussion, the authors state multiple times that NE dynamics are changed upon SUN1 KO. Yet, they do not provide data supporting this claim, i.e. that the extended loops and folds found in the nuclear envelope during gametogenesis are affected in any way by the knockout of SUN1 or ALLAN. What happens to the NE in absence of SUN1? Are there less loops and folds? In absence of a reliable NE marker this may not be entirely easy to address, but at least some SBF-SEM images of the sun1-KO gametocytes could provide insight.

      It was difficult to provide SBF-SEM images as that work is beyond the scope of this manuscript. We will consider this approach in our future work. We re-examined many of our TEM images of SUN1-KO and ALLAN-KO parasites and did find some micrographs showing aberrant nuclear membrane folding (<5%) (Please see Author response image 2). However, we also observed similar structures in some of the WT-GFP samples (<5%), so we do not think this is a strong phenotype of the SUN1 or ALLAN mutants.

      Author response image 2.

       

      - I think the exciting part of the manuscript is the cell biological role of SUN1 on male gametogenesis, which could be carved out a bit more by a more detailed phenotyping. Specifically it would be good to quantify

      (1) If DNA replication to an octoploid state still occurs in SUN1-KO and ALLAN-KO,

      DNA replication is not affected in the SUN1-KO and ALLAN-KO mutants: DNA content increases to 8N (data added in Fig. 3J and Fig. S10F).

      (2) The proportion of anucleated gametes in WT and the KO lines

      We have added these data in Fig. 3K and Fig. S10G

      (3) A quantification of the BB clustering phenotype (in which proportion of cells do the authors see this phenotype). This could be addressed by simple fixed immunofluorescence images of the respective WT/KO lines at various time points after activation (or possibly by reanalysis of the already obtained images) and would really improve the manuscript.

      We have reanalysed the BB clustering phenotype and added the quantitative data in Fig. 4E and Fig. S7.

      Especially the claim that emerged SUN1-KO gametes lack a nucleus is currently only based on single slices of few TEM cells and would benefit from a more thorough quantification in both SUN1- and ALLAN-Kos

      We have examined many microgametes (100+ sections). In WT parasites a small proportion of gametes can appear to lack a nucleus if it does not extend all the way to the apical and basal ends (Hair et al. 2022). However, the proportion of microgametes that appear to lack a nucleus (no nucleus seen in any section) was much higher in the SUN1 mutant. In contrast, this difference was not as clear cut in the ALLAN mutant with a small proportion of intact (with axoneme and nucleus) microgametes being observed.

      We have done additional analysis of male gametes, looking for the presence of the nucleus by live cell imaging after DNA staining with Hoechst. These data are added in Fig. 3K (for Sun1-KO) and Fig. S10G (for Allan-KO).

      - The TEM suggests that in the SUN1-KO, kinetochores are free in the nucleus. Are all kinetochores free or do some still associate to a (minor/incorrectly formed) spindle? The authors could address this by tagging NDC80 in the KO lines.

      Our observation and quantification of the data indicated that 100% of kinetochores were attached to spindle microtubules and that 0% were unattached kinetochores in the WT parasites. However, the exact opposite was found for the SUN1 mutant with 100% unattached kinetochores and 0% attached. The result was not quite as clear cut in the ALLAN mutant, with 98% unattached and 2% attached. An important observation was the lack of separation of the nuclear poles and any spindle formation. Spindle formation was never or very rarely observed in the mutants.

      - Finally, I think it is curious that in contrast to SUN1, ALLAN seems to be less important, with some KO parasite completing the life cycle. Maybe a more detailed phenotyping as above gives some more hints to where the phenotypic difference between the two proteins lies. I would assume some ALLAN-KO cells can still segregate the basal body. Can the authors speculate/discuss in more detail why these two proteins seems to have slightly different phenotypes?

      We agree with the reviewer. Overall, the ALLAN-KO has a less prominent phenotype than that of the Sun1-KO. The main difference is that in the ALLAN-KO mutant some basal body segregation can occur, leading to the production of some fertile microgametocytes, and ookinetes, and oocyst formation (Fig. 8). Approximately 5% of oocysts sporulated to release infective sporozoites that could infect mice in bite back experiments and complete the life cycle. In contrast the Sun1-KO mutant made no healthy oocysts, or infective sporozoites, and could not complete the life cycle in bite back experiments. We have analysed the phenotype in detail and provide quantitative data for gametocyte stages by EM and ExM in Figs. 4 and S8 (SUN1) and Figs. 7 and S11 (ALLAN). We have also performed detailed analysis of oocyst and sporozoite stages and included the data in Fig. 3 (SUN1) and S10 (ALLAN).

      Based on the location, and functional and interactome data, we think that SUN1 plays a central role in coordinating nucleoplasm and cytoplasmic events as a key component of the nuclear membrane lumen, whereas ALLAN is located in the nucleoplasm. Deleting the SUN1 gene may disrupt the connection between INM and ONM whereas the deletion of ALLAN may affect only the INM.

      Some additional points where the data is not entirely sound yet or could be improved:

      - Localisation of SUN1: There seems to be a discrepancy between SUN1-GFP location as observed by live cell microscopy, and by Expansion Microscopy (ExM), similar for ALLAN-GFP. By live-cell microscopy, the SUN1 localisation is much more evenly distributed around the NE, while the localisation in ExM is much more punctuated, and e.g. in Figure 1E seems to be within the nucleus. Do the authors have an explanation for this? Also, in Fig. 1D there are two GFP foci at the cell periphery (bottom left of the image), which I would think are not SUN1-Foci, as they seem to be outside of the cell. Is the antibody specific? Was there a negative control done for the antibody (WT cells stained with GFP antibodies after ExM)?

      High resolution SIM and expansion microscopy showed that the SUN1-GFP molecules coalesce to form puncta, in contrast to the more uniform distribution observed by live cell imaging. This apparent difference may be due to a better resolution that could not be achieved by live cell imaging. We agree with the reviewer that the two green foci are outside of the cell. As a negative control we have used WT-ANKA cells (which contain no GFP) and the anti-GFP antibody, which gave no signal. This confirms the specificity of the antibody (please see the new Fig. S3). 

      - The authors argue that SIM gave unexpected results due to PFA fixation leading to collapse of the NE loops. However, they also fix their ExM cells and their EM cells with PFA and do not observe a collapse, at least from what I see in the two presented images and in the 3D reconstruction. Is there something else different in the sample preparation?

      There was no difference in the fixation process for samples examined by SIM and ExM, but we used an anti-GFP antibody in ExM to visualise the SUN1-GFP, while in SIM the images of GFP signal were collected directly after fixation.  We used both PFA and methanol as fixative, and both methods showed a coalescing of the SUN1-GFP signal (please see the new Fig. S2 and S3).

      Can the authors trace their NE in ExM according to the NHS-Ester signal?

      We could trace the NE in the ExM by the NHS-ester signal and observed that the SUN1-GFP signal was largely coincident with the NE (Please see the new Fig. S3B).

      - Fig 2D: It would be good to not just show images of oocysts but actually quantify their size from images. Also, have the authors determined the sporozoite numbers in SUN1-KO?

      We have measured oocyst size (data added in new Fig. 3) and added the sporozoite quantification data in Fig. 3D.

      - Line 481-483: the authors state that oocyst size is reduced in ALLAN-KO but do not show the data. Please quantify oocyst size or at least show representative images. Also the drastic decrease in sporozoite numbers (Fig. 6D, E) is not mentioned in the text. Please add reference to Fig S7D when talking about the bite back data.

      We have added the oocyst size data in Fig. S10. We mention the changes in sporozoite numbers (now  shown in Fig. 7D, E), and refer to  the bite back data shown in current Fig. 7E.

      - Fig S1C, 6C: Both WB images are stitched, but this is not clearly indicated e.g. by leaving a small gap between the lanes. Also please show a loading control along with the western blots. Also there seems to be a (unspecific?) band in the control, running at the same height as Allan-GFP WB. What exactly is the control?

      We have provided the original blot showing the bands of ALLAN-GFP and SUN1-GFP. As a positive control, we used an RNA associated protein (RAP-GFP) that is highly expressed in Plasmodium and regularly used in our lab for this purpose.

      - Regarding the crossing experiment: The authors conclude from this cross that SUN1 is only needed in males, yet for this conclusion they would need to also show that a cross with a female line does not rescue the phenotype. The authors should repeat the cross with a male-deficient line to really test if the phenotype is an exclusively male phenotype. In addition, line 270-272 states that no oocysts/sporozoites were detected in sun1-ko and nek4-ko parasites. However, the figure 2E shows only oocysts, not sporozoites, and shows also that sun1-ko does form oocysts, albeit dead ones.

      We have now performed the experiment of crossing the Sun1-KO parasite line with a male deficient line (Hap2-KO) and added the data in Fig. 3I. We have added images showing sporozoites in oocysts.

      - In Fig S1 the authors show that they also generated a SUN1-mCherry line, yet they do not use it in any of the presented experiments (unless I missed it). Would it be beneficial to cross the SUN1-mCherry line with the Allan1-GFP line to test colocalisation (possibly also by expansion microscopy)?

      We did generate a SUN1-mCherry line, with the intent to cross ALLAN-GFP and SUN1-mCherry lines and observe the co-location of the proteins. Despite multiple attempts this cross was unsuccessful. This may have been due to their close proximity such that the addition of both GFP and mCherry was difficult to facilitate a proper protein-protein interaction between either of the proteins.

      - Line 498: "In a significant proportion of cells" - What was the proportion of cells, and what does significant mean in this context?

      Approximately 67% of cells showed the clumping of BBs. We have now added the numbers in Figs. 6H and S11I.

      - The authors should discuss a bit more how their work relates to the work of Sayers et al. 2024, which also identified the SUN1-ALLAN complex. The paper is cited, but only very briefly commented on.

      We have extended this discussion now in lines 590-605.

      Suggestions how to improve the writing and data presentation.

      - General presentation of microscopy images: Considering that large parts of the manuscript are based on microscopy data, their presentation could be improved. Single-channel microscopy images would benefit from being depicted in gray scale instead of color, which would make it easier to see the structures and intensities (especially for blue channels).

      Whilst we agree with the reviewer, sometimes it is difficult to see the features in the merged images. Therefore, we would like to request to be allowed to retain the colours, which can be easily followed in both individual and merged images.

      Also, it would be good to harmonize in which panels arrows are shown (e.g. Fig 1G, where some white arrows are in the SUN1-GFP panel, while others are in the merge panel, but they presumably indicate the same thing.). At the same time, Fig 1H doesn't have any with arrows, even though the figure legend states so.

      We apologise for this lack of consistency, and we have now added arrows wherever they are missing to harmonise in the presentations.

      Fig 3A and S4 show the same experiment but are coloured in different colours (NHS-Eester in green vs grey scale).

      - Are the scale bars of all expansion microscopy images adjusted for the expansion factor?

      Yes, the scale bars are adjusted accordingly.

      - The figure legends would benefit from streamlining, as they have very different style between figures (eg Fig. 6 which has a concise figure legend vs microscopy figures where figure legends are very long and describe not only the figure but the results)

      The figure legends have been streamlined, with removal of the description of results.

      - Line 155-156: The text makes it sound like the expression only happens after activation. is that the case? Are these images activated or non-activated gametocytes?

      They are expressed before activation, but the signal intensifies after activation. Images from before and after activation of gametocytes have been added in Fig. S1F.

      - Line 267: Reference to the original nek4-KO paper missing

      This reference is now included.

      - Line 301: The reference to Figure 2J seems to be a bit arbitrarily placed. Also, this schematic of lipid metabolism is never discussed in relation to the transcriptomic or lipidomic data.

      We have moved these data to supplementary information and modified the text.

      - Line 347-349 states that gametes emerged, but the referenced figure shows activated gametocytes before exflagellation.

      We have corrected the text to the start of exflagellation.

      - Line 588: Spelling mistake in SUN1-domain

      Corrected.

      - Line 726/731: i missing in anti-GFP

      Corrected.

      - Line 787-789: statement of scale bar and number of cells imaged is not at the right position in the figure legend.

      Moved to right place

      - Line 779, 783: "shades of green" should be just "green". Same goes for line 986, 989 with "shades of grey"

      Changed.

      - Line 974, 976: please correct to WT-GFP and dsun1

      Corrected.

      - Line 1041, 1044: WT-GFP instead of WTGFP.

      Corrected to WT-GFP.

      - Fig 1B, D, E, Fig S1G, H: What are the time points of imaging?

      We have added the time points to the images in these figures.

      - Fig 1D/Line 727: the scale of the scale bar on the inset is missing.

      We have added the scale bar.

      - Fig 3 E-G and 6H-J: Please indicate total number of cells/images analysed per quantification, either in the graphs themselves or in the figure legend.

      We indicate now the number of cells analysed in individual figures and also in Fig. S5C and S8C, respectively.

      - Fig 5B: What is NP

      Nuclear Pole (NP), also known as the nuclear/acentriolar MTOC (Zeeshan et al 2022; PMID: 35550346).

      - Fig S1B/D: The legend states that there is an arrow indicating the band, but there is none.

      We have added the arrow.

      - Fig S2C: Is the scale bar really the same for the zygote and the ookinete?

      We have checked this and used the same for both zygote and ookinete.

      - Fig S3C, S7C: which stages was qRT-PCR done on?

      Gametocytes activated for 8 min.

      - Fig. S3D, S7D: According to the figure legend, three independent experiments were performed. How many mice were used per experiment? It would be good to depict the individual data points instead of the bar graph. For S7D, 3 data points are depicted (one in WT, two in allan-KO), what do they mean?

      The bite back experiment was performed using 15-20 mosquitoes infected with WT-GFP and gene knockout lines to feed on one naïve mouse each, in three different experiments. We have now included the data points in the bar diagrams.

      - Fig S3: Panel letters E and G are missing

      We have updated the lettering in current Fig. S5

      - Fig 3D: Please indicate what those boxes are. I presume that these are the insets show in b, e and j, but it is never mentioned. J is not even larger than i. Also, f is quite cropped, it would be good to see the large-scale image it comes from to see where in the nucleus these kinetochores are placed. Were there unbound kinetochores found in WT?

      We mention the boxes in the figure legends. It is rare to find unbound kinetochores in WT parasite. We provide large scale and zoomed-in images of free kinetochores in Fig. S8.

      - Fig S4: Insets are not mentioned in the figure legend. Please add scale bar to zoom-ins

      We now describe the insets in the figure legends and have added scale bars to the zoomed-in images.

      - Fig S5A, B: Please indicate which inset belongs to which sub-panel. Where does Ac stem from?

      We have now included the full image showing the inset (new Fig. S8).

      - Fig S5C and S8C: Change "DNA" to "Nucleus".

      We have changed “DNA” to “Nucleus”. Now they are Fig. S8K and S11I.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance):

      Yet, the statement that SUN1 is also important for lipid homoeostasis and NE dynamics is currently not backed up by sufficient data. I believe that the manuscript would benefit from removing the less convincing transcriptomic and lipidomic datasets and rather focus on more deeply characterising the cell biology of the knockouts. This way, the results would be interesting not only for parasitologists, but also for more general cell biologists.

      We have moved the lipidomics and transcriptomics data to supplementary information and toned down the emphasis on these data to make the manuscript more focused on the cell biology and analysis of the genetic KO data.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper contains what could be described as a "classic" approach towards evaluating a novel taste stimuli in an animal model, including standard behavioral tests (some with nerve transections), taste nerve physiology, and immunocytochemistry of taste cells of the tongue. The stimulus being tested is ornithine, from a class of stimuli called "kokumi" (in terms of human taste); these kokumi stimuli appear to enhance other canonical tastes, increasing what are essentially hedonic attributes of other stimuli. The mechanism for ornithine detection is thought to be GPRC6A receptors expressed in taste cells. The authors showed evidence for this in an earlier paper with mice; this paper evaluates ornithine taste in a rat model, and comes to a similar conclusion, albeit with some small differences between the two rodent species.

      Strengths:

      The data show effects of ornithine on taste/intake in laboratory rats: In two-bottle and briefer intake tests, adding ornithine results in higher intake of most, but all not all stimuli tested. Bilateral chorda tympani (CT) nerve cuts or the addition of GPRC6A antagonists decreased or eliminated these effects. Ornithine also evoked responses by itself in the CT nerve, but mainly at higher concentrations; at lower concentrations it potentiated the response to monosodium glutamate. Finally, immunocytochemistry of taste cell expression indicated that GPRC6A was expressed predominantly in the anterior tongue, and co-localized (to a small extent) with only IP3R3, indicative of expression in a subset of type II taste receptor cells.

      Weaknesses:

      As the authors are aware, it is difficult to assess a complex human taste with complex attributes, such as kokumi, in an animal model. In these experiments they attempt to uncover mechanistic insights about how ornithine potentiates other stimuli by using a variety of established experimental approaches in rats. They partially succeed by finding evidence that GPRC6A may mediate effects of ornithine when it is used at lower concentrations. In the revision they have scaled back their interpretations accordingly. A supplementary experiment measuring certain aspects of the effects of ornithine added to Miso soup in human subjects is included for the express purpose of establishing that the kokumi sensation of a complex solution is enhanced by ornithine; however, they do not use any such complex solutions in the rat studies. Moreover, the sample size of the human experiment is (still) small - it really doesn't belong in the same manuscript with the rat studies.

      Despite the reviewer’s suggestion, we would like to include the human sensory experiment. Our rationale is that we must first demonstrate that the kokumi of miso soup is enhanced by the addition of ornithine, which is then followed by basic animal experiments to investigate the underlying mechanisms of kokumi in humans.

      We did not present the additive effects of ornithine on miso soup in the present rat study because our previous companion paper (Fig. 1B in Mizuta et al., 2021, Ref. #26) already confirmed that miso soup supplemented with 3 mM L-ornithine (but not D-ornithine) was statistically significantly (P < 0.001) preferred to plain miso soup by mice.

      Furthermore, we believe that our sample size (n = 22) is comparable to those employed in other studies. For example, the representative kokumi studies by Ohsu et al. (Ref. #9), Ueda et al. (Ref. #10), Shibata et al. (Ref. #20), Dunkel et al. (Ref. #37), and Yang et al. (Ref. #44) used sample sizes of 20, 19, 17, 9, and 15, respectively.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used rats to determine the receptor for a food-related perception (kokumi) that has been characterized in humans. They employ a combination of behavioral, electrophysiological, and immunohistochemical results to support their conclusion that ornithine-mediated kokumi effects are mediated by the GPRC6A receptor. They complemented the rat data with some human psychophysical data. I find the results intriguing, but believe that the authors overinterpret their data.

      Strengths:

      The authors provide compelling evidence that ornithine enhances the palatability of several chemical stimuli (i.e., IMP, MSG, MPG, Intralipos, sucrose, NaCl, quinine). Ornithine also increases CT nerve responses to MSG. Additionally, the authors provide evidence that the effects of ornithine are mediated by GPRC6A, a G-protein-coupled receptor family C group 6 subtype A, and that this receptor is expressed primarily in fungiform taste buds. Taken together, these results indicate that ornithine enhances the palatability of multiple taste stimuli in rats and that the enhancement is mediated, at least in part, within fungiform taste buds. This is an important finding that could stand on its own. The question of whether ornithine produces these effects by eliciting kokumi-like perceptions (see below) should be presented as speculation in the Discussion section.

      Weaknesses:

      I am still unconvinced that the measurements in rats reflect the "kokumi" taste percept described in humans. The authors conducted long-term preference tests, 10-min avidity tests and whole chorda tympani (CT) nerve recordings. None of these procedures specifically model features of "kokumi" perception in humans, which (according to the authors) include increasing "intensity of whole complex tastes (rich flavor with complex tastes), mouthfulness (spread of taste and flavor throughout the oral cavity), and persistence of taste (lingering flavor)." While it may be possible to develop behavioral assays in rats (or mice) that effectively model kokumi taste perception in humans, the authors have not made any effort to do so. As a result, I do not think that the rat data provide support for the main conclusion of the study--that "ornithine is a kokumi substance and GPRC6A is a novel kokumi receptor."

      Kokumi can be assessed in humans, as demonstrated by the enhanced kokumi perception observed when miso soup is supplemented with ornithine (Fig. S1). Currently, we do not have a method to measure the same kokumi perception in animals. However, in the two-bottle preference test, our previous companion paper (Fig. 1B in Mizuta et al. 2021, Ref. #26) confirmed that miso soup supplemented with 3 mM L-ornithine (but not D-ornithine) was statistically significantly (P < 0.001) preferred over plain miso soup by mice.

      Of the three attributes of kokumi perception in humans, the “intensity of whole complex tastes (rich flavor with complex tastes)” was partly demonstrated in the present rat study. In contrast, “mouthfulness (the spread of taste and flavor throughout the oral cavity)” could not be directly detected in animals and had to be inferred in the Discussion. “Persistence of taste (lingering flavor)” was evident at least in the chorda tympani responses; however, because the tongue was rinsed 30 seconds after the onset of stimulation, the duration of the response was not fully recorded.

      It is well accepted in sensory physiology that the stronger the stimulus, the larger the tonic response—and consequently, the longer it takes for the response to return to baseline. For example, Kawasaki et al. (2016, Ref. #45) clearly showed that the duration of sensation increased proportionally with the concentration of MSG, lactic acid, and NaCl in human sensory tests. The essence of this explanation has been incorporated into the Discussion (p. 12).

      Why are the authors hypothesizing that the primary impacts of ornithine are on the peripheral taste system? While the CT recordings provide support for peripheral taste enhancement, they do not rule out the possibility of additional central enhancement. Indeed, based on the definition of human kokumi described above, it is likely that the effects of kokumi stimuli in humans are mediated at least in part by the central flavor system.

      We agree with the reviewer’s comment. Our CT recordings indicate that the effects of kokumi stimuli on taste enhancement occur primarily at the peripheral taste organs. The resulting sensory signals are then transmitted to the brain, where they are processed by the central gustatory and flavor systems, ultimately giving rise to kokumi attributes. This central involvement in kokumi perception is discussed on page 12. Although kokumi substances exert their effects at low concentrations—levels at which the substance itself (e.g., ornithine) does not become more favorable or (in the case of γ-Glu-Val-Gly) exhibits no distinct taste—we cannot rule out the possibility that even faint taste signals from these substances are transmitted to the brain and interact with other taste modalities.

      The authors include (in the supplemental data section) a pilot study that examined the impact of ornithine on variety of subjective measures of flavor perception in humans. The presence of this pilot study within the larger rat study does not really mice sense. While I agree with the authors that there is value in conducting parallel tests in both humans and rodents, I think that this can only be done effectively when the measurements in both species are the same. For this reason, I recommend that the human data be published in a separate article.

      Despite the reviewer’s suggestion, we intend to include the human sensory experiment. Our rationale is that we must first demonstrate that the kokumi of miso soup is enhanced by the addition of ornithine, and then follow up with basic animal experiments to investigate the potential underlying mechanisms of kokumi in humans.

      In our previous companion paper (Fig. 1B in Mizuta et al., 2021, Ref. #26), we confirmed with statistical significance (P < 0.001) that mice preferred miso soup supplemented with 3 mM L-ornithine (but not D-ornithine) over plain miso soup. However, as explained in our response to Reviewer #2’s first concern (in the Public review), it is difficult to measure two of the three kokumi attributes—aside from the “intensity of whole complex tastes (rich flavor with complex tastes)”—in animal models.

      The authors indicated on several occasions (e.g., see Abstract) that ornithine produced "synergistic" effects on the CT nerve response to chemical stimuli. "Synergy" is used to describe a situation where two stimuli produce an effect that is greater than the sum of the response to each stimulus alone (i.e., 2 + 2 = 5). As far as I can tell, the CT recordings in Fig. 3 do not reflect a synergism.

      We appreciate your comments regarding the definition of synergy. In Fig. 5 (not Fig. 3), please note the difference in the scaling of the ordinate between Fig. 5D (ornithine responses) and Fig. 5E (MSG responses). When both responses are presented on the same scale, it becomes evident that the response to 1 mM ornithine is negligibly small compared to the MSG response, which clearly indicates that the response to the mixture of MSG and 1 mM ornithine exceeds the sum of the individual responses to MSG and 1 mM ornithine. Therefore, we have described the effect as “synergistic” rather than “additive.” The same observation applies to the mice experiments in our previous companion paper (Fig. 8 in Mizuta et al. 2021, Ref. #26), where synergistic effects are similarly demonstrated by graphical representation. We have also added the following sentence to the legend of Fig. 5:

      “Note the different scaling of the ordinate in (D) and (E).”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study the authors set out to investigate whether GPRC6A mediates kokumi taste initiated by the amino acid L-ornithine. They used Wistar rats, a standard laboratory strain, as the primary model and also performed an informative taste test in humans, in which miso soup was supplemented with various concentrations of L-ornithine. The findings are valuable and overall the evidence is solid. L-Ornithine should be considered to be a useful test substance in future studies of kokumi taste and the class C G protein coupled receptor known as GPRC6A (C6A) along with its homolog, the calcium-sensing receptor (CaSR) should be considered candidate mediators of kokumi taste. The researchers confirmed in rats their previous work on Ornithine and C6A in mice (Mizuta et al Nutrients 2021).

      Strengths:

      The overall experimental design is solid based on two bottle preference tests in rats. After determining the optimal concentration for L-Ornithine (1 mM) in the presence of MSG, it was added to various tastants including: inosine 5'-monophosphate; monosodium glutamate (MSG); mono-potassium glutamate (MPG); intralipos (a soybean oil emulsion); sucrose; sodium chloride (NaCl; salt); citric acid (sour) and quinine hydrochloride (bitter). Robust effects of ornithine were observed in the cases of IMP, MSG, MPG and sucrose; and little or no effects were observed in the cases of sodium chloride, citric acid; quinine HCl. The researchers then focused on the preference for Ornithine-containing MSG solutions. Inclusion of the C6A inhibitors Calindol (0.3 mM but not 0.06 mM) or the gallate derivative EGCG (0.1 mM but not 0.03 mM) eliminated the preference for solutions that contained Ornithine in addition to MSG. The researchers next performed transections of the chord tympani nerves (with sham operation controls) in anesthetized rats to identify a role of the chorda tympani branches of the facial nerves (cranial nerve VII) in the preference for Ornithine-containing MSG solutions. This finding implicates the anterior half-two thirds of the tongue in ornithine-induced kokumi taste. They then used electrical recordings from intact chorda tympani nerves in anesthetized rats to demonstrate that ornithine enhanced MSG-induced responses following the application of tastants to the anterior surface of the tongue. They went on to show that this enhanced response was insensitive to amiloride, selected to inhibit 'salt tastant' responses mediated by the epithelial Na+ channel, but eliminated by Calindol. Finally they performed immunohistochemistry on sections of rat tongue demonstrating C6A positive spindle-shaped cells in fungiform papillae that partially overlapped in its distribution with the IP3 type-3 receptor, used as a marker of Type-II cells, but not with (i) gustducin, the G protein partner of Tas1 receptors (T1Rs), used as a marker of a subset of type-II cells; or (ii) 5-HT (serotonin) and Synaptosome-associated protein 25 kDa (SNAP-25) used as markers of Type-III cells.

      At least two other receptors in addition to C6A might mediate taste responses to ornithine: (i) the CaSR, which binds and responds to multiple L-amino acids (Conigrave et al, PNAS 2000), and which has been previously reported to mediate kokumi taste (Ohsu et al., JBC 2010) as well as responses to Ornithine (Shin et al., Cell Signaling 2020); and (ii) T1R1/T1R3 heterodimers which also respond to L-amino acids and exhibit enhanced responses to IMP (Nelson et al., Nature 2001). These alternatives are appropriately discussed and, taken together, the experimental results favor the authors' interpretation that C6A mediates the Ornithine responses. The authors provide preliminary data in Suppl. 3 for the possibility of co-expression of C6A with the CaSR.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors point out that animal models pose some difficulties of interpretation in studies of taste and raise the possibility in the Discussion that umami substances may enhance the taste response to ornithine (Line 271, Page 9).

      Ornithine and umami substances interact to produce synergistic effects in both directions—ornithine enhances responses to umami substances, and vice versa. These effects may depend on the concentrations used, as described in the Discussion (pp. 9–10). Further studies are required to clarify the precise nature of this interaction.

      One issue that is not addressed, and could be usefully addressed in the Discussion, relates to the potential effects of kokumi substances on the threshold concentrations of key tastants such as glutamate. Thus, an extension of taste distribution to additional areas of the mouth (previously referred to as 'mouthfulness') and persistence of taste/flavor responses (previously referred to as 'continuity') could arise from a reduction in the threshold concentrations of umami and other substances that evoke taste responses.

      Thank you for this important suggestion. If ornithine reduces the threshold concentrations of tastants—including glutamate—and enhances their suprathreshold responses, then adding ornithine may activate additional taste cells. This effect could explain kokumi attributes such as an “extension of taste distribution” and possibly the “persistence of responses.” As shown in Fig. 2, the lowest concentrations used for each taste stimulus are near or below the thresholds, which indicates that threshold concentrations are reduced—especially for MSG and MPG. We have incorporated this possibility into the Discussion as follows (p.12):

      “Kokumi substances may reduce the threshold concentrations as well as they increase the suprathreshold responses of tastants. Once the threshold concentrations are lowered, additional taste cells in the oral cavity become activated, and this information is transmitted to the brain. As a result, the brain perceives this input as coming from a wider area of the mouth.”

      The status of one of the compounds used as an inhibitor of C6A, the gallate derivative EGCG, as a potential inhibitor of the CaSR or T1R1/T1R3 is unknown. It would have been helpful to show that a specific inhibitor of the CaSR failed to block the ornithine response.

      Thank you for this important comment. We attempted to identify a specific inhibitor of CaSR. Although we considered using NPS-2143—a commonly used CaSR inhibitor—it is known to also inhibit GPRC6A. We agree that using a specific CaSR inhibitor would be beneficial and plan to pursue this in future studies.

      It would have been helpful to include a positive control kokumi substance in the two bottle preference experiment (e.g., one of the known gamma glutamyl peptides such as gamma-glu-Val-Gly or glutathione), to compare the relative potencies of the control kokumi compound and Ornithine, and to compare the sensitivities of the two responses to C6A and CaSR inhibitors.

      We agree with this comment. In retrospect, it may have been advantageous to directly compare the potencies of CaSR and GPRC6A agonists in enhancing taste preferences—and to evaluate the sensitivity of these preferences to CaSR and GPRC6A antagonists. However, we did not include γ-Glu-Val-Gly in the present study because we have already reported its supplementation effects on the ingestion of basic taste solutions in rats using the same methodology in a separate paper (Yamamoto and Mizuta, 2022, Ref. #25). The results from both studies are compared in the Discussion (p. 11).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major:

      I am not convinced by the Author's arguments for including the human data. I appreciate their efforts in adding a few (5) subjects and improving the description, but it still feels like it is shoehorned into this paper, and would be better published as a different manuscript.

      This human study is short, but it is complete rather than preliminary. The rationale for us to include the human data as supplementary information is shown in responses to the reviewer’s Public review.

      Minor concerns:

      Page 3 paragraph 1: Suggest "contributing to palatability".

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have rewritten the text as follows:

      “…, the brain further processes these sensations to evoke emotional responses, contributing to palatability or unpleasantness”.

      Page 4 paragraph 2: The text still assumes that "kokumi" is a meaningful descriptor for what rodents experience. Re-wording the following sentence like this could help:

      "Neuroscientific studies in mice and rats provide evidence that gluthione and y-Glu-Val-Gly activate CaSRs, and modify behavioral responses to other tastants in a way that may correspond to kokumi taste as experienced by humans. However, to our..."

      Or something similar.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have rewritten the sentence according to your suggestion as follows:

      "Neuroscientific studies (23,25,30) in mice and rats provide evidence that glutathione and y-Glu-Val-Gly activate CaSRs, and modify behavioral responses to other tastants in a way that may correspond to kokumi as experienced by humans”.

      Page 7 paragraph 1 - put the concentrations of Calindol and EGCG used (in the physiology exps) in the text.

      We have added the concentrations: “300 µM calindol and 100 µM EGCG”.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have included all of my recommendations in the public review section.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Although the definitions of 'thickness', 'mouthfulness' and 'continuity' have been revised very helpfully in the Introduction, 'mouthfulness' reappears at other points in the MS e.g., Page 4, Results, Line 3; Page 9, Line 3. It is best replaced by the new definition in these other locations too.

      We wish to clarify that our revised text stated, “…to clarify that kokumi attributes are inherently gustatory, in the present study we use the terms ‘intensity of whole complex tastes (rich flavor with complex tastes)’ instead of ‘thickness,’ ‘mouthfulness (spread of taste and flavor throughout the oral cavity)’ instead of ‘continuity,’ and ‘persistence of taste (lingering flavor)’ instead of ‘continuity.’” The term “mouthfulness” was retained in our text, though we provided a more specific explanation. In the re-revised version, we have added “(spread of taste in the oral cavity)” immediately after “mouthfulness.”

      I doubt that many scientific readers will be familliar with the term 'intragemmal nerve fibres' (Page 8, Line 4). It is used appropriately but it would be helpful to briefly define/explain it.

      We have added an explanation as follows:

      “… intragemmal nerve fibers, which are nerve processes that extend directly into the structure of the taste bud to transmit taste signals from taste cells to the brain.”

      I previously pointed out the overlap between the CaSR's amino acid (AA) and gamma-glutamyl-peptide binding site. I was surprised by the authors' response which appeared to miss the point being made. It was based on the impacts of selected mutations in the receptor's Venus FlyTrap domain (Broadhead JBC 2011) on the responses to AAs and glutathione analogs. The significantly more active analog, S-methylglutathione is of additional interest because, like glutathione itself, it is present in mammalian body fluids. My apologies to the authors for not more carefully explaining this point.

      Thank you for this comment. Both CaSR and GPRC6A are recognized as broad-spectrum amino acid sensors; however, their agonist profiles differ. Aromatic amino acids preferentially activate CaSR, whereas basic amino acids tend to activate GPRC6A. For instance, among basic amino acids, ornithine is a potent and specific activator of GPRC6A, while γ-Glu-Val-Gly in addition to amino acids is a high-potency activator of CaSR. It remains unclear how effectively ornithine activates CaSR and whether γ-glutamyl peptides also activate GPRC6A. These questions should be addressed in future studies.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      eLife Assessment

      This valuable study uses consensus-independent component analysis to highlight transcriptional components (TC) in high-grade serous ovarian cancers (HGSOC). The study presents a convincing preliminary finding by identifying a TC linked to synaptic signaling that is associated with shorter overall survival in HGSOC patients, highlighting the potential role of neuronal interactions in the tumour microenvironment. This finding is corroborated by comparing spatially resolved transcriptomics in a small-scale study; a weakness is in being descriptive, non-mechanistic, and requiring experimental validation.”

      We sincerely thank the editors for their valuable and constructive feedback. We are grateful for the recognition of our findings and the importance of identifying transcriptional components in high-grade serous ovarian cancers.

      We acknowledge the editors’ observation regarding the descriptive nature of our study and its limited mechanistic depth. We agree that additional experimental validation would further strengthen our conclusions. We are planning and executing the experiments for a future study to provide mechanistic insights into the associations found in this study. In addition, recent reviews focused on the emerging field of cancer neuroscience emphasize the early stages the field is in, specifically in terms of a mechanistic understanding of the contributions of tumor-infiltrating nerves in tumor initiation and progression (Amit et al., 2024; Hwang et al., 2024). Nonetheless, we wish to emphasize that emerging mechanistic preclinical studies have demonstrated the influence of tumour-infiltrating nerves on disease progression (Allen et al., 2018; Balood et al., 2022; Darragh et al., 2024; Globig et al., 2023; Jin et al., 2022; Restaino et al., 2023; Zahalka et al., 2017). Several of these studies include contributions from our co-authors and feature in vitro and in vivo research on head and neck squamous cell carcinoma as well as high-grade serous ovarian carcinoma samples. This study further strengthens the preclinical work by showing in patient data, the potential relevance of neuronal signaling on disease outcome.

      For instance, Restiano et al. (2023) demonstrated that substance P, released from tumour-infiltrating nociceptors, potentiates MAP kinase signaling in cancer cells, thereby driving disease progression. Crucially, this effect was shown to be reversible in vivo by blocking the substance P receptor (Restaino et al., 2023). These findings offer compelling evidence of the role of tumour innervation in cancer biology.

      Our current study in tumor samples of patients with high-grade serous ovarian cancer identifies a transcriptional component that is enriched for genes for which the protein is located in the synapse. We believe that the previously published mechanistic insights support our findings and suggest that this transcriptional component could serve as a valuable screening tool to identify innervated tumours based on bulk transcriptomes. Clinically, this information is highly relevant, as patients with innervated tumours may benefit from alternate therapeutic strategies targeting these innervations.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review)

      This manuscript explores the transcriptional landscape of high-grade serous ovarian cancer (HGSOC) using consensus-independent component analysis (c-ICA) to identify transcriptional components (TCs) associated with patient outcomes. The study analyzes 678 HGSOC transcriptomes, supplemented with 447 transcriptomes from other ovarian cancer types and noncancerous tissues. By identifying 374 TCs, the authors aim to uncover subtle transcriptional patterns that could serve as novel drug targets. Notably, a transcriptional component linked to synaptic signaling was associated with shorter overall survival (OS) in patients, suggesting a potential role for neuronal interactions in the tumour microenvironment. Given notable weaknesses like lack of validation cohort or validation using another platform (other than the 11 samples with ST), the data is considered highly descriptive and preliminary.

      Strengths:

      (1) Innovative Methodology:

      The use of c-ICA to dissect bulk transcriptomes into independent components is a novel approach that allows for the identification of subtle transcriptional patterns that may be overshadowed in traditional analyses.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the strengths and novelty of our study. We appreciate the positive feedback on using consensus-independent component analysis (c-ICA) to decompose bulk transcriptomes, which allowed us to detect subtle transcriptional signals often overlooked in traditional analyses.

      (2) Comprehensive Data Integration:

      The study integrates a large dataset from multiple public repositories, enhancing the robustness of the findings. The inclusion of spatially resolved transcriptomes adds a valuable dimension to the analysis.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the robustness of our study through comprehensive data integration. We appreciate the acknowledgment of our efforts to leverage a large, multi-source dataset, as well as the additional insights gained from spatially resolved transcriptomes. We consider this integrative approach enhances the depth of our analysis and contributes to a more nuanced understanding of the tumour microenvironment.

      (3) Clinical Relevance:

      The identification of a synaptic signaling-related TC associated with poor prognosis highlights a potential new avenue for therapeutic intervention, emphasizing the role of the tumour microenvironment in cancer progression.

      We appreciate the recognition of the clinical implications of our findings. The identification of a synaptic signaling-related transcriptional component associated with poor prognosis underscores the potential for novel therapeutic targets within the tumour microenvironment. We agree that this insight could open new avenues for intervention and further highlights the role of neuronal interactions in cancer progression.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Mechanistic Insights:

      While the study identifies TCs associated with survival, it provides limited mechanistic insights into how these components influence cancer progression. Further experimental validation is necessary to elucidate the underlying biological processes.

      We acknowledge the point regarding the limited mechanistic insights provided in our study. We agree that further experimental validation would significantly enhance our understanding of how the biological processes captured by these transcriptional components influence cancer progression. We are planning and executing the experiments for  a future study to provide mechanistic insights into the associations found in this study.

      Our analyses were performed on publicly available bulk and spatial resolved expression profiles. To investigate the mechanistic insights in future studies, we plan to integrate spatial transcriptomic data with immunohistochemical analysis of the same tumour samples to validate our findings. Additionally, we have initiated efforts to set up in vitro co-cultures of neurons and ovarian cancer cells. These co-cultures will enable us to investigate how synaptic signaling impacts ovarian cancer cell behavior.

      (2) Generalizability:

      The findings are primarily based on transcriptomic data from HGSOC. It remains unclear how these results apply to other subtypes of ovarian cancer or different cancer types.

      To respond to this remark, we utilized survival data from Bolton et al. (2022) and TCGA to investigate associations between TC activity scores and overall survival of patients with ovarian clear cell carcinoma, the second most common subtype of epithelial ovarian cancer, and  other cancer types respectively. However, we acknowledge the limitations of TCGA survival data, as highlighted in the referenced article (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8726696/). Additionally, as shown in Figure 5, we provided evidence of TC121 activity across various cancer types, suggesting broader relevance. For the results of the analyses mentioned above, please refer to our response to remark 1.3 of the recommendation section (page 4).

      (3) Innovative Methodology:

      Requires more validation using different platforms (IHC) to validate the performance of this bulk-derived data. Also, the lack of control over data quality is a concern.

      We acknowledge the value of validating our results with alternative platforms such as IHC. We are planning and executing the experiments for a future study to provide mechanistic insights into the associations found in this study.

      We implemented regarding data quality control, the following measures to ensure the reliability of our analysis:

      Bulk Transcriptional Profiles: To assess data quality, we conducted principal component analysis (PCA) on the sample Pearson product-moment correlation matrix. The first principal component (PCqc), which explains approximately 80-90% of the variance, was used to distinguish technical variability from biological signals (Bhattacharya et al., 2020). Samples with a correlation coefficient below 0.8 relative to PCqc were identified as outliers and excluded. Additionally, MD5 hash values were generated for each CEL file to identify and remove duplicate samples. Expression values were standardized to a mean of zero and a variance of one for each gene to minimize probeset- or gene-specific variability across datasets (GEO, CCLE, GDSC, and TCGA).

      Spatial Transcriptional Profiles: PCA was also applied to spatial transcriptomic data for quality control. Only samples with consistent loading factor signs for the first principal component across all individual spot profiles were retained. Samples failing this criterion were excluded from further analyses.

      (4) Clinical Application:

      Although the study suggests potential drug targets, the translation of these findings into clinical practice is not addressed. Probably given the lack of some QA/QC procedures it'll be hard to translate these results. Future studies should focus on validating these targets in clinical settings.”

      Regarding clinical applications, we acknowledge the importance of further exploring strategies targeting synaptic signaling and neurotransmitter release in the tumour microenvironment (TME). As partially discussed in the first version of the manuscript, drugs such as ifenprodil and lamotrigine—commonly used to treat neuronal disorders—can block glutamate release, thereby inhibiting subsequent synaptic signaling. Additionally, the vesicular monoamine transporter (VMAT) inhibitor reserpine blocks the formation of synaptic vesicles (Reid et al., 2013; Williams et al., 2001). Previous in vitro studies with HGSOC cell lines demonstrated that ifenprodil significantly reduced cancer cell proliferation, while reserpine triggered apoptosis in cancer cells (North et al., 2015; Ramamoorthy et al., 2019). The findings highlight the potential of such approaches to disrupt synaptic neurotransmission in the TME.

      To address potential translation of our findings into clinical practice more comprehensively, we have included additional details in the manuscript:

      Section discussion, page 16, lines 338-341:

      “This interaction can be targeted with pan-TRK inhibitors such as entrectinib and larotrectinib. Both drugs are showing promising results in multiple phase II trials, including ovarian cancer and breast cancer patients. Furthermore, a TRKB-specific inhibitor was developed (ANA-12), but has not been subjected to any clinical trials in cancer so far (Ardini et al., 2016; Burris et al., 2015; Drilon et al., 2018, 2017).”

      On page 17, lines 361-374:

      “Strategies to disrupt neuronal signaling and neurotransmitter release in neurons target key elements of excitatory neurotransmission, such as calcium flux and vesicle formation. Drugs like ifenprodil and lamotrigine, commonly used to treat neuronal disorders, block glutamate release and subsequent neuronal signaling. Additionally, the vesicular monoamine transporter (VMAT) inhibitor reserpine prevents synaptic vesicle formation (Reid et al., 2013; Williams, 2001). In vitro studies with HGSOC cell lines have demonstrated that ifenprodil significantly inhibits tumour proliferation, while reserpine induces apoptosis in cancer cells (North et al., 2015; Ramamoorthy et al., 2019). These approaches hold promise for inhibiting neuronal signaling and interactions in the TME.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Consensus-independent component analysis and closely related methods have previously been used to reveal components of transcriptomic data that are not captured by principal component or gene-gene coexpression analyses.

      Here, the authors asked whether applying consensus-independent component analysis (c-ICA) to published high-grade serous ovarian cancer (HGSOC) microarray-based transcriptomes would reveal subtle transcriptional patterns that are not captured by existing molecular omics classifications of HGSOC.

      Statistical associations of these (hitherto masked) transcriptional components with prognostic outcomes in HGSOC could lead to additional insights into underlying mechanisms and, coupled with corroborating evidence from spatial transcriptomics, are proposed for further investigation.

      This approach is complementary to existing transcriptomics classifications of HGSOC.

      The authors have previously applied the same approach in colorectal carcinoma (Knapen et al. (2024) Commun. Med).

      Strengths:

      (1) Overall, this study describes a solid data-driven description of c-ICA-derived transcriptional components that the authors identified in HGSOC microarray transcriptomics data, supported by detailed methods and supplementary documentation.

      We thank the reviewer for acknowledging the strength of our data-driven approach and the use of consensus-independent component analysis (c-ICA) to identify transcriptional components within HGSOC microarray data. We aimed to provide comprehensive methodological detail and supplementary documentation to support the reproducibility and robustness of our findings. We believe this approach allows for the identification of subtle transcriptional signals that might have been overlooked by traditional analysis methods.

      (2) The biological interpretation of transcriptional components is convincing based on (data-driven) permutation analysis and a suite of analyses of association with copy-number, gene sets, and prognostic outcomes.

      We appreciate the positive feedback on the biological interpretation of our transcriptional components. We are pleased that our approach, which includes data-driven permutation testing and analyses of associations with copy-number alterations, gene sets, and prognostic outcomes, was found to be convincing. These analyses were integral to enhancing our findings’ robustness and biological relevance.

      (3) The resulting annotated transcriptional components have been made available in a searchable online format.

      Thank you for this important positive remark.

      (4) For the highlighted transcriptional component which has been annotated as related to synaptic signalling, the detection of the transcriptional component among 11 published spatial transcriptomics samples from ovarian cancers appears to support this preliminary finding and requires further mechanistic follow-up.

      Thank you for acknowledging the accessibility of our annotated transcriptional components. We prioritized making these data available in a searchable online format to facilitate further research and enable the community to explore and validate our findings.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) This study has not explicitly compared the c-ICA transcriptional components to the existing reported transcriptional landscape and classifications for ovarian cancers (e.g. Smith et al Nat Comms 2023; TCGA Nature 2011; Engqvist et al Sci Rep 2020) which would enable a further assessment of the additional contribution of c-ICA - whether the cICA approach captured entirely complementary components, or whether some components are correlated with the existing reported ovarian transcriptomic classifications.

      We acknowledge the reviewer’s insightful suggestion to compare our c-ICA-derived transcriptional components with previously reported ovarian cancer classifications, such as those from Smith et al. (2023), TCGA (2011), and Engqvist et al. (2020). To address this, we incorporated analyses comparing the activity scores of our transcriptional components with these published landscapes and classifications, particularly focusing on any associations with overall survival. Additionally, we evaluated correlations between gene signatures from a subset of these studies and our identified TCs, enhancing our understanding of the unique contributions of the c-ICA approach. Please refer to our response to remark 10 for the results of these analyses.

      (2) Here, the authors primarily interpret the c-ICA transcriptional components as a deconvolution of bulk transcriptomics due to the presence of cells from tumour cells and the tumour microenvironment.

      However, c-ICA is not explicitly a deconvolution method with respect to cell types: the transcriptional components do not necessarily correspond to distinct cell types, and may reflect differential dysregulation within a cell type. This application of c-ICA for the purpose of data-driven deconvolution of cell populations is distinct from other deconvolution methods that explicitly use a prior cell signature matrix.”

      We acknowledge that c-ICA, unlike traditional deconvolution methods, is not specifically designed for cell-type deconvolution and does not rely on a predefined cell signature matrix. While we explored the transcriptional components in the context of tumour and microenvironmental interactions, we agree that these components may not correspond directly to distinct cell types but rather reflect complex patterns of dysregulation, potentially within individual cell populations.

      Our goal with c-ICA was to uncover hidden transcriptional patterns possibly influenced by cellular heterogeneity. However, we recognize these patterns may also arise from regulatory processes within a single cell type. To investigate further, we used single-cell transcriptional data (~60,000 cell-types annotated profiles from GSE158722) and projected our transcriptional components onto these profiles to obtain activity scores, allowing us to assess each TC’s behavior across diverse cellular contexts after removing the first principal component to minimize background effects. Please refer to our response to remark 2.2 in the recommendations to the authors (page 14) for the results of this analysis.

      References

      Allen JK, Armaiz-Pena GN, Nagaraja AS, Sadaoui NC, Ortiz T, Dood R, Ozcan M, Herder DM, Haemerrle M, Gharpure KM, Rupaimoole R, Previs R, Wu SY, Pradeep S, Xu X, Han HD, Zand B, Dalton HJ, Taylor M, Hu W, Bottsford-Miller J, Moreno-Smith M, Kang Y, Mangala LS, Rodriguez-Aguayo C, Sehgal V, Spaeth EL, Ram PT, Wong ST, Marini FC, Lopez-Berestein G, Cole SW, Lutgendorf SK, diBiasi M, Sood AK. 2018. Sustained adrenergic signaling promotes intratumoral innervation through BDNF induction. Cancer Res 78 (12):3233-3242.

      Ardini E, Menichincheri M, Banfi P, Bosotti R, Ponti CD, Pulci R, Ballinari D, Ciomei M, Texido G, Degrassi A, Avanzi N, Amboldi N, Saccardo MB, Casero D, Orsini P, Bandiera T, Mologni L, Anderson D, Wei G, Harris J, Vernier J-M, Li G, Felder E, Donati D, Isacchi A, Pesenti E, Magnaghi P, Galvani A. 2016. Entrectinib, a Pan–TRK, ROS1, and ALK Inhibitor with activity in multiple molecularly defined cancer Indications. Mol Cancer Ther 15:628–639.

      Balood M, Ahmadi M, Eichwald T, Ahmadi A, Majdoubi A, Roversi Karine, Roversi Katiane, Lucido CT, Restaino AC, Huang S, Ji L, Huang K-C, Semerena E, Thomas SC, Trevino AE, Merrison H, Parrin A, Doyle B, Vermeer DW, Spanos WC, Williamson CS, Seehus CR, Foster SL, Dai H, Shu CJ, Rangachari M, Thibodeau J, Rincon SVD, Drapkin R, Rafei M, Ghasemlou N, Vermeer PD, Woolf CJ, Talbot S. 2022. Nociceptor neurons affect cancer immunosurveillance. Nature 611:405–412.

      Bhattacharya A, Bense RD, Urzúa-Traslaviña CG, Vries EGE de, Vugt MATM van, Fehrmann RSN. 2020. Transcriptional effects of copy number alterations in a large set of human cancers. Nat Commun 11:715.

      Burris HA, Shaw AT, Bauer TM, Farago AF, Doebele RC, Smith S, Nanda N, Cruickshank S, Low JA, Brose MS. 2015. Abstract 4529: Pharmacokinetics (PK) of LOXO-101 during the first-in-human Phase I study in patients with advanced solid tumors: Interim update. Cancer Res 75:4529–4529.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their evaluation, for helpful suggestions to improve clarity and accuracy, and for their positive reception of the manuscript. We will incorporate their suggestions in a revised manuscript. Here, we respond to their major comments. 

      The reviewers suggest that a molecular study of Hofstenia’s reproductive systems would be beneficial, as would mechanistic explanations for its unusual reproductive behavior. We agree with the reviewers that both of these would be interesting avenues, although we think this is outside the scope of this current manuscript. This manuscript studies growth and reproductive dynamics in acoels, and establishes a foundation to study its underlying molecular, developmental, and physiological machinery. 

      Our previous molecular work, using scRNAseq and FISH, identified several germline markers. Here, we show that two of them are specific markers of testes and ovaries, respectively. This, together, with our new anatomical data, allows us to identify the expression domains of most of these other markers more clearly. Some markers may be expressed in a presumptive common germline that eventually splits into an anterior male germline and posterior female germline. We agree with the reviewers that understanding the dynamics of germline differentiation and its molecular genetic underpinnings would be very interesting, and we hope to address this in future work. 

      As the reviewers note, we do not understand how sperm is stored, how the worm’s own sperm can travel to its ovaries to enable selfing, or how eggs in the ovaries travel within the body. We agree with the reviewers that understanding these processes would be very interesting. Our histological and molecular work so far has been unable to find tube-like structures or other cavities for storage and transport. Potentially, cells could move within the parenchyma. Explaining these events will require substantial effort (including mechanistic studies of cell behavior and ultrastructural studies that the reviewers suggest), and we hope to do this in future work. 

      We agree with Reviewer 1 that it is interesting that Piwi-1 expression is only observed in the ovaries and not in the testes - unusual given its broad germline expression in many taxa. Although there are several possible explanations for this finding (for eg. Piwi-1 could be expressed at low levels in male germline, perhaps other Piwi proteins are expressed in male germline, or Piwi may play roles in male germline progenitors that are not co-located with maturing sperm, etc), we do not currently know why this is so, and we will discuss these possibilities in our revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors report the role of a novel gene Aff3ir-ORF2 in flow-induced atherosclerosis. They show that the gene is anti-inflammatory in nature. It inhibits the IRF5-mediated athero-progression by inhibiting the causal factor (IRF5). Furthermore, the authors show a significant connection between shear stress and Aff3ir-ORF2 and its connection to IRF5 mediated athero-progression in different established mice models which further validates the ex vivo findings.

      Strengths:

      (1) An adequate number of replicates were used for this study.

      (2) Both in vitro and in vivo validation was done.

      (3) The figures are well presented.

      (4) In vivo causality is checked with cleverly designed experiments.

      We thank you for your positive remarks.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Inflammatory proteins must be measured with standard methods e.g ELISA as mRNA level and protein level does not always correlate.

      Thanks. We have followed your advice and performed ELISA experiments to measure the concentrations of inflammatory cytokines, including IL-6 and IL-1β. The newly acquired results have been included in Figure 2E (Line 160-163) in the revised manuscript.

      (2) RNA seq analysis has to be done very carefully. How does the euclidean distance correlate with the differential expression of genes. Do they represent the neighborhood?

      If they do how does this correlation affect the conclusion of the paper?

      We thank the reviewer for this professional comments and apologize for the confusion. The heatmap using Euclidean distance was generated based on the expression levels of all differentially expressed genes (calculated with deseq2). Since its interpretation overlaps with the volcano plot presented in Figure 4B, we have moved the heatmap to Figure S5A in the revised manuscript and provided a detailed description in the figure legend (Lines 106-108 in the supporting information). Additionally, to better illustrate the variation among all samples, we have performed PCA analysis and included the new results in Figure 4A of the revised manuscript.

      (3) The volcano plot does not indicate the q value of the shown genes. It is advisable to calculate the q value for each of the genes which represents the FDR probability of the identified genes.

      Thank you for your careful review. We apologize for the incorrect labeling.

      It was P.adj value. The label for Figure 4B has been corrected in the revised manuscript. 

      (4) GO enrichment was done against the Global gene set or a local geneset? The authors should provide more detailed information about the analysis.

      Thank you. We performed GO enrichment analysis against the global gene set. The description of the results has been updated in the revised manuscript (Lines 222–224).

      (5) If the analysis was performed against a global gene set. How does that connect with this specific atherosclerotic microenvironment?

      Thank you for your insightful comments. We have followed your advice and investigated the functional characteristics of these differentially expressed genes in the context of the atherosclerotic microenvironment. The RNA-seq differential gene list was further mapped onto the atherosclerosis-related gene dataset (PMID: 27374120), resulting in 363 overlapping genes. The 363 genes were subjected to bioinformatics enrichment analysis using Gene Ontology (GO) databases. GO analysis of these genes revealed enrichment in processes related to cell−cell adhesion and leukocyte activation involved in immune response (Figure S5B), which is highly consistent with the observed effects of AFF3ir-ORF2 on VCAM-1 expression. The newly acquired data are presented in Figure S5B and the description of the results is included in the revised manuscript (Line 227-233).

      (6) What was the basal expression of genes and how did the DGE (differential gene expression) values differ?

      Thanks for the comments. The RNA-sequencing data has been submitted to GEO datasets (GSE286206), making the basal gene expression data available to readers.

      The differential expression analysis was performed using DESeq2 (v1.4.5) (PMID: 25516281) with a criterion of 1.5-fold change and P<0.05. We has included the description in the revised manuscript in Lines 220-222 and Lines 575-576.

      (7) How was IRF5 picked from GO analysis? was it within the 20 most significant genes?

      Sorry for the confusion. IRF5 was not identified through GO analysis. To determine the upstream transcriptional regulators, we used the ChEA3 database to predict potential upstream transcription factors based on all differentially expressed genes. The top 20 transcription factors were selected based on their scores. To further explore their relationship with atherosclerosis, these top 20 transcription factors were mapped to the atherosclerosis-related gene list in the DisGeNET database. IRF5 and IRF8 were the only two overlapping genes. To clarify this process, we have included a more detailed description of the IRF prediction approach in the revised manuscript (Lines 234–239).

      (8) Microscopic studies should be done more carefully? There seems to be a global expression present on the vascular wall for Aff3ir-ORF2 and the expression seems to be similar to AFF3 in Figure 1.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable suggestion. We have followed your advice and provided the more representative images in Figure 1F.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors recently uncovered a novel nested gene, Aff3ir, and this work sets out to study its function in endothelial cells further. Based on differences in expression correlating with areas of altered shear stress, they investigate a role for the isoform Aff3ir-ORF2 in endothelial activation and development of atherosclerosis downstream of disturbed shear stress. Using a knockout mouse model and in vivo overexpression experiments, they demonstrate a strong potential for Aff3ir-ORF2 to alleviate atherosclerosis. They find that Aff3ir-ORF2 interacts with the pro-inflammatory transcription factor IRF5 and retains it in the cytoplasm, hence preventing upregulation of inflammation-associated genes. The data expands our knowledge of IRF5 regulation which could be relevant to researchers studying various inflammatory diseases as well as adding to our understanding of atherosclerosis development.

      Strengths:

      The in vivo data is solid using immunofluorescence staining to assess AFF3ir-ORF2 expression, a knockout mouse model, overexpression and knockdown studies, and rescue experiments in combination with two atherosclerotic models to demonstrate that Aff3ir-ORF2 can lessen atherosclerotic plaque formation in ApoE<sup>-/-</sup> mice.

      We thank you for your positive remarks.

      Weaknesses:

      While the in vivo data is generally convincing, a few data panels have issues and will need addressing. Also, the knockout mouse model will need to be described, since the paper referred to in the manuscript does not actually report any knockout mouse model. Hence it is unclear how Aff3ir-ORF2 is targeted, but Figure S2B shows that targeting is partial, since about 30% expression remains at the RNA level in MEFs isolated from the knockout mice.

      We thank you for the valuable comments. 

      First, we have followed your advice and included detailed information regarding the animal construction in the revised manuscript in Line 405-415. Additionally, the genotyping results have been included in new Figure S3A.

      Second, we acknowledge your concern about the knockout efficiency of ORF2 in mice. While the PCR assay indicated approximately 30% residual expression, our Western blot analysis of aorta samples demonstrated that ORF2 protein was barely detectable in knockout mice, as shown in new Figure S3B-C. Besides, our in vivo experiments using MEF from WT and AFF3ir-ORF2<sup>-/-</sup> mice (Figure 4I) further confirmed successful knockout. 

      Third, we have included a discussion addressing the discrepancies between PCR and Western blot results. In addition to technical differences between the two methods, the nature of AFF3ir-ORF2 may also contribute to these inconsistencies. The parent gene AFF3 is located in a genetically variable region and can be excised via intron 5 to form a replicable transposon, which translocates to other chromosomes and has been linked to leukemia (PMID: 34995897, 12203795, 12743608, and 17968322). AFF3ir is located in the intron 6, thus it exists in the transposon, which may complicate the measurement of its expression. Replicable transposons can exist as extrachromosomal elements, allowing them to be inherited across generations. We have included these discussion in the revised manuscript in Line 188-196.

      While the effect on atherosclerosis is clear, the conclusion that this is the result of reduced endothelial cell activation is not supported by the data. The mouse model is described as a global knockout and the shRNA knockdowns (Figure 5) and overexpression data in Figure 2 are not cell type-specific. Only the overexpression construct in Figure 6 uses an ICAM-2 promoter construct, which drives expression in endothelial cells, though leaky expression of this promoter has been reported in the literature. Therefore, other cell types such as smooth muscle cells or macrophages could be responsible for the effects observed.

      Thank you for your critical comment. To address your concern, we have made the following three revisions:

      First, we have analyzed the expression of AFF3ir-ORF2 in the vascular wall with or without intima in WT and AFF3ir-ORF2 knockout mice. As shown in Figure 1B and Figure S1A, while the expression of AFF3ir-ORF2 was notably downregulated in the aortic intima of athero-prone regions compared to the protective region, it remained largely unchanged in the aortic wall without intima across different regions of the aorta. This suggested that AFF3ir-ORF2 might play a predominant role in endothelial cells rather than other cell types in the context of shear stress.

      Second, we have used human endothelial cells (HUVECs) to further confirm our findings. As shown in Figure 2C and Figure S2B, we found that AFF3ir-ORF2 overexpression could attenuate disturbed shear stress-induced IRF5 nuclear translocation and the expression of inflammatory genes in HUVECs, suggesting the potential anti-inflammatory effects of AFF3ir-ORF2 in endothelial cells.

      Third, we agree with the reviewer’s comment that we cannot completely exclude the potential involvement of other cell types. Hence, we have included a limitation statement in the discussion part in Lines 341-344.

      The weakest part of the manuscript is the in vitro experiment using some nonidentifiable expression differences. The data is used to hypothesise on a role for IRF5 in the effects observed with Aff3ir-ORF2 knockout.

      Thank you for the comments. To address your concerns, we have made the following two changes:

      First, we have further investigated the functional features of the differential genes from the RNA-seq in the context of atherosclerotic microenvironment. The differential gene list was mapped onto the atherosclerosis-related gene dataset (PMID: 27374120), and a total of 363 genes overlapped. These 363 genes were subjected to bioinformatics enrichment analysis using Gene Ontology (GO) databases. GO analysis showed that these genes were mainly enriched in cell−cell adhesion and leukocyte activation involved in immune response, which aligns with the expression of VCAM-1 affected by AFF3ir-ORF2. The newly acquired data are presented in Figure S5B and the description of the results has been updated in the revised manuscript (Line 227-233).

      Second, we have further verified the RNA-seq results in vitro. Several classical inflammatory factors, including ICAM-1, CCL5, and CXCL10, which mRNA levels were significantly downregulated in RNA-seq and were also identified as target genes of IRF5, were analyzed. We found that AFF3ir-ORF2 deficiency aggravated, while AFF3ir-ORF2 overexpression attenuated, the expression of ICAM-1, CCL5, and CXCL10 induced by disturbed shear stress (New Figure S5D). Besides, the regulation of ICAM-1 by AFF3ir-ORF2 was confirmed at both protein and mRNA levels in HUVECs (Figure 2C-D and Figure S2B). 

      Overall, the paper succeeds in demonstrating a link between Aff3ir-ORF2 and atherosclerosis, but the cell types involved and mechanisms remain unclear. The study also shows a functional interaction between Aff3ir-ORF2 and IRF5 in embryonic fibroblasts, but any relevance of this mechanism for atherosclerosis or any cell types involved in the development of this disease remains largely speculative.

      Thank you for all the valuable comments. The specific responses have been provided above. Briefly, we have followed your advice and further confirmed the regulation of AFF3ir-ORF2 on IRF5 in endothelial cells. Besides, the RNA-seq results have been further analyzed, and partial results have been verified in endothelial cells to support the anti-inflammatory role of AFF3ir-ORF2. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comments, which guided our revisions and contributed to significantly improving the paper.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This study is to demonstrate the role of Aff3ir-ORF2 in the atheroprone flow-induced EC dysfunction and ensuing atherosclerosis in mouse models. Overall, the data quality and comprehensiveness are convincing. In silico, in vitro, and in vivo experiments and several atherosclerosis were well executed. To strengthen further, the authors can address human EC relevance.

      We thank you for your positive remarks and insightful comments.

      Major comments:

      (1) The tissue source in Figures 1A and 1B should be clarified, the whole aortic segments or intima? If aortic segment was used, the authors should repeat the experiments using intima, due to the focus of the current study on the endothelium.

      We thank you for the suggestion. The tissue used in Figures 1A and 1B was from aortic intima. The description has been updated for clarity in the revised manuscript on Lines 114-125. 

      (2) Why were MEFs used exclusively in the in vitro experiments? Can the authors repeat some of the critical experiments in mouse or human ECs?

      Thank you for this insightful comment. Isolation and culture of mouse primary aortic ECs were notorious technically difficult and shear stress experiment require a large number of cells. Considering MEFs exhibit responses consistent with those of ECs, which has been delicately proved (PMID: 23754392), we used MEFs in our in vitro experiments.

      However, following your valuable advice, we have now employed human ECs (HUVECs) to confirm our findings. Consistent with our results in MEFs, we found that AFF3ir-ORF2 overexpression reduced the expression of inflammatory genes induced by disturbed shear stress at both protein and mRNA levels in HUVECs (Figure 2C, Figure S2B). Notably, despite the significant anti-inflammatory effects of AFF3irORF2, the sequence of this gene is not conserved in Homo sapiens and lacks an initiation codon, which is why we did not further proceed with the loss-of-function experiments.

      (3) The authors should explain why AFF3ir-ORF2 overexpression did not affect the basal level expression of ICAM-1, VCAM-1, IL-1b, and IL-6 under ST conditions (Figure 2A-C).

      We thank you for raising this critical question. Indeed, we found that AFF3ir-ORF2 overexpression did not affect the basal level of inflammatory genes under ST conditions, while it exerted anti-inflammatory effects under OSS conditions. One underlying reason might be the relative low level of expression of inflammatory genes under ST compared to OSS conditions. Additionally, as our findings suggested, AFF3ir-ORF2 exerted its anti-inflammatory role by binding to IRF5 and inhibiting IRF5 nuclear translocation. However, as shown in Figure 4I, IRF5 might be predominantly localized in the cytoplasm rather than the nucleus under ST conditions.

      We have included the description in the revised manuscript on Lines 157-163.

      (4) Please include data from sham controls, i.e., right carotid artery in Figure 2E.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have followed your advice and included sham controls (staining of the right carotid arteries) in Figure S2E.

      (5) Given that the merit of the study lies in the effect of different flow patterns, the legion areas in AA and TA (Figure 3B, 3C) should be separately compared.

      We have followed your valuable suggestion and included the additional statistical results in Figure 3C in the revised manuscript.

      (6) For confirmatory purposes for the variations of IRF5 and IRF8, can the authors mine available RNA-seq or even scRNA-seq data on human or mouse atherosclerosis? This approach is important and could complement the current results that are lacking EC data.

      Thank you for your valuable suggestion. In the present study, we found that disturbed flow did not alter the protein level of IRF5 but promoted its nuclear translocation. Following your advice, we analyzed the expression of IRF5 in human ECs (GSE276195) and atherosclerotic mouse arteries (GSE222583) using public databases. Consistently, IRF5 did not show significant changes in mRNA levels under these conditions (Figure S5E-F), suggesting that the regulation of IRF5 in the context of disturbed flow or atherosclerosis is primarily post-translational.

      (7) With the efficacy of using AAV-ICAM2-AFF3ir-ORF2 in atherosclerosis reduction (Figure 6), the authors are encouraged to use lung ECs isolated from the AFF3ir-ORF2/-mice to recapitulate its regulation of IRF5.

      We greatly appreciate your valuable suggestion to use lung ECs from mice. We have observed that AFF3ir-ORF2 deficiency enhanced the nuclear translocation of IRF5 induced by OSS. Noteworthy, the transcriptional levels of IRF5 were minimally affected by AFF3ir-ORF2 deficiency. Hence, to recapitulate the regulation of IRF5 with lung ECs isolated from the AFF3ir-ORF2<sup>-/-</sup> mice, it would require treating lung ECs with OSS followed by isolation of subcellular components. However, both in vitro shear stress treatment and subcellular fraction isolation require a large number of cells, and mouse lung ECs are difficult to culture and pass through several passages. Therefore, we hope the reviewer understands that these experiments were not performed. As an alternative, we have confirmed the transcriptional activity changes of IRF5 due to AFF3ir-ORF2 manipulation by analyzing the expression of its target genes indicated from RNA-seq results in both the intima of mouse aorta (Figure S5C-D) and HUVECs (Figure 2C-D and Figure S2B). Our findings show that AFF3ir-ORF2 deficiency increases, while its overexpression decreases, the expression levels of IRF5-targeted genes in endothelial cells.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Figure 2H - As I understand it, this is MFI measurement of VCAM. Please change accordingly.

      Thanks. Corrected.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      My major concern is the use of MEFs for all in vitro experiments. All experiments should be done in endothelial cells if the aim is to show a mechanism relevant to endothelial activation and atherosclerosis. Lines 314-316 of the conclusion are absolutely not supported by the data.

      Thank you for the insightful comment. Following your advice, we have employed human ECs (HUVECs) to confirm our findings. Consistent with the findings in MEFs, we found that AFF3ir-ORF2 decreased the expression of inflammatory genes induced by disturbed shear stress, both at protein and mRNA levels in HUVECs (Figure 2C, Figure S2B). 

      Since the in vivo experiments are not cell type-specific, it would be important to test and compare the expression of Aff3ir-ORF2 in endothelial cells as well as smooth muscle and macrophages to support any claim of cell type involvement in the effects observed.

      We thank you for the valuable suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we have followed your suggestion and analyzed the expression pattern of AFF3ir-ORF2 in different regions of the aorta with or without endothelium. We observed a marked reduction in AFF3ir-ORF2 expression in the intima of the aortic arch compared to that in the intima of the thoracic aorta (Figure 1B-C). In contrast, the expression of AFF3irORF2 in the media and adventitia was comparable between the aortic arch and thoracic aorta (Figure S1A-B). These findings provide further evidence supporting the predominant role of endothelial cells. The description has been modified accordingly in the revised manuscript on Lines 121-134.

      The results of the RNA-seq experiment should be disclosed. The experiment should be deposited on GEO or similar and a table of differentially expressed genes added to the manuscript.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have followed your advice and submitted the RNA-sequencing data to GEO datasets (GSE286206). Besides, a table of differentially expressed genes has been included in the revised manuscript as Table S3.

      Minor comments:

      (1) Figure 1A. Missing the labels of the target.

      Thanks. Corrected. 

      (2) Figure 1D. Cell alignment in AA compared to TA suggests that the image is of the outer curvature, but Figure 1F is showing that the outer curvature is expressing more ORF2 than the inner. Why was the outer curvature chosen for this panel and is it true to conclude on that assumption that expression of ORF2 compares as TA > Outer > Inner curvature?

      We thank you for the insightful suggestion. We have followed your advice and performed en-face immunofluorescence staining of AFF3ir-ORF2 and quantification of AFF3ir-ORF2 expression in AA inner, AA outer, and TA regions. As shown in new Figure 1D-E, the results indeed indicated that expression of AFF3irORF2 compares as TA > AA outer > AA inner.

      (3) Figure 2H. Target mislabelled as ICAM-1 instead of VCAM-.

      Thanks. Corrected. 

      (4) Figure S1A. VE-cad staining and cell shape differ between control and overexpression. Is this a phenotype or are different areas of the vasculature shown, which would make it hard to interpret since Aff3ir-ORF2 levels differ in different vessel areas?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important question. For Figure S1A, only common carotid arteries were used for the staining. The potential differences in cell shape observed might be due to variations in the procedure during immunofluorescence staining. To avoid any misinterpretation, more representative images have been provided in the revised Figure S2C.

      (5) Figure 3D-G. Images are not representative of the quantification results.

      Thank you. More representative images have been replaced in the revised Figure 3D and Figure 3F.

      (6) Line 220. Data for IRF8 are not shown in the figure to support this claim.

      Thank you for pointing this out. The expression level of IRF8 has been included in Figure S5C.

      (7) Figure 6F. AAV-AFF3ir-ORF2 panel order inverted.

      Thanks. Corrected. 

      (8) Line 401. Type "hat" instead of "h at".

      Sorry for the typo. Corrected.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor comments:

      (1)  The rationale for the following sentence (lines 126-128) is lacking: "Moreover, 126 we observed the expression of AFF3ir-ORF2 in longitudinal sections of the mouse aorta (B. 127 Li et al., 2019)".

      Thanks. The rationale for these experiments have been included in the revised manuscript on Line 127-129. 

      (2) The source of antibodies against AFF3ir-ORF1 and AFF3ir-ORF2 used in western blot and immunostaining experiments were not mentioned in the manuscript.

      Thanks. The antibody information has been included in the method part on Line 456-457, 510-511. 

      (3) The rationale and data interpretation is not clear for the following sentence (lines 220-221): "In addition, neither IRF5 nor IRF8 expression was regulated by AFF3irORF2 220 (Figure 4F)".

      Thank you for pointing this out. The expression level of IRF8 has been included in Figure S5C. The sentence has been modified accordingly on Lines 253254. 

      (4) The quality of AFF3ir-ORF2 blot in Figure 4I needs improvement.

      Thanks. More representative images have been included in Figure 4I.

      (5) It appears that AFF3ir-ORF2 was present in both cytoplasm and nucleus. Does AFF3ir-ORF2 have a nuclear entry peptide? Also, the nuclear entry of AFF3ir-ORF2 can be enhanced by an immunofluorescence staining experiment.

      Thank you for your insightful comments. Indeed, although we did not observe any significant subcellular changes in the localization of AFF3ir-ORF2 under shear stress conditions, our immunostaining results revealed that AFF3ir-ORF2 is localized in both the cytoplasm and nucleus. To explore whether AFF3ir-ORF2 contains nuclear localization signals, we utilized the NLStradamus tool (http://www.moseslab.csb.utoronto.ca/NLStradamus/) to analyze its sequence. The predication indicated that AFF3ir-ORF2 lacks a nuclear localization signal.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer 1: “The authors over-emphasized this study's relevance to RP disease (i.e. patients and mammals are not capable of regeneration like zebrafish).”

      It is true that humans and other mammals are not capable of regeneration.  This is why we and many other groups study zebrafish to identify mechanisms of regeneration that successfully form new rods.  That said, our previous paper on the molecular basis or retinal remodeling in this zebrafish model system (Santhanam et al., 2023; Cell Mol Life Sci. 2023;80(12):362) revealed remarkable similarities in the stress and physiological responses of rods, cones, RPE and inner retinal neurons to those in mammalian RP models.  Thus, we believe this zebrafish is an adequate model of RP and an excellent model to study rod regeneration. 

      Reviewer 1: “They under-explained this regeneration's relevance or difference to normal developmental process, which is pretty much conserved in evolution.”  and:

      Reviewer 3: “It would also benefit from integration with single-cell multiome data from developing retinas (Lyu, et al. 2023).”

      It is an excellent suggestion to compare the regenerative response we have studied in a chronic degeneration/regeneration model to the trajectory of developmental rod formation. In Lyu, et at. 2023, it was found that while retinal regeneration has similarities to retinal development, it does not precisely recapitulate the same transcription factors and processes. Any differences between this trajectory and that revealed in developmental studies would be enlightening.  We intend to do such analyses to add to a revised manuscript in the future. 

      Reviewer 2: “Perhaps the authors can consider explaining why the Prdm1a knock-down cells would have a higher Retp1 signal per cell in Fig 9B. Is this a representative picture? This appears to contradict Figure 8's conclusion, although I could tell that the number of Retp1+ cells in the ONL appears to be lower.”

      These are different experimental paradigms.  Figure 8 shows knockdown 48 hours after injection, at which time prdm1a knockdown is affecting rhodopsin expression directly.  That experiment investigated whether prdm1a knockdown affected progenitor proliferation.  Figure 9 shows a time point 6 days after injection, at which time we were asking if prdm1a knockdown affected differentiation of progenitors into rods. 

      Reviewer 2: “The authors noted "Surprisingly, the knockdown of prdm1a resulted in a significantly higher number of rhodopsin-positive cells in the INL (p=0.0293)", while it appears in Figure 9B, 9C that the difference is 2 cells vs 0 in a rightly broader field. It seems to be too strong of a statement for this effect.”

      This was a very unexpected finding.  We included statistics (Figure 9D) to support the finding, so we don’t think it is too strong a statement to make.  Speculation as to what might cause this is fascinating.  Are Muller cells producing progenitors that fail to migrate to the ONL before differentiating into rods?  The lack of BrdU labeling does not support this idea.  Do neurogenic progenitor cells in the INL differentiate towards rods via a pathway that does not require prdm1a?  Perhaps.  Perhaps there are other explanations.

      Reviewer 2: “It appears to this reviewer that the proteomic data didn't reveal much in line with the overall hypothesis or the mechanism, and it's unclear why the authors went for proteomics rather than bulk RNA-seq or ChIP-seq for a transcription factor knock-down experiment. Overall this is a minor point.”

      We agree that bulk RNA sequencing would provide a similar answer, possibly with greater sensitivity.  We chose proteomics for two reasons: 1) We wanted an independent assessment of the knockdown effects that could evaluate whether the knockdowns worked and what pathways were affected.  Since our pathway comparison is to single cell RNAseq data, bulk RNA seq did not seem to be fully independent. 2) Because we used translation-blocking antisense oligos for most knockdown experiments, we did not expect the transcript abundance of the targeted gene to be affected, although these oligos can lead to target transcript degradation.  Thus, we were not likely to be able to validate that our knockdown worked with this technique. 

      Reviewer 3: “The gene regulatory network analysis here would also benefit from the addition of matched scATAC-Seq data, …”

      This is certainly true, and the reviewer points to several studies that have made excellent use of this strategy.  Given the 1-2 year timeline to obtain and analyze such data, it is unlikely that we will be able to incorporate such data in our revised manuscript, but we hope to do so for follow-up studies.

      Reviewer 3: “The description of the time points analyzed is vague, stating only that "fish from 6 to 12 months of age were analyzed". Since photoreceptor degeneration is progressive, it is unclear how progenitor behavior changes over time, or how the gene expression profile of other cell types such as microglia, cones, or surviving rods is altered by disease progression.”

      We have shown in a previous study (Santhanam et al. Cells. 2020;9(10)) that rod degeneration and regeneration are in a steady state from at least 4 to 8 months of age, and in other experiments in the lab at least to 12 months of age.  In this age range, regeneration keeps up with the pace of degeneration, both of which are very fast.  This encompasses the cell types that we specifically study in this manuscript.  The reviewer is right that other cell types could undergo changes.  This is a separate topic of study in the lab.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The objective of this research is to understand how the expression of key selector transcription factors, Tal1, Gata2, Gata3, involved in GABAergic vs glutamatergic neuron fate from a single anterior hindbrain progenitor domain is transcriptionally controlled. With suitable scRNAseq, scATAC-seq, CUT&TAG, and footprinting datasets, the authors use an extensive set of computational approaches to identify putative regulatory elements and upstream transcription factors that may control selector TF expression. This data-rich study will be a valuable resource for future hypothesis testing, through perturbation approaches, of the many putative regulators identified in the study. The data are displayed in some of the main and supplemental figures in a way that makes it difficult to appreciate and understand the authors' presentation and interpretation of the data in the Results narrative. Primary images used for studying the timing and coexpression of putative upstream regulators, Insm1, E2f1, Ebf1, and Tead2 with Tal1 are difficult to interpret and do not convincingly support the authors' conclusions. There appears to be little overlap in the fluorescent labeling, and it is not clear whether the signals are located in the cell soma nucleus.

      Strengths:

      The main strength is that it is a data-rich compilation of putative upstream regulators of selector TFs that control GABAergic vs glutamatergic neuron fates in the brainstem. This resource now enables future perturbation-based hypothesis testing of the gene regulatory networks that help to build brain circuitry.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for the thoughtful assessment and recognition of the extensive datasets and computational approaches employed in our study. We appreciate the acknowledgment that our efforts in compiling data-rich resources for identifying putative regulators of key selector transcription factors (TFs)—Tal1, Gata2, and Gata3—are valuable for future hypothesis-driven research.

      Weaknesses:

      Some of the findings could be better displayed and discussed.

      We acknowledge the concerns raised regarding the clarity and interpretability of certain figures, particularly those related to expression analyses of candidate upstream regulators such as Insm1, E2f1, Ebf1, and Tead2 in relation to Tal1. We agree that clearer visualization and improved annotation of fluorescence signals are crucial to accurately support our conclusions. In our revised manuscript, we will enhance image clarity and clearly indicate sites of co-expression for Tal1 and its putative regulators, ensuring the results are more readily interpretable. Additionally, we will expand explanatory narratives within the figure legends to better align the figures with the results section.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript, the authors seek to discover putative gene regulatory interactions underlying the lineage bifurcation process of neural progenitor cells in the embryonic mouse anterior brainstem into GABAergic and glutamatergic neuronal subtypes. The authors analyze single-cell RNA-seq and single-cell ATAC-seq datasets derived from the ventral rhombomere 1 of embryonic mouse brainstems to annotate cell types and make predictions or where TFs bind upstream and downstream of the effector TFs using computational methods. They add data on the genomic distributions of some of the key transcription factors and layer these onto the single-cell data to get a sense of the transcriptional dynamics.

      Strengths:

      The authors use a well-defined fate decision point from brainstem progenitors that can make two very different kinds of neurons. They already know the key TFs for selecting the neuronal type from genetic studies, so they focus their gene regulatory analysis squarely on the mechanisms that are immediately upstream and downstream of these key factors. The authors use a combination of single-cell and bulk sequencing data, prediction and validation, and computation.

      We also appreciate the thoughtful comments from Reviewer #2, highlighting the strengths of our approach in elucidating gene regulatory interactions that govern neuronal fate decisions in the embryonic mouse brainstem. We are pleased that our focus on a critical cell-fate decision point and the integration of diverse data modalities, combined with computational analyses, has been recognized as a key strength.

      Weaknesses:

      The study generates a lot of data about transcription factor binding sites, both predicted and validated, but the data are substantially descriptive. It remains challenging to understand how the integration of all these different TFs works together to switch terminal programs on and off.

      Reviewer #2 correctly points out that while our study provides extensive data on predicted and validated transcription factor binding sites, clearly illustrating how these factors collectively interact to regulate terminal neuronal differentiation programs remains challenging. We acknowledge the inherently descriptive nature of the current interpretation of our combined datasets.

      In our revision, we will clarify how the different data types support and corroborate one another, highlighting what we consider the most reliable observations of TF activity. Additionally, we will revise the discussion to address the challenges associated with interpreting the highly complex networks of interactions within the gene regulatory landscape.

      We sincerely thank both reviewers for their constructive feedback, which we believe will significantly enhance the quality and accessibility of our manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors demonstrate impairments induced by a high cholesterol diet on GLP-1R dependent glucoregulation in vivo as well as an improvement after reduction in cholesterol synthesis with simvastatin in pancreatic islets. They also map sites of cholesterol high occupancy and residence time on active versus inactive GLP-1Rs using coarse-grained molecular dynamics (cgMD) simulations and screened for key residues selected from these sites and performed detailed analyses of the effects of mutating one of these residues, Val229, to alanine on GLP-1R interactions with cholesterol, plasma membrane behaviour, clustering, trafficking and signalling in pancreatic beta cells and primary islets, and describe an improved insulin secretion profile for the V229A mutant receptor.

      These are extensive and very impressive studies indeed. I am impressed with the tireless effort exerted to understand the details of molecular mechanisms involved in the effects of cholesterol for GLP-1 activation of its receptor. In general, the study is convincing, the manuscript well written and the data well presented.

      Some of the changes are small and insignificant which makes one wonder how important the observations are. For instance, in figure 2 E (which is difficult to interpret anyway because the data are presented in percent, conveniently hiding the absolute results) does not show a significant result of the cyclodextrin except for insignificant increases in basal secretion. That is not identical to impairment of GLP-1 receptor signaling!

      We assume that the reviewer refers to Figure 1E, where we show the percentage of insulin secretion in response to 11 mM glucose +/- exendin-4 stimulation in mouse islets pretreated with vehicle or MβCD loaded with 20 mM cholesterol. While we concur with the reviewer that the effect in this case is triggered by increased basal insulin secretion at 11 mM glucose, exendin-4 appears to no longer compensate for this increase by proportionally amplifying insulin responses in cholesterol-loaded islets, leading to a significantly decreased exendin-4induced insulin secretion fold increase under these circumstances, as shown in Figure 1F. We interpret these results as a defect in the GLP-1R capacity to amplify insulin secretion beyond the basal level to the same extent as in vehicle conditions. An alternative explanation is that there is a maximum level of insulin secretion in our cells, and 11 mM glucose + exendin-4 stimulation gets close to that value. With the increasing effect of cholesterol-loaded MβCD on basal secretion at 11 mM glucose, exendin-4 stimulation would then appear to work less well.

      We have performed a simple experiment to investigate this possibility: insulin secretion following stimulation with a secretagogue cocktail (20 mM glucose, 30 mM KCl, 10 µM FSK and 100 µM IBMX) in islets +/- MβCD/cholesterol loading to determine if maximal stimulation had been reached or not in our original experiment. This experiment, now included in Supplementary Figure 1C, demonstrates that insulin secretion can increase up to ~4% (from ~2%) in our islets, supporting our initial conclusion. We have also included absolute insulin concentrations as well as percentages of secretion for all the experiments included in the study in the new Supplementary File 1 to improve the completeness of the report.

      To me the most important experiment of them all is the simvastatin experiment, but the results rest on very few numbers and there is a large variation. Apparently, in a previous study using more extensive reduction in cholesterol the opposite response was detected casting doubt on the significance of the current observation. I agree with the authors that the use of cyclodextrin may have been associated with other changes in plasma membrane structure than cholesterol depletion at the GLP-1 receptor.

      We agree with the reviewer that the insulin secretion results in vehicle versus LPDS/simvastatin treated mouse islets (Figure 1H, I) are relatively variable. We have therefore performed 2 extra biological repeats of this experiment (for a total n of 7). Results now show a significant increase in exendin-4-stimulated secretion with no change in basal secretion in islets pre-incubated with LPDS/simvastatin.  

      The entire discussion regarding the importance of cholesterol would benefit tremendously from studies of GLP-1 induced insulin secretion in people with different cholesterol levels before and after treatment with cholesterol-lowering agents. I suspect that such a study would not reveal major differences.

      We agree with the reviewer that such study would be highly relevant. While this falls outside the scope of the present paper, we encourage other researchers with access to clinical data on GLP-1R agonist responses in individuals taking cholesterol lowering agents to share their results with the scientific community. We have highlighted this point in the paper discussion to emphasise the importance of more research in this area.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript the authors provided a proof of concept that they can identify and mutate a cholesterol-binding site of a high-interest class B receptor, the GLP-1R, and functionally characterize the impact of this mutation on receptor behavior in the membrane and downstream signaling with the intent that similar methods can be useful to optimize small molecules that as ligands or allosteric modulators of GLP-1R can improve the therapeutic tools targeting this signaling system.

      Strengths:

      The majority of results on receptor behavior are elucidated in INS-1 cells expressing the wt or mutant GLP-1R, with one experiment translating the findings to primary mouse beta-cells. I think this paper lays a very strong foundation to characterize this mutation and does a good job discussing how complex cholesterol-receptor interactions can be (ie lower cholesterol binding to V229A GLP-1R, yet increased segregation to lipid rafts). Table 1 and Figure 9 are very beneficial to summarize the findings. The lower interaction with cholesterol and lower membrane diffusion in V229A GLP-1R resembles the reduced diffusion of wt GLP-1R with simv-induced cholesterol reductions, although by presumably decreasing the cholesterol available to interact with wt GLP-1R. This could be interesting to see if lowering cholesterol alters other behaviors of wt GLP-1R that look similar to V229A GLP-1R. I further wonder if the authors expect that increased cholesterol content of islets (with loading of MβCD saturated with cholesterol or high-cholesterol diets) would elevate baseline GLP-1R membrane diffusion, and if a more broad relationship can be drawn between GLP-1R membrane movement and downstream signaling.

      Membrane diffusion experiments are difficult to perform in intact islets as our method requires cell monolayers for RICS analysis. We however agree that it is of interest to investigate if cholesterol loading affects GLP-1R diffusion. To this end, we have performed further RICS analysis in INS-1 832/3 SNAP/FLAG-hGLP-1R cells pretreated with vehicle or MβCD loaded with 20 mM cholesterol (new Supplementary Figures 1D and 1E). Interestingly, results show significantly increased plasma membrane diffusion of exendin-4-stimulated receptors, with no change in basal diffusion, following MβCD/cholesterol loading. This behaviour differs from that of the V229A mutant receptor which shows reduced diffusion under basal conditions, a pattern that mimics that of the WT receptor under low cholesterol conditions (by pre-treatment with LPDS/simvastatin).

      Weaknesses:

      I think there are no obvious weaknesses in this manuscript and overall, I believe the authors achieved their aims and have demonstrated the importance of cholesterol interactions on GLP-1R functioning in beta-cells. I think this paper will be of interest to many physiologists who may not be familiar with many of the techniques used in this paper and the authors largely do a good job explaining the goals of using each method in the results section.

      The intent of some methods, for example the Laurdan probe studies, are better expanded in the discussion.

      We have expanded on the rationale behind the use of Laurdan to assess behaviours of lipid packed membrane nanodomains in the methods, results and discussion of the revised manuscript.

      I found it unclear what exactly was being measured to assess 'receptor activity' in Fig 7E and F.

      Figures 7E and F refer to bystander complementation assays measuring the recruitment of nanobody 37 (Nb37)-SmBiT, which binds to active Gas, to either the plasma membrane (labelled with KRAS CAAX motif-LgBiT), or to endosomes (labelled with Endofin FYVE domain-LgBiT) in response to GLP-1R stimulation with exendin-4. This assay therefore measures GLP-1R activation specifically at each of these two subcellular locations. We have included a schematic of this assay in the new Supplementary Figure 3 to clarify the aim of these experiments.

      Certainly many follow-up experiments are possible from these initial findings and of primary interest is how this mutation affects insulin homeostasis in vivo under different physiological conditions. One of the biggest pathologies in insulin homeostasis in obesity/t2d is an elevation of baseline insulin release (as modeled in Fig 1E) that renders the fold-change in glucose stimulated insulin levels lower and physiologically less effective. No difference in primary mouse islet baseline insulin secretion was seen here but I wonder if this mutation would ameliorate diet-induced baseline hyperinsulinemia.

      We concur with the reviewer that it would be interesting to determine the effects of the GLP1R V229A mutation on insulin secretion responses under diet-induced metabolic stress conditions. While performing in vivo experiments on glucoregulation in mice harbouring the V229A mutation falls outside the scope of the present study, we have included ex vivo insulin secretion experiments in islets from GLP-1R KO mice transduced with adenoviruses expressing SNAP/FLAG-hGLP-1R WT or V229A and subsequently treated with vehicle versus MβCD loaded with 20 mM cholesterol to replicate the conditions of Figure 1E in the new Supplementary Figure 4.

      I would have liked to see the actual islet cholesterol content after 5wks high-cholesterol diet measured to correlate increased cholesterol load with diminished glucose-stimulated inulin. While not necessary for this paper, a comparison of islet cholesterol content after this cholesterol diet vs the more typical 60% HFD used in obesity research would be beneficial for GLP-1 physiology research broadly to take these findings into consideration with model choice.

      We have included these data in Supplementary Figure 1A.

      Another area to further investigate is does this mutation alter ex4 interaction/affinity/time of binding to GLP-1 or are all of the described findings due to changes in behavior and function of the receptor?

      To answer this question, have performed binding affinity experiments, which show no differences, in INS-1 832/3 SNAP/FLAG-hGLP-1R WT versus V229A cells (new Supplementary Figure 2D).

      Lastly, I wonder if V229A would have the same impact in a different cell type, especially in neurons? How similar are the cholesterol profiles of beta-cells and neurons? How this mutation (and future developed small molecules) may affect satiation, gut motility, and especially nausea, are of high translational interest. The comparison is drawn in the discussion between this mutation and ex4-phe1 to have biased agonism towards Gs over beta-arrestin signaling. Ex4-phe1 lowered pica behavior (a proxy for nausea) in the authors previously co-authored paper on ex4-phe1 (PMID 29686402) and I think drawing a parallel for this mutation or modification of cholesterol binding to potentially mitigate nausea is worth highlighting.

      While experiments in neurons are outside the scope of the present study, we have added this worthy point to the discussion and hypothesise on possible effects of GLP-1R mutants with modified cholesterol interactions on central GLP-1R actions in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      There are no line numbers

      These have now been added.

      Abstract: "Cholesterol is a plasma membrane enriched lipid" - sorry for being finicky, but shouldn't this read; "a lipid often enriched in plasma membranes"

      We have modified the abstract to state that: “Cholesterol is a lipid enriched at the plasma membrane”.

      p. 4 "Moreover, islets extracted from high cholesterol-fed mice". How do you "extract islets"?

      We have exchanged the term “extracted” by “isolated”. Islet isolation is described in the paper methods section.

      p. 4 The sentence "These effects were accompanied by decreased GLP-1R plasma membrane diffusion under vehicle conditions, measured by Raster Image Correlation Spectroscopy (RICS) in rat insulinoma INS-1 832/3 cells with endogenous GLP-1R deleted [INS-1 832/3 GLP-1R KO cells (27)] stably expressing SNAP/FLAG-tagged human GLP-1R (SNAP/FLAG-hGLP-1R), an effect that is normally triggered by agonist binding (28), as also observed here (Supplementary Figure 1C, D)" is a masterpiece of complexity. Perhaps breaking up would facilitate reading?

      This paragraph has now been modified in the revised manuscript.

      p. 5. I cannot evaluate the "coarse grain molecular dynamics" studies.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I view this as an excellent manuscript with very comprehensive work and clear translational relevance. I don't think any further experiments are needed for the scope outlined in this manuscript. The discussion is already long but a short postulation on how this may translate to GLP-1R-cholesterol interactions in other cell types, specifically neurons with the intent on manipulating satiation and nausea, could be worthwhile.

      This has now been added.

      The only thing for readability I would suggest is a sentence in the results mentioning why you're doing the Laurdan analysis, and what is the output for assessing 'receptor activity' in the membrane and endosomes.

      Both points have now been added.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors examine CD8 T cell selective pressure in early HCV infection using. They propose that after initial CD8-T mediated loss of virus fitness, in some participants around 3 months after infection, HCV acquires compensatory mutations and improved fitness leading to virus progression.

      Strengths:

      Throughout the paper, the authors apply well-established approaches in studies of acute to chronic HIV infection for studies of HCV infection. This lends rigor the to the authors' work.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The Discussion could be strengthened by a direct discussion of the parallels/differences in results between HIV and HCV infections in terms of T cell selection, entropy, and fitness.

      We have added a direct discussion of the parallels/differences between HIV and HCV throughout the discussion including at lines 308 – 310 and 315 -327.

      Lines 308-310: “In fact, many parallels can be drawn between HIV infections and HCV infections in the context of emerging viral species that escape T cell immune responses.”

      Lines: 315-327: “One major difference between HCV and HIV infection is the event where patients infected with HCV have an approximately 25% chance to naturally clear the infection as opposed to just achieving viral control in HIV infections. Here, we probed the underlying mechanism, and questioned how the host immune response and HCV mutational landscape can allow the virus to escape the immune system. To understand this process, taking inspiration from HIV studies (24), a quantitative analysis of viral fitness relative to viral haplotypes was conducted using longitudinal samples to investigate whether a similar phenomenon was identified in HCV infections for our cohort for patients who progress to chronic infection. We observed a decrease in population average relative fitness in the period of <90DPI with respect to the T/F virus in chronic subjects infected with HCV. The decrease in fitness correlated positively with IFN-γ ELISPOT responses and negatively with SE indicating that CD8+ T-cell responses drove the rapid emergence of immune escape variants, which initially reduced viral fitness. This is similarly reflected in HIV infected patients where strong CD8+ T-cell responses drove quicker emergence of immune escape variants, often accompanied by compensatory mutations (24).”

      (2) In the Results, please describe the Barton model functionality and why the fitness landscape model was most applicable for studies of HCV viral diversity.

      This has been added to the introduction section rather than Results as we feel that it is more appropriate to show why it is most applicable to HCV viral diversity in the background section of the manuscript. We write at lines 77-90:

      “Barton et al.’s [23] approach to understand HIV mutational landscape resulting in immune escape had two fundamental points: 1) replicative fitness depends on the virus sequence and the requirement to consider the effect of co-occurring mutations, and 2) evolutionary dynamics (e.g. host immune pressure). Together they pave the way to predict the mutational space in which viral strains can change given the unique immune pressure exerted by individuals infected with HIV. This model fits well with the pathology of HCV infection. For instance, HIV and HCV are both RNA viruses with rapid rate of mutation. Additionally, like HIV, chronic infection is an outcome for HCV infected individuals, however, unlike HIV, there is a 25% probability that individuals infected with HCV will naturally clear the virus. Previously published studies [9] have shown that HIV also goes through a genetic bottleneck which results in the T/F virus losing dominance and replaced by a chronic subtype, identified by the immune escape mutations. The concepts in Barton’s model and its functionality to assess the fitness based on the complex interaction between viral sequence composition and host immune response is also applicable to early HCV infection.”

      (3) Recognize the caveats of the HCV mapping data presented.

      We have now recognized the caveats of the HCV mapping data at lines 354-256 “While our findings here are promising, it should be recognized that although the bioinformatics tool (iedb_tool.py) proved useful for identifying potential epitopes, there could be epitopes that are not predicted or false-positive from the output which could lead to missing real epitopes”

      (4) The authors should provide more data or cite publications to support the authors' statement that HCV-specific CD8 T cell responses decline following infection.

      We have now clarified at lines 352-353 that the decline was toward “selected epitopes that showed evidence of escape”.

      Furthermore, we have cited two publications at line 352 that support our statement.

      (5) Similarly, as the authors' measurements of HCV T and humoral responses were not exhaustive, the text describing the decline of T cells with the onset of humoral immunity needs caveats or more rigorous discussion with citations (Discussion lines 319-321).

      We have now added a caveat in the discussion at lines 357-360 which reads

      “In conclusion, this study provides initial insights into the evolutionary dynamics of HCV, showing that an early, robust CD8+ T-cell response without nAbs strongly selects against the T/F virus, enabling it to escape and establish chronic infection. However, these findings are preliminary and not exhaustive, warranting further investigation to fully understand these dynamics. “

      (6) What role does antigen drive play in these data -for both T can and antibody induction?

      It is possible that HLA-adapted mutations could limit CD8 T cell induction if the HLAs were matched between transmission pairs, as has been shown previously for HIV (https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.ppat.1008177) with some data for HCV (https://journals.asm.org/doi/10.1128/jvi.00912-06). However, we apologise as we are not entirely sure that this is what the reviewer is asking for in this instance.

      (7) Figure 3 - are the X and Y axes wrongly labelled? The Divergent ranges of population fitness do not make sense.

      Our apologies, there was an error with the plot in Figure 3 and the X and Y axis were wrongly labelled. This has now been resolved.

      (8) Figure S3 - is the green line, average virus fitness?

      This has now been clarified in Figure S3.

      (9) Use the term antibody epitopes, not B cell epitopes.

      We now use the term antibody epitopes throughout the manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation:

      (1) Introduction:

      Line 52: 'carry mutations B/T cell epitopes'. Two points

      i) These are antibody epitopes (and antibody selection) not B cell epitopes

      We have corrected this sentence at line 55 which now reads: “carry mutations within epitopes targeted by B cells and CD8+ T cells”.

      ii) To avoid confusion, add text that mutations were generated following selection in the donor.

      For HCV, it is unclear if mutations are generated following selection or have been occurring in low frequencies outside detection range. Only when selection by host immune pressure arises do the potentially low-frequency variants become dominant. However, we do acknowledge it is potentially misleading to only mention new variants replacing the transmitted/founder population. We have modified the sentence at line 52 to read:

      “At this stage either an existing variant that was occurring in low-frequency outside detection range or an existing variant with novel mutations generated following immune selection is observed in those who progress to chronic infection”

      - Lines 51-56: Human studies of escape and progression are associative, not causative as implied.

      Correct, evidence suggesting that escape and progression are currently associative. We have now corrected these lines to no longer suggest causation.

      - Line 65: Suggest you clarify your meaning of 'easier'?

      This sentence, now at line 72, has been modified to: “subtype 1b viruses have a higher probability to evade immune responses”

      (2) Results:

      - Line 147: Barton model (ref'd in Intro) is directly referred to here but not referenced.

      The reference has been added.

      - The authors should cite previous HIV literature describing associations between the rate of escape and Shannon Entropy e.g. the interaction between immunodominance, entropy, and rate of escape in acute HIV infection was described in Liu et al JCI 2013 but is not cited.

      We have now cited previous HIV research at line 147-151, adding Liu et al:

      “Additionally, the interaction between immunodominance, entropy, and escape rate in acute HIV infection has been described, where immunodominance during acute infection was the most significant factor influencing CD8+ T cell pressure, with higher immunodominance linked to faster escape (27). In contrast, lower epitope entropy slowed escape, and together, immunodominance and entropy explained half of the variability in escape timing (27).”

      - Line 319: The authors suggest that HCV-specific CD8 T cell response declines following early infection. On what are they basing this statement? The authors show their measured T cell responses decline but their approach uses selected epitopes and they are therefore unable to assess total HCV T cell response in participants (Where there is no escape, are T cell magnitudes maintained or do they still decline?). Can the authors cite other studies to support their statement?

      We have now clarified that the decline was toward “selected epitopes that showed evidence of escape”. Furthermore, we also cite two studies to support our findings.

      - Throughout the authors talk in terms of CD8 T cells but the ELISpot detects both CD4 and CD8 T cell responses. I suggest the authors be more explicit that their peptide design (9-10mers) is strongly biased to only the detection of CD8 T cells.

      To make this clearer and more explicit we have now added to the methods section at line 433-435:

      “While the ELISpot assay detects responses from both CD4 and CD8 T cells, our peptide design (9-10mers) is strongly biased toward CD8 T-cell detection. We have therefore interpreted ELISpot responses primarily in terms of CD8 T-cell activity.”

      - The points made in lines 307-321 could be more succinct

      We have now edited the discussion (lines 307 – 321) to make the points more succinct (now lines 307-323).

      Minor corrections to text, figures:

      - Figure 2: suggest making the Key bigger and more obvious.

      We have now made the key bigger and more obvious

      - Figure 3 A & D....is there an error on the X-axis...are you really reporting ELISpot data of < 1 spot/10^6? Perhaps the X and Y axes are wrongly labelled?

      Our apologies, there was an error with the plot in Figure 3 and the X and Y axis were wrongly labelled. This has now been resolved.

      - Figure 5: As this is PBMC, remove CD8 from the description of ELISpot. 

      We have now removed CD8 from the description of ELISpot in both Figure 5 and Figure S3

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, Walker and collaborators study the evolution of hepatitis C virus (HCV) in a cohort of 14 subjects with recent HCV infections. They focus in particular on the interplay between HCV and the immune system, including the accumulation of mutations in CD8+ T cell epitopes to evade immunity. Using a computational method to estimate the fitness effects of HCV mutations, they find that viral fitness declines as the virus mutates to escape T-cell responses. In long-term infections, they found that viral fitness can rebound later in infection as HCV accumulates additional mutations.

      Strengths:

      This work is especially interesting for several reasons. Individuals who developed chronic infections were followed over fairly long times and, in most cases, samples of the viral population were obtained frequently. At the same time, the authors also measured CD8+ T cell and antibody responses to infection. The analysis of HCV evolution focused not only on variation within particular CD8+ T cell epitopes but also on the surrounding proteins. Overall, this work is notable for integrating information about HCV sequence evolution, host immune responses, and computational metrics of fitness and sequence variation. The evidence presented by the authors supports the main conclusions of the paper described above.

      Weaknesses:

      One notable weakness of the present version of the manuscript is a lack of clarity in the description of the method of fitness estimation. In the previous studies of HIV and HCV cited by the authors, fitness models were derived by fitting the model (equation between lines 435 and 436) to viral sequence data collected from many different individuals. In the section "Estimating survival fitness of viral variants," it is not entirely clear if Walker and collaborators have used the same approach (i.e., fitting the model to viral sequences from many individuals), or whether they have used the sequence data from each individual to produce models that are specific to each subject. If it is the former, then the authors should describe where these sequences were obtained and the statistics of the data.

      If the fitness models were inferred based on the data from each subject, then more explanation is needed. In prior work, the use of these models to estimate fitness was justified by arguing that sequence variants common to many individuals are likely to be well-tolerated by the virus, while ones that are rare are likely to have high fitness costs. This justification is less clear for sequence variation within a single individual, where the viral population has had much less time to "explore" the sequence landscape. Nonetheless, there is precedent for this kind of analysis (see, e.g., Asti et al., PLoS Comput Biol 2016). If the authors took this approach, then this point should be discussed clearly and contrasted with the prior HIV and HCV studies.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the weakness in our explanation and description of the fitness model. The model has been generated using publicly released viral sequences and this has been described in a previous publication by Hart et al. 2015. T/F virus from each of the subjects chronically infected with HCV in our cohort were given to the model by Hart et al. to estimate the initial viral fitness of the T/F variant. Subsequent time points of each subject containing the subvariants of the viral population were also estimated using the same model (each subtype). For each subject, these subvariant viral fitness values were divided by the fitness value of the initial T/F virus (hence relative fitness of the earliest time points with no mutations in the epitope regions were a value of 1.000). All other fitness values are therefore relative fitness to the T/F variant.

      We have further clarified this point in the methods section “Estimating survival fitness of viral variant” to better describe how the data of the model was sourced (Lines 465-499).

      To add to the reviewer’s point, we agree that sequence variants common to many individuals are likely to be well-tolerated by the virus and this event was observed in our findings as our data suggested that immune escape variants tended to revert to variants that were closer the global consensus strain. Our previous publications have indicated that T/F viruses during transmission were variants that were “fit” for transmission between hosts, especially in cases where the donor was a chronic progressor, a single T/F is often observed. Progression to immune escape and adaptation to chronic infection in the new host has an in-between process of genetic expansion via replication followed by a bottleneck event under immune pressure where overall fitness (overall survivability including replication and exploring immune escape pathways) can change. Under this assumption we questioned whether the observation reported in HIV studies (i.e. mutation landscapes that allow HIV adaptation to host) also happens in HCV infections. Furthermore, cohort used in this study is a rare cohort where patients were tracked from uninfected, to HCV RNA+, to seroconversion and finally either clearing the virus or progression to chronic infection. Thus, it is of importance to understand the difference between clearance and chronic progression.

      Another important point for clarification is the definition of fitness. In the abstract, the authors note that multiple studies have shown that viral escape variants can have reduced fitness, "diminishing the survival of the viral strain within the host, and the capacity of the variant to survive future transmission events." It would be helpful to distinguish between this notion of fitness, which has sometimes been referred to as "intrinsic fitness," and a definition of fitness that describes the success of different viral strains within a particular individual, including the potential benefits of immune escape. In many cases, escape variants displace variants without escape mutations, showing that their ability to survive and replicate within a specific host is actually improved relative to variants without escape mutations. However, escape mutations may harm the virus's ability to replicate in other contexts. Given the major role that fitness plays in this paper, it would be helpful for readers to clearly discuss how fitness is defined and to distinguish between fitness within and between hosts (potentially also mentioning relevant concepts such as "transmission fitness," i.e., the relative ability of a particular variant to establish new infections).

      Thank you for pointing out the weakness of our definition of fitness. We have now clarified this at multiple sections of the paper: In the abstract at lines 18-21 and in the introduction at lines 64-69.

      These read:

      Lines 18-21: “However, this generic definition can be further divided into two categories where intrinsic fitness describes the viral fitness without the influence of any immune pressure and effective fitness considers both intrinsic fitness with the influence of host immune pressure.”

      Lines 64-69: “This generic definition of fitness can be further divided into intrinsic fitness (also referred to as replicative fitness), where the fitness of sequence composition of the variant is estimated without the influence of host immune pressure. On the other hand, effective fitness (from here on referred to as viral fitness) considers fundamental intrinsic fitness with host immune pressure acting as a selective force to direct mutational landscape (19)[REF], which subsequently influences future transmission events as it dictates which subvariants remain in the quasispecies.”

      One concern about the analysis is in the test of Shannon entropy as a way to quantify the rate of escape. The authors describe computing the entropy at multiple time points preceding the time when escape mutations were observed to fix in a particular epitope. Which entropy values were used to compare with the escape rate? If just the time point directly preceding the fixation of escape mutations, could escape mutations have already been present in the population at that time, increasing the entropy and thus drawing an association with the rate of escape? It would also be helpful for readers to include a definition of entropy in the methods, in addition to a reference to prior work. For example, it is not clear what is being averaged when "average SE" is described.

      We thank the reviewer to point out the ambiguity in describing average SE. This has been rectified by adding more information in the methods section (Lines 397 to 400):

      “Briefly, SE was calculated using the frequency of occurrence of SNPs based on per codon position, this was further normalized by the length of the number of codons in the sequence which made up respective protein. An average SE value was calculated for each time point in each protein region for all subjects until the fixation event.”

      To answer the reviewer’s question, we computed entropy at multiple time points preceding the observation in the escape mutation. The escape rate was calculated for the epitopes targeted by immune response. We compared the average SE based on change of each codon position and then normalised by protein length, where the region contained the epitope and the time it took to reach fixation. We observed that if the protein region had a higher rate of variation (i.e. higher average SE) then we also see a quicker emergence of an immune escape epitope. Since we took SE from the very first time point and all subsequent time points until fixation, we do not think that escape mutations already been present at the population would alter the findings of the association with rate of escape. Especially, these escape mutations were rarely observed at early time points. It is likely that due to host immune pressure that the escape variant could be observed, the SE therefore suggest the liberty of exploration in the mutation landscape. If the region was highly restrictive where any mutations would result in a failed variant, then we should observe relatively lower values of average SE. In other words, the higher variability that is allowed in the region, the greater the probability that it will find a solution to achieve immune escape.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In addition to the main points above, there are a few minor comments and suggestions about the presentation of the data.

      (1) It's not clear how, precisely, the model-based fitness has been calculated and normalized. It would be helpful for the authors to describe this explicitly. Especially in Figure 3, the plotted fitness values lie in dramatically different ranges, which should be explained (maybe this is just an error with the plot?).

      We have now clarified how the model-based fitness has been calculated and normalized in the method section “Estimating survival fitness of viral variants” at line 465-472.

      “The model used for estimating viral fitness has been previously described by Hart et al. (19). Briefly, the original approach used HCV subtype 1a sequences to generate the model for the NS5B protein region. To update the model for other regions (NS3 and NS2) as well as other HCV subtypes in this study, subtype 1b and subtype 3a sequences were extracted from the Los Almos National Laboratory HCV database. An intrinsic fitness model was first generated for each subtype for NS5B, NS3 and NS2 region of the HCV polyprotein. Then using, longitudinally sequenced data from patients chronically infected with HCV as well as clinically documented immune escape to describe high viral fitness variants, we generated estimates of the viral fitness for subjects chronically infected with HCV in our cohort.”

      Our apologies, there was an error with the plot in Figure 3. This has now been resolved.

      (2) In different plots, the authors show every pairwise comparison of ELISPOT values, population fitness, average SE, and rate of escape. It may be helpful to make one large matrix of plots that shows all of these pairwise comparisons at the same time. This could make it clear how all the variables are associated with one another. To be clear, this is a suggestion that the authors can consider at their discretion.

      Thank you for the suggestion to create a matrix of plots for pairwise comparisons. While this approach could indeed clarify variable associations, implementing it is outside the scope of this project. We appreciate the idea and may consider it in future studies as we continue to expand on this work.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. describe a delicate relationship between Tet2 and FBP1 in the regulation of hepatic gluconeogenesis.

      Strengths:

      The studies are very mechanistic, indicating that this interaction occurs via demethylation of HNF4a. Phosphorylation of HNF4a at ser 313 induced by metformin also controls the interaction between Tet2 and FBP1.

      We are grateful for the reviewer's praise on the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      The results are briefly described, and oftentimes, the necessary information is not provided to interpret the data. Similarly, the methods section is not well developed to inform the reader about how these experiments were performed. While the findings are interesting, the results section needs to be better developed to increase confidence in the interpretation of the results.

      Thanks very much for pointing out the shortcomings of the manuscript. We apologize that we did not provide detailed description for some experimental methods and results. Following reviewer’s suggestion, we added the details in method section, including the generation of whole-body Tet2 KO mice and liver-specific Tet2 knockdown mice (AAV8-shTet2), the missing information of reagent, antibody, primer sequences and mutant generation, and the methods of chromatin immunoprecipitation (ChIP) and immunofluorescence. The interpretation of the results was also further developed according to reviewer’s comments.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study reveals a novel role of TET2 in regulating gluconeogenesis. It shows that fasting and a high-fat diet increase TET2 expression in mice, and TET2 knockout reduces glucose production. The findings highlight that TET2 positively regulates FBP1, a key enzyme in gluconeogenesis, by interacting with HNF4α to demethylate the FBP1 promoter in response to glucagon. Additionally, metformin reduces FBP1 expression by preventing TET2-HNF4α interaction. This identifies an HNF4α-TET2-FBP1 axis as a potential target for T2D treatment.

      Strengths:

      The authors use several methods in vivo (PTT, GTT, and ITT in fasted and HFD mice; and KO mice) and in vitro (in HepG2 and primary hepatocytes) to support the existence of the HNF4alpha-TET-2-FBP-1 axis in the control of gluconeogenesis. These findings uncovered a previously unknown function of TET2 in gluconeogenesis.

      We are grateful for the reviewer's praise on the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the authors provide evidence of an HNF4α-TET2-FBP1 axis in the control of gluconeogenesis, which contributes to the therapeutic effect of metformin on T2D, its role in the pathogenesis of T2D is less clear. The mechanisms by which TET2 is up-regulated by glucagon should be more explored.

      Thanks very much for pointing out the shortcomings of the manuscript. We agree with the reviewer that the manuscript is focused on the function of HNF4α-TET2-FBP1 axis in the control of gluconeogenesis, but not on its role in the pathogenesis of T2D. Following reviewer’s suggestion, we changed the title of the manuscript to “HNF4α-TET2-FBP1 axis contributes to gluconeogenesis and type 2 diabetes”. For the mechanisms by which TET2 is up-regulated by glucagon, we examined TET2 mRNA levels at different time points after a single dose of glucagon treatment in HepG2 cells. Interestingly, the results showed that TET2 mRNA levels significantly increased by 6 folds at 30 min and the sustained effect of glucagon on Tet2 mRNA levels persisted for more than 48 hours (refer to Fig. 3E).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):<br /> The authors indicate that they have overexpressed TET2 in HepG2 cells and primary mouse hepatocytes. The degree of overexpression should be shown. Is this similar to an increase in TET2 with fasting or HFD treatment?

      Thanks for reviewer’s helpful comment. Following reviewer’s suggestion, we examined the protein levels of overexpressed TET2 in HepG2 cells and primary mouse hepatocytes. The results revealed that the degree of TET2 overexpression (refer to Fig. 3J) is similar to the increase of TET2 under fasting or HFD treatment (Fig. 1C, D).

      In Figures 2E-2G, the authors report results in Tet2-KO mice. Information on how these mice were generated is lacking. There is limited information about how Tet2-KO cells were generated, but again, I could not find anything about these mice in the methods section or figure legend. Is this whole-body or liver-specific Tet2-KO? How old were the mice at the time of PTT, GTT, or ITT?

      Were these mice on chow or HFD? Are there any differences in body weight between WT and Tet2-KO mice?

      Thanks for reviewer’s helpful comment. Following reviewer’s suggestion, we provided the detailed information about the Tet2-KO mice, including the mouse generation in methods section. Moreover, the details of Tet2-KO mice used in each figure were clearly described in the figure legend. In this study, two mouse models were employed: whole-body Tet2-KO mice and liver-specific TET2 knockdown mice (AAV8-shTet2). The mice used for PTT, GTT and ITT were 8 weeks old and on HFD. To address reviewer’s concern, we compared the body weight of WT and Tet2-KO mice and results revealed that no significant differences in the body weight between WT and Tet2-KO mice at 8 and 10 weeks old when on a normal chow diet, as depicted in Figure 2I.

      Figures 3A-C shows that 48 hours after glucagon treatment, Tet2 and FBP1 mRNA increased. It's surprising that a single dose of glucagon would have effects that last that long. The peak rise in glucose following glucagon treatment occurs in 30 minutes. How do authors explain such a long effect of glucagon on Tet2 mRNA and protein?

      Thanks for reviewer’s constructive comment. To address reviewer’s concern, we examined the mRNA levels of TET2 and FBP1 at different time points following a single dose of glucagon treatment in HepG2 cells. Interestingly, the results showed that TET2 mRNA levels significantly increased by 6 folds at 30 min and the sustained effect of glucagon on Tet2 mRNA levels persisted for more than 48 hours (refer to Fig. 3E). The detailed mechanism underlying long effect of glucagon on Tet2 mRNA and protein needs further exploration.

      It's interesting that in Figure 3F, Fbp1 and Tet2 mRNA expression correlated positively in both ad libitum and fasting conditions. I would expect that during fed conditions, gluconeogenesis would not be activated and thus would expect no correlation.

      Thanks for reviewer’s constructive comment. According to the results in new Fig. 3H, the mRNA levels of Fbp1 and Tet2 indeed positively correlated in both ad libitum and fasting conditions, while the r value is higher and p value is lower in fasting condition compared to ad libitum. Notably, both the expression levels of Fbp1 and Tet2 increased under fasting treatment, which is consistent with Fig. 1C and Fig. 4K.

      The authors state that "Our results demonstrated that HNF4α recruits TET2 to the FBP1 promoter and activates FBP1 expression through demethylation" What data points out that this is mediated through demethylation?

      Thanks for reviewer’s constructive comment. Following reviewer’s suggestion, we conducted new ChIP experiments. These data demonstrated that HNF4α recruits TET2 to the FBP1 promoter and activates FBP1 expression through demethylation, as showed in Fig. 4F-H.

      For Figures 5B, 4D, and 3L-N y-axes are labeled as fold enrichment. The authors should clearly indicate what was being measured on y-axes.

      Thanks for reviewer’s helpful comment. Following reviewer’s suggestion, we clearly labeled all the y-axes in each figure.

      The authors indicate that metformin increases phosphorylation of Hnf4a at ser 313 Figure 5C. How do we know that ser 313 is involved? Only one antibody is listed for Hnf4a (SAB, 32591).

      Thanks very much for pointing out. We determined the phosphorylation levels of HNF4α at S313 using Anti-HNF4α (phospho S313) (ab78356), we apologize for not labeling it clearly. Now, we made it clear in Fig. 5C and the detailed information of the antibody was added to the method section of “Western Blot and Immunoprecipitation”.

      How did the authors make phosphomimetic mutation (S313D) and phosphoresistant mutation (S313A) of HNF4α? This is not described.

      Thanks very much for pointing out. Following reviewer’s suggestion, the detailed method for making phosphomimetic mutation (S313D) and phosphoresistant mutation (S313A) of HNF4α was added to the method section of “Gene Knockout Cells and Mutagenesis”.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major points:

      (1) Other key gluconeogenesis genes (e.g. PEPCK and G6Pase) should have been investigated to demonstrate whether or not the regulation of TET-2 is specific on FBP-1.

      Thanks for reviewer’s helpful comment. Following reviewer’s suggestion, we designed the qPCR to assay other key gluconeogenesis genes, including PEPCK and G6Pase, and the results showed that glucagon treatment had no effect on PEPCK and G6Pase expression (Fig. 3D), suggesting the regulation of TET2 is specific on FBP1.

      (2) The methods are not well defined and more details should be given, for example, to explain how the Tet2 KO mice were generated. Since these animals are not KO liver-specific and TET2 is expressed in a variety of tissues and organs and is predominantly found in hematopoietic cells, including bone marrow and blood cells, the phenotype of these mice should be better characterized.

      Thanks for reviewer’s helpful comment. The Tet2 knockout (Tet2 KO) mice were originally purchased from the Jackson Laboratory (strain No. 023359) and we added the detailed information to method section of “Animal”. According to the previously reported phenotype of Tet2 KO mice, it mainly includes bone marrow, spleen, islet and heart. Specifically, Tet2 KO mice led to an increase of total cell numbers in the bone marrow and spleen (PMID: 21873190), as well as an elevated white blood cell (WBC) count (PMID: 37541212). Additionally, Tet2 KO mice exhibited splenomegaly (PMID: 37541212, PMID: 21723200, PMID: 38773071, PMID: 21723200). And the morphology of the islets (PMID: 34417463), anatomical chamber volumes or ventricular functions (PMID: 38357791) were indistinguishable between the Tet2 KO and wild type (WT) mice.

      (3) An experiment showing the co-localization of TET2 and HNF4α in the mouse liver in fasted mice and/or in HFD-mice would strengthen the data shown in Figure 3.

      Thanks for reviewer’s helpful comment. Following reviewer’s suggestion, the experiments showing the co-localization of TET2 and HNF4α in the mouse liver in fasted mice and FD mice were conducted, as shown in new Fig. 4B and C.

      Minor points:

      (1) Given that the manuscript does not focus on the role of TET2 in the pathogenesis of T2D, its title should be changed.

      hanks for reviewer’s helpful comment. Following reviewer’s suggestion, we changed the title of the manuscript to “HNF4α-TET2-FBP1 axis contributes to gluconeogenesis and type 2 diabetes”.

      (2) Please indicate the molecular weight of bands in all figures.

      Thanks for reviewer’s helpful comment. Following reviewer’s suggestion, the molecular weight of bands was indicated in all figures.

      (3) Why do the control values of the y-axis in Figure 1 A and B are so different? Please maintain the same scale in both figures.

      Thanks for reviewer’s helpful comment. Following reviewer’s suggestion, we recalculated and normalized the control value in Fig. 1A to maintain the same scale in both figures.

      (4) In Figure 2F, do the plasma insulin levels have altered in response to GTT in Tet2-KO mice? If so, please show the data and discuss.

      Thanks for reviewer’s helpful comment. Following reviewer’s suggestion, we examined the plasma insulin levels in the process of GTT assay, and the result revealed that Tet2-KO mice showed lower insulin levels after glucose administration, which reflects higher insulin sensitivity, as shown in new Fig. 2H.

      (5) The increase of TET2 hepatic protein levels in response to fasting occur in other tissues and hematopoietic cells?

      Thanks for reviewer’s helpful comment. Following reviewer’s suggestion, we examined Tet2 protein levels under fasting condition in other tissues and hematopoietic cells, and found that fasting also increased Tet2 protein levels in kidney, brain, and hematopoietic cells, but not in heart.

      Author response image 1.

      (6) Please indicate the glucagon concentration and metformin dose in all figures in which they are mentioned.

      Thanks for reviewer’s helpful comment. Following reviewer’s suggestion, the glucagon concentration (20 nM) and metformin concentration (10 mM for HepG2 cell treatment and 300 mg/kg per day for mice treatment) were added in the figure legends, respectively.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The crystal structure of the Sld3CBD-Cdc45 complex presented by Li et al. is a novel contribution that significantly advances our understanding of CMG formation during the rate-limiting step of DNA replication initiation. This structure provides insights into the intermediate steps of CMG formation. The study builds upon previously known structures of Sld3 and Cdc45 and offers new perspectives into how Cdc45 is loaded onto MCM DH through Sld3-Sld7. The most notable finding is the structural difference in Sld3CBD when bound to Cdc45, particularly the arrangement of the α8-helix, which is essential for Cdc45 binding and may also pertain to its metazoan counterpart, Treslin. Additionally, the conformational shift in the DHHA1 domain of Cdc45 suggests a possible mechanism for its binding to MCM2NTD.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is generally well-written, with a precise structural analysis and a solid methodological section that will significantly advance future studies in the field. The predictions based on structural alignments are intriguing and provide a new direction for exploring CMG formation, potentially shaping the future of DNA replication research.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the manuscript lies in the lack of experimental validation for the proposed Sld3-Sld7-Cdc45 model. Specifically, the claim that Sld3 binding to Cdc45-MCM does not inhibit GINS binding, a finding that contradicts previous research, is not sufficiently substantiated with experimental evidence. To strengthen their model, the authors must provide additional experimental data to support this mechanism. Also, the authors have not compared the recently published Cryo-EM structures of the metazoan CMG helicases with their predicted models to see if Sld3/Treslin does not cause any clash with the GINS when bound to the CMG. Still, the work holds great potential in its current form but requires further experiments to confirm the authors' conclusions.

      We appreciate the reviewers’ careful reading and the comments.

      Our structural analysis of Sld3CBD-Cdc45 showed the detailed interaction map between Sld3CBD and Cdc45 at 2.6 Å resolution. The Sld3, MCM and GINS binding sites of Cdc45 completely differed, suggesting that the Sld3CBD, Cdc45 and GINS could bind to MCM together. The SCMG-DNA model confirmed such a binding manner, although our study does not show how this binding manner affects the GINS loading by other initiation factors (Dpb11, Sld2, et. al). Regarding the previous studies, competition of Sld3 and GINS for binding to Cdc45 or Cdc45-MCM (Bruck et. al), which may be caused by the conformation change of Cdc45 DHHA1 between Sld3CBD-Cdc45 and CMG. We modified our manuscript and discussed (P7/L168-173, and P10/L282-286). Following the comment, we checked the recently published Cryo-EM structure (PDBID:8Q6O) with their predicted models of the metazoan CMG helicases (P7/L198-P8/L202) and added the Cdc45 mutation experiments to confirm our conclusion ([Recommendations for the authors] Q18).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      The manuscript presents valuable findings, particularly in the crystal structure of the Sld3CBD-Cdc45 interaction and the identification of additional sequences involved in their binding. The modeling of the Sld7-Sld3CBD-CDC45 subcomplex is novel, and the results provide insights into potential conformational changes that occur upon interaction. However, the work remains incomplete as several main claims are only partially supported by experimental data, particularly the proposed model for Sld3 interaction with GINS on the CMG. Additionally, the single-stranded DNA binding data from different species do not convincingly advance the manuscript's central arguments.

      Strengths

      (1) The Sld3CBD-Cdc45 structure is a novel contribution, revealing critical residues involved in the interaction.

      (2) The model structures generated from the crystal data are well presented and provide valuable insights into the interaction sequences between Sld3 and Cdc45.

      (3) The experiments testing the requirements for interaction sequences are thorough and conducted well, with clear figures supporting the conclusions.

      (4) The conformational changes observed in Sld3 and Cdc45 upon binding are interesting and enhance our understanding of the interaction.

      (5) The modeling of the Sld7-Sld3CBD-CDC45 subcomplex is a new and valuable addition to the field.

      Weaknesses

      (1) The proposed model for Sld3 interacting with GINS on the CMG needs more experimental validation and conflicts with published findings. These discrepancies need more detailed discussion and exploration.

      Our structural analysis experiment of Sld3CBD-Cdc45 showed the detailed interaction information between Sld3CBD and Cdc45 at 2.6 Å resolution. The Sld3CBD-binding site of Cdc45 is completely different from that of GINS and MCM binding to Cdc45, suggesting that the Sld3CBD, Cdc45, and GINS could bind to MCM together. The SCMG-DNA model confirmed such a binding manner. Following the comment, we added a Cdc45 mutant analysis, disrupting the binding to MCM and GINS but not affecting the Sld3CBD binding (Supplementary Figure 9). Our model is consistent with the GINS-loading requirement (the phosphorylation of Sld3 on Cdc45-MCM) and has no discrepancies with the stepwise loading fashion (Please see the responses to [Recommendations for the authors] Reviewer#1-Q14-15]). Regarding the previous studies, competition of Sld3 and GINS for binding to Cdc45 or Cdc45-MCM (Bruck et. al), by in vitro binding experiments, please see the responses to [Recommendations for the authors] Q6.

      (2) The section on the binding of Sld3 complexes to origin single-stranded DNA needs significant improvement. The comparisons between Sld3-CBD, Sld3CBD-Cdc45, and Sld7-Sld3CBD-Cdc45 involve complexes from different species, limiting the comparisons' value.

      As suggested, we tried to improve the ssDNA-binding section (Please see the responses to [Recommendations for the authors]: Q4 and Q5). We used Sld7-Sld3CBD-Cdc45 from different sources due to limitations in protein expression. These two sources belong to the same family and the proteins Sld7, Sld3 and Cdc45 have sequence conservation with similar structures predicted by the alphafold3 (RMSD = 0.356, 1.392, and 0.891 for Ca atoms of Sld7CTD, Sld7NTD-Sld3NTD, and Sld3CBD-Cdc45). Such similarity in source and protein lever allows us to do the comparison.

      (3) The authors' model proposing the release of Sld3 from CMG based on its binding to single-stranded DNA is unclear and needs more elaboration.

      Considering that ssDNA (ssARS1) is produced by CMG, the ssDNA-binding of Sld3 should happen after forming an active CMG. Therefore, the results of ssDNA binding experiments implied that the Sld3 release could be with the binding to ssDNA produced by CMG. We tried to present more elaborations in the revised version. (Please see the responses to [Recommendations for the authors] Q4, Q5).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper by Li et al. describes the crystal structure of a complex of Sld3-Cdc45-binding domain (CBD) with Cdc45 and a model of the dimer of an Sld3-binding protein, Sld7, with two Sld3-CBD-Cdc45 for the tethering. In addition, the authors showed the genetic analysis of the amino acid substitution of residues of Sld3 in the interface with Cdc45 and biochemical analysis of the protein interaction between Sld3 and Cdc45 as well as DNA binding activity of Sld3 to the single-strand DNAs of the ARS sequence.

      Strengths:

      The authors provided a nice model of an intermediate step in the assembly of an active Cdc45-MCM-GINS (CMG) double hexamers at the replication origin, which is mediated by the Sld3-Sld7 complex. The dimer of the Sld3-Sld7 complexes tethers two MCM hexamers together for the recruitment of GINS-Pol epsilon on the replication origin.

      Weaknesses:

      The biochemical analysis should be carefully evaluated with more quantitative ways to strengthen the authors' conclusion.

      We thank your positive assessment. We provided more quantitative information and tried to quantify the experiments as suggested (Please see the responses to [Recommendations for the authors]).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have several concerns that I will outline below, accompanied by my suggestions.

      (1) "The title of the paper- "Structural and functional insights into Cdc45 recruitment by Sld7-Sld3 for CMG complex Formation," appears misleading because it appears that authors present a structure of Sld3-Sld7 in complex with Cdc45, which is not the case here. If authors can provide additional structures proving the function of this complex, then this title justifies it. Otherwise, I recommend making a title that justifies the presented work in its current form.

      Following the comment, we change the title to “Sld3CBD-Cdc45 structural insights into Cdc45 recruitment for CMG complex formation”.

      (2) In lines 70-72, where the authors mention the known structures of different proteins, intermediates, and complexes, I recommend including PDB IDs of the described structures and reference citations. This will help the readers to analyze what is missing in the pathway and why this structure is essential.

      Following the comment, we added PBDIDs and references (P3/L72-74).

      (3) The representation of Figure 1A is unclear and looks clumsy. If the structure were rotated in another orientation, where α8 and α9 would be displayed on the forward side, it would be more helpful to understand the complex forming regions by looking at the structure. Also, I recommend highlighting the α8 and α9 in a contrasting color to be easily visible and attract readers' attention. Similarly, it would also be helpful if DHAA1 would be shown in a different color.

      Following the comment, we modified the Figure1 to show α8 and α9 of Sld3CBD and DHAA1 of Cdc45 clearly in revised version.

      (4) Can authors add a supplementary figure showing the probability of disorderness of the α8 helix region in the Sld3? Also, highlight what region became ordered in their structure.

      Yes, we have showed the disordered α8 helix region and highlight ordered α8 in the Sld3 in Figure S4 A.

      (5) Can you compare the Cdc45 long distorted helix (Supplementary Figure 3B) in the Sld3-Cdc45 complex with the Xenoupus and drosophila Cdc45 from their CMG structures? Also, can the authors explain why this helix is destabilized in their structure but is relatively stable in another Cdc45 structure (in CMG and HuCdc45)?

      We have checked all Cdc45 from published cryo-EM CMG structures, including Xenopus CMG-donson (8Q6O) and Drosophila CMG (6RAW), and all of them ordered the long helix in the CMG complex, whereas this long helix was disordered in the crystal structure of Sld3CBD-Cdc45 and Entamoeba histolytica Cdc45. The crystal packing around the long helix showed that it looks to be stabilized by crystal packing only in huCdc45, therefore we suggested that this long helix is detestable for crystallization.

      (6) I recommend adding the following parameters to Supplementary Table 2: 1. Rmerge values, 2. Wilson B factor, 3. Average B factor, and 4. Total number of molecules in ASU.

      We are sorry to make a mistake about Rmerge in Table 2. We correct it. We added the Wilson B factor, the average B factor, and the total number of Sld3CBD-Cde45 in ASU.

      (7) Can authors provide the B factor values of the α8 helix of Sld3?

      We checked the B factor values of the helix α8CTP of Sld3 in Sld3CBD-Cdc45. Since this helix binds to Cdc45 stably, the average B factor of the main chain is 45 Å<sup>2</sup> less than that of the whole structure. We added the average B factor of helix α8CTP into the Supplementary Figure 4A legend.

      (8) Can authors explain why higher Ramachandran outliers exist in their structure? Can it be reduced below 1% during refinement?

      There are 13 outliers (1.67%) in different places: four are close to the disorder regions (poor electron map), four are in a loop with poor map and the remains are turn parts or a loop. For the residues with poor electron maps, we could not modify them to the allow Ramachandran region with low Rfree value, so we could not reduce them to below 1% during refinement while keeping the current Rfree value.

      (9) In Supplementary Figure 8, please show the CD spectra of the Sld3WT. Why is the Sld3-3S peak relatively flat? Was the sample precipitating while doing the measurements, or does it have less concentration than others?

      To check the folding of the mutants, we did CD experiments with the estimated secondary structure elements. Because WT Sld3CBD was prepared in a complex with Cdc45, while the mutants of Sld3CBD existed along, we calculated the elements of secondary structure from the crystal structure of Sld3CBD-Cdc45. The concentration of samples was controlled to the same level for CD measurement. The relative plat of the Sld3-3S peak may be caused by precipitating while doing the measurement.

      (10) Can authors generate the alpha fold three models of the Sld3CBD-Cdc45-MCM-dsDNA and SCMG-dsDNA and compare them with the models they have generated?

      We tried to predict the Sld3CBD-Cdc45-MCM-dsDNA and SCMG-dsDNA using Alphafold3. Although the results showed similar structures to our models, many parts were disordered. So, we did not use the predicted structures.

      (11) The authors say that the overall molecular mass of the Sld7-Sld3ΔC-Cdc45 was >400kDa on the SEC column. However, the column used for purifying this complex and the standards that were run on it for molecular weight calculations have not been written anywhere. If the Superdex 200 column was used, then the sample of more than 400kDa should not elute at the position shown in Supplementary Figure 2B. I recommend showing the standard MW plot and where the elution volume of the Sld7-Sld3ΔC-Cdc45 lies on the standard curve. Also, add how molecular weight calculations were done and the calculated molecular mass.

      Following the comment, we added a measurement of Superdex 200 16/60 column (SEC) using a standard sample kit into Supplementary Figure 2 to show that the molecular weight of the peak at the position was estimated to be > 400 k Da.

      (12) I also recommend using at least one of the techniques, either SEC-MALS or AUC, to calculate the actual molecular mass of the Sld7-Sld3ΔC-Cdc45 complex and to find its oligomeric state. If the authors want to prove their hypothesis that a dimer of this complex binds to MCMDH, it is essential to show that it exists as a dimer. Based on the current SEC profile, it appears as a monomer peak if the S200 SEC column is being used.

      As the response to (11), we added the standard MW plot (measurement using Superdex 200 16/60 column) using a standard sample kit. The molecular weight at the peak elution position of Sld7-Sld3ΔC-Cdc45 was estimated to be 429k Da. Considering that the Sld7-Sld3ΔC-Cdc45 dimer should be a flexible long-shaped molecule, the elution position could be at a larger molecular weight position than the real one (158 x 2 k Da). We also tried to confirm the particle size using SEC-SAXS, as the response to the next question (13).

      (13) Dynamic light scattering is not the most accurate method for calculating intermolecular distance. I recommend using another technique that calculates the accurate molecular distances between two Cdc45 if Sld7-Sld3ΔC-Cdc45 is forming a dimer. Techniques such as FRET could be used. Otherwise, some complementary methods, such as SAXS, could also be used to generate a low-resolution envelope and fit the speculated dimer model inside, or authors could try negative staining the purified Sld7-Sld3ΔC-Cdc45 and generate 2D class averages and low-resolution ab initio models to see how the structure of this complex appears and whether it satisfies the speculated model of the dimeric complex.

      We have tried both negative staining TEM and SEC-SAXS experiments. We could not obtain images good enough of negative staining of TEM to generate 2D class averages and low-resolution ab initio models. The results of SEC-SAXS provided a molecular weight of 370 - 420 kDa, and an Rg > 85 Å, which are consistent with our conclusion from SEC and DLS results but with large error due to the measurement temperature at 10-15°C (measuring equipment limitation). The peak of SCE-SAXS under measurement conditions was not as sharp as purification at 4°C and SAXS data is not good enough to make a molecular model, so we did not add them to our manuscript.

      (14) Authors mentioned in the introduction section (lines 72-73) that based on the single-molecule experiments, Cdc45 is recruited in a stepwise manner to MCMDH. If this is true and if Sld7-Sld3ΔC-Cdc45 forms a dimer, this is also true, then for stepwise recruitment, the dimer will have to break into monomers, and this will be an energy-expensive process for the cell. So, would such a process occur physiologically? Can the authors explain how this would physiologically happen inside the cell?

      Sld7-Sld3-Cdc45 consists of domains linked by long loops, so the dimer Cdc45-Sld3-[Sld7]2-Sld3-Cdc45 is flexible long-sharp. Such a flexible dimer does not mean that two Cdc45 molecules must bind to MCM DH simultaneously and may bind to MCM DH by stepwise manner. The dimer formation of Sld7-Sld3-Cdc45 is advantageous for recruiting efficiently and saving energy. Moreover, our proposal of Cdc45-Sld3-[Sld7]2-Sld3-Cdc45 on MCM DH could be a stage during CMG formation in the cell. Following the comment, we added such descriptions (P7/L194, and P10/L276-279).

      (15) Can authors show experimentally that a dimer of Sld7-Sld3ΔC-Cdc45 is binding to MCMDH and not a monomer in a stepwise fashion?

      In our study, we provided experiments of particle size to show the dimer of Sld7-Sld3-Cdc45 off MCM DH and a model of SCMG to indicate the dimer of Sld7-Sld3ΔC-Cdc45 on MCM DH. This question should be addressed future by the Cryo-EM of Sld7-Sld3-Cdc45-MCM DH or Sld7-Sld3-CMG. As the response to Q14, the flexible dimer of Sld7-Sld3ΔC-Cdc45 binding on MCMDH does not contradict the stepwise-loading fashion. The dimer of Sld7-Sld3ΔC-Cdc45 binding on MCM DH shows a stage.

      (16) Can authors highlight where Sld7 will lie on their model shown in Figures 3A and 3C, considering their model shown in 3B is true?

      We predict that the Sld7-Sld3-Cdc45 should be in a dimer form of Cdc45-Sld3-[Sld7]2-Sld3-Cdc45 based on the structures and the particle size analysis. The Sld7 dimer could be across MCM DH on the top of Figure 3A right and 3C right. However, we could not add the Sld7 molecule to the models because there is no interaction data between Sld7 and MCM.

      (17) In Supplementary Figure 10, can authors show the residues between the loop region highlighted in the dotted circle to show that there is no steric clash between the residues in that region of their predicted model?

      Following the comment, we added the residues in Supplementary Figure 10 (Supplementary Figure 11 in the revised version) to show no steric clash in our predicted model.

      (18) It is essential to show experimentally that Sld3CBD neighbors MCM2 and binds Cdc45 on the opposite side of the GINS binding site. I recommend that the authors design an experiment that proves this statement. Mutagenesis experiments for the predicted residues that could be involved in interaction with proper controls might help to prove this point. Since this is the overall crux of the paper, it has to be demonstrated experimentally.

      We thank the reviewer’s recommendation. Our structural analysis experiment shows the interaction information between Sld3CBD and Cdc45 at 2.6 Å resolution. The Sld3CBD-binding site, GINS-binding site, and MCM-binding site of Cdc45 are completely different, indicating that the Sld3CBD, Cdc45 and GINS could bind to MCM together. The SCMG model confirmed such a binding manner. Following the recommendation, we added mutant analysis of Cdc45 G367D and W481R, which was reported to disrupt the binding to MCM and GINS, respectively. Both mutants do not affect the binging to Sld3CBD as we predicted (Supplementary Figure 9B). We modified our manuscript and discussed this point more clearly (P7/L170-173).

      (19) I recommend rewriting the sentence in lines 208-210. During EMSA experiments, new bands do not appear; instead, there is no shift at lower ratios, so you see a band similar to the control for Sld3CBD-Cdc45. So, re-write the sentence correctly to avoid confusion when interpreting the result.

      Following the comment, we rewrote this sentence to "The ssDNA band remained (Figure 4B) and new bands corresponding to the ssDNA–protein complex appeared in CBB staining PAGE (Supplementary Figures 13) when the Sld3CBD–Cdc45 complex was mixed with ssDNA at the same ratio, indicating that the binding affinity of Sld3CBD–Cdc45 for ssDNA was lower than that of Sld3CBD alone” (P8/L226-229)

      (20) Since CDK-mediated phosphorylation of Sld3 is known to be required for GINS loading, the ssDNA binding affinity of phosphorylated Sld3 remains the same. I wonder what would happen if phosphorylated Sld3 were used for the experiment shown in Figure 4B.

      The CDK phosphorylation site is located at Sld3CTD and our ssDNA-binding experiment did not include the Sld3CTD, so phosphorylated Sld3 does not affect the results shown in Figure 4B.

      (21) Sld3CBD-Cdc45 has a reduced binding affinity for ss DNA, and Sld7-Sld3ΔC-Cdc45 and Sl7-Sld3ΔC have a similar binding affinity to Sld3CBD based on figure 4B. It appears that Sld3CBD reduces the DNA binding affinity of CDC45 or vice versa. Is it correct to say so?

      Our opinion is “vice versa”. Cdc45 reduces the ssDNA-binding affinity of Sld3CBD. Although we could not point out the ssDNA-binding sites of Sld3CBD, the surface charge of Sld3CBD implies that α8CTP could contribute to ssDNA-binding (Supplementary Figures 15).

      (22) Cdc45 binds to the ssDNA by itself, but in the case of Sld3CBD-Cdc45, the binding affinity is reduced for Sld3CBD and Cdc45. Based on their structure, can authors explain what leads to this complex's reduced binding affinity to the ssDNA? Including a figure showing how Sld7-Sld3CBD-Cdc45 interacts with the DNA would be a nice idea.

      Previous studies showed that Cdc45 binds tighter to long ssDNA (> 60 bases) and the C-terminus of Cdc45 is responsible for the ssDNA binding activity. The structure of Sld3CBD-Cdc45 shows the C-terminal domain DHHA1 of Cdc45 binds to Sld3CBD, which may lead to Sld3CBD-Cdc45 complex reduced ssDNA-binding affinity of Cdc45. We agree that showing a figure of how Sld7-Sld3CBD-Cdc45 interacts with ssDNA is a nice idea. However, there is no detailed interaction information between Sld7-Sld3Δ-Cdc45 and ssDNA, so we could not give a figure to show the ssDNA-binding manner. We added a figure to show the surface charges of Sld3CBD of Sld3CBD-Cdc45, and Sld3NTD-Sld7NTD, respectively (Supplemental Figure 15).

      (23) Based on the predicted model of Sld7-Sld3 and Cdc45 complex, can authors explain how Sld7 would restore the DNA binding ability of the Sld3CBD?

      It can be considered that Sld7 and Sld3NTD could bind ssDNA. Although we did not perform the ssDNA-binding assay of Sld7, the Sld3NTD-Sld7NTD surface shows a large positive charge area which may contribute to ssDNA-binding (Supplemental Figure 15). We added the explanation (P9/L245-248).

      (24) It would be important to show binding measurements and Kd values of all the different complexes shown in Figure 4B with ssDNA to explain the dissociation of Cdc45 from Sld7-Sld3 after the CMG formation. I also recommend describing the statement from lines 224-227 more clearly how Sld7-Sld3-Cdc45 is loading Cdc45 on CMG.

      As the reviewer mentioned, the binding measurements and Kd of values of all the different complexes are important to explain the dissociation of Sld7-Sld3 from CMG. The pull-down assay using chromatography may be affected by balancing the binding affinity and chromatography conditions. Therefore, we used EMSA with native-PAGE, which is closest to the natural state. However, the disadvantage is that the Kd values could not be estimated. For lines 224-227, the ssARS1-binding affinity of Sld3 and its complex should relate to the dissociation of Sld7–Sld3 from the CMG complex but not Cdc45 loading, because ssARS1 is unwound from dsDNA by the CMG complex after Cdc45 and GINS loading. We modified the description (P9/L248-251).

      (25) Can authors explain why SDS-PAGE was used to assess the ssDNA (See line 420)?

      We are sorry for making this mistake and corrected it to “polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis”.

      (26) In line 421, can the authors elaborate on a TMK buffer?

      We are sorry for this omission and added the content of the TMK buffer (P16/L453).

      (27) I am curious to know if the authors also attempted to Crystallize the Sld7-Sld3CBD-Cdc45 complex. This complex structure would support the authors' hypothesis in this article.

      We tried to crystallize Sld7-Sld3Δ-Cdc45 but could not get crystals. We also tried using cryo-EM but failed to obtain data.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The manuscript would be strengthened if the authors acknowledged in greater detail how their work agrees with or disagrees with Itou et al. (PMID: 25126958 DOI: 10.1016/j.str.2014.07.001). The introduction insufficiently described the findings of that previous work in lines 63-64.

      We compared Sld3CBD in Sld3CBD-Cdc45 to the monomer reported by Itou et al. (PMID: 25126958 DOI: 10.1016/j.str.2014.07.001) in the section of [The overall structure of Sld3CBD-Cdc45] and point out the structural similarity and difference (P5/L105-106), especially, conformation change of Sld3CBD α8 for binding to Cdcd45, which agrees to the mutant experiments of Itou et al., (P3/L126-127). Another Cdc45-binding site of Sld3CBD in the Sld3CBD-Cdc45 complex is α9 not residues predicted in previous studies.

      (2) Figure 2. Could you please perform and present data from multiple biological replicates (e.g., at least two independent experiments) for each mutant strain? This would help ensure that the observed pull-downs (2A-B) and growth patterns (2C) are consistent and reproducible.

      We have done pull-downs three times from co-expression to purification and pull-down assay. We added descriptions to the method of [Mutant analysis of Sld3 and Cdc45]. The growth patterns are two times in Figure 2C.

      (3) Figure 3B. The match between the predicted complex length and particle size measured by dynamic light scattering (DLS) is striking. Did the authors run the analysis with vehicle controls and particle size standards? There is no mention of these controls.

      Following the comment, we added the control data of buffer and standard protein lysozyme, and the descriptions to the method of [Dynamic light scattering].

      (4) Figure 4. In lines 216-217, the authors write that the binding of the K. marxianus complex "demonstrates that the presence of Sld7 could restore the single-stranded DNA binding capacity of Sld3." Another explanation is that complexes from each species bind differently. If the authors want to make a strong claim, they should compare the binding of complexes containing the same proteins.

      Agree with the comment, to make a strong claim using samples from the same source is better. Due to limitations in protein overexpression, we used Sld7-Sld3ΔC-Cdc45 from different sources two sources belong to the identical family (Saccharomycetaceae) and the proteins Sld7, Sld3 and Cdc45 have sequence conservation with similar structures (RMSD = 0.356, 1.392, and 0.891 for Ca atoms of Sld7CTD, Sld7NTD-Sld3NTD, and Sld3CBD-Cdc45) predicted by the alphafold3. Such similarity in source and protein level allows us to do the comparison. Moreover, we modified the description to “indicates that the presence of Sld7 and Sld3NTD could increase the ssDNA-binding affinity to a level comparable to that of Sld3CBD.

      (5) The logic of the following is unclear: "Considering that ssDNA is unwound from dsDNA by the helicase CMG complex, Sld7-Sld3ΔC-Cdc45, and Sld7-Sld3C having a stronger ssDNA-binding capacity than Sld3CBD-Cdc45 may imply a relationship between the dissociation of Sld7-Sld3 from the CMG complex and binding to ssDNA unwound by CMG." (Lines 224-227). How do the authors imagine that the binding affinity difference due to Sld7 contributes to the release of Sld3? Please explain.

      Considering that ssARS1 is unwound from dsARS1 by the activated helicase CMG complex formed after loading Cdc45 and GINS, Sld3–Sld7 having a stronger ssARS1-binding affinity may provide an advantage for the dissociation of Sld7–Sld3 from the CMG complex. We modified the sentence of Lines 224-227 (P9/L248-251).

      (6) The authors suggest that the release of Sld3 from the helicase is related to its association with single-stranded ARS1 DNA. They refer to the work of Bruck et al. (doi: 10.1074/jbc.M111.226332), which demonstrates that single-stranded origin DNA inhibits the interaction between Sld3 and MCM2-7 in vitro. The authors selectively choose data from this previous work, only including data that supports their model while disregarding other data. This approach hinders progress in the field. Specifically, Bruck proposed a model in which the association of Sld3 and GINS with MCM2-7 is mutually exclusive, explaining how Sld3 is released upon CMG assembly. In Figure 3 of the authors' model, they suggest that Sld3 can associate with MCM2-7 through CDC45, even when GINS is bound. Furthermore, Bruck's work showed that ssARS1-2 does not disrupt the Sld3-Cdc45 interaction. Instead, Bruck's data demonstrated that ssARS1-2 disrupts the interaction between MCM2-7 and Sld3 without Cdc45. While we do not expect the authors to consider all data in the literature when formulating a model, we urge them to acknowledge and discuss other critical data that challenges their model. Additionally, it would be beneficial for the field if the authors include both modes of Sld3 interaction with MCM2-7 (i.e., directly with MCM or through CDC45) when proposing a model for how CMG assembly and Sld3 release occurs.

      In our discussion, we referred to the studies of Bruck’s data (doi: 10.1074/jbc.M111.226332) but did not discuss more because we didn’t perform similar experiments in vitro, and we do not think that no discussion hinders progress in the field. Promoting research progress, the new experiment should provide a new proposal and updated knowledge. Although we do not know exactly the positional relationship between Sld3 and Dpb11-Sld2 on MCM during GINS recruiting, the Sld3CBD-Cdc45 structure shows clearly that the Sld3CBD-binding site of Cdc45 is completely different from that of GINS and MCM binding to Cdc45. The model SCMG confirmed such a binding manner, Sld3, Cdc45 and GINS could bind together. The competition of Sld3 and GINS for binding to Cdc45 or Cdc45-MCM reported by Bruck et. al, may be caused by the conformation change of Cdc45 DHHA1 between Sld3CBD-Cdc45 and CMG, or without other initiation factors (CMG formation is regulated by the initial factors). We modified the discussion (P10/L282-286). Regarding ssARS1-binding, we did not discuss with Bruck's data that ARS1-2 does not disrupt the Sld3-Cdc45 interaction, because the data does not conflict with our proposal, although the data does not have an advantage. We propose that the release of Sld3 and Sld7 from CMG could be associated with the binding of ssARS1 unwound by CMG, but the dissociation event of Sl3-Sld7 doesn’t only ssARS1-binding. The exploration of unwound-ssARS1 causes the conformation change of CMG, which may be another event for Sld3-Sld7 dissociation. However, we do not have more experiments to confirm this and Bruck’s ssDNA-binding experiment did not use all of Sld3, Cdc45 and MCM, so we do not discuss more with Bruck’ data in the revised version (P11/L303-305).,

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major points:

      (1) Figure 1, Sld3CBD-Cdc45 complex: Please indicate the number of critical residues and those of alpha-helixes and beta-sheets in this Figure or Supplemental Figure to confirm the authors' claim.

      Following the comment, we added the number of alpha-helixes and beta-sheets with residue numbers in Figure 1, and Supplemental Figures 4 and 5. We also added a topology diagram (Supplemental Figure 3).

      (2) Figure 2A and B: Please quantify the interaction here with a proper statistical comparison.

      In the experiments of Figures 2A and 2B, we used a co-expression system to co-purify the complexes and check their binding. For quantifying, we added the concentrations of the samples used in the Method of [Mutant analysis of Sld3 and Cdc45].

      (3) Figure 3B, EMSA: If these are from the EMSA assay, at least free DNAs and protein-bound DNAs are present on the gel. However, the authors showed one band, which seems to be free DNA in Figure 3B and separately the smear band of the protein complex in Supplementary Figure 12, and judged the DNA binding by the disappearance of the band (line 207). Interestingly, in the case of Sld3CBD, there are few smear bands (Supplementary Figure 12). Where is DNA in this case? The disappearance could be due to the contaminated nucleases (need a control non-specific DNA). Without showing the Sld3CBD-DNA complex in the gel, the conclusion that the DNA binding activity of Sld3CBD-Cdc45 to DNA is lower than Sld3CBD alone (line 210) is very much speculative. The same is true for Sld7-Sld3dC-Cdc45.

      Please explain the method (EMSA) briefly in the main text and show a whole gel in both Figures. If the authors insist that the Sld3 DNA-binding activity is altered with Cdc43 (and MCM), it is better to perform a more quantitative DNA binding assay such as BIAcore (surface plasmon), etc.

      In the EMSA, we use SYBR (Figure 4B) and CBB (Supplementary Figure 13) staining to show bands of ssDNA and protein, respectively. As the reviewer mentioned, the disappearance of the bands could be due to the contaminated nucleases, we did experiments with non-specific ssDNA-binding as a control using the same proteins shown in Supplementary Figure 14. So, we are convinced that the disappearance of the ssDNA bands or not disappearance could occur when binding to protein or not. We added such explanations in the text (P9/L242-244). As we mentioned in the legend of Supplementary Figure 13, the Sld3CBD could not enter the gel, even when bound to ssDNA, because the pI values exceeded the pH of the running buffer.

      Following the reviewer's comments, we attempted a pull-down experiment using Histag (C-terminal histag of Sld3CBD/Sld3ΔC). Unfortunately, we encountered difficulties in achieving the balance between binding and chromatography conditions.

      (4) Figure 3B: Please quantify the DNA binding here with a proper statistical comparison with triplicate.

      For EMSA (Figure 3B), we used samples of ssDNA:protein= 1:0. 1:1, 1:2, 1:4 and 0:1 molecular ratios with 10 pM as a 1 unit. We added concentrations of the samples in the Method of [Electrophoretic mobility shift assay for ssDNA binding].

      Following the comment, we tried to quantify the binding strength by integrating the grayscale of the bands in gel photos. However, we are concerned because this quantitative calculation through grayscale could not provide an accurate representation of results. Many sample groups cannot be run on one gel. Therefore, the gel differences in parameters cause large errors in the calculation as shown in Author response image 1. Although the calculated integral grayscale chart is consistent with our conclusion, we do not want to add this to our manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      (5) Because of poor writing, the authors need to ask for English editing.

      We are very sorry for the language. We asked a company (Editag, https:www.editage.jp) to do a native speaker revision and used AI to recheck English.

      Minor points:

      (1) Lines 47-58, Supplementary Figure 1: Although the sentences describe well how CMG assembles on the replication origin, the figure does not reflect what is written, but rather shows a simple schematic figure related to the work. However, for the general readers, it is very useful to see a general model of the CMG assembly. Then, the authors need to emphasize the steps focused in this study.

      Thank you for your thoughtful comments. We optimized Figure 1 and hope it will be more understandable to general readers.

      (2) Line 50, DDK[6F0L](superscript): what is 5F0L?

      We are sorry for this mistake, that is a PDBID of the DDK structure. we deleted 6F0L.

      (3) Lines 68 and 69, ssDNA and dsDNA: should be "single-stranded DNA (ssDNA)" and double-stranded DNA (dsDNA) when these words appear for the first time.

      Following the comment, we modified it to “single-stranded DNA (ssDNA)” and “double-stranded DNA (dsDNA)” (P3/L68,70).

      (4) Line 84, Cdc45s: What "s" means here?

      We are sorry for this mistake, we modified it to “Cdc45”.

      (5) Line 87, Sld3deltaC: What is Sld3deltaC? This is the deletion of either the Cdc45-binding domain or the C-terminal domain.

      Sld3ΔC is a deletion of the C-terminal domain of Sld3. We added the residue range and explanation (P4/L91).

      (6) Line 103: Although the authors mentioned beta-sheets 1-14 in the text, there is no indication in Figures. It is impossible to see the authors' conclusion.

      The secondary structure elements of Sld3CBD-Cdc45 are shown in Supplementary Figures 4 and 5. Following the comment, we added a topology diagram of Sld3CBD and Cdc45 in the Sld3CBD-Cdc45 complex as Supplementary Figure 3 and added citations when describing structural elements.

      (7) Line 106, huCdc45: Does this mean human Cdc45? If so, it should be "human CDC45 (huCDC45). CMG form is from budding yeast? Please specify the species.

      Yes, huCdc45 is human Cdc45. We modified it into “human CDC45 (huCdc45)”.

      (8) Line 107, Supplemental Figure 3B, black ovals: Please add "alpha7" in the Figure.

      Following the comment, we added a label of Cdc45 α7 to Supplemental Figure 3B and 3C (Supplemental Figure 4B and 4C in revised version).

      (9) Line 128, DHHA1: What is this? Please explain it in the text.

      Following the comment, we added the information on DHHA1 (P3/L75-77).

      (10) Line 130, beta13, and beta14: If the authors would like to point out these structures, please indicate where these sheets are in Figures.

      We added a topology diagram as Supplementary Figure 3 to show the β-sheet in DHH and added a citation in the text.

      (11) Line 133: Please add (Figure 1B) after the a8CTP.

      Following the comment, we added “(Figure 1C)” (1B is 1C in revised version) after the α8CTP (P6/L133).

      (12) Line 140: After DHHA1, please add (Figure 1C).

      Following the comment, we added the figure citation after the DHHA1 (P6/L140).

      (13) Line 142: After DHHA1, please add (Figure 1D).

      Following the comment, we added the figure citation after the DHHA1 (P6/L142).

      (14) Line 149, Sld3-Y seemed to retain a faint interaction with Cdc45. The Cdc45 band is too faint here. Moreover, as shown above, without the quantification with proper statistics, it is hard to draw this kind of conclusion.

      We agree that the Cdc45 band corresponding to Sld3-Y in the pull-down assay was very faint, so we performed an in vivo experiment (Fig2C) to confirm this result.

      (15) Line 149, Figure 2A and B: What kind of interaction assay was used here? Simple pull-down. It seems to eluate from the column. If so, how do the authors evaluate the presence of the proteins in different fractions? Please explain the method briefly in the main text.

      Figure 2 shows a co-express pull-down binding assay. To describe the co-express pull-down experiments clearly, we added more explanations in the Methods [Mutation analysis of Sld3 and Cdc45].

      (16) Line 154-155: Please show the quantification to see if the reduced binding is statistically significant.

      Here, we explain why Cdc45-A remained Sld3CBD-bind ability. Although mutant Cdc45-A has reduced three hydrogen bonds with D344 of Sld3CBD, the remaining hydrogen-bond network keeps contact between Sld3CBD and Cdc45.

      (17) Line 158, cell death: "No growth" does not mean cell death. Please rephrase here.

      Following the comment, we modified it to “no growth” (P6/L158).

      (18) Line 166: After CMG dimer, please add "respectively".

      Following the comment, we added the word “, respectively” after CMG dimer (P7/L178).

      (19) Line 194-195: I can not catch the meaning. Please rephrase here to clarify the claim. What are ssARS1-2 and ARS1-5?

      Following the comment, we added more information about ssDNA fragments at the beginning of this section (P8/L210-214).

      (20) Figure 4A and Supplemental Figure 12 top, schematic figure of ARS region. It is hard to catch. More explanation of the nature of the DNA substrates and much better schematic presentations would be appreciated.

      Following the comment, we added more information about ARS1 to the figure legend.

      (21) Figure 1A, dotted ovals should be dotted squares as shown in the enlarged images on the bottom.

      Following the comment, we modified Figure 1A and the legend to change the dotted ovals into dotted squares.

    1. Author response:

      We have reviewed the helpful feedback from the reviewers and would like to thank them for their careful consideration of our manuscript. By way of provisional response, we agree with many of the above points and plan to revise our manuscript accordingly.

      In an effort to replicate some of the heme trafficking-related experiments in the original paper using a C. elegans model of TDD, we were either unable to do so or demonstrated an alternative explanation for the findings we could partially reproduce. As the reviewers correctly point out, there were some methodological and reagent-related differences between the study by Sun et al. and our own that we will more directly highlight in a subsequent manuscript version. Additionally, where possible, we will attempt to replicate these experiments using the same protocol(s).

      We observed several phenotypic traits observed in the C. elegans model of TDD that were not previously described in prior studies. While we believe these features to be consistent with a bioenergetic problem in the worm, direct evidence for this is admittedly lacking in our original manuscript. We are actively engaged in experiments examining potential functions of HRG-9 and HRG-10 unrelated to heme trafficking and will consider which data best aligns with the scope of this study, thus warranting inclusion in a subsequent manuscript version. We will also provide a more comprehensive review of relevant data generated by other groups (e.g., lipid dysregulation, impaired autophagy, mitochondrial dysfunction in the absence of TANGO2) in the discussion section.

      Recommended improvements related to figure legends, terminology, and formatting will also be executed in our forthcoming version. On behalf of my co-authors and myself, thank you again for your time and effort improving this work.

    1. Author response:

      We thank both reviewers for their time and effort in considering our manuscript. We are pleased that the reviewers recognised the strength of our theoretical analysis and found it "elegant" and "reasonably accessible". We also acknowledge the suggestions made by both reviewers that the manuscript could be improved by more discussion of potential experiments. We were concerned not to make the original manuscript too long but, in the light of the reviewers' comments, we will submit a revised version with more details of the kinds of experiments that would build on the results that we have presented.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The present study aims to associate reproduction with age-related disease as support of the antagonistic pleiotropy hypothesis of ageing, predominantly using Mendelian Randomization. The authors found evidence that early-life reproductive success is associated with advanced ageing.

      Strengths:

      Large sample size. Many analyses.

      Weaknesses:

      There are some errors in the methodology, that require revisions.

      In particular, the main conclusions drawn by the authors refer to the Mendelian Randomization analyses. However, the authors made a few errors here that need to be reconsidered:

      (1) Many of the outcomes investigated by the authors are continuous outcomes, while the authors report odds ratios. This is not correct and should be revised.

      Thank you for your observation. We have revised the manuscript to ensure that the results for continuous outcomes are appropriately reported using beta coefficients, which indicate the change in the outcome per unit increase in exposure. This will accurately reflect the nature of the analysis and provide a clearer interpretation of continuous outcomes (lines 56-109).

      (2) Some of the odds ratios (for example the one for osteoporosis) are really small, while still reaching the level of statistical significance. After some checking, I found the GWAS data used to generate these MR estimates were processed by the program BOLT-LLM. This program is a linear mixed model program, which requires the transformation of the beta estimates to be useful for dichotomous outcomes. The authors should check the manual of BOLT-LLM and recalculate the beta estimates of the SNP-outcome associations prior to the Mendelian Randomization analyses. This should be checked for all outcomes as it doesn't apply to all.

      Thank you for your detailed feedback. We have reviewed all the GWAS data used in our MR analyses and confirmed that all GWAS of continuous traits have already been processed using the BOLT-LMM, including age at menarche, age at first birth, BMI, frailty index, father's age at death, mother's age at death, DNA methylation GrimAge acceleration, age at menopause, eye age, and facial aging. Most of the dichotomous outcomes have not been processed by BOLT-LMM, including late-onset Alzheimer's disease, type 2 diabetes, chronic heart failure, essential hypertension, cirrhosis, chronic kidney disease, early onset chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, and cervical cancer, except osteoporosis. We have reprocessed the GWAS beta values of osteoporosis and re-conducted the MR analysis (lines 74-75; lines 366-373).

      (3) The authors should follow the MR-Strobe guidelines for presentation.

      Thank you for your suggestion to follow the MR-STROBE guidelines for the presentation of our study. We appreciate the importance of adhering to these standardized guidelines to ensure clarity and transparency in reporting Mendelian Randomization (MR) analyses. We confirm that the MR components of our research are structured and presented following the MR-STROBE checklist. In addition to the MR analyses, our study also integrates Colocalization analysis, Genetic correlation analysis, Ingenuity Pathway Analysis (IPA), and population validation to provide a more comprehensive understanding of the genetic and biological context. While these analyses are not strictly covered by MR-STROBE guidelines, they complement the MR results by offering additional validation and mechanistic insights.

      We have structured our manuscript to separate these complementary analyses from the core MR results, maintaining alignment with MR-STROBE for the MR-specific components. The additional analyses are discussed in dedicated sections to highlight their unique contributions and avoid conflating them with the MR findings.

      (4) The authors should report data in the text with a 95% confidence interval.

      Thank you for your feedback. We have added the 95% confidence intervals for the reported data within the main text to enhance clarity and provide comprehensive context (lines 56-109). Additionally, the complete analysis data, including all detailed results, can be found in Table S3.

      (5) The authors should consider correction for multiple testing

      Thank you for your comment regarding the need to consider correction for multiple testing. We agree that correcting for multiple comparisons is an important step to control for the possibility of false-positive findings, particularly in studies involving large numbers of statistical tests. In our study, we carefully considered the issue of multiple testing and adopted the following approach:

      Context of Multiple Testing: The tests we conducted were hypothesis-driven, focusing on specific relationships (e.g., genetic correlation, colocalization, and Mendelian Randomization). These analyses are based on priori hypotheses supported by existing literature or biological relevance.

      Statistical Methods: Where applicable, we applied appropriate measures to account for multiple tests. For instance, in Mendelian Randomization, sensitivity analyses serve to validate the robustness of the results.

      We believe that the methodology and corrections applied in our study appropriately address concerns about multiple testing, given the hypothesis-driven nature of our analyses and the rigorous steps taken to validate our findings. If you feel that additional corrections are required for specific parts of the analysis, we would be happy to further clarify or revise as needed.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present an interesting paper where they test the antagonistic pleiotropy theory. Based on this theory they hypothesize that genetic variants associated with later onset of age at menarche and age at first birth have a positive causal effect on a multitude of health outcomes later in life, such as epigenetic aging and prevalence of chronic diseases. Using a mendelian randomization and colocalization approach, the authors show that SNPs associated with later age at menarche are associated with delayed aging measurements, such as slower epigenetic aging and reduced facial aging, and a lower risk of chronic diseases, such as type 2 diabetes and hypertension. Moreover, they identified 128 fertility-related SNPs that are associated with age-related outcomes and they identified BMI as a mediating factor for disease risk, discussing this finding in the context of evolutionary theory.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of this manuscript is that it addresses the antagonistic pleiotropy theory in aging. Aging theories are not frequently empirically tested although this is highly necessary. The work is therefore relevant for the aging field as well as beyond this field, as the antagonistic pleiotropy theory addresses the link between fitness (early life health and reproduction) and aging.

      Points that have to be clarified/addressed:

      (1) The antagonistic pleiotropy is an evolutionary theory pointing to the possibility that mutations that are beneficial for fitness (early life health and reproduction) may be detrimental later in life. As it concerns an evolutionary process and the authors focus on contemporary data from a single generation, more context is necessary on how this theory is accurately testable. For example, why and how much natural variation is there for fitness outcomes in humans?

      Thank you for these insightful questions. We appreciate the opportunity to clarify how we approach the testing of AP theory within a contemporary human cohort and address the evolutionary context and comparative considerations with the disposable soma theory.

      We recognize that modern human populations experience selection pressures that differ from those in the past, which may affect how well certain genetic variants reflect historical fitness benefits. Nonetheless, the genetic variation present today still offers valuable insights into potential AP mechanisms through statistical associations in contemporary cohorts. We believe that AP can indeed be explored in current populations by examining genetic links between reproductive traits and age-related health outcomes. In our study, we investigate whether certain genetic variants linked to reproductive timing—such as age at menarche and age at first birth—also correlate with late-life health risks. By identifying SNPs associated with both early-life reproductive success and adverse aging outcomes, we aim to capture the evolutionary trade-offs that AP theory suggests.

      Despite contemporary selection pressures that differ from historical conditions, there remains natural genetic variation in traits like reproductive timing and longevity in humans today. This diversity allows us to apply MR to test causal relationships between reproductive traits and aging outcomes, providing insights into potential AP mechanisms. Prior studies have demonstrated that reproductive behaviors exhibit significant heritability and have identified genetic loci associated with reproductive timing (1,2). This genetic variation facilitates causal inference in modern cohorts, despite environmental and healthcare advances that might modulate these associations (3). By leveraging genetic risk scores for reproductive timing, our study captures the necessary variability to assess potential AP effects, thus providing valuable insights into how evolutionary trade-offs may continue to influence human health outcomes.

      How do genetic risk score distributions of the exposure data look like?

      Thank you for your question. Our study is focused on Mendelian Randomization (MR) analysis, which aims to infer causal relationships between exposures and outcomes. While genetic risk scores (GRS) provide valuable insights at an individual level, they do not directly align with our study's objective, which is centered on population-level causal inference rather than individual-level genetic risk assessment. In MR, we use genetic variants as instrumental variables to determine the causal effect of an exposure on an outcome. GRS analysis typically focuses on summarizing an individual's risk based on multiple genetic variants, which is outside the scope of our current research. Therefore, we did not perform or analyze the distribution of genetic risk scores, as our primary goal was to understand broader causal relationships using established genetic instruments.

      Also, how can the authors distinguish in their data between the antagonistic pleiotropy theory and the disposable soma theory, which considers a trade-off between investment in reproduction and somatic maintenance and can be used to derive similar hypotheses? There is just a very brief mention of the disposable soma theory in lines 196-198.

      In our manuscript, we test AP theory specifically by examining genetic variants associated with reproductive timing and their association with age-related health risks in later life. MR and genetic risk scores allow us to assess these associations, directly testing the hypothesis that certain alleles enhancing reproductive success might have adverse effects on aging outcomes. This gene-centered approach aligns with AP’s premise of genetic trade-offs, enabling us to observe whether alleles associated with early-life reproductive traits correlate with increased risks of age-related diseases. Distinguishing from disposable soma theory, which would predict a general trade-off in energy allocation affecting somatic maintenance and not specific genetic effects, our data focuses on how certain alleles have differential impacts across life stages. Our findings thus support AP theory over disposable soma by highlighting the effects of specific genetic loci on both reproductive and aging phenotypes. However, future research could indeed explore the intersection of these theories, for example, by examining how resource allocation and genetic predispositions interact to influence longevity in various environmental contexts.

      (2) The antagonistic pleiotropy theory, used to derive the hypothesis, does not necessarily distinguish between male and female fitness. Would the authors expect that their results extrapolate to males as well? And can they test that?

      Emerging evidence suggests that early puberty in males is linked to adverse health outcomes, such as an increased risk of cardiovascular disease, type 2 diabetes, and hypertension in later life (4). A Mendelian randomization study also reported a genetic association between the timing of male puberty and reduced lifespan (5). These findings support the hypothesis that genetic variants associated with delayed reproductive timing in males might similarly confer health benefits or improved longevity, akin to the patterns observed in females. This would suggest that similar mechanisms of antagonistic pleiotropy could operate in males as well.

      In our study, BMI was identified as a mediator between reproductive timing and disease risk. Given that BMI is a common risk factor for age-related diseases in both males and females (6-9), it is plausible that similar mechanisms involving BMI, reproductive timing, and disease risk could exist in males. This shared mediator points to the possibility that, while reproductive timelines may differ, the pathways through which these traits influence aging outcomes may be consistent across genders.

      AP theory could potentially be tested in males, as the principles of the theory may extend to analogous reproductive traits in males, such as age at puberty and testosterone levels, which could similarly influence health outcomes later in life. However, as our current study focuses specifically on female reproductive traits, testing the AP theory in males is outside the scope of this work. We acknowledge the importance of exploring these mechanisms in males, and we hope that future research will address this by investigating male-specific reproductive traits and their relationship to aging and health outcomes.

      (3) There is no statistical analyses section providing the exact equations that are tested. Hence it's not clear how many tests were performed and if correction for multiple testing is necessary. It is also not clear what type of analyses have been done and why they have been done. For example in the section starting at line 47, Odds Ratios are presented, indicating that logistic regression analyses have been performed. As it's not clear how the outcomes are defined (genotype or phenotype, cross-sectional or longitudinal, etc.) it's also not clear why logistic regression analysis was used for the analyses.

      Thank you for your thoughtful comments regarding the statistical analyses and the clarification of methods and variables used in the study.

      Statistical Analyses Section: We have included a detailed explanation of all statistical analyses in the Methods section (lines 291–408), specifying the rationale for the choice of methods, the variables analyzed, and their relationships. Additionally, we have provided the relevant equations or statistical models used where appropriate to ensure transparency.

      Beta Values and Odds Ratios: In the Results section (starting at line 56), both Beta values and Odds Ratios are presented: Beta values were used for analyses of continuous outcomes to quantify the linear relationship between predictors and outcomes. Odds Ratios (ORs) were calculated for binary or categorical disease outcomes to describe the relative odds of an outcome given specific exposures or independent variables.

      Validation and Regression Analyses: For further validation of the MR results, we conducted analyses using the UK Biobank dataset (starting at line 162). Logistic regression analysis was then employed for disease risk assessments involving categorical outcomes (e.g., diseased or not).

      We hope that this clarifies the methods and their applicability to our study, as well as the rationale for the presentation of Beta values and Odds Ratios. If further details or refinements are required, we are happy to incorporate them.

      (4) Mendelian Randomization is an important part of the analyses done in the manuscript. It is not clear to what extent the MR assumptions are met, how the assumptions were tested, and if/what sensitivity analyses are performed; e.g. reverse MR, biological knowledge of the studied traits, etc. Can the authors explain to what extent the genetic instruments represent their targets (applicable expression/protein levels) well?

      Thank you for your insightful comments regarding the Mendelian Randomization (MR) analysis and the evaluation of its assumptions. Below, we provide additional clarification on how the MR assumptions were addressed, sensitivity analyses performed, and the representativeness of the genetic instruments (starting at line 314):

      Relevance Assumption (Genetic instruments are associated with the exposure): “We identified single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) associated with exposure datasets with p < 5 × 10<sup>-8</sup> (10,11). In this case, 249 SNPs and 67 SNPs were selected as eligible instrumental variables (IVs) for exposures of age at menarche and age at first birth, respectively. All selected SNPs for every exposure would be clumped to avoid the linkage disequilibrium (r<sup>2</sup> = 0.001 and kb = 10,000).” “During the harmonization process, we aligned the alleles to the human genome reference sequence and removed incompatible SNPs. Subsequent analyses were based on the merged exposure-outcome dataset. We calculated the F statistics to quantify the strength of IVs for each exposure with a threshold of F>10 (12).”

      Independence Assumption (Genetic instruments are not associated with confounders, Genetic instruments affect the outcome only through the exposure): Then we identified whether there were potential confounders of IVs associated with the outcomes based on a database of human genotype-phenotype associations, PhenoScanner V2 (13,14) (http://www.phenoscanner.medschl.cam.ac.uk/), with a threshold of p < 1 × 10<sup>-5</sup>. IVs associated with education, smoking, alcohol, activity, and other confounders related to outcomes would be excluded.

      Sensitivity Analyses Performed: A pleiotropy test was used to check if the IVs influence the outcome through pathways other than the exposure of interest. A heterogeneity test was applied to ensure whether there is a variation in the causal effect estimates across different IVs. Significant heterogeneity test results indicate that some instruments are invalid or that the causal effect varies depending on the IVs used. MRPRESSO was applied to detect and correct potential outliers of IVs with NbDistribution = 10,000 and threshold p = 0.05. Outliers would be excluded for repeated analysis. The causal estimates were given as odds ratios (ORs) and 95% confidence intervals (CI). A leave-one-out analysis was conducted to ensure the robustness of the results by sequentially excluding each IV and confirming the direction and statistical significance of the remained remaining SNPs.

      Supplemental post-GWAS analysis: Colocalization analysis (starting at line 356), Genetic correlation analysis (starting at line 366).

      Our MR analysis adheres to the guidelines for causal inference in MR studies. By combining multiple sensitivity analyses and ensuring the quality of genetic instruments, we demonstrate that the results are robust and unlikely to be driven by confounding or pleiotropy.

      (5) It is not clear what reference genome is used and if or what imputation panel is used. It is also not clear what QC steps are applied to the genotype data in order to construct the genetic instruments of MR.

      Starting in line 314, the steps of SNPs selection were included in the Methods part. “We identified single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) associated with exposure datasets with p < 5 × 10<sup>-8</sup> (10,11). In this case, 249 SNPs and 67 SNPs were selected as eligible instrumental variables (IVs) for exposures of age at menarche and age at first birth, respectively. All selected SNPs for every exposure would be clumped to avoid the linkage disequilibrium (r<sup>2</sup> = 0.001 and kb = 10,000). Then we identified whether there were potential confounders of IVs associated with the outcomes based on a database of human genotype-phenotype associations, PhenoScanner V2 (13,14) (http://www.phenoscanner.medschl.cam.ac.uk/), with a threshold of p < 1 × 10<sup>-5</sup>. IVs associated with education, smoking, alcohol, activity, and other confounders related to outcomes would be excluded. During the harmonization process, we aligned the alleles to the human genome reference sequence and removed incompatible SNPs. Subsequent analyses were based on the merged exposure-outcome dataset. We calculated the F statistics to quantify the strength of IVs for each exposure with a threshold of F>10 (12). If the effect allele frequency (EAF) was missing in the primary dataset, EAF would be collected from dsSNP (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/snp/) based on the population to calculate the F value.” The SNP numbers of exposures for each outcome and F statistics results were listed in supplemental table S2.

      (6) A code availability statement is missing. It is understandable that data cannot always be shared, but code should be openly accessible.

      We have added it to the manuscript (starting at line 410).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The outcomes seem to be genotypes (lines 274-288). In MR, genotypes are used as an instrument, representing an exposure, which is then associated with an outcome that is typically observed and measured at a later moment in time than the predictors. If both exposure and outcome are genotypes it is not clear how this works in terms of causality; it would rather reflect a genetic correlation. One would expect the genotypes that function as instruments for the exposure to have a functional cascade of (age-related) effects, leading to an (age-related) outcome. From line 149 the outcomes seem to be phenotypes. Can the authors please clearly explain in each section what is analyzed, how the analyses were done, and why the analyses were done that way?

      Thank you for your insightful comment. We understand the concern regarding the use of genotypes as both exposures and outcomes and the implications this has for interpreting causality versus genetic correlation. To clarify, in our study, the outcomes analyzed in the MR framework are indeed genotypes, starting from line 47. We use genotypes as instrumental variables for exposures, which are then linked to phenotypic outcomes observed at a later stage, in line with standard MR principles.

      To improve the robustness of the MR results, we validated the genetic associations in the population with phenotype data from UK Biobank (lines 162-203), and the detailed methods were listed in lines 385-408.

      (2) Overall, the English writing is good. However, some small errors slipped in. Please check the manuscript for small grammar mistakes like in sentences 10 (punctuation) and 33 (grammar).

      Thank you for your feedback. We appreciate your careful review and attention to detail. We thoroughly rechecked the manuscript for any grammatical errors, including punctuation and sentence structure, especially in sentences 11 and 35 in revised manuscript, as suggested.

      (3) There is currently no results and discussion section.

      The manuscript was submitted as Short Reports article type with a combined Results and Discussion section. We have added the section title of Discussion.

      (4) Why did the authors not include SNPs associated with age at menopausal onset? See for example: https://www.nature.com/articles/s41586-021-03779-7https://urldefense.com/v3/__https://www.nature.com/articles/s41586-021-03779-7__;!!HYjtAOY1tjP_!Kl_ZKCmWOQEnvEbl46TG0TuhlsxapwvFdAFfZJkMvz8z7XhX5VEA1cT8CVvNu8xrv9k679Kl0XTrxwSajUeiXWm04XP4$.

      Thank you for your information. Our manuscript focuses on the antagonistic pleiotropy theory, which posits that inherent trade-off in natural selection, where genes beneficial for early survival and reproduction (like menarche and childbirth) may have costly consequences later. So, we only included age at menarche and age at first childbirth as exposures in our research.

      (5) Can the authors include genetic correlations between menarche, age at first child, BMI, and preferably menopause?

      Thank you for your suggestion. We acknowledge that including genetic correlations between age at menarche, age at first childbirth, BMI, and menopause can provide valuable context to our analysis. While our current MR study sets age at menarche and age at first childbirth as exposures and menopause as the outcome, and we have already included results that account for BMI-related SNPs before and after correction, we recognize the importance of assessing genetic correlations.

      To address this, we calculated the genetic correlations between these traits to provide insight into their shared genetic architecture. This analysis helps clarify whether there is a significant genetic overlap between the two exposures and between exposure and outcome, which can inform and support the interpretation of our MR results. We appreciate your suggestion and include these calculations to enhance the robustness and comprehensiveness of our study. In the genetic correlations analysis, LDSC software was applied and the genetic correlation values for all pairwise comparisons among age at menarche, age at first birth, BMI, and age at menopause onset were calculated(15,16). The results are listed in Table S6.

      (6) Line 39-40: that is not entirely true. There is also amounting evidence that socioeconomic factors cause earlier onset of menarche through stress-related mechanisms: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.annepidem.2010.08.006https://urldefense.com/v3/__https://doi.org/10.1016/j.annepidem.2010.08.006__;!!HYjtAOY1tjP_!Kl_ZKCmWOQEnvEbl46TG0TuhlsxapwvFdAFfZJkMvz8z7XhX5VEA1cT8CVvNu8xrv9k679Kl0XTrxwSajUeiXZ4vbX0y$

      Thank you so much for your information. We changed it to “Considering reproductive events are partly regulated by genetic factors that can manifest the physiological outcome later in life”.

      (7) Why did the authors choose to work with studies derived from IEU Open GWAS? as it is often does not contain the most recent and relevant GWAS for a specific trait.

      We chose to work with studies derived from the IEU Open GWAS database after careful consideration of several sources, including the GWAS Catalog database and recently published GWAS papers. Our selection criteria focused on publicly available GWAS with large sample sizes and a higher number of SNPs to ensure robust analysis. For specific traits such as late-onset Alzheimer's disease and eye aging, we used GWAS data published in scientific articles to ensure that our research reflects the latest findings in the field.

      (1) Barban, N. et al. Genome-wide analysis identifies 12 loci influencing human reproductive behavior. Nat Genet 48, 1462-1472 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1038/ng.3698

      (2) Tropf, F. C. et al. Hidden heritability due to heterogeneity across seven populations. Nat Hum Behav 1, 757-765 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41562-017-0195-1

      (3) Stearns, S. C., Byars, S. G., Govindaraju, D. R. & Ewbank, D. Measuring selection in contemporary human populations. Nat Rev Genet 11, 611-622 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1038/nrg2831

      (4) Day, F. R., Elks, C. E., Murray, A., Ong, K. K. & Perry, J. R. Puberty timing associated with diabetes, cardiovascular disease and also diverse health outcomes in men and women: the UK Biobank study. Sci Rep 5, 11208 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1038/srep11208

      (5) Hollis, B. et al. Genomic analysis of male puberty timing highlights shared genetic basis with hair colour and lifespan. Nat Commun 11, 1536 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-020-14451-5

      (6) Field, A. E. et al. Impact of overweight on the risk of developing common chronic diseases during a 10-year period. Arch Intern Med 161, 1581-1586 (2001). https://doi.org/10.1001/archinte.161.13.1581

      (7) Singh, G. M. et al. The age-specific quantitative effects of metabolic risk factors on cardiovascular diseases and diabetes: a pooled analysis. PLoS One 8, e65174 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0065174

      (8) Kivimaki, M. et al. Obesity and risk of diseases associated with hallmarks of cellular ageing: a multicohort study. Lancet Healthy Longev 5, e454-e463 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1016/S2666-7568(24)00087-4

      (9) Kivimaki, M. et al. Body-mass index and risk of obesity-related complex multimorbidity: an observational multicohort study. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 10, 253-263 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(22)00033-X

      (10) Savage, J. E. et al. Genome-wide association meta-analysis in 269,867 individuals identifies new genetic and functional links to intelligence. Nat Genet 50, 912-919 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41588-018-0152-6

      (11) Gao, X. et al. The bidirectional causal relationships of insomnia with five major psychiatric disorders: A Mendelian randomization study. Eur Psychiatry 60, 79-85 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eurpsy.2019.05.004

      (12) Burgess, S., Small, D. S. & Thompson, S. G. A review of instrumental variable estimators for Mendelian randomization. Stat Methods Med Res 26, 2333-2355 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1177/0962280215597579

      (13) Staley, J. R. et al. PhenoScanner: a database of human genotype-phenotype associations. Bioinformatics 32, 3207-3209 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1093/bioinformatics/btw373

      (14) Kamat, M. A. et al. PhenoScanner V2: an expanded tool for searching human genotype-phenotype associations. Bioinformatics 35, 4851-4853 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1093/bioinformatics/btz469

      (15) Bulik-Sullivan, B. et al. An atlas of genetic correlations across human diseases and traits. Nat Genet 47, 1236-1241 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1038/ng.3406

      (16) Bulik-Sullivan, B. K. et al. LD Score regression distinguishes confounding from polygenicity in genome-wide association studies. Nat Genet 47, 291-295 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1038/ng.3211

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful comments and suggestions. We plan to make a number of revisions to the manuscript to address their feedback.

      Firstly, we plan to incorporate feedback related to our modeling approach. We will provide justification for the chosen models and why this dataset is not appropriate for an in-depth exploration of other models. In particular, we will highlight that the models included in this manuscript were taken from Langdon et al. (2019) with a minor extension. Model development and validation in the Langdon et al. (2019) paper required a dataset with >100 rats per task. As the current n per variant is 28-32, and behavioral performance on this task is highly variable, it would be difficult to sufficiently test the validity of models that majorly depart from the previously tested RL models. Nevertheless, we will acknowledge this as a limitation in the discussion section. Additionally, we will test some alternatives suggested by reviewers that fall within the scope of the current RL modeling framework (e.g., comparison to a standard delta-rule update for unrewarded choices). We will address other concerns brought up by reviewers by a.) providing a rationale for why we constrained our analyses to the first five sessions, b.) simulating data for sessions that match those that were analyzed in the real data (i.e., sessions 35-40 instead of 18-20), and c.) including a figure of the simulated choice probabilities rather than just risk score.

      Secondly, we will include additional analyses and clarify the current statistical approach to address comments on how the data were analyzed. We will include an analysis of task acquisition to investigate when choice preferences emerge across the different variants. We will justify the statistical approach used for detecting behavioral differences between task variants, including a better explanation of the inclusion of the risky/optimal label as a between-subjects factor in the ANOVAs. We will also expand the section on parameters predicting risk preference on the rGT to fully explain the statistical method used and provide a figure of the results.

      Lastly, we will provide a more detailed rationale for the reinforcer devaluation test, and describe the hypothesis it tests. We will also expand on how the results from the devaluation test support our conclusions, and address alternative explanations suggested by the reviewers.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1: 

      (1) As discussed in review and nicely simulated by the authors, the large figure error indicated by profilometry (~10 um in some cases on average) is inconsistent with the optical performance improvements observed, suggesting that those measurements are inaccurate.

      I see no reason to include these inaccurate measurements.  

      We agree with the Referee and removed the indicated figure (old Supplementary Fig. 4) and data.

      Reviewer #3:

      (1) It would be interesting to comment on how the addition of a coverslip changes the performance of the uncorrected microendoscope compared to the use of bare grin lenses. 

      We modified the discussion section (page 18) and added a new reference (#36) to include the request of the Referee.

      (2) In Figure 6C-H, the authors can indeed show data corresponding to all detected cells, but I still think that the statistics should be calculated using the same effective FOV. 

      We modified Figure 6 legend to include the request of the Referee.

      (3) Authors could present the images in Figures 4-6 as in the original version, with a scale bar in the centre of the FOV that is different for the two types of objectives (corrected vs uncorrected). They could add a short justification for this choice, and perhaps present the other version for Figure 4 in a supplementary information sheet (with similar scale bars at the centre of the FOV for both types of objectives). It would allow readers to appreciate that the FOV still appears significantly enlarged with this other presentation.

      As requested by the Referee, we modified the text in the Result section (page 11) and added the additional version of Figure 4 as Figure 4-figure supplement 1.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      eLife Assessment

      This study presents potentially valuable insights into the role of climbing fibers in cerebellar learning. The main claim is that climbing fiber activity is necessary for optokinetic reflex adaptation, but is dispensable for its long-term consolidation. There is evidence to support the first part of this claim, though it requires a clearer demonstration of the penetrance and selectivity of the manipulation. However, support for the latter part of the claim is incomplete owing to methodological concerns, including unclear efficacy of longer-duration climbing fiber activity suppression.

      We sincerely appreciate the thoughtful feedback provided by the reviewer regarding our study on the role of climbing fibers in cerebellar learning. Each point raised has been carefully considered, and we are committed to addressing them comprehensively. We acknowledge the importance of addressing methodological concerns, particularly regarding the efficacy of long-term suppression of CF activity, as well as ensuring clarity regarding the penetrance and selectivity of our manipulation. To this end, we have outlined plans for substantial revisions to the manuscript to adequately address these issues.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The study by Seo et al highlights knowledge gaps regarding the role of cerebellar complex spike (CS) activity during different phases of learning related to optokinetic reflex (OKR) in mice. The novelty of the approach is twofold: first, specifically perturbing the activity of climbing fibers (CFs) in the flocculus (as opposed to disrupting communication between the inferior olive (IO) and its cerebellar targets globally); and second, examining whether disruption of the CS activity during the putative "consolidation phase" following training affects OKR performance.

      The first part of the results provides adequate evidence supporting the notion that optogenetic disruption of normal CF-Purkinje neuron (PN) signaling results in the degradation of OKR performance. As no effects are seen in OKR performance in animals subjected to optogenetic irradiation during the memory consolidation or retrieval phases, the authors conclude that CF function is not essential beyond memory acquisition. However, the manuscript does not provide a sufficiently solid demonstration that their longterm activity manipulation of CF activity is effective, thus undermining the confidence of the conclusions.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of the work is the aim to examine the specific involvement of the CF activity in the flocculus during distinct phases of learning. This is a challenging goal, due to the technical challenges related to the anatomical location of the flocculus as well as the IO. These obstacles are counterbalanced by the use of a well-established and easy-to-analyse behavioral model (OKR), that can lead to fundamental insights regarding the long-term cerebellar learning process.

      Weaknesses:

      The impact of the work is diminshed by several methodological shortcomings.

      Most importantly, the key finding that prolonged optogenetic inhibition of CFs (for 30 min to 6 hours after the training period) must be complemented by the demonstration that the manipulation maintains its efficacy. In its current form, the authors only show inhibition by short-term optogenetic irradiation in the context of electrical-stimulation-evoked CSs in an ex vivo preparation. As the inhibitory effect of even the eNpHR3.0 is greatly diminished during seconds-long stimulations (especially when using the yellow laser as is done in this work (see Zhang, Chuanqiang, et al. "Optimized photo-stimulation of halorhodopsin for long-term neuronal inhibition." BMC biology 17.1 (2019): 1-17. ), we remain skeptical of the extent of inhibition during the long manipulations. In short, without a demonstration of effective inhibition throughout the putative consolidation phase (for example by showing a significant decrease in CS frequency throughout the irradiation period), the main claim of the manuscript of phase-specific involvement of CF activity in OKR learning cannot be considered to be based on evidence.

      Second, the choice of viral targeting strategy leaves gaps in the argument for CF-specific mechanisms. CaMKII promoters are not selective for the IO neurons, and even the most precise viral injections always lead to the transfection of neurons in the surrounding brainstem, many of which project to the cerebellar cortex in the form of mossy fibers (MF). Figure 1Bii shows sparsely-labelled CFs in the flocculus, but possibly also MFs. While obtaining homogenous and strong labeling in all floccular CFs might be impossible, at the very least the authors should demonstrate that their optogenetic manipulation does not affect simple spiking in PNs.

      Finally, while the paper explicitly focuses on the effects of CF-evoked complex spikes in the PNs and not, for example, on those mediated by molecular layer interneurons or via direct interaction of the CF with vestibular nuclear neurons, it would be best if these other dimensions of CF involvement in cerebellar learning were candidly discussed.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thorough evaluation, which thoughtfully highlights the strengths and areas for improvement in our study.

      We agree with the reviewer’s recognition of the novelty of our approach, particularly in specifically perturbing climbing fiber (CF) activity in the flocculus and examining its effects across distinct phases of learning. Additionally, our use of the well-established OKR behavior paradigm provides a robust framework for investigating cerebellar learning processes, further strengthening our study.

      To address concerns regarding the efficacy of long-term optogenetic inhibition and the specificity of viral targeting, we conducted additional experiments. These include in vivo monitoring of CF activity during the irradiation period, confirming sustained inhibition of complex spikes throughout the consolidation phase. To ensure precise targeting and mitigate potential side effects, such as unintended modification of Purkinje cell (PC) simple spike activity, we demonstrated that optogenetic suppression of CF transmission did not affect simple spike firing. Furthermore, we made additional characterizations to confirm the specificity of viral targeting.

      Lastly, we recognize the importance of exploring alternative mechanisms underlying CF involvement in cerebellar learning. Accordingly, we expanded the manuscript to provide a more comprehensive discussion of these mechanisms, offering a clearer perspective on the broader implications of our findings.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to explore the role of climbing fibers (CFs) in cerebellar learning, with a focus on optokinetic reflex (OKR) adaptation. Their goal was to understand how CF activity influences memory acquisition, memory consolidation, and memory retrieval by optogenetically suppressing CF inputs at various stages of the learning process.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses a significant question in the cerebellar field by focusing on the specific role of CFs in adaptive learning. The authors use optogenetic tools to manipulate CF activity. This provides a direct method to test the causal relationship between CF activity and learning outcomes.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite shedding light on the potential role of CFs in cerebellar learning, the study is hampered by significant methodological issues that question the validity of its conclusions. The absence of detailed evidence on the effectiveness of CF suppression and concerns over tissue damage from optogenetic stimulation weakens the argument that CFs are not essential for memory consolidation. These challenges make it difficult to confirm whether the study's objectives were fully met or if the findings conclusively support the authors' claims. The research commendably attempts to unravel the temporal involvement of CFs in learning but also underscores the difficulties in pinpointing specific neural mechanisms that underlie the phases of learning. Addressing these methodological issues, investigating other signals that might instruct consolidation, and understanding CFs' broader impact on various learning behaviors are crucial steps for future studies.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s recognition of the significance of our study in addressing the fundamental question of the role of CF in adaptive learning within the cerebellar field. The use of optogenetic tools indeed provides a direct means to investigate the causal relationship between CF activity and learning outcomes.

      To address concerns regarding the effectiveness of CF suppression during consolidation, we plan to conduct further in-vivo recordings. These will demonstrate how reliably CF transmission can be suppressed through optogenetic manipulation over an extended period.

      In response to the concern about potential tissue damage from laser stimulation, we believe that our optogenetic manipulation was not strong enough to induce significant heat-induced tissue damage in the flocculus. According to Cardin et al. (2010), light applied through an optic fiber may cause critical damage if the intensity exceeds 100 mW, which is eight times stronger than the intensity we used in our OKR experiment. Furthermore, if there had been tissue damage from chronic laser stimulation, we would expect to see impaired long-term memory reflected in abnormal gain retrieval results tested the following day. However, as shown in Figures 2 and 3, there were no significant abnormalities in consolidation percentages even after the optogenetic manipulation.

      Finally, we appreciate the reviewer’s recognition of the challenges involved in pinpointing specific neural mechanisms. We plan to expand the discussion to address these complexities and outline future research directions.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Inhibitory optogenetic actuators are generally problematic, especially in time frames longer than seconds. If the authors wish to be able to inhibit activity in the flocculus-targeting CFs for a long time, maybe it would make sense to try to retrogradely transfect the IO neurons from the flocculus (using a cre-lox approach) with inhibitory DREADDs. This approach is also full of problems, so the absence or significant decrease in CS activity throughout the period of manipulation must be demonstrated.

      In addition to re-examining the strength of the evidence regarding the role of CFs in the consolidation and retrival phases, the manuscript would benefit from significant reworking of the details in the manuscript and figures. Below is a possibly incomplete list of things we would want to highlight:

      (1) While the text states the authors "... verified the potential reduction of Cs firing rate in PCs of awake mice in vivo by inhibiting CF signals", the data nor a figure are shown. This is of critical importance when judging the reliability of the following results. The data presented in panels Figure 1D-E should also be improved to be more informative, specifically, the waveforms of EPSCs should be shown in higher resolution. We are not informed about how many cells/slices/animals the results are obtained from, nor how many trials were done per condition. Finally, the in vitro data is from vermal Purkinje neurons, while the focus of the work is in the flocculus. Please provide these verifications for the flocculus.

      To verify the suppression of complex spike (Cs) activity, we conducted additional in-vivo experiments and added Figure 2, which presents recordings of Cs firing rates from Purkinje cells (PCs) during optogenetic suppression of climbing fiber (CF) activity. These data demonstrate that the suppression specifically and robustly targets Cs activity without affecting simple spike firing, as shown in Figure 2C. The results presented in Figure 2 were acquired at 40 minutes of optostimulation, consistently showing effective suppression of Cs activity throughout this period. While continuous recordings over several hours were not performed, the stability and sustained suppression observed at the 40-minute mark strongly suggest that the manipulation remains effective during the extended durations required for the behavioral tests.

      Additionally, we have improved Figure 1D by enhancing the resolution of EPSC waveforms and including more detailed information in the figure legend regarding the number of cells and animals analyzed. For the current-clamp mode data (Figures 1E and F), we clarified the experimental conditions to provide additional context. While the in vitro data were collected from vermal PCs, these experiments were intended to illustrate the fundamental properties of CF-PC transmission.

      (2) It is challenging to get a homogenous transfection of all CFs in a given region. To be able to judge the significance of the results, the readers should be provided with material allowing assessing the transfection quality. The images shown in panels Bi-ii are spatially restricted and of too low quality to make judgements. Also, it is not stated whether the images shown are from GFP or NpHR-transfected animals. These different payloads are delivered using different viral capsids (AAV1 vs. AAV9) that have significantly different transfection capacities and results from AAV9-CamKIIGFP cannot be generalized to AAV1-CamKII-NpHR. Please show the expression for the capsid used with NpHR.

      To clarify, the images in Figure Bi-ii are representative of GFP expression in animals transfected using AAV1-CamKII-EGFP. The purpose of these panels is to confirm the successful targeting of the region of interest rather than to evaluate viral tropism or capsid-specific transfection efficiency. Moreover, while the transfection characteristics of AAV1 and AAV9 may differ, the key experimental parameter of effective CF suppression was validated through in-vivo electrophysiological recordings, which robustly confirm the efficacy of NpHR expression.

      (3) Finally, please show the location of the optic fiber implant in the flocculus from post-mortem images.

      In Figure 3a of our revised manuscript, we added post-mortem histological images showing the exact location of the optic fiber implants in the flocculus. These images provided clear confirmation that the optogenetic stimulation was targeted to the correct anatomical region, ensuring that the observed effects are attributable to CF manipulation in the flocculus.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The efficacy of CF suppression is questionable. The histology in Figure 1 shows that only a handful of CFs are transduced in their approach. This observation casts doubt on the claimed complete suppression of CF-evoked EPSCs in every recorded PC in the same figure. This necessitates a more detailed explanation for this apparent discrepancy. Also, the absence of current-clamp recordings to measure the effect on CF-evoked complex spiking in PCs and the lack of detail regarding the timing of optogenetic actuation (continuous or pulsed) during these slice experiments are also significant omissions.

      We are providing additional in vivo electrophysiological recordings showing sustained CF suppression in awake animals (Figure 2). These recordings will directly demonstrate the extent of CFevoked complex spike (Cs) suppression.

      Moreover, we have included additional data of current-clamp recordings to measure the impact of CF suppression on Cs activity (Figures 1E and 1F). Regarding the timing of the optogenetic actuation, the stimulation was applied continuously in the slice experiments.

      (2) The authors claim that their method effectively suppresses CF activity in vivo, yet they do not present any supporting data. Given the histological evidence provided, it's questionable whether their approach truly impacts the CF population broadly, casting doubts on the efficacy of their suppression approach to identify the role of CFs during behavior. To address these concerns, further experiments and detailed quantification are essential to validate the extent and uniformity of CF suppression achieved.

      As we responded earlier, we conducted additional in-vivo experiments with continuous recordings of CF-evoked complex spike (Cs) activity during optogenetic suppression (Figure 2). These data directly demonstrate effective and sustained inhibition of CF transmission throughout the behavioral experiments. Quantification of CF suppression revealed consistent inhibition across the manipulation period, with no observable alterations in Purkinje cell simple spike firing rates, confirming that our intervention specifically targeted CF activity without off-target effects. In addition to the in-vivo data, the in-vitro data presented in Figure 1 (lines 107~116) further validate the efficacy of our optogenetic manipulation, showing consistent suppression of CF transmission without any failures. These findings collectively confirm the reliability and specificity of our suppression approach for studying CF contributions to behavior.

      (3) To optogenetically test the role of CFs in memory consolidation, the authors deliver continuous, high-power light to the flocculus (13 mW for 6 hrs). This extends well beyond typical experimental conditions. The sustained nature of the light exposure thus brings into question the consistency and reliability of CF suppression over time. Firstly, it is imperative to determine whether CF activity is suppressed throughout this extended period. Secondly, the intensity and duration of light exposure carry a significant risk of causing extensive damage to the surrounding tissue. Given these concerns, a thorough histological examination is warranted to assess the potential adverse effects on tissue integrity. Such an analysis is crucial not only for validating the experimental outcomes but also for ensuring that the observed effects are not confounded by light-induced tissue damage.

      To address whether CF activity is suppressed throughout the extended period, we included new in-vivo recordings demonstrating robust suppression of CF transmission, as evidenced by inhibited complex spikes sustained at 40 minutes of optostimulation. Regarding potential tissue damage, our optogenetic protocol used a light intensity (13 mW), which is much lower than the 75 mW threshold reported by Cardin et al. (2010) as sufficient to maintain normal neuronal activity. Moreover, critical damage typically requires intensities exceeding 100 mW for several hours (Cardin, Jessica A., et al. "Targeted optogenetic stimulation and recording of neurons in vivo using cell-type-specific expression of Channelrhodopsin-2." Nature protocols 5.2 (2010): 247-254.). Finally, we observed no abnormalities in long-term memory consolidation or gain retrieval (Figures 3C, 4C, 4F), further supporting that our light stimulation did not induce tissue damage.

      (4) The generalizability of their findings to various learning behaviors remains uncertain. Given that the flocculus plays a role in vestibulo-ocular reflex (VOR) adaptation, which encompasses both CFdependent and CF-independent learning types (gain increase and gain decrease, respectively), this system could offer a more feasible approach for investigating hypotheses about the role of CFs in guiding distinct learning processes.

      In response to the reviewer’s comment on the generalizability of our findings to learning behaviors involving both CF-dependent and CF-independent mechanisms, we acknowledge the importance of examining these dynamics in cerebellar motor adaptation systems, such as the OKR. Although our study used an OKR task, findings from VOR studies apply here. Ke et al. (2009) demonstrated that VOR gain increases (CF-dependent) and gain decreases (CF-independent) involve distinct plasticity processes (Ke, Michael C., Cong C. Guo, and Jennifer L. Raymond. "Elimination of climbing fiber instructive signals during motor learning." Nature neuroscience 12.9 (2009): 1171-1179), suggesting that CF engagement is task-dependent, particularly for larger error signals that require CF-guided adaptation.

      Similarly, our OKR findings suggest that CF-dependent pathways are likely used for large, persistent errors, whereas CF-independent mechanisms may drive more gradual adjustments. This alignment between OKR and VOR systems supports the generalizability of CF-selective adaptation across cerebellar learning tasks. We have elaborated on this point in our revised manuscript (lines 219~237), clarifying how CF-dependent and CF-independent mechanisms can generalize across motor learning contexts in the cerebellum.

      (5) The acute effect of CF suppression on OKR eye movements warrants investigation. If OKR eye movements are altered by their method, this could complicate the interpretation of their results.

      During our experiments, we monitored ocular movements during CF optogenetic manipulation and found no aberrant effects, such as nystagmus. As shown in Figures 4G and 4H, disrupting CF signaling during gain retrieval did not alter the gain, confirming that our manipulation neither acutely affects ocular reflexes nor induces abnormal eye movement. Therefore, it leads to the conclusion that the observed effects are specific to learning and memory processes.

      (6) The authors raise the potential issue of inducing presynaptic LTD in CFs. Can they be sure that their manipulation doesn't generate a similar effect? Additional controls or techniques to accurately interpret the results are needed considering this concern.

      However, our discussion does not claim that optogenetic suppression directly induces CF-LTD. Instead, we posit that CF suppression may have mimicked the functional consequences of CFLTD, such as reduced complex spike (Cs) activity and associated calcium signaling. This, in turn, may have indirectly interfered with the induction of parallel fiber-Purkinje cell (PF-PC) LTD, thereby preventing gain enhancement during learning.

      This hypothesis is consistent with previous studies highlighting the interplay between CF and PF synaptic plasticity in cerebellar motor learning. For example, Hansel and Linden (2000) and Weber et al. (2003) discuss how changes at CF synapses can modulate Cs waveforms and calcium dynamics, which are critical for PF-PC LTD. Coesmans et al. (2004) and Han et al. (2007) further elaborate on the necessity of CF input for effective PF-PC LTD induction during learning tasks such as retinal slip correction.

      While our experiments were not designed to directly measure CF-LTD, the observed prevention of gain enhancement aligns with the hypothesis that CF suppression functionally disrupted downstream PF-PC LTD. We have clarified these points in our revised manuscript (lines 250~258) to avoid misunderstanding.

      (7) The specific timeframe for OKR consolidation remains uncertain, with evidence from numerous studies indicating that cerebellar memory consolidation unfolds over several days. Therefore, a more thorough investigation into these extended durations, supported by control experiments to validate the outcomes, would significantly strengthen the study's conclusions, and provide clearer insights into the consolidation process of OKR learning.

      Our current study specifically focused on the early phase of the post-learning period, as supported by findings from several studies: Cooke et al., (2004); Titley et al., (2007); Steinmetz et al., (2016); Seo et al., (2024)

      These studies collectively indicate that cerebellar-dependent memory consolidation—including OKR—can occur rapidly during the early consolidation phase. While the specific mechanisms examined in these studies vary (e.g., synaptic plasticity, intrinsic plasticity, or circuit-level changes), they consistently demonstrate that modifications in the cerebellum after the early consolidation period no longer influence memory storage or performance. This evidence strongly supports the relevance of our experimental focus and the timing of our interventions.

      We acknowledge the importance of investigating extended consolidation periods, which could indeed provide additional insights. However, given our current aims, the rapid consolidation dynamics observed in the early phase are most relevant to the questions addressed in this study. We have elaborated on these matter in our revised manuscript (lines 273~283).

      (8) Issues around whether the authors have control over CF activity with their optogenetic intervention raise questions of whether learning can be recovered during the training procedure if the optogenetic stimuli are halted. Specifically, if suppression is applied for three blocks (what the authors refer to as "sessions") during the training procedure and then ceases, does learning rapidly recover in the immediately following blocks?

      While we did not directly examine the restoration of learning capability within the same training session following the cessation of optogenetic inhibition, we believe several aspects of our experimental design and insights from prior studies support our interpretation.

      Our optogenetic intervention specifically targeted Purkinje cells (PCs) in the flocculus and was applied continuously during designated training sessions to modulate cerebellar activity. Notably, Medina et al. (2001) demonstrated that transient inactivation of the cerebellar cortex impairs the expression of learned responses but does not disrupt the underlying plasticity mechanisms (Medina, Javier F., Keith S. Garcia, and Michael D. Mauk. "A mechanism for savings in the cerebellum." Journal of Neuroscience 21.11 (2001): 4081-4089.). This finding suggests that cerebellar plasticity remains intact and functional even after transient perturbations.

      Therefore, it is plausible that once optogenetic inhibition is lifted, the cerebellar network regains its capacity for learning and adaptation, as the intrinsic plasticity and memory encoding processes remain preserved. While we acknowledge that direct experimental confirmation of rapid recovery in our setup was not performed, this interpretation is consistent with our experimental framework and the broader literature.

      (9) The study does not fully explore the instructive signals/mechanisms underlying the memory consolidation process. A detailed investigation into potential instructive signals for consolidation beyond CF-induced signaling, like the simple spiking of PCs, could significantly enhance the study's conclusions. Indeed, there is currently no evidence to suggest that CFs play a role in the consolidation phase anyway so testing their role seems a bit of a strawman argument.

      While our study primarily focused on characterizing CF-dependent pathways, we acknowledge that memory consolidation is likely driven by a multifaceted interplay of instructive signals beyond CF-induced mechanisms. In particular, Purkinje cell (PC) simple spiking may act as a critical signal during the consolidation phase, either complementing or functioning independently of CF input. Emerging evidence suggests that simple spiking can modulate downstream circuitry in ways that stabilize and strengthen memory traces.

      To address this, we have expanded the discussion in the revised manuscript to explore potential instructive signals for consolidation, including PC simple spiking, local circuit plasticity within the cerebellar cortex, and its interaction with the cerebellar nuclei. We propose that these mechanisms collectively contribute to the transfer and stabilization of motor memory, offering a more comprehensive framework for understanding consolidation. We have elaborated on these matter in our revised manuscript (lines 238~250).

      (10) Previous reports have highlighted the necessity of CF activity for extinction/memory maintenance (Medina et al. 2002; Kim et al. 2020). That is, the absence of CF activity is consequential for cerebellar function. These results present a potential contrast to the findings reported in this current study. This discrepancy raises important questions about the experimental conditions, methodologies, and interpretations of CF function across different studies. A thorough discussion comparing these divergent outcomes is essential, as it could elucidate the specific contexts or conditions under which CF activity influences memory processes.

      We acknowledge that previous studies (Medina et al., 2002; Kim et al., 2020) have suggested a role for climbing fiber (CF) activity in extinction. However, our study specifically focuses on the acquisition phase of motor learning and does not extend to extinction or maintenance. As such, we have revised our discussion to limit interpretations strictly to the scope of our findings and removed references to extinction.

      The discrepancies between our results and prior work may arise from differences in methodologies and behavioral paradigms. For instance, we utilized optogenetic inhibition to achieve precise temporal and spatial control of CF activity, whereas previous studies employed pharmacological or lesion methods that may have broader effects on the cerebellar circuitry. Additionally, differences in behavioral paradigms, such as the optokinetic reflex (OKR) task used in our study compared to the eye-blink conditioning tasks in prior studies, may demand distinct roles for CF signaling depending on the specific requirements for error correction and adaptation.

      This clarification is now incorporated into our revised manuscript, and the discussion has been streamlined to focus on the phase-specific role of CF activity during acquisition without extending to extinction or maintenance (lines 259~270).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The article emphasizes vocal social behavior but none of the experiments involve a social element. Marmosets are recorded in isolation which could be sufficient for examining the development of vocal behavior in that particular context. However, the early-life maturation of vocal behavior is strongly influenced by social interactions with conspecifics. For example, the transition of cries and subharmonic phees which are high-entropy calls to more low-entropy mature phees is affected by social reinforcement from the parents. And this effect extends cross context where differences in these interaction patterns extend to vocal behavior when the marmosets are alone. From the chord diagrams, cries still consist of a significant proportion of call types in lesioned animals. Additionally, though it is an intriguing finding that the infants' phee calls have acoustic differences being 'blunted of variation, less diverse and more regular,' the suggestion that the social message conveyed by these infants was 'deficient, limited, and/or indiscriminate' is not but can be tested with, for example, playback experiments.

      We recognize that our definition of vocal social behavior is not within the normal realm of direct social interactions. We were particularly interested in marmoset vocalizations as a social signal, such as phees, cries and twitter, even when their family members or conspecifics are not visibly present. Generally speaking, in the laboratory, infant marmosets make few calls when in the presence of another conspecific, but when isolated they naturally make phee calls to reach out to their distantly located relatives. In this context, while we did not assess the animals interacting directly, we assessed what are normally referred to as ‘social contact calls,’ hence the term ‘social vocalizations.’ Playback recordings might provide potential evidence of antiphonal calling as a means of social interaction and might reveal the poor quality of the social message conveyed by the infant, but even here, the vocalizing marmoset would be calling to a non-visible conspecific. Thus, although our experiment lacked a direct social element, our data suggest that in the absence of a functioning ACC in early life, infant calls that convey social information, and which would elicit feedback from parents and other family members, may be compromised, and this could potentially influence how that infant develops its social interactive skills. We have now commented on the significance of social vocalizations in the introductory text (page 3) and discussion (page 15).

      The manuscript would benefit from the addition of more details to be able to better determine if the conclusions are well supported by the data. Understanding that this is very difficult data to get, the number of marmosets and some variability in the collection of the data would allow for the plotting of each individual across figures. For example, in the behavioral figures, which is the marmoset that is in the behavioral data that has a sparing of the ACC lesion in one hemisphere? Certain figures, described below in the recommendations for the authors, could also do with additional description.

      Thanks for these suggestions. We have plotted the individual animals in the relevant figures and addressed the comments and recommendations listed below.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Given the number of marmosets, variability in the collected data, lesion extent, and different controls, I would like to see more plots with individuals indicated (perhaps with different symbols). More details could also be added for several plots.

      Figure 2D (new) and 2E now have plots that represent the individual animals, each represented by a different symbol.

      Figure 2A) Since lesions are bilateral, could you also show the extent of the lesions on the other side for completeness?

      Our intention was to process one hemisphere of each brain for Golgi staining to examine changes in cell morphology in the ACC and associated brain regions following the lesion. Unfortunately, the Golgi stain was unsuccessful. Consequently, we were unable to use the tissue to reconstruct the bilateral extent of the lesion. We did, however, first establish the bilateral nature of the lesion through coronal slices of the animals MRI scan before processing the intact hemisphere to confirm the bilateral extent of the lesion. The MRI scans (every 5th section) for each control and lesioned animal is compiled in a figure in the supplementary materials (Fig. S1). These scans show that the ACC-lesioned animals have bilateral lesions with one animal (ACC1) showing some sparing in one hemisphere, as we noted in the text. We have now made reference to this supplemental figure in the text (page 5).

      Figure 2B/C) In Figure 2B, control and ACC lesions are in the columns while right next to it in 2C, ACC lesion and control are in the rows. Could these figures be adjusted so that they are consistent?

      We have now adjusted these figures and updated the figure legends accordingly.

      Figure 2C) Is there quantification of the 'loss of neurons and respective increase in glial cells at the lesioned site especially at the interface between gray and white matter'? There are multiple slices for each animal.

      Thanks for suggesting this. We have now quantified these data which are presented as a new graph as Fig. 2D. These data revealed a significant loss of neurons (NeuN) in the ACC group as well as an increase in glial cells (GFAP and Iba1) relative to the controls. The figure legend and results have also been updated.

      Figure 2C) It is difficult for me to distinguish between white and purple - could you show color channels independently since images were split into separate channels for each fluorophore?

      Fig. 2C has been revised to better visualize the neurons and glia at the gray and white matter interface. We found that grayscale images for each channel offered a better contrast than separating the channels for each fluorophore.

      Figure 2C/D) I like how there are individual dots here for the individual marmosets. Since there are four in each group, could they be represented throughout with symbols (with a key indicating the pair and also the control condition)? For example, were there changes in the histology for control animals that got saline injections as opposed to those that didn't get any surgery?

      We have highlighted the individual animals with different symbols in the figures. Although some animals were twin pairs, it was not possible to have twins in all cases. Only two sets were twins. We have indicated the symbols that represent the twin pair in Fig. 2 as well as the MRI scans of the twin pairs in Fig. S1. There were no observed changes in histology for the sham animals relative to the other non-sham controls. The MRI scan for one sham CON2 shows herniated tissue in the right hemisphere which is a normal consequence of brain exposure caused by a craniotomy.

      Figure 3D-E) Here, individual data points could be informative especially given that some animals are missing data past the third week.

      To prevent cluttering the figure with too many data points, we have added the sample size for each group in the figure legend (pages 33).

      Figure 3D/F) What exactly is the period that goes into this analysis? In the text, 'Further analysis showed that the ACC lesion had minimal effects on the rate of most call types during this period'. Is this period from weeks 3 to 6 relative to the proportions in week 2? I think I also don't quite understand the chord diagram. The legend says 'the numbers around each chord diagram represents relative probability value for each call type transition' so how does that relate to the proportion of these call types? It looks like there is a wider slice for cries for ACC-lesioned animals each week. I also don't see in the week 4 chord diagram, the text description of 'elevation in the rate of 'other' calls, which comprised tsik, egg, eck, chatter and seep calls. These calls were significantly elevated in animals after the ACC lesion."

      We apologize for the confusion. Fig 3D and Fig 3F are not directly related. Fig. 3D shows the different types of emitted calls. The figure shows the averaged data per group pooled from post-surgery weeks (week 3 – week 6). It represents the proportion of individual call types relative to the total number of calls during each recording period. The only major finding here was the increased rate of ‘other’ calls comprising tsik, egg, ock, chatter and seep calls. These calls were significantly elevated in animals after the ACC lesion.

      While Fig. 3D represents the differences in the proportion of calls, the chord diagrams in Fig. 3F represents the probability of call-to-call transition obtained from a probability matrix. At postnatal week 6, marmosets with ACC lesions showed a higher likelihood of transitions between all call types, but less frequent transitions between social contact calls relative to sham controls. The chord diagrams visualize the weighted probabilities and directionality of these transitions between the different call types. Weighted probabilities were used to account for variations in call counts. The thickness of the arrows or links indicates the probability of a call transition, while the numbers surrounding each chord diagram represent the relative probability value for each specific transition. We have now reworded the text and clarified these details in the figure legend (pages 32-33).

      Figure 3E) How is the ratio on the y-axis calculated here?

      The y-axis represents the averaged value of the ratios of the number of social contact calls relative to non-social contact calls in each recording per subject per group (i.e., (x̄ (# social calls / # non-social calls). This is now included in the figure legend and the axis is updated (page 32).

      Also, cries could be considered a 'social contact call' since they are produced by infants to elicit responses from the parents. There is also the hypothesis in the literature that cries transition into phees.

      The reviewer is correct. Cries are often considered a social contact call because they elicit parental feedback. We decided to separate cry-calls from other social contact calls for two reasons. First, in our sample, we found cry behavior to be highly variable across the animals. For example, one control infant cried incessantly whereas another control infant cried less than normal. This extreme variability in animals of the same group masked the features between animals that reliably differentiated between them. Second, cry-calls elicit feedback from parents who are normally within the vicinity of the infant whereas phee calls elicit antiphonal phee calls from any distantly located conspecific. In other words, the context in which these calls are often elicited are very different.

      The use of 'syntactical' is a bit jarring to me because outside of linguistics, its use in animal communication generally refers to meaning-bearing units that can be combined into well-formed complexes such as pod-specific whale songs or predator alarm calls with concatenated syllable types in some species of monkeys. To my knowledge, individual phee syllables have not been currently shown to carry information on their own and may be better described as 'sequential' rather than 'syntactical'.

      We agree. We have made this change accordingly.

      Figure 4B) How many phee calls with differing numbers of syllables are present each week? How equal is the distribution given that later analyses go up to 5 syllables?

      The total number of phee calls with differing number of syllables ranged between 20-40 phees. This number varied between subjects, per week. The most common were 3- and 4-syllable phee calls which ranged from 7-15. Due to this variability, Fig. 4B presents the average syllable count. The axis is now updated.

      Figure 4C-E) How is the data combined here? Is there a 2nd syllable, the combined data from the 2nd syllable from phee calls of all lengths (1 - 5?). If so, are there differences based on how long the total sequence is?

      The combined data represents the specific syllable (e.g., the 1st syllable in a 2-syllable phee, in a 3-syllable phee and in a 4-syllable phee) irrespective of the length of the sequence in a sequence. No differences were observed between 2nd syllable in a 2 syllable phee and 2nd syllable in a 3 or a 4 syllable phee. We have included this detail in the figure legend (page 33-34).

      So duration is a vocal parameter that is highly dependent on physical factors such as body size and lung volume, where there differences in physical growth between the pairs of ACC-lesioned marmosets and their twins? Entropy is less closely tied to these physical factors but has previously been shown to decrease as phee calls mature, which we can also see in the negative relationship of the control animals. Do you know of experiments that show that lower entropy calls are more 'blunted'?

      Thank you for raising the important issue of physical growth factors. For twin pairs, it is not uncommon for one infant to be slightly bigger, heavier or stronger than the other presumably because one gets more access to food. With increasing age, we did not observe significant changes in bodyweight between the groups. We examined grip strength in all infants as a means of assessing how well the infant was able to access food during nursing. Poor grip strength would indicate a lower propensity to ‘hang on’ to the mother for nursing which could lead to lower weight gain and reduced physical growth. We found that both grip strength and body weight increased as the infants got older and both parameters were equivalent. We have included an additional figure to show the normal increase in both weight and grip strength to the supplemental materials (Fig. S3) and have made reference to this in the text (page 8).

      As for entropy, it’s impact on the emotional quality of vocalizations has not been systematically explored. Generally speaking, high entropy relates to high randomness and distortion in the signal. Accordingly, one view posits low-entropy phee calls represent mature sounding calls relative to noisy and immature high-entropy calls (e.g., Takahasi et al 2017). In the current study, the reduction in syllable entropy observed for both groups of animals with increasing age is consistent with this view. At the same time entropy can relate to vocal complexity; high entropy refers to complex and variable sound patterns whereas low entropy sounds are predictable, less diverse and simple vocal sequences (Kershenbaum, A. 2013. Entropy rate as a measure of animal vocal complexity. Bioacoustics, 23(3), 195–208). One possibility is that call maturity does not equate directly to emotional quality. In other words, a low-entropy mature call can also be lacking in emotion as observed in humans with ACC damage; these patients show mature speech, but they lack the variations in rhythms, patterns and intonation (i.e., prosody) that would normally convey emotional salience and meaning. Our observation of a reduction in phee syllable entropy in the ACC group in the context of being short and loud with reduced peak frequency is consistent with this view. Our use of the word ‘blunt’ was to convey how the calls exhibited by the ACC group were potentially lacking emotional meaning. Beyond this speculation, we are not aware of any papers that have examined the relationship between entropy and blunted calls directly. We have now included this speculation in the discussion (pages 12-13).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors state that the integrity of white matter tracts at the injection site was impacted but do not show data.

      We have added representative micrographs of a control and ACC-lesioned animal in a new supplementary figure which shows the neurotoxin impacted the integrity of white matter tracts local to the site of the lesion (Fig. S2).

      The study only provides data up to the 6th week after birth. Given the plasticity of the cortex, it would be interesting to see if these impairments in vocal behavior persist throughout adulthood or if the lesioned marmosets will recover their social-vocal behavior compared to the control animals.

      We agree. Our original intention was to examine behavior into adulthood. Unfortunately, the COVID-19 pandemic compromised the continuation of the study. We were limited by the data that we were allowed to acquire due to imposed restrictions. Some non-vocalization data collected when the animals were young adults is currently being prepared for another paper.

      Even though this study focuses entirely on the development of social vocalizations, providing data about altered social non-vocal behaviors that accompany ACC lesions is missing. This data can provide further insights and generate new hypotheses about the exact role of ACC in social vocal development. For example, do these marmosets behave differently towards their conspecifics or family members and vice versa, and is this an alternate cause for the observed changes in social-vocal development?

      We agree. At the time however, apparatus for assessing behavior between the infant’s family and non-family members was not available. Assessing such behaviors in the animals holding room posed some difficulty since marmosets are easily distracted by other animals as well as the presence of an experimenter, amongst other things. This is an area of investigation we are currently pursuing.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      It is striking to find that the vocal repertoire of infant marmosets was not significantly affected by ACC lesions. During development, the neural circuits are still maturing and the role of different brain regions may evolve over time. While the ACC likely contributes to vocalizations across the lifespan, its relative importance may vary depending on the developmental stage. In neonates, vocalizations may be more reflexive or driven by physiological needs. At this stage, the ACC may play a role in basic socioemotional regulation but may not be as critical for vocal production. Since the animals lived for two years, further analysis might be helpful to elucidate the precise role of ACC in the vocal behavior of marmosets.

      Figure 3D. According to the Introduction "...infant ACC lesions abolish the characteristic cries that infants normally issue when separated from its mother". Are the present results in marmosets showing the opposite effect? Please discuss.

      To date, the work of Maclean (1985) is the only publication that describes the effect of early cingulate ablation on the spontaneous production of ‘separation calls’ largely construed as cries, coos and whimpers in response to maternal separation. All of this work was largely performed in rhesus macaques or squirrel monkeys. In addition to ablating the cingulate cortex, Maclean found that it was necessary to ablate the subcallosal (areas 25) and preseptal cingulate cortex (presumably referring to prelimbic area 32) to permanently eliminate the spontaneous production of separation cry calls. Our ablation of the ACC was more circumscribed to area 24 and is therefore consistent with MacLean’s earlier work that removal of ACC alone does not eliminate cry behavior. In adults, ACC ablation is insufficient at eliminating vocalization as well. We make reference to this on pages 13-14 of the discussion.

      Figure 3E and Discussion. Phees are mature contact calls and cries immature contact calls (Zhang et al, 2019, Nat Commun). Therefore, I would rather say that the proportion of immature (cries) contact calls increases vs the mature (phee, trill, twitters) contact calls in the ACC group. Cries are also "isolated-induced contact calls" to attract the attention of the caregivers.

      The reviewer is correct in that cries are directed towards caregivers but in our sample, cry behavior was highly variable between the infants. Consequently, in Fig. 3E social contact calls include phee, twitter and trill calls but does not include cries which were separated (see also response to reviewer #1). Many of the calls made during babbling were immature in their spectral pattern (compare phee calls between Fig. 3A and 3B). Cries typically transitioned into phees, twitters or trills before they fully matured. Fig 3E shows that the controls made more isolation-induced social contact calls at postnatal week 6 which were presumably maturing at this time point. Thus, if anything, there was an increase in the proportion of mature contact calls vs immature contact calls with increasing age.

      Figure 4D. Animal location and head direction within the recording incubator can have significant effects on the perceived amplitude of a call. Were these factors taken into account?

      The reviewer makes an excellent observation. Unfortunately, we did not account for location and head direction because the infants were quite mobile in the incubator. The directional microphone was hidden from view because the infants were distracted by it, and positioned ~12 cm from the marmoset, and placed in the exact same location for every recording. In addition, calls with phantom frequencies were eliminated during visual inspection of spectrograms. Beyond these details, location and head direction were not taken into account.

      Figure 4E. When a phee call has a higher amplitude, as is the case for the ACC group (Figure 4D), the energy of the signal will be concentrated more strongly at the phee call frequency ~8KHz. This concentration of the energy reduces the variability in the frequency distribution, leading to lower entropy. The interpretation of the results should be reconsidered. A faint call (control group) can exhibit more variability in the frequency content since the energy is distributed across a wider range of frequencies contributing to higher entropy. It can still be "fixed, regular, and stereotyped" if the behavior is consistent or predictable with little variation. Also, to define ACC calls as "monotonic" I would rather search for the lack of frequency modulation, amplitude variation, or narrower bandwidth.

      We very much appreciate this explanation. We were able to identify the maximum frequency that closely matched pitch of a sound for each syllable in a multisyllabic phee. New Fig. 4E shows that the peak frequency for each phee syllable was lower in the ACC-lesioned monkeys which may directly translate to the low entropy observed in this group. The term “monotonic” was used to relate our data to the classical and long-standing evidence of human ACC lesions causing monotonous intonation of speech. When all factors are taken into account, it is evident that the vocal phee signature of the ACC-lesioned animal was structurally different to the controls implicating a less complex and stereotyped ACC signal. Further studies are needed to systematically explore the relationship between entropy and emotional quality of vocalizations

      Apart from the changes in the vocal behavior, did the AAC lesions manifest in any other observable cognitive, emotional, or social behavior? ACC plays a role in processing pain and modulating pain perception. Could that be the reason for the observed increase in the proportion of cries in the ACC group and the increase in the phee call amplitude? Did the cries in the ACC group also display a higher amplitude than the cries in the control group?

      It was our intention to acquire as much data as possible from these infants as they matured from a cognitive, social and emotional perspective. Unfortunately, our study was hampered by variety of reasons including the COVID-19 pandemic which imposed major restrictions on our ability to continue with the experiment in a time sensitive manner. In addition, the development and construction of the custom apparatus to measure these behaviors was stalled during this period further preventing us from collecting behavioral data at regular time intervals. As for the cry behavior, the number of cries, in the ACC group were very low especially at postnatal week 5 and 6. Consequently, there were very few data points to work with.

      Discussion. Louder calls have the potential to travel longer distances compared to fainter calls, possess higher energy levels, and can propagate through the environment more effectively. If the ACC group produced louder phee syllables, how could be the message conveyed over long distances "deficient, limited, and/or indiscriminate"?

      Thanks for raising this interesting concept. Not all calls emitted by the animals were loud. We specifically examined the long-distance phee call in this regard. The phee syllables emitted by the ACC group were high amplitude with low frequencies, short duration and low entropy. Taking these factors into account, it is conceivable that the phee calls produced by the ACC group could not effectively convey their message over long distances despite their propagation through the environment. We have made reference to this in the discussion where we focus is specifically on the phee calls only (pages 12).

      Abstract: Do marmosets have syntax? Consider replacing "syntactical" with a more appropriate term (maybe "syntax-like").

      Thanks for this suggestion. We have replaced the term syntactical with ‘sequential’ as per the recommendation of reviewer #1.

      Introduction: "...cries that infants normally issue when separated from its mother". Please replace "its" with "their".

      This has been corrected.

      Results: Is the reference to Fig 1B related to the text?

      We have included and referred to Fig. 1B in the text (results and methods) to show other researchers how they can use this technique as a reliable and safe means of monitoring tidal volume under anesthesia in small infant marmoset without intubation.

      I understand that both "spectrograph" and "spectrogram" are used to analyze the frequency content of a signal. Nevertheless, "spectrogram" refers to the visual representation of the frequency content of a signal over time, and this term is commonly used in audio signal processing and specifically in the vocal communication field. I would recommend replacing "spectrograph" with "spectrogram".

      Thanks for this suggestion. We have corrected this throughout the manuscript.

      (Concerning the previous comment in the public review). Cries are uttered to attract the attention of the caregivers. The increase in the proportion of cries in the ACC group does not match the sentence: "...these infants appeared to make little effort in using vocalizations to solicit social contact when socially isolated".

      We apologize for the confusion. It is not the case that the ACC animals make more cries. Cry calls were highly variable amongst the animals. Consequently, although Fig 3D gives the impression that the proportion of cries in higher in ACC animals they did not differ significantly from the controls. Due to their high variability, cries were removed in the measurement of social contact. Accordingly, Fig. 3E does not include cry behavior; it shows that the ACC animals engage less in social contact calls.

      Related to Figure 3. What is the difference between "egg" and "eck" calls? Do you mean "ock"?

      We apologize. This was a typo. It should be ock calls.

      Figure 4B. Is the sample size five animals per group and per week? Overlapping data points seem to be placed next to each other. Why in some groups (e.g. ACC 6 weeks) less than five dots are visible?

      The sample size differed per week because of the lack of recording during the COVID restrictions. In Fig 4b, we have now separated the overlapping dots. We have also added the sample size of the groups in the figure legends.

      Would the authors expect to see stronger differences between the lesioned and the control groups when comparing a later developmental stage? The animals were euthanized at the age of

      These speculation is certainly feasible and yes, we were hoping to establish this level of detail with testing at later developmental stages. This is an aspect of development we are currently pursuing.

      Could these experiments be conducted?

      I’m afraid these animals are longer available, but we are currently conducting experiments in other animals with early life neurochemical manipulations who show behavioral changes into early adulthood.

      ACC lesion: It is reported that the lesions extended past 24b into motor area 6M. Did the animal display any motor control disability?

      Surprisingly, despite the lesion encroaching into 6M, these animals showed no observable motor impairment. We assessed the animals grip strength and body weight and discovered normal strength and growth in weight in both controls and the lesioned group. We have added this data as supplemental information (Fig. S3).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates what happens to the stimulus-driven responses of V4 neurons when an item is held in working memory. Monkeys are trained to perform memory-guided saccades: they must remember the location of a visual cue and then, after a delay, make an eye movement to the remembered location. In addition, a background stimulus (a grating) is presented that varies in contrast and orientation across trials. This stimulus serves to probe the V4 responses, is present throughout the trial, and is task-irrelevant. Using this design, the authors report memory-driven changes in the LFP power spectrum, changes in synchronization between the V4 spikes and the ongoing LFP, and no significant changes in firing rate.

      Strengths:

      (1) The logic of the experiment is nicely laid out.

      (2) The presentation is clear and concise.

      (3) The analyses are thorough, careful, and yield unambiguous results.

      (4) Together, the recording and inactivation data demonstrate quite convincingly that the signal stored in FEF is communicated to V4 and that, under the current experimental conditions, the impact from FEF manifests as variations in the timing of the stimulus-evoked V4 spikes and not in the intensity of the evoked activity (i.e., firing rate).

      Weaknesses:

      I think there are two limitations of the study that are important for evaluating the potential functional implications of the data. If these were acknowledged and discussed, it would be easier to situate these results in the broader context of the topic, and their importance would be conveyed more fairly and transparently.

      (1) While it may be true that no firing rate modulations were observed in this case, this may have been because the probe stimuli in the task were behaviorally irrelevant; if anything, they might have served as distracters to the monkey's actual task (the MGS). From this perspective, the lack of rate modulation could simply mean that the monkeys were successful in attending the relevant cue and shielding their performance from the potentially distracting effect of the background gratings. Had the visual probes been in some way behaviorally relevant and/or spatially localized (instead of full field), the data might have looked very different.

      Any task design involves tradeoffs; if the visual stimulus was behaviorally relevant, then any observed neurophysiological changes would be more confounded by possible attentional effects. We cannot exclude the possibility that a different task or different stimuli would produce different results; we ourselves have reported firing rate enhancements for other types of visual probes during an MGS task (Merrikhi et al. 2017). We have added an acknowledgement of these limitations in the discussion section (lines 323-330 in untracked version). At minimum, our results show a dissociation between the top-down modulation of phase coding, which is enhanced during WM even for these task-irrelevant stimuli, and rate coding. Establishing whether and how this phase coding is related to perception and behavior will be an important direction for future work.

      With this in mind, it would be prudent to dial down the tone of the conclusions, which stretch well beyond the current experimental conditions (see recommendations).

      We have edited the title (removing the word ‘primarily’) and key sentences throughout to tone down the conclusions, generally to state that the importance of a phase code in WM modulations is *possible* given the observed results, rather than certain (see abstract lines 26-27, introduction lines 59-62, conclusion lines 310-311).

      (2) Another point worth discussing is that although the FEF delay-period activity corresponds to a remembered location, it can also be interpreted as an attended location, or as a motor plan for the upcoming eye movement. These are overlapping constructs that are difficult to disentangle, but it would be important to mention them given prior studies of attentional or saccade-related modulation in V4. The firing rate modulations reported in some of those cases provide a stark contrast with the findings here, and I again suspect that the differences may be due at least in part to the differing experimental conditions, rather than a drastically different encoding mode or functional linkage between FEF and V4.

      We have added a paragraph to the discussion section addressing links to attention and motor planning (lines 315-333), and specifically acknowledging the inherent difficulties of fully dissociating these effects when interpreting our results (lines 323-330).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      It is generally believed that higher-order areas in the prefrontal cortex guide selection during working memory and attention through signals that selectively recruit neuronal populations in sensory areas that encode the relevant feature. In this work, Parto-Dezfouli and colleagues tested how these prefrontal signals influence activity in visual area V4 using a spatial working memory task. They recorded neuronal activity from visual area V4 and found that information about visual features at the behaviorally relevant part of space during the memory period is carried in a spatially selective manner in the timing of spikes relative to a beta oscillation (phase coding) rather than in the average firing rate (rate code). The authors further tested whether there is a causal link between prefrontal input and the phase encoding of visual information during the memory period. They found that indeed inactivation of the frontal eye fields, a prefrontal area known to send spatial signals to V4, decreased beta oscillatory activity in V4 and information about the visual features. The authors went one step further to develop a neural model that replicated the experimental findings and suggested that changes in the average firing rate of individual neurons might be a result of small changes in the exact beta oscillation frequency within V4. These data provide important new insights into the possible mechanisms through which top-down signals can influence activity in hierarchically lower sensory areas and can therefore have a significant impact on the Systems, Cognitive, and Computational Neuroscience fields.

      Strengths:

      This is a well-written paper with a well-thought-out experimental design. The authors used a smart variation of the memory-guided saccade task to assess how information about the visual features of stimuli is encoded during the memory period. By using a grating of various contrasts and orientations as the background the authors ensured that bottom-up visual input would drive responses in visual area V4 in the delay period, something that is not commonly done in experimental settings in the same task. Moreover, one of the major strengths of the study is the use of different approaches including analysis of electrophysiological data using advanced computational methods of analysis, manipulation of activity through inactivation of the prefrontal cortex to establish causality of top-down signals on local activity signatures (beta oscillations, spike locking and information carried) as well as computational neuronal modeling. This has helped extend an observation into a possible mechanism well supported by the results.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the authors provide support for their conclusions from different approaches, I found that the selection of some of the analyses and statistical assessments made it harder for the reader to follow the comparison between a rate code and a phase code. Specifically, the authors wish to assess whether stimulus information is carried selectively for the relevant position through a firing rate or a phase code. Results for the rate code are shown in Figures 1B-G and for the phase code are shown in Figure 2. Whereas an F-statistic is shown over time in Figure 1F (and Figure S1) no such analysis is shown for LFP power. Similarly, following FEF inactivation there is no data on how that influences V4 firing rates and information carried by firing rates in the two conditions (for positions inside and outside the V4 RF). In the same vein, no data are shown on how the inactivation affects beta phase coding in the OUT condition.

      Per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have added several new supplementary figures. We now show the F-statistic for discriminability over time for the LFP timecourse (Fig. S2), and as a function of power in various frequencies (Fig. S4). We have added before/after inactivation comparisons of the LFP and spiking activity, and their respective F-statistics for discrimination between contrasts and orientations in Fig. S9. Lastly, we added a supplementary figure evaluating the impact of FEF inactivation on beta phase coding in the OUT condition, showing no significant change (Fig. S11).

      Moreover, some of the statistical assessments could be carried out differently including all conditions to provide more insight into mechanisms. For example, a two-way ANOVA followed by post hoc tests could be employed to include comparisons across both spatial (IN, OUT) and visual feature conditions (see results in Figures 2D, S4, etc.). Figure 2D suggests that the absence of selectivity in the OUT condition (no significant difference between high and low contrast stimuli) is mainly due to an increase in slope in the OUT condition for the low contrast stimulus compared to that for the same stimulus in the IN condition. If this turns out to be true it would provide important information that the authors should address.

      We have updated the STA slope measurement, excluding the low contrast condition which lacks a clear peak in the STA. Additionally, we equalized the bin widths and aligned the x-axes for better visual comparability. Then, we performed a two-way ANOVA, analyzing the effects of spatial features (IN vs. OUT) and visual conditions (contrast and orientation). The results showed a significant effect of the visual feature on both orientation (F = 3.96, p=0.046) and contrast (F = 14.26, p<10<sup>-3</sup>). However, neither the spatial feature nor the spatial-visual interaction exhibited significant effects for orientation (F = 0.52, p=0.473, F=1.56, p=0.212) or contrast (F = 2.19, p=0.139, F=1.15, p=0.283).

      There are also a few conceptual gaps that leave the reader wondering whether the results and conclusion are general enough. Specifically,

      (1) The authors used microstimulation in the FEF to determine RFs. It is thus possible that the FEF sites that were inactivated were largely more motor-related. Given that beta oscillations and motor preparatory activity have been found to be correlated and motor sites show increased beta oscillatory activity in the delay period, it is possible that the effect of FEF inactivation on V4 beta oscillations is due to inactivation of the main source of beta activity. Had the authors inactivated sites with a preponderance of visual neurons in the FEF would the results be different?

      We do not believe this to be likely based on what is known anatomically and functionally about this circuitry. Anatomically, the projections from FEF to V4 arise primarily from the supragranular layers, not layers which contain the highest proportion of motor activity (Barone et al. 2000, Pouget et al. 2009, Markov et al. 2013). Functionally, based on electrical identification of V4-projecting FEF neurons, we know that FEF to V4 projections are predominantly characterized by delay rather than motor activity (Merrikhi et al. 2017). We have now tried to emphasize these points when we introduce the inactivation experiments (lines 185-186).

      Experimentally, the spread of the pharmacological effect with our infusion system is quite large relative to any clustering of visual vs. motor neurons within the FEF, with behavioral consequences of inactivation spreading to cover a substantial portion of the visual hemifield (e.g., Noudoost et al. 2014, Clark et al. 2014), and so our manipulation lacks the spatial resolution to selectively target motor vs. other FEF neurons.

      (2) Somewhat related to this point and given the prominence of low-frequency activity in deeper layers of the visual cortex according to some previous studies, it is not clear where the authors' V4 recordings were located. The authors report that they do have data from linear arrays, so it should be possible to address this.

      Unfortunately, our chamber placement for V4 has produced linear array penetration angles which do not reliably allow identification of cortical layers. We are aware of previous results showing layer-specific effects of attention in V4 (e.g., Pettine et al. 2019, Buffalo et al. 2011), and it would indeed be interesting to determine whether our observed WM-driven changes follow similar patterns. We may be able to analyze a subset of the data with current source density analysis to look for layer-specific effects in the future, but are not able to provide any information at this time.

      (3) The authors suggest that a change in the exact frequency of oscillation underlies the increase in firing rate for different stimulus features. However, the shift in frequency is prominent for contrast but not for orientation, something that raises questions about the general applicability of this observation for different visual features.

      While the shift in peak frequency across contrasts is more prominent than that across orientations (Fig. S3A-B), the relationship between orientation and peak frequency is also significant (one-way ANOVA for peak frequency across contrasts, F<sub>Contrast</sub>=10.72, p<10<sup>-4</sup>; or across orientations, F<sub>Orientation</sub>=3, p=0.030; stats have been added to Fig. S3 caption). This finding also aligns with previous studies, which reported slight peak frequency shifts (~1–2 Hz) in the context of attention (Fries, 2015). To address the question of whether the frequency-firing rate correlation generalizes to orientation-driven changes, we now examine the relationship between peak frequency and firing rate separately for each contrast level (Fig. S14). The average normalized response as a function of peak frequency, pooled across subsamples of trials from each of 145 V4 neurons (100 subsamples/neuron), IN vs. OUT conditions, shows a significant correlation during the delay period for each contrast (contrast low (F<sub>Condition</sub>=0.03, p=0.867; F<sub>Frequency</sub>=141.86, p<10<sup>-18</sup>; F<sub>Interaction</sub>=10.70, p=0.002, ANCOVA), contrast middle (F<sub>Condition</sub>=7.18, p=0.009; F<sub>Frequency</sub>=96.76, p<10<sup>-14</sup>; F<sub>Interaction</sub>=0.13, p=0.716, ANCOVA), contrast high (F<sub>Condition</sub>=12.51, p=0.001; F<sub>Frequency</sub>=333.74, p<10<sup>-29</sup>; F<sub>Interaction</sub>=7.91, p=0.006, ANCOVA).

      (4) One of the major points of the study is the primacy of the phase code over the rate code during the delay period. Specifically, here it is shown that information about the visual features of a stimulus carried by the rate code is similar for relevant and irrelevant locations during the delay period. This contrasts with what several studies have shown for attention in which case information carried in firing rates about stimuli in the attended location is enhanced relative to that for stimuli in the unattended location. If we are to understand how top-down signals work in cognitive functions it is inevitable to compare working memory with attention. The possible source of this difference is not clear and is not discussed. The reader is left wondering whether perhaps a different measure or analysis (e.g. a percent explained variance analysis) might reveal differences during the delay period for different visual features across the two spatial conditions.

      We have added discussion regarding the relationship of these results to previous findings during attention in the discussion section (lines 315-333).

      The use of the memory-guided saccade task has certain disadvantages in the context of this study. Although delay activity is interpreted as memory activity by the authors, it is in principle possible that it reflects preparation for the upcoming saccade, spatial attention (particularly since there is a stimulus in the RF), etc. This could potentially change the conclusion and perspective.

      We have added a new discussion paragraph addressing the relationship to attention and motor planning (lines 315-333). We have also moderated the language used to describe our conclusions throughout the manuscript in light of this ambiguity.

      For the position outside the V4 RF, there is a decrease in both beta oscillations and the clustering of spikes at a specific phase. It is therefore possible that the decrease in information about the stimuli features is a byproduct of the decrease in beta power and phase locking. Decreased oscillatory activity and phase locking can result in less reliable estimates of phase, which could decrease the mutual information estimates.

      Looking at the SNR as a ratio of power in the beta band to all other bands, there is no significant drop in SNR between conditions (SNRIN = 4.074+-984, SNROUT = 4.333+-0.834 OUT, p=0.341, Wilcoxon signed-rank). Therefore, we do not think that the change in phase coding is merely a result of less reliable phase estimates.

      The authors propose that coherent oscillations could be the mechanism through which the prefrontal cortex influences beta activity in V4. I assume they mean coherent oscillations between the prefrontal cortex and V4. Given that they do have simultaneous recordings from the two areas they could test this hypothesis on their own data, however, they do not provide any results on that.

      This paper only includes inactivation data. We are working on analyzing the simultaneous recording data for a future publication.

      The authors make a strong point about the relevance of changes in the oscillation frequency and how this may result in an increase in firing rate although it could also be the reverse - an increase in firing rate leading to an increase in the frequency peak. It is not clear at all how these changes in frequency could come about. A more nuanced discussion based on both experimental and modeling data is necessary to appreciate the source and role (if any) of this observation.

      As the reviewer notes, it is difficult to determine whether the frequency changes drive the rate changes, vice versa, or whether both are generated in parallel by a common source. We have adjusted our language to reflect this (lines 291-293). Future modeling work may be able to shed more light on the causal relationships between various neural signatures.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this report, the authors test the necessity of prefrontal cortex (specifically, FEF) activity in driving changes in oscillatory power, spike rate, and spike timing of extrastriate visual cortex neurons during a visual-spatial working memory (WM) task. The authors recorded LFP and spikes in V4 while macaques remembered a single spatial location over a delay period during which task-irrelevant background gratings were displayed on the screen with varying orientation and contrast. V4 oscillations (in the beta range) scaled with WM maintenance, and the information encoded by spike timing relative to beta band LFP about the task-irrelevant background orientation depended on remembered location. They also compared recorded signals in V4 with and without muscimol inactivation of FEF, demonstrating the importance of FEF input for WM-induced changes in oscillatory amplitude, phase coding, and information encoded about background orientations. Finally, they built a network model that can account for some of these results. Together, these results show that FEF provides meaningful input to the visual cortex that is used to alter neural activity and that these signals can impact information coding of task-irrelevant information during a WM delay.

      Strengths:

      (1) Elegant and robust experiment that allows for clear tests for the necessity of FEF activity in WM-induced changes in V4 activity.

      (2) Comprehensive and broad analyses of interactions between LFP and spike timing provide compelling evidence for FEF-modulated phase coding of task-irrelevant stimuli at remembered location.

      (3) Convincing modeling efforts.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) 0% contrast background data (standard memory-guided saccade task) are not reported in the manuscript. While these data cannot be used to consider information content of spike rate/time about task-irrelevant background stimuli, this condition is still informative as a 'baseline' (and a more typical example of a WM task).

      We have added a new supplementary figure to show the effect of WM on V4 LFP power and SPL in 0% contrast trials (Fig. S6). These results (increases in beta LFP power and SPL when remembering the V4 RF location) match our previous report for the effect of spatial WM on LFP power and SPL within extrastriate area MT (Bahmani et al. 2018).

      (2) Throughout the manuscript, the primary measurements of neural coding pertain to task-irrelevant stimuli (the orientation/contrast of the background, which is unrelated to the animal's task to remember a spatial location). The remembered location impacts the coding of these stimulus variables, but it's unclear how this relates to WM representations themselves.

      Indeed, here we have focused on how maintaining spatial WM impacts visual processing of incoming sensory information, rather than on how the spatial WM signal itself is represented and maintained. Behaviorally, this impact on visual signals could be related to the effects of the content of WM on perception and reaction times (e.g., Soto et al. 2008, Awh et al. 1998, Teng et al. 2019), but no such link to behavior is shown in our data.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      As mentioned above, the two points I raised in the public review merit a bit of development in the Discussion. In addition, the authors should revise some of their conclusions.

      For instance (L217):

      "The finding that WM mainly modulates phase coded information within extrastriate areas fundamentally shifts our understanding of how the top-down influence of prefrontal cortex shapes the neural representation, suggesting that inducing oscillations is the main way WM recruits sensory areas."

      In my opinion, this one is over-the-top on various counts.

      Here is another exaggerated instance (L298):

      "...leading us to conclude that representations based on the average firing rate of neurons are not the primary way that top-down signals enhance sensory processing."

      Again, as noted above, the problem is that one could make the case that the top-down signals are, in fact, highly effective, since they are completely quashing any distracter-related modulation in firing rate across RFs. There is only so much that one can conclude from responses to stimuli that are task-irrelevant, uniform across space, and constant over the course of a trial.

      I think even the title goes too far. What the work shows, by all accounts, is that the sustained activity in FEF has a definitive impact on V4 *even* with respect to a sustained, irrelevant background stimulus. The result is very robust in this sense. However, this is quite different from saying that the *primary* means of functional control for FEF is via phase coding. Establishing that would require ruling out other forms of control (i.e., rate coding) in all or a wide range of experimental conditions. That is far from the restricted set of conditions tested here and is also at variance with many other experiments demonstrating effects of attention or even FEF microstimulation on V4 firing activity.

      To reiterate, in my opinion, the work is carefully executed and the data are interesting and largely unambiguous. I simply take issue with what can be reliably concluded, and how the results fit with the rest of the literature. Revisions along these lines would improve the readability of the paper considerably.

      We have edited the title (removing the word ‘primarily’) and key sentences throughout to tone down the conclusions, generally to state that the importance of a phase code in WM modulations is *possible* given the observed results, rather than certain (see abstract lines 26-27, introduction lines 59-62, conclusion lines 310-311).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) My primary comment that came up multiple times as I read the manuscript (and which is summarized above) is that I wasn't ever sure why the authors are focused on analyzing neural coding of task-irrelevant sensory information during a WM task as a function of WM contents (remembered location). Most studies of neural codes supporting WM often focus on coding the remembered information - not other information. Conceptually, it seems that the brain would want to suppress - or at least not enhance - representations of task-irrelevant information when performing a demanding task, especially when there is no search requirement, and when there is no feature correspondence between the remembered and viewed stimuli. (i.e., the interaction between WM and visual input is more obvious for visual search for a remembered target). Why, in theory, would a visual region need to improve its coding of non-remembered information as a function of WM? This isn't meant to detract from the results, which are indeed very interesting and I think quite informative. The authors are correct that this is certainly relevant for sensory recruitment models of WM - there's clear evidence for a role of feedback from PFC to extrastriate cortex - but what role, specifically, each region plays in this task is critical to describe clearly, especially given the task-irrelevance of the input. Put another way: what if the animal was remembering an oriented grating? In that case, MI between spike-based measures and orientation would be directly relevant to questions of neural WM representations, as the remembered feature is itself being modeled. But here, the focus seems to be on incidental coding.

      Indeed, here we have focused on how maintaining spatial WM impacts visual processing of incoming sensory information, rather than on how the spatial WM signal itself is represented and maintained. Behaviorally, this impact on visual signals could be related to the effects of the content of WM on perception and reaction times (e.g., Soto et al. 2008, Awh et al. 1998, Teng et al. 2019), but no such link to behavior is shown in our data.

      Whether similar phase coding is also used to represent the content of object WM (for example, if the animal was remembering an oriented grating), or whether phase coding is only observed for WM’s modulation of the representation of incoming sensory signals, is an important question to be addressed in future work.

      (2) Related to the above, the phrasing of the second sentence of the Discussion (lines 291-292) is ambiguous - do the authors mean that the FEF sends signals that carry WM content to V4, or that FEF sends projections to V4, and V4 has the WM content? As presently phrased, either of these are reasonable interpretations, yet they're directly opposing one another (the next sentence clarifies, but I imagine the authors want to minimize any confusion).

      We have edited this sentence to read, “Within prefrontal areas, FEF sends direct projections to extrastriate visual areas, and activity in these projections reflects the content of WM.”

      (3) I'm curious about how the authors consider the spatial WM task here different from a cued spatial attention task. Indeed, both require sustained use of a location for further task performance. The section of the Discussion addressing similar results with attention (lines 307-311) presently just summarizes the similarities of results but doesn't offer a theoretical perspective for how/why these different types of tasks would be expected to show similar neural mechanisms.

      We have added discussion regarding the relationship of these results to previous findings during attention in the discussion section (lines 315-333).

      (4) As far as I can tell, there is no consideration of behavioral performance on the memory-guided saccade task (RT, precision) across the different stimulus background conditions. This should be reported for completeness, and to determine whether there is an impact of the (likely) task-irrelevant background on task performance. This analysis should also be reported for Figure 3's results characterizing how FEF inactivation disrupts behavior (if background conditions were varied, see point 7 below).

      We have added the effect of inactivation on behavioral RT and % correct across the different stimulus background conditions (Fig. S8). Background contrast and orientation did not impact either RT or % correct.

      (5) Results from Figure 2 (especially Figures 2A-B) concerning phase-locked spiking in V4 should be shown for 0%-contrast trials as well, as these trials better align with 'typical' WM tasks.

      We have added a new supplementary figure to show the effect of WM on V4 LFP power and SPL in 0% contrast trials (Fig. S6). These results (increases in beta LFP power and SPL) match our previous report for the effect of spatial WM on LFP power and SPL within extrastriate area MT (Bahmani et al. 2018).

      (6) The magnitude of SPL difference in aggregate (Figure 2B) is much, much smaller than that of the example site shown (Figure 2A), such that Figure 2A's neuron doesn't appear to be visible on Figure 2B's scatterplot. Perhaps a more representative sample could be shown? Or, the full range of x/y axes in Figure 2B could be plotted to illustrate the full distribution.

      We have updated Fig. 2A with a more representative sample neuron.

      (7) I'm a bit confused about the FEF inactivation experiments. In the Methods (lines 512-513), the authors mention there was no background stimulus presented during the inactivation experiment, and instead, a typical 8-location MGS task was employed. However, in the results on pg 8 (Lines 201-214), and Figure 3G, the authors quantify a phase code MI. The previous phase code MI analysis was looking at MI between each spike's phase and the background stimulus - but if there's no background, what's used to compute phase code MI? Perhaps what they meant to write was that, in addition to the primary task with a manipulation of background properties, an 8-location MGS task was additionally employed.

      The reviewer is correct that both tasks were used after inactivation (the 8-location task to assess the spread of the behavioral effect of inactivation, and the MGS-background task for measuring MI). We have edited the methods text to clarify.

      (8) How is % Correct defined for the MGS task? (what is the error threshold? Especially for the results described in lines 192-193).

      The % correct is defined as correct completed trials divided by the total number of trials; the target window was a circle with radius of 2 or 4 dva (depending on cue eccentricity). These details have been added to the Methods.

      (9) The paragraph from lines 183-200 describes a number of behavioral results concerning "scatter" and "RT" - the RT shown seems extremely high, and perhaps is normalized. Details of this normalization should be included in the Methods. The "scatter" is listed as dva, but it's not clear how scatter is quantified (std dev of endpoint distribution? Mean absolute error), nor how target eccentricity is incorporated (as scatter is likely higher for greater target eccentricity).

      We have renamed ‘scatter’ to ‘saccade error’ in the text to match the figure, and now provide details in the Methods section. Both RT and saccade error are normalized for each session, details are now provided in the Methods. Since error was normalized for each session before performing population statistics, no other adjustment for eccentricity was made.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1:

      (1) Line numbers are missing.

      Added

      (2) VR classroom. Was this a completely custom design based on Unity, or was this developed on top of some pre-existing code? Many aspects of the VR classroom scenario are only introduced (e.g., how was the lip-speech synchronisation done exactly?). Additional detail is required. Also, is or will the experiment code be shared publicly with appropriate documentation? It would also be useful to share brief example video-clips.

      We have added details about the VR classroom programming to the methods section (p. 6-7), and we have now included a video-example as supplementary material.

      “Development and programming of the VR classroom were done primarily in-house, using assets (avatars and environment) were sourced from pre-existing databases. The classroom environment was adapted from assets provided by Tirgames on TurboSquid (https://www.turbosquid.com/Search/Artists/Tirgames) and modified to meet the experimental needs. The avatars and their basic animations were sourced from the Mixamo library, which at the time of development supported legacy avatars with facial blendshapes (this functionality is no longer available in current versions of Mixamo). A brief video example of the VR classroom is available at: https://osf.io/rf6t8.

      “To achieve realistic lip-speech synchronization, the teacher’s lip movements were controlled by the temporal envelope of the speech, adjusting both timing and mouth size dynamically. His body motions were animated using natural talking gestures.”

      While we do intent to make the dataset publicly available for other researchers, at this point we are not making the code for the VR classroom public. However, we are happy to share it on an individual-basis with other researchers who might find it useful for their own research in the future.

      (3) "normalized to the same loudness level using the software Audacity". Please specify the Audacity function and parameters.

      We have added these details (p.7)

      “All sound-events were normalized to the same loudness level using the Normalize function in the audio-editing software Audacity (theaudacityteam.org, ver 3.4), with the peak amplitude parameter set to -5 dB, and trimmed to a duration of 300 milliseconds.“

      (4) Did the authors check if the participants were already familiar with some of the content in the mini-lectures?

      This is a good point. Since the mini-lectures spanned many different topics, we did not pre-screen participants for familiarity with the topics, and it is possible that some of the participants had some pre-existing knowledge.

      In hindsight, it would have been good to have added some reflective questions regarding participants prior knowledge as well as other questions such as level of interest in the topic and/or how well they understood the content. These are elements that we hope to include in future versions of the VR classroom.

      (5) "Independent Component Analysis (ICA) was then used to further remove components associated with horizontal or vertical eye movements and heartbeats". Please specify how this selection was carried out.

      Selection of ICA components was done manually based on visual inspection of their time-course patterns and topographical distributions, to identify components characteristic of blinks, horizontal eye-movements and heartbeats). Examples of these distinct components are provided in Author response image 1 below. These is now specified in the methods section.

      Author response image 1.

      (6) "EEG data was further bandpass filtered between 0.8 and 20 Hz". If I understand correctly, the data was filtered a second time. If that's the case, please do not do that, as that will introduce additional and unnecessary filtering artifacts. Instead, the authors should replace the original filter with this one (so, filtering the data only once). Please see de Cheveigne and Nelkn, Neuron, 2019 for an explanation. Also, please provide an explanation of the rationale for further restricting the cut-off bands in the methods section. Finally, further details on the filters should be included (filter type and order, for example).

      Yes, the data was indeed filtered twice. The first filter is done as part of the preprocessing procedure, in order to remove extremely high- and low- frequency noise but retain most activity within the range of “neural” activity. This broad range is mostly important for the ICA procedure, so as to adequately separate between ocular and neural contribution to the recorded signal.

      However, since both the speech tracking responses and ERPs are typically less broadband and are comprised mostly of lower frequencies (e.g., those that make up the speech-envelope), a second narrower filter was applied to improve TRF model-fit and make ERPs more interpretable.

      In both cases we used a fourth order zero-phase Butterworth IIR filter with 1-seconds of padding, as implemented in the Fieldtrip toolbox. We have added these details to the manuscript.

      (7) "(~ 5 minutes of data in total), which is insufficient for deriving reliable TRFs". That is a bit pessimistic and vague. What does "reliable" mean? I would tend to agree when talking about individual subject TRFs, which 5 min per participant can be enough at the group level. Also, this depends on the specific speech material. If the features are univariate or multivariate. Etc. Please narrow down and clarify this statement.

      We determined that the data in the Quiet condition (~5 min) was insufficient for performing reliable TRF analysis, by assessing whether its predictive-power was significantly better than chance. As shown in Author response image 2 below, the predictive power achieved using this data was not higher than values obtained in permuted data (p = 0.43). Therefore, we did not feel that it was appropriate to include TRF analysis of the Quiet condition in this manuscript. We have now clarified this in the manuscript (p. 10)

      Author response image 2.

      (8) "Based on previous research in by our group (Kaufman & Zion Golumbic 2023), we chose to use a constant regularization ridge parameter (λ= 100) for all participants and conditions". This is an insufficient explanation. I understand that there is a previous paper involved. However, such an unconventional choice that goes against the original definition and typical use of these methods should be clearly reported in this manuscript.

      We apologize for not clarifying this point sufficiently, and have added an explanation of this methodological choice (p.11):

      “The mTRF toolbox uses a ridge-regression approach for L2 regularization of the model to ensure better generalization to new data. We tested a range of ridge parameter values (λ's) and used a leave-one-out cross-validation procedure to assess the model’s predictive power, whereby in each iteration, all but one trials are used to train the model, and it is then applied to the left-out trial. The predictive power of the model (for each λ) is estimated as the Pearson’s correlation between the predicted neural responses and the actual neural responses, separately for each electrode, averages across all iterations. We report results of the model with the λ the yielded the highest predictive power at the group-level (rather than selecting a different λ for each participant which can lead to incomparable TRF models across participants; see discussion in Kaufman & Zion Golumbic 2023).”

      Assuming that the explanation will be sufficiently convincing, which is not a trivial case to make, the next issue that I will bring up is that the lambda value depends on the magnitude of input and output vectors. While the input features are normalised, I don't see that described for the EEG signals. So I assume they are not normalized. In that case, the lambda would have at least to be adapted between subjects to account for their different magnitude.

      We apologize for omitting this detail – yes, the EEG signals were normalized prior to conducting the TRF analysis. We have updated the methods section to explicitly state this pre-processing step (p.10).

      Another clarification, is that value (i.e., 100) would not be comparable either across subjects or across studies. But maybe the authors have a simple explanation for that choice? (note that this point is very important as this could lead others to use TRF methods in an inappropriate way - but I understand that the authors might have specific reasons to do so here). Note that, if the issue is finding a reliable lambda per subject, a more reasonable choice would be to use a fixed lambda selected on a generic (i.e., group-level) model. However selecting an arbitrary lambda could be problematic (e.g., would the results replicate with another lambda; and similarly, what if a different EEG system was used, with different overall magnitude, hence the different impact of the regularisation).

      We fully agree that selecting an arbitrary lambda is problematic (esp across studies). As clarified above, the group-level lambda chosen here for the encoding more was data-driven, optimized based on group-level predictive power.

      (9) "L2 regularization of the model, to reduce its complexity". Could the authors explain what "reduce its complexity" refers to?

      Our intension here was to state that the L2 regularization constrains the model’s weights so that it can better generalize between to left-out data. However, for clarity we have now removed this statement.

      (10) The same lambda value was used for the decoding model. From personal experience, that is very unlikely to be the optimal selection. Decoding models typically require a different (usually larger) lambda than forward models, which can be due to different reasons (different SNR of "input" of the model and, crucially, very different dimensionality).

      We agree with the reviewer that treatment of regularization parameters might not be identical for encoding and decoding models. Our initial search of lambda parameters was limited to λ= 0.01 - 100, with λ= 100 showing the best reconstruction correlations. However, following the reviewer’s suggestion we have now broadened the range and found that, in fact reconstruction correlations are further improved and the best lambda is λ= 1000 (see Author response image 3 below, left panel). Importantly, the difference in decoding reconstruction correlations between the groups is maintained regardless of the choice of lambda (although the effect-size varies; see Author response image 3, right panel). We have now updated the text to reflect results of the model with λ= 1000.

      Author response image 3.

      (11) Skin conductance analysis. Additional details are required. For example, how was the linear interpolation done exactly? The raw data was downsampled, sure. But was an anti-aliasing filter applied? What filter exactly? What implementation for the CDA was run exactly?

      We have added the following details to the methods section (p. 14):

      “The Skin Conductance (SC) signal was analyzed using the Ledalab MATLAB toolbox (version 3.4.9; Benedek and Kaernbach, 2010; http://www.ledalab.de/) and custom-written scripts. The raw data was downsampled to 16Hz using FieldTrip's ft_resampledata function, which applies a built-in anti-aliasing low-pass filter to prevent aliasing artifacts. Data were inspected manually for any noticeable artifacts (large ‘jumps’), and if present were corrected using linear interpolation in Ledalab. A continuous decomposition analysis (CDA) was employed to separate the tonic and phasic SC responses for each participant. The CDA was conducted using the 'sdeco' mode (signal decomposition), which iteratively optimizes the separation of tonic and phasic components using the default regularization settings.”

      (12) "N1- and P2 peaks of the speech tracking response". Have the authors considered using the N1-P2 complex rather than the two peaks separately? Just a thought.

      This is an interesting suggestion, and we know that this has been used sometimes in more traditional ERP literature. In this case, since neither peak was modulated across groups, we did not think this would yield different results. However, it is a good point to keep in mind for future work.

      (13) Figure 4B. The ticks are missing. From what I can see (but it's hard without the ticks), the N1 seems later than in other speech-EEG tracking experiments (where is closer to ~80ms). Could the authors comment on that? Or maybe this looks similar to some of the authors' previous work?

      We apologize for this and have added ticks to the figure.

      In terms of time-course, a N1 peak at around 100ms is compatible with many of our previous studies, as well as those from other groups.

      (14) Figure 4C. Strange thin vertical grey bar to remove.

      Fixed.

      (15) Figure 4B: What about the topographies for the TRF weights? Could the authors show that for the main components?

      Yes. The topographies of the main TRF components are similar to those of the predictive power and are compatible with auditory responses. We have added them to Figure 4B.

      (16) Figure 4B: I just noticed that this is a grand average TRF. That is ok (but not ideal) only because the referencing is to the mastoids. The more appropriate way of doing this is to look at the GFP, instead, which estimates the presence of dipoles. And then look at topographies of the components. Averaging across channels makes the plotted TRF weaker and noisier. I suggest adding the GFP to the plot. Also, the colour scale in Figure 4A is deceiving, as blue is usually used for +/- in plots of the weights. While that is a heatmap, where using a single colour or even yellow to red would be less deceiving at first look. Only cosmetics, indeed. The result is interesting nonetheless!

      We apologize for this, and agree with the reviewer that it is better not to average across EEG channels. In the revised Figure, we now show the TRFs based on the average of electrodes FC1, FC2, and FCz, which exhibited the strongest activity for the two main components.

      Following the previous comment, we have also included the topographical representation of the TRF main components, to give readers a whole-head perspective of the TRF.

      We have also fixed the color-scales.

      We are glad that the reviewer finds this result interesting!

      (17) Figure 4C. This looks like a missed opportunity. That metric shows a significant difference overall. But is that underpinned but a generally lower envelope reconstruction correlation, or by a larger deviation in those correlations (so, that metric is as for the control in some moments, but it drops more frequently due to distractibility)?

      We understand the reviewer’s point here, and ideally would like to be able to address this in a more fine-grained analysis, for example on a trial-by-trial basis. However, the design of the current experiment was not optimized for this, in terms of (for example) number of trials, the distribution of sound-events and behavioral outcomes. We hope to be able to address this issue in our future research.

      (18) I am not a fan of the term "accuracy" for indicating envelope reconstruction correlations. Accuracy is a term typically associated with classification. Regression models are typically measured through errors, loss, and sometimes correlations. 'Accuracy' is inaccurate (no joke intended).

      We accept this comment and now used the term “reconstruction correlation”.

      (19) Discussion. "The most robust finding in". I suggest using more precise terminology. For example, "largest effect-size".

      We agree and have changed the terminology (p. 31).

      (20) "individuals who exhibited higher alpha-power [...]". I probably missed this. But could the authors clarify this result? From what I can see, alpha did not show an effect on the group. Is this referring to Table 2? Could the authors elaborate on that? How does that reconcile with the non-significant effect of the group? In that same sentence, do you mean "and were more likely"? If that's the case, and they were more likely to report attentional difficulties, how is it that there is no group-effect when studying alpha?

      Yes, this sentence refers to the linear regression models described in Figure 10 and in Table 2. As the reviewer correctly points out, this is one place where there is a discrepancy between the results of the between-group analysis (ADHD diagnosis yes/no) and the regression analysis, which treats ADHD symptoms as a continuum, across both groups. The same is true for the gaze-shift data, which also did not show a significance between-group effect but was identified in the regression analysis as contributing to explaining the variance in ADHD symptoms.

      We discuss this point on pages 30-31, noting that “although the two groups are clearly separable from each other, they are far from uniform in the severity of symptoms experienced”, which motivated the inclusion of both analyses in this paper.

      At the bottom of p. 31 we specifically address the similarities and differences between the between-group and regression-based results. In our opinion, this pattern emphasizes that while neither approach is ‘conclusive’, looking at the data through both lenses contributes to an overall better understanding of the contributing factors, as well as highlighting that “no single neurophysiological measure alone is sufficient for explaining differences between the individuals – whether through the lens of clinical diagnosis or through report of symptoms”.

      (21) "why in the latter case the neural speech-decoding accuracy did not contribute to explaining ASRS scores [...]". My previous point 1 on separating overall envelope decoding from its deviation could help there. The envelope decoding correlation might go up and down due to SNR, while you might be more interested in the dynamics over time (i.e., looking at the reconstructions over time).

      Again, we appreciate this comment, but believe that this additional analysis is outside the scope of what would be reliably-feasible with the current dataset. However, since the data will be made publicly available, perhaps other researchers will have better ideas as to how to do this.

      (22) Data and code sharing should be discussed. Also, specific links/names and version numbers should be included for the various libraries used.

      We are currently working on organizing the data to make it publicly available on the Open Science Project.

      We have updated links and version numbers for the various toolboxes/software used, throughout the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2:

      (1) While it is highly appreciated to study selective attention in a naturalistic context, the readers would expect to see whether there are any potential similarities or differences in the cognitive and neural mechanisms between contexts. Whether the classic findings about selective attention would be challenged, rebutted, or confirmed? Whether we should expect any novel findings in such a novel context? Moreover, there are some studies on selective attention in the naturalistic context though not in the classroom, it would be better to formulate specific hypotheses based on previous findings both in the strictly controlled and naturalistic contexts.

      Yes, we fully agree that comparing results across different contexts would be extremely beneficial and important.

      The current paper serves as an important proof-first-concept demonstrating the plausibility and scientific potential of using combined EEG-VR-eyetracking to study neurophysiological aspects of attention and distractibility, but is also the basis for formulating specific hypothesis that will be tested in follow-up studies.

      If fact, a follow up study is already ongoing in our lab, where we are looking into this point, by testing users in different VR scenarios (e.g., classroom, café, office etc.), and assessing whether similar neurophysiological patterns are observed across contexts and to what degree they are replicable within and across individuals. We hope to share these data with the community in the near future.

      (2) Previous studies suggest handedness and hemispheric dominance might impact the processing of information in each hemisphere. Whether these issues have been taken into consideration and appropriately addressed?

      This is an interesting point. In this study we did not specifically control for handedness/hemispheric dominance, since most of the neurophysiological measured used here are sensory/auditory in their nature, and therefore potentially invariant to handedness. Moreover, the EEG signal is typically not very sensitive to hemispheric dominance, at least for the measures used here. However, this might be something to consider more explicitly in future studies. Nonetheless, we have added handedness information to the Methods section (p. 5): “46 right-handed, 3 left-handed”

      (3) It would be interesting to know how students felt about the Virtual Classroom context, whether it is indeed close to the real classroom or to some extent different.

      Yes, we agree. Obviously, the VR classroom differs in many ways from a real classroom, in terms of the perceptual experience, social aspects and interactive possibilities. We did ask participants about their VR experience after the experiment, and most reported feeling highly immersed in the VR environment and engaged in the task, with a strong sense of presence in the virtual-classroom.

      We note that, in parallel to the VR studies in our lab, we are also conducting experiments in real classrooms, and we hope that the cross-study comparison will be able to shed more light on these similarities/differences.

      (4) One intriguing issue is whether neural tracking of the teacher's speech can index students' attention, as the tracking of speech may be relevant to various factors such as sound processing without semantic access.

      Another excellent point. While separating the ‘acoustic’ and ‘semantic’ contributions to the speech tracking response is non-trivial, we are currently working on methodological approaches to do this (again, in future studies) following, for example, the hierarchical TRF approach used by Brodbeck et al. and others.

      (5) There are many results associated with various metrics, and many results did not show a significant difference between the ADHD group and the control group. It is difficult to find the crucial information that supports the conclusion. I suggest the authors reorganize the results section and report the significant results first, and to which comparison(s) the readers should pay attention.

      We apologize if the organization of the results section was difficult to follow. This is indeed a challenge when collecting so many different neurophysiological metrics.

      To facilitate this, we have now added a paragraph at the beginning of the result section, clarifying its structure (p.16):

      The current dataset is extremely rich, consisting of many different behavioral, neural and physiological responses. In reporting these results, we have separated between metrics that are associated with paying attention to the teacher (behavioral performance, neural tracking of the teacher’s speech, and looking at the teacher), those capturing responses to the irrelevant sound-events (ERPs and event-related changes in SC and gaze); as well as more global neurophysiological measures that may be associated with the listeners’ overall ‘state’ of attention or arousal (alpha- and beta-power and tonic SC).

      Moreover, within each section we have ordered the analysis such that the ones with significant effects are first. We hope that this contributes to the clarity of the results section.

      (6) The difference between artificial and non-verbal humans should be introduced earlier in the introduction and let the readers know what should be expected and why.

      We have added this to the Introduction (p. 4)

      (7) It would be better to discuss the results against a theoretical background rather than majorly focusing on technical aspects.

      We appreciate this comment. In our opinion, the discussion does contain a substantial theoretical component, both regarding theories of attention and attention-deficits, and also regarding their potential neural correlates. However, we agree that there is always room for more in depth discussion.

      Reviewer #3:

      Major:

      (1) While the study introduced a well-designed experiment with comprehensive physiological measures and thorough analyses, the key insights derived from the experiment are unclear. For example, does the high ecological validity provide a more sensitive biomarker or a new physiological measure of attention deficit compared to previous studies? Or does the study shed light on new mechanisms of attention deficit, such as the simultaneous presence of inattention and distraction (as mentioned in the Conclusion)? The authors should clearly articulate their contributions.

      Thanks for this comment.

      We would not say that this paper is able to provide a ‘more sensitive biomarker’ or a ‘new physiological measure of attention’ – in order to make those type of grand statements we would need to have much more converging evidence from multiple studies and using both replication and generalization approaches.

      Rather, from our perspective, the key contribution of this work is in broadening the scope of research regarding the neurophysiological mechanisms involved in attention and distraction.

      Specifically, this work:

      (1) Offers a significant methodological advancement of the field – demonstrating the plausibility and scientific potential of using combined EEG-VR-eyetracking to study neurophysiological aspects of attention and distractibility in contexts that ‘mimic’ real-life situations (rather than highly controlled computerized tasks).

      (2) Provides a solid basis formulating specific mechanistic hypothesis regarding the neurophysiological metrics associated with attention and distraction, the interplay between them, and their potential relation to ADHD-symptoms. Rather than being an end-point, we see these results as a start-point for future studies that emphasize ecological validity and generalizability across contexts, that will hopefully lead to improved mechanisms understanding and potential biomarkers of real-life attentional capabilities (see also response to Rev #2 comment #1 above).

      (3) Highlights differences and similarities between the current results and those obtained in traditional ‘highly controlled’ studies of attention (e.g., in the way ERPs to sound-events differ between ADHD and controls; variability in gaze and alpha-power; and more broadly about whether ADHD symptoms do or don’t map onto specific neurophysiological metrics). Again, we do not claim to give a definitive ’answer’ to these issues, but rather to provide a new type of data that can expands the conversation and address the ecological validity gap in attention research.

      (2) Based on the multivariate analyses, ASRS scores correlate better with the physiological measures rather than the binary deficit category. It may be worthwhile to report the correlation between physiological measures and ASRS scores for the univariate analyses. Additionally, the correlation between physiological measures and behavioral accuracy might also be interesting.

      Thanks for this. The beta-values reported for the regression analysis reflect the correlations between the different physiological measures and the ASRS scores (p. 30). From a statistical perspective, it is better to report these values rather than the univariate correlation-coefficients, since these represent the ‘unique’ relationship with each factor, after controlling for all the others.

      The univariate correlations between the physiological measures themselves, as well as with behavioral accuracy, are reported in Figure 10

      (3) For the TRF and decoding analysis, the authors used a constant regularization parameter per a previous study. However, the optimal regularization parameter is data-dependent and may differ between encoding and decoding analyses. Furthermore, the authors did not conduct TRF analysis for the quiet condition due to the limited ~5 minutes of data. However, such a data duration is generally sufficient to derive a stable TRF with significant predictive power (Mesik and Wojtczak, 2023).

      The reviewer raises two important points, also raised by Rev #1 (see above).

      Regarding the choice of regularization parameters, we have now clarified that although we used a common lambda value for all participants, it was selected in a data-driven manner, so as to achieve an optimal predictive power at the group-level.

      See revised methods section:

      “The mTRF toolbox uses a ridge-regression approach for L2 regularization of the model to ensure better generalization to new data. We tested a range of ridge parameter values (λ's) and used a leave-one-out cross-validation procedure to assess the model’s predictive power, whereby in each iteration, all but one trials are used to train the model, and it is then applied to the left-out trial. The predictive power of the model (for each λ) is estimated as the Pearson’s correlation between the predicted neural responses and the actual neural responses, separately for each electrode, averages across all iterations. We report results of the model with the λ the yielded the highest predictive power at the group-level (rather than selecting a different λ for each participant which can lead to incomparable TRF models across participants; see discussion in Kaufman & Zion Golumbic 2023).”

      Regarding whether data was sufficient in the Quiet condition for performing TRF analysis – we are aware of the important work by Mesik & Wojtczak, and had initially used this estimate when designing our study. However, when assessing the predictive-power of the TRF model trained on data from the Quiet condition, we found that it was not significantly better than chance (see Author response image 2, ‘real’ predictive power vs. permuted data). Therefore, we ultimately did not feel that it was appropriate to include TRF analysis of the Quiet condition in this manuscript. We have now clarified this in the manuscript (p. 10)

      (4) As shown in Figure 4, for ADHD participants, decoding accuracy appears to be lower than the predictive power of TRF. This result is surprising because more data (i.e., data from all electrodes) is used in the decoding analysis.

      This is an interesting point – however, in our experience it is not necessarily the case that decoding accuracy (i.e., reconstruction correlation with the stimulus) is higher than encoding predictive-power. While both metrics use Pearson’s’ correlations, they quantify the similarity between two different types of signals (the EEG and the speech-envelope). Although the decoding procedure does use data from all electrodes, many of them don’t actually contain meaningful information regarding the stimulus, and thus could just as well hinder the overall performance of the decoding.

      (5) Beyond the current analyses, the authors may consider analyzing inter-subject correlation, especially for the gaze signal analysis. Given that the area of interest during the lesson changes dynamically, the teacher might not always be the focal point. Therefore, the correlation of gaze locations between subjects might be better than the percentage of gaze duration on the teacher.

      Thanks for this suggestion. We have tried to look into this, however working with eye-gaze in a 3-D space is extremely complex and we are not able to calculate reliable correlations between participants.

      (6) Some preprocessing steps relied on visual and subjective inspection. For instance, " Visual inspection was performed to identify and remove gross artifacts (excluding eye movements) " (P9); " The raw data was downsampled to 16Hz and inspected for any noticeable artifacts " (P13). Please consider using objective processes or provide standards for subjective inspections.

      We are aware of the possible differences between objective methods of artifact rejection vs. use of manual visual inspection, however we still prefer the manual (subjective) approach. As noted, in this case only very large artifacts were removed, exceeding ~ 4 SD of the amplitude variability, so as to preserve as many full-length trials as possible.

      (7) Numerous significance testing methods were employed in the manuscript. While I appreciate the detailed information provided, describing these methods in a separate section within the Methods would be more general and clearer. Additionally, the authors may consider using a linear mixed-effects model, which is more widely adopted in current neuroscience studies and can account for random subject effects.

      Indeed, there are many statistical tests in the paper, given the diverse types of neurophysiological data collected here. We actually thought that describing the statistics per method rather than in a separate “general” section would be easier to follow, but we understand that readers might diverge in their preferences.

      Regarding the use of mixed-effect models – this is indeed a great approach. However, it requires deriving reliable metrics on a per-trial basis, and while this might be plausible for some of our metrics, the EEG and GSR metrics are less reliable at this level. This is why we ultimately chose to aggregate across trials and use a regular regression model rather than mixed-effects.

      (8) Some participant information is missing, such as their academic majors. Given that only two lesson topics were used, the participants' majors may be a relevant factor.

      To clarify – the mini-lectures presented here actually covered a large variety of topics, broadly falling within the domains of history, science and social-science and technology. Regarding participants’ academic majors, these were relatively diverse, as can be seen in Author response table 1 and Author response image 4.

      Author response table 1.

      Author response image 4.

      (9) Did the multiple regression model include cross-validation? Please provide details regarding this.

      Yes, we used a leave-one-out cross validation procedure. We have now clarified this in the methods section which now reads:

      “The mTRF toolbox uses a ridge-regression approach for L2 regularization of the model to ensure better generalization to new data. We tested a range of ridge parameter values (λ's) and used a leave-one-out cross-validation procedure to assess the model’s predictive power, whereby in each iteration, all but one trials are used to train the model, and it is then applied to the left-out trial. The predictive power of the model (for each λ) is estimated as the Pearson’s correlation between the predicted neural responses and the actual neural responses, separately for each electrode, averages across all iterations. We report results of the model with the λ the yielded the highest predictive power at the group-level (rather than selecting a different λ for each participant which can lead to incomparable TRF models across participants; see discussion in Kaufman & Zion Golumbic 2023).”

      Minor:

      (10) Typographical errors: P5, "forty-nine 49 participants"; P21, "$ref"; P26, "Table X"; P4, please provide the full name for "SC" when first mentioned.

      Thanks! corrected

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      For many years, there has been extensive electrophysiological research investigating the relationship between local field potential patterns and individual cell spike patterns in the hippocampus. In this study, using state-ofthe-art imaging techniques, they examined spike synchrony of hippocampal cells during locomotion and immobility states. In contrast to conventional understanding of the hippocampus, the authors demonstrated that hippocampal place cells exhibit prominent synchronous spikes locked to theta oscillations.

      Strengths:

      The voltage imaging used in this study is a highly novel method that allows recording not only suprathreshold-level spikes but also subthreshold-level activity. With its high frame rate, it offers time resolution comparable to electrophysiological recordings.

      We thank the reviewer for a thorough review of our manuscript and for recognizing the strength of our study.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study employed voltage imaging in the CA1 region of the mouse hippocampus during the exploration of a novel environment. The authors report synchronous activity, involving almost half of the imaged neurons, occurred during periods of immobility. These events did not correlate with SWRs, but instead, occurred during theta oscillations and were phased locked to the trough of theta. Moreover, pairs of neurons with high synchronization tended to display non-overlapping place fields, leading the authors to suggest these events may play a role in binding a distributed representation of the context.

      Strengths:

      Technically this is an impressive study, using an emerging approach that allow single-cell resolution voltage imaging in animals, that while head-fixed, can move through a real environment. The paper is written clearly and suggests novel observations about population-level activity in CA1.

      We thank the reviewer for a thorough review of our manuscript and for recognizing the strength of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      The evidence provided is weak, with the authors making surprising population-level claims based on a very sparse data set (5 data sets, each with less than 20 neurons simultaneously recorded) acquired with exciting, but less tested technology. Further, while the authors link these observations to the novelty of the context, both in the title and text, they do not include data from subsequent visits to support this. Detailed comments are below:

      (1) My first question for the authors, which is not addressed in the discussion, is why these events have not been observed in the countless extracellular recording experiments conducted in rodent CA1 during exploration of novel environments. Those data sets often have 10x the neurons simultaneously recording compared to these present data, thus the highly synchronous firing should be very hard to miss. Ideally, the authors could confirm their claims via the analysis of publicly available electrophysiology data sets. Further, the claim of high extra-SWR synchrony is complicated by the observation that their recorded neurons fail to spike during the limited number of SWRs recorded during behavior- again, not agreeing with much of the previous electrophysiological recordings.

      (2) The authors posit that these events are linked to the novelty of the context, both in the text, as well as in the title and abstract. However they do not include any imaging data from subsequent days to demonstrate the failure to see this synchrony in a familiar environment. If these data are available it would strengthen the proposed link to novelty is they were included.

      (3) In the discussion the authors begin by speculating the theta present during these synchronous events may be slower type II or attentional theta. This can be supported by demonstrating a frequency shift in the theta recording during these events/immobility versus the theta recording during movement. (4) The authors mention in the discussion that they image deep layer PCs in CA1, however this is not mentioned in the text or methods. They should include data, such as imaging of a slice of a brain post-recording with immunohistochemistry for a layer specific gene to support this.

      Comments on revisions:

      I have no further major requests and thank the authors for the additional data and analyses.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing our efforts in revising the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the present manuscript, the authors use a few minutes of voltage imaging of CA1 pyramidal cells in head-fixed mice running on a track while local field potentials (LFPs) are recorded. The authors suggest that synchronous ensembles of neurons are differentially associated with different types of LFP patterns, theta and ripples. The experiments are flawed in that the LFP is not "local" but rather collected the other side of the brain.

      Strengths:

      The authors use a cutting-edge technique.

      We thank the reviewer for a thoughtful review of our manuscript and for pointing out the technical strength of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      The two main messages of the manuscript indicated in the title are not supported by the data. The title gives two messages that relate to CA1 pyramidal neurons in behaving head-fixed mice: (1) synchronous ensembles are associated with theta (2) synchronous ensembles are not associated with ripples. The main problem with the work is that the theta and ripple signals were recorded using electrophysiology from the opposite hemisphere to the one in which the spiking was monitored. However, both rhythms exhibit profound differences as a function of location.

      Theta phase changes with the precise location along the proximo-distal and dorso-ventral axes, and importantly, even reverses with depth. Because the LFP was recorded using a single-contact tungsten electrode, there is no way to know whether the electrode was exactly in the CA1 pyramidal cell layer, or in the CA1 oriens, CA1 radiatum, or perhaps even CA3 - which exhibits ripples and theta which are weakly correlated and in anti-phase with the CA1 rhythms, respectively. Thus, there is no way to know whether the theta phase used in the analysis is the phase of the local CA1 theta.

      Although the occurrence of CA1 ripples is often correlated across parts of the hippocampus, ripples are inherently a locally-generated rhythm. Independent ripples occur within a fraction of a millimeter within the same hemisphere. Ripples are also very sensitive to the precise depth - 100 micrometers up or down, and only a positive deflection/sharp wave is evident. Thus, even if the LFP was recorded from the center of the CA1 pyramidal layer in the contralateral hemisphere, it would not suffice for the claim made in the title.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the issue regarding the claim made in the title. We have revised the manuscript to clarify that the theta and ripple oscillations referenced in the title refer to specific frequency bands of intracellular and contralaterally recorded field potentials rather than field potentials recorded at the same site as the neuronal activity.

      Abstract (line19):

      “… Notably, these synchronous ensembles were not associated with contralateral ripple oscillations but were instead phase-locked to theta waves recorded in the contralateral CA1 region. Moreover, the subthreshold membrane potentials of neurons exhibited coherent intracellular theta oscillations with a depolarizing peak at the moment of synchrony.”

      Introduction (line68):

      “… Surprisingly, these synchronous ensembles occurred outside of contralateral ripples and were phase-locked to intracellular theta oscillations as well as extracellular theta oscillations recorded from the contralateral CA1 region.”

      To address concerns about electrode placement, we have now included posthoc histological verification of electrode locations, confirming that they were positioned in the contralateral CA1 pyramidal layer (Author response image 1). 

      Author response image 1.

      Post-hoc histological section showing the location of a DiI-coated electrode in the contralateral CA1 pyramidal layer. Scale bar: 300 μm.

      While we appreciate that theta and ripple oscillations exhibit regional variations in phase and amplitude, previous studies have demonstrated a strong co-occurrence and synchrony of these oscillations between both hippocampi1-3. Given that our primary objective was to examine how neuronal ensembles relate to large-scale hippocampal oscillation states rather than local microcircuit-level fluctuations, we recorded theta and ripple oscillations from the contralateral CA1 region.

      However, we acknowledge that contralateral recordings do not capture all ipsilateral-specific dynamics. Theta phases vary with depth and precise location, and local ripple events may be independently generated across small spatial scales. To reflect this, we have now explicitly acknowledged these considerations in the discussion. 

      Discussion (line527):

      While contralateral LFP recordings reliably capture large-scale hippocampal theta and ripple oscillations, they may not fully account for ipsilateral-specific dynamics, such as variations in theta phase alignment or locally generated ripple events. Although contralateral recordings serve as a well-established proxy for large-scale hippocampal oscillatory states, incorporating simultaneous ipsilateral field potential recordings in future studies could refine our understanding of local-global network interactions. Despite these considerations, our findings provide robust evidence for the existence of synchronous neuronal ensembles and their role in coordinating newly formed place cells. These results advance our understanding of how synchronous neuronal ensembles contribute to spatial memory acquisition and hippocampal network coordination.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have provided sufficient experimental and analytical data addressing my comments, particularly regarding consistency with past electrophysiological data and the exclusion of potential imaging artifacts.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing our efforts in revising the manuscript.

      Minor comment: In Figure 2C and Figure 5-figure supplement 1, 'paired Student's t-test' is not entirely appropriate. More precisely, either 'paired t-test' or 'Student's t-test' would better indicate the correct statistical method. Please verify whether these data comparisons are within-group or between-group.

      Thank you for the comment. We have revised the manuscript as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have no further major requests and thank the authors for the additional data and analyses.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing our efforts in revising the manuscript.

      Minor points- line 169- typo, correct grant to grand

      Thank you for pointing it out. The typo has been corrected.

      (1) Buzsaki, G. et al. Hippocampal network patterns of activity in the mouse. Neuroscience 116, 201-211 (2003). https://doi.org:10.1016/s03064522(02)00669-3

      (2) Szabo, G. G. et al. Ripple-selective GABAergic projection cells in the hippocampus. Neuron 110, 1959-1977 e1959 (2022). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.neuron.2022.04.002

      (3) Huang, Y. C. et al. Dynamic assemblies of parvalbumin interneurons in brain oscillations. Neuron 112, 2600-2613 e2605 (2024). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.neuron.2024.05.015

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1:

      Summary:

      The authors propose a new model of biologically realistic reinforcement learning in the direct and indirect pathway spiny projection neurons in the striatum. These pathways are widely considered to provide a neural substrate for reinforcement learning in the brain. However, we do not yet have a full understanding of mechanistic learning rules that would allow successful reinforcement learning like computations in these circuits. The authors outline some key limitations of current models and propose an interesting solution by leveraging learning with efferent inputs of selected actions. They show that the model simulations are able to recapitulate experimental findings about the activity profile in these populations of mice during spontaneous behavior. They also show how their model is able to implement off-policy reinforcement learning.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript has been very clearly written and the results have been presented in a readily digestible manner. The limitations of existing models, that motivate the presented work, have been clearly presented and the proposed solution seems very interesting. The novel contribution of the proposed model is the idea that different patterns of activity drive current action selection and learning. Not only does this allow the model is able to implement reinforcement learning computations well, but this suggestion may have interesting implications regarding why some processes selectively affect ongoing behavior and others affect learning. The model is able to recapitulate some interesting experimental findings about various activity characteristics of dSPN and iSPN pathway neuronal populations in spontaneously behaving mice. The authors also show that their proposed model can implement off-policy reinforcement learning algorithms with biologically realistic learning rules. This is interesting since off-policy learning provides some unique computational benefits and it is very likely that learning in neural circuits may, at least to some extent, implement such computations.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      A weakness in this work is that it isn’t clear how a key component in the model - an efferent copy of selected actions - would be accessible to these striatal populations. The authors propose several plausible candidates, but future work may clarify the feasibility of this proposal.

      We agree that the biological substrate of the efference copy remains a key open question. We discuss potential pathways in the Discussion section of our manuscript and hope that future experimental studies clarify the question.

      Reviewer #2:

      Summary:

      The basal ganglia is often understood within a reinforcement learning (RL) framework, where dopamine neurons convey a reward prediction error that modulates cortico-striatal connections onto spiny projection neurons (SPNS) in the striatum. However, current models of plasticity rules are inconsistent with learning in a reinforcement learning framework.

      This paper proposes a new model that describes how distinct learning rules in direct and indirect pathway striatal neurons allow them to implement reinforcement learning models. It proposes that two distinct components of striatal activity affect action selection and learning. They show that the proposed implementation allows learning in simple tasks and is consistent with experimental data from calcium imaging data in direct and indirect SPNs in freely moving mice.

      Strengths:

      Despite the success of reward prediction errors at characterizing the responses of dopamine neurons as the temporal difference error within an RL framework, the implementation of RL algorithms in the rest of the basal ganglia has been unclear. A key missing aspect has been the lack of a RL implementation that is consistent with the distinction of direct- and indirect SPNs. This paper proposes a new model that is able to learn successfully in simple RL tasks and explains recent experimental results.

      The author shows that their proposed model, unlike previous implementations, this model can perform well in RL tasks. The new model allows them to make experimental predictions. They test some of these predictions and show that the dynamics of dSPNs and iSPNs correspond to model predictions.

      More generally, this new model can be used to understand striatal dynamics across direct and indirect SPNs in future experiments.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors could characterize better the reliability of their experimental predictions and the description of the parameters of some of the simulations.

      In addition to the descriptions in the Methods, we have provided code implementing the key features of our simulations, which should contribute to reproducibility of our results.

      The authors propose some ideas about how the specificity of the striatal efferent inputs but should highlight better that this is a key feature of the model whose anatomical implementation has yet to be resolved.

      We have clarified in the Discussion section “Biological substrates of striatal efferent inputs” that these represent assumptions or predictions that have not yet been demonstrated experimentally.

      Reviewer #3:

      Summary:

      This paper points out an inconsistency of the roles of the striatal spiny neurons projecting to the indirect pathway (iSPN) and the synaptic plasticity rule of those neurons expressing dopamine D2 receptors and proposes a novel, intriguing mechanisms that iSPNs are activated by the efference copy of the chosen action that they are supposed to inhibit.

      The proposed model was supported by simulations and analysis of the neural recording data during spontaneous behaviors.

      Strengths:

      Previous models suggested that the striatal neurons learn action-value functions, but how the information about the chosen action is fed back to the striatum for learning was not clear. The author pointed out that this is a fundamental problem for iSPNs that are supposed to inhibit specific actions and its synaptic inputs are potentiated with dopamine dips.

      The authors propose a novel hypothesis that iSPNs are activated by efference copy of the selected action which they are supposed to inhibit during action selection. Even though intriguing and seemingly unnatural, the authors demonstrated that the model based on the hypothesis can circumvent the problem of iSPNs learning to disinhibit the actions associated with negative reward errors. They further showed by analyzing the cell-type specific neural recording data by Markowitz et al. (2018) that iSPN activities tend to be anti-correlated before and after action selection.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      It is not correct to call the action value learning using the externally-selected action as “offpolicy.” Both off-policy algorithm Q-learning and on-policy algorithm SARSA update the action value of the chosen action, which can be different from the greedy action implicated by the present action values. In standard reinforcement learning terminology, on-policy or off-policy is regarding the actions in the subsequent state, whether to use the next action value of (to be) chosen action or that of greedy choice as in equation (7).

      It is worth noting that this paper suggested that dopamine neurons encode on-policy TD errors: Morris G, Nevet A, Arkadir D, Vaadia E, Bergman H (2006). Midbrain dopamine neurons encode decisions for future action. Nat Neurosci, 9, 1057-63. https://doi.org/10.1038/nn1743.

      We regret that we do not completely follow the reviewer’s comment. We use “off-policy” to refer to the fact that, considered in isolation, the basal ganglia reinforcement learning system that we model learns a target policy that may be distinct from the behavioral policy of the organism as a whole.

      It is also confusing to contract TD learning and Q-learning, as the latter is considered as one type of TD learning. In the TD error signal by state value function (6) is dependent on the chosen action at−1 implicitly in rt and st based on the reward and state transition function.

      We agree that this was confusing. We have therefore changed the places in our paper where we intended to refer to “TD learning of a value function V (s)” to specifically mention V (s), rather than just “TD learning.”

      It is not clear why interferences of the activities for action selection and learning can be avoided, especially when actions are taken with short intervals or even temporal overlaps. How can the efference copy activation for the previous action be dissociated with the sensory cued activation for the next action selection?

      The non-interference arises from the orthogonality of the difference (action selection) and sum (efference copy) modes, as described in Figure 3. However, we agree with the reviewer that the problem of temporal credit assignment, when many actions are taken before reward feedback is obtained, is present in our model, as in any standard RL model.

      Although it may be difficult to single out the neural pathway that carries the efference copy signal to the striatum, it is desired to consider their requirements and difference possibilities. A major issue is that the time delay from actions to reward feedback can be highly variable.

      An interesting candidate is the long-latency neurons in the CM thalamus projecting to striatal cholinergic interneurons, which are activated following low-reward actions: Minamimoto T, Hori Y, Kimura M (2005). Complementary process to response bias in the centromedian nucleus of the thalamus. Science, 308, 1798-801. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1109154.

      We are grateful for the interesting suggestion and reference, which we have added to the manuscript. However, we note that the issue of delayed reward feedback may also be partially addressed by using a sufficiently long eligibility trace.

      In the paragraph before Eq. (3), Eq. (1) should be Eq. (2) for the iSPN.

      Corrected.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      This manuscript offers important insights into how polyphosphate (polyP) influences protein phase separation differently from DNA. The authors present compelling evidence that polyP distinguishes between protein conformational states, leading to diverse condensate behaviors. However, differences in charge density between polyP and DNA complicate direct comparisons, and the extent to which polyP-driven phase transitions reveal initial protein states remains unclear. Addressing these concerns would strengthen the manuscript's impact for researchers interested in biomolecular condensates, protein dynamics, and stress response mechanisms.

      We thank the editorial team for the favorable assessment. We, however, contend the specific point on the difference in charge density. We have already performed experiments wherein a higher concentration of DNA is used to match the overall ‘concentration of charges’ as in the experiments with polyP (see Figure S6), and we do not identify or observe any differences in the maturation behavior with DNA, i.e. we see only dissolution at both higher and lower concentrations of DNA. Charge density (i.e. the number of charges per unit volume of the polymer), on the other hand, is an intrinsic feature of the polymer which is naturally different between DNA and polyP. In fact, the primary result of our work is our observation that polyP can discern the starting ensembles more efficiently, likely through actively engaging and interacting with the ensemble while DNA appears to be a passive player. 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the article titled "Polyphosphate discriminates protein conformational ensembles more efficiently than DNA promoting diverse assembly and maturation behaviors," Goyal and colleagues investigate the role of negatively charged biopolymers, i.e., polyphosphate (polyP) and DNA, play in phase separation of cytidine repressor (CytR) and fructose repressor (FruR). The authors find that both negative polymers drive the formation of metastable protein/polymer condensates. However, polyPdriven condensates form more gel- or solid-like structures over time while DNA-driven condensates tend to dissipate over time. The authors link this disparate condensate behavior to polyP-induced structures within the enzymes. Specifically, they observe the formation of polyproline II-like structures within two tested enzyme variants in the presence of polyP. Together their results provide a unique insight into the physical and structural mechanism by which two unique negatively charged polymers can induce distinct phase transitions with the same protein. This study will be a welcomed addition to the condensate field and provide new molecular insights into how binding partner-induced structural changes within a given protein can affect the mesoscale behavior of condensates. The concerns outlined below are meant to strengthen the manuscript.

      Strengths:

      Throughout the article, the authors used the correct techniques to probe physical changes within proteins that can be directly linked to phase transition behaviors. Their rigorous experiments create a clear picture of what occurs at the molecular level with CytR and FruR are exposed to either DNA or polyP, which are unique, highly negatively charged biopolymers found within bacteria. This work provides a new view of mechanisms by which bacteria can regulate the cytoplasmic organization upon the induction of stress. Furthermore, this is likely applicable to mammalian and plant cells and likely to numerous proteins that undergo condensation with nucleic acids and other charged biopolymers.

      Weaknesses:

      The biggest weakness of this study is that compares the phase behavior of enzymes driven by negatively charged polymers that have intrinsic differences in net charge and charge density. Because these properties are extremely important for controlling phase separation, any differences may result in the observed phase transitions driven by DNA and polyP. The authors should perform an additional experiment to control for these differences as best they can. The results from these experiments will provide additional insight into the importance of charge-based properties for controlling phase transitions.

      We thank the reviewer for providing a positive review of our work. On the comment related to the final paragraph, we note that we have already conducted an experiment with a higher DNA concentration (11.24 µM) to explore if the concentration of charges plays any significant role. The results of this experiment are presented in Figure S6. We observe that even at a higher DNA concentration, the condensates dissolve over time. Therefore, the difference in the maturation behavior of condensates with varying initial protein ensembles is due to the nature of polyP (likely through its enhanced flexibility). 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Goyal et al demonstrate that the assembly of proteins with polyphosphate into either condensates or aggregates can reveal information on the initial protein ensemble. They show that, unlike DNA, polyphosphate is able to effectively discriminate against initial protein ensembles with different conformational heterogeneity, structure, and compactness. The authors further show that the protein native ensemble is vital on whether polyphosphate induces phase separation or aggregation, whereas DNA induces a similar outcome regardless of the initial protein ensemble. This work provides a way to improve our mechanistic understanding of how conformational transitions of proteins may regulate or drive LLPS condensate and aggregate assemblies within biological systems.

      Strengths:

      This is a thoroughly conducted study that provides an alternative route for inducing phase separation that is more informative on the initial protein ensemble involved. This is particularly useful and a complementary means to investigate the role played by protein dynamics and plasticity in phase transitions. The authors use an appropriate set of techniques to investigate unique phase transitions within proteins induced by polyphosphates. An alternative protein system is used to corroborate their findings that the unique assemblies induced by polyphosphates when compared to DNA are not restricted to a single system. The work here is well-documented, easy to interpret, and of relevance for the condensate community.

      Weaknesses:

      The major weakness of this manuscript is that it is unclear if the information on the initial protein conformational ensemble can be determined solely from the assembly and maturation behavior and the discrimination abilities of polyphosphates. In both systems studied (CytR and FruR), polyphosphate discriminates and results in unique assemblies and maturation behaviors based on the initial protein ensemble. However, it seems the assembly and maturation behavior are not a direct result of the degree of conformational dynamics and plasticity in the initial protein. In the case of CytR, the fully-folded system forms condensates that resolubilize, while the highly disordered state immediately aggregates. Whereas, in the case of FruR, the folded state induces spontaneous aggregation, and the more dynamic, molten globular, system results in short-lived condensates. These results seem to suggest the polyphosphates' ability to discriminate between the initial protein ensemble may not be able to reveal what that initial protein ensemble is unless it is already known.

      We thank the reviewer for providing constructive comments on our work. On the final paragraph: we agree that the outcome does not provide information on nature of the starting ensemble. As of now, our experimental results are primarily observations on questions related to maturation outcomes when protein ensembles of varying structure, compactness and stability interact with polyP. if there are differences in the native ensemble due to mutations (which at times cannot be revealed by ensemble probes), polyP appears to discern it more efficiently than DNA.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study aimed to investigate the effects of optically stimulating the A13 region in healthy mice and a unilateral 6-OHDA mouse model of Parkinson's disease (PD). The primary objectives were to assess changes in locomotion, motor behaviors, and the neural connectome. For this, the authors examined the dopaminergic loss induced by 6-OHDA lesioning. They found a significant loss of tyrosine hydroxylase (TH+) neurons in the substantia nigra pars compacta (SNc) while the dopaminergic cells in the A13 region were largely preserved. Then, they optically stimulated the A13 region using a viral vector to deliver the channelrhodopsine (CamKII promoter). In both sham and PD model mice, optogenetic stimulation of the A13 region induced pro-locomotor effects, including increased locomotion, more locomotion bouts, longer durations of locomotion, and higher movement speeds. Additionally, PD model mice exhibited increased ipsi lesional turning during A13 region photoactivation. Lastly, the authors used whole-brain imaging to explore changes in the A13 region's connectome after 6-OHDA lesions. These alterations involved a complex rewiring of neural circuits, impacting both afferent and efferent projections. In summary, this study unveiled the pro-locomotor effects of A13 region photoactivation in both healthy and PD model mice. The study also indicates the preservation of A13 dopaminergic cells and the anatomical changes in neural circuitry following PD-like lesions that represent the anatomical substrate for a parallel motor pathway.

      Strengths:

      These findings hold significant relevance for the field of motor control, providing valuable insights into the organization of the motor system in mammals. Additionally, they offer potential avenues for addressing motor deficits in Parkinson's disease (PD). The study fills a crucial knowledge gap, underscoring its importance, and the results bolster its clinical relevance and overall strength.

      The authors adeptly set the stage for their research by framing the central questions in the introduction, and they provide thoughtful interpretations of the data in the discussion section. The results section, while straightforward, effectively supports the study's primary conclusion - the pro-locomotor effects of A13 region stimulation, both in normal motor control and in the 6-OHDA model of brain damage.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Anatomical investigation. I have a major concern regarding the anatomical investigation of plastic changes in the A13 connectome (Figures 4 and 5). While the methodology employed to assess the connectome is technically advanced and powerful, the results lack mechanistic insight at the cell or circuit level into the pro-locomotor effects of A13 region stimulation in both physiological and pathological conditions. This concern is exacerbated by a textual description of results that doesn't pinpoint precise brain areas or subareas but instead references large brain portions like the cortical plate, making it challenging to discern the implications for A13 stimulation. Lastly, the study is generally well-written with a smooth and straightforward style, but the connectome section presents challenges in readability and comprehension. The presentation of results, particularly the correlation matrices and correlation strength, doesn't facilitate biological understanding. It would be beneficial to explore specific pathways responsible for driving the locomotor effects of A13 stimulation, including examining the strength of connections to well-known locomotor-associated regions like the Pedunculopontine nucleus, Cuneiformis nucleus, LPGi, and others in the diencephalon, midbrain, pons, and medulla.

      We initially considered two approaches. The first was to look at specific projections to the motor regions, focusing on the MLR. The second was to utilize a whole-brain analysis, which is presented here. Given what we know about the zona incerta, especially its integrative role, we felt that examining the full connectome was a reasonable starting point.

      The value of the whole-brain approach is that it provides a high-level overview of the afferents and efferents to the region. The changes in the brain that occur following Parkinson-like lesions, such as those in the nigrostriatal pathway, are complex and can affect neighbouring regions such as the A13. Therefore, we wished to highlight the A13, which we considered a therapeutic target, and examine changes in connectivity that could occur following acute lesions affecting the SNc. We acknowledge that this study does not provide a causal link, but it presents the fundamental background information for subsequent hypothesis-driven, focused, region-specific analysis.

      The terms provided were taken from the Allen Brain Atlas terminology and presented as abbreviations. We have added two new figures focusing on motor regions to make the information more comprehensible (new Figures 4 and 5) and rewrote the connectomics section to make it easier to understand.

      Additionally, identifying the primary inputs to A13 associated with motor function would enhance the study's clarity and relevance.

      This is a great point to help simplify the whole-brain results. We have presented the motor-related inputs and outputs as part of a new figure in the main paper (Figure 5) and added accompanying text in the results section. We have also updated the correlation matrices to concentrate on motor regions (Figure 4). This highlights possible therapeutic pathways. We have also enhanced our discussion of these motor-related pathways. We have retained the entire dataset and added it to our data repository for those interested.

      The study raises intriguing questions about compensatory mechanisms in Parkinson's disease and a new perspective on the preservation of dopaminergic cells in A13, despite the SNc degeneration, and the plastic changes to input/output matrices. To gain inspiration for a more straightforward reanalysis and discussion of the results, I recommend the authors refer to the paper titled "Specific populations of basal ganglia output neurons target distinct brain stem areas while collateralizing throughout the diencephalon from the David Kleinfeld laboratory." This could guide the authors in investigating motor pathways across different brain regions.

      Thank you for the advice. As pointed out, Kleinfeld’s group presented their data in a nice, focused way. For the connectomic piece, we have added Figure 5, which provides a better representation than our previous submission.

      (2) Description of locomotor performance. Figure 3 provides valuable data on the locomotor effects of A13 region photoactivation in both control and 6-OHDA mice. However, a more detailed analysis of the changes in locomotion during stimulation would enhance our understanding of the pro-locomotor effects, especially in the context of 6-OHDA lesions. For example, it would be informative to explore whether the probability of locomotion changes during stimulation in the control and 6-OHDA groups. Investigating reaction time, speed, total distance, and could reveal how A13 is influencing locomotion, particularly after 6-OHDA lesions. The laboratory of Whelan has a deep knowledge of locomotion and the neural circuits driving it so these features may be instructive to infer insights on the neural circuits driving movement. On the same line, examining features like the frequency or power of stimulation related to walking patterns may help elucidate whether A13 is engaging with the Mesencephalic Locomotor Region (MLR) to drive the pro-locomotor effects. These insights would provide a more comprehensive understanding of the mechanisms underlying A13-mediated locomotor changes in both healthy and pathological conditions.

      Thank you for these suggestions. We have reorganized Figure 3 to highlight the metrics by separating the 6-OHDA from the Sham experiments (3F-J, which highlights distance travelled, average speed and duration). We have also added additional text to highlight these metrics better in the text. We have relabelled Supplementary Figure S3, which presents reaction time as latency to initiate locomotion and updated the main text to address the reviewers' points.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The paper by Kim et al. investigates the potential of stimulating the dopaminergic A13 region to promote locomotor restoration in a Parkinson's mouse model. Using wild-type mice, 6-OHDA injection depletes dopaminergic neurons in the substantia nigra pars compacta, without impairing those of the A13 region and the ventral tegmentum area, as previously reported in humans. Moreover, photostimulation of presumably excitatory (CAMKIIa) neurons in the vicinity of the A13 region improves bradykinesia and akinetic symptoms after 6-OHDA injection. Whole-brain imaging with retrograde and anterograde tracers reveals that the A13 region undergoes substantial changes in the distribution of its afferents and projections after 6-OHDA injection. The study suggests that if the remodeling of the A13 region connectome does not promote recovery following chronic dopaminergic depletion, photostimulation of the A13 region restores locomotor functions.

      Strengths:

      Photostimulation of presumably excitatory (CAMKIIa) neurons in the vicinity of the A13 region promotes locomotion and locomotor recovery of wild-type mice 1 month after 6-OHDA injection in the medial forebrain bundle, thus identifying a new potential target for restoring motor functions in Parkinson's disease patients.

      Weaknesses:

      Electrical stimulation of the medial Zona Incerta, in which the A13 region is located, has been previously reported to promote locomotion (Grossman et al., 1958). Recent mouse studies have shown that if optogenetic or chemogenetic stimulation of GABAergic neurons of the Zona Incerta promotes and restores locomotor functions after 6-OHDA injection (Chen et al., 2023), stimulation of glutamatergic ZI neurons worsens motor symptoms after 6-OHDA (Lie et al., 2022).

      Thank you - we have added this reference. It is helpful as Grossman did stimulate the zona incerta in the cat and elicit locomotion, suggesting that stimulation of the area in normal mice has external validity. Grossman’s results prompted a later clinical examination of the zona incerta, but it concentrated on the zona incerta regions close to the subthalamic regions (Ossowska 2019), further caudal to the area we focused on. Chen et al. (2023) targeted the area in the lateral aspect of central/medial zona incerta, formed by dorsal and ventral zona incerta, which may account for the differing results. Our data were robust for stimulation of the medial aspect of the rostromedial zona incerta. The thigmotactic behaviour that we observed in our work that focused on CamKII neurons has not been observed with chemogenetic, optogenetic activation or with photoinhibition of GABAergic central/medial ZI (Chen et al. 2023).

      GABAergic activation of mZI to Cuneiform projections (Sharma et al. 2024) also did not produce thigmotactic behavior. We have added these points to the discussion.

      Although CAMKIIa is a marker of presumably excitatory neurons and can be used as an alternative marker of dopaminergic neurons, behavioral results of this study raise questions about the neuronal population targeted in the vicinity of the A13 region. Moreover, if YFP and CHR2-YFP neurons express dopamine (TH) within the A13 region (Fig. 2), there is also a large population of transduced neurons within and outside of the A13 region that do not, thus suggesting the recruitment of other neuronal cell types that could be GABAergic or glutamatergic.

      We found that CamKII transfection of the A13 region was extremely effective in promoting locomotor activity, which was critical for our work in exploring its possible therapeutic potential. We have since quantified the cell number, we found that the c-fos cell number was increased following ChR2 activation. There is evidence of TH activation - but the data suggest that other cell types contribute. C-fos alone is a blunt tool to assess specificity - rather, it is better at showing overall photostimulus efficacy - which we have demonstrated. Moreover, there is evidence that cell types are not purely dopaminergic, with GABA co-localized (Negishi et al. 2020). We acknowledge that specific viral approaches that target the GABAergic, glutamatergic, and dopaminergic circuits would be very useful. The range of tools to target A13 dopaminergic circuits is more limited than the SNc, for example, because the A13 region lacks DAT, and TH-IRES-Cre approaches, while helpful, are less specific than DAT-Cre mouse models. Intersectional approaches targeting multiple transmitters (glutamate & dopamine, for example) may be one solution as we do not expect that a single transmitter-specific pathway would work, as well as broad targeting of the A13 region. Our recent work suggests that GABAergic neuron activation may have more general effects on behaviour rather than control of ongoing locomotor parameters (Sharma et al. 2024). Recent work shows a positive valence effect of dopamine A13 activation on motivated food-seeking behavior, which differs from consummatory behavior observed with GABAergic modulation (Ye, Nunez, and Zhang 2023). Chemogenetic inactivation and ablation of dopaminergic A13 revealed that they contribute to grip strength and prehensile movements, uncoupling food-seeking grasping behavior from motivational factors (Garau et al. 2023). Overall, this suggests differing effects of GABA compared to DA and/or glutamatergic cell types, consistent with our effects of stimulating CamKII. The discussion has been updated.

      Regarding the analysis of interregional connectivity of the A13 region, there is a lack of specificity (the viral approach did not specifically target the A13 region), the number of mice is low for such correlation analyses (2 sham and 3 6-OHDA mice), and there are no statistics comparing 6-OHDA versus sham (Fig. 4) or contra- versus ipsilesional sides (Fig. 5). Moreover, the data are too processed, and the color matrices (Fig. 4) are too packed in the current format to enable proper visualization of the data. The A13 afferents/efferents analysis is based on normalized relative values; absolute values should also be presented to support the claim about their upregulation or downregulation.

      Generally, papers using tissue-clearing imaging approaches have low sample sizes due to technical complexity and challenges. The technical challenges of obtaining these data were substantial in both collection and analysis. There are multiple technical complexities arising from dual injections (A13 and MFB coordinates) and targeting the area correctly. The A13 region is difficult to target as it spans only around 300 µm in the anterior-posterior axis. While clearing the brain takes weeks, and light-sheet imaging also takes time, the time necessary to analyze the tissue using whole-brain quantification is labor intensive, especially with a lack of a standardized analysis pipeline from atlas registrations, signal segmentations, and quantifications. The field is still relatively new, requiring additional time to refine pipelines.

      Correlation matrices are often used in analyzing connectivity patterns on a brain-wide scale, as they can identify any observable patterns within a large amount of data. We used correlation matrices to display estimated correlation coefficients between the afferent and efferent proportions from one brain subregion to another across 251 brain regions in total in a pairwise manner (not for hypothesis testing). We provided descriptive statistics (mean and error bars) in the original Figure 5C and G. As mentioned in comments for Reviewer 1, we have now presented the data in revised Figure 4 and 5 that focuses specifically on motor-related pathways to provide information on possible pathways. The has simplified the correlation matrices and highlighted the differences in 6-OHDA efferent data especially. As suggested, raw values are shared in a supplemental file on our data repository.

      In the absence of changes in the number of dopaminergic A13 neurons after 6-OHDA injection, results from this correlation analysis are difficult to interpret as they might reflect changes from various impaired brain regions independently of the A13 region.

      We acknowledge that models of Parkinson’s disease, particularly those using 6-OHDA, induce plasticity in various regions, which may subsequently affect A13 connectivity. We aim to emphasize the residual, intact A13 pathways that could serve as therapeutic targets in future investigations. This emphasis is pertinent in the context of potential clinical applications, as the overall input and output to the region fundamentally dictate the significance of the A13 region in lesioned nigrostriatal models. We agree with the reviewer that the changes certainly can be independent of A13; however, the fact that there was a significant change in the connectome post-6-OHDA injection and striatonigral degeneration is in and of itself important to document. We have added a sentence acknowledging this limitation to the discussion.

      There is no causal link between anatomical and behavioral data, which raises questions about the relevance of the anatomical data.

      This point was also addressed earlier in response to a comment from Reviewer 1. Focusing on specific motor pathways is one avenue to explore. However, given that the zona incerta acts as an integrative hub, we believed it is prudent to initially examine both afferent and efferent pathways using a brain-wide approach. For instance, without employing this methodology, the potential significance of cortical interconnectivity to the A13 region might not have been fully appreciated. As mentioned previously, we will place additional emphasis on motor-related regions in our revised paper, thereby enhancing the relevance of the anatomical data presented. With these modifications, we anticipate that our data will underscore specific motor-related targets for future exploration, employing optogenetic targeting to assess necessity and sufficiency.

      Overall, the study does not take advantage of genetic tools accessible in the mouse to address the direct or indirect behavioral and anatomical contributions of the A13 region to motor control and recovery after 6-OHDA injection.

      Our study has not specifically targeted neurons that express dopaminergic, glutamatergic, or GABAergic properties (refer to earlier comment for more detail). However, like others, we find that targeting one neuronal population often does not result in a pure transmitter phenotype. For instance, evidence suggests co-localization of dopamine neurons with a subpopulation of GABA neurons in the A13/medial zona incerta (Negishi et al. 2020). In the hypothalamus, research by Deisseroth and colleagues (Romanov et al. 2017) indicates the presence of multiple classes of dopamine cells, each containing different ratios of co-localized peptides and/or fast neurotransmitters. Consequently, we believe our work lays the foundation for the investigations suggested by the reviewer. Furthermore, if one considers this work in the context of a preclinical study to determine whether the A13 might be a target in human Parkinson's disease, the existing technology that could be utilized is deep brain stimulation (DBS) or electrical modulation, which would also affect different neuronal populations in a non-specific manner.

      While optogenetic stimulation therapy is longer term, using CamKII combined with the DJ hybrid AAV could be a translatable strategy for targeting A13 neuronal populations in non-human primates (Watakabe et al. 2015; Watanabe et al. 2020). We have added to the discussion.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Kim, Lognon et al. present an important finding on pro-locomotor effects of optogenetic activation of the A13 region, which they identify as a dopamine-containing area of the medial zona incerta that undergoes profound remodeling in terms of afferent and efferent connectivity after administration of 6-OHDA to the MFB. The authors claim to address a model of PD-related gait dysfunction, a contentious problem that can be difficult to treat with dopaminergic medication or DBS in conventional targets. They make use of an impressive array of technologies to gain insight into the role of A13 remodeling in the 6-OHDA model of PD. The evidence provided is solid and the paper is well written, but there are several general issues that reduce the value of the paper in its current form, and a number of specific, more minor ones. Also, some suggestions, that may improve the paper compared to its recent form, come to mind.

      Thank you for the suggestions and careful consideration of our work - it is appreciated.

      The most fundamental issue that needs to be addressed is the relation of the structural to the behavioral findings. It would be very interesting to see whether the structural heterogeneity in afferent/effects projections induced by 6-OHDA is related to the degree of symptom severity and motor improvement during A13 stimulation.

      As mentioned in comments for Reviewer 1, we have performed additional analysis and present this in Figure 5. We have also revised Figure 4, focusing on motor regions. Our work will provide a roadmap for future studies to disentangle divergent or convergent A13 pathways that are involved in different or all PD-related motor symptoms. Because we could not measure behavioural change in the same animals studied with the anatomic study (essentially because the optrode would have significantly disrupted the connectome we are measuring), we cannot directly compare behaviour to structure.

      The authors provide extensive interrogation of large-scale changes in the organization of the A13 region afferent and efferent distributions. It remains unclear how many animals were included to produce Fig 4 and 5. Fig S5 suggests that only 3 animals were used, is that correct? Please provide details about the heterogeneity between animals. Please provide a table detailing how many animals were used for which experiment. Were the same animals used for several experiments?

      The behavioral set and the anatomical set were necessarily distinct. In the anatomical experiments, we employed both anterograde and retrograde viral approaches to target the afferent and efferent A13 populations with fluorescent proteins. For the behavioral approach, a single ChR2 opsin was utilized to photostimulate the A13 region; hence combining the two populations was not feasible. We were also concerned that the optrode itself would interfere with connectomics. A lower number of animals were used for the whole-brain work due to technical limitations described earlier. We have now provided additional information regarding numbers in all figures and the text. Using Spearman’s correlation analysis, we found afferent and efferent proportions across animals to be consistent, with an average correlation of 0.91, which is reported in Figure S6.

      While the authors provide evidence that photoactivation of the A13 is sufficient in driving locomotion in the OFT, this pro-locomotor effect seems to be independent of 6-OHDA-induced pathophysiology. Only in the pole test do they find that there seems to be a difference between Sham vs 6-OHDA concerning the effects of photoactivation of the A13. Because of these behavioral findings, optogenic activation of A13 may represent a gain of function rather than disease-specific rescue. This needs to be highlighted more explicitly in the title, abstract, and conclusion.

      Optogenetic activation of A13 may represent a gain of function in both healthy and 6-OHDA mice, highlighting a parallel descending motor pathway that remains intact. 6-OHDA lesions have multiple effects on motor and cognitive function. This makes a single pathway unlikely to rescue all deficits observed in 6-OHDA models. The lack of locomotion observed in 6-OHDA models can be reversed by A13 region photostimulation. Therefore, this is a reversal of a loss of function, in this case. However, the increase in turning represents a gain of function. We have highlighted this as suggested in the discussion.

      The authors claim that A13 may be a possible target for DBS to treat gait dysfunction. However, the experimental evidence provided (in particular the lack of disease-specific changes in the OFT) seems insufficient to draw such conclusions. It needs to be highlighted that optogenetic activation does not necessarily have the same effects as DBS (see the recent review from Neumann et al. in Brain: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37450573/). This is important because ZI-DBS so far had very mixed clinical effects. The authors should provide plausible reasons for these discrepancies. Is cell-specificity, which only optogenetic interventions can achieve, necessary? Can new forms of cyclic burst DBS achieve similar specificity (Spix et al, Science 2021)? Please comment.

      Thank you for the valuable comments. They have been incorporated into the discussion.

      Our study highlights a parallel motor pathway provided by the A13 region that remains intact in 6-OHDA mice and can be sufficiently driven to rescue the hypolocomotor pathology observed in the OFT and overcome bradykinesia and akinesia. The photoactivation of ipsilesional A13 also has an overall additive effect on ipsiversive circling, representing a gain of function on the intact side that contributes to the magnitude of overall motor asymmetry against the lesioned side. The effects of DBS are rather complex, ranging from micro-, meso-, to macro-scales, involving activation, inhibition, and informational lesioning, and network interactions. This could contribute to the mixed clinical effects observed with ZI-DBS, in addition to differences in targeting and DBS programming among the studies (see review (Ossowska 2019) ). Also the DBS studies targeting ZI have never targeted the rostromedial ZI which extends towards the hypothalamus and contains the A13. Furthermore, DBS and electrical stimulation of neural tissue, in general, are always limited by current spread and lower thresholds of activation of axons (e.g., axons of passage), both of which can reduce the specificity of the true therapeutic target. Optogenetic studies have provided mechanistic insights that could be leveraged in overcoming some of the limitations in targeting with conventional DBS approaches. Spix et al. (2021) provided an interesting approach highlighting these advancements. They devised burst stimulation to facilitate population-specific neuromodulation within the external globus pallidus. Moreover, they found a complementary role for optogenetics in exploring the pathway-specific activation of neurons activated by DBS. To ascertain whether A13 DBS may be a viable therapy for PD gait, it will be necessary to perform many more preclinical experiments, and tuning of DBS parameters could be facilitated by optogenetic stimulation in these murine models. We have added to the discussion.

      In a recent study, Jeon et al (Topographic connectivity and cellular profiling reveal detailed input pathways and functionally distinct cell types in the subthalamic nucleus, 2022, Cell Reports) provided evidence on the topographically graded organization of STN afferents and McElvain et al. (Specific populations of basal ganglia output neurons target distinct brain stem areas while collateralizing throughout the diencephalon, 2021, Neuron) have shown similar topographical resolution for SNr efferents. Can a similar topographical organization of efferents and afferents be derived for the A13/ ZI in total?

      The ZI can be subdivided into four subregions in the antero-posterior axis: rostral (ZIr), dorsal (ZId), ventral (ZIv), and caudal (ZIc) regions. The dorsal and ventral ZI is also referred together as central/medial/intermediate ZI. There are topographical gradients in different cell types and connectivity across these subregions (see reviews: (Mitrofanis 2005; Monosov et al. 2022; Ossowska 2019). Recent work by Yang and colleagues (2022) demonstrated a topographical organization among the inputs and outputs of GABAergic (VGAT) populations across four ZI subregions. Given that A13 region encompasses a smaller portion (the medial aspect) of both rostral and medial/central ZI (three of four ZI subregions) and coexpress VGAT, A13 region likely falls under rostral and intermediate medial ZI dataset found in Yang et al. (2022). With our data, we would not be able to capture the breadth of topographical organization shown in Yang et al (2022).

      In conclusion, this is an interesting study that can be improved by taking into consideration the points mentioned above.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Figure 2 indeed presents valuable information regarding the effects of A13 region photoactivation. To enhance the comprehensiveness of this figure and gain a deeper understanding of the neurons driving the pro-locomotor effect of stimulation, it would be beneficial to include quantifications of various cell types:

      • cFos-Positive Cells/TH-Positive Cells: it can help determine the impact of A13 stimulation on dopaminergic neurons and the associated pro-locomotor effect in the healthy condition and especially in the context of Parkinson's disease (PD) modeling.

      • cFos-Positive Cells /TH-Negative Cells: Investigating the number of TH-negative cells activated by stimulation is also important, as it may reveal non-dopaminergic neurons that play a role in locomotor responses. Identifying the location and characteristics of these TH-negative cells can provide insights into their functional significance.

      We have completed this analysis. The data is presented in Figure 2F, where we show increased c-fos intensity with photoactivation. We observed an increase in the number of cells activated in the A13 region. However, we did not definitively see increases in TH+ cells, suggesting a heterogeneous set of neurons responsible for the effects—possibly glutamatergic neurons.

      Incorporating these quantifications into Figure 2 would enhance the figure's informativeness and provide a more comprehensive view of the neuronal populations involved in the locomotor effects of A13 stimulation.

      We have added text and a new graph.

      (2) Refer to Figure 3. In the main text (page 5) when describing the animal with 6-OHDA the wrong panels are indicated. It is indicated in Figure 2A-E but it should be replaced with 3A-E.

      Please do that.

      Done, and we have updated the figure to improve readability, by separating the 6-OHDA findings from sham in all graphs.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Abstract

      Page 1: Inhibitory or lesion studies will be necessary to support the claim that the global remodeling of afferent and efferent projections of the A13 region highlights the Zona Incerta's role as a crucial hub for the rapid selection of motor function.

      Overall, there is quite a bit of evidence that the zona incerta is a hub for afferent/efferents.

      Mitrofanis (2005) and, more recently, Wang et al. (2020) summarize some of the evidence. Yang (2022) illustrates that the zona incerta shows multiple inputs to GABAergic neurons and outputs to diverse regions. Recent work suggests that the zona incerta contributes to various motor functions such as hunting, exploratory locomotion, and integrating multiple modalities (Zhao et al. 2019; Wang et al. 2019; Monosov et al. 2022; Chometton et al. 2017). The introduction has been updated.

      Introduction

      Page 2, paragraph 2: "However, little attention has been placed on the medial zona incerta (mZI), particularly the A13, the only dopamine-containing region of the rostral ZI" Is the A13 region located in the rostral or medial ZI or both?

      It should have been written “rostromedial” ZI. The A13 is located in the medial aspect of rostromedial ZI. Introduction has been updated.

      Page 2, para 3: Li et al (2021) used a mini-endoscope to record the GCaMP6 signal. Masini and Kiehn, 2022 transiently blocked the dopaminergic transmission; they never used 6-OHDA.

      Please correct through the text.

      Corrected.

      Page 2, para 4: the A13 connectome encompasses the cerebral cortex,... MLR. The MLR is a functional region, correct this for the CNF and PPN.

      Corrected.

      Page 3, the last paragraph of the introduction could be clarified by presenting the behavioral data first, followed by the anatomy.

      This has been corrected

      Figure 1 is nice and clear, and well summarizes the experimental design.

      Thank you.

      Figure 2 shows an example of the extent of the ChR2-YFP expression and the position of an optical fiber tip above the dopaminergic A13 region from a mouse. Without any quantification, these images could be included in Figure 1. Despite a very small volume (36.8nL) of AAV, the extent of ChR2-YFP expression is quite large and includes dopaminergic and unidentified neurons within the A13 region but also a large population of unidentified neurons outside of it, thus raising questions about the volume and the types of neurons recruited.

      This is an important consideration. The issue of viral spread is complex and depends on factors including tissue type, serotype, and promotor of the virus. Li et al. (2021), for example, used different virus serotypes and promotors, injecting 150nL, whereas we used AAV DJ, injecting 36.8nL. AAV-DJ is a hybrid viral type consisting of multiple serotypes. It has a high transduction efficiency, which leads to greater gene delivery than single-serotype AAV viral constructs (Mao et al. 2016). A secondary consideration regarding translation was that AAV-DJ could effectively transduce non-primate neurons (Watanabe et al. 2020). We have addressed the issue of neurons recruited earlier, provided c-Fos quantification, and provided a new supplementary figure showing viral spread (Figure S1).

      Anatomical reconstruction of the extent of the ChR2-YFP expression and the location of the tip of the optical fiber will be necessary to confirm that ChR2-YFP expression was restricted to the A13 region.

      We will provide additional information regarding viral spread, ferrule tip placement, and c-fos cell counts. This has been done in Figure 2 and we also present a new Figure S1 where we have quantified the viral spread.

      Page 5, 1st para: Double-check the references, as not all of them are 6-OHDA injections in the MLF.

      Corrected. Removed Kiehn reference.

      Page 5, 1st para, 4th line: Replace ferrule with optical canula or fiber.

      Done

      Page 5, 1st para, 9th line: Replace Figure 2 with Figure 3.

      Done

      Page 5, 2nd para: About the refractory decrease in traveled distance by sham-ChR2 mice: is this significant?

      It was not significant (Figure S1C, 1-way RM ANOVA: F5,25 = 0.486, P \= 0.783). This has been updated in the text.

      Figure 3 showing behavioral assessments is nice, but the stats are not always clear. In Fig 3A, are each of the off and on boxes 1 minute long? The figure legend states the test lasts 1 min, but isn't it 4 minutes? In Figure 3B-E and 3J-M, what are the differences? Do the stats identify a significant difference only during the stimulation phase? Fig. 3F-I are nice and could have been presented as primary examples prior to data analysis in Fig. 3B-E. Group labels above the graph would help.

      Yes, the off-on boxes are 1 minute long. The error is corrected in the legend. Great suggestion for F-I - they have been moved ahead of the summary figures. We have also updated new Fig 3F-,I, J, L, M) to make the differences between 6-OHDA and sham graphs easier to visualize. The stats do indicate a significant difference during the stimulation phase. We have added group labels, and reorganized the figure, and it is much easier to read now.

      Fig. 3L-M, what do PreSur, Post, and Ferrule mean? I assume that Ferrule refers to mice tested with the optical fiber without stimulation, whereas Stim. refers to the stimulation. It would be helpful to standardize the format of stats in Fig. 3B-E and 3-J-M. What are time points a, b, and c referring to?

      We have renamed the figure names to be more intuitive. We have standardized the presentation of statistics in the figure, and eliminated the a,b,c nomenclature. We have also updated the caption to provide descriptions of the tests in Fig 3 L-M.

      Figure S2A: the higher variability in 6-OHDA-YFP mice in comparison to 6-OHDA-ChR2 mice prior to stimulation suggests that 6-OHDA-YFP mice were less impaired. Why use boxplots only for these data? Would a pairwise comparison be more appropriate?

      We have removed these plots from Figure S2. We now present the Baseline to Pre values across the experimental timespan to illustrate the fact that distance travelled returned to baseline values for all trials conducted.

      Fig. S2B: add the statistical marker.

      We have removed this from Figure S2.

      Page 7, para 1, line 8: to add "in comparison to 6-OHDA-YFP and YFP mice" to during photostimulation... (Figure 3E).

      Done

      Page 7, para 3, line 5: about larger improvement, replace "sham ChR2" with "6-OHDA."

      Done

      Page 8, para 1, line 4: Perier et al., 2000 reported that 6-OHDA injection increased the firing frequency of the ZI over a month.

      Added the timeframe to this sentence.

      Page 8, para 2, line 1: Since the results were expected, add some references.

      Done.

      Page 8, para 3, line 4. Double-check the reference.

      Corrected.

      Page 8: About large-scale changes in the A13 region, the relevance of correlation matrices is difficult to grasp. Analysis of local connectivity would have been more informative in the context of GABAergic and glutamatergic neurons of the ZI in the vicinity of the A13 region.

      We have updated the figures for connectivity throughout the manuscript. Overall, there are new Figures 4 and 5 in the main text. We also provide a revised Supplementary Figure 8. Unfortunately, we could not do that experiment regarding local connectivity. In light of our new work (Sharma et al. 2024), it is clear that this will be critical going forward.

      Page 8, para 3, line: given Fig. 2, there is concern about the claim that only the A13 region was targeted. The time of the analysis after 6-OHDA should be mentioned. Some sections of the paragraph could be moved to methods.

      We have provided more information about the viral spread in the text and Supplementary Figure 1. The functional and anatomical experiments are separate, which we realize caused confusion. We have mentioned analysis time after 6-OHDA and inserted this into the text.

      Fig. 4: The color code helps the reader visualize distribution differences. However, statistical analyses comparing 6-OHDA versus sham should be included. Quantification per region would greatly help readers visualize the data and support the conclusion. The relationship between the type of correlation (positive or negative) and absolute change (increase or decrease) is unknown in the current format, which limits the interpretation of the data. Moreover, examples of raw images of axons and cells should be presented for several brain regions. The experimental design with a timeline, as in Fig. 1, would be helpful. The legend for Fig. 4 is a bit long. Some sections are very descriptive, whereas others are more interpretive.

      We have provided a new Figure 5 where we present quantification per region, and the correlation matrices have been updated in Figure 4. We have also focused on motor regions as mentioned earlier. We also provide examples of raw regions in Supplementary Figure 8. Raw values are shared on our data repository.

      Page 10, para 1, line 1: add "afferent" to "changes in -afferent and- projection patterns."

      Done

      Page 10, para 1, line 9: remove the 2nd "compared to sham" in the sentence.

      Done

      Page 10, para 1, line 10: remove "coordinated" in "several regions showed a coordinated reduction in afferent density." We cannot say anything about the timing of events, as there is only info at 1 month.

      Done

      Page 10, para 2: the section should be written in the past tense.

      Done

      Page 13, para 2, the last sentence is overstated. Please remove "cells" and refer to the A13 region instead.

      Done

      About differential remodelling of the A13 region connectome: Figure 5C and 5G: The proportion of total afferents ipsi- and contralateral to 6-OHDA injection argues that the A13 region primarily receives inputs from the cortical plate and the striatum. Unfortunately, there are no statistics.

      Due to the small sample size, we provided descriptive statistics (mean and error bars) in Figure 5A. As mentioned in comments for Reviewers 1 and 2, we have revised Figure 5 to present data focusing on motor-related pathways to provide clarity. In addition, absolute values are shared on our data repository.

      Figure 5 D and 5H: Changes in the proportion of total afferents/projections are relatively modest (less than 10% of the whole population for the highest changes). There is no standard deviation for these data and no statistics. Do they reflect real changes or variability from the injection site?

      The changes are relatively modest (less than 10%) since a small brain region usually provides a small proportion of total input (McElvain et al. 2021; Yang et al. 2022). The changes in the proportions reflect real differences between average proportions observed in sham and 6-OHDA mice. The variability in the total labelling of neurons and fibers was minimized by normalizing individual regional counts against total counts found in each animal. This figure has been updated as reviewers requested.

      Fig 5F and H: The example in F shows a huge decrease in the striatum, but H indicates only a 2% change, which makes the example not very representative. Absolute values would be helpful.

      While a 2% change may seem small, it represents a relatively large change in the A13 efferent connectome. To provide further clarity, we have provided absolute values as suggested in our new supplemental table.

      Figure 6 is inaccurate and unnecessary.

      Figure 6 has been removed.

      Discussion

      Although interesting, the discussion is too long.

      The discussion has been reduced by about three quarters of a page.

      Methods

      Page 17, para 1: include the stereotaxic coordinates of the optical cannula above the A13 region.

      Added.

      References

      Chen, Fenghua, Junliang Qian, Zhongkai Cao, Ang Li, Juntao Cui, Limin Shi, and Junxia Xie. 2023. “Chemogenetic and Optogenetic Stimulation of Zona Incerta GABAergic Neurons Ameliorates Motor Impairment in Parkinson’s Disease.” i Science 26 (7). https://doi.org/ 10.1016/j.isci.2023.107149.

      Chometton, S., K. Charrière, L. Bayer, C. Houdayer, G. Franchi, F. Poncet, D. Fellmann, and P. Y. Risold. 2017. “The Rostromedial Zona Incerta Is Involved in Attentional Processes While Adjacent LHA Responds to Arousal: C-Fos and Anatomical Evidence.” Brain Structure & Function 222 (6): 2507–25.

      Garau, Celia, Jessica Hayes, Giulia Chiacchierini, James E. McCutcheon, and John Apergis-Schoute. 2023. “Involvement of A13 Dopaminergic Neurons in Prehensile Movements but Not Reward in the Rat.” Current Biology: CB, October.

      https://doi.org/ 10.1016/j.cub.2023.09.044.

      Li, Zhuoliang, Giorgio Rizzi, and Kelly R. Tan. 2021. “Zona Incerta Subpopulations Differentially Encode and Modulate Anxiety.” Science Advances 7 (37): eabf6709.

      Mao, Yingying, Xuejun Wang, Renhe Yan, Wei Hu, Andrew Li, Shengqi Wang, and Hongwei Li. 2016. “Single Point Mutation in Adeno-Associated Viral Vectors -DJ Capsid Leads to Improvement for Gene Delivery in Vivo.” BMC Biotechnology 16 (January):1.

      McElvain, Lauren E., Yuncong Chen, Jeffrey D. Moore, G. Stefano Brigidi, Brenda L. Bloodgood, Byung Kook Lim, Rui M. Costa, and David Kleinfeld. 2021. “Specific Populations of Basal Ganglia Output Neurons Target Distinct Brain Stem Areas While Collateralizing throughout the Diencephalon.” Neuron 109 (10): 1721–38.e4.

      Mitrofanis, J. 2005. “Some Certainty for the ‘Zone of Uncertainty’? Exploring the Function of the Zona Incerta.” Neuroscience 130 (1): 1–15.

      Monosov, Ilya E., Takaya Ogasawara, Suzanne N. Haber, J. Alexander Heimel, and Mehran Ahmadlou. 2022. “The Zona Incerta in Control of Novelty Seeking and Investigation across Species.” Current Opinion in Neurobiology 77 (December):102650.

      Negishi, Kenichiro, Mikayla A. Payant, Kayla S. Schumacker, Gabor Wittmann, Rebecca M.  Butler, Ronald M. Lechan, Harry W. M. Steinbusch, Arshad M. Khan, and Melissa J. Chee. 2020. “Distributions of Hypothalamic Neuron Populations Coexpressing Tyrosine Hydroxylase and the Vesicular GABA Transporter in the Mouse.” The Journal of Comparative Neurology 528 (11): 1833–55.

      Ossowska, Krystyna. 2019. “Zona Incerta as a Therapeutic Target in Parkinson’s Disease.” Journal of Neurology. https://doi.org/ 10.1007/s00415-019-09486-8.

      Romanov, Roman A., Amit Zeisel, Joanne Bakker, Fatima Girach, Arash Hellysaz, Raju Tomer, Alán Alpár, et al. 2017. “Molecular Interrogation of Hypothalamic Organization Reveals Distinct Dopamine Neuronal Subtypes.” Nature Neuroscience 20 (2): 176–88.

      Sharma, Sandeep, Cecilia A. Badenhorst, Donovan M. Ashby, Stephanie A. Di Vito, Michelle A. Tran, Zahra Ghavasieh, Gurleen K. Grewal, Cole R. Belway, Alexander McGirr, and Patrick J. Whelan. 2024. “Inhibitory Medial Zona Incerta Pathway Drives Exploratory Behavior by Inhibiting Glutamatergic Cuneiform Neurons.” Nature Communications 15 (1): 1160.

      Spix, Teresa A., Shruti Nanivadekar, Noelle Toong, Irene M. Kaplow, Brian R. Isett, Yazel  Goksen, Andreas R. Pfenning, and Aryn H. Gittis. 2021. “Population-Specific Neuromodulation Prolongs Therapeutic Benefits of Deep Brain Stimulation.” Science 374 (6564): 201–6.

      Wang, Xiyue, Xiaolin Chou, Bo Peng, Li Shen, Junxiang J. Huang, Li I. Zhang, and Huizhong W. Tao. 2019. “A Cross-Modality Enhancement of Defensive Flight via Parvalbumin Neurons in Zona Incerta.” eLife 8 (April). https://doi.org/ 10.7554/eLife.42728.

      Wang, Xiyue, Xiao-Lin Chou, Li I. Zhang, and Huizhong Whit Tao. 2020. “Zona Incerta: An Integrative Node for Global Behavioral Modulation.” Trends in Neurosciences 43 (2): 82–87.

      Watakabe, Akiya, Masanari Ohtsuka, Masaharu Kinoshita, Masafumi Takaji, Kaoru Isa, Hiroaki Mizukami, Keiya Ozawa, Tadashi Isa, and Tetsuo Yamamori. 2015. “Comparative Analyses of Adeno-Associated Viral Vector Serotypes 1, 2, 5, 8 and 9 in Marmoset, Mouse and Macaque Cerebral Cortex.” Neuroscience Research 93 (April):144–57.

      Watanabe, Hidenori, Hiromi Sano, Satomi Chiken, Kenta Kobayashi, Yuko Fukata, Masaki  Fukata, Hajime Mushiake, and Atsushi Nambu. 2020. “Forelimb Movements Evoked by Optogenetic Stimulation of the Macaque Motor Cortex.” Nature Communications 11 (1): 3253.

      Yang, Yang, Tao Jiang, Xueyan Jia, Jing Yuan, Xiangning Li, and Hui Gong. 2022. “Whole-Brain Connectome of GABAergic Neurons in the Mouse Zona Incerta.” Neuroscience Bulletin 38 (11): 1315–29.

      Ye, Qiying, Jeremiah Nunez, and Xiaobing Zhang. 2023. “Zona Incerta Dopamine Neurons Encode Motivational Vigor in Food Seeking.” bioRxiv: The Preprint Server for Biology, June. https://doi.org/ 10.1101/2023.06.29.547060.

      Zhao, Zheng-Dong, Zongming Chen, Xinkuan Xiang, Mengna Hu, Hengchang Xie, Xiaoning Jia, Fang Cai, et al. 2019. “Zona Incerta GABAergic Neurons Integrate Prey-Related Sensory Signals and Induce an Appetitive Drive to Promote Hunting.” Nature Neuroscience 22 (6): 921–32.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      In this extensive comparative study, Moreno-Borrallo and colleagues examine the relationships between plasma glucose levels, albumin glycation levels, diet and lifehistory traits across birds. Their results confirmed the expected positive relationship between plasma blood glucose level and albumin glycation rate but also provided findings that are somewhat surprising or contrast with findings of some previous studies (positive relationships between blood glucose and lifespan, or absent relationships between blood glucose and clutch mass or diet). This is the first extensive comparative analysis of glycation rates and their relationships to plasma glucose levels and life history traits in birds that is based on data collected in a single study, with blood glucose and glycation measured using unified analytical methods (except for blood glucose data for 13 species collected from a database).

      Strengths

      This is an emerging topic gaining momentum in evolutionary physiology, which makes this study a timely, novel and important contribution. The study is based on a novel data set collected by the authors from 88 bird species (67 in captivity, 21 in the wild) of 22 orders, except for 13 species, for which data were collected from a database of veterinary and animal care records of zoo animals (ZIMS). This novel data set itself greatly contributes to the pool of available data on avian glycemia, as previous comparative studies either extracted data from various studies or a ZIMS database (therefore potentially containing much more noise due to different methodologies or other unstandardised factors), or only collected data from a single order, namely Passeriformes. The data further represents the first comparative avian data set on albumin glycation obtained using a unified methodology. The authors used LC-MS to determine glycation levels, which does not have problems with specificity and sensitivity that may occur with assays used in previous studies. The data analysis is thorough, and the conclusions are substantiated. Overall, this is an important study representing a substantial contribution to the emerging field evolutionary physiology focused on ecology and evolution of blood/plasma glucose levels and resistance to glycation.

      Weaknesses

      Unfortunately, the authors did not record handling time (i.e., time elapsed between capture and blood sampling), which may be an important source of noise because handling-stress-induced increase in blood glucose has previously been reported. Moreover, the authors themselves demonstrate that handling stress increases variance in blood glucose levels. Both effects (elevated mean and variance) are evident in Figure ESM1.2. However, this likely makes their significant findings regarding glucose levels and their associations with lifespan or glycation rate more conservative, as highlighted by the authors.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I understand that your main objective regarding glycation rate and lifespan, was to analyse the species resistance to glycation with respect to lifespan, while factoring out the species-specific variation in blood glucose level. However, I still believe that the absolute glycation level (i.e., not controlled for blood glucose level) may also be important for the evolution of lifespan. Given that blood glucose is positively related to both glycation and lifespan (although with a plateau in the latter case), lifespan could possibly be positively correlated with absolute glycation levels. If significant, that would be an interesting and counterintuitive finding, which would call for an explanation, thereby potentially stimulating further research. If not significant, it would show that long-lived species do not have higher glycation levels, despite having higher blood glucose levels, thereby strengthening your argument about higher resistance of longlived species to glycation. So, in my opinion, the inclusion of an additional model of glycation level on life-history traits, without controlling for blood glucose, is worth considering.

      We include now this model as supplementary material, indicating it in several parts of the text, including some of these issues we discussed here.

      Lines 230-231: Please, provide a citation for these GVIF thresholds

      We include it now.

      Figure 3: I think that showing both glucose and glycation rate on the linear scale, rather than log scale, would better illustrate your conclusion - the slowing rise of glycation rate with increasing glucose levels.

      That is a good point, although it may also be confusing for readers to see a graph that represents the data in a different way as the models. Maybe showing both graphs (as 3.A and 3.B) can solve it?

      Figure 4. I recommend stating in the caption that the whiskers do not represent interquartile ranges (a standard option in box plots) but credible intervals as mentioned in the current version of the public author response.

      Sorry about that, it was missed. Now it is included. Nevertheless, interquartile ranges from the posterior distributions can still be observed here represented with the boxes. Then the whiskers are the credible intervals.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Guo and colleagues used a cell rounding assay to screen a library of compounds for inhibition of TcdB, an important toxin produced by Clostridioides difficile. Caffeic acid and derivatives were identified as promising leads, and caffeic acid phenethyl ester (CAPE) was further investigated.

      Strengths:

      Considering the high morbidity rate associated with C. difficile infections (CDI), this manuscript presents valuable research in the investigation of novel therapeutics to combat this pressing issue. Given the rising antibiotic resistance in CDI, the significance of this work is particularly noteworthy. The authors employed a robust set of methods and confirmatory tests, which strengthened the validity of the findings. The explanations provided are clear, and the scientific rationale behind the results is well-articulated. The manuscript is extremely well-written and organized. There is a clear flow in the description of the experiments performed. Also, the authors have investigated the effects of CAPE on TcdB in careful detail and reported compelling evidence that this is a meaningful and potentially useful metabolite for further studies.

      Weaknesses:

      This is really a manuscript about CAPE, not caffeic acid, and the title should reflect that. Also, a few details are missing from the description of the experiments. The authors should carefully revise the manuscript to ascertain that all details that could affect the interpretation of their results are presented clearly. Just as an example, the authors state in the results section that TcdB was incubated with compounds and then added to cells. Was there a wash step in between? Could compound carryover affect how the cells reacted independently from TcdB? This is just an example of how the authors should be careful with descriptions of their experimental procedures. Lastly, authors should be careful when drawing conclusions from the analysis of microbiota composition data. Ascribing causality to correlational relationships is a recurring issue in the microbiome field. Therefore, I suggest authors carefully revise the manuscript and tone down some statements about the impact of CAPE treatment on the gut microbiota.

      Thanks for your constructive suggestion. We have carefully revised the manuscript, including the description of title, results and methods sections.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work is towards the development of nonantibiotic treatment for C. difficile. The authors screened a chemical library for activity against the C. difficile toxin TcdB, and found a group of compounds with antitoxin activity. Caffeic acid derivatives were highly represented within this group of antitoxin compounds, and the remaining portion of this work involves defining the mechanism of action of caffeic acid phenethyl ester (CAPE) and testing CAPE in mouse C. difficile infection model. The authors conclude CAPE attenuates C. difficile disease by limiting toxin activity and increasing microbial diversity during C. difficile infection.

      Strengths/ Weaknesses:

      The strategy employed by the authors is sound although not necessarily novel. A compound that can target multiple steps in the pathogenies of C. difficile would be an exciting finding. However, the data presented does not convincingly demonstrate that CAPE attenuates C. difficile disease and the mechanism of action of CAPE is not convincingly defined. The following points highlight the rationale for my evaluation.

      (1) The toxin exposure in tissue culture seems brief (Figure 1). Do longer incubation times between the toxin and cells still show CAPE prevents toxin activity?

      Thanks for your comments. The cytotoxicity assay was employed to directly assess the protective capacity of CAPE against cell death induced by TcdB. Our observations at 1 and 12 h post-TcdB exposure revealed that CAPE effectively mitigated the toxic effects of the TcdB at both time points, demonstrating its potent protective role. Please see Figure S1.

      (2) The conclusion that CAPE has antitoxin activity during infection would be strengthened if the mouse was pretreated with CAPE before toxin injections (Figure 1D).

      Thanks for your constructive comments. According to your suggestion, we administered TcdB 2 h after pretreatment with CAPE. The outcomes demonstrated that CAPE pretreatment significantly enhanced the survival rate of the intoxicated mice, confirming that CAPE retains its antitoxin efficacy during the infection process. Please see Figure S2.

      (3) CAPE does not bind to TcdB with high affinity as shown by SPR (Figure 4). A higher affinity may be necessary to inhibit TcdB during infection. The GTD binds with millimolar affinity and does not show saturable binding. Is the GTD the binding site for CAPE? Auto processing is also affected by CAPE indicating CAPE is binding non-GTD sites on TcdB.

      Thanks for your comments. Our findings indicate that the GTD domain is a critical binding site for CAPE. CAPE exerts its protective effects at multiple stages of TcdB-mediated cell death, including inhibiting TcdB's self-cleavage and blocking the activity of GTD, thereby preventing the glycosylation modification of Rac1 by TcdB.

      (4) In the infection model, CAPE does not statistically significantly attenuate weight loss during C. difficile infection (Figure 6). I recognize that weight loss is an indirect measure of C. difficile disease but histopathology also does not show substantial disease alleviation (see below).

      Thanks for your comments. Our comparative analysis revealed a notable distinction in the body weight of mice on the third day post-infection (Figure 6B). Similarly, the dry/wet stool ratio exhibited a comparable pattern, suggesting that treatment with phenethyl caffeic acid ameliorated Clostridium difficile-induced diarrhea to a significant degree (Figure 6C).

      (5) In the infection model (Figure 6), the histopathology analysis shows substantial improvement in edema but limited improvement in cellular infiltration and epithelial damage. Histopathology is probably the most critical parameter in this model and a compound with disease-modifying effects should provide substantial improvements.

      Thanks for your comments. Edema, inflammatory factor infiltration, and epithelial damage served as key evaluation metrics. Statistical analysis revealed that the pathological scores of mice treated with CAPE were markedly reduced compared to those in the model group (Figure 6F).

      (6) The reduction in C. difficile colonization is interesting. It is unclear if this is due to antitoxin activity and/or due to CAPE modifying the gut microbiota and metabolites (Figure 6). To interpret these data, a control is needed that has CAPE treatment without C. difficile infection or infection with an atoxicogenic strain.

      The observed reduction in C. difficile fecal colonization following drug treatment may be attributed to the CAPE's antitoxin properties or its capacity to modify the intestinal microbiota and metabolites. These two mechanisms likely work in tandem to combat CDI. CDI is primarily triggered by the toxins A (TcdA) and B (TcdB) secreted by the bacterium. Certain therapies, including monoclonal antibodies like bezlotoxumab, target CDI by neutralizing these toxins, thereby mitigating gut damage and subsequent C. difficile colonization(1,2). The establishment of C. difficile in the gut is intricately linked to the equilibrium of the intestinal microbiota. Although antibiotic treatments can inhibit C. difficile growth, they may also disrupt the microbial balance, potentially facilitating the overgrowth of other pathogens. Consequently, interventions such as fecal microbiota transplantation (FMT) are designed to reestablish gut flora balance and consequently decrease C. difficile colonization(3,4). Moreover, the administration of probiotics and prebiotics is considered to reduce C. difficile colonization by modifying the gut environment(5,6).

      (7) Similar to the CAPE data, the melatonin data does not display potent antitoxin activity and the mouse model experiment shows marginal improvement in the histopathological analysis (Figure 9). Using 100 µg/ml of melatonin (~ 400 micromolar) to inactivate TcdB in cell culture seems high. Can that level be achieved in the gut?

      The uptake and dissemination of melatonin within the body varies with the dose administered. For instance, in rats, the bioavailability of melatonin following administration was found to be 53.5%, whereas in dogs, bioavailability was nearly complete (100%) at a dose of 10 mg/kg, yet it decreased to 16.9% at a lower dose of 1 mg/kg(7). This data suggests that the absorption of melatonin differs across various animal species and is influenced by the dose administered. Moreover, it underscores the higher potential bioavailability of melatonin, implying that a dose of 200 mg/kg should be adequate to achieve the desired concentration in the body post-administration.

      (8) The following parameters should be considered and would aid in the interpretation of this work. Does CAPE directly affect the growth of C. difficile? Does CAPE affect the secretion of TcdB from C. difficile? Does CAPE alter the sporulation and germination of C. diffcile?

      We incorporated CAPE into the MIC assay for detecting C. difficile, as well as for assessing the sporulation capacity of C. difficile and evaluating the secretion level of TcdB. The findings revealed that CAPE markedly repressed tcdB transcription at a concentration of 16 μg/mL and effectively suppressed the growth and sporulation of C. difficile BAA-1870 at a concentration of 32 μg/mL. Please see Figure S3.

      References:

      (1) Skinner AM, et al. Efficacy of bezlotoxumab to prevent recurrent Clostridioides difficile infection (CDI) in patients with multiple prior recurrent CDI. Anaerobe. 2023 Dec; 84: 102788.

      (2) Wilcox MH, et al. Bezlotoxumab for Prevention of Recurrent Clostridium difficile Infection. N Engl J Med. 2017 Jan 26;376(4):305-317.

      (3) Khoruts A, Sadowsky MJ. Understanding the mechanisms of faecal microbiota transplantation. Nat Rev Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2016 Sep;13(9):508-16.

      (4) Khoruts A, Staley C, Sadowsky MJ. Faecal microbiota transplantation for Clostridioides difficile: mechanisms and pharmacology. Nat Rev Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2021 Jan;18(1):67-80.

      (5) Mills JP, Rao K, Young VB. Probiotics for prevention of Clostridium difficile infection. Curr Opin Gastroenterol. 2018 Jan;34(1):3-10.

      (6) Lau CS, Chamberlain RS. Probiotics are effective at preventing Clostridium difficile-associated diarrhea: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Int J Gen Med. 2016 Feb 22; 9:27-37.

      (7) Yeleswaram K, et al. Pharmacokinetics and oral bioavailability of exogenous melatonin in preclinical animal models and clinical implications. J Pineal Res. 1997 Jan;22(1):45-51.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study is well written, and the results are solid and well demonstrated. It shows a field that can be explored for the treatment of CDI.

      Strengths:

      The results are really good, and the CAPE shows a good and promising alternative for treating CDI. The methodology and results are well presented, with tables and figures that corroborate them. It is solid work and very promising.

      Weaknesses:

      Some references are too old or missing.

      Thanks for your constructive suggestion. We have included and refreshed several references to enhance the manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      While the manuscript convincingly demonstrates that CAPE affects the TcdB toxin and reduces its toxicity in vitro, it would be beneficial to include data on the effect of CAPE on the growth of C. difficile. This would help ensure that the observed in vivo effects are not merely due to reduced bacterial growth but rather due to the specific action of CAPE on the toxin.

      Thanks for your constructive suggestion. We have augmented our findings with the impact of CAPE on the bacteria themselves, revealing that CAPE not only hampers the growth of the bacterial cells but also suppresses their capacity to produce spores. Please see Figure S3.

      (1) Line 41, line 115 - authors should clarify what they mean when mentioning Bacteroides within parentheses.

      Thanks for your comments. We have completed the corresponding modifications according to the suggestions.

      (2) Line 71 - Is C. difficile really found "in the environment"?

      Thanks for your comments. C. difficile is prevalent across various natural settings, including soil and water ecosystems. A study has identified highly diverse strains of this bacterium within environmental samples(1). Moreover, the significant presence of C. difficile in soil and lawn specimens collected near Australian hospitals indicates that the organism is indeed a common inhabitant in the environment(2).

      (3) Lines 128-130 - Was there a wash step here? What could be the impact of compound carryover in this experiment?

      Thanks for your comments. Following pre-incubation of TcdB with CAPE, remove the compounds that have not bound to TcdB through centrifugation. The persistence of the compound in the culture post-washing could result in an inflated assessment of its efficacy, particularly if it continues to engage with TcdB or the cells beyond the initial 1-hour pre-incubation window. The carryover of the compound might also give rise to misleading positive results, where the compound seems to confer protection or inhibition against TcdB-mediated cell rounding, whereas such effects are actually due to the lingering activity of the compound. This carryover could skew the determination of the compound's minimum effective concentration, as the effective concentration interacting with the cells might be inadvertently elevated. Furthermore, if the compounds possess cytotoxic properties or impact cell viability, carryover could generate artifacts in cell morphology that are unrelated to the direct interaction between TcdB and the compounds.

      (4) Lines 133-134 - I suggest authors mention how many caffeic acid derivatives there were in the entire library so that the suggested "enrichment" of them in the group of bioactive compounds can be better judged.

      Thanks for your comments. The natural compound library contained eight caffeic acid derivatives, of which methyl caffeic acid and ferulic acid displayed no efficacy. This information has been incorporated into the manuscript.

      (5) Line 135 - I recommend the authors add the molarity of the compound solutions used.

      Thanks for your comments. We have completed the corresponding modifications according to the suggestions.

      (6) Line 247 - I think the term "CAPE mice" is confusing. Please use a full description.

      Thanks for your comments. We have completed the corresponding modifications according to the suggestions.

      (7) Line 248 - I also think the terms "model mice" and "model group" are confusing. Maybe call them "control mice"?

      Thanks for your comments. The terms "model mice" and "model group" are indeed synonymous, and we have subsequently clarified that control mice refer to those that have not been infected with C. difficile.

      (8) Line 273 - "most abundant species at the genus level" is incorrect. I think what you mean is "most abundant TAXA".

      Thanks for your comments. We have completed the corresponding modifications according to the suggestions.

      (9) Line 278 - Please include your p-value cut-off together with the LDA score.

      Thanks for your comments. We have revised the above description to “LDA score > 3.5, p < 0.05”.

      (10) Line 292 - Details on how metabolomics was performed should be included here.

      Thanks for your comments. We have completed the corresponding modifications according to the suggestions.

      (11) Line 299 - 1.5 is a fairly low cut-off. The authors should at a minimum also include the p-value cut-off used.

      Response: Thanks for your comments. We have revised the above description to “fold change > 1.5, p < 0.05”.

      (12) Line 307 - Purine "degradation" would be better here.

      Thanks for your comments. We have completed the corresponding modifications according to the suggestions.

      (13) Line 328 onward - The melatonin experiment is a weird one. Although I fully understand the rationale behind testing the effect of melatonin in the mouse model, the idea that just because melatonin levels changed in the gut it would act as a direct inhibitor of TcdB was very far-fetched, even though it ended up working. Authors should explain this in the manuscript.

      Thanks for your comments. Furthermore, beyond our murine studies, we have confirmed that melatonin significantly diminishes TcdB-induced cytotoxicity at the cellular level (Figure 9A). Additionally, it has been documented that melatonin, acting as an antimicrobial adjuvant and anti-inflammatory agent, can decrease the recurrence of CDI(3). Consequently, we contend that the aforementioned statement is substantiated.

      (14) Lines 429-435 - There are seemingly contradictory pieces of information here. The authors state that adenosine is released from cells upon inflammation and that CAPE treatment caused an increase in adenosine levels. Later in this section, the authors state that adenosine prevents TcdA-mediated damage and inflammation. This should be clarified and better discussed.

      Thanks for your comments. Adenosine modulates immune responses and inflammatory cascades by interacting with its receptors, including its capacity to suppress the secretion of specific pro-inflammatory mediators. We have updated this depiction in the manuscript.

      (15) Lines 513-514 - How was this phenotype quantified?

      Thanks for your comments. Initially, we introduced TcdB at a final concentration of 0.2 ng/mL along with various concentrations of compounds into 1 mL of medium for a 1-h pre-incubation period. Subsequently, unbound compounds were removed through centrifugation, and the resulting mixture was then applied to the cells.

      (16) Figure 3 - panels are labeled incorrectly.

      Thanks for your comments. We have completed the corresponding modifications according to the suggestions.

      (17) Figure 5C - it is unclear what the different colors and labels represent.

      Thanks for your comments. In the depicted graph, blue denotes the total binding energy, red signifies the electrostatic interactions, green corresponds to the van der Waals forces, and orange indicates solvation or hydration effects. The horizontal axis represents the mutation of the amino acid residue at the respective position to alanine. As illustrated in Figure 5C, the mutations W520A and GTD exhibit the highest binding energies.

      References:

      (1) Janezic S, et al. Highly Divergent Clostridium difficile Strains Isolated from the Environment. PLoS One. 2016 Nov 23;11(11): e0167101.

      (2) Perumalsamy S, Putsathit P, Riley TV. High prevalence of Clostridium difficile in soil, mulch and lawn samples from the grounds of Western Australian hospitals. Anaerobe. 2019 Dec; 60:102065.

      (3) Sutton SS, et al. Melatonin as an Antimicrobial Adjuvant and Anti-Inflammatory for the Management of Recurrent Clostridioides difficile Infection. Antibiotics (Basel). 2022 Oct 25;11(11):1472.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor comments and questions.

      (1) Which form of TcdB is being used in these experiments?

      Thanks for your comments. The TcdB proteins used in this study are TcdB1 subtypes.

      (2) Why are THP-1 cells being used in these assays?

      Thanks for your comments. For the purposes of this study, we employed a diverse array of cell lines, including Vero, HeLa, THP-1, Caco-2, and HEK293T. Each cell line was selected to serve a specific experimental objective. The inclusion of the THP-1 cell line was necessitated by the need to incorporate a macrophage cell line to ensure the comprehensive nature of our experiments, allowing for the testing of both epithelial cells and macrophages. C. difficile is a kind of intestinal pathogenic bacteria, and immune clearance plays a vital role in the process of pathogen infection, so THP-1 cells are used as important immune cells.

      (3) Please improve the quality of the microscopy images in Figure 1.

      Thanks for your comments. We have improved the quality of the microscopy images in Figure 1.

      (4) Does the flow cytometry experiment in Figure 2B show internalization? Surface-bound toxins would provide the same histogram.

      Thanks for your comments. Figure 2B was employed to assess the internalization of TcdB, and the findings indicate that CAPE does not influence the internalization process of TcdB.

      (5) The sensogram in Figure 4A does not look typical and should be clarified.

      Thanks for your comments. Typically, small molecules and proteins engage in a rapid binding and dissociation dynamic. However, as depicted in Figure 4A, the interaction between CAPE and TcdB demonstrates a gradual progression towards equilibrium. This behavior can be primarily explained by the swift occupation of the protein's primary binding sites by the small molecule in the initial stages. Subsequently, CAPE binds to secondary or lower affinity sites, extending the time needed to reach equilibrium. Additionally, the likelihood of CAPE binding to multiple sites on TcdB requires time for the exploration and occupation of these diverse locations before equilibrium is attained, we have incorporated an analysis of this potential scenario into the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      These are my suggestions for the text:

      (1) Line 29: high recurrent rates.

      Thanks for your comments. We have completed the corresponding modifications according to the suggestions.

      (2) Line 32: Where is the caffeic acid identified? I think a line should be included.

      Thanks for your comments. Caffeic acid was identified from natural compounds library and we have completed the corresponding modifications according to the suggestions.

      (3) Line 39: C. difficile is not italic.

      Thanks for your comments. We have completed the corresponding modifications according to the suggestions.

      (4) Line 41: Bacteroides spp.

      Thanks for your comments. We have completed the corresponding modifications according to the suggestions.

      (5) Line 56: This number of casualties 56.000 is still happening or it was in the past?

      Thanks for your comments. The mortality rates reported in the manuscript reflect a downturn in the incidence and fatality of CDI around 2017(1), as the infection gained broader recognition. Nonetheless, a recent study reveals that the mortality rate for CDI cases in Germany can soar to 45.7% within a year, with the overall economic burden amounting to approximately 1.6 billion euros. This underscores the ongoing significance of CDI as a global public health challenge(2).

      (6) Line 104: Where did the idea of testing caffeic acid come from? Any previous study of the authors? Any studies with the inhibition of other pathogens?

      Thanks for your comments. Initially, we conducted a screen of a compound library comprising 2,076 compounds and identified several potent inhibitors, which, upon structural analysis, were revealed to be caffeic acid derivatives. Prior to our investigation, no studies had explored the potential of CAPE in this context.

      (7) Line 115: Bacteroides spp.

      Thanks for your comments. We have completed the corresponding modifications according to the suggestions.

      Results section

      (8) Did the authors try the caffeic acid with the TcdA or binary toxin? I know this is not the purpose of the study, but TcdA toxin has a high identity structure with TcdB and generates inflammation in the gut via neutrophils. Negative strains for the major toxins and positive for the binary toxin also cause severe cases of CDI.

      Thanks for your comments. Although we acknowledge the significance of TcdA and binary toxins in CDI, we did not investigate the impact of CAPE on these toxins. Our focus was exclusively on the effect of CAPE against TcdB, as it is the primary virulence factor in C. difficile pathogenesis. Since TcdA and TcdB are highly similar in structure, we will analyze the neutralization effect of CAPE on TcdA in later studies.

      (9) Does caffeic acid have any effect on C. difficle? Or does it only gain the toxins? That would be ideal.

      Thanks for your comments. We have included additional related assays in our study. Beyond directly neutralizing TcdB, CAPE also demonstrates the capacity to inhibit the growth and spore formation of C. difficile.

      (10) Line 230: C. difficile BAA-1870 is a clinical strain? There are no details about it in the paper.

      Thanks for your comments. C. difficile BAA-1870 (RT027/ST1), a highly virulent isolate frequently employed in research(3-6), was kindly donated by Professor Aiwu Wu. We have meticulously noted the PCR ribotype in our manuscript.

      (11) Line 236: Did the mice fully recover from CDI after the administration of the CAPE? Was one dose enough?

      Thanks for your comments. CAPE was administered orally at 24 h intervals, commencing with the initial dose on Day 0. By the time a significant difference was observed on Day 3, the treatment had been administered a total of three times.

      Methodology

      (12) Most of the methods do not have a reference.

      Thanks for your comments. We have added several references to the methods.

      Discussion section

      (13) The first two paragraphs of the discussion should be summarized. Those details were already explained in the introduction.

      Thanks for your comments. The discussion section and the introduction address slightly different focal points; therefore, we aim to retain the first two paragraphs to maintain continuity and context.

      (14) Line 382: Bezolotoxumab was approved by the FDA in 2016. It is not recent.

      Thanks for your comments. We have revised the above description.

      (15) Line 410: "Despite the high 410 cure rate and increasing popularity of FMT, its safety remains controversial. Although this is true, recently (2022) the FDA approved the Rebyota, which was later cited by the authors.

      Thanks for your comments. We have revised the above description.

      (16) Lines 415-416: "the abundance of Bacteroides, a critical gut microbiota component that is required for C. difficile resistance". There is only one reference cited by the authors. I suppose that if it is true, more studies should be mentioned. Why are probiotics with Bacteroides spp. not available in the market?

      Thanks for your comments. We have supplemented additional references. The scarcity of probiotic products containing Bacteroides spp. on the market is primarily attributable to the stringent requirements of their survival conditions. As most Bacteroides spp. are anaerobic, they thrive in oxygen-deprived environments. This unique survival trait poses challenges in maintaining their viability during product preservation and distribution, which in turn escalates production costs and complexity. Furthermore, despite the significant role of Bacteroides in gut health, research into its potential probiotic benefits and safety is comparatively underexplored.

      References:

      (1) Guh AY, et al. Emerging Infections Program Clostridioides difficile Infection Working Group. Trends in U.S. Burden of Clostridioides difficile Infection and Outcomes. N Engl J Med. 2020 Apr 2;382(14):1320-1330.

      (2) Schley K, et al. Costs and Outcomes of Clostridioides difficile Infections in Germany: A Retrospective Health Claims Data Analysis. Infect Dis Ther. 2024 Nov 20.

      (3) Saito R, et al. Hypervirulent clade 2, ribotype 019/sequence type 67 Clostridioides difficile strain from Japan. Gut Pathog. 2019 Nov 4; 11:54.

      (4) Pellissery AJ, Vinayamohan PG, Venkitanarayanan K. In vitro antivirulence activity of baicalin against Clostridioides difficile. J Med Microbiol. 2020 Apr;69(4):631-639.

      (5) Shao X, et al. Chemical Space Exploration around Thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one Scaffold Led to a Novel Class of Highly Active Clostridium difficile Inhibitors. J Med Chem. 2019 Nov 14;62(21):9772-9791.

      (6) Mooyottu S, Flock G, Venkitanarayanan K. Carvacrol reduces Clostridium difficile sporulation and spore outgrowth in vitro. J Med Microbiol. 2017 Aug;66(8):1229-1234.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      Chabukswar et al analysed endogenous retrovirus (ERV) Env variation in a set of primate genomes using consensus Env sequences from ERVs known to be present in hominoids using a Blast homology search with the aim of characterising env gene changes over time. The retrieved sequences were analysed phylogenetically, and showed that some of the integrations are LTR-env recombinants.

      Strengths

      The strength of the manuscript is that such an analysis has not been performed yet for the subset of ERV Env genes selected and most of the publicly available primate genomes.

      Weaknesses

      Unfortunately, the weaknesses of the manuscript outnumber its strengths. Especially the methods section does not contain sufficient information to appreciate or interpret the results. The results section contains methodological information that should be moved, while the presentation of the data is often substandard. For instance, the long lists of genomes in which a certain Env was found could better be shown in tables. Furthermore, there is no overview of the primate genomes Saili how did you answer to this?, or accession numbers, used. It is unclear whether the analyses, such as the phylogenetic trees, are based on nucleotide or amino acid sequences since this is not stated. tBLASTn was used in the homology searches, so one would suppose aa are retrieved. In the Discussion, both env (nt?) and Env (aa?) are used.

      For the non-hominoids, genome assembly of publicly available sequences is not always optimal, and this may require Blasting a second genome from a species. Which should for instance be done for the HML2 sequences found in the Saimiri boliviensis genome, but not in the related Callithrix jacchus genome. Finally, the authors propose to analyse recombination in Env sequences but only retrieve env-LTR recombinant Envs, which should likely not have passed the quality check.

      Since the Methods section does not contain sufficient information to understand or reproduce the results, while the Results are described in a messy way, it is unclear whether or not the aims have been achieved. I believe not, as characterisation of env gene changes over time is only shown for a few aberrant integrations containing part of the LTR in the env ORF.

      We thank the reviewer for the critiques of the manuscript and their constructive suggestions to improve the clarity, methodological rigor, and data presentation.

      (1) The concern regarding the insufficient data in the methods has been resolved in the revised manuscript by adding a supplementary file that contains the genome assemblies that  were used to perform the tBLAStn analysis using the reconstructed Env sequences. The requested accession numbers are available for all sequences in the supplementary phylogenetic figures.

      (2) We have also modified the manuscript by moving a portion of the results section in the methods section, in particular all the methodological description of the reconstruction of Env part (Line 197-231).

      (3) As suggested, the long list of genomes mentioned in the results section in which the Env tBLASTn hits were obtained are now provided in the table form (Table 2) as an overall summary of the distribution of ERV Env in the genomes and the genome assemblies are mentioned in Supplementary file 2.

      (4) As for the point regarding the tBLASTn usage in the homology searches, we first performed tBLASTn analysis using the reconstructed Env amino acid sequences as query and performed tBLASTn similarity search in the primate genomes. The tBLASTn algorithm uses the amino acid sequences to compare with the translated nucleotide database in all six frames and hence the hits obtained are nucleotide sequences (Line 381-383). These nt sequences were used for all the further analysis such as sequence alignment, phylogenetic analysis and recombination analysis. For better clarity, we have specified the use of env nt alignments in the methods section to avoid the raised confusion in the discussion.

      (5) For the HML supergroup characterization in squirrel monkey genome (Saimiri boliviensis), we used the tBLASTn hits obtained in the S. boliviensis from the initial analysis to perform the comparative genomics in two Platyrrhini genomes available on UCSC Genome browser. In particular, this analysis was performed to confirm the presence of specific members of HML supergroup in squirrel monkey genomes that has not been previously reported. We used the available genome assemblies because of the annotations available on Genome browser, and especially the possibility to use the repeatmasker tracks and the comparative genomics tools in order to use the human genome as a reference. We reported the coordinates for the members of HML supergroup that were retrieved through the comparative genomic assemblies by applying the repeat masker custom track, that have many ERVS that are not present in NCBI reference genomes.

      (6) The concern regarding only retrieving env-LTR recombinant Envs has been addressed in the revised results section (Lines 747-758). As also mentioned in the methods section, the RDP software detects the recombinant sequences and a breakpoint position for the recombinant signals and hence we confirmed only those sequences that were predicted as potential recombinant sequences by the RDP software through comparative genomics. All the sequences predicted by the software were env-LTR recombinant and hence we confirmed and reported only those recombinant sequences in the manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The paper could be strengthened by:

      - a rigorous rewriting and shortening of the manuscript, thereby eliminating all textbook-like paragraphs, and all biological misinterpretations and confusions. Distinguish between retroviral replication as an exogenous virus, and host genome remodeling affecting ERVs. Rewrite the sections on template switching by RT being the basis for the observed recombinations, while host genome recombinations are far more likely. ERVs with such aberrant env/LTR gene recombination are unlikely to be fit for cross-species transmission. Likely, such a recombinant was generated in a common ancestor. Also, host RNA polymerase II transcribes retroviral RNA (line 79), not RT.

      - check lines 89-90 as pro is part of the pol gene in gamma- and lentiviruses.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion, we have revised the manuscript by shortening the introduction section and eliminating the textbook like paragraphs and also clarifying the recombination mechanism. We have revised the introduction section at Lines 102-111, and the clarification for the recombination mechanism is provided at lines 1668-1675

      - adding much more information to the Methods section. Such as which genomes were searched, were nt or aa have been retrieved and analysed, were multiple genomes of a species searched, a list of databases used ('various databases' in line 164 does not suffice), etc.

      We thank the reviewer for the observation. As mentioned above, in the revised manuscript we have provided more detailed methods by including a supplementary file for the genome assemblies used for tBLASTn analysis and comparative genomics. For the sequence alignment, phylogenetic analysis and recombination analysis we used nt sequences, as it is also mentioned in the revised version. Lastly, all the databases that were used and are mentioned in the methods section.

      - more information is needed on the alignments and phylogenetic trees. For instance, how were indels treated? How long were the alignments on average regarding informative sites?

      We thank the reviewer for the questions, to answer them we have added a paragraph (Lines 359-362) describing the reconstruction process in more details.

      - confirm the findings about the presence or absence of an ERV, such as for the squirrel monkey genome, using additional genomes of the species

      As mentioned above, we only used the genome assemblies available on the genome browser because of the annotations available on Genome browser, blasting the second NCBI RefSeq genome using the BLAST algorithm does not provide accurate information and annotations compared to that of Genome browser and hence we reported the coordinates for the members of HML supergroup that were retrieved through the comparative genomic assemblies by applying the repeat masker custom track, that have many ERVS that are not present in NCBI reference genomes.

      - present the lists of findings in primate genomes on pages 9 and 10 in tables

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion, we have provided a new table (Table 2) in the revised version summarizing the ERV Env distribution results.

      - a significant limitation of the study is that only env ERVs found in hominoids have been searched in OWM and NWM, not ones specific for monkeys. This should be mentioned somewhere.

      As the reviewer pointed out, the study was designed to explore ERVs’ Env  sequences in hominoids which were then searched in the OWM and NWM genomes, this is now better stated in the introduction at Lines 57-60.

      - define abbreviations at first use (e.g. HML in abstract)

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion, we have mentioned the abbreviations in the abstract, where we mentioned HML first (Line 65)

      - explain 'pathological domestication' (line 42). Domestication implies usefulness to the host. And over time, deleterious insertions would have been likely purged from a population.

      We thank the reviewer for the observation, we have modified the sentence and provided a clearer explanation for the pathological and physiological consequences of ERVs’ env (lines 52-57).

      Furthermore:

      - why begin the discussion with a lengthy description of domestication and syncytins, which is not part of the current study?

      We thank the reviewer for the critique. Accordingly, we have now modified the discussion section by shortening the part about domestication of syncytins, and just mentioned them as an example at lines 942-944.

      - how can 96 hits have been retrieved for spuma-like envs (line 506), while it was earlier reported (line 333), that the most hits were gamma-like?

      We thank the reviewer for the observation, we have clarified and explained how 96 hits have been retrieved for spuma-like envs in lines 670-677 of the discussion section.

      English grammar should be improved throughout the manuscript.

      And I could not open half of the supplementary files

      As suggested we have revised English and checked that all files were correctly open.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Chabukswar et al. describes a comprehensive attempt to identify and describe the diversity of retroviral envelope (env) gene sequences present in primate genomes in the form of ancient endogenous retrovirus (ERV) sequences.

      Strengths:

      The focus on env can be justified because of the role the Env proteins likely played in determining viral tropism and host range of the viruses that gave rise to the ERV insertions, and to a lesser extent, because of the potential for env ORFs to be coopted for cellular functions (in the rare cases where the ORF is still intact and capable of encoding a functional Env protein). In particular, these analyses can reveal the potential roles of recombination in giving rise to novel combinations of env sequences. The authors began by compiling env sequences from the human genome (from human endogenous retrovirus loci, or "HERVs") to build consensus Env protein sequences, and then they use these as queries to screen other primate genomes for group-specific envs by tBLASTn. The "groups" referred to here are previously described, as unofficial classifications of endogenous retrovirus sequences into three very broad categories - Class I, Class II and Class III. These are not yet formally recognized in retroviral taxonomy, but they each comprise representatives of multiple genera, and so would fall somewhere between the Family and Genus levels. The retrieved sequences are subject to various analyses, most notably they are screened for evidence of recombination. The recombinant forms appear to include cases that were probably viral dead-ends (i.e. inactivating the env gene) even if they were propagated in the germline.

      The availability of the consensus sequences (supplement) is also potentially useful to others working in this area.

      Weaknesses:

      The weaknesses are largely in presentation. Discussions of ERVs are always complicated by the lack of a formal and consistent nomenclature and the confusion between ERVs as loci and ERVs as indirect information about the viruses that produced them. For this reason, additional attention needs to be paid to precise wording in the text and/or the use of illustrative figures.

      We thank the reviewer for the general observation. We put additional attention to the wording in text/figures, and hope to have improved the manuscript clarity.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Reviewing the manuscript was a challenge because figures were difficult to read. As provided, the fonts were sometimes too small to read in a standard layout and had to be expanded on screen.

      The tree in Figure 3 could also be made easier to read, for example if the authors collapsed related branches and gave the clusters a single, clear label (this is not necessary, just a suggestion) - especially if the supplementary trees have all the labelled branches for any readers who want specific details.

      I also recommend asking a third party (perhaps a scientific colleague) with fluency in English grammar and familiarity with English scientific idiom to provide some editorial feedback on the text.

      Figure 4 legend is confusing. From the description it sounds like the tree in 4B is a host phylogeny, but it's not clearly stated. And if so, how was the tree generated? Is it based on entire genomes? Include at least enough methodological detail or citations that someone could recreate it, if necessary. The details and how it was done should be briefly mentioned here and in detail in the Methods section.

      We thank the reviewer for the observation. As for Figure 4 we have modified its legend and more clearly stated how the phylogenetic tree of the primate genomes was generated using TimeTree. We have also provided further details in the methods section (Lines 475-489).

      As suggested we have revised English.

      Line 42 - what is "pathological domestication"? It sounds like a contradiction in terms.

      We thank the reviewer for the observation. We have modifies the sentence and provided clearer explanation for the pathological and physiological consequences of ERVs’ env (lines 52-57).

      Lines 166-167 - the authors use the word "classes" but then use a list of terms that correspond to genera within the Retroviridae. The authors should be cautious here, as "class" and "genus" are both official taxonomic terms with different meanings. Do they mean genus? Or, if a more informal term is needed, perhaps "group"?

      Thank you for the observation, the ERVs have been classified into three classes (Class I, II and III) based on the relatedness to the exogenous retroviruses Gammaretrovirus, Betaretrovirus and Spumaretrovirus genera respectively and hence have been mentioned in the manuscript as per the nomenclature proposed by Gifford et al., 2018 which has been cited at Lines 122-125.

      Line 221- "defferent" should be "different"

      Corrected

      Lines 233-234 - what is meant by "canonical" and "non-canonical" forms? Can the authors please define these two terms?

      Thank you for the question, canonical refers to sequences that are well-preserved and match the structural and functional features of complete env genes, and non-canonical refers to sequences with significant structural alterations or truncations that deviate from this typical form. This explanation has been mentioned in the revised version at Lines 475-479.

      Line 252 - if/is

      Corrected

      Lines 274-276 needs a citation to the paper(s) that reported this.

      Corrected

      Line 283-285 - this was confusing. How could the authors have noted distinct occurrences and clusters of these if they were excluded from the BLAST analysis? It says the consensus sequences were effectively representing these, but doesn't this raise the possibility that the consensus sequences are not specific enough? Could this also then lead to false identification? Perhaps a few more words to explain should be added.

      We thank the reviewer for the observation. While performing the tBlastn search we did obtain the hits for HERV15, HERVR, ERVV1, ERVV2 and PABL, and we have mentioned the detailed explanation about this observation in the revised manuscript at lines 619-627.

      Line 298 - missing comma

      Corrected

      Lines 348-351- this list is not a list of recombination mechanisms. Template switching is a mechanism of recombination, but "acquisition" is simply a generic term, "degradation" is not a mechanism, and "cross-species transmission" might be a driver or a result of recombination, but it is not a mechanism of recombination.

      We thank the reviewer for the observation. We have revised the explanation for the recombination events in the discussion section, as some parts of the results have been moved to discussion section (Lines 1058-1065)

      Lines 369-372. It's not clear why this means the event was a "very recent occurrence". Do the authors mean that there were shared integration sites between some of the species, and that these sites lacked the insertions in other species (e.g. gibbon, orangutan, monkeys)?

      For the long section on recombination events involving an env sequence with an LTR in it, can the authors explain how they know when it's a recombination event versus integration of one provirus into another one, followed by recombination between LTRs to generate a solo-LTR?

      We thank the reviewer for the observation. Regarding the very recent occurrence of the recombination event, we have explained it in revised manuscript at lines 769-824 writing “In fact, the recombinant sequences were shared only between 4 species of Catarrhini parvorder and were absent in more distantly related primates (such as gibbons, orangutans, etc.). This with the presence of shared recombination sites suggests that the insertion occurred after the divergence of these species, while its absence in others indicate that it is a recombination event.”

      For the observation regarding the env-LTR recombination events, the recombinants were first detected by the RDP software and were further validated through the BLAT search in the genomes available on genome browser. The explanation on how we obtained these env-LTR recombination events is now provided in lines 746-763 of the revised manuscript.

      Methods Lines 151-168 and Figure 1 legend Lines 689-690 - how did the authors distinguish between "translated regions" corresponding to the actual Env protein sequence from translation of the other two reading frames? That is, there must have been substantial "translatable" stretches of sequence in the two incorrect reading frames as well as the reading frame corresponding to Env, so the question is how were the correct ones identified for the reconstruction?

      We thank the reviewer for the observation. We have provided the detailed explanation to the observation in the methods section (Lines 335-359).

      Line 495 - "previously reported" should include citation(s) of the prior report(s).

      We thank the reviewer for the observation, we have provided appropriate citations.

      Line 525 - the authors propose that the mechanism "is the co-packaging of different ERVs in a virus particle". First, I assume they meant to say that RNA from different ERVs is co-packaged. Second, isn't it also possible or likely that these could arise from co-packaging of exogenous retrovirus RNAs and recombination, especially if the related exogenous forms were still circulating at the time these things arose?

      We thank the reviewer for the observation. We have modified in the revised manuscript a proposed mechanism that includes also the possibility of co-packaging of exogenous retrovirus RNAs and recombination, at lines 1082-1099

      Line 686 - env should either be italicized (gene) or capitalized (protein), depending on what the authors intended here.

      We thank the reviewer for the observation. We have corrected the typological error in the new version of manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Retroviruses have been endogenized into the genome of all vertebrate animals. The envelope protein of the virus is not well conserved and acquires many mutations hence can be used to monitor viral evolution. Since they are incorporated into the host genome, they also reflect the evolution of the hosts. In this manuscript the authors have focused their analyses on the env genes of endogenous retroviruses in primates. Important observations made include the extensive recombination events between these retroviruses that were previously unknown and the discovery of HML species in genomes prior to the splitting of old and new world monkeys.

      Strengths:

      They explored a number of databases and made phylogenetic trees to look at the distribution of retroviral species in primates. The authors provide a strong rationale for their study design, they provide a clear description of the techniques and the bioinformatics tools used.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript is based on bioinformatics analyses only. The reference genomes do not reflect the polymorphisms in humans or other primate species. The analyses thus likely underestimates the amount of diversity in the retroviruses. Further experimental verification will be needed to confirm the observations.

      Not sure which databases were used, but if not already analyzed, ERVmap.com and repeatmesker are ones that have many ERVs that are not present in the reference genomes. Also, long range sequencing of the human genome has recently become available which may also be worth studying for this purpose.

      We thank the reviewer for the observations and comments. We would like to clarify that the intent of the work was to perform bioinformatics analysis and so a wet lab experimental verification of the observations are out of the scope of the present manuscript. For the aim of the manuscript, we have used the NCBI reference genomes, while for the report of the coordinates of HML supergroup in the squirrel monkey genome and the coordinates of the recombination events through BLAT search we have used genomes assemblies available on Genome browser with repeat masker custom track, since it has well represented ERV annotations.

      The suggestion regarding using long range sequencing of human genome is an interesting perspective and hence in the future work we will try to implement it in our analysis as well as perform an experimental verification, since, again, the focus of the present work does not include wet experimental part.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In a few places the term HERV has been used when describing ERVs in non-human primates. This needs to be corrected.

      We thank the reviewer for the observation. We have checked and accordingly modified the terms in the manuscript wherever necessary.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      This study provides a valuable contribution to understanding how negative affect influences food-choice decision making in bulimia nervosa, using a mechanistic approach with a drift diffusion model (DDM) to examine the weighting of tastiness and healthiness attributes. The solid evidence is supported by a robust crossover design and rigorous statistical methods, although concerns about low trial counts, possible overfitting, and the absence of temporally aligned binge-eating measures limit the strength of causal claims. Addressing modeling transparency, sample size limitations, and the specificity of mood induction effects, would enhance the study's impact and generalizability to broader populations.

      We thank the Editor and Reviewers for their summary of the strengths of our study, and for their thoughtful review and feedback on our manuscript. We apologize for the confusion in how we described the multiple steps performed and hierarchical methods used to ensure that the model we report in the main text was the best fit to the data while not overfitting. We are not certain about what is meant by “[a]ddressing model transparency,” but as described in our response to Reviewer 1 below, we have now more clearly explained (with references) that the use of hierarchical estimation procedures allows for information sharing across participants, which improves the reliability and stability of parameter estimates—even when the number of trials per individual is small. We have clarified for the less familiar reader how our Bayesian model selection criterion penalizes models with more parameters (more complex models). Although details about model diagnostics, recoverability, and posterior predictive checks are all provided in the Supplementary Materials, we have clarified for the less familiar reader how each of these steps ensures that the parameters we estimate are not only identifiable and interpretable, but also ensure that the model can reproduce key patterns in the data, supporting the validity of the model. Additionally, we have provided all scripts for estimating the models by linking to our public Github repository. Furthermore, we have edited language throughout to eliminate any implication of causal claims and acknowledged the limitation of the small sample size.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using a computational modeling approach based on the drift diffusion model (DDM) introduced by Ratcliff and McKoon in 2008, the article by Shevlin and colleagues investigates whether there are differences between neutral and negative emotional states in:

      (1) The timings of the integration in food choices of the perceived healthiness and tastiness of food options between individuals with bulimia nervosa (BN) and healthy participants.

      (2) The weighting of the perceived healthiness and tastiness of these options.

      Strengths:

      By looking at the mechanistic part of the decision process, the approach has the potential to improve the understanding of pathological food choices. The article is based on secondary research data.

      Weaknesses:

      I have two major concerns and a major improvement point.

      The major concerns deal with the reliability of the results of the DDM (first two sections of the Results, pages 6 and 7), which are central to the manuscript, and the consistency of the results with regards to the identification of mechanisms related to binge eating in BN patients (i.e. last section of the results, page 7).

      (1) Ratcliff and McKoon in 2008 used tasks involving around 1000 trials per participant. The Chen et al. experiment the authors refer to involves around 400 trials per participant. On the other hand, Shevlin and colleagues ask each participant to make two sets of 42 choices with two times fewer participants than in the Chen et al. experiment. Shevlin and colleagues also fit a DDM with additional parameters (e.g. a drift rate that varies according to subjective rating of the options) as compared to the initial version of Ratcliff and McKoon. With regards to the number of parameters estimated in the DDM within each group of participants and each emotional condition, the 5- to 10-fold ratio in the number of trials between the Shevlin and colleagues' experiment and the experiments they refer to (Ratcliff and McKoon, 2008; Chen et al. 2022) raises serious concerns about a potential overfitting of the data by the DDM. This point is not highlighted in the Discussion. Robustness and sensitivity analyses are critical in this case.

      We thank the Reviewer for their thoughtful critique. We agree that a limited number of trials can forestall reliable estimation, which we acknowledge in the Discussion section. However, we used a hierarchical estimation approach which leverages group information to constrain individual-level estimates. This use of group-level parameters to inform individual-level estimates reduces overfitting and noise that can arise when trial counts are low, and the regularization inherent in hierarchical fitting prevents extreme parameter estimates that could arise from noisy or limited data (Rouder & Lu, 2005). As a result, hierarchical estimation has been repeatedly shown to work well in settings with low trial counts, including as few as 40 trials per condition (Ratcliff & Childers, 2015; Wiecki et al., 2013), and previous applications of the time-varying DDM to food choice task data has included experiments with as few as 60 trials per condition (Maier et al., 2020). We have added references to these more recent approaches and specifically note their advantages for the modeling of tasks with fewer trials. Additionally, our successful parameter recovery described in the Supplementary Materials supports the robustness of the estimation procedure and the reliability of our results.

      The authors compare different DDMs to show that the DDM they used to report statistical results in the main text is the best according to the WAIC criterion. This may be viewed as a robustness analysis. However, the other DDM models (i.e. M0, M1, M2 in the supplementary materials) they used to make the comparison have fewer parameters to estimate than the one they used in the main text. Fits are usually expected to follow the rule that the more there are parameters to estimate in a model, the better it fits the data. Additionally, a quick plot of the data in supplementary table S12 (i.e. WAIC as a function of the number of parameters varying by food type in the model - i.e. 0 for M0, 2 for M1, 1 for M2 and 3 for M3) suggests that models M1 and potentially M2 may be also suitable: there is a break in the improvement of WAIC between model M0 and the three other models. I would thus suggest checking how the results reported in the main text differ when using models M1 and M2 instead of M3 (for the taste and health weights when comparing M3 with M1, for τS when comparing M3 with M2). If the differences are important, the results currently reported in the main text are not very reliable.

      We thank the Reviewer for highlighting that it would be helpful for the paper to explicitly note that we specifically selected WAIC as one of two methods to assess model fit because it penalizes for model complexity. We now explicitly state that, in addition to being more robust than other metrics like AIC or BIC when comparing hierarchical Bayesian models like those in the current study, model fit metrics like WAIC penalize for model complexity based on the number of parameters (Watanabe, 2010). Therefore, it is not the case that more complex models (i.e., having additional parameters) would automatically have lower WAICs. Additionally, we note that our second method to assess model fit, posterior predictive checks demonstrate that only model M3 can reproduce key behavioral patterns present in the empirical data. As described in the Supplementary Materials, M1 and M2 miss those patterns in the data. In summary, we used best practices to assess model fit and reliability (Wilson & Collins, 2019): results from the WAIC comparison (which in fact penalizes models with more parameters) and results from posterior predictive checks align in showing that M3 best fit to our data. We have added a sentence to the manuscript to state this explicitly.

      (2) The second main concern deals with the association reported between the DDM parameters and binge eating episodes (i.e. last paragraph of the results section, page 7). The authors claim that the DDM parameters "predict" binge eating episodes (in the Abstract among other places) while the binge eating frequency does not seem to have been collected prospectively. Besides this methodological issue, the interpretation of this association is exaggerated: during the task, BN patients did not make binge-related food choices in the negative emotional state. Therefore, it is impossible to draw clear conclusions about binge eating, as other explanations seem equally plausible. For example, the results the authors report with the DDM may be a marker of a strategy of the patients to cope with food tastiness in order to make restrictive-like food choices. A comparison of the authors' results with restrictive AN patients would be of interest. Moreover, correlating results of a nearly instantaneous behavior (i.e. a couple of minutes to perform the task with the 42 food choices) with an observation made over several months (i.e. binge eating frequency collected over three months) is questionable: the negative emotional state of patients varies across the day without systematically leading patients to engage in a binge eating episode in such states.

      I would suggest in such an experiment to collect the binge craving elicited by each food and the overall binge craving of patients immediately before and after the task. Correlating the DDM results with these ratings would provide more compelling results. Without these data, I would suggest removing the last paragraph of the Results.

      We thank the Reviewer for these interesting suggestions and appreciate the opportunity to clarify that we agree that claims about causal connections between our decision parameters and symptom severity metrics would be inappropriate. Per the Reviewer’s suggestions, we have eliminated the use of the word “predict” to describe the tested association with symptom metrics.  We also agree that more time-locked associations with craving ratings and near-instantaneous behavior would be useful, and we have added this as an important direction for future research in the discussion. However, associating task-based behavior with validated self-report measures that assess symptom severity over long periods of time that precede the task visit (e.g., over the past 2 weeks in depression, over the past month in eating disorders) is common practice in computational psychiatry, psychiatric neuroimaging, and clinical cognitive neuroscience (Hauser et al., 2022; Huys et al., 2021; Wise et al., 2023), and this approach has been used several times specifically with food choice tasks (Dalton et al., 2020; Steinglass et al., 2015). We have revised the language throughout the manuscript to clarify: the results suggest that individuals whose task behavior is more reactive to negative affect tend to be the most symptomatic, but the results do not allow us to determine whether this reactivity causes the symptoms.

      In response to this Reviewer’s important point about negative affect not always producing loss-of-control eating in individuals with BN, we also now explicitly note that while several studies employing ecological momentary assessments (EMA) have repeatedly shown that increases in negative affect significantly increase the likelihood of subsequent loss-of-control eating (Alpers & Tuschen-Caffier, 2001; Berg et al., 2013; Haedt-Matt & Keel, 2011; Hilbert & Tuschen-Caffier, 2007; Smyth et al., 2007), not all loss-of-control eating occurs in the context of negative affect, and that future studies should integrate food choice task data pre and post-affect inductions with measures that capture the specific frequency of loss of control eating episodes that occur during states of high negative affect.

      (3) My major improvement point is to tone down as much as possible any claim of a link with binge eating across the entire manuscript and to focus more on the restrictive behavior of BN patients in between binge eating episodes (see my second major concern about the methods). Additionally, since this article is a secondary research paper and since some of the authors have already used the task with AN patients, if possible I would run the same analyses with AN patients to test whether there are differences between AN (provided they were of the restrictive subtype) and BN.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s perspective and suggestions. We have adjusted our language linking loss-of-control eating frequency with decision parameters, and we have added additional sentences focusing on the implications for the restrictive behavior of patients with BN between binge eating episodes. In the Supplementary Materials. We have added an analysis of the restraint subscale of the EDE-Q and confirmed no relationship with parameters of interest. While we agree additional analyses with AN patients would be of interest, this is outside the scope of the paper. Our team have collected data from individuals with AN using this task, but not with any affect induction or measure of affect. Therefore, we have added this important direction for future research to the discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Binge eating is often preceded by heightened negative affect, but the specific processes underlying this link are not well understood. The purpose of this manuscript was to examine whether affect state (neutral or negative mood) impacts food choice decision-making processes that may increase the likelihood of binge eating in individuals with bulimia nervosa (BN). The researchers used a randomized crossover design in women with BN (n=25) and controls (n=21), in which participants underwent a negative or neutral mood induction prior to completing a food-choice task. The researchers found that despite no differences in food choices in the negative and neutral conditions, women with BN demonstrated a stronger bias toward considering the 'tastiness' before the 'healthiness' of the food after the negative mood induction.

      Strengths:

      The topic is important and clinically relevant and methods are sound. The use of computational modeling to understand nuances in decision-making processes and how that might relate to eating disorder symptom severity is a strength of the study.

      Weaknesses:

      The sample size was relatively small and may have been underpowered to find differences in outcomes (i.e., food choice behaviors). Participants were all women with BN, which limits the generalizability of findings to the larger population of individuals who engage in binge eating. It is likely that the negative affect manipulation was weak and may not have been potent enough to change behavior. Moreover, it is unclear how long the negative affect persisted during the actual task. It is possible that any increases in negative affect would have dissipated by the time participants were engaged in the decision-making task.

      We thank the Reviewer for their comments on the strengths of the paper, and for highlighting these important considerations regarding the sample demographics and the negative affect induction. As in the original paper that focused only on ultimate food choice behaviors, we now specifically acknowledge that the study was only powered to detect small to medium group differences in the effect of negative emotion on these final choice behaviors. Regarding the sample demographics, we agree that the study’s inclusion of only female participants is a limitation.  Although the original decision for this sampling strategy was informed by data suggesting that bulimia nervosa is roughly six times more prevalent among females than males (Udo & Grilo, 2018), we now note in the discussion that our female-only sample limits the generalizability of the findings.

      We also agree with the Reviewer’s noted limitations of the negative mood induction, and based on the reviewer’s suggestions, we have added to our original description of these limitations in the Discussion. Specifically, we now note that although the task was completed immediately after the affect induction, the study did not include intermittent mood assessments throughout the choice task, so it is unclear how long the negative affect persisted during the actual task.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study uses the food choice task, a well-established method in eating disorder research, particularly in anorexia nervosa. However, it introduces a novel analytical approach - the diffusion decision model - to deconstruct food choices and assess the influence of negative affect on how and when tastiness and healthiness are considered in decision-making among individuals with bulimia nervosa and healthy controls.

      Strengths:

      The introduction provides a comprehensive review of the literature, and the study design appears robust. It incorporates separate sessions for neutral and negative affect conditions and counterbalances tastiness and healthiness ratings. The statistical methods are rigorous, employing multiple testing corrections.

      A key finding - that negative affect induction biases individuals with bulimia nervosa toward prioritizing tastiness over healthiness - offers an intriguing perspective on how negative affect may drive binge eating behaviors.

      Weaknesses:

      A notable limitation is the absence of a sample size calculation, which, combined with the relatively small sample, may have contributed to null findings. Additionally, while the affect induction method is validated, it is less effective than alternatives such as image or film-based stimuli (Dana et al., 2020), potentially influencing the results.

      We agree that the small sample size and specific affect induction method may have contributed to the null model-agnostic behavioral findings. Based on this Reviewer’s and Reviewer 2’s comments, we have added these factors to our original acknowledgements of limitations in the Discussion.

      Another concern is the lack of clarity regarding which specific negative emotions were elicited. This is crucial, as research suggests that certain emotions, such as guilt, are more strongly linked to binge eating than others. Furthermore, recent studies indicate that negative affect can lead to both restriction and binge eating, depending on factors like negative urgency and craving (Leenaerts et al., 2023; Wonderlich et al., 2024). The study does not address this, though it could explain why, despite the observed bias toward tastiness, negative affect did not significantly impact food choices.

      We thank the Reviewer for raising these important points and possibilities. In the supplementary materials, we have added an additional analysis of the specific POMS subscales that comprise the total negative affect calculation that was reported in the original paper (Gianini et al., 2019), and which we now report in the main text. Ultimately, we found that, across both groups, the negative affect induction increased responses related to anger, confusion, depression, and tension while reducing vigor.

      We agree with the Reviewer that factors like negative urgency and cravings are relevant here. The study did not collect any measures of craving, and in response to Reviewer 1 and this Reviewer, we now note in the discussion that replication studies including momentary craving assessments will be important. While we don’t have any measurements of cravings, we did measure negative urgency. Despite these prior findings, the original paper (Gianini et al., 2019) did not find that negative urgency was related to restrictive food choices. We have now repeated those analyses, and we also were unable to find any meaningful patterns. Nonetheless, we have added an analysis of negative urgency scores and decision parameters to the supplementary materials.      

      References

      Alpers, G. W., & Tuschen-Caffier, B. (2001). Negative feelings and the desire to eat in bulimia nervosa. Eating Behaviors, 2(4), 339–352. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1471-0153(01)00040-X

      Berg, K. C., Crosby, R. D., Cao, L., Peterson, C. B., Engel, S. G., Mitchell, J. E., & Wonderlich, S. A. (2013). Facets of negative affect prior to and following binge-only, purge-only, and binge/purge events in women with bulimia nervosa. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 122(1), 111–118. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0029703

      Dalton, B., Foerde, K., Bartholdy, S., McClelland, J., Kekic, M., Grycuk, L., Campbell, I. C., Schmidt, U., & Steinglass, J. E. (2020). The effect of repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation on food choice-related self-control in patients with severe, enduring anorexia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 53(8), 1326–1336. https://doi.org/10.1002/eat.23267

      Gianini, L., Foerde, K., Walsh, B. T., Riegel, M., Broft, A., & Steinglass, J. E. (2019). Negative affect, dietary restriction, and food choice in bulimia nervosa. Eating Behaviors, 33, 49–54. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eatbeh.2019.03.003

      Haedt-Matt, A. A., & Keel, P. K. (2011). Revisiting the affect regulation model of binge eating: A meta-analysis of studies using ecological momentary assessment. Psychological Bulletin, 137(4), 660–681. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0023660

      Hauser, T. U., Skvortsova, V., Choudhury, M. D., & Koutsouleris, N. (2022). The promise of a model-based psychiatry: Building computational models of mental ill health. The Lancet Digital Health, 4(11), e816–e828. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2589-7500(22)00152-2

      Hilbert, A., & Tuschen-Caffier, B. (2007). Maintenance of binge eating through negative mood: A naturalistic comparison of binge eating disorder and bulimia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 40(6), 521–530. https://doi.org/10.1002/eat.20401

      Huys, Q. J. M., Browning, M., Paulus, M. P., & Frank, M. J. (2021). Advances in the computational understanding of mental illness. Neuropsychopharmacology, 46(1), 3–19. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41386-020-0746-4

      Maier, S. U., Raja Beharelle, A., Polanía, R., Ruff, C. C., & Hare, T. A. (2020). Dissociable mechanisms govern when and how strongly reward attributes affect decisions. Nature Human Behaviour, 4(9), Article 9. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41562-020-0893-y

      Ratcliff, R., & Childers, R. (2015). Individual differences and fitting methods for the two-choice diffusion model of decision making. Decision, 2(4), 237–279. https://doi.org/10.1037/dec0000030

      Rouder, J. N., & Lu, J. (2005). An introduction to Bayesian hierarchical models with an application in the theory of signal detection. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 12(4), 573–604. https://doi.org/10.3758/BF03196750

      Smyth, J. M., Wonderlich, S. A., Heron, K. E., Sliwinski, M. J., Crosby, R. D., Mitchell, J. E., & Engel, S. G. (2007). Daily and momentary mood and stress are associated with binge eating and vomiting in bulimia nervosa patients in the natural environment. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 75(4), 629–638. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-006X.75.4.629

      Steinglass, J., Foerde, K., Kostro, K., Shohamy, D., & Walsh, B. T. (2015). Restrictive food intake as a choice—A paradigm for study. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 48(1), 59–66. https://doi.org/10.1002/eat.22345

      Udo, T., & Grilo, C. M. (2018). Prevalence and Correlates of DSM-5–Defined Eating Disorders in a Nationally Representative Sample of U.S. Adults. Biological Psychiatry, 84(5), 345–354. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2018.03.014

      Watanabe, S. (2010). Asymptotic Equivalence of Bayes Cross Validation and Widely Applicable Information Criterion in Singular Learning Theory. Journal of Machine Learning Research, 11, 3571–3594.

      Wiecki, T. V., Sofer, I., & Frank, M. J. (2013). HDDM: Hierarchical Bayesian estimation of the drift-diffusion model in Python. Frontiers in Neuroinformatics, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/fninf.2013.00014

      Wilson, R. C., & Collins, A. G. (2019). Ten simple rules for the computational modeling of behavioral data. eLife, 8, e49547. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.49547

      Wise, T., Robinson, O. J., & Gillan, C. M. (2023). Identifying Transdiagnostic Mechanisms in Mental Health Using Computational Factor Modeling. Biological Psychiatry, 93(8), 690–703. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2022.09.034

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      Govindan and Conrad use a genome-wide CRISPR screen to identify genes regulating retention of intron 4 in OGT, leveraging an intron retention reporter system previously described (PMID: 35895270). Their OGT intron 4 reporter reliably responds to O-GlcNAc levels, mirroring the endogenous splicing event. Through a genome-wide CRISPR knockout library, they uncover a range of splicing-related genes, including multiple core spliceosome components, acting as negative regulators of OGT intron 4 retention. They choose to follow up on SFSWAP, a largely understudied splicing regulator shown to undergo rapid phosphorylation in response to O-GlcNAc level changes (PMID: 32329777). RNA-sequencing reveals that SFSWAP depletion not only promotes OGT intron 4 splicing but also broadly induces exon inclusion and intron splicing, affecting decoy exon usage. While this study offers interesting insights into intron retention and O-GlcNAc signaling regulation, the RNA sequencing experiments lack the essential controls needed to provide full confidence to the authors' conclusions. 

      Strengths: 

      (1) This study presents an elegant genetic screening approach to identify regulators of intron retention, uncovering core spliceosome genes as unexpected positive regulators of intron retention. 

      (2) The work proposes a novel functional role for SFSWAP in splicing regulation, suggesting that it acts as a negative regulator of splicing and cassette exon inclusion, which contrasts with expected SR-related protein functions. 

      (3) The authors suggest an intriguing model where SFSWAP, along with other spliceosome proteins, promotes intron retention by associating with decoy exons. 

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing and detailing the strengths of our manuscript. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) The conclusions on SFSWAP impact on alternative splicing are based on cells treated with two pooled siRNAs for five days. This extended incubation time without independent siRNA treatments raises concerns about off-target effects and indirect effects from secondary gene expression changes, potentially limiting confidence in direct SFSWAP-dependent splicing regulation. Rescue experiments and shorter siRNA-treatment incubation times could address these issues. 

      We repeated our SFSWAP knockdown analysis and analyzed both OGT e4-e5 junction splicing and SFSWAP transcript levels by RT-qPCR (now included in Sup. Fig. S4) from day 2 to day 5 post siRNA treatment. We observed that the time point at which OGT intron 4 removal increases (day 2) coincides with the time at which SFSWAP transcript levels start decrease, consistent with a direct effect of SFSWAP knockdown on OGT intron 4 splicing. Moreover, the effect of SFSWAP knockdown on OGT intron 4 splicing peaks between day 4-5, supporting our use of these longer time points to cast a wide net for SFSWAP targets.

      (2) The mechanistic role of SFSWAP in splicing would benefit from further exploration. Key questions remain, such as whether SFSWAP directly binds RNA, specifically the introns and exons (including the decoy exons) it appears to regulate. Furthermore, given that SFSWAP phosphorylation is influenced by changes in O-GlcNAc signaling, it would be interesting to investigate this relationship further. While generating specific phosphomutants may not yield definitive insights due to redundancy and also beyond the scope of the study, the authors could examine whether distinct SFSWAP domains, such as the SR and SURP domains, which likely overlap with phosphorylation sites, are necessary for regulating OGT intron 4 splicing. 

      We absolutely agree with the reviewer that the current work stops short of a detailed mechanistic study, and we have made every attempt to be circumspect in our interpretations to reflect that limitation. In addition, we are very interested in delving more deeply into the mechanistic aspects of this regulation. In fact, we have initiated many of the experiments suggested by the reviewer (and more), but in each case, rigorous interpretable results will require a minimum another year’s time. 

      For example, we have used crosslinking and biotin labeling techniques (using previously available reagents from Eclipsebio) to test whether SFSWAP binds RNA. The results were negative, but the lack of strong SFSWAP antibodies required that we use a transiently expressed myc-tagged SFSWAP. Therefore, this negative result could be an artifact of the exogenous expression and/or tagging. Given the difficulties of “proving the negative”, considerably more work will be required to substantiate this finding. As another example, we intend to develop a complementation assay as suggested. For an essential gene, the ideal complementation system employs a degron system, and we have spent months attempting to generate a homozygous AID-tagged SFSWAP. Unfortunately, we so far have only found heterozygotes. Of course, this could be because the tag interferes with function, the insert was not efficiently incorporated by homologous repair, or that we simply haven’t yet screened a sufficient number of clones. We’re confident that these technical issues that can be addressed, but they will take a significant amount of time to resolve. While we would ideally define a mechanism, we think that the data reported here outlining functions for SFSWAP in splicing represent a body of work sufficient for publication. 

      (3) Data presentation could be improved (specific suggestions are included in the recommendations section). Furthermore, Excel tables with gene expression and splicing analysis results should be provided as supplementary datasheets. Finally, a more detailed explanation of statistical analyses is necessary in certain sections. 

      We have addressed all specific suggestions as detailed in the recommendations below.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The paper describes an effort to identify the factors responsible for intron retention and alternate exon splicing in a complex system known to be regulated by the O-GlcNAc cycling system. The CRISPR/Cas9 system was used to identify potential factors. The bioinformatic analysis is sophisticated and compelling. The conclusions are of general interest and advance the field significantly. 

      Strengths: 

      (1) Exhaustive analysis of potential splicing factors in an unbiased screen. 

      (2) Extensive genome wide bioinformatic analysis. 

      (3) Thoughtful discussion and literature survey. 

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing and detailing the strengths of our manuscript. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) No firm evidence linking SFSWAP to an O-GlcNAc specific mechanism. 

      We couldn’t agree more with this critique. Indeed, our intention at the outset for the screen was to find an O-GlcNAc sensor linking OGT splicing with O-GlcNAc levels. As often occurs with high-throughput screens, we didn’t find exactly what we were looking for, but the screen nonetheless pointed us to interesting biology. Prompted by our screen, we describe new insights into the function of SFSWAP a relatively uncharacterized essential gene. Currently, we are testing other candidates from our screen, and we are performing additional studies to identify potential O-GlcNAc sensors.  

      (2) Resulting model leaves many unanswered questions. 

      We agree (see Reviewer 1, point 2 response).  

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The major novel finding in this study is that SFSWAP, a splicing factor containing an RS domain but no canonical RNA binding domain, functions as a negative regulator of splicing. More specifically, it promotes retention of specific introns in a wide variety of transcripts including transcripts from the OGT gene previously studied by the Conrad lab. The balance between OGT intron retention and OGT complete splicing is an important regulator of O-GlcNAc expression levels in cells. 

      Strengths: 

      An elegant CRISPR knockout screen employed a GFP reporter, in which GFP is efficiently expressed only when the OGT retained intron is removed (so that the transcript will be exported from the nucleus to allow for translation of GFP). Factors whose CRISPR knockdown causes decreased intron retention therefore increase GFP, and can be identified by sequencing RNA of GFP-sorted cells. SFSWAP was thus convincingly identified as a negative regulator of OGT retained intron splicing. More focused studies of OGT intron retention indicate that it may function by regulating a decoy exon previously identified in the intron, and that this may extend to other transcripts with decoy exons. 

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the strengths of our manuscript. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The mechanism by which SFSWAP represses retained introns is unclear, although some data suggests it can operate (in OGT) at the level of a recently reported decoy exon within that intron.

      Interesting/appropriate speculation about possible mechanisms are provided and will likely be the subject of future studies. 

      We completely agree that this is a limitation of the current study (see above). Now that we have a better understanding of SFSWAP functions, we will continue to explore SFSWAP mechanisms as suggested. 

      Overall the study is well done and carefully described but some figures and some experiments should be described in more detail. 

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) Clarify and add missing statistical details across the figures. For example, Figure S2 lacks statistical comparisons, and in Figures 4A and 4C the tests applied should be specified in the legend. 

      We have added appropriate statistical analysis wherever missing and edited figure legends to specify the tests used.

      (2) The authors are strongly encouraged to provide detailed tables of gene expression and alternative splicing analyses from RNA-Seq experiments (e.g., edgeR, rMATS, Whippet, and MAJIQ), as this would enhance transparency and facilitate data interpretation. 

      We have added tables for gene expression and alternate splicing analysis as suggested (Suppl. tables 3-

      6).

      (3) Although the legend sometimes indicates differently (e.g., Figure 3b, 5a, 5c, etc), the volcano plots showing the splicing changes do not contain a cutoff for marginally differential percent spliced in or intron retention values. 

      The legends have been edited to reflect the correct statistical and/or PSI cutoffs.

      (4) For consistency, use a consistent volcano plot format across all relevant figures (Figures 3b, 5a-c, S3, S4, S7, and S8), including cutoffs for differential splicing and the total count of up- and down-regulated events. 

      Due to different statistical frameworks and calculations employed by different alternate splicing pipelines, we could not use the same cutoffs for different pipelines.  However, we have now indicated the number of up- and down-regulated events for consistency among the volcano plots.

      (5) What is the overlap of differentially regulated events between the different analytical methodologies applied? 

      We analyzed the degree of overlap between the three pipelines used in the paper using a Venn diagram (added to Suppl. Fig. S7). However, as widely reported in literature (e.g., Olofsson et al., 2023; Biochem Biophys Res Commun. 2023; doi: 10.1016/j.bbrc.2023.02.053.), the degree of overlap between pipelines is quite low.

      (6) To further substantiate your conclusions, additional validations of RNA-Seq splicing data, ideally visualized on an agarose gel, would be valuable, especially for exons and introns regulated by SFSWAP, and particularly for OGT decoy exons in Figure 4c. 

      We have not included these experiments as we focused on other critiques for this resubmission. Because the RNA-seq, RT-PCR and RT-qPCR data all align, we are confident that the products we are seeing are correctly identified and orthogonally validated (Figs 2d, 4a, 4b, and 4c).  

      (7) It would be more informative if the CRISPR screen data were presented in a format where both the adjusted p-value and LFC values of the hits are presented. Perhaps a volcano plot? 

      We have now included these graphs in revised Supplementary Figure S2. 

      (8) In Figure 2d, a cartoon showing primer binding sites for each panel could aid interpretation, particularly in explaining the unexpected simultaneous increase in OGT mRNA and intron retention upon SFSWAP knockdown. 

      We have added a cartoon showing primer binding sites similar to that shown in Fig. 4a.

      (9) Page 9, line 1, states that SFSWAP autoregulates its expression by controlling intron retention. Including a Sashimi plot would provide visual support for this claim. 

      The data suggesting that SFSWAP autoregulates its own transcript abundance were reported in Zachar et al. (1994), not from our own studies. Validation of those data with our RNA-seq data is confounded by the fact that we are using siRNAs to knockdown the SFSWAP RNA at the transcript level (Fig. S15). 

      (10) In the legend of Figure S2 the authors state that negative results are inconclusive because RNA knockdowns are not verified by western blotting or qRT-PCR. This is correct, but the reviewer would also argue that the positive results are also inconclusive as they are not supported by a rescue experiment to confirm that the effect is not due to off-target effects. 

      This is a fair point with respect to the siRNA experiments on their own. However, the CRISPR screen was performed with sgRNAs, and MAGeCK RRA scores are high only for those genes that have multiple sgRNAs that up-regulate the gene. Examination of the SFSWAP sgRNAs individually shows that three of four SFSWAP sgRNAs had false discovery rates ≤10<sup>-42</sup> for GFP upregulation. Thus, the siRNAs provide an additional orthogonal approach. It seems unlikely that the siRNAs, and three independent sgRNAs will have the same off-target results. Thus, these combined observations support the conclusion that SFSWAP loss leads to decreased OGT intron retention.  

      (11) For clarity in Figure 3a, consider using differential % spliced in or intron retention bar plots with directionality (positive and negative axis) and labeling siSFSWAP as the primary condition. 

      (12) Consider presenting Figure 5D as a box plot with a Wilcoxon test for statistical comparison. 

      For both points 11 and 12, we have tried the graphs as the reviewer suggested. While these were good suggestions, in both cases we felt that the original plots ended up presenting a clearer presentation of the data (see Author response image 1).

      Author response image 1.

      (13) Please expand the Methods section to detail the Whippet and MAJIQ analyses. 

      We have expanded the methods section to include additional details of the alternate splicing analysis.

      (14) Include coordinates for the four possible OGT decoy exon combinations analyzed in the Methods section. 

      We have added the coordinates of all four decoy forms in the methods section.  

      (15) A section on SFSWAP mass spectrometry is listed in Methods but is missing from the manuscript. 

      This section has now been removed.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      This is an excellent contribution. The paper describes an effort to identify the factors responsible for intron retention and alternate exon splicing in a complex system known to be regulated by the O-GlcNAc cycling system. The CRISPR/Cas9 system was used to identify potential factors. The bioinformatic analysis is sophisticated and compelling. The conclusions are of general interest and advance the field significantly. 

      Some specific recommendations. 

      (1) The plots in Figure 3 describing SI and ES events are confusing to this reader. Perhaps the violin plot is not the best way to visualize these events. The same holds true for the histograms in the lower panel of Figure 3. Not sure what to make of these plots. 

      For Figure 3b, we include both scatter and violin plots to represent the same data in two distinct ways. For Figure 3d, we agree that these are not the simplest plots to understand, and we have spent significant time trying to come up with a better way of displaying these trends in GC content as they relate to SE and RI events. Unfortunately, we were unable to identify a clearer way to present these data. 

      (2) The model (Figure 6) is very useful but confusing. The legend and the Figure itself are somewhat inconsistent. The bottom line of the figure is apparent but I fear that the authors are trying to convey a more complete model than is apparent from this figure. Please revise. 

      We have simplified the figure from the previous submission. As mentioned above, we admit that mechanistic details remain unknown. However, we have tried to generate a model that reflects our data, adds some speculative elements to be tested in the future, but remains as simple as possible. We are not quite sure what the reviewer was referring to as “somewhat inconsistent”, but we have attempted to clarify the model in the revised Discussion and Figure legend.  

      (3) It is unclear how normalization of the RNA seq experiments was performed (eg. Figure S5 and 6).  

      The normalization differences in Fig. S5 and S6 (now Fig S8 and S9) were due to scaling differences during the use of rmats2sashimiplot software. We have now replaced Fig. S5 to reflect correctly scaled images.

      I am enthusiastic about the manuscript and feel that with some clarification it will be an important contribution. 

      Thank you for these positive comments about our study!

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) In Figure 1f, it is clear that siRNA-mediated knockdown of OGT greatly increases spliced RNA as the cells attempt to compensate by more efficient intron removal (three left lanes). However, there is no discussion of the various treatments with TG or OSMI. Might quantitation of these lanes not also show the desired effects of TG and OSMI on spliced transcript levels? 

      The strong effect of OGT knockdown masks the (comparatively modest) effects of subsequent inhibitor treatments on the reporter RNA. We have edited the results section to clarify this.

      (2) In Figure 2c, why is the size difference between spliced RNA and intron-retained RNA so different in the GFP-probed gel (right) compared with the OGT-probed gel (left)? Even recognizing that the GFP probe is directed against reporter transcripts, and the OGT probe (I think) is directed against endogenous OGT transcripts, shouldn't the difference between spliced and unspliced bands be the same, i.e., +/- the intron 4 sequence. Also, why does the GFP probe detect the unspliced transcript so poorly? 

      The fully spliced endogenous OGT mRNA is ~5.5 kb while the fully spliced reporter is only ~1.6kb, so the difference in size (the apparent shift relative to the mRNA) is quite different. Moreover, the two panels in Fig 2c are not precisely scaled to one another, so direct comparisons cannot be made. 

      The intron retained isoform does not accumulate to high levels in this reporter, a phenotype that we also observed with our GFP reporter designed to probe the regulation of the MAT2A retained intron (Scarborough et al., 2021). We are not certain about the reason for these observations, but suspect that the reporter RNA’s retained intron isoforms are less stable in the nucleus than their endogenous counterparts. Alternatively, the lack of splicing may affect 3´ processing of the transcripts so that they do not accumulate to the high levels observed for the wild-type genes. 

      (3) Please provide more information about the RNA-seq experiments. How many replicates were performed under each of the various conditions? The methods section says three replicates were performed for the UPF1/TG experiments; was this also true for the SFSWAP experiments?  

      All RNA-seq experiments were performed in biological triplicates. We have edited the methods section to clarify this.

      (4) Relatedly, the several IGV screenshots shown in Figure 3C presumably represent the triplicate RNA seq experiments. In part D, how many experiments does the data represent? Is it a compilation of three experiments? 

      Fig. 3d is derived from alternate splicing analysis performed on three biological replicates. We have added the number of replicates (n=3) on the figure to clarify this. We have also noted that the three IGV tracks represent biological replicates in the Figure legend for 3c.  

      (5) Please provide more details regarding the qRT-PCR experiments. 

      We have provided the positions of primer sets used for RT-qPCR analysis and cartoon depictions of target sites below the data wherever appropriate.

      (6) In the discussion of decoy exon function (in the Discussion section), several relevant observations are cited to support a model in which decoy exons promote assembly of splicing factors. One might also cite the finding that eCLIP profiling has found enriched binding of U2AF1 and U2AF2 at the 5' splice site region of decoy exons (reference 16). 

      Excellent point. This has now been added to the Discussion. 

      Minor corrections / clarifications: 

      (1) In the Figure 2A legend, CRISPR is misspelled. 

      Corrected.

      (2) In the discussion, the phrase "indirectly inhibits splicing of exons 4 and 5, but promoting stable unproductive assembly of the spliceosome", the word "but" should probably be "by". 

      Corrected.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study has preliminarily revealed the role of ACVR2A in trophoblast cell function, including its effects on migration, invasion, proliferation, and clonal formation, as well as its downstream signaling pathways.

      Strengths:

      The use of multiple experimental techniques, such as CRISPR/Cas9-mediated gene knockout, RNA-seq, and functional assays (e.g., Transwell, colony formation, and scratch assays), is commendable and demonstrates the authors' effort to elucidate the molecular mechanisms underlying ACVR2A's regulation of trophoblast function. The RNA-seq analysis and subsequent GSEA findings offer valuable insights into the pathways affected by ACVR2A knockout, particularly the Wnt and TCF7/c-JUN signaling pathways.

      Weaknesses:

      The molecular mechanisms underlying this study require further exploration through additional experiments. While the current findings provide valuable insights into the role of ACVR2A in trophoblast cell function and its involvement in the regulation of migration, invasion, and proliferation, further validation in both in vitro and in vivo models is needed. Additionally, more experiments are required to establish the functional relevance of the TCF7/c-JUN pathway and its clinical significance, particularly in relation to pre-eclampsia. Additional techniques, such as animal models and more advanced clinical sample analyses, would help strengthen the conclusions and provide a more comprehensive understanding of the molecular pathways involved.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      ACVR2A is one of a handful of genes for which significant correlations between associated SNPs and the incidences of preeclampsia have been found in multiple populations. It is one of the TGFB family receptors, and multiple ligands of ACVR2A, as well as its coreceptors and related inhibitors, have been implicated in placental development, trophoblast invasion, and embryo implantation. This useful study builds on this knowledge by showing that ACVR2A knockout in trophoblast-related cell lines reduces trophoblast invasion, which could tie together many of these observations. Support for this finding is incomplete, as reduced proliferation may be influencing the invasion results. The implication of cross-talk between the WNT and ACRV2A/SMAD2 pathways is an important contribution to the understanding of the regulation of trophoblast function.

      Strengths:

      (1) ACVR2A is one of very few genes implicated in preeclampsia in multiple human populations, yet its role in pathogenesis is not very well studied and this study begins to address that hole in our knowledge.

      (2) ACVR2A is also indirectly implicated in trophoblast invasion and trophoblast development via its connections to many ligands, inhibitors, and coreceptors, suggesting its potential importance.

      (3) The authors have used multiple cell lines to verify their most important observations.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There are a number of claims made in the introduction without attribution. For example, there are no citations for the claims that family history is a significant risk factor for PE, that inadequate trophoblast invasion of spiral arteries is a key factor, and that immune responses, and reninangiotensin activity are involved.

      Thank you for pointing out the lack of citations in some parts of the introduction. We have revised the manuscript to include appropriate references for the claims regarding family history as a risk factor for PE, the role of inadequate trophoblast invasion in spiral arteries, and the involvement of immune responses and the renin-angiotensin system. The revised text now includes citations to well-established studies in the field (Salonen Ros et al., 2000; Chappell LC et al., 2021; Brosens et al., 2002; Knofler et al., 2019; Redman CWG et al., 1999; LaMarca B et al., 2008). We believe these additions improve the scientific rigor of the manuscript.

      (2) The introduction states "As a receptor for activin A, ACVR2A..." It's important to acknowledge that ACVR2A is also the receptor for other TGFB family members, with varying affinities and coreceptors. Several TGFB family members are known to regulate trophoblast differentiation and invasion. For example, BMP2 likely stimulates trophoblast invasion at least in part via ACVR2A (PMID 29846546).

      Thank you for highlighting the broader role of ACVR2A as a receptor for multiple members of the TGF-β superfamily. We have revised the introduction to acknowledge that ACVR2A is not only the receptor for activin A but also interacts with other ligands, such as BMP2, which likely stimulates trophoblast invasion via ACVR2A (PMID: 29846546). This addition provides a more comprehensive view of ACVR2A's function in trophoblast biology. While the focus of our current study is on activin A, we agree that ACVR2A's role in mediating the effects of other TGF-β family members is an important topic for future research.

      (3) An alternative hypothesis for the potential role of ACVR2A in preeclampsia is its functions in the endometrium. In the mouse ACVR2A knockout in the uterus (and other progesterone receptorexpressing cells) leads to embryo implantation failure.

      Thank you for bringing up the potential role of ACVR2A in the endometrium as an alternative hypothesis. We have revised the discussion to acknowledge this possibility and cited relevant studies showing that uterine-specific knockout of ACVR2A in mice leads to embryo implantation failure (Monsivais et al., 2021). This suggests that ACVR2A may play a critical role in uterine receptivity and embryo implantation, which could influence placental development and preeclampsia pathogenesis. While our current study focuses on trophoblast-related functions of ACVR2A, we agree that investigating its role in the uterine environment is an important direction for future research.

      (4) In the description of the patient population for placental sample collections, preeclampsia is defined only by hypertension, and this is described as being in accordance with ACOG guidelines. ACOG requires a finding of hypertension in combination with either proteinuria or one of the following: thrombocytopenia, elevated creatinine, elevated liver enzymes, pulmonary, edema, and new onset unresponsive headache.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s detailed observation regarding the definition of preeclampsia.

      We have reviewed and clarified our description of the diagnostic criteria based on the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG) guidelines. Specifically, we have revised the definition in the Materials and Methods section under "Collection of Placenta and Decidua Specimens," as follows: In accordance with the guidelines from the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG, 2023), preeclampsia (PE) is diagnosed as hypertension (systolic blood pressure ≥140 mmHg or diastolic blood pressure ≥90 mmHg on at least two occasions) in combination with one or more of the following: proteinuria (≥300 mg/24-hour urine collection or protein/creatinine ratio ≥0.3), thrombocytopenia, elevated serum creatinine, elevated liver enzymes, pulmonary edema, or new-onset headache unresponsive to treatment.

      (5) I believe that Figures 1a and 1b are data from a previously published RNAseq dataset, though it is not entirely clear in the text. The methods section does not include a description of the analysis of these data undertaken here. It would be helpful to include at least a brief description of the study these data are taken from - how many samples, how were the PE/control groups defined, gestational age range, where is it from, etc. For the heatmap presented in B, what is the significance of the other genes/ why are they being shown? If the purpose of these two panels is to show differential expression specifically of ACVR2A in this dataset, that could be shown more directly.

      Clarification of RNAseq dataset: The Methods section has been revised to specify the dataset source (GEO accession number: GSE114691), which includes 20 PE and 21 control placental samples with gestational ages ranging from 34 to 38 weeks. PE and control groups were defined using clinical criteria such as hypertension and proteinuria, and these details have also been added to the Results section. RNAseq analysis description: We have included details of the differential gene expression analysis in the Methods section. Specifically, the DESeq2 R package was used, with thresholds of FDR < 0.05 and |log2(fold change) | ≥ 1. The selection of WNT pathwayrelated genes in Figure 1B is based on these analyses. Significance of the heatmap genes: The genes displayed in Figure 1B were selected based on their significant differential expression and enrichment in pathways relevant to PE pathogenesis, such as the WNT signaling pathway. We have clarified this in the Results section and updated the figure legend to explain their biological relevance. Purpose of Figures 1A and 1B: Figure 1A emphasizes the downregulation of ACVR2A in PE placentas, while Figure 1B complements this by presenting differentially expressed genes associated with the WNT pathway. These figures collectively highlight the role of ACVR2A in PE and its connection to broader molecular pathways. Text descriptions have been updated to improve clarity and focus.

      (6) More information is needed in the methods section to understand how the immunohistochemistry was quantified. "Quantitation was performed" is all that is provided. Was staining quantified across the whole image or only in anchoring villous areas? How were HRP & hematoxylin signals distinguished in ImageJ? How was the overall level of HRP/DAB development kept constant between the NC and PE groups?

      Thank you for pointing out the need for more details regarding the quantification of immunohistochemistry (IHC). We have now clarified and expanded the description of the IHC quantification process in the Methods section as follows: Quantification Across the Entire Section: IHC staining was assessed across the entire tissue section to account for global expression patterns. For quantitative analysis, representative regions from the anchoring villous areas, where ACVR2A expression is most prominent, were selected for comparison between NC and PE groups. This ensured that the analysis focused on biologically relevant regions. ImageJ Analysis:

      Images of stained sections were captured under identical magnifications and lighting conditions. Hematoxylin (blue, nuclear staining) and DAB/HRP (brown, protein-specific signal) were distinguished using ImageJ's color deconvolution plugin. The DAB/HRP signal was isolated and quantified based on the integrated optical density (IOD) within the selected regions. Consistency in HRP/DAB Development: To maintain consistency between NC and PE groups, all tissue samples were processed under identical experimental conditions, including the same antibody dilution, incubation times, and DAB/HRP development durations. Negative controls (without primary antibody) were included to monitor background staining, and the DAB reaction was stopped simultaneously across all samples to avoid overdevelopment. Statistical Analysis: The quantified DAB signal intensity was normalized to the area of the selected regions, and comparisons between NC and PE groups were performed using statistical tests (e.g., Student’s ttest). Results are reported as mean ± SD. We hope this additional detail addresses your concerns.

      (7) In Figure 1E it is not immediately obvious to many readers where the EVT are. It is probably worth circling or putting an arrow to the little region of ACVR2A+ EVT that is shown in the higher magnification image in Figure 1E. These are actually easier to see in the pictures provided in the supplement Figure 1. Of note, the STB is also staining positive. This is worth pointing out in the results text.

      Thank you for your suggestion regarding Figure 1E. To make the location of the ACVR2A+ extravillous trophoblasts (EVTs) more apparent, we have updated Figure 1E by adding arrows to indicate the regions of EVTs in the higher magnification image. Additionally, we have included annotations in the supplemental Figure S1 to further aid visualization. We appreciate your observation that syncytiotrophoblasts (STBs) also show positive staining for ACVR2A. We have revised the Results section to explicitly mention this finding and its potential significance.

      (8) It is not possible to judge whether the IF images in 1F actually depict anchoring villi. The DAPI is really faint, and it's high magnification, so there isn't a lot of context. Would it be possible to include a lower magnification image that shows where these cells are located within a placental section? It is also somewhat surprising that this receptor is expressed in the cytoplasm rather than at the cell surface. How do the authors explain this?

      Thank you for your suggestion to provide more context for the immunofluorescence (IF) images in Figure 1F. To address this, we have included lower magnification images in Supplementary Figure S2, showing the overall structure of the placental section and the location of the anchoring villi. These images help to contextualize the regions analyzed in Figure 1F, which were selected to clearly illustrate ACVR2A expression in extravillous trophoblasts (EVTs). In Figure 1F, we have focused on higher magnification images for better visualization of ACVR2A staining patterns in EVTs. Regarding the subcellular localization of ACVR2A, the receptor is predominantly expressed on the cell surface, as shown in our images. However, some intracellular staining is also observed, which may reflect receptor trafficking or recycling processes, consistent with the behavior of other activin receptors under physiological or pathological conditions. We have clarified these points in the Results and Discussion sections.

      (9) The results text makes it sound like the data in Figure 2A are from NCBI & Protein atlas, but the legend says it is qPCR from this lab. The methods do not detail how these various cell lines were grown; only HTR-SVNeo cell culture is described. Similarly, JAR cells are used for several experiments and their culture is not described.

      Thank you for pointing out the need for clarification regarding Figure 2A and cell culture methods. The data in Figure 2A were generated using RT-qPCR conducted in our laboratory, not solely based on data from NCBI or the Human Protein Atlas. We have revised the Results section to reflect this more accurately. Regarding the culture conditions, we acknowledge that the methods for other cell lines were not explicitly detailed. For this study, all cell lines, including JAR and other cancer cell lines, were cultured following standard protocols provided by the suppliers. Specifically, JAR cells and other cell lines were purchased from Wuhan Punosei Life Technology and were maintained in RPMI-1640 medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS) and 1% penicillin/streptomycin under standard conditions (37°C, 5% CO<sub>2</sub>). This information has been added to the Methods section for clarity.

      (10) Under RT-qPCR methods, the phrase "cDNA reverse transcription cell RNA was isolated..." does not make any sense.

      Thank you for pointing out the unclear phrasing in the RT-qPCR methods section. We agree that the original description was not precise. To address this, we have revised the relevant section to improve clarity and accuracy. Specifically, the methods now explicitly describe the two key steps: RNA isolation and cDNA synthesis. The revised text reads: Total RNA was isolated from cells using a Total RNA Extraction Kit (TIANGEN, China) following the manufacturer’s instructions. The extracted RNA was reverse-transcribed into complementary DNA (cDNA) using a cDNA Synthesis Kit (Takara, Japan) according to the protocol provided by the manufacturer.

      (11) The paragraph beginning "Consequently, a potential association..." is quite confusing. It mentions analyzing ACVR2A expression in placentas, but then doesn't point to any results of this kind and repeats describing the results in Figure 2a, from various cell lines.

      Thank you for your comment regarding the paragraph beginning with "Consequently, a potential association...". We understand that the current wording may create confusion. The primary aim of this section is to compare ACVR2A expression levels across various cell lines, including trophoblast-derived and non-trophoblast cell lines, to highlight the relevance of ACVR2A in trophoblast function, particularly in invasion and migration. To address your concerns, we have revised the paragraph for clarity and logical flow. The updated text explicitly focuses on the comparison of ACVR2A expression across cell lines (Figure 2A) and how this supports the hypothesis that ACVR2A plays a key role in trophoblast invasion and migration. Additionally, the discussion of placental samples has been separated to avoid confusion with cell line results. We hope this revision resolves the issue.

      (12) The authors should acknowledge that the effect of the ACVR2A knockout on proliferation makes it difficult to draw any conclusions from the trophoblast invasion assays. That is, there might be fewer migrating or invading cells in the knockout lines because there are fewer cells, not because the cells that are there are less invasive. Since this is a central conclusion of the study, it is a major drawback.

      Thank you for highlighting this important point. We agree that the reduced proliferation observed in ACVR2A knockout cells could influence the results of the invasion assays, as fewer cells may inherently lead to reduced invasion. To minimize this effect, we conducted the invasion and migration assays under low-serum conditions (1–2% serum) to limit cell proliferation during the experimental timeframe. This approach was based on optimization trials and existing literature, as serum-free conditions were found to negatively impact cell viability and experimental reproducibility. While these efforts helped to mitigate the impact of proliferation on the results, we acknowledge this as a limitation of our study and have added this discussion to the manuscript. Future studies could incorporate approaches such as normalizing cell numbers or using additional proliferation-independent methods to confirm the findings. We hope this clarification and the steps taken address your concerns.

      (13) The legend and the methods section do not agree on how many fields were selected for counting in the transwell invasion assays in Figure 3C. The methods section and the graph do not match the number of replicate experiments in Figure 3D (the number of replicate experiments isn't described for 3C).

      Thank you for pointing out the inconsistencies regarding the number of fields counted and the number of replicates in the Transwell invasion assays (Figure 3C) and colony formation assays (Figure 3D). We apologize for the lack of clarity in the Methods section and figure legend. To address this, we have revised both the figure legends and the Methods section for consistency and added detailed descriptions. For Figure 3C, cell invasion was quantified by randomly selecting 5 fields of view per sample under 300× magnification. Images shown in the figure were taken at lower magnification to provide a better visual comparison between experimental and control groups. For Figure 3D, each experiment was independently repeated at least 10 times to ensure robust and reproducible results. These clarifications have been incorporated into the revised manuscript. We appreciate your feedback and believe this revision improves the clarity and transparency of our methods.

      (14) Discussion says "Transcriptome sequencing analysis revealed low ACVR2A expression in placental samples from PE patients, consistent with GWAS results across diverse populations." The authors should explain this briefly. Why would SNPs in ACVR2A necessarily affect levels of the transcript?

      Thank you for raising this important point. We acknowledge that our study did not directly investigate how SNPs in the ACVR2A gene affect transcript levels. However, prior studies have suggested that SNPs can influence gene expression through various mechanisms. For example, SNPs in regulatory regions (e.g., promoters, enhancers, or untranslated regions) may affect transcription factor binding, RNA stability, or splicing efficiency, ultimately altering transcript levels. While we did not directly assess the functional consequences of ACVR2A SNPs in this study, the observed downregulation of ACVR2A in PE placentas aligns with the potential regulatory impact of SNPs previously identified in GWAS studies. To address this, we have revised the Discussion section to clarify the relationship between SNPs and transcript levels and acknowledge this limitation.  

      (15) "The expression levels of ACVR2A mRNA were comparable to those of tumor cells such as A549. This discovery suggested a potential pivotal role of ACVR2A in the biological functions of trophoblast cells, especially in the nurturing layer." Alternatively, ACVR2A expression resembles that of tumors because the cell lines used here are tumor cells (JAR) or immortalized cells (HTR8). These lines are widely used to study trophoblast properties, but the discussion should at least acknowledge the possibility that the behavior of these cells does not always resemble normal trophoblasts.

      Thank you for pointing out this important limitation. We agree that the JAR and HTR8/SVneo cell lines, being tumor-derived or immortalized, may not fully replicate the behavior of normal trophoblast cells. While these cell lines are widely used as models for studying trophoblast properties due to their ease of culture and invasive behavior, their gene expression and signaling pathways could partially reflect their tumorigenic or immortalized origins. We have revised the Discussion section to acknowledge this limitation and clarify the interpretation of ACVR2A expression levels in these cells.

      (16) The authors should discuss some of what is known about the relationship between the TCF7/c-JUN pathway and the major signaling pathway activated by ACVR2A, Smad 2/3/4. The Wnt and TGFB family cross-talk is quite complex and it has been studied in other systems.

      Thank you for highlighting the relationship between the TCF7/c-JUN pathway and Smad2/3/4 signaling. In our study, we chose to focus on Smad1/5 due to its strong association with ACVR2A in placental development, as demonstrated in a recent study(DOI: 10.1038/s41467-021-23571-5). This study showed that the BMP signaling pathway, mediated through ACVR2A-Smad1/5, is essential for endometrial receptivity and embryo implantation. While Smad2/3/4 are wellestablished mediators of TGF-β signaling, Smad1/5 activation is more directly linked to ACVR2A in the context of reproductive biology.

      In PE placentas, we observed a significant downregulation of Smad1/5 expression, which supports the hypothesis that ACVR2A-mediated Smad signaling is disrupted in this condition. Although we did not directly assess Smad2/3/4 in this study, prior research has shown that Smad2/3 can interact with TCF/LEF transcription factors to regulate Wnt-related target genes, suggesting potential cross-talk between these pathways. We have now clarified this rationale and included a discussion of these interactions in the revised manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Several points need to be addressed to improve the clarity and robustness of the presented findings:

      (1) From a clinical perspective, several concerns arise regarding the interpretation of these findings. First, the small sample size of 20 patients may not be representative of the broader population, limiting the generalizability of the results. Additionally, although no significant differences in age and pre-pregnancy BMI were observed between the PE and normal control groups, other clinical variables, such as hypertension or gestational diabetes, may also influence ACVR2A expression and contribute to PE development. Furthermore, while the study suggests a correlation between reduced ACVR2A expression and PE, it remains unclear whether this association holds true across different subtypes of PE or whether there are other underlying clinical factors that could account for these changes in gene expression. These factors need to be considered in future studies to better understand the clinical relevance of ACVR2A in PE.

      Thank you for raising these insightful concerns about the clinical interpretation of our findings. We agree that the small sample size of 20 patients may limit the generalizability of our results. To address this, we are actively expanding our cohort by collecting additional clinical samples from PE patients and normotensive controls. This effort aims to strengthen the robustness of our findings and provide stronger evidence for the role of ACVR2A in PE. We would also like to clarify that, during the initial sample collection, we specifically included only PE patients without comorbidities such as gestational diabetes, chronic hypertension, or other pregnancy-related complications. This strict selection criterion was implemented to minimize the potential influence of confounding clinical variables and ensure that our findings specifically reflect the association between ACVR2A expression and PE. While our study provides important initial insights, we recognize the need for larger-scale studies to validate these findings. The ongoing collection of clinical samples will allow us to address this limitation and enhance the translational relevance of our research. We have revised the manuscript to reflect these points and highlight our plans to strengthen the study by increasing the sample size.

      (2) The section "Precision Genome Surgery: ACVR2A Knockout via CRISPR/Cas9" in the results contains some issues with expression details. The results section should be more structured, with data presented in a more detailed and clear manner, ensuring that there is a clear connection between each experimental step and its corresponding result. For example, the sentence "Following multiple rounds of monoclonal culture, genotype identification, RT-qPCR and Western blotting (WB) analysis for screening, specific double-knockout monoclonal cell lines were distinctly chosen" contains redundant phrasing and unnecessary details, which affect the flow of the text.

      Thank you for your constructive feedback on the “Precision Genome Surgery: ACVR2A Knockout via CRISPR/Cas9” section. We agree that this section can be better structured to present the data in a more detailed and coherent manner. To address this, we have reorganized the results into distinct steps, ensuring a clear connection between each experimental step and its corresponding result. Redundant phrasing has been removed to improve the flow and readability of the text. The revised section emphasizes the purpose of each step, the screening process, and the specific results obtained.

      (3) The figure legends and panel labels in Figure 3 should be revised to ensure clarity and consistency. The figure legend should specify the exact panels (e.g., Figure 3A, 3B, 3C, etc.) and clearly describe the experimental conditions and results shown in each part.

      Thank you for pointing out the need for improved clarity and consistency in the figure legends and panel labels for Figure 3. We have revised the figure legend to specify each panel (e.g., Figure 3A, 3B, 3C, etc.) and included detailed descriptions of the experimental conditions and results displayed in each part. These updates aim to ensure better understanding and alignment between the figure legend and the panels.

      (4) Lack of In Vivo Validation of ACVR2A Knockout: The study does not include in vivo experiments to validate the effects of ACVR2A knockout. It would be important to investigate whether similar regulatory effects of ACVR2A on trophoblast cell migration and invasion can be observed in animal models or in larger clinical studies. The lack of in vivo data raises questions about the translational relevance of the findings.

      Thank you for highlighting the importance of in vivo validation to assess the translational relevance of our findings. While we acknowledge that in vivo experiments could provide additional insights into the role of ACVR2A in trophoblast migration and invasion, this study was primarily designed as an in vitro investigation to explore the molecular mechanisms underlying ACVR2A function in trophoblast cells. The choice of an in vitro model allowed us to perform precise and controlled mechanistic analyses, which are critical for establishing a foundation for future research. We agree that in vivo studies using animal models or larger clinical cohorts are important next steps to validate the regulatory effects of ACVR2A on trophoblast function and its contribution to PE pathogenesis. These directions will be pursued in future research to further establish the translational potential of our findings. We have included this perspective in the revised Discussion section.

      (5) TCF7/c-JUN Pathway in Clinical Samples: In the study of the TCF7/c-JUN pathway, the authors mention assessing protein expression in clinical samples through immunohistochemistry (IHC). However, the manuscript does not provide a clear explanation of how the findings from laboratory cell models (such as HTR8/SVneo and JAR) relate to the clinical samples. Specifically, while ACVR2A knockout is shown to affect these proteins at the cellular level, it is unclear whether this effect is observed in clinical samples. Therefore, further validation of the TCF7/c-JUN pathway in the cell models and exploration of its relationship with protein expression in clinical samples is necessary. Additional experiments, such as immunofluorescence staining or mass spectrometry, could further confirm the role of the TCF7/c-JUN pathway in cells and provide a more direct comparison with clinical data.

      Thank you for highlighting the need to connect findings from cell models to clinical samples, particularly with respect to the TCF7/c-JUN pathway. In response to your comment, we conducted additional experiments using Western blot analysis to evaluate the expression of ACVR2A, SMAD1/5, SMAD4, pSMAD1/5/9, and TCF7L1/TCF7L2 in PE placental tissues compared to normotensive controls (Figure 7A). The results demonstrated significantly reduced expression of these proteins in PE placentas, providing evidence that disruptions in the ACVR2A-SMAD and TCF7/c-JUN signaling pathways observed in vitro are also present in clinical samples.

      These findings strengthen the translational relevance of our study by directly linking the molecular mechanisms identified in cell models to clinical observations. We have updated the Results and Discussion sections to incorporate these new data, and we believe this addition addresses your concern about the relationship between in vitro and clinical findings.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Lu et. al. proposed here a direct role of LPS in inducing hepatic fat accumulation and that the metabolism of LPS therefore can mitigate fatty liver injury. With an Acyloxyacyl hydrolase whole-body KO mice, they demonstrated that Acyloxyacyl hydrolase deletion resulted in higher hepatic fat accumulation over 8 months of high glucose/high fructose diet. Previous literature has found that hepatocyte TLR4 (which is a main receptor for binding LPS) KO reduced fatty liver in the MAFLD model, and this paper complements this by showing that degradation/metabolism of LPS can also reduce fatty liver. This result proposed a very interesting mechanism and the translational implications of utilizing Acyloxyacyl hydrolase to decrease LPS exposure are intriguing.

      The strengths of the present study include that they raised a very simplistic mechanism with LPS that is of interest in many diseases. The phenotype shown in the study is strong. The mechanism proposed by the findings is generally well supported.

      There are also several shortcomings in the findings of this study. As AOAH is a whole-body KO, the source production of AOAH in MAFLD is unclear. Although the authors used published single-cell RNA-seq data and flow-isolated liver cells, physiologically LPS degradation could occur in the blood or the liver. The authors linked LPS to hepatocyte fatty acid oxidation via SREBP1. The mechanism is not explored in great depth. Is this signaling TLR4? In this model, LPS could activate macrophages and mediate the worsening of hepatocyte fatty liver injury via the paracrine effect instead of directly signaling to hepatocytes, thus it is not clear that this is a strictly hepatocyte LPS effect. It would also be very interesting to see if administration of the AOAH enzyme orally could mitigate MAFLD injury. Overall, this work will add to the current understanding of the gut-liver axis and development of MAFLD and will be of interest to many readers.

      We thank the reviewers for their important questions and comments.

      In previous studies we found that AOAH is expressed in Kupffer cells and dendritic cells cells (Shao et al., 2007). Single-cell RNAseq analysis of mouse livers by others has found AOAH in Kupffer cells, monocytes, NK cells and ILC1 cells (Remmerie et al.,2020). We also analyzed human liver single-cell RNAseq data and found that AOAH is expressed in monocytes, macrophages, resident and circulating NK cells, and some T cells (Ramachandran et al., 2019) (Please see new Figure 3E). Using clodronate-liposomes to deplete Kupffer cells we found that hepatic AOAH mRNA diminished and nSREBP1 increased (Please see new Figure 5D). These results suggest that Kupffer cells are the major source of AOAH in the liver and that LPS needs to be inactivated in the liver to prevent hepatocyte lipid accumulation.

      Using primary hepatocyte culture, we found that LPS can stimulate hepatocytes directly to induce mTOR activation and SREBP1 activation (new Figure 6E). Adding purified Kupffer cells to the hepatocyte culture did not further increase SREBP1 activation. These results suggest that LPS may directly stimulate hepatocyte to accumulate fat, at least in vitro.

      Both TLR4 and caspase 11 are reported to play important roles in MASLD development (Sharifnia et al., 2015; Zhu et al., 2021). We have crossed Aoah<sup>-/-</sup> mice with TLR4<sup>-/-</sup> mice and found that Aoah<sup>-/-</sup>TLR4<sup>-/-</sup> and Aoah<sup>-/-</sup> mice had similarly severe MASLD. This is probably because TLR4 is required for gut homeostasis (Rakoff-Nahoum et al., 2004); in TLR4 whole-body KO mice compromised gut homeostasis may result in more severe MASLD. By specifically deleting TLR4 on hepatocytes, Yu et al found that NASH-induced fibrosis was mitigated (Yu et al., 2021). In future studies we therefore would need to specifically delete TLR4 in hepatocytes to test whether excessive gut-derived LPS in Aoah<sup>-/-</sup> mice stimulates hepatic TLR4 to induce more severe MASLD. We would also test whether Caspase 11 is required for hepatic fat accumulation in Aoah<sup>-/-</sup> mice.

      It is intriguing to test whether providing exogenous AOAH may mitigate MASLD. We will use an AAV expressing AOAH to test this idea.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors of this article investigated the impact of the host enzyme AOAH on the progression of MASLD in mice. To achieve this, they utilized whole-body Aoah<sup>-/-</sup> mice. The authors demonstrated that AOAH reduced LPS-induced lipid accumulation in the liver, probably by decreasing the expression and activation of SREBP1. In addition, AOAH reduced hepatic inflammation and minimized tissue damage.

      However, this paper is descriptive without a clear mechanistic study. Another major limitation is the use of whole-body KO mice so the cellular source of the enzyme remains undefined. Moreover, since LPS-mediated SREBP1 regulation or LPS-mediated MASLD progression is already documented, the role of AOAH in SREBP1-dependent lipid accumulation and MASLD progression is largely expected.

      Specific comments:

      (1) The overall human relevance of the current study remains unclear.

      It is a good point. We have studied human relevance and show the results in Figure 3E. AOAH expression increased in the hepatic macrophages and monocytes of MASLD patients.

      (2) Is AOAH secreted from macrophages or other immune cells? Are there any other functions of AOAH within the cells?

      AOAH can be secreted from kidney proximal tubule cells and the released AOAH can be taken up by cells that do not express AOAH (Feulner et al., 2004). AOAH can also deacylate oxidized phospholipids, DAMP molecules (Zou et al., 2021).

      (3) Due to using whole-body KO mice, the role of AOAH in specific cell types was unclear in this study, which is one of the major limitations of this study. The authors should at least conduct in vitro experiments using a co-culture system of hepatocytes and Kupffer cells (or other immune cells) isolated from WT or Aoah<sup>-/-</sup> mice.

      Thanks for the suggestion.

      Using clodronate-liposomes, we depleted Kupffer cells and found that hepatic AOAH mRNA diminished and nSREBP1 increased in the liver (Please see new Figure 5D). These results confirm that Kupffer cells are the major source of AOAH in the liver and LPS needs to be inactivated in the liver to prevent hepatocyte lipid accumulation.  Using primary hepatocyte culture, we found that LPS can stimulate hepatocytes directly to induce mTOR activation and SREBP1 activation (new Figure 6E).  These results suggest that LPS may directly stimulate hepatocytes to accumulate fat, at least in vitro.

      (4) It has been well-known that intestinal tight junction permeability is increased by LPS or inflammatory cytokines. However, in Figure 3E, intestinal permeability is comparable between the groups in both diet groups. The authors should discuss more about this result. In addition, intestinal junctional protein should be determined by Western blot and IHC (or IF) to further confirm this finding.

      We have stained ZO-1 (Please see Author response image 1, ZO-1- green fluorescence) in Aoah<sup>+/+</sup> and Aoah<sup>-/-</sup> mouse colonic sections. We did not see a big difference between the two strains of mice.

      Author response image 1.

      Feeding a high fat diet in our mouse facility for 28 weeks has led to increased gut permeability, but there was no difference between Aoah<sup>+/+</sup> and Aoah<sup>-/-</sup>mice. Thus, the more severe MASLD in Aoah<sup>-/-</sup> mice is mainly caused by elevated bioactive LPS instead of increased LPS translocation from the intestine to the liver.

      (5) In Figure 6, the LPS i.g. Aoah<sup>-/-</sup> group is missing. This group should be included to better interpret the results.

      Please see new Figure 6. When we orally gavaged Aoah<sup>-/-</sup> mice with LPS, fecal LPS levels did not increase further. Their liver SREBP1 did not increase further while the SREBP1 target gene expression increased when compared with Aoah<sup>-/-</sup> mice i.g. PBS.

      (6) The term NAFLD has been suggested to be changed to MASLD as the novel nomenclature according to the guidelines of AASLD and EASL.

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have changed NAFLD to MASLD.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Consider using MAFLD rather than NAFLD.

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have changed NAFLD to MASLD.

      References

      Feulner, J.A., M. Lu, J.M. Shelton, M. Zhang, J.A. Richardson, and R.S. Munford. 2004. Identification of acyloxyacyl hydrolase, a lipopolysaccharide-detoxifying enzyme, in the murine urinary tract. Infection and immunity 72:3171-3178.

      Zou, B., M. Goodwin, D. Saleem, W. Jiang, J. Tang, Y. Chu, R.S. Munford, and M. Lu. 2021. A highly conserved host lipase deacylates oxidized phospholipids and ameliorates acute lung injury in mice. eLife 10:

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors have constructively responded to previous referee comments and I believe that the manuscript is a useful addition to the literature. I particularly appreciate the quantitative approach to social behavior, but have two cautionary comments.

      (1) Conceptually it is important to further justify why this particular maximum entropy model is appropriate. Maximum entropy models have been applied across a dizzying array of biological systems, including genes, neurons, the immune system, as well as animal behavior, so would seem quite beneficial to explain the particular benefits here, for mouse social behavior as coarse-grained through the eco-hab chamber occupancy. This would be an excellent chance to amplify what the models can offer for biological understanding, particularly in the realm of social behavior

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Maximum entropy models, along with other statistical inference methods that learn interaction patterns from simultaneously-measured degrees of freedom, help distinguish various types of interactions, e.g. direct vs. indirect interactions among animals, individual preference to food vs. social interaction with pairs. As research on social behavior expands from focusing on pairs of animals to studying groups in (semi-)naturalistic environments, maximum entropy models serve as a crucial link between high-throughput data and the need to identify and distinguish interaction rules. Specifically, among all possible maximum entropy models, the pairwise maximum entropy model is one of the simplest that can describe interactions among individuals, which serves as an excellent starting point to understand collective and social behavior in animals.

      Although the Eco-HAB setup currently records spatially coarse-grained data, it still provides more spatial information compared to the traditional three-chamber tests used to assess sociability for rodents. By showing that the maximum entropy model can effectively analyze Eco-HAB data, we hope to highlight its potential in research of social behavior in animals.

      To amplify what the models can offer for biological understanding particularly in the realm of social behavior, We have updated the Introduction to add a more logical structure to the need of using maximum entropy models to identify interactions among mice. Additionally, we updated the first paragraph of the Discussion to make it specific that it is the use of maximum entropy models that identifies interaction patterns from the high-throughput data. Finally, we have also added in the Discussion (line 422-425) arguments supporting the specific use of pairwise maximum entropy models to study social behaviors.

      (2) Maximum entropy models of even intermediate size systems involve a large number of parameters. The authors are transparent about that limitation here, but I still worry that the conclusion of the sufficiency of pairwise interactions is simply not general, and this may also relate to the differences from previous work. If, as the authors suggest in the discussion, this difference is one of a choice of variables, then that point could be emphasized. The suggestion of a follow up study with a smaller number of mice is excellent.

      We thank the reviewer for raising the issue and agree that the caveat of how general pairwise interactions can describe social behavior of animals needs to be discussed. We have added a sentence in the Discussion to point out this important caveat. “More generally, this discrepancy when looking at different choices of variables raises the issue that when studying social behavior of animals in a group, it is important to test and compare interaction models with different complexity (e.g. pairwise or with higher-order interactions).” We have also toned down our conclusion to limit our results of pairwise interactions describing mice co-localization patterns to the data collected in Eco-HAB (also see Reviewer 3 Major Point 2).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Chen et al. present a thorough statistical analysis of social interactions, more precisely, co-occupying the same chamber in the Eco-HAB measurement system. They also test the effect of manipulating the prelimbic cortex by using TIMP-1 that inhibits the MMP-9 matrix metalloproteinase. They conclude that altering neural plasticity in the prelimbic cortex does not eliminate social interactions, but it strongly impacts social information transmission.

      Strengths:

      The quantitative approach to analyzing social interactions is laudable and the study is interesting. It demonstrates that the Eco-HAB can be used for high throughput, standardized and automated tests of the effects of brain manipulations on social structure in large groups of mice.

      Weaknesses:

      A demonstration of TIMP-1 impairing neural plasticity specifically in the prelimbic cortex of the treated animals would greatly strengthen the biological conclusions. The Eco-HAB provides coarser spatial information compared to some other approaches, which may influence the conclusions.

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major points

      (1) Do the Authors have evidence that TIMP-1 was effective, as well as specific to the prelimbic cortex?

      We refer to the literature for the effectiveness and specificity of TIMP-1 to the prelimbic cortex.

      Specifically, the study by Okulski et al. (Biol. Psychiatry 2007) provides clear evidence that TIMP1 plays a role in synaptic plasticity in the prefrontal cortex. They showed that TIMP-1 is induced in the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) following stimulation that triggers late long-term potentiation (LTP), a key model of synaptic plasticity. Overexpression of TIMP-1 in the mPFC blocked the activity of matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) and prevented the induction of late LTP in vivo. Similar effects were observed with pharmacological inhibition of MMP-9 in vitro, reinforcing the idea that TIMP-1 regulates extracellular proteolysis as part of the plasticity mechanism in the prefrontal cortex. These findings confirm that TIMP-1 is both effective and active in this specific brain region.

      Further evidence comes from Puścian et al. (Mol. Psychiatry 2022), who used TIMP-1-loaded nanoparticles to influence neuronal plasticity in the amygdala. They found that TIMP-1 affected MMP expression, LTP, and dendritic morphology, showing its impact on synaptic modifications. More directly relevant, Winiarski et al. (Sci. Adv. 2025) demonstrated that injecting TIMP-1-loaded nanoparticles into the prelimbic cortex altered responses to social stimuli, further supporting the idea that TIMP-1 has region-specific effects on behavioral processes.

      We have also updated the main text (page 8, 1st paragraph of “Effect of impairing neuronal plasticity in the PL on subterritory preferences and sociability”) of the manuscript to include the above references.

      (2) The Authors seem to suggest that one main reason for the different results compared to Shemesh et al. 2013 was the coarseness of the Eco-HAB data. In this case, I think this conclusion should be toned down because of this significant caveat.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out, and agree that this caveat and difference should be emphasized. To tone down the conclusion, we have

      (1) added details about the Eco-HAB (it being coarse-grained, etc.) in the abstract to tone down the conclusion.

      (2) added to the results summary in the Discussion (top of page 12) that the results are “within in the setup of the semi-naturalistic Eco-HAB experiments”

      (3) added to the Discussion (page 13) that the different results compared to Shemesh et al 2013 means that general studies of social behavior need to compare models with different levels of complexity (e.g. pairwise vs. higher-order interactions). (Also see Reviewer 2 Comment 2.)

      Minor points

      (1) Please explain what is measured in Fig. 1C (what is on the y axis?).

      Figure 1C shows the activity of the mice as measured by the rate of transitions, i.e. the number of times the mice switch boxes during each hour of the day, averaged over all N = 15 mice and T = 10 days (cohort M1). The error bars represent variability of activities across individuals or across days. For mouse-to-mouse variability (blue), we first compute for each mouse its number of transitions averaged over the same hour for all 10 days, then we compute its standard deviation across all 15 mice and plot it as error bars. For day-to-day variability (orange), we first compute for each day the number of transitions for each hour averaged over all mice, then compute its standard deviation across all 10 days as the errorbar. We have added the detailed explanation in the caption of Figure 1C.

      (2) In Fig. 3, it would be better to present the control group also in the main figure instead of the supplementary.

      We have merged Figure 3 and Figure 3 Supplementary 1 to present the control group also in the main figure.

      (3) In Fig. 3 and corresponding supplements, there seems to be a large difference between males and females. I think this would deserve some more discussion.

      While not being the main focus of this paper, we agree with the reviewer that the difference between male and female is important and deserves attention in the discussion and also future study. Thus we have added a paragraph in the Discussion (line 394-399, bottom of page 12).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this report, the authors made use of a murine cell life derived from a MYC-driven liver cancer to investigate the gene expression changes that accompany the switch from normoxic to hypoxia conditions during 2D growth and the switch from 2D monolayer to 3D organoid growth under normoxic conditions. They find a significant (ca. 40-50%) overlap among the genes that are dysregulated in response to hypoxia in 2D cultures and in response to spheroid formation. Unsurprisingly, hypoxia-related genes were among the most prominently deregulated under both sets of conditions. Many other pathways pertaining to metabolism, splicing, mitochondrial electron transport chain structure and function, DNA damage recognition/repair, and lipid biosynthesis were also identified.

      We thank this reviewer for his/her time and efforts, and the insightful comments.

      Major comments:

      (1) Lines 239-240: The authors state that genes involved in DNA repair were identified as being necessary to maintain survival of both 2D and 3D cultures (Figure S6A). Hypoxia is a strong inducer of ROS. Thus, the ROS-specific DNA damage/recognition/repair pathways might be particularly important. The authors should look more carefully at the various subgroups of the many genes that are involved in DNA repair. They should also obtain at least a qualitative assessment of ROS and ROS-mediated DNA damage by staining for total and mitochondrial-specific ROS using dyes such as CM-H2-DCFDA and MitoSox. Actual direct oxidative damage could be assessed by immunostaining for 8-oxo-dG and related to the sub-types of DNA damage-repair genes that are induced. The centrality of DNA damage genes also raises the question as to whether the previously noted prominence of the TP53 pathway (see point 5 below) might represent a response to ROS-induced DNA damage.

      We thank this reviewer for the insightful comments, and agreed that ROS induced by hypoxia could play a role in modulating DNA repair and consequently cellular essentiality. Although pathway enrichment in Figure S6A (now as Figure 2-figure supplement 4A) showed that DNA repair pathway was essential to cell survival in hypoxia and 3D cultures, the genes associated with this pathway (Ddb1;Brf2;Gtf3c5;Guk1;Taf6) are not typical DNA repair genes. They are more likely involved in gene transcription. However, it will be interesting to see if they are specifically involved in DNA damage in response to ROS, which is out of focus of this study.

      (2) Because most of the pathway differences that distinguish the various cell states from one another are described only in terms of their transcriptome variations, it is not always possible to understand what the functional consequences of these changes actually are. For example, the authors report that hypoxia alters the expression of genes involved in PDH regulation but this is quite vague and not backed up with any functional or empirical analyses. PDH activity is complex and regulated primarily via phosphorylation/dephosphorylation (usually mediated by PDK1 and PDP2, respectively), which in turn are regulated by prevailing levels of ATP and ADP. Functionally, one might expect that hypoxia would lead to the down-regulation of PDH activity (i.e. increased PDH-pSer392) as respiration changes from oxidative to non-oxidative. This would not be appreciated simply by looking at PDH transcript levels. This notion could be tested by looking at total and phospho-PDH by western blotting and/or by measuring actual PDH activity as it converts pyruvate to AcCoA.

      We agreed with this reviewer that PDH activity regulation could be affected by multi-factors, and it is worthy of further validation by other approaches.

      (3) Line 439: Related to the above point: the authors state: "It is likely that blockade of acetyl-CoA production by PDH knockout may force cells to use alternative energy sources under hypoxic and 3D conditions, averting the Warburg effect and promoting cell survival under limited oxygen and nutrient availability in 3D spheroids." This could easily be tested by determining whether exogenous fatty acids are more readily oxidized by hypoxic 2D cultures or spheroids than occurs in normoxic 2D cultures.

      We thank for this suggestion. We apologized for not being able to validate everything.

      (4) Line 472: "Hypoxia induces high expression of Acaca and Fasn in NEJF10 cells indicating that hypoxia promotes saturated fatty acid synthesis...The beneficial effect of Fasn and Acaca KO to NEJF10 under hypoxia is probably due to reduction of saturated fatty acid synthesis, and this hypothesis needs to be tested in the future.". As with the preceding comment, this supposition could readily be supported directly by, for example, performing westerns blots for these enzymes and by showing that incubation of hypoxic 2D cells or spheroids converted more AcCoA into lipid.

      We thank for this suggestion. However, functional validation for the Fasn and Acaca KO is out of focus in this study.

      (5) In Supplementary Figure 2B&C, the central hub of the 2D normoxic cultures is Myc (as it should well be) whereas, in the normoxic 3D, the central hub is TP53 and Myc is not even present. The authors should comment on this. One would assume that Myc levels should still be quite high given that Myc is driven by an exogenous promoter. Does the centrality of TP53 indicate that the cells within the spheroids are growtharrested, being subjected to DNA damage and/or undergoing apoptosis?

      The predicted transcription factor activity analysis was based on the differential ATAC-seq peaks among different culture through pairwise comparisons. If TP53 and MYC were not present under that condition, it did not mean their activity was absent.

      “…the centrality of TP53 indicate that the cells within the spheroids are growth-arrested, being subjected to DNA damage and/or undergoing apoptosis?” This reviewer has raised an interesting question. We are investigating this hypothesis and hopefully we can give a clear answer in the future.

      (6) In the Materials and Methods section (lines 711-720), the description of how spheroid formation was achieved is unclear. Why were the cells first plated into non-adherent 96 well plates and then into nonadherent T75 flasks? Did the authors actually utilize and expand the cells from 144 T75 flasks and did the cells continue to proliferate after forming spheroids? Many cancer cell types will initially form monolayers when plated onto non-adherent surfaces such as plastic Petri dishes and will form spheroid-like structures only after several days. Other cells will only aggregate on the "non-adherent" surface and form spheroid-like structures but will not actually detach from the plate's surface. Have the authors actually documented the formation of true, non-adherent spheroids at 2 days and did they retain uniform size and shape throughout the collection period? The single photo in Supplementary Figure 1 does not explain when this was taken. The authors include a schematic in Figure 2A of the various conditions that were studied. A similar cartoon should be included to better explain precisely how the spheroids were generated and clarify the rationale for 96 well plating. Overall, a clearer and more concise description of how spheroids were actually generated and their appearance at different stages of formation needs to be provided.

      The cells were initially plated in non-adherent 96-well plates to facilitate the formation of spheroids in a controlled and uniform manner. As correctly mentioned by the reviewer, during the initial stages, cells cultured on non-adherent surfaces often form aggregates or clumps, and it takes a few days for them to develop into solid spheroids.

      In our study, we aimed to achieve 3D spheroid formation immediately following the transduction process to allow for screening under both 2D and 3D conditions. Plating the cells into 96-well plates enabled us to monitor and control the formation of spheroids in smaller volumes before scaling up the culture in non-adherent T75 flasks for subsequent experimental steps. This setup allows us to maintain gene editing processes under both 2D and 3D conditions.

      Regarding the proliferation and uniformity of spheroids:

      • Yes, the spheroids continued to proliferate after their formation.

      • True, non-adherent spheroids were documented as early as the next day. This was visually confirmed under microscopy, and size uniformity was maintained throughout the collection period by following optimized culture protocols.

      We also agreed with the reviewer’s suggestion to include a cartoon schematic similar to Figure 2A, illustrating the spheroid generation process and clarifying the rationale for using 96-well plates. We have included such a cartoon and speroid growth curve monitored by Incucyte as Figure 2-figure supplement 2.

      (7) The authors maintained 2D cultures in either normoxic or hypoxic (1% O2) states during the course of their experiments. On the other hand, 3D cultures were maintained under normoxic conditions, with the assumption that the interiors of the spheroids resemble the hypoxic interiors of tumors. However, the actual documentation of intra-spheroid hypoxia is never presented. It would be a good idea for the authors to compare the degree of hypoxia achieved by 2D (1% O2) and 3D cultures by staining with a hypoxia-detecting dye such as Image-iT Green. Comparing the fluorescence intensities in 2D cultures at various O2 concentrations might even allow for the construction of a "standard curve" that could serve to approximate the actual internal O2 concentration of spheroids. This would allow the authors to correlate the relative levels of hypoxia between 2D and 3D cultures.

      This is an excellent idea that we certainly will do it in our future experiments.

      (8) Related to the previous 2 points, the authors performed RNAseq on spheroids only 48 hours after initiating 3D growth. I am concerned that this might not have been a sufficiently long enough time for the cells to respond fully to their hypoxic state, especially given my concerns in Point 6. Might the results have been even more robust had the authors waited longer to perform RNA seq? Why was this short time used?

      We agreed with this reviewer. We were unsure if 48hours was an ideal timepoint. It might be necessary to perform a longitudinal experiment to harvest samples under different timepoints in the future experiments.

      (9) What happens to the gene expression pattern if spheroids are re-plated into standard tissue culture plates after having been maintained as spheroids? Do they resume 2D growth and does the gene expression pattern change back?

      This is a great question and we have never thought about what the gene expression pattern would be if speroids are re-plated in 2D. This could be a challenging experiment because the gene expression and epigenetic changes are timing related. However, the cells do grow well after re-plated in 2D.

      (10) Overall, the paper is quite descriptive in that it lists many gene sets that are altered in response to hypoxia and the formation of spheroids without really delving into the actual functional implications and/or prioritizing the sets. Some of these genes are shown by CRISPR screening to be essential for maintaining viability although in very few cases are these findings ever translated into functional studies (for example, see points 14 above). The list of genes and gene pathways could benefit from a better explanation and prioritization of which gene sets the authors believe to be most important for survival in response to hypoxia and for spheroid formation.

      This was a genome-wide study that integrated RNA-seq, ATAC-seq and CRISPR KO, providing resource to understand the oncogenic pathways in different culture conditions. We believe we have clearly articulated the important genes/pathways in our abstract.

      (11) The authors used a single MYC-driven tumor cell line for their studies. However, in their original paper (Fang, et al. Nat Commun 2023, 14: 4003.) numerous independent cell lines were described. It would help to know whether RNAseq studies performed on several other similar cell lines gave similar results in terms of up & down-regulated transcripts (i.e. representative of the other cell lines are NEJF10 cells).

      We have not generated RNA-seq data for these cell lines cultured in different conditions.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Fang et al., provides a tour-de-force study uncovering cancer cell's varied dependencies on several gene programs for their survival under different biological contexts. The authors addressed genomic differences in 2D vs 3D cultures and how hypoxia affects gene expression. They used a Myc-driven murine liver cancer model grown in 2D monolayer culture in normoxia and hypoxia as well as cells grown as 3D spheroids and performed CRISPR-based genome-wide KO screen to identify genes that play important roles in cell fitness. Some context-specific gene effects were further validated by in-vitro and in-vivo gene KO experiments.

      Strengths:

      The key findings in this manuscript are:

      (1) Close to 50% of differentially expressed genes were common between 2D Hypoxia and 3D spheroids conditions but they had differences in chromatin accessibility.

      (2) VHL-HIF1a pathway had differential cell fitness outcomes under 2D normoxia vs 2D hypoxia and 3D spheroids.

      (3) Individual components of the mitochondrial respiratory chain complex had contrasting effects on cell fitness under hypoxia.

      (4) Knockout of organogenesis or developmental pathway genes led to better cell growth specifically in the context of 3D spheroids and knockout of epigenetic modifiers had varied effects between 2D and 3D conditions.

      (5) Another key program that leads to cells fitness outcomes in normoxia vs hypoxia is the lipid and fatty acid metabolism.

      (6) Prmt5 is a key essential gene under all growth conditions, but in the context of 3D spheroids even partial loss of Prmt5 has a synthetic lethal effect with Mtap deletion and Mtap is epigenetically silenced specifically in the 3D spheroids.

      We appreciate this reviewer for acknowledging the strengths of our study.

      Issues to address:

      (1) The authors should clarify the link between the findings of the enrichment of TGFb-SMAD signaling REACTOME pathway to the findings that knocking out TGFb-SMAD pathway leads to better cell fitness outcomes for cells in the 3D growth conditions.

      We have clarified this link in abstract by saying “Notably, multicellular organogenesis signaling pathways including TGFb-SMAD, which is upregulated in 3D culture, specifically constrict the uncontrolled cell proliferation in 3D while inactivation of epigenetic modifiers (Bcor, Kmt2d, Mettl3 and Mettl14) has opposite outcomes in 2D vs. 3D:

      (2) Supplementary Figure 4C has been cited in the text but doesn't exist in the supplementary figures section.

      Sorry for this typo. It should be 5C which is Figure 2-figure supplement 3C in the new version of MS. We have corrected it now.

      (3) A small figure explaining this ABC-Myc driven liver cancer model in Supplementary Figure 1 would be helpful to provide context.

      We appreciate this suggestion. We have added a cartoon as Figure 1-figure supplement 1A to indicate the procedure for generation of this model.

      (4) The method for spheroids formation is not found in the method section.

      We described the method in our previous publication (Nature Communications 2023 Jul 6;14(1):4003.). However, we have added the information in method now, and the procedure is very simple (line 623-624). We found the murine liver cancer cell lines can readily form spheroids when they are cultured in low-attachment dish with standard DMEM complete media.

      (5) In Supplementary Figure 1b, the comparisons should be stated the opposite way - 3D vs 2D normoxia and 2D-Hypoxia vs 2D-Normoxia.

      We have made correction in the Figure legend of Figure S1B which is Figure 1B now in the new version of MS.

      (6) There are typos in the legend for Supplementary Figure 10.

      We have checked the typos.

      (7) Consider putting Supplementary Figure 1b into the main Figure 1.

      We have moved both Supplementary Figure 1a and 1b into main Figure 1 as Figure 1A and 1B. Hopefully, this will help the readers to catch the information easily.

      (8) Please explain only one timepoint (endpoint) for 3D spheroids was performed for the CRISPR KO screen experiment, while several timepoints were done for 2D conditions? Was this for technical convenience?

      As this reviewer speculated, indeed this was for technical convenience. We found that it was technically challenging to split the spheroids for CRISPR screening.

      (9) In line 372, it is indicated that Bcor KO (Fig 5e) had growth advantage - this was observed in only one of the gRNA -- same with Kmt2d KO in the same figure where there was an opposite effect. Please justify the use of only one gRNA.

      We actually used 4 gRNAs for each gene. In the heatmap, although one of the gRNA for each gene showed some levels of enrichment under hypoxic 2D condition, they were all highly enriched in 3D.

      (10) Why was CRISPR based KO strategy not used for the PRMT5 gene but rather than the use of shRNA.? Note that one of the shRNA for PRMT5 had almost no KO (PRMT5-shRNA2 Figure 7B) but still showed phenotype (Figure 7D) - please explain.

      We used shRNA as second approach for cross-validation. We agreed that the knockdown efficiency of shRNA2 was not as good as the others, with only about 40% knockdown efficiency.

      (11) In Figure 7D, which samples (which shRNA group) were being compared to do the t-test?

      The comparisons were for shCtrl and each of the shPRMT5. We have clarified this in figure legend.

      (12) In line 240, it is stated that oxphos gene set is essential for NEJF10 cell survival in both normoxia and hypoxia conditions. But shouldn't oxphos be non-essential in hypoxia as cells move away from oxphos and become glycolytic?

      This is a great question. While indeed hypoxia may promote the switch from oxphos to glycolysis, several studies showed that the low oxygen concentrations in hypoxic regions of tumors may not be limiting for oxphos, and ATP is generated by oxphos in tumors even at very low oxygen tensions (please see review Clin Cancer Res (2018) 24 (11): 2482–2490.). We therefore speculated that NEJF10 cells were still dependent on oxphos for ATP production under hypoxia. However, this needs further investigation. We have added this discussion in our manuscript (line 250-254).

      (13) In line 485 it is mentioned that Pmvk and Mvd genes which are involved in cholesterol synthesis when knocked out had a positive effect on cell growth in 3D conditions and since cholesterol synthesis is essential for cell growth how does this not matter much in the context of 3D - please explain.

      We thank this reviewer for this note. It seemed that only two gRNA for each were upregulated in 3D and it could be due to technical issue or clonal selection. We have deleted this sentence in our new version of MS.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Fang et al. systematically investigate the effects of culture conditions on gene expression, genome architecture, and gene dependency. To do this, they cultivate the murine HCC line NEJF10 under standard culture conditions (2D), then under similar conditions but under hypoxia (1% oxygen, 2D hypoxia) and under normoxia as spheroids (3D). NEJF10 was isolated from a marine HCC model that relies exclusively on MYC as a driver oncogene. In principle, (1) RNA-seq, (2) ATAC-seq and (3) genetic screens were then performed in this isogenic system and the results were systematically compared in the three cultivation methods. In particular, genome-wide screens with the CRISPR library Brie were performed very carefully. For example, in the 2D conditions, many different time points were harvested to control the selection process kinetically. The authors note differential dependencies for metabolic processes (not surprisingly, hypoxia signaling is affected) such as the regulation and activity of mitochondria, but also organogenesis signaling and epigenetic regulation.

      Strengths:

      The topic is interesting and relevant and the experimental set-up is carefully chosen and meaningful. The paper is well written. While the study does not reveal any major surprises, the results represent an important resource for the scientific community.

      We thank this reviewer for his/her positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      However, this presupposes that the statistical analysis and processing are carried out very carefully, and this is where my main suggestions for revision begin. Firstly, I cannot find any information on the number of replicates in RNA- and ATAC-seq. This should be clearly stated in the results section and figure legends and cut-offs, statistical procedures, p-values, etc. should be mentioned as well. In principle, all NGS experiments (here ATAC- and RNA-seq) should be performed in replicates (at least duplicates, better triplicates) or the results should be validated by RT-PCR in independent biological triplicates. Secondly, the quantification of the analyses shown in the figures and especially in the legends is not sufficiently careful. Units are often not mentioned. Example Figure 4a: The legend says: 'gRNA reads' but how can the read count be -1? I would guess these are FC, log2FC, or Z-values. All figure legends need careful revision.

      Based upon the reviewer’s suggestions, we have added details about the replicates in figure legend. For gRNA read heatmap, the scale bar indicates the Z score. We have added the information in figure legends.

      Furthermore, I would find a comparison of the sgRNA abundances at the earliest harvesting time with the distribution in the library interesting, to see whether and to what extent selection has already taken place before the three culture conditions were established (minor point).

      This is great point. Unfortunately, we did not perform such an analysis.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor:

      There are three general issues:

      First, there is a lack of detail regarding much of the analysis. In some cases, this makes it difficult to assess the value of the data, albeit, there is generally a consensus the information is really interesting.

      Second, the findings - although provocative - lack mechanistic details and are focused more on descriptive findings. Hence, the manuscript would be improved by some effort at evaluating identified programs and providing some suggestions of mechanisms.

      Third, the authors need to put much more effort into the clarity and tightness of the presentation.

      We have made clarification in response to the reviewer’s comments.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Figure S1C. the labeling of the lower x-axis is inverted.

      Due to space limitation, we changed the figure orientation in our old version of MS. We have tilted the figure back in the new version, which is Figure 1-figure supplement 1B now.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1:

      Summary:

      The authors address the role of the centromere histone core in force transduction by the kinetochore.

      Strengths:

      They use a hybrid DNA sequence that combines CDEII and CDEIII as well as Widom 601 so they can make stable histones for biophysical studies (provided by the Widom sequence) and maintain features of the centromere (CDE II and III).

      Weaknesses:

      The main results are shown in one figure (Figure 2). Indeed the Centromere core of Widom and CDE II and III contribute to strengthening the binding force for the OA-beads. The data are very nicely done and convincingly demonstrate the point. The weakness is that this is the entire paper. It is certainly of interest to investigators in kinetochore biology, but beyond that, the impact is fairly limited in scope.

      This reviewer might have missed that this is a Research Advance, not an article. Research Advances are limited in scope by definition and provide a new development that builds on research reported in a prior paper. They can be of any length. Our Research Advance builds on our prior work, Hamilton et al., 2020 and provides the new result that native centromere sequences strengthen the attachment of the kinetochore to the nucleosome.

      Reviewer #2:

      Summary:

      This paper provides a valuable addendum to the findings described in Hamilton et al. 2020 (https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.56582). In the earlier paper, the authors reconstituted the budding yeast centromeric nucleosome together with parts of the budding yeast kinetochore and tested which elements are required and sufficient for force transmission from microtubules to the nucleosome. Although budding yeast centromeres are defined by specific DNA sequences, this earlier paper did not use centromeric DNA but instead the generic Widom 601 DNA. The reason is that it has so far been impossible to stably reconstitute a budding yeast centromeric nucleosome using centromeric DNA.

      In this new study, the authors now report that they were able to replace part of the Widom 601 DNA with centromeric DNA from chromosome 3. This makes the assay more closely resemble the in vivo situation. Interestingly, the presence of the centromeric DNA fragment makes one type of minimal kinetochore assembly, but not the other, withstand stronger forces.

      We thank the reviewer for their careful and positive assessment of our work.

      Which kinetochore assembly turned out to be affected was somewhat unexpected, and can currently not be reconciled with structural knowledge of the budding yeast centromere/kinetochore. This highlights that, despite recent advances (e.g. Guan et al., 2021; Dendooven et al., 2023), aspects of budding yeast kinetochore architecture and function remain to be understood and that it will be important to dissect the contributions of the centromeric DNA sequence.

      We couldn’t agree more.

      Given the unexpected result, the study would become yet more informative if the authors were able to pinpoint which interactions contribute to the enhanced force resistance in the presence of centromeric DNA.

      Strength:

      The paper demonstrates that centromeric DNA can increase the attachment strength between budding yeast microtubules and centromeric nucleosomes.

      Weakness:

      How centromeric DNA exerts this effect remains unclear.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Additional specific mutants would be helpful in interpreting the effect observed. The authors speculate that a small segment of OA near the DNA (based on Dendooven et al., 2023) could be important. Would it be possible to introduce specific mutations and test this?

      This would be an interesting study but is far beyond the scope of a Research Advance. In fact, it would make a nice thesis project for a new student. Although perhaps not obvious, these studies require a large set of reagents including wrapped nucleosomes, which must be made fresh (they cannot be frozen) and five purified recombinant complexes, purified by specialized protocols that maintain their activity. Moreover, each datapoint is gathered one at a time. For example, the data in Figure 2 in this manuscript includes 343 datapoints acquired one at a time over the course of 1.5 years.  

      (2) Please provide the sequences of the other CEN3-W601 chimeras that were tested and did NOT stably wrap centromeric histone octamers. This may help others to design yet different constructs in the future. (Maybe the information is there and I didn't see it?)

      We fully agree and thank the reviewer for this excellent suggestion. The sequences and summaries of their wrapping stability are now provided in Table 3, page 17.

      (3) I wonder whether the authors tested the C0N3 sequence used in Dendooven et al., 2023. If not, could it be tested? This would more tightly couple the functional assay shown here with the structural work.

      We did not test the CON3 sequence, which was published several years after the start of this work. We agree that a tight coupling between the functional assay and the structural work would be useful. However, we also see the advantage of being able to go beyond the structural work and include even more CEN3 sequence than has so far been possible in the structural work.  

      In addition to measuring the role of DNA sequence in Okp1/Ame1 attachment to the nucleosome, we were interested in the role of DNA sequence in the attachment of Mif2. Therefore, we included all 35 bp of the Mif2 footprint in our chimeric CCEN DNA sequence. CON3 only includes 8 bp from CDEII. We did produce stable nucleosomes using CEN3-601 from Guan et al. (see Table 3). Again, CEN3-601 only includes 8 bp of the Mif2 footprint so we opted to study nucleosomes wrapped in our CCEN DNA with the entire Mif2 footprint. Curiously we found that even the entire Mif2 footprint was not enough to find the DNA sequence specificity seen in the EMSA experiments reported by Xiao et al., 2017.

      To help readers understand the differences between all these constructs, we have included them in Table 3.

      (4) Would an AlphaFold 3 prediction of the assemblies used in this paper be feasible and useful?

      The structures of the Dam1 complex (Jenni et al., 2018), Ndc80 complex (Zahm, et al., 2023 and references therein), MIND complex (Dimitrova et al., 2016), OA complex (Dendooven et al., 2023), and the nucleosome (Xaio et al., 2017; Yan et al., 2019; Guan et al., 2021; Dendooven et al., 2023) are published. The interactions between many of these complexes are understood beyond the level that AlphaFold3 could provide (Dimitrova et al., 2016; Dendooven et al., 2023). One of the main questions is how Mif2 interacts with the nucleosome and the other components of the kinetochore. Even structural analyses that included Mif2 in the assembly detect little or no Mif2 in the final structure. Unfortunately, AlphaFold3 is also not helpful as it predicts only the structure of the dimerization domain, which was already known (Cohen et al., 2008).

      AlphaFold3 predicts the rest of Mif2 is largely unstructured with several alpha helices predicted with low confidence.

      (5) Given that the centromeric DNA piece included should be able to bind the CBF3 complex, would it be possible to add this complex and test the effect on force transmission?

      This would be an interesting experiment, and we do expect CBF3 to bind. As stated above, this is far beyond the scope of this Research Advance. In our experience, with each new kinetochore subcomplex that we add into our reconstitutions, there are new challenges purifying the subcomplex in active form and in sufficient quantity. We are eager to add CBF3 but this is not something we can pull off in the context of this Research Advance. Thank you again for the time and energy spent reviewing our manuscript

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors set out to analyse the roles of the teichoic acids of Streptococcus pneumoniae in supporting the maintenance of the periplasmic region. Previous work has proposed the periplasm to be present in Gram positive bacteria and here advanced electron microscopy approach was used. This also showed a likely role for both wall and lipo-teichoic acids in maintaining the periplasm. Next, the authors use a metabolic labelling approach to analyse the teichoic acids. This is a clear strength as this method cannot be used for most other well studied organisms. The labelling was coupled with super-resolution microscopy to be able to map the teichoic acids at the subcellular level and a series of gel separation experiments to unravel the nature of the teichoic acids and the contribution of genes previously proposed to be required for their display. The manuscript could be an important addition to the field but there are a number of technical issues which somewhat undermine the conclusions drawn at the moment. These are shown below and should be addressed. More minor points are covered in the private Recommendations for Authors.

      Weaknesses to be addressed:

      (1) l. 144 Was there really only one sample that gave this resolution? Biological repeats of all experiments are required.

      CEMOVIS is a very challenging method that is not amenable to numerous repeats. However, multiple images were recorded from at least two independent samples for each strain. Additional sample images are shown in a new Fig. S3.

      CETOVIS is even more challenging (only two publications in Pubmed since 2015) and was performed on a single ultrathin section that, exceptionally, laid perfectly flat on the EM grid, allowing tomography data acquisition on ∆tacL cells. The reconstructed tomogram confirmed the absence of a granular layer in the depth of the section. Additionally, the numbering of Fig. S4A-B (previously misidentified as Fig. S2A-B) has been corrected in the text of V2.

      (2) Fig. 4A. Is the pellet recovered at "low" speeds not just some of the membrane that would sediment at this speed with or without LTA? Can a control be done using an integral membrane protein and Western Blot? Using the tacL mutant would show the behaviour of membranes alone.

      We think that the pellet is not just some of the membrane but most of it. In support of this view, the “low” speed pellets after enzymatic cell lysis contain not just some membrane lipids, but most of them (Fig. S10A). We therefore expect membrane proteins to be also present in this fraction. We performed a Western blot using antibodies against the membrane protein PBP2x (new Fig. S7C). Unfortunately, no signal was detected most likely due to protein degradation from contaminant proteases that we could trace to the purchased mutanolysin. The same sedimentation properties were observed with the ∆tacL strain as shown in Fig. 6A. However, in the ∆tacL strain the membrane pellet still contains membrane-bound TA precursors. It is therefore impossible to test definitely if pneumococcal membranes totally devoid of TA would sediment in the same way.

      (3) Fig. 4A. Using enzymatic digestion of the cell wall and then sedimentation will allow cell wall associated proteins (and other material) to become bound to the membranes and potentially effect sedimentation properties. This is what is in fact suggested by the authors (l. 1000, Fig. S6). In order to determine if the sedimentation properties observed are due to an artefact of the lysis conditions a physical breakage of the cells, using a French Press, should be carried out and then membranes purified by differential centrifugation. This is a standard, and well-established method (low-speed to remove debris and high-speed to sediment membranes) that has been used for S. pneumoniae over many years but would seem counter to the results in the current manuscript (for instance Hakenbeck, R. and Kohiyama, M. (1982), Purification of Penicillin-Binding Protein 3 from Streptococcus pneumoniae. European Journal of Biochemistry, 127: 231-236).

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have tested this hypothesis by breaking cells with a Microfluidizer followed by differential centrifugation. This experiment, which requires an important minimal volume, was performed with unlabeled cells (due to the cost of reagents) and assessed by Western blot using antibodies against the membrane protein PBP2x (new Fig. S7C). In this case, the majority of the membrane material was found in the high-speed pellet, as expected.

      We also applied the spheroplast lysis procedure of Flores-Kim et al. to the labeled cells, and found that most of the labeled material sedimented at low speed (new Fig. S7B), as observed with our own procedure.

      With these new results, the section on membrane density has been removed from the Supplementary Information. Instead, the fractionation is further discussed in terms of size of membrane fragments and presence of intact spheroplasts in the notes in Supplementary Information preceding Fig. S7.

      (4) l. 303-305. The authors suggest that the observed LTA-like bands disappear in a pulse chase experiment (Fig. 6B). What is the difference between this and Fig. 5B, where the bands do not disappear? Fig. 5C is the WT and was only pulse labelled for 5 min and so would one not expect the LTA-like bands to disappear as in 6B?

      Fig. 6B shows a pulse-chase experiment with strain ∆tacL, whereas Fig. 5C shows a similar experiment with the parental WT strain. The disappearance of the LTA-like band pattern with the ∆tacL strain (Fig. 6B), and their persistence in the WT strain (Fig. 5C), indicate that these bands are the undecaprenyl-linked TA in ∆tacL and proper LTA in the WT. A sentence has been added to better explain this point in V2.

      Note that we have exchanged the previous Fig. 5C and Fig. S13B, so that the experiments of Fig. 5A and 5C are in the same medium, as suggested by Reviewer #2.

      (5) Fig. 6B, l. 243-269 and l. 398-410. If, as stated, most of the LTA-like bands are actually precursor then how can the quantification of LTA stand as stated in the text? The "Titration of Cellular TA" section should be re-evaluated or removed? If you compare Fig. 6C WT extract incubated at RT and 110oC it seems like a large decrease in amount of material at the higher temperature. Thus, the WT has a lot of precursors in the membrane? This needs to be quantified.

      Indeed, the quantification of the ratio of LTA and WTA in the WT strain rests on the assumption that the amount of membrane-linked polymerized TA precursors is negligible in this strain. This assumption is now stated in the Titration section. We think it is the case. The true LTA and TA precursors do not have exactly the same electrophoretic mobility, being shifted relative to each other by about half a ladder “step”. This difference is visible when samples are run in adjacent lanes on the same gel, as in the new Fig. 6C. The difference of migration was well documented in the original paper about the deletion of tacL, although tacL was known as rafX at that time, and the ladders were misidentified as WTA (Wu et al. 2014. A novel protein, RafX, is important for common cell wall polysaccharide biosynthesis in Streptococcus pneumoniae: implications for bacterial virulence. J Bacteriol. 196, 3324-34. doi: 10.1128/JB.01696-14). This reference was added in V2. The experiment in the new Fig. 6C was repeated to have all samples on the same gel and treated at a lower temperature. The minor effect on the amount of LTA when WT cells are heated at pH 4.2 may be due to the removal of some labeled phosphocholine. We have NMR evidence that the phosphocholine in position D is labile to acidic treatment of LTA, which may lack in some cases, as reported by Hess et al. (Nat Commun. 2017 Dec 12;8(1):2093. doi: 10.1038/s41467-017-01720-z).

      (6) L. 339-351, Fig. 6A. A single lane on a gel is not very convincing as to the role of LytR. Here, and throughout the manuscript, wherever statements concerning levels of material are made, quantification needs to be done over appropriate numbers of repeats and with densitometry data shown in SI.

      Yes indeed. Apart from the titration of TA in the WT strain, we haven’t yet carried out a thorough quantification of TA or LTA/WTA ratio in different strains and conditions, although we intend to do so in a follow-up study, using the novel opportunities offered by the method presented here.

      However, to better substantiate our statement regarding the ∆lytR strain, we have quantified two experiments performed in C-medium with azido-choline, and two experiments of pulse labeling in BHI medium. The results are presented in the additional supplementary Fig. S14. The value of 51% was a calculation error, and was corrected to 41%. Likewise, the decrease in the WTA/LTA ratio was corrected to 5 to 7-fold.

      (7) 14. l. 385-391. Contrary to the statement in the text, the zwitterionic TA will have associated counterions that result in net neutrality. It will just have both -ve and +ve counterions in equal amounts (dependent on their valency), which doesn't matter if it is doing the job of balancing osmolarity (rather than charge).

      Thank you for pointing out this point. The paragraph has been corrected in V2.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The Gram-positive cell wall contains for a large part of TAs, and is essential for most bacteria. However, TA biosynthesis and regulation is highly understudied because of the difficulties in working with these molecules. This study closes some of our important knowledge gaps related to this and provides new and improved methods to study TAs. It also shows an interesting role for TAs in maintaining a 'periplasmic space' in Gram positives. Overall, this is an important piece of work. It would have been more satisfying if the possible causal link between TAs and periplasmic space would have been more deeply investigated with complemented mutants and CEMOVIS. For the moment, there is clearly something happening but it is not clear if this only happens in TA mutants or also in strains with capsules/without capsules and in PG mutants, or in lafB (essential for production of another glycolipid) mutants. Finally, some very strong statements are made suggesting several papers in the literature are incorrect, without actually providing any substantiation/evidence supporting these claims. Nevertheless, I support the publication of this work as it pioneers some new methods that will definitively move the field forward.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) l. 55 It is stated that TA are generally not essential. This needs to be introduced in a little more detail as in several species they are collectively. Need some more references here to give context.

      We have expended the paragraph and added a selection of references in V2.

      (2) l. 63 and Fig. 1A. Is the model based on the images from this paper? Is the periplasm as thick as the peptidoglycan layer? Would you not expect the density of WTA to be the same throughout the wall, rather than less inside? Do the authors think that the TA are present as rods in the cell envelope and because of this the periplasm looks a little like a bilayer, is this so? Is the relative thickness of the layers based on the data in the paper (Table 1)?

      The model proposed in Fig. 1A is not based on our data. It is a representation of the model proposed by Harold Erickson, and the appropriate reference has been added to the figure legend in V2. We do not speculate on the relative density of WTA inside the peptidoglycan layer, at the surface or in the periplasm. The only constraint from the model is that the density of WTA in the periplasm should be sufficient for self-exclusion and allow the brush polymer theory to apply. The legend has been amended in V2.

      We indeed think that the bilayer appearance of the periplasmic space in the wild type strain, and the single layer periplasmic space in the ∆tacL and ∆lytR support the Erickson’s model. Although the model was drawn arbitrarily, it turns out that the relative thickness of the peptidoglycan and periplasmic scale is in rough agreement with the measurements reported in Table 1.

      (3) Fig. 2. It is hard to orient oneself to see the layers. The use of the term periplasmic space (l. 132) and throughout is probably not wise as it is not a space.

      We prefer to retain this nomenclature since the term periplasmic space has been used in all the cell envelope CEMOVIS publications and is at the core of Erickson’s hypothesis about these observations and teichoic acids.

      (4) L. 147. This is not referring to Fig. S2A-B as suggested but Fig. S3A-B.

      This has been corrected.

      (5) l. 148. How do you know the densities observed are due to PG or certainly PG alone? Perhaps it is better to call this the cell wall.

      Yes. Cell wall is a better nomenclature and the text and Table 1 have been corrected in V2, in accordance with Fig. 2.

      (6) l. 165. It is also worth noting that peripheral cell wall synthesis also happens at the same site so this may well not be just division.

      Yes. We have replaced “division site” by “mid-cell” in V2.

      (7) l. 214 What is the debris? If PG digestion has been successful then there will be marginal debris. Is this pellet translucent (like membranes)? If you use fluorescently labelled PG in the preparation has it all disappeared, as would be expected by fully digested and solubilised material?

      In traditional protocols of bacterial membrane preparation, a low-speed centrifugation is first performed to discard “debris” that to our knowledge have not been well characterized but are thought to consist of unbroken cells and large fragments of cell wall. After enzymatic degradation of the pneumococcal cell wall, the low-speed pellet is not translucent as in typical membrane pellets after ultracentrifugation, but is rather loose, unlike a dense pellet of unbroken cells. A description of the pellet appearance was added in V2.

      It is a good idea to check if some labeled PG is also pelleted at low-speed after digestion. In a double labeling experiment using azido-choline and a novel unpublished metabolic probe of the PG, we found that the PG was fully digested and labeled fragments migrated as a couple of fuzzy bands likely corresponding to different labeled peptides. These species were not pelleted at low speed.

      (8) l. 219. Can you give a reference to certify that the low mobility material is WTA? Why does it migrate differently than LTA? Or is the PG digestion not efficient?

      WTA released from sacculi by alkaline lysis were found to migrate as a smear at the top of native gels revealed by alcian-blue silver staining, which is incompatible with SDS (Flores-Kim, 2019, 2022). The references have be added in V2. It could be argued in this case that the smearing was due to partial degradation of the WTA by the alkaline treatment.

      Bui et al. (2012) reported the preparation of WTA by enzymatic digestion of sacculi, but the resulting WTA were without muropeptide, presumably due to a step of boiling at pH 5 used to deactivate the enzymes.

      To our knowledge, this is the first report of pneumococcal WTA prepared by digestion of sacculi and analyzed by SDS-PAGE. Since the migration of WTA in native and SDS-PAGE is similar, we hypothesize that they do not interact significantly with the dodecyl sulphate, in contrast to the LTA, which bear a lipidic moiety. The fuzziness of the WTA migration pattern may also result from the greater heterogeneity due to the attached muropeptide, such as different lengths (di-, tetra-saccharide…), different peptides despite the action of LytA (tri-, tetra-peptide…), different O-acetylation status, etc.

      (9) L. 226-227, Fig S8. Presumably several of the major bands on the Coomassie stained gel are the lysozyme, mutanolysin, recombinant LytA, DNase and RNase used to digest the cell wall etc.? Can the sizes of these proteins be marked on the gel. Do any of them come down with the material at low-speed centrifugation?

      We have provided a gel showing the different enzymes individually and mixed (new Fig. S9G). While performing several experiments of this type, we found that the mutanolysin might be contaminated with proteases. The enzymes do not appear to sediment at low speed.

      (10) Fig. S9B. It is difficult to interpret what is in the image as there appear to be 2 populations of material (grey and sometimes more raised). Does the 20,000 g material look the same?

      Fig. S10B is a 20,000 × g pellet. We agree that there appears to be two types of membrane vesicles, but we do not know their nature.

      (11) l. 277 and Fig. 5A. Why is it "remarkable" that there are apparently more longer LTA molecules as the cell reach stationary phase?

      This is the first time that a change of TA length is documented. Such a change could conceivably have consequences in the binding and activity of CBPs and the physiology of the cell envelope in general. These questions should be adressed in future studies.

      (12) l. 280. How do you know which is the 6-repeat unit?

      It is an assumption based on previous analyses by Gisch et al.( J Biol Chem 2013, 288(22):15654-67. doi: 10.1074/jbc.M112.446963). The reference was added.

      (13) Fig. 5A and C. Panel C, the cells were grown in a different medium and so are not comparable to Panel A. Why is Fig. S12B not substituted for 5B? Presumably these are exponential phase cells.

      We have interverted the Fig. S13B and 5C in V2, as suggested, and changed the text and legends accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      L30: vitreous sections?

      Corrected in V2.

      L32: as their main universal function --> as a universal function. To show it's the main universal function, you will need to look at this across various bacterial species.

      Changed to “possible universal function” in V2.

      L35: enabled the titration the actual --> titration of the actual?

      Corrected in V2.

      L34: consider breaking up this very long sentence.

      Done in V2.

      L37: may compensate the absence--> may compensate for the absence.

      Corrected in V2.

      L45: Using metabolic labeling and electrophoresis showed --> Metabolic labeling and...

      Corrected in V2.

      L46: This finding casts doubts on previous results, since most LTA were likely unknowingly discarded in these studies. This needs to be rephrased and is unnecessarily callous. While the current work casts doubts on any quantitative assessments of actual LTA levels measured in previous studies, it does not mean any qualitative assessments or conclusions drawn from these experiments are wrong. Better would be to say: These findings suggest that previously reported quantitative assessments of LTA levels are likely underestimating actual LTA levels, since much of the LTA would have been unknowingly discarded.

      If the authors do think that actual conclusions are wrong in previous work, then they need to be more explicit and explain why they were wrong.

      Yes indeed. The statement was toned down in V2.

      L55: Although generally non-essential. I would remove or rephrase this statement. I don't think any TA mutant will survive out in the wild and will be essential under a certain condition. So perhaps not essential for growth under ideal conditions, but for the rest pretty essential.

      The paragraph was amended by qualifying the essentiality to laboratory conditions and including selected references.

      L95: Note that the prevailing model until reference 20 (Gibson and Veening) was that the TA is polymerized intracellularly (see e.g. Figure 2 of PMID: 22432701, DOI: 10.1089/mdr.2012.0026). This intracellular polymerisation model seemed unlikely according to Gibson and Veening ('As TarP is classified by PFAM as a Wzy-type polymerase with predicted active site outside the cell, we speculate that TarP and TarQ polymerize the TA extracellularly in contrast to previous reports.'), but there is no experimental evidence as far as this referee knows of either model being correct.

      Despite the lack of experimental evidence, we think that Gibson and Veening are very likely correct, based on their argument, and also by analogy with the synthesis of other surface polysaccharides from undecaprenyl- or dolichol-linked precursors. It is unfortunate that Figure 2 of PMID: 22432701, DOI: 10.1089/mdr.2012.0026 was published in this way, since there was no evidence for a cytoplasmic polymerization, to our knowledge.

      L97: It is commonly believed, although I'm not sure it has ever been shown, that the capsule is covalently attached at the same position on the PG as WTA. Therefore, there must be some sort of regulation/competition between capsule biosynthesis and WTA biosynthesis (see also ref. 21). The presence of the capsule might thus also influence the characteristics of the periplasmic space. Considering that by far most pneumococcal strains are encapsulated, the authors should discuss this and why a capsule mutant was used in this study and how translatable their study using a capsule mutant is to S. pneumoniae in general.

      A paragraph was added in the Introduction of V2 to present the complication and a sentence was added at the end of the discussion to mention that this should be studied in the future.

      L102: Ref 29 should probably be cited here as well?

      Since in Ref 29 (Flores-Kim et al. 2019) there is a detectable amount of LTA (presumably precursors TA) in the ∆tacL stain, we prefer to cite only Hess et al. 2017 regarding the absence of LTA in the absence of TacL. However, we added in V2 a reference to Flores-Kim et al. 2019 in the following paragraph regarding the role of the LTA/WTA ratio.

      L106: dependent on the presence of the phosphotransferase LytR (21). --> dependent on the presence of the phosphotransferase LytR, whose expression is upregulated during competence (21).

      Corrected in V2.

      L119: I fail to see how the conclusions drawn by other groups (I assume the authors mean work from the Vollmer, Rudner, Bernhardt, Hammerschmidt, Havarstein, Veening groups?) are invalid if they compared WTA:LTA ratios between strains and conditions if they underestimated the LTA levels? Supposedly, the LTA levels were underestimated in all samples equally so the relative WTA/LTA ratio changes will qualitatively give the same outcome? I agree that these findings will allow for a reassessment of previous studies in which presumably too low LTA levels were reported, but I would not expect a difference in outcome when people compared WTA:LTA ratios between strains?

      The sentence was rephrased in V2 to be neutral regarding previous work and rather emphasize future possibilities.

      L131: Perhaps it would be good to highlight that such a conspicuous space has been noticed before by other EM methods (see e.g. Figs.4 and 5 or ref 19, or one of the most clear TEM S. pneumoniae images I have seen in Fig. 1F of Gallay et al, Nat. Micro 2021). However, always some sort of staining had previously been performed so it was never clear this was a real periplasmic space. CEMOVIS has this big advantage of being label free and imaging cells in their presumed native state.

      Thanks for pointing out these beautiful data that we had overlooked. We have added a few sentences and references in the Discussion of V2.

      L201: References are not numbered.

      Corrected in V2.

      L271/L892: Change section title. 'Evolution' can have multiple meanings. It would be more clear to write something like 'Increased TA chain length in stationary phase cells' or something like that.

      Changed in V2.

      L275: harvested

      Corrected in V2.

      L329: add, as suggested shown previously (I guess refs 24 and 29)

      Reference to Hess et al. 2017 has been added in V2. A sentence and further references to Flores-Kim, 2019, 2022 and Wu et al. 2014 were added at the end of the discussion with respect to the LTA-like signal observed in these studies of ∆tacL strains.

      L337: I think a concluding sentence is warranted here. These experiments demonstrate that membrane-bound TA precursors accumulate on the outside of the membrane, and are likely polymerized on the outside as well, in line with the model proposed in ref. 20.

      From the point of view of formal logic, the accumulation of membrane-bound TA precursors on the outer face of the membrane does not prove that they were assembled there. They could still be polymerized inside and translocated immediately. However, since this is extremely unlikely for the reasons discussed by Gibson and Veening, we have added a mild conclusion sentence and the reference in V2.

      L343: How accurate are these quantifications? Just by looking at the gel, it seems there is much less WTA in the lytR mutant than 50% of the wild type?

      Yes, the 51% value was a calculation error. This was changed to 41%. Likewise, the decrease of the WTA amount relative to LTA was corrected to 5- to 7-fold.

      Apart from the titration of TA in the WT strain, we haven’t yet carried out a careful quantification neither of TA nor of the LTA/WTA ratio in different strains and conditions, although we intend to do so in the near future using the method presented here.

      However, to better substantiate our statement regarding the ∆lytR strain, we have quantified two experiments of growth in C-medium with azido-choline, and two experiments of pulse labeling in BHI medium. The results are presented in the additional supplementary Fig. S14.

      L342: although WTA are less abundant and LTA appear to be longer (Fig. 6A). although WTA are less abundant and LTA appear to be longer (Fig. 6A), in line with a previous report showing that LytR the major enzyme mediating the final step in WTA formation (ref. 21). (or something like that). Perhaps better is to start this paragraph differently. For instance: Previous work showed that LytR is the major enzyme mediating the final step in WTA formation (ref. 21). As shown in Fig. 6A, the proportion of WTA significantly decreased in the lytR mutant. However, there was still significant WTA present indicating that perhaps another LCP protein can also produce WTA.

      Changed in V2.

      Of note, WTA levels would be a lot lower in encapsulated strains as used in Ref. 21 (assuming WTA and capsule compete for the same linkage on PG). So perhaps it would be hard to detect any residual WTA in a encapsulated lytR mutant?

      Investigation of the relationship between TA and capsule incorporation or O-acetylation is definitely a future area of study using this method of TA monitoring.

      L371: see my comments related to L131. Some TEM images clearly show the presence of a periplasmic space.

      Comments and references have been added in V2.

      L402: It would be really interesting to perform these experiments on a wild type encapsulated strain. Would these have much more LTA? (I understand you cannot do these experiments perhaps due to biosafety, but it might be interesting to discuss).

      Yes. It would be interesting to compare the TA in D39 and D39 ∆cps strains. We have added this perspective at the end of the discussion in V2.

      L418: ref lacks number

      Corrected in V2.

      L423: refs missing.

      References added in V2.

      L487: See my comments regarding L46. I do not see one valid point in the current paper why underestimating LTA levels would change any of the conclusions drawn in Ref. 21. I do not know the other papers cited well enough, but it seems highly unlikely that their conclusions would be wrong by systematically underestimating LTA levels. As far as I understand it, this current work basically confirms the major conclusions drawn by these 'doubtful' papers (that TacL makes LTA and LytR is the main WTA producer). As such, I find this sentence highly unfair without precisely specifying what the exact doubts are. Sure, this current paper now shows that probably people have discarded unknowingly LTA and therefore underestimated LTA levels, so any quantitative assessment of LTA levels are probably wrong. That is one thing. But to say this casts doubts on these studies is very serious and unfair (unless the authors provide good arguments to support these serious claims).

      Yes indeed. The sentence was rephrased to be strictly factual in V2.

      Table 2: I assume these strains are delta cps? Would be relevant to list this genotype.

      The Table 2 was completed in V2.

      The authors should comment on why the mutants have not been complemented, especially for lytR as it's the last gene in a complex operon. It would be great to see WTA levels being restored by ectopic expression of LytR.

      Yes. We think this could be part of an in-depth study of the attachment of WTA, together with the investigation of the other LCP phosphotransferases.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      The behavioral switch between foraging and mating is important for resource allocation in insects. This study characterizes the role of sulfakinin and the sulfakinin receptor 1 in changes in olfactory responses associated with foraging versus mating behavior in the oriental fruit fly (Bactrocera dorsalis), a significant agricultural pest. This pathway regulates food consumption and mating receptivity in other species; here the authors use genetic disruption of sulfakinin and sulfakinin receptor 1 to provide strong evidence that changes in sulfakinin signaling modulate antennal responses to food versus pheromonal cues and alter the expression of ORs that detect relevant stimuli.

      Strengths:

      The authors utilize multiple complementary approaches including CRISPR/Cas9 mutagenesis, behavioral characterization, electroantennograms, RNA sequencing and heterologous expression to convincingly demonstrate the involvement of the sulfakinin pathway in the switch between foraging and mating behaviors. The use of both sulfakinin peptide and receptor mutants is a strength of the study and implicates specific signaling actors.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors demonstrate that SKR is expressed in olfactory neurons, however there are additional potential sites of action that may contribute to these results.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      The authors have addressed most of the issues raised by the reviewers. Below are a few outstanding issues.

      (1) Lines 68-69 describe "control of B. dorsalis include the use of the behavioral responses to semiochemicals" but does not describe what these responses are or how behavior is modulated.

      The sentence was revised as “Control of B. dorsalis include the use of the reproductive and feeding behavioral responses to semiochemicals” (lines 69 in the revision).

      (2) Statistical analysis for 9 hour starved females at 5 minutes is missing in Figure 1D and S1.

      We had added statistical analysis for 9 hour starved females at 5 minutes in the revised Figures 1D and S1, respectively (lines 578).

      (3) The legend in Figure S2 should be revised as it is not clear from the figure which of the odors are food associated odors.

      As suggested, we added food odor label in the revised Figure S2 (lines 666).

      (4) Line 167: "Therefore, the upregulated OR genes in starved WT flies, OR7a.4, OR7a.8 and OR10a, were activated by the pheromonal components, while down regulated genes, OR49a and OR63a, were activated by food volatiles." Based on the data, this sentence is incorrect - Therefore, the upregulated OR genes in starved WT flies, OR7a.4, OR7a.8 and OR10a, were activated by the food components, whereas downregulated genes, OR49a and OR63a, were activated by pheromonal components."

      We are sorry for our mistake. We had corrected it (lines 168-169).

      (5) Line 192: "The coordinated action of sulfakinin on mutiple downstreams,..." should be revised to "downstream pathways or tissues" or simply removing "multiple downstream".

      As suggested, we removed “multiple downstream”. See line 192.

      (6) Reference formatting is inconsistent: see line 207 vs line 208.

      We had corrected it as “(Wu et al., 2019)” (lines 207). 

      (7) Lines 241-244 The broad discussion regarding the evolution and ancestral function of CCK here and the phylogeny in Figure S6 are peripheral to the authors claims.

      As suggested, we removed the section and the Figure S6 in the revision.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This research article by Nath et al. from the Lee Lab addresses how lipolysis under starvation is achieved by a transient receptor potential channel, TRPγ, in the neuroendocrine neurons to help animals survive prolonged starvation. Through a series of genetic analyses, the authors identify that TRPγ mutations specifically lead to a failure in lipolytic processes under starvation, thereby reducing animals' starvation resistance. The conclusion was confirmed through total triacylglycerol levels in the animals and lipid droplet staining in the fat bodies. This study highlights the importance of transient receptor potential (TRP) channels in the fly brain to modulate energy homeostasis and combat metabolic stress. While the data is compelling and the message is easy to follow, several aspects require further clarification to improve the interpretation of the research and its visibility in the field.

      Strengths:

      This study identifies the biological meaning of TRPγ in promoting lipolysis during starvation, advancing our knowledge about TRP channels and the neural mechanisms to combat metabolic stress. Furthermore, this study demonstrates the potential of the TRP channel as a target to develop new therapeutic strategies for human metabolic disorders by showing that metformin and AMPK pathways are involved in its function in lipid metabolisms during starvation in Drosophila.

      Weaknesses:

      Some key results that might strengthen their conclusions were left out for discussion or careful explanation (see below). If the authors could improve the writing to address their findings and connect their findings with conclusions, the research would be much more appreciated and have a higher impact in the field.

      Here, I listed the major issues and suggestions for the authors to improve their manuscript:

      (1) Are the increased lipid droplet size and the upregulated total TAG level measured in the starved or sated mutant in Figure 1? This information might be crucial for readers to understand the physiological function of TRP in lipid metabolism. In other words, clarifying whether the upregulated lipid storage is observed only in the starved trp mutant will advance our knowledge of TRPγ. If the increase of total TAG level is only observed in the starved animals, TRP in the Dh44 neurons might serve as a sensor for the starvation state required to promote lipolysis in starvation conditions. On the other hand, if the total TAG level increases in both starved and sated animals, activation of Dh44 through TRPγ might be involved in the lipid metabolism process after food ingestion.

      We measured total TAG level in Figure 1 and LD sizes in Figure 2 under sated condition. We inserted “under sated condition” to clarify it. lines 97 and 147-148.

      Thanks for your suggestions.

      (2) It is unclear how AMPK activation in Dh44 neurons reduces the total triacylglycerol (TAG) levels in the animals (Figure 3G). As AMPK is activated in response to metabolic stress, the result in Figure 3G might suggest that Dh44 neurons sense metabolic stress through AMPK activation to promote lipolysis in other tissues. Do Dh44 neurons become more active during starvation? Is activation of Dh44 neurons sufficient to activate AMPK in the Dh44 neurons without starvation? Is activation of AMPK in the Dh44 neurons required for Dh44 release and lipolysis during starvation? These answers would provide more insights into the conclusion in Lines 192-193.

      In our previous study, we demonstrated that trpγ mutants exhibited lower levels of glucose, trehalose and glycogen level (Dhakal et al. 2022), and in the current study, we observed excessive lipid storage in the trpγ mutant, indicating imbalanced energy homeostasis. Given the established role of AMPK in maintaining energy balance (Marzano et. al., 2021, Lin et al 2021), we employed the activated form of AMPK (UAS-AMPK<sup>TD</sup>) in our experiments. Our result showed that expression of activated AMPK in Dh44 neurons led to a reduction in total TAG levels, suggesting that AMPK activation in these neurons can promote lipolysis even in the absence of starvation. Regarding the activation of Dh44 neurons, Dus et al in 2015 reported that Dh44 cells in the brain are activated by nutritive sugars especially in starvation conditions. In addition, another report showed a role of Dh44 neuron in regulating starvation induced sleep suppression (Oh et. al., 2023) which may imply that these neurons become more active under starved conditions. We did not directly assess whether Dh44 neuron activity increases during starvation or whether AMPK activation in these neurons is required for DH44 release and subsequent lipolysis, our finding support the notion that AMPK activation in Dh44 neuron is sufficient to reduce TAG levels, potentially by metabolic stress response typically observed during starvation. We explained it like the following: “Dh44 neurons regulate starvation-induced sleep suppression (Oh et. al., 2023), which implies that these neurons become more active under starved conditions.” lines 190-191.

      (3) It is unclear how the lipolytic gene brummer is further downregulated in the trpγ mutant during starvation while brummer is upregulated in the control group (Figure 6A). This result implies that the trpγ mutant was able to sense the starvation state but responded abnormally by inhibiting the lipolytic process rather than promoting lipolysis, which makes it more susceptible to starvation (Figure 3B).

      Thanks for your suggestions. We explained it like the following: “The data indicates that the trpg mutant can sense the starvation state but responds abnormally by suppressing lipolysis instead of activating it. This dysregulated lipolytic response likely increases the mutant's vulnerability to starvation, as it cannot effectively mobilize lipid stores for energy during periods of nutrient deprivation.” lines 251-254.

      (4) There is an inconsistency of total TAG levels and the lipid droplet size observed in the Dh44 mutant but not in the Dh44-R2 mutant (Figures 7A and 7F). This inconsistency raises a possibility that the signaling pathway from Dh44 release to its receptor Dh44-R2 only accounts for part of the lipid metabolic process under starvation. Adding discussion to address this inconsistency may be helpful for readers to appreciate the finding.

      Thanks for your suggestion. We included the following in the Discussion: “There is an inconsistency of total TAG levels and the LD size observed in the Dh44 mutant. This inconsistency raises a possibility that the signaling pathway from DH44 release to its receptor DH44R2 only accounts for part of the lipid metabolic process under starvation. While Dh44 mutant flies displayed normal internal TAG levels, Dh44R2 mutant flies exhibited elevated TAG levels. This suggested that the lipolysis phenotype could be facilitated by a neuropeptide other than DH44. Alternatively, a DH44 neuropeptide-independent pathway could mediate the lipolysis.” lines 429-436.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the function of trpγ in lipid metabolism was investigated. The authors found that lipid accumulation levels were increased in trpγ mutants and remained high during starvation; the increased TAG levels in trpγ mutants were restored by the expression of active AMPK in DH44 neurons and oral administration of the anti-diabetic drug metformin. Furthermore, oral administration of lipase, TAG, and free fatty acids effectively restored the survival of trpγ mutants under starvation conditions. These results indicate that TRPv plays an important role in the maintenance of systemic lipid levels through the proper expression of lipase. Furthermore, authors have shown that this function is mediated by DH44R2. This study provides an interesting finding in that the neuropeptide DH44 released from the brain regulates lipid metabolism through a brain-gut axis, acting on the receptor DH44R2 presumably expressed in gut cells.

      Strengths:

      Using Drosophila genetics, careful analysis of which cells express trpγ regulates lipid metabolism is performed in this study. The study supports its conclusions from various angles, including not only TAG levels, but also fat droplet staining and survival rate under starved conditions, and oral administration of substances involved in lipid metabolism.

      Weaknesses:

      Lipid metabolism in the gut of DH44R2-expressing cells should be investigated for a better understanding of the mechanism. Fat accumulation in the gut is not mechanistically linked with fat accumulation in the fat body. The function of lipase in the gut (esp. R2 region) should be addressed, e.g. by manipulating gut-lipases such as magro or Lip3 in the gut in the contest of trpγ mutant. Also, it is not clarified which cell types in the gut DH44R2 is expressed. The study also mentioned only in the text that bmm expression in the gut cannot restore lipid droplet enlargement in the fat body, but this result might be presented as a figure.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful suggestions. Unfortunately, due to the unviability of the reagent (UAS-Lip3), we were unable to manipulate gut lipase in trpy mutants as proposed. However, we additionally performed immunostaining to examine the co-expression of trpγ and Dh44R2 in the gut, and our results indicate that both trpγ and Dh44R2 are co-expressed in the R2 region of the gut (Figure 7O and P). Furthermore, we have updated our figures to address the point that bmm expression in the gut does not restore lipid droplet enlargement in the fat body, with the revised version (Figure 5I and J).

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, the authors demonstrated the significance of the TRPγ channel in regulating internal TAG levels. They found high TAG levels in TRPγ mutant, which was ascribed to a deficit in the lipolysis process due to the downregulation of brummer (bmm). It was notable that the expression of TRPγ in DH44+ PI neurons, but not dILP2+ neurons, in the brain restored the internal TAG levels and that the knockdown of TRPγ in DH44+ PI neurons resulted in an increase in TAG levels. These results suggested a non-cell autonomous effect of Dh44+PI neurons. Additionally, the expression of the TRPγ channel in Dh44 R2-expressing cells restored the internal TAG levels. The authors, however, did not provide an explanation of how TRPγ might function in both presynaptic and postsynaptic cells in the non-cell autonomous manner to regulate the TAG storage. The authors further determined the effect of TRPγ mutation on the size of lipid droplets (LD) and the lifespan and found that TRPγ mutation caused an increase in the size of LD and a decrease in the lifespan, which were reverted by feeding lipase and metformin. These were creative endeavors, I thought. The finding that DH44+ PI neurons have non-cell autonomous functions in regulating bodily metabolism (mainly sugar/lipid) in addition to directing sugar nutrient sensing and consumption is likely correct, but the paper has many loose ends. I would like to see a revision that includes more experiments to tighten up the findings and appropriate interpretations of the results.

      (1) The authors need to provide interpretations or speculations as to how DH44+ PI neurons have non-cell autonomous functions in regulating the internal TAG stores, and how both presynaptic DH44 neurons and postsynaptic DH44 R2 neurons require TRPγ for lipid homeostasis.

      In Discussion, we had mentioned our previous finding. “ We previously proposed that TRPg holds DH44 neurons in a state of afterdepolarization, thus reducing firing rates by inactivating voltage-gated Na+ channels (Dhakal et al., 2022). At the physiological level, this induces the consistent release of DH44 and depletion of DH44 stores, resulting in nutrient utilization and storage malfunctions.”

      We also included the following: “TRPg in DH44 neurons may influence the release of metabolic signals or hormones that act on postsynaptic DH44R2 cells. These postsynaptic cells could, in turn, modulate lipid storage and metabolism in a non-cell autonomous manner. However, the mechanism by which TRPg functions in DH44R2 cells remains unclear. One possible explanation is that TRPg in the gut may be activated by stretch or osmolarity (Akitake et al. 2015).” lines 439-440.

      This interaction between presynaptic and postsynaptic cells may ensure a coordinated response to metabolic changes and maintain lipid homeostasis. Thus, both Dh44-expressing and Dh44-R2-expressing cells are crucial for the proper functioning of TRPγ in regulating internal TAG levels and lipid storage.

      (2) The expression of TRPγ solely in DH44 R2 neurons of TRPγ mutant flies restored the TAG phenotype, suggesting an important function mediated by TRPγ in DH44 R2 neurons. However, the authors did not document the endogenous expression of TRPγ in the DH44R2+ gut cells. This needs to be shown.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion. To address this, we performed immunostaining to examine the expression of TRPγ in the DH44R2+ gut cells. Our results, as shown in Figure 7 O and P, confirm that TRPγ is co-expressed in the Dh44R2+ cells in the gut. We also found that Dh44R2 is expressed in the brain as well. We documented this part like the following: “Given that Dh44R2 is predominantly expressed in the intestine, we performed immunostaining to examine whether Dh44R2 co-localizes with trpg in gut cells. Our results confirmed that Dh44R2 and trpg are co-expressed in intestinal cells (Figure 7O and P). Additionally, we analyzed Dh44R2 expression in the brain and found that two Dh44R2-expressing cells are co-localized with Dh44-expressing cells in the PI region (Figure 7Q). To further delineate whether Dh44R2-mediated fat utilization is specific to the brain, gut, or fat body, we knocked down Dh44R2<sup>RNAi</sup> using Dh44-GAL4, myo1A-GAL4, and cg-GAL4, respectively (Figure 7–figure supplement 1E). Notably, knockdown of Dh44R2 with Myo1A-GAL4 resulted in elevated TAG levels, indicating that DH44R2 activity in lipid metabolism is specific to the gut.” lines 375-384.

      (3) While Dh44 mutant flies displayed normal internal TAG levels, Dh44R2 mutant flies exhibited elevated TAG levels (Figure 7A). This suggested that the lipolysis phenotype could be facilitated by a neuropeptide other than Dh44. Alternatively, a Dh44 neuropeptide-independent pathway could mediate the lipolysis. In either case, an additional result is needed to substantiate either one of the hypotheses.

      The Dh44 mutant flies exhibited normal TAG levels, whereas Dh44R2 mutant flies showed elevated TAG levels. However, when we examined the lipid droplets in the fat body, both Dh44 mutant and Dh44R2 mutant flies displayed larger lipid droplets, indicating a disruption in lipid metabolism. Additionally, we assessed starvation survival time and found that both Dh44 and Dh44R2 mutant flies exhibited reduced survival under starvation conditions compared to controls. Supplementation with lipase (Figure 7–figure supplement 1A), glycerol (Figure 7–figure supplement 1B), hexanoic acid (Figure 7–figure supplement 1C), and mixed TAGs (Figure 7–figure supplement 1D) improved starvation survival time, further supporting that the lipid metabolism pathway was impaired in both mutants. These observations highlight the role of Dh44 in regulating lipolysis. We included related Discussion: “There is an inconsistency of total TAG levels and the LD size observed in the Dh44 mutant. This inconsistency raises a possibility that the signaling pathway from DH44 release to its receptor DH44R2 only accounts for part of the lipid metabolic process under starvation. While Dh44 mutant flies displayed normal internal TAG levels, Dh44R2 mutant flies exhibited elevated TAG levels. This suggested that the lipolysis phenotype could be facilitated by a neuropeptide other than DH44. Alternatively, a DH44 neuropeptide-independent pathway could mediate the lipolysis.” lines 429-436.

      (4) While the authors observed an increased area of fat body lipid droplets (LD) in Dh44 mutant flies (Figure 7F), they did not specify the particular region of the fat body chosen for measuring the LD area.

      We have chosen the 2-3 segment in the abdomen for all fat body images, which we already mentioned in Nile red staining in the Method section line 630-631.

      (5) The LD area only accounts for TAG levels in the fat body, whereas TAG can be found in many other body parts, including the R2 area as demonstrated in Figure 5A-D using Nile red staining. As such, measuring the total internal TAG levels would provide a more accurate representation of TAG levels than the average fat body LD area.

      We have measured total internal TAG level in whole body throughout the experiments (Figure 1F, 2C, 2E, 3C, 3G, 4A, 4B, 7A, 7I, and many Supplementary Figures) except bmm expression using GAL4/UAS system. Now we include this new data in Figure 5–figure supplement 1) which is the same conclusion with LD analysis.

      (6) In Figure 5F-I, the authors should perform the similar experiment with Dh44, Dh44R1, and Dh44R2 mutant flies.

      We did the experiments with Dh44, Dh44R1, and Dh44R2 mutant flies and we found that Dh44 and Dh44R2 mutant flies showed reduced starvation survival time than control and which was increased after supplementation of lipase, glycerol, hexanoic acid and TAG (Figure 7– figure supplement 1A–D). lines 361-372.

      (7) The representative image in Figure 6B does not correspond to the GFP quantification results shown in Figure 6C. In trpr1;bmm::GFP flies, the GFP signal appears stronger in starved conditions than in satiated conditions.

      We updated it with new images. We quantified GFP intensity level using image J and found that GFP intensity level was significantly lower in starved condition in trpγ<sup>1</sup>;bmm::GFP flies than sated condition.

      (8) In Figure 6H-I, fat body-specific expression of bmm reversed the increased LD area in TRPγ mutants. The authors also showed that Dh44+PI neuron-specific expression of bmm yielded a similar result. The authors need to provide an interpretation as to how bmm acts in the fat body or DH44 neurons to regulate this.

      We first inserted the following in results: “Furthermore, the expression of bmm in the fat body, as well as Dh44 neurons in the PI region, can promote lipolysis at the systemic level.” lines 276-277.

      Additionally, we discussed it in the Discussion: “Brummer lipase is essential for regulating lipid levels in the insect fat body by mediating lipid mobilization and energy homeostasis. In Nilaparvata lugens, it facilitates triglyceride breakdown (Lu et al., 2018), while studies in Drosophila show that reduced Brummer lipase expression decreases fatty acids and increases diacylglycerol levels, highlighting its role in lipid metabolism (Nazario-Yepiz et al., 2021). Here, we additionally demonstrate that bmm expression in DH44 neurons within the PI region can systemically regulate TAG levels. Cell signaling or energy status in DH44 neurons may contribute to hormonal release that targets organs such as the fat body.” lines 451-459.

      (9) The authors should explain why the DH44 R1 mutant did not represent similar results as the wild type.

      We added “In addition, bmm levels in Dh44R1<sup>Mi</sup> under starved condition did not increase as significantly as in the control. This suggests a unique role of DH44 and its receptors in regulating lipid metabolism and response to nutritional status in Drosophila.” lines 358-360.

      (10) It would be good to have a schematic that represents the working model proposed in this manuscript.

      We updated the schematic model in revised version (Figure 8).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor (Recommendations For The Authors):

      This paper characterized the function of trpγ in Dh44-expressing PI neurons for lipid metabolism and lipolysis induced by prolonged starvation. The authors applied a series of lipolytic genetic manipulation and lipid/lipid metabolism supplements to rescue the trpγ deficits in lipolysis: the expression of active AMPK in the DH44-expressing PI neurons or brummer, a lipolytic gene, in the trpγ-expressing cells, and oral administration of the anti-diabetic drug metformin, lipase, TAG and free fatty acids. Despite this exhaustive characterization of the defective lipolysis in the trpγ mutants, there remain puzzles in inconsistent defects of Dh44 and DH44R2 in the total TAG levels and in the expression and functions of the receptor in the gut. Clarification of these points and other issues raised by the reviewers should improve the mechanisms of lipid metabolism through Dh44 signalling.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) It might be worth introducing Dh44 in the introduction section as it is unclear to readers how the authors hypothesized the site-of-action of TRPγ in Dh44 neurons for lipid metabolism after reading the introduction.

      We introduced the following: “We found that TRPg expression in Dh44 neuroendocrine cells in the brain is critical for maintaining normal carbohydrate levels in tissues (Dhakal et al. 2022). Building on this, we hypothesized that TRPg in Dh44 cells also regulates lipid and protein homeostasis.” lines 69-71.

      (2) Providing a summary model in the end to integrate the present findings and their previous publication about TRPγ functions in Drosophila sugar selection would greatly help readers understand and appreciate the general role of TRPγ in balancing energy homeostasis.

      We made a schematic model in Figure 8.

      (3) Swapping the order of Figures 5 and 6 might be a better way to tell the story without logic gaps. The results addressing the mechanisms of metformin and TRPγ in promoting lipolysis under starvation are interrupted by the lipid storage data in the R2 cells in the current Figure 5A-5E. In addition, presenting Figure 5A-5E before or together with Figure 7 will help readers appreciate the expression of Dh44-R2 and its function in regulating lipid metabolism in Figure 7.

      We did.

      (4) It might be misleading to use the word "sated" for the condition of 5-hour mild starvation. The word "mild starvation" or the equivalents might be a better word choice.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern. As hemolymph sugar level does not drop down significantly in 5 hr starvation, the previous papers (Dus et al 2015, Dhakal et al 2022) indicated it as sated condition. To use the word consistently, we prefer using “sated” instead of “mild starvation”.

      (5) It is unclear what the white arrows are pointing at in Figures 7O and 7P. Some of those seem to be non-specific signals, so it is hard to connect the figure to the conclusion in Lines 351-353. It would be helpful to add some explanations to help readers interpret Figures 7O and 7P.

      In the previous version, Figure 7O and 7P white arrows represented the expression of Dh44R2 in the SEZ region of the brain and R2 region of the gut. In revised version, to make clear, we performed additional immunostaining for the co-expression of trpγ and Dh44R2 in the gut. We found that trpγ and Dh44R2 co-expressed at the R2 region of the gut specifically (Figure 7O and P). Similarly, we found that two cells of Dh44R2 co-expressed in Dh44 cells in the PI region of the brain (now Figure 7Q). We updated this part. lines 375-380.

      (6) The figure legend for the (G) panel in Figure 2-figure Supplement 1 was mislabeled as (F).

      We corrected it.

      (7) In Line 85, the authors might want to write "… among these mutants, only trpγ mutant displayed reduced carbohydrate levels, suggesting …". Please confirm the information for the sentence. lines 87-88.

      We clarified it.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The trpγ[G4] would be difficult for non-Drosophila researchers to understand; it would be better to use trpγ-Gal4.

      We got the mutant line from Dr. Craig Montell who named it. We explained it like the following in the main text: “controlled by GAL4 knocked into the trpg locus (trpg<sup>G4</sup> flies; +)” line 109.

      (2) The arrows in Figures 7O and 7P need to be explained in the figure legends.

      We did.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (11) Lines 95-96 should have a reference.

      We did.

      (12) Lines 129-130: It should read "TRPγ expressed in DH44 cells is sufficient for the regulation of lipid levels."

      We changed it as suggested.

      (13) Figure 5E needs to be repeated with more trials.

      We increased the n numbers. Previously (Figure 5E) we included area of 10 LDs from 3 samples, and in revised figure (Figure 6I) we have included 28 LDs from 10 samples.

      (14) Figures 5F-I, bold lines are not too visible and therefore, dotted lines could be used.

      We changed it as suggested.

      (15) Line 356: It is not true that D-trehalose or D-fructose is commonly detected by DH44 neurons. These sugars at concentrations much higher than the physiological concentration range stimulate DH44 neurons (see Dus et al., 2015).

      We removed it.

      (16) Lines 362-363: It should read "Expression of TRPγ in DH44 neurons was necessary and sufficient to regulate the carbohydrate and lipid levels.".

      We changed it.

      (17) Lines 369-370: The authors need to consider removing the possible role of CRF in regulating lipid homeostasis. It could be considered to be far-fetched.

      We removed it.

      (18) Line 407-408: the sentence "Nevertheless, it is also known that DH44 neurons mediate the influence of dietary amino acids on promoting food intakes in flies (37)" needs to be removed. They used amino acid concentrations that were far greater than the physiological levels observed in the internal milieu of flies. Still, many laboratories cannot reproduce the result of using the high AA concentrations.

      We removed it.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (public review): 

      This manuscript presents SAVEMONEY, a computational tool designed to enhance the utilization of Oxford Nanopore Technologies (ONT) long-read sequencing for the design and analysis of plasmid sequencing experiments. In the past few years, with the improvement in both sequencing length and accuracy, ONT sequencing is being rapidly extended to almost all omics analyses which are dominated by short-read sequencing (e.g., Illumina). However, relatively higher sequencing errors of long-read sequencing techniques including PacBio and ONT is still a major obstacle for plasmid/clone-based sequencing service that aims to achieve single base/nucleotide accuracy. This work provides a guideline for sequencing multiple plasmids together using the same ONT run without molecular barcoding, followed by data deconvolution. The whole algorithm framework is well-designed, and some real data and simulation data are utilized to support the conclusions. The tool SAVEMONEY is proposed to target users who have their own ONT sequencers and perform library preparation and sequencing by themselves, rather than relying on commercial services. As we know and discussed by the authors, in the real world, to ensure accuracy, the researchers will routinely pick up multiple colonies in the same plasmid construction and submit for Sanger sequencing. However, SAVEMONEY is not able to support the simultaneous analysis of multiple colonies in the same run, as compared to the barcoding-based approaches. This is a major limitation in the significance of this work. Encouraging computational ePorts in ONT data debarcoding for mixed-plasmid or even single-cell sequencing would be more valuable in the field. 

      We thank the reviewer for the positive response to our manuscript and the helpful comments.

      The tool SAVEMONEY is proposed to target users who have their own ONT sequencers and perform library preparation and sequencing by themselves, rather than relying on commercial services.

      We apologize that we were not clear enough in the manuscript. Our tool is designed for users who rely on commercial services (i.e., those who cannot include a barcode by themselves). However, it can also benefit those performing library preparation, as SAVEMONEY can be applied after standard barcode-based sequencing and de-multiplexing. The combination of standard barcodes with SAVEMONEY would significantly expands the scope of sequencing applications. For example, it would enable sequencing of more plasmid types than the number of available barcodes and, in some cases, it may even eliminate the need for barcode introduction. Because we do not own ONT equipment and because the primary target audience for the SAVEMONEY algorithm are users without ONT equipment, we were not able to conduct experiments using ONT. However, to clarify these possibilities, we added a dedicated paragraph describing these issues (3rd paragraph in the discussion section).

      However, SAVEMONEY is not able to support the simultaneous analysis of multiple colonies in the same run, as compared to the barcoding-based approaches.

      We agree with the reviewer about this limitation of SAVEMONEY, as it does not allow mixing of plasmids from multiple colonies in the same cloning run. However, that does not necessarily mean that SAVEMONEY cannot reduce sequencing costs in cloning. For example, when sequencing two colonies from each of three diPerent constructs (six plasmids in total), the standard approach would require sequencing costs for six samples. However, with SAVEMONEY, up to three plasmids can be mixed per sample, allowing them to be sequenced as just two samples. As a result, the sequencing cost per plasmid is reduced to one-third. The greatest benefits can be realized when SAVEMONEY is used at the laboratory level or by multiple researchers. To make this point clearer, we have added sentences in the 5th paragraph of the discussion section.

      (1) To provide more comprehensive information for users who care about the cost, the Introduction section should include a cost comparison between Sanger and ONT, with more details, such as diPerent ONT platforms (MinION, PromethION, FlongIe), chemistries (flow cells) and kits. This additional information will be more helpful and informative for the users who have their own sequencers and are the target audience for SAVEMONEY. 

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. Since we do not own ONT equipment, we are unable to provide a total cost for using the ONT platform. However, we have included the price per sample (~$15 per plasmid) for the commercial service we have used, as well as the equipment that they employ (V14 chemistry on a PromethION with an R10.4.1 flow cell) and the number of reads obtained per plasmid (~100–1000) in the 4th paragraph of the introduction section.     Though these costs will inevitably change over time, this information should still be helpful for those who own ONT sequencers in estimating the costs.

      (2) In "Overview of the algorithm" (Pages 3-4) under the Results section, instead of stating "However, coverage varies from ~100-1000 and is diPicult to predict because each nanopore flow cell has diPerent properties.", it will be beneficial to provide more detailed information, such as sequencing length, yield/read count per flow cell of diPerent platforms. This information will assist users in designing their own experiments ePectively. 

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. As mentioned in the previous response, we are unable to provide sequencing length, yield/read count per flow cell because we do not own ONT equipment. However, we apologize if it was not clear in "Overview of the algorithm" section that we are discussing the use of results obtained from commercial services, and therefore we need to provide more detailed information about the results from the commercial service. We have now clarified in the sentence pointed out by the reviewr that the numbers are derived from the information provided by commercial sequencing services. In addition, we have also added that typical examples of the result properties, i.e., read length and quality score distribution, can be found in Fig. 2 at the end of the same paragraph.

      (3) While this study optimized and evaluated the tool using a total of 14 plasmids, it may not provide suPicient power to represent the diversity of the plasmid world. Consideration should be given to expanding the dataset to include a broader range of plasmids in future studies to enhance the robustness and generalizability of the tool. 

      We are grateful to the reviewer for their valuable input. It is very reasonable that we had to expect that a larger number of plasmids should be used, even though the main target of SAVEMONEY is those who utilize commercial services. In the previous version of SAVEMONEY, it was not possible to process in a reasonable amount of time if too many plasmids were provided, though the algorithm itself does not have no restrictions based on the number of plasmids. Therefore, we have changed the underlying code to improve the algorithm, making it more than 20 times faster than the previous version (the benchmark time mentioned in the 3rd paragraph of the discussion section was improved to 3.1 minutes from the previous 65 minutes, using the same dataset and the same computer). Additionally, SAVEMONEY is now compatible with multiprocessing. The processing time is expected to decrease approximately inversely proportional to the number of CPU cores used. We have added these updates at the end of the 3rd paragraph in the discussion section.

      (4) If applicable and feasible, including a comparison or benchmark of SAVEMONEY against other similar tools would further strengthen the manuscript. This comparison would allow users to evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of diPerent tools for their specific needs. 

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have added the benchmark using the similar tool, On-Ramp, with the exact same set of plasmids and FASTQ data used for our benchmark (4th paragraph in the discussion section). Because the machine specifications used in the On-Ramp web server are unknown, a direct comparison is not possible. However, using only laptop-level computational resources, SAVEMONEY was able to process the data 38% faster than On-Ramp. When using mini-PC level computational resources, the processing time was 64% faster than on-RAMP.

      (5) The importance of pre-filtering raw sequencing reads should be emphasized as noisy reads can significantly impact the overall performance of the tool. It is essential to clarify whether any pre-filtering steps were performed in this study, such as filtering based on quality scores, read length, or other relevant factors. 

      We apologize for not being clear. Unfortunately, the commercial sequencing service we used did not provide the information regarding pre-filtering. However, the impact of the quality of pre-filtering based on quality score and read length on the quality of the final results is theoretically minimal in SAVEMONEY. First, during the initial step of the post-analysis, the classification step, short reads compared to the full plasmid length can be excluded based on the user-defined “score_threshold”. Simultaneously, low-quality reads with poor alignment to the plasmid can also be excluded, because “score_threshold” is related to the normalized alignment score. Even if there are low-quality reads that are not excluded at this stage, the ePect can be minimized during the final step of the post-analysis that generates consensus sequences. This is because our Bayesian analysis considers not only the base calling but also the q-scores to determine the consensus. Therefore, we believe the overall impact of pre-filtering on the final results is negligible.

      (6) The statement regarding the number of required reads per plasmid (20-30) and the maximum number of plasmids (up to six) that can be mixed in a single run may become outdated due to the rapid advancements in ONT technology. In the Discussion section, instead of assuming specific numbers, it would be more beneficial to provide information based on the current state of ONT sequencing, such as the number of reads per MinION flow cell that can be produced.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. Because the number of required reads per plasmid depends on the accuracy of each read (i.e., the number of required reads can be reduced if the accuracy increases), we have added the description of these points to the last paragraph of the discussion section.

      Reviewer #2 (public review):  

      The authors developed an algorithm that allows for deconvoluting of plasmid sequences from a mixture of plasmids that have been sequenced by nanopore long read technology. As library preparations and barcoding of individual samples increase sequencing costs, the algorithm bypasses this need and thus decreases time on sample prep and sequencing costs. In the first step, the tool assesses which of the plasmid constructions can be mixed in a single library preparation by calculating a distance matrix between the reference plasmid and the constructions producing sequence clusters. The user is given groups of plasmids, from diPerent clusters, to be pooled together for sequencing. After sequencing, the algorithm deconvolutes the reads by classifying them based on alignments to the reference sequence. A Bayesian analysis approach is used to obtain a consensus sequence and quality scores. 

      Strengths 

      The authors exploit one of the main advantages of long-read sequencing which is to accurately resolve regions of high complexity, as regularly found in plasmids, and developed a tool that can validate plasmid constructions by reducing sequencing costs. Multiple plasmids (up to six) can be analyzed simultaneously in a single library without the need for sample barcoding, also reducing sample preparation time. Although inserts must be diPerent, just 2 bases diPerence would be enough for a correct assignation. It maximizes cost-ePiciency for projects that require large amounts of plasmid constructions and highthroughput validation. 

      We thank the reviewer for the positive response to our manuscript and the helpful comments.

      Weaknesses 

      The method proposed by the authors requires prior knowledge of plasmid sequences (i.e., blueprints or plasmid reference) and is not suitable for small experiments. The plasmid inserts or backbones must be diPerent e.g., multiple colonies from the same plasmid construction ePort cannot be submitted together. 

      As also discussed in the response to reviewer 1, we agree with the reviewer that SAVEMONEY does not allow you the analysis of plasmids from multiple colonies in the same cloning experiment. However, that does not necessarily mean that SAVEMONEY cannot reduce the sequencing cost. For example, when sequencing two colonies from each of three diPerent constructs (six plasmids in total), the standard approach would require sequencing costs for six samples. However, with SAVEMONEY, up to three plasmids can be mixed per sample, allowing them to be sequenced as just two samples. As a result, the sequencing cost per plasmid is reduced to one-third. The greatest benefits can be realized when SAVEMONEY is used at the laboratory level or by multiple researchers. To make this point clearer, we have added sentences in the 5th paragraph of the discussion section.

      The reviewer also expressed concern that SAVEMONEY is not suitable for experiments at a small scale. To put it more precisely, SAVEMONEY cannot be used when the experiment size is minimal, such as in a lab that consistently constructs only a single plasmid at a time. That said, the strength of SAVEMONEY lies in its scalability. Even in labs where plasmid construction is typically limited to one at a time, there may be occasional instances where two or more plasmids are created simultaneously. In such cases, SAVEMONEY can be used to reduce sequencing costs. Moreover, in a typical molecular biology lab where multiple plasmids are constructed every week, SAVEMONEY can be particularly ePective. Given its adaptability and cost-saving potential and widespread use since its initial publication on bioRxiv and on Google Colab, we are confident that SAVEMONEY will continue to be a valuable tool for a wide range of researchers.

      Recommendations For The Authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      The manucript assumes all samples are sent out for sequencing at a specific company. This could be generalized for a much broader use since many labs now own nanopore sequencers. In turn, the advantage of reducing hands-on sample prep becomes more evident. 

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We agree that SAVEMONEY can also benefit those performing library preparation. Combination of standard barcodes with SAVEMONEY significantly expands the scope of sequencing applications. For example, it enables sequencing of more plasmid types than the number of available barcodes and, in some cases, may even eliminate the need for the sample prep step to introduce barcode. Because we do not own ONT equipment, we could not conduct experiments using ONT. However, to clarify these possibilities, we added a dedicated paragraph (3rd paragraph in the discussion section).

      The base calling model (high accuracy, super accuracy) used by Plasmidsaurus and tested here should be mentioned.  

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. The description about the base calling model (HAC) was added in Materials and Methods section.

      Other modifications to the revised manuscript 

      Beyond changes made in response to reviewer comments above, we have also through our continued use and improvement of SAVEMONEY, made additional changes to the algorithm and therefore to the manuscript. Those changes are outlined below. Improvements in the pre-survey step

      (1) The pre-survey algorithm was reduced to a Zero-One Integer Linear Programming Problem to guarantee the optimal combinations, as previous versions did not ensure an optimal solution. Relatedly, the explanation of the algorithm in the main manuscript was updated.

      (2) The algorithm was modified to ensure that the number of plasmids distributed to each group is balanced. A new feature was also added to allow users to specify the number of groups, which is beneficial when balancing between cost and quality.

      (3) An error was corrected in Fig. 2, where the distance calculation method for the hierarchical clustering step for group formation was Farthest Point Algorithm, which calculates distance between two clusters based on the farthest pair of plasmids. The correct method is the Nearest Point Algorithm. This error was present only in Fig. 2, while other implementations, including source code of SAVEMONEY and Google Colab page, were correct from the beginning. We have corrected the error in Fig. 2.

      Modifications in figures, manuscripts, and other aspects

      (1) Fig. 3 was updated to reflect the update of SAVEMONEY, although it did not show any important diPerences.

      (2) Parameter names were updated as follows:

      “threshold (pre)” -> “distance_threshold”

      “threshold (post)” -> “score_threshold” Added “number_of_groups”

      (3) The order of elements was rearranged in Fig. 4.

      (4) Incorrect calculations were fixed in Fig. 4g, h, and i (old Fig. 4d, h, and l). Related to that, Fig. 4j, k, and l and Table 1 were added, in addition to the explanation in the main manuscript.

      (5) SAVEMONEY was packaged and was released on PyPI to facilitate easy installation and integration by other developers.

      (6) SAVEMONEY was updated and expanded to accommodate linear DNA fragments, such as PCR amplicons and long synthetic DNA. Users can select the topology of DNA by specifying that as an option. A description of this new capability was added at the end of “Overview of the algorithm” section.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1:

      (…) some concerns with interpretations and technical issues make several major conclusions in this manuscript less rigorous, as explained in detail in comments below. In particular, the two major concerns I have: 1) the contradiction between the strong reduction of global translation, with puromycin incorporation gel showing no detectable protein synthesis in cold, and an apparently large fraction of transcripts whose abundance and translation in Fig. 2A are both strongly increased. 2) The fact that no transcripts were examined for dependance on IRE-1/XBP1 for their induction by cold, except for one transcriptional reporter, and some weaknesses (see below) in data showing activation of IRE-1/XBP-1 pathway. The conclusion for induction of UPR by cold via specific activation of IRE-1/XBP-1 pathway, in my opinion, requires additional experiments.

      Relating to the first point, the results of puromycin incorporation and ribosome profiling are not contradictory. The former shows absolute changes in translation, i.e. changes in how much protein the cell is producing, while the latter shows relative changes between the produced proteins, i.e. how the cell prioritizes its protein production. An observed up-regulation in ribosome profiling does not necessarily mean (but could) that the corresponding protein goes up in absolute terms (units produced per time). Instead, it implies that out of the population of all translating ribosomes, a larger fraction is translating (prioritizing) this particular mRNA relative to other mRNAs. The second point is addressed later in the response.

      Major concerns:

      (1) Fig. 1B shows polysomes still present on day 1 of 4ºC exposure, but the gel in Fig. 1C suggests a complete lack of protein synthesis. Why?

      We realized that the selected gel exposure may give the false impression of a complete lack of puromycin incorporation at 4ºC. To avoid confusion, we now show in Figure 1 – figure supplement 1 the original gel image next to its longer exposure. The quantification of puromycin incorporation remains in Fig. 1C (it is based on 3 biological replicates and only one replicate is shown in the corresponding supplement). We hope it is now clear that there is an ongoing puromycin incorporation/translation at 4ºC, albeit much reduced compared with 20ºC.

      What is then the evidence that ribosomal footprints used in much of the paper as evidence of ongoing active translation are from actual translating rather than still bound to transcripts but stationary ribosomes, considering that cooling to 4ºC is often used to 'freeze' protein complexes and prevent separation of their subunits? The authors should explain whether ribosome profiling as a measure of active translation has been evaluated specifically at 4ºC, or test this experimentally.

      While the ribosomal profiling alone might not prove ongoing translation, the residual puromycin incorporation does (see the longer gel exposure in Figure 1 – figure supplement 1). To strengthen this argument, we selected two additional genes (cebp-1 and numr-1) whose ribosomal footprints increase in the cold, and whose GFP-fusions were available from the CGC. Monitoring their expression, we observed the expected increase in the cold (see Figure 2 – figure supplement 3 A-B). The ongoing translation in the cold is also in line with our previous study (Peke et al., 2022), where we observed de novo protein synthesis of other proteins under the same cooling conditions as in this study.

      They should also provide some evidence (like Western blots) of increases in protein levels for at least some of the strongly cold-upregulated transcripts, like lips-11.

      As explained above, we addressed it by additionally examining two strains expressing GFP-fused proteins, whose translation in the cold is predicted to increase according to our ribosomal profiling data. See the new Figure 2 – figure supplement 3 A-B.

      As puromycin incorporation seems to be the one direct measure of global protein synthesis here, it conflicts with much of the translation data, especially considering that quite a large fraction of transcripts have increased both mRNA levels and ribosome footprints, and thus presumably increased translation at 4ºC, in Fig. 2A.

      We hope the above explanations put this concern to rest.

      Also, it is not clear how quantitation in Fig. 1C relates to the gel shown, the quantitation seems to indicate about 50-60% reduction of the signal, while the gel shows no discernable signal.

      A above, see a longer western blot exposure in Figure 1 – figure supplement 1 and note that the quantification is based on three biological replicates.

      (2) It is striking that plips-11::GFP reporter is induced in day 1 of 4ºC exposure, apparently to the extent that is similar to its induction by a large dose of tunicamycin (Fig. 3 supplement),

      We did not intend to compare the extend of induction between cold and tunicamycin treatment. The tunicamycin experiment was meant to confirm that, as suggested by expression data from Shen et al. 2005, lips-11 is upregulated upon UPR activation.

      …but the three IRE-1 dependent UPR transcripts from Shen 2005 list were not induced at all on day 1 (Fig. 4 supplement). Moreover, the accumulation of the misfolded CPL-1 reporter, that was interpreted as evidence that misfolding may be triggering UPR at 4ºC, was only observed on day 1, when the induction of the three IRE-1 targets is absent, but not on day 3, when it is stronger. How does this agree with the conclusion of UPR activation by cold via IRE-1/XBP-1 pathway?

      In the originally submitted supplemental figure, we compared mRNA levels between day 1 animals at 20ºC versus 4ºC. However, as argued later by this reviewer, it may be better to use day 0 animals at 20ºC as the reference (since at 20ºC the animals will continue producing embryos). Thus, we repeated the RT-qPCR analysis with additional time points (and genes relevant to other comments). This analysis, now in Figure 4 – figure supplement 2, shows that these mRNAs (dnj-27, srp-7, and C36B7.6) increased already at day 1 in the cold compared with the reference 20ºC animals on day 0, and their levels increased further on day 3.

      It is true that the authors do note very little overlap between IRE-1/XBP-1-dependent genes induced by different stress conditions, but for most of this paper, they draw parallels between tunicamycin-induced and cold induced IRE-1/XBP-1 activation.

      We carefully re-examined the manuscript to ensure that we do not draw parallels between cold and tunicamycin treatment. The three genes (dnj-27, srp-7, and C36B7.6) were taken from Shen et al. because that study reported lips-11 as an IRE-1-responsive gene, which we realized thanks to the Wormbase annotation of lips-11. Examining the three genes in our expression data, srp-7 (like lips-11) is also upregulated more than 2-fold, while the other two genes go up but less than 2-fold. As mentioned by the reviewer, we note little overlap between the different stress conditions suggesting that the response is context dependent. Additional differences may arise if, as we hypothesize, UPR is activated in the cold in response to both protein and lipid stress. Note that the 2-fold cutoff used in the previous Figure 7 – figure supplement 1 was (erroneously) on the log2 scale, so showed genes upregulated at least 4-fold. We now corrected it to 2-fold. While there are now a few more overlapping genes, the overall conclusion, that there is little overlap between different conditions, did not change. We now list the shared genes in the new Supplementary file 5.

      The conclusion that "the transcription of some cold-induced genes reflects the activation of unfolded protein response (UPR)..." is based on analysis of only one gene, lips-11. No other genes were examined for IRE-1 dependence of their induction by cold, neither the other 8 genes that are common between the cold-induced genes here and the ER stress/IRE-1- induced in Shen 2005 (Venn diagram in Figure 7 supplement), nor the hsp-4 reporter. What is the evidence that lips-11 is not the only gene whose induction by cold in this paper's dataset depends on IRE-1? This is a major weakness and needs to be addressed.

      Furthermore, whether induction by cold of lips-11 itself is due to IRE1 activation was not tested, only a partial decrease of reporter fluorescence by ire-1 RNAi is shown. A quantitative measure of the change of lips-11 transcript in ire-1 and xbp-1 mutants is needed to establish if it depends on IRE-1/XBP-1 pathway.

      We now examined by RT-qPCR if the induction of the three genes from Shen at al. (dnj-27, srp-7, and C36B7.6), as well as lips-11 and hsp-4 depends on IRE-1. In the new Figure 4 – figure supplement 2, we show that the upregulation of all these genes is reduced in the cold in the ire1 mutant (although in the wild type, the increase of hsp-4 mRNA appeared to be non-significant, despite the observed upregulation of the hsp-4 GFP reporter).

      The authors could provide more information and the additional data for the transcripts upregulated by both ER stress and cold, including the endogenous lips-11 and hsp-4 transcripts: their identity, fold induction by both cold and ER stress, how their induction is ranked in the corresponding datasets (all of these are from existing data), and do they depend on IRE-1/XBP-1 for induction by cold?

      As above, the dependence of endogenous lips-11 and hsp-4 on IRE-1 is now shown in the new Figure 4 – figure supplement 2, and the shared genes from Figure 7 – figure supplement 1 are listed in the new Supplementary file 5. We did not perform additional analysis comparing various data sets, as we felt that understanding the differences between IRE-1-mediated transcription outputs across different conditions goes well beyond this study.

      Without these additional data and considering that the authors did not directly measure the splicing of xbp-1 transcript (see comment for Fig. 3 below), the conclusion that cold induces UPR by specific activation of IRE-1/XBP-1 pathway is premature.

      To address the splicing of endogenous xbp-1, we examined our ribosome profiling data for the translation of spliced xbp-1, and found that the spliced variant is more abundant in the cold. This data is now shown in Figure 3 – figure supplement 2B.

      There are also technical issues that are making it difficult to interpret some of the results, and missing controls that decrease the rigor of conclusions:

      (1) For RNAseq and ribosome occupancy, were the 20ºC day 1 adult animals collected at the same time as the other set was moved to 4ºC, or were they additionally grown at 20ºC for the same length of time as the 4ºC incubations, which would make them day 2 adults or older at the time of analysis? This information is only given for SUnSET: "animals were cultivated for 1 or 3 additional days at 4ºC or 20ºC".

      In the RNAseq experiments, the 20ºC animals were collected at the same time as the others were moved to 10ºC (and then 4ºC), so they were not additionally grown at 20ºC. We make it now clear in Methods.

      This could be a major concern in interpreting translation data: First, the inducibility of both UPR and HSR in worms is lost at exactly this transition, from day 1 to day 2 or 3 adults, depending on the reporting lab (for example Taylor and Dillin 2013, Labbadia and Morimoto, 2015, De-Souza et al 2022).

      As explained above, the 20ºC animals were collected at the same time as the others were moved to 4ºC. Then, we reported before that ageing appears to be suppressed in animals incubated at 4ºC (Habacher et al., 2016; Figure S1C). Thus, it terms of their biological age, cold-incubated animals appear to be closer to the 20ºC animals at the time they are moved to the cold (day 0). Thus, the ageing-associated deterioration in UPR inducibility mentioned above presumably does not apply to cold-incubated animals, which is in line with the observed IRE-1-dependent upregulation of several genes in day 3 animals at 4ºC.

      How do authors account for this? Would results with reporter induction, or induction of IRE-1 target genes in Fig. 4, change if day 1 adults were used for 20ºC?

      Our analysis in Figure 4 – figure supplement 2 now includes 20ºC animals at day 0, 1, and 3.

      Second, if animals at the time of shift to 4ºC were only beginning their reproduction, they will presumably not develop further during hibernation, while an additional day at 20ºC will bring them to the full reproductive capacity. Did 4ºC and 20ºC animals used for RNAseq and ribosome occupancy have similar numbers of embryos, and were the embryos at similar stages?

      As explained above, the reference animals at 20ºC were young adults containing few embryos. Indeed, at 4ºC the animals do not accumulate embryos. Although we cannot say that for all genes, note that the genes analysed in Figure 4 – figure supplement 2 increase in abundance also when compared with the day 3 animals kept at 20ºC.

      (2) Second, no population density is given for most of the experiments, despite the known strong effects of crowding (high pheromone) on C. elegans growth. From the only two specifics that are given, it seems that very different population sizes were used: for example, 150 L1s were used in survival assay, while 12,000 L1s in SUnSET. Have the authors compared results they got at high population densities with what would happen when animals are grown in uncrowded plates? At least a baseline comparison in the beginning should have been done.

      None of the experiments involved crowded populations. In the SUnSET experiments, we just used larger and more plates to obtain sufficient material.

      (3) Fig. 3: it is unclear why the accepted and well characterized quantitative measure of IRE1 activation, the splicing of xbp-1transcript, is not determined directly by RT-PCR. The fluorescent XBP-1spliced reporter, to my knowledge, has not been tested for its quantitative nature and thus its use here is insufficient. Furthermore, the image of this fluorescent reporter in Fig. 3b shows only one anterior-most row of cells of intestine, and quantitation was done with 2 to 5 nuclei per animal, while lips-11 is induced in entire intestine. Was there spliced XBP-1 in the rest of the intestinal nuclei? Could the authors show/quantify the entire animal (20 intestinal cells) rather than one or two rows of cells?

      As explained above, we now included the analysis of xbp-1 splicing in Figure 3 – figure supplement 2B. As for the fluorescent reporter, it is difficult to measure all gut nuclei since part of the gut is occluded by the gonad. Nonetheless, we do see induction of the reporter in other gut nuclei and show now additional examples from midgut in Figure 3 – figure supplement 2A.  

      (4) The differences in the outcomes from this study and the previous one (Dudkevich 2022) that used 15ºC to 2ºC cooling approach are puzzling, as they would suggest two quite different IRE-1 dependent programs of cold tolerance. It would be good if authors commented on overlapping/non-overlapping genes, and provided their thoughts on the origin of these differences considering the small difference in temperatures.

      Indeed, there seem to be substantial differences between different temperatures and cooling paradigms. While understanding the C. elegans responses to cold is still in its infancy, one possible explanation for the observed differences is that we used different starting growth temperatures. While the initial populations in our study were grown at 20ºC, Dudkevich et al. used 15ºC. Worms display profound physiological differences between these two temperatures. For example, Xiao et al. (2013) showed that the cold-sensitive TRPA-1 channel is important at 15ºC but not 20ºC. Thus, the trajectories along which worms adapt to near freezing temperature may vary depending on their initial physiological state (and perhaps the target temperature, as we used 4ºC and they 2ºC). We now expanded argumentation on this topic in Discussion. I should also say that we planned on testing NLP-3 function in our paradigm, but our request for strains remained unanswered.

      Second, have the authors performed a control where they reproduced the rescue by FA supplementation of poor survival of ire-1 mutants after the 15ºC to 2ºC shift? Without this or another positive control, and without measuring change in lipid composition in their own experiments, it is unclear whether the different outcomes with respect to FAs are due to a real difference in adaptive programs at these temperatures, or to failure in supplementation?

      While we did not re-examine the findings by Dudkevich et al., we did include now another positive control. As reporter by Hou et al. (2014), supplementing unsaturated FAs rescues the induction of the hsp-4 reporter in fat-6 RNAi-ed animals. Although we were able to reproduce that result (Figure 6 – figure supplement 1), the same supplementation procedure did not suppress the lips11 reporter (Figure 6 – figure supplement 2).

      (5) Have the authors tested whether and by how much ire-1(ok799) mutation shortens the lifespan at 20ºC? This needs to be done before the defect in survival of ire-1 mutants in Fig. 7a can be interpreted.

      The lifespan at standard cultivation temperature was examined by others (Henis-Korenblit et al., 2010; Hourihan et al., 2016), showing that ire-1(ok799) mutants live shorter. However, while some mechanism that prolong lifespan may also improve cold survival, the two phenomena are not identical and whether IRE-1 facilitates longevity and cold survival in the same or different way remains to be seen.

      Reviewer #2:

      (1) The conclusions regarding a general transcriptional response are based on one gene, lips-11, which does not affect survival in response to cold. We would suggest altering the title, to replace "Reprograming gene expression: with" Regulation of the lipase lips-11".

      We now examined IRE-1 dependent induction of additional genes – see Figure 4 – figure supplement 2. While we do not know what fraction of cold-induced genes depends on IRE-1, we feel that our findings justify the statement that that gene expression in the cold involves the IRE1/XBP-1 pathway (title) or that that the transcription of some/a subset of cold-induced genes depend on this pathway (in abstract, model, and discussion).

      (2) There is no gene ontology with the gene expression data.

      We now included the top 10 most enriched and suppressed gene categories between 10ºC and 4ºC (since the biggest change happens between these conditions, as shown in Figure 2 – figure supplement 1A). This is now included in the Figure 2 – figure supplement 2.

      (3) Definitive conclusions regarding transcription vs translational effects would require use of blockers such as alpha amanatin or cyclohexamide.

      As explained also for reviewer 1, we confirmed now that at least some genes, whose translation is upregulated based on the ribosome profiling, are indeed upregulated in the cold at the protein level (Figure 2 – figure supplement 3A-B). Thus, the increase in ribosomal occupancy seems to accurately reflect increased translation. Since mRNA levels correlate overall with the ribosomal occupancy, it appears that the mRNA levels are the main determinants of the translation output. Because the lips-11 promoter is sufficient to upregulate the GFP reporter in the cold, it further suggests that the regulation happens at the transcription level. It is true that at this point we cannot completely rule out the effects of mRNA stability, which we clearly acknowledge in the discussion.

      (4) Conclusions regarding the role of lipids are based on supplementation with oleic acid or choline, yet there is no lipid analysis of the cold animals, or after lips-1 knockdown.

      We agree that this is an important direction for future studies but feel that lipidomic analysis goes beyond the scope of current work.

      Although choline is important for PC production, adding choline in normal PC could have many other metabolic impacts and doesn't necessarily implicate PC without lipidomic or genetic evidence.

      We agree and acknowledge it now in Discussion: “However, choline also plays other roles, including in neurotransmitter synthesis and methylation metabolism. Thus, we cannot yet rule out the possibility that the protective effects of choline supplementation stem from functions outside PC synthesis.”

      Reviewer #3:

      The study has several weaknesses: it provides limited novel insights into pathways mediating transcriptional regulation of cold-inducible genes, as IRE-1 and XBP-1are already well-known responders to endoplasmic reticulum stress, including that induced by cold.

      We presume the reviewer refers to the study by Dudkevich et al. (2022). As explained in our manuscript, there are important differences between that study and ours in how the IRE-1 signalling is utilized and to what ends.

      Additionally, the weak cold sensitivity phenotype observed in ire-1 mutants casts doubt on the pathway's key role in cold adaptation. The study also overlooks previous research (e.g.PMID: 27540856) that links IRE-1 to SKN-1, another major stress-responsive pathway, potentially missing important interactions and mechanisms involved in cold adaptation.

      We state in the manuscript that the IRE-1 pathway plays a modest but significant role in cold adaptation and state in the Fig. 7 model and Discussion that additional pathways work alongside IRE-1 to drive cold-specific gene expression.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1:

      Minor comments:

      (1) Fig. 2B - reporter expression seems to be already present in the intestine of 20ºC animals. What is the turnover rate of GFP in the intestine and how is it affected by the temperature shift? If GFP degradation is inhibited, could it explain the increase in signal in 4ºC animals, rather than increased transcription? This seems to be true for the hsp-4 transcriptional reporter, as the GFP fluorescence appears to increase during 4ºC incubation (Fig. 4a), but the hsp-4 message levels are only increased after 1 day but not in later days at 4ºC, based on the RNAseq in provided dataset. How well do changes in lips-11 reporter fluorescence correspond to the changes in the endogenous lips-11 transcript?

      Note that increased GFP fluorescence is accompanied by increased mRNA levels. In addition to the RNAseq data, we now also examined changes of the endogenous lips-11 transcript by RTqPCR and observed its strong (and IRE-1 dependent) upregulation in the cold– see Figure 4 – figure supplement 2. Moreover, we now included two other examples of GFP-tagged proteins whose fluorescence increases in the cold, concomitant with increased mRNA levels and ribosomal occupancy (Figure 2 – figure supplement 2A-B).

      (2) Descriptions of methods to measure different aspects of translation are very abbreviated and in some places make it difficult to understand the paper. One example - what is RFP in Fig. 2a?

      We replaced now “RFP” with “RPF” (ribosome protected fragment) and the abbreviation is explained firsts time it is used.

      (3) How was the effectiveness of RNAi at 4ºC validated?

      As explained in Methods, we subjected animals to RNAi long before they were transferred to 4ºC, so the corresponding protein is depleted prior to cooling.

      (4) Several of the conclusions on translation and ribosomal occupancy are written in a somewhat confusing way. For example, the authors state that "shift from 10ºC to 4ºC had a strong effect" when describing "impact on translation (ribosomal occupancy)" (page 4), but in the next sentence, they state "a good correlation between mRNA levels and translation (Figure 2A)". Was ribosomal occupancy normalized to the transcript abundance?

      We do not perceive any discrepancy between the two statements. The former refers to the difference between time points, where we observed the largest change in both the transcriptome and ribosomal occupancy from 10ºC to 4ºC (as can be inferred in the PCA plot in Figure 2 - figure supplement 1). The latter refers to the observation that changes in mRNA levels mirrored, in most of cases, similar changes in the ribosomal occupancy.

      The ribosomal occupancy was not normalized, as that would essentially normalize the y-axis (ribosomal occupancy) with the x-axis (mRNA), and so express changes in “translational efficiency” as a function of changes in mRNA abundance. While this type of analysis can also reveal interesting biological phenomena, it would explore a different question.

      (5) "For most transcripts ... increased the abundance of a particular protein appears to correlate depend primarily on the abundance of its mRNA" (page 5). This is an overstatement, the protein levels were not quantified.

      As explained above, we now additionally monitored the expression of two GFP-tagged proteins (CEBP-1 and NUMR-1). Monitoring their expression, we observed the expected increase in GFP fluorescence in the cold (see Figure 2 – figure supplement 3 A-B). While we did not examine them also by western blot, these observations are in line with our conclusions.

      (6) The statement "Since transcription is the main determinant of mRNA levels, these results suggest that cold-specific gene expression primarily depends on transcription activation" seems to assume that message degradation doesn't have much of an impact at 4ºC. What is the evidence here? The authors themselves later suggest either transcription or mRNA stability in Discussion.

      While we cannot exclude that mRNA stability of some genes may be affected, this concern is more valid for the messages that go down in the cold. Although we have done it for only selected genes, each time we observed an increase in the mRNA levels, we also observed the corresponding increase in the protein; this study and Pekec et al. (2022). Then, the lips-11 reporter was designed to monitor the activity of its promoter, which we showed in sufficient to upregulate reporter GFP in the cold. We have now expanded the corresponding paragraph in Discussion, which will hopefully come across as more balanced.  

      Reviewer #2:

      (1) Alter title, conclusions to better reflect specific nature of the work.

      We now provided additional data and feel that it justifies our conclusions and title.

      (2) Use Gene Ontology searches to look at patterns of gene expression in RNA seq data.

      We now show it in Figure 2 – figure supplement 2.

      (3) Use genetic or lipidomic tools rather than solely adding exogenous lipids.

      We agree that lipidomic analysis is an important direction for future research, but feel that lipidomic analysis and further genetic experiments go beyond the scope of current manuscript.

      Reviewer #3:

      To strengthen the evidence for the role of IRE-1 in cold adaptation, the authors might consider performing additional functional assays, such as testing the effects of IRE-1 and XBP-1 mutations under varying cold conditions and testing the genetic interaction of ire-1 with xbp-1, skn-1, and hsf-1 in cold sensitivities. It is also worth using alternative approaches such as independent alleles of ire-1, knockdowns or tissue-specific knockouts (without potential developmental compensation in global constitutive mutants) to better characterize the contribution of IRE-1 to cold adaptation. Additionally, studies that examine tissue-specific responses to cold exposure could provide important insights, as different tissues may utilize distinct molecular pathways to adapt to cold stress.

      We also tested ire-1 and xbp-1 functions by RNAi-mediated depletion. SKN-1 is a good candidate for future studies, but Horikawa at al. (2024) showed that HSF-1 is not required for cold dormancy (at 4ºC); we also show now that HSF-1::GFP does not increase in the cold (Figure 2 – figure supplement 3C).

      This reviewer also recommends clarifying the novelty of your findings in the context of existing literature, particularly regarding the established roles of IRE-1 and XBP-1 in responding to endoplasmic reticulum stress.

      The entry point of this study was to clarify a long-standing problem in hibernation research, i.e., the apparent discrepancy between a global translation repression and de novo gene expression observed in the cold. By connecting cold-mediated expression of some genes to the IRE-1/XBP1 pathway, we strengthen the argumentation for transcription-mediated gene regulation in hibernating animals. We did go the extra mile to test the possible reason behind the activation of UPR<sup>ER</sup> in the cold but feel that a deeper analysis deserves a separate study.

      The term "hibernation" should be avoided or reworded since the study does not provide direct behavioral or physiological evidence for hibernation-like states; instead, the manuscript could refer to "cold-induced responses" or "adaptations to cold temperatures."

      The term “hibernation” was used before even in the context of the C. elegans dauer state, which, arguably, is even less appropriate. In addition to a global suppression of translation shown here, we reported before that the same cooling regime suppresses ageing (Habacher et al., 2016; Figure S1C). Incubating at 4ºC also arrests C. elegans development (Horikawa et al., 2024). Thus, while the worm and mammalian hibernation are certainly not equivalent – which we clearly spell out – we like to use “hibernation” interchangeably with “cold dormancy” to draw attention to a fascinating aspect of C. elegans biology. Still, we use now quotation marks in the title to avoid misunderstanding.

      The discussion could be strengthened by addressing the relevance of prior studies, such as those linking IRE-1 to SKN-1 (PMID: 27540856), TRPA-1 (PMID: 23415228), ZIP-10 (PMID: 29664006), HSF-1 (PMID: 38987256) in cold adaptation and elaborating on how your findings provide new

      The IRE-1/SKN-1 and ZIP-10 papers are now mentioned when describing the model in Figure 7. The TRP-1 and HSF-1 papers are cited when discussing physiological differences between different cold temperatures. Consistent with our studies, the HSF-1 paper shows that nematodes enter a dormant state at 4ºC (but at 9ºC and higher temperatures continue developing). Importantly, HSF-1 promotes the development at 9ºC but is not important for the arrest at 4ºC. We also shown now in Figure 2 – figure supplement 3C that HSF-1 does not go up at 4ºC.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      (1) The authors conclude that the committed progenitors revert to GSCs based on the coexpression of nanos2 and foxl2l nanos2 and based on expression of id1 in mutants but not in WT. Without functional data demonstrating that the progenitors revert to an earlier state, alternative interpretations should be considered. For example, it is possible that the cells initiate the committed progenitor program but continue to express the GSC program and that the coexpression of both programs blocks differentiation.

      Thanks for your insightful comment. We have explored possible alternative interpretations of our data. Regarding the suggested possibility of a continued GSC program in the mutant, we have examined the expression of GSC markers including nanos2 in the mutant at different stages. We found that in the mutant, nanos2 or other GSC markers were not significantly upregulated in GSC-to progenitor transition (G-P) and early progenitors (Prog-E) (Fig. 4B). The expression of these GSC markers was also low in the integrated clusters I4-I6 when G-P and Prog-E stages were prominent (Fig. 3D and Fig. 3E). GSC marker nanos2 was high only in mutant Prog-C. These results argue against continued GSC programs in the foxl2l mutants. Another possible explanation is that perhaps some mutant Prog-C acquires some GSC property with the upregulation of nanos2 instead of a continuous GSC program. We have now clarified our rationale about mutant cells gaining new GSC properties and included both interpretations in the Result.

      Consistent with this possibility, some Fox family members, FoxL2 and FoxPs for example, are known to be both activators and repressors of transcription or act primarily as repressors. Potentially relevant to this work, repressive activity of FoxL2 has been previously reported in the mammalian ovary (Pisarska et al Endocrinology 2004, Pisarska Am J. Phys Endo. Metabolism 2010, Kuo Reproduction 2012, Kuo Endocrinology 2011, as well as more recent publications). In that context interfering with FoxL2 was proposed to cause upregulated expression of genes normally repressed by FoxL2, accelerated follicle recruitment, and premature ovarian failure.

      FoxL2 exerts both activating and repressive activities. We believe that Foxl2l can also activate and repress its target gene expression. Although its target genes have not been clearly identified, Foxl2l may activate genes involved such process as oogenic meiosis, and may also repress other genes involved in other processes, say perhaps nanos2.

      (2) The authors conclude that the committed progenitor stage is "the gate toward female determination" and that the cells "stay at S-Phase temporarily before differentiation". This conclusion seems to be based solely on single cell RNAseq expression. In several species, including zebrafish, meiotic entry occurs earlier in females and has been correlated with ovary development. The possibility that the late progenitor stage, the stage when meiotic genes are detected in this study and a stage missing in foxl2l mutants, is actually the key stage for female determination cannot be excluded by the data provided.

      We agree that Prog-L is important for the initiation of female meiosis. We have made revision in the text to point out the importance of Prog-L in female differentiation.

      (3) The authors discuss prior working showing that loss of germ cells leads to male development and that germ cells are required for female development and claim to extend that work by showing here that some progenitors are already sexually differentiated. First, the stages compared are completely different. The earlier work looks at the primordial germ cells and their loss in the first few days of development before a gonad forms. In contrast, this work examines stages well after the gonad has formed and during sex determination.

      Both previous studies and our study indicate the important role of germ cells in zebrafish sex differentiation during gonadal development. The earlier works show that the abundance of primordial germ cells contributes to sex differentiation. Our current finding further suggests the existence of female identify in some germ cells at the juvenile stage and discusses the importance of cell in sexual differentiation. We have added the developmental age in our study to emphasize the age difference.

      The second concern is that the conclusion that the progenitors are differentiated is based solely on the expression of foxl2l, which is initially expressed in the juvenile ovary state that lab strains have been shown to develop through (Wilson et al Front Cell Dev Bio 2024). While it is fair to state that some cells express ovary markers at this stage, it is unclear that this is sufficient evidence that the cells are differentiated.

      The conclusion about the differentiation of progenitors is not based solely on foxl2l expression; rather, it is according to the whole transcriptomic profiles of both WT (Figure 1B) and foxl2l mutant cells (Figure 3A) as well as the foxl2l mutant phenotype (Figure 2C). Three types of progenitors, Prog-E, Prog-C and Prog-L were identified by whole transcriptomic analysis in WT. In foxl2l mutants, the transcriptomic profile further shows that Prog-L and meiotic cells are completely lost, and all germ cells undergo male differentiation eventually. These results together indicate that the differentiation of Prog-C to Prog-L guides the progenitor toward female differentiation. Our result also showed that in the juvenile gonad, foxl2l expression is high in two types of progenitors, Prog-C and Prog-L, and become low after meiotic entry.

      For example, in the context of the foxl2l mutant, the authors observe that GSCs and early progenitors inappropriately express foxl2l, but the mutants develop as males. Thus, expression of foxl2l transcripts alone is insufficient evidence to claim that the cells are already differentiated as female.

      The foxl2l mutants develop into males because they lack functional Foxl2l. Although the mutated foxl2l transcript is present in mutant cells, these transcripts are not functional. These mutants develop into males eventually. This result is consistent with our claim that functional Foxl2l is important for the development of Prog-L and female differentiation.

      (4) The comparison between medaka and zebrafish foxl2l mutants seems to suggest that Foxl2l is required for meiosis in medaka but has a different role in zebrafish. However, if foxl2l represses the earlier developmental programs of GSCs and early progenitors, it is possible that continued expression of these early programs interferes with activation of meiotic genes. This could account for the absence of the late progenitor stage in foxl2l mutants since the late progenitor stage is defined by and distinguished from the earlier stages by expression of foxl2l and meiotic genes. If so, foxl2l may be similarly required in both systems.

      Medaka and zebrafish Foxl2l may share similar functions such as the stimulation of meiotic gene expression and promotion of oogenesis in the female germ cells preparing for meiotic entry. In addition, we also detected aberrant upregulation of nanos2 in some foxl2l mutant cells. The idea of “continued expression of these early programs interferes with activation of meiotic genes” is conceivable, but for now we have no evidence for it. We do not know whether the absence of meiotic genes is due to an interference caused by the activation of nanos2 or due to the complete loss of Prog-L and meiotic cells. It will also be interesting to find out whether medaka Foxl2l has a role in early progenitors

      (5) The authors state that "Foxl2l may ensure female differentiation by preventing stemness and antagonizing male development." It is unclear why suppressing stemness would be necessary for female differentiation since female zebrafish have stem cells as do male zebrafish. It seems likely that turning off the GSC and early differentiation programs is important for allowing expression of meiosis and oocyte differentiation genes, and that a gene other than Foxl2l is required for differentiation from GSCs to spermatocytes.

      It is true that we have not proved whether suppression of stemness is required for female differentiation. Maybe our earlier statement is a bit misleading. We agree that it is likely that turning off the GSC and early differentiation programs is important for allowing expression of meiotic and oocyte differentiation genes, and that a gene other than Foxl2l is required for differentiation from GSCs to spermatocytes. To avoid confusion, we have modified our statement in the text.

      (6) Based on its expression in mutant progenitors, p53 is proposed to assist with alternative differentiation of mutant germ cells. Although p53 transcripts are expressed, no evidence is provided that p53 is involved in differentiation of germ cells, and sex bias has not been associated with the published p53 mutants in zebrafish. Furthermore, while p53 has been shown to be important for ovary to testis transformation in mutant contexts in adults, it appears dispensable for testis development in mutants that disrupt ovary differentiation in earlier stages (Rodriguez-Mari et al PLoS Gen 2010, Shive PNAS 2010, Hartung et al Mol. Reprod. Dev 2014, Miao Development 2017, Kaufman et al PLoSGen 2018, Bertho et al Development 2021. It is possible that p53 eliminates foxl2l mutant germ cells that are simultaneously expressing multiple developmental programs, but this possibility would need to be tested.

      The tp53<sup>-/-</sup>foxl2l<sup>-/-</sup> double mutant cannot alleviate the all-male phenotype of foxl2l<sup>-/-</sup> mutant (Dev Biol, 517, 91-99, 2024), indicating that the male development is not due to p53-mediated germ cell apoptosis. We have cited the suggested papers and compared relation of tp53 between these mutants (fancl, zar1, etc.) mentioned in the cited papers. Since tp53 was enriched in certain foxl2l<sup>-/-</sup> mutant cell clusters, and tp53 mutation fails to rescue the all-male phenotype, it is possible that p53 expressed in these mutant cell clusters has roles other than inducing apoptosis. One assumption is that p53 may be involved in the germ cell differentiation, especially p53 is known to promote differentiation of airway epithelial progenitors, adipogenesis and embryonic stem cells. We have emphasized that the suggested role of p53 in germ cell differentiation is our assumption in the Discussion.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This is the first report to show a transcriptional factor, foxl2l, is essential for the development of female germs. Without foxl2l, germ cells will be developed into sperms. The report also clearly defined the arrested stage of early germ cells in foxl2l mutants, or stages that is critical for foxl2l to play a role for the further development of female germ cells.

      (1) Due to lack of cell lineage tracing, the claim of foxl2l suppression of dedifferentiate of progenitor cells to GSC based on the gene expression and cell number changes is weak.

      Thanks for your comments pointing out our contribution and also weakness. We acknowledge the lack of direct evidence on the reversion of mutant Prog-C to GSC in our data. We now removed the claim about the repression of stemness by Foxl2l.

      (2) In addition, separation of early germ cell types in foxl2l mutant using marker genes from WT may not be optimal.

      The cell type of mutant cell is determined by two independent analyses. First is inferring the developmental stage of mutant cells. This approach assumes that mutant cells can indeed be mapped to specific WT stages through their transcriptomic profiles. However, as indicated by this reviewer’s comments, mutant cells exhibited heterogeneity and can be distinct from WT cells. Defining cell types in mutants by WT markers may not be optimal. To address this, we conducted another analysis, co-clustering. Mutant cells and WT cells at early stages (GSC , G-P, Prog-E, Prog-C(S) and Prog-C) were co-clustered. This approach does not assume a direct correspondence between mutant and WT developmental stages. Instead, it facilitates the identification of novel germ cell types in mutants while characterizing the relationship between WT and mutant cells. In some clusters, both WT and mutant cells were present, indicating high transcriptomic similarity. In other clusters, most cells are only mutant cells, indicating distinct mutant cell types (Figure 3C). We can, therefore, assign developmental properties to these mutant cells with confidence.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Pradhan et al investigated the potential gustatory mechanisms that allow flies to detect cholesterol. They found that flies are indifferent to low cholesterol and avoid high cholesterol. They further showed that the ionotropic receptors Ir7g, Ir51b, and Ir56d are important for the cholesterol sensitivity in bitter neurons. The figures are clear and the behavior result is interesting. However, I have several major comments, especially on the discrepancy of the expression of these Irs with other lab published results, and the confusing finding that the same receptors (Ir7g, Ir51b) have been implicated in the detection of various seemingly unrelated compounds.

      Strengths:

      The results are very well presented, the figures are clear and well-made, text is easy to follow.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Regarding the expression of Ir56d. The reported Ir56d expression pattern contradicts multiple previous studies (Brown et al., 2021 eLife, Figure 6a-c; Sanchez-Alcaniz et al., 2017 Nature Communications, Figure 4e-h; Koh et al., 2014 Neuron, Figure 3b). These studies, using three different driver lines, consistently showed Ir56d expression in sweet-sensing neurons and taste peg neurons. Importantly, Sanchez-Alcaniz et al. demonstrated that Ir56d is not expressed in Gr66a-expressing (bitter) neurons. This discrepancy is critical since Ir56d is identified as the key subunit for cholesterol detection in bitter neurons, and misexpression of Ir7g and Ir51b together is insufficient to confer cholesterol sensitivity (Fig.4b,d). Which Ir56d-GAL4 (and Gr66a-I-GFP) line was used in this study? Is there additional evidence (scRNA sequencing, in-situ hybridization, or immunostaining) supporting Ir56d expression in bitter neurons?

      We agree that the expression pattern of Ir56d diverges from two prior reports . The studies by Brown et al. and Koh et al. employed the same Ir56d-GAL4 driver line, which exhibited expression in sweet-sensing gustatory receptor neurons (GRNs) and taste peg neurons, but not bitter GRNs (the Sanchez-Alcaniz et al. paper did not use an Ir56d-Gal4).

      In our study, we used a Ir56d-GAL4 driver line (KDRC:2307) and the Gr66a-I-GFP reporter line (Weiss et al., 2011 Neuron). This is a crucial distinction, as differences in the regulatory regions used to generate different driver lines are well known to underlie differences in expression patterns. Our double-labeling experiments revealed co-expression of Ir56d with Gr66a-positive bitter GRNs specifically within the S6 and S7 sensilla—types previously shown to exhibit strong electrophysiological responses to cholesterol (Figure 2—figure supplement 1F).

      We believe this observation is biologically significant and consistent with our functional data. Specifically, targeted expression of Ir56d in bitter neurons using the Gr33a-GAL4 was sufficient to rescue cholesterol avoidance behavior in Ir56d<sup>1</sup> mutants (Figure 3G). These results demonstrate that Ir56d plays a functional role in bitter GRNs for cholesterol detection. The convergence of genetic, behavioral, and electrophysiological data presented in our study provides compelling support for this previously unappreciated expression pattern and function of Ir56d.

      (2) Ir51b has previously been implicated in detecting nitrogenous waste (Dhakal 2021), lactic acid (Pradhan 2024), and amino acids (Aryal 2022), all by the same lab. Additionally, both Ir7g and Ir51b have been implicated in detecting cantharidin, an insect-secreted compound that flies may or may not encounter in the wild, by the same lab. Is Ir51b proposed to be a specific receptor for these chemically distinct compounds or a general multimodal receptor for aversive stimuli? Unlike other multimodal bitter receptors, the expression level of Ir51b is rather low and it's unclear which subset of GRNs express this receptor. The chemical diversity among nitrogenous waste, amino acids, lactic acid, cantharidin, and cholesterol raises questions about the specificity of these receptors and warrants further investigation and at a minimum discussion in this paper. Given the wide and seemingly unrelated sensitivity of Ir51b and Ir7g to these compounds I'm leaning towards the hypothesis that at least some of these is non-specific and ecologically irrelevant without further supporting evidence from the authors.

      While it is true that IR51b and IR7g are responsive to a range of compounds, they share chemical features such as nitrogen-containing groups, hydrophobicity, or amphipathic structures suggesting that recognition of these chemicals may be mediated by the same or overlapping domains within the receptor complexes. These features could facilitate binding to a structurally diverse yet chemically related groups of aversive ligands.

      In the case of cholesterol, while its sterol ring system is distinct from the other compounds, it shares hydrophobic and amphipathic properties that may enable interaction with these receptors via similar structural motifs. Importantly, our data demonstrates that Ir51b and Ir7g are necessary but not sufficient on their own to confer cholesterol sensitivity, indicating that additional co-factors or receptor subunits are required for full functionality (Figure 4B, D). Furthermore, our dose-response analysis (Figure 3F) shows that Ir7g is particularly important at higher cholesterol concentrations, supporting the idea of graded sensitivity rather than indiscriminate activation. This suggests that these receptors may have evolved to recognize cholesterol and its analogs (e.g., phytosterols such as stigmasterol, yet to be tested), which are naturally found in the fly’s diet (e.g., yeast and plant-derived matter), as ecologically relevant cues signaling microbial contamination, lipid imbalance, or dietary overconsumption.

      We acknowledge the reviewer’s concern regarding the relatively low expression levels of Ir51b and Ir7g. However, we note that low transcript abundance does not necessarily equate to diminished physiological relevance. Finally, we agree that the chemical diversity of ligands associated with Ir51b and Ir7g warrants deeper investigation, particularly through structure-function studies aimed at identifying ligand-binding domains and receptor-ligand interactions at atomic resolution.

      (3) The Benton lab Ir7g-GAL4 reporter shows no expression in adults. Additionally, two independent labellar RNA sequencing studies (Dweck, 2021 eLife; Bontonou et al., 2024 Nature Communications) failed to detect Ir7g expression in the labellum. This contradicts the authors' previous RT-PCR results (Pradhan 2024 Fig. S4, Journal of Hazardous Materials) showing Ir7g expression in the labellum. Additionally the Benton and Carlson lab Ir51b-GAL4 reporters show no expression in adults as well. Please address these inconsistencies.

      With respect to Ir7g, we acknowledge that the Ir7g-GAL4 reporter line from the Benton lab does not exhibit detectable expression in adult labella. Furthermore, two independent transcriptomic studies—Dweck et al., 2021 (eLife) and Bontonou et al., 2024 (Nature Communications) also did not detect Ir7g transcripts in bulk RNA-seq datasets derived from adult labella. However, our previously published RT-PCR data (Pradhan et al., 2024, Journal of Hazardous Materials, Fig. S4) revealed Ir7g expression in labellar tissue, albeit at low levels. Our RT-PCR includes an internal control (tubulin) with the same reaction tube with control and the Ir7g mutant as a negative control. Therefore, we stand behind the findings that Ir7g is expressed in the labellum.

      We would like to point out that RT-PCR is more sensitive and better-suited to detect low-abundance transcripts than bulk RNA-seq, which may fail to capture transcripts due to limitations in depth of coverage. Moreover, immunohistochemistry can have limitations in detecting very low expression levels. Costa et al. 2013 (Translational lung cancer research) states that “RNA-Seq technique will not likely replace current RT-PCR methods, but will be complementary depending on the needs and the resources as the results of the RNA-Seq will identify those genes that need to then be examined using RT-PCR methods”.

      Similarly, regarding Ir51b, while the GAL4 reporter lines from the Benton and Carlson labs do not show robust adult expression, our RT-PCR and functional data strongly support a role for Ir51b in labellar bitter GRNs. Specifically, Ir51b<sup>1</sup> mutants display electrophysiological deficits in response to cholesterol (Figure 2A–B), and these defects are rescued by expressing Ir51b in Gr33a-positive bitter neurons (Figure 3G), providing functional validation of the RT-PCR expression.

      (4) The premise that high cholesterol intake is harmful to flies, which makes sensory mechanisms for cholesterol avoidance necessary, is interesting but underdeveloped. Animal sensory systems typically evolve to detect ecologically relevant stimuli with dynamic ranges matching environmental conditions. Given that Drosophila primarily consume fruits and plant matter (which contain minimal cholesterol) rather than animal-derived foods (which contain higher cholesterol), the ecological relevance of cholesterol detection requires more thorough discussion. Furthermore, at high concentrations, chemicals often activate multiple receptors beyond those specifically evolved for their detection. If the cholesterol concentrations used in this study substantially exceed those encountered in the fly's natural diet, the observed responses may represent an epiphenomenon rather than an ecologically and ethologically relevant sensory mechanism. What is the cholesterol content in flies' diet and how does that compare to the concentrations used in this paper?

      Drosophila melanogaster cannot synthesize sterols de novo, and must acquire them from its diet. In natural environments, flies acquire sterols from fermenting fruit, decaying plant matter, and yeast, which contain trace amounts of phytosterols (e.g., stigmasterol, β-sitosterol) and ergosterol. While the exact sterol concentrations in these sources remain uncharacterized, our behavioral assays used concentrations (0.001–0.01% by weight) that align with the low levels expected in such nutrient-limited ecological niches.

      In our study, the cholesterol concentrations tested ranged from 0.001% to 0.1%, thereby spanning both the physiologically relevant and slightly elevated range. Importantly, avoidance behaviors and receptor activation were most prominent at 0.1% cholesterol. While it is true that high chemical concentrations may elicit off-target effects via broad receptor activation, our genetic and electrophysiological data indicate that the observed responses are mediated by specific ionotropic receptors (Ir51b, Ir7g, Ir56d) and not merely generalized chemical stress.

      Ecologically, elevated sterol levels may also signal conditions unsuitable for egg-laying or larval development. For example, high levels of cholesterol or other sterols may occur in substrates colonized by pathogenic microbes, decaying animal tissue, or in cases of abnormal microbial fermentation, which could represent a nutritional or microbial hazard. The avoidance of cholesterol may help signal the flies to avoid consuming decaying animal tissue. In this context, sensory detection of excessive cholesterol might serve as a protective function.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In Cholesterol Taste Avoidance in Drosophila melanogaster, Pradhan et al. used behavioral and electrophysiological assays to demonstrate that flies can: (1) detect cholesterol through a subset of bitter-sensing gustatory receptor neurons (GRNs) and (2) avoid consuming food with high cholesterol levels. Mechanistically, they identified five members of the IR family as necessary for cholesterol detection in GRNs and for the corresponding avoidance behavior. Ectopic expression experiments further suggested that Ir7g + Ir56d or Ir51b + Ir56d may function as tuning receptors for cholesterol detection, together with the Ir25a and Ir76b co-receptors.

      Strengths:

      The experimental design of this study was logical and straightforward. Leveraging their expertise in the Drosophila taste system, the research team identified the molecular and cellular basis of a previously unrecognized taste category, expanding our understanding of gustation. A key strength of the study was its combination of electrophysiological recordings with behavioral genetic experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      My primary concern with this study is the lack of a systematic survey of the IRs of interest in the labellum GRNs. Consequently, there is no direct evidence linking the expression of putative cholesterol IRs to the B GRNs in the S6 and S7 sensilla.

      Specifically, the authors need to demonstrate that the IR expression pattern explains cholesterol sensitivity in the B GRNs of S6 and S7 sensilla, but not in other sensilla. Instead of providing direct IR expression data for all candidate IRs (as shown for Ir56d in Figure 2-figure supplement 1F), the authors rely on citations from several studies (Lee, Poudel et al. 2018; Dhakal, Sang et al. 2021; Pradhan, Shrestha et al. 2024) to support their claim that Ir7g, Ir25a, Ir51b, and Ir76b are expressed in B GRNs (Lines 192-194). However, none of these studies provide GAL4 expression or in situ hybridization data to substantiate this claim.

      Without a comprehensive IR expression profile for GRNs across all taste sensilla, it is difficult to interpret the ectopic expression results observed in the B GRN of the I9 sensillum or the A GRN of the L-sensillum (Figure 4). It remains equally plausible that other tuning IRs-beyond the co-receptor Ir25a and Ir76b-could interact with the ectopically expressed IRs to confer cholesterol sensitivity, rather than the proposed Ir7g + Ir56d or Ir51b + Ir56d combinations.

      We provide electrophysiological data demonstrating that the S6 and S7 sensilla respond to cholesterol (Figure 1D). This finding is consistent with the hypothesis that these sensilla harbor the complete receptor complexes necessary for cholesterol detection. In our electrophysiological recordings, only those bitter GRNs that co-express Ir56d along with either Ir7g or Ir51b generate action potentials in response to cholesterol. Other S-type sensilla lacking one or more of these subunits remain unresponsive, reinforcing the idea that these components are necessary for receptor function and sensory coding of cholesterol. Moreover, in the cholesterol-insensitive I9 sensillum (based on our mapping results using electrophysiology), co-expression of either Ir7g + Ir56d or Ir51b + Ir56d conferred de novo cholesterol sensitivity (Figure 4B). Importantly, no cholesterol response was observed when any of these IRs was expressed alone or when Ir7g + Ir51b were co-expressed without Ir56d. These findings strongly argue against the possibility that endogenous tuning IRs in I9 sensilla (e.g., Ir25a, Ir76b) are sufficient to generate cholesterol responsiveness.

      Furthermore, based on the literature, Ir25a and Ir76b are endogenously expressed in I- and L-type sensilla. Thus, their presence alone is insufficient for cholesterol responsiveness. These data support the model that cholesterol sensitivity depends on a specific, multi-subunit receptor complex (e.g., Ir7g + Ir25a + Ir56d + Ir76b or Ir51b + Ir25a + Ir56d + Ir76b).

      In conclusion, while we acknowledge that our data do not provide a full anatomical map of IR expression across all sensilla, our results strongly support the idea that cholesterol sensitivity in S6 and S7 sensilla arises from specific combinations of IRs expressed in the B GRNs.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Whether and how animals can taste cholesterol is not well understood. The study provides evidence that 1) cholesterol activates a subset of bitter-sensing gustatory receptor neurons (GRNs) in the fly labellum, but not other types of GRNs, 2) flies show aversion to high concentrations of cholesterol, and this is mediated by bitter GRNs, and 3) cholesterol avoidance depends on a specific set of ionotropic receptor (IR) subunits acting in bitter GRNs. The claims of the study are supported by electrophysiological recordings, genetic manipulations, and behavioral readouts.

      Strengths:

      Cholesterol taste has not been well studied, and the paper provides new insight into this question. The authors took a comprehensive and rigorous approach in several different parts of the paper, including screening the responses of all 31 labellar sensilla, screening a large panel of receptor mutants, and performing misexpression experiments with nearly every combination of the 5 IRs identified. The effects of the genetic manipulations are very clear and the results of electrophysiological and behavioral studies match nicely, for the most part. The appropriate controls are performed for all genetic manipulations.

      Weaknesses:

      The weaknesses of the study, described below, are relatively minor and do not detract from the main conclusions of the paper.

      (1) The paper does not state what concentrations of cholesterol are present in Drosophila's natural food sources. Are the authors testing concentrations that are ethologically Drosophila melanogaster primarily feeds on fermenting fruits and associated microbial communities, especially yeast, which serve as major sources of dietary sterols. These natural food sources are known to contain phytosterols such as stigmasterol and β-sitosterol. One study quantified phytosterols (e.g., stigmasterol, sitosterol) in fruits, reporting concentrations between 1.6–32.6 mg/100 g edible portion (~0.0016–0.0326% wet weight) (Han et al 2008). The range we tested falls within this range. Additionally, ergosterol, the principal sterol in yeast and a structural analog of cholesterol, is present at levels of about 0.005% to 0.02% in yeast-rich environments.

      To ensure physiological relevance, we designed our behavioral assays to include a broad concentration range of cholesterol, from 10<sup>-5</sup>% to 10<sup>-1</sup>%. This spans both physiological levels (0.001–0.01%), which are comparable to those found in the natural diet, and supra-physiological levels (e.g., 0.1%), which exceed natural exposure but help define the threshold for aversive behavior.

      Our results demonstrate that flies begin to avoid cholesterol at concentrations ≥10<sup>-3</sup>% more (Figure 3A), which falls within the upper physiological range and may reflect the threshold beyond which cholesterol or related sterols become deleterious. At these higher concentrations, excess sterols may disrupt membrane fluidity, interfere with hormone signaling, or promote microbial overgrowth—all of which could compromise fly health.

      (2) The paper does not state or show whether the expression of IR7g, IR51b, and IR56d is confined to bitter GRNs. Bitter-specific expression of at least some of these receptors would be necessary to explain why bitter GRNs but not sugar GRNs (or other GRN types) normally show cholesterol responses.

      We show the Ir56d-Gal4 is co-expressed with Gr66a-GFP in S6/S7 sensilla, indicating that it is expressed in bitter GRNs (Figure 2—figure supplement 1F). In the case of Ir7g and Ir51b, there are no reporters or antibodies to address expression. However, previously they have been shown to be expressed in bitter GRNs using RT-PCR (Dhakal et al. 2021, Communications Biology; Pradhan et al. 2024, Journal of Hazardous Materials). In addition, we provide functional evidence that bitter GRNs are required for the cholesterol response since silencing bitter GRNs abolishes cholesterol-induced action potentials (Figure 1E–F). Moreover, we showed that we could rescue the Ir7g<sup>1</sup>, Ir51b<sup>1</sup> and Ir56d<sup>1</sup> mutant phenotypes only when we expressed the cognate transgenes in bitter GRNs using the Gr33a-GAL4 (Figure 3G). Thus, while Ir7g/Ir51b are not exclusive to bitter GRNs, their functional role in cholesterol detection is bitter-GRN-specific.

      (3) The authors only investigated the responses of GRNs in the labellum, but GRN responses in the leg may also contribute to the avoidance of cholesterol feeding. Alternatively, leg GRNs might contribute to cholesterol attraction that is unmasked when bitter GRNs are silenced. In support of this possibility, Ahn et al. (2017) showed that Ir56d functions in sugar GRNs of the leg to promote appetitive responses to fatty acids.

      This is an interesting idea. Indeed, when bitter GRNs are hyperpolarized, the flies exhibit a strong attraction to cholesterol. Nevertheless, the cellular basis for cholesterol attraction and whether it is mediated by GRNs in the legs will require a future investigation.

      (4) The authors might consider using proboscis extension as an additional readout of taste attraction or aversion, which would help them more directly link the labellar GRN responses to a behavioral readout. Using food ingestion as a readout can conflate the contribution of taste with post-ingestive effects, and the regulation of food ingestion also may involve contributions from GRNs on multiple organs, whereas organ-specific contributions can be dissociated using proboscis extension. For example, does presenting cholesterol on the proboscis lead to aversive responses in the proboscis extension assay (e.g., suppression of responses to sugar)? Does this aversion switch to attraction when bitter GRNs are silenced, as with the feeding assay?

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion regarding the use of the proboscis extension reflex (PER) assay to strengthen the link between labellar GRN activity and behavioral responses to cholesterol.

      Author response image 1.

      Our PER assay results shown above indicate that cholesterol presentation on the labellum or forelegs leads to an aversive response, as evidenced by a significant reduction in proboscis extension when compared to control stimuli (Author response image 1A. 2% sucrose or 2% sucrose with 10<sup>-1</sup>% cholesterol was applied to labellum or forelegs and the percent PER was recorded. n=6. Data were compared using single-factor ANOVA coupled with Scheffe’s post-hoc test. Statistical significance was compared with the control. Means ± SEMs. **p<0.01). This finding supports the idea that cholesterol is detected by labellar and leg GRNs and elicits behavioral avoidance. In contrast, sucrose stimulation robustly induces proboscis extension, as expected for an appetitive stimulus. We confirmed the defects of due to each Ir mutant by presenting the stimuli to the labellum (Author response image 1B). Together, these PER results provide a more direct behavioral correlate of labellar and leg GRN activation and reinforce our conclusion that cholesterol is sensed as an aversive tastant through the labellar bitter GRNs.

      (5) The authors claim that the cholesterol receptor is composed of IR25a, IR76b, IR56d, and either IR7g or IR51b. While the authors have shown that IR25a and IR76b are each required for cholesterol sensing, they did not show that both are required components of the same receptor complex. If the authors are relying on previous studies to make this assumption, they should state this more clearly. Otherwise, I think further misexpression experiments may be needed where only IR25a or IR76b, but not both, are expressed in GRNs.

      In our study, we relied on prior work demonstrating that Ir25a and Ir76b function as broadly required co-receptors in most IR-dependent chemosensory pathways (Ganguly et al., 2017; Lee et al., 2018). These studies showed that Ir25a and Ir76b are co-expressed in many GRNs across multiple taste modalities. Functional IR complexes often fail to form or signal properly in the absence of these co-receptors. Thus, it is widely accepted in the field that Ir25a and Ir76b function together as a core heteromeric scaffold for diverse IR complexes, akin to co-receptors in other ionotropic glutamate receptor families. We state that while Ir25a and Ir76b are presumed co-receptors in the cholesterol receptor complex based on their conserved roles, their direct physical interaction with Ir7g, Ir51b, and Ir56d remains to be demonstrated.

      In support of this model, we note that in our ectopic expression experiments using I9 sensilla, which endogenously express Ir25a and Ir76b, introduction of either Ir7g + Ir56d or Ir51b + Ir56d was sufficient to confer cholesterol sensitivity (Figure 4B). We obtained a similar result in L6 sensilla (Figure 4D), which also endogenously express Ir25a and Ir76b. These findings imply that both co-receptors are already present in these sensilla and are likely part of the functional complex. However, we agree that we have not directly tested the requirement for both co-receptors in a minimal reconstitution context, such as expressing only Ir25a or Ir76b alongside tuning IRs in an otherwise null background. Such an experiment would indeed provide more direct evidence of their joint requirement in the receptor complex. Future studies, including heterologous expression experiments, will be necessary to define the cholesterol-receptor complexes.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The aim of this study is to test the overarching hypothesis that plasticity in BNST CRF neurons drives distinct behavioral responses to unpredictable threat in males and females. The manuscript provides evidence for a possible sex-specific role for CRF-expressing neurons in the BNST in unpredictable aversive conditioning and subsequent hypervigilance across sexes. As the authors note, this is an important question given the high prevalence of sex differences in stress-related disorders, like PTSD, and the role of hypervigilance and avoidance behaviors in these conditions. The study includes in vivo manipulation, bulk calcium imaging, and cellular resolution calcium imaging, which yield important insights into cell-type specific activity patterns. However, it is difficult to generate an overall conclusion from this manuscript, given that many of the results are inconsistent across sexes and across tests and there is an overall lack of converging evidence. For example, partial conditioning yields increased startle in males but not females, yet, CRF KO only increases startle response in males after full conditioning, not partial, and CRF neurons show similar activity patterns between partial and full conditioning across sexes. Further, while the study includes a KO of CRF, it does not directly address the stated aim of assessing whether plasticity in CRF neurons drives the subsequent behavioral effects unpredictable threat.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s summary and agree that there is a large amount of complexity to the results, and that it was difficult to generate a simple model/conclusion to summarize our work. This is the unfortunate side effect of looking across both sexes at different conditioning paradigms, however, we believe that it is important to convey this information to the field even without a simple answer.  Our data reinforces the very important findings from the Maren and Holmes groups that partial fear is a different process than full fear, and that the BNST plays a differential role here. We have reworded the manuscript to better convey this complexity.

      A major strength of this manuscript is the inclusion of both males and females and attention to possible behavioral and neurobiological differences between them throughout. However, to properly assess sex-differences, sex should be included as a factor in ANOVA (e.g. for freezing, startle, and feeding data in Figure 1) to assess whether there is a significant main effect or interaction with sex. If sex is not a statistically significant factor, both sexes should be combined for subsequent analyses. See, Garcia-Sifuentes and Maney, eLife 2021 https://elifesciences.org/articles/70817. There are additional cases where t-tests are used to compare groups when repeated measures ANOVAs would be more appropriate and rigorous.

      We agree with the reviewer that this is the more appropriate analysis and have changed the analysis and figures throughout the revised manuscript to better assess sex differences as well as differences between fear conditions.

      Additionally, it's unclear whether the two sexes are equally responsive to the shock during conditioning and if this is underlying some of the differences in behavioral and neuronal effects observed. There are some reports that suggest shock sensitivity differs across sexes in rodents, and thus, using a standard shock intensity for both males and females may be confounding effects in this study.

      This is a great point. We have conducted appropriate analysis (Sex by Tone Repeated measures two-way ANOVAS for each of the groups: Ctrl, Full, Part) and there are no sex differences in freezing between males and females. The extent of conditioning is not different between the groups suggesting that if there was a difference in shock sensitivity, it is not driving any discernible differences in behavioral performance. However, it is possible that the experience of the shock differs for the animals even in the absence of any measurable behavior.

      The data does not rule out that BNST CRF activity is not purely tracking the mobility state of the animal, given that the differences in activity also track with differences in freezing behavior. The data shows an inverse relationship between activity and freezing. This may explain a paradox in the data which is why males show a greater suppression of BNST activity after partial conditioning than full conditioning, if that activity is suspected to drive the increased anxiety-like response. Perhaps it reflects that activity is significantly suppressed at the end of the conditioning session because animals are likely to be continuously freezing after repeated shock presentations in that context. It would also explain why there is less of a suppression in activity over the course of the recall session, because there is less freezing as well during recall compared with conditioning.

      While it is possible that the BNST may be tracking activity, we believe it is not purely tracking mobility state. For instance, while freezing increases across tone exposures in Part fear regardless of sex, males show an increase while females show a reduction in BNST response during tone 5 (Fig 2K). The data the reviewer refers to showing the inverse relationship with BNST activity and freezing would have suggested the opposite response if it were purely tracking the mobility state of the animal. This is also the case with BNST<sup>CRF</sup> activity to first and last tone during recall. Despite the suppression of activity over the course of recall (Fig 5K), we see an increase in BNST<sup>CRF</sup> tone response when comparing tone 1 and 6 in males and a decrease in females (Fig 6M), again suggesting the BNST is responding to more than just activity.

      A mechanistic hypothesis linking BNST CRF neurons, the behavioral effects observed after fear conditioning, and manipulation of CRF itself are not clearly addressed here.

      We disagree with this assertion. The data suggests a model in which males respond with increased arousal and Part fear males show persistent activation of the BNST and BNST<sup>CRF</sup> neurons during fear conditioning and recall while female Part fear mice show the opposite response. This female response differs from what the field believes to be the role of the BNST in sustained fear. Additionally, we show that CRF knockdown is not involved in fear differentiation or fear expression in males, while it enhances fear learning and recall in females. We have reworded the manuscript to highlight these novel findings.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This study examined the role of CRF neurons in the BNST in both phasic and sustained fear in males and females. The authors first established a differential fear paradigm whereby shocks were consistently paired with tones (Full) or only paired with tones 50% of the time (Part), or controls who were exposed to only tones with no shocks. Recall tests established that both Full and Part conditioned male and female mice froze to the tones, with no difference between the paradigms. Additional studies using the NSF and startle test, established that neither fear paradigm produced behavioral changes in the NSF test, suggesting that these fear paradigms do not result in an increase in anxiety-like behavior. Part fear conditioning, but not Full, did enhance startle responses in males but not females, suggesting that this fear paradigm did produce sustained increases in hypervigilance in males exclusively.

      Thank you for this clear summary of the behavioral work.

      Photometry studies found that while undifferentiated BNST neurons all responded to shock itself, only Full conditioning in males lead to a progressive enhancement of the magnitude of this response. BNST neurons in males, but not females, were also responsive to tone onset in both fear paradigms, but only in Full fear did the magnitude of this response increase across training. Knockdown of CRF from the BNST had no effect on fear learning in males or females, nor any effect in males on fear recall in either paradigm, but in females enhanced both baseline and tone-induced freezing only in Part fear group. When looking at anxiety following fear training, it was found in males that CRF knockdown modulated anxiety in Part fear trained animals and amplified startle in Fully trained males but had no effect in either test in females. Using 1P imaging, it was found that CRF neurons in the BNST generally decline in activity across both conditioning and recall trials, with some subtle sex differences emerging in the Part fear trained animals in that in females BNST CRF neurons were inhibited after both shock and omission trials but in males this only occurred after shock and not omission trials. In recall trials, CRF BNST neuron activity remained higher in Part conditioned mice relative to Full conditioned mice.

      Overall, this is a very detailed and complex study that incorporates both differing fear training paradigms and males and females, as well as a suite of both state of the art imaging techniques and gene knockdown approaches to isolate the role and contributions of CRF neurons in the BNST to these behavioral phenomena. The strengths of this study come from the thorough approach that the authors have taken, which in turn helped to elucidate nuanced and sex specific roles of these neurons in the BNST to differing aspects of phasic and sustained fear. More so, the methods employed provide a strong degree of cellular resolution for CRF neurons in the BNST. In general, the conclusions appropriately follow the data, although the authors do tend to minimize some of the inconsistencies across studies (discussed in more depth below), which could be better addressed through discussion of these in greater depth. As such, the primary weakness of this manuscript comes largely from the discussion and interpretation of mixed findings without a level of detail and nuance that reflects the complexity, and somewhat inconsistency, across the studies. These points are detailed below:

      - Given the focus on CRF neurons in the BNST, it is unclear why the photometry studies were performed in undifferentiated BNST neurons as opposed to CRF neurons specifically (although this is addressed, to some degree, subsequently with the 1P studies in CRF neurons directly). This does limit the continuity of the data from the photometry studies to the subsequent knockdown and 1P imaging studies. The authors should address the rationale for this approach so it is clear why they have moved from broader to more refined approaches.

      The reviewer raises a good point.  We did some preliminary photometry studies with BNST CRF neurons and found that there was poor time locked signal. We reasoned that this was due to the heterogeneity of the cell activity, as we saw in our previous publication (Yu et al). Because of this, we moved to the 1p imaging work in place of continued BNST CRF photometry. We have also reworded the manuscript to better discuss the complexities and inconsistencies in findings across the studies.

      - The CRF KD studies are interesting, but it remains speculative as to whether these effects are mediated locally in the BNST or due to CRF signaling at downstream targets. As the literature on local pharmacological manipulation of CRF signaling within the BNST seems to be largely performed in males, the addition of pharmacological studies here would benefit this to help to resolve if these changes are indeed mediated by local impairments in CRF release within the BNST or not. While it is not essential to add these experiments, the manuscript would benefit from a more clear description of what pharmacological studies could be performed to resolve this issue.

      We agree with the reviewer that the addition of this experiment would be highly informative for differentiating the role of CRF in the BNST. This is something that will need to be considered moving forward and we have added this as a point of discussion.

      - While I can appreciate the authors perspective, I think it is more appropriate to state that startle correlates with anxiety as opposed to outright stating that startle IS anxiety. Anxiety by definition is a behavioral cluster involving many outputs, of which avoidance behavior is key. Startle, like autonomic activation, correlates with anxiety but is not the same thing as a behavioral state of anxiety (particularly when the startle response dissociates from behavior in the NSF test, which more directly tests avoidance and apprehension). Throughout the manuscript the use of anxiety or vigilance to describe startle becomes interchangeable, but then the authors also dissociate these two, such as in the first paragraph of the discussion when stating that the Part fear paradigm produces hypervigilance in males without influencing fear or anxiety-like behaviors. The manuscript would benefit from harmonization of the language used to operationally define these behaviors and my recommendation would be to remain consistent with the description that startle represents hypervigilance and not anxiety, per se.

      The reviewer raises an excellent point, we have clarified in the revised manuscript.

      - The interpretation of the anxiety data following CRF KD is somewhat confusing. First, while the authors found no effect of fear training on behavior in the NSF test in the initial studies, now they do, however somewhat contradictory to what one would expect they found that Full fear trained males had reduced latency to feed (indicative of an anxiolytic response), which was unaltered by CRF KD, but in Part fear (which appeared to have no effect on its own in the NSF test), KD of CRF in these animals produced an anxiolytic effect. Given that the Part fear group was no different from control here it is difficult to interpret these data as now CRF KD does reduce latency to feed in this group, suggesting that removal of CRF now somehow conveys an anxiolytic response for Part fear animals. In the discussion the authors refer to this outcome as CRF KD "normalizing" the behavior in the NSF test of Part fear conditioned animals as now it parallels what is seen after Full fear, but given that the Part fear animals with GFP were no different then controls (and neither of these fear training paradigms produced any effect in the NSF test in the first arm of studies), it seems inappropriate to refer to this as "normalization" as it is unclear how this is now normalized. Given the complexity of these behavioral data, some greater depth in the discussion is required to put these data in context and describe the nuance of these outcomes, in particular a discussion of possible experimental factors between the initial behavioral studies and those in the CRF KD arm that could explain the discrepancy in the NSF test would be good (such as the inclusion of surgery, or other factors that may have differed between these experiments). These behavioral outcomes are even more complex given that the opposite effect was found in startle whereby CRF KD amplified startle in Full trained animals. As such, this portion of the discussion requires some reworking to more adequately address the complexity of these behavioral findings.

      The reviewer raises a good point, and we agree that there are many inconsistencies in the behaviors. We believe it is still good to show these results but have expanded the manuscript on potential reasons for these behavioral inconsistencies.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Hon et al. investigated the role of BNST CRF signaling in modulating phasic and sustained fear in male and female mice. They found that partial and full fear conditioning had similar effects in both sexes during conditioning and during recall. However, males in the partially reinforced fear conditioning group showed enhanced acoustic startle, compared to the fully reinforced fear conditioning group, an effect not seen in females. Using fiber photometry to record calcium activity in all BNST neurons, the authors show that the BNST was responsive to foot shock in both sexes and both conditioning groups. Shock response increased over the session in males in the fully conditioned fear group, an effect not observed in the partially conditioned fear group. This effect was not observed in females. Additionally, tone onset resulted in increased BNST activity in both male groups, with the tone response increasing over time in the fully conditioned fear group. This effect was less pronounced in females, with partially conditioned females exhibiting a larger BNST response. During recall in males, BNST activity was suppressed below baseline during tone presentations and was significantly greater in the partially conditioned fear group. Both female groups showed an enhanced BNST response to the tone that slowly decayed over time. Next, they knocked CRF in the BNST to examine its effect on fear conditioning, recall and anxiety-like behavior after fear. They found no effect of the knockdown in either sex or group during fear conditioning. During fear recall, BNST CRF knockdown lead to an increase in freezing in only the partially conditioned females. In the anxiety-like behavior tasks, BNST CRF knockdown lead to increased anxiolysis in the partially reinforced fear male, but not in females. Surprisingly, BNST CRF knockdown increased startle response in fully conditioned, but not partially conditioned males. An effect not observed in either female group. In a final set of experiments, the authors single photon calcium imaging to record BNST CRF cell activity during fear conditioning and recall. Approximately, 1/3 of BNST CRF cells were excited by shock in both sexes, with the rest inhibited and no differences were observed between sexes or group during fear conditioning. During recall, BNST CRF activity decreased in both sexes, an effect pronounced in male and female fully conditioned fear groups.

      Overall, these data provide novel, intriguing evidence in how BNST CRF neurons may encode phasic and sustained fear differentially in males and females. The experiments were rigorous.

      We thank you for this positive review of our manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      There are several graphs representing different analyses of (presumably) the same group of subjects, but which have different N/group. For example, in Figure 2:

      (1) Fig 2P seems to have n=10 in Part Male group (Peak), but 2Q only has n=9 in Part Male group (AUC)

      (2) Fig 2S seems to have n=10 in Part Female group (Peak), but 2T only has n=7 in Part Female group (AUC)

      (3) Fig 2G (Tone Resp) has n=6 Full Males but 2F (Tone Resp), 2H (Shock Resp), and 2I (Shock Resp) have n=7 Full Males

      (4) Fig 2K (Tone Resp) has n=7 Full Females but 2L (Tone Resp), 2M (Shock Resp), and 2N (Shock Resp) have n=8 Full Females

      (5) Fig 2L (Tone Resp) has n=9 Part Females but 2K (Tone Resp), 2M (Shock Resp), and 2N (Shock Resp) have n=10 Part Females

      It's possible that this is just due to overlapping individual data points which are made harder to see due to the low resolution of the figures. If so, this can be easily rectified. However, there may also be subjects missing from some analyses which must be clarified or corrected.

      We thank you for catching these. We have gone through and fixed any issues with data points and have added statistics and exclusions in datasets to figure legends to further explain inconsistencies.

      Regarding statistical tests:

      (2) Data in Figs 2G and 2I should be analyzed using a two-way RM ANOVA.

      We have now included sex as a factor in most of our analysis and are now using appropriate statistical tests.

      (3) Data in Fig 3K should be analyzed using a two-way RM ANOVA.

      We are now using appropriate statistical tests.

      Calcium activity in response to the shock during conditioning and in response to the tone during recall should be included in Figure 5. Given partial and full animals also receive unequal presentations of the cue, it would be useful to see the effects trial by trial or normalized to the first 3 presentations only.

      The reviewer raises a great point. We have changed this figure and have now added the response to shock and tones. Since we are most interested in the difference between sustained and phasic fear, we decided to compare tone 3 in Full fear and tone 4 in Part fear, which differ in the ambiguity of their cue and only have one tone difference.

      Histology maps should be included for all experiments depicting viral spread and implant location for all animals, in addition to the included representative histology images. These can be placed in the supplement.

      We agree this is helpful. While we have confirmed all of the experiments are hits, the tissue is no longer in condition for this analysis.

      Referring to the quantification of peaks in fiber photometry and cellular resolution calcium imaging data as "spikes" is a bit misleading given the inexact relationship between GCAMP sensor dynamics/calcium binding and neuronal action potentials, perhaps calling it "event" frequency would be more clear.

      We have changed the references of spikes to events as suggested.

      The legend for Figure 2S is mislabeled as A.

      Thank you for catching this mistake, it has been fixed.

      The methods refer to CRFR1 fl/fl animals but it seems no experiments used these animals, only CRF fl/fl.

      We have fixed this, thank you.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      As stated in the public review, while I think the addition of local pharmacological studies blocking CRF1 and 2 receptors in the BNST in both males and females, done under the same conditions as all of the other testing herein, would help to resolve some of the speculation of interpreting the CRF KD data, I dont think these studies are essential to do, but it would be good for the authors to more explicitly state what studies could be done and how they could facilitate interpretation of these data.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have added this discussion into the manuscript.

      Asides from this, my other recommendations for the authors are to more clearly address the discrepancies in behavioral outcomes across studies and explicitly describe their rationale for the sequence of experiments performed and to harmonize their operationalization of how they define anxiety.

      Again, we appreciate these great suggestions. We have added more discussion on the behavioral discrepancies as well as rationale for the experiments. We have also changed the wording to remain consistent that the NSF test relates to anxiety and the Startle test relates to vigilance.

      - In Figure 2, Panel S is listed as Panel A in the caption and should be corrected.

      Thank you for catching this mistake, we have fixed it.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      My biggest concerns I have regard the interpretations and some conclusions from this data set, which I have stated below.

      (1) It was surprising to see minimal and somewhat conflicting behavioral effects due to BNST CRF knockdown. The authors provide a representative image and address this in the conclusion. They mention the role of local vs projection CRF circuits as well as the role of GABA. I don't think those experiments are necessary for this manuscript. However, it may be worthwhile to see through in situ hybridization or IHC, to see BNST CRF levels after both full and partial conditioned fear paradigms. Additionally, it would help to see a quantification of the knockdown of the animals.

      Thank you for these great suggestions. We will consider these for future experiments. We piloted out some CRF sensor experiments to probe this, but it was unclear if the signal to noise for the sensor was sufficient. We hope to do more of this in the future if we ever manage to get funding for this work.

      The authors can add a figure showing deltaF/F changes from control.

      We did not have control mice in these in-vivo experiments Our main interests lie in understanding the differences in Full and Part Fear conditioning paradigms specifically.

      (2) Related to the previous point, it was surprising to see an effect of the CRF deletion in the full fear group compared to the partial fear in the acoustic startle task. To strengthen the conclusion about differential recruitment of CRF during phasic and sustained fear, the experiment in my previous point could help elucidate that. Conversely, intra-BNST administration of a CRF antagonist into the BNST before the acoustic startle after both conditioning tasks could also help. Or patch from BNST CRF neurons after the conditioning tasks to measure intrinsic excitability. Not all these experiments are needed to support the conclusion, it's some examples.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions and agree that these are important experiments. We will consider this in future experiments exploring the role of BNST CRF in fear conditioning.

      (3) In Figure 5 F and K, the authors report data combined for both part and full fear conditioning. Were there any differences between the number of excited or inhibited neurons b/t the conditioning groups?

      We are only looking at the first shock exposure in these figures. These were combined because the first tone and shock exposure is identical in Full and Part fear conditioning. Differences in these behavioral paradigms emerge after Tone 3 exposure, where Part fear does not receive a shock while Full fear does.

      Also, can the authors separate male and female traces in Fig 5 E and P?

      Traces in Fig E are from females only. We did not include male traces because males and females had identical responses to first shock, and we felt only one trace was needed as an example. Traces in Figure P are from males. We did not show female traces because females did not show differential effects from baseline to end.

      (4) Also, regarding the calcium imaging data, what was the average length of a transient induced by shock? Were there any differences between the sexes?

      We have many cells in each condition, and the length of traces after shock were all different and hard to quantify, as for example, sometimes cells were active before shock and thus trace length would be difficult to quantify. Therefore, to keep consistency and reduce ambiguity regarding trace lengths, we focused on keeping the time consistent across mice and focused on the 10 second window post shock to be consistent across conditions.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Osiurak and colleagues investigate the neurocognitive basis of technical reasoning. They use multiple tasks from two neuroimaging studies and overlap analysis to show that the area PF is central for reasoning, and plays an essential role in tool-use and non-tool-use physical problem-solving, as well as both conditions of mentalizing task. They also demonstrate the specificity of the technical reasoning and find that the area PF is not involved in the fluid-cognition task or the mentalizing network (INT+PHYS vs. PHYS-only). This work suggests an understanding of the neurocognitive basis of technical reasoning that supports advanced technologies.

      Strengths:

      -The topic this study focuses on is intriguing and can help us understand the neurocognitive processes involved in technical reasoning and advanced technologies.

      -The researchers obtained fMRI data from multiple tasks. The data is rich and encompasses the mechanical problem-solving task, psychotechnical task, fluid-cognition task, and mentalizing task.

      -The article is well written.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer 1 for their positive and very helpful comments, which helped us improve the MS. Thank you.

      Weaknesses:

      - Limitations of the overlap analysis method: there are multiple reasons why two tasks might activate the same brain regions. For instance, the two tasks might share cognitive mechanisms, the activated regions of the two tasks might be adjacent but not overlapping at finer resolutions, or the tasks might recruit the same regions for different cognition functions.

      Thus, although overlap analysis can provide valuable information, it also has limitations.

      Further analyses that capture the common cognitive components of activation across different

      tasks are warranted, such as correlating the activation across different tasks within subjects for a region of interest (i.e. the PF).

      We thank Reviewer 1 for this comment. We added new analyses to address the two alternative interpretations stressed here by Reviewer 1, namely, the same-region-but-differentfonction interpretation and the adjacency interpretation. The new analyses ruled out both alternative interpretations, thereby reinforcing our interpretation.

      “The conjunction analysis reported was subject to at least two key limitations that needed to be overcome to assure a correct interpretation of our findings. The first was that the tasks could recruit the same regions for different cognition functions (same-region-but-different-function interpretation). The second was that the activated regions of the different tasks could be adjacent but did not overlap at finer resolutions (adjacency interpretation). We tested the same-region-but-different-function interpretation by conducting additional ROI analyses, which consisted of correlating the specific activation of the left area PF (i.e., difference in terms of mean Blood-Oxygen Level Dependent [BOLD] parameter estimates between the experimental condition minus the control condition) in the psychotechnical task, the fluid-cognition task, and the PHYS-Only and INT+PHYS conditions of the mentalizing task. This analysis did not include the mechanical problem-solving task because the sample of participants was not the same for this task. As shown in Fig. 5, we found significant correlations between all the tasks that were hypothesized as recruiting technical reasoning, i.e., the psychotechnical task and the PHYS-Only and INT+PHYS conditions of the mentalizing task (all p < .05). By contrast, no significant correlation was obtained between these three tasks and the fluid-cognition task (all p > .15). This finding invalidates the same-region-but-different-function interpretation by revealing a coherent pattern in the activation of the left area PF in situations in which participants were supposed to reason technically. We examined the adjacency interpretation by analysing the specific locations of individual peak activations within the left area PF ROI for the mechanical problemsolving task, the psychotechnical task, the fluid-cognition task, and the PHYS-Only and INT+PHYS conditions of the mentalizing task. These peaks, which corresponded to the maximum value of activation obtained for each participant within the left area PF ROI, are reported in Fig. 6. As can be seen, the peaks of the fluid-cognition task were located more anteriorly, in the left area PFt (Parietal Ft) and the postcentral cortex, compared to the peaks of the other four tasks, which were more posterior, in the left area PF. Statistical analyses based on the y coordinates of the individual activation peaks confirmed this description (Fig. 6). Indeed, the y coordinates of the peaks of the mechanical problem-solving task, the psychotechnical task and the PHYS-Only and INT+PHYS conditions of the mentalizing task were posterior to the y coordinates of the peaks of the fluid-cognition task (all p < .05), whereas no significant differences were reported between the four tasks (all p > .05). These findings speak against the adjacency interpretation by revealing that participants recruited the same part of the left area PF to perform tasks involving technical reasoning.” (p. 11-13)

      Control tasks may be inadequate: the tasks may involve other factors, such as motor/ actionrelated information. For the psychotechnical task, fluid-cognition task, and mentalizing task, the experiment tasks need not only care about technical-cognition information but also motor-related information, whereas the control tasks do not need to consider motor-related information (mainly visual shape information). Additionally, there may be no difference in motor-related information between the conditions of the fluid-cognition task. Therefore, the regions of interest may be sensitive to motor-related information, affecting the research conclusion.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for this comment. We added a specific section in the discussion that addresses this limitation.

      “The second limitation concerns the alternative interpretation that the left area PF is not central to technical reasoning but to the storage of sensorimotor programs about the prototypical manipulation of common tools. Here we show that the left area PF is recruited even in situations in which participants do not have to process common manipulable tools. For instance, some items of the psychotechnical task consisted of pictures of tractor, boat, pulley, or cannon. The fact that we found a common activation of the left area PF in such tasks as well as in the mechanical problem-solving task, in which participants could nevertheless simulate the motor actions of manipulating novel tools, indicates that this brain area is not central to tool manipulation but to physical understanding. That being said, some may suggest that viewing a boat or a cannon is enough to incite the simulation of motor actions, so our tasks were not equipped to distinguish between the manipulation-based approach and the reasoning-based approach. We have already shown that the left area PF is more involved in tasks that focus on the mechanical dimension of the tool-use action (e.g., the mechanical interaction between a tool and an object) than its motor dimension (i.e., the interaction between the tool and the effector [e.g., 24, 40]). Nevertheless, we recognize that future research is still needed to test the predictions derived from these two approaches.” (p. 18-19)

      -Negative results require further validation: the cognitive results for the fluid-cognition task in the study may need more refinement. For instance, when performing ROI analysis, are there any differences between the conditions? Bayesian statistics might also be helpful to account for the negative results.

      We agree that our negative results required further validation. We conducted the ROI analyses suggested by Reviewer 1, which confirmed the initial whole-brain analyses.

      “Region of interest (ROI) results. We conducted additional analyses to test the robustness of our findings. One of our results was that we did not report any specific activation of the left area PF in the fluid-cognition task contrary to the mechanical problem-solving task, the psychotechnical task, and the PHYS-Only and INT+PHYS conditions of the mentalizing task. However, this negative result needed exploration at the ROI level. Therefore, we created a spherical ROI of the left area PF with a radius of 12 mm in the MNI standard space (–59; –31; 40). This ROI was literature-defined to ensure the independence of its selection (40). ROI results are shown in Fig. 4. The analyses confirmed the results obtained with the whole-brain analyses by indicating a greater activation of the left area PF in the mechanical problem-solving task, the psychotechnical task, and the PHYS-Only and INT+PHYS conditions of the mentalizing task (all p < .001), but not in the fluid-cognition task (p \= .35).” (p. 10-11)

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) I may not fully grasp some of the arguments. In the abstract, what does the term "intermediate-level" mean, and why is it an intermediate-level state? In the sentence "the existence of a specific cognitive module in the human brain dedicated to materiality", I cannot see a clear link between technical cognition and the word "materiality".

      We used the term materiality to refer to a potential human trait that allows us to shape the physical world according to our ends, by using, making tools and transmiting them to others. This is a reference to Allen et al. (2020; PNAS): “We hope this empirical domain and modeling framework can provide the foundations for future research on this quintessentially human trait: using, making, and reasoning about tools and more generally shaping the physical world to our ends” (p. 29309). Scientists (including archaeologists, economists, psychologists, neuroscientists) interested in human materiality have tended to focus on how we manipulate things according to our thought (motor cognition) or how we conceptualize our behaviour to transmit it to others (language, social cognition). However, little has been said on the intermediate level, that is, technical cognition. We added the term “technical cognition” here, which should help to make the connection more quickly.

      “Yet, little has been said about the intermediate-level cognitive processes that are directly involved in mastering this materiality, that is, technical cognition.” (p. 2)

      (2) The introduction could provide more details on why the issue of "generalizability and specificity" is important to address, to clarify the significance of the research question.

      We followed this comment and added a sentence to explain why it is important to address this research question. Again, we thank Reviewer 1 for their helpful comments.

      “Here we focus on two key aspects of the technical-reasoning hypothesis that remain to be addressed: Generalizability and specificity. If technical reasoning is a specific form of reasoning oriented towards the physical world, then it should be implicated in all (the generalizability question) and only (the specificity question) the situations in which we need to think about the physical properties of our world.” (p. 5)

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The goal of this project was to test the hypothesis that a common neuroanatomic substrate in the left inferior parietal lobule (area PF) underlies reasoning about the physical properties of actions and objects. Four functional MRI (fMRI) experiments were created to test this hypothesis. Group contrast maps were then obtained for each task, and overlap among the tasks was computed at the voxel level. The principal finding is that the left PF exhibited differentially greater BOLD response in tasks requiring participants to reason about the physical properties of actions and objects (referred to as technical reasoning). In contrast, there was no differential BOLD response in the left PF when participants engaged in fMRI variant of the Raven's progressive matrices to assess fluid cognition.

      Strengths:

      This is a well-written manuscript that builds from extensive prior work from this group mapping the brain areas and cognitive mechanisms underlying object manipulation, technical reasoning, and problem-solving. Major strengths of this manuscript include the use of control conditions to demonstrate there are differentially greater BOLD responses in area PF over and above the baseline condition of each task. Another strength is the demonstration that area PF is not responsive in tasks assessing fluid cognition - e.g., it may just be that PF responds to a greater extent in a harder condition relative to an easy condition of a task. The analysis of data from Task 3 rules out this alternative interpretation. The methods and analysis are sufficiently written for others to replicate the study, and the materials and code for data analysis are publicly available.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer 2 for their precious comments, which helped us improve the MS. 

      Weaknesses:

      The first weakness is that the conclusions of the manuscript rely on there being overlap among group-level contrast maps presented in Figure 2. The problem with this conclusion is that different participants engaged in different tasks. Never is an analysis performed to demonstrate that the PF region identified in e.g., participant 1 in Task 2 is the same PF region identified in Participant 1 in Task 4.

      We added new analyses that demonstrated that “the PF region identified in e.g., participant 1 in Task 2 is the same PF region identified in Participant 1 in Task 4”. We thank Reviewer 2 for this comment, because these new analyses reinforced our interpretation.

      “The conjunction analysis reported was subject to at least two key limitations that needed to be overcome to assure a correct interpretation of our findings. The first was that the tasks could recruit the same regions for different cognition functions (same-region-but-different-function interpretation). The second was that the activated regions of the different tasks could be adjacent but did not overlap at finer resolutions (adjacency interpretation). We tested the same-region-but-different-function interpretation by conducting additional ROI analyses, which consisted of correlating the specific activation of the left area PF (i.e., difference in terms of mean Blood-Oxygen Level Dependent [BOLD] parameter estimates between the experimental condition minus the control condition) in the psychotechnical task, the fluid-cognition task, and the PHYS-Only and INT+PHYS conditions of the mentalizing task. This analysis did not include the mechanical problem-solving task because the sample of participants was not the same for this task. As shown in Fig. 5, we found significant correlations between all the tasks that were hypothesized as recruiting technical reasoning, i.e., the psychotechnical task and the PHYS-Only and INT+PHYS conditions of the mentalizing task (all p < .05). By contrast, no significant correlation was obtained between these three tasks and the fluid-cognition task (all p > .15). This finding invalidates the same-region-but-different-function interpretation by revealing a coherent pattern in the activation of the left area PF in situations in which participants were supposed to reason technically. We examined the adjacency interpretation by analysing the specific locations of individual peak activations within the left area PF ROI for the mechanical problemsolving task, the psychotechnical task, the fluid-cognition task, and the PHYS-Only and INT+PHYS conditions of the mentalizing task. These peaks, which corresponded to the maximum value of activation obtained for each participant within the left area PF ROI, are reported in Fig. 6. As can be seen, the peaks of the fluid-cognition task were located more anteriorly, in the left area PFt (Parietal Ft) and the postcentral cortex, compared to the peaks of the other four tasks, which were more posterior, in the left area PF. Statistical analyses based on the y coordinates of the individual activation peaks confirmed this description (Fig. 6). Indeed, the y coordinates of the peaks of the mechanical problem-solving task, the psychotechnical task and the PHYS-Only and INT+PHYS conditions of the mentalizing task were posterior to the y coordinates of the peaks of the fluid-cognition task (all p < .05), whereas no significant differences were reported between the four tasks (all p > .05). These findings speak against the adjacency interpretation by revealing that participants recruited the same part of the left area PF to perform tasks involving technical reasoning.” (p. 11-13)

      A second weakness is that there is a variance in accuracy between tasks that are not addressed. It is clear from the plots in the supplemental materials that some participants score below chance (~ 50%). This means that half (or more) of the fMRI trials of some participants are incorrect. The methods section does not mention how inaccurate trials were handled. Moreover, if 50% is chance, it suggests that some participants did not understand task instructions and were systematically selecting the incorrect item.

      It is true that the experimental conditions were more difficult than the control conditions, with some participants who performed at or below 50% in the experimental conditions. We added a section in the MS to stress this aspect. To examine whether this potential difficulty effect biased our interpretation, we conducted new ROI analyses by removing all the participants who performed at or below the chance level. These analyses revealed the same results as when no participant was excluded, suggesting that this did not bias our interpretation.

      “As mentioned above, the experimental conditions of all the tasks were more difficult than their control conditions. As a result, the specific activation of the left area PF documented above could simply reflect that this area responds to a greater extent in a harder condition relative to an easy condition of a task. This interpretation is nevertheless ruled out by the results obtained with the fluid-cognition task. We did not report a specific activation of the left area PF in this task while its experimental condition was more difficult than its control condition. To test more directly this effect of difficulty, we conducted new ROI analyses by removing all the participants who performed at or below 50% (Fig. S2). These new analyses replicated the initial analyses by showing a greater activation of the left area PF in the mechanical problem-solving task, the psychotechnical task, and the PHYS-Only and INT+PHYS conditions of the mentalizing task (all p < .001), but not in the fluid-cognition task (p \= .48). In sum, the ROI analyses corroborated the wholebrain analyses and ruled out the potential effect of difficulty.” (p. 11)

      A third weakness is related to the fluid cognition task. In the fMRI task developed here, the participant must press a left or right button to select between 2 rows of 3 stimuli while only one of the 3 stimuli is the correct target. This means that within a 10-second window, the participant must identify the pattern in the 3x3 grid and then separately discriminate among 6 possible shapes to find the matching stimulus. This is a hard task that is qualitatively different from the other tasks in terms of the content being manipulated and the time constraints.

      We acknowledge that the fluid-cognition task involved a design that differed from the other tasks. However, this was also true for the other tasks, as the design also differed between the mechanical problem-solving task, the psychotechnical task, and the mentalizing task. Nevertheless, despite these distinctions, we found a consistent activation of the left area PF in these tasks with different designs including in the psychotechnical task, which seemed as difficult as the fluid-cognition task.

      “Region of interest (ROI) results. We conducted additional analyses to test the robustness of our findings. One of our results was that we did not report any specific activation of the left area PF in the fluid-cognition task contrary to the mechanical problem-solving task, the psychotechnical task, and the PHYS-Only and INT+PHYS conditions of the mentalizing task. However, this negative result needed exploration at the ROI level. Therefore, we created a spherical ROI of the left area PF with a radius of 12 mm in the MNI standard space (–59; –31; 40). This ROI was literature-defined to ensure the independence of its selection (40). ROI results are shown in Fig. 4. The analyses confirmed the results obtained with the whole-brain analyses by indicating a greater activation of the left area PF in the mechanical problem-solving task, the psychotechnical task, and the PHYS-Only and INT+PHYS conditions of the mentalizing task (all p < .001), but not in the fluid-cognition task (p \= .35).” (p. 10-11)

      In sum, this is an interesting study that tests a neuro-cognitive model whereby the left PF forms a key node in a network of brain regions supporting technical reasoning for tool and non-tool-based tasks. Localizing area PF at the level of single participants and managing variance in accuracy is critically important before testing the proposed hypotheses.

      We thank Reviewer 2 for this positive evaluation and their suggestions. As detailed in our response, our revision took into consideration both the localization of the left area PF at the level of single participants and the variance in accuracy. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Did the fMRI data undergo high-pass temporal filtering prior to modeling the effects of interest? Participants engaged in a long (17-24 minutes) run of fMRI data collection. Highpass filtering of the data is critically important when managing temporal autocorrelation in the fMRI response (e.g., see Shinn et al., 2023, Functional brain networks reflect spatial and temporal autocorrelation. Nature Neuroscience).

      Yes. We added this information.

      “Regressors of non-interest resulting from 3D head motion estimation (x, y, z translation and three axes of rotation) and a set of cosine regressors for high-pass filtering were added to the design matrix.” (p. 25-26)

      Including scales in Figure 2 would help the reader interpret the magnitude of the BOLD effects.

      We added this information in Figure 3 (Figure 2 in the initial version of the MS).

      It was difficult to inspect the small thumbnail images of the task stimuli in Figure 1. Higher resolution versions of those stimuli would help facilitate understanding of the task design and trial structure.

      We changed both Figure 1 and Figure S1.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript reports two neuroimaging experiments assessing commonalities and differences in activation loci across mechanical problem-solving, technical reasoning, fluid cognition, and "mentalizing" tasks. Each task includes a control task. Conjunction analyses are performed to identify regions in common across tasks. As Area PF (a part of the supramarginal gyrus of the inferior parietal lobe) is involved across 3 of the 4 tasks, the investigators claim that it is the hub of technical cognition.

      Strengths:

      The aim of finding commonalities and differences across related problem-solving tasks is a useful and interesting one.

      The experimental tasks themselves appear relatively well-thought-out, aside from the concern that they are differentially difficult.

      The imaging pipeline appears appropriate.

      We thank Reviewer 3 for their constructive comments, which helped us improve the MS.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Methodological

      As indicated in the supplementary tables and figures, the experimental tasks employed differ markedly in 1) difficulty and 2) experimental trial time. Response latencies are not reported (but are of additional concern given the variance in difficulty). There is concern that at least some of the differences in activation patterns across tasks are the result of these fundamental differences in how hard various brain regions have to work to solve the tasks and/or how much of the trial epoch is actually consumed by "on-task" behavior. These difficulty issues should be controlled for by 1) separating correct and incorrect trials, and 2) for correct trials, entering response latency as a regressor in the Generalized Linear Models, 3) entering trial duration in the GLMs.

      We thank Reviewer 3 for this comment. It is true that the experimental conditions were more difficult than the control conditions, with some participants who performed at or below 50% in the experimental conditions. We added a section in the MS to stress this aspect. We could not conduct new analyses by separating correct and incorrect trials because, for each task, participants had to respond only on the last item of the block. Therefore, we did not record a response for each event. Nevertheless, we could examine whether this potential difficulty effect biased our interpretation, by conducting new ROI analyses in which we removed all the participants who performed at or below the chance level. These analyses revealed the same results as when no participant was excluded, suggesting that this did not bias our interpretation. 

      “As mentioned above, the experimental conditions of all the tasks were more difficult than their control conditions. As a result, the specific activation of the left area PF documented above could simply reflect that this area responds to a greater extent in a harder condition relative to an easy condition of a task. This interpretation is nevertheless ruled out by the results obtained with the fluid-cognition task. We did not report a specific activation of the left area PF in this task while its experimental condition was more difficult than its control condition. To test more directly this effect of difficulty, we conducted new ROI analyses by removing all the participants who performed at or below 50% (Fig. S2). These new analyses replicated the initial analyses by showing a greater activation of the left area PF in the mechanical problem-solving task, the psychotechnical task, and the PHYS-Only and INT+PHYS conditions of the mentalizing task (all p < .001), but not in the fluid-cognition task (p \= .48). In sum, the ROI analyses corroborated the wholebrain analyses and ruled out the potential effect of difficulty.” (p. 11)

      A related concern is that the control tasks also differ markedly in the degree to which they were easier and faster than their corresponding experimental task. Thus, some of the control tasks seem to control much better for difficulty and time on task than others. For example, the control task for the psychotechnical task simply requires the indication of which array contains a simple square shape (i.e., it is much easier than the psychotechnical task), whereas the control task for mechanical problem-solving requires mentally fitting a shape into a design, much like solving a jigsaw puzzle (i.e., it is only slightly easier than the experimental task).

      It is true that some control conditions could be easier than other ones. These differences reinforced the common activation found in the left area PF in the tasks hypothesized as involving technical reasoning, because this activation survived irrespective of the differences in terms of experimental design. For us, the rationale is the same as for a meta-analysis, in which we try to find what is common to a great variety of tasks. The only detrimental consequence we identified here is that this difference explained why we did not report a specific activation of the left area PF in the fluid-cognition task, as if the left area PF was more responsive when the task was difficult. This possibility assumes that the experimental condition of the fluid-cognition task is much more difficult than its control condition compared to what can be seen in the other tasks. As Reviewer 2 stressed in Point 1, this interpretation is unlikely, because the differences between the experimental and control conditions were similar to the fluid-cognition task in the mechanical problem-solving and psychotechnical tasks. In addition, again, the new ROI analyses in which we removed all the participants who performed at or below the chance level in expetimental conditions reproduced our initital results.

      (2) Theoretical 

      The investigators seem to overlook prior research that does not support their perspective and their writing seems to lack scientific objectivity in places. At times they over-reach in the claims that can be made based on the present data. Some claims need to be revised/softened.

      As this comment is also mentioned below, please find our response to it below.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Because of the high level of detail, Figures 1 and S2 (particularly the mentalizing task and mechanical problem-solving task, and their controls) are very hard to parse, even when examined relatively closely. It is suggested that these figures be broken down into separate panels for Experiment 1 and Experiment 2 to facilitate understanding.

      We changed both Figure 1 and Figure S1.

      (2) The behavioral data (including response latencies) should be reported in the main results section of the paper and not in a supplement.

      The behavioural data are now reported in the main results. We did not report response latencies because participants were not prompted to respond as quickly as possible.

      “Behavioural results. All the behavioural results are given in Fig. 2. As shown, scores were higher in the experimental conditions than for the control conditions for all the tasks (all p < .05). In other words, the experimental conditions were more difficult than the control conditions. This difference in terms of difficulty can also be illustrated by the fact that some participants performed at or below the chance level in the experimental conditions whereas none did so in the control conditions.” (p. 8)

      (3) The investigators seem to overlook prior research that does not support their perspective and their writing seems to lack scientific objectivity in places. At times they over-reach in the claims that can be made based on the present data. For example, claims that need to be revised/softened include:

      Abstract: "Area PF... can work along with social-cognitive skills to resolve day-to-day interactions that combine social and physical constraints". This statement is overly speculative.

      This statement is based on the fact that we reported a combined activation of the technical-reasoning network and the mentalizing network in the INT+PHYS condition of the mentalizing task. This suggests that both networks need to work together for solving a day-today problem in which both the physical constraints of the situation and the intention of the individual must be integrated. Our findings replicated previous ones with a similar task (e.g., Brunet et al. 2000; Völlm et al., 2006), in which the authors gave an interpretation similar to ours in considering that this task requires understanding physical and social causes. Perhaps that the reference to the results of the mentalizing task was not explicit enough. We added “dayto-day” before “problem” in the part of the discussion in which we discuss this possibility to make this aspect clearer.

      “In broad terms, the results of the mentalizing task indicate that causal reasoning has distinct forms and that it recruits distinct networks of the human brain (Social domain: Mentalizing; Physical domain: Technical reasoning), which can nevertheless interact together to solve day-to-day problems in which several domains are involved, such as in the INT+PHYS condition of the mentalizing task.” (p. 16)

      Introduction: "The manipulation-based approach... remains silent on the more general cognitive mechanisms...that must also encompass the use of unfamiliar or novel tools". This statement seems to be based on an overly selective literature review. There are a number of studies in which the relationship between a novel and familiar tool selection/use has been explored (e.g., Buchman & Randerath, 2017; Mizelle & Wheaton, 2010; Silveri & Ciccarelli, 2009; Stoll, Finkel et al., 2022; Foerster, 2023; Foerster, Borghi, & Goslin, 2020; Seidel, Rijntjes et al., 2023).

      We thank Reviewer 3 for this comment. Even if we accept the idea that we possess specific sensorimotor programs about tool manipulation, it remains that these programs cannot explain how an individual decides to bend a wire to make a hook or to pour water in a recipient to retrieve a target. As a matter of fact, such behaviour has been reported in nonhuman animals, such as crows (Weir et al., 2002, Nature) or orangutans (Mendes et al., 2007, Biology Letters). In these studies, the question is whether these nonhuman animals understand the physical causes or not, but the question of sensorimotor programs is never addressed (to our knowledge). This is also true in developmental studies on tool use (e.g., Beck et al., 2011, Cognition; Cutting et al., 2011, Journal of Experimental Child Psychology). This is what we meant here, that is, the manipulation-based approach is not equipped to explain how people solve physical problems by using or making tools – or any object – or by building constructions or producing technical innovations. However, we agree that some papers have been interested in exploring the link between common and novel tool use and have suggested that both could recruit common sensorimotor programs. It is noteworthy that these studies do not test the predictions from the manipulation-based approach versus the reasoning-based approach, so both interpretations are generally viable as stressed by Seidel et al. (2023), one of the papers recommended by Reviewer 3.

      “Apparently, the presentation of a graspable object that is recognizable as a tool is sufficient to provoke SMG activation, whether one tends to see the function of SMG to be either “technical reasoning” (Osiurak and Badets 2016; Reynaud et al. 2016; Lesourd et al. 2018; Reynaud et al. 2019) or “manipulation knowledge” (Sakreida et al. 2016; Buxbaum 2017; Garcea et al. 2019b).” (Seidel et al., 2023; p. 9)

      Regardless, as suggested by Reviewer 3, these papers deserve to be cited and this part needed to be rewritten to insist on the “making, construction, and innovation” dimension more than on the “unfamiliar and novel tool use” dimension to avoid any ambiguity.

      “This manipulation-based approach has provided interesting insights (12–16) and even elegant attempts to explain how these sensorimotor programs could support the use of both unfamiliar or novel tools (17–20), but remains silent on the more general cognitive mechanisms behind human technology that include the use of common and unfamiliar or novel tools but must also encompass tool making, construction behaviour, technical innovations, and transmission of technical content.” (p. 3)

      Introduction: "Here we focus on two important questions... to promote the technicalreasoning hypothesis as a comprehensive cognitive framework..."(italics added). This and other similar statements should be rewritten as testable scientific hypotheses rather than implying that the point of the research is to promote the investigators' preferred view.

      We agree that our phrasing could seem inappropriate here. What we meant here is that the technical-reasoning hypothesis could become an interesting framework for the study of the cognitive bases of human technology only if we are able to verify some of its key facets. As suggested, we rewrote this part. We also rewrote the abstract and the first paragraph of the discussion.

      “Here we focus on two key aspects of the technical-reasoning hypothesis that remain to be addressed: Generalizability and specificity. If technical reasoning is a specific form of reasoning oriented towards the physical world, then it should be implicated in all (the generalizability question) and only (the specificity question) the situations in which we need to think about the physical properties of our world.” (p. 5)

      Introduction: The Goldenberg and Hagmann paper cited actually shows that familiar tool use may be based either on retrieval from semantic memory or by inferring function from structure (mechanical problem solving); in other words, the investigators saw a role for both kinds of information, and the relationship between mechanical problem solving and familiar tool use was actually relatively weak. This requires correction.

      We disagree with Reviewer 3 on this point. The whole sentence is as follows:

      “This silence has been initially broken by a series of studies initiated by Goldenberg and Hagmann (9), which has documented a behavioural link in left brain-damaged patients between common tool use and the ability to solve mechanical problems by using and even sometimes making novel tools (e.g., extracting a target out from a box by bending a wire to create a hook) (9, 17).” (p. 3-4)

      We did not mention the interpretations given by Goldenberg and Hagmann about the link with the pantomime task, but only focused on the link they reported between common tool use and novel tool use. This is factual. In addition, we also disagree that the link between common tool use and novel tool use was weak.

      “The hypothesis put forward in the introduction predicts that knowledge about prototypical tool use assessed by pantomime of tool use and the ability to infer function from structure assessed by novel tool selection can both contribute to the use of familiar tools. Indeed results of both tests correlated signicantly with the use of familiar tools pantomime of tool use: r \= 0.77, novel tool selection: r \= 0.62; both P < 0.001), but there was also a signicant correlation between the two tests r \= 0.64, P < 0.001).” (Goldenberg & Hagmann, 1998; p. 585)

      As can be seen in this quote, they reported a significant correlation between novel tool selection and the use of familiar tools. It is also noteworthy that the novel tool selection test and the pantomime test correlated together. Georg Goldenberg told one of the authors (F. Osiurak; personal communication) that this result incited him to revise its idea that pantomime could assess “semantic knowledge”, which explains why he did not use it again as a measure of semantic knowledge. Instead, he preferred to use a classical semantic matching task in his 2009 Brain paper with Josef Spatt, in which they found a clearer dissociation between semantic knowledge and common/novel tool use not only at the behavioral level but also at the cerebral level.

      Introduction: Please expand and clarify this sentence "However, this involvement seems to be task-dependent, contrary to the systematic involvement of left are PF. The IFG and LOTC activations observed in prior studies are of interest as well. Were they indeed all taskdependent in these studies?

      We agree that this sentence is confusing. We meant that, in the studies reported just above in the paragraph, these regions were not systematically reported contrary to the left area PF. As we think that this information was not crucial for the logic of the paper, we preferred to remove it. 

      Introduction: If implicit mechanical knowledge is acquired through interactions with objects, how is that implicit knowledge conveyed to pass on the material culture to others?

      We thank Reviewer 3 for this comment. Although mechanical knowledge is implicit, it can be indirectly transmitted to other individuals, as shown in two papers we published in Nature Human Behaviour (Osiurak et al., 2021) and Science Advances (Osiurak et al., 2022). Actually, verbal teaching is not the only way to transmit information. There are many other ways of transmitting information such as gestural teaching (e.g., pointing the important aspects of a task to make them salient to the learner), observation without teaching (i.e., when we observe someone unbeknown to them) or reverse engineering (i.e., scrutinizing an artifact made by someone else). We have shown that even in reverse-engineering conditions, participants can benefit from what previous participants have done to increase their understanding of a physical system. In other words, all these forms of transmission allow the learners to understand new physical relationships without waiting that these relationships randomly occur in the environment. There is a wide literature on social learning, which describes very well how knowledge can be transmitted without using explicit communication. In fact, it is very likely that such forms of transmission were already present in our ancestors, allowing them to start accumulating knowledge without using symbolic language. We did not add this information in the MS because we think that this was a little bit beyond the scope of the MS. Nevetheless, we cited relevant literature on the topic to help the reader find it if interested in the topic.

      “Yet, recent accounts have proposed that non-social cognitive skills such as causal understanding or technical reasoning might have played a crucial role in cumulative technological culture (6, 29, 66). Support for these accounts comes from micro-society experiments, which have demonstrated that the improvement of technology over generations is accompanied by an increase in its understanding (67, 68), or that learners’ technical-reasoning skills are a good predictor of cumulative performance in such micro-societies (33, 69).” (p. 19)

      What distinguishes this implicit mechanical knowledge from stored knowledge about object manipulation? Are these two conceptualizations really demonstrably (testably) different?

      We agree that it is complex to distinguish between these two hypotheses as suggested by Seidel et al. (2023) cited above (see Reviewer 3 Point 8). We have conducted several studies to test the opposite predictions derived from each hypothesis. The main distinction concerns the understanding of physical materials and forces, which is central to the technical-reasoning hypothesis but not to the manipulation-based approach. Indeed, sensorimotor programs about tool manipulation are not assumed to contain information about physical materials and forces. In the present study, the understanding of physical materials and forces was needed in the four tasks hypothesized as requiring technical reasoning, i.e., the mechanical problem-solving task, the psychotechnical task and the PHYS-Only and INT+PHYS conditions of the mentalizing task. We can illustrate this aspect with items of each of these tasks. Figure 1A is of the mechanical problem-solving task. 

      As explained in the MS, participants had memorized the five possible tools before the scanner session. Thus, for 4 seconds, they had to imagine which of these tools could be used to extract the target out from the box. We did so to incit them to reason about mechanical solutions based on the physical properties of the problem. Then, they had 3 seconds to select the tool with the appropriate shape, here the right one. In this case, the motor action remains the same (i.e., pulling). Another illustration can be given, with the psychotechnical task (Figure 1B).

      In this task, the participant had to reason as to whether the boat-tractor connection was better in the left picture or in the right picture. This needs to reason about physical forces, but there is no need to recruit sensorimotor programs about tool manipulation. Finally, a last example can be given with the PHYS-Only condition of the mentalizing task (but the logic is the same for the INT+PHYS condition except that the character’s intentions must also be taken into consideration) Figure 1D).

      Here the participant must reason about which picture shows what is physically possible. In this task, there is no need to recruit sensorimotor programs about tool manipulation. In sum, what is common between these three tasks is the requirement to reason about physical materials and forces. We do not ignore that motor actions could be simulated in the mechanical problemsolving task, but no motor action needed to be simulated in the other three tasks. Therefore, what was common between all these tasks was the potential involvement of technical reasoning but not of sensorimotor programs about tool manipulation. Of course, an alternative is to consider that motor actions are always needed in all the situations, including situations where no “manipulable tool” is presented, such as a tractor and a boat, a pulley, or a cannon. We cannot rule out this alternative, which is nevertheless, for us, prejudicial because it implies that it becomes difficult to test the manipulation-based approach as motor actions would be everywhere. We voluntarily decided not to introduce a debate between the reasoning-based approach and the manipulation-based approach and preferred a more positive writing by stressing the insights from the present study. Note that we stressed the merits of the manipulation-based approach in the introduction because we sincerely think that this approach has provided interesting insights. However, we voluntarily did not discuss the debate between the two approaches. Given Reviewer 3’s comment (see also Reviewer 1 Point 2), we understand and agree that some words must be nevertheless said to discuss how the manipulation-based approach could interpret our results, thus stressing the potential limitations of our interpretations. Therefore, we added a specific section in the discussion in which we discussed this aspect in more details.

      “The second limitation concerns the alternative interpretation that the left area PF is not central to technical reasoning but to the storage of sensorimotor programs about the prototypical manipulation of common tools. Here we show that the left area PF is recruited even in situations in which participants do not have to process common manipulable tools. For instance, some items of the psychotechnical task consisted of pictures of tractor, boat, pulley, or cannon. The fact that we found a common activation of the left area PF in such tasks as well as in the mechanical problem-solving task, in which participants could nevertheless simulate the motor actions of manipulating novel tools, indicates that this brain area is not central to tool manipulation but to physical understanding. That being said, some may suggest that viewing a boat or a cannon is enough to incite the simulation of motor actions, so our tasks were not equipped to distinguish between the manipulation-based approach and the reasoning-based approach. We have already shown that the left area PF is more involved in tasks that focus on the mechanical dimension of the tool-use action (e.g., the mechanical interaction between a tool and an object) than its motor dimension (i.e., the interaction between the tool and the effector [e.g., 24, 40]). Nevertheless, we recognize that future research is still needed to test the predictions derived from these two approaches.” (p. 18-19)

      Introduction and throughout: The framing of left Area PF as a special area for technical reasoning is overly reductionistic from a functional neuroanatomic perspective in that it ignores a large relevant literature showing that the region is involved with many other tasks that seem not to require anything like technical cognition. Indeed, entering the coordinates - 56, -29, 36 (reported as the peak coordinates in common across the studied tasks) in Neurosynth reveals that 59 imaging studies report activations within 3 mm of those coordinates; few are action-related (a brief review indicated studies of verbal creativity, texture processing, reading, somatosensory processing, stress reactions, attentional selection etc). Please acknowledge the difficulty of claiming that a large brain region should be labeled the brain's technical reasoning area when it seems to also participate in so much else. The left IPL (including area PF) is densely connected to the ventral premotor cortex, and this network is activated in language and calculation tasks as well as tool use tasks (e.g., Matsumoto, Nair, et al., 2012). What other constructs might be able to unite this disparate literature, and are any of these alternative constructs ruled out by the present data? Lacking this objective discussion, the manuscript does read as a promotion of the investigators' preferred viewpoint.

      We thank Reviewer 3 for this comment. As stressed in the initial version of the MS, we did not write that the left area PF is sufficient but central to the network that allows us to reason about the physical world. Regardless, we agree that an objective discussion was needed on this aspect to help the reader not misunderstand our purpose. We added a section in this aspect as suggested. 

      “Before concluding, we would like to point out two potential limitations of the present study. The first limitation concerns the fact that the literature has documented the recruitment of the left area PF in many neuroimaging experiments in which there was no need to reason about physical events (e.g., language tasks). This can be easily illustrated by entering the left area PF coordinates in the Neurosynth database.

      This finding could be enough to refute the idea that this brain area is specific to technical reasoning. Although this limitation deserves to be recognized, it is also true for many other findings. For instance, sensory or motor brain regions such as the precentral or the postcentral cortex have been found activated in many non-motor tasks, the visual word form area in non-language tasks, or the Heschl’s gyrus in nonmusical tasks. This remains a major challenge for scientists, the question being how to solve these inconsistencies that can result from statistical errors or stress that considerable effort is needed to understand the very functional nature of these brain areas. Thus, understanding that the left area PF is central to physical understanding can be viewed as a first essential step before discovering its fundamental function, as suggested by the functional polyhedral approach (56).” (p. 18)

      Discussion: The discussion of a small cluster in the IFG (pars opercularis) that nearly survived statistical correction is noteworthy in light of the above point. This further underscores the importance of discussing networks and not just single brain regions (such as area PF) when examining complex processes. The investigators note, "a plausible hypothesis is that the left IFG integrates the multiple constraints posed by the physical situation to set the ground for a correct reasoning process, such as it could be involved in syntactic language processing". In fact, the hypothesis that the IFG and SMG are together related to resolving competition has been previously proposed, as has the more specific hypothesis that the SMG buffers actions and that the context-appropriate action is then selected by the IFG (e.g., Buxbaum & Randerath, 2018). The parallels with the way the SMG is engaged with competing lexical or phonological alternatives (e.g., Peramunage, Blumstein et al., 2011) have also been previously noted.

      We added the Buxbaum and Randerath (2018)’s reference in this section.

      “The functional role of the left IFG in the context of tool use has been previously discussed (24) and a plausible hypothesis is that the left IFG integrates the multiple constraints posed by the physical situation to set the ground for a correct reasoning process, such as it could be involved in syntactic language processing (for a somewhat similar view, see [51]).” (p. 16-17)

      Introduction and Discussion: Please clarify how the technical reasoning network overlaps with or is distinct from the tool-use network reported by many previous investigators.

      We added a couple of sentences in the discussion to clarify this point.

      “It should be clear here that we do not advocate the localizationist position simply stating that activation in the left area PF is the necessary and sufficient condition for technical reasoning. We rather defend the view according to which it requires a network of interacting brain areas, one of them – and of major importance – being the left area PF. This allows the engagement of different configurations of cerebral areas in different technical-reasoning tasks, but with a central process acting as a stable component: The left area PF. Thus, when people intend to use physical tools, it can work in concert with brain regions specific to object manipulation and motor control, thereby forming another network, the tool-use network. It can also interact with brain regions specific to intentional gestures to form a “social-learning” network that allows people to enhance their understanding about the physical aspects of a technical task (e.g., the making of a tool) through communicative gestures such as pointing gestures (42). The major challenge for future research is to specify the nature of the cognitive process supported by the left area PF and that might be involved in the broad understanding of the physical world.” (p. 14)

      Discussion: All of the experimental tasks require a response from a difficult choice in an array, and all of the tasks except for the fluid cognition task are likely to require prediction or simulation of a motion trajectory-whether an embodied or disembodied trajectory is unclear. The Discussion does mention the related (but distinct) idea of an "intuitive physics engine", a "kind of simulator", Please clarify how this study can rule out these alternative interpretations of the data. If the study cannot rule out these alternatives, the claims of the study (and the paper title which labels PF as a technical cognition area) should be scaled back considerably. 

      We thank Reviewer 3 for this comment. The authors of the papers on intuitive physics engine or associative learning do not suggest that these processes are embodied. As discussed above, we clarified our perspective on the role of the left area PF and hope that these modifications help the reader better understand it. We warmly thank Reviewer 3 for their comments, which considerably helped us improve the MS.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Hüppe and colleagues had already developed an apparatus and an analytical approach to capture swimming activity rhythms in krill. In a previous manuscript they explained the system, and here they employ it to show a circadian clock, supplemented by exogenous light, produces an activity pattern consistent with "twilight" diel vertical migration (DVM; a peak at sunset, a midnight sink, and a peak in the latter half of the night).

      They used light:dark (LD) followed by dark:dark (DD) photoperiods at two times of the year to confirm the circadian clock, coupled with DD experiments at four times of year to show rhythmicity occurs throughout the year along with DVM in the wild population. The individual activity data show variability in the rhythmic response, which is expected. However, their results showed rhythmicity was sustained in DD throughout the year, although the amplitude decayed quickly. The interpretation of a weak clock is reasonable, and they provide a convincing justification for the adaptive nature of such a clock in a species that has a wide distributional range and experiences various photic environments. These data also show that exogenous light increases the activity response and can explain the morning activity bouts, with the circadian clock explaining the evening and late-night bouts. This acknowledgement that vertical migration can be driven by multiple proximate mechanisms is important.

      The work is rigorously done, and the interpretations are sound. I see no major weaknesses in the manuscript. Because a considerable amount of processing is required to extract and interpret the rhythmic signals (see Methods and previous AMAZE paper), it is informative to have the individual activity plots of krill as a gut check on the group data.

      The manuscript will be useful to the field as it provides an elegant example of looking for biological rhythms in a marine planktonic organism and disentangling the exogenous response from the endogenous one. Furthermore, as high latitude environments change, understanding how important organisms like krill have the potential to respond will become increasingly important. This work provides a solid behavioral dataset to complement the earlier molecular data suggestive of a circadian clock in this species.

      We appreciate the positive evaluation of our work by Reviewer 1, acknowledging our approach to record locomotor activity in krill and the importance of the findings in assessing krill’s potential to respond to environmental change in their habitat.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript provides experimental evidence on circadian behavioural cycles in Antarctic krill. The krill were obtained directly from krill fishing vessels and the experiments were carried out on board using an advanced incubation device capable of recording activity levels over a number of days. A number of different experiments were carried out where krill were first exposed to simulated light:dark (L:D) regimes for some days followed by continuous darkness (DD). These were carried out on krill collected during late autumn and late summer. A further set of experiments was performed on krill across three different seasons (summer, autumn, winter), where incubations were all DD conditions. Activity was measured as the frequency by which an infrared beam close to the top of the incubation tube was broken over unit time. Results showed that patterns of increased and decreased activity that appeared synchronised to the LD cycle persisted during the DD period. This was interpreted as evidence of the operation of an internal (endogenous) clock. The amplitude of the behavioural cycles decreased with time in DD, which further suggests that this clock is relatively weak. The authors argued that the existence of a weak endogenous clock is an adaptation to life at high latitudes since allowing the clock to be modulated by external (exogenous) factors is an advantage when there is a high degree of seasonality. This hypothesis is further supported by seasonal DD experiments which showed that the periodicity of high and low activity levels differed between seasons.

      Strengths

      Although there has been a lot of field observations of various circadian type behaviour in Antarctic krill, relatively few experimental studies have been published considering this behaviour in terms of circadian patterns of activity. Krill are not a model organism and obtaining them and incubating them in suitable conditions are both difficult undertakings. Furthermore, there is a need to consider what their natural circadian rhythms are without the overinfluence of laboratory-induced artefacts. For this reason alone, the setup of the present study is ideal to consider this aspect of krill biology. Furthermore, the equipment developed for measuring levels of activity is well-designed and likely to minimise artefacts.

      We would like to thank Reviewer 2 for their positive assessment of our approach to study the influence of the circadian clock on krill behavior. We are delighted, that Reviewer 2 found our mechanistic approach in understanding daily behavioral patterns of Antarctic krill using the AMAZE set-up convincing, and that the challenging circumstances of working with a polar, non-model species are acknowledged.

      Weaknesses

      I have little criticism of the rationale for carrying out this work, nor of the experimental design. Nevertheless, the manuscript would benefit from a clearer explanation of the experimental design, particularly aimed at readers not familiar with research into circadian rhythms. Furthermore, I have a more fundamental question about the relationship between levels of activity and DVM on which I will expand below. Finally, it was unclear how the observational results made here related to the molecular aspects considered in the Discussion.

      (1) Explanation of experimental design - I acknowledge that the format of this particular journal insists that the Results are the first section that follows the Introduction. This nevertheless presents a problem for the reader since many of the concepts and terms that would generally be in the Methods are yet to be explained to the reader. Hence, right from the start of the Results section, the reader is thrown into the detail of what happened during the LD-DD experiments without being fully aware of why this type of experiment was carried out in the first place. Even after reading the Methods, further explanation would have been helpful. Circadian cycle type research of this sort often entrains organisms to certain light cycles and then takes the light away to see if the cycle continues in complete darkness, but this critical piece of knowledge does not come until much later (e.g. lines 369-372) leaving the reader guessing until this point why the authors took the approach they did. I would suggest the following (1) that more effort is made in the Introduction to explain the exact LD/DD protocols adopted (2) that a schematic figure is placed early on in the manuscript where the protocol is explained including some logical flow charts of e.g. if behavioural cycle continues in DD then internal clock exists versus if cycle does not continue in DD, the exogenous cues dominate - followed by - major decrease in cyclic amplitude = weak clock versus minor decrease = strong clock and so on

      We want to thank Reviewer 2 for pointing out that the experimental design and its rationale are not becoming clear early in the manuscript, especially for people outside the field of chronobiology. We added a new figure (now Fig. 1), illustrating the basic principle of chronobiological study design and how we adopted it. We also extended the description at the beginning of the Results section to clarify the rationale behind the experimental design.

      (2) Activity vs kinesis - in this study, we are shown data that (i) krill have a circadian cycle - incubation experiments; (ii) that krill swarms display DVM in this region - echosounder data (although see my later point). My question here is regarding the relationship between what is being measured by the incubation experiments and the in situ swarm behaviour observations. The incubation experiments are essentially measuring the propensity of krill to swim upwards since it logs the number of times an individual (or group) break a beam towards the top of the incubation tube. I argue that krill may be still highly active in the rest of the tube but just do not swim close to the surface, so this approach may not be a good measure of "activity". Otherwise, I suggest a more correct term of what is being measured is the level of "upward kinesis". As the authors themselves note, krill are negatively buoyant and must always be active to remain pelagic. What changes over the day-night cycle is whether they decide to expend that activity on swimming upwards, downwards or remaining at the same depth. Explaining the pattern as upward kinesis then also explains by swarms move upwards during the night. Just being more active at night may not necessarily result in them swimming upwards.

      We believe there is a slight misunderstanding in how what we call “activity” is measured. The experimental columns are equipped with five detector modules, evenly distributed over the height of the column. In our analysis we count all beam breaks caused by upward movement, i.e. every time a detector module is triggered after a detector module at a lower position has been triggered, and not only when the top detector module is triggered. In this way, we record upward swimming movements throughout the column, and not only when the krill swims all the way to the top of the column. This still means that what we are measuring is swimming activity, caused by upward swimming. We use this measure, to deliberately separate increased swimming activity, from baseline activity (i.e. swimming, which solely compensates for negative buoyancy) and inactivity (i.e. passive sinking).

      Higher activity is thus at first interpreted as an increase in swimming activity, which in the field may result in upwards-directed swimming but also could mean a horizontal increase in activity, for example, representing increased foraging and feeding activity. This would explain the daily activity pattern observed under LD cycles (now Fig. 3), which shows a general increase in activity during the dark phase. This nighttime increase could be used for both upward directed migration during sunset and horizontal directed swimming for feeding and foraging throughout the night.

      We added the following sentence to the description of the activity metric in the Methods section to clarify this point (lines 465-469):

      “To accomplish this, we organized the raw beam break data from all five detector modules in each experimental column in chronological order. We selected only those beam break detections that occurred after a detection in the detector module positioned lower on the column. Like this, we consider upward swimming movements throughout the full height of the column.”

      (3) Molecular relevance - Although I am interested in molecular clock aspects behind these circadian rhythms, it was not made clear how the results of the present study allow any further insight into this. In lines 282 to 284, the findings of the study by Biscontin et al (2017) are discussed with regard to how TIM protein is degraded by light via the clock photreceptor CRYTOCHROME 1. This element of the Discussion would be a lot more relevant if the results of the present study were considered in terms of whether they supported or refuted this or any other molecular clock model. As it stands, this paragraph is purely background knowledge and a candidate for deletion in the interest of shortening the Discussion.

      We agree that this part is not directly related to the data presented in the manuscript. We, therefore, omitted this part in the revised version of the manuscript to keep the discussion concise and focused on the results.

      Other aspects

      (i) 'Bimodal swimming' was used in the Abstract and later in the text without the term being fully explained. I could interpret it to mean a number of things so some explanation is required before the term is introduced.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing this out. We provided an explanation for the term “bimodal” in the Results section, where the two clock driven activity bouts are described first, by extending the sentence in lines 161-164, which now reads:

      “This suggests that the circadian clock drives a distinct bimodal activity pattern with two activity peaks in one day, i.e. the evening and late-night activity bouts, while. In contrast, the morning activity bout is triggered by the onset of illumination in the experimental set-up.”.

      (ii) Midnight sinking - I was struck by Figure 2b with regards to the dip in activity after the initial ascent, as well as the rise in activity predawn. Cushing (1951) Biol Rev 26: 158-192 describes the different phases of a DVM common to a number of marine organisms observed in situ where there is a period of midnight sinking following the initial dusk ascent and a dawn rise prior to dawn descent. Tarling et al (2002) observe midnight sinking pattern in Calanus finmarchicus and consider whether it is a response to feeding satiation or predation avoidance (i.e. exogenous factors). Evidence from the present study indicates that midnight sinking (and potential dawn rise) behaviour could alternatively be under endogenous control to a greater or lesser degree. This is something that should certainly be mentioned in the Discussion, possibly in place of the molecular discussion element mentioned above - possibly adding to the paragraph Lines 303-319.

      We would like to thank the Reviewer for pointing this out and agree that adding the idea of an endogenous control of midnight sinking would be interesting to the discussion. We added the following section to the Discussion (lines 335-343):

      “Interestingly, the decrease in clock-controlled swimming activity during the early night, right after the evening activity bout, may further facilitate a phenomenon called “midnight sinking”, which describes the sinking of animals to intermediate depths after the evening ascent, followed by a second rise to the surface before the morning descend. This behavior has been observed in a number of zooplankton species, including calanoid copepods (see 69, 70 and references therein) and krill (71). While previous studies suggested several exogenous factors, such as satiation or predator presence, as drivers of the midnight sink (69, 70), our study suggests that this pattern may be partly under endogenous control.”

      (iii) Lines 200-207 - I struggled to follow this argument regarding Piccolin et al identifying a 12 h rhythm whereas the present study indicates a ~24 h rhythm. Is one contradicting the other - please make this clear.

      In our study, we found that the circadian clock drives a bimodal pattern of swimming activity in krill, meaning it controls two bouts of activity in a 24-hour cycle. Piccolin et al. (2020) identified a swimming activity pattern of ~12 h (i.e. two peaks in 24 h) at the group level, which aligns with our findings at the individual level. We revised the Section in the discussion for more clarity, which now reads:

      “Data from Piccolin et al. (20) showed a strong damping of the amplitude and indication of a remarkably short (~12 h) free running period (FRP) of vertical swimming behavior of a group of krill under constant darkness (20). The short period found in Piccolin et al. (20) complements is in line with our findings of a bimodal activity pattern the pattern of swimming activity under DD conditions on the individual level found in the present study, suggesting that the ~12 h rhythm in group swimming behavior in Piccolin et al. (20) could have resulted from a bimodal activity pattern at the individual level, as found in our study.” (lines 212-219).  

      (iv) Although I agree that the hydroacoustic data should be included and is generally supportive of the results, I think that two further aspects should be made clear for context (a) whether there was any groundtruthing that the acoustic marks were indeed krill and not potentially some other group know to perform DVM such as myctophids (b) how representative were these patterns - I have a sense that they were heavily selected to show only ones with prominent DVM as opposed to other parts of the dataset where such a pattern was less clear - I am aware of a lot of krill research where DVM is not such a clear pattern and it is disingenuous to provide these patterns as the definitive way in which krill behaves. I ask this be made clear to the reader (note also that there is a suggestion of midnight sinking in Fig 5b on 28/2).

      To clarify the mentioned points concerning the hydroacoustic data:

      a) As mentioned in the Methods section, only hydroacoustic data during active fishing was included in the analysis. E. superba occurs in large monospecific aggregations, and the fishery actively targets E. superba and monitors their catch and the proportion of non-target species continuously with cameras. Krill fishery bycatch rates are very low (0.1–0.3%, Krafft et al. 2022), and fishing operations would stop if non-target species were caught in significant proportions at any time. Therefore, and supported by our own observations when we conducted the experiments, we argue that it is a valid assumption that E. superba predominantly causes the backscattering signal shown in Figure 5 (now Fig. 6).

      b) We are aware of the fact that DVM patterns of Antarctic krill are highly variable and that normal DVM patterns do not need to be the rule (e.g. see our cited study on the plasticity of krill DVM by Bahlburg et al. 2023). The visualized data were not selected for their DVM pattern but represent the period directly preceding the sampling for behavioral experiments in four seasons (experiment 2), including the day of sampling. These periods were chosen to assess the DVM behavior of krill swarms in the field in the days before and during the sampling for behavioral experiments.

      To improve understanding, we modified the description in the Results, Discussion, and Methods sections, as well as the caption of Figure 5 (now Fig. 6), which now read:

      “To investigate whether krill swarms exhibited daily behavioral patterns in swimming behavior in the field before they were sampled for seasonal experiments, hydroacoustic data were recorded from the fishing vessel, continuously over a three-day period prior to sampling for the seasonal experiments described above…” (lines 191-194).

      “Furthermore, hydroacoustic recordings demonstrate that most krill swarms sampled exhibited synchronized DVM in the field in the days directly before sampling for behavioral experiments, indicating that in this region, krill remain behaviorally synchronized across a wide range of photoperiods.” (lines 397-400).

      “Hydroacoustic data were collected using a hull-mounted SIMRAD ES80 echosounder (Kongsberg Maritime AS) aboard the Antarctic Endurance, covering three days before the sampling for each of the seasonal behavioral experiments of experiment 2” (lines 512-515).

      “We only included data during active fishing periods and the vessel is specifically targeting E. superba, which occurs in large monospecific aggregations. Further, krill fishery bycatch rates are very low (0.1-0.3%, 84), which makes it highly probable that the recorded signal represents krill swarms.” (lines 523-526).

      “Hydroacoustic recordings showing the vertical distribution of krill swarms in the upper water column (<220 m) below the vessel, visualized by the mean volume backscattering signal (200 kHz), on the three days prior to krill sampling for experiments…” (lines 802-804).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      As noted in the public review, this is a logical and well-written manuscript. I have very few comments to consider addressing.

      The Results lead with a paragraph outlining the experimental approach. This is good, but you use the term "experiments" to refer to both the two sets, and the two or four subsets of experiments. Perhaps consider the subset experiments as "treatments"? I understood what you meant, but it took a few read-throughs to be sure I got it.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out and changed the nomenclature of the experiments throughout the manuscript. We now refer to the two sets of experiments as experiment 1 and 2, to the subsets of experiment 1 as “short day treatment” and “long day treatment”, and to the subsets of experiment 2 as summer treatment, late summer treatment, autumn treatment, and winter treatment. We also believe that the new Figure 1 is now helping to follow the experimental design more efficiently.

      Ln 140: "...off and decrease at lights-on."

      We adjusted the sentence accordingly.

      Ln 244: Can you define "extreme photic conditions"? I get what you mean, but to be clear to the reader this would help.

      We adjusted the sentence, which now reads:

      “This could confer a significant adaptive advantage to species inhabiting environments characterized by extreme photic conditions (53, 54, 60), such as phases of polar night or midnight sun as well as rapid changes in daylength, or species that rely on precise photoperiodic time measurement for accurate seasonal adaptation.” (lines 258-261).

      Figures: Consider adding an LSP for groups in Fig 1. Also, it would be useful to have LSP period estimates for each individual tested. This could be a separate table, or it could be added to the individual activity plots. Should S3 and S4 be reversed?

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion and added an LSP as figure 1d (now Fig. 2d) to statistically support the group activity shown in Figure 1c (now Fig. 2c) as suggested. We added the individual animals' LSP period estimates to supplementary figures S2, S7, S8, S9, and S10. We also reversed Figures S3 and S4 to match the appearance in the main text. 

      Fig 5: are the light regime bars for b and c correct? They look similar, but there are only 15 days apart, so perhaps they are correct as is.

      We double checked the light regime bars in Fig. 5b and c (now 6b and c) and they are correct as is.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Kaya et al. studies the effect of food consumption on hippocampal sharp wave ripples (SWRs) in mice. The authors use multiple foods and forms of food delivery to show that the frequency and power of SWRs increase following food intake, and that this effect depends on the caloric content of food. The authors also studied the effects of the administration of various food-intake-related hormones on SWRs during sleep, demonstrating that ghrelin negatively affects SWR rate and power, but not GLP1, insulin, or leptin. Finally, the authors use fiber photometry to show that GABAergic neurons in the lateral hypothalamus, increase activity during a SWR event.

      Strengths:

      The experiments in this study seem to be well performed, and the data are well presented, visually. The data support the main conclusions of the manuscript that food intake enhances hippocampal SWRs. Taken together, this study is likely to be impactful to the study of the impact of feeding on sleep behavior, as well as the phenomena of hippocampal SWRs in metabolism.

      Weaknesses:

      Details of experiments are missing in the text and figure legends. Additionally, the writing of the manuscript could be improved.

      We thank the reviewer for their favorable assessment of the work and its potential impact. We have added all requested details in the text and figure legends and revised the wording of the manuscript to improve its clarity.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Kaya et al uncover an intriguing relationship between hippocampal sharp wave-ripple production and peripheral hormone exposure, food intake, and lateral hypothalamic function. These findings significantly expand our understanding of hippocampal function beyond mnemonic processes and point a direction for promising future research.

      Strengths:

      Some of the relationships observed in this paper are highly significant. In particular, the inverse relationship between GLP1/Leptin and Insulin/Ghrelin are particularly compelling as this aligns well with opposing hormone functions on satiety.

      Weaknesses:

      I would be curious if there were any measurable behavioral differences that occur with different hormone manipulations.

      We thank the reviewer for their favorable assessment of the work and its contribution to our understanding of non-mnemonic hippocampal function. Whether there are behavioral differences that occur following administration of the different hormones is a great question, yet unfortunately our study design did not include fine behavioral monitoring to the degree that would allow answering it. While some previous studies have partially addressed the behavioral consequences of the delivery of these hormones (and we reference these studies in our Discussion), how these changes may interact with the hippocampal and hypothalamic effects we observe is a very interesting next step.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Kaya et al. explores the effects of feeding on sharp wave-ripples (SWRs) in the hippocampus, which could reveal a better understanding of how metabolism is regulated by neural processes. Expanding on prior work that showed that SWRs trigger a decrease in peripheral glucose levels, the authors further tested the relationship between SWRs and meal consumption by recording LFPs from the dorsal CA1 region of the hippocampus before and after meal consumption. They found an increase in SWR magnitude during sleep after food intake, in both food restricted and ad libitum fed conditions. Using fiber photometry to detect GABAergic neuron activity in the lateral hypothalamus, they found increased activity locked to the onset of SWRs. They conclude that the animal's satiety state modulates the amplitude and rate of SWRs, and that SWRs modulate downstream circuits involved in regulating feeding. These experiments provide an important step forward in understanding how metabolism is regulated in the brain. However, currently, the paper lacks sufficient analyses to control for factors related to sleep quality and duration; adding these analyses would further support the claim that food intake itself, as opposed to sleep quality, is primarily responsible for changes in SWR activity. Adding this, along with some minor clarifications and edits, would lead to a compelling case for SWRs being modulated by a satiety state. The study will likely be of great interest in the field of learning and memory while carrying broader implications for understanding brain-body physiology.

      Strengths:

      The paper makes an innovative foray into the emerging field of brain-body research, asking how sharp wave-ripples are affected by metabolism and hunger. The authors use a variety of advanced techniques including LFP recordings and fiber photometry to answer this question. Additionally, they perform comprehensive and logical follow-up experiments to the initial food-restricted paradigm to account for deeper sleep following meal times and the difference between consumption of calories versus the experience of eating. These experiments lay the groundwork for future studies in this field, as the authors pose several follow-up questions regarding the role of metabolic hormones and downstream brain regions.

      We thank the reviewer for their appreciation and constructive review of the work.

      Weaknesses:

      Major comments:

      (1) The authors conclude that food intake regulates SWR power during sleep beyond the effect of food intake on sleep quality. Specifically, they made an attempt to control for the confounding effect of delta power on SWRs through a mediation analysis. However, a similar analysis is not presented for SWR rate. Moreover, this does not seem to be a sufficient control. One alternative way to address this confound would be to subsample the sleep data from the ad lib and food restricted conditions (or high calorie and low calorie, etc), to match the delta power in each condition. When periods of similar mean delta power (i.e. similar sleep quality) are matched between datasets, the authors can then determine if a significant effect on SWR amplitude and rate remains in the subsampled data.

      This is an important point that we believe we addressed in a few complementary ways. First, the mediation analysis we implemented measures the magnitude and significance of the contribution of food on SWR power after accounting for the effects of delta power, showing a highly significant food-SWR contribution. While the objective of subsampling is similar, mediation is a more statistically robust approach as it models the relationship between food, SWR power, and delta power in a way that explicitly accounts for the interdependence of these variables. Further, subsampling introduces the risk of losing statistical power by reducing the sample size, due to exclusion of data that might contain relevant and valuable information. Mediation analysis, on the other hand, uses the full dataset and retains statistical power while modeling the relationships between variables more holistically. However, as we were not satisfied with a purely analytical approach to test this issue, we carried out a new set of experiments in ad-libitum fed mice, where there is no concern of food restriction impairing sleep quality in the presleep session. In these conditions food amount also significantly correlated with, and showed significant mediation of, the SWR power change. Finally, we acknowledge and discuss this point in the Discussion, highlighting that given the known relationship between cortical delta and SWRs, it is challenging to fully disentangle these signals. 

      (2) Relatedly, are the animals spending the same amount of time sleeping in the ad lib vs. food restricted conditions? The amount of time spent sleeping could affect the probability of entering certain stages of sleep and thus affect SWR properties. A recent paper (Giri et al., Nature, 2024) demonstrated that sleep deprivation can alter the magnitude and frequency of SWRs. Could the authors quantify sleep quantity and control for the amount of time spent sleeping by subsampling the data, similar to the suggestion above?

      Following the reviewer’s comment, we have quantified and compared the amount of time spent in NREM sleep in the Pre and Post session pairs in which the animals were food restricted, with 0-1.5 g of chow given between the sleep sessions. We found that there was no significant difference in the amount of time spent in NREM sleep in the Pre and Post sessions. We have added this result to the Results section of the manuscript and as a new Supplementary Fig. 1. 

      Additionally, we have added details to the Methods section that were missing in the original submission that are relevant to this point. Specifically, within the sleep sessions, the ongoing sleep states were scored using the AccuSleep toolbox (https://github.com/zekebarger/AccuSleep) using the EEG and EMG signals. NREM periods were detected based on high EEG delta power and low EMG power, REM periods were detected based on high EEG theta power and low EMG power, and Wake periods were detected based on high EMG power. Importantly, only NREM periods were included for subsequent SWR detection, quantification and analyses (in particular, reported SWR rates reflect the number of SWRs per second of NREM sleep). 

      (3) Plot 5I only reports significance but does not clearly show the underlying quantification of LH GABAergic activity. Upon reading the methods for how this analysis was conducted, it would be informative to see a plot of the pre-SWR and post-SWR integral values used for the paired t-test whose p-values are currently shown. For example, these values could be displayed as individual points overlaid on a pair of boxand-whisker plots of the pre- and post-distribution within the session (perhaps for one example session per mouse with the p-value reported, to supplement a plot of the distribution of p-values across sessions and mice). If these data are non-normal, the authors should also use a non-parametric statistical test.

      We have generated the summary plots the reviewer requested and have now included them in Supplementary Fig. 2. 

      Minor comments:

      (4) A brief explanation (perhaps in the discussion) of what each change in SWR property (magnitude, rate, duration) could indicate in the context of the hypothesis may be helpful in bridging the fields of metabolism and memory. For example, by describing the hypothesized mechanistic consequence of each change, could the authors speculate on why ripple rate may not increase in all the instances where ripple power increases after feeding? Why do the authors speculate that ripple duration does not increase, given that prior work (Fernandez-Ruiz et al. 2019) has shown that prolonged ripples support enhanced memory?

      This is an interesting point and we have added a section to the Discussion to discuss it (pg. 17, last paragraph)

      (5) The authors suggest that "SWRs could modulate peripheral metabolism" as a future implication of their work. However, the lack of clear effects from GLP-1, leptin and insulin complicates this interpretation. It might be informative for readers if the authors expanded their discussion of what specific role they speculate that SWRs could play in regulating metabolism, given these negative results.

      We have added a section to the Discussion proposing potential reasons for this point (pg. 16, last paragraph)

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Comments:

      (1) The experiments involve very precise windows of time for sleeping and eating that seem impossible to control. For example, the authors state that for the experiments in Figure 1, there was a 2-h sleep period, followed by a 1-h feeding period, followed by another 2-h sleep period. Without sleep deprivation procedures or other environmental manipulations, how can these periods be so well-defined? Even during the inactive period, mice typically don't sleep for 2-h bouts at once, and the addition of food would not likely lead to an exact 1-h period of wakefulness in the middle. The validity of these experimental times would be more believable if the authors provided much more data on these sessions. For example, the authors could provide a table or visual display of data for the actual timing of the pre-sleep, eating, and post-sleep phases with exact time measurements and/or visual display of sleep versus wakefulness.

      This is an important point, which we were not clear enough about in the original submission. While the durations of the Pre-sleep, Wake and Post-sleep sessions were indeed 2 h, 1 h and 2 h respectively, the animals did not actually sleep during the entirety of the sleep sessions. Importantly, we performed sleep state scoring on all sessions, and only analyzed identified NREM sleep for all SWR analyses. Following the reviewer’s comment (and that of Reviewer 1), we have quantified and compared the amount of time spent in NREM sleep in the Pre and Post session pairs in which the animals were food restricted and 0-1.5 g of chow were given between the sleep sessions. We found that there was no significant difference in the amount of time spent in NREM sleep in the Pre and Post sessions. We have added this result to the Results section of the manuscript and as a new Supplementary Fig. 1. 

      Additionally, we have added details to the Methods section that were missing in the original submission that are relevant to this point. Specifically, within the sleep sessions, the ongoing sleep states were scored using the AccuSleep toolbox (https://github.com/zekebarger/AccuSleep) using the EEG and EMG signals. NREM periods were detected based on high EEG delta power and low EMG power, REM periods were detected based on high EEG theta power and low EMG power, and Wake periods were detected based on high EMG power. Importantly, only NREM periods were included for subsequent SWR detection, quantification and analyses (in particular, reported SWR rates reflect the number of SWRs per second of NREM sleep). 

      (2) I may have missed this (although I tried searching in the text and figure legend), but the authors did not state the difference between green versus red bar colors in Figure 1 C-E. For Figures 1 F-J, do the individual dots represent both the test (fed) animals and control animals, or just the test animals?

      We thank the reviewer for the opportunity to clarify these points. Red bars in Fig. 1C-E represent the SWR changes observed following delivery of equal or more than 0.5 g of chow, while the green bars represent the changes observed following delivery of less than 0.5 g. Fig. 1F-J includes both the experimental and control animals- the control animals appearing as having received 0 food amount. This information has now been added to the figure legend.

      (3) For the jello experiments in Figure 3, was there only 1 trial per animal? Previous studies show that animals learn the caloric value of jello after subsequent trials, so whether or not multiple trials took place in each animal is important for interpretation of the results.

      In Figure 3, the datapoints within each panel represent different animals and this information has now been added to the figure legend. Nevertheless, the animals were previously habituated to all foods, including regular jello, sugar-free jello and chocolate. While we consider it unlikely that this prior experience was sufficient to underlie the differential effects on SWRs, we cannot fully rule out the possibility that it provided some ability to predict the caloric value and consequences of the different foods. We have added details to the acknowledgement of this point in the Discussion (pg. 17, second paragraph).

      (4) The experiments in Figure 5 are informative but don't relate to the experiments in the rest of the study. It is difficult to interpret their meaning given that these experiments take place over seconds while the other experiments take place over hours. Some attempt should be made to bridge these experiments over the timescales relevant for the behaviors studied in Figures 1-4.

      We have now further acknowledged and discussed the point that our investigation is limited to the timescale of seconds around SWRs, and thus identified a potential communication channel, but whether and how this communication changes across hours following feeding remains for future studies (pg. 18, second paragraph).

      (5) Figure 5B should depict the x-axis in seconds, not an arbitrary set of times from a recording.

      We have replaced these with a time scale bar.

      Minor Comments:

      (6) The writing of the manuscript can be improved in many places:

      Sometimes the writing could be more precise. For example, the Abstract states: "hippocampal sharp wave ripples (SWRs)... have been shown to influence peripheral glucose metabolism." Could this be written in a more informative way, rather than just staying "has been shown to influence?" A few more words would provide a lot more information. Similarly, at the end of the Introduction: "we set out to test the hypothesis that SWRs are modulated following meal times as part of the systems-level response to changing metabolic needs." This is not a strong hypothesis... could it be written to boldly state how the SWRs will be modulated (increase or decrease) and provide more assertive information?

      The writing can be grandiose at times. Phrases such as "life is a continuous journey" or "the hypothalamus is a master regulator of homeostasis" are a bit sophomoric and too colloquial.

      Finally, a representative recording should be referred to as just that-a "representative recording," as opposed to a "snippet," which is also colloquial. This word is used in the figure legends to Figures 1 and 5, and misspelled as "sinpper" in Figure 1

      We have reworded all these sentences and phrases to make them clearer, more concrete and more formal.

      (7) The methods state that the study used both male and female mice. Were they used in equal numbers across experiments?

      Only one female was used in the final dataset, and we have corrected the wording accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Great paper!

      Thanks!

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Below are some minor requests for clarification, including in figures:

      (1) Fig. 5H y-axis should say "normalized dF/F."

      Done

      (2) Fig. 1B is missing a y-axis label. It may be clearer to display separate y-axis scale bars for each component (SWR envelope, ripple-filtered amplitude, etc).

      Done

      (3) Please include labels for brain areas and methodological components in Fig. 5A.

      Done

      (4) Should Fig. 5B have the same y-axis or scale bars as 1B?

      We have edited the figure labels and legends to be visually similar

      (5) In Fig. 5J, is the y-axis a count of sessions?

      Yes, we have added that to the y-axis label

      (6) Could the authors please clarify whether the sugar-free jello was sweetened with an artificial sweetener? If so, this is a robust control for the rewarding nature of the two jellos, so a quick clarification would highlight this strength of the experiment.

      We thank the reviewer for this great point. Indeed, the sugar free jello contained artificial sweeteners (Aspartame and Acesulfame Potassium). We have added this information to the Results and Methods.

      (7) It appears in Fig. 5 that there may be a reliable dip in activity **at** the time of SWR onset, followed by the increase afterward, as shown in the example FP trace and the individual ripple-triggered traces. Is this indeed the case, and does this dip fall significantly below baseline? This characterization would be interesting, but I acknowledge is not necessarily crucial to the study to include.

      This would indeed be an interesting finding, but upon examination and statistical testing, we found that this is not the case. We believe this may appear as such due to the normalization of the traces.

      (8) The authors mention a reduction in ripple rate following insulin under food restriction as the only significant effect for insulin, GLP-1, and leptin, yet there was also a significant increase (at p<0.05) in ripple duration for GLP-1 in the ab lib condition. Is this not considered noteworthy?

      This is a fair point and we have reworded the description of this result to simply state that there were no robust, consistent, dose-dependent effects of GLP-1, leptin and insulin on SWR attributes.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study presents evidence that a special group of place cells, those tuned to fast-gamma oscillations, play a key role in theta sequence development. How theta sequences are formed and developed during experience is an important question, because these sequences have been implicated in several cognitive functions of place cells, including memory-guided spatial navigation. The revised version of this paper has been significantly improved. Major concerns in the previous round of review on technical and conceptual aspects of the relationship between gamma oscillations and theta sequences are addressed. The main conclusion is supported by the data presented.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors have conducted new analysis to address the issues I and the other reviewers raised in our original revision. As a result, the revised manuscript has been substantially improved.

      We thank the two reviewers for their positive comments.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      There are, however, still a few remaining issues that need further clarification.

      - Despite the authors explanation and comparison with Kitanishi et al., 2015, Neuron, I still find that the reduced number of significantly gamma phase-locked cells is at odds with most previous reports (e.g., Csicvari et al., 2003; Colgin et al., 2009; Belluscio et al., 2012; Schomburg et al., 2014; Cabral et al., 2014; Fernandez-Ruiz et al., 2017; Lopes dos Santos et al., 2018). There can be several issues to explain this difference, like the choice of LFP reference channel. The authors should at least acknowledge this difference in the text.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion.  We discussed the potential reasons causing the different proportion of gamma phase locked cells in the Discussion (lines367-380).

      - The new Figure R2 is very useful and should be included in the manuscript. It would be even better to expand the frequency range to higher frequencies to show where the maximum peak is. Still, the potential contribution of spike leakage should be acknowledged. While I agree that it will not account for all fast gamma spike modulation, it is certainly a contributing factor. A further evidence of this is that the coupling strength seems to keep increasing towards supra gamma frequency range in Fig R2. This is to be expected given that the authors have used the local LFP from the same tetrode where cells were recorded, which is never a good practice.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Now the Fig R2 has been moved to the manuscript as a part of Figure 2-figure supplement 2 (lines133-135). In terms of the contribution of spike leakage by using the local LFP, we also detected FG-cells by using LFP from a different tetrode, i.e. the central one of the bundle that located in the cell body layer, and found approximate proportion of FG-cells which phase locked to ~75Hz (Fig R3, now the Figure 2-figure supplement 2C-F). Thus, we think using the local LFP would not affect the main conclusion and we decide to keep the original results. We also acknowledged the potential contribution of spike leakage in the Discussion (lines 372-377).

      - From the authors answer I understand that recordings were almost exclusively conducted from the deep CA1 pyramidal layer. This would preclude any meaningful interpretation of the deep/ superficial differences in the distribution of FG and NFG cells. This is not a crucial point for the paper but needs to be acknowledged.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion.  We acknowledged the meaningful interpretation of the deep/ superficial differences in the distribution of FG- and NFG-cells in the Discussion (lines 380-386).

      - I am afraid that the authors interpreted my comment about authorship in the opposite way that I intended. I meant that the usual practice is that the last author of the manuscript is the person who has been the main intellectual driver of the work, not the most senior one necessarily. I guess that is Dr. Zheng not Dr. Ming. However, I leave this decision to the discretion of the authors.

      We thank the reviewer for this rigorous consideration.  Dr. Ming and Dr. Zheng were both the main intellectual drivers of this work.  Therefore, we decide to keep the current authors in the manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This very interesting manuscript proposes a general mechanism for how activating signaling proteins respond to species-specific signals arising from a variety of stresses. In brief, the authors propose that the activating signal alters the structure by a universal allosteric mechanism.

      Strengths:

      The unitary mechanism proposed is appealing and testable. They propose that the allosteric module consists of crossed alpha-helical linkers with similar architecture and that their attached regulatory domains connect to phosphatases or other molecules through coiled-coli domains, such that the signal is transduced via rigidifying the alpha helices, permitting downstream enzymatic activity. The authors present genetic and structural prediction data in favor of the model for the system they are studying, and stronger structural data in other systems.

      Weaknesses:

      The evidence is indirect - targeted mutations, structural predictions, and biochemical data. Therefore, these important generalizable conclusions are not buttressed by impeccable data, which would require doing actual structures in B. subtilis, confirming experiments in other organisms, and possibly co-evolutionary coupling. In the absence of such data, it is not possible to rule out variant models.

      We thank the reviewer for their feedback. A challenge of studying flexible proteins is that it is often not possible to directly obtain high resolution structural data. For the case of B. subtilis RsbU, the independent experimental approaches we applied (including two unbiased genetic screens, targeted mutagenesis, SAXS, enzymology, and structure prediction, which includes evolutionary coupling) converged upon a model for activation, which we feel is well supported. Frustratingly, our attempts at determining high resolution experimental structures have been unsuccessful, which we think is due to the flexibility of the proteins revealed by our SAXS experiments. For example, we collected X-ray diffraction data from crystals of a fragment of B. subtilis RsbU containing the N-terminal domain and linker in which the linker was almost entirely disordered in the maps. We agree that doing experiments in other organisms would be valuable next steps to test the hypothesis that this coiled-coil based transduction mechanism is conserved across species, and will modify the text to differentiate this more speculative section of the manuscript.

      We have modified the abstract to read:

      “This coiled-coil linker transduction mechanism additionally suggests a resolution to the mystery of how shared sensory domains control serine/threonine phosphatases, diguanylate cyclases and histidine kinases.”

      We have modified the results to read:

      "These predictions suggest a testable hypothesis that RsbP is controlled through an activation mechanism similar to that of RsbU (Fig. 5A)”

      “From this analysis, we speculate that linker-mediated phosphatase domain dimerization is an evolutionarily conserved, adaptable mechanism to control PPM phosphatase activity.”

      Based on this critique (and the critiques of the other reviewers), we plan to do energetic analysis of the predicted coiled coils from the enzymes we analyzed from other species and to incorporate this into the manuscript.

      We have modified the results to read:

      Consistent with a model in which the stability of the linker plays a conserved regulatory role, the AlphaFold2 models for many of the predicted structures have unfavorable polar residues buried in the coiled-coil interface (positions a and d, for which non-polar residues are most favorable) (Figure 5 – figure supplement 2).”

      Finally, in the manuscript, we have highlighted that this mechanism is not the only mechanism for activation of other proteins with effector domains connected to linkers, but rather one of many mechanisms (Fig 5G). The reviewer additionally made helpful suggestions about the text in detailed comments that we will incorporate as appropriate.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      While bacteria have the ability to induce genes in response to specific stresses, they also use the General Stress Response (GSR) to deal with growth conditions that presumably include a larger range of stresses (for instance, stationary phase growth). The activation of GSR-specific sigma factors is frequently at the heart of the induction of a GSR. Given the range of stresses that can lead to GSR induction, the regulatory inputs are frequently complex. In B. subtilis, the stressosome, a multi-protein complex, contains a set of proteins that, upon appropriate stresses, initiate partner switching cascades that free the sigma B sigma factor from an anti-sigma. The focus here is on the mode of activation of RsbU, a serine/threonine phosphatase of the PPM family, leading to sigB activation. RbsT, a component of the degradosome interacts with RsbU upon stress, activating the phosphatase activity. Once active, RsbU dephosphorylates its target (RsbV, an anti-antisigma), which in turn binds the anti-sigma. The conclusion is that flexible linker domains upstream of the phosphatase domain are the target for activation, via binding of proteins to the N-terminal domain, resulting in a crossed-linker dimeric structure. The authors then use the information on RsbU to suggest that parallel approaches are used to activate PPM phosphatases for the GSR response in other bacteria. (Biology vs. Mechanism, evolution?)

      Strengths and Weaknesses:

      Many of these have to do with clarifying what was done and why. This includes the presentation and content of the figures.

      One issue relates to the background and context. A bit more information on the stresses that release RsbT would be useful here. The authors might also consider a figure showing the major conclusions and parallels for SpoIIE activation and possibly other partner switches that are discussed, introducing the switch change more clearly to set the stage for the work here (and the generalization). There are a lot of players to keep track of.

      We plan to carefully review the manuscript to improve the clarity of presentation and background. In particular, we thank the reviewer for pointing out the missing information about the release of RsbT from the stressosome. We will incorporate this information into the introduction and provide an additional figure.

      We have added the following text to the introduction:

      “RsbT is sequestered in a megadalton stress sensing complex called the stressosome, and is released to bind RsbU in response to specific stress signals including ethanol, heat, acid, salt, and blue light”

      We have added a new figure panel (2C) that shows the model for how Q94L, M166V, and RsbT binding induce conformational change of the PPM domain to recruit metal cofactor and activate RsbU (analogous, but slightly different from the mechanism for SpoIIE).

      The reviewer additionally provided detailed helpful comments that we will incorporate in the text and figures.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a study building on their previous work on activation of the general stress response phosphatase, RsbU, from Bacillus subtilis. Using computed structural models of the RsbU dimer the authors map previously identified activating mutations onto the structure and suggest further protein variants to test the role of the predicted linker helix and the interaction with RsbT on the activation of the phosphatase activity.

      Using in vivo and in vitro activity assays, the authors demonstrate that linker variants can constitutively activate RsbU and increase the affinity of the protein for RsbT, thus showing a link between the structure of the linker region and RsbT binding.

      Small angle X-ray scattering experiments on RsbU variants alone, and in complex with RsbT show structural changes consistent with a decreased flexibility of the RsbU protein, which is hypothesised to indicate a disorder-order transition in the linker when RsbT binds. This interpretation of the data is consistent with the biochemical data presented by the authors.

      Further computed structure models are presented for other protein phosphates from different bacterial species and the authors propose a model for phosphatase activation by partner binding. They compare this to the activation mechanisms proposed for histidine kinase two-component systems and GGDEF proteins and suggest the individual domains could be swapped to give a toolkit of modular parts for bacterial signalling.

      Strengths:

      The key mutagenesis data is presented with two lines of evidence to demonstrate RsbU activation - in vivo sigma-b activation assays utilising a beta-galactosidase reporter and in vitro activity assays against the RsbV protein, which is the downstream target of RsbU. These data support the hypothesis for RsbT binding to the RsbU linker region as well as the dimerisation domain to activate the RsbU activity.

      Weaknesses:

      Small angle scattering curves are difficult to unambiguously interpret, but the authors present reasonable interpretations that fit with the biochemical data presented. These interpretations should be considered as good models for future testing with other methods - hydrogen/deuterium exchange mass spectrometry, would be a good additional method to use, as exchange rates in the linker region would be affected significantly by the disorder/order transition on RsbT binding.

      We agree with the reviewer that the SAXS data has inherent ambiguity due to the nature of the measurement. However, SAXS is one of the best techniques to directly assess conformational flexibility. Our scattering data for RsbU have multiple signatures of flexibility supporting a high confidence conclusion. While the scattering data support a reduction in flexibility for the RsbT/RsbU complex, we agree that a high resolution structure would be valuable. However the combination of the scattering data with our biochemical and genetic data supports the validity of the AlphaFold predicted model. We thank the reviewer for the suggestion of future hydrogen/deuterium exchange experiments that would be complementary, but which we feel are beyond the scope of this work.

      The interpretation of the computed structure models should be toned down with the addition of a few caveats related to the bias in the models returned by AlphaFold2. For the full-length models of RsbU and other phosphatase proteins, the relationship of the domains to each other is likely to be the least reliable part of the models - this is apparent from the PAE plots shown in Supplementary Figure 8. Furthermore, the authors should show models coloured by pLDDT scores in an additional supplementary figure to help the reader interpret the confidence level of the predicted structures.

      We thank the reviewer for suggestions on how to clarify the discussion of AlphaFold models. We will decrease the emphasis on the computed models in the text and will add figures with the models colored by the pLDDT scores to aid in the interpretation.

      We have modified the text of the Abstract: “This coiled-coil linker transduction mechanism additionally suggests a resolution to the mystery of how shared sensory domains control serine/threonine phosphatases, diguanylate cyclases and histidine kinases.”

      We have modified the text of the Results: “These predictions suggest a testable hypothesis that RsbP is controlled through an activation mechanism similar to that of RsbU (Fig. 5A).”

      “From this analysis, we speculate that linker-mediated phosphatase domain dimerization is an evolutionarily conserved, adaptable mechanism to control PPM phosphatase activity”

      We have also added Figure 1 – figure supplement 2 with the AlphaFold2 models colored by the pLDDT scores.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Baral and colleagues investigate the regulatory mechanisms of the General Stress Response (GSR) in Bacillus subtilis, focusing on the phosphatase RsbU and its regulation by the protein RsbT. The GSR is a critical adaptive mechanism that allows bacteria to survive under various stress conditions by reshaping their physiology through a broad transcriptional response. RsbU, a key player in the GSR, facilitates the activation of the transcription factor SigB by dephosphorylating RsbV. This activation is mediated through a partner-switching mechanism involving RsbT. Baral and colleagues use a combination of genetic screening, structural predictions via AlphaFold2, and biophysical techniques such as SAXS and MALS to present a model for how RsbT regulates RsbU. Key findings include the identification of specific amino acid substitutions that enhance RsbU activity, the role of the α-helical linker in RsbU dimerization and activation, and the potential broader conservation of these mechanisms across bacterial species. However, as described below, additional work is required to solidify the results.

      Major Points

      (1) The manuscript is misnamed--it dissects a single step of the signal-transduction pathway regulating the general stress response. Instead, it is rather seeking a generalizable mechanism for kinase -phosphatase interactions across stresses.

      We have edited the title to “A General Mechanism for Initiating the General Stress Response in Bacteria” to reflect that that this study addresses the initiating event of the general stress response.

      (2) The genetic screen likely has limitations in detecting all possible variants that could affect RsbU activity. The readout is specific to σ^B activation, and the focus on specific amino acid substitutions may overlook other significant regions or mechanisms involved in the regulation of RsbU, particularly those involving RsbV and RsbT.

      Our screens were specifically designed to identify features of RsbU that contribute to regulation. Importantly, RsbU does not have any known targets other than RsbV and the downstream σ<sup>B</sup> response but agree that substitutions in either RsbV or RsbT could influence RsbU activation. In principle our suppressor screen with RsbU<sup>Y28I</sup> could have identified RsbT variants (rsbT was mutagenized in this screen), but we did not identify any such variants in the screen. We conducted a separate screen (published elsewhere) that specifically addressed how RsbU recognizes RsbV.

      (3) The authors largely focus on the biochemical and structural aspects of RsbU regulation. There is limited discussion on the broader functional implications of these findings in the context of bacterial physiology and stress response. Incorporating more in vivo studies to show how these mechanisms impact bacterial survival and adaptation would provide a more comprehensive understanding.

      We appreciate this comment, but did not conduct additional studies of survival and adaptation because the phenotypes of σ<sup>B</sup> deletion in B. subtilis under laboratory conditions are relatively mild and therefore difficult to assay. Future studies to address this in other systems could be highly informative.

      (4) The results primarily support the model of linker-mediated dimerization and rigidity. However, other potential regulatory mechanisms or interacting partners might also play significant roles in RsbU activation. A more thorough exploration of these possibilities would strengthen the study's conclusions.

      One of the major advantages of RsbU as a model for initiation of the general stress response is that the system is discreet with all evidence pointing to there being a single primary input (RsbT) and output (dephosphorylation of RsbV). While there are other possible variations on the system (for example RsbU may be directly activated by manganese stress), we focused on this system precisely because of its simplicity.

      (5) While the study presents evidence for the conservation of the described mechanism across different species, this assumption is based on structural predictions and limited experimental data. Broader experimental validation across diverse bacterial species would be necessary to substantiate this claim. Coevolution coupling along with conservation/evolutionary studies could be considered.

      We have altered the language in the paper to emphasize where we are making inferences from predictions that are therefore more speculative. We agree that a more detailed analysis of the evolutionary coupling would likely be fruitful. We note that these couplings are the major driving force of AlphaFold predictions, suggesting that these couplings contributed to the models that we analyzed.

      (6) The reliance on AlphaFold2 for structural predictions introduces potential biases and uncertainties inherent in computational models. Experimental validation of these models through additional techniques such as cryo-EM or X-ray crystallography would strengthen the conclusions.

      We agree with this point, which is why we performed extensive analysis and validation of the models for RsbU using SAXS, genetics, and biochemistry. The proposed techniques are made more challenging by flexibility and heterogeneity, which we detected in our experiments. Our attempts thus far at experimental structure determination are consistent with this being a major technical hurdle.

      (7) SAXS data provide low-resolution structural information, and the interpretation of flexibility versus rigidification might be overemphasized in its interpretation. This part of the study was difficult to interpret. Improving readability by breaking down the text into sections with clear headings for each figure panel and clarifying descriptions of the panels and methods would help. Complementary high-resolution techniques could provide a more definitive view of the linker's conformational changes.

      We have modified the presentation of the figures to clarify the SAXS analysis. The fact that the SAXS analysis suggests flexibility rather than a discrete inactive conformation means that high-resolution techniques may not be appropriate for this system.

      (8) The study primarily focuses on the model where RsbT binding rigidifies the RsbU linker. Alternative hypotheses, such as subtle conformational adjustments without complete rigidification, are not extensively explored or ruled out.

      Our analysis of the SAXS data strongly suggests that a subtle conformational change could not account for the scattering data that we obtained. We have modified the text to clarify this point.

      “Indicative of significant deviation between the RsbU structure in solution to the AlphaFold2 model, the scattering intensity profile (I(q) vs. q) was a poor fit (χ<sup>2</sup> 12.53) to a profile calculated from the AlphaFold2 model of an RsbU dimer using FoXS (Schneidman-Duhovny et al. 2016; Schneidman-Duhovny et al. 2013) (Fig. 4A). We therefore assessed the SAXS data for the RsbU dimer for features that report on flexibility (Kikhney & Svergun 2015). First, the scattering intensity data lacked distinct features caused by the multi-domain structure of RsbU from the AlphaFold2 model (Fig.4A).”

      (9) Future studies should aim to validate the AlphaFold2 predictions with high-resolution structural techniques. This would provide definitive evidence for the proposed conformational states of RsbU with and without RsbT.

      The fact that the SAXS analysis suggests flexibility rather than a discrete inactive conformation means that high-resolution techniques may not be appropriate for this system.

      (10) Investigating the RsbU-RsbT interaction in vivo using techniques like FRET, co-immunoprecipitation, or live-cell imaging would provide a more comprehensive understanding of their functional dynamics in a cellular context.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestions for future experiments.

      (11) Exploring and testing alternative models of RsbU activation, such as partial rigidification or different modes of conformational change, would strengthen the conclusions.

      While our data strongly support that a flexible-to-rigid transition controls RsbU activation, we agree that it is possible that other mechanisms of linker modification could control other phosphatases and we discuss this at some length in the discussion.

      (12) The figure legends are quite dense and could benefit from some streamlining.

      We have edited the figure legends for clarity and length.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Activation assays (Figures 1, 3, S2) are presented here as blue or white spots (reflecting a reporter activity). While off and on these are fairly clear, it is more difficult to compare the degree of activity (for instance that rsbU<sup>Q94L</sup> is more active than M166V). It would also be good to clearly present in the text the logic of asking if the mutant is RsbT independent or not (and the interpretation of that). Quantitative assays of these would be very useful.

      We chose not to perform quantitative-LacZ assays here because of several complications to interpreting these results that we encountered in our previously published study (Ho and Bradshaw, 2021). However, the level of blue pigmentation shown in Figure 1B for RsbU Q94L and RsbU M166V is qualitatively different, making the comparison possible. Most importantly, we observed cell density dependent changes in LacZ activity in the absence of rsbT for rsbU<sup>M166V</sup> expressing cells, meaning that comparisons between strains would be difficult. Additionally, we found that it was important to make a chromosomal replacement of rsbU to see the full effect of the M166V substitution. However, we were not able to construct a similar rsbU<sup>Q94L</sup> strain, likely because the high level σ<sup>B</sup> activity is lethal (we were able to construct this strain when σ<sup>B</sup> was deleted but only obtained strains with additional loss-of-function mutations in RsbU when σ<sup>B</sup> was present.

      We have modified the text to explain the logic of identifying RsbT independent variants: “We previously conducted a genetic screen (Ho & Bradshaw 2021) to identify features of RsbU that are important for phosphatase regulation by isolating gain-of-function variants that are active in the absence of RsbT.”

      (2) Explain Figure S8 graphs: as much as Alphafold is now in use, the authors should provide some further explanation of what is shown here. Blue (low error) is good, presumably. What are the A, B, C, and D sections showing? Different parts of a given letter region (and between them)? What is the x-axis? Is the top-ranked model used in every case in the text? How different are these models? The Methods section could be used for some of this (but doesn't in its current form). This also becomes important for the models generated later in the paper (Figure S7), which look rather different here.

      We have modified figure S8 to include additional labels and have added structures with the pLDDT scores shown. We have additionally modified the figure legends and methods to provide the requested information.

      (3) Figure 1C, D, Figure S2: amino acid ends of linker domains could be shown (text discusses 83-97 the linker as a two-turn coiled coil; Q94 is pretty close to the end of this coiled-coil? Figure S2 is even less clear - addresses of other amino acids would help, and or an added sequence showing the full linker and coiled-coil region). Some explanation for positions for readers to focus on for full coiled-coil would be useful in the legend of Figure S2. How strong a coiled-coil prediction is there for this region?

      We have added the sequence of the coiled-coil regions to the figures with numbering. For these analyses we used the Socket2 program, which analyzes a PDB file to identify coiled-coil regions and thus does not provide a confidence score. However, inspection of the sequence and the confidence scores of the AlphaFold2 models indicates that the coiled-coil regions are not ideal, consistent with this being a regulatory feature.

      Is it clear that the fully inactive proteins are still properly folded and soluble?

      In the case of RsbU, our biophysical analysis indicates that the inactive form of the protein is soluble. While phosphatase activity is substantially reduced, our unpublished comparison of single- and multiple-turnover reactions in the absence of RsbT indicates that nearly all of the enzyme is active.

      Finally, are there other positions that would also be expected, from this model, to stabilize the coiled-coil and thus bypass the requirement for RsbT? If so, it would be good to test these. Is it the burial of amino acid at position 94 that is important, or the ability to form crossed helices?

      Because of how short the predicted coiled-coil region is, we did not identify any obvious positions that would likely have the same effect as Q94 substitution. We considered making helix-breaking mutations, which would be predicted to block RsbU activation, but favored analysis of the wildtype protein because of limitations in interpreting the effects of loss-of-function mutations.

      (4) Figure 2A, RsbT binding to RsbU: It was not entirely clear to this reviewer why one would expect the RsbT binding, not needed for activation, to be increased by the mutation that stabilizes the crossed alpha helices. The change is impressive but doesn't the lack of a need for RsbT suggest that this mutation bypasses the normal mechanism? (Is dimerization enuf? Or other protein cross helices?).

      We have modified the text to clarify this point: “One prediction of our hypothesis that RsbT stabilizes the crossed alpha helices of the RsbU dimer, is that RsbT should bind more tightly to rsbU<sup>Q94L</sup> than to RsbU because the coiled-coil conformation that RsbT binds would be more energetically favorable.” Another way of putting this is that if the Q94L substitution activates RsbU through an on-pathway mechanism, RsbT must bind more tightly.

      (5) Figure 3A, Figure S3: Please label the yellow (interface) residues in RsbU and RsbT in Fig. S3 and the green (suppressor) spheres in Figure 3A.

      We have added labels to the figures as suggested.

      If RbsT interacts with the N-terminal dimerization domain and linker, why were residues 174 and 178 (from PPM domain) shown to be implicated in binding?

      The fact that residues in the switch region suppress a mutation that decreases RsbT binding suggests that this region is part of an allosteric network that links RsbT binding, the linker, and dimerization of the phosphatase domains. For example, any substitution that promotes a conformation of the phosphatase domain that is more favorable for dimerization would also promote RsbT binding. However, the precise details of how each mutation fits into this network is not clear and we have therefore chosen to not specify a particular model to avoid over interpreting our data.

      Are these marked in Figure S3?

      We have added labels to make this clear.

      Are these part of a dimerization interface in the C-terminal domain? Are any/all of these RsbU mutants suppressed by Q94L, as one might predict (apparently Y28I is since Q94L was again identified)?

      We chose to focus on Y28I because it was the best studied previously, but we would predict that Q94L would suppress other RsbT binding mutations.

      (6) Line 191-192: Is it surprising that no suppressors were isolated in RsbT?

      We didn’t have a preconception of whether or not it would be possible to identify similar suppressors in RsbT. Explanations for why we did not identify such suppressors could include that RsbT may be destabilized more easily by substitution, that RsbT is more constrained because it has other interaction partners, or that the particular substitutions that would suppress Y28I are less common by the PCR mutagenesis strategy we used.

      (7) Figure 3: Would the same mutants arise if the screen had been done in the absence of RsbT? Was RsbT-dependent tested for the rsbU alleles?

      Our prediction is that we would not have identified any of these mutations except for Q94L in the absence of rsbT. We tested a few of the alleles and found them all to be rsbT dependent, but did not systematically test all of the alleles and therefore did not include this analysis in the manuscript.

      Given the findings earlier in the paper for Q94L, suggesting that this stabilizes the coiled-coil and shows some activity in the absence of RsbT, it seems that the interpretation of other mutants in this region (and Q94L itself) as evidence that RsbT contacts the linker directly and that contact is necessary for activation may be an overinterpretation. If these are in fact RsbT independent, they support the importance of the linker (do they further stabilize coiled-coil formation?), rather than the role of RsbT here. Are G92 and T89 on the outside of the coiled-coil? If Q94 is buried, is it qualitatively different from these others?

      G92 and T89 are predicted to be exposed. The fact that these mutations are near Q94 is part of the reason that we focused on R91 and the predicted contact with D92 of RsbT as another approach to validate the predicted interface.

      (8) Figure 3C addresses the issue of direct interaction of RsbT with the RsbU linker to some extent, given that RsbU R91E doesn't appear to have a lot of activity without RsbT. It would be helped by telling the reader what the R91 contact is initially.

      We have modified the text to clarify this point: “To test the model that RsbT activates RsbU by directly interacting with the linker to dimerize the RsbU phosphatase domains, we introduced a charge swap at position R91 that would abolish a predicted salt-bridge with RsbT D92 (Fig. 3C).”

      (9) Figure 4 and the discussion of it in the text is not likely to be easily understandable for many readers. Aside from providing a bit more explanation of what these analyses are showing, it would be useful to start the whole section (or maybe even much earlier in the paper) with the information found on lines 261-264, that other studies show that the N-terminus dimerizes stably on its own (and is it known that the C-terminus does not?). Then the discussion of the alternative models early in this section would be clearer.

      We have updated the introduction to emphasize this point “RsbU has an N-terminal four-helix bundle domain that dimerizes RsbU and is also the binding site for RsbT, which activates RsbU as a phosphatase (Fig. 1C,D) (Delumeau et al. 2004).”

      We have also added clarification to the model presented at the beginning of this section: “A second possibility is that inactive RsbU is dimerized by the N-terminal domains but that the linkers of inactive RsbU are flexible and that the phosphatase domains only interact with each other when RsbT orders the linkers into a crossing conformation.”

      Is the dimerization of the N-terminal domains previously determined similar/the same as what is seen in the AlphaFold models used here (or the AlphaFold dimerization derived primarily from that data?).

      Yes, the dimerization in the AlphaFold models matches closely to the published structure.

      (10) Discussion and Figure 5: The final part of this work predicts AlphaFold models for a set of other phosphatases involved in initiating GSR across bacterial species, and suggests that linked-mediated phosphatase dimerization is the critical factor to activate the phosphatase. Clearly, this is the most speculative but interesting aspect of the paper. A number of possible questions are suggested by some of this:

      a. Do any of the activating mutants In RsbU and RsbP in the PPM domain (that apparently improve dimerization and thus activation) do a similar job in the other modeled proteins?

      This is an interesting question, but unfortunately most of these proteins have not been biochemically characterized. We highlight examples of RsbP and E. coli RssB for which similar activating mutations have been characterized.

      b. The legend (Figure 5G) suggests that all of the linker combinations will be coiled-coils, but that they will undergo different types of activating (and dimerizing?) transitions. Is that in fact what is being proposed here?

      Yes, this is our working hypothesis.

      c. If there is no dimerization (as noted, only weak dimerization has been reported for E. coli RssB), does that generalize the model to there are linkers and their structures are important? At the least, would the folding up of the E. coli RssB linker with antiadaptor binding be considered another mode of signal transduction or rather some sort of storage form?

      Interestingly, the P. aeruginosa RssB constitutively dimerizes, suggesting the E. coli is the outlier.

      d. Would the "toolkit" model, in which different changes occur in the linker regions, suggest that the interacting proteins are going to be critical for the type of linker changes that will be important? Or something about the nature of the linkers themselves?

      This is an interesting question that we cannot yet answer. We have chosen to focus on the possible flexibility of this mechanism and anticipate that a variety of mechanisms will be used.

      e. Given the extensive comparison to E. coli RssB, the authors might consider a figure to clarify the relative domain architecture, sequences that are akin to switch regions, and others important to the discussion here.

      We tried to highlight this in Figure 5C including coloring the regions similar to the switch regions.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Given the caveats noted above related to the reliability of computed structure models, I would recommend the authors make the following additions/modifications to their manuscript:

      (1) The authors should show alpha fold models coloured by pLDDT scores in an additional supplementary figure to help the reader interpret the confidence level of the predicted structures.

      We have added these models to figure 1 – figure supplement 2.

      (2) Because of the points mentioned above the authors should tone down the generalisation relating to the activation mechanism of this family of phosphatases presented in the discussion.

      We have modified the paper throughout to emphasize where we are speculating.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1:

      Summary:

      Kimura et al performed a saturation mutagenesis study of CDKN2A to assess functionality of all possible missense variants and compare them to previously identified pathogenic variants. They also compared their assay result with those from in silico predictors.

      Strengths:

      CDKN2A is an important gene that modulate cell cycle and apoptosis; therefore it is critical to accurately assess functionality of missense variants. Overall, the paper reads well and touches upon major discoveries in a logical manner.

      Weaknesses:

      The paper lacks proper details for experiments and basic data, leaving the results less convincing. Analyses are superficial and does not provide variant-level resolution. Many of which were addressed during the revision process.

      Comments on revisions:

      The manuscript was improved during the revision process.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments. We are grateful for the opportunity to provide additional information and data to clarify our approach and study results.

      Reviewer #2:

      Summary:

      This study describes a deep mutational scan across CDKN2A using suppression of cell proliferation in pancreatic adenocarcinoma cells as a readout for CDKN2A function. The results are also compared to in silico variant predictors currently utilized by the current diagnostic frameworks to gauge these predictors' performance. The authors also functionally classify CDKN2A somatic mutations in cancers across different tissues.

      Review:

      The goal of this paper was to perform functional classification of missense mutations in CDKN2A in order to generate a resource to aid in clinical interpretation of CDKN2A genetic variants identified in clinical sequencing. In our initial review, we concluded that this paper was difficult to review because there was a lack of primary data and experimental detail. The authors have significantly improved the clarity, methodological detail and data exposition in this revision, facilitating a fuller scientific review. Based on the data provided we do not think the functional characterization of CDKN2A variants is robust or complete enough to meet the stated goal of aiding clinical variant interpretation. We think the underlying assay could be used for this purpose but different experimental design choices and more replication would be required for these data to be useful. Alternatively, the authors could also focus on novel CDKN2A variants as there seems to be potential gain of function mutations that are simply lumped into "neutral" that may have important biological implications.

      Major concerns:

      Low experimental concordance. The p-value scatter plot (Figure 2 Figure Supplement 3A) across 560 variants shows low collinearity indicating poor replicability. These data should be shown in log2fold changes, but even after model fitting with the gamma GLM still show low concordance which casts strong doubt on the function scores.

      Concordance among non-significant p-values is generally low because most of the signal comes from random variability across repeats. If the observed log2 fold change between the repeats is entirely due to noise, one would expect two repeated p-values to behave like independent random uniforms. True concordance is typically more evident in significant p-values because they reflect consistent effects above random noise. Functionally deleterious variants are called when their associated p-value is significant. To confirm this statement, a scatter plot with the log2 normalized fold change was added in Figure 2 Supplement 3C. We see low concordance between repeats in the log2 normalized fold changes centered around 0, corresponding to log log2 normalized changes mainly due to noise. The concordance increases as the variants become significant. One can notice that the correlation coefficient between duplicate assay results was almost identical between the model-based p-values and log2normalized fold change (Figure 2-figure supplement 3A and 3C, Appendix 1-table 4, and Appendix 1-table 6). Also, importantly, no variant was functionally deleterious in one replicate and functionally neutral in another, implying a perfect concordance in calls if we exclude variants that were called indeterminate in one of the two repeats. Finally, of variants with discordant classifications, only 6/560 repeats (1.1%) were functionally deleterious (significant p-value) in one replicate and of indeterminate function in another. We have updated the text as follows:

      “Of variants with discordant classifications, 6 (1.1%) were functionally deleterious in one replicate and of indeterminate function in another. While 102 variants (18.2%) were functionally neutral in one replicate and of indeterminate function in another. Importantly, no variant that was functionally deleterious in one replicate and functionally neutral in another (Appendix 1 -table 4). Furthermore, the correlation coefficient between duplicate assay results was similar using the gamma GLM and log2 normalized fold change (Figure 2-figure supplement 3A and 3C).”

      The more detailed methods provided indicate that the growth suppression experiment is done in 156 pools with each pool consisting of the 20 variants corresponding to one of the 156 aa positions in CKDN2A. There are several serious problems with this design.

      Batch effects in each of the pools preventing comparison across different residues. We think this is a serious design flaw and not standard for how these deep mutational scans are done. The standard would be to combine all 156 pools in a single experiment. Given the sequencing strategy of dividing up CDKN2A into 3 segments, the 156 pools could easily have been collapsed into 3 (1 to 53, 54 to 110, 111 to 156). This would significantly minimize variation in handling between variants at each residue and would be more manageable for performance of further replicates of the screen for reproducibility purposes. The huge variation in confluency time 16-40 days for each pool suggest that this batch effect is a strong source of variation in the experiment.

      While there is variation in time to confluency between different amino acid residues, we do not anticipate this batch effect to significantly affect variant classifications in our study. For example, our results were generally consistent with previous classifications. All synonymous variants (one per residue) and benchmark benign variants assayed were classified as functionally neutral. Furthermore, of benchmark pathogenic variants assayed, none were classified as functionally neutral. 84% were classified as functionally deleterious and 16 percent were classified as indeterminate function.

      Lack of experimental/biological replication: The functional assay was only performed once on all 156 CDKN2A residues and was repeated for only 28 out of 156 residues, with only ~80% concordance in functional classification between the first and second screens. This is not sufficiently robust for variant interpretation. Why was the experiment not performed more than once for most aa sites?

      In our study we determined functional classifications for all CDKN2A missense variants while assessing variability with replicates across 28 residues. Of these variants, only 6 (1.1%) were functionally deleterious in one replicate and of indeterminate function in another. Furthermore, no variant was functionally deleterious in one replicate and functionally neutral in another (Appendix 1 -table 4).  As noted above, we provided additional context in the manuscript.

      For the screen, the methods section states that PANC-1 cells were infected at MOI=1 while the standard is an MOI of 0.3-0.5 to minimize multiple variants integrating into a single cell. At an MOI =1 under a Poisson process which captures viral integration, ~25% of cells would have more than 1 lentiviral integrant. So in 25% of the cells the effect of a variant would be confounded by one or more other variants adding noise to the assay.

      As noted previously, we are not able to differentiate effects due to multiple viral integrations per cells. However, we do not anticipate multiple viral integrations to significantly affect variant classifications in our study as our results are consistent with previous classifications, as described above.

      While the authors provide more explanation of the gamma GLM, we strongly advise that the heatmap and replicate correlations be shown with the log2 fold changes rather than the fit output of the p-values.

      Thank you for the suggestion. As noted, we provide additional explanation in the manuscript about why we classified variants using a gamma GLM. Using a gamma GLM, classification thresholds were determined using the change in representation of 20 non-functional barcodes in a pool of PANC-1 cells stably expressing CDKN2A after a period of in vitro proliferation. Our variant classifications were therefore not based on assay outputs for previously reported – benchmark – pathogenic or begin variants to determine thresholds. We strongly prefer using p-values and classifications using the gamma GLM in the manuscript. However, comparison of assay outputs using a gamma GLM and log2 fold change are included in the manuscript. Read counts, log2 fold change, and classifications based on log2 fold change are presented in the manuscript, for all variants. Readers who wish to use these data may do so and we refer them to the manuscript text, Appendix 1 -table 4, Appendix 1 -table 6, and Figure 2 -figure supplement 2.

      In this study, the authors only classify variants into the categories "neutral", "indeterminate", or "deleterious" but they do not address CDKN2A gain-of-function variants that may lead to decreased proliferation. For example, there is no discussion on variants at residue 104, whose proliferation values mostly consist of higher magnitude negative log2fold change values. These variants are defined as neutral but from the one replicate of the experiment performed, they appear to be potential gain-of-function variants.

      We have added a comment to the discussion to highlight that we did not identify potential gain-of-function variants. Specifically:

      “We classified CDKN2A missense variants using a gamma GLM, as either functionally deleterious, indeterminate functional or functionally neutral. However, we did not classify variants that may have gain-of-function effects, resulting in decreased representation in the cell pool. Future studies are necessary to determine the prevalence and significance of CDKN2A gain-of-function variants.”

      Minor concerns:

      The differentiation between variants of "neutral" and "indeterminate" function seems unnecessary and it seems like there are too many variants that fall into the "indeterminate" category. The authors seem to have set numerical thresholds for CDKN2A function using benchmark variants of known function. While the benchmark variants are important as a frame of reference for the "dynamic range" of the assay, their function scores should not necessarily be used to define hard cutoffs of whether a variant's function score can be interpreted.

      We did not utilize benchmark variants to define thresholds for functional classifications using a gamma GLM. This is one of the strengths of using a gamma GLM model for classification. As explained in our manuscript, classification thresholds were determined using the change in representation of 20 non-functional barcodes in a pool of PANC-1 cells stably expressing CDKN2A after a period of in vitro proliferation. Our variant classifications were therefore not based on assay outputs for previously reported – benchmark – pathogenic or begin variants. While not required when using a gamma GLM, we included indeterminate classifications, which are not uncommon.

      Figure 2 supplement 2 - on the x-axis, should "intermediate" be "indeterminate"?

      This, and a similar typographical error in Figure 2 -figure supplement 3, has been corrected.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This study elucidates the toxic effects of the lipid aldehyde trans-2-hexadecenal (t-2-hex). The authors show convincingly that t-2-hex induces a strong transcriptional response, leads to proteotoxic stress and causes the accumulation of mitochondrial precursor proteins in the cytosol.

      The data shown are of high quality and well-controlled. The genetic screen for mutants that are hyper-and hypo-sensitive to t-2-hex is elegant and interesting, even if the mechanistic insights from the screen are rather limited. Moreover, the authors show evidence that t-2-hex affects subunits of the TOM complex. However, they do not formally demonstrate that the lipidation of a TOM subunit is responsible for the toxic effect of t-2-hex. A t-2-hex-resistant TOM mutant was not identified. Nevertheless, this is an interesting and inspiring study of high quality. The connection of proteostasis, mitochondrial biogenesis and sphingolipid metabolism is exciting and will certainly lead to many follow-up studies.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate the effect of high concentrations of the lipid aldehyde trans-2-hexadecenal (t-2-hex) in a yeast deletion strain lacking the detoxification enzyme. Transcriptomic analyses as global read out reveal that a large range of cellular functions across all compartments are affected (transcriptomic changes affect 1/3 of all genes). The authors provide additional analyses, from which they built a model that mitochondrial protein import caused by modification of Tom40 is blocked.

      Our initial transcriptomic study with high doses of t-2-hex in a detoxifying mutant as an experimental approach is only a starting experiment and was aimed to identify as many determinants of t-2-hex toxicity as possible as stated in the manuscript. From this, we developed multiple independent approaches in wild-type (and mutant) cells at low t-2-hex concentrations, demonstrating that proteostasis and mitochondrial protein trafficking are physiologically important targets of the pro-apoptotic lipid. Specifically, proteostasis-specific PACE reporters are robustly induced in a detoxification mutant by 5mM t-2-hex (Figure 3D,E) and significantly induced by 10 mM t-2-hex in detoxification competent wild type cells (new Figure 3F).

      We do not propose Tom40 as the lipid's primary target, while we show that several subunits of the TOM (and TIM) complex are directly targeted by low t-2-hex concentrations in vitro (Figure 8B), and Tom20 and Tom70 are important for lipid toxicity (Figure 8D) and mitochondrial protein trafficking in vivo (Suppl. Figure 2).

      Strengths:

      Global analyses (transcriptomic and functional genomics approach) to obtain an overview of changes upon yeast treatment with high doses of t-2-hex.

      Weaknesses:

      The use of high concentrations of t-2-hex in combination with a deletion of the detoxifying enzyme Hfd1 limits the possibility to identify physiological relevant changes. From the hundreds of identified targets the authors focus on mitochondrial proteins, which are not clearly comprehensible from the data.

      The initial transcriptomic study with high doses of t-2-hex in a detoxifying mutant is a starting experiment and was aimed to identify as many determinants of t-2-hex toxicity as possible as stated in the manuscript. As stated (page 4), genes up-regulated (>2 log2FC) by t-2-hex were selected and subjected to GO category enrichment analysis (Supplemental Table 1). We found that “Mitochondrial organization” was the most numerous GO group activated by t-2-hex.  Among the strongly t-2-hex induced genes encoding mitochondrial proteins, CIS1 represented the most inducible gene with a known mitochondrial function. Cis1 is the central protein of the MitoCPR pathway, which is specifically induced upon and protects from mitochondrial protein import stress. We further show that proteostasis and mitochondrial protein trafficking are physiologically important targets at low t-2-hex doses in several independent experimental approaches: proteostasis-specific PACE reporters are robustly induced in a detoxification mutant by 5mM t-2-hex (Figure 3D,E) and significantly induced by 10mM t-2-hex in detoxification competent wild type cells (new Figure 3F); mitochondrial pre-protein accumulation is induced by 10mM t-2-hex in wild type cells (Figure 5G); several subunits of the TOM and TIM complexes are lipidated by low (10mM) t-2-hex doses in wild type cell extracts (Figure 8B), mitochondrial import assays with mt-GFP in intact yeast wild type cells reveal that t-2-hex significantly inhibits import at low (5mM) t-2-hex concentrations (new Suppl. Figure 1). 5-10mM t-2-hex applied here is considerably lower than the published data in human cells with ³ 25mM on intact cells or cell extracts (Jarugumilli et al. 2018).

      The main claim of the manuscript that t-2-hex targets the TOM complex and inhibits mitochondrial protein import is not supported by experimental data as import was not experimentally investigated. The observed accumulation of precursor proteins could have many other reasons (e.g. dissipation of membrane potential, defects in mitochondrial presequence proteases, defects in cytosolic chaperones, modification of mitochondrial precursors by t-2-hex rendering them aggregation prone and thus non-import competent). However, none of these alternative explanations have been experimentally addressed or discussed in the manuscript.

      We have now performed additional experiments, alternative to the pre-protein quantifications, showing that t-2-hex specifically inhibits mitochondrial protein import. We investigated the effect of t-2-hex on mitochondrial protein import using flow cytometric GFP assays in live yeast cells. Specifically, we compared the expression and maturation of GFP targeted either to the cytosol or the mitochondrial matrix and show that low doses of t-2-hex (≥5 μM) significantly inhibited mt-GFP activity compared to cytosolic GFP in wild-type cells (new Supplemental Figure 1B). In contrast, this inhibition was not observed with the saturated derivative, t-2-hex-H2. Flow cytometric rhodamine123 assays revealed that t-2-hex did not alter ΔΨm within the concentration range that efficiently inhibits mt-GFP activity (new Supplemental Figure 1C). Alternative t-2-hex effects such as the direct modification of mitochondrial pre-proteins or cytosolic chaperones, potentially making the precursors prone to aggregation, are less likely, as the mitochondrial and cytosolic GFP used in these import studies differ only by the small, cysteine-free PreSu9 pre-peptide. This information is now included in the Results and Discussion sections.

      Furthermore, many of the results have been reported before (interaction of Tom22 and Tom70 with Hfd1) or observed before (TOM40 as target of t-2-hex in human cells).

      The interaction of Tom22 or Tom70 with Hfd1 has been only reported in high throughput pull-down studies in yeast (Opalinski et al., 2018 and Burri et al., 2006), and no functional connection between Hfd1 lipid detoxification and TOM has been investigated. Here we corroborate these high throughput results by targeted pull-down experiments, which strengthens the new finding that Hfd1 functionally interacts with the TOM complex. Tom40 has been found to be lipidated by high t-2-hex concentrations in human cell extracts in high throughput in vitro proteomic studies (Jarugumilli et al., 2018), but no functional connection between human TOM and t-2-hex has been investigated so far. Here we corroborate these high throughput results by targeted experiments, which strengthens the new findings that t-2-hex and TOM interact functionally.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Congratulations on this exciting study. Even if some of the mechanistic details will have to be addressed in further studies (which of the modified sites are physiologically relevant; which sites are modified in vivo without external addition of t-2-hex) this study is inspiring and opens a new direction of mitochondrial research. I therefore fully support publication of this nice study in its current form.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Two of the reviewers pointed out that the observation of precursors in whole cell extract is not sufficient to draw conclusions on mitochondrial protein import rates. The authors did not provide any new experiments but argued that a recent publication (Weidberg and Amon, 2018) had used the same readout for this conclusion. Why this manuscript was accepted with this statement is not known to this reviewer, but it does not change the fact, that the conclusion is not valid. Many alternative explanations are possible (see public review) and the claim that the import competence of the TOM complex is affected upon t-2-hex treatment is not appropriate.

      We have now performed new experiments addressing the inhibition of mitochondrial protein import by t-2-hex as an alternative to our precursor accumulation assays. We compared the induced expression of cytosolic and mitochondrial GFP by flow cytometry as a quantitative mitochondrial import assay (Sirk et al., Cytometry A. 2003 Nov; 56(1) 15-22). Low doses of t-2-hex (≥5 μM) significantly inhibited mt-GFP activity as compared to cytosolic GFP in wild-type cells (new Supplemental Figure 1B). This inhibition of mitochondrial GFP is independent of mitochondrial membrane potential perturbation (new Supplemental Figure 1C) and alternative t-2-hex effects, such as the direct modification of the mtGFP precursor or cytosolic chaperones are less likely, as the mitochondrial and cytosolic GFP used in these import studies differ only by the small, cysteine-free PreSu9 pre-peptide.

      The first sentence of the abstract states that t-2-hex „induces mitochondrial dysfunction in a conserved manner from yeast to human". I find two issues with this statement: 1) if the mechanism is known what is the question addressed in the present manuscript and 2) the second sentence of the results fully contradicts the above sentence „In human cells, t-2-hex causes mitochondrial dysfunction by directly stimulating Bax-oligomerisation at the outer mitochondrial membrane. In yeast, however, t-2-hex efficiently interferes with mitochondrial function and cell growth in a Bax independent manner."

      We agree that the first sentence was misleading, this has been fixed now in the revised version.

      The first reviewer requested a repetition of key experiments with lower concentrations and the authors provided additional in vitro data, however, for this, 10 uM is still very high. To gain valuable and physiological relevant data the initial transcriptomic analysis should be repeated with a low amount and in a wild-type yeast background.

      Published t-2-hex chemoproteomic experiments on human cell extracts were performed at higher concentrations (>25mM) and human Bax is hardly lipidated by 10mM t-2-hex (Jarugumilli et al., 2018), therefore the in vitro lipidation data provided in our study should be considered a low t-2-hex dose. The initial transcriptomic study with high doses of t-2-hex in a detoxifying mutant is a starting experiment and was aimed at identifying as many determinants of t-2-hex toxicity as possible. Building on this, we further show that proteostasis and mitochondrial protein trafficking, the relevant cellular functions for our study, are physiologically important targets at low t-2-hex doses in several independent experimental approaches: proteostasis-specific gene expression is robustly induced in a detoxification mutant by 5mM t-2-hex (Figure 3D,E) and significantly induced by 10mM t-2-hex in detoxification competent wild type cells (new Figure 3F); mitochondrial pre-protein accumulation is induced by 10mM t-2-hex in wild type cells (Figure 5G); several subunits of the TOM and TIM complexes are lipidated by low (10mM) t-2-hex doses in vitro in wild type extracts (Figure 8B), mitochondrial import assays with mt-GFP in intact yeast wild type cells reveal that t-2-hex significantly inhibits import at low (5mM) t-2-hex concentrations (new Suppl. Figure 1).

      As already stated above there are many alternative explanations for the observed accumulation of precursor proteins, e.g. the decreased proteasome activity could be cause and not consequence. Also, the modification of precursors directly upon translation in the cytosol could likely impact on their further transport and result in direct aggregation in the cytosol.

      As mentioned above, we have now corroborated the t-2-hex specific mitochondrial protein import defect by alternative in vivo experiments, which are not dependent on the accumulation of mitochondrial precursors. We have tested now the possibility that decreased proteasome activity could indirectly inhibit mitochondrial import. This is not the case because a rpn4 mutant with impaired proteasomal activity induces normal mtGFP levels (new Suppl. Figure 1D). We cannot exclude that the modification of precursors by t-2-hex upon translation might additionally impact on the transport of some mitochondrial pre-proteins. However, mitochondrial and cytosolic GFP used in the import studies only differ in the small cysteine-free PreSu9 pre-peptide making it very unlikely that precursor lipidation is secondarily responsible for the observed import defect.

      Many of the comments after first reviewing the manuscript were not addressed experimentally although many of the suggested experiments are easy to perform. I can only encourage the authors to provide more experimental support and controls, as the claims are currently not sufficiently supported.

      In the two revisions of our manuscript, we have included several control experiments to better link the pro-apoptotic lipid t-2-hex with mitochondrial import stress. These include: in vitro lipidation of TOM/TIM subunits by low t-2-hex concentrations, t-2-hex tolerance and recovery of mitochondrial protein import in specific tom mutants, inhibition of mitochondrial protein import (pre-protein and mtGFP assays) by low t-2-hex doses independently on mitochondrial membrane potential and proteasome activity, and induction of proteostasis specific gene expression by low t-2-hex doses.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have developed self-amplifying RNAs (saRNAs) encoding additional genes to suppress dsRNA-related inflammatory responses and cytokine release. Their results demonstrate that saRNA constructs encoding anti-inflammatory genes effectively reduce cytotoxicity and cytokine production, enhancing the potential of saRNAs. This work is significant for advancing saRNA therapeutics by mitigating unintended immune activation.

      Strengths:

      This study successfully demonstrates the concept of enhancing saRNA applications by encoding immune-suppressive genes. A key challenge for saRNA-based therapeutics, particularly for non-vaccine applications, is the innate immune response triggered by dsRNA recognition. By leveraging viral protein properties to suppress immunity, the authors provide a novel strategy to overcome this limitation. The study presents a well-designed approach with potential implications for improving saRNA stability and minimizing inflammatory side effects.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for their thorough review and for recognizing both the significance of our work and the potential of our strategy to expand saRNA applications beyond vaccines.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Impact on Cellular Translation:

      The authors demonstrate that modified saRNAs with additional components enhance transgene expression by inhibiting dsRNA-sensing pathways. However, it is unclear whether these modifications influence global cellular translation beyond the expression of GFP and mScarlet-3 (which are encoded by the saRNA itself). Conducting a polysome profiling analysis or a puromycin labeling assay would clarify whether the modified saRNAs alter overall translation efficiency. This additional data would strengthen the conclusions regarding the specificity of dsRNA-sensing inhibition.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful insight and suggestion. We aim to conduct a puromycin labelling assay to clarify the effect of the various saRNA constructs on translation efficiency.

      (2) Stability and Replication Efficiency of Long saRNA Constructs:

      The saRNA constructs used in this study exceed 16 kb, making them more fragile and challenging to handle. Assessing their mRNA integrity and quality would be crucial to ensure their robustness.

      Furthermore, the replicative capacity of the designed saRNAs should be confirmed. Since Figure 4 shows lower inflammatory cytokine production when encoding srIkBα and srIkBα-Smad7-SOCS1, it is important to determine whether this effect is due to reduced immune activation or impaired replication. Providing data on replication efficiency and expression levels of the encoded anti-inflammatory proteins would help rule out the possibility that reduced cytokine production is a consequence of lower replication.

      This is another very helpful comment. We will conduct an analysis of saRNA integrity and quality by denaturing gel electrophoresis. To examine replicative capacity of the saRNA constructs, we aim to conduct RT-qPCR experiments.

      (3) Comparative Data with Native saRNA:

      Including native saRNA controls in Figures 5-7 would allow for a clearer assessment of the impact of additional genes on cytokine production. This comparison would help distinguish the effect of the encoded suppressor proteins from other potential factors.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We will implement this change in the next version of the manuscript.

      (4) In vivo Validation and Safety Considerations:

      Have the authors considered evaluating the in vivo potential of these saRNA constructs? Conducting animal studies would provide stronger evidence for their therapeutic applicability. If in vivo experiments have not been performed, discussing potential challenges - such as saRNA persistence, biodistribution, and possible secondary effects-would be valuable.

      (5) Immune Response to Viral Proteins:

      Since the inhibitors of dsRNA-sensing proteins (E3, NSs, and L*) are viral proteins, they would be expected to induce an immune response. Analyzing these effects in vivo would add insight into the applicability of this approach.

      We recognize the importance of in vivo studies and immune cell responses and plan to incorporate in vivo imaging in future studies to investigate these interactions, as well as examining delivery of various cargoes via saRNA to determine potential therapeutic benefits in different animal models of inflammatory pain, but such studies are beyond the scope of this current investigation. As suggested by the reviewer, we will incorporate a section on potential challenges of in vivo saRNA work in the revised manuscript.

      (6) Streamlining the Discussion Section:

      The discussion is quite lengthy. To improve readability, some content - such as the rationale for gene selection-could be moved to the Results section. Additionally, the descriptions of Figure 3 should be consolidated into a single section under a broader heading for improved coherence.

      Thank you for your suggestions, we will make these changes in the next revision.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Lim et al. have developed a self-amplifying RNA (saRNA) design that incorporates immunomodulatory viral proteins, and show that the novel design results in enhanced protein expression in vitro in mouse primary fibroblast-like synoviocytes. They test constructs including saRNA with the vaccinia virus E3 protein and another with E3, Toscana virus NS protein and Theiler's virus L protein (E3 + NS + L), and another with srIκBα-Smad7-SOCS1. They have also tested whether ML336, an antiviral, enables control of transgene expression.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are generally well-designed and offer mechanistic insight into the RNA-sensing pathways that confer enhanced saRNA expression. The experiments are carried out over a long timescale, which shows the enhance effect of the saRNA E3 design compared to the control. Furthermore, the inhibitors are shown to maintain the cell number, and reduce basal activation factor-⍺ levels.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for their detailed assessment and recognition of the mechanistic insights provided by our study.

      Weaknesses:

      One limitation of this manuscript is that the RNA is not well characterized; some of the constructs are quite long and the RNA integrity has not been analyzed. Furthermore, for constructs with multiple proteins, it's imperative to confirm the expression of each protein to confirm that any therapeutic effect is from the effector protein (e.g. E3, NS, L). The ML336 was only tested at one concentration; it is standard in the field to do a dose-response curve. These experiments were all done in vitro in mouse cells, thus limiting the conclusion we can make about mechanisms in a human system.

      We agree that these are weaknesses of our work. We plan to address some of these weaknesses by performing a dose response curve for ML336, examining saRNA integrity through denaturing gel electrophoresis, and will also aim to provide additional evidence for effects of effector proteins through RT-qPCR. We are also looking into testing these constructs in patient-derived FLS.

    1. Author response:

      Thanks for the positive review of our manuscript and for appreciating our work.

      We align in many ways with the reviewers comments.. Our initial finding concerning the slight shift of f_free in a/b neurons after conditioning is interesting but we agree it would certainly deserve a follow-up to substantiate its link with memory formation. We also agree that an analysis in distribution rather than through an averaged signal might be more sensitive.

      We however have to cope with the fact that extending our investigation would require manpower resources that are no longer available. Therefore we appreciate the suggestion made by the 3 reviewers to restrain the claim and hence change the title to "In vivo NAD(P)H autofluorescence lifetime imaging reveals metabolic heterogeneity within the Drosophila mushroom body.". We find it matches better with the scope of this study which is mostly to showcase the potential of NAD(P)H FLIM to quantify variations in metabolism in Drosophila brain rather than firmly testing a specific hypothesis linked to memory formation. In this respect, we do provide quantitative results showing metabolic profile variations between brain tissues such as the somata and calyx regions but also between different Kenyon cells subtypes. We would then present the shifts of f_free induced by conditioning as a curio that might entice future work, as advised by Reviewer #2.

      Altogether, in the revised version we will change the title to restrain the claim, move two supplementary figures as main figures to better focus on and describe the registration process. We will also correct the figure panels pointed by the reviewers and add individual samples to our boxplots. We will also slightly compress the introduction and expand the discussion on potential applications. Finally, we will evaluate if statistical tests based on distributions may be more sensitive to observe a significant shift in FLIM signal in the a/b KCs after conditioning, to strengthen our last observation if confirmed.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): Summary:

      The authors demonstrate that two human preproprotein human mutations in the BMP4 gene cause a defect in proprotein cleavage and BMP4 mature ligand formation, leading to hypomorphic phenotypes in mouse knock-in alleles and in Xenopus embryo assays.

      Strengths:

      They provide compelling biochemical and in vivo analyses supporting their conclusions, showing the reduced processing of the proprotein and concomitant reduced mature BMP4 ligand protein from impressively mouse embryonic lysates. They perform excellent analysis of the embryo and post-natal phenotypes demonstrating the hypomorphic nature of these alleles. Interesting phenotypic differences between the S91C and E93G mutants are shown with excellent hypotheses for the differences. Their results support that BMP4 heterodimers act predominantly throughout embryogenesis whereas BMP4 homodimers play essential roles at later developmental stages.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A control of BMP7 alone in the Xenopus assays seems important to excludeBMP7 homodimer activity in these assays.

      We and other have shown that BMP7 homodimers have weak or no activity while BMP4/7 heterodimers single at a much higher level than either BMP4 or BMP7 homodimers in Xenopus ectodermal and mesodermal cells. We have expanded the description of these published findings in the results section (lines 182-187). We have also added representative examples of experiments in which BMP4 and BMP7 alone controls are included (new Fig. S2). Since the level of activity of BMP7 + BMP4 variants is equivalent to that of BMP7 + WT BMP4, this cannot be accounted for by BMP7 homodimers.

      (2) The Discussion could be strengthened by more in-depth explanations of how BMP4 homodimer versus heterodimer signaling is supported by the results, so that readers do not have to think it all through themselves. Similarly, a discussion of why the S91C mutant has a stronger phenotype than E93G early in the Discussion would be helpful or least mention that it will be addressed later.

      We have revised the discussion as suggested by the reviewer. Please see responses to recommendations 2-4 below.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) A control of BMP7 injection alone seems missing when comparing the BMP4/7 variants. BMP4 in the embryo assays presented in Fig 1. Is it not possible that the activity observed is BMP7 homodimers, perhaps due to inhibited heterodimer formation by the BMP4 variant?

      Multiple published studies have shown that BMP7 homodimers have weak or no activity in Xenopus ectodermal and mesodermal cells, and that ½ dose of RNA encoding BMP4 and BMP7 together signals at a higher level than does a full dose of RNA encoding either BMP4 or BMP7 alone. We have expanded our description of these published findings (lines 182-187), have included additional details about RNA doses that were injected (line 156, 175, 182) and have added representative examples of experiments in which BMP4 and BMP7 controls were included in a new Figure (Fig. S2).

      (2) In reading the Discussion, I was continually thinking of the stronger phenotype of the S91C mutant compared to the E93G one, although both are discussed together throughout most of the Discussion. Only at the end of the Discussion is the stronger phenotype of S91C discussed with a compelling explanation for the stronger phenotype, not related to the phosphorylation site function. I wonder if it would be better placed earlier in Discussion or at least mentioned the difference in phenotypes that will be discussed later.

      We have moved the possible explanation of differences between Bmp4<sup>S91C</sup> and Bmp4<sup>E93G</sup> mutants to immediately follow the introductory paragraph of the results section.

      (3) Along these same lines, why is it that the E93G exhibits rather normal cleavage at E10.5? Might the mechanisms of cleavage vary in different contexts with phosphorylation-dependent cleavage not functioning at early stages of development? I believe the hypothesis is that it is cleaved due to heterodimerization with BMP7. More discussion of this excellent hypothesis should be provided with clear statements, rather than inferences, if I'm understanding this correctly. For example, I had to read 3 times the first sentence of the last paragraph on p.14 before I understood it. Better to break that sentence down and the one that follows it, so it is easier to understand.

      We have rewritten and expanded the paragraphs describing phenotypic and biochemical evidence for defective homodimer but not heterodimer signaling as suggested (lines 343-375). We have also more explicitly stated the possibility that normal cleavage of BMP4<sup>E93G</sup> in embryonic lystates may be due to a predominance of BMP4/7 heterodimers in early embryonic stages or spatiotemporal differences in phosphorylation-dependent cleavage of BMP4 homodimers (lines 369-372)

      (4) Similarly the last paragraph of the Discussion mentions that the authors provide evidence of BMP4 homodimer signaling. I agree with the authors, but I had to think through the evidence myself. Better if the authors clearly explain the evidence that points to this, as this is a very good point of

      See response to point 3, above. Thank you for these useful suggestions.

      (5) Last sentence, first paragraph on p.11 should be qualified for the E93G mutant to E13.5, since it was normal at E10.5 regarding Figure 4 results.

      Thank you for pointing this out. It has been corrected.

      (6) Skip the PC acronym, since it is only repeated once in the text and hard to remember almost 10 pages later when it is used again.

      We have corrected this.

      (7) In the Discussion, a typo in "a single intramolecular disulfide bond that stabilizes the dimer", should be 'intermolecular'.

      Thank you for catching our switch in the use of inter- and intramolecular. We have corrected this (lines 334-335).

      (8) At times the E93G mutant is referred to having early lethality, often in conjunction with S91C, while other times it is referred to as late lethality. Considering that the homozygotes die postnatally after weaning, most would consider it late lethality. In contrast S91C is indeed an early lethal.

      We have changed the wording in the introduction to state that “mice carrying Bmp4<sup>S91C</sup> or Bmp4<sup>E93G</sup> knock in mutations show embryonic or enhanced postnatal lethality, respectively,… (lines 141-143)” and have removed the word “early” from the title.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): Summary:

      Kim et al. report that two disease mutations in proBMP4, Ser91Cys and Glu93Gly, which disrupt the Ser91 FAM20C phosphorylation site, block the activation of proBMP4 homodimers. Consequently, analysis of DMZ explants from Xenopus embryos expressing the proBMP4 S91C or E93G mutants showed reduced pSmad1 and tbxt1 expression. The block in BMP4 activity caused by the mutations could be overcome by co-expression of BMP7, suggesting that the missense mutations selectively affect the activity of BMP4 homodimers but not BMP4/7 heterodimers. The expert amphibian tissue transplant studies were extended to in vivo studies in Bmp4S91C/+ and Bmp4E93G/+ mice, demonstrating the impact of these mutations on embryonic development, particularly in female mice, in line with patient studies. Finally, studies in MEFs revealed that the mutations did not affect proBMP4 glycosylation or ER-to-Golgi transport but appeared to inhibit the furin-dependent cleavage of proBMP4 to BMP4. Based on these findings and AI (AlphaFold) modeling of proBMP4, the authors speculate that pSer91 influences access of furin to its cleavage site at Arg289AlaLysArg292.

      Strengths:

      The Xenopus and mouse studies are valuable and elegantly describe the impact of the S91C and E93G disease mutations on BMP signaling and embryonic development.

      Weaknesses:

      The interpretation of how the mutations may disturb the furin-mediated cleavage of proBMP4 is underdeveloped and does not consider all of their data. Understanding how pS91 influences the furin-dependent cleavage at Arg292 seems to be the crux of this work and thus warrants more consideration. Specifically:

      (1) Figure S1 may be significantly more informative than implied. The authors report that BMP4S91D activates pSmad1 only incrementally better than S91C and much less than WT BMP4. However, Fig. S1B does not support the conclusion on page 7 (numbering beginning with title page); "these findings suggest that phosphorylation of S91 is required to generate fully active BMP4 homodimers". The authors rightly note that the S91C change likely has manifold effects beyond inhibiting furin cleavage. The E93G change may also affect proBMP4 beyond disturbing FAM20C phosphorylation. Additional mutation analyses would strengthen the work.

      The major goal of generating and comparing the activity of the S91D mutant with S91C was to control for phosphorylation independent defects cause by the deleterious introduction of a cysteine residue, which might cause aberrant disulfide bonding. We opted to introduce S91D since “phosphomimics” can sometimes approximate the phosphorylated state. S91D has significantly higher activity than S91C (p<0.01) and has a less significant loss of activity (p<0.05) than does S91C (<p<0.0001) relative to wild type BMP4 (Fig. S1), consistent with deleterious effects of the cysteine residue and supporting a possible explanation for the more severe phenotype of S91C vs E93G mice. We have rewritten this section to clarify our interpretation (lines 165-174)and have changed our statement that our activity data “suggest the importance of phosphorylation” to a statement that they are consistent with this possibility (lines 179-180). We do not believe that further mutational analysis using activity assays in Xenopus would shed light on how or whether phosphorylation affects proteolytic activation of BMP4.

      (2) These findings in Figure S1 are potentially significant because they may inform how proBMP4 is protected from cleavage during transit through the TGN and entry into peripheral cellular compartments. Intriguing modeling studies in Figure 6 suggest that pSer91 is proximal to the furin cleavage site. Based on their presentation, pSer91 may contact Arg289, the critical P4 residue at the furin site. If so, might that suggest how pS91 may prevent furin cleavage, thus explaining why the S91D mutation inhibits processing as presented, and possibly how proBMP4 processing is delayed until transit to distal compartments (perhaps activated by a change in the endosomal microenvironment or a Ser91 phosphatase)? Have the authors considered or ruled out these possibilities? In addition to additional mutation analyses of the FAM20C site, moving the discussion of this model to an "Ideas and Speculation" subsection may be warranted.

      The model shown in Fig. 6B proposes the possibility that phosphorylation unmasks (rather than preventing) the furin cleavage motif due to the proximity of Ser91 to the cleavage site (lines 399-402). If S91D truly mimicked phosphorylation, we would predict it would facilitate processing rather than inhibiting it. We do not have data comparing cleavage of S91D relative to wild type BMP4 and have not generated knock in S91D mice to test this idea. While the reviewers questions are intriguing, they cannot be answered by mutational analysis of the FAM20C site and are beyond the scope of the current studies that sought to understand the impact of human pS91C and pE93G mutations and cell biological implications. We have moved the models to an “Ideas and Speculation” subsection as suggested (lines 377-414) since these models are meant to provoke further thought rather than provide definitive answers based on our data.

      (3) The lack of an in vitro protease assay to test the effect of the S91 mutations on furin cleavage is problematic.

      Although we routinely perform in vitro cleavage assays with recombinant furin, we don’t believe they would be informative on how S91 phosphorylation or mutation of this residue impacts cleavage since in vitro synthesized substrate used in these assays is neither dimerized not post-translationally modified, and cleavage would be tested in isolation from the endogenous trafficking environment that we propose influences cleavage.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The impact of BMPS91A should be determined and paired with the S91D phosphomimic data to reveal if it causes proBMP4 to be cleaved prematurely and disturbs pSmad1 expression. Data for S93G should also be included.

      Our major goal in comparing the activity of S91D with S91C was to control for phosphorylation independent defects cause by the deleterious introduction of a cysteine residue in S91C, which might cause aberrant disulfide bonding. We opted to introduce S91D since “phosphomimics” can sometimes approximate the phosphorylated state. We note that S91D has significantly higher activity than S91C, consistent with deleterious effects of the cysteine residue and supporting a possible explanation for the more severe phenotype of S91C vs E93G mice. We have revised the wording of this section to clarify this. Our models predict that S91D would be cleaved more efficiently than S91C or S91A, if it really mimics the endogenous phosphorylated state, rather than being cleaved prematurely. Our biochemical analysis compares cleavage of endogenous BMP4 in wild type and mutant MEFs. Generation of S91D, S91A or S93G mutant mice to compare cleavage is beyond the scope of the current work.

      (2) Is the distance between pS91 and Arg289 close enough to form a hydrogen bond? If so, might this interaction influence furin access?

      AI modeling does not provide high probability prediction of structures surrounding the furin motif (see Fig. S7) and thus we cannot comment on whether or not these residues are close enough to form a hydrogen bond. We have revised the wording of the discussion to state “This simple model building indicates the possibility of direct contact between pSer91 and Arg289, and that phosphorylation is required for furin to access the cleavage site, although we note that predictions surrounding the furin motif represent low probability conformations (Fig. S7) (lines 399-402).”

      (3) The genotypes in Figure 2 are labeled awkwardly. Consider labeling the headers for the three subsections of panels (A-F, G-L, and M-O) differently.

      We have revised Fig. 2 to clarify that the three subsections of panels are distinct, and to emphasize that the middle subsection represents views of the right and left side of the same embryo.

      (4) The tables should be reformatted. As is, the labeling is frequently cut off, and the numbers of expected and observed progeny should both be stated to aid the reader.

      We thank the reviewer for noting the formatting errors in the tables, which we have corrected. We have also changed the tables so that normal or abnormal mendelian distributions are reported as numbers of observed/expected progeny rather than numbers/percent observed progeny.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors describe important new biochemical elements in the synthesis of a class of critical developmental signaling molecules, BMP4. They also present a highly detailed description of developmental anomalies in mice bearing known human mutations at these specific elements.

      Strengths:

      Exceptionally detailed descriptions of pathologies occurring in mutant mice. Novel findings regarding the interaction of propeptide phosphorylation and convertase cleavage, both of which will move the field forward. Provocative hypothesis regarding furin access to cleavage sites, supported by Alphafold predictions.

      Weaknesses:

      Figure 6A presents two testable models for pre-release access of furin to cleavage sites since physical separation of enzyme from substrate only occurs in one model; could immunocytochemistry resolve?

      Available reagents are not sensitive enough to detect endogenous furin and BMP4 with high resolution. Because PC/substrate interactions are transient, whereas the bulk of furin and BMP4 is distributed throughout the secretory pathway, it is not possible to co-immunolocalize furin and BMP4 in vivo at present. Studies using more advanced cell biological techniques such along with tagged proteins may enable us to test these hypotheses in the future.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      This interesting paper presents new data on an important family of developmental signaling molecules, BMPs. Mutations at FAM20C consensus sites within BMP prodomains are known to cause birth defects. The authors have here explored differential effects of human mutations on hetero- and homodimer activity and maturation, issues that may well arise during human development. In addition to demonstrating the profound effect of these mutations on development in Xenopus and mice, the authors also show differential processing of BMP4 precursors bearing these mutations in MEF cells prepared from mutant embryos. Finally, they show that FAM20C plays a role in BMP4 prodomain processing with quite differing outcomes in homo- vs heterodimers, which they suggest is due to structural differences impacting furin access. While this latter idea remains speculative due to the lack of crystal structures (models are based on Alphafold) it is a highly promising line of work.

      The data are beautifully presented and will be of clear interest to all developmental biologists. Certain cell biology results may also extrapolate to other phosphorylated precursor molecules undergoing the interesting (and as yet unexplained) phenomenon of convertase cleavage immediately before secretion, for example, FGF23. I have only a few minor comments regarding the presentation, which is remarkably clear.

      (1) The introduction of BMP7 in the Abstract is abrupt. It should be described as a preferred dimerization partner for BMP4.

      Thank you for noting this. We have revised the first sentence of the abstract to better introduce BMP7(lines 49-50).

      (2) In Figure 1A, what is the small light green box?

      This is a small fragment released from the prodomain by the second cleavage. We have clarified this in the introduction (lines 112-114) and in the legend to Figure 1 (lines 758-759).

      (3) In the Discussion it might be relevant to mention that FAM20C propeptide is not cleaved by convertases but by S1P (Chen 2021).

      We have added this information to clarify (lines 394-396).

      (4) Figure 3, define VSD; Figure 5, Endo H removes sugars only from immature (nonsialylated) sugars, not from all chains as implied. More importantly, EndoH and PNGase remove N-linked sugars, yet Results refer only to O-linked glycosylation.

      Thank you for noting these oversights. We have defined VSD in Figure 3. We have also revised the headers for Fig. 5 and for the relevant subsection of the results to include N-linked glycosylation and note in the results that EndoH removes only immature N-linked carbohydrates (lines 301-304).

      (5) Figure 5- for clarity, I suggest it be broken up into two larger panels labeled "Embryos" and "MEFs"

      Thank you for this suggestion, we have subdivided the Figure into two panels.

      (6) Figure 6A presents two testable models for pre-release access of furin to cleavage sites since the physical separation of the enzyme from substrate only occurs in one model; could confocal immunocytochemistry resolve?

      Available reagents are not sensitive enough to detect endogenous furin and BMP4 with high resolution and PC/substrate interactions are transient whereas the bulk of both furin and BMP4 is in transit through the secretory pathway. For these reasons it is not possible to co-immunolocalize furin and BMP4 in vivo. Future studies using advanced cell biological techniques may enable us to test these hypotheses in the future.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript uses the eye lens as a model to investigate basic mechanisms in the Fgf signaling pathway. Understanding Fgf signaling is of broad importance to biologists as it is involved in the regulation of various developmental processes in different tissues/organs and is often misregulated in disease states. The Fgf pathway has been studied in embryonic lens development, namely with regards to its involvement in controlling events such as tissue invagination, vesicle formation, epithelium proliferation and cellular differentiation, thus making the lens a good system to uncover the mechanistic basis of how the modulation of this pathway drives specific outcomes. Previous work has suggested that proteins, other than the ones currently known (e.g., the adaptor protein Frs2), are likely involved in Fgfr signaling. The present study focuses on the role of Shp2 and Shc1 proteins in the recruitment of Grb2 in the events downstream of Fgfr activation.

      Strengths:

      The findings reveal that the juxtamembrane region of the Fgf receptor is necessary for proper control of downstream events such as facilitating key changes in transcription and cytoskeleton during tissue morphogenesis. The authors conditionally deleted all four Fgfrs in the mouse lens that resulted in molecular and morphological lens defects, most importantly, preventing the upregulation of the lens induction markers Sox2 and Foxe3 and the apical localization of F-actin, thus demonstrating the importance of Fgfrs in early lens development, i.e. during lens induction. They also examined the impact of deleting Fgfr1 and 2, on the following stage, i.e. lens vesicle development, which could be rescued by expressing constitutively active KrasG12D. By using specific mutations (e.g. Fgfr1ΔFrs lacking the Frs2 binding domain and Fgfr2LR harboring mutations that prevent binding of Frs2), it is demonstrated that the Frs2 binding site on Fgfr is necessary for specific events such as morphogenesis of lens vesicle. Further, by studying Shp2 mutations and deletions, the authors present a case for Shp2 protein to function in a context-specific manner in the role of an adaptor protein and a phosphatase enzyme. Finally, the key surprising finding from this study is that downstream of Fgfr signaling, Shc1 is an important alternative pathway - in addition to Shp2 - involved in the recruitment of Grb2 and in the subsequent activation of Ras. The methodologies, namely, mouse genetics and state-of-the-art cell/molecular/biochemical assays are appropriately used to collect the data, which are soundly interpreted to reach these important conclusions. Overall, these findings reveal the flexibility of the Fgf signaling pathway and it downstream mediators in regulating cellular events. This work is expected to be of broad interest to molecular and developmental biologists.

      Weaknesses:

      A weakness that needs to be discussed is that Le-Cre depends on Pax6 activation, and hence its use in specific gene deletion will not allow evaluation of the requirement of Fgfrs in the expression of Pax6 itself. But since this is the earliest Cre available for deletion in the lens, mentioning this in the discussion would make the readers aware of this issue.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      I have reviewed the revised manuscript submitted by Wang et al., which is entitled "Shc1 cooperates with Frs2 and Shp2 to recruit Grb2 in FGF-induced lens development". In this paper, the authors first examined lens phenotypes in mice with Le-Cre-mediated knockdown (KD) of all four FGFR (FGFR1-4), and found that pERK signals, Jag1 and foxe3 expression are absent or drastically reduced, indicating that FGF signaling is essential for lens induction. Next, the authors examined lens phenotypes of FGFR1/2-KD mice and found that lens fiber differentiation is compromised and that proliferative activity and cell survival are also compromised in lens epithelium. Interestingly, Kras activation rescues defects in lens growth and lens fiber differentiation in FGFR1/2-KD mice, indicating that Ras activation is a key step for lens development, downstream of FGF signaling. Next, the authors examined the role of Frs2, Shp2 and Grb2 in FGF signaling for lens development. They confirmed that lens fiber differentiation is compromised in FGFR1/3-KD mice combined with Frs2-dysfunctional FGFR2 mutants, which is similar to lens phenotypes of Grb2-KD mice. However, lens defects are milder in mice with Shp2YF/YF and Shp2CS mutant alleles, indicating that involvement of Shp2 is limited for the Grb2 recruitment for lens fiber differentiation. Lastly, the authors showed new evidence on the possibility that another adapter protein, Shc1, promotes Grb2 recruitment independent of Frs2/Shp2-mediated Grb2 recruitment.

      Strength

      Overall, the manuscript provides valuable data on how FGFR activation leads to Ras activation through the adapter platform of Frs2/Shp2/Grb2, which advances our understanding on complex modification of FGF signaling pathway. The authors applied a genetic approach using mice, whose methods and results are valid to support the conclusion. The discussion also well summarizes the significance of their findings.

      Weakness

      The authors found that the new adaptor protein Shc1 is involved in Grb2 recruitments in response to FGF receptor activation. However, the main data on Shc1 are only histological sections and statistical evaluation of lens size. In the revised manuscript, the authors did not answer my major concern that cellular-level data are missing, which is not fully enough to support their main conclusion on the involvement of Shc1 in Grb2 recruitment of FGF signaling for lens development. Since the title of this manuscript is that Shc1 cooperates with Frs2 and Shp2 to recruit Grb2 in FGF-induced lens development, it is important to provide the cellular-level evidence on Shc1.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript entitled "Shc1 cooperates with Frs2 and Shp2 to recruit Grb2 in FGF-induced lens development" by Wang et al., investigates the molecular mechanism used by FGFR signaling to support lens development. The lens has long been known to depend on FGFR-signaling for proper development. Previous investigations have demonstrated the FGFR signaling is required for embryonic lens cell survival and for lens fiber cell differentiation. The requirement of FGFR signaling for lens induction has remained more controversial as deletion of both Fgfr1 and Fgfr2 during lens placode formation does not prevent the induction of definitive lens markers such as FOXE3 or αA-crystallin. Here the authors have used the Le-Cre driver to delete all four FGFR genes from the developing lens placode demonstrating a definitive failure of lens induction in the absence of FGFR-signaling. The authors focused on FGFR1 and FGFR2, the two primary FGFRs present during early lens development and demonstrated that lens development could be significantly rescued in lenses lacking both FGFR1 and FGFR2 by expressing a constitutively active allele of KRAS. They also showed that the removal of pro-apoptotic genes Bax and Bak could also lead to a substantial rescue of lens development in lenses lacking both FGFR1 and FGFR2. In both cases, the lens rescue included both increased lens size and the expression of genes characteristic of lens cells.

      Significantly the authors concentrated on the juxtamembrane domain, a portion of the FGFRs associated with FRS2. Previous investigations have demonstrated the importance of FRS2 activation for mediating a sustained level of ERK activation. FRS2 is known to associate both with GRB2 and SHP2 to activate RAS. The authors utilized a mutant allele of Fgfr1, lacking the entire juxtamembrane domain (Fgfr1ΔFrs) and an allele of Fgfr2 containing two-point mutations essential for Frs2 binding (Fgfr2LR). When combining three floxed alleles and leaving only one functional allele (Fgfr1ΔFrs or Fgfr2LR) the authors got strikingly different phenotypes. When only the Fgfr1ΔFrs allele was retained, the lens phenotype matched that of deleting both Fgfr1 and Fgfr2. However, when only the Fgfr2LR allele was retained the phenotype was significantly milder, primarily affecting lens fiber cell differentiation, suggesting that something other than FRS2 might be interacting with the juxtamembrane domain to support FGFR signaling in the lens. The authors also deleted Grb2 in the lens and showed that the phenotype was similar to that of the lenses only retaining the Fgfr2LR allele, resulting a failure of lens fiber cell differentiation and decreased lens cell survival. However, mutating the major tyrosine phosphorylation site of GRB2 did not affect lens development. The authors additionally investigated the role of SHP2 in lens development by either deleting SHP2 or by making mutations in the SHP2 catalytic domain. The deletion of the SHP2 phosphatase activity did not affect lens development as severely as total loss of SHP2 protein, suggesting a function for SHP2 outside of its catalytic activity. Although the loss of Shc1 alone has only a slight effect on lens size and pERK activation in the lens, the authors showed that the loss of Shc1 exacerbated the lens phenotype in lenses lacking both Frs2 and Shp2. The authors suggest that SHC1 binds to the FGFR juxtamembrane domain allowing for the recruitment of GRB2 in independently of FRS2.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors used a variety of genetic tools to carefully dissect the essential signals downstream of FGFR signaling during lens development.

      (2) The authors made a convincing case that something other than FRS2 binding mediates FGFR signaling in the juxtamembrane domain.

      (3) The authors demonstrated that despite the requirement of both the adaptor function and phosphatase activity of SHP2 are required for embryonic survival, neither of these activities is absolutely required for lens development.

      (4) The authors provide more information as to why FGFR loss has a phenotype much more severe than the loss of FRS2 alone during lens development.

      (5) The authors followed up their work analyzing various signaling molecules in the context of lens development with biochemical analyses of FGF-induced phosphorylation in murine embryonic fibroblasts (MEFs).

      (6) In general, this manuscript represents a Herculean effort to dissect FGFR signaling in vivo with biochemical backing with cell culture experiments in vitro.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors demonstrate that the loss of FGFR1 and FGFR2 can be compensated by a constitutive active KRAS allele in the lens and suggest that FGFRs largely support lens development only by driving ERK activation. However, the authors also saw that lens development was substantially rescued by preventing apoptosis through the deletion of BAK and BAX. To my knowledge, the deletion of BAK and BAX should not independently activate ERK. The authors do not show whether ERK activation is restored in the BAK/BAX deficient lenses. Do the authors suggest the FGFR3 and/or FGFR4 provide sufficient RAS and ERK activation for lens development when apoptosis is suppressed? Alternatively, is it the survival function of FGFR-signaling as much as a direct effect on lens differentiation?

      (2) Do the authors suggest that GRB2 is required for RAS activation and ultimately ERK activation? If so, do the authors suggest that ERK activation is not required for FGFR-signaling to mediate lens induction? This would follow considering that the GRB2 deficient lenses lack a problem with lens induction.

      (3) The increase in p-Shc is only slightly higher in the Cre FGFR1f/f FGFR2r/LR than in the FGFR1f/Δfrs FGFR2f/f. Can the authors provide quantification?

      (4) The authors have not shown directly that Shc1 binds to the juxtamembrane region of either Fgfr1 or Fgfr2.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In the revised manuscript, the authors have responded to my recommendations to revise the original manuscript, except for three suggestions below.

      (1) The original recommendation: Results (page 6, line 8): The authors mentioned "we observed .... expression of Foxe3 in ...mutant lens cells (Figure 1E, arrows). However, Foxe3-expressing lens cells are a very small population in Figure 1E. It is important to state the decreased number of Foxe3-expressing lens cells in FGFR1/2 mutants. In addition, I would like to request the authors to show histograms indicating sample size and statistical analysis for marker expression: Foxe3 (Figure 1E), Prox1 and aA-crystallin (Fig. 1F), cyclin D1 and TUNEL (Fig. 1G) and pmTOR and pS6 (Supplementary figure 1B).

      Author's response: We added a statement indicating that the number of Foxe3-expressing cells is reduced in FGFR1/2 mutants, which is now quantified in Fig. 1H. Quantifications for Cyclin D1 and TUNEL are now shown in Fig. 1I and J, respectively. However, we chose not to quantify Prox1, αA-crystallin, pmTOR, and pS6, as the FGFR1/2 mutants showed no staining for these markers.<br /> My recommendation: Although the authors have responded to revise the quantification of Foxe3-expressing cells, Cyclin D1 and TUNEL, they did not conduct statistical analysis of Prox1, αA-crystallin, pmTOR, and pS6, because of absence of these marker signals. I understand that no signal makes statistical analysis no meaningful. However, it is still important to indicate how many the authors repeated experiments to confirm the same result. Please indicate the number of biological replicates or independent experiments in the figure legends, for example "Biological replicates, n=3" or "Three independent experiments show similar results". As for pS6 labeling, there seems to be a weak signal in Supplementary Figure 1B, so please show statistical analysis to indicate its histogram.

      We have added the number of biological replicates for Prox1 and αA staining in the legend of Fig.1. The review is correct that there is weak staining of pS6, and also pmTOR. The quantification of pS6 and pmTOR staining are now shown in Supplementary Fig. 1C and D.

      (2) The original recommendation: Results (page 6, line 19- page 7, line 6): The authors showed that inducible expression of constitutive active Kras, KrasG12D, using Le-Cre, recovered lens size to the half level of wild-type control. However, in the lens of mice with Le-Cre; FGFR1/2f/f; LSL-KrasG12D, pERK was detected in the most posterior edge of the lens fiber core, whereas pERK was detected in the broader area of the lens in control. Furthermore, pMEK was detected in the whole lens of mice with Le-Cre; FGFR1/2f/f; and LSL-KrasG12D, whereas pMEK was detected only in the lens epithelial cells at the equator. So, the spatial profile of pERK and pMEK expression was different from those of wild-type, although the authors observed that Prox1 and Crystallin expression are normally induced in the lens of mice with Le-Cre; FGFR1/2f/f; LSL-KrasG12D. I wonder whether the lens normally develops in mice with Le-Cre; LSL-KrasG12D? Is the lens growth enhanced in mice with Le-Cre; LSL-KrasG12D? Please add the panels of mice with Le-Cre; LSL-KrasG12D in Figure 2B and 2C. In addition, I wonder whether apoptosis is suppressed in the lens of mice with Le-Cre; FGFR1/2f/f; LSL-KrasG12D?

      Authors' response: Response: As we previously reported (Developmental Biology 355, 2011, 12-20), Le-Cre; LSL-KrasG12D did not lead to enhanced lens growth. While we agree that including images of Le-Cre; LSL-KrasG12D as controls in Fig. 2B and C and evaluating apoptosis in Le-Cre; FGFR1/2f/f; LSL-KrasG12D mutants would be appropriate, we regretfully no longer have these animals available to conduct these experiments.

      My recommendation: I would like to suggest the authors conduct these experiments again, because the recovery of lens formation by Bax/Bak KD in Fgfr1/2 KD mice (Fig. 2F) suggests that KrasG12D activates the AKT-mediated cell survival pathway as well as that MEK/MAPK pathway downstream of FGF signaling pathway. Regarding the availability of mouse strains, in general, it is necessary to keep animal strains available for sincere response to reviewers' suggestions. Please clarify why these strains are now not available and justify the reason in the response to reviewers' recommendations.

      We acknowledge the reviewer's suggested experiments. However, our research utilized multiple mouse strains that are costly to maintain, a challenge that was exacerbated during and after the COVID-19 pandemic. Unfortunately, we no longer have access to the specific mouse strains required to conduct these additional studies.

      (3) The original recommendation: Figures 7E, and 7F: The authors showed that lens morphology and lens size evaluation in genetic combinations: control, Frs2/Shc1 KD, Frs2/Shp2 KD, and Frs2/Shp2/Shc1 KD. However, I would like to request the authors to show more detailed data in these genetic combinations, for example, pERK, foxe3, Maf, Prox1, Jag1, p57, cyclin D3, g-crystallin, and TUNEL.

      Authors' response: Unfortunately, we no longer have these mutant mice to perform these detailed staining.

      My recommendation: As I mentioned in the statement on weakness above, it is important to provide the cellular-level evidence to support the main conclusion on the involvement of Shc1 in Grb2 recruitment of FGF signaling for lens development, because this is the main novel finding in this manuscript. Regarding the availability of mouse strains, it is generally necessary to keep animal strains available for sincere response to reviewers' suggestions. Please clarify why these strains are now not available and justify the reason in the response to the reviewers' suggestions.

      We regret that we did not anticipate these experiments suggested by the reviewer. Unfortunately, we are unable to perform these studies as we no longer maintain the required mouse strains in our colony.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The changes made by the authors improved the manuscript. I have no further suggestions.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Chang and colleagues used tetrode recordings in behaving rats to study how learning an audiovisual discrimination task shapes multisensory interactions in the auditory cortex. They found that a significant fraction of neurons in the auditory cortex responded to visual (crossmodal) and audiovisual stimuli. Both auditory-responsive and visually-responsive neurons preferentially responded to the cue signaling the contralateral choice in the two-alternative forced choice task. Importantly, multisensory interactions were similarly specific for the congruent audiovisual pairing for the contralateral side.

      Strengths:

      The experiments were conducted in a rigorous manner. Particularly thorough are the comparisons across cohorts of rats trained in a control task, in a unisensory auditory discrimination task, and the multisensory task, while also varying the recording hemisphere and behavioral state (engaged vs. anesthesia). The resulting contrasts strengthen the authors' findings and rule out important alternative explanations. Through the comparisons, they show that the enhancements of multisensory responses in the auditory cortex are specific to the paired audiovisual stimulus and specific to contralateral choices in correct trials and thus dependent on learned associations in a task-engaged state.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for the thorough review and valuable feedback.

      Weaknesses:

      The main result is that multisensory interactions are specific for contralateral paired audiovisual stimuli, which is consistent across experiments and interpretable as a learned task-dependent effect. However, the alternative interpretation of behavioral signals is crucial to rule out, which would also be specific to contralateral, correct trials in trained animals. Although the authors focus on the first 150 ms after cue onset, some of the temporal profiles of activity suggest that choice-related activity could confound some of the results.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point regarding the potential influence of choice-related activity on our results. In our experimental setup, it is challenging to completely disentangle the effects of behavioral choice from multisensory interaction. However, we conducted relevant analyses to examine the influence of choice-related components on multisensory interaction.

      First, we analyzed neural responses during incorrect trials and found a significant reduction in multisensory enhancement for the A<sup>10k</sup>-V<sup>vt</sup> pairing (Fig. 4). In contrast, for the A<sup>3k</sup>-V<sup>hz</sup> pairing, there was no strong multisensory interaction during either correct (right direction) or incorrect (left direction) choices. This finding suggests that the observed multisensory interactions are strongly associated with specific cue combinations during correct task performance.

      Second, we conducted experiments with unisensory training, in which animals were trained separately on auditory and visual discriminations without explicit multisensory associations. The results demonstrated that unisensory training did not lead to the development of selective multisensory enhancement or congruent auditory-visual preferences, as observed in the multisensory training group. This indicates that the observed multisensory interactions in the auditory cortex are specific to multisensory training and cannot be attributed solely to behavioral signals or choice-related effects.

      Finally, we specifically focused on the early 0-150 ms time window after cue onset in our main analyses to minimize contributions from motor-related or decision-related activity, which typically emerge later. This time window allowed us to capture early sensory processing while reducing potential confounds.

      Together, these findings strongly suggest that the observed choice-dependent multisensory enhancement is a learned, task-dependent phenomenon that is specific to multisensory training.

      The auditory stimuli appear to be encoded by short transient activity (in line with much of what we know about the auditory system), likely with onset latencies (not reported) of 15-30 ms. Stimulus identity can be decoded (Figure 2j) apparently with an onset latency around 50-75 ms (only the difference between A and AV groups is reported) and can be decoded near perfectly for an extended time window, without a dip in decoding performance that is observed in the mean activity Figure 2e. The dynamics of the response of the example neurons presented in Figures 2c and d and the average in 2e therefore do not entirely match the population decoding profile in 2j. Population decoding uses the population activity distribution, rather than the mean, so this is not inherently problematic. It suggests however that the stimulus identity can be decoded from later (choice-related?) activity. The dynamics of the population decoding accuracy are in line with the dynamics one could expect based on choice-related activity. Also the results in Figures S2e,f suggest differences between the two learned stimuli can be in the late phase of the response, not in the early phase.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s detailed observations and questions regarding the dynamics of auditory responses and decoding profiles in our study. In our experiment, primary auditory cortex (A1) neurons exhibited short response latencies that meet the established criteria for auditory responses in A1, consistent with findings from many other studies conducted in both anesthetized and task-engaged animals. While the major responses typically occurred during the early period (0-150ms) after cue onset (see population response in Fig. 2e), individual neuronal responses in the whole population were generally dynamic, as illustrated in Figures 2c, 2d, and 3a–c. As the reviewer correctly noted, population decoding leverages the distribution of activity across neurons rather than the mean activity, which explains why the dynamics of population decoding accuracy align well with choice-related activity. This also accounts for the extended decoding window observed in Figure 2j, which does not entirely match the early population response profiles in Figure 2e.

      To address the reviewer’s suggestion that differences between the two learned stimuli might arise in the late phase of the response, we conducted a cue selectivity analysis during the 151–300 ms period after cue onset. The results, shown below, indicate that neurons maintained cue selectivity in this late phase for each modality (Supplementary Fig. 5), though the selectivity was lower than in the early phase. However, interpreting this late-phase activity remains challenging. Since A<sup>3k</sup>, V<sup>hz</sup>, and A<sup>3k</sup>-V<sup>hz</sup> were associated with the right choice, and A<sup>10k</sup>, V<sup>vt</sup>, and A<sup>10k</sup>-V<sup>vt</sup> with the left choice, it is difficult to disentangle whether the responses reflect choice, sensory features, or a combination of both.

      To further investigate, we examined multisensory interactions during the late phase, controlling for choice effects by calculating unisensory and multisensory responses within the same choice context. Our analysis revealed no evident multisensory enhancement for any auditory-visual pairing, nor significant differences between pairings—unlike the robust effects observed in the early phase (Supplementary Fig. 5). We hypothesize that early responses are predominantly sensory-driven and exhibit strong multisensory integration, whereas late responses likely reflect task-related, choice-related, or combined sensory-choice activity, where sensory-driven multisensory enhancement is less prominent. As the focus of this manuscript is on multisensory integration and cue selectivity, we prioritized a detailed analysis of the early phase, where these effects are most prominent. However, the complexity of interpreting late-phase activity remains a challenge and warrants further investigation. We cited Supplementary Fig. 5 in revised manuscript as the following:

      “This resulted in a significantly higher mean MSI for the A<sup>10k</sup>-V<sup>vt</sup> pairing compared to the A<sup>3k</sup>-V<sup>hz</sup> pairing (0.047 ± 0.124 vs. 0.003 ± 0.096; paired t-test, p < 0.001). Among audiovisual neurons, this biasing is even more pronounced (enhanced vs. inhibited: 62 vs. 2 in A<sup>10k</sup>-V<sup>vt</sup> pairing, 6 vs. 13 in A<sup>3k</sup>-V<sup>hz</sup> pairing; mean MSI: 0.119±0.105 in A<sup>10k</sup>-V<sup>vt</sup> pairing vs. 0.020±0.083 A<sup>3k</sup>-V<sup>hz</sup> pairing, paired t-test, p<0.00001) (Fig. 3f). Unlike the early period (0-150ms after cue onset), no significant differences in multisensory integration were observed during the late period (151-300ms after cue onset) (Supplementary Fig. 5).”

      First, it would help to have the same time axis across panels 2,c,d,e,j,k. Second, a careful temporal dissociation of when the central result of multisensory enhancements occurs in time would discriminate better early sensory processing-related effects versus later decision-related modulations.

      Thank you for this valuable feedback. Regarding the first point, we used a shorter time axis in Fig. 2j-k to highlight how the presence of visual cues accelerates the decoding process. This visualization choice was intended to emphasize the early differences in processing speed. For the second point, we have carefully analyzed multisensory integration across different temporal windows. The results presented in the Supplementary Fig. 5 (also see above) already address the late phase, where our data show no evidence of multisensory enhancement for any auditory-visual pairings. This distinction helps clarify that the observed multisensory effects are primarily related to early sensory processing rather than later decision-related modulations. We hope this addresses the concerns raised and appreciate the opportunity to clarify these points.

      In the abstract, the authors mention "a unique integration model", "selective multisensory enhancement for specific auditory-visual pairings", and "using this distinct integrative mechanisms". I would strongly recommend that the authors try to phrase their results more concretely, which I believe would benefit many readers, i.e. selective how (which neurons) and specific for which pairings?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to clarify our phrasing for better accessibility. To address this, we have revised the relevant sentence in the abstract as follows:

      "This model employed selective multisensory enhancement for the auditory-visual pairing guiding the contralateral choice, which correlated with improved multisensory discrimination."

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      In this study, rats were trained to discriminate auditory frequency and visual form/orientation for both unisensory and coherently presented AV stimuli. Recordings were made in the auditory cortex during behaviour and compared to those obtained in various control animals/conditions. The central finding is that AC neurons preferentially represent the contralateral-conditioned stimulus - for the main animal cohort this was a 10k tone and a vertically oriented bar. Over 1/3rd of neurons in AC were either AV/V/A+V and while a variety of multisensory neurons were recorded, the dominant response was excitation by the correctly oriented visual stimulus (interestingly this preference was absent in the visual-only neurons). Animals performing a simple version of the task in which responses were contingent on the presence of a stimulus rather than its identity showed a smaller proportion of AV stimuli and did not exhibit a preference for contralateral conditioned stimuli. The contralateral conditioned dominance was substantially less under anesthesia in the trained animals and was present in a cohort of animals trained with the reverse left/right contingency. Population decoding showed that visual cues did not increase the performance of the decoder but accelerated the rate at which it saturated. Rats trained on auditory and then visual stimuli (rather than simultaneously with A/V/AV) showed many fewer integrative neurons.

      Strengths

      There is a lot that I like about this paper - the study is well-powered with multiple groups (free choice, reversed contingency, unisensory trained, anesthesia) which provides a lot of strength to their conclusions and there are many interesting details within the paper itself. Surprisingly few studies have attempted to address whether multisensory responses in the unisensory cortex contribute to behaviour - and the main one that attempted to address this question (Lemus et al., 2010, uncited by this study) showed that while present in AC, somatosensory responses did not appear to contribute to perception. The present manuscript suggests otherwise and critically does so in the context of a task in which animals exhibit a multisensory advantage (this was lacking in Lemus et al.,). The behaviour is robust, with AV stimuli eliciting superior performance to either auditory or visual unisensory stimuli (visual were slightly worse than auditory but both were well above chance).

      We thank the reviewer for their positive evaluation of our study.

      Weaknesses

      I have a number of points that in my opinion require clarification and I have suggestions for ways in which the paper could be strengthened. In addition to these points, I admit to being slightly baffled by the response latencies; while I am not an expert in the rat, usually in the early sensory cortex auditory responses are significantly faster than visual ones (mirroring the relative first spike latencies of A1 and V1 and the different transduction mechanisms in the cochlea and retina). Yet here, the latencies look identical - if I draw a line down the pdf on the population level responses the peak of the visual and auditory is indistinguishable. This makes me wonder whether these are not sensory responses - yet, they look sensory (very tightly stimulus-locked). Are these latencies a consequence of this being AuD and not A1, or ... ? Have the authors performed movement-triggered analysis to illustrate that these responses are not related to movement out of the central port, or is it possible that both sounds and visual stimuli elicit characteristic whisking movements? Lastly, has the latency of the signals been measured (i.e. you generate and play them out synchronously, but is it possible that there is a delay on the audio channel introduced by the amp, which in turn makes it appear as if the neural signals are synchronous? If the latter were the case I wouldn't see it as a problem as many studies use a temporal offset in order to give the best chance of aligning signals in the brain, but this is such an obvious difference from what we would expect in other species that it requires some sort of explanation.

      Thank you for your insightful comments. I appreciate the opportunity to clarify these points and strengthen our manuscript. Below, I address your concerns in detail:

      We agree that auditory responses are typically faster than visual responses due to the distinct transduction mechanisms. However, in our experiment, we intentionally designed the stimulus setup to elicit auditory and visual responses within a similar time window to maximize the potential for multisensory integration. Specifically, we used pure tone sounds with a 15 ms ramp and visual stimuli generated by an LED array, which produce faster responses compared to mostly used light bars shown on a screen (see Supplementary Fig. 2a). The long ramp of the auditory stimulus slightly delayed auditory response onset, while the LED-generated bar (compared to the bar shown on the screen) elicited visual responses more quickly. This alignment likely facilitated the observed overlap in response latencies.

      Neurons’ strong spontaneous activity in freely moving animals complicates the measurement of first spike latencies. Despite that, we still can infer the latency from robust cue-evoked responses. Supplementary Fig. 2b illustrates responses from an exemplar neuron (the same neuron as shown in Fig. 2c), where the auditory response begins 9 ms earlier than the visual response. Given the 28 ms auditory response latency observed here using 15 ms-ramp auditory stimulus, this value is consistent with prior studies in the primary auditory cortex usually using 5 ms ramp pure tones, where latencies typically range from 7 to 28 ms. Across the population (n=559), auditory responses consistently reached 0.5 of the mean Z-scored response 15 ms earlier than visual responses (Supplementary Fig. 2c). The use of Gaussian smoothing in PSTHs supports the reliability of using the 0.5 threshold as an onset latency marker. We cited Supplementary Fig. 2 in the revised manuscript within the Results section (also see the following):

      “This suggests multisensory discrimination training enhances visual representation in the auditory cortex. To optimize the alignment of auditory and visual responses and reveal the greatest potential for multisensory integration, we used long-ramp pure tone auditory stimuli and quick LED-array-elicited visual stimuli (Supplementary Fig. 2). While auditory responses were still slightly earlier than visual responses, the temporal alignment was sufficient to support robust integration.”

      We measured the time at which rats left the central port and confirmed that these times occur significantly later than the neuronal responses analyzed (see Fig. 1c-d). While we acknowledge the potential influence of movements such as whiskering, facial movements, head direction changes, or body movements on neuronal responses, precise monitoring of these behaviors in freely moving animals remains a technical challenge. However, given the tightly stimulus-locked nature of the neuronal responses observed, we believe they primarily reflect sensory processing rather than movement-related activity.

      To ensure accurate synchronization of auditory and visual stimuli, we verified the latencies of our signals. The auditory and visual stimuli were generated and played out synchronously with no intentional delay introduced. The auditory amplifier used in our setup introduces minimal latency, and any such delay would have been accounted for during calibration. Importantly, even if a small delay existed, it would not undermine our findings, as many studies intentionally use temporal offsets to facilitate alignment of neural signals. Nonetheless, the temporal overlap observed here is primarily a result of our experimental design aimed at promoting multisensory integration.

      We hope these clarifications address your concerns and highlight the robustness of our findings.

      Reaction times were faster in the AV condition - it would be of interest to know whether this acceleration is sufficient to violate a race model, given the arbitrary pairing of these stimuli. This would give some insight into whether the animals are really integrating the sensory information. It would also be good to clarify whether the reaction time is the time taken to leave the center port or respond at the peripheral one.

      We appreciate your request for clarification. In our analysis, reaction time (RT) is defined as the time taken for the animal to leave the center port after cue onset. This measure was chosen because it reflects the initial decision-making process and the integration of sensory information leading to action initiation. The time taken to respond at the peripheral port, commonly referred to as movement time, was not included in our RT measure. However, movement time data is available in our dataset, and we are open to further analysis if deemed necessary.

      To determine whether the observed acceleration in RTs in the audiovisual (AV) condition reflects true multisensory integration rather than statistical facilitation, we tested for violations of the race model inequality (Miller, 1982). This approach establishes a bound for the probability of a response occurring within a given time interval under the assumption that the auditory (A) and visual (V) modalities operate independently. Specifically, we calculated cumulative distribution functions (CDFs) for the RTs in the A, V, and AV conditions (please see Author response image 1). In some rats, the AV_RTs exceeded the race model prediction at multiple time points, suggesting that the observed acceleration is not merely due to statistical facilitation but reflects true multisensory integration. Examples of these violations are shown in Panels a-b of the following figure. However, in other rats, the AV_RTs did not exceed the race model prediction, as illustrated in Author response image 1c-d.

      This variability may be attributed to task-specific factors in our experimental design. For instance, the rats were not under time pressure to respond immediately after cue onset, as the task emphasized accuracy over speed. This lack of urgency may have influenced their behavioral responses and movement patterns. The race model is typically applied to assess multisensory integration in tasks where rapid responses are critical, often under conditions that incentivize speed (e.g., time-restricted tasks). In our study, the absence of strict temporal constraints may have reduced the likelihood of observing consistent violations of the race model. Furthermore, In our multisensory discrimination task, animals should discriminate multiple cues and make a behavioral choice have introduced additional variability in the degree of integration observed across individual animals. Additionally, factors such as a decline in thirst levels and physical performance as the task progressed may have significantly contributed to the variability in our results. These considerations are important for contextualizing the race model findings and interpreting the data within the framework of our experimental design.

      Author response image 1.

      Reaction time cumulative distribution functions (CDFs) and race model evaluation. (a) CDFs of reaction times (RTs) for auditory (blue), visual (green), and audiovisual stimuli (red) during the multisensory discrimination task. The summed CDF of the auditory and visual conditions (dashed purple, CDF_Miller) represents the race model prediction under independent sensory processing. The dashed yellow line represents the CDF of reaction times predicted by the race model. According to the race model inequality, the CDF for audiovisual stimuli (CDF_AV) should always lie below or to the right of the sum of CDF_A and CDF_V. In this example, the inequality is violated at nearly t = 200 ms, where CDF_AV is above CDF_Miller. (b) Data from another animal, showing similar results. (c, d) CDFs of reaction times for two other animals. In these cases, the CDFs follow the race model inequality, with CDF_AV consistently lying below or to the right of CDF_A + CDF_V.

      The manuscript is very vague about the origin or responses - are these in AuD, A1, AuV... ? Some attempts to separate out responses if possible by laminar depth and certainly by field are necessary. It is known from other species that multisensory responses are more numerous, and show greater behavioural modulation in non-primary areas (e.g. Atilgan et al., 2018).

      Thank you for highlighting the importance of specifying the origin of the recorded responses. In the manuscript, we have detailed the implantation process in both the Methods and Results sections, indicating that the tetrode array was targeted to the primary auditory cortex. Using a micromanipulator (RWD, Shenzhen, China), the tetrode array was precisely positioned at stereotaxic coordinates 3.5–5.5 mm posterior to bregma and 6.4 mm lateral to the midline, and advanced to a depth of approximately 2–2.8 mm from the brain surface, corresponding to the primary auditory cortex. Although our recordings were aimed at A1, it is likely that some neurons from AuD and/or AuV were also included due to the anatomical proximity.

      In fact, in our unpublished data collected from AuD, we observed that over 50% of neurons responded to or were modulated by visual cues, consistent with findings from many other studies. This suggests that visual representations are more pronounced in AuD compared to A1. However, as noted in the manuscript, our primary focus was on A1, where we observed relatively fewer visual or audiovisual modulations in untrained rats.

      Regarding laminar depth, we regret that we were unable to determine the specific laminar layers of the recorded neurons in this study, a limitation primarily due to the constraints of our recording setup.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Chang et al. aims to investigate how the behavioral relevance of auditory and visual stimuli influences the way in which the primary auditory cortex encodes auditory, visual, and audiovisual information. The main result is that behavioral training induces an increase in the encoding of auditory and visual information and in multisensory enhancement that is mainly related to the choice located contralaterally with respect to the recorded hemisphere.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript reports the results of an elegant and well-planned experiment meant to investigate if the auditory cortex encodes visual information and how learning shapes visual responsiveness in the auditory cortex. Analyses are typically well done and properly address the questions raised.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their thoughtful and positive evaluation of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      Major

      (1) The authors apparently primarily focus their analyses of sensory-evoked responses in approximately the first 100 ms following stimulus onset. Even if I could not find an indication of which precise temporal range the authors used for analysis in the manuscript, this is the range where sensory-evoked responses are shown to occur in the manuscript figures. While this is a reasonable range for auditory evoked responses, the same cannot be said for visual responses, which commonly peak around 100-120 ms, in V1. In fact, the latency and overall shape of visual responses are quite different from typical visual responses, that are commonly shown to display a delay of up to 100 ms with respect to auditory responses. All traces that the authors show, instead, display visual responses strikingly overlapping with auditory ones, which is not in line with what one would expect based on our physiological understanding of cortical visually-evoked responses. Similarly, the fact that the onset of decoding accuracy (Figure 2j) anticipates during multisensory compared to auditory-only trials is hard to reconcile with the fact that visual responses have a later onset latency compared to auditory ones. The authors thus need to provide unequivocal evidence that the results they observe are truly visual in origin. This is especially important in view of the ever-growing literature showing that sensory cortices encode signals representing spontaneous motor actions, but also other forms of non-sensory information that can be taken prima facie to be of sensory origin. This is a problem that only now we realize has affected a lot of early literature, especially - but not only - in the field of multisensory processing. It is thus imperative that the authors provide evidence supporting the true visual nature of the activity reported during auditory and multisensory conditions, in both trained, free-choice, and anesthetized conditions. This could for example be achieved causally (e.g. via optogenetics) to provide the strongest evidence about the visual nature of the reported results, but it's up to the authors to identify a viable solution. This also applies to the enhancement of matched stimuli, that could potentially be explained in terms of spontaneous motor activity and/or pre-motor influences. In the absence of this evidence, I would discourage the author from drawing any conclusion about the visual nature of the observed activity in the auditory cortex.

      We thank the reviewers for highlighting the critical issue of validating the sensory origin of the reported responses, particularly regarding the timing of visual responses and the potential confound of motor-related activity.

      We analyzed neural responses within the first 150 ms following cue onset, as stated in the manuscript. This temporal window encompasses the peak of visual responses. The responses to visual stimuli occur predominantly within the first 100 ms after cue onset, preceding the initiation of body movements in behavioral tasks. This temporal dissociation aligns with previous studies, which demonstrate that motor-related activity in sensory cortices generally emerges later and is often associated with auditory rather than visual stimuli

      We acknowledge that auditory responses are typically faster than visual responses due to distinct transduction mechanisms. However, in our experiment, we intentionally designed the stimulus setup to elicit auditory and visual responses within a similar time window to maximize the potential for multisensory integration. Specifically, we used pure tone sounds with a 15 ms ramp and visual stimuli generated by an LED array, which produce faster responses compared to commonly used light bars shown on a screen. The long ramp of the auditory stimulus slightly delayed auditory response onset, while the LED-generated bar elicited visual responses more quickly (Supplementary Fig. 2). This alignment facilitated the observed overlap in response latencies. As we measured in neurons with robust visual response, first spike latencies is approximately 40 ms, as exemplified by a neuron with a low spontaneous firing rate and a strong, stimulus-evoked response (Supplementary Fig. 4). Across the population (n = 559 neurons), auditory responses reached 0.5 of the mean Z-scored response 15 ms earlier than visual responses on average (Supplementary Fig. 2). We cited Supplementary Fig. 4 in the Results section as follows:

      “Regarding the visual modality, 41% (80/196) of visually-responsive neurons showed a significant visual preference (Fig. 2f). The visual responses observed within the 0–150 ms window after cue onset were consistent and unlikely to result from visually evoked movement-related activity. This conclusion is supported by the early timing of the response (Fig. 2e) and exemplified by a neuron with a low spontaneous firing rate and a robust, stimulus-evoked response (Supplementary Fig. 4).”

      We acknowledge the growing body of literature suggesting that sensory cortices can encode signals related to motor actions or non-sensory factors. To address this concern, we emphasize that visual responses were present not only during behavioral tasks but also in anesthetized conditions, where motor-related signals are absent. Additionally, movement-evoked responses tend to be stereotyped and non-discriminative. In contrast, the visual responses observed in our study were highly consistent and selective to visual cue properties, further supporting their sensory origin.

      In summary, the combination of anesthetized and behavioral recordings, the temporal profile of responses, and their discriminative nature strongly support the sensory (visual) origin of the observed activity within the early response period. While the current study provides strong temporal and experimental evidence for the sensory origin of the visual responses, we agree that causal approaches, such as optogenetic silencing of visual input, could provide even stronger validation. Future work will explore these methods to further dissect the visual contributions to auditory cortical activity.

      (2) The finding that AC neurons in trained mice preferentially respond - and enhance - auditory and visual responses pertaining to the contralateral choice is interesting, but the study does not show evidence for the functional relevance of this phenomenon. As has become more and more evident over the past few years (see e.g. the literature on mouse PPC), correlated neural activity is not an indication of functional role. Therefore, in the absence of causal evidence, the functional role of the reported AC correlates should not be overstated by the authors. My opinion is that, starting from the title, the authors need to much more carefully discuss the implications of their findings.

      We fully agree that correlational data alone cannot establish causality. In light of your suggestion, we will revise the manuscript to more carefully discuss the implications of our findings, acknowledging that the preferred responses observed in AC neurons, particularly in relation to the contralateral choice, are correlational. We have updated several sentences in the manuscript to avoid overstating the functional relevance of these observations. Below are the revisions we have made:

      Abstract section

      "Importantly, many audiovisual neurons in the AC exhibited experience-dependent associations between their visual and auditory preferences, displaying a unique integration model. This model employed selective multisensory enhancement for the auditory-visual pairing guiding the contralateral choice, which correlated with improved multisensory discrimination."

      (Page 8, fourth paragraph in Results Section)

      "This aligns with findings that neurons in the AC and medial prefrontal cortex selectively preferred the tone associated with the behavioral choice contralateral to the recorded cortices during sound discrimination tasks, potentially reflecting the formation of sound-to-action associations. However, this preference represents a neural correlate, and further work is required to establish its causal link to behavioral choices."

      (rewrite 3rd paragraph in Discussion Section)

      "Consistent with prior research(10,31), most AC neurons exhibited a selective preference for cues associated with contralateral choices, regardless of the sensory modality. This suggests that AC neurons may contribute to linking sensory inputs with decision-making, although their causal role remains to be examined. "

      "These results indicate that multisensory training could drive the formation of specialized neural circuits within the auditory cortex, facilitating integrated processing of related auditory and visual information. However, further causal studies are required to confirm this hypothesis and to determine whether the auditory cortex is the primary site of these circuit modifications."

      MINOR:

      (1) The manuscript is lacking what pertains to the revised interpretation of most studies about audiovisual interactions in primary sensory cortices following the recent studies revealing that most of what was considered to be crossmodal actually reflects motor aspects. In particular, recent evidence suggests that sensory-induced spontaneous motor responses may have a surprisingly fast latency (within 40 ms; Clayton et al. 2024). Such responses might also underlie the contralaterally-tuned responses observed by the authors if one assumes that mice learn a stereotypical response that is primed by the upcoming goal-directed, learned response. Given that a full exploration of this issue would require high-speed tracking of orofacial and body motions, the authors should at least revise the discussion and the possible interpretation of their results not just on the basis of the literature, but after carefully revising the literature in view of the most recent findings, that challenge earlier interpretations of experimental results.

      Thank you for pointing out this important consideration. We have revised the discussion (paragraph 8-9) as follows:

      “There is ongoing debate about whether cross-sensory responses in sensory cortices predominantly reflect sensory inputs or are influenced by behavioral factors, such as cue-induced body movements. A recent study shows that sound-clip evoked activity in visual cortex have a behavioral rather than sensory origin and is related to stereotyped movements(48). Several studies have demonstrated sensory neurons can encode signals associated with whisking(49), running(50), pupil dilation (510 and other movements(52). In our study, the responses to visual stimuli in the auditory cortex occurred primarily within a 100 ms window following cue onset. This early timing suggests that the observed responses likely reflect direct sensory inputs, rather than being modulated by visually-evoked body or orofacial movements, which typically occur with a delay relative to sensory cue onset(53).

      A recent study by Clayton et al. (2024) demonstrated that sensory stimuli can evoke rapid motor responses, such as facial twitches, within 50 ms, mediated by subcortical pathways and modulated by descending corticofugal input(56). These motor responses provide a sensitive behavioral index of auditory processing. Although Clayton et al. did not observe visually evoked facial movements, it is plausible that visually driven motor activity occurs more frequently in freely moving animals compared to head-fixed conditions. In goal-directed tasks, such rapid motor responses might contribute to the contralaterally tuned responses observed in our study, potentially reflecting preparatory motor behaviors associated with learned responses. Consequently, some of the audiovisual integration observed in the auditory cortex may represent a combination of multisensory processing and preparatory motor activity. Comprehensive investigation of these motor influences would require high-speed tracking of orofacial and body movements. Therefore, our findings should be interpreted with this consideration in mind. Future studies should aim to systematically monitor and control eye, orofacial, and body movements to disentangle sensory-driven responses from motor-related contributions, enhancing our understanding of motor planning’s role in multisensory integration.”

      (2) The methods section is a bit lacking in details. For instance, information about the temporal window of analysis for sensory-evoked responses is lacking. Another example: for the spike sorting procedure, limited details are given about inclusion/exclusion criteria. This makes it hard to navigate the manuscript and fully understand the experimental paradigm. I would recommend critically revising and expanding the methods section.

      Thank you for raising this point. We clarified the temporal window by including additional details in the methods section, even though this information was already mentioned in the results section. Specifically, we now state:

      (Neural recordings and Analysis in methods section)

      “...These neural signals, along with trace signals representing the stimuli and session performance information, were transmitted to a PC for online observation and data storage. Neural responses were analyzed within a 0-150ms temporal window after cue onset, as this period was identified as containing the main cue-evoked responses for most neurons. This time window was selected based on the consistent and robust neural activity observed during this period.”

      We appreciate your concern regarding spike sorting procedure. To address this, we have expanded the methods section to provide more detailed information about the quality of our single-unit recordings. we have added detailed information in the text, as shown below (Analysis of electrophysiological data in methods section):

      “Initially, the recorded raw neural signals were band-pass filtered in the range of 300-6000 Hz to eliminate field potentials. A threshold criterion, set at no less than three times the standard deviation (SD) above the background noise, was applied to automatically identify spike peaks. The detected spike waveforms were then subjected to clustering using template-matching and built-in principal component analysis tool in a three-dimensional feature space. Manual curation was conducted to refine the sorting process. Each putative single unit was evaluated based on its waveform and firing patterns over time. Waveforms with inter-spike intervals of less than 2.0 ms were excluded from further analysis. Spike trains corresponding to an individual unit were aligned to the onset of the stimulus and grouped based on different cue and choice conditions. Units were included in further analysis only if their presence was stable throughout the session, and their mean firing rate exceeded 2 Hz. The reliability of auditory and visual responses for each unit was assessed, with well-isolated units typically showing the highest response reliability.”

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Some of the ordering of content in the introduction could be improved. E.g. line 49 reflects statements about the importance of sensory experience, which is the topic of the subsequent paragraph. In the discussion, line 436, there is a discussion of the same findings as line 442. These two paragraphs in general appear to discuss similar content. Similarly, the paragraph starting at line 424 and at line 451 both discuss the plasticity of multisensory responses through audiovisual experience, as well as the paragraph starting at line 475 (but now audiovisual pairing is dubbed semantic). In the discussion of how congruency/experience shapes multisensory interactions, the authors should relate their findings to those of Meijer et al. 2017 and Garner and Keller 2022 (visual cortex) about enhanced and suppressed responses and their potential role (as well as other literature such as Banks et al. 2011 in AC).

      We thank the reviewer for their detailed observations and valuable recommendations to improve the manuscript's organization. Below, we address each point:

      We deleted the sentence, "Sensory experience has been shown to shape cross-modal presentations in sensory cortices" (Line 49), as the subsequent paragraph discusses sensory experience in detail.

      To avoid repetition, we removed the sentence, "This suggests that multisensory training enhances AC's ability to process visual information" (Lines 442–443).

      Regarding the paragraph starting at Line 475, we believe its current form is appropriate, as it focuses on the influence of semantic congruence on multisensory integration, which differs from the topics discussed in the other paragraphs.

      We have cited the three papers suggested by the reviewer in the appropriate sections of the manuscript.

      (Paragraph 6 in discussion section)

      “…A study conducted on the gustatory cortex of alert rats has shown that cross-modal associative learning was linked to a dramatic increase in the prevalence of neurons responding to nongustatory stimuli (24). Moreover, in the primary visual cortex, experience-dependent interactions can arise from learned sequential associations between auditory and visual stimuli, mediated by corticocortical connections rather than simultaneous audiovisual presentations (26).”

      (Paragraph 2 in discussion section)

      “...Meijer et al. reported that congruent audiovisual stimuli evoke balanced enhancement and suppression in V1, while incongruent stimuli predominantly lead to suppression(6), mirroring our findings in AC, where multisensory integration was dependent on stimulus feature…”

      (Paragraph 2 in introduction section)

      “...Anatomical investigations reveal reciprocal nerve projections between auditory and visual cortices(4,11-15), highlighting the interconnected nature of these sensory systems. Moreover, two-photon calcium imaging in awake mice has shown that audiovisual encoding in the primary visual cortex depends on the temporal congruency of stimuli, with temporally congruent audiovisual stimuli eliciting balanced enhancement and suppression, whereas incongruent stimuli predominantly result in suppression(6).”

      (2) The finding of purely visually responsive neurons in the auditory cortex that moreover discriminate the stimuli is surprising given previous results (Iurilli et al. 2012, Morrill and Hasenstaub 2018 (only L6), Oude Lohuis et al. 2024, Atilgan et al. 2018, Chou et al. 2020). Reporting the latency of this response is interesting information about the potential pathways by which this information could reach the auditory system. Furthermore, spike isolation quality and histological verification are described in little detail. It is crucial for statements about the auditory, visual, or audiovisual response of individual neurons to substantiate the confidence level about the quality of single-unit recordings and where they were recorded. Do the authors have data to support that visual and audiovisual responses were not restricted to posteromedial tetrodes or clusters with poor quality? A discussion of finding V-responsive units in AC with respect to literature is warranted. Furthermore, the finding that also in visual trials behaviorally relevant information about the visual cue (with a bias for the contralateral choice cue) is sent to the AC is pivotal in the interpretation of the results, which as far as I note not really considered that much.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful comments and have addressed them as follows:

      Discussion of finding choice-related V-responsive units in AC with respect to literature and potential pathways

      3rd paragraph in the Discussion section

      “Consistent with prior research(10,31), most AC neurons exhibited a selective preference for cues associated with contralateral choices, regardless of the sensory modality. This suggests that AC neurons may contribute to linking sensory inputs with decision-making, although their causal role remains to be examined. Associative learning may drive the formation of new connections between sensory and motor areas of the brain, such as cortico-cortical pathways(35). Notably, this cue-preference biasing was absent in the free-choice group. A similar bias was also reported in a previous study, where auditory discrimination learning selectively potentiated corticostriatal synapses from neurons representing either high or low frequencies associated with contralateral choices(32)…”

      6th paragraph in the Discussion section

      “Our results extend prior finding(4,47), showing that visual input not only reaches the AC but can also drive discriminative responses, particularly during task engagement. This task-specific plasticity enhances cross-modal integration, as demonstrated in other sensory systems. For example, calcium imaging studies in mice showed that a subset of multimodal neurons in visual cortex develops enhanced auditory responses to the paired auditory stimulus following coincident auditory–visual experience(25)…”

      8th paragraph in the Discussion section

      “…In our study, the responses to visual stimuli in the auditory cortex occurred primarily within a 100 ms window following cue onset, suggesting that visual information reaches the AC through rapid pathways. Potential candidates include direct or fast cross-modal inputs, such as pulvinar-mediated pathways(8) or corticocortical connections(5,54), rather than slower associative mechanisms. This early timing indicates that the observed responses were less likely modulated by visually-evoked body or orofacial movements, which typically occur with a delay relative to sensory cue onset(55).”

      Response Latency

      Regarding the latency of visually driven responses, we have included this information in our response to the second reviewer’s first weakness (please see the above). Briefly, we analyzed neural responses within a 0-150ms temporal window after cue onset, as this period captures the most consistent and robust cue-evoked responses across neurons.

      Purely Visually Responsive Neurons in A1

      We agree that the finding of visually responsive neurons in the auditory cortex may initially seem surprising. However, these neurons might not have been sensitive to target auditory cues in our task but could still respond to other sound types. Cortical neurons are known to exhibit significant plasticity during the cue discrimination tasks, as well as during passive sensory exposure. Thus, the presence of visually responsive neurons is not inconsistent with prior findings but highlights task-specific sensory tuning. We confirm that responses were not restricted to posteromedial tetrodes or low-quality clusters (see an example of a robust visually responsive neuron in supplementary Fig. 4). Histological analysis verified electrode placements across the auditory cortex.

      For spike sorting, we have added detailed information in the text, as shown below:

      “Initially, the recorded raw neural signals were band-pass filtered in the range of 300-6000 Hz to eliminate field potentials. A threshold criterion, set at no less than three times the standard deviation (SD) above the background noise, was applied to automatically identify spike peaks. The detected spike waveforms were then subjected to clustering using template-matching and built-in principal component analysis tool in a three-dimensional feature space. Manual curation was conducted to refine the sorting process. Each putative single unit was evaluated based on its waveform and firing patterns over time. Waveforms with inter-spike intervals of less than 2.0 ms were excluded from further analysis. Spike trains corresponding to an individual unit were aligned to the onset of the stimulus and grouped based on different cue and choice conditions. Units were included in further analysis only if their presence was stable throughout the session, and their mean firing rate exceeded 2 Hz. The reliability of auditory and visual responses for each unit was assessed, with well-isolated units typically showing the highest response reliability.”

      (3) In the abstract it seems that in "Additionally, AC neurons..." the connective word 'additionally' is misleading as it is mainly a rephrasing of the previous statement.

      Replaced "Additionally" with "Furthermore" to better signal elaboration and continuity.

      (4) The experiments included multisensory conflict trials - incongruent audiovisual stimuli. What was the behavior for these trials given multiple interesting studies on the neural correlates of sensory dominance (Song et al. 2017, Coen et al. 2023, Oude Lohuis et al. 2024).

      We appreciate your feedback and have addressed it by including a new figure (supplemental Fig. 8) that illustrates choice selection during incongruent audiovisual stimuli. Panel (a) shows that rats displayed confusion when exposed to mismatched stimuli, resulting in choice patterns that differed from those observed in panel (b), where consistent audiovisual stimuli were presented. To provide clarity and integrate this new figure effectively into the manuscript, we updated the results section as follows:

      “...Rats received water rewards with a 50% chance in either port when an unmatched multisensory cue was triggered. Behavioral analysis revealed that Rats displayed notable confusion in response to unmatched multisensory cues, as evidenced by their inconsistent choice patterns (supplementary Fig. 8).”

      (5) Line 47: The AC does not 'perceive' sound frequency, individual brain regions are not thought to perceive.

      e appreciate the reviewer’s observation and have revised the sentence to ensure scientific accuracy. The updated sentence in the second paragraph of the Introduction now reads:

      “Even irrelevant visual cues can affect sound discrimination in AC<sup>10</sup>.”

      (6) Line 59-63: The three questions are not completely clear to me. Both what they mean exactly and how they are different. E.g. Line 60: without specification, it is hard to understand which 'strategies' are meant by the "same or different strategies"? And Line 61: What is meant by the quotation marks for match and mismatch? I assume this is referring to learned congruency and incongruency, which appears almost the same question as number 3 (how learning affects the cortical representation).

      We have revised the three questions for improved clarity and distinction as follows:<br /> “This limits our understanding of multisensory integration in sensory cortices, particularly regarding: (1) Do neurons in sensory cortices adopt consistent integration strategies across different audiovisual pairings, or do these strategies vary depending on the pairing? (2) How does multisensory perceptual learning reshape cortical representations of audiovisual objects? (3) How does the congruence between auditory and visual features—whether they "match" or "mismatch" based on learned associations—impact neural integration?”

      (7) Is the data in Figures 1c and d only hits?

      Only correct trials are included. We add this information in the figure legend. Please see Fig. 1 legend. Also, please see below

      “c Cumulative frequency distribution of reaction time (time from cue onset to leaving the central port) for one representative rat in auditory, visual and multisensory trials (correct only). d Comparison of average reaction times across rats in auditory, visual, and multisensory trials (correct only).”

      (8) Figure S1b: Preferred frequency is binned in non-equidistant bins, neither linear nor logarithmic. It is unclear what the reason is.

      The edges of the bins for the preferred frequency were determined based on a 0.5-octave increment, starting from the smallest boundary of 8 kHz. Specifically, the bin edges were calculated as follows:

      8×2<sup>0.5</sup>=11.3 kHz;

      8×2<sup>1</sup>=16 kHz;

      8×2<sup>1.5</sup>=22.6 kHz;

      8×2<sup>2</sup>=32 kHz;

      This approach reflects the common practice of using changes in octaves to define differences between pure tone frequencies, as it aligns with the logarithmic perception of sound frequency in auditory neuroscience.

      (9) Figure S1d: why are the responses all most neurons very strongly correlated given the frequency tuning of A1 neurons? Further, the mean normalized response presented in Figure S2e does seem to indicate a stronger response for 10kHz tones than 3kHz, in conflict with the data from anesthetized rats presented in Figure S2e.

      There is no discrepancy in the data. In Figure S1d, we compared neuronal responses to 10 kHz and 3 kHz tones, demonstrating that most neurons responded well to both frequencies. This panel does not aim to illustrate frequency selectivity but rather the overall responsiveness of neurons to these tones. For detailed information on sound selectivity, readers can refer to Figures S3a-b, which show that while more neurons preferred 10 kHz tones, the proportion is lower than in neurons recorded during the multisensory discrimination task. This distinction explains the observed differences and aligns with the results presented.

      (10) Line 79: For clarity, it can be added that the multisensory trials presented are congruent trials (jointly indicated rewarded port), and perhaps that incongruent trials are discussed later in the paper.

      We believe additional clarification is unnecessary, as the designations "A<sup>3k</sup>V<sup>hz</sup>" and "A<sup>10k</sup>V<sup>vt</sup>" clearly indicate the specific combinations of auditory and visual cues presented during congruent trials. Additionally, the discussion of incongruent trials is provided later in the manuscript, as noted by the reviewer.

      (11) Line 111: the description leaves unclear that the 35% reflects the combination of units responsive to visual only and responsive to auditory or visual.

      The information is clearly presented in Figure 2b, which shows the proportions of neurons responding to auditory-only (A), visual-only (V), both auditory and visual (A, V), and audiovisual-only (VA) stimuli in a pie chart. Readers can refer to this figure for a detailed breakdown of the neuronal response categories.

      (12) Figure 2h: consider a colormap with diverging palette and equal positive and negative maximum (e.g. -0.6 to 0.6) and perhaps reiterate in the color bar legend which stimulus is preferred for which selectivity index.

      We appreciate the suggestion; however, we believe that the current colormap effectively conveys the data and the intended interpretation. The existing color bar legend already provides clear information about the selectivity index, and the stimulus preference is adequately explained in the figure caption. As such, further adjustments are not necessary.

      (13) Line 160: "a ratio of 60:20 for V<sup>vt</sup> 160 preferred vs. V<sup>hz</sup> preferred neurons." Is this supposed to add up to 100, or is this a ratio of 3:1?

      We rewrite the sentence. Please see below:

      “Similar to the auditory selectivity observed, a greater proportion of neurons favored the visual stimulus (V<sup>vt</sup>) associated with the contralateral choice, with a 3:1 ratio of V<sup>vt</sup>-preferred to V<sup>hz</sup>-preferred neurons.”

      (14) The statement in Figure 2g and line 166/167 could be supported by a statistical test (chi-square?).

      Thank you for the suggestion. However, we believe that a statistical test is not required in this case, as the patterns observed are clearly represented in Figure 2g. The qualitative differences between the groups are evident and sufficiently supported by the data.

      (15) Line 168, it is unclear in what sense 'dominant' is meant. Is audition perceived as a dominant sensory modality in a behavioral sense (e.g. Song et al. 2017), or are auditory signals the dominant sensory signal locally in the auditory cortex?

      Thank you for the clarification. To address your question, by "dominant," we are referring to the fact that auditory inputs are the most prominent and influential among the sensory signals feeding into the auditory cortex. This reflects the local dominance of auditory signals within the auditory cortex, rather than a behavioral dominance of auditory perception. We have revised the sentence as follows:

      “We propose that the auditory input, which dominates within the auditory cortex, acts as a 'teaching signal' that shapes visual processing through the selective reinforcement of specific visual pathways during associative learning.”

      (16) Line 180: "we discriminated between auditory, visual, and multisensory cues." This phrasing indicated that the SVMs were trained to discriminate sensory modalities (as is done later in the manuscript), rather than what was done: discriminate stimuli within different categories of trials.

      Thank you for your comment. We have revised the sentence for clarity. Please see the updated version below:

      “Using cross-validated support vector machine (SVM) classifiers, we examined how this pseudo-population discriminates stimulus identity within the same modality (e.g., A<sup>3k</sup> vs. A<sup>10k</sup> for auditory stimuli, V<sup>hz</sup> vs. V<sup>vt</sup> for visual stimuli, A<sup>3k</sup>V<sup>hz</sup> vs. A<sup>10k</sup>V<sup>vt</sup> for multisensory stimuli).”

      (17) Line 185: "a deeply accurate incorporation of visual processing in the auditory cortex." the phrasing is a bit excessive for a binary classification performance.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have revised the sentence to better reflect the findings without overstating them:

      “Interestingly, AC neurons could discriminate between two visual targets with around 80% accuracy (Fig. 2j), demonstrating a meaningful incorporation of visual information into auditory cortical processing.”

      (18) Figure 3, title. An article is missing (a,an/the).

      Done. Please see below:

      Fig. 3 Auditory and visual integration in the multisensory discrimination task

      (19) Line 209, typo pvalue: p<-0.00001.

      Done (p<0.00001).

      (20) Line 209, the pattern is not weaker. The pattern is the same, but more weakly expressed.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We appreciate your clarification and agree that our phrasing could be improved for accuracy. The observed pattern under anesthesia is indeed the same but less strongly expressed compared to the task engagement. We have revised the sentence to better reflect this distinction:

      “A similar pattern, albeit less strongly expressed, was observed under anesthesia (Supplementary Fig. 3c-3f), suggesting that multisensory perceptual learning may induce plastic changes in AC.”

      (21) Line 211: choice-free group → free-choice group.

      Done.

      (22) Line 261: wrong → incorrect (to maintain consistent terminology).

      Done.

      (23) Line 265: why 'likely'? Are incorrect choices on the A<sup>3k</sup>-V<sup>hz</sup> trials not by definition contralateral and vice versa? Or are there other ways to have incorrect trials?

      We deleted the word of ‘likely’. Please see below:

      “…, correct choices here correspond to ipsilateral behavioral selection, while incorrect choices correspond to contralateral behavioral selection.”

      (24) Typo legend Fig 3a-c (tasks → task). (only one task performed).

      Done.

      (25) Line 400: typo: Like → like.

      Done.

      (26) Line 405: What is meant by a cohesive visual stimulus? Congruent? Rephrase.

      Done. Please see the below:

      “…layer 2/3 neurons of the primary visual cortex(7), and a congruent visual stimulus can enhance sound representation…”

      (27) Line 412: Very general statement and obviously true: depending on the task, different sensory elements need to be combined to guide adaptive behavior.

      We really appreciate the reviewer and used this sentence (see second paragraph in discussion section).

      (28) Line 428: within → between (?).

      Done.

      (29) Figure 3L is not referenced in the main text. By going through the figures and legends my understanding is that this shows that most neurons have a multisensory response that lies between 2 z-scores of the predicted response in the case of 83% of the sum of the auditory and the visual response. However, how was the 0.83 found? Empirically? Figure S3 shows a neuron that does follow a 100% summation. Perhaps the authors could quantitatively support their estimate of 83% of the A + V sum, by varying the fraction of the sum (80%, 90%, 100% etc.) and showing the distribution of the preferred fraction of the sum across neurons, or by showing the percentage of neurons that fall within 2 z-scores for each of the fractions of the sum.

      Thank you for your detailed feedback and suggestions regarding Figure 3L and the 83% multiplier.

      (1) Referencing Figure 3L:

      Figure 3L is referenced in the text. To enhance clarity, we have revised the text to explicitly highlight its relevance:

      “Specifically, as illustrated in Fig. 3k, the observed multisensory response approximated 83% of the sum of the auditory and visual responses in most cases, as quantified in Fig. 3L.”

      (2) Determination of the 0.83 Multiplier:

      The 0.83 multiplier was determined empirically by comparing observed audiovisual responses with the predicted additive responses (i.e., the sum of auditory and visual responses). For each neuron, we calculated the auditory, visual, and audiovisual responses. We then compared the observed audiovisual response with scaled sums of auditory and visual responses (Fig. 3k), expressed as fractions of the additive prediction (e.g., 0.8, 0.83, 0.9, etc.). We found that when the scaling factor was 0.83, the population-wide difference between predicted and observed multisensory responses, expressed as z-scores, was minimized. Specifically, at this value, the mean z-score across the population was approximately zero (-0.0001±1.617), indicating the smallest deviation between predicted and observed responses.

      (30) Figure 5e: how come the diagonal has 0.5 decoding accuracy within a category? Shouldn't this be high within-category accuracy? If these conditions were untested and it is an issue of the image display it would be informative to test the cross-validated performance within the category as well as a benchmark to compare the across-category performance to. Aside, it is unclear which conventions from Figure 2 are meant by the statement that conventions were the same.

      The diagonal values (~0.5 decoding accuracy) within each category reflect chance-level performance. This occurs because the decoder was trained and tested on the same category conditions in a cross-validated manner, and within-category stimulus discrimination was not the primary focus of our analysis. Specifically, the stimuli within a category shared overlapping features, leading to reduced discriminability for the decoder when distinguishing between them. Our primary objective was to assess cross-category performance rather than within-category accuracy, which may explain the observed pattern in the diagonal values.

      Regarding the reference to Figure 2, we appreciate the reviewer pointing out the ambiguity. To avoid any confusion, we have removed the sentence referencing "conventions from Figure 2" in the legend for Figure 5e, as it does not contribute meaningfully to the understanding of the results.

      (31) Line 473: "movement evoked response", what is meant by this?

      Thank the reviewer for highlighting this point. To clarify, by "movement-evoked response," we are referring to neural activity that is driven by the animal's movements, rather than by sensory inputs. This type of response is typically stereotyped, meaning that it has a consistent, repetitive pattern associated with specific movements, such as whisking, running, or other body or facial movements.

      In our study, we propose that the visually-evoked responses observed within the 150 ms time window after cue onset primarily reflect sensory inputs from the visual stimulus rather than movement-related activity. This interpretation is supported by the response timing: visual-evoked activity occurs within 100 ms of the light flash onset, a timeframe too rapid to be attributed to body or orofacial movements. Additionally, unlike stereotyped movement-evoked responses, the visual responses we observed are discriminative, varying based on specific visual features—a hallmark of sensory processing rather than motor-driven activity.

      We have revised the manuscript as follows (eighth paragraph in discussion section):

      “There is ongoing debate about whether cross-sensory responses in sensory cortices predominantly reflect sensory inputs or are influenced by behavioral factors, such as cue-induced body movements. A recent study shows that sound-clip evoked activity in visual cortex have a behavioral rather than sensory origin and is related to stereotyped movements(49). Several studies have demonstrated sensory neurons can encode signals associated with whisking(50), running(51), pupil dilation(52) and other movements(53). In our study, the responses to visual stimuli in the auditory cortex occurred primarily within a 100 ms window following cue onset. suggests that visual information reaches the AC through rapid pathways. Potential candidates include direct or fast cross-modal inputs, such as pulvinar-mediated pathways(8) or corticocortical connections(5,54), rather than slower associative mechanisms. This early timing suggests that the observed responses were less likely modulated by visually-evoked body or orofacial movements, which typically occur with a delay relative to sensory cue onset(55). ”

      (32) Line 638-642: It is stated that a two-tailed permutation test is done. The cue selectivity can be significantly positive and negative, relative to a shuffle distribution. This is excellent. But then it is stated that if the observed ROC value exceeds the top 5% of the distribution it is deemed significant, which corresponds to a one-tailed test. How were significantly negative ROC values detected with p<0.05?

      Thank you for pointing this out. We confirm that a two-tailed permutation test was indeed used to evaluate cue selectivity. In this approach, significance is determined by comparing the observed ROC value to both tails of the shuffle distribution. Specifically, if the observed ROC value exceeds the top 2.5% or falls below the bottom 2.5% of the distribution, it is considered significant at p< 0.05. This two-tailed test ensures that both significantly positive and significantly negative cue selectivity values are identified.

      To clarify this in the manuscript, we have revised the text as follows:

      “This generated a distribution of values from which we calculated the probability of our observed result. If the observed ROC value exceeds the top 2.5% of the distribution or falls below the bottom 2.5%, it was deemed significant (i.e., p < 0.05).”

      (33) Line 472: the cited paper (reference 52) actually claims that motor-related activity in the visual cortex has an onset before 100ms and thus does not support your claim that the time window precludes any confound of behaviorally mediated activity. Furthermore, that study and reference 47 show that sensory stimuli could be discriminated based on the cue-evoked body movements and are discriminative. A stronger counterargument would be that both studies show very fast auditory-evoked body movements, but only later visually-evoked body movements.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comments. As Lohuis et al. (reference 55) demonstrated, activity in the visual cortex (V1) can reflect distinct visual, auditory, and motor-related responses, with the latter often dissociable in timing. In their findings, visually-evoked movement-related activity arises substantially later than the sensory visual response, generally beginning around 200 ms post-stimulus onset. In contrast, auditory-evoked activity in A1 occurs relatively early.

      We have revised the manuscript as follows (eighth paragraph in discussion section):

      “A recent study shows that sound-clip evoked activity in visual cortex have a behavioral rather than sensory origin and is related to stereotyped movements(49). ...This early timing suggests that the observed responses were less likely modulated by visually-evoked body or orofacial movements, which typically occur with a delay relative to sensory cue onset(55). ”

      (34) The training order (multisensory cue first) is important to briefly mention in the main text.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion and have added this information to the main text. The revised text now reads:

      “The training proceeded in two stages. In the first stage, which typically lasted 3-5 weeks, rats were trained to discriminate between two audiovisual cues. In the second stage, an additional four unisensory cues were introduced, training the rats to discriminate a total of six cues.”

      (35) Line 542: As I understand the multisensory rats were trained using the multisensory cue first, so different from the training procedure in the unisensory task rats where auditory trials were learned first.

      Thank you for pointing this out. You are correct that, in the unisensory task, rats were first trained to discriminate auditory cues, followed by visual cues. To improve clarity and avoid any confusion, we have removed the sentence "Similar to the multisensory discrimination task" from the revised text.

      (36) Line 546: Can you note on how the rats were motivated to choose both ports, or whether they did so spontaneously?

      Thank you for your insightful comment. The rats' port choice was spontaneous in this task, as there was no explicit motivation required for choosing between the ports. We have clarified this point in the text to address your concern. The revised sentence now reads:

      “They received a water reward at either port following the onset of the cue, and their port choice was spontaneous.”

      (37) It is important to mention in the main text that the population decoding is actually pseudopopulation decoding. The interpretation is sufficiently important for interpreting the results.

      Thank you for this valuable suggestion. We have revised the text to specify "pseudo-population" instead of "population" to clarify the nature of our decoding analysis. The revised text now reads:

      “Our multichannel recordings enabled us to decode sensory information from a pseudo-population of AC neurons on a single-trial basis. Using cross-validated support vector machine (SVM) classifiers, we examined how this pseudo-population discriminates between stimuli.”

      (38) The term modality selectivity for the description of the multisensory interaction is somewhat confusing. Modality selectivity suggests different responses to the visual or auditory trials. The authors could consider a different terminology emphasizing the multisensory interaction effect.

      Thank you for your insightful comment. We have replaced " modality selectivity " with " multisensory interactive index " (MSI). This term more accurately conveys a tendency for neurons to favor multisensory stimuli over individual sensory modalities (visual or auditory alone).

      (39) In Figures 3 e and g the color code is different from adjacent panels b and c and is to be deciphered from the legend. Consider changing the color coding, or highlight to the reader that the coloring in Figures 3b and c is different from the color code in panels 3 e and g.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s observation. However, we believe that a change in the color coding is not necessary. Figures 3e and 3g differentiate symbols by both shape and color, ensuring accessibility and clarity. This is clearly explained in the figure legend to guide readers effectively.

      (40) Figure S2b: was significance tested here?

      Yes, we did it.

      (41) Figure S2d: test used?

      Yes, test used.

      (42) Line 676: "as appropriate", was a normality test performed prior to statistical test selection?

      In our analysis, we assessed normality before choosing between parametric (paired t-test) and non-parametric (Wilcoxon signed-rank test) methods. We used the Shapiro-Wilk test to evaluate the normality of the data distributions. When data met the assumption of normality, we applied the paired t-test; otherwise, we used the Wilcoxon signed-rank test.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We confirm that a normality test was performed prior to the selection of the statistical test. Specifically, we used the Shapiro-Wilk test to assess whether the data distributions met the assumption of normality. Based on this assessment, we applied the paired t-test for normally distributed data and the Wilcoxon signed-rank test for non-normal data.

      To ensure clarity, we update the "Statistical Analysis" section of the manuscript with the following revised text:

      “For behavioral data, such as mean reaction time differences between unisensory and multisensory trials, cue selectivity and mean modality selectivity across different auditory-visual conditions, comparisons were performed using either the paired t-test or the Wilcoxon signed-rank test. The Shapiro-Wilk test was conducted to assess normality, with the paired t-test used for normally distributed data and the Wilcoxon signed-rank test for non-normal data.”

      (43) Line 679: incorrect, most data is actually represented as mean +- SEM.

      Thank you for pointing this out. In the Results section, we report data as mean ± SD for descriptive statistics, while in the figures, the error bars typically represent the standard error of the mean (SEM) to visually indicate variability around the mean. We have specified in each figure legend whether the error bars represent SD or SEM.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 182 - here it sounds like you mean your classifier was trained to decode the modality of the stimulus, when I think what you mean is that you decoded the stimulus contingencies using A/V/AV cues?

      Thank you for pointing out this potential misunderstanding. We would like to clarify that the classifier was trained to decode the stimulus identity (e.g., A<sup>3k</sup> vs. A<sup>10k</sup> for auditory stimuli, V<sup>hz</sup> vs. V<sup>vt</sup> for visual stimuli, and A<sup>3k</sup>V<sup>hz</sup> vs. A<sup>10k</sup>V<sup>vt</sup> for multisensory stimuli) rather than the modality of the stimulus. The goal of the analysis was to determine how well the pseudo-population of AC neurons could distinguish between individual stimuli within the same modality. We have revised the relevant text in the revised manuscript to ensure this distinction is clear. Please see the following:

      “Our multichannel recordings enabled us to decode sensory information from a pseudo-population of AC neurons on a single-trial basis. Using cross-validated support vector machine (SVM) classifiers, we examined how this pseudo-population discriminates stimulus identity (e.g.,  A<sup>3k</sup> vs. A<sup>10k</sup> for auditory stimuli, V<sup>hz</sup> vs. V<sup>vt</sup> for visual stimuli,  A<sup>3k</sup>V<sup>hz</sup> vs. A<sup>10k</sup>V<sup>vt</sup> for multisensory stimuli).”

      (2) Lines 256 - here the authors look to see whether incorrect trials diminish audiovisual integration. I would probably seek to turn the causal direction around and ask are AV neurons critical for behaviour - nevertheless, since this is only correlational the causal direction cannot be unpicked. However, the finding that contralateral responses per se do not result in enhancement is a key control. Showing that multisensory enhancement is less on error trials is a good first step to linking neural activity and perception, but I wonder if the authors could take this further however by seeking to decode choice probabilities as well as stimulus features in an attempt to get a little closer to addressing the question of whether the animals are using these responses for behaviour.

      Thank you for your comment and for highlighting the importance of understanding whether audiovisual (AV) neurons are critical for behavior. As you noted, the causal relationship between AV neural activity and behavioral outcomes cannot be directly determined in our current study due to its correlational nature. We agree that this is an important topic for future exploration. In our study, we examined how incorrect trials influence multisensory enhancement. Our findings show that multisensory enhancement is less pronounced during error trials, providing an initial link between neural activity and behavioral performance. To address your suggestion, we conducted an additional analysis comparing auditory and multisensory selectivity between correct and incorrect choice trials. As shown in Supplementary Fig. 7, both auditory and multisensory selectivity were significantly lower during incorrect trials. This result highlights the potential role of these neural responses in decision-making, suggesting they may extend beyond sensory processing to influence choice selection. We have cited this figure in the Results section as follows: ( the paragraph regarding Impact of incorrect choices on audiovisual integration):

      “Overall, these findings suggest that the multisensory perception reflected by behavioral choices (correct vs. incorrect) might be shaped by the underlying integration strength. Furthermore, our analysis revealed that incorrect choices were associated with a decline in cue selectivity, as shown in Supplementary Fig. 7.”

      We acknowledge your suggestion to decode choice probabilities alongside stimulus features as a more direct approach to exploring whether animals actively use these neural responses for behavior. Unfortunately, in the current study, the low number of incorrect trials limited our ability to perform such analyses reliably. Nonetheless, we are committed to pursuing this direction in subsequent work. We plan to use techniques such as optogenetics in future studies to causally test the role of AV neurons in driving behavior.

      (3) Figure 5E - the purple and red are indistinguishable - could you make one a solid line and keep one dashed?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that the purple and red lines in Figure 5E were difficult to distinguish. To address this concern, we modified the figure by making two lines solid and changing the color of one square, as suggested. These adjustments enhance visual clarity and improve the distinction between them.

      (4) The unisensory control training is a really nice addition. I'm interested to know whether behaviourally these animals experienced an advantage for audiovisual stimuli in the testing phase? This is important information to include as if they don't it is one step closer to linking audiovisual responses in AC to improved behavioural performance (and if they do, we must be suitably cautious in interpretation!).

      Thank you for raising this important point. To address this, we have plotted the behavioral results for each animal (see Author response image 2). The data indicate that performance with multisensory cues is slightly better than with the corresponding unisensory cues. However, given the small sample size (n=3) and the considerable variation in behavioral performance across individuals, we remain cautious about drawing definitive conclusions on this matter. We recognize the need for further investigation to establish a robust link between audiovisual responses in the auditory cortex and improved behavioral performance. In future studies, we plan to include a larger number of animals and more thoroughly explore this relationship to provide a comprehensive understanding.

      Author response image 2.

      (5) Line 339 - I don't think you can say this leads to binding with your current behaviour or neural responses. I would agree there is a memory trace established and a preferential linking in AC neurons.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. In the revised manuscript, we have clarified that our data suggest the formation of a memory trace and preferential linking in AC neurons. The text has been updated to emphasize this distinction. Please see the revised section below (first paragraph in Discussion section).

      “Interestingly, a subset of auditory neurons not only developed visual responses but also exhibited congruence between auditory and visual selectivity. These findings suggest that multisensory perceptual training establishes a memory trace of the trained audiovisual experiences within the AC and enhances the preferential linking of auditory and visual inputs. Sensory cortices, like AC, may act as a vital bridge for communicating sensory information across different modalities.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript, Kong Fang et al describe a robust pipeline for the isolation of small extracellular vesicles through a combination of size exclusion chromatography and miniaturized density gradient separation. Subsequently, they prove that the method is reproducible and suitable for small-volume operations while at the same time not compromising the quality of vesicles.

      Strengths:

      The paper narrates a robust method for purifying high-quality sEVs from small amounts of blood plasma. They also demonstrate that through this approach, they can derive sEVs without compromising the protein composition, integrity of the vesicles, or contamination with other proteins or lipids.

      Weaknesses:

      The paper is a nice summary of how to enrich sEVs from blood samples. Although well performed and substantiated with data, the paper primarily deals with method development and optimisation.

      We agree with the reviewer's assessment that this paper primarily focuses on the development and optimization of a method. Using this robust technique for isolating small extracellular vesicles (sEVs) from small blood volumes, our future research will investigate sEVs isolated from clinical samples, with a particular focus on their role in various diseases.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this work, the authors manage to optimize a simple and rapid protocol using SEC followed by DGCU to isolate sEVs with adequate purity and yield from small volumes of plasma. Isolated fractions containing sEVs using SEC, DGCU, SEC-DGCU, and DGCU-SEC are compared in terms of their yield, purity surface protein profile, and RNA content. Although the combined use of these methodologies has already been evaluated in previous works, the authors manage to adapt them for the use of small volumes of plasma, which allows working in 1.5 mL tubes and reducing the centrifugation time to 2 hours.

      The authors finally find that although both the SEC-DGCU and DGCU-SEC combinations achieve isolates with high purity, the SEC-DGCU combination results in higher yields.

      This work provides an interesting tool for the rapid obtention of sEVs with sufficient yield and purity for detailed characterization which could be very useful in research and clinical therapy.

      Strengths:

      - The work is well-written and organized.

      - The authors clearly state the problem they want to address, that is, optimizing a method that allows sEV to be isolated from small volumes of plasma.

      - Although these methodologies have been tested in previous works, the authors manage to isolate sEVs of high purity and good performance through a simple and fast methodology.

      - The characteristics of all isolated fractions are exhaustively analyzed through various state-of-the-art methodologies.

      - They present a good interpretation of the results obtained through the methodologies used.

      Weaknesses:

      - Lack of references that support some of the results obtained.

      - Although this work focuses on comparing different techniques and their combinations to find an optimal option, the authors do not use any statistical method that reliably shows the differences between these techniques, except when repeatability is measured.

      We appreciate the reviewer's insightful comments and will incorporate the suggested missing references. We acknowledge that we did not perform statistical analyses when comparing the differences among the three methods. Nevertheless, the superiority of the SEC-DGUC method is evident from observations based on several independent characterization methods, including Cryo-EM, TEM, western blot, and total RNA quantification.

      Firstly, repeated Cryo-EM observations consistently confirm that the SEC-alone method shows severe lipoprotein contamination while the SEC-DGUC method drastically reduces such lipoprotein contamination. In comparing the SEC-DGUC and DGUC-SEC methods, multiple independent characterization methods showed that the SEC-DGUC method yields significantly greater quantity of sEVs: 1) The western blot experiment showed much higher signal intensity for all four tested sEV markers (CD9, CD63, CD81, and TSG101), with estimated concentrations approximately 2.1, 2.1, 4.7, and 4.2 times higher than the DGUC-SEC method. 2) The total RNA analysis showed that SEC-DGUC-1 contained more than 4 times the total amount of RNA compared to DGUC-SEC-PF. 3) Establishing the normalization baseline, particle size distributions in SEC-DGUC-1 and DGUC-SEC-PF measured by TEM were found to be similar, suggesting comparable purity and distribution of the captured sEVs. For comparison purposes, within each independent characterization method, the same plasma source and total plasma volume were used, while across different methods, different plasma sources were used. These independent characterization methods have consistently demonstrated the superiority of the SEC-DGUC method over the DGUC-SEC or SEC-alone methods.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In my opinion, this work is elegantly designed and supported by data, which would motivate more studies related to blood-derived microvesicles in the context of infectious and systemic diseases. Overall, the manuscript is well-written and explained in sufficient detail. I only have minor comments.

      (1) Recruitment of volunteers for blood/plasma collection: there is a need for a statement that this was in accordance with ethical and biosafety regulations of the Institute/Clinic.

      We added two sentences at the beginning of the Blood Collection section (under Materials and methods): “All procedures involving peripheral blood specimens were approved by the Singapore National Health Group Domain Specific Review Board (the central ethics committee) and were mutually recognized by the Nanyang Technological University Institutional Review Board (IRB#2018/00671). All blood specimens were de-identified prior to their use in the experiments.”

      (2) Since this is a method development and validation article, it would be good to include an image of the iodixanol gradient with the high-density sEV zone, after centrifugation.

      We have incorporated an image after centrifugation in Supplementary Figure 3.

      (3) Although several sEV markers are shown in Figure 7A, flotillin is missing in this figure which was part of Figure 6B. Does flotillin show a different pattern? Flotillin is a DRM-associated marker, and hence may behave differently, would be interesting to add any insights.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s careful observation. In Figure 6B, Flotillin was used to confirm the presence of sEVs in different density zones. However, for the purpose of comparing the yield between the SEC-DGUC and DGUC-SEC methods, as shown in Figure 7A, Flotillin was not included in the western blot analysis. No obvious pattern changes were observed in other sEV markers tested in both Figures 6B and 7A.   

      (4) Methods section of LC/MS analysis- which protein database was used for protein identification?

      We added the following sentence at the end of the LC/MS analysis section: “The protein database used for protein identification was Uniprot Human.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In line 43 some references are needed.

      We added this reference: EL Andaloussi, S., Mäger, I., Breakefield, X. et al. Extracellular vesicles: biology and emerging therapeutic opportunities. Nat Rev Drug Discov 12, 347–357 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1038/nrd3978

      In line 107, please avoid using short forms such as "it's".

      We have revised that to “it is.”

      In line 153: "...separates low-density particles from those of high density, but a considerable amount of..." the word "but" should not be in the sentence.

      We have removed “but” in this sentence.

      In line 181 the authors establish that "Notably, SEC-PF exhibited a high level of ApoB and low expression of sEV markers." Is there any explanation for this?

      SEC-PF represents the eluate from the SEC step, collected before the DGUC step. This fraction contains a mixture of lipoproteins and sEVs. Due to the overwhelming abundance of lipoproteins compared to sEVs, the western blot predictably shows a high level of ApoB with minimal expression of sEV markers. This highlights that SEC alone effectively reduces plasma protein content but does not efficiently remove lipoproteins. Figure 6C further illustrates this point, as cryo-EM images of SEC-PF reveal the presence of sEVs, which are vastly outnumbered by lipoproteins.

      In line 198, the sentence "Theoretically, the DGUC-SEC protocol should also effectively isolate sEVs from plasma" need to be supported by references.

      See for instance:

      - Holcar M, Ferdin J, Sitar S, Tušek-Žnidarič M, Dolžan V, Plemenitaš A, Žagar E, Lenassi M. 2020. Enrichment of plasma extracellular vesicles for reliable quantification of their size and concentration for biomarker discovery. Sci Rep 10:21346. doi:10.1038/s41598-020-78422-y.

      - Jia Y, Yu L, Ma T, Xu W, Qian H, Sun Y, Shi H. 2022. Small extracellular vesicles isolation and separation: Current techniques, pending questions and clinical applications. Theranostics 12:6548-6575. doi:10.7150/thno.74305

      - Vergauwen G, Dhondt B, Van Deun J, De Smedt E, Berx G, Timmerman E, Gevaert K, Miinalainen I, Cocquyt V, Braems G, Van den Broecke R, Denys H, De Wever O, Hendrix A. 2017. Confounding factors of ultrafiltration and protein analysis in extracellular vesicle research. Sci Rep 7:2704. doi:10.1038/s41598-017-02599-y

      We have added this reference: Holcar M, Ferdin J, Sitar S, Tušek-Žnidarič M, Dolžan V, Plemenitaš A, Žagar E, Lenassi M. 2020. Enrichment of plasma extracellular vesicles for reliable quantification of their size and concentration for biomarker discovery. Sci Rep 10:21346. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-020-78422-y.  

      In line 309 the authors establish that "NTA measured size distributions displayed well-overlapped histograms of particles". It is possible for the authors to analyze this overlapping using some statistical test as a chi-squared test?

      We have conducted a statistical analysis of the histogram similarities using the Jensen-Shannon Divergence (JSD) method. This is reflected in the manuscript under the results section, “Repeatability and reliability of the SEC-DGUC protocol”, where we state: “We then compared size distributions for each plasma fraction using Jensen-Shannon Divergence (JSD). The JSD values, which are well below 0.1 (Figure 10B), indicate a consistent population of isolated particles, as further supported by Supplementary Figure 8.” Additionally, we included JSD values in the legend of Figure 10B: “JSD values for SEC-DGUC-1 to 4 are 0.015, 0.006, 0.001, and 0.002, indicating strong similarities among the histograms.” These additions demonstrate the robustness and repeatability of the SEC-DGUC protocol.

      In line 360, "lasts ~ 16 hours or more." This statement needs a reference that supports this time.

      We have added this reference: Vergauwen, G. et al. Robust sequential biophysical fractionation of blood plasma to study variations in the biomolecular landscape of systemically circulating extracellular vesicles across clinical conditions. J Extracell Vesicles 10, e12122 (2021).

      In line 399, the reference format is different from the previously used format.

      This is corrected. We thank the reviewer for this careful examination.

      Line 466: This sentence is not quite clear. It can be understood that for every 0.5 mL of plasma, 2 mL of particle fraction are obtained and that for 6 mL of plasma, this method will give a total volume of 24 mL. However, it is not clear what is meant by the fact that it has been concentrated to 6 mL. While one can assume that those final 6 mL concentrates come from the initial 24 mL, perhaps the way this sentence was worded was not appropriate. I would recommend rewriting it for a simpler interpretation of how this method was performed.

      We have changed the sentence to: “For the DGUC experiment using the 12 ml tube, 24 ml of PFs were obtained from 6 ml of plasma and subsequently concentrated to 6 ml. The 6 ml of concentrated PFs were then transferred to a Beckman Coulter ultra-clear centrifuge tube (344059, Beckman Coulter, USA) for further processing.”

      Line 519: The authors established a second dilution to avoid absorbance values above 1.2. Is there any justification for this value, taking into account that the Lambert-Beer law presents more precision in the absorbance range of 0.2 to 0.8?

      We have added this reference: https://diagnostic.serumwerk.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/V05-Serumwerk.pdf

      Line 519-520: "Also included were water and 0.25 M sucrose as blanks". Perhaps authors could consider rephrasing this sentence.

      We have changed the sentence to: “The absorbance measurements were made against water and 0.25 M sucrose blanks.”

      In line 520, the sentence must say "each sample was made by triplicate".

      We have changed the sentence to: “Each sample was prepared by triplicate to reduce error.” We thank the reviewer for this suggestion.

      Line 673: The phrase "0.1% formic acid in 100% ACN" would be better, in my opinion, if it said "0.1% formic acid in ACN".

      Yes, these two expressions have the same meaning. However, to ensure clarity, we have updated the description to “0.1% formic acid in ACN.”. We thank reviewer for this suggestion.

      Supplementary Figure 1: in the Figure caption there is an error in the numbering: at the end, where it is written (E), it should be (F). Please, correct this.

      We have made the necessary correction and sincerely appreciate the reviewer’s attentiveness.

      Supplementary Figure 5: Some sEVs are hard to visualize due to poor image resolution. Is there any possibility for the authors to enhance these images?

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. To improve the visual clarity of the images, we have opted to display four sub-figures instead of nine.

    1. Author response:

      We appreciate the effort the reviewers have put into evaluating our work, and will take the opportunity to revise and improve our submission. In response to the reviewer's comments, we will carefully revisit our manuscript to address the concerns they have raised. Specifically, we will ensure that our revised version is coherent with our annotations and public databases, clarify any discrepancy between the investigated proteins and gene models, and re-examine our discussion of the evolutionary implications in light of their suggestions. We are confident that these revisions will strengthen our work and provide a clearer understanding of our research findings.

    1. Author response:

      We sincerely thank all three reviewers for their time, comments, and valuable suggestions, which will help improve our manuscript. Below, we provide preliminary remarks addressing some of the key issues that have been raised.

      Reviewer 1:

      We agree with the reviewer on the challenge of accurately mapping reads to multigene families. We carefully considered this issue and addressed it by evaluating the performance of multiple aligners using simulated RNA-seq reads. Our results indicate that kallisto performs particularly well in this context, outperforming widely used aligners such as Bowtie2 and STAR. This is likely due to kallisto’s expectation-maximization (EM) algorithm (described in the Materials and Methods section), which employs a probabilistic model to assign reads from similar transcripts. Previous studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of this approach in quantifying highly repetitive sequences, such as transposons (doi.org/10.1093/bioinformatics/btv422). In the revised manuscript, we are considering the inclusion of a supplementary figure to further support the selection of the mapping algorithm.

      Reviewer 2:

      We believe that obtaining experimental evidence on the influence of multiple multigene families would represent a significant advancement in the field. However, we would like to emphasize that this is a short communication centered on a specific and biologically relevant observation within a single multigene family. The manuscript is not intended to comprehensively address all aspects of the experiment but rather to highlight what we consider an important biological phenomenon with potential functional implications.

      The influence of phenotypic heterogeneity and its possible advantages under environmental pressures has been previously proposed for Trypanosoma cruzi, related trypanosomatids, and other biological systems, ranging from bacteria to tumors (Seco-Hidalgo 2015, doi: 10.1098/rsob.150190 and Luzak 2021, doi: 10.1146/annurev-micro-040821-012953, for a comprehensive review on this topic). While the reviewer is correct in noting that our model does not demonstrate a functional role for TcS heterogeneity, the experimental approaches required to address this question in a large multigene family are highly complex and beyond the scope of this study. However, we acknowledge the importance of clarifying that the proposed functional implications remain speculative, so we will revise the manuscript accordingly.

      As the reviewer suggests, in the revised version of the manuscript, we will include additional analyses on the characteristics of frequently expressed TcS genes to identify common features that may explain their expression patterns.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comments and suggestions regarding the clarity of methodological choices and the explanation of key concepts. Accordingly, we will refine the description of our methodology and ensure that our figures are more intuitive and self-explanatory.

      Reviewer 3:

      We recognize the limitations imposed by gene dropout in our data, as highlighted by the reviewer. In the manuscript, we have aimed to be transparent about this issue and discussed its impact in two separate sections (lines 110–121 and 175–181). To enhance clarity, we will revise these paragraphs to provide a more comprehensive discussion of this limitation. Unfortunately, gene dropout is an inherent limitation of 10x genomics data. Trypanosomatids are not an exception in this regard, and the general metrics of the single-cell RNA-seq data in other reports are equivalent to those obtained in our experiment.

      Despite this important limitation, we believe that our comparative analyses (the contrast between TcS and ribosomal protein expression) provide valuable insights into a biological phenomenon with potential functional relevance for the parasite. Furthermore, we are actively working on generating single-cell RNA-seq data using alternative methodologies that improve gene dropout rates. We anticipate that these future studies will help clarify the extent of the phenomenon described in this work.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Liu et al., present glmSMA, a network-regularized linear model that integrates single-cell RNA-seq data with spatial transcriptomics, enabling high-resolution mapping of cellular locations across diverse datasets. Its dual regularization framework (L1 for sparsity and generalized L2 via a graph Laplacian for spatial smoothness) demonstrates robust performance of their model and offers novel tools for spatial biology, despite some gaps in fully addressing spatial communication.

      Overall, the manuscript is commendable for its comprehensive benchmarking across different spatial omics platforms and its novel application of regularized linear models for cell mapping. I think this manuscript can be improved by addressing method assumptions, expanding the discussion on feature dependence and cell type-specific biases, and clarifying the mechanism of spatial communication.

      The conclusions of this paper are mostly well supported by data, but some aspects of model development and performance evaluation need to be clarified and extended.

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful comments. We will clarify the model assumptions and the feature selection process to make it more understandable. To clarify, the performance of glmSMA does not depend on cell type. For some rare cell types, the small number of cells can lead to a drop in performance. To better illustrate our results and reduce cell type-specific biases, we will shuffle and randomly sample the cell types.

      (1) What were the assumptions made behind the model? One of them could be the linear relationship between cellular gene expression and spatial location. In complex biological tissues, non-linear relationships could be present, and this would also vary across organ systems and species. Similarly, with regularization parameters, they can be tuned to balance sparsity and smoothness adequately but may not hold uniformly across different tissue types or data quality levels. The model also seems to assume independent errors with normal distribution and linear additive effects - a simplification that may overlook overdispersion or heteroscedasticity commonly observed in RNA-seq data.

      Thank you for this comment. We acknowledge that the non-linear relationships can be present in complex tissues and may not be fully captured by a linear model. 

      Our choice of a linear model was guided by an investigation of the relationship in the current datasets, which include intestinal villus, mouse brain, and fly embryo.

      There is a linear correlation between expression distance and physical distance [Nitzan et al]. Within a given anatomical structure, cells in closer proximity exhibit more similar expression patterns. In tissues where non-linear relationships are more prevalent—such as the human PDAC sample—our mapping results remain robust. We acknowledge that we have not yet tested our algorithm in highly heterogeneous regions like the liver, and we plan to include such analyses in future work if necessary. Regarding the regularization parameters, we agree that the balance between sparsity and smoothness is sensitive to tissue-specific variation and data quality. In our current implementation, we explored a range of values to find robust defaults.

      (2) The performance of glmSMA is likely sensitive to the number and quality of features used. With too few features, the model may struggle to anchor cells correctly due to insufficient discriminatory power, whereas too many features could lead to overfitting unless appropriately regularized. The manuscript briefly acknowledges this issue, but further systematic evaluation of how varying feature numbers affect mapping accuracy would strengthen the claims, particularly in settings where marker gene availability is limited. A simple way to show some of this would be testing on multiple spatial omics (imaging-based) platforms with varying panel sizes and organ systems. Related to this, based on the figures, it also seems like the performance varies by cell type. What are the factors that contribute to this? Variability in expression levels, RNA quantity/quality? Biases in the panel? Personally, I am also curious how this model can be used similarly/differently if we have a FISH-based, high-plex reference atlas. Additional explanation around these points would be helpful for the readers.

      Thank you for this thoughtful comment. The performance of our method is indeed sensitive to the number and quality of selected features. To optimize feature selection, we employed multiple strategies, including Moran’s I statistic, identification of highly variable genes, and the Seurat pipeline to detect anchor genes linking the spatial transcriptomics data with the reference atlas. The number of selected markers depends on the quality of the data. For high-quality datasets, fewer than 100 markers are typically sufficient for accurate prediction. To address this more clearly, we will revise the manuscript to include detailed descriptions of our feature selection process and demonstrate how varying the number of selected features impacts performance.

      We evaluated our method across diverse tissue types and platforms—including Slide-seq, 10x Visium, and Virtual-FISH—which represent both sequencing-based and imaging-based spatial transcriptomics technologies. Our model consistently achieved strong performance across these settings. It's worth noting that the performance of other methods, such as CellTrek [Wei et al] and novoSpaRc [Nitzan et al], also depends heavily on feature selection. In particular, performance degrades substantially when fewer features are used.

      We do not believe that the observed performance is directly influenced by cell type composition. Major cell types are typically well-defined, and rare cell types comprise only a small fraction of the dataset. For these rare populations, a single misclassification can disproportionately impact metrics like KL divergence due to small sample size. However, this does not necessarily indicate a systematic cell type–specific bias in the mapping. To mitigate this issue, we will implement shuffling and sampling procedures to reduce potential bias introduced by rare cell types.

      (3) Application 3 (spatial communication) in the graphical abstract appears relatively underdeveloped. While it is clear that the model infers spatial proximities, further explanation of how these mappings translate into insights into cell-cell communication networks would enhance the biological relevance of the findings.

      Thank you for this valuable feedback. We agree that further elaboration on the connection between spatial proximity and cell–cell communication would enhance the biological interpretation of our results. While our current model focuses on inferring spatial relationships, we may provide some cell-cell communications in the future.

      (4) What is the final resolution of the model outputs? I am assuming this is dictated by the granularity of the reference atlas and the imposed sparsity via the L1 norm, but if there are clear examples that would be good. In figures (or maybe in practice too), cells seem to be assigned to small, contiguous patches rather than pinpoint single-cell locations, which is a pragmatic compromise given the inherent limitations of current spatial transcriptomics technologies. Clarification on the precise spatial scale (e.g., pixel or micrometer resolution) and any post-mapping refinement steps would be beneficial for the users to make informed decisions on the right bioinformatic tools to use.

      Thank you for the comment. For each cell, our algorithm generates a probability vector that indicates its likely spatial assignment along with coordinate information. We will include the resolution and the number of cells assigned to each spot in future versions. In our framework, each cell is mapped to one or more spatial locations with associated probabilities. Depending on the amount of regularization through L1 and L2 norms, a cell may be localized to a small patch or distributed over a broader domain. For the 10x Visium data, we applied a repelling algorithm to enhance visualization [Wei et al]. If a cell’s original location is already occupied, it is reassigned to a nearby neighborhood to avoid overlap. The users can also see the entire regularization path by varying the penalty terms. 

      Nitzan M, Karaiskos N, Friedman N, Rajewsky N. Gene expression cartography. Nature. 2019;576(7785):132-137. doi:10.1038/s41586-019-1773-3

      Wei, R. et al. (2022) ‘Spatial charting of single-cell transcriptomes in tissues’, Nature Biotechnology, 40(8), pp. 1190–1199. doi:10.1038/s41587-022-01233-1. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The author proposes a novel method for mapping single-cell data to specific locations with higher resolution than several existing tools.

      Thank you for recognizing our contribution. Our goal was to develop a method that achieves higher spatial resolution in mapping single-cell data compared to existing tools. We are encouraged by the results and will continue to refine the approach to improve accuracy and generalizability across platforms and tissue types.

      Strengths:

      The spatial mapping tests were conducted on various tissues, including the mouse cortex, human PDAC, and intestinal villus.

      Thank you for this comment. We believe that evaluating our method across diverse tissue types—such as the mouse cortex, human PDAC, and intestinal villus—demonstrates its robustness and broad applicability. We plan to continue expanding these evaluations to additional tissue contexts and species to further validate the method’s generalizability.

      Weakness:

      (1) Although the researchers claim that glmSMA seamlessly accommodates both sequencing-based and image-based spatial transcriptomics (ST) data, their testing primarily focused on sequencing-based ST data, such as Visium and Slide-seq. To demonstrate its versatility for spatial analysis, the authors should extend their evaluation to imaging-based spatial data.

      Thank you for the comment. We have tested our algorithm on the virtual FISH dataset from the fly embryo, which serves as an example of image-based spatial omics data. However, such datasets often contain a limited number of available genes. To address this, we will conduct additional testing on image-based data if needed. The Allen Brain Atlas provides high-quality ISH data, and we can select specific brain regions from this resource to further evaluate our algorithm if necessary [Lein et al]. Currently, we plan to focus more on the 10x Visium platform, as it supports whole-transcriptome profiling and offers a wide range of tissue samples for analysis.

      (2) The definition of "ground truth" for spatial distribution is unclear. A more detailed explanation is needed on how the "ground truth" was established for each spatial dataset and how it was utilized for comparison with the predicted distribution generated by various spatial mapping tools.

      Thank you for the comment. To clarify how ground truth is defined across different tissues, we provide the following details. Direct ground truth for cell locations is often unavailable in scRNA-seq data due to experimental constraints. To address this, we adopted alternative strategies for estimating ground truth in each dataset:

      - 10x Visium Data: We used the cell type distribution derived from spatial transcriptomics (ST) data as a proxy for ground truth. We then computed the KL divergence between this distribution and our model's predictions for performance assessment.

      - Slide-seq Data: We validated predictions by comparing the expression of marker genes between the reconstructed and original spatial data.

      - Fly Embryo Data: We used predicted cell locations from novoSpaRc as a reference for evaluating our algorithm.

      These strategies allowed us to evaluate model performance even in the absence of direct cell location data. In addition, we can apply multiple evaluation strategies within a single dataset.

      (3) In the analysis of spatial mapping results using intestinal villus tissue, only Figure 3d supports their findings. The researchers should consider adding supplemental figures illustrating the spatial distribution of single cells in comparison to the ground truth distribution to enhance the clarity and robustness of their investigation.

      Thank you for the comment. We will include additional details for this dataset in the supplementary figures. As the intestinal villus is a relatively simple tissue, most existing algorithms performed well on it. For this reason, we did not initially provide extensive details in the main text.

      (4) The spatial mapping tests were conducted on various tissues, including the mouse cortex, human PDAC, and intestinal villus. However, the original anatomical regions are not displayed, making it difficult to directly compare them with the predicted mapping results. Providing ground truth distributions for each tested tissue would enhance clarity and facilitate interpretation. For instance, in Figure 2a and Supplementary Figures 1 and 2, only the predicted mapping results are shown without the corresponding original spatial distribution of regions in the mouse cortex. Additionally, in Figure 3c, four anatomical regions are displayed, but it is unclear whether the figure represents the original spatial regions or those predicted by glmSMA. The authors are encouraged to clarify this by incorporating ground truth distributions for each tissue.

      Thank you for the comment. To improve visualization, we will include anatomical structures alongside the mapping results in the next version, wherever such structures are available (e.g., mouse brain cortex, human PDAC sample, etc.). Regions will be color-coded to enhance clarity and make the spatial organization easier to interpret.

      (5) The cell assignment results from the mouse hippocampus (Supplementary Figure 6) lack a corresponding ground truth distribution for comparison. DG and CA cells were evaluated solely based on the gene expression of specific marker genes. Additional analyses are needed to further validate the robustness of glmSMA's mapping performance on Slide-seq data from the mouse hippocampus.

      Thank you for the comment. The ground truth for DG and CA cells was not available. To better evaluate the model's performance, we will compute the KL divergence between the original and predicted cell type distributions, following the same approach used for the 10x Visium dataset.

      (6) The tested spatial datasets primarily consist of highly structured tissues with well-defined anatomical regions, such as the brain and intestinal villus. Anatomical regions are not distinctly separated, such as liver tissue. Further evaluation of such tissues would help determine the method's broader applicability.

      Thank you for the comment. We have already tested our algorithm on the fly embryo, where anatomical structures are not well defined or clearly separated. If needed, we can further apply glmSMA to more complex tissues such as the liver. To clarify the role of anatomical structures in our model: glmSMA does not require anatomical information as input. Instead, it leverages a distance matrix between cells to apply L2 norm regularization. Despite the absence of anatomical information, the model still demonstrates strong performance. We will include results to illustrate its effectiveness without anatomical input. Additionally, we plan to evaluate the model on tissues where anatomical regions are not clearly delineated.

      Lein, E., Hawrylycz, M., Ao, N. et al. Genome-wide atlas of gene expression in the adult mouse brain. Nature 445, 168–176 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1038/nature05453

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to develop glmSMA, a network-regularized linear model that accurately infers spatial gene expression patterns by integrating single-cell RNA sequencing data with spatial transcriptomics reference atlases. Their goal is to reconstruct the spatial organization of individual cells within tissues, overcoming the limitations of existing methods that either lack spatial resolution or sensitivity.

      Strengths:

      (1) Comprehensive Benchmarking:

      Compared against CellTrek and Novosparc, glmSMA consistently achieved lower Kullback-Leibler divergence (KL divergence) scores, indicating better cell assignment accuracy.

      Outperformed CellTrek in mouse cortex mapping (90% accuracy vs. CellTrek's 60%) and provided more spatially coherent distributions.

      (2) Experimental Validation with Multiple Real-World Datasets:

      The study used multiple biological systems (mouse brain, Drosophila embryo, human PDAC, intestinal villus) to demonstrate generalizability.

      Validation through correlation analyses, Pearson's coefficient, and KL divergence support the accuracy of glmSMA's predictions.

      We thank reviewer #3 for their positive feedback and thoughtful recommendations.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The accuracy of glmSMA depends on the selection of marker genes, which might be limited by current FISH-based reference atlases.

      We agree that the accuracy of glmSMA is influenced by the selection of marker genes, and that current FISH-based reference atlases may offer a limited gene set. To address this, we incorporate multiple feature selection strategies, including highly variable genes and spatially informative genes (e.g., via Moran’s I), to optimize performance within the available gene space. As more comprehensive reference atlases become available, we expect the model’s accuracy to improve further.

      (2) glmSMA operates under the assumption that cells with similar gene expression profiles are likely to be physically close to each other in space which not be true under various heterogeneous environments.

      While this assumption effectively captures spatial continuity in many cases, we acknowledge that it may not hold across all biological contexts. To address this, we plan to refine our regularization strategy and evaluate the model's performance in heterogeneous tissue regions.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Kwon et al present a very well-conducted and well-written sieve analysis of rotavirus infections in a passive surveillance network in the US, considering how relative vaccine efficacy changes with genetic distance from the vaccine strains including the whole genome. The results are compelling, supported by a number of sensitivity analyses, and the manuscript is generally easy to follow.

      Strengths:

      (1) The underlying study base, a surveillance network across multiple sites in the US.

      (2) The use of a test-negative design, which is well established for rotavirus, to estimate vaccine efficacy.

      (3) The use of genetic distance to measure differences between infecting and vaccine strains, and the innovative use of k-means clustering to make results more interpretable.

      (4) The secondary and sensitivity analyses that provide additional context and support for the primary findings.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) As identified by the authors, there is a limited sample size for the analysis of RV1 (monovalent rotavirus vaccine).

      (2) Sieve analyses were originally designed for randomized trials, in which setting their key assumptions are more likely to be met. There is little discussion in this paper of how those assumptions might be violated and what effect that might have on the results. The authors have access to some important confounders, but I believe some more discussion on potential biases in this observational study is warranted.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s positive comments and the opportunity to discuss the application of sieve analysis in observational vaccine effectiveness studies, contrasting it with its traditional use in clinical trials assessing vaccine efficacy. We fully acknowledge the reviewer's point that sieve analysis was originally developed for, and is most frequently employed in, randomized controlled trials (RCTs).

      Sieve analysis, as defined by Gilbert et al. (2001), has the following core assumptions: (A1) uniform susceptibility to infection for all participants except for vaccine-induced strain-specific effects; (A2) equal exposure (for each strain s = 1,…,K ) distribution between vaccine groups; and (A3), constant strain prevalence. RCTs ensure these through randomization. However, our observational design is vulnerable to violating these assumptions, especially A1 and A3. To address A1 and A3, we adjusted for age (in years), sample collection year, and clinical setting (i.e., outpatient, inpatient, ED), aiming to account for both individual-level and temporal variations.

      A2 is particularly challenging in observational settings. We found that study site was correlated with both vaccination status (main predictor) and the strain distribution, potentially violating A2. However, adjusting for study site reversed the expected association. Upon further reflection, we realized that the site-specific differences in strain distributions likely reflect the population-level effect of vaccination, which we believe outweighs the potential confounding by study site as an independent cause of both individual-level vaccination status and strain distributions irrespective of vaccination. Thus, adjusting for site would have obscured this genuine population-level effect, and therefore we elected not to do so. We will include further discussion of this point in the revised manuscript.

      Our study demonstrates the unique capacity of sieve analysis to disentangle individual- and population-level effects on vaccine effectiveness in observational settings. We will expand on these considerations, including the potential biases inherent to observational studies and the rationale for our analytical choices, within the discussion section of the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study introduces a new metric for assessing the efficacy of rotavirus vaccines through the genetic distance clustering of strains. The authors analyzed variations in vaccine protection using whole genome sequencing.

      Strengths:

      Evaluating vaccine efficacy using whole genome sequencing can enhance our understanding of how pathogen evolution influences disease transmission and control.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study proposed a new method for evaluating vaccine efficacy using genetic information, its weaknesses arise from the insufficient evidence that analyses based on whole genome sequencing are more reliable than those that rely solely on VP7 and VP4 genotypes.

      Though most cases received the RV5 vaccine (n=119 compared to n=30 for RV1), Figure 2 and the primary focus of the paper concentrate on RV1, as the authors identified a stronger association with genetic distance.

      Additionally, it is unclear whether the difference between the two groups (j=0 versus j=1) is statistically significant for the analysis based on genetic distance to the RV1 strain, as well as for that based on minimum genetic distance to any of the RV5 vaccine strains. In both cases, the confidence intervals show substantial overlap

      The authors do not seem to have used a criterion for model selection based on the number of clusters; therefore, k=2 may not represent the optimal number of clusters, particularly in relation to the genetic distance associated with the RV5 vaccine (Figure 1B), which does not appear to show a bimodal distribution.

      Finally, outcomes for RV1 are highly associated with both homotypic and heterotypic antibody responses (Supplemental Figure 10), which have already been shown to impact vaccine effectiveness (The Pediatric Infectious Disease Journal 40(12):p 1135-1143, 2021, doi:10.1097/INF.0000000000003286). Given this strong association, the benefit of using genetic distance is unclear, as the GxPx genotype serves as a good proxy for genetic similarity. 

      We sincerely appreciate reviewer's careful consideration of our manuscript and their constructive suggestions for improvement.

      Regarding the comparison of whole-genome sequencing with traditional VP7/VP4 genotyping, we concur that a more explicit comparison would strengthen our findings. To this end, we plan to incorporate the direct comparison of genetic distance (GD) and genotype-specific vaccine effectiveness (VE) analyses into the main text. Additionally, we will conduct an analysis of VE based on homotypic, partially heterotypic, and fully heterotypic genotype groupings. This will provide a clearer demonstration of the potential added value of GD in refining VE estimates, particularly for future applications. Given the potential for reassortment among the rotavirus gene segments, our analysis highlights that relying solely on the VP7/VP4 genotype can at times be misleading. 

      Regarding k-means clustering, we wish to clarify that the selection of k=2 was not arbitrary. It was determined using the elbow method on the total within-sum-of-squares (using the fviz_nbclust function in the factoextra R package, with n=5000 bootstrapping). While we acknowledge that other methods, such as silhouette and gap statistics, may yield different optimal cluster numbers, we prioritized maximizing group sample sizes. We will explicitly state this model selection criterion within the methods section of the revised manuscript.

      We acknowledge the reviewer’s concern regarding the overlapping confidence intervals and the statistical significance of the differences between the VE for the j=0 and j=1 groups. One way to address this would be to modify our analysis. Instead of two separate logistic regression models (controls vs j=0 cases, and controls vs j=1 cases), we could employ a multinomial logistic regression model with three categories: controls (reference), j=0 cases, and j=1 cases, then conduct Wald test to directly compare the regression slopes for the j=0 and j=1 cases against controls. We intend to explore this approach in the revised manuscript, which will provide a more rigorous assessment of differences in VE by accounting for the relationship between groups within a single model.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Overall, this is an outstanding paper. It presents a novel approach to estimating rotavirus vaccine efficacy; is clearly written and presented; and has implications for this vaccine specifically as well as type-specific vaccine evaluation more generally. The analytical framework is a creative and there is rigorous use of data and statistical approaches. It has long been argued that rotavirus immunity/vaccine performance operates beyond the scale of G/P genotyping. This paper is the first to demonstrate that convincingly, using data on all 11 viral genes and whole genome sequence analysis. I have only minor comments that I recommend should be addressed.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their highly positive assessment of our manuscript. We will carefully address their minor comments and incorporate their recommendations in the revised manuscript, which we believe will further enhance the clarity and impact of our study.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The paper by Fournier et al. investigates the sensitivity of neural circuits to changes in intrinsic and synaptic conductances. The authors use models of the stomatogastric ganglion (STG) to compare how perturbations to intrinsic and synaptic parameters impact network robustness. Their main finding is that changes to intrinsic conductances tend to have a larger impact on network function than changes to synaptic conductances, suggesting that intrinsic parameters are more critical for maintaining circuit function.

      The paper is well-written and the results are compelling, but I have several concerns that need to be addressed to strengthen the manuscript. Specifically, I have two main concerns:

      (1) It is not clear from the paper what the mechanism is that leads to the importance of intrinsic parameters over synaptic parameters.

      (2) It is not clear how general the result is, both within the framework of the STG network and its function, and across other functions and networks. This is crucial, as the title of the paper appears very general.

      I believe these two elements are missing in the current manuscript, and addressing them would significantly strengthen the conclusions. Without a clear understanding of the mechanism, it is difficult to determine whether the results are merely anecdotal or if they depend on specific details such as how the network is trained, the particular function being studied, or the circuit itself. Additionally, understanding how general the findings are is vital, especially since the authors claim in the title that "Circuit function is more robust to changes in synaptic than intrinsic conductances," which suggests a broad applicability.

      I do not wish to discourage the authors from their interesting result, but the more we understand the mechanism and the generality of the findings, the more insightful the result will be for the neuroscience community.

      Major comments

      (1) Mechanism

      While the authors did a nice job of describing their results, they did not provide any mechanism for why synaptic parameters are more resilient to changes than intrinsic parameters. For example, from Figure 5, it seems that there is mainly a shift in the sensitivity curves. What is the source of this shift? Can something be changed in the network, the training, or the function to control it? This is just one possible way to investigate the mechanism, which is lacking in the paper.

      (2) Generality of the results within the framework of the STG circuit

      (a) The authors did show that their results extend to multiple networks with different parameters (the 100 networks). However, I am still concerned about the generality of the results with respect to the way the models were trained. Could it be that something in the training procedure makes the synaptic parameters more robust than intrinsic parameters? For example, the fact that duty cycle error is weighted as it is in the cost function (large beta) could potentially affect the parameters that are more important for yielding low error on the duty cycle.

      (b) Related to (a), I can think of a training scheme that could potentially improve the resilience of the network to perturbations in the intrinsic parameters rather than the synaptic parameters. For example, in machine learning, methods like dropout can be used to make the network find solutions that are robust to changes in parameters. Thus, in principle, the results could change if the training procedure for fitting the models were different, or by using a different optimization algorithm. It would be helpful to at least mention this limitation in the discussion.

      (3) Generality of the function

      The authors test their hypothesis based on the specific function of the STG. It would be valuable to see if their results generalize to other functions as well. For example, the authors could generate non-oscillatory activity in the STG circuit, or choose a different, artificial function, maybe with different duty cycles or network cycles. It could be that this is beyond the scope of this paper, but it would be very interesting to characterize which functions are more resilient to changes in synapses, rather than intrinsic parameters. In other words, the authors might consider testing their hypothesis on at least another 'function' and also discussing the generality of their results to other functions in the discussion.

      (4) Generality of the circuit

      The authors have studied the STG for many years and are pioneers in their approach, demonstrating that there is redundancy even in this simple circuit. This approach is insightful, but it is important to show that similar conclusions also hold for more general network architectures, and if not, why. In other words, it is not clear if their claim generalizes to other network architectures, particularly larger networks. For example, one might expect that the number of parameters (synaptic vs intrinsic) might play a role in how resilient the function is with respect to changes in the two sets of parameters. In larger models, the number of synaptic parameters grows as the square of the number of neurons, while the number of intrinsic parameters increases only linearly with the number of neurons. Could that affect the authors' conclusions when we examine larger models?

      In addition, how do the authors' conclusions depend on the "complexity" of the non-linear equations governing the intrinsic parameters? Would the same conclusions hold if the intrinsic parameters only consisted of fewer intrinsic parameters or simplified ion channels? All of these are interesting questions that the authors should at least address in the discussion.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for their valuable input. We agree with the reviewer that generality of the results may have been overstated. To address this we changed the title of the manuscript to make it more specific to rhythmic circuits and we included a sentence to this effect in the discussion. 

      (1) We were more interested in knowing which set of conductances is more robust in a population of models, rather than a mechanism. If such a mechanism exists it will be the subject of a different study.

      (2) (a) It is impossible to explore the whole parameter space of these models. Our method to find circuits will leave subsets of circuits out of the study. Our sole goal in constructing the model database was that the activities were similar but the conductances were different.  (b) Of course one could devise a cost function targeting circuits that are more or less robust to changes in one parameter. Whether those exist is a different matter. This is not what we intended to do.

      (3) For this we would need a different circuit that produces non-oscillatory activity. A normal pyloric rhythm circuit always produces oscillatory activity unless it is “crashed"either by temperature or perturbations, but even in this case because we don’t have a proper “control” activity (circuits crash in different ways) we would not be able to utilize the same approach.

      We think it is a valuable idea to perform a similar study in another small circuit with nonoscillatory (or rhythmic) activities. 

      (4) We did not explore the issue of how our results generalize to larger networks as it would be pure speculation. It could be potentially interesting to do a similar sensitivity analysis with a large network trained to perform a simple task. Our understanding is that many large trained networks are extremely sensitive to perturbations in synaptic weights, at the same time that the intrinsic properties of neurons in ANN are typically oversimplified and identical across units. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents an important exploration of how intrinsic and synaptic conductances affect the robustness of neural circuits. This is a well-deserved question, and overall, the manuscript is written well and has a logical progression.

      The focus on intrinsic plasticity as a potentially overlooked factor in network dynamics is valuable. However, while the stomatogastric ganglion (STG) serves as a well-characterized and valuable model for studying network dynamics, its simplified structure and specific dynamics limit the generalizability of these findings to more complex systems, such as mammalian cortical microcircuits.

      Strengths:

      Clean and simple model. Simulations are carefully carried out and parameter space is searched exhaustively.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Scope and Generalizability:

      The study's emphasis on intrinsic conductance is timely, but with its minimalistic and unique dynamics, the STG model poses challenges when attempting to generalize findings to other neural systems. This raises questions regarding the applicability of the results to more complex circuits, especially those found in mammalian brains and those where the dynamics are not necessarily oscillating. This is even more so (as the authors mention) because synaptic conductances in this study are inhibitory, and changes to their synaptic conductances are limited (as the driving force for the current is relatively low).

      (2) Challenges in Comparison:

      A significant challenge in the study is the comparison method used to evaluate the robustness of intrinsic versus synaptic perturbations. Perturbations to intrinsic conductances often drastically affect individual neurons' dynamics, as seen in Figure 1, where such changes result in single spikes or even the absence of spikes instead of the expected bursting behavior. This affects the input to downstream neurons, leading to circuit breakdowns. For a fair comparison, it would be essential to constrain the intrinsic perturbations so that each neuron remains within a particular functional range (e.g., maintaining a set number of spikes). This could be done by setting minimal behavioral criteria for neurons and testing how different perturbation limits impact circuit function.

      (3) Comparative Metrics for Perturbation:

      Another notable issue lies in the evaluation metrics for intrinsic and synaptic perturbations. Synaptic perturbations are straightforward to quantify in terms of conductance, but intrinsic perturbations involve more complexity, as changes in maximal conductance result in variable, nonlinear effects depending on the gating states of ion channels. Furthermore, synaptic perturbations focus on individual conductances, while intrinsic perturbations involve multiple conductance changes simultaneously. To improve fairness in comparison, the authors could, for example, adjust the x-axis to reflect actual changes in conductance or scale the data post hoc based on the real impact of each perturbation on conductance. For example, in Figure 6, the scale of the panels of the intrinsic (e.g., g_na-bar) is x500 larger than the synaptic conductance (a row below), but the maximal conductance for sodium hits maybe for a brief moment during every spike and than most of the time it is close to null. Moreover, changing the sodium conductance over the range of 0-250 for such a nonlinear current is, in many ways, unthinkable, did you ever measure two neurons with such a difference in the sodium conductance? So, how can we tell that the ranges of the perturbations make a meaningful comparison?

      We thank Reviewer #2 for their comments. We agree with both reviewers about scope and generalizability. We changed the title of the manuscript and included a sentence in the discussion to address this. 

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 63: Tau_b is tau in Fig 1B? What is the 'network period' tau_n? Both are defined in the methods, but it would be good to clarify here and also in the figure.

      This was fixed. Tau_b is the  bursting period and we indicated it in the figure. Network period means the period of the network activity. This was rewritten.  

      (2) Line 74: "maximal conductances g_i." What is i? I can imagine what you meant, but it would be good to clarify the notation.

      There are multiple different currents. Letter ‘i' is an index over the different types. It now reads as follows,

      "The activity of the network depends on the values of the maximal conductances g ̄ i, where i is an index corresponding to the different current types (Na,CaS,CaT,Kd,KCa,A,H,Leak IMI)"

      (3) Line 78: "conductances are changed by a random amount." How much is the "random amount"? In percentages? 

      We fixed this sentence. This is how it reads now, 

      "The blue trace in Figure 1C corresponds to the activity of the same model when each  of the intrinsic conductances is changed by a random amount within a range between 0  (completely removing the conductance) and twice its starting value, 2×gi, or equivalently, an increment of 100%."

      Similarly, in Line 87: "by a similar percent." Can you provide Figures 1E-F in percentages? Are the percentages the same?

      The phrase "by a similar percent.” Is misleading and unimportant. Thank you, we removed it. 

      (4) Line 113: Why did you add I_MI? Is it important for the results or for the conclusions?

      I_MI was added because the current is known to be there and it is not more or less important for the results or conclusions than any other current. 

      (5) Line 117: "We used a genetic algorithm to generate a database." Confusing. I guess you meant that you used genetic algorithms to optimize the cost function.

      Thank you for this comment. We fixed this sentence, see below. 

      “We used a genetic algorithm to optimize the cost function, and in this way generated a database of N = 100 models with different values of maximal conductances (Holland 88)."

      (6) Line 136: "The models in the database were constrained to produce solutions whose features were similar to the experimental measurements." Why are there differences in the features? Is this an optimization issue? I thought you wanted to claim that there are degenerate solutions, that is, solutions where the parameters are different, but the output is identical. Please clarify.

      The concept of degenerate solutions does not imply that the solutions are mathematically identical. In biology this means that they provide very similar functions, but do so with different underlying parameters (in this case, maximal conductances). The activity of the pyloric network is slightly different across animals, and it also changes over time within the same individual. Variation across models reflects individual variation in the biological circuit, and it is strength of our modeling approach. The function of the circuits are equally good because they produce biologically realistic patterns, although the details of the activity patterns show differences. 

      (7) Line 139: "distributed (p > 0.05)." What test did you use? N? Similarly, at Lines 218, 241, 239, etc. Please be more rigorous when reporting statistical tests.

      Thank you. We now specify the test we utilized every time we report a p value. 

      (8) Line 143: "In this case, it is not possible to identify clusters, suggesting that there are no underlying relationships between the features in the model database." The 2D plot is misleading, as the features are in 11 dimensions. Claims should be about the 11D space, not projections onto 2D. In fact, I don't think you can rule out correlations between the features based on the 2D plots. For example, shouldn't there be correlations between the on and off phases and the burst durations?

      Thank you. These sentences were confusing and were removed. We added the following sentence to the end of that paragraph.

      "Because the feature vectors are similar, their t-SNE projections do not form groups or clusters."

      (9) Related to this, I don't understand this sentence: "Even though the conductances are broadly distributed over many-fold ranges, the output of the circuits results in tight yet uncorrelated distributions.”

      This sentence is confusing and was removed. 

      (10) Line 158: Repetition of Line 152: Figure 3 shows the currentscapes of each cell in two model networks.

      We removed the second instance of the repeated sentences. 

      (11) Line 160: "yet the activity of the networks is similar." Well, they are similar, but not identical. I can also say that the current scapes are 'similar'. This should be better quantified and not left as a qualitative description.

      While this is an interesting point it will not change the results and conclusions of the present study. The network models are different since the values of their maximal conductances are distributed over wide ranges.  

      (12) Line 218: midpoint parameter? Is that b - the sharpness? Please be consistent. Regarding the mechanism (see above) - any ideas what leads to this shift in the sensitivity curves between the two types of parameters?

      Yes, we made a mistake. ‘b’ is the midpoint parameter. This was fixed in the text, thank you.

      (13) Figure 6 illustrates why synaptic parameters are more robust, but it is not quantified. Why not provide a quantitative measure for this claim? For example, calculate the colored area within the white square for each pair, for each cell, and for each model. Show that these measures can predict improved robustness for one model over another and for synaptic vs. intrinsic parameters.

      The ratio of areas of the colored and non-colored regions in the whole hyperboxes (for intrinsic and synaptic conductances) is the number reported in the y-axis of the sensitivity curves when we include all conductances (and not just a pair). 

      We computed the ratios of the colored/noncolored areas in all panels in figure 6 and now report these quantities as follows, 

      "We computed the proportions of areas of the white boxes that correspond to pyloric activity. These values for the intrinsic conductances panels are PD = 0.58, LP = 0.50, PY = 0.49, and the proportions for the synaptic conductances panels are PDPY = 0.62, P DLP = 0.87, and LPPD = 0.94. The occupied areas for synaptic conductances are larger than in the intrinsic conductances panels, consistent with our finding that the circuits’ activities are more robust to changes in synaptic conductances versus changes in intrinsic conductances."

      "As before, we computed the proportion of areas of pyloric activity within the white boxes: PD = 0.61, LP = 0.55, PY = 0.52, and the proportions for the synaptic conductances panels are PDPY = 0.88, PDLP = 0.87, and LPP D = 0.83. These results provide an intuition of the complexities of GP . Not only are these regions hard-to-impossible to characterize in one circuit, but they are also different across circuits.” 

      (14) Does the sign of the synaptic weights affect the conclusions?

      We did not explore this issue because all chemical synapses in this network are inhibitory.

      (15) Line 492: typo: deltai.

      We fixed this.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 301 - you can also add Williams and Fletcher 2019 Neuron.

      We added the reference. Thank you. 

      (2) Line 316 - this is a strange comment as these exact regions that were shown intrinsic plasticity (e.g., Losonczy, Attila, Judit K. Makara, and Jeffrey C. Magee. "Compartmentalized dendritic plasticity and input feature storage in neurons." Nature 452.7186 (2008): 436-441).

      We did not understand this comment. 

      (3) I found only one citation for the work of Turrigiano, the most relevant of which is only mentioned in the Method section. This is odd, as her work directly relates how synaptic conductance perturbation results in changes in intrinsic conductance.

      We included more references to the work of Turrigiano to provide more context. 

      "Desai, Niraj S., Lana C. Rutherford, and Gina G. Turrigiano. "Plasticity in the intrinsic excitability of cortical pyramidal neurons." Nature neuroscience 2, no. 6 (1999): 515-520.” "Desai, Niraj S., Sacha B. Nelson, and Gina G. Turrigiano. "Activity-dependent regulation of excitability in rat visual cortical neurons." Neurocomputing 26 (1999): 101-106.”

      (4) Line 329 - The list of citations is very limited regarding studies of ext/int balance which started really way before 2009. Please give some of the credit to the classics.

      We included the following additional references.

      Van Vreeswijk, Carl, and Haim Sompolinsky. "Chaos in neuronal networks with balanced excitatory and inhibitory activity." Science 274, no. 5293 (1996): 1724-1726.

      Rubin, Ran, L. F. Abbott, and Haim Sompolinsky. "Balanced excitation and inhibition are required for high-capacity, noise-robust neuronal selectivity." Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 114, no. 44 (2017): E9366-E9375.

      Wang, Xiao-Jing. "Macroscopic gradients of synaptic excitation and inhibition in the neocortex." Nature reviews neuroscience 21, no. 3 (2020): 169-178.

      Lo, Chung-Chuan, Cheng-Te Wang, and Xiao-Jing Wang. "Speed-accuracy tradeoff by a control signal with balanced excitation and inhibition." Journal of Neurophysiology 114, no. 1 (2015): 650-661.

      (5) In Figure 1B, why does it say 'OFF' when the neuron is spiking?

      The label indicates the interval of time elapsed between the first spike in the PD neuron (taken as a reference), and the last spike in the burst (PD off). 

      Summary of changes to figures:

      Figure 1:

      Fixed labels indicating bursting period and burst duration.

      Figure 5:

      Added labels in panels C and D specifying the symbol corresponding to the sigmoidal parameter.

      Additional changes

      We changed the title of the manuscript as follows:

      "Rhythmic circuit function is more robust to changes in  synaptic than intrinsic conductances." We included the following sentence at the end of the Discussion Section. 

      "We believe our results will hold for other rhythmic circuits and will be relevant for similar studies in other circuits with more complex functions.”

      We realized we made a mistake with the units for maximal conductances. They were incorrectly expressed in nS (nano Siemens) in the figure labels, and correctly expressed in micro Siemens in the methods section. This was fixed and now conductances are expressed in micro Siemens consistently in the manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study takes a detailed approach to understanding the effect of menopausal hormone therapy (MHT) in the brain aging of females. Neuroimaging data from the UK Biobank is used to explore brain aging and shows an unexpected effect of current MHT use and poorer brain health outcomes relative to never users. There is considerable debate about the benefits of MHT and estrogens in particular for brain health, and this analysis illustrates that the effects are certainly not straightforward and require greater consideration.

      Strengths:

      (1) The detailed approach to obtaining important information about MHT use from primary care records. Prior studies have suggested that factors such as estrogen/progestin type, route of administration, duration, and timing of use relative to menopause onset can contribute to whether MHT benefits brain health.

      (2) Consideration of type of menopause (spontaneous, or surgical) in the analysis, as well as sensitivity diagnoses to rule out the effect being driven by those with clinical conditions.

      (3) The incorporation of the brain age estimate along with hippocampal volume to address brain health.

      (4) The complex data are also well explained and interpretations are reasonable.

      (5) Limitations of the UK Biobank data are acknowledged

      We thank the reviewer for their time and the positive evaluation of our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lifestyle factors are listed and the authors acknowledge group differences (at least between current users and never users of MHT). I was not able to find these analyses showing these differences.

      We highlighted and tested for group differences in lifestyle scores, and the results are shown in Table 1-3, column p-value. As highlighted in the method section (page 9): “The lifestyle score was calculated using a published formula (69), and included data on sleep, physical activity, nutrition, smoking, and alcohol consumption (see supplementary Note 3, Table S2)”. In line with reviewer 1 suggestion to the authors, we now included an additional table testing for group differences in the specific lifestyle factors constituting the lifestyle score in the supplementary materials (Table S2). Please find a more detailed response below (Recommendations for the authors, Response to Comment 1).

      (2) The distribution of women who were not menopausal was unequal across groups, and while the authors acknowledge this, one wonders to what extent this explains the observed findings.

      We agree with the reviewer that the unequal distribution of women across groups can influence the observed findings. We have made minor edits to highlight this important topic more explicitly in the discussion:

      Discussion (page 21): “Current MHT users were significantly younger than past- and never-users, and around 67 % were menopausal relative to over 80% in the past- and never-user groups. The unequal distribution of age and menopausal status across groups may have influenced the observed findings. For instance, a larger proportion of the current users might be in the perimenopausal phase, which is often associated with debilitating neurological and vasomotor symptoms (1). MHT is commonly prescribed to minimize such symptoms. Although MHT initiation during perimenopause has been associated with improved memory and hippocampal function, as well as lower AD risk later in life (15), the need for MHT might in itself be an indicator of neurological changes (71); here potentially reflected in higher BAG and lower hippocampal volumes. After the transition to menopause, symptoms might subside and some perimenopausal brain changes might revert or stabilize in the postmenopausal phase 5. Although the UK Biobank lacks detailed information on menopausal symptoms and perimenopausal staging, our results might be capturing subtle disturbances during perimenopause that later stabilize. This could explain why the largely postmenopausal groups of past MHT users and never-users present with lower GM and WM BAG than the current user group. Considering the critical window hypothesis emphasizing perimenopause as a key phase for MHT action (29,43), future longitudinal studies are crucial to clarify the interplay between neurological changes and MHT use across the menopause transition.”

      Discussion (page 25): “In addition, previous studies highlight that UK Biobank participants are considered healthier than the general population based on several lifestyle and health-related factors (89, 90). This healthy volunteer bias increases with age, likely resulting in a disproportionate number of healthier older adults. Together with the imbalance in age distributions across groups, this might explain the less apparent brain aging in the older MHT user groups. We have previously highlighted that age is negatively associated with the number of APOE ε4 carriers in the UK Biobank (21), which is indicative of survivor bias.”

      (3) While the interpretations are reasonable, and relevant theories (healthy cell & critical window) are mentioned, the discussion is missing a more zoomed-out perspective of the findings. While I appreciate wanting to limit speculation, the reader is left having to synthesize a lot of complex details on their own. A particularly difficult finding to reconcile is under what conditions these women benefit from MHT and when do they not (and why that may be).

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. As the presented data is cross-sectional and does not enable causal inference, we have refrained from a more zoomed-out interpretation of the results to avoid undue speculations. However, where applicable, we have discussed our findings in a broader context such as the effects of MHT use on the brain across the menopausal transition (discussion page 21) and the effects of MHT use on the brain in the presence and absence of bilateral oophorectomy and/or hysterectomy (discussion page 25).

      To best inform the reader about the scope of our paper, we would like to highlight the following sentences in our discussion (page 24):

      “The current work represents the most comprehensive study of detailed MHT data, APOE ε4 genotype, and several brain measures in a large population-based cohort to date. Overall, our findings do not unequivocally support general neuroprotective effects of MHT, nor do they indicate severe adverse effects of MHT use on the female brain. The results suggest subtle yet complex relationships between MHT’s and brain health, highlighting the necessity for a personalized approach to MHT use. Importantly, our analyses provide a broad view of population-based associations and are not designed to guide individual-level decisions regarding the benefits versus risks of MHT use.”

      And the conclusion (page 25): “In conclusion, our findings suggest that associations between MHT use and female brain health might vary depending on duration of use and past surgical history. Although the effect sizes were generally modest, future longitudinal studies and RCTs, particularly focused on the perimenopausal transition window, are warranted to fully understand how MHT use influences female brain health. Importantly, considering risks and benefits, decisions regarding MHT use should be made within the clinical context unique to each individual.”

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Can the authors provide:

      (1) More information about which aspects of lifestyle factors were different between the groups, and how these factors may have contributed to the observed findings (if possible, without burying this information in the supplemental)?

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We now added a table comparing lifestyle factors contained in the lifestyle score by MHT user status using t-tests (continuous variables) or χ2 tests (see Table S2). The results are referred to in the main manuscript result section under “Sample characteristics”, and the table (Table S2) is provided in the supplements not to overburden the main text, in line with input from reviewer 3.

      We updated the main text to refer to Table S2 and updated the supplementary Note 3 (page 2-3) to include the results of the comparison of the lifestyle factors contained in the lifestyle score by MHT user status.

      Methods, page 9:“The lifestyle score was calculated using a published formula (69), and included data on sleep, physical activity, nutrition, smoking, and alcohol consumption (see supplementary Note 3, Table S2).”

      Results, page 13: “Sample demographics including lifestyle score, stratified by MHT user group, surgical history among MHT users, and estrogen only MHT or combined MHT use, are summarized in Table 1, 2 and 3, respectively. MHT user group differences for each lifestyle factor contained in the lifestyle score are shown in Table S2.”

      “Note 3| Lifestyle Score

      The lifestyle score was calculated based on sleep duration, time spent watching television, current and past smoking status, alcohol consumption frequency, physical activity level (number of days per week of moderate/vigorous activity for at least 10 minutes), intake of fruits and vegetables, and intake of oily fish, beef, lamb/mutton, pork and processed meat (for details see (10)). Each unhealthy lifestyle factor was scored with 1 point (e.g., smoking), and participants points were summed to generate an unweighted score (from 0-9): the higher the lifestyle score, the unhealthier the participant’s lifestyle.

      A comparison of the lifestyle factors contained in the lifestyle score by MHT user status is presented in Table S2. In summary, we found that current MHT were more often smokers than never-users, had a higher alcohol intake than never- and past MHT users, reported the lowest fruit and vegetable intake relative to never-users and past MHT users, and stated lower moderate activity levels relative to past MHT users. Past MHT users reported higher alcohol intake than never-users, spend more time watching TV relative to never- and current-users, consumed more beef, pork, lamb/mutton, and processed meat than never-users, and reported lower vigorous activity levels relative to never-users. However, oily fish intake and fruit and vegetable intake was higher among past MHT users relative to never-and current-users. Self-reported sleep duration did not differ between MHT user groups.”

      (2) A greater description of the 2 main theories of MHT effects on the brain (healthy cell vs critical window). Can the authors also provide a more thorough explanation for how the findings fit with these theories.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have described our findings in the context of the critical window hypothesis (discussion, page 21, paragraph 2), the healthy cell bias hypothesis (discussion, page 22, paragraph 3), and healthy user bias hypothesis (discussion, page 22, paragraph 4). We refrained from a more thorough explanation to avoid undue speculations.

      (3) Reflect more on what the findings may indicate as to who benefits from MHT, and why. There are some references that the authors may want to add, particularly related to recent findings from premenopausal bilateral oophortectomies that also speak to when (and for whom) MHT use might benefit.

      We thank the reviewer for this feedback. We have included additional references in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Discussion, page 23: “It is also possible that the timing between MHT use and surgery is more tightly controlled and therefore more beneficial for brain aging (43). For instance, studies suggest that MHT may mitigate the potential long-term adverse effects of bilateral oophorectomy before natural menopause on bone mineral density as well as cardiovascular, cognitive and mental health (79-81). In addition, a 2024 UK Biobank study found that ever used MHT was associated with decreased odds of Alzheimer’s disease in women with bilateral oophorectomy (82).”  

      (79) Blumel JE, Arteaga E, Vallejo MS, et al. Association of bilateral oophorectomy and menopause hormone therapy with mild cognitive impairment: the REDLINC X study. Climacteric 2022;25:195-202.

      (80) Kaunitz AM, Kapoor E, Faubion S. Treatment of Women After Bilateral Salpingo-oophorectomy Performed Prior to Natural Menopause. JAMA 2021;326:1429-1430.

      (81) Stuursma A, Lanjouw L, Idema DL, de Bock GH, Mourits MJE. Surgical Menopause and Bilateral Oophorectomy: Effect of Estrogen-Progesterone and Testosterone Replacement Therapy on Psychological Well-being and Sexual Functioning; A Systematic Literature Review. J Sex Med 2022;19:1778-1789.

      (82) Calvo N, McFall GP, Ramana S, et al. Associated risk and resilience factors of Alzheimer's disease in women with early bilateral oophorectomy: Data from the UK Biobank. J Alzheimers Dis 2024;102:119-128.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this observational study, Barth et al. investigated the association between menopausal hormone therapy and brain health in middle- to older-aged women from the UK Biobank. The study evaluated detailed MHT data (never, current, or past user), duration of mHT use (age first/last used), history of hysterectomy with or without bilateral oophorectomy, APOEE4 genotype, and brain characteristics in a large, population-based sample. The researchers found that current mHT use (compared to never-users), but not past use, was associated with a modest increase in gray and white matter brain age gap (GM and WM BAG) and a decrease in hippocampal volumes. No significant association was found between the age of mHT initiation and brain measures among mHT users. Longer duration of use and older age at last MHT use post-menopause were associated with higher GM and WM BAG, larger WMH volumes, and smaller hippocampal volumes. In a sub-sample, after adjusting for multiple comparisons, no significant associations were found between detailed mHT variables (formulations, route of administration, dosage) and brain measures. The association between mHT variables and brain measures was not influenced by APOEE4 allele carrier status. Women with a history of hysterectomy with or without bilateral oophorectomy had lower GM BAG compared to those without such a history. Overall, these observational data suggest that the association between mHT use and brain health in women may vary depending on the duration of use and surgical history.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study has several strengths, including a large, population-based sample of women in the UK, and comprehensive details of demographic variables such as menopausal status, history of oophorectomy/hysterectomy, genetic risk factors for Alzheimer's disease (APOE ε4 status), age at mHT initiation, age at last use, duration of mHT, and brain imaging data (hippocampus and WMH volume).

      (2) In a sub-sample, the study accessed detailed mHT prescription data (formulations, route of administration, dosage, duration), allowing the researchers to study how these variables were associated with brain health outcomes. This level of detail is generally missing in observational studies investigating the association of mHT use with brain health.

      We thank the reviewer for their time and the positive evaluation of our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the study has many strengths, it also has some weaknesses. As highlighted in an editorial by Kantarci & Manson (2023), women with symptoms such as subjective cognitive problems, sleep disturbances, and elevated vasomotor symptoms combined with sleep disturbances tend to seek mHT more frequently than those without these symptoms. The authors of this study have also indicated that the need of mHT use which might be associated with these symptoms may be indicators of preexisting neurological changes, potentially reflecting worse brain health scores, including higher BAG and lower hippocampal volume and/or higher WMH. However, among current users, how many of these women have these symptoms could not be reported in the study. Women with these vasomotor symptoms who are using mHT are more likely to stay longer in the healthcare system compared with those without these symptoms and no MHT use history. The authors noted that the UK Biobank lacks detailed information on menopausal symptoms and perimenopausal staging, limiting the study's ability to understand how these variables influence outcomes.

      We thank the reviewer for the succint synopsis of the limitations highlighted in discussion, page 21. We have now added the mentioned reference, 2023 editoral by Kantarci & Manson, to the discussion as well (see reference 71).

      Discussion (page 21): “Current MHT users were significantly younger than past- and never-users, and around 67 % were menopausal relative to over 80% in the past- and never-user groups. The unequal distribution of age and menopausal status across groups may have influenced the observed findings. For instance, a larger proportion of the current users might be in the perimenopausal phase, which is often associated with debilitating neurological and vasomotor symptoms (1). MHT is commonly prescribed to minimize such symptoms. Although MHT initiation during perimenopause has been associated with improved memory and hippocampal function, as well as lower AD risk later in life (15), the need for MHT might in itself be an indicator of neurological changes (71); here potentially reflected in higher BAG and lower hippocampal volumes. After the transition to menopause, symptoms might subside and some perimenopausal brain changes might revert or stabilize in the postmenopausal phase 5. Although the UK Biobank lacks detailed information on menopausal symptoms and perimenopausal staging, our results might be capturing subtle disturbances during perimenopause that later stabilize. This could explain why the largely postmenopausal groups of past MHT users and never-users present with lower GM and WM BAG than the current user group. Considering the critical window hypothesis emphasizing perimenopause as a key phase for MHT action (29,43), future longitudinal studies are crucial to clarify the interplay between neurological changes and MHT use across the menopause transition.”

      (2)  Earlier observational studies have reported conflicting results regarding the association between mHT use and the risk of dementia and brain health. Contrary to some observational studies, three randomized trials (WHI, KEEPS, ELITE) (Espeland et al 2013, Gleason et al 2015; Henderson et al 2016) demonstrated neither beneficial nor harmful effects of mHT (with varying doses and formulations) when initiated closer to menopause (<5 years). While strong efforts were made to run proper statistical analyses to investigate the association between mHT use and brain health, these results reflect mainly associations, but not causal relationships as also stated by the authors.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing that out.

      (3)  Furthermore, observational studies have intrinsic limitations, such as a lack of control over switching mHT doses and formulations, a lack of laboratory measures to confirm mHT use, and reliance on self-reported data, which may not always be reliable. The authors caution that these findings should not guide individual-level decisions regarding the benefits versus risks of mHT use. However, the study raises new questions that should be addressed by randomized clinical trials to investigate the varying effects of MHT on brain health and dementia risk.

      We thank the reviewer for making our efforts in providing proper disclaimers in the discussion visible.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The study could benefit from extending these findings by adding plasma biomarkers of AD and PET imaging markers to further study the association of mHT variables with brain health.

      We agree with the reviewer that such markers would be beneficial for elucidating the association between MHT variables and brain health. Unfortunately, these markers are not readily available in the UK Biobank.

      (2) The study's reliance on a predominantly white cohort limits the generalizability of the findings to more diverse populations. This homogeneity may not capture the full spectrum of responses to MHT across different ethnic and genetic backgrounds.

      We fully agree with the reviewers statement and state this limitation in the discussion (page 25) as follows:

      “In addition to these inherent biases in aging cohorts, the ethnic background of the sample is homogeneous (> 96% white), further reducing the generalizability of the results.”

      (3) The study may benefit by editing the following information in the introduction: "In summary, WHIMS, HERS, and KEEPS mainly relied on orally administered CEE in older-aged or recently postmenopausal females." KEEPS used two routes and formulations (transdermal estradiol and oCEE, both with micronized progesterone).

      We thank the reviewer for catching this oversight. We removed the sentence to avoid ambiguities and revised the sentence specifically refering to the KEEPS study as follows:

      Introduction, page 3: “In contrast, administering oral CEE or transdermal estradiol plus micronized progesterone in recently postmenopausal females did not alter cognition in the Kronos Early Estrogen Prevention Study (KEEPS) (28).”

      (4) The study may benefit by editing the following statement in the introduction: "oral CEE use in combination with MPA seems to increase the risk for AD regardless of timing": I would suggest revising this statement, which is based on review article 29. The statement of the adverse effect of oCEE regardless of the time of start contradicts earlier randomized clinical findings. I think it is important to make a distinction between the outcomes of randomized control trials and observational studies. The WMIHS (Shumaker et al., 2003) (randomized control trial) reported that there was an increased risk of dementia for women (who were more than 10 years from the onset of menopause when the therapy was initiated) in oCEE + MPA compared to placebo. Two other long-duration randomized trials tested the effect of oral oestrogen and progesterone treatment on cognitive function in women who started treatment shortly after menopause (within 3 or 6 years) did not find evidence that treatment benefits or harms cognitive function compared with placebo (Gleason et al., 2015; Henderson et al., 2016). A short-term (4 months) randomized trial (Maki et al 2007 (Maki et al., 2007) (mentioned in ref 29) reported a potential negative effect of CEE/MPA on verbal memory in women who started HT shortly after menopause (within 3 years). The study did not investigate the risk of dementia, and the duration of use of HT was short-term.

      We thank the reviewer for this detailed input. After checking the provided references, we rephrased the sentence as follows:

      Introduction, page 4:“Although emerging evidence supports this hypothesis (30, 31), oral CEE use in combination with MPA has been found to increase the risk for memory decline regardless of timing (26, 29, 32).”

      We believe this formulation is more in line with the evidence provided by Shumaker et al. 2003, Maki et al. 2007 and the other references provided in the review paper by Maki and colleagues (mentioned in ref. 29). The reviewer further refers to Gleason et al. 2015 and Henderson et al. 2016, however both RCTs use micronized progesterone, not MPA, thereby not supporting the statement.

      (26) Shumaker SA, Legault C, Rapp SR, et al. Estrogen plus progestin and the incidence of dementia and mild cognitive impairment in postmenopausal women: the Women's Health Initiative Memory Study: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2003;289:2651-2662.

      (29) Maki PM. Critical window hypothesis of hormone therapy and cognition: a scientific update on clinical studies. Menopause 2013;20:695-709.

      (32) Maki PM, Gast MJ, Vieweg AJ, Burriss SW, Yaffe K. Hormone therapy in menopausal women with cognitive complaints: a randomized, double-blind trial. Neurology 2007;69:1322-1330.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this study Barth et al. present results of detailed analyses of the relationships between menopausal hormone therapy (MHT), APOE ε4 genotype, and measures of anatomical brain age in women in the UK Biobank. While past studies have investigated the links between some of these variables (including works by the authors themselves), this new study adds more detailed MHT variables, surgical status, and additional brain aging measures. The UK biobank sample is large, but it is a population cohort and many of the MHT measures are self-reported (as the authors point out). However, the authors present a solid analysis of the available information which shows associations between MHT user status, length of MHT use, as well as surgical status with brain age. However, as the authors themselves state, the results do not unequivocally support the neuroprotective or adverse effect of MHT on the brain. I think this work strengthens the case for the need of better-designed longitudinal studies investigating the effect of MHT on the brain in the peri/post-menopausal stage.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors addressed the statistical analyses rigorously. For example, multiple testing corrections, outlier removal, and sensitivity analysis were performed carefully. Ample background information is provided in the introduction allowing even individuals not familiar with the field to understand the motivation behind the work. The discussion section also does a great job of addressing open questions and limitations. Very detailed results of all statistical tests are provided either in the main text or in the supplementary information.

      We thank the reviewer for their time and the positive evaluation of our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) For me, the biggest weakness was the presentation of the results. As many variables are involved and past studies have investigated several of these questions, it would have helped to better clarify the analysis and questions that are addressed by this study in particular and what sets this work apart from past studies. The information is present in the manuscript but better organization might have helped. For example, a figure depicting the key questions near the beginning of the manuscript would have been very helpful for me. The Tables also contain a lot of information but I wonder if there might be a way to capture the most relevant information more succinctly (either in Table format or in a figure) for the main text.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We do agree that with the large number of analyses it can be hard to keep an overview. We now added a Figure summarizing the main and sensitity analyses by sample.

      (2) Another concern I had was the linear models investigating the effects of these MHT variables on the brain age gap. The authors have included "age" as one of the parameters in this analysis. I wonder if adding a quadratic age factor age2 in the model might have improved the fit since many brain phenotypes tend to show quadratic brain age effects in the 40 to 80-year age range.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have rerun the main analysis in the whole sample (model 1) with age squared as an additional covariate, and compared the gray matter brain age gap model fits using the corrected Akaike Information Criterion (AIC). All models with age squared had a better model fit than models without age squared (see Author response table 1). Hence, in the revised manuscript, we added a sensitivity analysis rerunning the model 1 with age squared to account for potential non-linear effect. The results were largely consistent. The manuscript was revised as follows to reflect the added analysis:

      Sensitivity analysis (Methods, Page 11): “To test whether the results were influenced by the inclusion of participants with ICD-10 diagnosis or by non-linear effects of age, the main analyses (models 1-2) were re-run excluding the sub-sample with diagnosed brain disorders (see supplementary Note 2) or adding age(2) as additional covariate, respectively.”

      Sensitivity analysis (Results, Page 20): “The results were consistent after removing participants with ICD-10 diagnoses known to impact the brain (see Table S9 for model 1 analyses and Table S10 for model 2 analyses), after additionally adjusting for age(2) (see Table S11), and after removing extreme values (see Table S12 for model 1 analyses).”

      Author response table 1.

      Gray matter brain age gap model selection based on corrected Akaike Information Criterion (AICc)

      Abbreviations and explanations of parameters: MHT = menopausal hormone therapy, K = number of estimated parameters for each model, AICc = the information criterion requested for each model, ΔAICc = the appropriate delta AIC component depending on the information criteria selectedModelLik = the relative likelihood of the model given the data, AICcWT = Akaike weights to indicate the level of support in favor of any given model being the most parsimonious among the candidate model sets, LL = log-likelihood of each model.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Please note typo in Figures 2 and 3 legend "GM WM".

      We thank the reviewer for catching this typo and we changed it to BAG GM and BAG WM for all Figures for consistency.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reply to the comments of the second referee

      We sincerely appreciate the positive evaluation and the useful suggestions on our manuscript.

      (1) The authors identified key metabolites affecting responses to perturbations in two ways: (i) by fixing a metabolite's value and (ii) by performing a sensitivity analysis. It would be helpful for the modeling community to understand better the differences and similarities in the obtained results. Do both methods identify substrate-level regulators? Is freezing a metabolite's dynamics dramatically changing the metabolic response (and if yes, which ones are so different in the two cases)? Does the scope of the network affect these differences and similarities? 

      Thank you for these suggestions. We compared the Sobolʼ total sensitivity index with the absolute values of the change in the response coefficient (Figure S6 in the revised manuscript). There is no clear relationship between the two quantities. The Sobolʼ sensitivity analysis quantifies how a perturbation on the concentration of a metabolite X contributes to the overall dynamics. On the other hand, the analysis in which metabolitesʼ concentrations are fixed measures how strongly metabolite X helps propagate the perturbations on the other metabolites throughout the metabolic network. In other words, in the Sobolʼ analysis, we evaluate the outcome when the perturbation is applied directly to metabolite X, whereas in the fixing-metabolites analysis, we consider perturbations applied to other metabolites and assess how X influences those perturbations. We believe this conceptual difference explains why the two quantities do not correlate. We suspect that this lack of correlation is independent of the networkʼs scope, because each method evaluates a different aspect of the system.  We would say that both methods identify the effect of the metabolite dynamics on the overall dynamics whatever the form is, i.e. the methods do not distinguish the perturbation on the metabolite affecting the overall dynamics by whether the stoichiometric (reactant) way or, the substrate-level regulations. Thus, identifying the substrate-level regulation by utilizing the methods would be challenging. 

      (2) Regarding the issues the authors encountered when performing the sensitivity analysis, they can be approached in two ways. First, the authors can check the methods for computing conserved moieties nicely explained by Sauro's group (doi:10.1093/bioinformatics/bti800) and compute them for large-scale networks (but beware of metabolites that belong to several conserved pools). Otherwise, the conserved pools of metabolites can be considered as variables in the sensitivity analysis-grouping multiple parameters is a common approach in sensitivity analysis. 

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. Following the method described in the reference, we have computed the Sobolʼ sensitivity index of NADH, NADPH, and Q8H2 (with their counterparts algebraically solved and treated as dependent variables). We have updated Figure S5 accordingly.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary:

      The authors examine the role of the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) in cognitive control, i.e. the ability to use task-relevant information and ignore irrelevant information, in the rat. According to the central-computation hypothesis, cognitive control in the brain is centralized in the mPFC and according to the local hypothesis, cognitive control is performed in task-related local neural circuits. Using the place avoidance task which involves cognitive control, it is predicted that if mPFC lesions affect learning, this would support the central computation hypothesis whereas no effect of lesions would rather support the local hypothesis. The authors thus examine the effect of mPFC lesions in learning and retention of the place avoidance task. They also look at functional interconnectivity within a large network of areas that could be activated during the task by using cytochrome oxidase, a metabolic marker. In addition, electrophysiological unit recordings of CA1 hippocampal cells are made in a subset of (lesioned or intact) animals to evaluate overdispersion, a firing property that reflects cognitive control in the hippocampus. The results indicate that mPFC lesions do not impair place avoidance learning and retention (though flexibility is altered during conflict training), do not affect cognitive control seen in hippocampal place cell activity (alternation of frame-specific firing), a measure of location-specific firing variability, in pretraining. It nevertheless has some effect on functional interconnections. The results overall support the local hypothesis. 

      Strengths:

      Straightforward hypothesis: clarification of the involvement of the mPFC in the brain is expected and achieved. Appropriate use of fully mastered methods (behavioral task, electrophysiological recordings, measure of metabolic marker cytochrome oxidase) and rigorous analysis of the data. The conclusion is strongly supported by the data. 

      Weaknesses:

      No notable weaknesses in the conception, making of the study, and data analysis. The introduction does not mention important aspects of the work, i.e. cytochrome oxidase measure and electrophysiological recordings. The study is actually richer than expected from the introduction. 

      The revised Introduction now includes:

      “We used cytochrome oxidase, a metabolic marker of baseline neuronal activity, to confirm the mPFC lesions were effective and that there are non-local network consequences despite the local lesion. We first evaluated cytochrome oxidase activity in regions known to be associated with performance in the active place avoidance task, or regions with known connectivity to the mPFC. We then evaluated covariance of activity amongst the regions in an effort to detect network consequences of the lesion.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Park et al. set out to test two competing hypotheses about the role of the medial prefrontal cortex (PFC) in cognitive control, the ability to use task-relevant cues and ignore taskirrelevant cues to guide behavior. The "central computation" hypothesis assumes that cognitive control relies on computations performed by the PFC, which then interacts with other brain regions to accomplish the task. Alternatively, the "local computation" hypothesis suggests that computations necessary for cognitive control are carried out by other brain regions that have been shown to be essential for cognitive control tasks, such as the dorsal hippocampus and the thalamus. If the central computation hypothesis is correct, PFC lesions should disrupt cognitive control. Alternatively, if the local computation hypothesis is correct, cognitive control would be spared after PFC lesions. The task used to assess cognitive control is the active place avoidance task in which rats must avoid a section of a rotating arena using the stationary room cues and ignoring the local olfactory cues on the rotating platform. Performance on this task has previously been shown to be disrupted by hippocampal lesions and hippocampal ensembles dynamically represent the room and arena depending on the animal's proximity to the shock zone. They found no group (lesion vs. sham) differences in the three behavioral parameters tested: distance traveled, latency to enter the shock zone, and number of shock zone entries for both the standard task and the "conflict" task in which the shock zone was rotated by 180 degrees. The only significant difference was the savings index; the lesion group entered the new shock zone more often than the sham group during the first 5 minutes of the second conflict session. This deficit was interpreted as a cognitive flexibility deficit rather than a cognitive control failure. Next, the authors compared cytochrome oxidase activity between sham and lesion groups in 14 brain regions and found that only the amygdala showed significant elevation in the lesion vs. sham group. Pairwise correlation analysis revealed a striking difference between groups, with many correlations between regions lost in the lesion group (between reuniens and hippocampus, reuniens and amygdala and a correlation between dorsal CA1 and central amygdala that appeared in the lesion group and were absent in the sham group. Finally, the authors assessed dorsal hippocampal representations of the spatial frame (arena vs. room) and found no differences between lesion and sham groups. The only difference in hippocampal activity was reduced overdispersion in the lesion group compared to the sham group on the pretraining session only and this difference disappeared after the task began. Collectively, the authors interpret their findings as supporting the local computation hypothesis; computations necessary for cognitive control occur in brain regions other than the PFC. 

      Strengths:

      (1) The data were collected in a rigorous way with experimental blinding and appropriate statistical analyses. 

      (2) Multiple approaches were used to assess differences between lesion and sham groups, including behavior, metabolic activity in multiple brain regions, and hippocampal singleunit recording. 

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Only male rats were used with no justification provided for excluding females from the sample.

      This is a weakness we acknowledge. The experiments were performed at a time when we did not have female rats in the lab.

      (2) The conceptual framework used to interpret the findings was to present two competing hypotheses with mutually exclusive predictions about the impact of PFC lesions on cognitive control. The authors then use mainly null findings as evidence in support of the local computation hypothesis. They acknowledge that some people may question the notion that the active place avoidance task indeed requires cognitive control, but then call the argument "circular" because PFC has to be involved in cognitive control. This assertion does not address the possibility that the active place avoidance task simply does not require cognitive control. 

      We beg to differ that the possibility was not addressed. Prior to making the assertion, the manuscript describes the evidence that the active place avoidance task requires cognitive control. The evidence is multifold, and includes task design, behavior, and electrophysiology; we argue that this is more evidence than has been provided for other tasks that are asserted to require cognitive control. Specifically line 417 states:

      “We have previously demonstrated cognitive control in the active place avoidance task variant we used (Fig. 1) because the rats must ignore local rotating place cues to avoid the stationary shock zone. Even when the arena does not rotate, rats distinctly learn to avoid the location of shock according to distal visual room cues and local olfactory arena cues, such that the distinct place memories can be independently manipulated using probe trials [49, 50]. When the arena rotates as in the present studies, neural manipulations that impair the place avoidance are no longer impairing when the irrelevant arena cues are hidden by shallow water [14, 15, 51, 52]. Furthermore, persistent hippocampal neural circuit changes caused by active place avoidance training are not detected when shallow water hides the irrelevant arena cues to reduce the cognitive control demand [10, 31, 33]. While these findings unequivocally demonstrate the salience of relevant stationary room cues to use for avoiding shock and irrelevant arena cues to ignore during active place avoidance, the most compelling evidence of cognitive control comes from recording hippocampal ensemble discharge. Hippocampal ensemble discharge purposefully represents current position using stationary room information when the subject is close to the stationary shock zone and alternatively represents rotating arena information when the mouse is far from the stationary shock zone [Fig. 4; 10].”

      Line 436, however, acknowledges a fact that will always be true: no matter what anyone opines - until there are universally agreed upon objective criteria, it is logically possible that active place avoidance does not require cognitive control. The revision states: Despite this evidence from task design, behavioral observations, and direct electrophysiological representational switching as required to directly demonstrate cognitive control, one might still argue that it is logically possible that the active place avoidance task does not require cognitive control and this is why the mPFC lesion did not impair place avoidance of the initial shock zone. We consider such reasoning to be unproductive because it presumes that only tasks that require an intact mPFC can be cognitive control tasks. We nonetheless acknowledge that for some, we have not provided sufficient evidence that the active place avoidance requires cognitive control.

      “We assert the evidence is compelling, and together these findings require rejecting the central-computation hypothesis that the mPFC is essential for the neural computations that are necessary for all cognitive control tasks.”

      (3) The authors did not link the CO activity with the behavioral parameters even though the CO imaging was done on a subset of the animals that ran the behavioral task nor did they make any attempt to interpret these findings in light of the two competing hypotheses posed in the introduction. Moreover, the discussion lacks any mechanistic interpretations of the findings. For example, there are no attempts to explain why amygdala activity and its correlation with dCA1 activity might be higher in the PFC lesioned group. 

      The CO study was performed to assess the effects of the lesion, as stated on line 262 “Cytochrome oxidase (CO), a sensitive metabolic marker for neuronal function [27], was used to evaluate whether lesion effects were restricted to the mPFC.” Furthermore, as a matter of fact, line 411 states “Thus, CO imaging and electrophysiological evidence identify changes in the brain beyond the directly damaged mPFC area. In particular, the dorsal hippocampus loses the inhibitory input from mPFC [45, 46] and loses the metabolic correlation with the nucleus reuniens, which is thought to be a relay between the mPFC and the dorsal hippocampus [47, 48].”

      These CO measures assess baseline metabolic function and so it would be inappropriate to correlate them with the measures of behavior. Because the lesion and control groups do not differ on most measures of behavior, a relationship to CO measures is not expected. Importantly, even if there were differences in correlations between CO activity and behavioral measures, what could they mean? The study was designed to distinguish between two hypotheses, not to determine what CO differences could mean for behavior. As such, it is not at all clear how metabolic consequences of the lesion relate to the two hypotheses being evaluated, and so we consider it inappropriate to speculate. We did examine, and now include, the correlation between lesion size and conflict behavior. The Fig. 1 legend states “Savings was not related to lesion size r = 0.009, p = 0.98. *p < 0.05.”

      (4) Publishing null results is important to avoid wasting animals, time, and money. This study's results will have a significant impact on how the field views the role of the PFC in cognitive control. Whether or not some people reject the notion that the active place avoidance task measures cognitive control, the findings are solid and can serve as a starting point for generating hypotheses about how brain networks change when deprived of PFC input. 

      We thank the reviewer for the acknowledgement.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary:

      This study by Park and colleagues investigated how the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) influences behavior and hippocampal place cell activity during a two-frame active place avoidance task in rats. Rats learned to avoid the location of mild shock within a rotating arena, with the shock zone being defined relative to distal cues in the room. Permanent chemical lesions of the mPFC did not impair the ability to avoid the shock zone by using distal cues and ignoring proximal cues in the arena. In parallel, hippocampal place cells alternated between two spatial tuning patterns, one anchored to the distal cues and the other to the proximal cues, and this alteration was not affected by the mPFC lesion. Based on these findings, the authors argue that the mPFC is not essential for differentiating between task-relevant and irrelevant information. 

      Strengths:

      This study was built on substantial work by the Fenton lab that validated their two-frame active place avoidance task and provided sound theoretical and analytical foundations. Additionally, the effectiveness of mPFC lesions was validated by several measures, enabling the authors to base their argument on the lack of lesion effects on behavior and place cell dynamics. 

      Weaknesses:

      The authors define cognitive control as "the ability to judiciously use task-relevant information while ignoring salient concurrent information that is currently irrelevant for the task." (Lines 77-78). This definition is much simpler than the one by Miller and Cohen: "the ability to orchestrate thought and action in accordance with internal goals (Ref. 1)" and by Robbins: "processes necessary for optimal scheduling of complex sequence of behaviour." (Dalley et al., 2004, PMID: 15555683). Differentiating between task-relevant and irrelevant information is required in various behavioral tasks, such as differential learning, reversal learning, and set-shifting tasks. Previous rodent behavioral studies have shown that the integrity of the mPFC is necessary for set-shifting but not for differential or reversal learning (e.g., Enomoto et al., 2011, PMID: 21146155; Cho et al., 2015, PMID: 25754826). In the present task design, the initial training is a form of differential learning between proximal and distal cues, and the conflict training is akin to reversal learning. Therefore, the lack of lesion effects is somewhat expected. It would be interesting to test whether mPFC lesions impair set-shifting in their paradigm (e.g., the shock zone initially defined by distal cues and later by proximal cues). If the mPFC lesions do not impair this ability and associated hippocampal place dynamics, it will provide strong support for the authors' local computation hypothesis.

      Thank you for these comments. In addressing them we have provided a significant revision to the manuscript’s Introduction. While authors like those cited by the reviewer have defined cognitive control, those definitions are difficult to test rigorously, as it is almost a matter of opinion whether a subject is displaying “the ability to orchestrate thought and action in accordance with internal goals" or whether they are using "processes necessary for optimal scheduling of complex sequence of behaviour." What would such definitions of cognitive control predict about neuronal activity? We have deliberately used a simple, operational definition of cognitive control because it is physiologically testable. In the revision, starting at line 93, we have provided an excerpt from Miller and Cohen (2001) with discussion. The importance of that work is that it provides explicit neuronal criteria and a means to operationally define cognitive control. As stated on Line 118 “Accordingly, cognitive control would be at work when there is sustained neuronal network representations of task-relevant information that suppresses or gates representations of salient task-irrelevant information in accord with purposeful judicious behavior.”

      We used a R+A- task variant in which there is a stationary room-frame shock zone and task irrelevant arena-frame information. A strict correspondence to shift-shifting task design cannot be accomplished with active place avoidance because an A+R- task that requires avoiding an arena-frame shock zone in the absence of a room-frame shock zone can be accomplished trivially if the subject chooses to not move when it is in a place with no shock. However, the R+A+ task variant is readily learned, in which there is both a room-frame and an arena-frame shock zone (see cited work below). This task variant requires the subject to judiciously shift between avoiding the room-frame shock zone using stationary room information and avoiding the arena-frame shock zone using rotating arena information. This R+A+ task variant might meet the reviewer’s criteria for cognitive control. We have recorded hippocampal and entorhinal ensemble activity during the R+A+ task variant and it is very similar to the activity during the R+A- task we used. Nonetheless, future work will investigate the efect of mPFC lesion on the R+A+ task variant.

      Cited work:

      Fenton AA, Wesierska M, Kaminsky Y, Bures J (1998), Both here and there: simultaneous expression of autonomous spatial memories in rats. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 95:11493-11498. Kelemen E, Fenton AA (2010), Dynamic grouping of hippocampal neural activity during cognitive control of two spatial frames. PLoS Biol 8:e1000403.

      Burghardt NS, Park EH, Hen R, Fenton AA (2012), Adult-born hippocampal neurons promote cognitive flexibility in mice. Hippocampus 22:1795-1808.

      Park EH, Keeley S, Savin C, Ranck JB, Jr., Fenton AA (2019), How the Internally Organized Direction Sense Is Used to Navigate. Neuron 101:1-9.

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) Incorporate the cytochrome oxidase and hippocampal recordings (rationale and hypothesis) in the introduction, explaining how these aspects are relevant to the general question. 

      We have done this as requested. See lines 159-173 of the revised introduction.

      (2) Figure 1C. On Day 4-5 (conflict training) in which the shock zone was relocated 180 deg from the initial location, the behavioral tracks did not show any presence of the rat in this sector (in particular for the lesion example). Figure 4 nevertheless indicates that entrances have been made (which was expected since rats have to know that the shock zone was relocated).

      Thanks for pointing this out. The tracks are from the end of the sessions. The labels have been changed to specify which trials the tracks are from.

      (3) Figure 1C. The caption is huge as it contains the statistical analyses details. I would prefer to have these details in the text and keep the caption at a "reasonable" length. At the end of the caption (l. 190-191), it would be less confusing the keep the numbering of the training days: replace D1T1 with D2T1 and D2T9 with D3T9).

      The statistical details have been relocated to the main text and the numbering updated, as suggested, thank you.

      (4) It was not inconsiderable to show that mPFC lesion had some effects in the present task if it were only to validate the effectiveness of the lesion. This brain area has been shown to be important for planning, cognitive flexibility, etc. Indeed the authors found that the saving index was greater in sham than in mPFC rats (overdispersion in hippocampal firing was also reduced in pretraining) and interpreted this result as impaired flexibility. Would an alternative explanation be a memory deficit? I nevertheless expected that impaired flexibility in mPFC rats would be expressed in conflict trials in the form of more entrances in the zone that was initially not associated with shock (at least in the first trials of Day 4). But it appears to not be the case.

      A memory deficit is unlikely to explain the difference between the groups on the first trial of Day 5. Memory in the lesion rats was tested multiple times, specifically at the start of each trial (time to first entrance), including on the 24-h retention test, and no deficits were observed. Performance on Day 9 trial 1 is worse in the lesion group than in the controls, but it is not parsimonious to attribute this to a simple memory deficit since 24-h memory was good and similar between lesion and control rats on days 3 and 4, and memory on Day 5 was equally poor in both the lesion and control rats, as measured by time to first entrance.  

      (5) Material and methods. The injected volume of ibotenic acid should be mentioned. 

      The volume 0.2 µl was added. See line 531.

      (6) The rationale for doing the conflict training session should be indicated somewhere. 

      The rationale was provided. See lines 204-208.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) Line 132: The text states that all sham rats improved and only 6/10 lesion rats improved is followed by a t-test, which tests the difference between means; it does not compare proportions. Also, what criterion was used to determine if an improvement was seen or not? 

      The statistical comparison is provided (now lines 230: test of proportions z = 2.3, p = 0.03). Improvement was simply numerically fewer entrances.

      (2) Line 138: This is a very long and confusing sentence. Consider revising for clarity. 

      The sentence (now line 234) was revised.

      (3) Figure 1B only includes data from 3 animals. Most published studies show the whole dataset by presenting the largest and smallest lesions. 

      Supplemental Figure S2 was added with all the lesions depicted and quantified.

      (4) Figure 1C suggestion to make the schematic shock zone line up with the shock zone shown for the tracking data. 

      Graphically, it looks better as drawn as it uses to perspective to depict a three-dimensional structure.

      (5) Methods: Clarify if the shock zone location was the same across all rats. 

      Line 570 states that the shock zone was the same for all rats.

      (6) Line 158: "Behavioral tracks" is not clear. Suggest more precise wording.

      Reworded to “Tracked room-frame positions” (now line 249)

      (7) Line 166: "effect of trial" - should this be the main effect of trial?; "interaction" - should this be "group x trial" interaction? 

      Reworded (now line 181).

      (8) Line 167: "or their interaction" is awkward in the context of the sentence. 

      Reworded (now line 182).

      (9) Line 182: Avoid talking about "trends" as if they are almost significant unless the authors suspect that they did not have sufficient statistical power to detect differences. In that case, a power analysis should be provided. 

      Removed.

      (10) Line 190: "left:...right..." is hard to follow, especially with acronyms like D1T1. Consider revising for clarity. 

      Revised (now lines 246-248).

      (11) Line 195: "effectiveness of the PFC to impair" is unnecessarily verbose. 

      Reworded (now lines 255-257).

      (12) Savings results: There is a lot of variability in the lesion group. It would be interesting to know if the extent of the lesion correlates with savings.

      Savings was not related to lesion. See line 259.

      (13) Line 300: The thalamic recording results are not reported in the results section (other than appearing in the table). Moreover, there is no detail about which thalamic nucleus these recordings are from.

      Lines 411 and 614 provides these details.  

      (14) Line 312: "no longer impair" contains a grammatical error. 

      Corrected (now line 422)

      (15) Line 325: "was not impairing" contains a grammatical error. 

      Corrected (now line 437).

      (16) Line 327: The sentence ending with "...opinion of others" seems unnecessarily confrontational. 

      Previous reviewers at other journals have maintained this position, we therefore included such a strong statement in our initial submission. However, we now revised this statement to avoid appearing confrontational.

      (17) Line 329: Sentence is awkward. Consider revising. 

      Revised (now line 443).

      (18) Line 384: The authors should disclose if there was an objective metric for determining the adequacy of the lesion. 

      The lesion assessment and quantification is better explained in the Methods under “Cytochrome oxidase activity and Nissl staining,” (lines 708-714).

      (19) Line 385: The authors should clarify how they got from 15 rats (Line 376) to 10. 

      This information is provided in the methods.

      (20) Line 390: It is not clear why skin irritation in the cage mate would prevent the rat from being tested. 

      This has been explained in the Methods under “Behavioral analysis followed by cytochrome oxidase activity” (lines 515-518).

      (21) Methods section: The authors should describe how the tracking data were acquired. Overhead camera? Tracker based on luminance or body position? What software program was used? What was the sampling rate? 

      This is now better explained in the Methods under “Active place avoidance task) (lines 538551).

      (22) Methods section: Include how fast the arena was rotating and other details about the task such as where rats were placed during the ITI. 

      Better explained in the Methods under “Active place avoidance task”.

      (23) Line 439: The recording system used (hardware & software) should be stated. 

      This is now included in the Methods (line 538).

      (24) Line 435: Though overdispersion calculation is described thoroughly, there is nothing in the paper that tells me what overdispersion means. 

      What the measure means is now described in the Methods under “Electrophysiology data analysis” (lines 646-650).

      (25) Line 561: The test used to assess effect sizes should be stated. 

      Effect sizes corresponding to the statistical tests are provided.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) At the end of the conflict training, rats with mPFC lesions learned to avoid the new shock zone (Figure 1F, Block 16), but their place cells did not show room-preferring activity near the shock zone (Figure 4B). This observation questions whether spatial frame-specific representation is relevant for active avoidance. Can the authors clarify this point?

      This is a dynamic behavior and the hippocampal dynamics match, changing with a dynamic that is a few seconds, as we have shown in several published papers. The lack of a preference averaged over 20 minutes when the rats are avoiding both the current and former shock zones during the conflict session is pretty much what would be expected from such a coarse measurement. The important measure is the spatially-resolved measure of room versus arena preference. Figure 4B shows that in the lesion rats there is less of a frame preference during conflict, generally (consistent with poorer flexibility). However, Figure 4D quantifies the frame preference near and far from the shock zone and accordingly, there is no difference between the groups.

      (2) Related to the point above, the author might consider including panels in Figures 4C and D to show the neural activity during the pretraining and conflict training retention period. I assume p(room) will be comparable between the Near and Far segment in both sessions, but the p(room) may be higher in the Conflict training session than the Pretraining session. This would show that the mPFC lesion impairs suppressing the place cell activity encoding the old shock location. 

      Thanks for the suggestion. While we don’t think we can draw any strong conclusions from this analysis we are fine to show it. The issue is that during conflict, the rats have two perfectly reasonable representations of where there was shock, the initial location that was turned off to make the conflict, and the most recent conflict location of shock. Importantly, these recordings are during conflict retention after we turned off the shock for the retention recording (for the second time in the rat’s experience). Turning off the shock allows us to exactly match the physical conditions of pretraining, initial retention and conflict retention, which was the experimental design’s goal. However, the experiential history of the rats prior to initial retention and conflict retention cannot match, because during initial retention the rats had never experienced a changed shock zone whereas, by conflict retention, they had experienced multiple changes. Importantly, we have previously shown that mouse hippocampal ensembles represent both initial and conflict shock locations, as the animals consider their options during conflict trials (see Dvorak et al 2018, PLoS Biol 16:e2003354). Consequently, we cannot make any strong predictions about whether or not hippocampal activity during conflict retention should be room-frame preferring selectively in the vicinity of the current shock zone. As I am sure the reviewer appreciates from their own introspection, mental representations are mercifully not obliged to dictate behavior. In fact, that is what is interesting and controversial about cognitive control – it is a dynamic internal process and the innovation of our work lies in demonstrating that one cannot only rely on behavior to assess this process. Nonetheless, we did this analysis and now present it in the revised Fig. 4. During pretraining both lesion and sham groups express no particular spatially-modulated preference for either the room or the arena frame, as expected. During initial training both groups express a room-frame preference in the vicinity of the shock zone, as we initially reported. By inspection, during conflict, the sham rats express a preference for room-frame activity in the vicinity of the most recent shock zone location; this preference is weaker than what is expressed during initial retention. The lesion rats do not show this preference. These impressions are quantified in revised Fig. 4D; the comparisons within the conflict retention sessions did not reach statistical significance. We leave it to the reader to interpret what that means. Thanks for the nudge.

      (3) The significant group difference in place cell overdispersion during the pretraining phase (Figure 3C) is interesting, but some readers would appreciate additional sentences on its functional implication. Does it mean the spatial tuning of place cells was disrupted by the mPFC lesion?

      Only the reliability of spatial firing was altered, not the spatial tuning.

      (4) Although the method section described how to calculate overdispersion and SFEP, some concise, intuitive descriptions of these measures in the result section would help readers understand these results.

      Overdispersion is better explained. See lines 646-650.

      (5) I recommend adding a figure of the task performance of the rats used in the electrophysiological recording experiment and a table summarizing the number of cells recorded per animal. 

      We have included Table S2 with the cell counts and a summary of the performance for each of the rat in the electrophysiological recording experiment.

      (6) Readers would appreciate additional information on task apparatus, such as the size, appearance, and rotating speed of the arena, as well as stationary cues available in the room. 

      This is now provided in the Methods under “Active place avoidance task”.

      (7) Lines 425-416: "On the fourth day of the behavioral training, the rats had a single trial with the shock on to test retention of the training." Shouldn't it be "shock off"? 

      No the shock was on to prevent extinction learning and to increase the challenge for conflict learning.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1:

      Major Concerns/Public Review

      Comment 1: There is a mild disconnect between behavioral readout (reflexive pain) and neural circuits of interest (emotional). Considering that this circuit is likely engaged in the aversiveness of pain, it would have been interesting to see how carrageenan and/or AIE impacted non-reflexive pain measures. Perhaps this would reveal a potentiated or dysregulated phenotype that matches the neurophysiological changes reported. However, this critique does not take away from the value of the paper or its conclusions.

      We agree that including measures of non-reflexive pain would enhance future studies and potentially reveal a phenotype that is closely related to the observed changes in neurophysiology.

      Minor Concerns/Recommendations

      Comment 1: There are a few minor grammatical errors in the text, mostly in the captions. A close read should be able to identify these errors.

      We have fixed what grammatical errors we found.

      Reviewer #2:

      Major Concerns/Public Review

      No major concerns.

      Minor Concerns/Recommendations

      Comment 1: If pain sensitivity was assessed at 3 time points post carrageenan administration, why were these data averaged? Were there no differences between the time points? The data from the 3 time points should be presented, either in a figure, table, or supplementary materials.

      We averaged the pain sensitivity data across the 3 time points following carrageenan administration because we were trying to present this data in a more concise manner. Pain sensitivity did change over time following carrageenan administration. We have now included the unaveraged data in figure 2 (panels D, F, H, and J).

      Comment 2: For the optically-evoked EPSCs and IPSCs, were the peak amplitudes the max responses that could be obtained? If not, how were levels of ChR2 expression or light intensity controlled for?

      The peak amplitudes for EPSCs and IPSCs were half the maximal response that could be evoked by optical stimulation. The AMPA and NMDA currents were maximal responses as prior literature indicated some PVINs have small NMDA currents, and we wanted to ensure these currents would be detected reliably. We updated our methods section to include this information in the voltage clamp recordings section.

      Comment 3: In the example traces for the aEPSC experiment, the figure legend states that the "+" symbol indicates an asynchronous event. However, there are several "|" or "-" symbols in the figure. Perhaps this is an issue with the resolution of the figure and those are supposed to be "+"s.

      We have increased the resolution of the figures to ensure that the markings of the asynchronous events display properly. We apologize for not noticing that these symbols were not displayed correctly in the original figures included in the manuscript.

      Comment 4: For the von Frey and the Hargreaves test, were animals acclimated to the apparatus in the days leading up to the first test, or was the 5-minute pre-test the only acclimation that was done? This information needs to be provided. If the latter, there is concern that the animals did not fully acclimate to the apparatus and handling prior to testing, which should be taken into consideration in the interpretation of the behavioral analyses.

      The rats underwent handling once a day for three days prior to the first von Frey and Hargreaves tests. On the day prior to the first test, rats were acclimated to the von Frey and Hargreaves apparatuses. The acclimation period consisted of a 15-min exposure to the von Frey apparatus and a 30-min exposure to the Hargreaves apparatus for each animal. This information has been added to the revised methods section under the assessment of mechanical and thermal sensitivity heading.

      Reviewer #3:

      Major Concerns/Public Review

      Comment 1: There is incomplete evidence supporting some of the conclusions drawn in this manuscript. The authors claim that the changes in feedforward inhibition onto pyramidal cells are due to the changes in parvalbumin interneurons, but evidence is not provided to support that idea. PV cells do not spontaneously fire action potentials spontaneously in slices (nor do they receive high levels of BLA activity while at rest in slices). It is possible that spontaneous GABA release from PV cells is increased after AIE but the authors did not report sIPSC frequency. Second, the authors did not determine that PV cells mediate the feedforward BLA op-IPSCs and changes following AIE (this would require manipulation to reduce/block PV-IN activity). This limitation in results and interpretation is important because prior work shows BLA-PFC feedforward IPSCs can be driven by somatostatin cells. Cholecystokinin cells are also abundant basket cells in PFC and have been recently shown to mediate feedforward inhibition from the thalamus and ventral hippocampus, so it's also possible that CCK cells are involved in the effects observed here.

      The hypothesis that adolescent alcohol exposure could change spontaneous GABA release from PVINs is an interesting one that merits future exploration. Unfortunately, as the focus of this manuscript was on circuit-specific alterations in synaptic function, this experiment is somewhat outside the scope of the paper as sIPSCs and mIPSCs are not circuit specific measures of GABA activity and would not reflect spontaneous release from only GABA interneurons receiving input from the BLA. Despite this, a future study investigating spontaneous GABA release from PVINs in the PrL would be a valuable complement to the present study.

      While we did not directly manipulate PVINs to demonstrate that decreased oIPSC amplitude at PrL<sup>PAG</sup> neurons following AIE is due solely to changes in PVINs, it is notable that both the intrinsic excitability of PVINs and the BLA-driven E/I balance at PVINs were reduced following AIE. These changes would be consistent with decreased PVIN output onto PrL<sup>PAG</sup> neurons. However, we agree that this does not preclude the possibility that changes in SST or CCK interneurons contribute to the observed decrease in BLA-driven inhibition at PrL<sup>PAG</sup> neurons following AIE. As such, we have altered the wording in the discussion to indicate that reduced BLA-driven feedforward inhibition of PrL<sup>PAG</sup> neurons may be related, at least in part, to the observed changes in PVINs.

      Comment 2: The authors conclude that the changes in this circuit likely mediate long-lasting hyperalgesia, but this is not addressed experimentally. In some ways, the focused nature of the study is a benefit in this regard, as there is extensive prior literature linking this circuit with pain behaviors in alternative models (e.g., SNI), but it should be noted that these studies have not assessed hyperalgesia stemming from prior alcohol exposure. While the current studies do not include a causative behavioral manipulation, the strength of the association between BLA-PL-PAG function and hyperalgesia could be bolstered by current data if there were relationships detected between electrophysiological properties and hyperalgesia. Have the authors assessed this? In addition, this study is limited by not addressing the specificity of synaptic adaptations to the BLA-PL-PAG circuit. For instance, PL neurons send reciprocal projections to BLA and send direct projections to the locus coeruleus (which the authors note is an important downstream node of the PAG for regulating pain).

      We have not assessed correlations between the electrophysiological properties and hyperalgesia. We feel that future studies using DREADDs to perform cell-type and circuit-specific manipulations can better address the involvement of this circuitry in long-lasting hyperalgesia following AIE. With respect to the circuit specificity of the observed changes, we have previously evaluated the effects of AIE on pyramidal neurons projecting from the PrL to the BLA (PrL<sup>BLA</sup>). We found that following AIE exposure there was no change in the intrinsic excitability of these neurons. In addition, the amplitude and frequency of sEPSCs and sIPSCs onto PrL<sup>BLA</sup> neurons was unchanged. While these results did not assess whether the BLA-PrL-BLA circuit undergoes synaptic adaptations similar to those observed in the BLA-PrL-vlPAG circuit, it is notable that the intrinsic excitability of PrL<sup>BLA</sup> neurons was unchanged following AIE exposure. This indicates that the effects of AIE on the intrinsic excitability of pyramidal neurons in the PrL may be circuit specific. We agree that it would be interesting to study the effect of AIE on PrL neurons that project to the locus coeruleus, however due to the well-defined role of the BLA-PrL-vlPAG circuit in pain we chose to evaluate this circuit first.

      Comment 3: I have some concerns about methodology. First, 5-ms is a long light pulse for optogenetics and might induce action-potential independent release. Does TTX alone block op-EPSCs under these conditions? Second, PV cells express a high degree of calcium-permeable AMPA receptors, which display inward rectification at positive holding potentials due to blockade from intracellular polyamines. Typically, this is controlled/promoted by including spermine in the internal solution, but I do not believe the authors did that. Nonetheless, the relatively low A/N ratios for this cell type suggest that CP-AMPA receptors were not sampled with the +40/+40 design of this experiment, raising concerns that the majority of AMPA receptors in these cells were not sampled during this experiment. Finally, it should be noted that asEPSC frequency can also reflect changes in a number of functional/detectable synapses. This measurement is also fairly susceptible to differences in inter-animal differences in ChR2 expression. There are other techniques for assessing presynaptic release probability (e.g., PPR, MK-801 sensitivity) that would improve the interpretation of these studies if that is intended to be a point of emphasis.

      When we included TTX but not 4-AP we did not observe any optically evoked responses, so we don’t believe that the 5-ms pulse induced action-potential independent release in these experiments. With respect to the second point, we did not include spermine in the internal solution for the AMPA/NMDA recordings in PVINs, and it is possible that endogenous polyamines interfered with recording CP-AMPA receptors in the +40/+40 design. To address this concern, we recalculated the AMPA/NMDA ratio for PVINs using data from an optically evoked AMPA current that was collected while holding the cell at -70 mV. This data was collected at the end of the +40/+40 recording protocol as we were interested in assessing whether there would be any difference in the ratio of the +40/-70 AMPA current across treatment conditions. As there were no observed difference in the +40/-70 AMPA current ratio across treatment groups, we had originally used the +40 AMPA current for calculating the AMPA/NMDA ratio for PVINs to make the methods for calculating this ratio uniform for both PVINs and PrL<sup>PAG</sup> neurons. The methods, results, and Fig. 10 have been updated to reflect the recalculated AMPA/NMDA ratio for PVINs. Notably, only the significance of the AIE x carrageenan interaction was altered by the change in the way the AMPA/NMDA ratio was calculated. Originally, this interaction displayed a trend toward significance (p = 0.0501), however when the recalculated AMPA/NMDA ratio was analyzed this interaction term became significant (p = 0.0131). We have also added the +40/-70 AMPA ratio to figure 10 as it might be of interest.

      Finally, the point regarding aEPSC frequency reflecting not only release probability but also the number of functional/detectable synapses is an important consideration. For this manuscript, we intentionally selected aEPSC frequency for this reason. As the BLA to PrL projection continues to mature during adolescence, the number of BLA contacts onto GABA neurons in the PrL increases. Thus, we thought that it was possible that AIE would alter the number of detectable BLA inputs onto PVINs. We acknowledge that as this measure is sensitive to differences in ChR2 expression between animals/slices it can be difficult to interpret. We also agree that in the future it would be beneficial to include either PPR or MK-801 sensitivity to improve interpretability.

      Comment 4: In a few places in the manuscript, results following voluntary drinking experiments (especially Salling et al. and Sicher et al.) are discussed without clear distinction from prior work in vapor models of dependence.

      We have altered the manuscript to specifically note where voluntary drinking was used rather than vapor models.

      Comment 5: Discussion (lines 416-420). The authors describe some differing results with the literature and mention that the maximum current injection might be a factor. To me, this does not seem like the most important factor and potentially undercuts the relevance of the findings. Are the cells undergoing a depolarization block? Did the authors observe any changes in the rheobase or AP threshold? On the other hand, a more likely difference between this and previous work is that the proportion of PAG-projecting cells is relatively low, so previous work in L5 likely sampled many types of pyramidal cells that project to other areas. This is a key example where additional studies by the current group assessing a distinct or parallel set of pyramidal cells would aid in the interpretation of these results and help to place them within the existing literature. Along these lines, PAG-projecting neurons are Type A cells with significant hyperpolarization sag. Previous studies showed that adolescent binge drinking stunts the development of HCN channel function and ensuing hyperpolarization sag. Have the authors observed this in PAG-projecting cells? Another interesting membrane property worth exploring with the existing data set is the afterhyperpolarization / SK channel function.

      In discussing the maximum current injection as a factor in differing results on intrinsic excitability, we were principally considering how the additional data points increase the power of the analysis and thus the likelihood of detecting an effect. In focusing on this, however, we ignored other relevant and interesting factors that we should also have discussed. Additional analyses examining HCN and SK channel function have now been added to the manuscript and incorporated into the results section under the heading Adolescent Intermittent Ethanol Exposure and Carrageenan Enhanced the Intrinsic Excitability of Prelimbic Neurons Projecting to the Ventrolateral Periaqueductal Gray. We have also modified the third paragraph in the discussion to add additional context. Additional information on the biophysical properties of the neurons has been added to Figure 4.

      Minor Concerns/Recommendations

      Comment 1: Subheadings are vague. "Analysis of..." Should be rephrased to use active voice to describe key findings.

      The subheadings have been rephrased to describe key findings.

      Comment 2: Consider altering or consolidating the figure layout for clarity. For instance, it would be helpful for aEPSCs to be near the AMPA and NMDA experiments. The feedforward IPSCs could also be with the PV-IN recordings. This would be helpful in developing a cohesive picture of key findings. To that end, a working model or graphical abstract would be helpful.

      It doesn’t appear that this journal allows graphical abstracts, but we have added a model that summarizes the principal findings in the discussion.

      Comment 3: There are a lot of statistics punctuating the text in the Results. It can be hard to parse at times.

      We considered moving the statistics to tables, but this became unwieldy.

      Comment 4: The Discussion is quite long (10 paragraphs). Suggest consolidating to 3-4 most salient points.

      We appreciate this comment and have made some edits to the discussion, albeit without consolidating it to only 3-4 points.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      The authors provide a useful summary of ten years of Brain Initiative funding including the historical development, the specific funding mechanisms, and examples of grants funded and work produced. The authors also conduct analyses of the impact on overall funding in Systems and Computational Neuroscience, the raw and field normalized bibliographic impact of the work, the social media impact of the funded work, and the popularity of some tools developed. The evidence for impact is incomplete due to the omission of a comparison group of funded grants.

      In this combined version, we include a comparison group of non-BRAIN Initiative R01s derived from the parent notice of funding opportunity from FY2014-2022. We performed a bibliometric analysis of the publications, citations, RCR and budget productivity measure of the non-BRAIN parent R01. 

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a convincing description of approximately ten years of funding from the NIH BRAIN initiative. It is of particular value at this moment in history, given the cataclysmic changes in the US government structure and function occurring in early 2025.

      Strengths:

      The paper contains a fair bit of documentation so that the curious reader can actually parse what this BRAIN program funded.

      Weaknesses:

      There are too many acronyms, and the manuscript reads as if it were an internal NIH document, where the audience knows all of the NIH nomenclature and program details. It is not particularly friendly to the outside, lay reader.

      In this version, we have attempted to minimize acronyms and explain NIH nomenclature and program details to make it more accessible to readers not familiar with NIH terminology.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors provide an important summary of ten years of Brain Initiative funding including a description of the historical development of the initiative, the specific funding mechanisms utilized, and examples of grants funded and work produced. The authors also conduct analyses of the impact on overall funding in Systems and Computational Neuroscience, the raw and field normalized bibliographic impact of the work, the social media impact of the funded work, and the popularity of some tools developed.

      Strengths:

      This is a useful perspective on an important funding initiative over a ten-year period. It is clearly written and the illustrations and analyses are mostly useful for understanding the impact of the initiative.

      Weaknesses:

      The major limitation is that the bibliographic analysis does not provide a comparison group of funded grants. Because work that successfully competes for funding is likely to be more impactful than all work in a given area, the normalization of citations to field medians may reflect this "grant review" effect, rather than anything special about the Brain Initiative. Hopefully, this speculation is incorrect (I would guess that it is), but it would be helpful to try to demonstrate this more directly by including a funded comparison group.

      In this version, we have provided a comparison group of parent R01s that are not funded through the BRAIN Initiative from FY2014-2022 in Figure 3. We include publication metrics and budget efficiency measures for this comparison group.  

      There are also minor inconsistencies in the numbering of the figures that need to be cleared up.

      We have updated the figure numbers.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment 

      The manuscript presents some useful accounts of experiences funding team projects within the BRAIN Initiative. These would be more appropriate to add to the companion manuscript since the present manuscript contains some overlapping analyses and does not stand well on its own. Therefore the evidence supporting the conclusions is incomplete. 

      We appreciate the feedback on merging both manuscripts into one and have followed the advice in this version. 

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      In this useful narrative, the authors attempt to capture their experience of the success of team projects for the scientific community.  

      Strengths: 

      The authors are able to draw on a wealth of real-life experience reviewing, funding, and administering large team projects, and assessing how well they achieve their goals. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The utility of the RCR as a measure is questionable. I am not sure if this really makes the case for the success of these projects. The conclusions do not depend on Figure 1. 

      We respectfully disagree about the utility of the RCR, particularly because it is metric that is normalized by both year and topical area. We have added a more detailed description of how the RCR is calculated on page 6-7. Please note that figure 1 is aimed to highlight the funding opportunities, investments and number of awards associated with small lab (exploratory) versus team (elaborated, mature) research rather than a description of publication metrics.  

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors review the history of the team projects within the Brain initiative and analyze their success in progression to additional rounds of funding and their bibliographic impact. 

      Strengths: 

      The history of the team projects and the fact that many had renewed funding and produced impactful papers is well documented. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The core bibliographic and funding impact results have largely been reported in the companion manuscript and so represent "double dipping" I presume the slight disagreement in the number of grants (by one) represents a single grant that was not deemed to address systems/computational neuroscience. The single figure is relatively uninformative. The domains of study are sufficiently large and overlapping that there seems to be little information gained from the graphic and the Sankey plot could be simply summarized by rates of competing success. 

      While we sincerely appreciate the feedback, we chose to retain these plots on domains and models to provide a sense of the broad spectrum of research topics contained in our TeamBCP awards. Further details on the awards can be derived from the award links provided in the text. Additionally, we retained the Sankey plots because these are a visual depiction of how awards transition from one mechanism to another, evolve in their funding sources, and advance in their research trajectories. The plot is an example of our continuity analysis which is only reported in the text and not visually shown for the remaining BCP programs.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their detailed and constructive comments on our manuscript entitled “Activity-Dependent Changes in Ion Channel Voltage-Dependence Influence the Activity Patterns Targeted by Neurons.” We appreciate the time and effort the reviewers invested in critiquing our work and are grateful for the opportunity to clarify and improve our manuscript.

      As noted by the reviewers, the main message of the manuscript is that the intrinsic properties and activity characteristics of targeted bursters depend on the timescale of half-(in)activation alterations in the homeostatic mechanism. However, the concerns of the reviewers reveal that the manuscript is organized in ways that detract from this message. Below we respond to the points the reviewers raise and close by outlining the changes that we will make to the manuscript as a result. Our goal will be to streamline the message of the paper while addressing the concerns of the reviewers.

      Response to Reviewer #1:

      Point 1: We interpret the reviewer’s question about “mechanism” to be: why do half-(in)activation alterations redirect degenerate bursters to different parameter regions? (A separate aspect of “mechanism,” namely how these alterations might be biologically implemented, is already addressed in the paper.)

      We speculate that Figure 3 illustrates this process. As conductance densities slowly evolve, rapid half-(in)activation changes cause the sensor variable (α) to jump abruptly as it searches for a voltage-dependence configuration that meets calcium targets (Figure 3A). The channel densities are slightly altered and this process continues again. Slowing the half-(in)activations alterations reduces these abrupt fluctuations (Figure 3B). Making the alterations infinitely slow effectively removes half-(in)activation changes altogether, leaving the system reliant solely on slower alterations in maximal conductances (Figure 3C). Because each timescale of half-(in)activation produces a different channel repertoire at each time step, the neuron follows distinct trajectories through the space of activity characteristics and intrinsic properties over the long term.

      Point 2: We appreciate the reviewer’s skepticism regarding our statistical approach with the “Group of 5” and “Group of 20.” These groups arose from historical aspects of our analysis and this analysis does not directly advance the main point—that changes in the timescale of channel voltage-dependence alterations impact the properties of bursters to which the homeostatic mechanism converges. Therefore, we plan to remove the references to the Group of 5 and focus on how the Group of 20 responds to variations in the timescale of voltage-dependent alterations.

      Point 3: Our paper claims that the half-(in)activation mechanism is subordinate to the maximal conductance mechanism. We agree with the reviewer that making this claim requires more care. The simulations we run are controls in the spirit described below.

      The reviewer notes that in our simulations, half-(in)activations are already near the range required for bursting, which forces maximal conductances to undergo larger changes and thus appear more critical. We however note that the opposite can also occur: if half-(in)activation values were already positioned in ranges required for bursting, an arrangement of small maximal conductances may potentially produce bursting. The latter might give the impression that maximal conductance alterations and half-(in)activation alterations are equally important. The simulations we ran are simply suggested this wasn’t true for these models.

      Points 4 - 6: In Point 4, the reviewer highlights model choices (e.g., constraints on maximal conductance and half-(in)activation, use of the L8 norm) are not clearly justified. In Point 5, the reviewer suggests that the paper provides excessive detail about other model choices. Point 6 appears to reiterate concerns about insufficient justification for some modeling decisions.

      Our intent was to acknowledge every caveat, which led us to include long section on Model Assumptions in the Discussion. However, as Point 5 notes, this makes the Discussion cumbersome. The Discussion should focus on remarks regarding the impact that timescale of half-(in)activation alterations have on the family of bursters targeted by the homeostatic mechanism. Consequently, we will relocate the extended discussion of model assumptions from the Discussion to the Methods section. This section already touches on how the constraints on half-(in)activation alterations compare to earlier versions of the model (noted in Point 6) and will be expanded to further explain our choice of the L8 norm (Point 4).

      Response to Reviewer #2:

      Weakness 1: The reviewer notes that the writing is “rather confusing.” This likely arises from the fact that we did not consistently emphasize the core message: the timescale of half-(in)activation alterations influences the intrinsic properties and activity characteristics of bursters targeted by the homeostatic mechanism. We will address this by reorganizing the manuscript to make that focus clearer, and we outline these planned revisions at the end of these responses.

      The reviewer specifically points out that the state-of-the-art is not clearly articulated. We will reorganize the Introduction to highlight this. Briefly, work on activity-dependent homeostasis has historically focused on changes in channel density. This is supported by experiment and has been modelled theoretically. In comparison, changes in channel voltage-dependence, while documented, are less explored due to the challenges of measuring them. In this work, we attempt to study the impact that alterations in channel voltage-dependence have on activity-dependent homeostasis. To do this, we extend existing computational models of activity-dependent homeostasis—models that have hitherto only altered channel density—by incorporating a mechanism that also adjusts channel voltage-dependence.

      Weakness 2: The Discussion highlights two potential implications of our findings—one for neuronal development and another for activity recovery following perturbations. However, they were outlined after the Model Assumptions section which, as Reviewer 1 points out, is quite detailed and cumbersome.

      Another aspect that may contribute to the challenge in interpreting our results may be our conceptual approach to neuronal excitability, which relies on a computational model of activity-dependent homeostasis that abstracts much of the underlying biochemistry. Our message is general: the timescale of half-(in)activation alterations influences the intrinsic properties and activity characteristics of bursters targeted by a homeostatic mechanism. As such, the implications are general. Their value lies in circumscribing a conceptual framework from which experimentalists may devise and test new hypotheses. We do not aim to predict or explain any specific phenomenon in this work. To address this concern however, we will expand our discussion of how these findings may guide experimental considerations, particularly regarding neuronal development and activity recovery during perturbations, to better illustrate the practical utility of our results.

      Response to Reviewer #3:

      Point 1: This reviewer suggests that our core message—namely, that the timescale of half-(in)activation alterations affects the intrinsic properties and activity patterns targeted by a homeostatic mechanism—should also apply during perturbations. We plan to address this by extending our analysis on the Group of 20 models. We will perturb activity by increasing extracellular potassium concentration and change the timescale of half-(in)activation alterations during the perturbation. This should underscore how the neuron’s stabilized activity pattern depends on this timescale, reinforcing our central message.

      Point 2: In this part of the Discussion, we noted that multiple half-activation shifts collectively shape the neuron’s global properties, and that averaging might obscure these effects. However, in light of the reviewers’ comments, we recognize that this observation alone does not directly advance the paper’s main message. To make it relevant, we would need to (1) identify correlations between intrinsic parameters (i.e., half-(in)activation and maximal conductance) and the resulting activity patterns, and (2) examine how these correlations shift under different timescales half-(in)activation alterations. Since we have not performed that analysis, we will revise this part of the Discussion to clarify its connection to the paper’s principal focus by noting that a deeper exploration of this notion using correlations will be the topic of future work.

      Conclusion: We outline updates we will make to the paper here.

      Introduction: In response to Reviewer 2, we will provide a clearer explanation of the state-of-the-art in activity-dependent homeostasis and highlight our specific contribution. We will emphasize that our conclusions, while generic, are relevant in experimental contexts.

      Results: We will reorganize this section to underscore the main point: the timescale of half-(in)activation alterations affects the intrinsic properties and activity characteristics of bursters in the homeostatic mechanism. Figures 1 will remain as it is. It shows assembly from random initial conditions and explain that for these simulations we must always consider the half-(in)activation mechanism with a mechanism that alters maximal conductances as the half-(in)activation alterations alone cannot form bursters. Figure 2 will remain as is, but we will remove any discussion of the “Group of 5,” addressing Reviewer 1’s feedback. What is presently Figure 4 will then follow, illustrating how timescale differences shape the properties of 20 degenerate solutions. We then present Figure 3 to address Reviewer 1’s critique on mechanism. Here we will explain how different timescales of half-(in)activation alteration cause the homeostatic mechanism to update channel properties differently, leading to distinct trajectories through the space of intrinsic properties and activity characteristics (as described in the response of Point 1 of Reviewer 1’s feedback). Finally, following Point 1 of Reviewer 3, we will add a new figure highlighting the role of half-(in)activation timescale during perturbation.

      Discussion: To streamline the Discussion, the “Model Assumptions” section will be moved to Methods. In line with Point 2 of Reviewer 3, we will clarify how the concept of "small half-(in)activation shifts lead to global changes in neuronal properties" aligns with our core message. Additionally, following Reviewer 2’s comments, we will expand our discussion of implications by including how experimentalists might use our findings to inform studies on perturbations and development.

      Methods: We will expand “Model Assumptions” to explain in more detail why we chose the L8 norm.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Overall, the conclusions of the paper are mostly supported by the data but may be overstated in some cases, and some details are also missing or not easily recognizable within the figures. The provision of additional information and analyses would be valuable to the reader and may even benefit the authors' interpretation of the data.

      We thank the reviewer for the thoughtful and constructive feedback. We are pleased that the reviewer found the overall conclusions of our paper to be well supported by the data, and we appreciate the suggestions for improving figure clarity and interpretive accuracy. Below we address each point raised:

      The conclusion that DREADD expression gradually decreases after 1.5-2 years is only based on a select few of the subjects assessed; in Figure 2, it appears that only 3 hM4Di cases and 2 hM3Dq cases are assessed after the 2-year timepoint. The observed decline appears consistent within the hM4Di cases, but not for the hM3Dq cases (see Figure 2C: the AAV2.1-hSyn-hM3Dq-IRES-AcGFP line is increasing after 2 years.)

      We agree that our interpretation should be stated more cautiously, given the limited number of cases assessed beyond the two-year timepoint. In the revised manuscript, we will clarify in both the Results and Discussion that the observed decline is based on a subset of animals. We will also state that while a consistent decline was observed in hM4Di-expressing monkeys, the trajectory for hM3Dq expression was more variable—with at least one case showing increased in signal beyond two years.

      Given that individual differences may affect expression levels, it would be helpful to see additional labels on the graphs (or in the legends) indicating which subject and which region are being represented for each line and/or data point in Figure 1C, 2B, 2C, 5A, and 5B. Alternatively, for Figures 5A and B, an accompanying table listing this information would be sufficient.

      We thank the reviewer for these helpful suggestions. In response, we will revise the relevant figures as noted in the “Recommendations for the authors”, including simplifying visual encodings and improving labeling. We will also provide a supplementary table listing the animal ID and brain regions for each data point shown in the graphs.

      While the authors comment on several factors that may influence peak expression levels, including serotype, promoter, titer, tag, and DREADD type, they do not comment on the volume of injection. The range in volume used per region in this study is between 2 and 54 microliters, with larger volumes typically (but not always) being used for cortical regions like the OFC and dlPFC, and smaller volumes for subcortical regions like the amygdala and putamen. This may weaken the claim that there is no significant relationship between peak expression level and brain region, as volume may be considered a confounding variable. Additionally, because of the possibility that larger volumes of viral vectors may be more likely to induce an immune response, which the authors suggest as a potential influence on transgene expression, not including volume as a factor of interest seems to be an oversight.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important issue. We agree that injection volume is a potentially confounding variable. In response, we will conduct an exploratory analysis including volume as an additional factor. We will also expand the Discussion to highlight the need for future systematic evaluation of injection volume, especially in relation to immune responses or transduction efficiency in different brain regions.

      The authors conclude that vectors encoding co-expressed protein tags (such as HA) led to reduced peak expression levels, relative to vectors with an IRES-GFP sequence or with no such element at all. While interesting, this finding does not necessarily seem relevant for the efficacy of long-term expression and function, given that the authors show in Figures 1 and 2 that peak expression (as indicated by a change in binding potential relative to non-displaced radioligand, or ΔBPND) appears to taper off in all or most of the constructs assessed. The authors should take care to point out that the decline in peak expression should not be confused with the decline in longitudinal expression, as this is not clear in the discussion; i.e. the subheading, "Factors influencing DREADD expression," might be better written as, "Factors influencing peak DREADD expression," and subsequent wording in this section should specify that these particular data concern peak expression only.

      We appreciate this important clarification. In response, we will revise the title to “Factors influencing peak DREADD expression levels”, and we will specify that our analysis focused on peak ΔBP<sub>ND</sub> values around 60 days post-injection. We will also explicitly distinguish these findings from the later-stage changes in expression seen in the longitudinal PET data in both the Results and Discussion sections.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Weaknesses

      This study is a meta-analysis of several experiments performed in one lab. The good side is that it combined a large amount of data that might not have been published individually; the downside is that all things were not planned and equated, creating a lot of unexplained variances in the data. This was yet judiciously used by the authors, but one might think that planned and organized multicentric experiments would provide more information and help test more parameters, including some related to inter-individual variability, and particular genetic constructs.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this important point to our attention. We fully agree that the retrospective nature of our dataset, compiled from multiple studies conducted within a single laboratory, introduces variability due to differences in constructs, injection sites, and timelines. While this reflects the real-world constraints of long-term NHP research, we acknowledge the need for more standardized approaches. We will add a statement in the revised Discussion emphasizing that future multicenter and harmonized studies would be valuable for systematically examining specific parameters and inter-individual variability.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Minor weaknesses are related to a few instances of suboptimal phrasing, and some room for improvement in time course visualization and quantification. These would be easily addressed in a revision.

      These findings will undoubtedly have a very significant impact on the rapidly growing but still highly challenging field of primate chemogenetic manipulations. As such, the work represents an invaluable resource for the community.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of our manuscript and for the constructive suggestions noted in the “Recommendations for the authors”. In response, we will carefully review and revise the manuscript to improve visualization and quantification.

  2. Mar 2025
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      We thank you for the time you took to review our work and for your feedback! We have made only minor changes in this submission and primarily wanted to respond to the concerns raised by reviewer 1.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      Fluorescence imaging has become an increasingly popular technique for monitoring neuronal activity and neurotransmitter concentrations in the living brain. However, factors such as brain motion and changes in blood flow and oxygenation can introduce significant artifacts, particularly when activitydependent signals are small. Yogesh et al. quantified these effects using GFP, an activity-independent marker, under two-photon and wide-field imaging conditions in awake behaving mice. They report significant GFP responses across various brain regions, layers, and behavioral contexts, with magnitudes comparable to those of commonly used activity sensors. These data highlight the need for robust control strategies and careful interpretation of fluorescence functional imaging data. 

      Strengths: 

      The effect of hemodynamic occlusion in two-photon imaging has been previously demonstrated in sparsely labeled neurons in V1 of anesthetized animals (see Shen and Kara et al., Nature Methods, 2012). The present study builds on these findings by imaging a substantially larger population of neurons in awake, behaving mice across multiple cortical regions, layers, and stimulus conditions. The experiments are extensive, the statistical analyses are rigorous, and the results convincingly demonstrate significant GFP responses that must be accounted for in functional imaging experiments. 

      In the revised version, the authors have provided further methodological details that were lacking in the previous version, expanded discussions regarding alternative explanations of these GFP responses as well as potential mitigation strategies. They also added a quantification of brain motion (Fig. S5) and the fraction of responsive neurons when conducting the same experiment using GCaMP6f (Fig. 3D-3F), among other additional information. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) The authors have now included a detailed methodology for blood vessel area quantification, where they detect blood vessels as dark holes in GFP images and measure vessel area by counting pixels below a given intensity threshold (line 437-443). However, this approach has a critical caveat: any unspecific decrease in image fluorescence will increase the number of pixels below the threshold, leading to an apparent increase in blood vessel area, even when the actual vessel size remains unchanged. As a result, this method inherently introduces a positive correlation between fluorescence decrease and vessel dilation, regardless of whether such a relationship truly exists. 

      To address this issue, I recommend labelling blood vessels with an independent marker, such as a red fluorescence dye injected into the bloodstream. This approach would allow vessel dilation to be assessed independently of GFP fluorescence -- dilation would cause opposite fluorescence changes in the green and red channels (i.e., a decrease in green due to hemodynamic occlusion and an increase in red due to the expanding vessel area). In my opinion, only when such ani-correlation is observed can one reliably infer a relationship between GFP signal changes and blood vessel dynamics. 

      Because this relationship is central to the author's conclusion regarding the nature of the observed GFP signals, including this experiment would greatly strengthen the paper's conclusion. 

      This is correct – a more convincing demonstration that blood vessels dilate or constrict anticorrelated with apparent GFP fluorescence would be a separate blood vessel marker. However, we don’t think this experiment is worth doing, as it is also not conclusive in the sense the reviewer may have in mind. The anticorrelation does not mean that occlusion drives all of the observed effect. Our main argument is instead that there is no other potential source than hemodynamic occlusion with sufficient strength that we can think of. The experiment one would want to do is block hemodynamic changes and demonstrate that the occlusion explains all of the observed changes. 

      (2) Regarding mitigation strategy, the authors advocate repeating key functional imaging experiments using GFP, and state that their aim here is to provide a control for their 2012 study (Keller et al., Neuron). Given this goal, I find it important to discuss how these new findings impact the interpretation of their 2012 results, particularly given the large GFP responses observed. 

      We are happy to discuss how the conclusions of our own work are influenced by this (see more details below), but the important response of the field should probably be to revisit the conclusions of a variety of papers published in the last two decades. This goes far beyond what we can do here. 

      For example, Keller et al. (2012) concluded that visuomotor mismatch strongly drives V1 activity (Fig. 3A in that study). However, in the present study, mismatch fails to produce any hemodynamic/GFP response (Fig. 3A, 3B, rightmost bar), and the corresponding calcium response is also the weakest among the three tested conditions (Fig. 3D). How do these findings affect their 2012 conclusions? 

      The average calcium response of L2/3 neurons to visuomotor mismatch is probably roughly similar to the average calcium response at locomotion onset (both are on the order of 1% to 5%, depending on indicator, dataset, etc.). In the Keller et al. (2012) paper, locomotion onset was about 1.5% and mismatch about 3% (see Figure 3A in that paper). What we quantify in Figure 3 of the paper here is the fraction of responsive neurons. Thus, mismatch drives strong responses in a small subset of neurons (approx. 10%), while locomotion drives a combination of a weak responses in a large fraction of the neurons (roughly 70%) and also large responses in a subset of neurons. A strong signal in a subset of neurons is what one would expect from a neuronal response, a weak signal from many neurons would be indicative of a contaminating signal. This all appears consistent. 

      Regarding influencing the conclusions of earlier work, the movement related signals described in the Keller et al. (2012) paper are probably overestimated, but are also apparent in electrophysiological recordings (Saleem et al., 2013). Thus, the locomotion responses reported in the Keller et al. (2012) paper are likely too high, but locomotion related responses in V1 are very likely real. The only conclusion we draw in the Keller et al. 2012 paper on the strength of the locomotion related responses is that they are smaller than mismatch responses (this conclusion is unaffected by hemodynamic contamination). In addition, the primary findings of the Keller et al. (2012) paper are all related to mismatch, and these conclusions are unaffected. 

      Similarly, the present study shows that GFP reveals twice as many responsive neurons as GCaMP during locomotion (Fig. 3A vs. Fig. 3D, "running"). Does this mean that their 2012 conclusions regarding locomotion-induced calcium activity need reconsideration? Given that more neurons responded with GFP than with GCaMP, the authors should clarify whether they still consider GCaMP a reliable tool for measuring brain activity during locomotion. 

      Comparisons of the fraction of significantly responsive neurons between GFP and GCaMP are not straightforward to interpret. One needs to factor in the difference in signal to noise between the two sensors. (Please note, we added the GCaMP responses here upon request of the reviewers). Note, there is nothing inherently wrong with the data, and comparisons within dataset are easily made (e.g. more grating responsive neurons than running responsive neurons in GCaMP, and vice versa with GFP). The comparison across datasets is not as straightforward as we define “responsive neurons” using a statistical test that compares response to baseline activity for each neuron. GFP labelled neurons are very bright and occlusion can easily be detected. Baseline fluorescence in GCaMP recordings is much lower and often close to or below the noise floor of the data (i.e. we only see the cells when they are active). Thus occlusion in GCaMP recordings is preferentially visible for cells that have high baseline fluorescence. Thus, in the GCaMP data we are likely underestimating the fraction of responsive neurons. 

      Regarding whether GCaMP (or any other fluorescence indicator used in vivo) is a reliable tool, we are not sure we understand. Whenever possible, fluorescence-sensor based measurements should be corrected for hemodynamic contamination – to quantify locomotion related signals this will be more difficult than e.g. for mismatch, but that does not mean it is not reliable. 

      (3) More generally, the author should discuss how functional imaging data should be interpreted going forward, given the large GFP responses reported here. Even when key experiments are repeated using GFP, it is not entirely clear how one could reliably estimate underlying neuronal activity from the observed GFP and GCaMP responses. 

      We are not sure we have a good answer to this question. The strategy for addressing this problem will depend on the specifics of the experiment, and the claims. Take the case of mismatch. Here we have strong calcium responses and no evidence of GFP responses. We would argue that this is reasonable evidence that the majority of the mismatch driven GCaMP signal is likely neuronal. For locomotion onsets, both GFP and GCaMP signals go in the same direction on average. Then one could use a response amplitude distribution comparison to conservatively exclude all neurons with a GCaMP amplitude lower than e.g. the 99th percentile of the GFP response. Etc. But we don’t think there is an easy generalizable fix for this problem.  

      For example, consider the results in Fig. 3A vs. 3D: how should one assess the relative strength of neuronal activity elicited by running, grating, or visuomotor mismatch? Does mismatch produce the strongest neuronal activity, since it is least affected by the hemodynamic/GFP confounds (Fig. 3A)? Or does mismatch actually produce the weakest neuronal activity, given that both its hemodynamic and calcium responses are the smallest? 

      See above, the reviewer may be confounding “response strength” with “fraction of responsive neurons” here. Regarding the relationship between neuronal activity and hemodynamics, it is very likely not just the average activity of all neurons, but a specific subset that drives blood vessel constriction and dilation. This would of course be a very interesting question to answer for the interpretation of hemodynamic based measurements of brain activity, like fMRI, but goes beyond the aim of the current paper.  

      In my opinion, such uncertainty makes it difficult to robustly interpret functional imaging results. Simply repeating experiments with GFP does not fully resolve this issue, as it does not provide a clear framework for quantifying the underlying neuronal activity. Does this suggest a need for a better mitigation strategy? What could these strategies be? 

      If the reviewer has a good idea - we would be all ears. We don’t have a better idea currently.  

      In my opinion, addressing these questions is critical not only for the authors' own work but also for the broader field to ensure a robust and reliable interpretation of functional imaging data. 

      We agree, having a solution to this problem would be important – we just don’t have one.  

      (4) The authors now discuss various alternative sources of the observed GFP signals. However, I feel that they often appear to dismiss these possibilities too quickly, rather than appreciating their true potential impacts (see below). 

      For example, the authors argue that brain movement cannot explain their data, as movement should only result in a decrease in observed fluorescence. However, while this might hold for x-y motion, movement in the axial (z) direction can easily lead to both fluorescence increase and decrease. Neurons are not always precisely located at the focal plane -- some are slightly above or below. Axial movement in a given direction will bring some cells into focus while moving others out of focus, leading to fluorescence changes in both directions, exactly as observed in the data (see Fig. S2). 

      The reviewer is correct that z-motion can result in an increase of apparent fluorescence (just like x-y motion can as well). On average however, just like with x-y motion, z-motion will always result in a decrease. This assumes that the user selecting regions of interest (the outlines of cells used to quantify fluorescence), will select these such that the distribution of cells selected centers on the zplane of the image. Thus, the distribution of z-location of the cell relative to the imaging plane will be some Gaussian like distribution centered on the z-plane of the image (with half the cell above the zplane and half below). Because the peak of the distribution is located on the z-plane at rest, any zmovement, up or down, will move away from the peak of the distribution (i.e. most cells will decrease in fluorescence). This is the same argument as for why x-y motion always results in decreases (assuming the user selects regions of interest centered on the location of the cells at rest).  

      Furthermore, the authors state that they discard data with 'visible' z-motion. However, subtle axial movements that escape visual detection could still cause fluorescence fluctuations on the order of a few percent, comparable to the reported signal amplitudes. 

      Correct, but as explained above, z-motion will always result in average decreases of average fluorescence as explained above.  

      Finally, the authors state that "brain movement kinematics are different in shape than the GFP responses we observe". However, this appears to contradict what they show in Fig. 2A. Specifically, the first example neuron exhibits fast GFP transients locked to running onset, with rapid kinematics closely matching the movement speed signals in Fig. S5A. These fast transients are incompatible with slower blood vessel area signals (Fig. 4), suggesting that alternative sources could contribute significantly. 

      We meant population average responses here. We have clarified this. Some of the signals we observed do indeed look like they could be driven by movement artifacts (whole brain motion, or probably more likely blood vessel dilation driven tissue distortion). We show this neuron to illustrate that this can also happen. However, to illustrate that this is a rare event we also show the entire distribution of peak amplitudes and the position in the distribution this neuron is from.  

      In sum, the possibility that alternative signal sources could significantly contribute should be taken seriously and more thoroughly discussed. 

      All possible sources (we could think of) are explicitly discussed (in roughly equal proportion). Nevertheless, the reviewer is correct that our focus here is almost exclusively on the what we think is the primary source of the problem. Given that – in my experience – this is also the one least frequently considered, I think the emphasis on – what we think is – the primary contributor is warranted.  

      (5) The authors added a quantification of brain movement (Fig. S5) and claim that they "only find detectable brain motion during locomotion onsets and not the other stimuli." However, Fig. S5 presents brain 'velocity' rather than 'displacement'. A constant (non-zero) velocity in Fig. S5 B-D indicates that the brain continues to move over time, potentially leading to significant displacement from its initial position across all conditions. While displacement in the x-y plane are corrected, similar displacement in the z direction likely occurs concurrently and cannot be easily accounted for. To assess this possibility, the authors should present absolute displacement relative to pre-stimulus frames, as displacement -- not velocity -- determines the size of movement-related fluorescence changes. 

      We use brain velocity here as a natural measure when using frame times as time bins. The problem with using a signed displacement is that if different running onsets move the brain in opposing directions, this can average out to zero. To counteract this, one can take the absolute displacement in a response window away from the position in a baseline time window. If this is done with time bins that correspond to frame times, this just becomes displacement per frame, i.e. velocity. Using absolute changes in displacement (i.e. velocity) is more sensitive than signed displacement. The responses for signed displacement are shown below (Author response image 1), but given that we are averaging signed quantities here, the average is not interpretable. 

      Author response image 1.

      Average signed brain displacement. 

      Regarding a constant drift, the reviewer might be misled by the fact that the baseline brain velocity is roughly 1 pixel per frame. The registration algorithm works in integer number of pixels only. 1 pixel per frame corresponds roughly to the noise floor of the registration algorithm. Registrations are done independently for each frame. As a consequence, the registration oscillates between a shift of 17 and 18 pixels – frame by frame – if the actual shift is somewhere between 17 and 18 pixels. This “jitter” results in a baseline brain velocity of about 1 pixel per frame. 

      (6) In line 132-133, the authors draw an analogy between the effect of hemodynamic occlusion and liquid crystal display (LCD) function. However, there are fundamental differences between the two. LCDs modulate light transmission by rotating the polarization of light, which then passes through a crossed polarizer. In contrast, hemodynamic occlusion alters light transmission by changing the number and absorbance properties of hemoglobin. Additionally, LCDs do not involve 'emission' light - backillumination travels through the liquid crystal layer only once, whereas hemodynamic occlusion affects both incoming excitation light and the emitted fluorescence. Given these fundamental differences, the LCD analogy may not be entirely appropriate. 

      The mechanism of occlusion is, as the reviewer correctly points out, different for an LCD. In both cases however, there is a variable occluder between a light source and an observer. The fact that with hemodynamic occlusion the light passes through the occluder twice (excitation and emission) does not appear to hamper the analogy to us. We have rephrased to highlight the time varying occlusion part. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      -  Approach 

      In this study, Yogesh et al. aimed at characterizing hemodynamic occlusion in two photon imaging, where its effects on signal fluctuations are underappreciated compared to that in wide field imaging and fiber photometry. The authors used activity-independent GFP fluorescence, GCaMP and GRAB sensors for various neuromodulators in two-photon and widefield imaging during a visuomotor context to evaluate the extent of hemodynamic occlusion in V1 and ACC. They found that the GFP responses were comparable in amplitude to smaller GCaMP responses, though exhibiting context-, cortical region-, and depth-specific effects. After quantifying blood vessel diameter change and surrounding GFP responses, they argued that GFP responses were highly correlated with changes in local blood vessel size. Furthermore, when imaging with GRAB sensors for different neuromodulators, they found that sensors with lower dynamic ranges such as GRAB-DA1m, GRAB-5HT1.0, and GRAB-NE1m exhibited responses most likely masked by the hemodynamic occlusion, while a sensor with larger SNR, GRAB-ACh3.0, showed much more distinguishable responses from blood vessel change. They thoroughly investigate other factors that could contribute to these signals and demonstrate hemodynamic occlusion is the primary cause. 

      -  Impact of revision 

      This is an important update to the initial submission, adding much supplemental imaging and population data that provide greater detail to the analyses and increase the confidence in the authors conclusions. 

      Specifically, inclusion of the supplemental figures 1 and 2 showing GFP expression across multiple regions and the fluorescence changes of thousands of individual neurons provides a clearer picture of how these effects are distributed across the population. Characterization of brain motion across stimulation conditions in supplemental figure 5 provides strong evidence that the fluorescence changes observed in many of the conditions are unlikely to be primarily due to brain motion associated imaging artifacts. The role of vascular area on fluorescence is further supported by addition of new analyses on vasoconstriction leading to increased fluorescence in Figures 4C1-4, complementing the prior analyses of vasodilation. 

      The expansion of the discussion on other factors that could lead to these changes is thorough and welcome. The arguments against pH playing a factor in fluorescence changes of GFP, due to insensitivity to changes in the expected pH range are reasonable, as are the other discussed potential factors. 

      With respect to the author's responses to prior critique, we agree that activity dependent hemodynamic occlusion is best investigated under awake conditions. Measurement of these dynamics under anesthesia could lead to an underestimation of their effects. Isoflurane anesthesia causes significant vasodilation and a large reduction in fluorescence intensity in non-functional mutant GRABs. This could saturate or occlude activity dependent effects. 

      - Strengths 

      This work is of broad interest to two photon imaging users and GRAB developers and users. It thoroughly quantifies the hemodynamic driven GFP response and compares it to previously published GCaMP data in a similar context, and illustrates the contribution of hemodynamic occlusion to GFP and GRAB responses by characterizing the local blood vessel diameter and fluorescence change. These findings provide important considerations for the imaging community and a sobering look at the utility of these sensors for cortical imaging. 

      Importantly, they draw clear distinctions between the temporal dynamics and amplitude of hemodynamic artifacts across cortical regions and layers. Moreover, they show context dependent (Dark versus during visual stimuli) effects on locomotion and optogenetic light-triggered hemodynamic signals. 

      The authors suggest that signal to noise ratio of an indicator likely affects the ability to separate hemodynamic response from the underlying fluorescence signal. With a new analysis (Supplemental Figure 4) They show that the relative degree of background fluorescence does not affect the size of the artifact. 

      Most of the first generation neuromodulator GRAB sensors showed relatively small responses, comparable to blood vessel changes in two photon imaging, which emphasizes a need for improved the dynamic range and response magnitude for future sensors and encourages the sensor users to consider removing hemodynamic artifacts when analyzing GRAB imaging data. 

      - Weaknesses 

      The largest weakness of the paper remains that, while they convincingly quantify hemodynamic artifacts across a range of conditions, they provide limited means of correcting for them. However they now discuss the relative utility of some hemodynamic correction methods (e.g. from Ocana-Santero et al., 2024). 

      The paper attributes the source of 'hemodynamic occlusion' primarily to blood vessel dilation, but leaves unanswered how much may be due to shifts in blood oxygenation. Figure 4 directly addresses the question of how much of the signal can be attributed to occlusion by measuring the blood vessel dilation, and has been improved by now showing positive fluorescence effects with vasoconstriction. They now also discuss the potential impact of oxygenation. 

      Along these lines, the authors carefully quantified the correlation between local blood vessel diameter and GFP response (or neuropil fluorescence vs blood vessel fluorescence with GRAB sensors). We are left to wonder to what extent does this effect depend on proximity to the vessels? Do GFP/ GRAB responses decorrelate from blood vessel activity in neurons further from vessels (refer to Figure 5A and B in Neyhart et al., Cell Reports 2024)? The authors argue that the primary impact of occlusion is from blood vessels above the plane of imaging, but without a vascular reconstruction, their evidence for this is anecdotal. 

      The choice of ACC as the frontal region provides a substantial contrast in location, brain movement, and vascular architecture as compared to V1. As the authors note, ACC is close to the superior sagittal sinus and thus is the region where the largest vascular effects are likely to occur. A less medial portion of M2 may have been a more appropriate comparison. The authors now include example imaging fields for ACC and interesting out-of-plane vascular examples in the supplementary figures that help assess these impacts. 

      -Overall Assessment 

      This paper is an important contribution to our understanding of how hemodynamic artifacts may corrupt GRAB and calcium imaging, even in two-photon imaging modes. While it would be wonderful if the authors were able to demonstrate a reliable way to correct for hemodynamic occlusion which did not rely on doing the experiments over with a non-functional sensor or fluorescent protein, the careful measurement and reporting of the effects here is, by itself, a substantial contribution to the field of neural activity imaging. It's results are of importance to anyone conducting two-photon or widefield imaging with calcium and GRAB sensors and deserves the attention of the broader neuroscience and invivo imaging community. 

      We agree with this assessment.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors aimed to investigate if hemodynamic occlusion contributes to fluorescent signals measured with two-photon microscopy. For this, they image the activity-independent fluorophore GFP in 2 different cortical areas, at different cortical depths and in different behavioral conditions. They compare the evoked fluorescent signals with those obtained with calcium sensors and neuromodulator sensors and evaluate their relationship to vessel diameter as a readout of blood flow.

      They find that GFP fluorescence transients are comparable to GCaMP6f stimuli-evoked signals in amplitude, although they are generally smaller. Yet, they are significant even at the single neuronal level. They show that GFP fluorescence transients resemble those measured with the dopamine sensor GRABDA1m and the serotonin sensor GRAB-5HT1.0 in amplitude an nature, suggesting that signals with these sensors are dominated by hemodynamic occlusion. Moreover, the authors perform similar experiments with wide-field microscopy which reveals the similarity between the two methods in generating the hemodynamic signals. Together the evidence presented calls for the development and use of high dynamic range sensors to avoid measuring signals that have another origin from the one intended to measure. In the meantime, the evidence highlights the need to control for those artifacts such as with the parallel use of activity independent fluorophores.

      Strengths:

      - Comprehensive study comparing different cortical regions in diverse behavioral settings in controlled conditions.

      - Comparison to the state-of-the-art, i.e. what has been demonstrated with wide-field microscopy.

      - Comparison to diverse activity-dependent sensors, including the widely used GCaMP.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed my concerns well. I have no further comments.

      We agree with this assessment.  


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      The major changes to the manuscript are:

      (1) Re-wrote the discussion, going over all possible sources of the signals we describe.

      (2) We added a quantification of brain motion as Figure S5.

      (3) We added an example of blood vessel contraction as Figure 4C.

      (4) We added data on the fraction of responsive neurons when measured with GCaMP as Figures 3D-3F.

      (5) We added example imaging sites from all imaged regions as Figure S1.

      (6) We added GFP response heatmaps of all neurons as Figure S2.

      (7) We add a quantification of the relationship between GFP response amplitude and expression level Figure S4.

      A detailed point-by-point response to all reviewer concerns is provided below.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Fluorescence imaging has become an increasingly popular technique for monitoring neuronal activity and neurotransmitter concentrations in the living brain. However, factors such as brain motion and changes in blood flow and oxygenation can introduce significant artifacts, particularly when activity-dependent signals are small. Yogesh et al. quantified these effects using GFP, an activity-independent marker, under two-photon and wide-field imaging conditions in awake behaving mice. They report significant GFP responses across various brain regions, layers, and behavioral contexts, with magnitudes comparable to those of commonly used activity sensors. These data highlight the need for robust control strategies and careful interpretation of fluorescence functional imaging data.

      Strengths:

      The effect of hemodynamic occlusion in two-photon imaging has been previously demonstrated in sparsely labeled neurons in V1 of anesthetized animals (see Shen and Kara et al., Nature Methods, 2012). The present study builds on these findings by imaging a substantially larger population of neurons in awake, behaving mice across multiple cortical regions, layers, and stimulus conditions. The experiments are extensive, the statistical analyses are rigorous, and the results convincingly demonstrate significant GFP responses that must be accounted for in functional imaging experiments. However, whether these GFP responses are driven by hemodynamic occlusion remains less clear, given the complexities associated with awake imaging and GFP's properties (see below).

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors primarily attribute the observed GFP responses to hemodynamic occlusion. While this explanation is plausible, other factors may also contribute to the observed signals. These include uncompensated brain movement (e.g., axial-direction movements), leakage of visual stimulation light into the microscope, and GFP's sensitivity to changes in intracellular pH (see e.g., Kneen and Verkman, 1998, Biophysical Journal). Although the correlation between GFP signals and blood vessel diameters supports a hemodynamic contribution, it does not rule out significant contributions from these (or other) factors. Consequently, whether GFP fluorescence can reliably quantify hemodynamic occlusion in two-photon microscopy remains uncertain.

      We concur; our data do not conclusively prove that the effect is only driven by hemodynamic occlusion. We have attempted to make this clearer in the text throughout the manuscript. In particular we have restructured the discussion to focus on this point. Regarding the specific alternatives the reviewer mentions here:

      a) Uncompensated brain motion. While this can certainly contribute, we think the effect is negligible in our interpretation for the following reasons. First, just to point out the obvious, as with all two-photon data we acquire in the lab, we only keep data with no visible z-motion (axial). Second, and more importantly, uncompensated brain motion results in a net decrease of fluorescence. As regions of interest (ROI) are selected to be centered on neurons (as opposed to be randomly selected, or next to, or above or below), movement will – on average – result in a decrease in fluorescence, as neurons are moved out of the ROIs. In the early days of awake two-photon imaging (when preps were still less stable) – we used this movement onset decrease in fluorescence as a sign that running onsets were selected correctly (i.e. with low variance). See e.g. the dip in the running onset trace at time zero in figure 3A of (Keller et al., 2012). Third, we find no evidence for any brain motion in the case of visual stimulation, while the GFP responses during locomotion and visual stimulation are of similar magnitude. We have added a quantification of brain motion (Figure S5) and a discussion of this point to the manuscript.

      b) Leakage of stimulation light. First, all light sources in the experimental room (the projector used for the mouse VR, the optogenetic stimulation light, as well as the computer monitors used to operate the microscope) are synchronized to the turnaround times of the resonant scanner of the two-photon microscope. Thus, light sources in the room are turned off for each line scan of the resonant scanner and turned on in the turnaround period. With a 12kHz scanner this results in a light cycle of 24 kHz (see Leinweber et al., 2014 for details). While the system is not perfect, we can occasionally get detectable light leak responses at the image edges (in the resonant axis as a result of the exponential off kinetics of many LEDs & lasers), these are typically 2 orders of magnitude smaller than what one would get without synchronizing, and far smaller than a single digit percentage change in GFP responses, and only detectable at the image edges. Second, while in visual cortex, dark running onsets are different from running onsets with the VR turned on (Figures 5A and B), they are indistinguishable in ACC (Figure 5C). Thus, stimulation light artefacts we can rule out.

      c) GFP’s sensitivity to changes in pH. Activity results in a decrease in neuronal intracellular pH (https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/14506304/, https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/24312004/) – decreasing pH decreases GFP fluorescence (https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/9512054/).

      To reiterate, we don’t think hemodynamic occlusion is the only possible source to the effects we observe, but we do think it is most likely the largest.

      (2) Regardless of the underlying mechanisms driving the GFP responses, these activity-independent signals must be accounted for in functional imaging experiments. However, the present manuscript does not explore potential strategies to mitigate these effects. Exploring and demonstrating even partial mitigation strategies could have significant implications for the field.

      We concur – however, in brief, we think the only viable mitigation strategy (we are capable of), is to repeat functional imaging with GFP imaging. To unpack this: There have been numerous efforts to mitigate these hemodynamic effects using isosbestic illumination. When we started to use such strategies in the lab for widefield imaging, we thought we would calibrate the isosbestic correction using GFP recordings. The idea was that if performed correctly, an isosbestic response should look like a GFP response. Try as we may, we could not get the isosbestic responses to look like a GFP response. We suspect this is a result of the fact that none of the light sources we used were perfectly match to the isosbestic wavelength the GCaMP variants we used (not for a lack of trying, but neither lasers nor LEDs were available for purchase with exact wavelength matches). Complicating this was then also the fact that the similarity (or dissimilarity) between isosbestic and GFP responses was a function of brain region. Importantly however, just because we could not successfully apply isosbestic corrections, of course does not mean it cannot be done. Hence for the widefield experiments we then resorted to mitigating the problem by repeating the key experiments using GFP imaging (see e.g. (Heindorf and Keller, 2024)). Note, others have also argued that the best way to correct for hemodynamic artefacts is a GFP recording based correction (Valley et al., 2019). A second strategy we tried was using a second fluorophore (i.e. a red marker) in tandem with a GCaMP sensor. The problem here is that the absorption of the two differs markedly by blood and once again a correction of the GCaMP signal using the red channel was questionable at best. Thus, we think the only viable mitigation strategy we have found is GFP recordings and testing whether the postulated effects seen with calcium indicators are also present in GFP responses. This work is our attempt at a post-hoc mitigation of the problem of our own previous two-photon imaging studies.

      (3) Several methodology details are missing from the Methods section. These include: (a) signal extraction methods for two-photon imaging data (b) neuropil subtraction methods (whether they are performed and, if so, how) (c) methods used to prevent visual stimulation light from being detected by the two-photon imaging system (d) methods to measure blood vessel diameter/area in each frame. The authors should provide more details in their revision.

      Please excuse, this was an oversight. All details have been added to the methods.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In this study, Yogesh et al. aimed at characterizing hemodynamic occlusion in two photon imaging, where its effects on signal fluctuations are underappreciated compared to that in wide field imaging and fiber photometry. The authors used activity-independent GFP fluorescence, GCaMP and GRAB sensors for various neuromodulators in two-photon and widefield imaging during a visuomotor context to evaluate the extent of hemodynamic occlusion in V1 and ACC. They found that the GFP responses were comparable in amplitude to smaller GCaMP responses, though exhibiting context-, cortical region-, and depth-specific effects. After quantifying blood vessel diameter change and surrounding GFP responses, they argued that GFP responses were highly correlated with changes in local blood vessel size. Furthermore, when imaging with GRAB sensors for different neuromodulators, they found that sensors with lower dynamic ranges such as GRAB-DA1m, GRAB5HT1.0, and GRAB-NE1m exhibited responses most likely masked by the hemodynamic occlusion, while a sensor with larger SNR, GRAB-ACh3.0, showed much more distinguishable responses from blood vessel change.

      Strengths

      This work is of broad interest to two photon imaging users and GRAB developers and users. It thoroughly quantifies the hemodynamic driven GFP response and compares it to previously published GCaMP data in a similar context, and illustrates the contribution of hemodynamic occlusion to GFP and GRAB responses by characterizing the local blood vessel diameter and fluorescence change. These findings provide important considerations for the imaging community and a sobering look at the utility of these sensors for cortical imaging.

      Importantly, they draw clear distinctions between the temporal dynamics and amplitude of hemodynamic artifacts across cortical regions and layers. Moreover, they show context dependent (Dark versus during visual stimuli) effects on locomotion and optogenetic light-triggered hemodynamic signals.

      Most of the first generation neuromodulator GRAB sensors showed relatively small responses, comparable to blood vessel changes in two photon imaging, which emphasizes a need for improved the dynamic range and response magnitude for future sensors and encourages the sensor users to consider removing hemodynamic artifacts when analyzing GRAB imaging data.

      Weaknesses

      (1) The largest weakness of the paper is that, while they convincingly quantify hemodynamic artifacts across a range of conditions, they do not quantify any methods of correcting for them. The utility of the paper could have been greatly enhanced had they tested hemodynamic correction methods (e.g. from Ocana-Santero et al., 2024) and applied them to their datasets. This would serve both to verify their findings-proving that hemodynamic correction removes the hemodynamic signal-and to act as a guide to the field for how to address the problem they highlight.

      See also our response to reviewer 1 comment 2.

      In the Ocana-Santero et al., 2024 paper they also first use GFP recordings to identify the problem. The mitigation strategy they then propose, and use, is to image a second fluorophore that emits at a different wavelength concurrently with the functional indicator. The authors then simply subtract (we think – the paper states “divisive”, but the data shown are more consistent with “subtractive” correction) the two signals to correct for hemodynamics. However, the paper does not demonstrate that the hemodynamic signals in the red channel match those in the green channel. The evidence presented that this works is at best anecdotal. In our hands this does not work (meaning the red channel does not match GFP recordings), we suspect this is a combination of crosstalk from the simultaneously recorded functional channel and the fact that hemodynamic absorption is strongly wavelength specific, or something we are doing wrong. Either way, we cannot contribute to this in the form of mitigation strategy.

      Given that the GFP responses are a function of brain area and cortical depth – it is not a stretch to postulate that they also depend on genetic cell type labelled. Thus, any GFP calibration used for correction will need to be repeated for each cell type and brain area. Once experiments are repeated using GFP (the strategy we advocate for – we don’t think there is a simpler way to do this), the “correction” is just a subtraction (or a visual comparison).

      (2) The paper attributes the source of 'hemodynamic occlusion' primarily to blood vessel dilation, but leaves unanswered how much may be due to shifts in blood oxygenation. Figure 4 directly addresses the question of how much of the signal can be attributed to occlusion by measuring the blood vessel dilation, but notably fails to reproduce any of the positive transients associated with locomotion in Figure 2. Thus, an investigation into or at least a discussion of what other factors (movement? Hb oxygenation?) may drive these distinct signals would be helpful.

      See also our response to reviewer 1 comment 1.

      We have added to Figure 4 an example of a positive transient. At running onset, superficial blood vessels in cortex tend to constrict and hence result in positive transients.

      We now also mention changes in blood oxygenation as a potential source of hemodynamic occlusion. And just to be clear, blood oxygenation (or flow) changes in absence of any fluorophore, do not lead to a two-photon signal. Just in case the reviewer was concerned about intrinsic signals – these are not detectable in two photon imaging.

      (3) Along these lines, the authors carefully quantified the correlation between local blood vessel diameter and GFP response (or neuropil fluorescence vs blood vessel fluorescence with GRAB sensors). To what extent does this effect depend on proximity to the vessels? Do GFP/ GRAB responses decorrelate from blood vessel activity in neurons further from vessels (refer to Figure 5A and B in Neyhart et al., Cell Reports 2024)?

      We indeed thought about quantifying this, but to do this properly would require having a 3d reconstruction of the blood vessel plexus above (with respect to the optical axis) the neuron of interest, as well as some knowledge of how each vessel dilates as a function of stimulus. The prime effect is likely from blood vessels that are in the 45 degrees illumination cone above the neuron (Author response image 2). Lateral proximity to a blood vessel is likely only of secondary relevance. Thus, performing such a measurement is impractical and of little benefit for others.

      Author response image 2.

      A schematic representation of the cone of illumination.

      While imaging a neuron (the spot on the imaging plane at the focus of the cone of illumination), the relevant blood vessels that primarily contribute to hemodynamic occlusion are those in the cone of illumination between the neuron and the objective lens. Blood vessels visible in the imaging plane (indicated by gray arrows), do not directly contribute to hemodynamic occlusion. Any distance dependence of hemodynamic occlusion in the observed response of a neuron to these blood vessels in the imaging plane is at best incidental.

      (4) Raw traces are shown in Figure 2 but we are never presented with the unaveraged data for locomotion of stimulus presentation times, which limits the reader's ability to independently assess variability in the data. Inclusion of heatmaps comparing event aligned GFP to GCaMP6f may be of value to the reader.

      We fear we are not sure what the reviewer means by “the unaveraged data for locomotion of stimulus presentation times”. We suspect this should read “locomotion or stimulus…”. We have added heat maps of the responses of all neurons of the data shown in Figure 1 – as Figure S2.

      (5) More detailed analysis of differences between the kinds of dynamics observed in GFP vs GCaMP6f expressing neurons could aid in identifying artifacts in otherwise clean data. The example neurons in Figure 2A hint at this as each display unique waveforms and the question of whether certain properties of their dynamics can reveal the hemodynamic rather than indicator driven nature of the signal is left open. Eg. do the decay rate and rise times differ significantly from GCaMP6f signals?

      The most informative distinction we have found is differences in peak responses (Figure 2B). Decay and rise time measurements critically depend on the identification of “events”. As a function of how selective one is with what one calls an event (e.g. easy in example 1 of Figure 2 – but more difficult in examples 2 and 3), one gets very different estimates of rise and decay times. Due to the fact that peak amplitudes are lower in GFP responses – rise and decay times will be either slower or noisier (depending on where the threshold for event detection is set).

      (6) The authors suggest that signal to noise ratio of an indicator likely affects the ability to separate hemodynamic response from the underlying fluorescence signal. Does the degree of background fluorescence affect the size of the artifact? If there was variation in background and overall expression level in the data this could potentially be used to answer this question. Could lower (or higher!) expression levels increase the effects of hemodynamic occlusion?

      There may be a misunderstanding (i.e. we might be misunderstanding the reviewer’s argument here). Our statement from the manuscript that the signal to noise ratio of an indicator matters is based on the simple consideration that hemodynamic occlusion is in the range of 0 to 2 % ΔF/F. The larger the dynamic range of the indicator, the less of a problem 2% ΔF/F are. Imagine an indicator with average responses in the 100’s of % ΔF/F - then this would be a non-problem. For indicators with a dynamic range less than 1%, a 2% artifact is a problem.

      Regarding “background” fluorescence, we are not sure what is meant here. In case the reviewer means fluorescence that comes from indicator molecules in processes (as opposed to soma) that are typically ignored (or classified as neuropil) – we are not sure how this would help. The occlusion effects are identical for both somatic and axonal or dendritic GFP (the source of the GFP fluorescence is not relevant for the occlusion effect). In case the reviewer means “baseline” fluorescence – above a noise threshold ΔF/F<sub>0</sub> should be constant independent of F<sub>0</sub> (i.e. baseline fluorescence). This also holds in the data, see Figure S4. We might be stating the trivial - the normalization of fluorescence activity as ΔF/F<sub>0</sub> has the effect that the “occluder" effect is constant for all values of all F<sub>0</sub>.

      (7) The choice of the phrase 'hemodynamic occlusion' may cause some confusion as the authors address both positive and negative responses in the GFP expressing neurons, and there may be additional contributions from changes in blood oxygenation state.

      Regarding the potential confusion with regards to terminology, occlusion can decrease or increase.

      Only under the (incorrect) assumption that occlusion is zero at baseline would this be confusing – no? If the reviewer has a suggestion for a different term, we’d be open to changing it.

      Regarding blood oxygenation – this is absolutely correct, we did not explicitly point this out in the previous version of the manuscript. Occlusion changes are driven by a combination of changes to volume and “opacity” of the blood. Oxygenation changes would be in the second category. We have clarified this in the manuscript.

      (8) The choice of ACC as the frontal region provides a substantial contrast in location, brain movement, and vascular architecture as compared to V1. As the authors note, ACC is close to the superior sagittal sinus and thus is the region where the largest vascular effects are likely to occur. The reader is left to wonder how much of the ROI may or may not have included vasculature in the ACC vs V1 recordings as the only images of the recording sites provided are for V1. We are left unable to conclude whether the differences observed between these regions are due to the presence of visible vasculature, capillary blood flow or differences in neurovasculature coupling between regions. A less medial portion of M2 may have been a more appropriate comparison. At least, inclusion of more example imaging fields for ACC in the supplementary figures would be of value.

      Both the choice of V1 and ACC were simply driven by previous experiments we had already done in these areas with calcium indicators. And we agree, the relevant axis is likely distance from midline, not AP – i.e. RSC and ACC are likely more similar, and V1 and lateral M2 more similar. We have made this point explicitly in the manuscript and have added sample fields of view as Figure S1.

      (9) In Figure 3, How do the proportions of responsive GFP neurons compare to GCaMP6f neurons?

      We have added the data for GCaMP responses.

      (10) How is variance explained calculated in Figure 4? Is this from a linear model and R^2 value? Is this variance estimate for separate predictors by using single variable models? The methods should describe the construction of the model including the design matrix and how the model was fit and if and how cross validation was run.

      This is simply a linear model (i.e. R^2) – we have added this to the methods.

      (11) Cortical depth is coarsely defined as L2/3 or L5, without numerical ranges in depth from pia.

      Layer 2/3 imaging was done at a depth of 100-250 μm from pia, and the same for layer 5 was 400-600 μm. This has been added to the methods.

      Overall Assessment:

      This paper is an important contribution to our understanding of how hemodynamic artifacts may corrupt GRAB and calcium imaging, even in two-photon imaging modes. Certain useful control experiments, such as intrinsic optical imaging in the same paradigms, were not reported, nor were any hemodynamic correction methods investigated. Thus, this limits both mechanistic conclusions and the overall utility with respect to immediate applications by end users. Nevertheless, the paper is of significant importance to anyone conducting two-photon or widefield imaging with calcium and GRAB sensors and deserves the attention of the broader neuroscience and in-vivo imaging community.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this study, the authors aimed to investigate if hemodynamic occlusion contributes to fluorescent signals measured with two-photon microscopy. For this, they image the activity-independent fluorophore GFP in 2 different cortical areas, at different cortical depths and in different behavioral conditions. They compare the evoked fluorescent signals with those obtained with calcium sensors and neuromodulator sensors and evaluate their relationship to vessel diameter as a readout of blood flow.

      They find that GFP fluorescence transients are comparable to GCaMP6f stimuli-evoked signals in amplitude, although they are generally smaller. Yet, they are significant even at the single neuronal level. They show that GFP fluorescence transients resemble those measured with the dopamine sensor GRABDA1m and the serotonin sensor GRAB-5HT1.0 in amplitude an nature, suggesting that signals with these sensors are dominated by hemodynamic occlusion. Moreover, the authors perform similar experiments with wide-field microscopy which reveals the similarity between the two methods in generating the hemodynamic signals. Together the evidence presented calls for the development and use of high dynamic range sensors to avoid measuring signals that have another origin from the one intended to measure. In the meantime, the evidence highlights the need to control for those artifacts such as with the parallel use of activity independent fluorophores.

      Strengths:

      - Comprehensive study comparing different cortical regions in diverse behavioral settings in controlled conditions.

      - Comparison to the state-of-the-art, i.e. what has been demonstrated with wide-field microscopy.

      - Comparison to diverse activity-dependent sensors, including the widely used GCaMP.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The kinetics of GCaMP is stereotypic. An analysis/comment on if and how the kinetics of the signals could be used to distinguish the hemodynamic occlusion artefacts from calcium signals would be useful.

      We might be misunderstanding what the reviewer means by “the kinetics of GCaMP are stereotypic”. The kinetics are clearly stereotypic if one has isolated single action potential responses in a genetically identified cell type. But data recorded in vivo looks very different, see e.g. example traces in figure 1g of (Keller et al., 2012). And these are selected example traces, the average GCaMP trace looks perhaps more like the three example traces shown in Figure 2 (this is not surprising if the GCaMP signals one records in vivo are a superposition of calcium responses and hemodynamic occlusion). All quantification of kinetics relies on identifying “events”. We cannot identify events in any meaningful way for most of the data (see e.g. examples 2 and 3 in Figure 2). The one feature we can reliably identify as differing between GCaMP and GFP responses is peak response amplitude (as quantified in Figure 2).

      (2) Is it possible that motion is affecting the signals in a certain degree? This issue is not made clear.

      See also our response to reviewer 1 comment 1. In brief, we have added a quantification of motion artefacts as Figure S5, and argue that motion artefacts could only account for locomotion onset responses (there is no detectable brain motion to visual responses) and would predict a decrease in fluorescence (not an increase).

      (3) The causal relationship with blood flow remains open. Hemodynamic occlusion seems a good candidate causing changes in GFP fluorescence, but this remains to be well addressed in further research.

      We agree – we have made this clearer in the manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 2A shows three neurons with convincing GFP responses, with amplitudes often exceeding 100%. However, after seeing these data, I actually feel less convinced that these responses are related to hemodynamic occlusion. Blood vessel diameter changes by at most a few percent during behavior -- how could such small changes lead to >100% changes in GFP fluorescence?

      My guess is that these responses might instead be related to motion artifacts, particularly given the strong correlation between these responses and running speed (Figure 2A). One possible way to test this is by examining a pixelwise map of fluorescence changes (dF/F) during running vs. baseline. If hemodynamic effects are involved, one would likely see a shadow of the involved blood vessels in this map. Conversely, if motion artifacts are the primary factor, the map of dF/F should resemble the spatial gradients of the mean fluorescence image. Examining pixelwise maps of dF/F will likely provide insights regarding the nature of the GFP signals.

      The underlying assumption (“blood vessel diameter changes by at most a few percent”) might be incorrect here. (Note also, relevant is likely the cross section, not diameter.) See Figure 4A1 and B1 for quantification of example blood vessel area changes - both example vessels change area by approximately 50%. Also note, example 1 in Figure 2 is an extreme example. The example was chosen to highlight that effects can be large. To try to illustrate that this is not typical however, we also show the distribution of all neurons in Figure 2B and mark all three example cells – example 1 is at the very tail of the distribution.

      Regarding the analysis suggested, we have added examples of this for running onset to the manuscript (Figure S7). We have examples in which a blood vessel shadow is clearly visible. More typical however, is a general increase in fluorescence (on running onset) that we think is caused by blood vessels closer to the surface of the brain.

      (2) Figure 3A shows strong GFP responses during running, while visuomotor mismatch elicit virtually no GFP-responsive neurons. This finding is puzzling, as visuomotor mismatch has been shown by the same group to activate L2/3 neurons more strongly than running (see Figure 3A, Keller et al., 2012, Neuron). Stronger neuronal activation should, in theory, result in more pronounced hemodynamic effects, and therefore, a higher proportion of GFP-responsive neurons. The absence of GFP responses during visuomotor mismatch raises questions about whether GFP signals are directly linked to hemodynamic occlusion.

      An alternative explanation is that the strong GFP responses observed during running could instead be driven by motion artifacts, e.g., those associated with the increased head or body movements during running onsets. Such artifacts could explain the observed GFP responses, rather than hemodynamic occlusion.

      This might be a misunderstanding. Mismatch responses are primarily observed in mismatch neurons. These are superficial L2/3 neurons (possibly the population that in higher mammals is L2 neurons). The fact that mismatch responses are primarily observed in this superficial population is likely the reason they were discovered using two-photon calcium imaging (which tends to have a bias towards superficial neurons as the image quality is best there), and seen in much fewer neurons when using electrophysiological techniques (Saleem et al., 2013) that are biased to deeper neurons. In response to Reviewer #2, we have now also added a quantification of the fraction of neurons responsive to these stimuli when using GCaMP (Figure 3D-F). The fraction of neurons responsive to visuomotor mismatch is smaller than those responsive on locomotion or to visual stimuli.

      Thus, based on “average” responses across all cortical cell types (our L2/3 recordings here are as unbiased across all of L2/3 as possible) the response profiles (strong running onset and visual responses, and weak MM responses) are probably what one would expect in first approximation also in the blood vessel response profile. Complicating this is of course the fact that it is likely some cell type specific activity that contributes most to blood flow changes, not simply average neuronal activity.

      See response to public review comment 1 for a discussion of alternative sources, including motion artefacts.

      (3) Given the potential confound associated with brain motion, the authors might consider quantifying hemodynamic occlusion effects under more controlled conditions, such as in anesthetized animals, where brain movement is minimal. They could use drifting grating stimuli, which are known to produce wellcharacterized blood vessel and hemodynamic responses in V1. The effects of hemodynamic occlusion can then be quantified by imaging the fluorescence of an activity-independent marker. For maximal robustness, GFP should ideally be avoided, due to its known sensitivity to pH changes, as noted in the public review.

      Brain motion is negligible to visual stimuli in the awake mouse as well (Figure S5). This is likely the better control than anesthetized recordings – anesthesia has strong effects on blood pressure, heart rate, breathing, etc. all of which would introduce more confounds.

      (4) Regardless of the precise mechanism driving the observed GFP response, these activity-independent signals must be accounted for in functional imaging experiments. This applies not only to experiments using small dynamic range sensors but also to those employing 'high dynamic range' sensors like GCaMP6, which, according to the authors, exhibit responses only ~2-fold greater than those of GFP.

      In this context, the extensive GFP imaging data are highly valuable, as they could serve as a benchmark for evaluating the effectiveness of correction methods. Ideally, effective correction methods should produce minimal responses when applied to GFP imaging data. With these data at hand, I strongly encourage the authors to explore potential correction methods, as such methods could have far-reaching impact on the field.

      As discussed above, we have tested a number of such correction approaches for both widefield and two-photon imaging and could never recover a response profile that resembles the GFP response. The “correction method” we have come to favor, is repeating experiments using GFP (i.e. what we have done here).

      (5) Several correction approaches could be considered: for instance, the strong correlation between GFP responses and blood vessel diameter (as shown in Figure 4) could potentially be leveraged to predict and compensate for the activity-independent signals. Alternatively, expressing an activity-independent marker alongside the activity sensor in orthogonal spectral channels could enable simultaneous monitoring and correction of activity-independent signals. Finally, computational procedure to remove common fluctuations, measured from background or 'neuropil' regions (see, e.g., Kerlin et al., 2010, Neuron; Giovannucci et al., 2019, eLife), may help reduce the contamination in cellular ROIs. The authors could try some or all of these methods, and benchmark their effectiveness by assessing, e.g., the number of GFP responsive neurons after correction.

      Over the years we have tried many of these approaches. A correction using a second fluorophore of a different color likely fails because blood absorption is strongly wavelength dependent, making it challenging to calibrate the correction factor. Neuropil “correction” on GCaMP data, even with the best implementations, is just a common mode subtraction. The signal in the neuropil – as the name implies is just an average of many axons and dendrites in the vicinity – most of these processes are from nearby neurons making a neuropil response simply an average response of the neurons in some neighborhood. Adding the problem of hemodynamic responses (which on small scales will also influence nearby neurons and neuropil similarly) makes disentangling the two effects impossible (i.e. neuropil subtraction makes the problem worse, not better). However, just because we fail in implementing all of these methods, does not necessarily mean the method is faulty. Hence we have chosen not to comment on any such method, and simply provide the only mitigation strategy that works in our hands – record GFP responses.

      (6) Given the potential usefulness of the GFP imaging data, I encourage the authors to share these data in a public repository to facilitate the development of correction methods.

      Certainly – all of our data are always published. In the early years of the lab on an FMI repository here https://data.fmi.ch/ - more recently now on Zenodo.

      (7) As noted in the public review, several methodology details are missing. Most importantly, I could not find the description in the Methods section explaining how fluorescence signals from individual neurons were extracted from two-photon imaging data. The existing section on 'Extraction of neuronal activity' appears to cover only the wide-field analysis, with details about two-photon analysis seemingly absent.

      Please excuse the omission – this has all been added to the methods. In brief, to answer your questions:

      Were regions of interest (ROIs) for individual cells identified manually or automatically?

      We use a mixture of manual and automatic methods for our two-photon data. Based on a median filtered (spatially) version of the mean fluorescence image, we used a threshold based selection of ROIs. This was then visually inspected and manually corrected where necessary such that ROIs were at least 250 pixels and only labelled clearly identifiable neurons.

      Was fluorescence within each ROI calculated by averaging signals across pixels, or were signal de-mixing algorithms (e.g., PCA, ICA, or NMF) applied?

      We use the average fluorescence across pixels without any de-mixing algorithms here and in all our two-photon experiments. De-mixing algorithms can introduce a variety of artefacts.

      Additionally, did the authors account for and correct the contribution of surrounding neuropil?

      No neuropil correction was applied. It would also be difficult to see how this would help. If the model of hemodynamic occlusion is correct, one would expect occlusion effects to change on the length scale of blood vessels (i.e. tens to hundreds of microns). Thus, the effect of occlusion on neuropil and cells should be the similar. Neuropil “correction” is always based on the idea of removing signals that are common to both neuropil and somata, thereby complicating the interpretation of the resulting signal even further.

      Without these methodological details, it is difficult to accurately interpret the two-photon signals reported in the manuscript.

      (8) The rationale for using the average fluorescence of a ROI within the blood vessel as a proxy for blood vessel diameter is not entirely clear to me. The authors should provide a clearer justification for this approach in their revision.

      Consider a ROI placed within a blood vessel at the focus of the illumination cone (Author response image 3). Given the axial point-spread-function of two-photon imaging is in the range of 0.5 μm laterally and 3 μm axially (indicated by the bicone), emitted photons from the fluorescent tissue outside of the blood vessel but within the two-photon volume will contribute to change in fluorescence in the ROI. A change in the blood vessel volume, say an increase on dilation, would decrease the amount of emission photons reaching the objective by, one, pushing more of the fluorescent tissue outside of the two-photon volume, and two, by presenting greater hemodynamic occlusion to the photons emitted by the fluorescent tissue immediately below the vessel. Conversely, on vasoconstriction there are more emission photons at the objective.

      In line with this argument, as shown in Figure 4A1-A2, B1-B2 and C1-C2, we do find that the change in fluorescence of blood vessel ROI varies inversely with the area of the blood vessel. Of course, change in blood vessel ROI fluorescence is only a proxy for vessel size. Extracting blood vessel boundaries from individual two-photon frames was noisy and proved unreliable in the absence of specific dyes to label the vessel walls. We thus resorted to using blood vessel ROI fluorescence as a proxy for hemodynamic occlusion, and tested how much of the variance in GFP responses is explained by the change in blood vessel ROI response.

      We have added an explanation to the manuscript, as suggested.

      Author response image 3.

      Average response of ROIs placed within blood vessels co-vary with hemodynamic occlusion.

      (9) I find that the Shen et al., 2012, Nature Methods paper has gone quite far to demonstrate the effect of hemodynamic occlusion in two photon imaging. Therefore, I suggest the authors describe and cite this work not only in the discussion but also in the introduction, where they can highlight the key questions left unanswered by that study and explain how their manuscript aims to address them.

      We have added the reference and point to the work in the introduction as suggested.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I appreciate very much that the study is presented in a very clear manner.

      A few comments that could clarify it even further:

      (1) Fig. 1: make clear on legend if it is an average of full FOVs.

      The traces shown are the average over ROIs (neurons) – we have clarified in the figure legend as suggested.

      (2) Give a more complete definition of hemodynamic occlusion to understand the hypothesis in the relationship between blood vessel dilation and GFP fluorescence (116-119). Maybe, move the phrase from conclusion "Since blood absorbs light, hemodynamic occlusion can affect fluorescence intensity measurements" (219-220).

      Very good point – we expanded on the definition in the introduction.

      (3) For clarity, mention in the main text the method used to assess how a parameter explains the variance (126-129).

      Is implemented.

      (4) Discuss the possible relationship of the signals to neuronal activity.

      We have added this to the discussion.

      (5) Discuss if the measurements could provide any functional insights, whether they could be used to learn something about the brain.

      We have added this to the discussion.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      As to the exceptionally minor issue, namely, correction for multiple statistical tests (minor because the data and the error are presented in the text). We have now conducted one-way ANOVA to back the data displayed in Fig 4A., and Supp. Figs 19 and 21. In each case ANOVA revealed a highly significant difference among means: Dunnett’s post hoc test was then used to test each result against SBW25, with the multiple comparisons corrected for in the analysis.

      This resulted in changes to the description of the statistical analysis in the following captions:

      To Figure 4.

      Where we previously referred to paired t-tests we now state:  ANOVA revealed a highly significant difference among means [F<sub>7,16</sub> = 8.19, p < 0.001] with Dunnett’s post-hoc test adjusted for multiple comparisons showing that five genotypes (*) differ significantly (p < 0.05) from SBW25.

      To Supplementary Figure 19.

      Where we previously referred to paired t-tests we now state: ANOVA revealed a highly significant difference among means [F<sub>7,16</sub> = 16.74, p < 0.001] with Dunnett’s post-hoc test adjusted for multiple comparisons showing that three genotypes (*) differ significantly (p < 0.05) from SBW25.

      To Supplementary Figure 21.

      Where we previously referred to paired t-tests we now state:  ANOVA revealed a highly significant difference among means [F<sub>7,89</sub> = 9.97, p < 0.0001] with Dunnett’s post-hoc test adjusted for multiple comparisons showing that SBW25 ∆mreB and SBW25 ∆PFLU4921-4925 are significantly different (*) from SBW25 (p < 0.05).


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors performed experimental evolution of MreB mutants that have a slow-growing round phenotype and studied the subsequent evolutionary trajectory using analysis tools from molecular biology. It was remarkable and interesting that they found that the original phenotype was not restored (most common in these studies) but that the round phenotype was maintained. 

      Strengths: 

      The finding that the round phenotype was maintained during evolution rather than that the original phenotype, rod-shaped cells, was recovered is interesting. The paper extensively investigates what happens during adaptation with various different techniques. Also, the extensive discussion of the findings at the end of the paper is well thought through and insighXul. 

      Weaknesses: 

      I find there are three general weaknesses: 

      (1) Although the paper states in the abstract that it emphasizes "new knowledge to be gained" it remains unclear what this concretely is. On page 4 they state 3 three research questions, these could be more extensively discussed in the abstract. Also, these questions read more like genetics questions while the paper is a lot about cell biological findings. 

      Thank you for drawing attention to the unnecessary and gratuitous nature of the last sentence of the Abstract. We are in agreement. It has been modified, and we have taken  advantage of additional word space to draw attention to the importance of the two competing (testable) hypotheses laid out in the Discussion. 

      As to new knowledge, please see the Results and particularly the Discussion. But beyond this, and as recognised by others, there is real value for cell biology in seeing how (and whether) selection can compensate for effects that are deleterious to fitness. The results will very often depart from those delivered from, for example, suppressor analyses, or bottom up engineering. 

      In the work recounted in our paper, we chose to focus – by way of proof-of principle – on the most commonly observed mutations, namely, those within pbp1A.  But beyond this gene, we detected mutations  in other components of the cell shape / division machinery whose connections are not yet understood and which are the focus of on-going investigation.  

      As to the three questions posed at the end of the Introduction, the first concerns whether selection can compensate for deleterious effects of deleting mreB (a question that pertains to evolutionary aspects); the second seeks understanding of genetic factors; the third aims to shed light on the genotype-to-phenotype map (which is where the cell biology comes into play).  Given space restrictions, we cannot see how we could usefully expand, let alone discuss, the three questions raised at the end of the Introduction in restrictive space available in the Abstract.   

      (2) It is not clear to me from the text what we already know about the restoration of MreB loss from suppressors studies (in the literature). Are there suppressor screens in the literature and which part of the findings is consistent with suppressor screens and which parts are new knowledge?  

      As stated in the Introduction, a previous study with B. subtilis (which harbours three MreB isoforms and where the isoform named “MreB” is essential for growth under normal conditions), suppressors of MreB lethality were found to occur in ponA, a class A penicillin binding protein (Kawai et al., 2009). This led to recognition that MreB plays a role in recruiting Pbp1A to the lateral cell wall. On the other hand, Patel et al. (2020) have shown that deletion of classA PBPs leads to an up-regulation of rod complex activity. Although there is a connection between rod complex and class A PBPs, a further study has shown that the two systems work semi-autonomously (Cho et al., 2016). 

      Our work confirms a connection between MreB and Pbp1A, and has shed new light on how this interaction is established by means of natural selection, which targets the integrity of cell wall. Indeed, the Rod complex and class A PBPs have complementary activities in the building of the cell wall with each of the two systems able to compensate for the other in order to maintain cell wall integrity. Please see the major part of the Discussion. In terms of specifics, the connection between mreB and pbp1A (shown by Kawai et al (2009)) is indirect because it is based on extragenic transposon insertions. In our study, the genetic connection is mechanistically demonstrated.  In addition, we capture that the evolutionary dynamics is rapid and we finally enriched understanding of the genotype-to-phenotype map.

      (3) The clarity of the figures, captions, and data quantification need to be improved.  

      Modifications have been implemented. Please see responses to specific queries listed below.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Yulo et al. show that deletion of MreB causes reduced fitness in P. fluorescens SBW25 and that this reduction in fitness may be primarily caused by alterations in cell volume. To understand the effect of cell volume on proliferation, they performed an evolution experiment through which they predominantly obtained mutations in pbp1A that decreased cell volume and increased viability. Furthermore, they provide evidence to propose that the pbp1A mutants may have decreased PG cross-linking which might have helped in restoring the fitness by rectifying the disorganised PG synthesis caused by the absence of MreB. Overall this is an interesting study. 

      Queries: 

      Do the small cells of mreB null background indeed have no DNA? It is not apparent from the DAPI images presented in Supplementary Figure 17. A more detailed analysis will help to support this claim. 

      It is entirely possible that small cells have no DNA, because if cell division is aberrant then division can occur prior to DNA segregation resulting in cells with no DNA. It is clear from microscopic observation that both small and large cells do not divide. It is, however, true, that we are unable to state – given our measures of DNA content – that small cells have no DNA. We have made this clear on page 13, paragraph 2.

      What happens to viability and cell morphology when pbp1A is removed in the mreB null background? If it is actually a decrease in pbp1A activity that leads to the rescue, then pbp1A- mreB- cells should have better viability, reduced cell volume and organised PG synthesis. Especially as the PG cross-linking is almost at the same level as the T362 or D484 mutant.  

      Please see fitness data in Supp. Fig. 13. Fitness of ∆mreBpbp1A is no different to that caused by a point mutation. Cells remain round.  

      What is the status of PG cross-linking in ΔmreB Δpflu4921-4925 (Line 7)? 

      This was not analysed as the focus of this experiment was PBPs. A priori, there is no obvious reason to suspect that ∆4921-25 (which lacks oprD) would be affected in PBP activity.

      What is the morphology of the cells in Line 2 and Line 5? It may be interesting to see if PG cross-linking and cell wall synthesis is also altered in the cells from these lines. 

      The focus of investigation was restricted to L1, L4 and L7. Indeed, it would be interesting to look at the mutants harbouring mutations in :sZ, but this is beyond scope of the present investigation (but is on-going). The morphology of L2 and L5 are shown in Supp. Fig. 9.

      The data presented in 4B should be quantified with appropriate input controls. 

      Band intensity has now been quantified (see new Supp. Fig .20). The controls are SBW25, SBW25∆pbp1A, SBW25 ∆mreB and SBW25 ∆mreBpbp1A as explained in the paper.

      What are the statistical analyses used in 4A and what is the significance value? 

      Our oversight. These were reported in Supp. Fig. 19, but should also have been presented in Fig. 4A. Data are means of three biological replicates. The statistical tests are comparisons between each mutant and SBW25, and assessed by paired t-tests.  

      A more rigorous statistical analysis indicating the number of replicates should be done throughout. 

      We have checked and made additions where necessary and where previously lacking. In particular, details are provided in Fig. 1E, Fig. 4A and Fig. 4B. For Fig. 4C we have produced quantitative measures of heterogeneity in new cell wall insertion. These are reported in Supp. Fig. 21 (and referred to in the text and figure caption) and show that patterns of cell wall insertion in ∆mreB are highly heterogeneous.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      This paper addresses an understudied problem in microbiology: the evolution of bacterial cell shape. Bacterial cells can take a range of forms, among the most common being rods and spheres. The consensus view is that rods are the ancestral form and spheres the derived form. The molecular machinery governing these different shapes is fairly well understood but the evolutionary drivers responsible for the transition between rods and spheres are not. Enter Yulo et al.'s work. The authors start by noting that deletion of a highly conserved gene called MreB in the Gram-negative bacterium Pseudomonas fluorescens reduces fitness but does not kill the cell (as happens in other species like E. coli and B. subtilis) and causes cells to become spherical rather than their normal rod shape. They then ask whether evolution for 1000 generations restores the rod shape of these cells when propagated in a rich, benign medium. 

      The answer is no. The evolved lineages recovered fitness by the end of the experiment, growing just as well as the unevolved rod-shaped ancestor, but remained spherical. The authors provide an impressively detailed investigation of the genetic and molecular changes that evolved. Their leading results are: 

      (1) The loss of fitness associated with MreB deletion causes high variation in cell volume among sibling cells after cell division. 

      (2) Fitness recovery is largely driven by a single, loss-of-function point mutation that evolves within the first ~250 generations that reduces the variability in cell volume among siblings. 

      (3) The main route to restoring fitness and reducing variability involves loss of function mutations causing a reduction of TPase and peptidoglycan cross-linking, leading to a disorganized cell wall architecture characteristic of spherical cells. 

      The inferences made in this paper are on the whole well supported by the data. The authors provide a uniquely comprehensive account of how a key genetic change leads to gains in fitness and the spectrum of phenotypes that are impacted and provide insight into the molecular mechanisms underlying models of cell shape. 

      Suggested improvements and clarifications include: 

      (1) A schematic of the molecular interactions governing cell wall formation could be useful in the introduction to help orient readers less familiar with the current state of knowledge and key molecular players. 

      We understand that this would be desirable, but there are numerous recent reviews with detailed schematics that we think the interested reader would be better consulting. These are referenced in the text.

      (2) More detail on the bioinformatics approaches to assembling genomes and identifying the key compensatory mutations are needed, particularly in the methods section. This whole subject remains something of an art, with many different tools used. Specifying these tools, and the parameter settings used, will improve transparency and reproducibility, should it be needed. 

      We overlooked providing this detail, which has now been corrected by provision of more information in the Materials and Methods. In short we used Breseq, the clonal option, with default parameters. Additional analyses were conducted using Genieous. The BreSeq output files are provided https://doi.org/10.17617/3.CU5SX1 (which include all read data).

      (3) Corrections for multiple comparisons should be used and reported whenever more than one construct or strain is compared to the common ancestor, as in Supplementary Figure 19A (relative PG density of different constructs versus the SBW25 ancestor). 

      The data presented in Supp Fig 19A (and Fig 4A) do not involve multiple comparisons. In each instance the comparison is between SBW25 and each of the different mutants. A paired t-test is thus appropriate.

      (4) The authors refrain from making strong claims about the nature of selection on cell shape, perhaps because their main interest is the molecular mechanisms responsible. However, I think more can be said on the evolutionary side, along two lines. First, they have good evidence that cell volume is a trait under strong stabilizing selection, with cells of intermediate volume having the highest fitness. This is notable because there are rather few examples of stabilizing selection where the underlying mechanisms responsible are so well characterized. Second, this paper succeeds in providing an explanation for how spherical cells can readily evolve from a rod-shaped ancestor but leaves open how rods evolved in the first place. Can the authors speculate as to how the complex, coordinated system leading to rods first evolved? Or why not all cells have lost rod shape and become spherical, if it is so easy to achieve? These are important evolutionary questions that remain unaddressed. The manuscript could be improved by at least flagging these as unanswered questions deserving of further attention. 

      These are interesting points, but our capacity to comment is entirely speculative. Nonetheless, we have added an additional paragraph to the Discussion that expresses an opinion that has yet to receive attention:

      “Given the complexity of the cell wall synthesis machinery that defines rod-shape in bacteria, it is hard to imagine how rods could have evolved prior to cocci. However, the cylindrical shape offers a number of advantages. For a given biomass (or cell volume), shape determines surface area of the cell envelope, which is the smallest surface area associated with the spherical shape. As shape sets the surface/volume ratio, it also determines the ratio between supply (proportional to the surface) and demand (proportional to cell volume). From this point of view, it is more efficient to be cylindrical (Young 2006). This also holds for surface attachment and biofilm formation (Young 2006). But above all, for growing cells, the ratio between supply and demand is constant in rod shaped bacteria, whereas it decreases for cocci. This requires that spherical cells evolve complex regulatory networks capable of maintaining the correct concentration of cellular proteins despite changes in surface/volume ratio. From this point of view, rod-shaped bacteria offer opportunities to develop unsophisticated regulatory networks.”

      why not all cells have lost rod shape and become spherical.

      Please see Kevin Young’s 2006 review on the adaptive significance of cell shape

      The value of this paper stems both from the insight it provides on the underlying molecular model for cell shape and from what it reveals about some key features of the evolutionary process. The paper, as it currently stands, provides more on which to chew for the molecular side than the evolutionary side. It provides valuable insights into the molecular architecture of how cells grow and what governs their shape. The evolutionary phenomena emphasized by the authors - the importance of loss-of-function mutations in driving rapid compensatory fitness gains and that multiple genetic and molecular routes to high fitness are often available, even in the relatively short time frame of a few hundred generations - are well understood phenomena and so arguably of less broad interest. The more compelling evolutionary questions concern the nature and cause of stabilizing selection (in this case cell volume) and the evolution of complexity. The paper misses an opportunity to highlight the former and, while claiming to shed light on the latter, provides rather little useful insight. 

      Thank you for these thoughts and comments. However, we disagree that the experimental results are an overlooked opportunity to discuss stabilising selection. Stabilising selection occurs when selection favours a particular phenotype causing a reduction in underpinning population-level genetic diversity. This is not happening when selection acts on SBW25 ∆mreB leading to a restoration of fitness. Driving the response are biophysical factors, primarily the critical need to balance elongation rate with rate of septation. This occurs without any change in underlying genetic diversity.  

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations for the Authors): 

      Hereby my suggestion for improvement of the quantification of the data, the figures, and the text. 

      -  p 14, what is the unit of elongation rate?  

      At first mention we have made clear that the unit is given in minutes^-1

      -  p 14, please give an error bar for both p=0.85 and f=0.77, to be able to conclude they are different 

      Error on the probability p is estimated at the 95% confidence interval by the formula:1.96 , where N is the total number of cells. This has been added in the paragraph p »probability » of the Image Analysis section in the Material and Methods. 

      We also added errors on p measurement in the main text.

      -  p 14, all the % differences need an errorbar 

      The error bars and means are given in Fig 3C and 3D.

      -  Figure 1B adds units to compactness, and what does it represent? Is the cell size the estimated volume (that is mentioned in the caption)? Shouldn't the datapoints have error bars? 

      Compactness is defined in the “Image Analysis” section of the Material and Methods. It is a dimensionless parameter. The distribution of individual cell shapes / sizes are depicted in Fig 1B. Error does arise from segmentation, but the degree of variance (few pixels) is much smaller than the representations of individual cells shown.

      -  Figure 1C caption, are the 50.000 cells? 

      Correct. Figure caption has been altered.

      -  Figure 1D, first the elongation rate is described as a volume per minute, but now, looking at the units it is a rate, how is it normalized? 

      Elongation rate is explained in the Materials and Methods (see the image analysis section) and is not volume per minute. It is dV/dt = r*V (the unit of r is min^-1). Page 9 includes specific mention of the unit of r.

      -  Figure 1E, how many cells (n) per replicate? 

      Our apologies. We have corrected the figure caption that now reads:

      “Proportion of live cells in ancestral SBW25 (black bar) and ΔmreB (grey bar) based on LIVE/DEAD BacLight Bacterial Viability Kit protocol. Cells were pelleted at 2,000 x g for 2 minutes to preserve ΔmreB cell integrity. Error bars are means and standard deviation of three biological replicates (n>100).”

      -  Figure 1G, how does this compare to the wildtype 

      The volume for wild type SBW25 is 3.27µm^3 (within the “white zone”). This is mentioned in the text.

      -  Figure 2B, is this really volume, not size? And can you add microscopy images? 

      The x-axis is volume (see Materials and Methods, subsection image analysis). Images are available in Supp. Fig. 9.

      -  Figure 3A what does L1, L4 and L7 refer too? Is it correct that these same lines are picked for WT and delta_mreB 

      Thank you for pointing this out. This was an earlier nomenclature. It was shorthand for the mutants that are specified everywhere else by genotype and has now been corrected. 

      -  Figure 3c: either way write out p, so which probability, or you need a simple cartoon that is plotted. 

      The value p is the probability to proceed to the next generation and is explained in Materials and Methods  subsection image analysis.  We feel this is intuitive and does not require a cartoon. We nonetheless added a sentence to the Materials and Methods to aid clarity.

      -  Figure 4B can you add a ladder to the gel? 

      No ladder was included, but the controls provide all the necessary information. The band corresponding to PBP1A is defined by presence in SBW25, but absence in SBW25 ∆pbp1A.

      -  Figure 4c, can you improve the quantification of these images? How were these selected and how well do they represent the community? 

      We apologise for the lack of quantitative description for data presented in Fig 4C. This has now been corrected. In brief, we measured the intensity of fluorescent signal from between 10 and 14 cells and computed the mean and standard deviation of pixel intensity for each cell. To rule out possible artifacts associated with variation of the mean intensity, we calculated the ratio of the standard deviation divided by the square root of the mean. These data reveal heterogeneity in cell wall synthesis and provide strong statistical support for the claim that cell wall synthesis in ∆mreB is significantly more heterogeneous than the control. The data are provided in new Supp. Fig. 21. 

      Minor comments: 

      -  It would be interesting if the findings of this experimental evolution study could be related to comparative studies (if these have ever been executed).  

      Little is possible, but Hendrickson and Yulo published a portion of the originally posted preprint separately. We include a citation to that paper. 

      -  p 13, halfway through the page, the second paragraph lacks a conclusion, why do we care about DNA content? 

      It is a minor observation that was included by way of providing a complete description of cell phenotype.  

      -  p 17, "suggesting that ... loss-of-function", I do no not understand what this is based upon. 

      We show that the fitness of a pbp1A deletion is indistinguishable from the fitness of one of the pbp1A point mutants. This fact establishes that the point mutation had the same effects as a gene deletion thus supporting the claim that the point mutations identified during the course of the selection experiment decrease (or destroy) PBP1A function.

      -  p 25, at the top of the page: do you have a reference for the statement that a disorganized cell wall architecture is suited to the topology of spherical cells? 

      The statement is a conclusion that comes from our reasoning. It stems from the fact that it is impossible to entirely map the surface of a sphere with parallel strands.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Evading predation is of utmost importance for most animals and camouflage is one of the predominant mechanisms. Wu et al. set out to test the hypothesis of a unique camouflage system in leafhoppers. These animals coat themselves with brochosomes, which are spherical nanostructures that are produced in the Malpighian tubules and are distributed on the cuticle after eclosion. Based on previous findings on the reflectivity properties of brochosomes, the authors provide very good evidence that these nanostructures indeed reduce the reflectivity of the animals thereby reducing predation by jumping spiders. Further, they identify four proteins, which are essential for the proper development and function of brochosomes. In RNAi experiments, the regular brochosome structure is lost, the reflectivity reduced and the respective animals are prone to increased predation. Finally, the authors provide some phylogenetic sequence analyses and speculate about the evolution of these essential genes.

      Strengths:

      The study is very comprehensive including careful optical measurements, EM and TM analysis of the nanoparticles and their production line in the malphigian tubules, in vivo predation tests, and knock-down experiments to identify essential proteins. Indeed, the results are very convincingly in line with the starting hypothesis such that the study robustly assigns a new biological function to the brochosome coating system.

      A key strength of the study is that the biological relevance of the brochosome coating is convincingly shown by an in vivo predation test using a known predator from the same habitat.

      Another major step forward is an RNAi screen, which identified four proteins, which are essential for the brochosome structure (BSMs). After respective RNAi knock-downs, the brochosomes show curious malformations that are interesting in terms of the self-assembly of these nanostructures. The optical and in vivo predation tests provide excellent support for the model that the RNAi knock-down leads to a change of brochosomes structure, which reduces reflectivity, which in turn leads to a decrease of the antipredatory effect.

      Thank you very much for your positive feedback and insightful comments on our manuscript. We are delighted that you acknowledge the efforts we have made in studying the components and functions of Brochosomal proteins. We have carefully considered your suggestions and have thoroughly revised the manuscript to address the shortcomings identified in our original submission. We hope that the revised version meets with your approval. Below, please find our detailed point-by-point responses.

      Weaknesses:

      The reduction of reflectivity by aberrant brochosomes or after ageing is only around 10%. This may seem little to have an effect in real life. On the other hand, the in vivo predation tests confirm an influence. Hence, this is not a real weakness of the study - just a note to reconsider the wording for describing the degree of reflectivity.

      Thank you for your valuable suggestions. Based on your recommendations, we have revised the manuscript accordingly. Although the absolute reduction in light reflection due to Brochosomal coverage is approximately 10%, the relative decrease in light reflection on the leafhopper's surface is nearly 30%. Specifically, in the ultraviolet region, the reflection is reduced from about 30% to 20%, and in the visible light region, it is reduced from 20% to 10%. For detailed revisions, please refer to lines 151-156 of the revised manuscript.

      The single gene knockdowns seemed to lead to a very low penetrance of malformed brochosomes (Figure Supplement 3). Judging from the overview slides, less than 1% of brochosomes may have been affected. A quantification of regular versus abnormal particles in both, wildtype and RNAi treatments would have helped to exclude that the shown aberrant brochosomes did not just reflect a putative level of "normal" background defects. Of note, the quadruple knock-down of all BSMs seemed to lead to a high penetrance (Figure 4), which was already reflected in the microtubule production line. While the data shown are convincing, a quantification might strengthen the argument.

      While the RNAi effects seemed to be very specific to brochosomes and therefore very likely specific, an off-target control for RNAi was still missing. Finding the same/similar phenotype with a non-overlapping dsRNA fragment in one off-target experiment is usually considered required and sufficient. Further, the details of the targeted sequence will help future workers on the topic.

      Thank you for your valuable suggestions. Based on your recommendations, we have synthesized dsRNA targeting two non-overlapping regions of the coding sequences for four Brochosomal structural protein genes. These dsRNAs were injected individually and in combination for each gene. Our RNAi experiments for each BSM gene demonstrated that both individual and combined injections significantly suppressed the expression of the target genes, with the combined injection yielding slightly better silencing efficiency. Statistical analysis of the SEM observations revealed that the combined injection of dsRNAs targeting two non-overlapping regions led to a 60-70% reduction in the surface area coverage of Brochosomes. Additionally, approximately 20% of the remaining Brochosomes exhibited significant morphological changes. For detailed revisions, please refer to lines 199-211 of the revised manuscript, as well as Figures 3A and 3C, and Supplementary Figures 4 and 5.

      The main weakness in the current manuscript may be the phylogenetic analysis and the model of how the genes evolved. Several aspects were not clearly or consistently stated such that I felt unsure about what the authors actually think. For instance: Are all the 4 BSMs related to each other or only BSM2 and 3? If so, not only BSM2 and 3 would be called "paralogs" but also the other BSMs. If they were all related, then a phylogenetic tree including all BSMs should be shown to visualize the relatedness (including the putative ancestral gene if that is the model of the authors). Actually, I was not sure about how the authors think about the emergence of the BSMs. Are they real orphan genes (i.e. not present outside the respective clade) or was there an ancestral gene that was duplicated and diverged to form the BSMs? Where in the phylogeny does the first of the BSMs or ancestral proteins emerge (is the gene found in Clastoptera arizonana the most ancestral one?)? Maybe, the evolution of the BSMs would have to be discussed individually for each gene as they show somewhat different patterns of emergence and loss (BSM4 present in all species, the others with different degrees of phylogenetic restriction).

      Thank you very much for your constructive feedback on our phylogenetic analysis and the modeling of gene evolution. We fully agree with your insights and acknowledge that the evolutionary analysis of BSM genes remains somewhat ambiguous. This ambiguity is primarily due to the limited research on the precise structural protein composition of Brochosomes. While proteomics studies have analyzed and discussed the structural proteins of Brochosomes, the accurate composition of these proteins is still poorly understood. In this study, we identified four BSM proteins, but given the intricate structure of Brochosomes as proteinaceous spheres, we believe there may be additional BSM genes that have not yet been identified. Moreover, despite the presence of over ten thousand species within the Cicadomorpha, only three species have genome sequences available, and fewer than a hundred species have transcriptome sequencing data. The scarcity of research on Brochosomes, as well as the limited availability of genomic and transcriptomic data, poses significant challenges for our phylogenetic analysis and understanding of BSM gene evolution.

      Based on your suggestions, we have revised the manuscript accordingly. Specifically, we have updated Figure 5C by including ten additional species from Cereopoidea, Cicadoidea, and Fulgoroidea to better illustrate that BSM genes are true orphan genes. We have also added a phylogenetic tree of BSM genes within Cicadidae in Supplementary Figure 3. Additionally, we have expanded the discussion of BSM gene evolution in the manuscript (lines 503-556). For detailed revisions, please refer to Figure 5C, Supplementary Figure 3, and lines 507-585 of the revised manuscript.

      Related to these questions I remained unsure about some details in Figure 5. On what kind of analysis is the phylogeny based? Why are some species not colored, although they are located on the same branch as colored ones? What is the measure for homology values - % identity/similarity? The homology labels for Nephotetix cincticeps and N. virescens seem to be flipped: the latter is displayed with 100% identity for all genes with all proteins while the former should actually show this. As a consequence of these uncertainties, I could not fully follow the respective discussion and model for gene evolution.

      Thank you very much for your insightful comments and suggestions. We have carefully considered your feedback and have thoroughly revised our manuscript accordingly. Specifically, we have enhanced the description of the phylogenetic analysis process to provide greater clarity and transparency, with the detailed methods now included in lines 789-798. Regarding Figure 5C, we appreciate your attention to the coloring scheme. We would like to clarify that the family Cicadellidae comprises 25 subfamilies, many of which are represented by only one species in our figure. To ensure clarity and meaningful representation, we have chosen to color only those subfamilies with more than three species, thereby avoiding visual clutter and emphasizing the most relevant taxonomic groups. Additionally, we have corrected the inverted homology labels for Nephotetix cincticeps and Nephotetix virescens to ensure the accuracy and consistency of our data presentation.

      Conclusion:

      The authors successfully tested their hypothesis in a multidisciplinary approach and convincingly assigned a new biological function to the brochosomes system. The results fully support their claims - only the quantification of the penetrance in the RNAi experiments would be helpful to strengthen the point. The author's analysis of the evolution of BSM genes remained a bit vague and I remained unsure about their respective conclusions.

      The work is a very interesting study case of the evolutionary emergence of a new system to evade predators. Based on this study, the function of the BSM genes could now be studied in other species to provide insights into putative ancestral functions. Further, studying the self-assembly of such highly regular complex nano-structures will be strongly fostered by the identification of the four key structural genes.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Main manuscript:

      Please consider the annotated pdf with suggestions for wording and comments at the authors' discretion:

      Thank you very much for your detailed suggestions and comments provided in the annotated PDF. We have carefully reviewed each of your points and have revised the manuscript accordingly. All changes have been highlighted in red text for your convenience. The revised manuscript with tracked changes is available for your review. We believe these revisions have improved the clarity and quality of our manuscript. Thank you again for your valuable feedback.

      Supplementary Figure 2 C:

      Y-axes:

      - label: "surface coverage in %"

      - there are different scale values for the different days (e.g. 80-105 for day 5 and 0-80 at day 25). As a comparison between days is interesting, it would help to have the same scale values for all. That would show the decrease more intuitively.

      Thank you very much for your suggestion regarding the Y-axis in Supplementary Figure 2C. We agree that using a consistent scale across all time points is essential for clear and intuitive comparison. In the revised manuscript, we have standardized the Y-axis scale for Supplementary Figure 2C to a uniform range of 0-100% for all days. This change allows for a more straightforward visualization of the decreasing trend in surface coverage over time.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigate the optical properties of brochosomes produced by leafhoppers. They hypothesize that brochosomes reduce light reflection on the leafhopper's body surface, aiding in predator avoidance. Their hypothesis is supported by experiments involving jumping spiders. Additionally, the authors employ a variety of techniques including micro-UV-Vis spectroscopy, electron microscopy, transcriptome and proteome analysis, and bioassays. This study is highly interesting, and the experimental data is well-organized and logically presented.

      Strengths:

      The use of brochosomes as a camouflage coating has been hypothesized since 1936 (R.B. Swain, Entomol. News 47, 264-266, 1936) with evidence demonstrated by similar synthetic brochosome systems in a number of recent studies (S. Yang, et al. Nat. Commun. 8:1285, 2017; L. Wang, et al., PNAS. 121: e2312700121, 2024). However, direct biological evidence or relevant field studies have been lacking to directly support the hypothesis that brochosomes are used for camouflage. This work provides the first biological evidence demonstrating that natural brochosomes can be used as a camouflage coating to reduce the leafhoppers' observability of their predators. The design of the experiments is novel.

      We are extremely grateful for your positive feedback and insightful comments on our manuscript. We are delighted that you have recognized the efforts we have put into our research on how brochosomes serve as a camouflage coating to reduce the detectability of leafhoppers to their predators. We have carefully considered your suggestions and have thoroughly revised the manuscript to address the shortcomings of the original version. We hope that the revised version meets with your approval. Below, please find our detailed point-by-point responses.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The observation that brochosome coatings become sparse after 25 days in both male and female leafhoppers, resulting in increased predation by jumping spiders, is intriguing. However, since leafhoppers consistently secrete and groom brochosomes, it would be beneficial to explore why brochosomes become significantly less dense after 25 days.

      Thank you very much for your valuable suggestions. We appreciate your interest in the reduction of brochosomal density on the surface of leafhoppers after 25 days.We believe that the primary reason for the decreased density of brochosomes on the leafhopper surface after 25 days is the reduced synthesis and secretion of brochosomes. The Malpighian tubules are the main sites for brochosome synthesis. As shown in Figure 2D and Supplementary Figure 1, the thick glandular segments of the Malpighian tubules in both male and female leafhoppers begin to atrophy 15 days after reaching adulthood. This indicates a gradual decline in brochosome synthesis and secretion after day 15 of adulthood. Following your suggestion, we have revised the discussion section of the manuscript to elaborate on this observation. The detailed changes can be found in lines 474-491 of the revised manuscript.

      (2) The authors demonstrate that brochosome coatings reduce UV (specular) reflection compared to surfaces without brochosomes, which can be attributed to the rough geometry of brochosomes as discussed in the literature. However, it would be valuable to investigate whether the proteins forming the brochosomes are also UV absorbing.

      Thank you very much for your valuable suggestions. Following your advice, we have successfully expressed four BSM genes in a prokaryotic system, purified the corresponding proteins, and applied them to quartz glass surfaces. We then measured the light reflectance of the quartz glass surfaces coated with these purified proteins. The results showed that the purified BSM proteins did not exhibit better antireflective properties compared to the control GST protein. For more details, please refer to Supplementary Figure 8 in the revised manuscript.  We believe that the excellent antireflective properties of brochosomes are fundamentally due to their unique geometric shapes. The hollow pores within the brochosomes, with diameters of approximately 100 nm, are significantly smaller than most wavelengths in the visible spectrum. When light passes through these tiny pores, diffraction occurs, while light passing through the ridges of the brochosomes causes scattering. The interference between the diffracted and scattered light from these pores and ridges results in the observed extinction characteristics of brochosomes. We have incorporated these insights into the discussion section of the revised manuscript (lines 416-425 and lines 432-442 of the revised manuscript).

      (3) The experiments with jumping spiders show that brochosomes help leafhoppers avoid predators to some extent. It would be beneficial for the authors to elaborate on the exact mechanism behind this camouflage effect. Specifically, why does reduced UV reflection aid in predator avoidance? If predators are sensitive to UV light, how does the reduced UV reflectance specifically contribute to evasion?

      Thank you very much for your valuable suggestions. Based on your advice, we have included a detailed discussion on how reducing ultraviolet (UV) reflection can help insects avoid predation. The revised content can be found in lines 445-460 of the revised manuscript.

      “UV light serves as a crucial visual cue for various insect predators, enhancing foraging, navigation, mating behavior, and prey identification (Cronin & Bok, 2016; Morehouse et al., 2017; Silberglied, 1979). Predators such as birds, reptiles, and predatory arthropods often rely on UV vision to detect prey (Church et al., 1998; Li & Lim, 2005; Zou et al., 2011). However, UV reflectance from insect cuticles can disrupt camouflage, increasing the risk of detection and predation, as natural backgrounds like leaves, bark, and soil typically reflect minimal UV light (Endler, 1997; Li & Lim, 2005; Tovee, 1995). To mitigate this risk, insects often possess anti-reflective cuticular structures that reduce UV and broad-spectrum light reflectance. This strategy is widespread among insects, including cicadas, dragonflies, and butterflies, and has been shown to decrease predator detection rates (Hooper et al., 2006; Siddique et al., 2015; Zhang et al., 2006). For example, the compound eyes of moths feature hexagonal protuberances that reduce UV reflectance, aiding nocturnal concealment (Blagodatski et al., 2015; Stavenga et al., 2005). In butterflies, UV reflectance from eyespots on wings can attract predators, but reducing UV reflectance or eyespot size can lower predation risk and enhance camouflage (Chan et al., 2019; Lyytinen et al., 2004). Hence, the reflection of ultraviolet light from the insect cuticle surface increases the risk of predation by disrupting camouflage (Tovee, 1995)”

      (4) An important reference regarding the moth-eye effect is missing. Please consider including the following paper: Clapham, P. B., and M. C. Hutley. "Reduction of lens reflection by the 'Moth Eye' principle." Nature 244: 281-282 (1973).

      Thank you very much for pointing out the omission of the important reference on the “moth eye” effect. We sincerely apologize for the oversight. Based on your suggestion, we have now included the seminal paper by Clapham and Hutley (1973) in the revised manuscript. The reference has been added to both the Introduction and Discussion sections to provide a more comprehensive context for our discussion on anti-reflective structures in insects.

      (5) The introduction should be revised to accurately reflect the related contributions in literature. Specifically, the novelty of this work lies in the demonstration of the camouflage effect of brochosomes using jumping spiders, which is verified for the first time in leafhoppers. However, the proposed use of brochosome powder for camouflage was first described by R.B. Swain (R.B. Swain, Notes on the oviposition and life history of the leafhopper Oncometopta undata Fabr. (Homoptera: Cicadellidae), Entomol. News. 47: 264-266 (1936)). Recently, the antireflective and potential camouflage functions of brochosomes were further studied by Yang et al. based on synthetic brochosomes and simulated vision techniques (S. Yang, et al. "Ultra-antireflective synthetic brochosomes." Nature Communications 8: 1285 (2017)). Later, Lei et al. demonstrated the antireflective properties of natural brochosomes in 2020 (C.-W. Lei, et al., "Leafhopper wing-inspired broadband omnidirectional antireflective embroidered ball-like structure arrays using a nonlithography-based methodology." Langmuir 36: 5296-5302 (2020)). Very recently, Wang et al. successfully fabricated synthetic brochosomes with precise geometry akin to those natural ones, and further elucidated the antireflective mechanisms based on the brochosome geometry and their role in reducing the observability of leafhoppers to their predators (L. Wang et al. "Geometric design of antireflective leafhopper brochosomes." Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 121: e2312700121 (2024)).

      Thank you very much for your valuable suggestions regarding the revision of the introduction to accurately reflect the relevant contributions in the literature. Based on your feedback, we have thoroughly revised the introduction and added the suggested references to provide a comprehensive context for our study. The details of these revisions can be found in lines 84-94 of the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In Figure 2E, the data for Male-5d appears to be missing. Please verify and ensure all relevant data is included.

      Thank you for pointing out the issue regarding the data presentation in Figure 2E.We apologize for any confusion caused by the overlapping data points and the less conspicuous color choice for Male-5d. We have carefully reviewed the data and confirmed that all relevant data points, including Male-5d, are indeed present in the dataset. In the revised manuscript, we have adjusted the color scheme for Male-5d and Female-5d in Figure 2E to ensure that both curves are clearly distinguishable, even in areas where they overlap. This adjustment should facilitate a more accurate and convenient observation of the data trends. We appreciate your attention to detail, and we believe these revisions have improved the clarity and readability of the figure.

      (2) In Figure 6, please clarify the reflectance data in the inset. Clearly explain what the blue and light blue curves represent.

      Thank you for your suggestion regarding Figure 6.We have revised the figure to improve clarity. The light blue curve now represents the reflectance measurements of leafhoppers with higher brochosome coverage, while the dark blue curve corresponds to those with lower coverage. These changes, along with updated labels in the figure legend, ensure that the data are clearly distinguishable and easy to interpret. We appreciate your feedback and believe these revisions have enhanced the overall clarity of the figure.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Weaknesses (clarifications needed):

      (1) Experimental Design:

      The study does not mention whether the authors examined sex differences or any measures of attractiveness or hierarchy among participants (e.g., students vs. teachers). Including these variables could provide a more nuanced understanding of group dynamics.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for pointing out this valuable question. We have clarified that future studies should include sex differences or any measures of attractiveness or hierarchy among participants (e.g., students vs. teachers) (p. 27).

      “Finally, future research should investigate additional variables, including sex differences and measures of attractiveness or hierarchy among participants, such as students versus teachers.”  p. 27

      (2) fNIRS Data Acquisition:

      The authors' approach to addressing individual differences in anatomy is lacking in detail. Understanding how they identified the optimal channels for synchrony between participants would be beneficial. Was this done by averaging to find the location with the highest coherence?

      We apologize for missing some details here. We have included the following information in the fNIRS data acquisition and fNIRS data analyses to clarify the details (pp. 8 and 12).

      We employed the one-sample t-test method to assess the GNS disparity between the baseline and task sessions, identifying particular channels of interest. This analysis did not ascertain the maximum coherence level, but rather pinpointed the channel exhibiting significant divergence between the two sessions, which we designated as pertinent to the group decision-making task. Furthermore, we selected the PFC and left TPJ as our reference brain regions, guided by existing literature.

      “Two optode probe sets were used to cover each participant's prefrontal and left TPJ regions (Figure S1). The DLPFC plays a crucial role in group decision-making processes, with findings suggesting that individuals exhibiting reduced prefrontal activity were more prone to out-group exclusion and demonstrated stronger in-group preferences (Goupil et al., 2021; Jankovic, 2014; Yang et al., 2020). Similarly, the left TPJ has been previously reported to be associated with decision-making and information exchange (Freitas et al., 2019; Tindale et al., 2019).”  p. 8

      “Time-averaged GNS (also averaged across channels in each group) was compared between the baseline session (i.e., the resting phase) and the task session (from reading information to making decisions) using a series of one-sample t-tests. Here, p-values were thresholded by controlling for FDR (p < 0.05; Benjamini & Hochberg, 1995). When determining the frequency band of interest, the time-averaged GNS was also averaged across channels. After that, we analyzed the time-averaged GNS of each channel. Then, channels showing significant GNS were regarded as regions of interest and included in subsequent analyses.” p. 12

      (3) Behavioral Analysis:

      For group identification, the analysis currently uses a dichotomous approach. Introducing a regression model to capture the degree of identification could offer more granular insights into how varying levels of group identification affect collective behavior and performance.

      Thank you for your suggestion. As suggested, we have conducted the regression model to examine how varying levels of group identification affect collective performance, with the score of group identification being the independent variable and collective performance as the dependent variable (pp.9 and 15).

      “Moreover, we employed a regression model to examine how varying levels of group identification affect collective performance, using group identification scores as the independent variable and collective performance as the dependent variable.”  p.9

      “The results from the regression model highlighted a significant association between the degree of group identification and collective performance (β \= 0.45, t = 4.56, p \= 0.019).”  p.15

      (4) Single Brain Activation Analysis:

      The application of the General Linear Model (GLM) is unclear, particularly given the long block durations and absence of multiple trials. Further explanation is needed on how the GLM was implemented under these conditions.

      Thank you for your suggestion, we have added more details in this section (p.11).

      “In the GLM model analysis, HbO was the dependent variable, and the regression amount was set for different task stages (a. Reading information, b. Sharing private information, c. Discussing information, d. Decision). After that, we convolved the regression factor with the Hemodynamic Response Function (HRF) and obtained the brain activation β value of each participant in each channel at different task stages through regression analysis.’  p.11

      (5) Within-group neural Synchrony (GNS) Calculation:

      The method for calculating GNS could be improved by using mutual information instead of pairwise summation, as suggested by Xie et al. (2020) in their study on fMRI triadic hyperscanning. Additionally, the explanation of GNS calculation is inconsistent. At one point, it is mentioned that GNS was averaged across time and channels, while elsewhere, it is stated that channels with the highest GNS were selected. Clarification on this point is essential.

      We appreciate the reviewer for highlighting this inquiry. We utilized a conventional GNS calculation approach, as detailed in Line 296 of the manuscript, where the GNS was determined in pairs after the WTC computation, and then averaged. Further details regarding the second question have been provided in the article (p.12).

      (6) Placement of fNIRS Probes:

      The probes were only placed in the frontal regions, despite literature suggesting that the superior temporal sulcus (STS) and temporoparietal junction (TPJ) regions are crucial for triadic team performance. A justification for this choice or inclusion of these regions in future studies would be beneficial.

      The original manuscript clearly stated the use of two optode probe sets to encompass the prefrontal and left TPJ regions of each participant (see Figure S1, p. 8).

      (7) Interpretation of fNIRS Data:

      Given that fNIRS signals are slow, similar to BOLD signals in fMRI, the interpretation of Figure 6 raises concerns. It suggests that it takes several minutes (on the order of 4-5 minutes) for people to collaborate, which seems implausible. More context or re-evaluation of this interpretation is needed.

      The question you have pointed out is very pertinent, and we have added more explanation for this result (pp. 25-26).

      As previous studies have shown, the BOLD signal collected by fNIRS is slowly increasing compared to neuronal activity, which means that it has hysteresis (Turner et al., 1998). In social interactions such as group decision-making, the time of neural synchronization is delayed because people need to spend time increasing the number of dialogues to improve collaboration efficiency and form the same preference (Zhang et al., 2019). For example, the study of group consensus found that participants would show significant neural alignment after completing a period of dialogue (Sievers et al., 2024). In the task of cooperation, with the improvement of tacit understanding between two participants, the higher degree of neural synchronization (Cui et al., 2012). Therefore, the generation of neural synchronization depends on the interaction over a period of time. Therefore, we believe that the 4-5 minutes of collaboration time shown in Figure 6 may be related to establishing consensus and the same preference of team members, which is reflected in the dynamic time change of neural synchronization.

      Moreover, previous studies on neural synchronization during social interaction and group decision-making revealed that substantial neural synchronization occurred around 50-55 seconds into a teaching task involving prior knowledge (Liu et al., 2019) and persisted approximately 6 minutes into the discussion period (Xie et al., 2023). These results collectively validate the suitability of utilizing fNIRS signal response time in our study (pp. 25-26).

      “Our study also has demonstrated significant increases in single-brain activation, DLPFC-OFC functional connectivity, and GNS at 7, 12, and 17 minutes, respectively, following task initiation. The significant increase in these neural activities together constructs the two-in-one neural model that explains how group identification influences the collective performance we proposed. As previous studies have shown, the BOLD signal collected by fNIRS is slowly increasing compared to neuronal activity, which means that it has hysteresis (Turner et al., 1998). In social interactions such as group decision-making, the time of neural synchronization is delayed because people need to spend time increasing the number of dialogues to improve collaboration efficiency and form the same preference (Zhang et al., 2019). For example, participants would exhibit significant neural alignment, but only after they had completed a period of dialogue (Sievers et al., 2024). In the task of cooperation, with the improvement of cooperation efficiency between two participants, the higher degree of neural synchronization (Cui et al., 2012). Therefore, the generation of neural synchronization depends on the interaction over a period of time, which can affect the estimation of collaboration time. Prior research has shown that when the teaching task with prior knowledge began 50-55 seconds, significant neural synchronization could be generated between teacher and students, which meant that students and teacher achieved the same goal of learning knowledge (Liu et al., 2019). Moreover, a noteworthy increase in GNS was observed approximately 6 minutes into the group discussion period for better discussing and solving the problem (Xie et al., 2023). These findings are similar to ours. Therefore, the time points we found could reflect the dynamic time change of the neural process of team collaboration.’ pp.25-26

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Weaknesses:

      The authors need to clearly articulate their hypothesis regarding why neural synchronization occurs during social interaction. For example, in line 284, it is stated that "It is plausible that neural synchronization is closely associated with group identification and collective performance...", but this is far from self-evident. Neural synchronization can occur even when people are merely watching a movie (Hasson et al., 2004), and movie-watchers are not engaged in collective behavior. There is no direct link between the IBS and collective behavior. The authors should explain why they believe inter-brain synchronization occurs in interactive settings and why they think it is related to collective behavior/performance.

      Thank you for bringing these points to our attention, we have clarified the relationship between neural synchronization and collective behavior in the Introduction section. (p.4). Moreover, in order to investigate whether neural synchronization stems from a common task or environment, we pseudo-randomized all pairs of subjects and created a null distribution consisting of 1,000 pseudo-groups, as described in Lines 311-315. This approach enabled us to eliminate neural synchronization resulting from factors other than social interaction, allowing us to identify neural patterns associated with collective performance (p.12).

      “Moreover, Ni et al. (2024) indicated that neural synchronization was linked to the strength of social-emotional communication and connections between individuals. An increase in neural synchronization has also been shown to predict the coordination and cooperation abilities of group members (Lu et al., 2023). Therefore, we hypothesize that neural synchronization may be related to group performance.” p.4

      “After that, the nonparametric permutation test was conducted on the observed interaction effects on GNS of the real group against the 1,000 permutation samples. By pseudo-randomizing the data of all participants, a null distribution of 1000 pseudo-groups was generated (e.g., time series from member 1 in group 1 were grouped with member 2 in group 2 & member 3 in group 3). The GNS of 1,000 reshuffled pseudo-groups was computed, and the GNS of the real groups was assessed by comparing it with the values generated by 1000 reshuffled pseudo-groups.” p.12

      The authors state that "GNS in the OFC was a reliable neuromarker, indicating the influence of group identification on collective performance," but this claim is too strong. Please refer to Figure 4B. Do the authors really believe that collective performance can be predicted given the correlation with the large variance shown? There is a significant discrepancy between observing a correlation between two variables and asserting that one variable is a predictive biomarker for the other.

      Thank you for your suggestion, we have revised the relevant statement (p.18).

      “Through correlation and regression model analysis, we found that in group decision-making, the increase in group identity would affect group performance by improving GNS in the OFC brain region.”  p.18

      Why are the individual answers being analyzed as collective performance (See, L-184)? Although these are performances that emerge after the group discussion, they seem to be individual performances rather than collective ones. Typically, wouldn't the result of a consensus be considered a collective performance? The authors should clarify why the individual's answer is being treated as the measure of collective performance.

      We appreciate the insightful comment provided by the reviewer. The decision to utilize individual responses as a metric of overall performance is based on several key considerations. Previous studies on various hidden profile tasks have utilized averaged individual scores to represent collective performance (e.g., Stasser et al., 1995; Wittenbaum et al., 1996; Brockner et al., 2022). Secondly, while consensus outcomes are typically regarded as collective expressions, we argue that in the context of this study, individual responses are not independent entities but rather extensions of the group decision-making process. The collective deliberation process significantly influenced individual thinking and decision-making in this study. Through group discussions, members shared perspectives, adjusted their stances, and formulated their responses based on collective insights. The responses provided by participants in this study were molded by the dynamics of group conversations, serving as an indirect measure of group performance and potentially indicating the efficacy of collective deliberations.

      Performing SPM-based mapping followed by conducting a t-test on the channels within statistically significant regions constitutes double dipping, which is not an acceptable method (Kriegeskorte et al., 2011). This issue is evident in, for example, Figures 3A and 4A.

      Please refer to the following source: https://www.nature.com/articles/nn.2303

      We have carefully reviewed the articles provided by the reviewer, and we acknowledge the concerns regarding selective analysis and double dipping in our statistical approach. To address this, we believe it is important to clarify this issue further in the Discussion section (pp.26-27).

      Our study introduces a novel perspective while utilizing conventional fNIRS-based hyperscanning analyses (Liu et al., 2019; Pärnamets et al., 2020; Reinero et al., 2021; Számadó et al., 2021; Solansky, 2011), methods that are widely endorsed within the field. In our analysis, significant channels were first identified using a one-sample t-test, followed by additional analyses including ANOVA, independent samples t-tests, and other procedures. We would like to emphasize that the statistical assumptions underlying the one-sample t-test and paired-sample t-test in our study maintain a level of independence. Moreover, to further mitigate concerns about the potential for double dipping, we employed permutation testing to validate the robustness of our results and ensure that our findings are not influenced by biases inherent in the selection of significant regions.

      We recognize the importance of rigorous statistical practices and are committed to upholding the highest standards of analysis. As such, we have revisited our methodology and included a more detailed explanation of the steps taken to avoid double dipping and ensure the integrity of our analyses in the revised manuscript.

      “Although our study has found a new perspective, the analysis method still refers to and uses the traditional fNIR-based hyperscanning analyses (Liu et al., 2019; P¨arnamets et al., 2020; Reinero et al., 2021; Számadó et al., 2021; Solansky, 2011), which is generally accepted by the majority of fNIR-based hyperscanning researchers. For example, we would first identify significant channels through a one-sample t-test and then conduct further analyses, such as ANOVA or independent samples t-tests. Selective analysis is a powerful tool and is perfectly justified whenever the results are statistically independent of the selection criterion under the null hypothesis (Kriegeskorte et al., 2019). However, it may lead to double dipping and missing information. In this study, the absence of statistically significant TPJ activation in the analyzed data led to the TPJ being ignored. In the future, it should be made explicit in the analysis, and the reliability of the results should be ensured by appropriate statistical methods (e.g., cross-validation, independent data sets, or techniques to control for selective bias).” p.26-27

      In several key analyses within this study (e.g., single-brain activation in the paragraph starting from L398, neural synchronization in the paragraph starting from L393), the TPJ is mentioned alongside the DLPFC. However, in subsequent detailed analyses, the TPJ is entirely ignored.

      We thank the reviewer for your careful review and valuable comment. TPJ is referenced in certain analyses within this paper (as detailed in paragraphs L414 and L440); however, its role remains inadequately investigated and expounded upon in subsequent more intricate analyses. This is due to the absence of statistically significant TPJ activation in the analyzed data. As pointed out by the reviewer, limitations may exist in pursuing further analyses through ROIs, a point we also have addressed in the Discussion section (p.27).

      The method for analyzing single-brain activation is unclear. Although it is mentioned that GLM (generalized linear model) was used, it is not specified what regressors were prepared, nor which regressor's β-values are reported as brain activity. Without this information, it is difficult to assess the validity of the reported results.

      We have revised the relevant description to clarify the analyses of single-brain activation (p. 11)

      While the model illustrated in Figure 7 seems to be interesting, for me, it seems not to be based on the results of this study. This is because the study did not investigate the causal relationships among the three metrics. I guess, Figure 5D might be intended to explain this, but the details of the analysis are not provided, making it unclear what is being presented.

      We regret the confusion that has arisen. Firstly, as highlighted by the reviewer, the model depicted in Figure 7 is not directly derived from the causal analysis conducted in this study. Our investigation did not directly explore the causal relationships among the three indicators; instead, we constructed a model based on correlations and potential mechanisms. In the revised manuscript, we have explicitly stated that Figure 7 represents a descriptive model (p.22).

      Regarding Figure 5D, the reviewer noted that while it may offer some explanatory value, it lacks the necessary analytical detail to elucidate the chart's significance clearly. We have clarified the details of the analysis in Figure 5 (pp.13-14). The model in Figure 5D suggested that the connection between the similarity in individual-collective performance and the correlation of brain activation, as well as whether the impact of each individual’s single-brain activation on the corresponding group’s GNS was regulated by their brain activation connectivity.

      “Finally, we employed correlation and mediation analyses to assess if brain activation connectivity could explain the connection between individuals’ single-brain activation and the related group’s GNS. We examined the connection between the similarity in individual-collective performance and the correlation of brain activation, as well as whether the impact of each individual’s single-brain activation on the corresponding group’s GNS was regulated by their brain activation connectivity. We utilized the PROCESS tool in SPSS to investigate the proposed moderation effect. Specifically, we applied Model 1 with 5000 bootstrap resamples to examine the interaction between the independent variable (i.e., single-brain activation) and the moderator (i.e., brain activation connectivity) in predicting the dependent variable (i.e., GNS). It is noteworthy that prior to analysis, all variables in the moderation model were mean-centered to reduce multicollinearity and improve the interpretability of interaction terms.”  p.13-14

      “Building on the above results, we have developed a two-in-one neural model that explains how group identification influences collective performance. This descriptive model aims to illustrate the potential interrelationships among these indicators and establish a conceptual framework to inspire forthcoming research endeavors.”  p.21

      The details of the experiment are not described at all. While I can somewhat grasp what was done abstractly, the lack of specific information makes it impossible to replicate the study.

      As suggested, we have clarified the details of the experiment in the manuscript.

      (1) As stated in the public review, the details of the experiment are not described at all and while I can somewhat grasp what was done abstractly, the lack of specific information makes it impossible to replicate the study. In points a-e below, I list the aspects that I could not fully understand, but I am not asking for direct answers to these points. Instead, please provide a detailed description of the experiment so that it can be replicated.

      Thank you for your suggestion; we have responded to each question sequentially and elaborated on the experiment specifics to ensure replicability.

      (a) Please provide more detailed information about the Group Identification Task. How much did each participant speak (was there any asymmetry in the amount of speaking, and was there any possibility that the asymmetry influenced the identification rating)? Did the three participants interact in person, or online? Are they isolated from experimenters? How was the rating conducted, what I mean is that it's a PC-based rating?

      We apologize for the lack of detail in our description of the procedures for the experiment.

      For the first question, we draw upon previous studies concerning the manipulation of group identity while controlling the content of pre-task conversations. Specifically, the high-identity group engaged in self-introductions and identified similarities among the three members, whereas the low-identity group discussed topics related to the current semester's classes (Xie et al., 2023; Yang et al., 2020). Both discussions were conducted for the same duration of three minutes, ensuring that the number of exchanges between the two groups remained comparable. There was almost no asymmetry in the amount of speaking. We also conducted a manipulation check, which confirmed the effectiveness of our identity manipulation(pp.5-6).

      Xie, E., Li, K., Gu, R., Zhang, D., & Li, X. (2023). Verbal information exchange enhances collective performance through increasing group identification. NeuroImage, 279, 120339.

      Yang, J., Zhang, H., Ni, J., De Dreu, C. K., & Ma, Y. (2020). Within-group synchronization in the prefrontal cortex associates with intergroup conflict. Nature neuroscience, 23(6), 754-760.

      “Both discussions were conducted for the same duration of three minutes, ensuring that the number of exchanges between the two groups remained comparable.”  p.5-6

      For the second question,the three participants interacted offline in a face-to-face setting, while the experimenter remained outside the laboratory (p.6).

      “The three participants conducted face-to-face offline interaction throughout the manipulation process.” p.6

      For the third question, at the beginning of the experimental task, participants were isolated from the experimenters (p.6).

      “In addition to explaining the next phase of the task and controlling the timer, experimenters would be isolated from participants.” p.6

      For the last question, the rating of group identification was conducted through a questionnaire presented on participants’ phones (p.6).

      “The questionnaire was presented on participants’ phones.” p.6

      (b) The procedures of the Main Task are also unclear. For the Reading Information (5 min): How was the information presented? PC-based or paper-based? How were the participants seated? Did they read it independently?

      We apologize for the missing details. We have included the following information in the article.

      For the first and last question, each participant would get a piece of paper, which presents the common information and private information. They read independently. (p.6)

      “Each participant would get a piece of paper, which presented the information. Participants could read independently.” p.6

      About how the participants sat, the three participants sat around a table without partitions between each other. Only in the discussion stage, they could communicate face-to-face (p.6).

      “They sat around a table without partitions between each other.” p.6

      “In this process of discussion, the participants were able to communicate face-to-face and verbally.” p.6

      (c) For Sharing Private Information: The authors stated they share text messages using Tencent Meeting. If so, how and with what devices? How was the information displayed on the screen? Were the participants even in the same room?

      Thank you for your reminder. We have added more details now (p.6). Firstly, the experimenter sent the Tencent Meeting link to the participants. After the participants entered the meeting through their mobile phones, they could text the information they wanted to share in the chat box of the meeting. They were in the same room, with Tencent Meeting recording shared information, the participants could view them at any time.

      “During the group sharing, participants entered Tencent Meeting via their mobile phones and were able to text their private information in the chat box to their group members for 5 minutes.” p.6

      (d) For Discussing Information: It's a verbal interaction. How did they interact with others? What is the distance between them? I found a very small picture in Figure 8, but that is all information about experiment settings, that is provided by the authors.

      We are sorry about the missing details. As we have explained in the article it’s a verbal communication, so participants could talk face to face in one room. We have included the following information in the article (p.6).

      “Participants were sitting and communicating around a table. The distance between adjacent participants was about 15 cm, and the distance between face-to-face participants was about 40 cm. In this process of discussion, the participants were able to communicate face-to-face and verbally.” p.6

      (e) For the Decision Process (5 min): How did they answer (What I mean is verbally, writing, or computer-based input), and how did the experimenters record these answers?

      The questions were presented on paper, so the participants could write down their answers and experimenters could count the answers on paper. We have included the following information in the article(p.7).

      “After discussion, all triads were given 5 minutes to answer the following questions (i) the probability of three suspects, 0%-100% for each suspect; (ii) the motivation and tool of crime; and (iii) deduced the entire process of crime. The three questions were presented on paper, allowing participants to write their answers directly on the same sheet. Subsequently, three independent raters used these paper questionnaires to record and calculate the scores for each group.” p.7

      (2) I find the model presented in Figure 7 to be intriguing. Understanding why inter-brain synchronization occurs and how it is supported by specific single-brain activations or intra-brain functional connectivity is indeed a critical area for researchers conducting hyperscanning studies to explore. However, the content depicted in this model is not based on the results of this study. This is because the study did not investigate the causal relationships among the three metrics. I guess, Figure 5D might be intended to explain this, but the details of the analysis are not provided, making it unclear what is being presented. Please include a detailed explanation.

      The specific answers are available on page 5 of our response letter.

      (3) The analysis of single-brain activation analysis (and probably other analyses) focuses on the period from reading to making decisions (L237). Why was this entire interval chosen for analysis? Reading does not involve social interaction. As mentioned in a previous comment, the details of the tasks are unclear, so it's difficult to understand what was actually done in the reading period. Anyway, why were these different phases combined as the focus of analysis? Please clarify the reasoning behind this choice.

      Thank you for your feedback. The decision to analyze the entire interval, spanning from reading to decision-making, was primarily made to grasp the continuum of information processing comprehensively. While reading itself lacks social interaction, it serves as the foundation for subsequent decision-making, during which participants' cognitive states and affective responses gradually evolve. Therefore, examining these two phases collectively enables a more thorough investigation into how information influences decision-making. Furthermore, considering the task details remain ambiguous, we aim to uncover the underlying cognitive and affective mechanisms through a holistic analysis.

      (4) The method for analyzing single-brain activation is unclear. Please provide a detailed description of the analysis methods.

      Thank you for your suggestion, we have added more details in the Method section (p.11).

      “In the GLM model analysis, HbO was the dependent variable, and the regression amount was set to different task stages (a. Reading information, b. Sharing private information, c. Discussion information, d. Decision). After that, we convolved the regression factor with the Hemodynamic Response Function (HRF), and obtained the brain activation β value of each participant in each channel at different task stages through regression analysis.”  p.11

      (5) In the periods of Reading Information and Sharing Private Information, there appears to be no social interaction between participants (Figure1D). However, Figure 6 shows an increase in brain activity correlation even during the first 10 minutes (it corresponds to the Reading and Sharing period). Why does inter-brain correlation (GNS, in this study) increase even though there is no interaction between participants? Please provide an explanation.

      Sharing private information fosters interactive engagement, necessitating its exchange during Tencent Meetings to facilitate sharing. Previous research suggests that heightened correlations in brain activity can be attributed to (1) intrinsic cognitive processes, wherein participants display similar cognitive and emotional responses, fostering shared cognitive processing and brain activity synchronization despite limited external interaction; (2) emotional connections, as divulging private information elicits emotional responses that can be neurally correlated among individuals; and (3) environmental influences, where shared environments and contexts prompt neural interaction among participants even in the absence of direct social engagement. These factors collectively contribute to increased brain activity correlations without active interaction. Our primary focus, however, lies in the phase characterized by significant synchronized brain activity.

      Minor Comments:

      (6) Equation 1 Explanation: There is no explanation of Equation 1. It mentions Yi as the collective score, but what constitutes the collective score Yi is not defined in the manuscript. Additionally, while "i" is referred to as an item (in Line 196), the meaning of "item" is not clear. Therefore, the meaning of this equation is not understood.

      We apologize for this confusion. We have added a description in the manuscript (p.9).

      “In Eq.1, x is the individual score, y is the collective score (y is calculated from the three per capita scores), and i stands for the group number for the item. So, x_i means the individual score of participants in the _i group, and y_i means the collective score of the _i group. _d (x, y) r_epresents the distance from the individual to the collective score.”  p.9

      (7) Equation 2 Explanation: There is no explanation for Equation 2. Please provide descriptions for all variables such as S, t, and w.

      We have clearly stated the meaning of s, t, and w in the first edition of the manuscript article (p.12).

      As shown in L291-293: Here, t denotes the time, s denotes the wavelet scale, 〈⋅〉 represents a smoothing operation in time, and W is the continuous wavelet transform (Grinsted, Moore, & Jevrejeva, 2004).

      (8) Acronyms: Please define all acronyms upon their first appearance (e.g., CFI, TLI, RMSEA in L380).

      We apologize for these mistakes, and we have added full explanations for abbreviations upon their first use (p.16).

      “The mediation model demonstrated a satisfactory fit (CFI = 0.93, TLI = 0.93, RMSEA = 0.04) (CFI-Comparative Fit Index; TLI-Tucker-Lewis index; RMSEA-Root-Mean-Square Error of Approximation), suggesting that the perceived group identification of each individual affected the alterations in single-brain activations in the DLPFC, consequently leading to variations in their performance (β<sub>a</sub> = 0.16, t = 2.20, p = 0.030; β<sub>b</sub> = 0.26, t = 3.56, p < 0.001; β<sub>c</sub> = 0.18, t = 2.34, p = 0.020) (Figure 3C).”  p.16

      (9) Hyperscanning fMRI Studies: Since there are hyperscanning fMRI studies analyzing communication among three people (e.g., Xie et al., 2020, PNAS), it would be beneficial to cite this research. pnas.org/doi/pdf/10.1073/pnas.1917407117.

      As suggested, we have cited this paper. (p.4)

      (10) Line 272; Line 275: Should these references be to Benjamini & Hochberg (1995)?

      As suggested, we have revised our citation.

      (11) Research Objectives: The authors' aim seems to be understanding the relationship between Group Identification Level (High or Low), collective performance, and inter-brain synchronization (GNS). If so, shouldn't the results shown in Figure 6 illustrate how these differ between High and Low groups?

      We are grateful to the reviewer for your insightful comment. This study aimed to investigate the impact of group identity levels on collective performance and interbrain synchronization. Our analysis primarily focused on inter-group disparities to elucidate the potential influence of varying levels of group identification on collective behavior and neural synchrony, as highlighted by the reviewer. It is important to note that the relationship between group identification levels and collective performance, as well as neural synchronization, may represent a continuous or correlational process, rather than a binary comparison between two distinct groups. Notably, we treated group identification as a continuous variable and, consequently, Figure 6 was designed to illustrate trends in the association between group identification levels and both collective performance and neural synchronization, without conducting significance tests between groups. We are confident that the depiction in Figure 6 effectively captures the evolving dynamics between group identification levels and both collective performance and neural synchronization.

      (12) Figure 6 Star-Marker: What is the star marker shown in Figure 6? Please provide an explanation.

      We apologize for this confusion. We have added this explanation to the article. (p.21)

      “The red star sign indicates that at this time point, the neural signal began to increase significantly.” p.21

      (13) Pearson's Correlation: Use "Pearson's correlation" instead of "Pearson correlation."

      Thanks for your comments, we've changed Pearson correlation to Pearson's Correlation for a total of 10 places in the original text (pp. 9,11,13, 15,16, 19,23).

      “Moreover, the Pearson’s correlation was used to examine the relationship between group identification_2 and collective performance.” p.9

      “Subsequently, we used Pearson’s correlation analyses to investigate the relationship between single-brain activation and individual performance.” p.11

      “Second, the Pearson’s correlation between GNS and collective performance was performed.” p.13

      “Following that, we analyzed Pearson’s correlations between the original HbO data in the region related to individual and collective performance, denoted as brain activation connectivity (Lu et al., 2010).” p.13

      “Subsequently, the Pearson’s correlation between the quality of information exchange and collective performance was assessed.” p.15

      “Furthermore, the results of the Pearson’s correlation indicated that groups with higher group identification were more likely to exhibit better collective performance (r \= 0.38, p \= 0.003) (Figure 2B).” p.15

      “The Pearson’s correlation and its associated analyses were based on the data from group identification_2. *p < 0.05.” p.16

      “We first extracted the HbO brain activities related to individual performance (e.g., DLPFC, CH4) and collective performance (e.g., OFC, CH21) of each group member and conducted a Pearson’s correlation between the two.” p.19

      “Subsequently, Pearson’s correlation was used to test whether individual differences in the similarity in individual-collective performance were reflected by DLPFC-OFC connectivity.” p.19

      “Pearson’s correlation showed that the higher quality of information exchange, the better collective performance (r \= 0.36, p \= 0.007) (Figure 8C).” p.23

      (14) MNI Coordinates: The MNI coordinates for each channel are listed in the supporting information. How were these coordinates measured? Were they consistent for all participants? Was MRI conducted for each participant to obtain these coordinates?

      Thank you for your reminder, we have included the necessary instructions in the revised version. First, we need to clarify that we referred to previous literature to determine the placement of the optical probe plates. Following the completion of data collection, we utilized the Vpen positioning system to accurately locate the detection light poles, ultimately obtaining the MNI positioning coordinates. These coordinates were basically consistent for each participant. (p.8)

      “For each participant, one 3 × 5 optode probe set (8 emitters and 7 detectors forming 22 measurement points with 3 cm optode separation, see Table S1 for detailed MNI coordinates) was placed over the prefrontal cortex (reference optode is placed at Fpz, following the international 10-20 system for positioning). The other 2 × 4 probe set (4 emitters and 4 detectors forming 10 measurement points with 3 cm optode separation, see Table S2 for detailed MNI coordinates) was placed over the left TPJ (reference optode is placed at T3, following the international 10-20 system for positioning). The probe sets were examined and adjusted to ensure consistency of the positions across the participants. After the completion of data collection, we utilized the Vpen positioning system to accurately locate the detection light poles, ultimately obtaining the MNI positioning coordinates.”  p.8

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Joint Public Reviews:

      Summary

      This manuscript explores the transcriptomic identities of olfactory ensheathing cells (OECs), glial cells that support life-long axonal growth in olfactory neurons, as they relate to spinal cord injury repair. The authors show that transplantation of cultured, immunopurified rodent OECs at a spinal cord injury site can promote injury-bridging axonal regrowth. They then characterize these OECs using single-cell RNA sequencing, identifying five subtypes and proposing functional roles that include regeneration, wound healing, and cell-cell communication. They identify one progenitor OEC subpopulation and also report several other functionally relevant findings, notably, that OEC marker genes contain mixtures of other glial cell type markers (such as for Schwann cells and astrocytes), and that these cultured OECs produce and secrete Reelin, a regrowth-promoting protein that has been disputed as a gene product of OECs.

      Strengths

      This manuscript offers an extensive, cell-level characterization of OECs, supporting their potential therapeutic value for spinal cord injury and suggesting potential underlying repair mechanisms. The authors use various approaches to validate their findings, providing interesting images that show the overlap between sprouting axons and transplanted OECs, and showing that OEC marker genes identified using single-cell RNA sequencing are present in vivo, in both olfactory bulb tissue and spinal cord after OEC transplantation.

      Challenges

      Despite the breadth of information presented, and although many of the suggestions in the initial review were addressed well, some points related to quantification and discussion of sex differences are not fully addressed in this revision.

      (1) The request for quantification of OEC bridges is not fully addressed. We note that this revision includes the following statement (page 6): "We note, however, that such bridge formation is rare following a severe spinal cord injury in adult mammals." However, the title of the paper states that olfactory ensheathing cells promote neural repair and the abstract states that "OECs transplanted near the injury site modify the inhibitory glial scar and facilitate axon regeneration past the scar border and into the lesion." Statements such as these make it more crucial to include quantification of OEC bridges, because if single images are shown of remarkable, unusual bridges, but only one sentence acknowledges the low frequency of this occurrence, then this information taken together might present the wrong takeaway to readers.

      Including some sort of quantification of bridging, whether it be the number of rats exhibiting bridges, the percentage area of OECs near a lesion site, or some other meaningful analysis, would add rigor and clarity to the manuscript.

      The short answer to the OEC bridges quantification is that in our last 2 studies combined, we observed bridges in 3/13 OB-OEC-transplanted rats versus 0/16 control rats (p=0.042 by two-sample proportion test; Thornton et al., 2018, Dixie, 2019). In addition to the new data on bridge formation shown in the current manuscript, our previous and most impressive data of serotonergic axons (5-HT-labeled, red) that crossed the entire lesion site is shown below (from Thornton et al., 2018). The image together with Supplemental video 1 (https://ars.els-cdn.com/content/image/1-s2.0-S0014488618302632-mmc1.mp4) show a reconstruction of multiple sections containing serotonergic axons that bridge the injury site in one OEC-transplanted, completely transected rat (1/5 OEC vs. 0/5 fibroblast-transplanted rat). The video also shows retrogradely-labeled Pseudo-rabies virus taken up by a few scattered neurons (green dots) within and above the lesion site, additional evidence suggesting axonal regeneration.

      In addition to adding bridge quantification in the Results section, we now discuss quantified results on physiological and anatomical evidence of axon regeneration across the injury site from five of the six large spinal cord injury (SCI) studies conducted by the Phelps and Edgerton laboratories. Our studies used the most difficult SCI model, a complete, thoracic spinal cord transection in adult rats, followed by OB-OEC transplantation. This is the only model in which axon regeneration can be differentiated from axon sparing found in incomplete SCIs. An introductory paragraph now summarizes and references data generated from these studies that specifically addresses questions about how OECs modify the injury site and facilitate axonal outgrowth into and across into the lesion core. While relatively few axons cross the entire injury site to reach the caudal spinal cord, many more axons project into the injury site of OEC-transplanted rats compared to those in control rats. Quantification of axonal outgrowth into the lesion site of completely transected, OEC-transplanted rats from three previous long-term studies is now discussed in the Introduction. Based on both physiological and anatomical evidence reviewed from our previous work, we hope the editors and Reviewer agree that our previous studies have shown that OECs promote axonal outgrowth and modify the injury site.

      Page 5, Introduction:

      “Together with collaborators, we conducted six spinal cord injury studies in adult rats with a completely transected, thoracic spinal cord model followed by OB-OEC transplantation (Kubasak et al., 2008; Takeoka et al., 2011; Ziegler et al., 2011; Khankan et al., 2016; Thornton et al., 2018; Dixie, 2019). Results from five of our six studies showed physiological and anatomical evidence of axonal regeneration into and occasionally across the injury site. In 6-8-month-long studies, Takeoka et al. (2011) and Ziegler et al. (2011) reported physiological evidence of motor connectivity across the transection in OEC- but not media-transplanted rats. These experiments used transcranial electric stimulation of the motor cortex or brainstem to detect motor-evoked potentials (MEPs) with EMG electrodes in hindlimb muscles at 4- and 7-months post-transection. After 7 months, 70% of OEC-treated rats responded to stimulation with hindlimb MEPs (motor cortex, 5/20; brainstem 12/20; Takeoka et al, 2011). A complete re-transection above the original transection was carried out one month later and all MEPs in OEC-injected rats were eliminated. These results provide physiological evidence of axon conductivity across the injury site in OEC-treated rats. Additionally, three of our long-term studies evaluated anatomical axonal outgrowth of the descending serotonergic Raphespinal pathway into and through the injury site. Significantly more serotonergic-labeled axons crossed the rostral inhibitory scar border (Takeoka et al., 2011) or occupied a larger area within the injury site core (Thornton et al., 2018, Dixie, 2019) in OEC-transplanted rats than in fibroblast or media controls. In addition, significantly more neurofilament-labeled axons were found within the lesion core of OEC-transplanted versus control rats (Thornton et al., 2018, Dixie, 2019).”

      Page 7, Results: We revised the sentence below and added additional information.

      “We note, however, that such bridge formation is rare following severe spinal cord injury in adult mammals and was detected in 2 out of 8 OEC-transplanted rats and 0/11 media or fibroblast-transplanted controls in this study (Dixie, 2019). Combined with the 1/5 OEC-transplanted rats with axons crossing the injury and 0/5 fibroblast controls in our previous study (Thornton, 2018), we observed bridges in 3/13 OEC-transplanted rats vs 0/16 controls (p=0.042, two-sample proportion test). Bridge formation, in conjunction with the additional physiological and anatomical evidence of axonal connections across the injury site presented in our previous studies, strongly supports the capacity of OECs in neural repair.”

      Page 46, Figure legend 1: We added statistical data to the legend

      “Bridge formation across the injury site was observed in 2 of 8 OEC-transplanted and 0 of 11fibroblast- or media-transplanted spinal cord transected rats. Combined with the 1/5 OEC-transplanted rats with axons crossing the injury and 0/5 fibroblast controls in our previous study (Thornton, 2018), we observed bridges in 3/13 OEC-transplanted rats vs 0/16 controls (p=0.042, two-sample proportion test).”

      (2) The additional discussion of sex differences in OEC bridging elaborates on the choice to study female rats, citing bladder challenges in male rats, but does not note salient clinical implications of this choice. Men account for ~80% of spinal cord injuries and likely also have worsened urinary tract issues, so it would be important to acknowledge this clinical fact and consider including males in future studies.

      Response: We agree that studying SCI repair in male rodents is very important as most people with these injuries are male. We did find one publication by Walker et al. (2019, Journal of Neurotrauma 36:1974-1984) that looked at sex differences in aged-matched male and female rats after a moderate contusion SCI. They examined a number of histological and functional features, and did not find many differences between the genders. Compared to studies of moderate SCI, studies using a completely transected spinal cord model must carry out manual bladder expressions a minimum of twice a day throughout the entire 5 to 7-month study in order to maintain kidney health. Because male urethras are much longer than those of females, males are much more likely that females to die from kidney disease during a complicated, long-term studies such as ours. Fortunately, most SCIs in humans are contusions rather than complete transections so an incomplete contusion model is most appropriate for studying sex differences. We modified the previous statement in our Discussion section as below.

      Page 25, Discussion

      “We acknowledge that in humans, males account for ~80% of spinal cord injuries (National Spinal Cord Injury Statistical Center, 2024) and sustain more serious urinary tract issues than females. We examined females in the current study due to practical experimental considerations, but it is necessary to examine males in future studies.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It is strongly recommended that some sort of quantification of bridging be included in the figures or in a table, whether this is the number of rats showing bridges, the percent area of OECs near the lesion site, or some other meaningful analysis.

      As discussed in the response in Challenge section (1) above, we observed bridges in 3/13 OEC transplanted rats vs 0/16 controls across our two most recent studies. In addition, we added evidence of physiological and anatomical axonal connections across the injury site from our previous studies. We have added the additional information in the Introduction, Results, and Figure legend 1.

      (2) It is recommended that clinical sex differences in spinal cord injury (with ~80% occurring in men) be acknowledged in the Discussion. This clinical fact could be directly mentioned without much justification.

      See Challenge (2) above and addition to the Discussion on page 25.

      (3) Figs. 1, 5, 6: There is still no quantification included for these figures, which detracts from the ability of readers to understand the context and importance of these results. It is recommended to include quantification for these figures.

      Response regarding quantification associated with Figures 1, 5 and 6:

      Regarding Figure 1: We have discussed the additions to the text of the Introduction, Results and the legend of Figure 1 in detail on pages 2-3 of this response. These are important new additions to our paper.

      Regarding Figure 5: We added quantitative information regarding the analysis of Connective Tissue Growth Factor (Ctgf) expression in the injury site.

      Page 10-11, Results:

      “We found high levels of Ctgf expression in GFP-OECs (n=4 rats) that bridged much of the injury site and also detected Ctgf on near-by cells (Figure 5d, d1-2). GFP-labeled fibroblast transplantations (n=3 rats) served as controls and also expressed Ctgf.”

      Page 36, Methods:

      “To examine Ctgf expression in the spinal cord lesion site, we processed 1 slide per animal with ~6 equally-spaced sagittal sections throughout spinal cord from the Khankan et al. (2016) study. Our aim was to assess if transplanted OECs (n=4 rats) and transplanted fibroblasts (n=3 rats) express CTGF in the injury site.”

      Regarding Figure 6: The statistics for Figure 6 are found on page 13 of the Results section and page 38 of the Methods section. We now added the statistics to the Figure 6 legend on page 49.

      Page 13, Results:

      “To determine if the proliferative OECs differ in appearance from adult OECs, and whether there is concordance between our OEC subtypes based on gene expression markers and previously described morphology-based OEC subtyping (Franceschini & Barnett, 1996), we analyzed OECs identified with the anti-Ki67 nuclear marker and anti- Ngfr<sup>p75</sup> (Figure 6g-h). Of the Ki67-positive OECs in our cultures, 24% ± 8% were strongly Ngfr<sup>p75</sup>-positive and spindle-shaped, whereas 76% ± 8% were flat and weakly Ngfr<sup>p75</sup>-labeled (n=4 cultures, p\= 0.023). Here we show that a large percentage (~3/4<sup>ths</sup>) of proliferative OECs are characterized by large, flat morphology and weak Ngfr<sup>p75</sup> expression resembling the previously described morphology-based astrocyte-like subtype. Our results indicate the two types of OEC classifications share certain degrees of overlap, indicating similarities but also differences between the two classification methods.”

      Page 38, Methods: Morphological analyses of Ki67 OEC subtypes

      “To determine if OEC progenitor cells marked with Ki67 immunoreactivity have a distinctive morphology, purified and fixed OEC cultures from 4 rats were processed with anti- Ngfr<sup>p75</sup>, anti-Ki67 and counterstained with Hoechst (Bis-benzimide, 1:500, Sigma-Aldrich, #B2261). Images were acquired from 7-10 randomly selected fields/sample using an Olympus AX70 microscope and Zen image processing and analysis software (Carl Zeiss). We distinguished the larger, flat ‘astrocyte-like’ OECs from the smaller, fusiform ‘Schwann cell-like’ OECs, and recorded their expression of Ngfr<sup>p75</sup> and Ki67. Cell counts from each field were averaged per rat and then averaged into a group mean ± SEM. A Student t-test was conducted to compare the effect of Ngfr<sup>p75</sup>-labeled cell morphology and the proliferative marker Ki67. Statistical significance was determined by p < 0.05.”

      Page 49, Figure 6 legend:

      “Of the OEC progenitors that express Ki67, 76% ± 8 of them display low levels of Ngfr<sup>p75</sup> immunoreactivity and a “flat” morphology (g2, h2; green nuclei, arrowheads). The remainder of Ki67-expressing OECs express high levels of Ngfr<sup>p75</sup> and are fusiform in shape (24% ± 8%, n=4 cultures, Student-t test, p= 0.023).”

      (4) Fig. 9: Quantification is still not included in the figure for these Western blots, although it is appreciated that the authors included some quantification in their response letter. Including this in the figure would provide clarification for the reader.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We now add the quantification to figure 9, together with the methods used for western blot quantification and the figure legend.

      Page 32, Methods:

      “For quantification, ImageJ software (NIH) was used to analyze the densitometric data. Western blot images at 400, 300, and 150 kDa resolution were converted to grayscale followed by manually defining a Region of Interest (ROI) frame that captured the entire band in each lane using the "Rectangular" tool. The area of each selected band was measured by employing the same ROI frame around the band to record the integrated density, “Grey Mean Value”. Background measurements were similarly quantified, and background subtraction was performed by deducting the inverted background from the inverted band value. For relative quantification, target protein bands were normalized to the corresponding loading control (GAPDH) to derive normalized protein expression (fold change). Band intensities were quantified in triplicate for each sample. Data were analyzed with the Mann-Whitney U test to compare normalized protein expression between the Reln<sup>-/-</sup> group and the other groups. A one-sided p-value was calculated to test the hypothesis that protein expression levels in the other groups are greater than those in the Reln<sup>-/-</sup> group (negative control). Statistical significance was determined at p < 0.05. Analysis was performed using GraphPad Prism (version 9).”

      Page 52, Figure legend 9f:

      “(f) Quantitation of multiple isoforms of Reelin from 4-15% gradient gels. Positive and negative controls are Reln<sup>+/+</sup> and Reln<sup>-/-</sup> mouse cortices. Both rat tissue from the ONL (n=3) and CM (n=9) contain more 400 and 300 kDa Reelin compared to the Reln<sup>-/-</sup> mouse. Bars represent the standard deviation of the mean. One-sided Mann-Whitney U test was used to test that protein expression levels in the other groups are greater than those in the Reln<sup>-/-</sup> group, indicative of significant expression of Reln in the test groups. *p < 0.05.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examines to what extent this phenomenon varies based on the visibility of the saccade target. Visibility is defined as the contrast level of the target with respect to the noise background, and it is related to the signal-to-noise ratio of the target. A more visible target facilitates the oculomotor behavior planning and execution, however, as speculated by the authors, it can also benefit foveal prediction even if the foveal stimulus visibility is maintained constant. Remarkably, the authors show that presenting a highly visible saccade target is beneficial for foveal vision as detection of stimuli with an orientation similar to that of the saccade target is improved, the lower is the saccade target visibility, the less prominent is this effect.

      Strengths:

      The results are convincing and the research methodology is technically sound.

      Weaknesses:

      It is still unclear why the pre-saccadic enhancement would oscillate for targets with higher opacity levels, and what would be the benefit of this oscillatory pattern. The authors do not speculate too much on this and loosely relate it to feedback processes, which are characterized by neural oscillations in a similar range.

      We thank the reviewer for their assessment. We intentionally decided to describe the oscillatory pattern without claiming to be able to pinpoint its origin. The finding was incidental and, based on psychophysical data alone, we would not feel comfortable doing anything but loosely relating it to potential mechanisms on an explicitly speculative basis. In the potential explanation we provide in the manuscript, the oscillatory pattern would likely not serve a benefit–rather, it would constitute an innate consequence and, thus, a coincidental perceptual signature of potential feedback processes.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors ran a dual task. Subjects monitored a peripheral location for a target onset (to generate a saccade to), and they also monitored a foveal location for a foveal probe. The foveal probe could be congruent or incongruent with the orientation of the peripheral target. In this study, the authors manipulated the conspicuity of the peripheral target, and they saw changes in performance in the foveal task. However, the changes were somewhat counterintuitive.

      We regret that our findings remain counterintuitive to the reviewer even after our extensive explanations in the previous revision round and the corresponding changes in the manuscript. We repeat that both the decrease in foveal Hit Rates and the increase in foveal enhancement with increasing target contrast were expected and preregistered prior to data collection.

      Strengths:

      The authors use solid analysis methods and careful experimental design.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed my previous comments.

      One minor thing is that I am confused by their assertion that there was no smoothing in the manuscript (other than the newly added time course analysis). Figure 3A and Figure 6 seem to have smoothing to me.

      When the reviewer suggested that the “data appear too excessively smoothed” in the first revision, we assumed that they were referring to pre-saccadic foveal Hit and False Alarm rates, not to fitted distributions. As we state in the legend of Figure 3A (as well as in Figures 6 and S1), the “smoothed” curves constitute the probability density distributions of our raw data. Concerning the energy maps resulting from reverse correlation analyses, we described our proceeding in detail in our initial article (Kroell & Rolfs, 2022): 

      “Using this method, we obtained filter responses for 260 SF*ori combinations per noise image (Figure 6 in Materials and methods, ‘Stimulus analysis’). SFs ranged from 0.33 to 1.39 cpd (in 20 equal increments). Orientations ranged from –90–90° (in 13 equal increments). To normalize the resulting energy maps, we z-transformed filter responses using the mean and standard deviation of filter responses from the set of images presented in a certain session. To obtain more fine-grained maps, we applied 2D linear interpolations by iteratively halving the interval between adjacent values 4 times in each dimension. To facilitate interpretability, we flipped the energy maps of trials in which the target was oriented to the left. In all analyses and plots,+45° thus corresponds to the target’s orientation while –45° corresponds to the other potential probe orientation. Filter responses for all response types are provided at https://osf.io/v9gsq/.”

      We have added a pointer to this explanation to the current manuscript (see line 836).

      Another minor comment is related to the comment of Reviewer 1 about oscillations. Another possible reason for what looks like oscillations is saccadic inhibition. when the foveal probe appears, it can reset the saccade generation process. when aligned to saccade onset, this appears like a characteristic change in different parameters that is time-locked to saccade onset (about a 100 ms earlier). So, maybe the apparent oscillation is a manifestation of such resetting and it's not really an oscillation. so, I agree with Reviewer 1 about removing the oscillation sentence from the abstract.

      While we understand that a visible probe will result in saccadic inhibition (White & Rolfs, 2016), we are unsure how a resetting of the saccade generation process should manifest in increased perceptual enhancement of a specific, peripheral target orientation in the presaccadic fovea. Moreover, as we describe in our initial article (Kroell & Rolfs, 2022), we updated the background noise image every 50 ms and embedded our probe stimulus into the surrounding noise using smooth orientation filters and raised cosine masks to avoid a disruptive influence of probe appearance on movement planning and execution (Hanning, Deubel, & Szinte, 2019). And indeed, we demonstrated that the appearance of the foveal probe did not disrupt saccade preparation, that is, did not increase saccade latencies compared to ‘probe absent’ trials in which no foveal probe was presented (see Kroell & Rolfs, 2022; sections “Parameters of included saccades in Experiment 1” and “Parameters of included saccades in Experiment 2”). In the current submission, saccade latencies in ‘probe present’ trials exceeded saccade latencies in ‘probe absent’ trials by a mere 4.7±2.3 ms. Additionally, to inspect the variation of saccade execution frequency directly, we aligned the number of saccade generation instances to the onset of the foveal probe stimulus (see Author response image 1). In line with what we described in a previous paradigm employing flickering bandpass filtered noise patches (Kroell & Rolfs, 2021; 10.1016/j.cortex.2021.02.021), we observed a regular variation in saccade execution frequency that reflected the duration of an individual background noise image (50 ms in this investigation). In other words, the repeated dips in saccadic frequency are likely caused by the flickering background noise and not the onset of the foveal probe which would produce a single dip ~100 ms after probe onset. Given these results, we do not see a straight-forward explanation for how the variation of saccade execution frequency in 20 Hz intervals would boost peripheral-to-foveal feature prediction before the saccade in ~10 Hz intervals. Nonetheless, we removed the sentence referencing oscillations from the Abstract.

      Author response image 1.

       

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Overall, The authors did a good job in addressing the points I raised. Two new sections were added to the manuscript, one to address how the mechanisms of foveal predictions would play out in natural viewing conditions, and another one examining more in depth the potential neural mechanisms implicated in foveal predictions. I found these two sections to be quite speculative, and at points, a bit convoluted but could help the reader get the bigger picture. I still do not have a clear sense of why the pre-saccadic enhancement would oscillate for targets with higher opacity levels, and what would be the benefit of this oscillatory pattern. The authors do not speculate too much on this and loosely relate it to feedback processes, which are characterized by neural oscillations in a similar range.  

      Please see our response to ‘Weaknesses’.

      I still find this a loose connection and would suggest removing the following phrase from the abstract "Interestingly, the temporal frequency of these oscillations corresponded to the frequency range typically associated with neural feedback signaling". 

      We have removed this phrase.

      Finally, the authors should specify how much of this oscillation is due to oscillations in HR of cong vs. oscillations in HR of incongruent trials or both.

      We fitted separate polynomials to congruent and incongruent Hit Rates instead of their difference. Peaks in enhancement relied on both, oscillatory increases in congruent Hit Rates and simultaneous decreases in incongruent Hit Rates. In other words, enhancement peaks appear to reflect a foveal enhancement of target-congruent feature information along with a concurrent suppression of target-incongruent features. We added this paragraph and Figure 4 to the Results section.

      Additional changes:

      Two figures had accidentally been labeled as Figure 5 in our first revision. We corrected the figure legends and all corresponding figure references in the text.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the Authors):

      The interpretation of results obtained with opto-Treacle (related to Figure 2C) may be expanded.

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful comment regarding the interpretation of the results obtained with opto-Treacle. We understand the concern that the difference in the size of the condensates formed by opto-Treacle (Figure 2C) compared to Treacle-2S or other constructs may raise questions about the role of tetramerization in driving condensate formation, as 2S is known to tetramerize while FusionRed is not susceptible to multimerization.

      To address this concern, we emphasize that we have demonstrated that overexpressed Treacle forms large condensates even in the absence of any fluorescent protein, as included in the revised manuscript. This observation supports the conclusion that Treacle's ability to form condensates is intrinsic and does not depend on the multimerization capacity of the fluorescent tag.

      We believe that the observed difference in condensate size between opto-Treacle and Treacle-2S, Treacle-GFP, or untagged Treacle arises primarily from the time available for condensate assembly. Opto-Treacle condensation occurs rapidly, within approximately 10 seconds of blue light illumination, whereas Treacle-2S, Treacle-GFP, or untagged Treacle undergo condensation over the extended period of 24–48 hours of protein overexpression. This temporal difference likely accounts for the disparity in condensate size, as longer assembly times allow for larger and more mature condensates to form.

      Given this reasoning, we consider it unnecessary to further emphasize the size differences in the main text of the article, as we believe the underlying explanation is clear and supported by the data. Nonetheless, we are open to incorporating additional clarifications if the reviewer deems it necessary.

      The authors might reconsider referring to Treacle as a scaffold. Ultimately, the scaffold for the nucleolus is the rDNA with its bound proteins. Scaffold proteins, by definition, bind multiple protein partners and facilitate the formation of multiprotein complexes, a role not really attributed to homotypic LLPS.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point regarding the use of the term "scaffold" in relation to Treacle. We fully acknowledge that rDNA, along with its associated protein complexes, serves as the primary structural scaffold for the nucleolus. However, we believe that referring to Treacle as a scaffold is appropriate and justified within the specific context of our study.

      First, we emphasize that we describe Treacle as a scaffold specifically for nucleolar fibrillar centers (FCs), rather than for the nucleolus as a whole. This distinction is important, as our work focuses on the role of Treacle in organizing FC components, rather than the broader structural organization of the nucleolus.

      Second, as the reviewer notes, scaffold proteins are defined by their ability to bind multiple protein partners and facilitate the formation of multiprotein complexes. Our findings demonstrate that Treacle's condensation properties promote the binding and retention of key rDNA-associated protein partners, including RPA194, UBF, and Fibrillarin, within the FCs. This activity aligns with the functional definition of a scaffold protein, as Treacle supports the spatial organization and cooperative interactions of FC components essential for rRNA transcription and processing. Therefore, while we appreciate the reviewer's observation regarding the central role of rDNA as a nucleolar scaffold, we maintain that the use of the term "scaffold" to describe Treacle's role in organizing FCs is consistent with its demonstrated functional properties.

      If authors decide to add the "Ideas and Speculation" subsection to their Discussion, it may be interesting to discuss the following outstanding questions: does Treacle undergo homotypic or heterotypic LLPS? Does its overexpression favor homotypic interactions? How does it segregate FC and DFC compartments -by exclusion? How does phase-separated Treacle interact with other proteins?

      We thank the reviewer for these insightful questions. While we believe that adding a dedicated "Ideas and Speculation" subsection would be redundant, we have already addressed the questions regarding Treacle’s homotypic or heterotypic LLPS and its interactions with other proteins in the revised "Discussion" section. Additionally, we have included a new section in the manuscript specifically focused on investigating the role of Treacle condensation in its interactions with protein partners, further expanding on these points.

      In Materials and Methods, smFISH section -"probes were designed as described (Yao et al, 2019) and labeled with FITS on the 3'ends" - was it meant to say FITC (i.e. Fluorescein)?

      We thank the reviewer for catching this error. This was indeed a typo, and we have corrected it to "FITC (i.e., Fluorescein)" in the revised text.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the Authors):

      Regarding recombinant Treacle, the main concern is that the authors may not be observing the condensation of Treacle itself. The quality of the purchased recombinant Treacle is unclear (this reviewer could not find Treacle listed on the vendor website despite using the supplied catalog number or vapors search terms). Furthermore, it is not clear if the condensates observed are Treacle or potentially the Dextran crowder. Only small percentages (>1%-5%) of either Dextran or PEG are needed to induce phase separation in two-component mixtures of these polymers. PEG may be in the Treacle storage butter. In addition to clarifying the State of recombinant Treacle, these concerns could be further assuaged by direct visualizing of Treacle forming condensates (via fluorescent n-terminal tagging) and filling in more of the phase space to observe the loss of condensates at a threshold concentration of Treacle. In general, the gold standard for establishing condensation of a given protein is mapping the full binodal phase diagram diagram of the protein. Understanding that protein is a limited resource, most groups simply map the lower concentration arm of the binodal, and this is sufficient to characterize a protein as having intrinsic condensation behavior. A similar mapping effort of Treacle would be welcomed. 

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful comments and for highlighting concerns regarding the interpretation of our experiments with commercial recombinant Treacle. We recognize the importance of ensuring that the observed condensation properties are intrinsic to Treacle and not influenced by potential contaminants, storage buffer components, or tags on the protein.

      To address these concerns, we have re-evaluated the condensation properties of Treacle using a recombinant fragment independently purified in our laboratory. Specifically, we expressed and purified a Treacle fragment (amino acids 291–426), which includes two S/E-rich low-complexity regions (LCRs) and two linker regions, in E. coli. The protein was expressed as a TEV-cleavable maltose-binding protein (MBP) fusion, purified under native conditions via amylose resin, and subjected to TEV cleavage. This was followed by ion-exchange chromatography and extensive dialysis to remove any remaining impurities. These additional steps ensured that the purified Treacle fragment was of high purity and free from confounding components, such as polyethylene glycol (PEG). We have included detailed descriptions of this protocol in the revised manuscript.

      Using this purified Treacle fragment, we confirmed its intrinsic condensation behavior in vitro. In the presence of 5% PEG8000 as a crowding agent, the fragment formed liquid-like condensates that exhibited spherical morphology and dynamic fusion events, key hallmarks of liquid-liquid phase separation (LLPS). Additionally, we demonstrated that the condensation of this Treacle fragment was sensitive to changes in pH and salt concentration but unaffected by 1,6-hexanediol treatment, suggesting that the condensates are stabilized predominantly by electrostatic interactions (Fig. 4B of the revised manuscript). Importantly, these findings provide robust evidence that Treacle possesses intrinsic phase-separation properties. All results from the commercial Treacle protein used in the initial version of the manuscript have been replaced with data obtained using this independently purified recombinant fragment.

      We undestand that the condensation behavior of the fragment may not fully capture the behavior of full-length Treacle. Nevertheless, the in vitro experiments provide valuable mechanistic insights into the biophysical properties of Treacle. Furthermore, as emphasized in the revised manuscript, our study primarily focuses on understanding the condensation and functional role of Treacle in a cellular context, where we observe its critical involvement in organizing nucleolar structure and regulating rRNA transcription. These cellular experiments highlight the biological relevance of Treacle’s condensation behavior.

      With regard to mapping the binodal phase diagram of Treacle, we concur with the reviewer that such an effort would be ideal for a more comprehensive characterization of Treacle’s condensation properties. However, the limited availability of purified protein currently precludes a detailed mapping effort. Despite this limitation, we believe the qualitative assessments of Treacle’s condensation under varying conditions, now included in the revised manuscript, sufficiently demonstrate its intrinsic ability to phase-separate.

      In conclusion, we are grateful for the reviewer’s feedback, which has allowed us to refine our methodology and strengthen the evidence supporting the intrinsic condensation properties of Treacle. We are confident that the revised manuscript provides a robust and thorough characterization of Treacle’s phase-separation behavior and its functional role in the cell, addressing the reviewer’s concerns. Thank you for your constructive recommendations, which have significantly improved the quality of our work.

      Replacing 'liquid-phase' and 'liquid' with 'liquid-like' would make the language consistent with other papers in the field and more accurately reflect the degree of material state analysis carried out in the study.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful recommendation. In response to the suggestion, we have revised the manuscript to replace the terms "liquid-phase" and "liquid" with "liquid-like" throughout the text. This change ensures consistency with terminology commonly used in the field and more accurately reflects the degree of material state analysis performed in our study. We believe this adjustment improves the clarity and precision of our findings, aligning the manuscript with standard practices in the field. Thank you for helping us enhance the quality of the presentation.

      The 'unclear' nature of the condensation behavior of the FC phase of the nucleolus is listed as a motivation for carrying out the study in the introduction; the authors could note here two recent papers that have investigated the nature of FC condensation: Jaberi-Lashkari et al. 2023 and King et al. 2024. The reviewer notes that while these were both pre-printed in late 2022, they were only recently published.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing these recent studies to our attention. In response to the suggestion, we have cited the papers by Jaberi-Lashkari et al. (2023) and King et al. (2024) in both the introduction and discussion sections of the revised manuscript. These references are highly relevant to the context of our study and provide valuable insights into the condensation behavior of the FC phase of the nucleolus. We agree that incorporating these works strengthens the framing of our study and situates it more effectively within the broader field. Thank you for this constructive recommendation.

      The statement that Treacle is "the main molecule present in the FC" is a substantial claim that does not need to be made to promote the author's case, nor is it well supported by the provided reference (Gal et al., 2022).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this overstatement in our original manuscript. In response, we have revised the text to provide a more accurate and well-supported description. Specifically, we have replaced the claim that Treacle is "the main molecule present in the FC" with a statement highlighting its direct interactions with UBF and RNA Pol I, as well as its colocalization with these proteins within the FC. This revision ensures alignment with the provided references and more accurately reflects the current understanding of Treacle's role in the FC. We appreciate the reviewer's attention to this detail, which has helped us improve the clarity and accuracy of our manuscript.

      The statement that "Treacle is one of the most intrinsically disordered proteins" is vague and unnecessarily grand. Treacle is a fully intrinsically disordered protein; these comprise 5% of the human proteome (Tsang et al. 2020), so Treacle is, indeed, unusual in that regard.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the vague and unnecessarily broad nature of the original statement. In response, we have revised the text to provide a more precise and accurate description of Treacle's structural properties. Specifically, we replaced the claim that "Treacle is one of the most intrinsically disordered proteins" with the statement that "According to protein structure predictors (e.g., AlphaFold, IUPred2, PONDR, and FuzDrop), Treacle is a fully intrinsically disordered protein." This wording reflects the unique nature of Treacle while remaining scientifically accurate and supported by reliable computational predictions. We appreciate the reviewer's feedback, which has allowed us to improve the rigor and clarity of our manuscript.

      A comment on the implications of the immobile pool of Treacle (which appears to be ~50% in WT and across a range of mutants) would be welcome. Additionally, the limitations of FRAP for interrogating material properties of condensed material in living systems are provided in Goetz and Mahamid, 2020. In this paper, the authors review instances where the ultrastructure of condensate is known and where FRAP data is available. They show that crystalline assemblies can recover faster than apparently liquid, spherical assemblies. A comment in the text about how these limitations apply to this study would be welcome.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comments regarding the interpretation of the immobile pool of Treacle and the limitations of FRAP for characterizing material properties in living systems. As noted in our response to the public review, we believe the ~50% recovery rate after photobleaching observed in our experiments is best explained by the redistribution of Treacle molecules within the condensate, rather than significant exchange with the surrounding phase. This interpretation is strongly supported by the full- and half-FRAP analyses included in the revised manuscript, which demonstrated internal mixing dynamics within the condensates.

      There appears to be a typo in the following sentence: "The highly positively charged CD serves as the nucleation center for RD but exhibits ambivalent phase properties, transitioning from LLPS to LSPS in the absence of rRNA." The LLPS to LSPS behavior was observed for mutants to the central domain (RD), not the c-terminal domain (CD).

      Throughout the authors report single snapshots of representative cells and single line traces. Analysis of the key morphological feature across the population of cells would help the reader understand how widespread the observed phenotype is.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point regarding the representation of morphological features across the cell population. To address this concern, we have included widefield micrographs of cell fields in the revised figures to provide a more comprehensive view of the phenotypes observed.

      The statement that "The phase behavior of polymers is determined by interactions through associative motifs, referred to as stickers, separated by spacers, which are not the primary driving forces for phase separation" could be improved by pointing out that this is potentially incomplete for describing the kind of condensation that highly charged polymers undergo. The high charge and charge segregation of Treacle suggest that it is a blocky polyampholyte and that it condenses by coacervation. Models of associative polymers can be useful for describing coacervation, however, the driving forces for coacervation are less understood and have been proposed to include an entropic component (see Sathyavageeswaran et al. 2024, Sing and Perry 2020 and work from their groups as well as the Obermayer (Columbia) and Terrell (U. Chicago) Groups).

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important aspect of the phase behavior of charged polymers and for suggesting relevant references. In response, we have revised the discussion section of the manuscript to include a more nuanced explanation of the condensation mechanisms for highly charged polymers such as Treacle. Specifically, we now describe Treacle as a blocky polyampholyte, suggesting that its condensation behavior may be driven by coacervation mechanisms.The relevant references have been added to the discussion section of the revised manuscript.

      In addition to the above, the authors may consider citing two recent publications from the Pappu group (King et al. Cell 2024 and King et al. Nucleus 2024) that directly investigate the condensation potential of K-rich and E/D-rich' grammars' on nucleolar proteins and show that, like the authors, the K-rich region is essential for localization and is conserved across nucleolar proteins.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing these relevant publications to our attention. The suggested references from the Pappu group (King et al., Cell 2024, and King et al., Nucleus 2024) have been added to the introduction and discussion sections of the revised manuscript, and their findings have been appropriately integrated into our analysis.

      The authors could consider replacing the use of LLPS with a more generic term such as "condensation" or "biomolecular condensation." LLPS of polymers is a segregative transition driven by its incompatibility with the surrounding solvent. As indicated, Treacle is likely to be undergoing some form of coacervation (which is predominantly an associative tradition), which can be genetically described as condensation. See Pappu et al. 2023 for more details.

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful suggestion. Following the reviewer's recommendation, we have replaced the term "LLPS" with "condensation" or "coacervation" throughout the manuscript, where appropriate. Additionally, we have referenced Pappu et al. (2023) and other to provide further context and clarity regarding the distinctions between these terms.

      The authors cite Yao et al. 2019, but do not cite the follow-up study (Wu et al. 2021) or provide a statement on how the Chan group finds a role for the RGG domain of FBL in keeping the certain canonical markers of the FC and DFC de-mixed.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out these important references. The relevant citations, including Wu et al. (2021), have been added to the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the Authors):

      The following comment is true but could be broadened to include examples of structured regions promoting biomolecular condensation. "In biological systems, phase separation is mainly a characteristic of multivalent or intrinsically disordered proteins (Banani et al, 2017; Shin & Brangwynne,2017; Uversky, 2019)."

      We have expanded the statement as recommended by the reviewer: "In biological systems, phase separation is facilitated by a combination of multivalent interactions mediated by intrinsically disordered proteins and site-specific interactions that drive percolation."

      Related to Figure 1.

      The authors report Treacle-dependent EU incorporation (Figure 1D), but are there any changes more broadly to nucleolar number or size as a consequence? How do the authors interpret that the quantitative effect of AMD treatment is more extreme than Treacle depletion (Figure 1E).

      We thank the reviewer for raising these important points. Regarding nucleolar number and morphology, we did not observe a change in the number of nucleoli upon Treacle depletion. However, nucleoli appeared more regularly rounded under these conditions, which we interpret as a consequence of the decreased rDNA transcription activity caused by Treacle depletion. A similar rounding of nucleoli is also observed upon actinomycin D (AMD) treatment, which is consistent with reduced transcriptional activity.

      As for the more pronounced effect of AMD compared to Treacle depletion on EU incorporation, this can be explained by the fundamentally different mechanisms through which these conditions affect transcription. Treacle depletion reduces the local concentration of transcription factors at rDNA sites, thereby impairing transcription initiation and elongation to a certain extent. However, under Treacle depletion, RNA polymerase I still retains the ability to bind to the promoter and support a residual level of transcription. In contrast, AMD acts as a potent intercalator in GC-rich regions of rDNA, physically blocking the ability of RNA polymerase I to move along rDNA, resulting in near-complete cessation of rRNA synthesis.

      Related to Figure 2.

      The authors observe that AMD leads to coalescence of individual Treacle-2S+ bodies (e.g. Figure 2E) - does this suggest that ongoing rRNA transcription is required to prevent such events?

      Thank you for your thoughtful question. Indeed, our observations strongly suggest that ongoing rRNA transcription is required to prevent the coalescence of Treacle-2S+ bodies, as observed upon AMD treatment. This interpretation aligns with the findings of Tetsuya Yamamoto et al., who demonstrated that nascent ribosomal RNA (pre-rRNA) acts as a surfactant to suppress the growth and fusion of fibrillar centers (FCs) in the nucleolus. Their work highlighted that nucleolar condensates formed via liquid-liquid phase separation (LLPS) tend to grow to minimize surface energy, provided sufficient components are available. However, the transcription of prerRNA stabilizes FCs by maintaining multiple microphases, preventing coalescence unless transcription is inhibited.

      According to Yamamoto et al., nascent pre-rRNAs tethered to FC surfaces by RNA Polymerase I generate lateral pressure that counteracts interfacial tensions, effectively suppressing FC fusion. This activity is analogous to the surfactant properties of molecules in physical systems. When transcription is inhibited (e.g., by AMD), the loss of nascent rRNA allows condensates to coalesce, consistent with the behavior we observe.

      We further propose that the AMD-induced coalescence of Treacle-2S+ bodies reflects the loss of this surfactant-like effect, as transcriptional activity ceases. This theory is also supported by the observation that Treacle condensates in the nucleoplasm, where rRNA transcription is absent, form larger structures. Collectively, these insights highlight the critical role of ongoing rRNA transcription in maintaining the structural integrity and dynamic organization of nucleolar substructures.

      Related to Figure 3.

      In the figure panels B-H the DAPI signal in gray obscures the Treacle localization, especially in Figure 3H. A non-merged image for each of these examples for the Treacle localization would be very helpful.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. To address this, we have included wide-field images without the DAPI overlay for the deletion mutant lacking the 1121-1488 region. These are now presented in Supplementary Figure S5G of the revised manuscript.

      Related to Figure 5.

      Only a single representative nucleus is shown in the PLA analysis presented in Figure 5B.

      Quantification to assess the robustness of this response with the addition of VP16 is needed. The authors use ChIP and immunocytochemistry as orthogonal methods but it would be best to therefore show both for each manipulation that is performed - the immunostaining of TOPBP1 in the Treacle KD cells in S5A should be in the main Figure 5 to complement transformation of constructs as in Figure 5D.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment. To address this, we performed a quantitative analysis of PLA fluorescence signals in control and etoposide-treated cells, and the results are now presented in Supplementary Figure S8C. Additionally, as recommended, we have transferred the results of the immunocytochemistry of TOPBP1 in Treacle KD and Treacle KN cells to the main figure, now included as Figures 7D-E in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary.

      In this meticulously conducted study, the authors show that Drosophila epidermal cells can modulate escape responses to noxious mechanical stimuli. First, they show that activation of epidermal cells evokes many types of behaviors including escape responses. Subsequently, they demonstrate that most somatosensory neurons are activated by activation of epidermal cells, and that this activation has a prolonged effect on escape behavior. In vivo analyses indicate that epidermal cells are mechanosensitive and require stored-operated calcium channel Orai. Altogether, the authors conclude that epidermal cells are essential for nociceptive sensitivity and sensitization, serving as primary sensory noxious stimuli.

      Strengths.

      The manuscript is clearly written. The experiments are logical and complementary. They support the authors' main claim that epidermal cells are mechanosensitive and that epidermal mechanically evoked calcium responses require the stored-operated calcium channel Orai. Epidermal cells activate nociceptive sensory neurons as well as other somatosensory neurons in Drosophila larvae, and thereby prolong escape rolling evoked by mechanical noxious stimulation.

      Weaknesses.

      Core details are missing in the protocols, including the level of LED intensity used, which are necessary for other researchers to reproduce the experiments. For most experiments, the epidermal cells are activated for 60 s, which is long when considering that nocifensive rolling occurs on a timescale of milliseconds. It would be informative to know the shortest duration of epidermal cell activation that is sufficient for observing the behavioral phenotype (prolongation of escape behavior) and activation of sensory neurons.

      (1) We agree with the reviewer that the LED intensity is an important detail of the experimental paradigm. We updated the methods to include intensity measurements for the stimuli used throughout the manuscript.

      (2) The Reviewer asks about the shortest duration of epidermal cell activation sufficient for observing the behavior phenotype. We note in the manuscript that behavioral responses to optogenetic epidermal stimulation are apparent within 2 seconds of stimulus (see Figure 2F); this is consistent with our calcium imaging data in which C4da response reaches its maximum within 2-3 sec of stimulation.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations):

      (1) The epidermal cells in this study are activated for 60 s. In the real world, the nociceptive stimulation (a poke, such as penetration by the ovipositor of a parasitic wasp) that evokes escape rolling is short. Does optogenetic activation of 1 s or less still evoke rolling? For example, it is unclear in Figure 4K how long the epidermal cells need to be activated before the poke stimulus prolongs rolling. Is it possible to test behavior and GCaMP activity in sensory neurons when epidermal cells are briefly (1 second) activated?

      As described above, behavioral responses to optogenetic epidermal stimulation are apparent within 2 seconds of stimulus (see Figure 2F); this is consistent with our calcium imaging data in which C4da response reaches its maximum within 2-3 sec of stimulation. The kinetics are consistent with a role for epidermal cells in modulating neuronal responses to nocifensive stimuli, and similar to the response kinetics observed in mammalian epidermal cells that modulate neuronal touch and pain responses  (Maksimovic et al., 2014; Woo et al., 2014; Mikesell et al., 2022).

      (2) The protocol for optogenetic screening states that the authors used a 488-nm LED. Why was a 488-nm LED used instead of the 610-nm LED for Chrimson activation? No information (except figure 4K) about the light intensity is provided in the figure legend or the protocol section. Please state the LED intensity used for all optogenetic experiments (GCaMP imaging, behavioral experiments, etc.).

      We used 488 nm light for the initial screen for technical reasons. The screen was conducted by students at the MBL Neurobiology course (hence the affiliation; student authors are included in the manuscript), and the only LED available to us at that time delivered insufficient illumination at longer wavelenths to be useful. We chose to include the student’s data because (1) we found that the 488 nm light alone did not induce rolling in our setup, (2) we repeated and extended the studies with the epidermal drivers using a higher resolution imaging platform and longer wavelength stimulation (all studies other than Fig. 1), and (3) we observed qualitatively similar results when we repeated stimulation with all drivers using 561 nm light.

      We agree that the LED intensity is an important detail of the experimental paradigm. We updated the methods to include intensity measurements for the stimuli used throughout the manuscript. We also include the intensities here:

      - 30 μW/mm^2 for calcium imaging experiments Fig 3B-E, Fig 4A, Fig 3S1A-D, Fig 4S1A

      - 300 μW/mm^2 for behavior studies in Fig 2B-E, Fig 1S6, Fig 2S1, Fig 3E-F, Fig 3S2A-C

      - 25 μW/mm^2 for behavior studies in Fig 4E-J

      - 1.16 μW/mm^2 for behavior studies in Fig 4K

      (3) Lines 150 - 152: Although the authors refer to "a stereotyped behavior sequence" in Fig 2D, there are no data supporting this claim in Fig 2. Rather, the data appear to represent proportions of different types of behavior at each time point, rather than behavior sequences. If the authors wish to claim that the data show stereotyped behavior sequences, they should analyze the data using a different method (e.g., Markov models).

      We agree that in the absence of additional analysis we should avoid commenting on stereotypy of behavior sequences; we therefore adjusted the text to reflect the tendency of nociceptive behaviors to precede non-nociceptive behaviors. The raster plots shown in Supplemental Fig. 2A illustrate this point: in larvae exhibiting nociceptive behaviors, these behaviors appear first, followed by backing and frequently freezing. As one quantitative readout of this sequence we show that the latency of rolling (nociceptive) is shorter compared with backing or freezing (non-nociceptive) (Fig. 2F, Fig. S2G).

      (4) Figure 3A-E: a cursory glance at the data suggests that the most responsive sensory neurons are C1da, with all sensory neurons activated. However, at the behavioral level, only some sensory neurons are activated. If all sensory were activated by Chrimson, what behavioral phenotypes would the authors expect to see? Would it be the same as epidermal activation?

      The Reviewer raises an interesting question, but we intentionally avoid comparing the response properties among sensory neurons because of differences in driver strength. Likewise, extrapolating “activation” at the behavioral level is exceedingly difficult if/when multiple sensory neurons are simultaneously activated. In response to the Reviewer’s specific question, when all da neurons are activated simultaneously, larvae largely exhibited hunching rather than rolling (Hwang et al., 2007). We find that epidermal stimulation rarely elicits hunching; instead, epidermal stimulation generally triggers nocifensive behaviors followed by non-nocifensive behaviors such as backing and freezing, suggesting an order or priority in neurons activated by epidermal cells (or different response times). Defining the mechanisms by which epidermal cells communicate with different types of sensory neurons is therefore a top priority for future studies.

      (5) Figure 3S2; The behavior phenotypes between Fig. 3E, F and Fig 3S2 seems a slightly different. I suggest adding some comments in different behavior phenotype depending on the different GAL4. Specifically, is there increased freezing in some genotypes (e.g., ppk-LexA or NompC-lexA)? Can you show this without TNT data? Is this a background effect or specific GAL4 phenotype?

      We currently do not have the driver-only control for this experiment, but our effector-only control experiment (see Fig. 3S2A) suggests that larvae carrying the AOP-TNT insertion exhibit enhanced nociceptive behavioral responses. This point is addressed in our manuscript by the following (copied from the figure legend):

      “We note that although baseline rolling probability is elevated in all genetic backgrounds containing the AOP-LexA-TnT insertion, silencing C4da and C3da neurons significantly attenuates responses to epidermal stimulation.”

      (6) Calcium-free solution is used in Figure 3. Why do the authors still observe calcium influx? Does this mean that internal calcium stores are released? If so, does the calcium influx represent an action potential? How do the authors focus their LED stimulation to activate epidermal cells and avoid activation of the imaging laser?

      The specimens were imaged in calcium-free solution to minimize movement artifacts. However, the CNS is wrapped by glial cells and over short timescales such as those used for the imaging we speculate that extracellular calcium persists in the CNS.

      (7) It is unclear when animals begin to crawl after the epidermal cells are mechanically stimulated. How do the authors distinguish between peristaltic crawling and a poke by Orai receptors? Although the in vitro experiments beautifully show radial tensions, it is unclear to what extent A-P axis tension (peristaltic crawling) and radial tension (poke) differ. It might be helpful to explain in the discussion section how epidermal cells are selectively activated.

      The Reviewer raises an interesting question about the types and thresholds of forces required to elicit epidermal responses. We cannot eliminate the possibility that peristaltic crawling (or crawling through a 3D substrate) stimulates epidermal cells to a certain degree. Indeed, our results demonstrate a dose-dependent response of Drosophila epidermal cells and human keratinocytes to radial stretch. However, we do not have any information about selectivity in response to different stimuli, though we agree that this is an intriguing avenue for future studies. For example, we don't know whether stretch-responsive cells are more or less responsive to poke. But, a salient feature of our studies is the recruitment of greater numbers of responders with increasing stimulus intensity, therefore we added the following statement to the discussion to clarify our model:

      “Finally, we find that epidermal cells exhibit a dose-dependent response to radial stretch; we therefore anticipate that the output of epidermal cells is likewise dependent on the stimulus intensity.  Hence, rather than a fixed threshold beyond which epidermal cells are selectively activated, we hypothesize that increasing stimulus intensities drive increasing signal outputs to neurons.”

      (8) Some Protocols are missing. For example, in Figure 4, many stimulus combinations were used to test behavior. How were stimuli of different modalities applied to the animals? Further details need to be provided in the protocols.

      We thank the Reviewer for identifying this oversight. The methods section of our original submission detailed most of the stimulus combinations but omitted the opto + mechano combination (4F). We updated our methods to correct these omissions.

      (9) It might be helpful if the authors could provide a sample video for each behavior to clarify how they were each defined.

      Our manuscript includes a table with a detailed description of the behaviors (Table S2), and we added two annotated videos that show representative behavioral responses to optogenetic nociceptor or epidermis stimulation.

      (10) A supplementary summary table of genotypes might be helpful for the reader.

      Experimental genotypes are provided in the figure legends, and a detailed list of all alleles used in the study as well as their source is provided in supplemental table S1.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary.

      The authors provide compelling evidence that stimulation of epidermal cells in Drosophila larvae results in the stimulation of sensory neurons that evoke a variety of behavioral responses. Further, the authors demonstrate that epidermal cells are inherently mechanoresponsive and implicate a role for store-operated calcium entry (mediated by Stim and Orai) in the communication to sensory neurons.

      Strengths.

      The study represents a significant advance in our understanding of mechanosensation. Multiple strengths are noted. First, the genetic analyses presented in the paper are thorough with appropriate consideration to potential confounds. Second, behavioral studies are complemented by sophisticated optogenetics and imaging studies. Third, identification of roles for store-operated calcium entry is intriguing. Lastly, conservation of these pathways in vertebrates raise the possibility that the described axis is also functional in vertebrates.

      Weaknesses.

      The study has a few conceptual weaknesses that are arguably minor. The involvement of store-operated calcium entry implicates ER calcium store release. Whether mechanical stimulation evokes ER calcium release in epidermal cells and how this might come about (e.g., which ER calcium channels, roles for calcium-induced calcium release etc.) remains unaddressed. On a related note, the kinetics of store-operated calcium entry is very distinct from that required for SV release. The link between SOC and epidermal cells-neuron transmission is not reconciled. Finally, it is not clear how optogenetic stimulation of epidermal cells results in the activation of SOC.

      (1) The involvement of store-operated calcium entry implicates ER calcium store release. Whether mechanical stimulation evokes ER calcium release in epidermal cells and how this might come about (e.g., which ER calcium channels, roles for calcium-induced calcium release etc.) remains unaddressed.

      Our studies suggest that mechanically evoked responses in epidermal cells involve both ER calcium release and store-operated calcium entry. Notably, we show that depletion of ER calcium stores before mechanical stimulation, by treating with thapsigargin, reduces (but does not eliminate) mechanically evoked calcium responses in fly epidermal cells (Fig. 6C-6F). Likewise, fly epidermal cells and human keratinocytes both exhibit mechanically evoked calcium responses in the absence of extracellular calcium (10mM EGTA to chelate all free calcium ions). These data support a model whereby mechanical stimuli trigger calcium release from ER stores and influx. Indeed, several cell types have been shown to display mechanically evoked release of calcium from stores. For example, mechanical stimulation of enteroendocrine cells of the gut epithelium results in both calcium release from ER stores and calcium influx across the plasma membrane (Knutson et al., 2023). Similar to our findings, Knutson et al found that depleting stores decreased mechanically evoked calcium signals by over 70% in these gut epithelial stores. In our revised manuscript we have more clearly emphasized these points.

      We agree with the reviewer that deciphering the mechanisms by which mechanical stimuli promote ER calcium release and subsequent store-operated calcium entry is an exciting topic to explore. One potential mechanism is the activation of a mechanosensitive receptor that promotes calcium release from the ER via calcium-induced calcium release or IP3 production, as has been proposed for enteroendocrine cells. A recent paper demonstrated that the ER itself is mechanosensitive and that mechanical stimuli promotes calcium release via the opening of calcium-permeable ion channels in the ER membrane (Song et al., 2024). Determining the relative contributions of store-operated calcium entry and ER calcium release and deciphering their underlying mechanisms will require a thorough investigation of ER calcium channels and receptors, thus we believe this would be beyond the scope of the present manuscript and merits publication on its own. However, we now include this in our discussion as an exciting new direction we aim to pursue.

      (2) The kinetics of store-operated calcium entry is very distinct from that required for SV release. The link between SOC and epidermal cells-neuron transmission is not reconciled.

      The Reviewer raises an interesting point regarding the mode of epidermal cell-neuronal communication. We demonstrated a requirement for dynamin-dependent vesicle release from epidermal cells in mechanical sensitization. However, the nature of the vesicular pool, the mode and kinetics of release, and the type of neuromodulator released remain to be characterized. Hence, it’s not clear that kinetics of synaptic vesicle release is an appropriate comparison. Our studies do demonstrate that behavioral responses to optogenetic epidermal stimulation are relatively slow – on the order of seconds – which is not incompatible with the kinetics of store-operated calcium entry. Furthermore, the primary functional output we define for epidermal mechanosensory responses, mechanical nociceptive sensitization, is apparent 10 sec following the stimulus and persists for minutes in our behavior assays. Consistent with this model, studies of the mammalian touch dome have shown that touch-sensitive Merkel cells secrete neurotransmitters to modulate neurons and promote sustained action potential firing on a similar timescale. Likewise, mechanically evoked ER calcium-release promotes sustained secretion of serotonin from enterochromaffin cells.

      (3) It is not clear how optogenetic stimulation of epidermal cells results in the activation of SOC.

      We appreciate the opportunity to clarify our results. We demonstrate that optogenetic epidermal stimulation elicits behavioral responses in larvae and calcium responses in somatosensory neurons, but we do not claim that optogenetic epidermal stimulation elicits SOC. Our optogenetic studies demonstrate the capacity for epidermal stimulation to modulate somatosensory function, but we characterize contributions of SOC only to mechanical stimuli which are more physiologically relevant. However, it is worth noting that CsChrimson is a calcium-permeable channel, suggesting that an increase in intracellular calcium may trigger epidermal-evoked neuronal responses and behaviors during optogenetic stimulation.

      References

      Hwang, RY, Zhong, L, Xu, Y, Johnson, T, Zhang, F, Deisseroth, K, and Tracey, WD (2007). Nociceptive neurons protect Drosophila larvae from parasitoid wasps. Curr Biol 17, 2105–2116.

      Knutson, KR, Whiteman, ST, Alcaino, C, Mercado-Perez, A, Finholm, I, Serlin, HK, Bellampalli, SS, Linden, DR, Farrugia, G, and Beyder, A (2023). Intestinal enteroendocrine cells rely on ryanodine and IP3 calcium store receptors for mechanotransduction. J Physiol 601, 287–305.

      Maksimovic, S, Nakatani, M, Baba, Y, Nelson, AM, Marshall, KL, Wellnitz, SA, Firozi, P, Woo, S-H, Ranade, S, Patapoutian, A, et al. (2014). Epidermal Merkel cells are mechanosensory cells that tune mammalian touch receptors. Nature 509, 617–621.

      Mikesell, AR, Isaeva, O, Moehring, F, Sadler, KE, Menzel, AD, and Stucky, CL (2022). Keratinocyte PIEZO1 modulates cutaneous mechanosensation. Elife 11, e65987.

      Song, Y, Zhao, Z, Xu, L, Huang, P, Gao, J, Li, J, Wang, X, Zhou, Y, Wang, J, Zhao, W, et al. (2024). Using an ER-specific optogenetic mechanostimulator to understand the mechanosensitivity of the endoplasmic reticulum. Dev Cell 59, 1396-1409.e5.

      Woo, S-H, Ranade, S, Weyer, AD, Dubin, AE, Baba, Y, Qiu, Z, Petrus, M, Miyamoto, T, Reddy, K, Lumpkin, EA, et al. (2014). Piezo2 is required for Merkel-cell mechanotransduction. Nature 509, 622–626.

    1. Author response:

      We appreciate the reviewers’ constructive comments and suggestions. We plan the following revisions to address the public reviews.

      Regarding model selection (from Reviewers 1 and 3)

      We will test whether the latent cause model has a better explanatory power for the observed reinstatement data compared with at least two other models, including the Rescorla-Wagner model. For each model, the prediction errors across all trials and those in the test 3 trial (reinstatement) will be calculated for individual animals. The explanatory power of the models will be discussed based on these results. 

      Regarding model validation (from Reviewers 1, 2, and 3)

      We acknowledge the reviewers’ concerns about potential parameter overfitting and misinterpretation. First, the simulation in the latent cause model will be run under other possible conditions to test whether our original condition can be justified, then clarify how certain parameters affect the predicted CR. Second, we will confirm if the prediction errors are comparable between experimental groups, present the correlation between parameters, and discuss this result in the revision. 

      To evaluate the effect of context in explaining reinstatement in the latent cause model, simulations of CR in test 3 when only context or tone is presented will also be performed and discussed with the behavioral data.

      Regarding the interpretation of the behavioral data (from Reviewers 1, 2, and 3) We will clarify our interpretation of the behavioral data by incorporating the additional analyses mentioned above; for example, to clarify the contribution of context in test 3, we will provide data on the CR before the tone presentation in our revision. In addition, how we expected and interpreted the reversal Barnes maze results from the memory modification characteristics estimated in the reinstatement test will be further discussed.

      Regarding the application of the latent cause model to the reversal Barnes maze task (from Reviewers 1, 2)

      We acknowledge the reviewers’ suggestions to apply the latent cause model to our Barnes maze results to strengthen the link and consistency. To further clarify the reason for including Barnes maze results, we will explicitly discuss how associative learning is involved in spatial learning in the revision. However, we will not be able to directly apply the latent cause model for the Barnes maze data for the following reasons. As we noted in the Results and Discussion, the latent cause model was built on associative learning and cannot be directly applied to the Barnes maze data. The cognitive processes in the Barnes maze task involve maintaining spatial representation of the environment, integrating own position and expected goal, and evaluating potential actions. Importantly, the chosen actions in this task directly affect subsequent observations, while an animal’s response based on an expected outcome typically does not alter future observation in a simple associative learning paradigm. 

      Thus, although associative learning (e.g., associations between the spatial cue and the location of the escape box) is certainly a critical building block and contributes to performance in the Barnes maze task, this mechanism alone cannot fully explain the animal’s navigation in the maze. We agree that having solid modeling results in the reversal Barnes maze task is an important direction, but extending the latent cause model for this purpose is beyond the scope of this study. We have suggested some possible approaches in the Discussion and will elaborate further on these conceptual distinctions and how latent cause framework assists in the interpretation of results.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their insightful feedback. Incorporating their recommendations will greatly enhance our manuscript for resubmission. Based on the review, it seems a major challenge to the interpretation of our study surrounds whether locomotion, itself, is responsible for increased ACC activity during our task. This was a shared concern for us during our analysis. We included data in our initial submission hoping to address these concerns. Specifically, we show that post-action activity outlasts movement termination, in most cases, on the order seconds after termination (Supplementary Fig 2). Likewise, post-action activity is not tied to shuttle initiations as ACC activity onset can vary greatly before and after initiation (Supplementary Fig 2). Lastly, the unique nature of action content neurons further supports a distinction from locomotor activity. They selectively fire for specific directions and, as a result, do not fire during movement in opposite directions. Despite these findings, we agree with reviews that inclusion of additional analyses, such as examining firing rates in respect to locomotion speed and acceleration/deceleration, will greatly strengthen our claim of ACC’s role in post-action activity. In our resubmission, we will seek to perform such an analysis, among others, to elucidate completely the role of locomotion in ACC post-action activity.

      Reviewers also pointed out an overall lack of details surrounding our task, analysis, statistical methods and experimental approaches. We will consider all the recommendations from the reviewers and integrate them into our resubmission to provide more detailed information. Notably, we will adjust our approach in describing our task. Reviewers discussed some criticism regarding the perceived novelty of the task as it shares many similarities with previous discrimination-avoidance tasks. The distinction with our task is regarding the nuance of how the meaning (safety vs shock) of the context and sensory stimuli dynamically changes based on the current environment (context x sound). This requires not only the discrimination of contextual and sensory stimuli but also the inter-modal integration of stimuli, which varies throughout the task. Sound A/B leads to different outcomes depending on the context, and similarly, the meaning of the context shifts in a sound-dependent manner.

      Lastly, in our follow-up submission we will work to include more robust analyses to utilize our temporal sensitivity of our recordings. We also will provide greater clarity on how each individual animal contributes to our overall findings. To conclude, we would like to once again thank our reviewers for their feedback and evaluation of our manuscript. We look forward to making the necessary adjustments for our future submission.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors tackled the public concern about E-cigarettes among young adults by examining the lung immune environment in mice using single-cell RNA sequencing, discovering a subset of Ly6G- neutrophils with reduced IL-1 activity and increased CD8 T cells following exposure to tobacco-flavored e-cigarettes. Preliminary serum cotinine (nicotine metabolite) measurements validated the effective exposure to fruit, menthol, and tobacco-flavored e-cigarettes with air and PG/VG serving as control groups. They also highlighted the significance of metal leaching, which fluctuated over different exposure durations to flavored e-cigarettes, underscoring the inherent risks posed by these products. The scRNAseq analysis of e-cig exposure to flavors and tobacco demonstrated the most notable differences in the myeloid and lymphoid immune cell populations. Differentially expressed genes (DEGs) were identified for each group and compared against the air control. Further sub-clustering revealed a flavor-specific rise in Ly6G- neutrophils and heightened activation of cytotoxic T cells in response to tobacco-flavored e-cigarettes. These effects varied by sex, indicating that immune changes linked to e-cig use are dependent on gender. By analyzing the expression of various genes and employing gene ontology and gene enrichment analysis, they identified key pathways involved in this immune dysregulation resulting from flavor exposure. Overall, this study affirmed that e-cigarette exposure can suppress the neutrophil-mediated immune response, subsequently enhancing T cell toxicity in the lung tissue of mice.

      Strengths:

      This study used single-cell RNA sequencing to comprehensively analyze the impact of e-cigarettes on the lung. The study pinpointed alterations in immune cell populations and identified differentially expressed genes and pathways that are disrupted following e-cigarette exposure. The manuscript is well written, the hypothesis is clear, the experiments are logically designed with proper control groups, and the data is thoroughly analyzed and presented in an easily interpretable manner. Overall, this study suggested novel mechanisms by which e-cigs impact lung immunity and created a dataset that could benefit the lung immunity field.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying the strengths of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors included a valuable control group - the PG/VG group, since PG/VG is the foundation of the e-liquid formulation. However, most of the comparative analyses use the air group as the control. Further analysis comparing the air group to the PG/VG group, and the PG/VG group to the individual flavored e-cig groups will provide more clear insights into the true source of irritation. This is done for a few analyses but not consistently throughout the paper. Flavor-specific effects should be discussed in greater detail. For example, Figure 1E shows that the Fruit flavor group exhibits more severe histological pathology, but similar effects were not corroborated by the single-cell data.

      We thank the reviewer for this query. We agree that PG/VG group is the foundation of the e-liquid formulation and hence comparisons with this group is of significance to understand the effect of individual flavors on the cell population. Though we compared the flavored e-cig groups with PG/VG group, we did not discuss it in detail within the manuscript to avoid confusions in interpretation for such a big dataset. However, we will include the comparisons with the PG/VG group as a Supplement File in our revised manuscript to facilitate proper interpretation of our omics data to interested readers.

      While we agree that flavor-specific effects might be of interest, we did not delve into exploring them in detail as the fruit flavored e-liquids have now been regulated for sale in the US. Thus, from regulatory point of view, the effects of tobacco- and menthol-flavored e-liquids hold most interest. Since at the time of conducting this study, fruit flavors were in the market, we have still included the data. However, studying it further was not the focus of this work. Nevertheless, interested readers of our manuscript can have access to our dataset to allow further analyses and interpretation of our results.

      The characterization of Ly6g+ vs Ly6g- neutrophils is interesting and potentially very impactful. Key results like this from scRNAseq analyses should be validated by qPCR and flow cytometry.

      Also, a recent study by Ruscitti et al reported Ly6g+ macrophages in the lung which can potentially confound the cell type analysis. A more detailed marker gene and sub-population analysis of the myeloid clusters could rule out this potential confounding factor.

      We agree with the reviewer that the loss of Ly6G on neutrophils is a very interesting find and we are in process of designing neutrophil specific experiments to study the impact of e-cig exposure on neutrophil maturation and function which will be discussed in subsequent work by our group. However, to address the concerns raised by the reviewer, we are staining the lung tissue samples from air-and differently flavored e-cig aerosol exposed mouse lungs with Ly6G and S100A8 (universal marker for neutrophil) to see the infiltration of Ly6g+ vs Ly6g- neutrophils within the lungs of exposed and unexposed mice. This would also address the question if these populations were neutrophils or belong to another myeloid origin as suggested by recent publications. We will share the results from our findings in the revised manuscript and update our interpretations accordingly with better validations.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study provides some interesting observations on how different flavors of e-cigarettes can affect lung immunology, however there are numerous flaws including a low number of replicates and a lack of effective validation methods which reduces the robustness and rigor of the findings.

      Strengths:

      The strength of the study is the successful scRNA-seq experiment which gives good preliminary data that can be used to create new hypotheses in this area.

      We appreciate the reviewer for recognizing the strength of this work.

      Weaknesses:

      The major weakness is the low number of replicates and the limited analysis methods. Two biological n per group is not acceptable to base any solid conclusions. Any validatory data was too little (only cell % data) and did not always support the findings (e.g. Figure 4D does not match 4C). Often n seems to be combined and only one data point is shown, it is not at all clear how the groups were analyzed and how many cells in each group were compared.

      We thank the reviewer for the critique to allow us to improve our analyses. We understand that the low number of replicates in this work makes the analyses difficult to draw solid conclusions, but this was a pilot study to understand the changes in the mouse lung upon acute exposures to flavored e-cig aerosols at a single cell level. So far, the e-cig field has been primarily focused on conducting toxicological studies to help regulatory bodies to set standards and enforce laws to better regulate the manufacture, sale and distribution of e-cig products. However, adolescents and young adults are still getting access to these products, and there is little to no understanding of how this may affect the lung health upon acute and chronic exposures. Single cell technology is a powerful tool to analyze the gene expression changes within cell populations to study cell heterogeneity and function. Yet, it is a costly tool, owing to which, conducting such analyses on large sample sizes is not ideal. This pilot study was designed to get some initial leads for future studies involving larger sample sizes and chronic exposures. Further, we still intend to share our results with the scientific community due to the value of such a dataset for a wider audience interested in learning about the mechanistic underpinnings of e-cig exposures in vivo.

      We understand that the validations are limited in our current work and so we are in process of conducting some immunostaining to validate a few targets made through this work. We also want to add here that validating single cell findings using any of the classical methods of experimentation including ELISA, qPCR or flow cytometry is sometimes difficult as many of these techniques still investigate the tissue while the changes shown in single cell analyses are mainly pertaining to a single cell type. This could be a probable reason for the scRNA seq results not aligning with our findings from flow cytometry. The data/findings from this pilot study have now allowed us to be better informed to design an effective flow panel for our future studies. In terms of the statistics and the number of cells for each analysis, we will share the detailed account and information for each to allow better interpretation of our results.

      Only 71,725 cells means only 7,172 per group, which is 3,586 per animal - how many of these were neutrophils, T-cells, and macrophages? This was not shown and could be too low.

      We do agree that the number of cells could be too low, but to avoid this we never studied the gene expression variations at the finest level of cell identity. We classified the cell clusters into general annotations -myeloid, lymphoid, endothelial, stromal and epithelial- and identified the changes in the gene expressions. Of these, only two clusters (myeloid and lymphoid) with more than ~1000 cells per cell type per group were studied in detail. We will include the cell count information to allow better interpretation of our results in the revised manuscript.

      The dynamic range of RNA measurement using scRNAseq is known to be limited - how do we know whether genes are not expressed or just didn't hit detection? This links into the Ly6G negative neutrophil comment, but in general, the lack of gene expression in this kind of data should be viewed with caution, especially with a low n number and few cells.

      This is a well-made point, and we thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that the dynamic range RNA measurement is limited and for low cell numbers that could lead to bias. We are in process of validating the findings regarding the presence of Ly6G+ and Ly6G- cells in our control and treated lungs, the outcome of which will be discussed in the revised manuscript. We will also provide the cell number for the Ly6G- cell cluster for each sample with more detailed discussion of our findings. Due to the small sample size and cell capture, few limitations are hard to overcome which will be further elaborated upon in our revisions.

      There is no rigorous quantification of Ly6G+ and Ly6G- cells in the flow cytometry data.

      We understand that flow-based quantification of our scRNA seq findings would be interesting. However, flow cytometry and single cell suspension to perform sequencing were performed parallelly for this study. We used a basic flow panel using single markers to identify individual immune cell type. We did identify changes in the Ly6G population in our treated and control samples using scRNA seq and intend to include it as a marker for our future studies using flow cytometry. But unfortunately, the same analyses could not be performed for the current batch of samples. We will still include results from IHC staining to identify the Ly6G+ and Ly6G- population in the lung tissues from control and treated mice in revised manuscript to address some of the concerns raised here.

      Eosinophils are heavily involved in lung biology but are missing from the analysis.

      We used RBC lysis buffer to remove the excess RBCs during lung digestion for preparation of single cell suspension for scRNA seq in this study. Reports suggest that RBC lysis could adversely affect the eosinophil number and function. We did not identify any cell cluster, representing markers for eosinophils through our scRNA seq data and we believe that our lung digestion protocol could be the reason for the same. We have studied the eosinophil number changes through flow cytometry in these samples and have found significant changes as well. However due to our inability to find cell clusters for eosinophil through scRNA seq data, we did not include these results in the final manuscript. To avoid confusions and maintain transparency we will include our results from flow cytometry experiments in the revised manuscript.

      The figures had no titles so were difficult to navigate.

      We will make necessary adjustments to the data representation and include the titles to enable easy navigation of the Figures.

      PG/VG is not defined and not introduced early enough.

      We agree that PG/VG is an important control to compare in e-cig studies. This was the reason why this group was included, and we performed comparisons with this group for scRNA seq studies as well. However, to reduce the complexity of the study, we only shared the comparisons with Air control in this manuscript. We will include the comparisons made with PG/VG group as a Supplementary File in the revised manuscript to allow the interested readers have access to the study results and make necessary interpretations for future research.

      Neutrophils are not well known to proliferate, so any claims about proliferation need to be accompanied by validation such as BrdU or other proliferation assays.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion; however, we cannot perform the BrDU or other proliferation assay on neutrophils for now. We are planning to include these in the study designs of our future work, however we have limitations of funds to continue further experimentation to support this claim for this study. We mention clearly that this is only a scRNA seq finding and requires further study to avoid over-interpretation of our results.

      It was not clear how statistics were chosen and why Table S2 had a good comparison (two-way ANOVA with gender as a variable) but this was not used for other data particularly when looking at more functional RNA markers (Table S2 also lacks the interaction statistic which is most useful here).

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this concern. We understand that this is a valid point and will include all the necessary information regarding the statistics and other related parameters in the revised manuscript.

      Many statistics are only vs air control, but it would be more useful as a flavor comparison to see these vs PG/VG. In some cases, the carrier PG/VG looks worse than some of the flavors (which have nicotine).

      We will include the comparisons with PG/VG as supplementary file in our revised manuscript, however we do not intend to describe all those changes in detail in the main manuscript.

      The n number is a large issue, but in Figures such as 4, 6, and 7 it could be a bigger factor. The number of significant genes identified has been determined by chance rather than any real difference, e.g. Is Il1b not identified in Fruit flavor vs air because there wasn't enough n, while in Air vs Tobacco, it randomly hit the significance mark. This is but an example of the problems with the analysis and conclusions.

      While we agree in part with the concern raised here, we wish to point out that there are limitations to every experiment. In our opinion, an omics study is not necessarily aimed to find the changes at transcript level with absolute certainty, rather to identify probable cell and gene targets to validate with subsequent work. We never claim that our findings are absolute outcomes but rather add the limitation of sample number and need for further research at every step. The strength of this work is to be the first study of its kind looking at changes in the lung cell population at single cell level upon e-cig aerosol exposure. This study has provided us with interesting gene and cell targets that we are now validating with future work. We still strongly believe that a dataset like this is a useful resource for a wider audience to allow efficient study designs and hence it is befitting to be published and discussed amongst our peers.

      The data in Figure 7A is confusing, if this is a comparison to air, then why does air vs air not equal 1? Even if this was the comparison to the average of air between males and females, then this doesn't explain why CCL12 is >1 in both. Is this z-score instead? Regardless the data is difficult to interpret in this format.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We realize that the data might be difficult to understand due to scaling of the color codes for the heatmap. We will change the graphical representation and include actual number for fold change in our revised manuscript to allow easy interpretation of these results.

      Individual n was not shown for almost all experiments - e.g. Figure 1D - what is this representative of? Figure 2D - is this bulk-grouped data for all cells and all mice? The heatmaps are also pooled from 2n and don't show the variability.

      While we have included a pictorial representation of the n number in Figure 1A and mentioned n number in the Figure legends for each figure, we understand that it maybe difficult to navigate. We will attempt to address this in a better manner in the revised manuscript.

      However, with respect to the second comment we would like to differ from the reviewer’s opinion. Each scRNA seq data had 2 samples – one for male and another for female which has been clearly shown in the current figures. The pooling of cells as mentioned in the comment happened at the stage of preparation of cell suspension from each sex/group at the start of the sequencing. We do not have any means to show the variability amongst pooled samples, which we acknowledge as a shortcoming of our work. So, in terms of representation of the heatmaps and data analyses we have included all the needed information to uphold transparency of our study design and data visualization for each figure and would like to stick to the current representations.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This work aims to establish cell-type specific changes in gene expression upon exposure to different flavors of commercial e-cigarette aerosols compared to control or vehicle. Kaur et al. conclude that immune cells are most affected, with the greatest dysregulation found in myeloid cells exposed to tobacco-flavored e-cigs and lymphoid cells exposed to fruit-flavored e-cigs. The up-and-down-regulated genes are heavily associated with innate immune response. The authors suggest that a Ly6G-deficient subset of neutrophils is found to be increased in abundance for the treatment groups, while gene expression remains consistent, which could indicate impaired function. Increased expression of CD4+ and CD8+ T cells along with their associated markers for proliferation and cytotoxicity is thought to be a result of activation following this decline in neutrophil-mediated immune response.

      Strengths:

      (1) Single-cell sequencing data can be very valuable in identifying potential health risks and clinical pathologies of lung conditions associated with e-cigarettes considering they are still relatively new.

      (2) Not many studies have been performed on cell-type specific differential gene expression following exposure to e-cig aerosols.

      (3) The assays performed address several factors of e-cig exposure such as metal concentration in the liquid and condensate, coil composition, cotinine/nicotine levels in serum and the product itself, cell types affected, which genes are up- or down-regulated and what pathways they control.

      (4) Considerations were made to ensure clinical relevance such as selecting mice whose ages corresponded with human adolescents so that the data collected was relevant.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying the key strengths of our work and listing it in a concise and well-rounded fashion.

      Weaknesses:

      The exposure period of 1 hour a day for 5 days is not representative of chronic use and this time point may be too short to see a full response in all cell types. The experimental design is not well-supported based on the literature available for similar mouse models.

      This study was not designed to study the effects of chronic exposures on lung tissues. We were interested in delineating the effect of acute exposures for which the proposed study design was chosen. Previous work by our group has performed similar exposures and has been well received by the community. We understand that chronic exposures will be interesting to look at, however that was not the purpose of this pilot study. We will now explicitly mention this aspect in the revised manuscript.

      Several claims lack supporting evidence or use data that is not statistically significant. In particular, there were no statistical analyses to compare results across sex, so conclusions stating there is a sex bias for things like Ly6G+ neutrophil percentage by condition are observational.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation, and we will include the necessary validations and details of the sex-based statistical analyses in the revised version of this manuscript.

      Statistical analyses lack rigor and are not always displayed with the most appropriate graphical representation.

      We thank the reviewer and will include all the necessary statistical details with more details in the revised manuscript.

      Overall, the paper and its discussion are relatively limited and do not delve into the significance of the findings or how they fit into the bigger picture of the field.

      We are in process of performing a few validatory experiments and intend to include few other pieces of data to this manuscript to add to the overall merit of our findings. However as pointed out by the reviewer themselves the strength of this work is in the first ever scRNA seq analyses of mouse exposed to differently flavored e-cig aerosols in vivo. We also show cell-specific differential gene expression and address some of the major queries made around e-cig research including release of metals on a day-to-day basis from the same coil. The limited sample number make it difficult to draw solid conclusions from this work, which has been discussed as a shortcoming. However the major strength of this work is not in identifying specific trends but rather to explore the possible cell and gene targets to expand the study for longer (chronic) exposures with a larger sample group.

      The manuscript lacks validation of findings in tissue by other methods such as staining.

      We are conducting some studies and will include the validatory experiments and staining in the revised manuscript to support our findings.

      This paper provides a foundation for follow-up experiments that take a closer look at the effects of e-cig exposure on innate immunity. There is still room to elaborate on the differential gene expression within and between various cell types.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. The cell numbers for some cell clusters (especially epithelial cells) were too low. So, though we have performed the differential gene expression analyses on all the cell clusters, we refrained from discussing it in the manuscript to avoid over interpretation of our results. Only clusters with high enough (~1000) cells per sex per group were used to plot the heatmaps. We will also include the cell numbers for each cell type in the revisions to allow better interpretation of our data. Furthermore, the raw data from this study will be freely available to the public upon publication of this manuscript. This would enable the interested readers to access the raw data and study the cell types of interest in detail based on their study requirements. This data will be a useful resource for all in this community to inform and design future studies.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1:

      A) The presentation of the paper must be strengthened. Inconsistencies, mislabelling, duplicated text, typos, and inappropriate colour code should be changed.

      We will revise the manuscript to correct the abovementioned issues.

      B) Some claims are not supported by the data. For example, the sentence that says that "adolescent mice showed lower discrimination performance than adults (l.22) should be rewritten, as the data does not show that for the easy task (Figure 1F and Figure 1H).

      We will carefully review, verify claims, and correct conclusions where needed.

      C) In Figure 7 for example, are the quantified properties not distinct across primary and secondary areas?

      We will analyse the data in Figure 7 separately for AUDp and secondary auditory cortices to test regional differences. Additionally, we will provide a table summarizing key neuronal firing properties for each area during passive recordings to clarify how activity varies across cortical subregions and developmental stages.

      D) Some analysis interpretations should be more cautious. (..) A lower lick rate in general could reflect a weaker ability to withhold licking- as indicated on l.164, but also so many other things, like a lower frustration threshold, lower satiation, more energy, etc).

      We will address issues around lick bias including alternative explanations, such as differences in motivation or impulsivity.

      Reviewer #2:

      A) For some of the analyses that the authors conducted it is unclear what the rationale behind them is and, consequently, what conclusion we can draw from them.

      We will edit the discussion and clarify these points. In addition, we will adjust and extend the methodology section to clarify the rationale of our analysis.

      B) The results of the optogenetic manipulation, while very interesting, warrant a more in-depth discussion.

      We agree that the effects observed in our optogenetic manipulation warrant further discussion. We will extend on the analysis and discussion of ACx silencing.

      Reviewer #3:

      A) One fact that could help shed light on this would be to know how often the animals licked the spout in between trials. Finally, for the head-fixed version of the task, only d' values are reported. Without the corresponding hit and false alarm rates (and frequency of licking in the intertrial interval), it's hard to know what exactly the animals were doing.

      We recognize the need for a more nuanced analysis for the head-fixed version of the task. We will extend the behavioral analysis and provide more details to clarify these points.

      B) There are some instances where the citations provided do not support the preceding claim. For example, in lines 64-66, the authors highlight the fact that the critical period for pure tone processing in the auditory cortex closes relatively early (by ~P15). However, one of the references cited (ref 14) used FM sweeps, not pure tones, and even provided evidence that the critical period for this more complex stimulus occurred later in development (P31-38). Similarly, on lines 72-74, the authors state that "ACx neurons in adolescents exhibit high neuronal variability and lower tone sensitivity as compared to adults." The reference cited here (ref 4) used AM noise with a broadband carrier, not tones.

      We appreciate the reviewer pointing out instances where our citations may not fully support our claims. We will carefully review the relevant citations and revise them to ensure they accurately reflect the findings of the cited studies. We will update references in lines 64–66 and 72–74 to better align with the specific stimulus types and developmental timelines discussed.

      C) Given that the authors report that neuronal firing properties differ across auditory cortical subregions (as many others have previously reported), why did the authors choose to pool neurons indiscriminately across so many different brain regions?

      We agree that pooling neurons from multiple auditory cortical regions could potentially obscure region-specific differences. However, we addressed this concern by analyzing regional differences in neuronal firing properties, as shown in Supplementary Figures S4-1 and S4-2, and Supplementary Tables 2 and 3. Additionally, we examined stimulus-related and choice-related activity across regions and found no significant differences, as presented in Supplementary Figure S4-3. Please see our response to Reviewer 1, where we further elaborate on this point.

      D) And why did they focus on layers 5/6? (Is there some reason to think that age-related differences would be more pronounced in the output layers of the auditory cortex than in other layers?)

      We acknowledge that other cortical layers are also of interest and may contribute differently to auditory processing across development. Our focus on layers 5/6 was motivated by both methodological considerations and biological relevance. These layers contain many of the principal output neurons of the auditory cortex, and are therefore well positioned to influence downstream decision-making circuits. We will clarify this rationale in the revised manuscript and note the limitations of our approach.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The work of Umetani et al. monitors the death of about 100,000 cells caused by lethal antibiotic treatments in a microfluidic device. They observe that the surviving bacteria are either in a dormant or in a non-dormant state prior to the antibiotic treatment. They then study the relative abundances of these different persister cells when varying the physiological state of the culture. In agreement with previous observations, they observe that late stationary phase cultures harbor a high number of dormant persister cells and that this number goes down as the culture is more exponential but remains non-zero, suggesting that cultures at the exponential phase contain different types of persister bacteria. These results were qualitatively similar in a rich and poor medium. Further characterization of the growing persister bacteria shows that they often form Lforms, have low RpoS-mcherry expression levels and grow only slightly more slowly than the non-persister bacteria. Taken together, these results draw a detailed view of persister bacteria and the way they may survive extensive antibiotic treatments. However, in order to represent a substantial advance on previous knowledge, a deeper analysis of the persister bacteria should be done.

      We thank the reviewer for suggesting the addition of more detailed analyses of persister cells. As we wrote in our response to Essential Revision 1, we now include a new section titled “Response of growing persisters to Amp exposure is heterogeneous” (Page 11-12) and present the results of the detailed analyses of single-cell dynamics of growth and cell morphology over the course of the pre-exposure, exposure, and post-exposure periods (Fig. 2D and H, Fig. 4B and D, Fig. 4 – figure supplement 1 and 2, Fig. 5B and D, Fig. 5 – figure supplement 1, Fig. 8B and D, and Figure 8 – figure supplement 1). The new results characterize differential responses to Amp treatment among growing persister cells (Fig. 4A-D, Fig. 4 – figure supplement 1, Fig. 4 – figure supplement 2A, Fig. 5A-D, and Fig. 5 – figure supplement 1), comparable division rates of MG1655 between non-surviving cells and persister cells growing prior to antibiotic treatments (Fig. 4E and Fig. 8E), except for the post-exponential phase cell populations of MF1 to Amp treatment in the LB medium and the post-exponential phase cell populations of MG1655 to Amp treatment in the M9 medium (Fig. 4 – figure supplement 2B and Fig. 5E) and the presence of persister cells to CPFX that avoid filamentation after the treatment (Fig. 8C and D, and Fig. 8 – figure supplement 1). We believe that these new analyses would provide new insights into the diverse dynamics and survival modes of antibiotic persistence at the single-cell level and represent important contributions to the field.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The main question asked by Umenati et al. is whether persister cells to ampicillin arise preferentially from dormant, non-dividing cells or from cells that are actively growing before antibiotic exposure. The authors tracked persister cells generated from populations at different growth phases and culture media using a microfluidic device coupled to fluorescence microscopy, which is a challenge due to the low frequency of these persister cells. One of the main conclusions is that the majority of persisters arising in exponentially-growing populations originated from actively-dividing cells before the antibiotic treatment, reinforcing the idea that dormancy is not a prerequisite for persister formation. The authors made use of a fluorescent reporter monitoring RpoS activity (RpoS-mCherry fusion) and observed that RpoS levels in these persister cells were low. In the few lineages that exhibited no growth before the ampicillin treatment, RpoS levels were low as well, indicating that RpoS is not a predictive marker for persistence. By performing the same experiment with early and late stationary phase cultures, the authors observed that the proportion of persister cells that originated from dormant cells before the ampicillin treatment is significantly increased under these conditions. In the late stationary phase condition, dormant cells were expressing high levels of RpoS. The authors suggested that RpoS-mCherry proteins form aggregates which were suggested by the authors to be a characteristic of 'deep dormancy'. These cells were mostly unable to restart growth after the antibiotic removal while others with the lowest levels of RpoS tended to be persister. Confirming that these cells indeed contain protein aggregates as well as determining the physiological state of these cells appears to be crucial.

      We thank reviewer #2 for pointing out the critical issue with the RpoS-mCherry fusion that we used to quantify RpoS expression levels in single cells in the original manuscript. As explained in our reply to the comments below, we performed a suggested experiment and confirmed that the RpoS function was impaired by tagging it with mCherry. To resolve this issue, we repeated almost all the experiments using the wild-type strain MG1655 and confirmed the reproducibility of the main results (Fig. 3, Fig. 3 – figure supplement 1, and Fig. 7). Due to this change of the main strain used in this study, we removed the results on the correlation between RpoS expression and the persistence trait in the revised manuscript because it may not reflect the relationship of intact RpoS. However, we decided to still keep and show some of the results with the MF1 strain, such as the population killing curves and the survival mode analyses, because they also provide insight into the role of RpoS in antibiotic persistence. In particular, we found both beneficial and detrimental effects of RpoS on antibiotic persistence, depending on culture conditions and duration of antibiotic treatment (Fig. 1 – figure supplement 3 and Fig. 6 – figure supplement 1). Therefore, we have included these results and related discussions in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In their manuscript, Umetani, et al. address the question of the origin of persister bacteria using single-cell approaches. Persistence refers to a physiological state where bacteria are less sensitive to antibiotherapy, although they have not acquired a resistance mutation; importantly, the concept of persistence has been refined in the past decade to distinguish it from tolerance where bacteria are only transiently insensitive. Since persister cells are very rare in growing populations (typically 1e-5 or 1e-6), it is very challenging to observe them directly. It had been proposed that individual cells surviving antibiotics are not growing at the start of the treatment, but recent studies (nicely reviewed in the introduction) where persister bacteria were observed directly do not support this link. Following a similar line, the authors nonetheless still aim at "investigating whether non-growing cells are predominantly responsible for bacterial persistence". Based on new experimental data, they claim the contrary that most surviving cells were "actively growing before drug exposure" and that their work "reveals diverse survival pathways underlying antibiotic persistence".

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment, which suggested to us that some revisions in our Introduction would better place our study in the context of previous understanding of antibiotic persistence. As mentioned in our response to Essential Revision 4 and the second comment of Reviewer 1's Recommendations for the authors, we have modified the Introduction to more appropriately place our study in the context of the field.

      The main strengths of the manuscript are in my opinion:

      - To report on direct observation of E. coli persisters to ampicillin (200µg/mL) in 5 different growth media (typically 20 persisters or more per condition, one condition with 12 only), which constitutes without a doubt an experimental tour de force.

      - To aim at bridging the population level and the single-cell level by measuring relevant variables for each and analyzing them jointly.

      - To demonstrate that in most conditions a large fraction of surviving cells was actively growing before drug exposure.

      In addition, although it is well-known that E. coli doesn't need to maintain its rod shape for surviving and dividing, I found very remarkable in their data the extent to which morphology can be affected in persister cells and their progeny, since this really challenges our understanding of E. coli's "lifestyle" (these swimming amoeba-like cells in Supp Video 11 are mind-blowing!).

      We are grateful to the reviewer for the articulation of the strength of this study. 

      Unfortunately, these positive aspects are counter-balanced by several shortcomings in the way experiments are analyzed and interpreted, which I explain below. Moreover, the manuscript is written in a way that makes it very hard to find important information on how experiments are done and is likely to leave the reader with an impression of confusion about what the main findings actually are.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out these important issues regarding the original manuscript. Please see our replies below regarding how we corresponded to each specific comment to resolve the issue. To make the experimental methods and procedures more accessible and interpretable, we have added more explanations of the experimental details to the Results and Methods sections. Furthermore, since we understood that some of the confusions came from the insufficient explanation of the preculture procedures for the microfluidic experiments, we have modified the schematic illustration of the method shown in Fig. S1 in the original manuscript and moved it as the first main figure in the revised manuscript (Fig. 1C and D). We have also added an illustration that explains the cultivation procedures for the batch culture experiments as Fig.

      6A. 

      My major concerns are the following:

      (1) The main interpretation framework proposed by the authors is to assess whether cells not growing before drug exposure (so-called "dormant") are more or less likely to survive the treatment than growing ones ("non-dormant"). Fig 2A and Fig 3G show the main conclusions of the article from this perspective, that growing cells can survive the treatment and that the fraction of persisters in a given condition is not explained by the fraction of "dormant" cells, respectively. With this analysis, the authors essentially assume that "dormant" cells are of the same type in their different conditions, which ignores the progress in this field over the last decade (Balaban et al. 2019). I argue on the contrary that the observation of "diverse modes of survival in antibiotic persistence" is expected from their experimental design. In particular, the sensitivity of E. coli to beta-lactams such as ampicillin is expected to be much lower during the lag out of the stationary phase, a phenomenon which has been coined "tolerance"; hence in the Late Stationary condition, two subpopulations coexist for which different response to ampicillin is expected. I propose steps toward a more compelling interpretation of the experimental data. Should this point be taken seriously by the authors, it, unfortunately, implies a major rewriting of the article, including its title.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing to our attention the point that may have caused confusion in the original manuscript. 

      The primary purpose of this manuscript was not to assess whether non-growing cells prior to drug exposure are more or less likely to survive treatment than growing cells. Rather, we wanted to examine how different persister cell dynamics emerge at the single-cell level depending on previous cultivation history, growth media, and antibiotic types. We believe that this point is clearer in the revised manuscript with the newly added single-cell dynamics data (Fig. 2D, 2H, 4B, 4D, Fig. 4 – figure supplement 1 and 2A, Fig. 5B, 5D, Fig. 5 – figure supplement 1, Fig. 8B, 8D, and Fig. 8 – figure supplement 1). 

      We also did not mean to imply that "dormant cells" were of the same type under different conditions, as we were aware of the diversity of cellular states of non-growing cells, as well as the reduced sensitivity of cells to antibiotics during the lag out of stationary phase. We believe that one of the reasons this point may have been unclear is that in the previous version we had referred to all cells that were not growing prior to antibiotic treatment as "dormant cells", a term that is often used in a more restricted way to refer to cells under prolonged growth arrest. Therefore, in the revised manuscript, we have avoided the term "dormant cells" and instead simply referred to these as "non-growing cells". Accordingly, we have changed the title of the paper from "Observation of non-dormant persister cells reveals diverse modes of survival in antibiotic persistence" to "Observation of persister cell histories reveals diverse modes of survival in antibiotic persistence".

      To further address these points, we have improved the description of the experimental procedures for the single-cell measurements (see the reviewer's next comment as well). The nongrowing persisters of the MF1 strain found in the post-exponential phase cell populations must be of a different type than those found in the post-early and post-late stationary phase cell populations due to the experimental design. All early and late stationary phase cells were maintained in a non-growing state by flowing conditioned media prepared from the early and late stationary phase cultures until the start of the time-lapse measurements. Thus, aside from potential physiological heterogeneity, the non-growing cells prior to drug treatment are all long lagging cells. On the other hand, for the post-exponential phase condition, we maintained exponential growth conditions during the period from the start of the second pre-culture to the start of antibiotic treatment, including the period during sample preparation for time-lapse measurements. Given the exponential dilution by growth of cell populations, the non-growing persisters are unlikely to be long lagging cells (see our response to Reviewer 2's third comment  in "Recommendations for the authors"). We now describe these experimental procedures in more detail in the Results section (L161-178, L287-297). In addition, we discuss the diversity of cellular states of both non-growing and growing cells in Discussion, citing literature (L545-557).

      (2) The way the authors describe their experiments with bacteria in the stationary phase is very problematic. For instance, they write that they "sampled cells from early and late stationary phases (...) and exposed them to 200 μg/mL of Amp in both batch and single-cell cultures." For any reader in a hurry (hence skipping methods and/or supplementary figure), this leads to believe that bacteria sampled in the stationary phase were exposed to the drug right away (either by adding the drug to the stationary phase sample, or more classically by transferring cells to fresh media with antibiotics). However, it turns out that, after sampling and loading in the microfluidic device, bacteria are grown 2 h in LB (or 4 h in M9) - I don't know what to think of such a blatant omission. The names chosen for each condition should reflect their most important aspects, here "stationary" is simply not appropriate - maybe something like "post early stationary" instead. In any case, I believe that this point highlights further the misconception pointed out in 1 and implies that the average reader will be at best confused, and probably misled.

      We again thank the reviewer for pointing out the insufficient explanation of the method for the single-cell measurements and the helpful recommendation regarding our nomenclature for different conditions. As mentioned above, we now present the previous supplementary figure that schematically explains the experimental procedure as the first main figure to clarify how we prepared the cells loaded into the microfluidic device for single-cell measurements (Fig. 1C and D). Also, following the reviewer's suggestion, we now refer to the conditions as "post-exponential phase," "post-early stationary phase," and "post-late stationary phase" in the revised manuscript. 

      We included a 2-hour (or 4-hour in M9) cultivation period in fresh medium in batch cultures for measuring killing curves to make the cultivation conditions prior to antibiotic treatment as similar as possible between batch and microfluidic experiments. We have clarified the presence of preexposure cultivation of post-early stationary and post-late stationary phase cell populations in the fresh medium before treating them with antibiotics (L264-269, Fig. 6A), so that readers can more easily recognize the experimental conditions.

      (3) Figures 4 and 5 are of very minor significance, and the methodology used in Fig 4 is questionable. The authors measure the abundance of an Rpos-mCherry translational fusion because its "high expression has been suggested to predict persistence". The rationale for this (that an RpoS-mCherry fusion would be a proxy for intracellular ppGpp levels, and in turn predict persistence) has never been firmly established, and the standards used in the article where this reporter was introduced (Maisonneuve, Castro-Camargo, and Gerdes 2013) are notoriously low (which eventually led to its retraction) - I don't know what to think of the fact that the authors cite a review by this group rather than their retracted article. While transcriptional fusions of promoters regulated by RpoS have been proposed to measure its regulatory activity (Patange et al. 2018), the combination of self-regulation and complex post-translational regulation of rpoS makes the physical meaning of the reporter used here completely unclear. Moreover, this translational fusion is introduced without doing any of the necessary controls to demonstrate that the activity of RpoS is not impaired by the addition of the fluorescent protein. Fig 5 simply reports the existence of persisters to ciprofloxacin growing before the treatment. This might be a new observation but it is not unexpected given that a similar observation has been made with a similar drug, ofloxacin (Goormaghtigh and van Melderen 2019), as pointed out in the introduction. There is no further quantitative claim on this.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the issue of the RpoS-mCherry fusion. As we mentioned in our response to Essential Revision 2 and also to the comment from reviewer #2, we have tested the sensitivity of this fluorescent reporter strain to oxidative stress and confirmed that it is as sensitive as the rpoS strain (Fig. 1 – figure supplement 1C). Therefore, the RpoS function seems to be defective in this strain, as now explained in Results (L69-79). After confirming the problem with the RpoS-mCherry fusion, we removed all analyses and related arguments that relied on the RpoS expression level (previous Figure 4). In addition, we repeated almost all the experiments with the original MG1655 strain to confirm that the observed results are not specific to the problematic reporter strain. 

      Regarding the experiments with CPFX, we have added a more detailed analysis of single cell dynamics and found that, contrary to the reported results for ofloxacin, not all persistent cells show filamentation after drug withdrawal (Fig. 8C and D, Fig. 8 – figure supplement 1). In addition, we performed new microfluidic experiments in which we treated post-late stationary phase cells with CPFX (Fig. 3). In contrast to the Amp treatment result and the previous study that reported the persistence of post-stationary phase cell populations to ofloxacin (ref. 20), all the persisters for which we identified the pre-exposure growth traits in this condition grew normally prior to CPFX treatment. These newly added analyses and experiments clarify the significance of the CPFX experiments. 

      (4) The authors don't mention the dead volume nor the speed of media exchange in their device. Hopefully, it is short compared to the duration of the treatment; however, it is challenging to remove all antibiotics after the treatment and only 1e-3 or 1e-4 of the treatment concentration is already susceptible to affecting regrowth in fresh media. If this is described in another article, it would be worth adding a comment in the main text.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing up this important point. We have added the perfusion chamber volume and medium flow rate information in the Methods section (L809-817).   

      In the study in which two of the authors participated, the medium exchange rate across the semipermeable membrane was evaluated in a similar device with similar microchamber dimensions (ref. 26). There, we confirmed that the medium exchange was completed within 5 min, which is much shorter than the period of antibiotic treatment and post-antibiotic treatment periods for observing regrowth. We have also included this information in the main text with the reference (L58-63).

      Despite the relatively high medium exchange rate, we cannot formally exclude the possibility that a small amount of antibiotic may remain in the device, e.g. due to non-specific adsorption on the internal surface of the microchambers. In such cases, the residual antibiotics may influence the physiological states of the cells and the regrowth kinetics in the post-exposure periods, as suggested by the reviewer. However, the frequencies of persister cells in the cell populations in our single-cell measurements are comparable to those in the batch culture measurements. Therefore, the removal of antibiotic drugs in our device is at least as efficient as in the batch culture assay. To clarify this point, we have added a paragraph to the Discussion with a reference that reviews the influence of antibiotics at concentrations significantly lower than the MICs (L482-

      489).    

      (5) Fig 2A supports the main finding that a significant fraction of bacteria surviving the treatment are growing before drug exposure, but it uses a poorly chosen representation.

      - In order to compare between conditions, one would like to see the fraction of each type in the population.

      - The current representation (of a fraction of each type among surviving cells) requires a side-byside comparison with a random sample (which will practically be equivalent to the fraction of each type among killed cells) in order to be informative.

      We have changed the style of the previous Fig. 2A to show the fraction of each type in the population instead of the fraction of each type among surviving cells (Fig. 3 and Fig. 3-figure supplement 1).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Weiler, Teichert, and Margrie systematically analyzed long-range cortical connectivity, using a retrograde viral tracing strategy to identify layer and region-specific cortical projections onto the primary visual, primary somatosensory, and primary motor cortices. Their analysis revealed several hundred thousand inputs into each region, with inputs originating from almost all cortical regions but dominated in number by connections within cortical sub-networks (e.g. anatomical modules). Generally, the relative areal distribution of contralateral inputs followed the distribution of corresponding ipsilateral inputs. The largest proportion of inputs originated from layer 6a cells, and this layer 6 dominance was more pronounced for contralateral than ipsilateral inputs, which suggests that these connections provide predominantly feedback inputs. The hierarchical organization of input regions was similar between ipsi- and contralateral regions, except for within-module connections, where ipsilateral connections were much more feed-forward than contralateral. These results contrast earlier studies which suggested that contralateral inputs only come from the same region (e.g. V1 to V1) and from L2/3 neurons. Thus, these results provide valuable data supporting a view of interhemispheric connectivity in which layer 6 neurons play an important role in providing modulatory feedback.

      The conclusions of this paper are mostly well-supported by the data and analysis, but additional consideration of possible experimental biases is needed.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive feedback on our manuscript.

      Further discussion or analysis is needed about possible biases in uptake efficiency for different cell types. Is it possible that the nuclear retro-AAV has a tropism for layer 6 axons? Quantitative comparisons with results obtained with alternative methods such as rabies virus (Yao et al., 2023) or anterograde tracing (Harris et al., 2019) may be helpful for this.

      We appreciate this technical comment. For the reasons indicated below we are confident that our AAV approach successfully and rather comprehensively labels inputs to the three target areas. Firstly, in the brains in which we injected our retrograde nuclear-AAV tracer into VISp, SSp-bfd or MOp we found several instances where layer 5 and/or layer 2/3 as was the dominant cortical projection layer (please see e.g. Figure 3 heatmaps). This was true for both ipsilateral and contralateral projection. 

      Secondly, by way of comparison Yao et al., 2023 injected rabies virus into VISp (but not in SSp-bfd or MOp) and their results show notable similarities to ours: 1) They show that contralateral inputs to VISp (and higher visual areas) were mainly located in Layers 5 and 6. 2) Retrogradely labelled neurons in higher visual areas revealed anatomical hierarchy that reflects the known functional hierarchy of the mouse cortical visual system and that shown by our retro-AAV approach. Thus, as AAV and rabies based tracing lead to similar results, this is further evidence against bias via tropism of our AAV tracer. That said, direct comparisons of the results between our study and the Yao et al., 2023 study should be viewed with some caution since Yao et. al.  injected rabies virus into specific Cre-driver lines in which the rabies virus targets individual genetically defined cell types in specific layers. Importantly, because of the lack of a specific cre-driver line, L6 cortico-cortical (L6 CC) cells could not be targeted by their approach. Thus, the dataset in Yao et al., overlook the contribution of L6 CCs due to the lack of available Cre-lines. 

      Thirdly, in a recent study (Weiler et al., 2024) we found that in a specific pathway (SSp-bfd→ VISp) both retro-AAV and the more traditional non-viral tracer cholera toxin subunit B (CTB) identified neurons in Layer 6 as the main source of projection neurons. The same results for the same pathway was shown by Bieler et al., 2019 (Bieler et al., 2017) using Fluorogold for retrograde tracing. Thus, the described dominance of Layer 6 projection neurons in specific pathways is likely not the result of a tropism of retro-AAV tracers. 

      Please also see that we have now further extended the summary of these points in our revised manuscript in the discussion section (e.g. lines 457-463): 

      Quantitative analysis of the injection sites should be included to account for possible biases. For example, L6 neurons are known to be the main target of contralateral inputs into the visual cortex (Yao et al., 2023). Thus, if the injections are biased towards or against layer 6 neurons, this may change the layer distribution of retrogradely labeled input cells. Comparison across biological replicates may help reveal sensitivity to particular characteristics of the injections.

      In response to the reviewers' feedback, please see we have now quantified the injection volume per cortical layer, as shown in the revised Fig. S3D. Our results indicate that the injections were not biased toward Layer 6. Instead, the injected tracer volumes in Layers 1, 4, 5, and 6 were similar across all animals and injected areas. However, we observed that the injected tracer volume in Layer 2/3 tended to be higher than in other layers. Although the tracer volumes in Layers 2/3 appeared to be higher, the proportion of input neurons located in Layers 2/3 for most of the cortical projection areas was consistently lower than that from Layer 6. These findings provide strong evidence against injection bias towards L6 inputs.

      The possibility of labelling axons of passage within the white matter should be addressed. This could potentially lead to false positive connections, contributing to the broad connectivity from most cortical regions that were observed.

      For clarification, please see Fig.S2B in our revised manuscript. In this panel we plot the average percentage volume of the viral boli in the target areas and in all other nearby structures including the white matter. The percentage of virus injected into the white matter (WM) was 0.0824 ± 0.0759% for VISp and 0.0650 ± 0.0481 for SSp-bfd injections. Notably, injections into MOp showed no leakage into white matter (0%). These minimal volumes of virus in the white matter are unlikely to significantly influence the observed profile of widespread connectivity. Please see we have added a sentence to the Results section (lines 84-86) where we state that we only used brains that had a transduction of the white matter below 0.1%.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Weiler et al use retrograde tracers, two-photon tomography, and automatic cell detection to provide a detailed quantitative description of the laminar and area sources of ipsi- and contralateral cortico-cortical inputs to two primary sensory areas and a primary motor area. They found considerable bilateral symmetry in the areas providing cortico-cortical inputs. However, although the same regions in both hemispheres tended to supply inputs, a larger proportion of inputs from contralateral areas originated from deeper layers (L5 and L6).

      Strengths:

      The study applies state-of-the-art anatomical methods, and the data is very effectively presented and carefully analyzed. The results provide many novel insights into the similarities and differences of inputs from the two hemispheres. While over the past decade there have been many studies quantitatively and comprehensively describing cortico-cortical connections, by directly comparing inputs from the ipsi and contralateral hemispheres, this study fills in an important gap in the field. It should be of great utility and an important reference for future studies on inter-hemispheric interactions.

      We thank the reviewer for this encouraging feedback on our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, I do not find any major weakness in the analyses or their interpretation. However, one must keep in mind that the study only analyses inputs projecting to three areas. This is not an inherent flaw of the study; however, it warrants caution when extrapolating the results to callosal projections terminating in other areas. As inputs to two primary sensory areas and one is the primary motor cortex are studied, some of the conclusions could potentially be different for inputs terminating in high-order sensory and motor areas. Given that primary areas were injected, there are few instances of feedforward connections sampled in the ipsilateral hemisphere. The study finds that while ipsi-projections from the visual cortex to the barrel cortex are feedforward given its fILN values, those from the contralateral visual cortex are feedback instead. One is left to wonder whether this is due to the cross-modal nature of these particular inputs and whether the same rule (that contralateral inputs consistently exhibit feedback characteristics regardless of the hierarchical relationship of their ipsilateral counterparts with the target area,) would also apply to feedforward inputs within the same sensory cortices.

      We acknowledge that what we find for primary sensory and motor target areas may not hold for other functionally different areas such as anterior cingulate cortex, retrosplenial cortex or frontal lobe that might be expected to receive strong feedforward cortical input. To begin to understand the organization of the global cortical input we have however first explored with primary sensory and motor areas. Please see that we have now added a sentence to the Discussion section of our manuscript that highlights the importance of investigating the hierarchical organization of intra and interhemispheric input onto higher cortical areas or within subregions of a given sensory area.

      Another issue that is left unexplored is that, in the current analyses the barrel and primary visual cortex are analyzed as a uniform structure. It is well established that both the laminar sources of callosal inputs and their terminations differ in the monocular and binocular areas of the visual cortex (border with V2L). Similarly, callosal projections differ when terminating the border of S1 (a row of whiskers), and then in other parts of S1. Thus, some of the conclusions regarding the laminar sources of callosal inputs might depend on whether one is analyzing inputs terminating or originating in these border regions.

      The aim of the present study was to analyse the global projectome to the VISp, SSp-bfd and MOp, irrespective of which subregions were included. Importantly, we purposely injected rather large bolus volumes to achieve large sample sizes of target neurons in each cortical layer.  For SSp-bfd, we utilised our previously reconstructed barrel map (Weiler et al., 2024) to precisely map our viral injection sites onto the barrels (Author response image 1). Analysis revealed that the six injection sites consistently encompassed 7–13 barrels (Author response image 1, three exemplary injection sites). Additionally, we determined the centres of mass for each injection site and mapped them onto the barrel map. Four of the injection sites were located in the lateral part of SSp-bfd, two in the central region, and none in the medial part. Notably, the injection sites within SSp-bfd exhibited significant overlap. As a result, a selective analysis of callosal projections targeting these injection sites would likely not yield distinct projection patterns, as the projectomes would inevitably include projections to surrounding barrels, leading to contamination.

      Author response image 1.

      Left: exemplary Injection sites mapped onto the 3D barrel map of SSp-bfd within the Mouse Allen Brain Atlas. Barrels were reconstructed using a specialized software as described previously (Weiler et al., 2024) Right: Centres of mass of all SSp-bfd injection sites mapped onto the 3D barrel map.

      Due to the fact we covered a significant proportion of the respective target primary sensory area any further subdivision of these data is not possible and requires more tailored injections into clearly defined subareas. Investigating the separate projectomes onto these subregions (e.g. onto V1M and V1B) remains an important interesting research question that we, at least in part, will address in a future study.

      Finally, while the paper emphasizes that projections from L6 "dominate" intra and contralateral cortico-cortical inputs, the data shows a more nuanced scenario. While it is true that the areas for which L6 neurons are the most common source of cortico-cortical projections are the most abundant, the picture becomes less clear when considering the number of neurons sending these connections. In fact, inputs from L2/3 and L5 combined are more abundant than those from L6 (Figure 3B), challenging the view that projections from L6 dominate ipsi- and contralateral projecting cortico-cortical inputs.

      We agree in the case of the barrel cortex, layer 5 significantly contributes in terms of the number of brain areas projecting from within the ipsilateral and contralateral hemispheres. Please see we have replaced the term “dominates” in the title, abstract and in the manuscript where relevant.

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The sections analyzing the role of L6 towards feedback (pg. 11-13, Figure 6) were a bit verbose and confusing to me. Three possible models are proposed:

      (1) a decrease in L23 projections, (2) an increase in L56 projections, or (3) both.

      However, what is being quantified appears to be the fractions inputs, with L23. L5, and L6 summing to 1. Thus, a decrease in L23 would necessarily result in an increase in L56 projections. It seems like it would make more sense to quantify the percent change in the total number of inputs (rather than fractional) from each layer so that the 3 models are actually independent possibilities.

      The issue with the suggested analysis is that, with one exception (one area projecting to MOp), the number of projection neurons in contralateral areas is always ~60-80% lower compared to their ipsilateral counterparts. Consequently, this is also true for the number of projection neurons in the different cortical layers. Thus, quantifying the percentage change from the ipsilateral to the contralateral hemisphere in the total number of inputs from each layer will always result in negative values. 

      Nevertheless, we addressed the reviewer’s issue by calculating the preservation index (1(ipsi-contra)/(ipsi+contra)) for the sensory-motor areas independently for the absolute number of neurons within L2/3, 5 and 6 for the cortical areas projecting to VISp, SSp-bfd and MOp (see Author response image 2). When analysing the shift from the ipsilateral to the contralateral hemisphere, we observed that significantly more projection neurons were preserved in L6 compared to L2/3 for VISp and SSp-bfd. This shows that the number of L6 projection neurons declines less from the ipsilateral to the contralateral hemisphere compared to L2/3. However, our focus was on the fraction of projection neurons within each layer relative to the other layers per hemisphere (see Fig.6 of our manuscript). This measure is critical for distinguishing between feedforward and feedback connectivity. Calculating the change for each layer independently unfortunately does not provide insights into this comparison, as it does not capture the relative distribution of projection neurons across layers, which is central to our analysis. Therefore, we chose to present the data as layer fractions normalised within each hemisphere separately, enabling a comparison of relative changes between hemispheres, as shown in Fig.6 in the manuscript. We agree that with our approach a decrease in the fraction of L2/3 neurons would necessarily lead to an increase in the fraction of L5+6 neurons. However, as we analysed the fractional change for L5 and L6 separately, we found that the fraction of projection neurons in L5 generally showed only minor changes, while the fraction of L6 projection neurons increased substantially (Fig.6C). In addition, excluding L5 from the ipsi- or contralateral default network had significant effects on the fILN in only a relatively small number of projection areas. Excluding L6 resulted in significant changes in many more projection areas than layer 5.

      Author response image 2.

      Preservation index for L2/3, L5 and L6 of the 24 sensory-motor areas projecting onto the three target areas VISp, SSp-bfd and MOp.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I feel that there are a few conclusions that could be strengthened in the paper:

      (1) The laminar sources of callosal inputs and their terminations differ in the monocular and binocular areas of the visual cortex (border with V2L. Similarly, callosal inputs are different close to the border of S1 with S2 than in the rest of the barrel cortex. From the methods sections and Figure S2, it seems that some injections targeted the V1 binocular zone while others were aimed at the monocular zone. Thus, it would be of interest to compare the laminar distribution and fILM of the contra inputs in inputs to the binocular and monocular zones (and S1 border vs the rest, if possible within this dataset).

      Please see the answer for the reviewer’s second point in the public review (above).

      (2) The results are currently a bit unclear on whether the contra inputs reflect the cortical hierarchy. Figure 4E-F makes it clear that the ipsi and contra fILMs do not always match. However, it seems from the plots in Figure 4D and Figure S6 that, while the contra fILM values are always higher, there might be a correlation between the ipsi and contra fILM. This could be addressed by directly plotting contra vs ipsi fILM.

      Similarly, it would be useful to directly address if there is any hint of the visual hierarchy, as calculated in Figure S5 for the contra inputs.

      Regarding the first point of the reviewer: We appreciate this comment. We do indeed find a positive correlation between the fILN ipsilateral and fILN contralateral across the individual cortical areas for all three targets. (please see Author response image 3 below). This is indeed an interesting observation that indicates a high degree of preservation concerning the rank order of the anatomical hierarchy within the input arising from both hemispheres. Please see we have included this new figure 4F into the manuscript and added a sentence in the results (lines 282-288): 

      Regarding the second point of the reviewer: For visual hierarchy, although weaker, we find that the hierarchical ranking of the higher cortical visual areas is preserved for the contralateral hemisphere (see Author response image 3 below). 

      Author response image 3.

      Rank ordered average fILN values (± sem) of higher visual cortical areas of the ventral and dorsal visual stream for the ipsilateral and contralateral hemisphere.

      (3) I find the emphasis in the title and other parts of the paper on Layer 6 corticocortical cells dominating the anatomical organization of intra and interhemispheric feedback a bit of an overstatement. While it is true that the areas for which L6 is the most abundant source of cortico-cortical projections are the most abundant (Figure 3C), when just focusing on the number of neurons sending corticocortical connections (Figure 3B), this is less clear. Ipsi connections are roughly divided 1/3, 1/3 , 1/3 between L2/3 , L5 and L6. In the contra, while projections from L6 neurons are the most abundant, there are not a majority and are less than those of L2/3 and L5 together. I suggest revising the statement about L6 cells dominating cortico-cortical connections to more accurately reflect these nuances.

      (4) The observations from Figure 3 discussed above suggest that L6 inputs dominate in areas with less abundant projections to the injected areas. Is this the case? Is the fraction of L6 inputs inversely correlated with the number of inputs from that area?

      Please see the following correlation plots for the total number of inputs versus the fraction of L6 inputs per area for both the ipsilateral and contralateral hemisphere. We do find on the ipsilateral hemisphere a negative correlation between the total number of inputs and the L6 input fraction for VISp and to a lesser degree for SSp-bfd. Interestingly, we find the opposite correlation for the ipsilateral MOp, contralateral VISp, SSp-bfd and MOp (Author response image 4, Author response table 1). While this is an interesting finding, the correlations often appeared to be weak and often absent within the individual animals and across the three target areas (Author response table 1). Thus, these correlations are seemingly not a general feature of cortical connectivity.

      Author response image 4.

      Total number of cells versus fraction of cells within L6 per cortical brain area (average across animals) for the ipsilateral (top) and contralateral (bottom) hemisphere for the three target areas VISp, SSp-bfd and MOp.

      Author response table 1: Respective correlations between total numbers of cells and fraction of cells within L6 per cortical brain area for the ipsilateral and contralateral hemisphere for the three target areas (significant correlations highlighted with green).

      Minor issues:

      (5) Where was the mouse in Figure 3A injected?

      In this exemplary mouse the retrograde tracer was injected into VISp. We added this information in the Figure legend of Figure 3A1. 

      (6) Clarify in panel 4F that the position of the circle corresponds to the area location.

      Done as suggested. 

      References

      Bieler M, Sieben K, Cichon N, Schildt S, Röder B, Hanganu-Opatz IL. 2017. Rate and Temporal Coding Convey Multisensory Information in Primary Sensory Cortices. eNeuro 4. doi:10.1523/ENEURO.0037-17.2017

      Weiler S, Rahmati V, Isstas M, Wutke J, Stark AW, Franke C, Graf J, Geis C, Witte OW, Hübener M, Bolz J, Margrie TW, Holthoff K, Teichert M. 2024. A primary sensory cortical interareal feedforward inhibitory circuit for tacto-visual integration. Nat Commun 15:3081. doi:10.1038/s41467-024-47459-2

      Yao S, Wang Q, Hirokawa KE, Ouellette B, Ahmed R, Bomben J, Brouner K, Casal L, Caldejon S, Cho A, Dotson NI, Daigle TL, Egdorf T, Enstrom R, Gary A, Gelfand E, Gorham M, Griffin F, Gu H, Hancock N, Howard R, Kuan L, Lambert S, Lee EK, Luviano J, Mace K, Maxwell M, Mortrud MT, Naeemi M, Nayan C, Ngo N-K, Nguyen T, North K, Ransford S, Ruiz A, Seid S, Swapp J, Taormina MJ, Wakeman W, Zhou T, Nicovich PR, Williford A, Potekhina L, McGraw M, Ng L, Groblewski PA, Tasic B, Mihalas S, Harris JA, Cetin A, Zeng H. 2023. A whole-brain monosynaptic input connectome to neuron classes in mouse visual cortex. Nat Neurosci 26:350–364. doi:10.1038/s41593-022-01219-x

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study aims to identify the proteins that compose the electrical synapse, which are much less understood than those of the chemical synapse. Identifying these proteins is important to understand how synaptogenesis and conductance are regulated in these synapses. The authors identified more than 50 new proteins and used immunoprecipitation and immunostaining to validate their interaction of localization. One new protein, a scaffolding protein, shows particularly strong evidence of being an integral component of the electrical synapse. However, many key experimental details are missing (e.g. mass spectrometry), making it difficult to assess the strength of the evidence.

      Strengths:

      One newly identified protein, SIPA1L3, has been validated both by immunoprecipitation and immunohistochemistry. The localization at the electrical synapse is very striking.<br /> A large number of candidate interacting proteins were validated with immunostaining in vivo or in vitro.

      Weaknesses:

      There is no systematic comparison between the zebrafish and mouse proteome. The claim that there is "a high degree of evolutionary conservation" was not substantiated.

      We agree that we should have included a comprehensive comparison of proteins captured in the different species.  We are assembling this table and it will be included in the revised manuscript.  There is, indeed, significant conservation of many of the proteins enriched in both species.

      No description of how mass spectrometry was done and what type of validation was done.

      Since the mass spec was outsourced to a core facility, we had not included methodological details.  We have requested these and will include full details in the revised version of the manuscript.  In terms of “validation,” enrichment of proteins at electrical synapses was determined based on capture relative to control samples (non-transgenic zebrafish retinas or non-transgenic mouse retinas infected with the dGBP-TurboID virus) captured and processed at the same time.  Actual validations based on protein co-localization and pull-downs is the subject of the rest of the manuscript, and could only be done for a fraction of the identified proteins.  This type of validation can be pursued in many future studies. 

      The threshold for enrichment seems arbitrary.

      Yes, the thresholds are somewhat arbitrary.  This is due to the fact that experiments that captured larger total amounts of protein (mouse retina samples) had higher signal-to-noise ratio than those that captured smaller total amounts of protein (zebrafish retina).  This allowed us to use a more stringent threshold in the mouse dataset to focus on high probability captured proteins. 

      Inconsistent nomenclature and punctuation usage.

      We have scanned through the manuscript and updated terms that were used inconsistently in the interim revision of the manuscript.

      To describe the mass spec procedure, we will get in touch with the mass spec facility and provide the details in the next round of submission.

      The description of figures is very sparse and error-prone (e.g. Figure 6).

      In Figure 1B, there is very broad non-specific labeling by avidin in zebrafish (In contrast to the more specific avidin binding in mice, Figure 2B). How are the authors certain that the enrichment is specific at the electrical synapse?

      The enrichment of the proteins we identified is specific for electrical synapses because we compared the abundance of all candidates between Cx35b-V5-TurboID and wildtype retinas. Proteins that are components of electrical synapses, will only show up in the Cx35b-V5-TurboID condition. The western blot (Strep-HRP) in figure 1C shows the differences in the streptavidin labeling and hence the enrichment of proteins that are part of electrical synapses. Moreover, while the background appears to be quite abundant in sections, biotinylation is a rare posttranslational modification and mainly occurs in carboxylases: The two intense bands that show up above 50 and 75 kDa.  The background mainly originates from these two proteins.

      In Figure 1E, there is very little colocalization between Cx35 and Cx34.7. More quantification is needed to show that it is indeed "frequently associated."

      We agree that “frequently associated” is too strong as a statement. We corrected this and instead wrote “that Cx34.7 was only expressed in the outer plexiform layer (OPL) where it was associated with Cx35b at some gap junctions” in line 150. There are many gap junctions at which Cx35b is not colocalized with Cx34.7. 

      Expression of GFP in HCs would potentially be an issue, since GFP is fused to Cx36 (regardless of whether HC expresses Cx36 endogenously) and V5-TurboID-dGBP can bind to GFP and biotinylate any adjacent protein.  

      Thank you for this suggestion! There should be no Cx36-GFP expression in horizontal cells, which means that the nanobody cannot bind to anything in these cells. Moreover, to recognize specific signals from non-specific background, we included wild type retinas throughout the entire experiments. This condition controls for non-specific biotinylation.

      Figure 7: the description does not match up with the figure regarding ZO-1 and ZO-2.

      It appears that a portion of the figure legend was left out of the submitted version of the manuscript.  We have put the legend for panels A through C back into the manuscript in the interim revision.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study aimed to uncover the protein composition and evolutionary conservation of electrical synapses in retinal neurons. The authors employed two complementary BioID approaches: expressing a Cx35b-TurboID fusion protein in zebrafish photoreceptors and using GFP-directed TurboID in Cx36-EGFP-labeled mouse AII amacrine cells. They identified conserved ZO proteins and endocytosis components in both species, along with over 50 novel proteins related to adhesion, cytoskeleton remodeling, membrane trafficking, and chemical synapses. Through a series of validation studies¬-including immunohistochemistry, in vitro interaction assays, and immunoprecipitation - they demonstrate that novel scaffold protein SIPA1L3 interacts with both Cx36 and ZO proteins at electrical synapse. Furthermore, they identify and localize proteins ZO-1, ZO-2, CGN, SIPA1L3, Syt4, SJ2BP, and BAI1 at AII/cone bipolar cell gap junctions.

      Strengths:

      The study demonstrates several significant strengths in both experimental design and validation approaches. First, the dual-species approach provides valuable insights into the evolutionary conservation of electrical synapse components across vertebrates. Second, the authors compare two different TurboID strategies in mice and demonstrate that the HKamac promoter and GFP-directed approach can successfully target the electrical synapse proteome of mouse AII amacrine cells. Third, they employed multiple complementary validation approaches - including retinal section immunohistochemistry, in vitro interaction assays, and immunoprecipitation-providing evidence supporting the presence and interaction of these proteins at electrical synapses.

      Weaknesses:

      The conclusions of this paper are supported by data; however, some aspects of the quantitative proteomics analysis require clarification and more detailed documented. The differential threshold criteria (>3 log2 fold for mouse vs >1 log2 fold for zebrafish) will benefit from biological justification, particularly given the cross-species comparison. Additionally, providing details on the number of biological or technical replicates used in this study, along with analyses of how these replicates compare to each other, would strengthen the confidence in the identification of candidate proteins. Furthermore, including negative controls for the histological validation of proteins interacting with Cx36 could increase the reliability of the staining results.

      While the study successfully characterized the presence of candidate proteins at the electrical synapses between AII amacrine cells and cone bipolar cells, it did not compare protein compositions between the different types of electrical synapses within the circuit. Given that AII amacrine cells form both homologous (AII-AII) and heterologous (AII-cone bipolar cell) electrical synapses-connections that serve distinct functional roles in retinal signaling processing-a comparative analysis of their molecular compositions could have provided important insights into synapse specificity.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Tetenborg S et al. identifies proteins that are physically closely associated with gap junctions in retinal neurons of mice and zebrafish using BioID, a technique that labels and isolates proteins proximal to a protein of interest. These proteins include scaffold proteins, adhesion molecules, chemical synapse proteins, components of the endocytic machinery, and cytoskeleton-associated proteins. Using a combination of genetic tools and meticulously executed immunostaining, the authors further verified the colocalizations of some of the identified proteins with connexin-positive gap junctions. The findings in this study highlight the complexity of gap junctions. Electrical synapses are abundant in the nervous system, yet their regulatory mechanisms are far less understood than those of chemical synapses. This work will provide valuable information for future studies aiming to elucidate the regulatory mechanisms essential for the function of neural circuits.

      Strengths:

      A key strength of this work is the identification of novel gap junction-associated proteins in AII amacrine cells and photoreceptors using BioID in combination with various genetic tools. The well-studied functions of gap junctions in these neurons will facilitate future research into the functions of the identified proteins in regulating electrical synapses.

      Thank you for these comments.

      Weaknesses:

      I do not see major weaknesses in this paper. A minor point is that, although the immunostaining in this study is beautifully executed, the quantification to verify the colocalization of the identified proteins with gap junctions is missing. In particular, endocytosis component proteins are abundant in the IPL, making it unclear whether their colocalization with gap junction is above chance level (e.g. EPS15l1, HIP1R, SNAP91, ITSN in Figure 3B).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors explore associations between plasma metabolites and glaucoma, a primary cause of irreversible vision loss worldwide. The study relies on measurements of 168 plasma metabolites in 4,658 glaucoma patients and 113,040 controls from the UK Biobank. The authors show that metabolites improve the prediction of glaucoma risk based on polygenic risk score (PRS) alone, albeit weakly. The authors also report a "metabolomic signature" that is associated with a reduced risk (or "resilience") for developing glaucoma among individuals in the highest PRS decile (reduction of risk by an estimated 29%). The authors highlight the protective effect of pyruvate, a product of glycolysis, for glaucoma development and show that this molecule mitigates elevated intraocular pressure and optic nerve damage in a mouse model of this disease.

      Strengths:

      This work provides additional evidence that glycolysis may play a role in the pathophysiology of glaucoma. Previous studies have demonstrated the existence of an inverse relationship between intraocular pressure and retinal pyruvate levels in animal models (Hader et al. 2020, PNAS 117(52)) and pyruvate supplementation is currently being explored for neuro-enhancement in patients with glaucoma (De Moraes et al. 2022, JAMA Ophthalmology 140(1)). The study design is rigorous and relies on validated, standard methods. Additional insights gained from a mouse model are valuable.

      We thank the reviewer for these supportive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      Caution is warranted when examining and interpreting the results of this study. Among all participants (cases and controls) glaucoma status was self-reported, determined on the basis of ICD codes or previous glaucoma laser/surgical therapy. This is problematic as it is not uncommon for individuals in the highest PRS decile to have undiagnosed glaucoma (as shown in previous work by some of the authors of this article). The authors acknowledge a "relatively low glaucoma prevalence in the highest decile group" but do not explore how undiagnosed glaucoma may affect their results. This also applies to all controls selected for this study. The authors state that "50 to 70% of people affected [with glaucoma] remain undiagnosed". Therefore, the absence of self-reported glaucoma does not necessarily indicate that the disease is not present. Validation of the findings from this study in humans is, therefore, critical. This should ideally be performed in a well-characterized glaucoma cohort, in which case and control status has been assessed by qualified clinicians.

      We appreciate the comment regarding the challenges of glaucoma ascertainment in UK Biobank. This is a valid limitation, as glaucoma in UK Biobank is based on self-reports and hospital records rather than comprehensive ophthalmologic examinations for all participants. To the best of our knowledge, there is no comparably sized dataset where all participants have undergone standardized glaucoma assessments, comprehensive metabolomic profiling, and high-throughput genotyping. Work is currently ongoing to link UK Biobank data to ophthalmic EMR data, which will help confirm self-reported diagnoses. This work is not complete, and the coverage of the cohort from such linkage is uncertain at present. Nonetheless, several factors speak to the validity of our findings. The top members of the metabolomic signature associated with resilience in the top decile of glaucoma polygenic risk score (PRS) decile—lactate (P=8.8E-12) and pyruvate (P=1.9E-10) —had robust values for statistical significance after appropriate adjustment for multiple comparisons, with additional validation for pyruvate in a human-relevant, glaucoma mouse model. Strikingly, the glaucoma odds ratio (OR) for subjects in the highest quartile of glaucoma PRS and metabolic risk score (MRS) was 25-fold, using participants in the lowest quartile of glaucoma PRS and MRS as the reference group. An effect size this large for a putative glaucoma determinant has only been seen for intraocular pressure (IOP), which is now largely accepted to be in the causal pathway of the disease.

      The Discussion now contains the following statement: “A second limitation is that glaucoma ascertainment in the UK Biobank is based on self-reported diagnoses and hospital records rather than comprehensive ophthalmologic examinations. Nonetheless, it is reassuring that the prevalence of glaucoma in our sample (~4%) is similar to a directly performed disease burden estimate in a comparable, albeit slightly older, United Kingdom sample (2.7%)(79)”. (Lines 379-382)

      The authors indicate that within the top decile of PRS participants with glaucoma are more likely to be of white ethnicity, while they are more likely to be of Black and Asian ethnicity if they are in the bottom half of PRS. Have the authors explored how sensitive their predictions are to ethnicity? Since their cohort is predominantly of European ancestry (85.8%), would it make sense to exclude other ethnicities to increase the homogeneity of the cohort and reduce the risk for confounders that may not be explicitly accounted for?

      Comparing data in Tables 3 and 4 of the manuscript, we observe that, on a percentage basis, more individuals have glaucoma in the highest 10th percentile of risk compared to the lowest 50th percentile of risk across all ancestral groups.  We recently reported that the risk of glaucoma increases with each standard deviation increase in the glaucoma PRS across ancestral groups in the UK Biobank, utilizing a slightly different sample size (see Author response table 1 below). (1)Since the PRS is applicable across ancestral groups, we aim to make our results as generalizable as possible; therefore, we prefer to report our findings for all ethnic groups and not restrict our results to Europeans.

      Author response table 1.

      Performance of the mtGPRS Across Ancestral Groups in the UK Biobank

      Abbreviations: mtGPRS, multitrait analysis of GWAS polygenic risk score; OR, odds ratio; CI, confidence interval.(1)

      UK Biobank ancestry was genetically inferred based on principal component analysis. The OR represents the risk associated with each standard deviation change in mtGRS and is adjusted for multiple covariates including age, sex, and medical comorbidities.

      In the discussion, we stated that “... we chose to analyze Europeans and non-Europeans together to make the results as generalizable as possible.” (Lines 378-379)

      The authors discuss the importance of pyruvate, and lactate for retinal ganglion cell survival, along with that of several lipoproteins for neuroprotection. However, there is a distinction to be made between locally produced/available glycolysis end products and lipoproteins and those circulating in the blood. It may be useful to discuss this in the manuscript, and for the authors to explore if plasma metabolites may be linked to metabolism that takes place past the blood-retinal barrier.

      As the reviewer points out, it is crucial to interpret the results for lipoproteins within the context of their access to the blood-retinal barrier. Even for smaller metabolites like pyruvate and lactate, it is essential to consider local production versus serum-derived molecules in mediating any neuroprotective effects. Our murine data suggest that exogenous pyruvate contributed to neuroprotection. However, for the other glycolysis-related metabolites (lactate and citrate), we cannot rule out the possibility that locally produced metabolites may also contribute to neuroprotection. None of the lipoproteins identified as potential resilience biomarkers had an adjusted P-value of less than 0.05. Nevertheless, HDL analytes can cross blood-ocular barriers to enter the aqueous humor.(2) Therefore, it is also possible for serum-derived HDL to influence retinal ganglion cell homeostasis. Overall, much more research is needed to clarify the roles of locally produced versus serum-derived factors in conferring resilience to genetic predisposition to glaucoma.

      We have added the following sentences to the discussion:

      “Notably, although our validation data confirm the neuroprotective effects of exogenous pyruvate, it remains possible that endogenously produced pyruvate within ocular tissues may also contribute to RGC protection.” (Lines 329-331)

      “Furthermore, as HDL analytes can cross blood-ocular barriers,(78) there is a plausible route for serum-derived HDL to influence RGC homeostasis. Nonetheless, the relative contributions of circulating lipoproteins versus local synthesis within ocular tissues remain unclear and warrant further investigation.” (Lines 355-358)

      “Incorporating ocular physiology and blood-retinal barrier considerations when interpreting lipoproteins as potential resilience biomarkers will be critical for future studies aimed at understanding and therapeutically targeting increased glaucoma risk.” (Lines 360-363)

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      The authors have used the UK Biobank data to interrogate the association between plasma metabolites and glaucoma.

      (1) They initially assessed plasma metabolites as predictors of glaucoma: The addition of NMR-derived metabolomic data to existing models containing clinical and genetic data was marginal.

      (2) They then determined whether certain metabolites might protect against glaucoma in individuals at high genetic risk: Certain molecules in bioenergetic pathways (lactate, pyruvate, and citrate) conferred protection.

      (3) They provide support for protection conferred by pyruvate in a murine model.

      Strengths

      (1) The huge sample size supports a powerful statistical analysis and the opportunity for the inclusion of multiple covariates and interactions without overfitting the models.

      (2) The authors have constructed a robust methodology and statistical design.

      (3) The manuscript is well written, and the study is logically presented.

      (4) The figures are of good quality.

      (5) Broadly, the conclusions are justified by the findings.

      We thank the reviewer for these supportive comments.

      Weaknesses

      (1) Although it is an invaluable treasure trove of data, selection bias and self-reporting are inescapable problems when using the UK Biobank data for glaucoma research. The high-impact glaucoma-related GWAS publications (references 26 and 27) referenced in support of the method suffer the same limitations. This doesn't negate the conclusions but must be taken into consideration. The authors might note that it is somewhat reassuring that the proportion of glaucoma cases (4%) is close to what would be expected in a population-based study of 40-69-year-olds of predominantly white ethnicity.

      While there are limitations when open-angle glaucoma (OAG) is ascertained by self-report, as discussed above, we agree with the reviewer that the prevalence of glaucoma is consistent with data from population-based studies of Europeans who are 40-69 years of age. 

      We also want to point out that references 26 and 27 indicate glaucoma self-reports can be an acceptable surrogate for OAG that is ascertained by clinical evaluation. Consider the methodologic details for each study:

      Reference 26 is a 4-stage genome-wide meta-analysis to identify loci for OAG from 21 independent populations. The phenotypic definition of OAG was based on clinical assessment in the discovery stage, and 7286 glaucoma self-reports from the UK Biobank served as an effective replication set.  It is also important to note that 120 out of the 127 discovered OAG loci were nominally replicated in 23andMe, where glaucoma was ascertained entirely by self-report.

      Reference 27 is a genome-wide meta-analysis to identify IOP genetic loci, an important endophenotype for OAG. The study identified 112 loci for IOP. These loci were incorporated into a glaucoma prediction model in the NEIGHBORHOOD study and the UK Biobank. The area under the receiver operator curve was 0.76 and 0.74, respectively, in these studies. While the AUCs were similar, OAG was ascertained clinically in NEIGHBORHOOD and largely by self-report in UK Biobank. 

      Finally, a strength of the UK Biobank is that selection bias is minimized. Patients need not be insured or aligned to the study for any reason aside from being a UK resident. There is indeed a healthy bias in the UK Biobank. Ambulatory patients who tend to be health conscious and willing to donate their time and provide biological specimens tend to participate. We agree with the reviewer that the use of self-reported cases does not negate the conclusions, and hopefully, future iterations of the UK Biobank where clinical validation of self-reports are performed will confirm these findings, which already have some validation in a preclinical glaucoma model.

      We add the following sentence to the first action item above regarding our case ascertainment method. “Nonetheless, it is reassuring that the prevalence of glaucoma in our sample (~4%) is similar to a directly performed disease burden estimate in a comparable, albeit slightly older, United Kingdom sample (2.7%)..”(3) (Lines 381-383)

      (2) As noted by the authors, a limitation is the predominantly white ethnicity profile that comprises the UK Biobank. 

      (3) Also as noted by the authors, the study is cross-sectional and is limited by the "correlation does not imply causation" issue.

      While the epidemiological arm of our study was cross-sectional, the studies testing the ability of pyruvate to mitigate the glaucoma phenotype in mice with the Lmxb1 mutation were prospective.

      We already pointed out in the discussion that pyruvate supplementation reduced glaucoma incidence in a human-relevant genetic mouse model.

      (4) The optimal collection, transport, and processing of the samples for NMR metabolite analysis is critical for accurate results. Strict policies were in place for these procedures, but deviations from protocol remain an unknown influence on the data.

      Comments 4 and 5 are related and will be addressed after comment 5.

      (5) In addition, all UK Biobank blood samples had unintended dilution during the initial sample storage process at UK Biobank facilities. (Julkunen, H. et al. Atlas of plasma NMR biomarkers for health and disease in 118,461 individuals from the UK Biobank. Nat Commun 14, 604 (2023) Samples from aliquot 3, used for the NMR measurements, suffered from 5-10% dilution. (Allen, Naomi E., et al. Wellcome Open Research 5 (2021): 222.) Julkunen et al. report that "The dilution is believed to come from mixing of participant samples with water due to seals that failed to hold a system vacuum in the automated liquid handling systems. While this issue is likely to have an impact on some of the absolute biomarker concentration values, it is expected to have limited impact on most epidemiological analyses."

      We thank the reviewer for making us aware of the unintended sample dilution issue from aliquot 3, used for NMR metabolomics in UK Biobank participants. While ~98% of samples experienced a 5-10% dilution, this would not affect our reported results, which did not rely on absolute biomarker concentrations. All metabolites in the main tables were probit transformed and used as continuous variables per 1 standard deviation increase.  Nonetheless, in supplemental material, we show the unadjusted median levels of pyruvate (in mmol/L) were higher in participants without glaucoma vs those with glaucoma, both in the population overall and in those in the top 10 percentile of glaucoma risk. 

      Furthermore, we see no evidence in the literature that unidentified protocol deviations might impact metabolite results in UK Biobank participants. For example, a recent study evaluated the relationship between a weighted triglyceride-raising polygenic score (TG.PS) and type 3 hyperlipidemia (T3HL) in the Oxford Biobank (OBB) and the UK Biobank. In both biobanks, metabolomics was performed on the Nightingale NMR platform. A one standard deviation increase in TG.PS was associated with a 13% and 15.2% increased risk of T3HL in the OBB and UK Biobank, respectively.(4) Replication of the OBB result in the UK Biobank suggests there are no additional concerns regarding the processing of the UK Biobank for NMR metabolomics. Of course, we remain vigilant for protocol deviations that might call our results into question and will seek to validate our findings in other biobanks in future research.

      Impact

      The findings advance personalized prognostics for glaucoma that combine metabolomic and genetic data. In addition, the protective effect of certain metabolites influences further research on novel therapeutic strategies.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Given the uncertainty in the proportion of controls with undiagnosed glaucoma, it may be appropriate to include a sensitivity analysis in the manuscript. The authors could then provide the readers with an estimate of how sensitive their predictions are to the proportion of undiagnosed individuals among controls.

      Since UK Biobank participants did not undergo standardized clinical assessments, it is not possible to perform sensitivity analyses as we don’t know which controls might have glaucoma, although we can offer the following comments.

      We are performing a cross-sectional, prospective, detailed glaucoma assessment of participants in the top and bottom 10 percent of genetic predisposition recruited from BioMe at Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai and Mass General Brigham Biobank at Harvard Medical School. We find that 21% of people in the top decile of genetic risk have glaucoma,(5) which compares reasonably well to the 15% of people in the top 10% of genetic risk in the UK Biobank. This underscores the assertion that our definition of glaucoma in the UK Biobank, while not ideal, is a reasonable surrogate for a detailed clinical assessment.

      Currently, 10,077 subjects in the top decile of glaucoma genetic predisposition did not meet our definition of glaucoma. If we assume that the glaucoma prevalence is 3% and 50% of people with glaucoma are undiagnosed, then that would translate to an additional 150 cases misclassified as controls, which could either drive our result to the null, have no impact on our current result or contribute to a false positive result, depending on their pyruvate (and other metabolite) levels.   

      We have already addressed the issue of a lack of standardized exams in the UK Biobank and the need for more studies to confirm our findings.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I am curious about the proposed reason for some individuals having metabolic profiles conferring resilience. Plasma pyruvate levels are normally distributed. Is it simply the case that some individuals with naturally high levels of pyruvate are fortuitously protected against glaucoma? Some sort of self-regulation mechanism seems unlikely.

      Thank you for your insightful question regarding the potential mechanism underlying the association between pyruvate levels and glaucoma resilience. There may be modest inter-individual differences which can have significant physiological implications, particularly in the context of neurodegeneration and metabolic stress. One possibility is that individuals with naturally higher pyruvate levels may benefit from pyruvate's known neuroprotective and metabolic support functions(6–8), which could confer resilience against the oxidative and bioenergetic challenges associated with glaucoma. Pyruvate is important for cellular metabolism, redox balance, and mitochondrial function - processes that are increasingly implicated in glaucomatous neurodegeneration. (9)Elevated pyruvate levels support mitochondrial ATP production(10), buffer oxidative stress,(11) and impact metabolic flux(12,13) through pathways such as the tricarboxylic acid cycle and NAD+/NADH homeostasis. This is consistent with prior studies suggesting that mitochondrial dysfunction contributes to retinal ganglion cell vulnerability in glaucoma.(14–17) While a direct self-regulation mechanism may seem unlikely, both genetic and environmental factors can influence pyruvate metabolism, which could lead to subtle but clinically meaningful variations in its levels. Our findings are supported by validation in a mouse model, which suggests that the association is less likely fortuitous, but there may be an underlying biological process that merits further mechanistic investigation. Future studies incorporating longitudinal metabolic profiling and functional validation in human-derived models will help better understand this relationship.

      (2) Conceivably, the higher levels of pyruvate and lactate may have resulted from recent exercise and may reflect individuals with high levels of exercise that confers resilience against glaucoma by independent mechanisms such as improved blood flow. Any way to rule that out from the UK Biobank data?

      Thank you for raising this important point. To account for the potential confounding effects of physical activity, we adjusted for metabolic equivalents of task (METs) in our models, a standardized measure of physical activity available in the UK Biobank. By incorporating METs as a covariate, we aimed to minimize the influence of individual exercise levels on plasma pyruvate and lactate levels. This helps us ascertain that the observed associations are not solely attributable to differences in physical activity. However, we do acknowledge that longitudinal analysis of exercise patterns would provide further clarity on this relationship. 

      (3) It may be worth mentioning that the retinal ganglion cells contain a plasma membrane monocarboxylate transporter that supports pyruvate and lactate uptake from the extracellular space.

      Thank you for this extremely insightful suggestion on retinal ganglion cell (RGC) expression of monocarboxylate transporters, which can facilitate the uptake of pyruvate and lactate from the extracellular space. This is relevant for our study, given the high metabolic demands of RGCs and their reliance on both glycolytic and oxidative metabolism for neuroprotection and survival.

      We acknowledged this in the discussion section of the manuscript by adding the following statement: "RGCs express monocarboxylate transporters, which facilitate the uptake of extracellular pyruvate and lactate, improving energy homeostasis, neuronal metabolism, and survival.” (Lines 309-311)

      (4) The mechanism of protection in the mice, at least in part, is likely due to the lower IOP in the pyruvate-treated animals. Did the authors investigate the influence of pyruvate on IOP in the UK Biobank data (about 110,000 individuals had IOP measurements)?

      Thank you for your suggested investigation. We ran the suggested analysis among 68,761 individuals with IOP measurements and metabolomic profiling. Imputed pretreatment IOP values for participants using ocular hypotensive agents were calculated by dividing the measured IOP by 0.7, based on the mean IOP.

      We plotted the relationship between IOP and pyruvate levels (probit transformed). We compared participants with pyruvate levels +2 standard deviations, above the mean (red dashed line), which has a probit-transformed value of 2 and an absolute concentration of 0.15 mmol/L. We found a statistically significant difference between the groups (p=0.017) using the Welch two-sample t-test. We have not added this analysis to the manuscript, but readers can find the data here as the reviews are public. We acknowledge and addressed the dilutional issue above, where we utilized probit-transformed metabolite levels analyzed as continuous variables per 1 SD increase, rather than absolute concentrations.

      Author response image 1.

      (5) Line 88: I suggest changing "patients" to "affected individuals". The term "patients" tends to imply that the individual has already been diagnosed, but the idea being conveyed is about underdiagnosis in the population.

      Thank you for your suggestion.

      We have added the change from "patients" to "affected individuals" in the introduction. (Line 90)

      (6) Line 93: "However, glaucoma is also significantly affected by environmental and lifestyle factors,10-14". Although lifestyle risk factors such as caffeine intake, alcohol, smoking, and air pollution have been reported, the associations are generally weak and inconsistently reported. Consider modifying this notion to stress the emerging evidence around gene-environment interactions (reference 14) rather than environmental factors per se, with the implication that genes + metabolism may be greater than the sum of the parts.

      Thank you for this thoughtful suggestion to highlight gene-environment interactions, where genetic susceptibility may amplify or mitigate the impact of metabolic and environmental influences on glaucoma progression. We have revised the statement to better reflect the synergistic effects of genetics and metabolism rather than considering environmental factors in isolation.

      Revised sentence for inclusion in the introduction of the manuscript: "Glaucoma risk is influenced by both genetic and metabolic factors, with emerging evidence suggesting that gene-environment interactions may play a greater role in conferring disease risk than independent exposures alone.” (Lines 95-97)

      (7) Lines 156-161: In model 4, rather than stating that the very small increase in AUC with the addition of metabolic data compared to clinical and genetic data alone, "modestly enhances the prediction of glaucoma", it may be better interpreted as a marginal difference that was statistically significant due to the very large sample size but not clinically significant.

      Thank you for your suggested comment.

      We have adjusted the wording by changing “modestly” to “marginally” to address that the statistical significance is in the context of the study’s large sample size in the results section (Line 162) and throughout the manuscript.

      NB: We made other minor edits to correct minor grammatical errors, improve clarity, and streamline the revised manuscript. Furthermore, the paragraph regarding slit lamp examination in the Methods was inadvertently omitted but is added back in the revised manuscript (Lines 571-579).

      References:

      (1) Kim J, Kang JH, Wiggs JL, et al. Does Age Modify the Relation Between Genetic Predisposition to Glaucoma and Various Glaucoma Traits in the UK Biobank? Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci. 2025;66(2):57. doi:10.1167/iovs.66.2.57

      (2) Cenedella RJ. Lipoproteins and lipids in cow and human aqueous humor. Biochim Biophys Acta BBA - Lipids Lipid Metab. 1984;793(3):448-454. doi:10.1016/0005-2760(84)90262-5

      (3) Minassian DC, Reidy A, Coffey M, Minassian A. Utility of predictive equations for estimating the prevalence and incidence of primary open angle glaucoma in the UK. Br J Ophthalmol. 2000;84(10):1159-1161. doi:10.1136/bjo.84.10.1159

      (4) Pieri K, Trichia E, Neville MJ, et al. Polygenic risk in Type III hyperlipidaemia and risk of cardiovascular disease: An epidemiological study in UK Biobank and Oxford Biobank. Int J Cardiol. 2023;373:72-78. doi:10.1016/j.ijcard.2022.11.024

      (5) Zhao H, Pasquale LR, Zebardast N, et al. Screening by glaucoma polygenic risk score to identify primary open-angle glaucoma in two biobanks: An updated report. ARVO 2025 meeting. Published online 2025.

      (6) Zilberter Y, Gubkina O, Ivanov AI. A unique array of neuroprotective effects of pyruvate in neuropathology. Front Neurosci. 2015;9. doi:10.3389/fnins.2015.00017

      (7) Quansah E, Peelaerts W, Langston JW, Simon DK, Colca J, Brundin P. Targeting energy metabolism via the mitochondrial pyruvate carrier as a novel approach to attenuate neurodegeneration. Mol Neurodegener. 2018;13(1):28. doi:10.1186/s13024-018-0260-x

      (8) Gray LR, Tompkins SC, Taylor EB. Regulation of pyruvate metabolism and human disease. Cell Mol Life Sci. 2014;71(14):2577-2604. doi:10.1007/s00018-013-1539-2

      (9) Harder JM, Guymer C, Wood JPM, et al. Disturbed glucose and pyruvate metabolism in glaucoma with neuroprotection by pyruvate or rapamycin. Proc Natl Acad Sci. 2020;117(52):33619-33627. doi:10.1073/pnas.2014213117

      (10) Kim MJ, Lee H, Chanda D, et al. The Role of Pyruvate Metabolism in Mitochondrial Quality Control and Inflammation. Mol Cells. 2023;46(5):259-267. doi:10.14348/molcells.2023.2128

      (11) Wang X, Perez E, Liu R, Yan LJ, Mallet RT, Yang SH. Pyruvate Protects Mitochondria from Oxidative Stress in Human Neuroblastoma SK-N-SH Cells. Brain Res. 2007;1132(1):1-9. doi:10.1016/j.brainres.2006.11.032

      (12) Tilton WM, Seaman C, Carriero D, Piomelli S. Regulation of glycolysis in the erythrocyte: role of the lactate/pyruvate and NAD/NADH ratios. J Lab Clin Med. 1991;118(2):146-152.

      (13) Li X, Yang Y, Zhang B, et al. Lactate metabolism in human health and disease. Signal Transduct Target Ther. 2022;7(1):305. doi:10.1038/s41392-022-01151-3

      (14) Zhang ZQ, Xie Z, Chen SY, Zhang X. Mitochondrial dysfunction in glaucomatous degeneration. Int J Ophthalmol. 2023;16(5):811-823. doi:10.18240/ijo.2023.05.20

      (15) Ju WK, Perkins GA, Kim KY, Bastola T, Choi WY, Choi SH. Glaucomatous optic neuropathy: Mitochondrial dynamics, dysfunction and protection in retinal ganglion cells. Prog Retin Eye Res. 2023;95:101136. doi:10.1016/j.preteyeres.2022.101136

      (16) Jassim AH, Inman DM, Mitchell CH. Crosstalk Between Dysfunctional Mitochondria and Inflammation in Glaucomatous Neurodegeneration. Front Pharmacol. 2021;12. doi:10.3389/fphar.2021.699623

      (17) Yang TH, Kang EYC, Lin PH, et al. Mitochondria in Retinal Ganglion Cells: Unraveling the Metabolic Nexus and Oxidative Stress. Int J Mol Sci. 2024;25(16):8626. doi:10.3390/ijms25168626

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      By way of background, the Jiang lab has previously shown that loss of the type II BMP receptor Punt (Put) from intestinal progenitors (ISCs and EBs) caused them to differentiate into EBs, with a concomitant loss of ISCs (Tian and Jiang, eLife 2014). The mechanism by which this occurs was activation of Notch in Put-deficient progenitors. How Notch was upregulated in Put-deficient ISCs was not established in this prior work. In the current study, the authors test whether a very low level of Dl was responsible. But co-depletion of Dl and Put led to a similar phenotype as depletion of Put alone. This result suggested that Dl was not the mechanism. They next investigate genetic interactions between BMP signaling and Numb, an inhibitor of Notch signaling. Prior work from Bardin, Schweisguth and other labs has shown that Numb is not required for ISC self-renewal. However the authors wanted to know whether loss of both the BMP signal transducer Mad and Numb would cause ISC loss. This result was observed for RNAi depletion from progenitors and for mad, numb double mutant clones. Of note, ISC loss was observed in 40% of mad, numb double mutant clones, whereas 60% of these clones had an ISC. They then employed a two-color tracing system called RGT to look at the outcome of ISC divisions (asymmetric (ISC/EB) or symmetric (ISC/ISC or EB/EB)). Control clones had 69%, 15% and 16%, respectively, whereas mad, numb double mutant clones had much lower ISC/ISC (11%) and much higher EB/EB (37%). They conclude that loss of Numb in moderate BMP loss of function mutants increased symmetric differentiation which lead caused ISC loss. They also reported that numb<sup>15</sup> and numb<sup>4</sup> clones had a moderate but significant increase in ISC-lacking clones compared to control clones, supporting the model that Numb plays a role in ISC maintenance. Finally, they investigated the relevance of these observation during regeneration. After bleomycin treatment, there was a significant increase in ISC-lacking clones and a significant decrease in clone size in numb<sup>4</sup> and numb<sup>15</sup> clones compared to control clones. Because bleomycin treatment has been shown to cause variation in BMP ligand production, the authors interpret the numb clone under bleomycin results as demonstrating an essential role of Numb in ISC maintenance during regeneration.

      Strengths:

      (i) Most data is quantified with statistical analysis

      (ii) Experiments have appropriate controls and large numbers of samples

      (iii) Results demonstrate an important role of Numb in maintaining ISC number during regeneration and a genetic interaction between Mad and Numb during homeostasis.

      Weaknesses:

      (i) No quantification for Fig. 1

      Quantification of Fig.1 has been added. 

      (ii) The premise is a bit unclear. Under homeostasis, strong loss of BMP (Put) leads to loss of ISCs, presumably regardless of Numb level (which was not tested). But moderate loss of BMP (Mad) does not show ISC loss unless Numb is also reduced. I am confused as to why numb does not play a role in Put mutants. Did the authors test whether concomitant loss of Put and Numb leads to even more ISC loss than Put-mutation alone.

      We have tested the genetic interaction between put and numb using Put RNAi and Numb RNAi driven by esg<sup>ts</sup>. According to the results in this study and our previously published data, put mutant clone or esg<sup>ts</sup> > Put-RNAi induced a rapid loss of ISC (whin 8 days). We did not observe further enhancement of stem cell loss phenotype in Put and Numb double RNAi guts.

      (iii) I think that the use of the word "essential" is a bit strong here. Numb plays an important role but in either during homeostasis or regeneration, most numb clones or mad, numb double mutant clones still have ISCs. Therefore, I think that the authors should temper their language about the role of Numb in ISC maintenance.

      We have revised the language and changed “essential” to important”.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work assesses the genetic interaction between the Bmp signaling pathway and the factor Numb, which can inhibit Notch signalling. It follows up on the previous studies of the group (Tian, Elife, 2014; Tian, PNAS, 2014) regarding BMP signaling in controlling stem cell fate decision as well as on the work of another group (Sallé, EMBO, 2017) that investigated the function of Numb on enteroendocrine fate in the midgut. This is an important study providing evidence of a Numb-mediated back up mechanism for stem cell maintenance.

      Strengths:

      (1) Experiments are consistent with these previous publications while also extending our understanding of how Numb functions in the ISC.

      (2) Provides an interesting model of a "back up" protection mechanism for ISC maintenance.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Aspects of the experiments could be better controlled or annotated:

      (a) As they "randomly chose" the regions analyzed, it would be better to have all from a defined region (R4 or R2, for example) or to at least note the region as there are important regional differences for some aspects of midgut biology.

      Thank you for the suggestion. In fact, we conducted all the analyses in region 4, we have added statement to clarify this in the revised manuscript.

      (b) It is not clear to me why MARCM clones were induced and then flies grown at 18{degree sign}C? It would help to explain why they used this unconventional protocol.

      We kept the flies at 18°C to avoid spontaneous clone.

      (2) There are technical limitations with trying to conclude from double-knockdown experiments in the ISC lineage, such as those in Figure 1 where Dl and put are both being knocked down: depending on how fast both proteins are depleted, it may be that only one of them (put, for example) is inactivated and affects the fate decision prior to the other one (Dl) being depleted. Therefore, it is difficult to definitively conclude that the decision is independent of Dl ligand.

      In our hand, Dl-RNAi is very effective and exhibited loss of N pathway activity (as determined by the N pathway reporter Su(H)-lacZ ) after RNAi for 8 days (Fig. 1D). Therefore, the ectopic Su(H)-lacZ expression in Punt Dl double RNAi (fig. 1E) is unlikely due to residual Dl expression. Nevertheless, we have changed the statement “BMP signaling blocks ligand-independent N activity” to” Loss of BMP signaling results in ectopic N pathway activity even when Dl is depleted”

      (3) Additional quantification of many phenotypes would be desired.

      (a) It would be useful to see esg-GFP cells/total cells and not just field as the density might change (2E for example).

      We focused on R4 region for quantification where the cell density did not exhibit apparent change in different experimental groups. In addition, we have examined many guts for quantification. It is very unlikely that the difference in the esg-GFP+ cell number is caused by change in cell density.

      (b) Similarly, for 2F and 2G, it would be nice to see the % of ISC/ total cell and EB/total cell and not only per esgGFP+ cell.

      Unfortunately, we didn’t have the suggested quantification. However, we believe that quantification of the percentage of ISC or EB among all progenitor cells, as we did here, provides a meaningful measurement of the self-renewal status of each experimental group.

      (c) Fig1: There is no quantification - specifically it would be interesting to know how many esg+ are su(H)lacZ positive in Put- Dl- condition compared to WT or Put- alone. What is the n?

      Quantification of Fig.1 has been added. 

      (d) Fig2: Pros + cells are not seen in the image? Are they all DllacZ+?

      Anti-Pros and anti-E(spl)mβ-CD2 were stained in the same channel (magenta).  Pros+ exhibited “dot-like” nuclear staining while CD2 staining outlined the cell membrane of EBs. We have clarified this in the revised figure legend.

      (e) Fig3: it would be nice to have the size clone quantification instead of the distribution between groups of 2 cell 3 cells 4 cell clones.

      Because of the heterogeneity of clone size for each genotype, we chose to group clones based on their sizes ( 2, 3-6, 6-8, >8 cells) and quantified the distribution of individual groups for each genotype, which clearly showed an overall reduction in clone size for mad numb double mutant clones. We and others have used the same clone size analysis in previous studies (e.g., Tian and Jiang, eLife 2014).

      (f) How many times were experiments performed?

      All experiments were performed at least 3 times.

      (4) The authors do not comment on the reduction of clone size in DSS treatment in Figure 6K. How do they interpret this? Does it conflict with their model of Bleo vs DSS?

      Guts containing numb<sup>4</sup> clones treated with DSS exhibited a slight reduction of clone size, evident by a higher percentage of 2-cell clones and lower percentage of > 8 cell clones. This reduction is less significant in guts containing numb<sup>15</sup> clones. However, the percentage of Dl<sup>+</sup>-containing clones is similar between DSS and mock-treated guts. It is possible that ISC proliferation is lightly reduced due to numb<sup>4</sup> mutation or the genetic background of this stock.

      (5) There is probably a mistake on sentence line 314 -316 "Indeed, previous studies indicate that endogenous Numb was not undetectable by Numb antibodies that could detect Numb expression in the nervous system".

      We have modified the sentence.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors provide an in-depth analysis of the function of Numb in adult Drosophila midgut. Based on RNAi combinations and double mutant clonal analyses, they propose that Numb has a function in inhibiting Notch pathway to maintain intestinal stem cells, and is a backup mechanism with BMP pathway in maintaining midgut stem cell mediated homeostasis.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this is a carefully constructed series of experiments, and the results and statistical analyses provides believable evidence that Numb has a role, albeit weak compared to other pathways, in sustaining ISC and in promoting regeneration especially after damage by bleomycin, which may damage enterocytes and therefore disrupt BMP pathway more. The results overall support their claim.

      The data are highly coherent, and support a genetic function of Numb, in collaborating with BMP signaling, to maintain the number and proliferative function of ISCs in adult midguts. The authors used appropriate and sophisticated genetic tools of double RNAi, mutant clonal analysis and dual marker stem cell tracing approaches to ensure the results are reproducible and consistent. The statistical analyses provide confidence that the phenotypic changes are reliable albeit weaker than many other mutants previously studied.

      Weaknesses:

      In the absence of Numb itself, the midgut has a weak reduction of ISC number (Fig. 3 and 5), as well as weak albeit not statistically significant reduction of ISC clone size/proliferation. I think the authors published similar experiments with BMP pathway mutants. The mad<sup>1-2</sup> allele used here as stated below may not be very representative of other BMP pathway mutants. Therefore, it could be beneficial to compare the number of ISC number and clone sizes between other BMP experiments to provide the readers with a clearer picture of how these two pathways individually contribute (stronger/weaker effects) to the ISC number and gut homeostasis.

      Thanks for the comment. We have tested other components of BMP pathway in our previously study (Tian et al., 2014). More complete loss of BMP signaling (for example, Put clones, Put RNAi, Tkv/Sax double mutant clones or double RNAi) resulted in ISC loss regardless the status of numb, suggesting a more predominant role of BMP signaling in ISC self-renewal compared with Numb. We speculate that the weak stem cell loss phenotype associated with numb mutant clones in otherwise wild type background could be due to fluctuation of BMP signaling in homeostatic guts.

      The main weakness of this manuscript is the analysis of the BMP pathway components, especially the mad<sup>1-2</sup> allele. The mad RNAi and mad<sup>1-2</sup> alleles (P insertion) are supposed to be weak alleles and that might be suitable for genetic enhancement assays here together with numb RNAi. However, the mad<sup>1-2</sup> allele, and sometimes the mad RNAi, showed weakly increased ISC clone size. This is kind of counter-intuitive that they should have a similar ISC loss and ISC clone size reduction.

      We used mad<sup>1-2</sup> and mad RNAi here to test the genetic interaction with numb because our previous studies showed that partial loss of BMP signaling under these conditions did not cause stem cell loss, therefore, may provide a sensitized background to determine the role of Numb in ISC self-renewal. The increased proliferation of ISC/ clone size associated with mad<sup>1-2</sup> and mad RNAi is due to the fact that reduction of BMP signaling in either EC or EB non-autonomously induces stem cell proliferation. However, in mad numb double mutant clones, there was a reduction in clone size due to loss of ISC in many clones.

      A much stronger phenotype was observed when numb mutants were subject to treatment of tissue damaging agents Bleomycin, which causes damage in different ways than DSS. Bleomycin as previously shown to be causing mainly enterocyte damage, and therefore disrupt BMP signaling from ECs more likely. Therefore, this treatment together with loss of numb led to a highly significant reduction of ISC in clones and reduction of clone size/proliferation. One improvement is that it is not clear whether the authors discussed the nature of the two numb mutant alleles used in this study and the comparison to the strength of the RNAi allele. Because the phenotypes are weak and more variable, the use of specific reagents is important.

      We have included information about the two numb alleles in the “Materials and Methods”. numb<sup>15</sup> is a null allele, and the nature of numb<sup>4</sup> has not been elucidated. According to Domingos, P.M. et al., numb<sup>15</sup> induced a more severe phenotype than numb<sup>4</sup> did. Consistently, we also found that more numb<sup>15</sup> mutant clones were void of stem cell than numb<sup>4</sup> mutant clones.

      Furthermore, the use of possible activating alleles of either or both pathways to test genetic enhancement or synergistic activation will provide strong support for the claims.

      Activation of BMP (esgts>Tkv<sup>CA</sup>) alone induced stem cell tumor (Tian et al., 2014) whereas overexpression of Numb did not induce increase stem cell number although overexpression of Numb in wing discs produced phenotypes indictive of inhibition of N (our unpublished observation), making it difficult to test the synergistic effect of activating both BMP and Numb.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      - Cartoon of RGT in Fig 4 needs to be improved. We need to know what chromosome harbors the esgts. It is not sufficient to simply put the location of the ubi-GFP and ubi-RFP (on 19A) and not show the location of other components of the RGT system.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have revised the cartoon in Fig. 4 to include all three pairs of chromosomes and indicate where the esgts driver and UAS-RNAi are located. In addition, we have included the genotypes for all the genetic experiments in the Method section.

      - Quantification of the results in Fig. 1

      Quantification of Fig.1 has been added. 

      - The authors need to explain the premise more carefully (see above) and explain whether or not they tested put, numb double knockdowns.

      We have explained why not testing put numb double RNAi (see above).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The number of times the experiments have been performed would be useful to include.

      This information has been added in the figure legends.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful comments on our submitted manuscript.

      The major point from all three reviewers was that the sensory inputs may be more complex than simply ASH and AWC, since mutations in osm-9 and tax-4 will affect many more sensory neurons. We fully agree. The differential effects of osm-9 and ta_x-_4 allowed us to recognize that there were two distinct afferent pathways operating simultaneously, mediating repulsion and attraction separately. However, it remains to be determined which sensory neurons are contributing to each pathway. We have planned a full analysis of the sensory inputs, not limited to just ASH and AWC, using neuron-specific rescue and neuron-specific chemogenetic inactivation (using HisCl1). While this analysis falls outside the scope of the present study, we will perform the inactivations of ASH and AWC and include the data for the revised version of this study. We expect to demonstrate whether ASH and AWC inputs are sufficient or whether other sensory neurons make significant contributions. Additionally, we will include chemotaxis dose-response data for osm-9 mutants as part of this analysis and make the minor corrections in data presentation requested.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      We are disappointed that the reviewers do not acknowledge that our data constitute a major step forward for the field. We will prepare a revised version that takes care of the remaining small issues concerning the technical descriptions and a detailed response to the current round of comments. We will also add a summary of the major new findings of our study.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We appreciate the time of the reviewers and their detailed comments, which have helped to improve the manuscript.

      Our study presents the largest systematic dataset so far on the evolution of sex-biased gene expression in animals. It is also the first that explores the patterns of individual variation in sex-biased gene expression and the SBI is an entirely new procedure to directly visulize these variance patterns in an intuitive way.

      Also, we should like to point out that our study contradicts recent conclusions that had suggested that a substantial set of sex-biased genes has conserved functions between humans and mice and that mice can therefore be informative for gender-specific medicine studies. Our data suggest that only a very small set of genes are conserved in their sex-biased expression between mice and humans in more than one organ.

      In the revised version we have made the following major updates:

      - added a rate comparison of gene regulation turnover between sex-biased and non-sex-biased genes

      - added additional statistics to the variance comparisons and selection tests

      - added a regulatory module analysis that shows that much of the gene turnover happens within modules

      - added a mosaic pattern analysis that shows the individual complexity of sex-biased patterns

      - extended introduction and discussion

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):<br /> The authors describe a comprehensive analysis of sex-biased expression across multiple tissues and species of mouse. Their results are broadly consistent with previous work, and their methods are robust, as the large volume of work in this area has converged toward a standardized approach.

      I have a few quibbles with the findings, and the main novelty here is the rapid evolution of sex-biased expression over shorter evolutionary intervals than previously documented, although this is not statistically supported. The other main findings, detailed below, are somewhat overstated.

      (1) In the introduction, the authors conflate gametic sex, which is indeed largely binary (with small sperm, large eggs, no intermediate gametic form, and no overlap in size) with somatic sexual dimorphism, which can be bimodal (though sometimes is even more complicated), with a large variance in either sex and generally with a great deal of overlap between males and females. A good appraisal of this distinction is at . This distinction in gene expression has been recognized for at least 20 years, with observations that sex-biased expression in the soma is far less than in the gonad.

      For example, the authors frame their work with the following statement:

      "The different organs show a large individual variation in sex-biased gene expression, making it impossible to classify individuals in simple binary terms. Hence, the seemingly strong conservation of binary sex-states does not find an equivalent underpinning when one looks at the gene-expression makeup of the sexes"

      The authors use this conflation to set up a straw man argument, perhaps in part due to recent political discussions on this topic. They seem to be implying one of two things. a) That previous studies of sex-biased expression of the soma claim a binary classification. I know of no such claim, and many have clearly shown quite the opposite, particularly studies of intra-sexual variation, which are common - see https://doi.org/10.1093/molbev/msx293, https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pgen.1003697, https://doi.org/10.1111/mec.14408, https://doi.org/10.1111/mec.13919, https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1558-5646.2010.01106.x for just a few examples. Or b) They are the first to observe this non-binary pattern for the soma, but again, many have observed this. For example, many have noted that reproductive or gonad transcriptome data cluster first by sex, but somatic tissue clusters first by species or tissue, then by sex (https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1501339112, https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.67485)

      Figure 4 illustrates the conceptual difference between bimodal and binary sexual conceptions. This figure makes it clear that males and females have different means, but in all cases the distributions are bimodal.

      I would suggest that the authors heavily revise the paper with this more nuanced understanding of the literature and sex differences in their paper, and place their findings in the context of previous work.

      We are sorry that our introduction seems to have been too short to make our points sufficiently clear. Of course, overlapping somatic variation has been shown for morphological characters, but we were aiming to assess this at the sex-biased transcriptome level. Previous studies looking at sex-biased genes were usually limited by the techniques that were available at their times, resulting in a focus on gonads in most studies and almost all have too few individuals included to study within-group variation. We detail this below for the papers that are mentioned by the referee. In view of this, we cite them now as examples for the prevalent focus on gonadal comparisons in most studies. Only Scharmann et al. 2021 on plant leaf dimorphism is indeed relevant for our study with respect to its general findings and we make now extensive reference to it. In addition, we have generally modified the introduction and substantially extended the discussion to make our points clear.

      Snell-Rood 2010: the paper focuses on sex-specific morphological structures in beetles. It samples six somatic tissues for four individuals each of each class. Analysis is done via microarray hybridizations. While categorial differences were traced, variability between individuals was not discussed. By today´s standards, microarrays have anyway too much technical variability to even consider such a discussion.

      Pointer et al. 2013: this paper studies three sexual phenotypes in a bird species, females, dominant males and subordinate males. Tissues include telencephalon, spleen and left gonad. The focus of the analysis is on the gonads, since only few sex-biased genes were found in spleen and brain (according to suppl. Table S1, 0 for the spleen and 2 for the brain). No inferences could be made on somatic variation.

      Harrison 2015: this paper focuses on gonads plus spleen in six bird species with between 2-6 individuals for each sex collected. In the spleen, only one female biased gene and no male biased gene was detected. Hence, the data do not allow to infer patterns of somatic variation.

      Dean et al. 2016: this paper compares four categories of fish caught around nests, with four to seven individuals per category. Only gonads were analyzed, hence no inferences could be made about somatic variability between individuals.

      Cardoso et al. 2017: this paper test categories of fish with alternative reproductive tactics based on brain transcriptomes. While it uses 9-10 individuals per category, it uses pools for sequencing with two pools per category. This does not allow to make any inference on individual variation.

      Todd et al 2017: this paper focuses on three categories of a fish species, females and dominant and sneaker males. It uses brain and gonads as samples with five individuals each for each category. For the brain, more different genes were found between the two types of males, rather than between females and males (3 and 9 respectively). The paper focuses on individual gene descriptions and does not mention somatic variation.

      Scharmann 2021: the paper focuses on 10 species of plants with sexually dimorphic leafs. 5-6 individuals were sampled per sex. The major finding is that sex-biased gene expression does not correlate with the degree of sexual dimorphism of the leafes. The study shows also a fast evolution of sex-biased expression and states that signatures of adaptive evolution are weak. But it does not discuss variance patterns within populations.

      (2) The authors also claim that "sexual conflict is one of the major drivers of evolutionary divergence already at the early species divergence level." However, making the connection between sex-biased genes and sexual conflict remains fraught. Although it is tempting to use sex-biased gene expression (or any form of phenotypic dimorphism) as an indicator of sexual conflict, resolved or not, as many have pointed out, one needs measures of sex-specific selection, ideally fitness, to make this case (https://doi.org/10.1086/595841, 10.1101/cshperspect.a017632). In many cases, sexual dimorphism can arise in one sex only without conflict (e.g. 10.1098/rspb.2010.2220). As such, sex-biased genes alone are not sufficient to discriminate between ongoing and resolved conflict.

      We imply sexual conflict as a driver of genomic divergence patterns in a similar way as it has been done by many authors before (e.g. Mank 2017a, Price et al. 2023, Tosto et al. 2023). While we fully appreciate the point of the referee, we do not really see where we deviate from the standard wording that is used in the context of genomic data. In such data, it is of course usually assumed that they represent solved conflicts (Figure 1D in Cox and Calsbeek) where selection differentials would not be measurable anyway. (Please note also that the phylogenetic approach used in Oliver and Monteiro 2010 becomes rather problematic in view of introgressive hybridization patterns in butterflies), We have extended the discussion to address this.

      (3) To make the case that sex-biased genes are under selection, the authors report alpha values in Figure 3B. Alpha value comparisons like this over large numbers of genes often have high variance. Are any of the values for male- female- and un-biased genes significantly different from one another? This is needed to make the claim of positive selection.

      Sorry, we had accidentally not included the statistics in the final version of the figure. We have added this now in the supplementary table but have also generally changed the statistical approach and the design of the figure.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Xie and colleagues presents transcriptomic experiments that measure gene expression in eight different tissues taken from adult female and male mice from four species. These data are used to make inferences regarding the evolution of sex-biased gene expression across these taxa. The experimental methods and data analysis are appropriate; however, most of the conclusions drawn in the manuscript have either been previously reported in the literature or are not fully supported by the data.

      We are not aware of any study that has analyzed somatic sex-biased expression in such a large and taxonomically well resolved closely related taxa of animals. Only the study by Scharman et al. 2021 on plant leaves comes close to it, but even this did not specifically analyze the intragroup variation aspects. Of course, some of our results confirm previous conclusions, but we should still like to point out that they go far beyond them.

      There are two ways the manuscript could be modified to better strengthen the conclusions.

      First, some of the observed differences in gene expression have very little to no effect on other phenotypes, and are not relevant to medicine or fitness. Selectively neutral gene expression differences have been inferred in previous studies, and consistent with that work, sex-biased and between-species expression differences in this study may also be enriched for selectively neutral expression differences. This idea is supported by the analysis of expression variance, which indicates that genes that show sex-biased expression also tend to show more inter-individual variation. This perspective is also supported by the MK analysis of molecular evolution, which suggests that positive selection is more prevalent among genes that are sex-biased in both mus and dom, and genes that switch sex-biased expression are under less selection at the level of both protein-coding sequence and gene expression.

      We have now revisited these points by additional statistical analysis of the variance patterns and an extended discussion under the heading "Neutral or adaptive?". 

      As an aside, I was confused by (line 176): "implying that the enhanced positive selection pressure is triggered by their status of being sex-biased in either taxon." - don't the MK values suggest an excess of positive selection on genes that are sex-biased in both taxa?

      There are different sets of genes that are sex-biased in these two taxa - hence this observation is actually a strong argument for selection on these genes. We have changed the correspondiung text to make this clearer.

      Without an estimate of the proportion of differentially expressed genes that might be relevant for broader physiological or organismal phenotypes, it is difficult to assess the accuracy and relevance of the manuscript's conclusions. One (crude) approach would be to analyze subsets of genes stratified by the magnitude of expression differences; while there is a weak relationship between expression differences and fitness effects, on average large gene expression differences are more likely to affect additional phenotypes than small expression differences.

      We agree that it remains a challenge to show functional effects for the sex-biased genes. The argument that they should have a function is laid out above (and stated in many reviews on the topic). To use the expression level as a proxy of function does not seem justified, given the current literature. For example, genes that are highly conected in modules are not necessrily highly expressed (e.g. transcription factors). Also, genes may be highly expressed in a rare cell type of an organ and have an important funtion there, but this would not show up across the RNA of the whole organ. The most direct functional relationship between sex-biased expression and phenotype comes from the human data in Naqvi et al. 2019 - which we had cited.

      Another perspective would be to compare the within-species variance to the between-species variance to identify genes with an excess of the latter relative to the former (similar logic to an MK test of amino acid substitutions).

      Such an analysis was actually our intial motivation for this study. However, the new (and surprising!) result is that the status of being sex-biased shows such a high turnover that not many genes are left per organ where one could even try to make such a test. However, we have extended the variance analysis with reciprocal gene sets (as we had done it for the MK test) and extended the discussion on the topic, including citation of our prior work on these questions.

      Second, the analysis could be more informative if it distinguished between genes that are expressed across multiple tissues in both sexes that may show greater expression in one sex than the other, versus genes with specialized function expressed solely in (usually) reproductive tissues of one sex (e.g. ovary-specific genes). One approach to quantify this distinction would be metrics like those used defined by [Yanai I, et al. 2005. Genome-wide midrange transcription profiles reveal expression-level relationships in human tissue specification. Bioinformatics 21:650-659.] These approaches can be used to separate out groups of genes by the extent to which they are expressed in both sexes versus genes that are primarily expressed in sex-specific tissue such as testes or ovaries. This more fine-grained analysis would also potentially inform the section describing the evolution/conservation of sex-biased expression: I expect there must be genes with conserved expression specifically in ovaries or testes (these are ancient animal structures!) but these may have been excluded by the requirement that genes be sex-biased and expressed in at least two organs.

      Given that our study focuses on somatic sex-biased genes, we refrain from a comparative analysis of genes that are only expressed in the sex-organs in this paper. With respect to sharing of sex-biased gene expresssion between the somatic tissues, we show in Figure 8 that there are only very few of them (8 female-biased and 3 male-biased). A separate statistical treatment is not possible for this small set of genes.

      There are at least three examples of statements in the discussion that at the moment misinterpret the experimental results.

      The discussion frames the results in the context of sexual selection and sexually antagonistic selection, but these concepts are not synonymous. Sexual selection can shape phenotypes that are specific to one sex, causing no antagonism; and fitness differences between males and females resulting from sexually antagonistic variation in somatic phenotypes may not be acted on by sexual selection. Furthermore, the conditions promoting and consequence of both kinds of selection can be different, so they should be treated separately for the purposes of this discussion.

      We cannot make such a distinction for gene expression patterns - and we are not aware that this was done before in the literature (except gene expression was directly linked to a morphological structure). We have updated this discussion accordingly.

      The discussion claims that "Our data show that sex-biased gene expression evolves extremely fast" but a comparison or expectation for the rate of evolution is not provided. Many other studies have used comparative transcriptomics to estimate rates of gene expression evolution between species, including mice; are the results here substantially and significantly different from those previous studies? Furthermore, the experimental design does not distinguish between those gene expression phenotypes that are fixed between species as compared to those that are polymorphic within one or more species which prevents straightforward interpretation of differences in gene expression as interspecific differences.

      Our statement was in relation to the comparison between somatic and gondadal gene turnover, as well as the comparison to humans. We have now included an additional analysis for a direct comparison with non-sex-biased genes in the same populations (Figure 2B). Note that gene expression variances cannot get fixed anyway, they can only become different in average and magnitude.

      The conclusion that "Our results show that most of the genetic underpinnings of sex differences show no long-term evolutionary stability, which is in strong contrast to the perceived evolutionary stability of two sexes" - seems beyond the scope of this study. This manuscript does not address the genetic underpinnings of sex differences (this would involve eQTL or the like), rather it looks at sex differences in gene expression phenotypes.

      This comes back to the points discussed above about the validity to infer function from sex-biased expression. We have updated the text to clarify this.

      Simply addressing the question of phenotypic evolutionary stability would be more informative if genes expressed specifically in reproductive tissues were separated from somatic sex-biased genes to determine if they show similar patterns of expression evolution.

      Our study is generally focused on somatic gene expression. The comparison with reproductive tissues serves merely as a reference. Since they are of course very different tissues, they should not be compared with each other in the same way. We have now specifically addressed this point in the discussion.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This manuscript reports some interesting and important patterns. The results on sex-bias in different tissues and across four taxa would benefit from alternative (or additional) presentation styles. In my view, the most important results are with respect to alpha (fraction of beneficial amino acid changes) in relation to sex-bias (though the authors have made this as a somewhat minor point in this version).

      The part that the authors emphasize I don't find very interesting (i.e., the sexes have overlapping expression profiles in many nongonadal tissues), nor do I believe they have the appropriate data necessary to convincingly demonstrate this (which would require multiple measures from the same individual).

      This is the first study that reports such overlaps and we show that this is not always the case (e.g. liver and kidney data in mice). We are not aware of any preditions of how such patterns would look like and how they would evolve - why should such a new finding not be interesting? Concerning the appropriateness of the data we do not agree with the point the referee makes - see response below.

      This study reports several interesting patterns with respect to sex differences in gene expression across organs of four mice taxa. An alternative presentation of the data would yield a clearer and more convincing case that the patterns the authors claim are legitimate.

      I recommend that the authors clarify what qualifies as "sex-bias".

      This is defined by the statistical criteria that we have applied, following the general standard of papers on this topic.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) "However, already Darwin has pointed out that the phenotypes of the sexes should evolve fast". I think the authors mean that Darwin was quick to point out that sex-specific phenotypes evolve quickly".

      We have modified this text part.

      (2) Non-gonadal is more often referred to as somatic. I would encourage the authors to use this more common term for accessibility.

      We have adopted this term

      (3) Figure 5 is interesting, however, it is difficult to know whether the decreased bimodality in humans compared to mice is biological or technical due to the differences in the underlying data. For example, the mouse samples tightly controlled age and environmental conditions within each species. It is not possible to do that with human samples, and there are very good reasons to think that these factors will affect variance in both sexes.

      Yes, this is certainly true and we know this also from other comparative data between mice and humans. Still, this is human reality vs mouse artificialness. We pick this now up in the discussion.

      (4) Line 273. The large numbers of cells needed for single-cell analysis require that most studies pool multiple samples, however these pools are helpful in themselves. This approach was used by https://doi.org/10.1093/evlett/qrad013 to quantify the degree of sex-bias within cell types across multiple tissues and to compare how bulk and single-cell sex-bias measures compare. Sex-bias in some somatic cell types was very high, even when bulk sex-bias in those tissues was not. This suggests that the bulk data the authors use in this study may in fact obscure the pattern of sex-bias.

      Yes, we agree, and this is exactly how we did the analysis and interpretation, based on the cited paper.

      (5)- Line 379 "Total RNAs were" should be "Total RNA was"

      Corrected

      References cited in this review and which should be included in the manuscript :

      Sam L Sharpe, Andrew P Anderson, Idelle Cooper, Timothy Y James, Alexandra E Kralick, Hans Lindahl, Sara E Lipshutz, J F McLaughlin, Banu Subramaniam, Alicia Roth Weigel, A Kelsey Lewis, Sex and Biology: Broader Impacts Beyond the Binary, Integrative, and Comparative Biology, Volume 63, Issue 4, October 2023, Pages 960-967.

      Included

      Masculinization of Gene Expression Is Associated with Exaggeration of Male Sexual Dimorphism Pointer MA, Harrison PW, Wright AE, Mank JE (2013) Masculinization of Gene Expression Is Associated with Exaggeration of Male Sexual Dimorphism. PLOS Genetics 9(8): e1003697.

      Included

      Erica V Todd, Hui Liu, Melissa S Lamm, Jodi T Thomas, Kim Rutherford, Kelly C Thompson, John R Godwin, Neil J Gemmell, Female Mimicry by Sneaker Males Has a Transcriptomic Signature in Both the Brain and the Gonad in a Sex-Changing Fish, Molecular Biology and Evolution, Volume 35, Issue 1, January 2018, Pages 225-241.

      Included

      Cardoso SD, Gonçalves D, Goesmann A, Canário AVM, Oliveira RF. Temporal variation in brain transcriptome is associated with the expression of female mimicry as a sequential male alternative reproductive tactic in fish. Mol Ecol. 2018; 27: 789-803.

      Included

      Dean, R., Wright, A.E., Marsh-Rollo, S.E., Nugent, B.M., Alonzo, S.H. and Mank, J.E. (2017), Sperm competition shapes gene expression and sequence evolution in the ocellated wrasse. Mol Ecol, 26: 505-518.

      Included

      Emilie C. Snell‐Rood, Amy Cash, Mira V. Han, Teiya Kijimoto, Justen Andrews, Armin P. Moczek, DEVELOPMENTAL DECOUPLING OF ALTERNATIVE PHENOTYPES: INSIGHTS FROM THE TRANSCRIPTOMES OF HORN‐POLYPHENIC BEETLES, Evolution, Volume 65, Issue 1, 1 January 2011.

      Not included, since its technical approach is not really comparable

      Harrison PW, Wright AE, Zimmer F, Dean R, Montgomery SH, Pointer MA, Mank JE (2015) Sexual selection drives evolution and rapid turnover of male gene expression. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, USA 112: 4393-4398.

      Included

      Mathias Scharmann, Anthony G Rebelo, John R Pannell (2021) High rates of evolution preceded shifts to sex-biased gene expression in Leucadendron, the most sexually dimorphic angiosperms eLife 10:e67485.

      Included

      Sexually Antagonistic Selection, Sexual Dimorphism, and the Resolution of Intralocus Sexual Conflict. Robert M. Cox and Ryan Calsbeek , The American Naturalist 2009 173:2, 176-187.

      Included

      Ingleby FC, Flis I, Morrow EH. Sex-biased gene expression and sexual conflict throughout development. Cold Spring Harb Perspect Biol. 2014 Nov 6;7(1):a017632.

      Included

      Oliver JC, Monteiro A 2011. On the origins of sexual dimorphism in butterflies. Proc Biol Sci 278: 1981-1988.

      Included

      Iulia Darolti, Judith E Mank, Sex-biased gene expression at single-cell resolution: cause and consequence of sexual dimorphism, Evolution Letters, Volume 7, Issue 3, June 2023, Pages 148-156.

      Included

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I am concerned the smoothed density plots in Figure 4 may be providing a misleading sense of the distributions since each distribution is inferred from only 9 values. A boxplot might better represent the data to the reader.

      Boxplots with 9 values are much more difficult to interpret for a reader, this is the very reason why one tends to smoothen them. In this way, they also become similar to the standard plots that are used for showing morphological variation between the sexes. Note that the original data are availble for the individual values, if these are of special interest in some cases. In addition, our new “mosaic” analysis (Figure 6) provides another presentation for readers.

      Line 235: "the overall numbers are lower" I assume this is the number of genes included in the analyses, but this should be explicitly stated.

      Clarified in the text

      The analysis of gene expression from different brain regions in control individuals from the Alzheimer's study (line 273) suffers from low power and it is not clear to me how much taking samples from different brain regions eliminates the issue of different cell types within a sample (the stated motivation for this analysis). While I support publishing negative results, this section does not feel like it adds much to the manuscript and could be cut in my opinion.

      This is actually a study on single cell types, differentiating each of them. We are sorry that the text was apparently unclear about this. Given that there are studies that show the importance of looking at single cell data, we still think that is a suitable analysis. We have updated the text to make it clearer.

      It might be useful to separate out X-linked genes from autosomal genes to see if they show consistent patterns with regard to sex-bias.

      We have added this information in suppl. Table S2 and include some description in the text.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Comments follow the order of the Results section:

      (1) The latter half of this line in the Methods is too vague to be helpful: "We have explored a range of cutoffs and found that a sex-bias ratio of 1.25-fold difference of MEDIAN expression values combined with a Wilcoxon rank sum test and Benjamini-Hochberg FDR correction (using FDR <0.1 as cutoff) (Benjamini & Hochberg, 1995) yields the best compromise between sensitivity and specificity". What precisely is meant by "the best compromise between sensitivity and specificity"?

      We explain now that this was based on pre-tests with comparing randomized with actual data. However, we agree that this is in the end a subjective decision, but there is no single standard used in the literature, especially when somatic organs are included. We consider our criteria as rather stringent.

      (2) The 1.25 number for sex bias is, ultimately, an arbitrary cut-off. It is common in this literature to choose some arbitrary level and, in this sense, the authors are following common practice. The choice of 1.25 should be stated in the main text as it is a lower (but not reasonable) value than has been used in many other papers.

      It is not only the cutoff, but also the Wilcoxon test and FDR correction that defines the threshold. See also comment above.

      (3) In truth, dimorphism is continuous rather than discrete (i.e, greater or less than 1.25 fold different). Thus, where possible it would be useful to present results in a fashion that allows readers to see the continuous range of ratios rather than having to worry about whether the patterns are due to the rather arbitrary choices of how genes were binned into sex-bias categories.

      It is necessary to work with cutoffs in such cases - and this is the usual practice for any such paper. But we provide now in Figure 1 Figure supplement 1 plots with the female/male ratio distributions.

      a) Number of genes that are female- / male-biased. I would like to be able to see a version of Figure 1 showing the full distribution of TPM ratios rather than bar graphs of the numbers of (arbitrarily defined) female- and male-biased genes. This will be, of course, a larger figure (a full distribution rather than 2 bars for each species for each organ) and so could be relegated to Supplementary Material (assuming the message of that figure is the same as the current Figure 1).

      This is a very unusual request, given that no other paper has done this either. It would indeed result in a non-managable figure size, or many separate figures that would be difficult to scrutinize. Note that there would be one plot of two (female and male) TPM distributions for each sex-biased gene in each organ and each taxon, leading to hundreds of thousands of plots. We think that by providing the general distributions as plots (see above), and the original data as supplements is sufficient.

      b) Turnover of genes with sex bias. This important issue is addressed in Figure 2. First, it is not precisely clear what "percentages of sums of shared genes for any pairwise comparison" in Figure 2 legend means and no further detail is given in the Methods; this must be made clearer or the info in Figure 2 is meaningless. Regardless, this approach again relies heavily on the arbitrary criterion of defining sex-bias. Thus, I would like to see correlation plots of the log(TPM ratio) between taxa as done in the classic multispecies fly paper of Zhang et al. 2007. In Figure 2 it is quite clear that male-biased genes evolve with respect to sex bias more rapidly than female-biased genes.

      We have provided a better explanation of this analysis. Note that the Zhang et al. 2007 paper was not focussing on somatic expression and covers a much broader evolutionary spectrum. Hence, the results are not comparable. Also, we doubt that it would be so helpful to generate a huge figure with all these plots.

      (4) Is there a simpler explanation for the results in the "Variance patterns" section? The total variance for any variable can be decomposed into the variance within and among "groups". If we use "sex" as the group, then there are genes - labelled sex-biased genes - that were identified as such, in essence, because they have high among-group variance. Given that we then know a priori at the start of this section of sex-biased genes have high among-group variance, is it at all surprising that they have higher total variance than the unbiased genes (which we know a priori have low among-group variance)? Perhaps I misunderstood the point of this section. Maybe it would be more meaningful to examine the WITHIN-SEX variance (averaged across the two sexes) instead.

      We did calculate IQR/median (“normalized variance”) with the nine mice for each gene and each sex in each organ, hence sex is not a variance factor in this calculation. The algorithm steps are outlined in suppl. Table S17. We have now also added a variance calculation for reciprocal gene sets and added an extended discussion of these results.

      (5) Analysis of alpha for sex-biased genes. This was the most interesting part of this manuscript to me.

      (a) More information about what SNVs were used is required.

      i. Were only sites where SPR was fixed used? (If not, how was polarization done?)

      ii. Were sites only considered diverged if they were fixed for different bases in DOM and MUS? (If not, what was the criteria?)

      iii. Using, say, DOM as the focal species, a site must be polymorphic in DOM. But did its status (polymorphic/fixed) in MUS matter?

      We have added a more detailed description on this in the Methods section. For the direct answers of the three questions: (i) yes; (ii) yes; (iii) no, considering that DOM and MUS are two subspecies of Mus musculus separating recently, a variant might occur before separating and there might be gene flow between them.

      (b) A particularly interesting part of the analysis is the investigation of alpha for genes that are NOT sex-biased in one taxa but are sex-biased in the other. At the moment (as I understand it), alpha is only calculated for these genes in the taxa where they are NOT sex-biased (and this alpha value can be compared to the alpha of sex-biased genes and of unbiased genes in that taxa). I would like to see both sets of genes (set 1: those sex-biased in MUS and not in DOM; set 2: those sex-biased DOM and not in MUS) analyzed in each of the 2 species, with results presented in a 2x2 table.

      By definition of these categories, these genes are sex-biased in the respective other taxon, hence the values are already in the table. They are named as “reciprocal”.

      (c) No confidence intervals are given for the alpha values, despite the legend of Figure 3 referring to them.

      These were accidentally omitted - we now included the full table in suppl. Table S6; Figure 3 was modified to show violin plots of the bootstrap distributions

      The author's creation and use of a "sex-bias index" (SBI). My greatest skepticism of this manuscript is with respect to the value of their manufactured index, SBI. Of course, it is possible to create such an index but does this literature really need this index or does this just add to the "clutter" in the literature for this field? Is it helping to illuminate important patterns? This index is presumably some attempt to quantify how "male-like" or "female-like" overall expression is for a given individual (for a given organ). It is calculated as SBI = (MEDIAN of all female-biased tpm) - (MEDIAN of all male-biased tpm).

      (6) A main result that comes from this is that the sexes tend to overlap for these values for most nongonad tissues but are clearly distinct for gonadal tissues. I do not think this result would come as a surprise to almost anyone and I'm far from convinced that this metric is a good way to quantify that point. Let's consider testes vs. ovaries. Compared to non-gonadal tissues, I am reasonably certain that not only are there many more genes that are classified as "sex-biased" in gonads but also the magnitude of sex-bias among these genes is typically much greater than it is for the so-called sex-biased genes in nongonadal tissue (density plots requested in #3a would make this clear). In other words, males and females are, on average, very different with respect to expression in gonads so even allowing for variation within each sex will still result in a clear separation of all individuals of the two sexes. In contrast, males and females are, on average, much less different in, say, heart so when we consider the variation within each sex, there is overlap. One could imagine a variety of different metrics which could be used to make this point. The merits of "SBI" are unclear. It is a novel metric and its properties are poorly understood. (A simple alternative would be looking at individual scores along the axis separating mean/median males and females; almost certainly, for gonads, this would be very similar to PC scores for PC1.)

      As throughout the text, we use gonadal comparisons only as general reference, not as the main result. The main result that we are stressing is the fast turnover of these patterns, including from binary to overlapping for kidney and liver in mouse. We consider this as a new finding. If it comes "not to a surprise to anyone", isn´t it great that one does not have to guess anymore but has finally real data on this?

      We have now also added a mosaic analysis to show that the SBI can be used as summary measure in different presentations.

      The use of a single PC axis is no good alternative, since it throws away the information from the other axis.

      We have now included an explicit discussion on the usefulness of the SBI.

      (7) For simplicity, let's assume all males are identical and all females are identical. Let's imagine that heart and kidney have the exact same set of sex-biased genes. There are 20 female-biased genes; they all happen to be identical in expression level (within tissue) and look like this:

      Female TPM Male TPM TPM ratio (F:M)

      Heart 4 2 2

      Kidney 40 20 2

      And there are 20 male-biased genes that look like this:

      Female TPM Male TPM TPM ratio (F:M)

      Heart 1 3 1/3

      Kidney 10 30 1/3

      Most people would describe these two tissues as equally sex-biased.

      However, the SBIs would be:

      Female SBI Male SBI Sex difference (F - M)

      Heart 4-1 = 3 2 - 3 = -1 4

      Kidney 40-10 =30 20-30 = -10 40

      Is it a desirable property that by this metric these two tissues have wildly different SBI values for each sex as well as for the difference between sexes? (At the very least, shouldn't you make readers aware of these strange properties of SBI so they can decide how much value they put into them?)

      Actually, in this example the simple ratio between the expression levels has a strange property, since it does not reflect a much higher expression of the relevant genes in the kidney. The SBI is actually more suitable for making such cases clear. Of course, this is under the assumption that expression level has a meaning for the phenotype, but this is the general assumption for all RNA-Seq experiment comparisons.

      (8) With respect to Figure 4, why do females often have mean SBI values close to zero or even negative (e.g., kidney, mammary glands)? Is this simply because the female-biased genes tend to have lower TPM than the male-biased genes? It seems that the value zero for this metric is really not very biologically meaningful because this metric is a difference of two things that are not necessarily expected to be equal.

      This is the extra information about the expression levels that is gained via the SBI values (see comment above). However, we noticed that people can get confused about this. We have now added a re-scaling step to focus completely on the variance information in these plots.

      (9) Interpreting variances. A substantial fraction of the latter half of the manuscript focuses on interpreting variances among individual samples. This is problematic because there is no replication within individuals (i.e.., "repeatability"), thus it is impossible to infer the extent of observed variance among individuals of a given group (e.g., among females) is due to true biological differences among individuals or is simply due to noise (i.e., "measurement error" in the broad sense). Is the larger variance for mammary glands than liver or gonads just due to measurement error? What is the evidence?

      This point was of course a major issue during the times where microarrays were used for transcriptome studies. However, the first systematic RNA-Seq studies showed already that the technical replicability is so high, that technical replicates are not required. In fact, practically all RNA-Seq studies are done without technical replicates for this reason.

      (10) Because I have little confidence in the SBI metric (#7-8) and in interpreting within sex variances (#9), I found little value in the human results and how SBI distributions (and degree of overlap between sexes) compare between humans and mice.

      We disagree - the current published status is that there are thousands of sex-biased gene in humans and this has implications for gender-specific medicine (Oliva et al. 2020). Our results show a much more nuanced picture in this respect.

      (11) I found even less value in the single-cell data. It too suffers from the issues above. Further, as the authors more or less state, the data are too limited to say much of value here. It is impossible to tell to what extent the results are simply due to data limitations.

      We have pointed out that it is still valuable to have them. They are good enough to exclude the possibility that only a small set of cells drives the overall pattern across an organ. We have further clarified this in the text.

      (12) The code for data analysis should be posted on GitHub or some other repository.

      The code for the sex-biased gene detection and analysis has been posted on GitHub (see Code availability in the manuscript).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public reviews:

      Reviewer #1:

      Weaknesses:

      As this paper only uses anatomical analyses, no functional interpretations of cell function are tested.

      The aim of this paper was to describe the ultrastructural organization of compound eyes in the extremely small wasp Megaphragma viggianii. The authors successfully achieved this aim and provided an incredibly detailed description of all cell types with respect to their location, volume, and dimensions. As this is the first of its kind, the results cannot easily be compared with previous work. The findings are likely to be an important reference for future work that uses similar techniques to reconstruct the eyes of other insect species. The FIB-SEM method used is being used increasingly often in structural studies of insect sensory organs and brains and this work demonstrates the utility of this method.

      We thank you for your high assessment of our work. Unfortunately, it is hard to test our functional interpretations and check them with electrophysiological methods due to the extremely small size of the animal. Studies on three-dimensional ultrastructural datasets obtained using vEM have just started to appear, and we hope that a lot of data will become available for comparison in the nearest future.

      Reviewer #2:

      Thank you for your work and for your high assessment of our manuscript.

      Reviewer #3:

      Weaknesses:

      The claim that the large dorsal part of the eye is the dorsal rim area (DRA), supported by anatomical data on rhabdomere geometry and connectomics in authors' earlier work, would eventually greatly benefit from additional evidence, obtained by immunocytochemical staining, that could also reveal a putative substrate for colour vision. The cell nuclei that are located in the optical path in the DRA crystalline cone have only a putative optical function, which may be either similar to pore canals in hymenopteran DRA cornea (scattering) or to photoreceptor nuclei in camera-type eyes (focussing), both explanations being mutually exclusive.

      We thank the Reviewer for high assessment of our study and for detailed analysis of our manuscript. Your comments and recommendations are very valued and helped us to improve the text. We understand that immunocytochemical methods could improve our findings and supply additional evidence, but there is no technical possibility for this in present. Megaphragma is a very complicated model organism for such methods. We are currently working on the optimization of the protocol for staining, which is needed because of the high level of autoluminescence and because of insufficient penetration of dyes into the samples.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1:

      I do not have any major concerns about the content of the paper.

      There are some minor spelling and grammatical errors throughout the text but these can be identified most readily using a spelling/grammar check.

      We have revised the text, checked the spelling, and fixed the grammatical errors throughout the text.

      I suggest consistency when referring to the capitalization of the term 'non-DRA' as it is sometimes 'Non-DRA' in the text.

      We have fixed the term “non-DRA” throughout the text. Thank you.

      Also, check carefully the spelling of headings in the tables as there are a few mistakes in Table 1 and 5 in particular.

      The grammar errors have been fixed.

      Figure 7 legend: an explanation of the abbreviation RPC should be added.

      We have done so.

      Reviewer #2:

      (1) The paper presents the data in great detail, however, since this is the first time the technique has been applied to get whole insect eyes, even if on a small insect, it would be worth outlining in the methods section what innovations in the staining/ scanning or sample preparation allowed these improvements and a roadmap for extending this method to larger insects if possible.

      The whole method, including sample preparation, staining, and scanning, was described in our previous paper (Polilov et al., 2021), where it was presented in every detail. Due to the complicated methodology we suppose that it is not necessary to include all the stages of the technique in the present paper, and thus described it more briefly.

      (2) The optical modelling needs a statement in the discussion providing a disclaimer on parameters like sensitivity, anatomical measurements can provide limits and some measure, but the inherent optics are also key and it is worth qualifying these as only estimates and measurements that give a sense of the variation in morphology, only coupled with optical and potentially neural measurements could one confirm the true sensitivity and acceptance angle.

      In the absence of experimental data or precise computational models of Megaphragma vision, we try to discuss rather carefully the functions of structures based on their morphology, ultrastructure, first-order visual connectome, and analogies with other species. This is reflected in the methods and those sections of our paper that contain functional interpretations.

      Reviewer #3

      (1) The finding that the CNS neurons are enucleated, while the compound eye contains cell nuclei, deserves another word. I would confidentially say that the optical demands of a miniaturized compound eye (the minimal size of the optics due to diffraction, the rhabdomere size, and the minimal thickness of optically insulating granules) are such that further cellular miniaturization is not possible, and the minimal sizes even render the cells that build the eye sufficiently large to accommodate cell nuclei. This is in my opinion a parsimonious explanation, yet speculative and I leave it up to you to embrace it or not.

      We agree with the Reviewer and understand the limiting factors and the optical demands of a miniaturized compound eye. According to our data, nuclei occupy a considerable volume in the eye (in the cells of compound eye there are more nuclei than in the whole brain), and on average the cell volume is larger than in Trichogramma, which is minute, but larger than Megaphragma. But as the Reviewer rightly assumed, it is speculative; therefore, we would like to avoid it.

      (2) Our current understanding of DRA optics and function is limited and I claim that your interpretation of the cell nuclei in the DRA dioptrical apparatuses is inappropriate. Please consider a few articles on hymenopteran DRA, starting with the one below and the citing literature:

      Meyer, E.P., Labhart, T. Pore canals in the cornea of a functionally specialized area of the honey bee's compound eye. Cell Tissue Res. 216, 491-501 (1981). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00238646

      Honebyee DRA has a milky appearance under a stereomicroscope and can be discerned from the outside. This is due to pore canals in the cornea. I happen to be studying this exact structure and its function right now. I found that the result of those canals is not so much the extended receptor acceptance angles, but rather a minimized light gain. This is counterintuitive, but think of the following. The DRA photoreceptors must encode the limited range of polarization contrasts with a maximal working dynamic range (= voltage) of the photoreceptors, which results in a very steep stimulus-response curve.

      Physiologically such a curve is due to very high transduction gain and a high cell input resistance. In most of the retina, small contrasts are transcoded by LMC neurons, but DRA receptors are long visual fibres and must do the job themselves. The skylight intensity (especially antisolar, where the polarized pattern is maximal) varies little during the day. Hence, the DRA receptors work almost at a fixed intensity range. In order to prevent receptor saturation and keep steep contrast coding, the corneal lenses in DRA have a built-in diffusor ring, which diminishes the light influx. Unfortunately, I have yet to publish this and I may be wrong, of course. But if I look into your data, I see consistently smaller corneal lenses and crystalline cones in the DRA, plus the cell nuclei obstructing the incident light. I think this is similar to the optics of honeybee DRA.

      You do not support your claim that the nuclei additionally focus light by optical calculations, but cite literature on camera-type eyes, which is not OK.

      In any case, I think it is fair to limit the discussion by saying that the nuclei may have an optical role. Further evidence from hymenopteran and vertebrate literature is controversial. “so that the nuclei act as extra collecting lenses, as was reported for rod cells of nocturnal vertebrates (Solovei et al., 2009; Błaszczak et al., 2014)” - please consider omitting this.

      We thank the Reviewer for this piece of advice. And we have rewritten the text, to omit the comparison with vertebrates, but left the citation as an illustration of the fact that nuclei could perform the optical role.

      “Since the nuclei in DRA and non-DRA ommatidia are arranged differently in cone cells, we suggest that the nuclei of the cone cells of DRA ommatidia in M. viggianii perform some optical role, facilitating the specialization of this group of ommatidia. The optical function for nuclei was described for rod cells of nocturnal vertebrates, where chromatin inside the cell nucleus has a direct effect on light propagation (Solovei et al., 2009; Błaszczak et al., 2014; Feodorova et al., 2020).”

      (3) Please consider comparing the structure and function of ectopic receptors with the eyelet in Drosophila (i.e. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.22-21-09255.2002 )

      We thank the Reviewer for this advice and have included the comparison fragment into the text:

      “The position of ePR, their morphology and synaptic targets look similar to the eyelet (extraretinal photoreceptor cluster) discovered in Drosophila (Helfrich-Förster et al., 2002). Eyelets are remnants of the larval photoreceptors, Bolwig’s organs in Drosophila (Hofbauer, Buchner, 1989). Unlike Drosophila, Trichogrammatidae are egg parasitoids and their central nervous system differentiation is shifted to the late larva and even early pupa (Makarova et al., 2022). According to the available data on the embryonic development of Trichogrammatidae, no photoreceptors cells were found during the larval stages (Ivanova-Kazas, 1954, 1961).”

      According to this, the analogy question remains open.

      (4) Minor remarks:

      “but also to trace the pathways that connect the analyzer with the brain.” - I find the word analyzer a bit stretched here; sure, the DRA is polarization analyzer, but if the main retina was monochromatic, it would only be a detector, not an analyzer.

      The sentence was changed according to the Reviewer’s advice.

      Table I: thikness -> thickness, wigth -> width

      We have fixed these misprints.

      “The cross-section of Non-DRA ommatidia has a strongly spherical shape” - perhaps circular, not spherical. And not necessary to say “strongly”

      The spelling was changed according to the Reviewer’s advice.

      “which can be rarely visualized in the cell's projections not far from the basement membrane.” - I'd suggest saying “which are nearly absent in retinula axons”

      The spelling was changed according to the Reviewer’s advice.

      “The pigment granules of the retinula cells have an elongated nearly oval shape” - please consider replacing 'elongated nearly oval' with 'prolate' (try googling for “prolate” or “oblate spheroids”; the adjective describes precisely what you wanted to say)

      We thank the Reviewer for this piece of advice but prefer to leave our original phrasing, because it is more readily understandable.

      “The results of our morphological analysis of all ommatidia in Megaphragma are consistent with the light-polarization related features in Hymenoptera and other insects” - please add citations, see my comment on the DRA above.

      We have added the citations according to the Reviewer’s advice.

      “The group of short PRs (R1-R6)” - please consider renaming into “short visual fibre photoreceptors” (as opposed to “long visual fibre PRs”; hence SVFs and LVFs). This naming is quite common.

      The naming was changed according to the Reviewer’s advice.

      “The total rhabdom shortening in M. viggianii ommatidia probably favors polarization and absolute sensitivity,” - please see comments on DRA. Wide rhabdom means also a wider acceptance angle.

      Shortening of DRA rhabdoms does not result in their widening compared to other rhabdoms, so it is difficult to say how this may be related to sensitivity. The comments on DRA given earlier have been taken into account.

      “Ommatidia located across the diagonal area of the eye are more sensitive to light” - I don't understand what is diagonal area.

      We have deleted the sentence.

      “Estimated optical sensitivity of the eyes very close to those reported for diurnal hymenopterans with apposition eyes (Greiner et al., 2004; Gutiérrez et al., 2024) and possess around 0.19 {plus minus} 0.04 μm2 sr. M. viggianii have reasonably huge values of acceptance angle Δρ, and thus should result in a low spatial resolution” - please correct English here. “eyes IS very close”, “should result in a low”

      The grammatical errors were fixed.

      Table 6 legend: “SPC - secondary pigment cells.” -> “SPC – secondary pigment cells.”

      Citation “(Makarova et al., 2025).” - probably 2015

      The typos were fixed.

      Methods, FIB-SEM: I can't understand the sentence “The volumetric data of lenses and cones, some linear measurements (lens thickness, cone length, cone width, curvature radius) and to visualize the complete 3D-model of eye we use (measure or reconstruct) the elements from another eye (left).”

      The sentence is a continuation of the previous one. We have rewritten it as follows to clarify the meaning and move it to the 3D reconstruction section:

      “The right eye, on which the reconstruction was performed, has several damaged regions from milling (see Appendix 1С), which hinder the complete reconstructions of lenses and cones on a few ommatidia. According to this, for the volumetric data on lenses and cones, some linear measurements (lens thickness, cone length, cone width, curvature radius), we use (measure or reconstruct) the corresponding elements from the other (left) eye.”

      “The cells of single interfacet bristles were not reconstructed, because of damaging on right eye and worst quality of section on the left.” - please change to “The cells of the single interfacet bristle were not reconstructed, because of damage to the right eye and inferior quality of the sections of the left eye.”

      The text has been changed as follows:

      “The cells of single interfacet bristles were not reconstructed, because of the damage present in the right eye and because of the generally lower quality of this region on the left eye.”

      “Morphometry. Each ommatidia was” -> “Morphometry. Each ommatidium was”

      The grammatical error has been fixed.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major concerns:

      P.6, lines 223-224: The sentence sounds like the authors produced all the OVGP1s by themselves in their laboratories, which is not completely true. The recombinant human and mouse OVGP1s were purchased from OriGene. It is suggested that the authors should state and explain clearly here which OVGP1 is produced by their laboratories and that recombinant human and mouse OVGP1s were obtained and purchased from Origene.

      It is already clearly included in the M&M.

      P6, lines 227-229: The authors stated that "Western blots of the three OVGP1recombinants indicated expected sizes based on those of the proteins: 75 kDa for human and murine OVGP1 and around 60 kDa for bovine OVGP1 (Fig. 4B and S6)." I pointed out in my last review report that the size of the recombinant human OVGP1shown by the authors in their manuscript is not in agreement with what has been published previously in literature regarding the molecular weight of native human OVGP1 as well as that of recombinant human OVGP1. The authors did not address the above concern adequately. In fact, recombinant human OVGP1 has been produced a few years ago (Reproduction (2016) 152:561-573) and it has been previously demonstrated that a single protein band of approximately 110-130 kDa was detected for both native human OVGP1 (see Microscopy Research and Technique (1995) 32:57-69) and recombinant human OVGP1 (Reproduction (2016) 152:561-573; Carbohydrate Research (2012) 358:47-55) using antibodies specific for human OVGP1. Molecular weight of the protein core or polypeptide of human OVGP1 is approximately 75 kDa, but the glycosylated form of native human OVGP1 and recombinant human OVGP1 is approximately 110-130 kDa. Therefore, the authors might have been using the recombinant core protein of human OVGP1 instead of the fully glycosylated recombinant OVGP1 in their study. The same concern also applies to the commercially obtained mouse recombinant OVGP1 used by the authors in their study. I would also like to mention that the mature and fully glycosylated OVGP1s in mammals vary in molecular weight (90-95 kDa in domestic animals; 110-150 kDa in primates; 160-350 kDa in rodents). Again, the 75kDa of mouse OVGP1 detected by the authors could be the core protein or polypeptide of mouse OVGP1 instead of the fully glycosylated mouse OVGP1.

      In our study, as previously mentioned, we included commercially available recombinant proteins from Origene for human and murine OVGP1, which are produced in mammalian cells, and we also produced and purified bovine OVGP1 in mammalian cells. Therefore, these proteins should be properly glycosylated. Moreover, we performed Western blot assays favouring the blotting of higher molecular weight proteins, ensuring the optimal conditions for the assay. Additionally, we tested the size of OVGP1 from murine and bovine oviductal fluids on the same blot. During oestrus, the size of OVGP1 from oviductal fluids matches that of the recombinant proteins, and this band is downregulated during anoestrus, confirming the proper size of recombinant protein.

      P.7, lines 236 and 237: Please provide a figure or source to support the statement "...as confirmed by proteomics of the bands along with PEAKS Studio v11.5 search engine peptide identification software."

      It is included in the text the amount of unique peptides obtained by Proteomics for OVGP1 identification over all protein groups identified.

      P.7, lines 243 to 245: The statement "...using rabbit polyclonal antibody to human OVGP1 for bOVGP1 and endogenous OVGP1, and mouse monoclonal antibody against Flag (DDK)-tag for hOVGP1 and mOVGP1." is confusing and might be inaccurate. First of all, I wondered why the authors did not use an antibody against bovine OVGP1 for the recombinant bOVGP1 instead of using a rabbit polyclonal antibody to human OVGP1. Secondly, what does the "endogenous OVGP1" refer to in the statement? Thirdly, the authors in their study used the commercially available recombinant human OVGP1 and recombinant mouse OVGP1 purchased from Origene. Based on the data sheet provided by Origene, the tag used for both recombinant human OVGP1 and recombinant mouse is C-Myc/DDK-tag and not Flag-tag. Can the authors explain these discrepancies?

      Firstly, for the recombinant protein of bOVGP1 we used the same antibody that we used in the Western blot for all the proteins and oviductal fluids because we do not have anti-His tag working for Immunofluorescence (the one we had only worked for Western blot) and neither we do not have any antibody against bovine OVGP1. In the case of human and murine since we had anti-Flag antibody that worked for Western blot and for immunofluorescence, we used this one. However, as has been shown in our figure and supplementary material, the antibody against human OVGP1 works properly for both techniques (Western blot and Immunofluorescence). Secondly, endogenous OVGP1 is referred to the OVGP1 present in the oviductal fluid. Thirdly, as you can see in the datasheet of the protein, the recombinant proteins purchased from Origene contains a c-myc tag (EQKLISEEDL) some amino acids and a ddk-tag (DYKDDDDK). The sequence of ddk is the same of Flag-tag (DYKDDDDK). Since the proteins have both tags we used the antibody against Flag (or ddk) epitope.

      P12, lines 429-432: The newly added statement at the end of the Discussion saying "Additionally, future studies would be valuable to investigate whether incubating oocytes with oviductal fluid (or OVGP1) could reduce polyspermy in porcine IVF and whether ZPs could be leveraged to naturally enhance sperm selection in human ICSI" is very concerning and requires further attention. The statement reflects that the authors do not keep pace with and do not pay attention to what has been published in literature regarding porcine and human OVGP1s. In fact, porcine oviduct-specific glycoprotein (OVGP1) has already been reported to reduce the incidence of polyspermy in pig oocytes (Biology of Reproduction (2000) 63:242-250). Porcine oviductal fluid, used in porcine IVF, has also been found to exert a beneficial effect on oocytes by reducing the incidence of polyspermy without decreasing the penetration rate. (Theriogenology (2016) 86:495-502). Therefore, the studies deemed valuable by the authors to be investigated in the future have, in fact, already been carried out two decades ago by several other laboratories. I am surprised the authors were not aware of these published work in literature. All the above should have been incorporated in the Discussion.

      This sentence is modified in the discussion and the references are included.

      Furthermore, as mentioned earlier, recombinant human OVGP1 has also been produced (Reproduction (2016) 152:561-573), and recombinant human OVGP1 has been found to increase tyrosine phosphorylation of sperm proteins, a biochemical hallmark of sperm capacitation, and potentiate the subsequent acrosome reaction (Reproduction (2016) 152:561-573) as well as increase sperm-zona binding (Journal of Assisted Reproduction and Genetics (2019) 36:1363-1377). These earlier findings should be incorporated into the Discussion.

      Thank you for your comment, but in this work we had not performed any experimental setting related to tyrosine phosphorylation and despite is a very interesting topic is not directly related to this work.

      P.19, lines 678-683: Since the human and mouse recombinant oviductin proteins were purchased from Origene, the authors should be aware of the fact that these commercially available recombinant OVGP1s might not be fully glycosylated. While I appreciate the fact that the authors wanted to briefly describe how the human and mouse recombinant OVGP1s were prepared by the manufacturer, I strongly suggest that the authors should contact Origene, the manufacturer, for all information regarding the procedures for producing the human and mouse recombinant oviductin proteins. For example, the authors stated on lines 680-681 that "A sequence expressing FLAG-tagged epitope proteins (DYKDDDDK) was cloned into an expression vector." According to the data sheet provided by Origene, it appears that both human and recombinant oviductin proteins are C-Myc/DDK-tagged and not FLAG-tagged.

      Thank you for your comment, as according to the sequence of Flag-tag it is matching with the sequence of the tag in the datasheet corresponding to DDK (this is in detail in previous comment). Besides, the protein is tagged also by C-Myc tag. Among both tags, the antibody selected to detect it was anti-Flag tag.

      P.19, lines 692-697: The description of the primary and secondary antibodies used for detection of the various recombinant OVGP1s is also very confusing and not clearly presented. For example, it is mentioned here that "...membranes were...incubated with anti-OVGP1 rabbit monoclonal antibody for OVGP1,..". What specifically does "OVGP1" refer to here? The authors then stated that anti-Histamine Tag antibody was used to detect bOVGP1 and mOVGP1 and anti-Flag antibody was used to detect hOVGP1. As pointed out earlier, the human and mouse recombinant OVGP1s were produced using C-Myc/DDK tag and not His-tag or Flag-tag. Can the authors clarify these discrepancies?

      We apologise for the complexity of the antibodies, we included in this paragraph the ones used to Western blot for both figures: anti- human OVGP1 was used for the principal figure that contains the three recombinant proteins and oviductal fluids; and the anti-Histidine and anti-Flag antibodies that are included in supplementary figure, specifically for recombinant bovine OVGP1 (Histidine tag) and for recombinant murine and human OVGP (DDK tag). A clarifying sentence has been included in the text.

      P.31, lines 1143-1149: Figure 10 is not mentioned anywhere in the main text of the manuscript. Rewrite the second half of the sentence "...; being this specificity lost when OVGP1 is heterologous to the ZP (right diagram)." Which sounds awkward and grammatically not correct.

      The figure is already mentioned in the text, thank you for your comment. The sentence is also corrected.

      Other comments: P.1, the statement of "All authors contributed equally to this work" on line 14 can be deleted because detailed and specific contributions from each authors are listed in lines 1009-1017 on page 27.

      Both authors contributed equally to this work, now is clear in authors contribution section.

      P.2, lines 43 and 44: Do the authors mean "sperm-oocyte binding protein" instead of "sperm-oocyte fusion protein" in the sentence? "Fusion protein" is a protein composed of two or more domains encoded by different genes, or a hybrid molecule created by combining two different proteins for various purposes. I believe the term "fusion protein" is wrongly used in the sentence which should be rephrased with a proper term.

      Done.

      P2, line 73: Remove the comma after the word "Both".

      Done.

      P.5, line 179: "...mice ZP..." should be written as "...mouse ZP...".  

      Done.

      P.6, heading of 3rd paragraph on line 207: The term "binding" will be a better term than "fusion" used in the heading because the results do not actually show the fusion of the OVGP1 proteins with the ZP glycoprotein. Instead, binding of the OVGP1 proteins to the ZP occurred.

      Done.

      P.6, lines 215-217: Authors, please provide a reference or references to support the statement "Region A, corresponding to the amino acid end, shows high identity among monotremes, marsupials and placentals."

      In the text was indicated a review (29) which includes the supporting idea of this statement for Figure 4. Moreover, we have included some if the references used for the description of the domains when performing the sequence alignment of Figure S5.

      P.6, line 230 and line 233 on P.7: Authors, please be consistent in the use of either American English or British English. The word "oestrus" is British English whereas "estrus" is American English.

      Done.

      P.7, line 264: The word "sticking" used here means non-specific binding. I believe the author means specific binding here. If so, a more appropriate word should be used here instead of "sticking".

      Done.

      P.7, lines 267-269: This newly added sentence sounds very awkward and should be completely rewritten.

      Done.

      P.8, line 288: This reviewer finds it difficult to understand the meaning of the heading. The heading should be rephrased to bring out exactly what the authors want to say in well-written English.

      Done.

      P.8, line 290: The word "would" should be replaced by "could" in the sentence.

      Done.

      P.13, line 437: Authors, please provide the location of Sigma-Aldrich.

      Done.

      P.13, line 457: Here, the authors used "1800 rpm" to indicate the centrifugation speed but used the g-force elsewhere in the Materials and Methods. Please be consistent. The g-force is preferred.

      Done.

      P.14, lines 483-485: The procedure of sacrificing the cats should be provided in the Materials and Methods

      Cats weren’t sacrificed they were vasectomized. It is now included in the text.

      P.17, line 628: "...the ZPs were exposed or no exposed to..." should be written as "...the ZPs were either exposed or not exposed to...".

      Done.

      P.17, line 629: "...each groups were incubated with..." should be "...each group was incubated with...".

      Done.

      P.19, line 700: "As loading control, was used the primary antibody....." is not a complete sentence and it needs to be rewritten.

      Done.

      P.20, lines 744-754: For scanning electron microscopy and image processing, the procedures of prior treatment of the oocytes with and without oviductal fluid and OVGP1 should be included here.

      Done.

      P.21, line 756: It is stated here that "Two hundred isolated ZPs were treated with Clostridium perfringens neuraminidase....". However, it is not clear whether two hundred isolated ZPs of both porcine and murine ZPs were treated. Authors, please clarify.

      We used 200 isolated ZPs of each specie, bovine and murine. It is classified in the text.

      P.28, lines 1039 and 1040: The author only mentioned the use of bovine and murine sperm here. What about human sperm?

      Done.

      P.29, line 1076: "...in mammalian cells..." is very vague. Be specific what exactly the mammalian cells were.

      Done.

      P.29, line 1079: "Oviductal fluid from ovulated cows or anoestrus cows." is not a complete sentence and it needs to be rewritten.

      Done.

    1. Author response:

      Conflation of control, difficulty and reward rate

      In response to the comment of control being conflated with task difficulty (and thus reward rate) that the reviewer feels is not adequately discussed in the paper, we will add more to this point in our discussion, especially in relation to previous literature. It is important to note, however, that our measure of perceived difficulty was included in analyses assessing the fluctuations in stress and control. Subjective control still had a unique effect on the experience of stress over and above perceived difficulty, suggesting that subjective control explains variance in stress beyond what is accounted for by perceived difficulty. We will also include additional analyses in which we include the win rate (i.e. percentage of all trials won) as a covariate when assessing the relationship between subjective control, perceived difficulty and subjective stress, which shows that win rate does not predict stress, but subjective control and perceived difficulty still uniquely predict subjective stress. The results of this will be added and elaborated further in the discussion.

      Neutral video condition

      In response to the comment of the neutral video condition not being active enough, we believe that any task with action-outcome contingencies would have a degree of controllability. To better distinguish experiences of control (WS task) to an experience of no/neutral control (i.e., neither high nor low controllability), we decided to use a task in which no actions were required during the task itself, although concentration was still required (attention checks regarding the content of the videos and ratings of the videos).

      The suggestion of having a high arousal video condition would indeed be interesting to test how experiencing ‘neutral’ control and high(er) stress levels preceding the stressor task influences stress buffering and stress relief. This is a good suggestion for future work that we can include in the discussion section.

      The TSST version (online and anticipatory)

      We will add more information regarding prior literature that the Trier Social Anticipatory Stress test has found physiological and psychological correlates (e.g. Nasso et al., 2019, Schlatter et al., 2021, Steinbeis et al., 2015), suggesting that the anticipation is still a valid stress manipulation despite participants not performing the actual speech task. Further, the TSST had a significant impact on subjective stress in the expected direction demonstrating that it was effective at eliciting subjective stress.

      Internal consistency

      We will parcellate the timepoints differently (not just odd/even sliders) to test the internal consistency, for example a random split or first half/second half.

      Effect of win-loss domain in Study 2

      We will run additional analyses testing the interaction of Domain (win or loss) with stressor intensity when predicting the stress buffering and stress relief effects. To test whether the loss domain is more valuable at mitigating experiences of stress than the win condition, we will run additional analyses with just the high control conditions (WS task) to test for a Domain*Time interaction, as we cannot test a Control*Domain*Time interaction in the full model given that we do not have ‘Domain’ for the video (neutral control) condition.

      Stress relief analyses

      Regarding the stress relief analyses (timepoints 2 and 3) and ‘baseline’ stress (timepoint 1), we will add to the manuscript that there is no significant difference in stress ratings between the high control and neutral control (collapsed across stress and domain) after the WS/video task, hence why we do not think it’s necessary to include in the stress relief model. Nevertheless, we will include a sensitivity analysis in the supplementary material to test the Timepoint*Control interaction (of stress relief – timepoints 2 and 3) when including timepoint 1 stress as a covariate.

      Clarity

      We will add more clarity in the methods section regarding within- and between-subject manipulations. We will also add Figure S4 to the main manuscript and expand Figure 1 to include both Studies 1 and 2 and a timeline of when subjective stress was assessed throughout the experiment.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Busch and Hansel present a morphological and histological comparison between mouse and human Purkinje cells (PCs) in the cerebellum. The study reveals species- specific differences that have not previously been reported despite numerous observations of these species. While mouse PCs show morphological heterogeneity and occasional multi-innervation by climbing fibers (CFs), human PCs exhibit a widespread, multi-dendritic structure that exceeds expectations based on allometric scaling. Specifically, human PCs are significantly larger, and exhibit increased spine density, with a unique cluster-like morphology not found in mice.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript provides an exceptionally detailed analysis of PC morphology across species, surpassing any prior publication. Major strengths include a systematic and thorough methodology, rigorous data analysis, and clear presentation of results. This work is likely to become the go-to resource for quantitation in this field. The authors have largely achieved their aims, with the results effectively supporting their conclusions.

      We are grateful to this reviewer for their thoughtful assessment that this work will be a go-to resource for the field.

      Weaknesses:

      There are a few concerns that need to be addressed, specifically related to details of the methodology as well as data interpretation based on the limits of some experimental approaches. Overall, these weaknesses are minor.

      We thank this reviewer for their careful reading of the manuscript and for highlighting limitations and weaknesses in the methodology. We are in full agreement that while interpretation is somewhat limited, there is still value in their description. As detailed below in response to this reviewer’s recommendations, we provide more description of our imaging resolution. This additional detail clarifies that our quantitation is appropriate for the scale of the objects being measured and provides critical information to help readers assess the findings as they may pertain to their own work.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript aims to follow up on a previously published paper (Busch and Hansel 2023) which proposed that the morphological variation of dendritic bifurcation in Purkinje cells in mice and humans is indicative of the number of climbing fiber inputs, with dendritic bifurcation at the level of the soma resulting in a proportion of these neurons being multi-innervated. The functional and anatomical climbing fiber data was obtained solely from mice since all human tissue was embalmed and fixed, and the extension of these findings to human Purkinje cells was indirect. The current comparative anatomy study aims to resolve this question in human tissue more directly and to further analyse in detail the properties of adult human Purkinje cell dendritic morphology.

      Strengths:

      The authors have carried out a meticulous anatomical quantification of human Purkinje cell dendrites, in tissue preparations with a better signal-to-noise ratio than their previous study, comparing them with those from mice. Importantly, they now present immunolabelling results that trace climbing fiber axons innervating human PCs. As well as providing detailed analyses of spine properties and interesting new findings of human PC dendritic length and spine types, the work confirms that human PCs that have two clearly distinct dendritic branches have an approximately x% chance of receiving more than one CF input, segregated across the two branches. Albeit entirely observational, the data will be of widespread interest to the cerebellar field, in particular, those building computational models of Purkinje cells.

      We thank this reviewer for their positive and considered assessment of our work. We enthusiastically agree that while these data are descriptive in nature, they may be of interest across modalities of cerebellar research and will provide a more detailed framework for cross-species comparisons and single cell computational modeling, which remains a critical tool to explore the human case given the inaccessibility of physiological experimentation.

      Weaknesses:

      The work is, by necessity, purely anatomical. It remains to be seen whether there are any functional differences in ion channel expression or functional mapping of granule inputs to human PCs compared with the mouse that might mitigate the major differences in electronic properties suggested.

      We are in full agreement with the reviewer that the focused anatomical description of this manuscript could not make strong assertions about function given that cellular and circuit physiology is determined by many additional factors that remain unexamined. We appreciate that the reviewer acknowledges that this is out of necessity as those factors are inaccessible to experimentation at the current time; however, we are enthusiastic that our current findings will motivate future work that will shed light on these critical additional features of the system, both in rodents and humans.

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      PCs are now known to be genetically diverse, with unique PC types found only in humans. Could this cellular diversity contribute to the differences observed between species in this study? This possibility should be at least discussed in the context of the findings.

      We agree that this is a fascinating possibility. The perhaps most detailed recent study (Sepp et al., Nature 625, 2024) – in a conservative assessment – describes four developmental PC subtypes in mice that are identical in humans. The study points out that the subtype ratio changes over the course of development, though. Taken together with the possibility of additional human-specific subtypes, a genetic basis for morphological as well as physiological diversity arises. This is now discussed on p. 7. It needs to be kept in mind, however, that other factors, such as push-pull influences during tissue growth, might also play a role.

      The human tissue used in this study was obtained from elderly individuals, while the mouse tissue was not. It is unclear whether the age difference might influence the findings, and this warrants further discussion or control.

      We share this concern, in particular regarding the spine / spine cluster analysis as here tissue quality and or degenerative effects might play a role. We additionally analyzed a tissue sample from a 37 year-old human, and observed the same spine clusters as in the other human brains. This is now described on p. 4 of the revised manuscript.

      The study includes spine size comparisons, but it is not clear if the point spread function (PSF) of the microscope provides the necessary resolution for these quantitative assessments. For instance, are multi-headed spines truly multi-headed, or could this be an artifact of limited resolution?

      This is an important point. We addressed it by calculating the Rayleigh limit (more conservative than the Abbe limit) as 248.4nm for the equipment and conditions used (Methods, p. 22). On pages 3-5, we updated our Results section accordingly to point out what quantifications are well supported and discuss the limitations (p. 3-5).

      Reviewer 2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      This is nice work which must have been very time-consuming. It would be good to make sure that the technical details are properly discussed, to quantify the data properly. Please include details of how you measured the resolution of the microscope used to evaluate spine size.

      See our response to the last comment of Referee 1 above.

      The figure panels are mostly satisfactory, but they are exceptionally crowded and will probably be difficult to read at the final size. Some work tidying these would be worth it. In Figure 3B, include mention of open and blue triangles in legend. In 3E, the dendritic branches are shown at a different gray scale. You have not done this elsewhere, so probably good to mention it in the legend.

      Figure 3 and its legend have been updated / improved accordingly.

      The definition of horizontal and vertical is not absolutely clear. Perhaps re-assess this bit of the text. Does it mean that you did not include cells that were neither vertical nor horizontal?

      We categorized those PCs as ‘vertical’ that have a >30° angle relative to the PC layer, and those as ‘horizontal’ that have a <30° angle relative to the PC layer. All PCs are covered by these categories. This is now described on p. 5.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study from Belato, Knight, and co-workers, the authors investigated the Rec domain of a thermophilic Cas9 from Geobacillus stearothermophilus (GeoCas9). The authors investigated three constructs, two individual subdomains of Rec (Rec1 and Rec2) and the full Rec domain. This domain is involved in binding to the guide RNA of Cas9, as well as the RNA-DNA duplex that is formed upon target binding. The authors performed RNA binding and relaxation experiments using NMR for the wild-type domain as well as two-point mutants. They observed differences in RNA binding activities as well as the flexibility of the domain. The authors also performed experiments on fulllength GeoCas9 to determine whether these biophysical differences affect the RNA binding or cleavage activity. Although the authors observed some changes in the thermal stability of the mutant GeoCas9-gRNA complex, they did not observe substantial differences in the cleavage activities of the mutant GeoCas9 variants.

      Overall, this manuscript provides a detailed biophysical analysis of the GeoCas9 Rec domain. The NMR assignments for this construct should prove very useful, and the results may provide the grounds for future engineering of higher fidelity variants of GeoCas9. While the NMR results are generally well presented, it is unclear how the results on the isolated Rec domain related to the overall function of full-length GeoCas9. In addition, some conclusions are overstated and not fully supported by the evidence provided. The following major points should be addressed by the authors.

      (1) Many of the results rely on the backbone resonance assignments of the three constructs that were used, and the authors have done an excellent job of assigning the Rec1 and Rec2 constructs. However, it is unclear from the descriptions in the text how the full-length Rec construct was assigned. Were these assignments made based on assignments for the individual domains? The authors state that the spectra of individual domains and RecFL overlay very well, but there appear to be many resonances that have chemical shift differences or are only present in one construct. As it stands, it is unclear how the resonances were assigned for residues whose chemical shifts were perturbed, making it difficult to interpret many of the results.

      The Reviewer raises an important oversight. In Lines 491-493, we clarify that we were able to transfer the assignments using spectral overlays of the individual domains with GeoRec (i.e. careful analysis of the data in Figure S3). We also cite two new references where a similar approach was applied to Cas9.

      (2) The minimal gRNA that was used for the Rec-gRNA binding experiments is unlikely to be a good mimic for the full-length gRNA, as it lacks any of the secondary structure that is most specifically recognized by the REC lobe and the rest of the Cas9 protein. The majority of this RNA is a "spacer" sequence, but spacers are variable, so this sequence is arbitrary. Thus, the interactions that the authors are observing most likely represent non-specific interactions between the Rec domains and RNA. The authors also map chemical shift perturbations and line broadening on structural models with an RNA-DNA duplex bound, but this is not an accurate model for how the Rec domain binds to a single-stranded RNA (for which there is no structural model). Thus, many of the conclusions regarding the RNA binding interface are overstated.

      The Reviewer again raises an important point. We have added a section of text explaining the rationale for truncating the gRNA for binding experiments with NMR (Lines 223-235). We chose the 5’end of the gRNA containing the spacer sequence based on crystal structures of NmeCas9 and SpCas9 that show the Rec lobe interacting with this section of nucleic acid. The newly published GeoCas9 cryo-EM structure bound to gRNA, which overlaid well with the NmeCas9 structure, also suggested that this portion of the gRNA could interact with Rec.

      Figures S11 and S12 show our gradual truncation of the gRNA and Rec construct to achieve useful atomic detail. Ultimately, a 39nt gRNA containing a 23 base pair spacer sequence was chosen for this study to retain the NMR signal of the complex and because several structures suggested this 39nt sequence would be long enough to interact with the entire Rec lobe.

      To investigate the effect of the spacer sequence, we have now measured binding affinities via MST between GeoRec and a 39nt Tnnt2 gRNA and a 39nt gRNA from PDB: 8UZA, containing a different spacer sequence used in the very recent GeoCas9 cryo-EM structure. The observed trends for each gRNA are consistent across the samples. We also measured WT, K267E, and R332A GeoCas9 affinity for the full-length Tnnt2 and PDB:8UZA gRNAs.

      Lastly, we used a new cryo-EM structure of GeoCas9 bound to gRNA (PDB: 8JTR) to better define the interface for NMR CSPs and line broadening and have adjusted the language in this section.

      (3) The authors include microscale thermophoresis (MST) data for the Rec constructs binding to the minimal gRNA. These data suggest that all three Rec variants have very similar Kd's for the RNA. Given these similarities, it is unclear why the RNA titration experiments by NMR yielded such different results. Moreover, in the Discussion, the authors state that the NMR titration data are consistent with the MST-derived Kd values. This conclusion appears to be overstated given the very small differences in affinities measured by MST.

      MST and NMR experiments describing the weakened binding affinity of GeoRec and GeoRec2 for the Tnnt2 gRNA agree with each other (Figure 5). However, additional MST experiments with a different gRNA sequence (from PDB: 8UZA) and with fulllength GeoCas9 (new Figure 7) have provided new insight for us to soften and reframe the Discussion to avoid overstatement. See Lines 263-282 and 375-385.

      (4) While the authors have performed some experiments to help place their findings on the isolated Rec domain in the context of the full-length protein, these experiments do not fully support the conclusions that the authors draw about the meaning of their NMR results. The two Cas9 variants that were explored via NMR have no effect on Cas9 cleavage activity, and it is unclear from the data provided whether they have any effect on GeoCas9 binding to the full sgRNA. This makes it difficult to determine whether the observed differences in RNA binding and dynamics of the isolated Rec domain have any consequence in the context of the full protein.

      We have since measured the binding affinities of full-length GeoCas9 to full-length gRNA. (new Figure 7) We have also added a comment in the Discussion section describing how both GeoRec and GeoRec2 domain variants bind the truncated RNA with weaker affinity than the WT, but this biophysical effect does not translate to GeoCas9 with its full-length gRNA. We describe this finding as an explanation for why the single-point mutants have minimal effect of GeoCas9 cleavage activity. See Lines 375-385.

      (5) The authors state in multiple places that the K267E/R332A mutant enhanced GeoCas9 specificity. Improved specificity refers to a situation in which the efficiency of cleavage of a perfectly matched target improves in comparison to a mismatched target. This is not what the authors observed for the double mutant. Instead, the cleavage of the perfect target was drastically reduced, in some cases to a larger degree than for the mismatched target. The double mutant does not appear to have improved specificity, it has simply decreased cleavage efficiency of the enzyme.

      The conclusion has been reframed to suggest that the K267E/R332A double mutant has decreased cleavage efficiency of the enzyme but does not enhance GeoCas9 specificity. We discuss an interesting contrast, namely that mutations in the SpCas9 Rec lobe alter its specificity, which is at times accompanied by a loss of overall activity. We also speculate on why this may not be the case in GeoCas9, considering some very recent (unpublished at the time of initial submission) structural and biochemical data. See Lines 414-418.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript from Belato et al. used advanced NMR approaches and a mutagenesis campaign to probe the conformational dynamics of the recognition lobe (Rec) of the CRISPR Cas9 enzyme from G. stearothermophilus (GeoCas9). Using truncated and full-length constructs they assess the impacts of two different point mutations have on the redistribution and timescale of these motions and assess gRNA recognition and specificity. Single point mutations in the Rec domain in a Cas9 from a related species had profound impacts on- and off-target DNA editing, therefore the authors reasoned analogous mutations in GeoCas9 would have similar effects. However, despite a redistribution of local motions and changes in global stability, their chosen mutations had little impact on DNA editing in the context of the full-length enzyme. Their studies highlight the species-specific complexity of interdomain communication and allosteric mechanisms used by these multi-domain endonucleases. Despite these negative results, their study is highly rigorous, and their approach will broadly support understanding how the activity and specificity of these enzymes can be engineered to tune activity and limit off-target cleavage by these enzymes.

      Strengths:

      (1) Atomistic investigation of the conformational dynamics of the GeoCas9 gRNA recognition lobe (GeoRec), probing dynamics on a broad range of timescales from ps to ms using advanced NMR approaches will be broadly interesting to both the structural biology and CRISPR engineering communities.

      (2) Highly rigorous biophysical studies that push the boundaries of current techniques, provide insight into local dynamics of the GeoRec domain that serve to propagate allosteric information and potentially regulate enzymatic activity.

      (3) The study highlights the complexities of understanding interdomain communication in Cas9 enzymes since analogous mutations in different species have different effects on target recognition and cleavage.

      (4) The type of structural and dynamic insights derived from this study design could serve as foundational information to guide a rational design strategy aimed at improving the selectivity and reducing the off-target effects of Cas9 enzymes.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Despite the rigor of the experiments, the mutations chosen by the authors do not have a profound effect on the overall substrate affinity or activity of GeoCas9 rendering little mechanistic insight into allosteric communication in this particular Cas9. However, the double mutant K267E/R332A has a more pronounced effect on the cleavage of WT and mismatched (at nucleotides 19 and 20) DNA substrates while minimally affecting the cleavage of mismatched (at nucleotides 5 and 6), suggesting more could be learned about the allosteric mechanism from the detailed characterization of this mutant.

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment. While we have included new binding experiments with full-length GeoCas9 and gRNAs (new Figure 7), the addition of new MD simulations (new Figure 6) better address this point. MD examined our single and double mutants, as well as the recently published high-specificity iGeoCas9, and reported the degree of conformational sampling and nucleic acid contacts and binding energies.

      The simulations show that our mutations induce some, but not the full extent of the effect of iGeoCas9 (with one mutation in GeoRec and many others in the adjacent WED domain), implying that further engineering of GeoRec to mimic iGeoCas9’s properties can have profound functional outcomes. Future efforts to mutate GeoRec will be leverage this strategy. See Lines 309-342.

      (2) Follow-up experiments with other residues that were identified as being highly dynamic might affect substrate recognition and cleavage activity in different ways providing additional insight.

      The Reviewer is correct. While beyond this initial scope, new MD simulations (see the response directly above) and NMR resonances distally affect by gRNA (via CSP or relaxation dispersion) will be used identify the primary targets for this analysis.

      (3) Details regarding the authors' experimental approach are incomplete such as a description of the model used to fit the CD data, a detailed explanation of the global fitting of the relaxation dispersion data describing how the best-fit model was selected, and the description of the ModelFree fitting of fast timescale dynamics is incomplete.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out these oversights. We have now included the fitting equation in the CD Methods section.

      We included new Figures S8-S10 with the individual relaxation dispersion curves and note in the Methods that global fits were deemed superior based on the Akaike Information Criterion. For WT, the AIC showed the global fit to be ~10-fold better. For K267E, the global model was 4-fold better, and for R332A, the global model was 6-fold better.

      We have included a more detailed description of CPMG and Model-free fitting. See Lines 520-526.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The authors explore the role of Rec domains in a thermophilic Cas9 enzyme. They report on the crystal structure of part of the recognition lobe, its dynamics from NMR spin relaxation and relaxation-dispersion data, its interaction mode with guide RNA, and the effect of two single-point mutations hypothesised to enhance specificity. They find that mutations have small effects on Rec domain structure and stability but lead to significant rearrangement of micro- to milli-second dynamics which does not translate into major changes in guide RNA affinity or DNA cleavage specificity, illustrating the inherent tolerance of GeoCas9. The work can be considered as a first step towards understanding motions in GeoCas9 recognition lobe, although no clear hotspots were discovered with potential for future rational design of enhanced Cas9 variants.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data, or analyses

      (1) Please update the sentences on lines 100-105 and the Methods to clarify how the RecFL assignments were obtained. If RecFL was assigned based on the assignments for Rec1 and Rec2, please describe in the Methods how the shifted resonances were handled. Please also provide chemical shift perturbation profiles for the truncated constructs versus the full-length Rec construct.

      We have now added text (Lines 491-493) and two new references explaining the GeoRec (full-length) assignment.

      We appreciate this point. We have now provided a new Figure S9 with analysis of CSPs and line broadening in truncated constructs (GeoRec2 only). See also Lines 263-282. We also show a similar structural response to mutation in full-length GeoRec and GeoRec2 NMR CSPs (Figure 2 and Figure S5).

      We have provided the CSPs for each construct, relative to the full-length GeoRec domain, Author response image 1. In most cases, the largest CSPs occur at resonances on the periphery of the spectra, retaining the ability to unambiguously assign it.

      Author response image 1.

       

      (2) It is unclear whether the differences in Kd's for the Rec-gRNA interactions are statistically significant, given the errors associated with the values. Can the authors further analyze these data to determine statistical significance? If they are not found to be significantly different, the authors should soften all conclusions related to the observed differences.

      Statistical significance was calculated for all MST data and Figures 5 and 7 have been updated to reflect this

      (3) As mentioned above, it seems likely that the Rec-RNA binding that is observed is non-specific. Have the authors tried MST with another 39 nt RNA? Are there differences in affinities for the Rec constructs?

      We have done MST with another 39nt RNA. The affinity for each gRNA (Tnnt2 vs 8UZA) is similar for WT and K267E, and a factor of ~4 weaker for R332A with 8UZA gRNA. The trend is the same, that WT Rec has a (statistically significant) stronger affinity for the gRNA compared to the mutants.

      (4) Have the authors tried MST with full-length GeoCas9 and the sgRNA? The current data on the thermal stability of the RNP's is interesting, but a more direct measurement of the affinity of the Cas9-sgRNA complexes would provide stronger evidence of the effects of the mutations.

      The Reviewer makes an excellent suggestion. We have now generated Cy5-labeled full-length gRNAs and conducted MST with full-length GeoCas9 (new Figure 7). The binding affinities to multiple guides do not vary significantly. We have discussed this, and its implications, in Lines 376-385.

      (5) One potential issue with not observing differences between the three Cas9 variants' cleavage activity is that the activity of these purified proteins appears to be very low in comparison to previous studies of GeoCas9. There are significant differences in the expression protocol used by the authors of the current study and previous studies. Have the authors attempted to replicate the expression and purification protocol of previous reports? This may improve the enzymatic activity and allow for a more detailed investigation of cleavage between the three variants (e.g. by performing time-course cleavage assays).

      The expression protocol of GeoCas9 is identical to those of previous studies. This was a written mistake on our part, which has now been corrected in the methods section. We apologize for this oversight.

      Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation

      The introduction of the manuscript is reasonable for specialists who are very familiar with Cas9 function, but it does not contain important details that may be unknown to most readers. The authors do not introduce the domains of Cas9 in the Introduction section. A brief description of the domains that are important to this work should be provided. For example, what is the role of the Rec lobe? This is not introduced until lines 110-111, after some discussion of the authors' initial work on these domains. For a broad audience, it would also be helpful to define the two catalytic domains of the protein. A paragraph describing the general architecture of Cas9 and the overall mechanism of Cas9, including allostery and domain movement, would be very helpful to a general audience. There are elements of this throughout the manuscript, but it would be better to have everything described in a single location at the beginning of the Introduction.

      The Reviewer makes an excellent point. We have added significant clarifying text to the Introduction (Lines 42-47, 52-58, and 61-66). We have also amended Figure 1 to highlight the domain arrangement of GeoCas9 and construct domain boundaries.

      Minor corrections to the text

      (1) Lines 37-38: The statement about GeoCas9 activity should reference citation.

      We have added two references here.

      (2) Line 39-40: "The widely-studied SpCas9, as well as GeoCas9, are Type-II CRISPR systems". Cas9 is only a single component of a larger system that contains other proteins and DNA elements, so it would be more appropriate to say "are effectors of type II CRISPR systems" or "are signature proteins of type II CRISPR systems". Also, please define the organism from which SpCas9 is derived. It may be more appropriate to use the three-letter abbreviation "SpyCas9" to be consistent with the abbreviation used for GeoCas9.

      We have revised the initial suggestion and specified the organisms. We have, however, chosen to keep “SpCas9” for consistency with our prior work and the work of many several others, including Doudna et al and Zhang et al.

      (3) Lines 39-42: "only the Type II-C class to which GeoCas9 belongs has been rigorously validated for mammalian genome editing". SpCas9 is from a type II-A system and is by far the most commonly used ortholog for genome editing, including in ongoing clinical trials. It is unlikely that any of the type II-C Cas9 orthologs have been more rigorously validated than SpCas9. The reference cited in this sentence also does not support this statement and is a review written in 2017, so would be unlikely to reflect the current state of the art. Please revise this sentence.

      We have softened and revised this text (Lines 42-47).

      (4) Lines 48-52: It would be helpful to describe the dynamic movement of the HNH domain (and cite appropriate references) prior to describing the authors' previous work. As it stands, it is unclear how this sentence would be understood by a non-specialist.

      We have added text in Lines 61-68

      (5) Lines 44-45: The wording is a little unclear, as it sounds like the guide RNA, rather than the nuclease domains, is responsible for dsDNA cleavage. The sentence could be adjusted to remove "and cleave". Cleavage by the HNH and RuvC domains could be described in a separate sentence.

      We have revised this text. See Lines 49-50.

      (6) Lines 46-48: This segment of the sentence suggests that PAM recognition triggers the allosteric events that result in the movement of the nuclease domain (HNH). This is misleading, as HNH movement is triggered by the complete formation of an R-loop, rather than initial PAM recognition. Please revise this sentence.

      We have revised the text in Lines 52-58.

      (7) Lines 62-65: The first sentence is unclear. The specificity of many protein-nucleic acid complexes is well understood and is also readily quantified by several wellestablished methods. Are the authors specifically referring to the structural basis for Cas9 specificity? Although Cas9 specificity is highly complex, it has been studied structurally in great detail and should not be described as "poorly understood" without some discussion of what is already known. These sentences also elide the fact that Cas9 specificity has been successfully altered via rational design, based on our general framework for understanding protein-nucleic acid interactions. Please clarify these statements.

      The Reviewer makes an important point. We have softened this statement (Lines 8081). We have clarified that we intended to refer to structural characterization of large, multidomain proteins and nucleic acid complexes via NMR. We agree that many critical structural studies comment on Cas9 dynamics and specificity in great detail, including at the domain-level.

      (8) Lines 62-68: It seems like the citations do not match up with the references in this section. The references for citations 8-10 are not about DNA repair complexes, references 11-14 are not papers about the directed evolution of Cas9 (should these be 16-17?), and the references for the HNH domain movements should be for citations 1821.

      We apologize for the confusion, and the references have been updated

      (9) Lines 116-119: The description of the RNAs used is unclear, as the segments that are described add up to 141 not 101. Also, what is meant by "110-nt guide sequence intrinsic to GeoCas9"? Is this referring to the tracrRNA segment? It may be helpful if the RNA sequences shown in the accompanying figures were replaced with cartoons of the RNAs that were used, with the different segments labeled.

      We now describe the gRNA sequences in detail in new Table S4. We also expanded a bit in the text (Lines 224-235).

      (10) Line 121-123: This sentence should contain reference(s).

      We have changed the sentence.

      (11) Line 156-158: Reference 19 did not report or investigate any higher specificity SpCas9 variants, is this citation correct?

      We have removed the reference from this line. Ref. 19 (now Ref 23, Slaymaker et al) should be correct.

      (12) Lines 162-166: Please provide a sequence and structural alignment for SpCas9 and GeoCas9 to support the claim that the amino acid substitutions are equivalent between the two orthologs.

      We have updated Figure 1 to display the similarity in domain arrangement between SpCas9 and GeoCas9 and have noted similarity in structure and sequence of these proteins in Figure S1.

      (13) Lines 234-236: There is insufficient evidence to conclude that the alterations in protein dynamics caused the changes in gRNA interaction. The substitutions are charge swap substitutions, and it is equally (if not more) feasible that these substitutions decrease the potential for favorable electrostatic interactions.

      (14) Lines 261-265: While the RNP stability for R332A is clearly decreased in comparison to WT, the authors' conclusions regarding K267E seem overstated. The difference in Tm for the K267E mutant and WT RNPs is not very large and may be within error, especially given that the CD data are noisy. Similarly, on lines 321-322, only one of the mutations really impacted the stability of the full-length RNP.

      We have softened this text in Lines 303-305.

      (15) Lines 336-338: HiFi-SpCas9 does not contain four mutations, it is a single R691A point mutation, as reported in reference 17. This sentence and subsequent sentences should be updated.

      Here, the “final form” of HiFi SpCas9 contains the R691A and three additional mutations. The Reviewer is correct, though, that the R691A mutation alone was enough to enhance the specificity of WT SpCas9. We have clarified this point on Line 156.

      Minor corrections to the figures

      (16) The cryo-EM structures of GeoCas9 have recently been released on the PDB. The authors may now update figures to include the experimentally determined structure, rather than an AlphaFold model and update the text accordingly.

      We have made this change.

      (17) For Figure S4, please describe what the red dashed lines are in the top three graphs. Are these the Tm values determined for the two individual Rec domains? How do these compare to the inflection points for the two transitions in the full Rec construct (could be determined by plotting the first derivative data)? Please provide information in the Methods on how the temperature-dependent CD spectral data were fit and Tm's were determined.

      We have made these changes in the Figure S4 caption and Methods section.

      (18) The blue box denoting the unassigned region is missing from Figure 2C-D, although it is mentioned in the figure legend.

      We have added the blue box denoting the unassigned linker.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The manuscript is well-written and generally clear and concise. The following recommendations will help improve the readability and include details important for interpreting the results.

      (1) In general, the figures are too small and difficult to interpret, it was hard to discern the differences described in the text (e.g. Figure 1A, E, 4A, etc.), the text labels are illegible in several panels (e.g. Figure 4A, S8B, C, etc.), the chosen colors were difficult to interpret in the structures (Figure 4C, S8G, H, etc.), as well as residues with motion (as balls) were difficult to make out due to size and color usage. Similar story for the dispersion curves (Fig 3A), the plots are chaotically crowded, and it is impossible to interpret (or see) the undelaying data.

      We apologize for these difficulties. We have now revised the Figures in several ways. First, we greatly simplified Figure 1, such that it now includes only the domain arrangement, structure, and initial NMR details for GeoRec (essentially A-B of the old Figure 1).

      Second, we have reformatted Figure 3 to make the structure maps a bit easier to see.

      We certainly appreciate the point made by the Reviewer about the dispersion curves. Our intent here is to illustrate the number of curves that can be fit globally, which substantially increase for K267E and R332A GeoRec3, versus WT. As a compromise, we have included the individual dispersion curves in the SI for each variant. We have also thinned the line weights for each fit, and added NMR order parameters to the main figure to round out the discussion of dynamics.

      Third, we have compiled the gRNA titration into Figure 4, removing the CD analysis (to SI), MST data (new Fig 5), and unclear structure maps to focus only on the NMR spectra here.

      Fourth, we have created a new Figure 5 focusing on MST studies of two gRNAs with GeoRec, which now include bar charts of affinities with appropriate statistics.

      Much of the data trimmed from the prior version of the manuscript figures has been moved to Supporting Information. We have also created two new main text Figures (6 & 7) based on MD simulations and MST studies of full-length GeoCas9 and gRNAs to provide additional context for interpreting the results in prior figures.

      (2) Line 39 - this sentence is awkward, could you rephrase it?

      We have rephrased this sentence.

      (3) There is inconsistent labeling, in Figure S2 the full-length construct is referred to as GeoRecFL while in other places in the text and in Figure 1 it is called GeoRec.

      We have changed all references to the intact Rec lobe to “GeoRec.”

      (4) It would be helpful to include a cartoon of the domain organization of GeoCas9 and indicate the truncation mutants that were studied in this manuscript.

      We included the domain organization in Figure 1A and indicated the amino acid boundaries for each construct on the figure and in the Methods section.

      (5) There is significant line broadening that occurs during the titration, not all line broadening is due to changes in rotational correlation time, and differential line broadening may reveal interactions of residues that are in the intermediate regime, certainly, uM affinities measured by the authors, would suggest this, therefore, a plot of I/Io might inform on binding sites, and it might be useful to look at differential broadening as a function of titrant added.

      The Reviewer makes a very good point. In addition to the data in Figure 4, which show a clear reduction in gRNA-induced line broadening in larger GeoRec constructs, we included new titration data on smaller GeoRec2 domains (Figure S12). Here, we conducted an I/I0 analysis and added some clarifying language about the possible nature of line broadening in these samples. See new Figure S12 and Lines 268-274.

      (6) Line 126 "Importantly, many resonances are also minimally impacted." This statement is unclear since from the plots shown in Figure 1D, it seems that many of the residues are impacted by RNA titration, see the point about differential broadening above, this sort of plot may help pick apart residues that broaden due to RNA contacts (rather than changing rotational correlation).

      We have removed this statement, in addition to our revisions above regarding the line broadening.

      (7) Line 137 - I am not sure that a max chemical shift of 0.15 ppm constitutes "strong chemical shift perturbations"

      The Reviewer makes a good point. We have changed “strong” to “significant” which refers to 1 standard deviation above the 10% trimmed mean of the data. See Line 237.

      (8) Line 144 - change to "...experimentally determined structure...".

      We have added new lines 135-136 to make this point clear. We reinforced that initial predictions were based on the Alphafold2, since an experimental structure was lacking, but we have now discussed the mutations in context of the new structural data.

      (9) The section from lines 150 - 166, comparison of the effect of different mutations in different Cas9 seems more appropriate for the discussion section.

      We have added additional text on this point in the Discussion section, within several new paragraphs.

      (10) In Figure S6, chemical shifts are observed at the distal site away from the mutations, could the authors discuss?

      The Reviewer makes an important observation. Indeed, the CSPs caused by K267E and R332A extend beyond the mutation site. These shifts are mostly close in 3D space to the mutation, and consistent in Figures 2 and S5. New titrations of gRNA into isolated GeoRec2 also activate some distal sites, and new MD simulations suggests the mutations disrupt RNA and DNA contacts, where these distal effects may play a role with full-length gRNAs.

      We agree it would be worth mutating distal sites undergoing CSPs to examine their impact on function, but two complicating factors are 1) the lack of substantial gRNA affinity differences in experiments with full-length GeoCas9 and 2) the lack of functional changes in the mutants. In this initial study, it appears difficult to assign an effect to these distal sites in GeoCas9 (beyond speculation). We do have a brief discussion of the distal sites (Lines 293-298) and will follow up this work with more comprehensive mutagenesis studies of these sites.

      (11) It appears that the authors fitted the Tm data to some model although this is not mentioned in the text, figure captions, or methods. In the caption for Figure 4D the authors refer to "Fitted thermal denaturation profiles...".

      We have added the relevant Equation in the Methods and referenced it in Figure S6 and S14 captions.

      (12) Details of the ModelFree fitting are needed, how many residues fit with the minimal models, and how many invoked Rex and other terms? How does the statement in line 191 about the elevated S2 values arising from global tumbling compare with an experimental estimation of rotational correlation eg. from R2/R1 ratios?

      We have included an expanded description of the Model-free protocol (Lines 521-527). The best diffusion tensor was an ellipsoid model. The number of residues utilizing Rex was 81, though Rex contribution was very small. The mean and errors for the fast motion (S<sup>2</sup><sub>f</sub>), slow motion (S<sup>2</sup><sub>z</sub>) and generalized order parameter were 0.97 ± 0.15, 0.84 ± 0.14, and 0.91 ± 0.20, respectively.

      R2/R1 ratios for each of the samples (relaxation conducted on GeoRec2 in isolation) corresponded to an estimated tc of 16.3 ns for all data sets. This value is a bit larger than would be expected for a compact globular protein of 25 kDa, though our X-ray structure of GeoRec2 shows a somewhat elongated domain.

      (13) Line 221 - referring to two different figures at the end of the sentence is confusing, maybe place the figure references immediately after the referral in the sentence.

      We have resolved due to reshuffling of the Figures.

      (14) Line 234 - Fig 4E is mentioned before fig 4D, in fact Fig 4D is not mentioned in the text.

      We have reordered and edited many of the Figures, this is now resolved.

      (15) Line 243 - what is the saturating concentration to which the authors are referring?

      We have amended the Results section to more clearly discuss the effect of gRNA on the GeoRec and (now) GeoRec2 domains. We meant 3-fold excess gRNA-to-protein by “saturating” in the prior version. At that point, CSPs held stable and the degree of line broadening at certain sites had completely obscured the resonance from view.

      (16) Fig 4E caption - mentions error of 1.34 while the figure is labeled 1.1 for the R332A GeoRec mutant.

      This has been resolved due to additional MST trails as well as the editing and reordering of many Figures.

      (17) Line 253 - the authors are discussing regions of allosteric hotspots, how do the motions of these predicted hotspots compare with the relaxation dispersion data? There seems to be some overlap.

      The Reviewer makes a keen observation. Yes, there is overlap in these data. For example, hotspot residue R269 is bracketed by L268 and L270 with relaxation dispersion. Also, hotspot L279 surrounded by C275, A276, R277, and D281 with dispersion in both variants. Further, D403 and E408 reside in a stretch of ms timescale flexibility comprised of N404, L406, N412, and L413. We have yet to fully understand the functional significance of this overlap, but have added a note in Line 298 to draw the reader’s attention to it.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Although the scope of the manuscript is rather limited due to the minor effects observed for the selected mutations, it is clear that a lot of work was done in spearheading the investigation of dynamic modes in GeoCas9 Rec2. In my view, the data will still be of relevance and interest to the general structural and chemical biology communities.

      However, there are a few technical shortcomings that need to be addressed and some statements that are poorly supported by data, necessitating either more experimental proofs or rephrasing of the conclusions.

      Major points:

      X-ray structure - No PDB ID, structural statistics, or validation report is given for the structure, so it is impossible to judge of the quality. Please provide these. Furthermore, it would be commendable to determine the structure of the point mutant Rec2 domains, this would greatly strengthen the claim that mutations affect only dynamics and do not change structure.

      We apologize for this oversight. We absolutely had these data at the time of submission but must have forgotten to upload them. The validation report is now attached.

      Regarding the mutant structures, the Reviewer’s point is well taken. In the absence of these structures, we have adjusted the language to include the possibility of structural change. We have also included new MD simulations (new Figure 6 and associated text) that provide comment on possible structural and dynamic changes due to mutation. We note that NMR spectral changes are quite modest, beyond the site of mutation. Further, the new binding data with full-length GeoCas9 (new Figure 7) shows very little change in gRNA affinity with mutations, implying that a profound structural rearrangement does not take place.

      Translating isolated Rec2 findings to FL GeoCas9 - This is an important point and I do appreciate that the authors discuss this. I agree that working on FL samples for NMR would not be feasible, but I am not convinced by the statement that "GeoRec2 in isolation represents the structure of the subdomain within full-length GeoCas9 very well". The chemical shift perturbations observed between isolated Rec2 and FL Cas9 are relatively sizable. This should be discussed in further detail. Figure 1B should showcase peaks having the highest perturbations. Are they located at termini or interaction interfaces?

      We have provided the combined <sup>1</sup>H-<sup>15</sup>N combined CSPs for each construct, relative to the full-length GeoRec domain, Author response image 1. In most cases, the largest CSPs occur at resonances on the periphery of the spectra, retaining the ability to unambiguously assign it. The largest CSPs do appear to exist at the termini.

      The Rec1 and Rec2 subdomains are connected by a short, but flexible unstructured linker in full-length GeoRec. Thus, the two subdomains do not form a particularly tight non-covalent interface and behave somewhat independently (see Figure S4, for example).

      Regarding the statement of “GeoRec2 in isolation...,” we apologize for this confusion.

      We were referring to our solved crystal structure in relation to the AlphaFold model. With the new cryo-EM structure of GeoCas9 having been recently published, our X-ray structure of GeoRec2 is still in excellent agreement, but we have clarified our intent on Line 111.

      Dynamics and effect of mutations - K267E is more destabilizing and leads to more spread chemical shift perturbations throughout Rec2 and to faster-correlated dynamics but not in significantly lower affinity or cleavage. How do the authors explain this?

      The Reviewer raises an interesting question. Regarding the impact of the K267E mutation, new MD simulations also suggest K267E to be quite disruptive of the GeoCas9 structure and dynamics, modulating contacts with the nucleic acids. However, further MD analysis of the recently published (bona fide high specificity) iGeoCas9 variant shows that K267E only imparts a portion of the effect of iGeoCas9, suggesting that even further modulation of GeoRec would be require for substantial functional impact. In addition, new MST binding studies with full-length variants and gRNAs show K267E does not dramatically alter gRNA binding, suggesting that the lack of functional impact, despite biophysical change, is suppressed by the surrounding GeoCas9 domains. We comment on this in the Discussion.

      Moreover, the time regime for the fit of the CPMG curves is surprisingly slow given the profiles, how were the minor state populations? Were the dynamics really correlated? Please provide numbers (also see minor points below). In that regime CEST experiments should work, was that done?

      The minor state populations were very low in the analysis, <1%.

      To examine the correlated dynamics, we compared the global fits to those of the individual fits for each residue and found them to be better for the global fit, based on the Akaike Information Criterion. For WT, the AIC showed the global fit to be ~10-fold better. For K267E, the global model was 4-fold better, and for R332A, the global model was 6-fold better. We have added language clarifying the use of AIC to the Methods section.

      We have done CEST experiments on _Geo_HNH (we did not see overly clear evidence for a minor state), but we did not perform these experiments on GeoRec. However, we strongly agree that a detailed follow-up study focusing on CEST and new GeoRec variants should investigate this further.

      Since the binding effects with gRNAs differ in the isolated domain and the full-length protein, we have tried not to over-analyze the impact of the relaxation data in this specific context. These data still provide useful information regarding the impact of point mutants on GeoCas9 domain biophysics, and MD simulations support the enhanced dynamics seen in CPMG and other relaxation data. However, the functional implication is clearly more complicated and requires further study.

      Mutations affect gRNA affinity - I am not convinced that affinity itself is significantly affected based on the MST data. This data could be reproduced as technical replicates to reduce the error bars, or another technique with less intrinsic noise (ITC, SPR) could be used to better support this claim. However, a 3-fold difference seen from NMR titrations could indicate a change in binding mode, for instance in koff. It would be interesting to obtain SPR or BLI data quantifying the kinetics of the interactions. Anyhow, this point should be more carefully discussed.

      We agree with the Reviewer on this point. We conducted additional replicates of MST trials, as well as new MST with a different gRNA sequence. Our updated analysis, including statistics, provides a better measure for “significance” in these data, which is now reported. We have also added some text discussing a possible change in binding mode, see Lines 256-259.

      We also carried out MST on full-length GeoCas9 with full-length gRNAs (the same two RNAs used as truncated constructs). We report these data in new Figure 7 and note there is essentially no difference between the gRNAs or the GeoCas9 variants under these conditions.

      Further, MD simulations suggest a change in binding energy associated with the gRNA interaction in the context of full-length GeoCas9. Since experimental studies are not able to parse these differences, collectively, we describe a scenario where the highly stable structure of GeoCas9 resists substantial mutation-induced change seen for analogous perturbations in SpCas9. See Lines 309-342, 414-418, and 448-461.

      Minor points:

      • Please detail how the error on R1 and R2 rates was calculated.

      We have included new text in Lines 514-518.

      • Please detail how hetNOE values were calculated (simply Isat/Iref?) and what values were used for Model Free.

      Yes, the Reviewer is correct. We have added specifically that we used Isat/Iref on Line 518.

      • Please elaborate on the Model Free analysis. What tensor was used for tumbling? What was the correlation time? This is needed to judge the trustworthiness of S2 parameters.

      We have included new text on Lines 520-526. The diffusion tensor used was an ellipsoid and the correlation time was 15.4 ns. The correlation time estimated from R2/R1 ratios was 16.3 ns.

      • Figure 1: Please indicate where Rec1 and Rec2 are located on panel A and indicate the residue assignments for each peak showcased in panel B.

      We have indicated the boundary of Rec1 and Rec2 in the new cartoon of Figure 1A. We have also noted the exact amino acids used for each construct in the Methods. We also added resonance labels to the spectral overlays in Figure 1B. We have done the same

      • Line 187: I believe this should refer to Figure S8C rather than Figure 3A.

      We have made this change.

      • Some fits of the CPMG curves look strange, e.g. R343 in Fig. 3B WT definitely does not contain significant us-ms dynamics and should be excluded from the analysis. Please double-check each profile. Were other models besides CR72 not providing better fits?

      The Reviewer has made a very careful observation. Our intent was to highlight these sites on purpose to show differences in CPMG relaxation dispersion between WT and variant samples. This was provided as some evidence for the redistribution of dynamics between samples, as many different sites found to be “rigid” on the ms timescale in WT GeoRec2 were flexible in GeoRec2 variants. We agree, however, that this Figure panel was confusing and have therefore removed it in favor of simple discussion in the text.

      • To what degree are the CPMG dynamics correlated, can you provide statistical measures for the global fits?

      We compared the global fits to those of the individual fits for each residue and found them to be better for the global fit, based on the Akaike Information Criterion. For WT, the AIC showed the global fit to be ~10-fold better. For K267E, the global model was 4fold better, and for R332A, the global model was 6-fold better.

      We have added language clarifying the use of AIC to the Methods section.

      • Error measured from replicates and p-values should be reported for DNA cleavage assays.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out this omission. We have included error bars on these plots.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #2 suggested the addition of new data to address the following points:

      Reviewer #2: 

      (1) Oncogenic GOF - the main data shown for GOF are the survival curve and enhanced metastasis. Often, GOF is exemplified at the cellular level as enhanced migration and invasion, which are standard assays to support the GOF. As such, the authors should perform these assays using either tumor cells derived from the mice or transformed fibroblasts from these mice. This will provide important and confirmatory evidence for GOF for Y217C. 

      We thank the referee for this comment. Our previous data indicated accelerated tumor progression and increased metastasis in Trp53<sup>Y217C/Y217C</sup> mice, which provided in vivo evidence of an oncogenic gain of function (GOF) for the p53<sup>Y217C</sup> mutant. However, we agree that it was important to provide additional evidence of GOF at the cellular level. 

      Many cellular assays were previously used to evaluate the GOF of p53 mutants, including those listed by the referee. Importantly, Zhao et al. recently showed that a common property of several p53 mutants proposed to have oncogenic GOF is their capacity to promote chromosomal instability (Zhao et al. (2024) Nat. Commun. 15, 180). For the revision of our manuscript, we compared the frequencies of chromosomal alterations occurring spontaneously in WT, Trp53<sup>Y217C/Y217C</sup> and Trp53<sup>-/-</sup> mouse embryonic fibroblasts (MEFs). Chromosome breaks, radial chromosomes and DMs were more frequent in Trp53<sup>Y217C/Y217C</sup> MEFs than in WT or Trp53<sup>-/-</sup> MEFs, providing clear evidence of a GOF promoting chromosomal instability. This new result is presented in Figure 2G and mentioned in the revised abstract. 

      Furthermore, as pointed out by referee #1 in a confidential comment, increased NF-kB signaling provides evidence of p53 GOF. Accordingly, Zhao et al. proposed that the capacity of p53<sup>G245D</sup> and p53<sup>R273H</sup> to promote chromosomal instability ultimately led to activation of a noncanonical NF-kB signaling that would promote tumor cell invasion and metastasis. Consistent with their work, we now report that the GSEA of Trp53<sup>Y217C/Y217C</sup> and Trp53<sup>-/-</sup> thymocytes revealed an upregulation of non-canonical NF-kB signaling in Trp53<sup>Y217C/Y217C</sup> thymic cells (a new result presented in Figure 5F and Supplementary Figure S13).  These new data lead us to mention in the revised discussion that “similar mechanisms might underlie the oncogenic properties of the p53<sup>Y217C</sup>, p53<sup>G245D</sup> and p53<sup>R273H</sup> mutants”.

      (2) Novel target gene activation - while a set of novel targets appears to be increased in the Y217C cells compared to the p53 null cells, it is unclear how they are induced. The authors should examine if mutant p53 can bind to their promoters through CHIP assays, and, if these targets are specific to Y217C and not the other hot-spot mutations. This will strengthen the validity of the Y217C's ability to promote GOF. 

      We respectfully disagree with the referee when he/she considers that the validity of p53<sup>Y217C</sup>’s ability to promote a GOF would be strengthened by showing that p53<sup>Y217C</sup> binds to the promoters of genes upregulated in Trp53<sup>Y217C/Y217C</sup> cells. In fact, Pal et al. recently performed the experiment proposed by the referee, by integrating RNAseq and ChIPseq data from MCF10A cells expressing p53<sup>Y220C</sup>, the human equivalent of p53<sup>Y217C</sup>,  and found that 95% of the genes upregulated upon p53<sup>Y220C</sup> expression were upregulated indirectly, without p53<sup>Y220C</sup> binding to their promoters (Pal et al. (2023) NPJ Breast Cancer 9, 78). Consistent with our data, Pal et al. notably found that the expression of p53<sup>Y220C</sup> increased cell migration and invasion, which correlated with an increased expression of S100A8 and S100A9. They found that the promoters of S100A8 and S100A9 were however not bound by p53<sup>Y220C</sup>, indicating an indirect mechanism for their upregulated expression. Furthermore, the study by Zhao et al. mentioned above also suggested an indirect mechanism of GOF, because the upregulation of inflammation-related genes by a mutant p53 protein was proposed to result from signaling cascades triggered by chromosomal instability. Our data appear consistent with both studies, because p53<sup>Y217C</sup> was undetectable or barely detectable in the chromatin fraction of Trp53<sup>Y217C/Y217C</sup> cells, and because Trp53<sup>Y217C/Y217C</sup> cells exhibited increased chromosome instability and increased NFB signaling compared to Trp53<sup>-/-</sup> cells, which may suggest indirect mechanisms for p53<sup>Y217C</sup> GOF. 

      Nevertheless, we agree with the referee that it was important to provide stronger evidence of p53<sup>Y217C</sup> GOF in the revised manuscript.  In that regard, we were intrigued by the perinatal death of most Trp53<sup>Y217C/Y217C</sup> females, which provided evidence of unexpected teratogenic effects of the mutant. We had proposed that these female-specific teratogenic effects likely resulted from pro-inflammatory GOF of p53<sup>Y217C</sup>. This hypothesis relied on the RNAseq pro-inflammatory signature in Trp53<sup>Y217C/Y217C</sup> thymic cells, and on the fact that the glycoprotein CD44, known to drive inflammation, had been identified as a key gene in open neural tube defects. However, we had not tested this hypothesis experimentally. In the revised version of the manuscript, we tested this hypothesis. We mated Trp53<sup>+/Y217C</sup> female mice with Trp53<sup>Y217C/Y217C</sup> males, then administered supformin (LCC-12), a potent CD44 inhibitor known to attenuate inflammation in vivo, to pregnant mice by oral gavage. The administration of subformin led to a five-fold increase in the proportion of weaned Trp53<sup>Y217C/Y217C</sup> females in the progeny, suggesting that reducing inflammation in utero rescued some of the Trp53<sup>Y217C/Y217C</sup> female embryos. This new result is presented in Figure 5G and Supplementary Table S6, and mentioned in the abstract. 

      We believe that these new results, as well as the additional GSEA analyses revealing increased NFkB signaling in Trp53<sup>Y217C/Y217C</sup> cells, further emphasize the importance of inflammation in the GOF of the p53<sup>Y217C</sup> mutant. Accordingly, we slightly modified the title of our article, to include the notion that Trp53<sup>Y217C</sup> is an inflammation-prone mouse model. We also end the article by summarizing the effects of p53<sup>Y217C</sup> in vivo, in a new Supplementary Table S7 that compares the LOF effects of a p53 KO with the (LOF+GOF) effects of the p53<sup>Y217C</sup> mutant. 

      (3) Dominant negative effect - the authors' claim of lack of DN effect needs to be strengthened further, as most p53 hot-spot mutations do exhibit DN effect. At the minimum, the authors should perform additional treatment with nutlin and gamma irradiation (or cytotoxic/damaging agents) and examine a set of canonical p53 target genes by qRT-PCR to strengthen their claim. 

      Our previous data indicated identical tumor onset and survival in Trp53<sup>+/Y217C</sup> and Trp53<sup>+/-</sup> mice, leading us to conclude that, at least for spontaneous tumorigenesis, there was no evidence of a Dominant Negative Effect (DNE) in vivo. Here, we followed the referee’s suggestion and evaluated the possibility of a DNE in response to stress, by comparing WT, Trp53<sup>+/Y217C</sup> and Trp53<sup>+/-</sup> MEFs or thymocytes. We analyzed different types of stress (Nutlin, Doxorubicin, girradiation) and different types of cellular responses (transactivation of classical p53 target genes, cell cycle arrest, apoptosis), and the results lead us to conclude that there is little if any DNE also in response to various stresses. These new data are mentioned in a paragraph evaluating the possibility of DNE or GOF at the cellular level, and presented in a new Supplementary Figure S6.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Paturi et.al. presents a detailed structural and mechanistic study of the DRB7.2:DRB4 complex in plants, focusing on its role in sequestering endogenous inverted-repeat dsRNA precursors and inhibiting Dicer-like protein 3 (DCL3) activity. By truncating the two proteins, they systematically identify the domains involved in direct interaction between DRB7.2 and DRB4 and study the interactions between the two using biophysical techniques (ITC and NMR). They show using NMR that the interacting domains between the two proteins are likely partially unfolded or aggregated in the absence of the binding partner and determining the NMR structure of the individual interacting domains in the presence of the isotopically unlabelled partner using sparse restrain data combined with Rosetta. They also determine the complex structure of the interacting DRB7.2 dsRBD domain and the DRB4 D3 domain using X-ray crystallography.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the manuscript is well written, provides molecular details at high resolution between the interaction of DRB7.2 and DRB4, and the data in the manuscript strongly supports the proposed model where DRB7.2:DRB4 complex sequesters the DCL3 substrates inhibiting its function of producing epigenetically activated siRNAs.

      Weaknesses:

      Major comments:

      (1) The manuscript, unfortunately, completely lacks functional validation of the determined DRB7.2:DRB4 complex structure, which is required for the rigorous validation of the proposed model. For functional validation of the determined structures, the author should at least present the mutational analysis (impact on complex formation, RNA affinity) of the point mutants derived from the structure of the DRB7.2:DRB4 complex.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out a crucial aspect that is missed out in our manuscript. With the inputs and experiments proposed above, we would certainly like to perform additional mutational analysis to determine the impact on the heterodimeric complex formation and identify the key essential residues involved in the RNA binding.

      We expect that we can accomplish this study in the next ~ 4-6 months as we may have to create a combination of mutations for residues involved in the dimerization interface, namely, T131, V132, E134, F136, W156, and V161 on DRB7.2M. Having said that, the disruption of the heterodimer interface would probably lead to DRB7.2M and DRB4D3 returning to their fast-intermediate timescale exchanging native homo-oligomeric state/partially folded state.

      For dsRNA binding, six residues (i.e., A85 and K86 (a1), H112 and K114 (b1-b2 loop), and K142 and K144 (a2)) involved in the RNA binding interface and a few other residues based on the mutational data will be considered.

      (2) The proposed model shows the DRB7.2M and DRB4D3 as partially folded/aggregated proteins in the absence of the complex, understandably from the presented NMR data of the individual domains. However, in the cellular context, when the RNAs are present, especially DRB7.2M might be properly folded/not aggregated. Could the authors support or negate this by showing the <sup>15</sup>N HSQC spectrum of DRB7.2M in complex with the 13 bp dsRNA?

      While we have no direct proof that the DRB7.2M might be folded/not aggregated in the presence of RNAs in the cellular context, the in vitro NMR-based titration studies of alone DRB7.2 (Author response image 1A) with two molar equivalence of 13 bp dsRNA (Author response image 1B and R1C) indicate that there is no change in overall spectral pattern (except for the apparent chemical shift perturbations as expected from fast-intermediate exchange timescale binding of DRB7.2M with 13 bp dsRNA), implying that the dsRNA alone is neither necessary nor sufficient to disrupt the native fast exchange oligomeric states sampled by individual DRB7.2 and DRB7.2M.

      Author response image 1.

      DRB7.2M binding interaction with 13bp dsRNA (A) 1H-15N TROSY-HSQC of U[15N, 2H] DRB7.2M. (B) 1H-15N TROSY-HSQC of U[15N, 2H] DRB7.2M in the presence of 13 bp dsRNA with 1:2 molar equivalence. (C) An overlay of (A) and (B) indicates no evident changes in the broadening of resonances. (D) The 15N linewidth analysis of unbound (red) and bound (green) forms of U[15N, 2H] DRB7.2M resonances for which the assignment could be traced from the assignments of the DRB7.2M:DRB4D3 complex.

      Furthermore, the line-width analysis, shown in Author response image 1D, implies that the ~R<sub>2</sub> rates are roughly identical in the presence of dsRNA, indicating that the native oligomeric state of DRB7.2M remains unperturbed by the presence of dsRNA. Our observation also corroborates with the crystal structure presented in the manuscript, where we have observed that the hetero-dimeric interface lies on the opposite side of the dsRNA binding interface of the DRB7.2M:DRB4D3 complex.

      Therefore, the dsRNA substrate does not have any role in the native partially folded/oligomeric state of DRB7.2M.

      (3) It remains unclear from the manuscript if DRB7.1 will have a similar or different mechanism of interaction with DRB4. Based on the sequence comparisons of the two proteins, the authors should comment on this in the discussion section.

      Pairwise sequence alignment of full-length DRB7.2 and DRB7.1 reveals 50.7% similarity and a 33.2% identity derived from EMBOSS Needle (Author response image 2).

      Author response image 2.

      ClustalW alignment of full-length DRB7.2 and DRB7.1. The secondary structure elements are derived from the crystal structure of DRB7.2M (PDB ID: 8IGD). Identical residues are marked with red highlights, whereas similar residues are marked with yellow highlights, and the consensus residues (> 50%) are annotated below the sequence alignment.

      As expected, for the dsRBD region (corresponding to DRB7.2M), we observe a much higher degree of alignment with a 76.7% similarity with a 54.7% identity (Author response image 3).

      Author response image 3.

      ClustalW alignment of the dsRBD region of DRB7.2 and DRB7.1. The secondary structure elements are derived from the crystal structure of DRB7.2M (PDB ID: 8IGD). Identical residues are marked with red highlights, whereas similar residues are marked with yellow highlights, and the consensus residues (> 50%) are annotated below the sequence alignment.

      Moreover, the residues involved in the heterodimerization interface in DRB7.2M are identical to those in DRB7.1. As a matter of fact, the residues involved in the dimerization interface, namely, T131, V132, E134, F136, W156, and V161 in DRB7.2M are unchanged in DRB7.1, suggesting that DRB7.1M may interact with DRB4D3 using a similar manner as illustrated for DRB7.2M:DRB4D3 in the manuscript.

      Future studies will shed more light on the binding preference of DRB4D3 with DRB7.1 versus DRB7.2. One interesting thing to note is that DRB7.2 is exclusively present in the nucleus, whereas DRB7.1 is observed to localize in the nucleus as well as the cytoplasm. Therefore, spatial restriction may be one of the mechanisms that bring exclusivity to the interaction partner despite having a conserved interaction interface.

      Minor comments:

      (1) There are no errors for the N, dH, and dS values of the ITC measurements in Table 1. Also, it seems that the measurements are done only once. Values derived from at least triplicates should be presented. This would be helpful to increase confidence in the values derived from ITC, especially for the titration between DRB7.2, DRB4C, and DRB4D3, as the N value there is substantially lower than 1, which does not agree with the other data.

      We plan to estimate the errors as proposed by the reviewer in the revised manuscript to ensure that the presented data is of high confidence.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Paturi and colleagues uses an approach that combines structural biology and biochemistry to probe protein-protein and protein-RNA interactions for two protein factors related to the dsRNA pathway in plants.

      Strengths:

      A key finding in the research is the direct demonstration of the ability of the single dsRBD (double-strand RNA binding domain) of DRB7.2 to interact simultaneously with dsRNA as well as the C-terminal domain of DRB4. The heterodimerization of DRB7.2 and DRB4 is demonstrated to make a high-affinity complex with dsRNA, and it is proposed that this atypical use of the dsRBD domain to bridge the protein and RNA may contribute to the ability to prevent cleavage that would otherwise occur for dsRNA. The primary results for the interactions are generally well-supported by the data, and the conclusions are taken from the available results without excessive speculation.

      Weaknesses:

      There is a need for some statistical repeats, as well as a suggested movement of many protein characterization findings in the solution state to support data or to better indicate how these properties could play a role in the final proposed mechanism. There is also the need for certain measurement replicates, such as for the ITC data, which are derived from single measurements and lack sufficient estimates of error.

      We plan to restructure the manuscript on the lines proposed by the reviewer in the revised version. Moreover, as mentioned in the response to the comments of Reviewer 1, we suggest estimating the errors to ensure that the presented data is of high confidence in the revised version.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers of this manuscript for their thoughtful and detailed feedback, and agree that they bring up valid points. We also thank them for their suggestions on how to improve this study. We intend to revise this manuscript to help address these concerns and in the future will submit a revised version that will hopefully be improved in terms of the clarity of the text and rigor of the experimental findings.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      We thank the reviewer for his valuable input and careful assessment, which have significantly improved the clarity and rigor of our manuscript.

      Summary:

      Mazer & Yovel 2025 dissect the inverse problem of how echolocators in groups manage to navigate their surroundings despite intense jamming using computational simulations.

      The authors show that despite the 'noisy' sensory environments that echolocating groups present, agents can still access some amount of echo-related information and use it to navigate their local environment. It is known that echolocating bats have strong small and large-scale spatial memory that plays an important role for individuals. The results from this paper also point to the potential importance of an even lower-level, short-term role of memory in the form of echo 'integration' across multiple calls, despite the unpredictability of echo detection in groups. The paper generates a useful basis to think about the mechanisms in echolocating groups for experimental investigations too.

      Strengths:

      (1) The paper builds on biologically well-motivated and parametrised 2D acoustics and sensory simulation setup to investigate the various key parameters of interest

      (2) The 'null-model' of echolocators not being able to tell apart objects & conspecifics while echolocating still shows agents successfully emerge from groups - even though the probability of emergence drops severely in comparison to cognitively more 'capable' agents. This is nonetheless an important result showing the direction-of-arrival of a sound itself is the 'minimum' set of ingredients needed for echolocators navigating their environment.

      (3) The results generate an important basis in unraveling how agents may navigate in sensorially noisy environments with a lot of irrelevant and very few relevant cues.

      (4) The 2D simulation framework is simple and computationally tractable enough to perform multiple runs to investigate many variables - while also remaining true to the aim of the investigation.

      Weaknesses:

      There are a few places in the paper that can be misunderstood or don't provide complete details. Here is a selection:

      (1) Line 61: '... studies have focused on movement algorithms while overlooking the sensory challenges involved' : This statement does not match the recent state of the literature. While the previous models may have had the assumption that all neighbours can be detected, there are models that specifically study the role of limited interaction arising from a potential inability to track all neighbours due to occlusion, and the effect of responding to only one/few neighbours at a time e.g. Bode et al. 2011 R. Soc. Interface, Rosenthal et al. 2015 PNAS, Jhawar et al. 2020 Nature Physics.

      We appreciate the reviewer's comment and the relevant references. We have revised the manuscript accordingly to clarify the distinction between studies that incorporate limited interactions and those that explicitly analyze sensory constraints and interference. We have refined our statement to acknowledge these contributions while maintaining our focus on sensory challenges beyond limited neighbor detection, such as signal degradation, occlusion effects, and multimodal sensory integration (see lines 61-64):

      While collective movement has been extensively studied in various species, including insect swarming, fish schooling, and bird murmuration (Pitcher, Partridge and Wardle, 1976; Partridge, 1982; Strandburg-Peshkin et al., 2013; Pearce et al., 2014; Rosenthal, Twomey, Hartnett, Wu, Couzin, et al., 2015; Bastien and Romanczuk, 2020; Davidson et al., 2021; Aidan, Bleichman and Ayali, 2024), as well as in swarm robotics agents performing tasks such as coordinated navigation and maze-solving (Faria Dias et al., 2021; Youssefi and Rouhani, 2021; Cheraghi, Shahzad and Graffi, 2022), most studies have focused on movement algorithms , often assuming full detection of neighbors (Parrish and Edelstein-Keshet, 1999; Couzin et al., 2002, 2005; Sumpter et al., 2008; Nagy et al., 2010; Bialek et al., 2012; Gautrais et al., 2012; Attanasi et al., 2014). Some models have incorporated limited interaction rules where individuals respond to one or a few neighbors due to sensory constraints (Bode, Franks and Wood, 2011; Jhawar et al., 2020). However, fewer studies explicitly examine how sensory interference, occlusion, and noise shape decision-making in collective systems (Rosenthal et al., 2015).

      (2) The word 'interference' is used loosely places (Line 89: '...took all interference signals...', Line 319: 'spatial interference') - this is confusing as it is not clear whether the authors refer to interference in the physics/acoustics sense, or broadly speaking as a synonym for reflections and/or jamming.

      To improve clarity, we have revised the manuscript to distinguish between different types of interference:

      · Acoustic interference (jamming): Overlapping calls that completely obscure echo detection, preventing bats from perceiving necessary environmental cues.

      · Acoustic interference (masking): Partial reduction in signal clarity due to competing calls.

      · Spatial interference: Physical obstruction by conspecifics affecting movement and navigation.

      We have updated the manuscript to use these terms consistently and explicitly define them in relevant sections (see lines 87-94 and 329-330). This distinction ensures that the reader can differentiate between interference as an acoustic phenomenon and its broader implications in navigation.

      (3) The paper discusses original results without reference to how they were obtained or what was done. The lack of detail here must be considered while interpreting the Discussion e.g. Line 302 ('our model suggests...increasing the call-rate..' - no clear mention of how/where call-rate was varied) & Line 323 '..no benefit beyond a certain level..' - also no clear mention of how/where call-level was manipulated in the simulations.

      All tested parameters, including call rate dynamics and call intensity variations, are detailed in the Methods section and Tables 1 and 2. Specifically:

      · Call Rate Variation: The Inter-Pulse Interval (IPI) was modeled based on documented echolocation behavior, decreasing from 100 msec during the search phase to 35 msec (~28 calls per second) at the end of the approach phase, and to 5 msec (200 calls per second) during the final buzz (see Table 2). This natural variation in call rate was not manually manipulated in the model but emerged from the simulated bat behavior.

      · Call Intensity Variation: The tested call intensity levels (100, 110, 120, 130 dB SPL) are presented in Table 1 under the “Call Level” parameter. The effect of increasing call intensity was analyzed in relation to exit probability, jamming probability, and collision rate. This is now explicitly referenced in the Discussion.

      We have revised the manuscript to explicitly reference these aspects in the Results and Discussion sections.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      We are grateful for the reviewer’s insightful feedback, which has helped us clarify key aspects of our research and strengthen our conclusions.

      This manuscript describes a detailed model of bats flying together through a fixed geometry. The model considers elements that are faithful to both bat biosonar production and reception and the acoustics governing how sound moves in the air and interacts with obstacles. The model also incorporates behavioral patterns observed in bats, like one-dimensional feature following and temporal integration of cognitive maps. From a simulation study of the model and comparison of the results with the literature, the authors gain insight into how often bats may experience destructive interference of their acoustic signals and those of their peers, and how much such interference may actually negatively affect the groups' ability to navigate effectively. The authors use generalized linear models to test the significance of the effects they observe.

      In terms of its strengths, the work relies on a thoughtful and detailed model that faithfully incorporates salient features, such as acoustic elements like the filter for a biological receiver and temporal aggregation as a kind of memory in the system. At the same time, the authors' abstract features are complicating without being expected to give additional insights, as can be seen in the choice of a two-dimensional rather than three-dimensional system. I thought that the level of abstraction in the model was perfect, enough to demonstrate their results without needless details. The results are compelling and interesting, and the authors do a great job discussing them in the context of the biological literature.

      The most notable weakness I found in this work was that some aspects of the model were not entirely clear to me.

      For example, the directionality of the bat's sonar call in relation to its velocity. Are these the same?

      For simplicity, in our model, the head is aligned with the body, therefore the direction of the echolocation beam is the same as the direction of the flight.

      Moreover, call directionality (directivity) is not directly influenced by velocity. Instead, directionality is estimated using the piston model, as described in the Methods section. The directionality is based on the emission frequency and is thus primarily linked to the behavioral phases of the bat, with frequency shifts occurring as the bat transitions from search to approach to buzz phases. During the approach phase, the bat emits calls with higher frequencies, resulting in increased directionality. This is supported by the literature (Jakobsen and Surlykke, 2010; Jakobsen, Brinkløv and Surlykke, 2013). This phase is also associated with a natural reduction in flight speed, which is a well-documented behavioral adaptation in echolocating bats (Jakobsen et al., 2024).

      To clarify this in the manuscript, we have updated the text to explicitly state that directionality follows phase-dependent frequency changes rather than being a direct function of velocity, see lines 460-465.

      If so, what is the difference between phi_target and phi_tx in the model equations?

      represents the angle between the bat and the reflected object (target).

      the angle [rad], between the masking bat and target (from the transmitter’s perspective)

      refers to the angle between the transmitting conspecific and the receiving focal bat, from the transmitter’s point of view.

      represents the angle between the receiving bat and the transmitting bat, from the receiver’s point of view.

      These definitions have been explicitly stated in the revised manuscript to prevent any ambiguity (lines 467-468). Additionally, a Supplementary figure demonstrating the geometrical relations has been added to the manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      What is a bat's response to colliding with a conspecific (rather than a wall)?

      In nature, minor collisions between bats are common and typically do not result in significant disruptions to flight (Boerma et al., 2019; Roy et al., 2019; Goldstein et al., 2024).Given this, our model does not explicitly simulate the physical impact of a collision event. Instead, during the collision event the bat keeps decreasing its velocity and changing its flight direction until the distance between bats is above the threshold (0.4 m). We assume that the primary cost of such interactions arises from the effort required to avoid collisions, rather than from the collision itself. This assumption aligns with observations of bat behavior in dense flight environments, where individuals prioritize collision avoidance rather than modeling post-collision dynamics.

      From the statistical side, it was not clear if replicate simulations were performed. If they were, which I believe is the right way due to stochasticity in the model, how many replicates were used, and are the standard errors referred to throughout the paper between individuals in the same simulation or between independent simulations, or both?

      The number of repetitions for each scenario is detailed in Table 1, but we included it in a more prominent location in the text for clarity. Specifically, we now state (Lines 274-275):

      "The number of repetitions for each scenario was as follows: 1 bat: 240; 2 bats: 120; 5 bats: 48; 10 bats: 24; 20 bats: 12; 40 bats: 12; 100 bats: 6."

      Regarding the reported standard errors, they are calculated across all individuals within each scenario, without distinguishing between different simulation trials.

      We clarified in the revised text (Lines 534-535 in Statistical Analysis)

      Overall, I found these weaknesses to be superficial and easily remedied by the authors. The authors presented well-reasoned arguments that were supported by their results, and which were used to demonstrate how call interference impacts the collective's roost exit as measured by several variables. As the authors highlight, I think this work is valuable to individuals interested in bat biology and behavior, as well as to applications in engineered multi-agent systems like robotic swarms.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful comments and the time invested in evaluating our work, which have greatly contributed to refining our study.

      We would like to note that in general, our model often simplifies some of the bats’ abilities, under the assumption that if the simulated bats manage to perform this difficult task with simpler mechanisms, real better adapted bats will probably perform even better. This thought strategy will be repeated in several of the answers below.

      Summary:

      The authors describe a model to mimic bat echolocation behavior and flight under high-density conditions and conclude that the problem of acoustic jamming is less severe than previously thought, conflating the success of their simulations (as described in the manuscript) with hard evidence for what real bats are actually doing. The authors base their model on two species of bats that fly at "high densities" (defined by the authors as colony sizes from tens to tens of thousands of individuals and densities of up to 33.3 bats/m2), Pipistrellus kuhli and Rhinopoma microphyllum. This work fits into the broader discussion of bat sensorimotor strategies during collective flight, and simulations are important to try to understand bat behavior, especially given a lack of empirical data. However, I have major concerns about the assumptions of the parameters used for the simulation, which significantly impact both the results of the simulation and the conclusions that can be made from the data. These details are elaborated upon below, along with key recommendations the authors should consider to guide the refinement of the model.

      Strengths:

      This paper carries out a simulation of bat behavior in dense swarms as a way to explain how jamming does not pose a problem in dense groups. Simulations are important when we lack empirical data. The simulation aims to model two different species with different echolocation signals, which is very important when trying to model echolocation behavior. The analyses are fairly systematic in testing all ranges of parameters used and discussing the differential results.

      Weaknesses:

      The justification for how the different foraging phase call types were chosen for different object detection distances in the simulation is unclear. Do these distances match those recorded from empirical studies, and if so, are they identical for both species used in the simulation?

      The distances at which bats transition between echolocation phases are identical for both species in our model (see Table 2). These distances are based on well-documented empirical studies of bat hunting and obstacle avoidance behavior (Griffin, Webster and Michael, 1958; Simmons and Kick, 1983; Schnitzler et al., 1987; Kalko, 1995; Hiryu et al., 2008; Vanderelst and Peremans, 2018). These references provide extensive evidence that insectivorous bats systematically adjust their echolocation calls in response to object proximity, following the characteristic phases of search, approach, and buzz.

      To improve clarity, we have updated the text to explicitly state that the phase transition distances are empirically grounded and apply equally to both modeled species (lines 430-447).

      What reasoning do the authors have for a bat using the same call characteristics to detect a cave wall as they would for detecting a small insect?

      In echolocating bats, call parameters are primarily shaped by the target distance and echo strength. Accordingly, there is little difference in call structure between prey capture and obstacles-related maneuvers, aside from intensity adjustments based on target strength (Hagino et al., 2007; Hiryu et al., 2008; Surlykke, Ghose and Moss, 2009; Kothari et al., 2014). In our study, due to the dense cave environment, the bats are found to operate in the approach phase nearly all the time, which is consistent with natural cave emergence, where they are navigating through a cluttered environment rather than engaging in open-space search. For one of the species (Rhinopoma M.), we also have empirical recordings of individuals flying under similar conditions (Goldstein et al., 2024). Our model was designed to remain as simple as possible while relying on conservative assumptions that may underestimate bat performance. If, in reality, bats fine-tune their echolocation calls even earlier or more precisely during navigation than assumed, our model would still conservatively reflect their actual capabilities.

      We actually used logarithmically frequency modulated (FM) chirps, generated using the MATLAB built-in function chirp(t, f0, t1, f1, 'logarithmic'). This method aligns with the nonlinear FM characteristics of Pipistrellus kuhlii (PK) and Rhinopoma microphyllum (RM) and provides a realistic approximation of their echolocation signals. We acknowledge that this was not sufficiently emphasized in the original text, and we have now explicitly highlighted this in the revised version to ensure clarity (sell Lines 447-449 in Methods).

      The two species modeled have different calls. In particular, the bandwidth varies by a factor of 10, meaning the species' sonars will have different spatial resolutions. Range resolution is about 10x better for PK compared to RM, but the authors appear to use the same thresholds for "correct detection" for both, which doesn't seem appropriate.

      The detection process in our model is based on Saillant’s method using a filter bank, as detailed in the paper (Saillant et al., 1993; Neretti et al., 2003; Sanderson et al., 2003). This approach inherently incorporates the advantages of a wider bandwidth, meaning that the differences in range resolution between the species are already accounted for within the signal-processing framework. Thus, there is no need to explicitly adjust the model parameters for bandwidth variations, as these effects emerge from the applied method.

      Also, the authors did not mention incorporating/correcting for/exploiting Doppler, which leads me to assume they did not model it.

      The reviewer is correct. To maintain model simplicity, we did not incorporate the Doppler effect or its impact on echolocation. The exclusion of Doppler effects was based on the assumption that while Doppler shifts can influence frequency perception, their impact on jamming and overall navigation performance is minor within the modelled context.

      The maximal Doppler shifts expected for the bats in this scenario are of ~ 1kHz. These shifts would be applied variably across signals due to the semi-random relative velocities between bats, leading to a mixed effect on frequency changes. This variability would likely result in an overall reduction in jamming rather than exacerbating it, aligning with our previous statement that our model may overestimate the severity of acoustic interference. Such Doppler shifts would result in errors of 2-4 cm in localization (i.e., 200-400 micro-seconds) (Boonman, Parsons and Jones, 2003). 

      We have now explicitly highlighted this in the revised version (see Lines 468-470).

      The success of the simulation may very well be due to variation in the calls of the bats, which ironically enough demonstrates the importance of a jamming avoidance response in dense flight. This explains why the performance of the simulation falls when bats are not able to distinguish their own echoes from other signals. For example, in Figure C2, there are calls that are labeled as conspecific calls and have markedly shorter durations and wider bandwidths than others. These three phases for call types used by the authors may be responsible for some (or most) of the performance of the model since the correlation between different call types is unlikely to exceed the detection threshold. But it turns out this variation in and of itself is what a jamming avoidance response may consist of. So, in essence, the authors are incorporating a jamming avoidance response into their simulation.

      We fully agree that the natural variations in call design between the phases contribute significantly to interference reduction (see our discussion in a previous paper in Mazar & Yovel, 2020). However, we emphasize that this cannot be classified as a Jamming Avoidance Response (JAR). In our model, bats respond only to the physical presence of objects and not to the acoustic environment or interference itself. There is no active or adaptive adjustment of call design to minimize jamming beyond the natural phase-dependent variations in call structure. Therefore, while variation in call types does inherently reduce interference, this effect emerges passively from the modeled behavior rather than as an intentional strategy to avoid jamming.

      The authors claim that integration over multiple pings (though I was not able to determine the specifics of this integration algorithm) reduces the masking problem. Indeed, it should: if you have two chances at detection, you've effectively increased your SNR by 3dB.

      The reviewer is correct. Indeed, integration over multiple calls improves signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), effectively increasing it by approximately 3 dB per doubling of observations. The specifics of the integration algorithm are detailed in the Methods section, where we describe how sensory information is aggregated across multiple time steps to enhance detection reliability.

      They also claim - although it is almost an afterthought - that integration dramatically reduces the degradation caused by false echoes. This also makes sense: from one ping to the next, the bat's own echo delays will correlate extremely well with the bat's flight path. Echo delays due to conspecifics will jump around kind of randomly. However, the main concern is regarding the time interval and number of pings of the integration, especially in the context of the bat's flight speed. The authors say that a 1s integration interval (5-10 pings) dramatically reduces jamming probability and echo confusion. This number of pings isn't very high, and it occurs over a time interval during which the bat has moved 5-10m. This distance is large compared to the 0.4m distance-to-obstacle that triggers an evasive maneuver from the bat, so integration should produce a latency in navigation that significantly hinders the ability to avoid obstacles. Can the authors provide statistics that describe this latency, and discussion about why it doesn't seem to be a problem?

      As described in the Methods section, the bat’s collision avoidance response does not solely rely on the integration process. Instead, the model incorporates real-time echoes from the last calls, which are used independently of the integration process for immediate obstacle avoidance maneuvers. This ensures that bats can react to nearby obstacles without being hindered by the integration latency. The slower integration on the other hand is used for clustering, outlier removal and estimation wall directions to support the pathfinding process, as illustrated in Supplementary Figure 1.

      Additionally, our model assumes that bats store the physical positions of echoes in an allocentric coordinate system (x-y). The integration occurs after transforming these detections from a local relative reference frame to a global spatial representation. This allows for stable environmental mapping while maintaining responsiveness to immediate changes in the bat’s surroundings.

      See lines 518-523 in the revied version.

      The authors are using a 2D simulation, but this very much simplifies the challenge of a 3D navigation task, and there is an explanation as to why this is appropriate. Bat densities and bat behavior are discussed per unit area when realistically it should be per unit volume. In fact, the authors reference studies to justify the densities used in the simulation, but these studies were done in a 3D world. If the authors have justification for why it is realistic to model a 3D world in a 2D simulation, I encourage them to provide references justifying this approach.

      We acknowledge that this is a simplification; however, from an echolocation perspective, a 2D framework represents a worst-case scenario in terms of bat densities and maneuverability:

      · Higher Effective Density: A 2D model forces all bats into a single plane rather than distributing them through a 3D volume, increasing the likelihood of overlap in calls and echoes and making jamming more severe. As described in the text: the average distance to the nearest bat in our simulation is 0.27m (with 100 bats), whereas reported distances in very dense colonies are 0.5m, as observed in Myotis grisescens and Tadarida brasiliensis (Fujioka et al., 2021; Sabol and Hudson, 1995; Betke et al., 2008; Gillam et al, 2010)

      · Reduced Maneuverability: In 3D space, bats can use vertical movement to avoid obstacles and conspecifics. A 2D constraint eliminates this degree of freedom, increasing collision risk and limiting escape options.

      Thus, our 2D model provides a conservative difficult test case, ensuring that our findings are valid under conditions where jamming and collision risks are maximized. Additionally, the 2D framework is computationally efficient, allowing us to perform multiple simulation runs to explore a broad parameter space and systematically test the impact of different variables.

      To address the reviewer’s concern, we have clarified this justification in the revised text and will provide supporting references where applicable: (see Methods lines 407-412)

      The focus on "masking" (which appears to be just in-band noise), especially relative to the problem of misassigned echoes, is concerning. If the bat calls are all the same waveform (downsweep linear FM of some duration, I assume - it's not clear from the text), false echoes would be a major problem. Masking, as the authors define it, just reduces SNR. This reduction is something like sqrt(N), where N is the number of conspecifics whose echoes are audible to the bat, so this allows the detection threshold to be set lower, increasing the probability that a bat's echo will exceed a detection threshold. False echoes present a very different problem. They do not reduce SNR per se, but rather they cause spurious threshold excursions (N of them!) that the bat cannot help but interpret as obstacle detection. I would argue that in dense groups the mis-assignment problem is much more important than the SNR problem.

      There is substantial literature supporting the assumption that bats can recognize their own echoes and distinguish them from conspecific signals (Schnitzler and Bioscience, 2001‏; Kazial, Burnett and Masters, 2001; Burnett and Masters, 2002; Kazial, Kenny and Burnett, 2008; Chili, Xian and Moss, 2009; Yovel et al., 2009; Beetz and Hechavarría, 2022). However, we acknowledge that false echoes may present a major challenge in dense groups. To address this, we explicitly tested the impact of the self-echo identification assumption in our study see Results Figure 4: The impact of confusion on performance, and lines 345-355 in the Discussion.

      Furthermore, we examined a full confusion scenario, where all reflected echoes from conspecifics were misinterpreted as obstacle reflections (i.e., 100% confusion). Our results show that this significantly degrades navigation performance, supporting the argument that echo misassignment is a critical issue. However, we also explored a simple mitigation strategy based on temporal integration with outlier rejection, which provided some improvement in performance. This suggests that real bats may possess additional mechanisms to enhance self-echo identification and reduce false detections. See lines XX in the manuscript for further discussion.

      The criteria set for flight behavior (lines 393-406) are not justified with any empirical evidence of the flight behavior of wild bats in collective flight. How did the authors determine the avoidance distances? Also, what is the justification for the time limit of 15 seconds to emerge from the opening? Instead of an exit probability, why not instead use a time criterion, similar to "How long does it take X% of bats to exit?"

      While we acknowledge that wild bats may employ more complex behaviors for collision avoidance, we chose to implement a simplified decision-making rule in our model to maintain computational tractability.

      The avoidance distances (1.5 m from walls and 0.4 m from other bats) were selected as internal parameters to ensure coherent flight trajectories while maintaining a reasonable collision rate. These distances provide a balance between maneuverability and stability, preventing erratic flight patterns while still enabling effective obstacle avoidance. In the revised paper, we have added supplementary figures illustrating the effect of model parameters on performance, specifically focusing on the avoidance distance.

      The 15-second exit limit was determined as described in the text (Lines 403-404): “A 15-second window was chosen because it is approximately twice the average exit time for 40 bats and allows for a second corrective maneuver if needed.” In other words, it allowed each bat to circle the ‘cave’ twice to exit even in the most crowded environment. This threshold was set to keep simulation time reasonable while allowing sufficient time for most bats to exit successfully.

      We acknowledge that the alternative approach suggested by the reviewer—measuring the time taken for a certain percentage of bats to exit—is also valid. However, in our model, some outlier bats fail to exit and continue flying for many minutes, Such simulations would lead to excessive simulation times making it difficult to generate repetitions and not teaching us much – they usually resulted from the bat slightly missing the opening (see video S1. Our chosen approach ensures practical runtime constraints while still capturing relevant performance metrics.

      What is the empirical justification for the 1-10 calls used for integration?

      The "average exit time for 40 bats" is also confusing and not well explained. Was this determined empirically? From the simulation? If the latter, what are the conditions? Does it include masking, no masking, or which species?

      Previous studies have demonstrated that bats integrate acoustic information received sequentially over several echolocation calls (2-15), effectively constructing an auditory scene in complex environments (Ulanovsky and Moss, 2008; Chili, Xian and Moss, 2009; Moss and Surlykke, 2010; Yovel and Ulanovsky, 2017; Salles, Diebold and Moss, 2020). Additionally, bats are known to produce echolocation sound groups when spatiotemporal localization demands are high (Kothari et al., 2014). Studies have documented call sequences ranging from 2 to 15 grouped calls (Moss et al., 2010), and it has been hypothesized that grouping facilitates echo segregation.

      We did not use a single integration window - we tested integration sizes between 1 and 10 calls and presented the results in Figure 3A. This range was chosen based on prior empirical findings and to explore how different levels of temporal aggregation impact navigation performance. Indeed, the results showed that the performance levels between 5-10 calls integration window (Figure 3A)

      Regarding the average exit time for 40 bats, this value was determined from our simulations, where it represents the mean time for successful exits under standard conditions with masking.

      We have revised the text to clarify these details see, lines 466.

      References:

      Aidan, Y., Bleichman, I. and Ayali, A. (2024) ‘Pausing to swarm: locust intermittent motion is instrumental for swarming-related visual processing’, Biology letters, 20(2), p. 20230468. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1098/rsbl.2023.0468.

      Attanasi, A. et al. (2014) ‘Collective Behaviour without Collective Order in Wild Swarms of Midges’. Edited by T. Vicsek, 10(7). Available at: https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1003697.

      Bastien, R. and Romanczuk, P. (2020) ‘A model of collective behavior based purely on vision’, Science Advances, 6(6). Available at: https://doi.org/10.1126/sciadv.aay0792.

      Beetz, M.J. and Hechavarría, J.C. (2022) ‘Neural Processing of Naturalistic Echolocation Signals in Bats’, Frontiers in Neural Circuits, 16, p. 899370. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3389/FNCIR.2022.899370/BIBTEX.

      Betke, M. et al. (2008) ‘Thermal Imaging Reveals Significantly Smaller Brazilian Free-Tailed Bat Colonies Than Previously Estimated’, Journal of Mammalogy, 89(1), pp. 18–24. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1644/07-MAMM-A-011.1.

      Bialek, W. et al. (2012) ‘Statistical mechanics for natural flocks of birds’, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 109(13), pp. 4786–4791. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1073/PNAS.1118633109.

      Bode, N.W.F., Franks, D.W. and Wood, A.J. (2011) ‘Limited interactions in flocks: Relating model simulations to empirical data’, Journal of the Royal Society Interface, 8(55), pp. 301–304. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1098/RSIF.2010.0397.

      Boerma, D.B. et al. (2019) ‘Wings as inertial appendages: How bats recover from aerial stumbles’, Journal of Experimental Biology, 222(20). Available at: https://doi.org/10.1242/JEB.204255/VIDEO-3.

      Boonman, A.M., Parsons, S. and Jones, G. (2003) ‘The influence of flight speed on the ranging performance of bats using frequency modulated echolocation pulses’, The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 113(1), p. 617. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1121/1.1528175.

      Burnett, S.C. and Masters, W.M. (2002) ‘Identifying Bats Using Computerized Analysis and Artificial Neural Networks’, North American Symposium on Bat Research, 9.

      Cheraghi, A.R., Shahzad, S. and Graffi, K. (2022) ‘Past, Present, and Future of Swarm Robotics’, in Lecture Notes in Networks and Systems. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-82199-9_13.

      Chili, C., Xian, W. and Moss, C.F. (2009) ‘Adaptive echolocation behavior in bats for the analysis of auditory scenes’, Journal of Experimental Biology, 212(9), pp. 1392–1404. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1242/jeb.027045.

      Couzin, I.D. et al. (2002) ‘Collective Memory and Spatial Sorting in Animal Groups’, Journal of Theoretical Biology, 218(1), pp. 1–11. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1006/jtbi.2002.3065.

      Couzin, I.D. et al. (2005) ‘Effective leadership and decision-making in animal groups on the move’, Nature, 433(7025), pp. 513–516. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1038/nature03236.

      Davidson, J.D. et al. (2021) ‘Collective detection based on visual information in animal groups’, Journal of the Royal Society, 18(180), p. 2021.02.18.431380. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1098/rsif.2021.0142.

      Faria Dias, P.G. et al. (2021) ‘Swarm robotics: A perspective on the latest reviewed concepts and applications’, Sensors. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3390/s21062062.

      Fujioka, E. et al. (2021) ‘Three-Dimensional Trajectory Construction and Observation of Group Behavior of Wild Bats During Cave Emergence’, Journal of Robotics and Mechatronics, 33(3), pp. 556–563. Available at: https://doi.org/10.20965/jrm.2021.p0556.

      Gautrais, J. et al. (2012) ‘Deciphering Interactions in Moving Animal Groups’, PLOS Computational Biology, 8(9), p. e1002678. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1371/JOURNAL.PCBI.1002678.

      Gillam, E.H. et al. (2010) ‘Echolocation behavior of Brazilian free-tailed bats during dense emergence flights’, Journal of Mammalogy, 91(4), pp. 967–975. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1644/09-MAMM-A-302.1.

      Goldstein, A. et al. (2024) ‘Collective Sensing – On-Board Recordings Reveal How Bats Maneuver Under Severe 4 Acoustic Interference’, Under Review, pp. 1–25.

      Griffin, D.R., Webster, F.A. and Michael, C.R. (1958) ‘THE ECHOLOCATION OF FLYING INSECTS BY BATS ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR , Viii , 3-4’.

      Hagino, T. et al. (2007) ‘Adaptive SONAR sounds by echolocating bats’, International Symposium on Underwater Technology, UT 2007 - International Workshop on Scientific Use of Submarine Cables and Related Technologies 2007, pp. 647–651. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1109/UT.2007.370829.

      Hiryu, S. et al. (2008) ‘Adaptive echolocation sounds of insectivorous bats, Pipistrellus abramus, during foraging flights in the field’, The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 124(2), pp. EL51–EL56. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1121/1.2947629.

      Jakobsen, L. et al. (2024) ‘Velocity as an overlooked driver in the echolocation behavior of aerial hawking vespertilionid bats’. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2024.12.042.

      Jakobsen, L., Brinkløv, S. and Surlykke, A. (2013) ‘Intensity and directionality of bat echolocation signals’, Frontiers in Physiology, 4 APR(April), pp. 1–9. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3389/fphys.2013.00089.

      Jakobsen, L. and Surlykke, A. (2010) ‘Vespertilionid bats control the width of their biosonar sound beam dynamically during prey pursuit’, 107(31). Available at: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1006630107.

      Jhawar, J. et al. (2020) ‘Noise-induced schooling of fish’, Nature Physics 2020 16:4, 16(4), pp. 488–493. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41567-020-0787-y.

      Kalko, E.K. V. (1995) ‘Insect pursuit, prey capture and echolocation in pipistrelle bats (Microchirptera)’, Animal Behaviour, 50(4), pp. 861–880.

      Kazial, K.A., Burnett, S.C. and Masters, W.M. (2001) ‘ Individual and Group Variation in Echolocation Calls of Big Brown Bats, Eptesicus Fuscus (Chiroptera: Vespertilionidae) ’, Journal of Mammalogy, 82(2), pp. 339–351. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1644/1545-1542(2001)082<0339:iagvie>2.0.co;2.

      Kazial, K.A., Kenny, T.L. and Burnett, S.C. (2008) ‘Little brown bats (Myotis lucifugus) recognize individual identity of conspecifics using sonar calls’, Ethology, 114(5), pp. 469–478. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1439-0310.2008.01483.x.

      Kothari, N.B. et al. (2014) ‘Timing matters: Sonar call groups facilitate target localization in bats’, Frontiers in Physiology, 5 MAY. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3389/fphys.2014.00168.

      Moss, C.F. and Surlykke, A. (2010) ‘Probing the natural scene by echolocation in bats’, Frontiers in Behavioral Neuroscience. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3389/fnbeh.2010.00033.

      Nagy, M. et al. (2010) ‘Hierarchical group dynamics in pigeon flocks’, Nature 2010 464:7290, 464(7290), pp. 890–893. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1038/nature08891.

      Neretti, N. et al. (2003) ‘Time-frequency model for echo-delay resolution in wideband biosonar’, The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 113(4), pp. 2137–2145. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1121/1.1554693.

      Parrish, J.K. and Edelstein-Keshet, L. (1999) ‘Complexity, Pattern, and Evolutionary Trade-Offs in Animal Aggregation’, Science, 284(5411), pp. 99–101. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1126/SCIENCE.284.5411.99.

      Partridge, B.L. (1982) ‘The Structure and Function of Fish Schools’, 246(6), pp. 114–123. Available at: https://doi.org/10.2307/24966618.

      Pearce, D.J.G. et al. (2014) ‘Role of projection in the control of bird flocks’, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 111(29), pp. 10422–10426. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1402202111.

      Pitcher, T.J., Partridge, B.L. and Wardle, C.S. (1976) ‘A blind fish can school’, Science, 194(4268), pp. 963–965. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1126/science.982056.

      Rosenthal, S.B., Twomey, C.R., Hartnett, A.T., Wu, H.S., Couzin, I.D., et al. (2015) ‘Revealing the hidden networks of interaction in mobile animal groups allows prediction of complex behavioral contagion’, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 112(15), pp. 4690–4695. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1420068112.

      Rosenthal, S.B., Twomey, C.R., Hartnett, A.T., Wu, H.S. and Couzin, I.D. (2015) ‘Revealing the hidden networks of interaction in mobile animal groups allows prediction of complex behavioral contagion’, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 112(15), pp. 4690–4695. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1073/PNAS.1420068112/-/DCSUPPLEMENTAL/PNAS.1420068112.SAPP.PDF.

      Roy, S. et al. (2019) ‘Extracting interactions between flying bat pairs using model-free methods’, Entropy, 21(1). Available at: https://doi.org/10.3390/e21010042.

      Sabol, B.M. and Hudson, M.K. (1995) ‘Technique using thermal infrared-imaging for estimating populations of gray bats’, Journal of Mammalogy, 76(4). Available at: https://doi.org/10.2307/1382618.

      Saillant, P.A. et al. (1993) ‘A computational model of echo processing and acoustic imaging in frequency- modulated echolocating bats: The spectrogram correlation and transformation receiver’, The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 94(5). Available at: https://doi.org/10.1121/1.407353.

      Salles, A., Diebold, C.A. and Moss, C.F. (2020) ‘Echolocating bats accumulate information from acoustic snapshots to predict auditory object motion’, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 117(46), pp. 29229–29238. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1073/PNAS.2011719117/SUPPL_FILE/PNAS.2011719117.SAPP.PDF.

      Sanderson, M.I. et al. (2003) ‘Evaluation of an auditory model for echo delay accuracy in wideband biosonar’, The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 114(3), pp. 1648–1659. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1121/1.1598195.

      Schnitzler, H., Bioscience, E.K.- and 2001‏, undefined (no date) ‘Echolocation by insect-eating bats: we define four distinct functional groups of bats and find differences in signal structure that correlate with the typical echolocation ‏’, academic.oup.com‏HU Schnitzler, EKV Kalko‏Bioscience, 2001‏•academic.oup.com‏ [Preprint]. Available at: https://academic.oup.com/bioscience/article-abstract/51/7/557/268230 (Accessed: 17 March 2025).

      Schnitzler, H.-U. et al. (1987) ‘The echolocation and hunting behavior of the bat,Pipistrellus kuhli’, Journal of Comparative Physiology A, 161(2), pp. 267–274. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00615246.

      Simmons, J.A. and Kick, S.A. (1983) ‘Interception of Flying Insects by Bats’, Neuroethology and Behavioral Physiology, pp. 267–279. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-69271-0_20.

      Strandburg-Peshkin, A. et al. (2013) ‘Visual sensory networks and effective information transfer in animal groups’, Current Biology. Cell Press. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2013.07.059.

      Sumpter, D.J.T. et al. (2008) ‘Consensus Decision Making by Fish’, Current Biology, 18(22), pp. 1773–1777. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/J.CUB.2008.09.064.

      Surlykke, A., Ghose, K. and Moss, C.F. (2009) ‘Acoustic scanning of natural scenes by echolocation in the big brown bat, Eptesicus fuscus’, Journal of Experimental Biology, 212(7), pp. 1011–1020. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1242/JEB.024620.

      Theriault, D.H. et al. (no date) ‘Reconstruction and analysis of 3D trajectories of Brazilian free-tailed bats in flight‏’, cs-web.bu.edu‏ [Preprint]. Available at: https://cs-web.bu.edu/faculty/betke/papers/2010-027-3d-bat-trajectories.pdf (Accessed: 4 May 2023).

      Ulanovsky, N. and Moss, C.F. (2008) ‘What the bat’s voice tells the bat’s brain’, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 105(25), pp. 8491–8498. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0703550105.

      Vanderelst, D. and Peremans, H. (2018) ‘Modeling bat prey capture in echolocating bats : The feasibility of reactive pursuit’, Journal of theoretical biology, 456, pp. 305–314.

      Youssefi, K.A.R. and Rouhani, M. (2021) ‘Swarm intelligence based robotic search in unknown maze-like environments’, Expert Systems with Applications, 178. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eswa.2021.114907.

      Yovel, Y. et al. (2009) ‘The voice of bats: How greater mouse-eared bats recognize individuals based on their echolocation calls’, PLoS Computational Biology, 5(6). Available at: https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1000400.

      Yovel, Y. and Ulanovsky, N. (2017) ‘Bat Navigation’, The Curated Reference Collection in Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Psychology, pp. 333–345. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-809324-5.21031-6.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      eLife Assessment

      In this valuable study, García-Vázquez et al. provide solid evidence suggesting that G2 and S phases expressed protein 1 (GTSE1), is a previously unappreciated non-pocket substrate of cyclin D1-CDK4/6 kinases. To this end, this study holds a promise to significantly contribute to an improved understanding of the mechanisms underpinning cell cycle progression. Notwithstanding these clear strengths of the article, it was thought that the study may benefit from establishing the precise role of cyclin D1-CDK4/6 kinase-dependent GTSE1 phosphorylation in the context of cell cycle progression, …

      We do not claim, as editors and reviewers appear to have interpreted, that GTSE1 is phosphorylated by cyclin D1-CDK4 in the G1 phase of the cell cycle under normal physiologic conditions.  Indeed, we agree with the existing literature indicating that in cells that do not express high levels of cyclin D1, GTSE1 is expressed predominantly during S and G2 phase (hence the name GTSE1, which stands for G-Two and S phases expressed protein 1) and is phosphorylated by mitotic cyclins in early mitosis.  Even during G1, when the levels of cyclin D1 peak, GTSE1 is not phosphorylated in normal cells.  This could be due to either a higher affinity between GTSE1 and mitotic cyclins as compared to D-type cyclins or to a higher concentration of mitotic cyclins compared to D-type cyclins.  In the current manuscript, we show that higher levels of cyclin D1 can drive the sustained phosphorylation of GTSE1 across all cell cycle points. To reach this conclusion, we do not rely only on the overexpression of exogenous cyclin D1. In fact, we observe similar effect when we deplete endogenous AMBRA1, resulting in the stabilization of endogenous cyclin D1 in all cell cycle phases (see Figure 2G and Figure supplement 3B).  As we had already mentioned in the Discussion section, we propose that GTSE1 is phosphorylated by CDK4 and CDK6 particularly in pathological states, such as cancers displaying overexpression of D-type cyclins (i.e., it is possible that the overexpression overcomes the lower affinity of the cyclin D-GTSE1 complex). In turn, phosphorylation of GTSE1 induces its stabilization, leading to increased levels that, as expected based on the existing literature, contribute to enhanced cell proliferation.  So, the role of the cyclin D1-CDK4/6 kinase-dependent GTSE1 phosphorylation is to stabilize GTSE1 independently of the cell cycle.  In sum, our study suggests that overexpression of cyclin D1, which is often observed in cancers cells beyond the G1 phase, induces phosphorylation of GTSE1 at all points in the cell cycle. 

      … obtaining more direct evidence that cyclin D1-CDK4/6 kinase phosphorylate indicated sites on GTSE1 (e.g., S454) …

      We show that treatment of cells with palbociclib completely abolished the effect of cyclin D1-CDK4 on the GTSE1 shift observed using Phos-tag gels (Figure 2H).  Moreover, mutagenesis analysis shows that S91, S262, and S724 are phosphorylated in a cyclin D1-CDK4-dependent manner (Figure 2F and Figure supplement 3A). Compared to wild-type GTSE1, a triple mutant (S91A/S262A/S724A) displayed loss of slower-migrating bands upon co-expression of cyclin D1-CDK4, suggesting diminished phosphorylation. Nevertheless, a residual slow-migrating band persisted, prompting further mutations of the triple GTSE1 mutant in S331 and S454 (individually), which do not have a CDK-phosphorylation consensus, but were identified in several published phospho-proteomics studies. From these two quadruple mutants, only the that containing the S454A mutation demonstrated a complete abrogation of any shift in phos-tagTM gels (Figure 2F). These studies suggest that four major sites (S91, S262, S454, and S724) are phosphorylated (either directly and/or indirectly) in a cyclin D1-CDK4-dependent manner.

      … and mapping a degron in GTSE1 whose function may be blocked by cyclin D1-CDK4/6 kinase-dependent phosphorylation.

      We show that stabilization or overexpression of cyclin D1, which is often observed in human cancers, promotes GTSE1 phosphorylation on S91, S262, S454, and S724, resulting in GTSE1 stabilization.  Similarly, a phospho-mimicking mutant with the 4 serine residues replaced with an aspartate at positions 91, 261, 454, and 724 display increased half-life. While we appreciate the editor’s suggestion and agree on these being interesting questions, we would like to respectfully point out that mapping the GTSE1 degron and understanding how it is affected by cyclin D1-CDK4/6-dependent phosphorylation is outside the scope of the current project and will require an extensive set of experiments and tools. Accordingly, the three reviewers did not ask to map the GTSE1 degron.  We plan on addressing these interesting questions as part of a follow-up study.

      Reviewer #1 (public review):

      Summary:

      García-Vázquez et al. identify GTSE1 as a novel target of the cyclin D1-CDK4/6 kinases. The authors show that GTSE1 is phosphorylated at four distinct serine residues and that this phosphorylation stabilizes GTSE1 protein levels to promote proliferation.

      Strengths:

      The authors support their findings with several previously published results, including databases. In addition, the authors perform a wide range of experiments to support their findings.

      Weaknesses:

      I feel that important controls and considerations in the context of the cell cycle are missing. Cyclin D1 overexpression, Palbociclib treatment and apparently also AMBRA1 depletion can lead to major changes in cell cycle distribution, which could strongly influence many of the observed effects on the cell cycle protein GTSE1. It is therefore important that the authors assess such changes and normalize their results accordingly.

      We have approached the question of GTSE1 phosphorylation to account for potential cell cycle effects from multiple angles: 

      (i) We conducted in vitro experiments with purified, recombinant proteins and shown that GTSE1 is phosphorylated by cyclin D1-CDK4 in a cell-free system (Figure 2A-C). These experiments provide direct evidence of GTSE1 phosphorylation by cyclin D1-CDK4 without the influence of any other cell cycle effectors. 

      (ii) We present data using synchronized AMBRA1 KO cells (new Figure 2G and Figure supplement 3B).  In agreement with what we had shown previously (Simoneschi et al., Nature 2021, PMC8875297), AMBRA1 KO cells progress faster in the cell cycle but they are still synchronized as shown, for example, by the mitotic phosphorylation of Histone H3, peaking at 32 hours after serum readdition like in parental cells. Under these conditions we observed that while phosphorylation of GTSE1 in parental cells is evident in the last two time points, AMBRA1 KO cells exhibited sustained phosphorylation of GTSE1 across all cell cycle phases.  This was evident enough when using Phos-tag gels as in the top panel of the old Figure 2G. We now re-run one the biological triplicates of the synchronized cells using higher concentration of Zn<sup>+2</sup>-Phos-tag reagent and lower voltage to allow better separation of the phosphorylated bands.  Under these conditions, GTSE1 phosphorylation is better appreciable (top panel of the new Figure 2G). This experiment provides evidence that high levels of cyclin D1 in AMBRA1 KO cells affect GTSE1 phosphorylation independently of the specific points in the cell cycle. 

      (iii) The relative short half-life of GTSE1 (<4 hours) makes its levels sensitive to acute treatments such as Palbociclib or acute AMBRA1 depletion. The effects of these treatments on GTSE1 levels are measurable within a time frame too short to significantly affect cell cycle progression. For example, we used cells with fusion of endogenous AMBRA1 to a mini-Auxin Inducible Degron (mAID) at the N-terminus. This system allows for rapid and inducible degradation of AMBRA1 upon addition of auxin, thereby minimizing compensatory cellular rewiring. Again, we observed an increase in GTSE1 levels upon acute ablation of AMBRA1 (i.e., in 8 hours) (Figure 3B), when no significant effects on cell cycle distribution are observed (please see Simoneschi et al., Nature 2021, PMC8875297 and Rona et al., Mol. Cell 2024, PMC10997477).

      Altogether, the above lines of evidence support our conclusion that GTSE1 is a target of cyclin D1-CDK4, independent of cell cycle effects.

      In conclusion, we do not claim that GTSE1 is phosphorylated by cyclin D1-CDK4 in the G1 phase of the cell cycle under normal physiologic conditions.  Indeed, we agree with the existing literature indicating that in cells that do not express high levels of cyclin D1, GTSE1 is expressed predominantly during S and G2 phase (hence the name GTSE1, which stands for G-Two and S phases expressed protein 1) and is phosphorylated by mitotic cyclins in early mitosis.  Even during G1, when the levels of cyclin D1 peak, GTSE1 is not phosphorylated in normal cells. This could be due to either a higher affinity between GTSE1 and mitotic cyclins as compared to D-type cyclins or to a higher concentration of mitotic cyclins compared to D-type cyclins.  In the current manuscript, we show that higher levels of cyclin D1 can drive the sustained phosphorylation of GTSE1 across all cell cycle points. To reach this conclusion, we do not rely only on the overexpression of exogenous cyclin D1. In fact, we observe similar effect when we deplete endogenous AMBRA1, resulting in the stabilization of endogenous cyclin D1 in all cell cycle phases (see Figure 2G and Figure supplement 3B).  As we had already mentioned in the Discussion section of the original submission, we propose that GTSE1 is phosphorylated by CDK4 and CDK6 particularly in pathological states, such as cancers displaying overexpression of D-type cyclins (i.e., it is possible that the overexpression overcomes the lower affinity of the cyclin D1-GTSE1 complex). In turn, phosphorylation of GTSE1 induces its stabilization, leading to increased levels that, as expected based on the existing literature, contribute to enhanced cell proliferation.  In sum, our study suggests that overexpression of cyclin D1, which is often observed in cancers cells beyond the G1 phase, induces phosphorylation of GTSE1 at all points in the cell cycle.    

      Reviewer #2 (public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by García-Vázquez et al identifies the G2 and S phases expressed protein 1(GTSE1) as a substrate of the CycD-CDK4/6 complex. CycD-CDK4/6 is a key regulator of the G1/S cell cycle restriction point, which commits cells to enter a new cell cycle. This kinase is also an important therapeutic cancer target by approved drugs including Palbocyclib. Identification of substrates of CycD-CDK4/6 can therefore provide insights into cell cycle regulation and the mechanism of action of cancer therapeutics. A previous study identified GTSE1 as a target of CycB-Cdk1 but this appears to be the first study to address the phosphorylation of the protein by Cdk4/6.

      The authors identified GTSE1 by mining an existing proteomic dataset that is elevated in AMBRA1 knockout cells. The AMBRA1 complex normally targets D cyclins for degradation. From this list, they then identified proteins that contain a CDK4/6 consensus phosphorylation site and were responsive to treatment with Palbocyclib.

      The authors show CycD-CDK4/6 overexpression induces a shift in GTSE1 on phostag gels that can be reversed by Palbocyclib. In vitro kinase assays also showed phosphorylation by CDK4. The phosphorylation sites were then identified by mutagenizing the predicted sites and phostag got to see which eliminated the shift.

      The authors go on to show that phosphorylation of GTSE1 affects the steady state level of the protein. Moreover, they show that expression and phosphorylation of GTSE1 confer a growth advantage on tumor cells and correlate with poor prognosis in patients.

      Strengths:

      The biochemical and mutagenesis evidence presented convincingly show that the GTSE1 protein is indeed a target of the CycD-CDK4 kinase. The follow-up experiments begin to show that the phosphorylation state of the protein affects function and has an impact on patient outcomes.

      Weaknesses:

      It is not clear at which stage in the cell cycle GTSE1 is being phosphorylated and how this is affecting the cell cycle. Considering that the protein is also phosphorylated during mitosis by CycB-Cdk1, it is unclear which phosphorylation events may be regulating the protein.

      Please see point (ii) and the last paragraph in the response to Reviewer #1.  Moreover, we show that, compared to the amino acids phosphorylated by cyclin D1-CDK4, cyclin B1-CDK1 phosphorylates GTSE1 on either additional residues or different sites (Figure 2H). We also show that expression of a phospho-mimicking GTSE1 mutant leads to accelerated growth and an increase in the cell proliferative index (Figure 4B,C and new Figure supplement 4D-E).  Finally, we have evaluated also the cell cycle distributions by flow cytometry (new Figure supplement 4F). These analyses show that the expression of a phospho-mimicking GTSE1 mutant induces a decrease in the percentage of cells in G1 and an increase in the percentage of cells in S, similarly to what observed in AMBRA1 KO cells.

      Reviewer #3 (public review)

      Summary:

      This paper identifies GTSE1 as a potential substrate of cyclin D1-CDK4/6 and shows that GTSE1 correlates with cancer prognosis, probably through an effect on cell proliferation. The main problem is that the phosphorylation analysis relies on the over-expression of cyclin D1. It is unclear if the endogenous cyclin D1 is responsible for any phosphorylation of GTSE1 in vivo, and what, if anything, this moderate amount of GTSE1 phosphorylation does to drive proliferation.

      Strengths:

      There are few bonafide cyclin D1-Cdk4/6 substrates identified to be important in vivo so GTSE1 represents a potentially important finding for the field. Currently, the only cyclin D1 substrates involved in proliferation are the Rb family proteins.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is that it is unclear if the endogenous cyclin D1 is responsible for phosphorylating GTSE1 in the G1 phase. For example, in Figure 2G there doesn't seem to be a higher band in the phos-tag gel in the early time points for the parental cells. This experiment could be redone with the addition of palbociclib to the parental to see if there is a reduction in GTSE1 phosphorylation and an increase in the amount in the G1 phase as predicted by the authors' model. The experiments involving palbociclib do not disentangle cell cycle effects. Adding Cdk4 inhibitors will progressively arrest more and more cells in the G1 phase and so there will be a reduction not just in Cdk4 activity but also in Cdk2 and Cdk1 activity. More experiments, like the serum starvation/release in Figure 2G, with synchronized populations of cells would be needed to disentangle the cell cycle effects of palbociclib treatment.   

      Please see last paragraph in the response to Reviewer #1.  Concerning the experiments involving palbociclib, we limited confounding effects on the cell cycle by treating cells with palbociclib for only 4-6 hours. Under these conditions, there is simply not enough time for S and G2 cells to arrest in G1.

      It is unclear if GTSE1 drives the G1/S transition. Presumably, this is part of the authors' model and should be tested.

      We are not claiming that GTSE1 drives the G1/S transition (please see last paragraph in the response to Reviewer #1). GTSE1 is known to promote cell proliferation, but how it performs this task is not well understood.  Our experiments indicate that, when overexpressed, cyclin D1 promotes GTSE1 phosphorylation and its consequent stabilization.  In agreement with the literature, we show that higher levels of GTSE1 promote cell proliferation.  To measure cell cycle distribution upon expressing various forms of GTSE1, we have now performed FACS analyses (new Figure supplement 4F). These analyses show that the expression of a phospho-mimicking GTSE1 mutant induces a decrease in the percentage of cells in G1 and an increase in the percentage of cells in S, similarly to what observed in AMBRA1 KO cells shown in the same panel and in Simoneschi et al. (Nature 2021, PMC8875297).

      The proliferation assays need to be more quantitative. Figure 4B should be plotted on a log scale so that the slope can be used to infer the proliferation rate of an exponentially increasing population of cells. Figure 4c should be done with more replicates and error analysis since the effects shown in the lower right-hand panel are modest.

      In Figure 4B, we plotted data in a linear scale as done in the past (Donato et al. Nature Cell Biol. 2017, PMC5376241) to better underline the changes in total cell number overtime.  The experiments in Figure 4B were performed in triplicate, statistical significance was determined using unpaired T-tests with p-values<0.05, and error bars represent the mean +/- SEM.  In Figure 4C, error analysis was not included for simplicity, given the complexity of the data.  We have now included the other two sets of experiments (new Figure supplement 4D,E).  While the effects shown in the lower right-hand panel of Figure 4C are modest, they demonstrate the same trend as those observed in the AMBRA KO cells (Figure 4C and Simoneschi et al., Nature 2021, PMC8875297). It's important to note that this effect is achieved through the stable expression of a single phospho-mimicking protein, whereas AMBRA KO cells exhibit changes in numerous cell cycle regulators. Moreover, these effects are obtained by growing cells in culture for only 5 days. A similar impact on cell growth in vivo over an extended period could pose significant risks in the long term.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Figure 1E is referenced before 1D. The authors should consider switching D and E.

      Done.

      Figure 1D-E: The authors correctly note in the introduction that GTSE1 is encoded by a cell cycle-dependently expressed gene. Given that cell cycle genes are often associated with poor prognosis (e.g., see Whitfield et al., 2006 Nat. Rev. Cancer), this would be expected to correlate with poor prognosis. This should be mentioned in the results section.

      We agree that the overexpression of certain (but not all) cell cycle-regulated genes are prognostically unfavorable across various cancer types, and we cited Whitfield et al., 2006 Nat. Rev. Cancer.  However, our data indicate that phosphorylation of GTSE1 induces its stabilization and, consequently, its levels do not oscillate during the cell cycle any longer (new Figure 2G and Figure supplement 3B).  Moreover, analyzing data from the Clinical Proteomic Tumor Analysis Consortium, we observed an enrichment of GTSE1 phospho-peptides (normalized to total protein) within a pan-cancer cohort as opposed to adjacent, corresponding normal tissues (Figure 2I).

      Figure 2F: Contrast is too high. Blot images should not contain fully saturated black or white.

      We corrected the contrast.

      Figure 2G and Figure Supplement 3B: It looks like AMBRA1 KO cells do not synchronize properly in response to serum withdrawal. The cell cycle distribution should be checked by FACS. Otherwise, it is unclear whether changes in GTSE1 (phosphor) levels are only due to indirect changes in the cell cycle distribution.

      Synchronization of both parental and AMBRA1 KO cells is demonstrated by the fact that the phosphorylation of Histone H3 peaks at 32 hours after serum readdition in both cases (Figure supplement 3B). 

      Figure 2I: It is important that phosphor-GTSE1 levels are normalized to total GTSE1 levels to understand the distinct contribution of changes in GTSE1 levels and from CCND1-CDK4 driven phosphorylation.

      Done.

      Figure 3A-B: These experiments should also be controlled for cell cycle distribution. Is this effect specific to GTSE1 and other AMBRA1 targets or are other G2/M cell cycle proteins also affected?

      The relative short half-life of GTSE1 (<4 hours) makes its levels sensitive to acute treatments such as Palbociclib or acute AMBRA1 depletion. The effects of these treatments on GTSE1 levels are measurable within a time frame too short to significantly affect cell cycle progression. For example, we used cells with fusion of endogenous AMBRA1 to a mini-Auxin Inducible Degron (mAID) at the N-terminus. This system allows for rapid and inducible degradation of AMBRA1 upon addition of auxin, thereby minimizing compensatory cellular rewiring. Again, we observed an increase in GTSE1 levels upon acute ablation of AMBRA1 (i.e., in 8 hours) (Figure 3B), when no significant effects on cell cycle distribution are observed (please see Simoneschi et al., Nature 2021, PMC8875297 and Rona et al., Mol. Cell 2024, PMC10997477).

      Figure 4: It should be noted that the correlation with cell proliferation and cell cycle protein expression is expected for any cell cycle protein, including GTSE1.

      Actually, the main point of Figure 4 is to show that expression of the phospho-mimicking mutant of GTSE1 promotes cell proliferation. Comparative analysis revealed that cells overexpressing either wild-type GTSE1 or its phospho-deficient form exhibited significantly reduced proliferation rates compared to those expressing the phospho-mimicking mutant (Figure 4B,C). 

      The two-decades-old references 33 and 34 are not well suited to support the notion for Cyclin D1 that "the full spectrum of substrates and their impact on cellular function and oncogenesis remain poorly explored." More recent references should be used to show that this is still the case.

      We added more recent references.

      The authors conclude that their "data indicate that cyclin D1-CDK4 is responsible for the phosphorylation of GTSE1 on four residues (S91, S262, S454, and S724)." However, the authors' data do not exclude a role for their siblings cyclin D2, cyclin D3, and CDK6. Reflecting this, the conclusions should be toned down.

      The analysis of the sites phosphorylated in GTSE1 was performed by experimentally co-expressing cyclin D1-CDK4 (Figure 2F, Figure 2H, and Figure supplement 3A), hence our statement.  Yet, we agree that in cells, cyclin D2, cyclin D3, and CDK6 can contribute to GTSE1 phosphorylation. 

      The authors claim that they "observed that in human cells, when D-type cyclins are stabilized in the absence of AMBRA1, GTSE1 becomes phosphorylated also in G1." However, the G1-specific data presented by the authors are not controlled for, and it is unclear whether these phosphorylation events actually occur in G1 cells.

      We now provide a WB in which GTSE1 phosphorylation is more evident (top panel of the new Figure 2G) (please see point (ii) in the response to the public review of Reviewer #1).  This experiment clearly shows that in AMBRA1 KO cells, GTSE1 is phosphorylated at all points in the cell cycle. Synchronization of both parental and AMBRA1 KO cells is demonstrated by the fact that phosphorylation of Histone H3 peaks at 32 hours after serum re-addition in both cases (Figure supplement 3B). 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It is not clear from the presented data at which point in the cell cycle that phosphorylation of GTSE1 may be affecting the steady state level of the protein. The implication that GTSE1 is a target of CycD-CDK4 would suggest that the protein is stabilized at G1/S. Can this effect be observed?

      Please see the last paragraph in the response to the public review of Reviewer #1.

      (2) Considering the previous study showing that GTSE1 is also phosphorylated during mitosis by CycB-Cdk1, do levels of GTSE1 protein change during the cell cycle? Do changes in GTSE1 levels correlate with phosphorylation during the cell cycle? Cell synchronization experiments such as double thymidine and subsequent phostag analysis could shed some light on these questions.

      Please see the last paragraph in the response to the public review of Reviewer #1.

      (3) The authors show that the phosphomimetic mutants of GTSE1 confer a growth advantage on cells. The mechanism of this growth advantage is unclear. Is this effect due to a shorter cell cycle, enhanced survival, or another mechanism?

      We did not observe increased cell survival when the phosphomimetic mutants of GTSE1 is expressed.  We show that phosphorylation of GTSE1 induces its stabilization, leading to increased levels that, as expected based on the existing literature, contribute to enhanced cell proliferation.  So, the role of the cyclin D1-CDK4/6 kinase-dependent phosphorylation of GTSE1 is to stabilize GTSE1. 

      (4) Other minor points - all of the presented immunoblots do not show molecular weight markers. The IF images require scale bars.

      To prevent overcrowding of the Figures, the sizes of blotted proteins are indicated in the uncropped scans of each blot. Uncropped scans have been deposited in Mendeley at:  https://data.mendeley.com/datasets/xzkw7hrwjr/1. Scale bars have been added to the IF images.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors have leveraged Single-cell RNA sequencing of the various stages of the evolution of lung adenocarcinoma to identify the population of macrophages that contribute to tumor progression. They show that S100a4+ alveolar macrophages, active in fatty acid metabolic activity, such as palmitic acid metabolism, seem to drive the atypical adenomatous hyperplasia (AAH) stage. These macrophages also seem to induce angiogenesis promoting tumor growth. Similar types of macrophage infiltration were demonstrated in the progression of the human lung adenocarcinomas.

      Strengths:

      Identification of the metabolic pathways that promote angiogenesis-dependent progression of lung adenocarcinomas from early atypical changes to aggressive invasive phenotype could lead to the development of strategies to abort tumor progression.

      We are grateful for your constructive comments. These comments are very helpful for revising and improving our paper and have provided important guiding significance to our study. We have made revisions according to your comments and have provided point-by-point responses to your concerns.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Can the authors demonstrate what are the functional specialization of the S100a4+ alveolar macrophages that promote the progression of the AAH to the more aggressive phenotype? What are the factors produced by these unique macrophages that induce tumor progression and invasiveness?

      Thank you for your comments. To more comprehensively characterize the functional specialization of the S100a4<sup>+</sup> alveolar macrophages, we expanded the macrophage functional gene sets based on relevant literature and databases and performed enrichment analysis. The results showed that all stages of precancerous progression presented activated states of angiogenesis, M2-like and immunosuppressive functions relative to the normal stage (Figure 4B). As we have demonstrated, S100a4<sup>+</sup> alveolar macrophages predominantly exert pro-angiogenic functions during the AAH phase and may be more biased towards M2-like polarization and immunosuppression during further disease progression. Consistently, S100A4<sup>+</sup> subset population of macrophages has been proved to exhibit a M2-like phenotype with immunosuppressive properties in tumor progression [PMID: 34145030]. In addition, S100A4 has been reported to be associated with macrophage M2 polarization, angiogenesis, and tumorigenesis [PMID: 39664586, 36895491, 30221056, 32117590]. The functional status of human S100A4<sup>+</sup> alveolar macrophages is basically the same. The relevant description was added to the Results section as follows: “It was revealed that the capacities for angiogenesis, M2-like polarization, and immunosuppression were found to be stronger in AAH or other precancerous stages relative to the normal stage (Figure 4B). The pro-angiogenic function predominated in the AAH stage, while M2-like and immunosuppressive functions were more prominent in the subsequent precancerous progression.” (page 11, line 262). Our study puts more attention on the functional phenotypic changes of S100a4<sup>+</sup> alveolar macrophages during the progression from normal to AAH to explain the role of this subpopulation in tumor initiation, and similarly, preliminary coculture experiments could only indicate its role in the early malignant transformation of epithelial cells. In further experimental validation, we will confirm the above functions of the S100a4<sup>+</sup> alveolar macrophages promoting the progression of AAH to the more aggressive phenotype by in vitro and in vivo experiments. We have extended the limitations and potential experimental designs to the Discussion section as follows: “It is worth noting that our mining of S100a4<sup>+</sup> alv-macro remains at the precancerous initiation stage, and further experimental designs are needed to verify its specific contribution at more aggressive stages. For example, FACS sorting of the subpopulation at different stages of disease progression, respectively, for precise functional characterization;” (page 19, line 468).

      For the factors produced by these unique macrophages during induction of malignant transformation, we assayed culture supernatant of S100a4-OE alveolar macrophages for secreted functional cytokines. The results showed up-regulation of MIP-2, HGF, TNFα, IL-1a, CD27, CT-1, MMP9, 4-1BB, and CD40, and GO enrichment showed angiogenesis and tumorigenesis-related processes (Figure 5L and 5M). We have added the detailed content to the Results section as follows: “Next, we detected tumor-inducing factors secreted by these unique macrophages using Cytokine Antibody Array. We noted the production of macrophage inflammatory protein (MIP)-2, hepatocyte growth factor (HGF), tumor necrosis factor α (TNF-α), IL-1α, MMP9, and CD40, and these cytokine-related biological processes were mainly involved in the regulation of angiogenesis and immune response (Figure 5L and 5M).” (page 13, line 319). Furthermore, changes in these cytokines during subsequent invasive tumor progression will also be continuously monitored. The description in the Discussion section have been added as: “Furthermore, TGF-β and HGF activate vascular endothelial cells and promote proliferation and migration, as well as induce the expression of pro-angiogenic factors such as VEGF (Vimalraj, 2022; Watabe, Takahashi, Pietras, & Yoshimatsu, 2023). Macrophage-derived TNF-α and IL-1α lead tumor cells to produce potent angiogenic factors IL-8 and VEGF, which affect angiogenesis and tumor growth (Torisu et al., 2000). MIP2 and CD40 were also identified as pro-tumor factors associated with angiogenesis (Kollmar, Scheuer, Menger, & Schilling, 2006; Murugaiyan, Martin, & Saha, 2007)…continuous monitoring of the fluctuation of the above factors in bronchoalveolar lavage fluid at corresponding periods;” (page 19, line 461).

      All method details covered in this section have been updated in the Materials and methods.

      (2) Angiogenic factors are not only produced by the S100a4+ cells but also by pericytes and potentially by the tumor cells themselves. Then, how do these factors aberrantly trigger tumor angiogenesis that drives tumor growth?

      Thank you for your comment. In our study, we detected up-regulation of angiogenic factors HIF-1α, VEGF, MMP9, and TGF-β (Figure 5K), and elevation of secreted HGF, IL-1α, and TNF-α (Figure 5L). We provide a detailed description of how these factors are involved in angiogenesis-related tumorigenesis to varying degrees in the Discussion section: “Precancerous lesions of LUAD are angiogenic, and pro-angiogenic factors secreted by cells, including S100a4<sup>+</sup> alv-macro, induce endothelial cell sprouting and chemotaxis, leaving the angiogenic switch activated, prompting the formation of new blood vessels on the basis of the original ones to supply oxygen and nutrients to sustain tumor initiation (Chen et al., 2024; Kayser et al., 2003; van Hinsbergh & Koolwijk, 2008). Under hypoxic conditions, HIF-1α activates numerous factors that contribute to the angiogenic process, including VEGF, which promotes vascular permeability, and MMP9, which breaks down the ECM, promotes endothelial cell migration, and recruits pericytes to provide structural support (Raza, Franklin, & Dudek, 2010; Sakurai & Kudo, 2011). Cytokines secreted into the microenvironment activate macrophages, which subsequently produce angiogenic factors, further promoting angiogenesis (Sica, Schioppa, Mantovani, & Allavena, 2006). Furthermore, TGF-β and HGF activate vascular endothelial cells and promote proliferation and migration, as well as induce the expression of pro-angiogenic factors such as VEGF (Vimalraj, 2022; Watabe, Takahashi, Pietras, & Yoshimatsu, 2023). Macrophage-derived TNF-α and IL-1α lead tumor cells to produce potent angiogenic factors IL-8 and VEGF, which affect angiogenesis and tumor growth (Torisu et al., 2000)…” (page 19, line 449).

      (3) It is not clear how abnormal fatty acid uptake by the macrophages drives the progression of tumors.

      Thank you for your comment, which coincides with our mechanistic exploration. The metabolic status of macrophages influences their pro-tumor properties, and lipid metabolism has been shown to determine the functional polarization of macrophages [PMID: 29111350]. In this study, we observed more accumulation of lipid droplets in S100a4-OE MH-S, demonstrating enhanced cellular fatty acid uptake (Figure 6A). The pro-angiogenic ability of S100a4<sup>+</sup> alv-macro was confirmed by tube formation assay and cytokine assay (Figure 6B and 5M). Cpt1a was thought to play a crucial role in the metabolic paradigm shift of S100a4<sup>+</sup> alv-macro, we therefore performed functional rescue experiments by inhibiting CPT1A expression in S100a4-OE MH-S by addition of etomoxir (ETO). After culture with conditioned medium of MH-S, the proliferation, migration, and ROS production of MLE12 cells were all restored to lower levels (Figure 6E-G). In addition, ETO treatment significantly reversed the angiogenesis, which supported the regulation of fatty acid metabolism on macrophage function (Figure 6H). Immunoblotting also revealed restoration of expression in related proteins (Figure 6I and 6J), these findings reinforced previous analyses of the association of fatty acid metabolism with pro-angiogenesis and M2-like function in S100a4<sup>+</sup> alv-macro. The involvement of PPAR-γ in the regulation of metabolic state was also confirmed. Taken together, we suggest that S100a4<sup>+</sup> alv-macro promotes fatty acid metabolism through the CPT1A-PPAR-γ axis, enhances its ability to promote angiogenesis, and thus drives tumor occurrence. The corresponding contents were added in the Results section S100a4<sup>+</sup> alv-macro drove angiogenesis by promoting Cpt1a-mediated fatty acid metabolism (page 13, line 327) and Discussion section: “We demonstrated the regulation of fatty acid metabolism by CPT1A in S100a4<sup>+</sup> alv-macro as well as the involvement of PPAR-γ. Nevertheless, the molecular mechanism that drives the acquisition of metabolic and functional switching properties specific to this cell state still requires further characterization in the context of precancerous lesions. It has been reported that CD36 is the main effector of the S100A4/PPAR-γ pathway, and its mediated fatty acid uptake plays an important role in the tumor-promoting function of macrophages (S. Liu et al., 2021).” (page 18, line 433).

      All method details covered in this section have been supplemented in the Materials and methods.

      (4) Does infusion or introduction of S100a4+ polarized macrophages promote the progression of AAH to a more aggressive phenotype?

      Thank you for your comment. We performed intratracheal instillation of lentivirus-infected S100a4-OE MH-S and culture supernatant in A/J and BALB/c mice, respectively, but no aggressive pathological phenotype was observed so far, possibly due to the lack of time required for lesions or the imperfection of experimental conditions. We will continue to explore the instillation dose and frequency for long-term monitoring and will simultaneously evaluate the availability of primary alveolar macrophages. We have discussed as follows: “It is worth noting that our mining of S100a4<sup>+</sup> alv-macro remains at the precancerous initiation stage, and further experimental designs are needed to verify its specific contribution at more aggressive stages…and intratracheal instillation of primary S100a4<sup>+</sup> alv-macro to observe the pathological progression of precancerous lesions.” (page 19, line 468).

      (5) How does Anxa and Ramp1 induction in inflammatory cells induce angiogenesis and tumor progression?

      Thank you for your comment. ANXA2 is an important member of annexin family of proteins expressed on surface of endothelial cells, macrophages, and tumor cells [PMID: 30125343]. ANXA2 was reported to regulate neoangiogenesis in the tumor microenvironment and most likely due to overproduction of plasmin. As a well-established receptor for plasminogen (PLG) and tissue plasminogen activator (tPA) on the cell surface, ANXA2 converts PLG into plasmin. Plasmin plays a critical role in the activation of cascade of inactive proteolytic enzymes such as metalloproteases (pro-MMPs) and latent growth factors (VEGF and bFGF) [PMID: 12963694, 11487021]. Activated forms of MMPs and VEGF then induce extracellular matrix remodeling facilitating angiogenesis and tumor development [PMID: 15788416]. Sharma et al. suggested administration of ANXA2-antibody inhibited tumor angiogenesis and growth concurrent with plasmin generation [PMID: 22044461], the role of ANXA2 in plasmin activation thus explains it’s importance in tumor-related angiogenesis. We verified the simultaneous upregulation of ANXA2 and PLG in S100a4-OE MH-S and cocultured HUVEC and MLE12 by immunoblotting (Figure 6D). The relevant description was added to the Results section as follows: “ANXA2 is considered to be a cellular receptor for plasminogen (PLG), often expressed on the surface of endothelial cells, macrophages, and tumor cells, which activates a cascade of pro-angiogenic factors by promoting the conversion of PLG to plasmin, thereby promoting angiogenesis and tumor progression (Semov et al., 2005; Sharma, 2019). We found synergistic upregulation of ANXA2 and PLG expression in S100a4-OE MH-S and cocultured HUVEC and MLE12, which may help explain how ANXA2 induction was involved in angiogenesis and malignant transformation (Figure 6D).” (page 14, line 338).

      Recent studies showed that S100A4 is associated with tumor angiogenesis and progression by the interaction with ANXA2. ANXA2 is the endothelial receptor for S100A4 and that their interaction triggers the functional activity directly related to pathological properties of S100A4, including angiogenesis [PMID: 18608216]. It has been proved that S100A4 induces angiogenesis through interaction with ANXA2 and accelerated plasmin formation [PMID: 15788416, 25303710]. In addition, it is generally believed that ANXA2 participates in malignant cell transformation [PMID: 28867585]. Therefore, we speculate that ANXA2 may promote plasmin production by binding to S100A4, thus promoting angiogenesis and tumor initiation, and we have discussed accordingly: “The role of ANXA2 in angiogenesis has been widely recognized, and it may facilitate plasmin production by binding to S100A4 and then trigger angiogenesis and malignant cell transformation (Grindheim, Saraste, & Vedeler, 2017; Y. Liu, Myrvang, & Dekker, 2015).” (page 18, line 446).

      In our study, the primary target of our validation was ANXA2 rather than RAMP1, even though its relationship with angiogenesis had been established [PMID: 20596610], so we weakened the relevant description in the manuscript.

      (6) For the in vitro studies the authors might consider using primary tumor cells and not cell lines.

      Thank you for your suggestion, which was in our initial experimental plan. However, since S100A4 is not expressed on the cell surface, FACS sorting of primary subset of alveolar macrophages presents technical limitations. We have also attempted overexpression in primary macrophages, but the current overexpression efficiency and cell status are not sufficient to support a subsequent series of experiments. For all these reasons, the alveolar macrophage cell line MH-S and the lung epithelial cell line MLE12 were selected to ensure the consistency and stability of the coculture system.

      In addition, we are optimizing the experimental conditions to achieve coculture of primary macrophages and epithelial cells, and will also establish transgenic mouse models for simultaneous validation. The Discussion has been added as: “Besides, as our previous in vitro results were obtained based on cell lines, we will optimize the experimental conditions to achieve coculture of primary macrophage subset and epithelial cells and establish transgenic mouse models for in vivo validation.” (page 19, line 475).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The work aims to further understand the role of macrophages in lung precancer/lung cancer evolution

      Strengths:

      (1) The use of single-cell RNA seq to provide comprehensive characterisation.

      (2) Characterisation of cross-talk between macrophages and the lung precancerous cells.

      (3) Functional validation of the effects of S100a4+ cells on lung precancerous cells using in vitro assays.

      (4) Validation in human tissue samples of lung precancer / invasive lesions.

      We are grateful for your constructive comments. These comments are very helpful for revising and improving our paper and have provided important guiding significance to our study. We have made revisions according to your comments and have provided point-by-point responses to your concerns.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors need to provide clarification of several points in the text.

      Thank you for your comment. We have clarified these points in the manuscript and responded to all your concerns in detail. Please see the responses to Recommendations for the authors.

      (2) The authors need to carefully assess their assumptions regarding the role of macrophages in angiogenesis in precancerous lesions.

      Thank you for your comment. We have cited relevant literature to support the occurrence of angiogenesis in precancerous lesions, and demonstrated the contribution of S100a4<sup>+</sup> alveolar macrophages by tube formation assay and cytokine assay. In addition, we have discussed the relevant limitations of this study and aimed to provide more robust evidence. Please see the responses to Recommendations for the authors.

      (3) The authors should discuss more broadly the current state of anti-macrophage therapies in the clinic.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have provided extensive discussion of the clinical state of anti-macrophage therapies. Please see the responses to Recommendations for the authors.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The text has grammatical and syntax errors that need to be corrected accordingly.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have corrected the grammatical and syntactic errors and asked a native English speaker in the field to help polish the full text.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      This work provides an important contribution to our further understanding of the role of macrophages in lung precancer/lung cancer evolution. I have several comments regarding how the manuscript could be improved:

      Introduction:

      The authors may consider citing the following work to enhance their work:

      (1) At line 78, where they talk about precancerous lesions being reversible, they should cite recent work on this in lung cancer: Teixeria et al 2019 PMID: 30664780, and Pennycuik et al 2020 PMID: 32690541.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have cited the above references in the corresponding paragraph (page 4, line 76).

      (2) At line 96, where they talk about developing medicines for precancerous lesions, the authors should cite comprehensive review articles where this concept has been discussed in depth, for example: Reynolds et al 2023 PMID: 37067191, and Asad et al 2012 PMID: 23151603.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have cited the above references in the corresponding paragraph (page 5, line 94).

      Results:

      (1) Line 142, the authors say "mice were feed for 12-16 months" - do they mean the mice were maintained for 12-16 months?

      Thank you for your comment. To best mimic the process of human lung cancer development, A/J mice with the highest incidence of spontaneous lung tumors, which increases substantially with age, were selected. The corresponding description has been modified as: “A/J mice have the highest incidence of spontaneous lung tumors among various mouse strains, and this probability significantly increased with age (Landau, Wang, Yang, Ding, & Yang, 1998). To more comprehensively mirror the tumor initiation and progression process of human lung cancer, A/J mice were maintained for 12-16 months for spontaneous lesions, which resulted in three recognizable precancerous lesions in the lung.” (page 7, line 138).

      (2) Line 143, the authors claim to have seen "three recognizable precancerous and cancerous lesions in the lung" but then, they only go on to describe AAH, adenoma, and AIS, lesions which are all commonly recognized as precancers. What was the cancerous (i.e. invasive) lesion they identified?

      Thank you for your comment. We apologize for this misstatement and will include cancerous lesions from mice for simultaneous analysis in subsequent study. The corresponding description has been revised as: “To more comprehensively mirror the tumor initiation and progression process of human lung cancer, A/J mice were maintained for 12-16 months for spontaneous lesions, which resulted in three recognizable precancerous lesions in the lung.” (page 7, line 140).

      (3) Line 172, the authors say that the "proportion of cell types across the four stages showed a dynamic trend" ... what does this mean? A trend towards what exactly?

      Thank you for your comment. Our intention was to highlight heterogeneous changes, and the description has been corrected: “The proportion of cell types across the four stages showed irregular changes, while transcriptional homogeneity was reduced with precancerous progression, illustrating the importance of heterogeneity in tumorigenesis and also proving the reliability of the sampling in this study.” (page 8, line 169).

      (4) Line 193, the authors say cell communication "showed a tendency to malignant transformation." What does this statement mean? If they mean more cell communication occurred in the malignant lesions than the precancerous, then there is a flaw in the logic because AAH, adenoma, and AIS are all precancerous lesions. What is the sequence of evolution to malignancy the authors are assuming? Do they mean AIS is a more advanced stage of precancerous malignancy than adenoma, and adenoma is more advanced than AAH (albeit they are all precancerous lesions).

      Thank you for your comments. The malignant transformation process involves multiple stages, and histological AAH is regarded as the beginning of this process. Precancerous lesions of LUAD in mice are believed to develop stepwise from AAH, adenoma, to AIS, even if the process is not necessarily completely consistent [PMID: 11235908, 32707077]. What we meant to describe was a gradual increase in the frequency of cell communication during this process. The corresponding description has been modified as: “At the evolutionary stages of precancerous LUAD, despite possible sample heterogeneity and other interference, we observed increased interactions between epithelial cells and surrounding stromal and immune cells in the microenvironment, indicating gradually frequent cell-cell communication during this process” (page 8, line 187).

      (5) Immunofluorescence images in Figure 3G and Figure 4F are captured at low magnification, making it very difficult to evaluate the colocalisation data. Suggest authors provide higher magnification images.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have replaced the immunofluorescence images in Figure 3G and Figure 4F with higher magnification images.

      (6) Line 284 when referencing the cell line here, the author should make it clear in the text that cells were transfected with a construct expressing S100A4. If possible, would be good to understand if the level of S100A4 expression achieved is less, similar, or greater than that seen in these cells in vivo.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have amended the text to make it clear: “S100a4-overexpressed (OE) alveolar macrophages were established by transfection of the mS100a4 vector into the murine MH-S cell line, and empty vector was transfected as negative control (NC) cells” (page 12, line 284), and it will be clarified in the following exploration whether the level of S100a4 expression achieved is less, similar, or greater than that seen in these cells in vivo.

      (7) Line 285 - when the authors first refer to OE cells that have been transfected, they should also inform the reader what NC cells are i.e. negative control cells?

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have revised the relevant content as follows: “S100a4-overexpressed (OE) alveolar macrophages were established by transfection of the mS100a4 vector into the murine MH-S cell line, and empty vector was transfected as negative control (NC) cells” (page 12, line 284).

      (8) Line 324 - the authors claim they have demonstrated that the macrophages promote angiogenesis through upregulation of fatty acid metabolism. Whilst they may have demonstrated changes in fatty acid metabolism, no experiments assessing the effect of the macrophages in angiogenesis assays are included in the paper, so the authors should modify this statement.

      Thank you for your comments. The relevant experiments have been added based on your suggestions. Firstly, we demonstrated in vitro the up-regulation of fatty acid metabolism in S100a4<sup>+</sup> alv-macro and uncovered the contribution of CPT1A to angiogenesis and cell transformation through rescue experiments; Then, HUVEC tube formation assay and cytokine assay confirmed the pro-angiogenic effect of S100a4<sup>+</sup> alv-macro. We have added the Results section S100a4<sup>+</sup> alv-macro drove angiogenesis by promoting Cpt1a-mediated fatty acid metabolism (page 13, line 327) and added the Discussion as: “We demonstrated the regulation of fatty acid metabolism by CPT1A in S100a4<sup>+</sup> alv-macro as well as the involvement of PPAR-γ. Nevertheless, the molecular mechanism that drives the acquisition of metabolic and functional switching properties specific to this cell state still requires further characterization in the context of precancerous lesions. It has been reported that CD36 is the main effector of the S100A4/PPAR-γ pathway, and its mediated fatty acid uptake plays an important role in the tumor-promoting function of macrophages (S. Liu et al., 2021).” (page 18, line 433).

      All method details covered in this section have been supplemented in the Materials and methods.

      (9) Regarding angiogenesis in precancerous lesions and the role of macrophages in this process: is there even any evidence that precancerous LUAD lesions are angiogenic? Don't these lesions typically have a lepidic pattern, wherein the cancer cells merely co-opt pre-existing alveolar capillaries without the need to generate new vessels?

      Thank you for your comments. As you mentioned, pathologically, precancerous LUAD lesions mainly show a lepidic growth pattern, characterized by the growth of type II alveolar epithelial cells along pre-existing alveolar walls [PMID: 29690599], but this does not mean that this process does not require the formation of new blood vessels. There are multiple patterns of tumor angiogenesis. Some studies have shown that increased angiogenesis can be observed in certain precancerous lesions, which suggests that angiogenesis may play an important role in the early stages of lung cancer development. Microvessel density (MVD) was increased in AAH and AIS compared to normal lung tissue, indicating that new blood vessels are forming to provide essential nutrients and oxygen to tumor cells to support their growth. The expression level of pro-angiogenic factors such as VEGF is usually upregulated, which promotes the formation of new blood vessels by stimulating endothelial cell proliferation and migration. [PMID: 39570802, 14568684] In addition, the infiltration of macrophages into precancerous areas in response to cytokines has been shown to trigger a tumor angiogenic switch and maintain tumor-associated continuous angiogenesis [PMID: 35022204]. Our in vitro tube formation assay and cytokine assay also demonstrated angiogenesis induced by S100a4<sup>+</sup> alv-macro. We have discussed the relevant content (page 19, line 449) and will provide more sufficient evidence in future work.

      Discussion:

      Perhaps the authors can cite any literature pertaining to the current wave of anti-macrophage therapies currently being tested in the clinic. Moreover, have these therapies been tested in lung cancer, and if so, what were the results?

      Thank you for your suggestion. At present, the clinical trials of anti-macrophage therapies mainly involve Gaucher's disease and hematological malignancies, and the two tests related to lung cancer have no valid data posted. Nevertheless, there are some preclinical studies worth learning from. We have cited the relevant literature and discussed in detail: “With the elaborate resolution of TME, macrophage-related therapy is considered to be promising. So far, macrophage-targeted therapy has demonstrated clinical efficacy in Gaucher's disease and advanced hematological malignancies (Barton et al., 1991; Ossenkoppele et al., 2013). In lung cancer, an attempt to enhance anti-PD-1 therapy in NSCLC by depleting myeloid-derived suppressor cells with gemcitabine was prematurely terminated because of insufficient data collected; another clinical trial of TQB2928 monoclonal antibody promoting macrophage phagocytosis of tumor cells in combination with a third-generation EGFR TKI for advanced NSCLC is now recruiting. Moreover, preclinical studies on macrophage-targeted therapy combined with immune checkpoint inhibitors are being extensively conducted in NSCLC, and it was suggested that blockade of purine metabolism can reverse macrophage immunosuppression, and a synergetic effect can be achieved when combined with anti-PD-L1 therapy, which inspired the direction of our early intervention strategies (H. Wang, Arulraj, Anbari, & Popel, 2024; Yang et al., 2025).” (page 20, line 479).

      Methods:

      Further description of how lesions were classified as precancerous (AAH, adenoma, AIS) or cancerous by the pathologist should be defined (or cite appropriate reference where this is described).

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have cited relevant references in the Methods section (page 21, line 528) on how lesions were classified by the pathologists [PMID: 21252716, 28951454, 32707077, 24811831].

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study combines predictions from MD simulations with sophisticated experimental approaches including native mass spectrometry (nMS), cryo-EM, and thermal protein stability assays to investigate the molecular determinants of cardiolipin (CDL) binding and binding-induced protein stability/function of an engineered model protein (ROCKET), as well as of the native E. coli intramembrane rhomboid protease, GlpG.

      Strengths:

      State-of-the-art approaches and sharply focused experimental investigation lend credence to the conclusions drawn. Stable CDL binding is accommodated by a largely degenerate protein fold that combines interactions from distant basic residues with greater intercalation of the lipid within the protein structure. Surprisingly, there appears to be no direct correlation between binding affinity/occupancy and protein stability.

      Weaknesses:

      (i) While aromatic residues (in particular Trp) appear to be clearly involved in the CDL interaction, there is no investigation of their roles and contributions relative to the positively charged residues (R and K) investigated here. How do aromatics contribute to CDL binding and protein stability, and are they differential in nature (W vs Y vs F)?

      Based on the simulations in Corey et al (Sci Adv 2021), aromatic residues, especially tryptophan, appear to help provide a binding platform for the glycerol moiety of CDL which is quite flat. This interaction is likely why we generally see the tryptophan slightly further into the plane of the membrane than the basic residues, where it may help to orient the lipid. Unlike charge interactions with lipid head groups, such subtle contributions are likely distorted by the transfer to the gas phase, making it difficult to confidently assign changes in stability or lipid occupancy to interactions with tryptophan. We have added an explanation of these considerations to the Discussion section (page 13, last paragraph).

      (ii) In the case of GlpG, a WR pair (W136-R137) present at the lipid-water on the periplasmic face (adjacent to helices 2/3) may function akin to the W12-R13 of ROCKET in specifically binding CDL. Investigation of this site might prove to be interesting if it indeed does.

      Thank you for the suggestion. In our CG simulations, we don’t see significant CDL binding at this site, likely because there is just a single basic residue. We note that there is a periplasmic site nearby with two basic residues (K132+K191+W125) with a higher occupancy, however still far lower than the identified cytoplasmic site. In general, periplasmic sites are less common and/or have lower affinity which may be related to leaflet asymmetry (Corey et al, Sci Adv 2021). We added the CDL density plot for the periplasmic side to Figure S7 and noted this on page 9, next-to-last paragraph.

      (iii) Examples of other native proteins that utilize combinatorial aromatic and electrostatic interactions to bind CDL would provide a broader perspective of the general applicability of these findings to the reader (for e.g. the adenine nucleotide translocase (ANT/AAC) of the mitochondria as well as the mechanoenzymatic GTPase Drp1 appear to bind CDL using the common "WRG' motif.)

      Several confirmed examples are presented in Corey et al (Sci Adv 2021), the dataset which we used to identify the CDL site in GlpG. So essentially, our broader perspective is that we test the common features observed in native proteins in an artificial system. While it is not clear how a peripheral membrane protein like Drp1 fits into this framework, the CDL binding sites in ANTs indeed have the same hallmarks as the one in GlpG (Hedger et al, Biochemistry 2016). We recently contributed to a study demonstrating that the tertiary structure of ANT Aac2 is stabilized by co-purified CDL molecules, underscoring the general validity of our findings (Senoo et al, EMBO J 2024).  We have added this information to the discussion, pg 12, third paragraph, and added a figure (S8, see below) to highlight the architecture of the Aac2-CDL complex.

      Overall, using both model and native protein systems, this study convincingly underscores the molecular and structural requirements for CDL binding and binding-induced membrane protein stability. This work provides much-needed insight into the poorly understood nature of protein-CDL interactions.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment!

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The work in this paper discusses the use of CG-MD simulations and nMS to describe cardiolipin binding sites in a synthetically designed, that can be extrapolated to a naturally occurring membrane protein. While the authors acknowledge their work illuminates the challenges in engineering lipid binding they are able to describe some features that highlight residues within GlpG that may be involved in lipid regulation of protease activity, although further study of this site is required to confirm it's role in protein activity.

      Comments

      Discrepancy between total CDL binding in CG simulations (Fig 1d) and nMS (Fig 2b,c) should be further discussed. Limitations in nMS methodology selecting for tightest bound lipids?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that this needs to be clarified. We analyze proteins in detergent, which is in itself delipidating, because detergent molecules compete with the lipids for binding to the protein, an effect that can be observed in MS (Bolla et al, Angew Chemie Int. Ed. 2020). Native MS of membrane proteins requires stripping of the surrounding lipid vesicle or detergent micelle in the vacuum region of the mass spectrometer, which is done through gentle thermal activation in the form of high-energy collisions with gas molecules. Detergent molecules and lipids not directly in contact with the protein generally dissociate easier than bound lipids (Laganowsky et al, Nature 2014), however, the even loosely bound lipids can readily dissociate with the detergent, artificially reducing occupancy. The nMS data is therefore likely biased towards lipids bound tightly (e.g. via electrostatic headgroup interactions), however, these are the lipids we are interested in, meaning that the use of MS is suitable here. We have noted this in the Discussion, last paragraph on page 12.

      Mutation of helical residues to alanine not only results in loss of lipid binding residues but may also impact overall helix flexibility, is this observed by the authors in CG-MD simulations? Change in helix overall RMSD throughout simulation? The figures shown in Fig.1H show what appear to be quite significant differences in APO protein arrangement between ROCKET and ROCKET AAXWA.

      For most of the study, we use CG with fixed backbone bead properties as well as an elastic network to maintain tertiary structure. This means that a mutation to alanine will have essentially no impact on the stability of the helix or protein in general in the CG simulations in the bilayer. It should be noted that Figure 1H shows snapshots from atomistic gas phase simulations with pulling force applied (see schematic in Figure 1F, as well as Figure S1 for ends-point structures), where we naturally expect large structural changes due to unfolding. We have analyzed the helix content in the gas-phase simulations and see that helix 1 in ROCKET unwinds within 10 ns but stays helical ca. 10 ns longer when bound to CDL. The AAWXA mutation stabilizes the helical conformation independently of CDL binding, but CDL tethers the folded helix closer to the core (see Figure 1 G and H). We have added this information to the results section and the plot below to Figure S2.

      CG-MD force experiments could be corroborated experimentally with magnetic tweezer unfolding assays as has been performed for the unfolding of artificial protein TMHC2. Alternatively this work could benefit to referencing Wang et al 2019 "On the Interpretation of Force-Induced Unfolding Studies of Membrane Proteins Using Fast Simulations" to support MD vs experimental values.

      We apologize for the confusion here. The force experiments are gas-phase all-atom MD. The simulations show that the protein-lipid complex has a more stable tertiary structure in the gas phase. Since these are gas-phase simulations, they cannot be corroborated using in-solution measurements. Similarly, the paper by Wang et al is a great reference for solution simulations, however, to date the only validations for gas-phase unfolding come from native MS.

      Did the authors investigate if ROCKET or ROCKETAAXWA copurifies with endogenous lipids? Membrane proteins with stabilising CDL often copurify in detergent and can be detected by MS without the addition of CDL to the detergent solution. Differences in retention of endogenous lipid may also indicate differences in stability between the proteins and is worth investigation.

      We have investigated the co-purification of the ROCKET variants and did not observe any co-purified lipids (see Figure S4) which we clarified in the results section (page 5, third paragraph) now. We previously showed that long residence times in CG-MD are linked to the observation of co-purified lipids, because they are not easily outcompeted by the detergent (Bolla et al, Angew Chemie Int. Ed. 2020). In CG-MD of ROCKET, we see that although the CDL sites are nearly constantly occupied, the CDL molecules are in rapid exchange with free CDL from the bulk membrane. For MS, all ROCKET proteins were extracted from the E. coli membrane fraction with DDM, which likely outcompetes CDL. This interpretation would explain why we see significant CDL retention when the protein is released from liposomes, but not when the protein is first extracted into detergent. For GlpG, CDL residence times in CG-MD  are longer, which agrees with CDL co-purification. Similarly, there is clearly an enrichment of CDL when the protein is extracted into nanodiscs (Sawczyc et al, Nature Commun 2024).

      Do the AAXWA and ROCKET have significantly similar intensities from nMS? The AAXWA appears to show slightly lower intensities than the ROCKET.

      We did not observe a significant difference, however, in most spectra, the AAXWA peaks have a lower intensity than those of the other variants (see e.g. Figure S5). While this could be batch-to-batch variations, there may be a small contribution from the lower number of basic residues (see Abramsson et al, JACS au 2021). However, there is an excess of basic residues in the soluble domain of ROCKET, so this interpretation is speculative.

      Can the authors extend their comments on why densities are observed only around site 2 in the cryo-em structures when site 1 is the apparent preferential site for ROCKET.

      We base the lipid preference of Site 1 > Site 2 on the CG MD data, where we see a higher occupancy for site 1. At the same time, as noted in the text, CDL at both sites have rather short residence times. When the protein is solubilized in detergent, these times can change, and lipids in less accessible sites (such as cavities and subunit interfaces) may be subject to a slower exchange than those that are fully exposed to the micelle (Bolla et al, Angew Chemie Int. Ed. 2020). We speculate that this effect may favor retaining a lipid at site 2. Furthermore, site 1 is flexible, with CDL attaching in various angles while site 2 has more uniform CDL orientations (see CDL density plot in Figure 1D). EM is likely biased towards the less flexible site. Notably, the density is still poorly defined, so it is possible that a more variable lipid position in site 1 would not yield a notable density at all. We have added this information to the Results section (page 5, second paragraph).

      The authors state that nMS is consistent with CDL binding preferentially to Site 1 in ROCKET and preferentially to Site 2 in the ROCKET AAXWA variant, yet it unclear from the text exactly how these experiments demonstrate this.

      As outlined in the previous answer, we base our assessment of the sites on the CG MD simulations. There, we note that CDL binds predominantly to site 1 in ROCKET and predominantly to site 2 in AAXWA, however, the overall occupancy is lower in AAXWA than in Rocket, meaning fewer lipids will be bound simultaneously in that variant. The nMS data show CDL retention by both variants when released from liposomes, but the AAXWA has lower-intensity CDL adduct peaks (Figure 2B, C). We interpret this that both have CDL sites, but in the AAXWA variant, the sites have lower occupancy. We agree that this observation does not demonstrate that the CG MD data are correct, however, it is the outcome one expects based on the simulations, so we described it as “consistent with the simulations”. We have rephrased the section to make this clear.

      As carried out for ROCKET AAXWA the total CDL binding to A61P and R66A would add to supporting information of characterisation of lipid stabilising mutations.

      We considered this possibility too. Unfortunately, the mass differences between A61P / R66A and AAXWA are slightly too high to unambiguously resolve CDL adducts of each variant, as the 1st CDL peak of AAWXA partially overlaps with the apo peak of A61P or R66A.

      Did the authors investigate a double mutation to Site 2 (e.g. R66A + M16A)?

      While designing mutants, we tested several double mutants involving the basic residues that bind the CDL headgroups (e.g. R66 + AAWXA) but found that they could not be purified, probably because a minimum of positive residues at the N-terminus is required for proper membrane insertion and folding. M16 is an interesting suggestion, but wasn’t considered because the more subtle effects of non-charged amino acids on CDL binding may be lost during desolvation (see also our response to Comment (i) from reviewer 1).

      Was the stability of R66A ever compared to the WT or only to AAXWA?

      Some of the ROCKET mutants have very similar masses that cannot be resolved well enough on the ToF instrument. While the R66-WT comparison is possible, we would not be able to compare it to R61P or D7A/S8R. To avoid three-point comparisons, we selected AAXWA as the common point of reference for all variants.

      How many CDL sites in the database used are structurally verified?

      At the time, 1KQF was the only verified E. coli protein with a CDL resolved in a high-resolution structure. The complex was predicted accurately, see Figure 6A in Corey et al (Sci Adv 2021), as were several non-E. coli complexes.

      The work on GlpG could benefit from mutagenesis or discussion of mutagenesis to this site. The Y160F mutation has already been shown to have little impact on stability or activity (Baker and Urban Nat Chem Biol. 2012).

      We thank the referee for their excellent suggestion. While Y160F did not have a pronounced effect, the other 3 positions of the predicted CDL binding site in GlpG have not been covered by Baker and Urban. Looking at sequence conservation in GlpG orthologs, manually sampling down to 50% identity (~1300 sequences in Uniprot) shows that Y160 and K167 are conserved, R92 varies between K/R/Q, whereas W98 is not conserved. The other (weak) site cited above (K132 and K191) is not conserved. A detailed investigation of how the conserved residues impact CDL binding and activity is already planned for a follow up study focusing on GlpG biology.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The relationships of proteins and lipids: it's complicated. This paper illustrates how cardiolipins can stabilize membrane protein subunits - and not surprisingly, positively charged residues play an important role here. But more and stronger binding of such structural lipids does not necessarily translate to stabilization of oligomeric states, since many proteins have alternative binding sites for lipids which may be intra- rather than intermolecular. Mutations which abolish primary binding sites can cause redistribution to (weaker) secondary sites which nevertheless stabilize interactions between subunits. This may be at first sight counterintuitive but actually matches expectations from structural data and MD modelling. An analogous cardiolipin binding site between subunits is found in E.coli tetrameric GlpG, with cardiolipin (thermally) stabilizing the protein against aggregation.

      “It’s complicated” We could not have phrased the main conclusions of our study better.

      Strengths:

      The use of the artificial scaffold allows testing of hypothesis about the different roles of cardiolipin binding. It reveals effects which are at first sight counterintuitive and are explained by the existence of a weaker, secondary binding site which unlike the primary one allows easy lipid-mediated interaction between two subunits of the protein. Introducing different mutations either changes the balance between primary and secondary binding sites or introduced a kink in a helix - thus affecting subunit interactions which are experimentally verified by native mass spectrometry.

      Weaknesses:

      The artificial scaffold is not necessarily reflecting the conformational dynamics and local flexibility of real, functional membrane proteins. The example of GlpG, while also showing interesting cardiolipin dependency, illustrates the case of a binding site across helices further but does not add much to the main story. It should be evident that structural lipids can be stabilizing in more than one way depending on how they bind, leading to different and possibly opposite functional outcomes.

      We share the reviewer’s concern, as we clearly observe that TMHC4_R does not have the same type of flexibility as a natural protein. We find that by introducing flexibility, we start to see CDL-mediated effects. To test the valIdity of our findings from the artificial system, we apply them to GlpG. In response to a suggestion from Reviewer 1, we compared the findings to Aac2, and found that its stabilizing CDL site closely resembles that in GlpG (see new Figure S8).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor comments:

      There are a number of typos/uncorrected statements in the text.

      i) The last sentence of the Abstract appears to be an uncorrected mishmash of two.

      ii) Line 66: "protects" should be just "protect"

      iii) Line 75: Sentence appears to be incomplete. "...associated changes in protein stability." The word "stability" is missing.

      We have made these changes.

      iv) Fig. 2E. Are the magenta and blue colors inverted for variants 1 and 2?

      No, the color is correct. greater stabilization of the blue tetramer (AAXAW) compared to WT (purple) will lead to fewer blue monomoers than purple monomers in the mass spectrum.

      v) Line 274: the salt bridge should be between R8-E68.

      We have corrected this.

      vi) Lines 350-354 (final sentence of the paragraph): The sentence does not read well (especially with the double negative element). Please reconstruct the sentence and/or break it into two. 

      We have split the sentence in two.

      Suggestions:

      (i) While aromatic residues (in particular Trp) appear to be clearly involved in the CDL interaction, there is no investigation of their roles and contributions relative to the positively charged residues (R and K) investigated here. How do aromatics contribute to CDL binding and protein stability, and are they differential in nature (W vs Y vs F)?

      See our response to comment (i) from reviewer 1. In short, subtle contribution to lipid interactions (such as pi stacking with Trp or Tyr) will likely be lost during transfer to the gas phase. However, see also our response to the last comment from reviewer 2, we plan to use solution-phase activity assays to investigate the effect of Trp on CDL binding to Glp. However, this is beyond thes cope oif the current study.

      (ii) In the case of GlpG, a WR pair (W136-R137) present at the lipid-water on the periplasmic face (adjacent to helices 2/3) may function akin to the W12-R13 of ROCKET in specifically binding CDL. Investigation of this site might prove to be interesting if it indeed does.

      We added the CDL density plot for the periplasmic side to Figure S7 and discuss further sites in GlpG in the Discussion section. See response to point (ii) above for details.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor comments

      - Typo in abstract line 39-40

      - Typo in figure legend of Fig 1 line 145

      - Typo in line 149, missing R66 in residues shown as sticks description

      - Lines 165-167 could benefit from describing what residues are represented as sticks

      We have made these changes.

      - Line 263 should refer to the figure where the tetrameric state was not affected by this mutation.

      The full spectrum of the A61P mutant is not included in the figure, hence there is no reference,

      - Addition of statistics to Fig. 4F ?

      We have added significance indicators to the graph and information about the statistics to the legend.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor issues

      l39: rewrite

      We have made these changes.

      l60: provide evidence for what is presented as a general statement - cardiolipins might also regulate function without affecting oligomeric state, e.g. MgtA

      This is a good point, we have added references to two examples where CDL work without affecting oligomerization (MtgA, Weikum et al BBA 2024, and Aac2, Senoo et al, EMBO J 2024).

      l74: not every functional interaction comes with a thermal shift

      We use thermal shift as a proxy because it indicates tight interactions, even if they may not be functional. We have made this distinction clearer in the text.

      l78: this is true for electrostatic interactions such as are at play here, but not necessarily for hydrophobic ones

      l133: in what direction is the pulling force applied - the figure seems to suggest diagonally?

      The pull coordinate is defined as the distance between the centers of mass of the two helices. The direction of the pull coordinate in Cartesian coordinate space is thus not fixed.

      fig 1f, l159: "dissociating" meaning separation of subunits? the placement of the lipid within one subunit would not suggest that intermolecular interactions are properly represented here, please clarify

      The lipid placement in the schematic is not representative since the lipid occupies different spaces in WT and AAXWA, we have noted this in the legend. Regarding line 159, “Dissociation” is not strictly correct, since the measure the force to separate helix 1 and 2, i.e. unfolding. We have changed the wording to “unfolding”.

      l173: was there any evidence in EM data for monomers or smaller oligomers?

      No smaller particles were identified by visual inspection or in the particle classes. We have noted this in the methods section.

      l203: were tetramer peaks isolated separately for CID?

      C8E4 can cause some activation-dependent charge reduction, which could allow some tetramers to “sneak out” of the isolation window. We used global activation without precursor selection which subjects all ions to activation.

      fig 2c: can you indicate the 3rd lipid binding as it seems to be in the noise

      We can unambiguously assign the retention of three CDL molecules for 17+ charge state only, and clarified this in the legend to Figrue 2.

      fig3: can you pls clarify what is meant by stabilization here - less monomer in case A means a more stable oligomer, but "A > B" should lead to ratios < 50%. This does not help with understanding what "stabilization" means in panels c-f, please define what the y axis means for these. Please also explain the bottom panels (side view) in each case, what do the dots represent?

      We apologize for the oversight of not explaining the side views, we have added a legend. The schematic in panel A is correct (compare the schematic in Figure 2 E). If tetramer A (blue) is stabilized by CDL more than tetramer B  “CDL stabilization A>B”), there will be fewer monomers ejected from A. If there is less A in the presence of CDL, then the ratio of B/(B+A) will go up.

      It is not very clear what consequences the kink introduced by proline has for intra- vs. intermolecular interactions - the cartoons don't help much here

      We agree, the A61P impact on the structure is subtle. The small kink it introduces is not really visible in the top view, and hence, we tried to emphasize this in the side view. We have clarified the meaning of the side view schematics in the legend.

      l360: is that an assumption made here or is there evidence for displacement? native MS could potentially prove this.

      This is an assumption based on the fact that we see very little binding of POPG in the mixed bilayer CG-MD. We have clarified this in the text. Measuring this with MS is an interesting idea, but we have no direct measurement of displacement, since addition of CDL and POPG to the protein in detergent would result in binding to other sites as well.

      fig 4d: there is not much POPG density visible at all - why is that?

      Both plots use the same absolute scale. There is simply much less POPG binding compared to CDL.

      fig 4e: is this released protein already dissociated into monomers due to denaturation or excessive energy (CID product) - please comment.

      The CID energy for the spectrum in Figure 4E was selected to show partial dissociation and monomer release at higher voltages (220V in this case). At lower voltages (150V-170V) we do not observe dissociation in C8E4, see Figure S4A.

      l363: pls comment on the apparent discrepancy between single lipid binding and double density

      We added a clarifying sentence regarding the double lipids. The density seen in the published structure is of four lipid tails next to each other, which is what one would expect for a CDL. Since the CDL could not be resolved unambiguously, two phospholipids with two acyl chains each were modeled into the density instead. Our MS and MD data strongly suggests that the density stems from a single CDL.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Fernandez et al. investigate the influence of maternal behavior on bat pup vocal development in Saccopteryx bilineata, a species known to exhibit vocal production learning. The authors performed detailed longitudinal observations of wild mother-pup interactions to ask whether non-vocal maternal displays during juvenile vocal practice or 'babbling', affect vocal production. Specifically, the study examines the durations of pup babbling events and the developmental babbling phase, in relation to the amount of female display behavior, as well as pup age and the number of nearby singing adult males. Furthermore, the authors examine pup vocal repertoire size and maturation in relation to the number of maternal displays encountered during babbling. Statistical models identify female display behavior as a predictor of i) babbling bout duration, ii) the length of the babbling phase, iii) song composition, and iv) syllable maturation. Notably, these outcomes were not influenced by the number of nearby adult males (the pups' source of song models) and were largely independent of general maturation (pup age). These findings highlight the impact of non-vocal aspects of social interactions in guiding mammalian vocal development.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for the time and effort dedicated to the revision of our study. The suggestions for the revision of our manuscript were very helpful and have improved our manuscript considerably. 

      Strengths:

      Historically, work on developmental vocal learning has focused on how juvenile vocalizations are influenced by the sounds produced by nearby adults (often males). In contrast, this study takes the novel approach of examining juvenile vocal ontogeny in relation to non-vocal maternal behavior, in one of the few mammals known to exhibit vocal production learning. The authors collected an impressive dataset from multiple wild bat colonies in two Central American countries. This includes longitudinal acoustic recordings and behavioral monitoring of individual mother-pup pairs, across development.

      The identified relationships between maternal behavior and bat pup vocalizations have intriguing implications for understanding the mechanisms that enable vocal production learning in mammals, including human speech acquisition. As such, these findings are likely to be relevant to a broad audience interested in the evolution and development of social behavior as well as sensory-motor learning.

      We thank reviewer 1 for this assessment. 

      Weaknesses:

      The authors qualitatively describe specific patterns of female displays during pup babbling, however, subsequent quantitative analyses are based on two aggregate measures of female behavior that pool across display types. Consequently, it remains unclear how certain maternal behaviors might differentially influence pup vocalizations (e.g. through specific feedback contingencies or more general modulation of pup behavioral states).

      In analyzing the effects of maternal behavior on song maturation, the authors focus on the most common syllable type produced across pups. This approach is justified based on the syllable variability within and across individuals, however, additional quantification and visual presentation of categorized syllable data would improve clarity and potentially strengthen resulting claims.

      We agree that our analysis of maternal behaviour does not investigate potential contingencies between particular maternal behavioural displays and pup vocalizations (e.g. particular syllable types). Our data collected for this study on maternal behaviour includes direct observations, field notes and/or video recordings. In the future, it will be necessary to work with high-speed cameras for the analysis of potential contingencies between particular maternal behavioural displays and specific pup vocalizations, which allow this kind of fine-detailed analysis. We have planned future studies investigating whether pup vocalizations elicit contingent maternal responses or vice versa. In the revision of our manuscript, we have included a comment pointing out that this special behaviour will be investigated in greater detail in the future. 

      As suggested by reviewer 1, in our revised manuscript we have included more information on methods to improve understandability. In particular, we have:

      -presented more information on different steps of our acoustic analyses

      -provided additional and clearer spectrogram figures representing the different syllable types and categorizations 

      -changed the figures accompanying our GLMM analyses following the suggestion of Reviewer 1

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study explores how maternal behaviors influence vocal learning in the greater sac-winged bat (Saccopteryx bilineata). Over two field seasons, researchers tracked 19 bat pups from six wild colonies, examining vocal development aspects such as vocal practice duration, syllable repertoire size, and song syllable acquisition. The findings show that maternal behaviors significantly impact the length of daily babbling sessions and the overall babbling phase, while the presence of adult male tutors does not.

      The researchers conducted detailed acoustic analyses, categorizing syllables and evaluating the variety and presence of learned song syllables. They discovered that maternal interactions enhance both the number and diversity of learned syllables and the production of mature syllables in the pups' vocalizations. A notable correlation was found between the extent of acoustic changes in the most common learned syllable type and maternal activity, highlighting the key role of maternal feedback in shaping pups' vocal development.

      In summary, this study emphasizes the crucial role of maternal social feedback in the vocal development of S. bilineata. Maternal behaviors not only increase vocal practice but also aid in acquiring and refining a complex vocal repertoire. These insights enhance our understanding of social interactions in mammalian vocal learning and draw interesting parallels between bat and human vocal development.

      We thank reviewer 2 for his/her time and effort dedicated to the revision of our study. The suggestions were very helpful in improving our manuscript. 

      Strengths:

      This paper makes significant contributions to the field of vocal learning by looking at the role of maternal behaviors in shaping the vocal learning phenotype of Saccopteryx bilineata. The paper uses a longitudinal approach, tracking the vocal ontogeny of bat pups from birth to weaning across six colonies and two field seasons, allowing the authors to assess how maternal interactions influence various aspects of vocal practice and learning, providing strong empirical evidence for the critical role of social feedback in non-human mammalian vocal learners. This kind of evidence highlights the complexity of the vocal learning phenotype and shows that it goes beyond the right auditory experience and having the right circuitry.

      The paper offers a nuanced understanding of how specific maternal behaviors impact the acquisition and refinement of the vocal repertoire, while showing the number of male tutors - the source of adult song - did not have much of an effect. The correlation between maternal activity and acoustic changes in learned syllable types is a novel finding that underscores the importance of non-vocal social interactions in vocal learning. In vocal learning research, with some notable exceptions, experience is often understood as auditory experience. This paper highlights how, even though that is one important piece of the puzzle, other kinds of experience directly affect the development of vocal behavior. This is of particular importance in the case of a mammalian species such as Saccopteryx bilineata, as this kind of result is perhaps more often associated with avian species.

      Moreover, the study's findings have broader implications for our understanding of vocal learning across species. By drawing parallels between bat and human vocal development (and in some ways to bird vocal development), the paper highlights common mechanisms that may underlie vocal practice and learning in both humans and other mammals. This interdisciplinary perspective enriches the field and encourages further comparative studies, ultimately advancing our knowledge of the evolutionary and developmental processes that shape vocal productive learning in all its dimensions.

      We thank reviewer 2 for this assessment. 

      Weaknesses:

      Some weaknesses can be pointed out, but in fairness, the authors acknowledge them in one way or another. As such, these are not flaws per se, but gaps that can be filled with further research.

      Experimental manipulations, such as controlled playback experiments or controlled environments, could strengthen the causal claims by directly testing the effects of specific maternal behaviors on vocal development. Certainly, the strengths of the paper will be consolidated after such work is performed.

      The reliance on the number of singing males as a proxy for social acoustic input. This measure does not account for the variability in the quality, frequency, or duration of the male songs to which the pups are exposed. A more detailed analysis of the acoustic environment, including direct measurements of song exposure and its impact on vocal learning, would provide a clearer understanding of the role of male tutors.

      Finally, and although it would be unlikely that these results are unique to Saccopteryx bilineata, the study's focus on a single species limits at present the generalizability of some of its findings to other vocal learning mammals. While the parallels drawn between bat and human vocal development are intriguing, the conclusions will be more robust when supported by comparative studies involving multiple species of vocal learners. This will help to identify whether the observed maternal influences on vocal development reported here are unique to Saccopteryx bilineata or represent a broader phenomenon in chiropteran, mammalian, or general vocal learning. Expanding the scope of research to include a wider range of species and incorporating cross-species comparisons will significantly enhance the contribution of this study to the field of vocal learning.

      Thank you for your suggestions and comments. 

      Regarding your main comment 1: In the future, we plan to implement temporary captivity experiments to investigate how maternal behaviours affect pup vocal development. This study provides the necessary basis for conducting future playback studies investigating specific behaviours in a controlled environment.

      Regarding your main comment 2: We completely agree that the number of singing males only represents a proxy for acoustic input that pups receive during ontogeny. In the future, we plan to investigate in detail how the acoustic landscape influences pup vocal development and learning. This will include quantifying how long pups are exposed to song during ontogeny and assessing the influence of different tutors, including a detailed analysis of song syllables of the adult tutors to compare it to vocal trajectories of song syllables in pups. 

      Regarding your main comment 3: We also fully agree that it is unlikely that these results are unique to Saccopteryx bilineata. We are certain that other mammalian vocal learners show parallels to the vocal development and learning processes of S. bilineata. Especially bats are a promising taxon for comparative studies because their vocal production and perception systems are highly sophisticated (due to their ability to echolocate). The high sociability of this taxon also includes a variety of social systems and vocal capacities (e.g. regarding vocal repertoire size, vocal learning capacities, information content, etc.) which support social learning and social feedback – as shown in our study. 

      As suggested, in our revised manuscript we have includes information on the validation of the ethogram. Furthermore, we have corrected all the spelling mistakes – thank you very much for pointing them out!

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The following comments and suggestions are offered to improve clarity and strengthen support for the paper's main claims.

      (1) Female displays as feedback:

      a) The authors rather broadly describe maternal behavior as feedback based on its occurrence during pup babbling. Feedback typically entails some degree of response contingency, which is not explicitly established here. Although the authors qualitatively describe a variety of female displays that only occur within the babbling context, they also state that "all these behaviors could occur singly or in an interactive way" (Line 102). The authors go on to use aggregate counts of these diverse female displays in their analyses. It would of course be interesting to know whether distinct female displays are evoked differentially by pup behavior and whether specific female behaviors, in turn, predict subsequent pup vocalizations. A display-specific approach might also reveal more about the mechanisms by which the female behavior shapes babbling (e.g. specific reinforcement signals vs. more graded social facilitation or 'audience effect'). However, even without identifying such finegrained contingencies, the main text should at least mention the results shown in Figure 1A. Namely, that pups initiate ~80% of interactive behavioral sequences, suggesting that subsequent maternal displays are likely to be pup-contingent responses (i.e. feedback) and not simply co-occurring behavior.

      We fully agree with Reviewer 1 that it would be very informative to investigate whether distinct female displays are evoked differentially by pup behavior, such as specific syllables within babbling. Or conversely, whether specific female behaviors precede particular pup vocalizations. For this study, we documented maternal behavior through direct observations, field notes, and/or video recordings. However, to capture potential contingencies between specific maternal behavioral displays and vocalization occurring in the millisecond range, other data collection methods (e.g. high-speed camera) will be required in the future. 

      Related to this, we have included the following statements (see below). Statement 1 also cites a very recent study in zebra finches, demonstrating that female calls can promote song learning success (Bistere et al. 2024, line 57, lines 304-305). 

      Lines 297-305: This finding serves as an initial indication that non-vocal interactions with the mother may influence a pup´s individual learning trajectories. Future studies will focus on the relationship between acoustic change, maternal feedback, and learning success, specifically investigating contingencies between particular pup vocalizations and maternal displays in natural settings. Playback experiments are an additional approach to test the impact of contingency on vocal learning. For example, one study in zebra finches demonstrated that contingent non-vocal maternal feedback affects imitation success (Carouso-Peck & Goldstein, 2019), while another recent study found that female calls can promote song learning but the role of contingency remains to be determined (Bistere et al., 2024).  

      Lines: 332-334: This might also apply to S. bilineata where pups initiated ~ 80% of social interactions, suggesting that maternal feedback is likely influenced by the pup´s vocal practice.  

      b) The authors claim that the number of maternal displays during babbling predicts the duration of babbling bouts (Figure 1D). I find this analysis - and others based on the raw number of behaviors during babbling - difficult to interpret given that the raw number of displays may depend upon the duration of the babbling bout over which they are counted. In other words, might the number of displays reflect the fact that more displays can occur within the interval of longer babbling bouts? It would be relatively straightforward to minimize this potential confound by testing whether female display *rates* predict longer bouts.

      We calculated the display rates (maternal displays per bout duration) and conducted a GLMM (the same analysis after log-transformation and scaling) like in our original manuscript (model 1).  

      GLMM

      summary(vocpracf)

      Generalized linear mixed model fit by maximum likelihood (Laplace Approximation) ['glmerMod']  Family: Gamma  ( log )

      Formula: bout_dur ~ age.z + behavioural_quotient.log.z + nomales.z + (1 | ID) Data: set1

      Author response table 1.

      Author response table 2.

      Author response table 3.

      Author response table 4.

      Author response table 5.

      Interpretation: Our analysis in the original manuscript shows that the bout duration increases with number of maternal displays. As reviewer 1 points out: more time offers more opportunities for the mother to show displays. The number of displays in longer bouts could just reflect that more displays are possible in a longer period. This could be a potential confounding factor. However, our analysis of display rates as an explaining factor shows that the relationship between bout duration and display rate is negative. This means that in longer bouts the displays increase (as seen in the first scenario), but they happen less frequently per time unit. This could indicate that in longer bouts, the mother takes breaks or longer periods of time between each display, which decreases the frequency of displays. This minimizes the risk of a potential confound, as it shows that the rate of displays tends to decrease rather than increase in longer bouts. In summary: The display rate does not appear to ‘favour’ longer bouts, as longer bouts are associated with a lower display rate. This speaks against the hypothesis that the number of displays only increases due to the longer bout duration. This also means that our analyses, which show that maternal displays influence song syllable production, are not biased or confounded by the bout duration. This suggests that maternal behaviour is targeted and selective, and represents a potentially contingent reaction to the pup´s vocal production, and is not simply determined by the duration of a bout.

      We added this analysis in our supplementary material (Table S2) and pointed this out in the revision of our main manuscript (lines 136-138). 

      c) The introduction states that "Pup babbling is not tied to a specific function." (Lines 75-78). This may be an important point worth exploring with this unique data set. For example, the termination of a babbling bout is defined in some cases by the onset of nursing. Have the authors (or others) tested whether babbling elicits nursing behavior? If so, this may represent a reinforcement mechanism that affects babbling rates and subsequent song outcomes. Similar functional shifts in developing vocal behavior have been reported in male chipping sparrows, in which juvenile begging calls - which initially elicit parental feeding behavior - can later be incorporated into 'sub-song' (i.e. babbling) during the development of courtship song (Lui, Wada, Nottebohm, PLOS ONE, 2009).

      Thank you for pointing out this interesting study on chipping sparrows! 

      To address your question: Strauss et al. (2010) conducted a study on pup and maternal behaviors, demonstrating that babbling did not consistently result in nursing.  When denied care, pups often returned to resting or grooming, a pattern we also observed in our study. While nursing might provide an additional reinforcement mechanisms, it is not the cause that evokes babbling – this is what we mean by stating “pup babbling is not tied to a specific function”. Babbling is not a begging behavior as described by Lui et al. 2009. As mentioned in the review of ter Haar et al. 2021, babbling differs structurally from begging in that it is composed of both adult-like and juvenile syllables and lacks context specificity. To solicit care (i.e. begging) pups produce several isolation calls in a fast repetitive manner. We added a more detailed explanation to make this distinction clear (lines 79-83).

      Another interesting fact and probably more comparable to the study of the chipping sparrows – in which begging calls are incorporated into subsong practice – might be the isolation call syllables of S. bilineata. Directly after birth, S. bilineata pups produce multisyllabic isolation calls (see Knörnschild & von Helversen 2008, Knörnschild et al. 2012, Fernandez & Knörnschild 2017) that serve to solicit maternal care. For the first 2.5 weeks, pups only produce innate vocalizations, including echolocation and isolation calls (Fernandez et al. 2021). During the babbling phase, the syllables encoding the individual (and group) signature of the isolation call are also incorporated into babbling bouts. The production of isolation calls might also mark an initial step in the vocal learning process. However, in contrast to the subsong of chipping sparrows, babbling bouts in S. bilineata also include syllables acquired through vocal imitation. Thus, although we find similarities in vocal practice and development between chipping sparrows and S. bilineata, there are also distinct differences. 

      (2) Are pups exposed to more male songs when the mother is present?

      The number of singing males in each colony was used as a reasonable proxy for the amount of social acoustic input. However, I wonder if pups are exposed to more adult male songs when the mother is present and, relatedly, if females tend to remain present for longer if a pup is babbling (potentially increasing its exposure to male songs during the babbling phase).

      The mother is always present when males are singing. In S. bilineata, males predominantly engage in territorial song twice daily: at dusk and dawn. After foraging at night, territorial singing males are the first to return to the roost, and females will only return when they hear male song. Pups are either attached to the mother´s belly or – when growing older – will fly into the roost followed by the mother. In the evening, males sing approximately half an hour before leaving for foraging. Females will usually leave first, followed by their pups, and males leave last. Hence, females/mothers are always present when pups are exposed to male acoustic input.  

      (3) Pup sex differences:

      The authors test for sex differences within a subset of pups and briefly mention that vocal development is considered in both males and females. This presumably means that female pups also exhibit vocal imitation of adult male territorial songs, even though they only produce these vocalizations during the babbling phase, after which they stop singing entirely. If so, this would, to my knowledge, be a unique phenomenon among vocal learners and would be interesting to discuss in greater detail.

      We followed your recommendation and discussed this topic in greater detail. We included the following part in our discussion (lines 257-269): An intriguing aspect of this species is that, unlike most song-learning songbird species, female pups show no differences from males in babbling behavior and vocal development (Fernandez et al. 2021). This study corroborated this finding: female pups received the same maternal feedback, and their song syllable imitation did not differ in any way from male pups (as observed as well in Knörnschild et al. 2010). This phenomenon is rare among vocal learners and raises the question of why female pups match male vocal development despite not using the learned vocalizations later in life. One potential explanation might lie in the function of the territorial song for adult females: it serves as an acoustic signal to help females locate new suitable colonies after dispersal. The territorial song exhibits different dialects, with females showing a preference for local over foreign dialects (Knörnschild et al., 2017). The own early practice and production of song might enhance the ability to evaluate male song and support mating decisions.

      (4) Characterization of song syllables:

      The authors explain their acoustic analyses in detail within the methods, however, descriptions of the syllable classification procedures and acoustic movement analyses need to be presented more clearly in the main text, so readers unfamiliar with bioacoustics or previous work can follow the logic. Also, given the qualitative descriptions of the data and the two spectrogram examples provided (Figures 2 and S1), it is difficult for the reader to fully evaluate the suitability and output of these critical procedures.

      Suggestions:  

      - Qualitative descriptions of syllable characteristics (i.e. buzz, pulse, trill, ripple, gap, smeared noisy, precursor syllable, mature syllable, adult-like syllable, early vs. late babbling phase, syllable name, etc) should all be clearly-labeled in example spectrograms and used consistently, without using different terms interchangeably (e.g. mature vs. adult-like).

      We understand that we should provide a clearer description of the various terms essential to understanding this study. We added a “Terminology” box (line 158) to the main manuscript, defining the acoustic terms we are using throughout our study. Additionally, we enhanced Figure S1 by providing more detailed information on the spectrogram that displays the five distinct song syllable types. Moreover, we included an additional spectrogram in the supplementary material (Fig. S2) displaying examples of precursor and mature syllables for syllable B2. In the method section, “The acoustic movement during ontogeny”, we added a sentence clarifying the terms “early” and “late babbling phase” (Lines 605-606). 

      - Show as you tell. Plot the data, at least from a representative pup, for each major step in the analyses (labeled spectrogram, PCA plots with distinct syllable clusters, high vs. low versatility, precursor vs. mature variants, early vs. late syllables with Euclidean distances between centroids and relation to "generic" adult male syllables, etc.)

      To illustrate the acoustic analysis more comprehensively, we have made the following additions:

      -we included a Figure (Fig. S3) in the supplementary materials showing an excerpt of a babbling bout with labelled syllables to illustrate how we analyzed a) total song syllable count per bout, b) versatility per bout, and c) the number of precursor versus mature B2 syllables (the most common syllable type).

      -Additionally, we included a spectrogram with three exemplary B2 syllables to illustrate the acoustic parameter extraction with Avisoft SASLab Pro software for subsequent analysis of vocal change during development (Fig. S4 A).

      Lastly, we included a DFA for one of the colonies with three exemplary pups to illustrate how we calculated each pup's acoustic change during ontogeny (Fig. S4 B). 

      (5) Minor Comments and Corrections:

      - Modeled data are log-transformed, however, the raw data are plotted on linear scales, and in most cases, data points are densely clustered and overlapping at lower values. Plotting the data on log scales would likely aid visibility.

      We appreciate this suggestion and changed the plots accordingly. 

      - Figure 1E displays 18 data points, (legend says n=19).

      The legend is correct; the figure includes 19 data points. Two mothers have the same activity score, so their points are at the same location and it looks like there are only 18 data points. 

      - Line 482: Is "VCL" media player meant to refer to "VLC" player?

      Yes, thank you for spotting that. We corrected it.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have only a couple of comments:

      - Perhaps it would be useful to briefly go over the validation used for the ethogram in Table S1.

      The behaviors listed in the ethogram were defined based on Strauss et al. (2010) and expanded based on our own observations. For consistency, we developed these definitions and trained the students analyzing behavioral data for this study. During the training phase, we validated their analyses until the inter-observer-reliability reached 100% (lines 507-508).  

      - The paper seems to be generally written in American English, yet there are some instances of British English spelling, e.g. "standardised"/"standardisation": table 1, table 2, lines 143, 228, 524, 525, 531, 546, 547, 554, 560, 561.

      Thank you for spotting these errors, we corrected them.  

      - Line 343: "at libitum" should be "ad libitum".

      Thank you for spotting this error. We corrected it.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:  

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Strengths:

      The manuscript utilizes a previously reported misfolding-prone reporter to assess its behaviour in ER in different cell line models. They make two interesting observations:

      (1) Upon prolonged incubation, the reporter accumulates in nuclear aggregates.

      (2) The aggregates are cleared during mitosis. They further provide some insight into the role of chaperones and ER stressors in aggregate clearance. These observations provide a starting point for addressing the role of mitosis in aggregate clearance. Needless to say, going ahead understanding the impact of aggregate clearance on cell division will be equally important.

      Weaknesses:

      The study almost entirely relies on an imaging approach to address the issue of aggregate clearance. A complementary biochemical approach would be more insightful. The intriguing observations pertaining to aggregates in the nucleus and their clearance during mitosis lack mechanistic understanding. The issue pertaining to the functional relevance of aggregation clearance or its lack thereof has not been addressed. Experiments addressing these issues would be a terrific addition to this manuscript.

      We have performed protein blotting and proteomics to characterize ER-FlucDM-eGFP expressing cells. We have also provided evidence to support the role of ER reorganization in regulating aggregate clearance. Our proteomic analysis provided a global view of the cellular state of cells expressing ER-FlucDM-eGFP, which potentially revealed functional relevance of ER-FlucDM-eGFP. Details are explained in the following comments. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors provide an interesting observation that ER-targeted excess misfolded proteins localize to the nucleus within membrane-entrapped vesicles for further quality control during cell division. This is useful information indicating transient nuclear compartmentalization as a quality control strategy for misfolded ER proteins in mitotic cells, although endogenous substrates of this pathway are yet to be identified.

      Strengths:

      This microscopy-based study reports unique membrane-based compartments of ERtargeted misfolded proteins within the nucleus. Quarantining aggregating proteins in membrane-less compartments is a widely accepted protein quality control mechanism. This work highlights the importance of membrane-bound quarantining strategies for aggregating proteins. These observations open up multiple questions on proteostasis biology. How do these membrane-bound bodies enter the nucleus? How are the singlelayer membranes formed? How exactly are these membrane-bound aggregates degraded? Are similar membrane-bound nuclear deposits present in post-mitotic cells that are relevant in age-related proteostasis diseases? Etc. Thus, the observations reported here are potentially interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      This study, like many other studies, used a set of model misfolding-prone proteins to uncover the interesting nuclear-compartment-based quality control of ER proteins. The endogenous ER-proteins that reach a similar stage of overdose of misfolding during ER stress remain unknown.

      We have included a previous study that showed accumulation of BiP aggregates in the nucleus upon overexpression of BiP (Morris et al., 1997; DOI: 10.1074/jbc.272.7.4327) in the discussion (Line 299).

      The mechanism of disaggregation of membrane-trapped misfolded proteins is unclear. Do these come out of the membrane traps? The authors report a few vesicles in living cells. This may suggest that membrane-untrapped proteins are disaggregated while trapped proteins remain aggregates within membranes.

      We initially made mStayGold-Sec61β to image the ER structures and ER-FlucDM-eGFP aggregates. However, we could not obtain convincing time-lapse images to show the release of ER-FlucDM-eGFP aggregates from the ER membrane as there are abundant ER structures present close to the aggregates during mitosis, preventing the differentiation of the membrane encapsulating aggregates from the ER structures. 

      The authors figure out the involvement of proteasome and Hsp70 during the disaggregation process. However, the detailed mechanisms including the ubiquitin ligases are not identified. Also, is the protein ubiquitinated at this stage?

      We performed cycloheximide chase experiments in cells released from the G2/M and found that ER-FlucDM-eGFP protein level did not fluctuate significantly when cells progressed through mitosis and cytokinesis. Thus, we did not consider protein ubiquitination and degradation of ER-FlucDM-eGFP as a major mechanism for its clearance. We have included this observation in the results (Figure S7A; Line 266) and in the discussion (Line 324) of the revised manuscript.

      This paper suffers from a lack of cellular biochemistry. Western blots confirming the solubility and insolubility of the misfolded proteins are required. This will also help to calculate the specific activity of luciferase more accurately than estimating the fluorescence intensities of soluble and aggregated/compartmentalized proteins. 

      We performed solubility test in cells expressing ER-FlucDM-eGFP and detected insoluble ERFlucDM-eGFP after heat stress (Figure S1E; Line 102). We have also performed protein blotting to detect ER-FlucDM-eGFP to normalize the luciferase activity (Line 609). We have updated the method section for luciferase measurement (Line 494).   

      Microscopy suggested the dissolution of the membrane-based compartments and probably disaggregation of the protein. This data should be substantiated using Western blots. Degradation can only be confirmed by Western blots. The authors should try time course experiments to correlate with microscopy data. Cycloheximide chase experiments will be useful.

      We performed cycloheximide chase experiments in cells released from the G2/M and found that ER-FlucDM-eGFP protein level did not fluctuate significantly when cells progressed through mitosis and cytokinesis (Figure S7A to S7C). Also, live-cell imaging of cells released from the G2/M indicated no significant change of total fluorescence intensity of ER-FlucDMeGFP (Figure S7D). Thus, we do not think that protein degradation of ER-FlucDM-eGFP is the major mechanism for its clearance. 

      The cell models express the ER-targeted misfolded proteins constitutively that may already reprogram the proteostasis. The authors may try one experiment with inducible overexpression.

      We have re-transduced fresh MCF10A cells with lentiviral particles to induce expression of ER-FlucDM-eGFP. The aggregates started to form after 24 h post-transduction. We made similar observations as described in the manuscript (e.g. aggregate clearance) two days after re-transduction.

      It is clear that a saturating dose of ER-targeted misfolded proteins activates the pathway.

      The authors performed a few RT-PCR experiments to indicate the proteostasis-sensitivity.

      Proteome-based experiments will be better to substantiate proteostasis saturation.

      We have performed proteomic analysis in cells expressing ER-FlucDM-eGFP and observed up-regulation of multiple proteins involved in the ER stress response, indicating that cells expressing ER-FlucDM-eGFP experience proteostatic stress (Figure S4A; Line 179).  

      The authors should immunostain the nuclear compartments for other ER-membrane resident proteins that span either the bilayer or a single layer. The data may be discussed.

      We have co-expressed ER-FlucDM-mCherry and mStayGold-Sec61β and detected mStayGold- Sec61β around ER-FlucDM-mCherry aggregates (Figure 1B).  

      All microscopy figures should include control cells with similarly aggregating proteins or without aggregates as appropriate. For example, is the nuclear-targeted FlucDM-EGFP similarly entrapped? A control experiment will be interesting. Expression of control proteins should be estimated by western blots.

      We targeted FlucDM-eGFP to the nucleus by expressing NLS-FlucDM-eGFP (Figure S1A). We found that the nuclear FlucDM-eGFP did not co-localize with the ER-FlucDM-mCherry aggregates (Figure S1B; Line 96). We have also determined the expression levels of NLSFlucDM-eGFP and ER-FlucDM-mCherry (Figure S1C and S1D).

      There are few more points that may be out of the scope of the manuscript. For example, how do these compartments enter the nucleus? Whether similar entry mechanisms/events are ever reported? What do the authors speculate? Also, the bilayer membrane becomes a single layer. This is potentially interesting and should be discussed with probable mechanisms. Also, do these nuclear compartments interfere with transcription and thereby deregulate cell division? What about post-mitotic cells? Similar deposits may be potentially toxic in the absence of cell division. All these may be discussed.

      Thank you for interesting suggestions for our study. We speculated that ER-FlucDM-eGFP aggregates may derive from the invagination of the inner nuclear membrane given that the aggregates are in close proximity to the inner nuclear membrane in interpase cells (Line 299). We have included a previous study that reported a similar aggregate upon BiP overexpression (Morris et al., 1997; DOI: 10.1074/jbc.272.7.4327; Line 300). Our proteomic analysis showed that cells expressing ER-FlucDM-eGFP have several up-regulated proteins related to cell cycle regulation (Figure S4A; Line 346).  

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper describes a new mechanism of clearance of protein aggregates occurring during mitosis.

      The authors have observed that animal cells can clear misfolded aggregated proteins at the end of mitosis. The images and data gathered are solid, convincing, and statistically significant. However, there is a lack of insight into the underlying mechanism. They show the involvement of the ER, ATPase-dependent, BiP chaperone, and the requirement of Cdk1 inactivation (a hallmark of mitotic exit) in the process. They also show that the mechanism seems to be independent of the APC/C complex (anaphase-promoting complex). Several points need to be clarified regarding the mechanism that clears the aggregates during mitosis:

      • What happens in the cell substructure during mitosis to explain the recruitment of BiP towards the aggregates, which seem to be relocated to the cytoplasm surrounded by the ER membrane.

      We have included images to show that BiP co-localizes with ER-FlucDM-eGFP aggregates in interphase cells (Figure S5C). We think that BiP participates in the formation of ER-FlucDMeGFP during interphase instead of getting recruited to the aggregates during mitosis.  

      • How the changes in the cell substructure during mitosis explain the relocation of protein aggregates during mitosis.

      We provided evidence to show that clearance of ER-FlucDM-eGFP aggregates involves the ER remodeling process. We depleted ER membrane fusion proteins ATL2 and ATL3 to perturb the distribution of ER sheets or tubules and found that cells were defective in clearing the aggregates (Figure 7A and B; Line 278). 

      • Why BiP seems to be the main player of this mechanism and not the cyto Hsp70 first described to be involved in protein disaggregation.

      In our proteomic analysis, we found that BiP (HSPA5) but not other Hsp70 family members were up-regulated in cells expressing ER-FlucDM-eGFP (Line 352; Figure S4A). This explains why BiP is the main player of the ER-FlucDM-eGFP aggregate clearance.  

      Strengths:

      Experimental data showing clearance of protein aggregates during mitosis is solid, statistically significant, and very interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      Weak mechanistic insight to explain the process of protein disaggregation, particularly the interconnection between what happens in the cell substructure during mitosis to trigger and drive clearance of protein aggregates.

      In our revised manuscript, we now provided evidence to show that ER-FlucDM-eGFP aggregate clearance involved remodeling of the ER structures during mitotic exit. This is added as a new Figure 7 in the revised manuscript and is described in the result section (Line 278) and in the discussion section (Line 323). We believe that this addition has provided mechanistic insights into ER-FlucDM-eGFP aggregate clearance.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor comments:

      I have read these reviews in detail and would like to recommend that the authors perform the experiments according to the reviewers' suggestions, as well as provide the appropriate controls raised by the reviewers.

      I think there are not that many requests and they all seem very reasonable and easily doable. I would recommend that the authors carry out the suggested experiments to develop a stronger story where the evidence transitions from being incomplete presently to a "more complete" standard.

      We have addressed questions raised by three reviewers and updated our manuscript (labeled in red in the main text).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The manuscript makes exciting observations about the accumulation of reporter protein aggregates in the nucleus and its clearance during mitosis. It also provides some insight into the role of chaperons in aggregate clearance. These observations provide a good platform to perform in-depth analysis of the underlying mechanism and its functional relevance which perhaps the authors will plan over the long term. However, the below suggestions will help improve the current version of the manuscript:

      (1) Although it is assumed that the aggregates are cleared by the protein degradation mechanism, clear evidence supporting this assumption in the author's experiments is lacking and needs to be provided. Is it possible that mitosis induces disassembly of these aggregates instead of degradation?

      We performed two experiments to verify whether ER-FlucDM-eGFP aggregates are cleared by the protein degradation mechanism. In the first experiment, we treated cells expressing ER-FlucDM-eGFP released from the G2/M boundary with cycloheximide (CHX) and found that ER-FlucDM-eGFP did not decrease in protein abundance in cells progressing through mitosis (Figure S7A to S7C). In the second experiment, we measured the intensity of ERFlucDM-eGFP in early dividing cells and late dividing cells after release from the G2/M boundary and found that there was no significant difference between early and late dividing cells (Figure S7D). Thus, we concluded that protein degradation of ER-FlucDM-eGFP is not the primary mechanism of its clearance during cell division (Line 324). Furthermore, we included new data to show that the ER-FlucDM-eGFP aggregate clearance depends on ER reorganization during cell division, so mitotic exit induces disassembly of the aggregates instead of protein degradation.

      (2) It is intriguing that the aggregates are nuclear. Is the nuclear localization mediated by localization to ER? A time course analysis would reveal this and would provide credence to the idea that the reporter was originally expressed in the ER. It is currently unclear if the reporter ever gets expressed in ER.

      We showed that in interphase cells, ER-FlucDM-eGFP co-localizes with mStayGold-Sec61β, which labels the ER structures (Figure 1B). So, ER-FlucDM-eGFP is expressed and present in the ER network and invaginates into the inner nuclear membrane as aggregates. We attempted to image ER-FlucDM-eGFP for its formation; however it was technically challenging as the aggregates appeared very small and not too visible after clearance under our microscopy system.  

      (3) It would be expected that the persistence of these aggregates would impact cell division and cellular health. An experiment addressing this hypothesis would be very useful in establishing the functional relevance of this observation in the context of the current study.

      We have performed proteomic analysis on cell expressing ER-FlucDM-eGFP and found that multiple proteins involved in the ER stress response were up-regulated (Figure S4A). Additionally, proteins related to cell cycle regulation were up-regulated upon expression of ER-FlucDM-eGFP (Figure S4A). The increase of these proteins may indicate a perturbed cellular health (Line 344). 

      (4) A recent report (PMID: 34467852) identified the role of ER tubules in controlling the size of certain misfolded condensates. Would specific ER substructures affect the nuclear localization and/or clearance of the FlucDM aggregates? This is tied to point#2 and would provide insights into the connection between ER and the nuclear aggregates.

      Thank you for your suggestions. We perturbed the ER remodeling process by knocking down ATL2 and ATL3, which are ER membrane fusion proteins, and found that clearance of ER-FlucDM-eGFP aggregates was affected (Figure 7A and B). Hence, perturbation of the distribution of ER tubules and ER sheets affects ER-FlucDM-eGFP aggregate clearance. We have also added the recent paper about ER tubule size in regulating the sizes of misfolded condensates in the discussion (Line 321)

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I expect that the images indicate z-sections. Should be indicated in legends as applicable.

      We have indicated whether the images are Z-stack or single Z-slices in the figure legends.  

      Small point: the control region (outside inclusion) that was bleached in 2c may be clearly indicated. 

      We have added the explanation in the figure legend of Figure 2C.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate the neuroprotective effect of reserpine in a retinitis pigmentosa (P23H-1) model, characterized by a mutation in the rhodopsin gene. Their results reveal that female rats show better preservation of both rod and cone photoreceptors following reserpine treatment compared to males.

      Strengths:

      This study effectively highlights the neuroprotective potential of reserpine and underscores the value of drug repositioning as a strategy for accelerating the development of effective treatments. The findings are significant for their clinical implications, particularly in demonstrating sex-specific differences in therapeutic response.

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer’s comments.

      Weaknesses:

      The main limitation is the lack of precise identification of the specific pathway through which reserpine prevents photoreceptor death.

      We acknowledge that the exact pathway through which reserpine exerts its protective effects on photoreceptors remains undetermined, yet our findings provide critical insights into potential mechanisms. Together with our previous report [PMID: 36975211], the studies being presented here validate proteostasis (including autophagy) and p53 signaling as the key pathways underlying reserpine-mediated survival of photoreceptors in retinal disease models. We also go a step further by showing an influence of the biological sex.

      We emphasize that the primary aim of this study was to demonstrate the effectiveness of reserpine in a different retinal degeneration model—specifically, the autosomal dominant RP model—which shares a retinal disease phenotype with the model used for initial screening but involves different genetic and molecular mechanisms of degeneration.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript entitled "Sex-specific attenuation of photoreceptor degeneration by reserpine in a rhodopsin P23H rat model of autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa" by Beom Song et al., the authors explore the transcriptomic differences between male and female wild-type (WT) and P23H retinas, highlighting significant gene expression variations and sex-specific trends. The study emphasizes the importance of considering biological sex in understanding inherited retinal degeneration and the impact of drug treatments on mutant retinas.

      Strengths:

      (1) Relevance to Clinical Challenges: The study addresses a critical limitation in inherited retinal degeneration (IRD) therapies by exploring a gene-agnostic approach. It emphasizes sex-specific responses, which aligns with recent NIH mandates on sex as a biological variable.

      (2) Multi-dimensional Methodology: Combining electroretinography (ERG), optical coherence tomography (OCT), histology, and transcriptomics strengthens the study's findings.

      (3) Novel Insights: The transcriptomic analysis uncovers sex-specific pathways impacted by reserpine, laying the foundation for personalized approaches to retinal disease therapy.

      We are grateful for highlighting the strengths of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      Dose Optimization

      The study uses a fixed dose (40 µM), but no dose-response analysis is provided. Sex-specific differences in efficacy might be influenced by suboptimal dosing, particularly considering potential differences in metabolism or drug distribution.

      We acknowledge the limitation of using a fixed dose (40 µM) of reserpine in this study without conducting a comprehensive dose-response analysis. In the primary screens, the EC<sub>50</sub> of reserpine was approximately 20 µM. We doubled the concentration for injection to account for the potential loss of reserpine during the in vivo procedures. As we observed the rescue effect of reserpine in mice, we used the same concentration for rats. The fixed-dose approach was chosen to maintain consistency with previous studies evaluating reserpine in retinal degeneration models and to facilitate comparison across studies. Efforts to identify optimal dosing were deprioritized, as the primary goal was different and this information cannot be directly translated to clinical applications.

      We also agree that sex-specific differences in efficacy might be influenced by suboptimal dosing, particularly given potential variations in metabolism, drug distribution, and pharmacokinetics between male and female rats. However, recent pharmacokinetic studies on systemically administered reserpine in rats reported no statistically significant covariates, including body weight, age, breed, or sex, affecting pharmacokinetic (PK) or pharmacodynamic (PD) parameters (Alfosea-Cuadrado, G. M., Zarzoso-Foj, J., Adell, A., Valverde-Navarro, A. A., González-Soler, E. M., Mangas-Sanjuán, V., & Blasco-Serra, A. (2024). Population Pharmacokinetic–Pharmacodynamic Analysis of a Reserpine-Induced Myalgia Model in Rats. Pharmaceutics, 16(8), 1101. https://doi.org/10.3390/pharmaceutics16081101). Furthermore, no evidence of sex-specific differences in reserpine pharmacokinetics has been previously identified in available databases (National Center for Biotechnology Information (2025). PubChem Compound Summary for CID 5770, Reserpine. Retrieved January 13, 2025 from https://pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/compound/Reserpine). Importantly, the drug in this study was administered intravitreally, where the ocular compartments are relatively isolated from systemic metabolism or excretion. Under these conditions, where absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion have minimal impact, we observed sex differences in efficacy using the same dose of drug.

      Nonetheless, we agree with the reviewer and plan to pursue dose-response and other studies in future investigations.

      Statistical Analysis

      In my opinion, there is room for improvement. How were the animals injected? Was the contralateral eye used as control? (no information in the manuscript about it!, line 390 just mentions the volume and concentration of injections). If so, why not use parametric paired analysis? Why use a non-parametric test, as it is the Mann-Whitney U? The Mann-Whitney U test is usually employed for discontinuous count data; is that the case here?<br /> Therefore, please specify whether contralateral eyes or independent groups served as controls. If contralateral controls were used, paired parametric tests (e.g., paired t-tests) would be statistically appropriate. Alternatively, if independent cohorts were used, non-parametric Mann-Whitney U tests may suffice but require clear justification.

      We apologize for the lack of clarity. In line 124, we described the injection as “bilateral intravitreal injections of 5 µL of either vehicle or 40 µM reserpine,” and in Figure 1A, we annotated the bilateral injection as DMSO for both eyes and RSP for both eyes. To address this uncertainty, we added the clarification, “with each group receiving bilateral injections of either vehicle or reserpine” (lines 404–405). Since the results are not paired and involve continuous data for which the normality assumption cannot be confidently met or verified, we used the Mann-Whitney U test for statistical analysis.

      Sex-Specific Pathways

      The authors do identify pathways enriched in female vs. male retinas but fail to explicitly connect these to the changes in phenotype analysed by ERG and OCT. The lack of mechanistic validation weakens the argument.

      The study does not explore why female rats respond better to reserpine. Potential factors such as hormonal differences, retinal size, or differential drug uptake are not discussed.

      It remains open, whether observed transcriptomic trends (e.g., proteostasis network genes) correlate with sex-specific functional outcomes.

      We acknowledge that, while we identified pathways enriched in female versus male retinas, we did not explicitly connect these findings to the functional phenotypes measured by ERG and OCT. Although our transcriptomic data suggest that reserpine differentially influences pathways such as proteostasis and p53 signaling, we did not conduct mechanistic experiments to validate a causal relationship between these pathways and the observed outcomes.

      In practice, designing a study to validate the mechanisms of a small molecule modulating multiple pathways presents significant challenges. If the pathways cannot be specifically modulated or if modulation could result in irreversible outcomes, the mechanistic validation becomes difficult to achieve. Drugs demonstrating mutation-agnostic efficacy are often investigated primarily through outcome measures and the analysis of affected pathways rather than through direct mechanistic validation (Leinonen, H., Zhang, J., Occelli, L. M., Seemab, U., Choi, E. H., L P Marinho, L. F., Querubin, J., Kolesnikov, A. V., Galinska, A., Kordecka, K., Hoang, T., Lewandowski, D., Lee, T. T., Einstein, E. E., Einstein, D. E., Dong, Z., Kiser, P. D., Blackshaw, S., Kefalov, V. J., Tabaka, M., … Palczewski, K. (2024). A combination treatment based on drug repurposing demonstrates mutation-agnostic efficacy in pre-clinical retinopathy models. Nature communications, 15(1), 5943. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-024-50033-5).

      As recommended, we added potential factors that might influence the differential response to reserpine, based on other studies (lines 353–362) highlighting differences in dopamine storage capacity and estrogen independence. We also added a discussion on the possibility of sex-related differences in basal ERG response levels (lines 363–366).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The study presents compelling findings on the neuroprotective effects of reserpine in a well-established model of retinitis pigmentosa (P23H-1). The use of ERG, optomotor assays, OCT, immunohistochemistry, and transcriptomic techniques provides a good exploration of the treatment's effects, particularly highlighting the differential response in females. The study underscores the potential of drug repurposing to expedite the availability of therapeutic interventions for patients.

      Thanks for your generous comments.

      While the manuscript presents an important contribution, I would like to highlight a few points that need clarification or further elaboration to strengthen the work:

      (1) Please include the photopic a-wave data in your analysis or provide a justification for its omission. Specifically, it would be valuable to know whether there is an improvement in this parameter under reserpine treatment.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to include photopic a-wave data in our analysis and acknowledge the importance of this parameter in evaluating cone photoreceptor function. However, we did not analyze the photopic a-wave amplitude in our study because we found the photopic a-wave has low amplitude and high variability, consistent with findings in other studies with P23H-1 rats (Orhan E, Dalkara D, Neuillé M, Lechauve C, Michiels C, et al. (2015) Genotypic and Phenotypic Characterization of P23H Line 1 Rat Model. PLOS ONE 10(5): e0127319. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0127319) or even with wild type rats (V.L. Fonteille, J. Racine, S. Joly, A.L. Dorfman, S. Rosolen, P. Lachapelle; Do Rats Generate a Photopic a–Wave? . Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 2005;46(13):2246). We added the description (lines 435-437) explaining why the photopic a-wave was not analyzed. Studies with P23H-1 did not analyze the photopic a-wave, probably for similar reasons.

      (2) In Figure 1, it would be helpful to include data from normal control animals to provide a benchmark for retinal degeneration in P23H-1 animals and to better contextualize the effects of reserpine treatment.

      Thanks. As suggested, we have included data from normal control animals to Figure 1.

      (3) The manuscript states that "Treated female retinas have significantly higher expression of the gene for P62 (SQSTM1), indicating a potential key route for reserpine's activity" (Line 331). Please explain how this difference in expression might translate into a better photoreceptor response in females compared to males.

      The difference in P62 (SQSTM1) expression between treated female and male retinas could have important implications for the photoreceptor response. We have identified in our previous study that reserpine increased P62 that mediates proteome balance between ubiquitin-proteasome system (UPS) and autophagy. Together with the role of P62 in the regulation of oxidative stress, P62 might be important for photoreceptor survival and function. Higher expression of P62 in treated females could suggest more efficient cellular maintenance and a better ability to cope with stress, leading to improved photoreceptor survival and function.

      (4) Numerous studies have shown that animal models of Parkinson's disease (e.g., those treated with MPTP or rotenone) or retinal tissue from Parkinson's patients exhibit dopaminergic cell death and associated vision loss. Please discuss how these findings relate to your results. Can you hypothesize how dopamine depletion by reserpine may lead to improved photoreceptor responses in your model?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comments. Both MPTP and rotenone act via inhibition of complex I of the respiratory chain, causing cell death and leading to dopamine depletion. In contrast, reserpine acts by inhibiting the vesicular monoamine transporter, depleting catecholamines by preventing their storage and facilitating their metabolism by monoamine oxidase. Although reserpine and other agents can induce animal models of Parkinson's disease, reserpine differs from the others in several aspects: (i) reserpine do not induce neurodegeneration and protein aggregation; (ii) motor performance, monoamine content, and TH staining are partially restored after treatment interruption; and (iii) reserpine lacks specificity regarding dopaminergic neurotransmission (Leão, A. H., Sarmento-Silva, A. J., Santos, J. R., Ribeiro, A. M., & Silva, R. H. (2015). Molecular, Neurochemical, and Behavioral Hallmarks of Reserpine as a Model for Parkinson's Disease: New Perspectives to a Long-Standing Model. Brain pathology (Zurich, Switzerland), 25(4), 377–390. https://doi.org/10.1111/bpa.12253). We have discussed the various effects of catecholamine depletion on retinal diseases (lines 331–337). Both dopamine receptor antagonists and agonists, as well as catecholamine depletion, can exert protective effects on the retina. The reduction in scotopic b-wave amplitude observed at P54, followed by a lack of further progression in degeneration, may support the hypothesis that reduced neuronal activity due to catecholamine depletion could have mitigated damage to retinal neurons.

      (5) For readers who may not be familiar with the P23H-1 mutation, it would be beneficial to include a brief description of the timeline and progression of retinal degeneration in this model.

      As the progression varies among studies, we have provided our description on observations from the same facility where the animals were housed. The timeline and progression of retinal degeneration are briefly described in the results section (lines 112–115) and Supplementary Figure 1.

      (6) Do you have any data on the effects of reserpine treatment in older animals? If available, this could provide additional insight into the potential applicability of reserpine in later stages of disease progression.

      Unfortunately, we do not have data from older animals. As described in the results section (lines 116–124), we set the timepoint for interventions before functional impairment peaked, aiming to harness the remaining potential for rescue and promote functional improvement. Our approach focused on developing a gene-agnostic therapy that can delay disease progression and be delivered at an earlier stage than AAV-based therapies, using FDA-approved drugs.

      (7) Molecular Basis of Sex Differences: The molecular mechanisms underlying the differential responses in males and females should be elaborated upon. If possible, include a discussion or hypothesis that addresses these sex-specific differences at the molecular level.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the importance of addressing the molecular basis of sex-specific differences. In our study, we observed distinct transcriptomic responses to reserpine between male and female rats, particularly in molecular pathways related to proteostasis and p53 signaling. While the sex-specific differences in these molecular pathways remain to be fully evaluated, we have added a discussion on sex differences in reserpine responses, incorporating findings from other studies (lines 353–366).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) There is no mention in the manuscript about the fact that the transgene rats have several copies of rhodopsin and how this can affect these sex differences. Would it be the same in the P23H KO mouse? Or in other models with a single copy of the mutation?

      We have described in the Materials and Methods section how they were bred, but we did not specifically mention the allele status in the manuscript. Hemizygous P23H-1 rats used in this study carry a single P23H transgene allele with a transgene copy number of 9, in addition to the normal two wild-type opsin alleles. We added this description to clear the uncertainty (lines 384-387.

      (2) This sentence: in abstract lines 26 to 29: "Recently, we identified reserpine as a lead molecule for maintaining rod survival in mouse and human retinal organoids as well as in the rd16 mouse, which phenocopy Leber congenital amaurosis caused by mutations in the cilia-centrosomal gene CEP290 (Chen et al. eLife 2023;12:e83205. DOI: https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.83205)", to my vew, does not belong to the abstract, maybe in the introduction as stage of art.

      Thank you for asking. According to the guidelines for the research advance articles (that follow previously published studies), a reference to the original eLife article should be included in the abstract. As specified in the guidelines, we have updated the citation format to (author, year) for referencing eLife articles (line 29).

      (3) Lines 167-170: "Histologic evaluation of the retinas also demonstrated more prominent ONL thinning in the dorsal retina and increased ONL thickness in the dorsal retina measured at 1,000, 1,250, and 1,500 µm distant from the optic nerve head in reserpine-treated group compared with control group (Figure 3C)". I do not understand this sentence. Is it a more prominent thinning or an increased thickness?

      We apologize for the confusion caused by this sentence. The histological evaluation showed that ONL thinning was more pronounced in the dorsal retina of control group, which was consistent with OCT findings in Figure 3A. Reserpine treatment increased the ONL thickness in the dorsal retina at specific distances from the optic nerve head (1,000, 1,250, and 1,500 µm). We have revised the sentence for clarity (lines 165-168).

      (4) Lines 182-185 and Figure 4B: FL is not the best approach to quantify rhodopsin levels. Since the DAPI staining is overexposed, it is hard to evaluate the staining of RHO in the ONL. From the visible staining in the OS, it is only possible to affirm that the OS are longer in RSP-treated retinas... more is not to be affirmed based on these figures. I suggest using WB.

      We acknowledge the reviewer’s concern regarding the use of fluorescence imaging to quantify rhodopsin levels. While our current data highlight structural preservation, such as the length of the outer segments, we agree that drawing conclusions about rhodopsin levels from fluorescence staining is limited. As we do not have samples for WB and fluorescence imaging cannot quantify rhodopsin, we have revised the description (lines 180-184).

      (5) Lines 188-190 and Figure 4C: The images in 4C showed an extreme divergence between treated and untreated retina concerning the amount of stained cones, which is not observed at the quantification at 1000µm statistic. Are the images not representative?

      We agree with the reviewer that the images in Figure 4C may not adequately represent the quantified data. To address this, we have changed the figure to reflect the quantification results accurately.

      (6) Figures 6C-6D and 6G. Why do the authors not use any statistical analysis? Or are the differences not statistically significant? Why do authors use only WT and DMSO controls? What about untreated P23H controls (no DMSO)?

      Thanks for checking, and we apologize for the oversight. We have updated figures 5, 6 and S5 to include adjusted p-value in relevant plots. In addition, details of significance threshold are available in supplementary tables. Regarding controls, untreated P23H retinas (without DMSO) were not included in the current analysis, as our experience shows that DMSO injection itself does not cause functional or structural changes. The key data demonstrating the effect of reserpine involve a comparison between the group treated with reserpine and the control group treated with DMSO, as the only difference between these groups is the involvement of the drug.

      (7) Validation of findings by testing key genes (e.g., p62/SQSTM1, Nrf2) using qPCR or immunohistochemistry will strengthen the findings.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to validate key findings using qPCR or immunohistochemistry, as such experiments are crucial for further strengthening our conclusions. While this was not feasible in the current study due to various constraints, we fully recognize their importance and plan to incorporate these in our follow-up studies.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Response to Public Reviews:

      We would like to thank the reviewers and editors once more for their time and effort in reviewing our manuscript. Below we discuss specifically our response to the recommendations of Reviewer 2, which were the only substantial changes we made to the manuscript.

      Reviewer 2 recommendation:

      "My only remaining suggestion is that the authors acknowledge and cite the work of other groups which have similarly found different subsets of LADs based on various molecular/epigenetic features:

      (1) doi.org/10.1101/2024.12.20.629719

      (2) PMID: 25995381

      (3) PMID: 36691074

      (4) PMID: 23124521 (fLADs versus cLADs, as described by the authors themselves) The exact subtypes of LADs might be different based on the features examined, but others have found/implicated the existence of different types of LADs. Hence, the pwv-LAD should be contextualized within these findings (which they do relative to v-fiLADs)."

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and for these references. We think that the best place to go into depth about how our work relates to these references would be in an appropriate review article.

      However, we did read these references carefully and responded, as described below, by adding additional clarifying text in the manuscript as well as mention of articles specifically relevant to our description of our results.

      (1) Reviewer 2 wrote specifically, "Hence, the pwv-LAD should be contextualized within these findings (which they do relative to v-fiLADs)"

      We are not sure exactly what Reviewer 2 means here. In this manuscript we defined p-w-v iLADs, not LADs. So, it would be inappropriate to compare a subset of iLAD regions with different types of LADs.

      If this was the meaning of Reviewer 2, then other readers might have similar confusion. Therefore, we added the following clarifying text in red:

      "Several previous studies have used varying approaches to subdivide LADs further into distinct subsets of LADs with different biochemical and/or functional properties (Martin et al., 2024; Meuleman et al., 2013; Shah et al., 2023; Zheng et al., 2015). However, in this Section we focused instead on asking whether regions specifically within iLADs might show differential localization relative to the lamina and/or nucleoli and, if so, whether these regions would show different levels of gene expression. More specifically, analogously to how gene expression hot-zones appeared as local maxima in speckle TSA-seq with early DNA replication timing, we asked whether iLAD regions that appeared as local maxima in lamina proximity mapping signals would correspond to iLAD regions with locally reduced gene expression levels and later DNA replication timing relative to their flanking iLAD sequences. Our rationale was that these iLAD regions might represent chromatin domains that together with their flanking iLAD regions would typically localize well within the nuclear interior but in a fraction of the cell population would loop back and attach at the nuclear periphery."

      (2) We also added the following text near the end of the section about p-w-v iLADs to place them in the context of one class of "LADs" identified by ChIP-seq rather than DamID. We use quotation marks since the approach used produced a segmentation that included a nearly 50/50 mix of iLAD and LAD regions, as identified by DamID, for this class of domains.

      "We note that in a previous study a three-state Hidden Markov Model (HMM) segmented lamin B ChIP-seq data into two chromatin domain states with extensive overlap with LADs defined by lamina DamID (Shah et al., 2023). Whereas the late replicating, low gene density/expression "T1 LAD" state showed very high overlap (98%) with LADs defined by DamID, the intermediate replicating, intermediate gene expression "T2 LAD" state showed only 47% overlap with LADs defined by DamID. This was partly a result of the HMM segmentation algorithm but also due to substantial differences between the lamina ChIPseq versus DamID signals for reasons that remain unclear. The subset of p-w-v iLADs included in T2 comprise only a small percentage of the total T2 LAD coverage, which includes both other iLAD and LAD regions. Thus, the p-w-v iLADs we identified here represent a novel and distinct class of iLAD chromatin domains, not previously described."

      (3) Alternatively, what Reviewer 2 might be suggesting implicitly is that we should start with the regions identified as p-w-v iLADs in one cell type and then identify all of those p-w-v iLADs which instead exist as LADs in a second cell type. Once we have identified their LAD equivalents in a second cell type we could then ask whether they possess special characteristics such that they correspond to a specific type of LAD subset. Finally, we could then ask how that specific type of LAD subset compared to the different subtypes of LADs identified by other groups and, in particular, the references Reviewer 2 provided.

      We agree that would be an interesting future direction, but we consider that as outside the scope of this current manuscript. We note that we did no such analysis of the characteristics of LADs which existed as p-w-v iLADs in a different cell line. We save that for a possible future analysis, ideally in the same cell types as used in the cited references to allow a more direct comparison.

      (4) Finally, we added text in the Discussion that relates our analysis of the differential SON and LMNB1 TSA-seq signals for different LAD regions, and how these correlate with different histone modifications, with results from the recent preprint cited by Reviewer 2. Note that we could not directly correlate our results from human cells with the three classes of LADs described in MEFs by this preprint.

      "Fourth, we show how LAD regions showing different histone marks- either enriched in H3K9me3, H3K9me2 plus H2A.Z, H3K27me3, or none of these marks- can differentially segregate within nuclei. These results support the previous suggestion of different "flavors" of LAD regions, based on the sensitivity of the autonomous targeting of BAC transgenes to the lamina to different histone methyltransferases (Bian et al., 2013). Differential nuclear localization also was recently inferred by the appearance of different Hi-C Bsubcompartments, which similarly were differentially enriched in either H3K9m3, H3K27me3, or the combination of H3K9me2 and H2A.Z (Spracklin et al., 2023). More recently, and while this paper was in revision, a new study described segmenting mouse embryonic fibroblast LADs into three clusters using histone modification profiling (Martin et al., 2024). Interestingly, these three LAD clusters also most notably differed by their dominant enrichment of either H3K9me3, H3K9me2, or H3K27me3. Thus, three orthogonal approaches have converged on identifying different LAD regions showing differential enrichment either of H3K9me3, H3K9me2, or H3K27me3. Here, our use of TSA-seq directly measures and assigns the intranuclear localization of these different LAD regions to different nuclear locales."

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Gray and colleagues describe the identification of Integrator complex subunit 12 (INTS12) as a contributor to HIV latency in two different cell lines and in cells isolated from the blood of people living with HIV. The authors employed a high-throughput CRISPR screening strategy to knock down genes and assess their relevance in maintaining HIV latency. They had used a similar approach in two previous studies, finding genes required for latency reactivation or genes preventing it and whose knockdown could enhance the latency-reactivating effect of the NFκB activator AZD5582. This work builds on the latter approach by testing the ability of gene knockdowns to complement the latency-reactivating effects of AZD5582 in combination with the BET inhibitor I-BET151. This drug combination was selected because it has been previously shown to display synergistic effects on latency reactivation.

      The finding that INTS12 may play a role in HIV latency is novel, and the effect of its knockdown in inducing HIV transcription in primary cells, albeit in only a subset of donors, is intriguing. However, there are some data and clarifications that would be important to include to complement the information provided in the current version of the manuscript.

      We have now added the requested data and clarifications. In particular, we show that knockout of INTS12 has no effect on cell proliferation (new data added in Figure 2—figure supplement 3)), we clarify how the degree of knockout and the complementation were accomplished, we clarify the differences between the RNA-seq and the activation scores, and we have bolstered the claim that INTS12 affected transcription elongation by performing CUT&Tag on Ser2 phosphorylation of the C-terminal tail of RNAPII along the length of the provirus (new data added in Figure 5C) Please see detailed responses below.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Identifying an important role for the Integrator complex in repressing HIV transcription and suggesting that by targeting subunits of this complex specifically, INTS12, reversal of latency with and without latency reversal agents can be enhanced.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the paper include the general strategy for screening targets that may activate HIV latency and the rigor of exploring the mechanism of INTS12 repression of HIV transcriptional elongation. I found the mechanism of INTS12 interesting and maybe even the most impactful part of the findings.

      Weaknesses:

      I have two minor comments:

      There was an opportunity to examine a larger panel of latency reversal agents that reactivate by different mechanisms to determine whether INTS12 and transcriptional elongation are limiting for a broad spectrum of latency reversal agents.

      I felt the authors could have extended their discussion of how exquisitely sensitive HIV transcription is to pausing and transcriptional elongation and the insights this provides about general HIV transcriptional regulation.

      We have now added data on latency reversal agents of different mechanisms of action. We show that INTS12 affects HIV latency reversal from agents that affect the non-canonical NF-kB pathway (AZD5582), the canonical NF-kB pathway (TNF-alpha), activation via the T-cell receptor (CD3/CD28 antibodies), through bromodomain inhibition (I-BET151), and through a histone deacetylase inhibitor (SAHA). This additional data has been added to the manuscript in Figure 7, panels B and C as well as adding text to the discussion.

      We appreciate the suggestion to extend the discussion to emphasize how important pausing and elongation are to HIV transcription. Additionally, to further support our claim that INTS12KO with AZD5582 & I-BET151 leads to an increase in elongation, that we previously showed with CUT&Tag data showing an increase in total RNAPII seen in within HIV (Figure 5B), we measured RNAPII Ser2 phosphorylation (Figure 5C) and RNAPII Ser5 phosphorylation (Figure 5—figure supplement 2) and added these findings to the manuscript. Upon measuring Ser2 phosphorylation, a marker associated with elongation, we observed evidence of elongation-competent RNAPII in our AZD5582 & I-BET151 condition as well as our INTS12 KO with AZD5582 & I-BET151 condition, as we saw an increase of Ser2 phosphorylation within HIV. Despite seeing elongation-competent RNAPII in both conditions, we only saw a dramatic increase in total RNAPII for our INTS12 KO and AZD5582 & I-BET151 condition (Figure 5B), which supports that there are more elongation events and that an elongation block is overcome specifically with INTS12 KO paired with AZD5582 & I-BET151. This claim is further supported by our data showing an increase in virus in the supernatant only with the INTS12 KO with AZD5582 & I-BET151 condition in cells from PLWH (Figure 6C). We did not observe any statistically significant differences between RNAPII Ser5 phosphorylation, which might be expected as this mark is not associated with elongation (Figure 5—figure supplement 2).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Transcriptionally silent HIV-1 genomes integrated into the host`s genome represent the main obstacle to an HIV-1 cure. Therefore, agents aimed at promoting HIV transcription, the so-called latency reactivating agents (LRAs) might represent useful tools to render these hidden proviruses visible to the immune system. The authors successfully identified, through multiple techniques, INTS12, a component of the Integrator complex involved in 3' processing of small nuclear RNAs U1 and U2, as a factor promoting HIV-1 latency and hindering elongation of the HIV RNA transcripts. This factor synergizes with a previously identified combination of LRAs, one of which, AZD5582, has been validated in the macaque model for HIV persistence during therapy (https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37783968/). The other compound, I-BET151, is known to synergize with AZD5582, and is a inhibitor of BET, factors counteracting the elongation of RNA transcripts.

      Strengths:

      The findings were confirmed through multiple screens and multiple techniques. The authors successfully mapped the identified HIV silencing factor at the HIV promoter.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Initial bias:

      In the choice of the genes comprised in the library, the authors readdress their previous paper (Hsieh et al.) where it is stated: "To specifically investigate host epigenetic regulators involved in the maintenance of HIV-1 latency, we generated a custom human epigenome specific sgRNA CRISPR library (HuEpi). This library contains sgRNAs targeting epigenome factors such as histones, histone binders (e.g., histone readers and chaperones), histone modifiers (e.g., histone writers and erasers), and general chromatin associated factors (e.g., RNA and DNA modifiers) (Fig 1B and 1C)".

      From these figure panels, it clearly appears that the genes chosen are all belonging to the indicated pathways. While I have nothing to object to on the pertinence to HIV latency of the pathways selected, the authors should spend some words on the criteria followed to select these pathways. Other pathways involving epigenetic modifications and containing genes not represented in the indicated pathways may have been left apart.

      (2) Dereplication:

      From Figure 1 it appears that INTS12 alone reactivates HIV -1 from latency alone without any drug intervention as shown by the MACGeCk score of DMSO-alone controls. If INTS12 knockdown alone shows antilatency effects, why, then were they unable to identify it in their previous article (Hsieh et al., 2023)? The authors should include some words on the comparison of the results using DMSO alone with those of the previous screen that they conducted.

      (3) Translational potential:

      In order to propose a protein as a drug target, it is necessary to adhere to the "primum non nocere" principle in medicine. It is therefore fundamental to show the effects of INTS12 knockdown on cell viability/proliferation (and, advisably, T-cell activation). These data are not reported in the manuscript in its current form, and the authors are strongly encouraged to provide them.

      Finally, as many readers may not be very familiar with the general principles behind CRISPR Cas9 screening techniques, I suggest addressing them in this excellent review: https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC7479249/.

      (1) The CRISPR library used was more completely described in a previous publication (Hsieh et al, PLOS Pathogens, 2023). However, we now more explicitly refer the reader to information about the pathways targeted in the library. We also point out how initial hits in the library lead to finding genes outside of the starting library as in the follow-up screen in Figure 7 where each of the members of the INT complex are interrogated even though only INTS12 was the only member in the initial library.

      (2) We understand the confusion between the hits in this paper and a previous publication. Indeed, INTS12 was observed in Hsieh et al., PLOS Pathogens, 2023 as a hit in the Venn diagram of Figure 3B of that paper, and in Figure 5A, right panel of that paper. However, it was not followed up on in the previous paper since that paper focused on a hit that was unique to increasing the potency of one particular LRA. We added text to the present manuscript to make it clear that the screens identified many of the same hits. We have also added additional data here on hit validation to underscore the reliability of the CRISPR screen. In one of the cell lines (5A8), EZH2 was a strong hit (Figure 1B). We have now added data that shows that an inhibitor to EZH2 augments the latency reversal of AZD5582/I-BET151 as predicted from the screen. This data has been added to Figure 1, figure supplement 1.

      (3) We appreciate the concern that for INTS12 to be a drug target, it should not be essential to cell viability. We now show that knockout of INTS12 has no effect on cell proliferation (new data added in Figure 2—figure supplement 3). In addition, the discussion now adds additional literature references that describe how knockout of INTS12 has relatively minor effects on cell functions in comparison to knockout of other INT members which supports that the proposal that modulation of INTS12 may be more specific than targeting the catalytic modules of Integrator. Nonetheless, we completely agree with the reviewer that many other aspects of how INTS12 affects T cell functions have not been addressed as well as other potential detrimental effect of INTS12 as a drug target in vivo. We now more explicitly describe these caveats in the discussion but feel that the present manuscript is a first step with a long path ahead before the translational potential might be realized.

      (4) We now cite the review of CRISPR screens suggested by the reviewer.

      Responses to recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors report in the legend of Figure 2 (and similarly in other figures) that there was "a calculated INTS12 knockout score of 76% (for the one guide used) and 69% (for one of three guides used), respectively." However, it would be helpful to show representative data on the efficiency of INTS12 knockdown in cell lines and primary cells, as well as data on the efficiency of the complementation (Figure 2C).

      The knockout scores cited are the genetic assays for the efficiency based on sequence files. As the knockouts are done with multiple guides the knockout for each guide is an underestimate of the total knockout. The complementation, however, was done by adding back INTS12 in a lentiviral vector that also contains a drug resistance marker (puromycin). Cells were then selected for puromycin resistance, and therefore, all of them contain the complemented gene. What one would ideally like is a Western blot to quantify the amount of INTS12 remaining in the knockout pools. Unfortunately, despite obtaining multiple different commercial sources of INTS12 antibodies, we were unable to identify one that was suitable for Western blotting (as opposed to two that did work for CUT&Tag). Nonetheless, the functional data in primary T cells from PLWH and in J-Lat cells lines does show the even if the knockout is suboptimal, we find activation after INTS12 knockout (e.g., Figure 6).

      (2) Flow cytometry methods are not reported, but was a viability dye included when testing GFP reactivation (Figure S2)? More broadly, showing data on the viability of cells post-knockdown and drug treatments would help, as cell mortality is inherently associated with latency reactivation in J-Lat cells. For the same reason, reporting viability data would be important for primary cells, as the electroporation procedure can lead to significant mortality.

      We did not include viability dyes in the data for GFP activation. However, as described in the public response, we have done growth curves in J-Lat 10.6 cells with and without INTS12 knockout and find no effects on cell proliferation (Figure 2—figure supplement 3). As the reviewer points out, it is not possible to do these experiments in primary cells since the electroporation itself causes a degree of cell death. Nonetheless, we do see effects on HIV activation in these primary cells (Figure 6).

      (3) Figure S2 shows a relatively high baseline expression (approximately 15%) of HIV-GFP, which is not unusual for the J-Lat 10.6 clone. However, Figure 3 appears to show no HIV RNA reads in the control condition of this same cell clone. How do the authors reconcile this discrepancy?

      We believe that the discrepancies in the flow cytometry versus RNA-seq assays are due to differences in the sensitivity of the assays, the linear range of the assays especially at the lower end, and the different half-lives of RNA versus protein. We now clarify that Figure 3 does not show “no” HIV RNA at baseline, but rather values of ~30 copies per million read counts. This increases to ~800 copies per million read counts when INTS12 knockout cells are treated with AZD5582/I-BET151. These values have the same fold change predicted in Figure 4, and more closely resemble the trend in Figure 2—figure supplement 1.

      (4) The combination of AZD5582 and I-BET151 consistently reactivates HIV latency (including GFP protein expression), as previously reported and as shown here by the authors. However, in Figure 5B, RPB3/RNAPII occupancy in the DMSO control appears higher than in the AAVS1KO + AZD5582 and I-BET151 samples. This should be discussed, as it could raise concerns about the robustness of RPB3/RNAPII occupancy results as a proxy for provirus elongation.

      As addressed in the public comments, in order to strengthen our claims about transcriptional elongation control, we measured RNAPII Ser2 and Ser5 phosphorylation levels. We see evidence of elongation with Ser2 in the condition of concern (AAVS1 KO + AZD5582 & I-BET151) as well as our main condition of interest (INTS12 KO + AZD5582 & I-BET151) and no change in Ser5 for any condition. With both the Ser2 phosphorylation and total RNAPII as well as our virus release and transcription data we believe that we are seeing evidence of increased elongation with INTS12 KO with AZD5582 & I-BET151. One potential nuance that may not be gathered from the CUT&Tag data is the turnover rate of the polymerase. Despite the levels of RNAPII appearing lower in the condition of concern (AAVS1 KO + AZD5582 & I-BET151) compared to DMSO it is possible that low levels of elongation are occurring but that in our INTS12 KO + AZD5582 & I-BET151 condition there is more rapid elongation and this is why we can observe more RNAPII within HIV. This new data is added in Figure 5C and Figure 5—supplement 2 and its implications are now described in more detail in the discussion.

      (5) The authors write that "Degree of reactivation was correlated with reservoir size as donors PH504 (star symbol) and PH543 (upside down triangle) have the largest HIV reservoirs (supplemental Figure S2)." I could not find mention of the reservoir size of these donors in the figure provided.

      This confusion was caused by mislabeling of the supplement number, which we fixed, and we added additional labeling to make finding the reservoir size even more clear as this is an important part of the manuscript. This is now found in Supplemental file S4.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The MAGeCK gene score is a feature that is essential for the interpretation of the results in Figure 1. The authors do quote the Li et al. paper where this score was described for the first time (https://genomebiology.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s13059-014-0554-4), however, they may understand that not all readers may be familiar with this score. Therefore a didactic short description of this score should be done when introducing the results in Figure 1.

      We have added a short description to the paper to address this.

      (2) Figure 4. The authors write: "Among the host genes most prominently affected by INTS12 knockout with AZD5582 & I-BET151 are MAFA, MAFB, and ID2 (full list of genes in supplemental file S3)." I am a bit confused. In the linked Excel file there is only a list of a few genes. The differentially expressed genes appear to be many more from Figure 4. The full list should be uploaded.

      We believe there was a mistake in our original uploading and naming of the supplements. We have now double-checked numbering on the supplements and added in text clarification of which excel tabs hold the desired information.

      (3) Figure 6: The authors are right in highlighting that there is a high level of variability in viral RNA in supernatants in the early stages of viral reactivation. It is therefore advisable to repeat measurements at Day 7, at which variability decreases and data are more reliable (please, see: https://www.thelancet.com/journals/ebiom/article/PIIS2352-3964(23)00443-7/fulltext).

      While it would have been nice to prolong these measurements, our current assay conditions are not optimal for longer term growth of the cells. We note that the measurements were all done in biological triplicates (independent knockouts) and in different individuals. Because the number of activatable latent proviruses is variable and the number of cells tested is limiting, the variability in the assays is expected.

      (4) Figure 7: The main genes outside the INTS family should be identified, also.

      We include the full list in supplemental file S5 and sort by most enriched.

      (5) Methods: A statistical paragraph should be added in the Methods section, detailing the data analysis procedures and the key parameters utilized (for example, which is the MAGeCK gene score threshold that they used to consider knockdown efficacy on HIV latency?).

      There is no MAGeCK score threshold that we use to determine efficacy on HIV latency. In a previous publication using CRISPR screens for HIV Dependency Factors (Montoya et al, mBio 2023), we showed that there is a relationship between the MAGeCK and the effect of that gene knockout on HIV replication (Figure 5 that paper). However, it is a continuum rather than a strict threshold and we believe that the effects on HIV latency would respond similarly. In the current paper, we have focused on the top hits rather than a comprehensive analysis of all the entire list. In case the reviewer is referring to the average and standard deviation of the non-targeting controls, we have added this to the figure legend and methods.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary:  

      The study identifies two types of activation: one that is cue-triggered and nonspecific to motion directions, and another that is specific to the exposed motion directions but occurs in a reversed manner. The finding that activity in the medial temporal lobe (MTL) preceded that in the visual cortex suggests that the visual cortex may serve as a platform for the manifestation of replay events, which potentially enhance visual sequence learning.  

      Strengths: 

      Identifying the two types of activation after exposure to a sequence of motion directions is very interesting. The experimental design, procedures, and analyses are solid. The findings are interesting and novel. 

      Weaknesses: 

      It was not immediately clear to me why the second type of activation was suggested to occur spontaneously. The procedural differences in the analyses that distinguished between the two types of activation need to be a little better clarified.  

      We thank the reviewer for his/her summary and constructive feedback on our study. We appreciate the recognition of the strengths of our study.

      The second type of activation, namely the replay of feature-specific reactivations, is considered spontaneous because it reflects internally driven neural processes rather than responses directly triggered by external stimuli. Unlike responses evoked by stimuli, spontaneous replay is not time-locked to stimulus onset. Instead, it arises from the brain's intrinsic activity, typically observed during offline periods (e.g., rest or blank period) when external stimuli are absent. This allows the neural system to reactivate and consolidate prior experiences without interference from ongoing external stimuli.

      Replay is believed to be a key mechanism underlying various cognitive functions, such as memory consolidation (Gillespie et al., 2021; Gridchyn et al., 2020), learning (Igata et al., 2021), prediction and planning (Ólafsdóttir et al., 2018). Furthermore, the hippocampus and related cortical areas engage in replay to extract abstract relationships from sequential experiences, forming a "template" that can generalize across contexts (Liu et al., 2019). In our study, the feature-specific replay observed during blank periods likely reflects this process, supporting the integration of exposed motion direction sequences into cohesive memory representations and facilitating visual sequence learning.

      We have extended the Discussion section to incorporate this explanation (Lines 440 - 447).

      Regarding the second question, the procedural differences between the two types of activations lie in the classifiers used for the two analyses: a multiclass classifier for non-specific elevated responses and binary classifiers for feature-specific replay. 

      For the non-feature-specific elevated responses, we trained a five-class (with the labels of the four RDKs and the ITI (inter-stimulus interval)) classifier on the localizer data and tested on the blank period in the main phase. We attempted to decode motion direction information at each time point at the group level. However, the results revealed no feature-specific information at the group level during the blank period.

      For the feature-specific replay, we employed the temporal delayed linear modeling (TDLM) to examine whether individual motion direction information was encoded in a sequential and spontaneous manner. Here, we first needed to train four binary classifiers, each was sensitive to only one motion direction (i.e., 0°, 90°, 180°, or 270°), as our aim was to quantify the evidence of feature-specific sequence in the subsequent analyses. For each classifier, positive instances were trials where the corresponding feature (e.g., 0°) was presented, while negative instances included trials with other features (e.g., 90°, 180°, and 270°) and an equivalent amount of null data from the ITI period (1–1.5 s).

      We have clarified these methodological details in the Methods section (Pages 34 – 41).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      This paper shows and analyzes an interesting phenomenon. It shows that when people are exposed to sequences of moving dots (that is moving dots in one direction, followed by another direction, etc.), showing either the starting movement direction or ending movement direction causes a coarse-grained brain response that is similar to that elicited by the complete sequence of 4 directions. However, they show by decoding the sensor responses that this brain activity actually does not carry information about the actual sequence and the motion directions, at least not on the time scale of the initial sequence. They also show a reverse reply on a highly compressed time scale, which is elicited during the period of elevated activity, and activated by the first and last elements of the sequence, but not others. Additionally, these replays seem to occur during periods of cortical ripples, similar to what is found in animal studies. 

      These results are intriguing. They are based on MEG recordings in humans, and finding such replays in humans is novel. Also, this is based on what seems to be sophisticated statistical analysis. However, this is the main problem with this paper. The statistical analysis is not explained well at all, and therefore its validity is hard to evaluate. I am not at all saying it is incorrect; what I am saying is that given how it is explained, it cannot be evaluated. 

      We thank the reviewer’s detailed evaluation as well as the acknowledgment of the novelty of our study.

      To address the concern about the statistical analysis, in the revised manuscript, we have modified the Methods section to provide a more detailed explanation of the analytical pipeline, particularly for several important aspects such as decoding probability and TDLM. (Lines 646 – 657, Lines 682 – 734). 

      Below, we provide point-by-point responses to further elaborate on these revisions and address the reviewer’s comments.

      Recommendations for the authors: 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      I have questions.  

      (1) Participants were exposed to a predefined sequence of motion directions either clockwise or counterclockwise. Is it possible that the observed replay is related to the activation of MST neurons? If a predetermined sequence is not in either clockwise or counterclockwise but is randomly determined like 0{degree sign}->180{degree sign}->270{degree sign}->90{degree sign}, would the same result be obtained?  

      We thank the reviewer for these thoughtful questions.

      First, regarding the potential involvement of MST neurons, it is plausible that the observed replay might involve activity in motion-sensitive brain regions, including the medial superior temporal (MST) and even middle temporal (MT) areas. MST neurons, located in the extrastriate visual cortex, are highly direction-selective and are known for their sensitivity to complex motion patterns, such as rotations and expansions (Duffy & Wurtz, 1991; Saito et al., 1986). In our experiment, the use of RDKs with four distinct motion directions might elicit responses in MST neurons. However, due to the limited spatial resolution of MEG, we cannot provide direct evidence for this claim. 

      Second, regarding the impact of randomly ordered sequences, we believe that the replay patterns would still occur even if the sequences were randomly ordered (e.g., 0° → 180° → 270° → 90°). After a sequence is repeatedly exposed, the hippocampus has the capacity to encode abstract relationships in the sequence. Evidence supporting this view comes from previous studies. For example, Liu et al., (2019) showed that replay does not merely recapitulate visual experience but can also follow a sequence implied by learned abstract knowledge. In their study, participants were instructed that viewing pictures C→D, B→C, and A→B implies a true sequence of A→B→C→D. During subsequent testing, they observed replay events following this learned true sequence, even with novel visual stimuli, indicating that the brain maintains sequence knowledge independent of specific stimuli. Similarly, Ekman et al., (2023) showed that prediction-based neural responses could be observed when moving dots were presented in a random order rather than in a clockwise or counterclockwise order, which correspond to the four motion directions in our study. 

      Together, these studies suggest that replay mechanisms in the brain are flexible and can encode and reproduce abstract relationships between sequential stimuli, regardless of their specific spatial contents. Therefore, we believe that even if the sequence were randomly ordered, the same backward replay pattern would still be observed.

      (2) Is it possible that the motion direction non-specific responses actually reflect the replay of another feature of the exposed sequence, namely, the temporally rhythmic presentations of the sequence, rather than suggested in the discussion?  

      We thank the reviewer for raising this insightful possibility.

      There is substantial evidence that rhythmic stimulation can entrain neural oscillations, which in turn facilitates predictions about future inputs and enhances the brain's readiness for incoming stimuli (Barne et al., 2022; Herrmann et al., 2016; Lakatos et al., 2008, 2013). In our study, the temporally rhythmic presentation of the motion sequence may have entrained oscillatory activity in the brain, leading to periodic activation of sensory cortices. This rhythmic entrainment could account for the observed nonspecific responses by reflecting the brain's temporal predictions rather than specific feature replay. 

      It is important to note that, however, this interpretation is in line with our initial explanation that the non-feature-specific elevated responses likely reflect a general facilitation of neural processes for any upcoming stimuli, rather than being tied to specific stimuli. The rhythmic entrainment mechanism provides another way to understand how the temporal structure in the sequences might contribute to the non-feature-specific elevated responses.

      We have revised the Discussion section to incorporate this interpretation, providing a more comprehensive account for the non-feature-specific elevated responses (Lines 428 – 439).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      The main problem with the paper is that the sophisticated statistical methodology is not explained well and therefore its validity is hard to evaluate. I am not at all saying it is incorrect, what I am saying is that given how it is explained, it cannot be evaluated.  

      See below for detailed point-by-point responses.  

      The first part is clear. There are 4 directions of motion, and there can also be a blank screen. The random decoding accuracy would be 20%. The decoding methods from the sensors yielded a little above 50% accuracy. This is clearly about chance, but much less than one would get from electrode recording of motion-selective cells in the cortex. However, the concept and methods used here seem clear, in contrast to what comes next.  

      Indeed, in the first step, we aimed to validate the reliability of our decoding model by applying a leave-one-out cross validation scheme to the localizer data. Our results showed that the decoding accuracy exceeded 50%, demonstrating robust decoding performance. However, due to the noninvasive nature of MEG and its low spatial resolution, the recorded signals represent population-level activity that inherently includes more noise compared to electrode recordings of motion-selective neurons. Therefore, the decoding accuracy in our study is understandably lower than that obtained with electrode recordings.

      Next, and most of the paper relies on this concept, they use the term decoding probability (Figure 2). What is the decoding probability measure (Turner 2023)? This is not explained in the methods section. I scanned the Turner et al 2023 paper referenced and could not find the term decoding probability there. In short, I have no idea what this means. What are these numbers between 0-0.3? How does this relate to accuracies above 50% reported? This is an important concept here, and it is used throughout the paper, so it makes it hard to evaluate the paper.  

      We apologize for the lack of clarity in our explanation of the term "decoding probability." Specifically, we used a one-versus-rest Lasso logistic regression model trained on the localizer data to decode the MEG signal patterns elicited by each motion direction during the main phase. The trained model could be used to predict a single label at each time point for each trial (e.g., labels 1 – 4 correspond to the four motion directions and label 5 corresponds to the ITI period). By comparing the predicted label with the true label across test trials, we could compute the time-resolved decoding accuracy as final reports.

      Alternatively, rather than predicting a single label for each time point and each trial, the model can also output the probabilities associated with each label/class (e.g., we used the predict_proba function in scikit-learn). This results in a 5-column output, where each column represents the probability of the corresponding class, and the sum of the probabilities across the five columns equals 1. Finally, at each time point, averaging these probabilities across trials yields five values that indicate the likelihood of the predicted stimulus belonging to each class.

      For example, Figure 2 in the manuscript depicts the decoding probabilities for the four RDKs (the probabilities for the ITI class are not shown in the figure). The number in a cell (between 0 and 0.3) indicates the probability of each class at a given time point (Figure 2A). The decoding probability does not have a direct relationship with the decoding accuracy. However, since there are five classes, the chance level of the decoding probability is 0.2. The highest probability among the five classes at a given time point determines the decoded label when computing the decoding accuracy.

      For illustration, in the left panel of Figure 2B, at the onset of the first RDK (0 s), the mean decoding probabilities for the classes 0°, 90°, 180°, 270°, and the blank ITI are 5%, 4.1%, 4.0%, 4.5%, and 82.4%, respectively. Thus, the decoded label should be the blank ITI. In contrast, 0.4 s after the onset of the first RDK, the mean decoding probabilities for the five classes are 28.0%, 19.0%, 22.8%, 21.2%, and 9.0%, respectively. Therefore, the decoded label should be 0°.

      We have revised the Methods section to explain this issue (Lines 646 – 657).

      They did find compressed reversed reply events (Figures 3-4). This is again confusing for several reasons. First, because they use the same unexplained decoding probability measure. Second, the optimal time point defined above depends on the start time of a stimulus, but here the start time is random. Third, the TDLM algorithm is hard to understand. For example, what are the reactivation probabilities of Figure 3C? They do make an effort to explain this in the methods section (lines 652-697) but it's not clear enough from the outset. For example, what does the state X_j is this a vector of activity of sensors? Are these decoding probabilities of the different directions? What is it? Also, what is X_i vs X_i(\Delta t)? Frankly, despite their efforts, I am very confused. Additionally, the figures use the term reactivation probability, where is it defined? So again, the results seem interesting, but the methods are not explained well at all.  

      This paper must better explain the statistical methods so that they can be evaluated. This is not easy, these are relatively complex methods, but they must be explained much better so the validity of the paper can be examined.  

      Regarding the optimal time point, we defined it as the time point with the highest decoding accuracy, determined during the validation of the localizer data using a leave-one-out cross-validation scheme. This optimal time point was participant- and motion-direction-specific, as the latency to achieve the peak decoding accuracy varied across individuals and motion directions. For group-level visualization, we circularly shifted the data over time, aligning each optimal time point to a common reference point (arbitrarily set at 200 ms after stimulus onset). Importantly, however, these time points are unrelated to the data in the main phase, as the models were trained using the independent localizer data and then applied to each time point during the blank period in the main phase.

      Regarding the TDLM algorithm, detailed descriptions of the algorithm have been provided in the revised Methods section (Line 683 – 735). Furthermore, we have included explanatory notes in the main text and figure legend to provide immediate context for terms such as "reactivation probability" (Lines 247 – 248, Lines 275 – 276).

      This paper uses MEG in humans, a non-invasive technique. This allows for such results in humans. Indeed (if the methods are correct) these units can be decoded to provide statistically significant estimates of motion direction. Note, however, that the spatial resolution of MEG is limited. The decoding accuracies of above 50% are way above chance. Note however that if actual motion-sensitive neurons (e.g. area MT) were recorded, and even if the motion is far from 100% coherence, the decoding accuracy would approach 100%. 

      We agree with the reviewer that decoding accuracy would approach 100% if single-neuron data from motion-sensitive areas (e.g., area MT) were recorded, given the exceptionally high signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of such data. However, two considerations inform the methodology of our study.

      First, while single-neuron recordings provide invaluable insights, acquiring such data in humans is both ethically challenging and logistically impractical.

      Non-invasive MEG, by contrast, offers a practical alternative that can achieve robust decoding of population-level activity with a reasonable SNR.

      Second, the primary goal of our study was not merely to achieve high decoding accuracy but also to examine the replay of an exposed motion sequence in the human visual cortex. To achieve this, we first needed to train feature-specific models that can be used to decode the spontaneous reactivations of the four motion directions during the blank period. The ability to distinguish representations of the four motion directions was essential for calculating the “sequenceness” of the exposed motion sequence in the TDLM algorithm. While the absolute decoding accuracy of MEG data may not match that of single-neuron data, an important outcome was the successful construction of feature-specific models for the four motion directions (Figure 3B in the manuscript). These models provided a robust foundation for investigating sequential replay in the brain. These results also align with the broader goal of leveraging MEG data to study dynamic neural processes in humans, even in the face of its spatial resolution limitation.

      Minor:  

      (1) Line 246 - there is no figure S2A, subplots are not labeled.  

      We have corrected this in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Is Figure 3B referred to in the text? Same for 3C. This figure is there for explaining the statistical models used, but it is not well utilized.

      We have modified the text to clarify this issue in the revised manuscript.

      (3) English:  

      There are problems with the use of English in the paper, this should be corrected in the next version. A few examples are below.  

      Noises -> noise  

      - "along the motion path in visual cortex" What does this sentence mean? Is this referring to motion-sensitive areas in the brain? Please clarify.  

      There are many other examples. This is minor, but should be corrected.

      We have corrected these errors in the revised manuscript.

      References

      Barne, L. C., Cravo, A. M., de Lange, F. P., & Spaak, E. (2022). Temporal prediction elicits rhythmic preactivation of relevant sensory cortices. European Journal of Neuroscience, 55(11–12), 3324–3339. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejn.15405

      Ekman, M., Kusch, S., & de Lange, F. P. (2023). Successor-like representation guides the prediction of future events in human visual cortex and hippocampus. eLife, 12, e78904. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.78904

      Gillespie, A. K., Maya, D. A. A., Denovellis, E. L., Liu, D. F., Kastner, D. B., Coulter, M. E., Roumis, D. K., Eden, U. T., & Frank, L. M. (2021). Hippocampal replay reflects specific past experiences rather than a plan for subsequent choice. Neuron, 109(19), 3149-3163.e6. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2021.07.029

      Gridchyn, I., Schoenenberger, P., O’Neill, J., & Csicsvari, J. (2020). AssemblySpecific Disruption of Hippocampal Replay Leads to Selective Memory Deficit. Neuron, 106(2), 291-300.e6. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2020.01.021

      Herrmann, B., Henry, M. J., Haegens, S., & Obleser, J. (2016). Temporal expectations and neural amplitude fluctuations in auditory cortex interactively influence perception. NeuroImage, 124, 487–497. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2015.09.019

      Igata, H., Ikegaya, Y., & Sasaki, T. (2021). Prioritized experience replays on a hippocampal predictive map for learning. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 118(1), e2011266118. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2011266118

      Lakatos, P., Karmos, G., Mehta, A. D., Ulbert, I., & Schroeder, C. E. (2008). Entrainment of Neuronal Oscillations as a Mechanism of Attentional Selection. Science, 320(5872), 110–113. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1154735

      Lakatos, P., Musacchia, G., O’Connel, M. N., Falchier, A. Y., Javitt, D. C., & Schroeder, C. E. (2013). The Spectrotemporal Filter Mechanism of Auditory Selective Attention. Neuron, 77(4), 750–761. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2012.11.034

      Liu, Y., Dolan, R. J., Kurth-Nelson, Z., & Behrens, T. E. J. (2019). Human Replay Spontaneously Reorganizes Experience. Cell, 178(3), 640-652.e14. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cell.2019.06.012

      Ólafsdóttir, H. F., Bush, D., & Barry, C. (2018). The Role of Hippocampal Replay in Memory and Planning. Current Biology, 28(1), R37–R50. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2017.10.073

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Overall I found the approach taken by the authors to be clear and convincing. It is striking that the conclusions are similar to those obtained in a recent study using a different computational approach (finite state controllers), and lends confidence to the conclusions about the existence of an optimal memory duration. There are a few questions that could be expanded on in future studies:

      (1) Spatial encoding requirements

      The manuscript contrasts the approach taken here (reinforcement learning in a gridworld) with strategies that involve a "spatial map" such as infotaxis. However, the gridworld navigation algorithm has an implicit allocentric representation, since movement can be in one of four allocentric directions (up, down, left, right), and wind direction is defined in these coordinates. Future studies might ask if an agent can learn the strategy without a known wind direction if it can only go left/right/forward/back/turn (in egocentric coordinates). In discussing possible algorithms, and the features of this one, it might be helpful to distinguish (1) those that rely only on egocentric computations (run and tumble), (2) those that rely on a single direction cue such as wind direction, (3) those that rely on allocentric representations of direction, and (4) those that rely on a full spatial map of the environment.

      We agree that the question of what orientation skills are needed to implement an algorithm is interesting. We remark that our agents do not use allocentric directions in the sense of north, east, west and east relative to e.g. fixed landmarks in the environment. Instead, directions are defined relative to the mean wind, which is assumed fixed and known. (In our first answer to reviewers we used “north east south west relative to mean wind”, which may have caused confusion – but in the manuscript we only use upwind downwind and crosswind).

      (2) Recovery strategy on losing the plume

      The authors explore several recovery strategies upon losing the plume, including backtracking, circling, and learned strategies, finding that a learned strategy is optimal. As insects show a variety of recovery strategies that can depend on the model of locomotion, it would be interesting in the future to explore under which conditions various recovery strategies are optimal and whether they can predict the strategies of real animals in different environments.

      Agreed, it will be interesting to study systematically the emergence of distinct recovery strategies and compare to living organisms.

      (3) Is there a minimal representation of odor for efficient navigation?

      The authors suggest that the number of olfactory states could potentially be reduced to reduce computational cost. They show that reducing the number of olfactory states to 1 dramatically reduces performance. In the future it would be interesting to identify optimal internal representations of odor for navigation and to compare these to those found in real olfactory systems. Does the optimal number of odor and void states depend on the spatial structure of the turbulence as explored in Figure 5?

      We agree that minimal odor representations are an intriguing question. While tabular Q learning cannot derive optimal odor representations systematically, one could expand on the approach we have taken here and provide more comparisons. It will be interesting to follow this approach in a future study.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate the problem of olfactory search in turbulent environments using artificial agents trained using tabular Q-learning, a simple and interpretable reinforcement learning (RL) algorithm. The agents are trained solely on odor stimuli, without access to spatial information or prior knowledge about the odor plume's shape. This approach makes the emergent control strategy more biologically plausible for animals navigating exclusively using olfactory signals. The learned strategies show parallels to observed animal behaviors, such as upwind surging and crosswind casting. The approach generalizes well to different environments and effectively handles the intermittency of turbulent odors.

      Strengths:

      * The use of numerical simulations to generate realistic turbulent fluid dynamics sets this paper apart from studies that rely on idealized or static plumes.

      * A key innovation is the introduction of a small set of interpretable olfactory states based on moving averages of odor intensity and sparsity, coupled with an adaptive temporal memory.

      * The paper provides a thorough analysis of different recovery strategies when an agent loses the odor trail, offering insights into the trade-offs between various approaches.

      * The authors provide a comprehensive performance analysis of their algorithm across a range of environments and recovery strategies, demonstrating the versatility of the approach.

      * Finally, the authors list an interesting set of real-world experiments based on their findings, that might invite interest from experimentalists across multiple species.

      Weaknesses:

      * Using tabular Q-learning is both a strength and a limitation. It's simple and interpretable, making it easier to analyze the learned strategies, but the discrete action space seems somewhat unnatural. In real-world biological systems, actions (like movement) are continuous rather than discrete. Additionally, the ground-frame actions may not map naturally to how animals navigate odor plumes (e.g. insects often navigate based on their own egocentric frame).

      We agree with the reviewer, and will look forward to study this problem further to make it suitable for meaningful comparisons with animal behavior.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have addressed my major concerns and I support publication of this interesting manuscript. A couple of small suggestions:

      (1) In discussing performance in different environments (line 328-362) it might be easier to read if you referred to the environments by descriptive names rather than numbers.

      Thank you for the suggestion, which we implemented

      (2) Line 371: measurements of flow speed depend on antennae in insects. Insects can measure local speed and direct of flow using antennae, e.g. Bell and Kramer, 1979, Suver et al. 2019. Okubo et al. 2020,

      Thank you for the references

      (3) line 448: "Similarly, an odor detection elicits upwind surges that can last several seconds" maybe "Similarly, an odor detection elicits upwind surges that can outlast the odor by several seconds"?

      Thank you for the suggestion

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I commend the authors for their revisions in response to reviewer feedback.

      While I appreciate that the manuscript is now accompanied by code and data, I must note that the accompanying code-repository lacks proper instructions for use and is likely incomplete (e.g. where is the main function one should run to run your simulations? How should one train? How should one recreate the results? Which data files go where?).

      For examples of high-quality code-release, please see the documentation for these RL-for-neuroscience code repositories (from previously published papers):

      https://github.com/ryzhang1/Inductive_bias

      https://github.com/BruntonUWBio/plumetracknets

      The accompanying data does provide snapshots from their turbulent plume simulations, which should be valuable for future research.

      Thank you for the suggestions for how to improve clarity of the code. The way we designed the repository is to serve both the purpose of developing the code as well as sharing. This is because we are going to build up on this work to proceed further. Nothing is missing in the repository (we know it because it is what we actually use).

      We do plan to create a more user-friendly version of the code, hopefully this will be ready in the next few months, but it wont be immediate as we are aiming to also integrate other aspects of the work we are currently doing in the Lab. The Brunton repository is very well organized, thanks for the pointer.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Overall I found the approach taken by the authors to be clear and convincing. It is striking that the conclusions are similar to those obtained in a recent study using a different computational approach (finite state controllers), and lend confidence to the conclusions about the existence of an optimal memory duration. There are a few points or questions that could be addressed in greater detail in a revision:

      (1) Discussion of spatial encoding

      The manuscript contrasts the approach taken here (reinforcement learning in a grid world) with strategies that involve a "spatial map" such as infotaxis. The authors note that their algorithm contains "no spatial information." However, I wonder if further degrees of spatial encoding might be delineated to better facilitate comparisons with biological navigation algorithms. For example, the gridworld navigation algorithm seems to have an implicit allocentric representation, since movement can be in one of four allocentric directions (up, down, left, right). I assume this is how the agent learns to move upwind in the absence of an explicit wind direction signal. However, not all biological organisms likely have this allocentric representation. Can the agent learn the strategy without wind direction if it can only go left/right/forward/back/turn (in egocentric coordinates)? In discussing possible algorithms, and the features of this one, it might be helpful to distinguish<br /> (1) those that rely only on egocentric computations (run and tumble),<br /> (2) those that rely on a single direction cue such as wind direction,<br /> (3) those that rely on allocentric representations of direction, and<br /> (4) those that rely on a full spatial map of the environment.

      As Referee 1 points out, even if the algorithm does not require a map of space, the agent is still required to tell apart directions relative to the wind direction which is assumed known. Indeed, although in the manuscript we labeled actions allocentrically as “ up down left and right”, the source is always placed in the same location, hence “left” corresponds to upwind; “right” to downwind and “up” and “down” to crosswind right and left. Thus in fact directions are relative to the mean wind, which is therefore assumed known. We have better clarified the spatial encoding required to implement these strategies, and re-labeled the directions as upwind, downwind, crosswind-right and crosswind-left.

      In reality, animals cannot measure the mean flow, but rather the local flow speed e.g. with antennas for insects, with whiskers for rodents and with the lateral line for marine organisms. Further work is needed to address how local flow measures enable navigation using Q learning.

      (2) Recovery strategy on losing the plume

      While the approach to encoding odor dynamics seems highly principled and reaches appealingly intuitive conclusions, the approach to modeling the recovery strategy seems to be more ad hoc. Early in the paper, the recovery strategy is defined to be path integration back to the point at which odor was lost, while later in the paper, the authors explore Brownian motion and a learned recovery based on multiple "void" states. Since the learned strategy works best, why not first consider learned strategies, and explore how lack of odor must be encoded or whether there is an optimal division of void states that leads to the best recovery strategies? Also, although the authors state that the learned recovery strategies resemble casting, only minimal data are shown to support this. A deeper statistical analysis of the learned recovery strategies would facilitate comparison to those observed in biology.

      We thank Referee 1 for their remarks and suggestion to give the learned recovery a more prominent role and better characterize it. We agree that what is done in the void state is definitely key to turbulent navigation. In the revised manuscript, we have further substantiated the statistics of the learned recovery by repeating training 20 times and comparing the trajectories in the void (Figure 3 figure supplement 3, new Table 1). We believe however that starting with the heuristic recovery is clearer because it allows to introduce the concept of recovery more clearly. Indeed, the learned “recovery” is so flexible that it ends up mixing recovery (crosswind motion) to aspects of exploitation (surge): we defer a more in-depth analysis that disentangles these two aspects elsewhere. Also, we added a whole new comparison with other biologically inspired recoveries both in the native environment and for generalization (Figure 3 and 5).

      (3) Is there a minimal representation of odor for efficient navigation?

      The authors suggest (line 280) that the number of olfactory states could potentially be reduced to reduce computational cost. This raises the question of whether there is a maximally efficient representation of odors and blanks sufficient for effective navigation. The authors choose to represent odor by 15 states that allow the agent to discriminate different spatial regimes of the stimulus, and later introduce additional void states that allow the agent to learn a recovery strategy. Can the number of states be reduced or does this lead to loss of performance? Does the optimal number of odor and void states depend on the spatial structure of the turbulence as explored in Figure 5?

      We thank the referee for their comment. Q learning defines the olfactory states prior to training and does not allow a systematic optimization of odor representation for the task. We can however compare different definitions of the olfactory states, for example based on the same features but different discretizations. We added a comparison with a drastically reduced number of non-empty olfactory states to just 1, i.e. if the odor is above threshold at any time within the memory, the agent is in the non-void olfactory state, otherwise it is in the void state. This drastic reduction in the number of olfactory states results in less positional information and degrades performance (Figure 5 figure supplement 5).

      The number of void states is already minimal: we chose 50 void states because this matches the time agents typically remain in the void (less than 50 void states results in no convergence and more than 50 introduces states that are rarely visited).

      One may instead resort to deep Q-learning or to recurrent neural networks, which however do not provide answers as for what are the features or olfactory states that drive behavior (see discussion in manuscript and questions below).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate the problem of olfactory search in turbulent environments using artificial agents trained using tabular Q-learning, a simple and interpretable reinforcement learning (RL) algorithm. The agents are trained solely on odor stimuli, without access to spatial information or prior knowledge about the odor plume's shape. This approach makes the emergent control strategy more biologically plausible for animals navigating exclusively using olfactory signals. The learned strategies show parallels to observed animal behaviors, such as upwind surging and crosswind casting. The approach generalizes well to different environments and effectively handles the intermittency of turbulent odors.

      Strengths:

      (1) The use of numerical simulations to generate realistic turbulent fluid dynamics sets this paper apart from studies that rely on idealized or static plumes.

      (2) A key innovation is the introduction of a small set of interpretable olfactory states based on moving averages of odor intensity and sparsity, coupled with an adaptive temporal memory.

      (3) The paper provides a thorough analysis of different recovery strategies when an agent loses the odor trail, offering insights into the trade-offs between various approaches.

      (4) The authors provide a comprehensive performance analysis of their algorithm across a range of environments and recovery strategies, demonstrating the versatility of the approach.

      (5) Finally, the authors list an interesting set of real-world experiments based on their findings, that might invite interest from experimentalists across multiple species.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The inclusion of Brownian motion as a recovery strategy, seems odd since it doesn't closely match natural animal behavior, where circling (e.g. flies) or zigzagging (ants' "sector search") could have been more realistic.

      We agree that Brownian motion may not be biologically plausible -- we used it as a simple benchmark. We clarified this point, and re-trained our algorithm with adaptive memory using circling and zigzaging (cast and surge) recoveries. The learned recovery outperforms all heuristic recoveries (Figure 3D, metrics G). Circling ranks second, and achieves these good results by further decreasing the probability of failure and paying slightly in speed. When tested in the non-native environments 2 to 6, the learned recovery performs best in environments 2, 5 and 6 i.e. from long range more relevant to flying insects; whereas circling generalizes best in odor rich environments 3 and 4, representative of closer range and close to the substrate (Figure 5B, metrics G). In the new environments, similar to the native environment, circling favors convergence (Figure 5B, metrics f<sup>+</sup>) over speed (Figure 5B, metrics g<sup>+</sup> and τ<sub>min</sub>/τ), which is particularly deleterious at large distance.

      (2) Using tabular Q-learning is both a strength and a limitation. It's simple and interpretable, making it easier to analyze the learned strategies, but the discrete action space seems somewhat unnatural. In real-world biological systems, actions (like movement) are continuous rather than discrete. Additionally, the ground-frame actions may not map naturally to how animals navigate odor plumes (e.g. insects often navigate based on their own egocentric frame).

      We agree with the reviewer that animal locomotion does not look like a series of discrete displacements on a checkerboard. However, to overcome this limitation, one has to first focus on a specific system to define actions in a way that best adheres to a species’ motor controls. Moreover, these actions are likely continuous, which makes reinforcement learning notoriously more complex. While we agree that more realistic models are definitely needed for a comparison with real systems, this remains outside the scope of the current work. We have added a remark to clarify this limitation.

      (3) The lack of accompanying code is a major drawback since nowadays open access to data and code is becoming a standard in computational research. Given that the turbulent fluid simulation is a key element that differentiates this paper, the absence of simulation and analysis code limits the study's reproducibility.

      We have published the code and the datasets at

      - code: https://github.com/Akatsuki96/qNav

      - datasets: https://zenodo.org/records/14655992

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 59-69: In comparing the results here to other approaches (especially the Verano and Singh papers), it would also be helpful to clarify which of these include an explicit representation of the wind direction. My understanding is that both the Singh and Verano approaches include an explicit representation of wind direction. In Singh wind direction is one of the observations that inputs to the agent, while in Verano, the actions are defined relative to the wind direction. In the current paper, my understanding is that there is no explicitly defined wind direction, but because movement directions are encoded allocentrically, the agent is able to learn the upwind direction from the structure of the plume- is this correct? I think this information would be helpful to spell out and also to address whether an agent without any allocentric direction sense can learn the task.

      Thank you for the comment. In our algorithm the directions are defined relative to the mean wind, which is assumed known, as in Verano et al. As far as we understand, Singh et al provide the instantaneous, egocentric wind velocities as part of the input.

      (1) Line 105: "several properties of odor stimuli depend on the distance from the source" might cite Boie...Victor 2018, Ackles...Schaefer, 2021, Nag...van Breugel 2024.

      Thank you for the suggestions - we have added these references

      (2) Line 130: "we first define a finite set of olfactory states" might be helpful to the reader to state what you chose in this paragraph rather than further down.

      We have slightly modified the incipit of the paragraph. We first declare we are setting out to craft the olfactory states, then define the challenges, finally we define the olfactory states.

      (3) Line 267: "Note that the learned recovery strategy resembles casting behavior observed in flying insects" Might note that insects seem to deploy a range of recovery strategies depending on locomotor mode and environment. For example, flying flies circle and sink when odor is lost in windless environments (Stupski and van Breugel 2024).

      Thank you for your comment. We have included the reference and we now added comparisons to results using circling and cast & surge recovery strategies.

      (4) Line 289: "from positions beyond the source, the learned strategy is unable to recover the plume as it mostly casts sideways, with little to no downwind action" This is curious as many insects show a downwind bias in the absence of odor that helps them locate the plumes in the first place (e.g. Wolf and Wehner, 2000, Alvarez-Salvado et al. 2018). Is it possible that the agent could learn a downwind bias in the absence of odor if given larger environments or a longer time to learn?

      The reviewer is absolutely correct – Downwind motion is not observed in the recovery simply because the agent rarely overshoots the source. Hence overall optimization for that condition is washed out by the statistics. We believe downwind motion will emerge if an agent needs to avoid overshooting the source – we do not have conclusive results yet but are planning to introduce such flexibility in a further work. We added this remark and refs.

      (5) Line 377-391: testing these ideas in living systems. Interestingly, Kathman..Nagel 2024 (bioRxiv) shows exactly the property predicted here and in Verano in fruit flies- an odor memory that outlasts the stimulus by a duration of several seconds, appropriate for filling in "blanks." Relatedly, Alvarez-Salvado et al. 2018 showed that fly upwind running reflected a temporal integration of odor information over ~10s, sufficient to avoid responding to blanks as loss of odor.

      Indeed, we believe this is the most direct connection between algorithms and experiments. We are excited to discuss with our colleagues and pursue a more direct comparison with animal behavior. We were aware of the references and forgot to cite them, thank you for your careful reading of our work !

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Suggestions

      (1) The paper does not clearly specify which type of animals (e.g., flying insects, terrestrial mammals) the model is meant to approximate or not approximate. The authors should consider clarifying how these simulations are suited to be a general model across varied olfactory navigators. Further, it isn't clear how low/high the intermittency studied in this model is compared to what different animals actually encounter. (Minor: The Figure 4 occupancy circles visualization could be simplified).

      Environment 1 represents the lower layers of a moderately turbulent boundary layer. Search occurs on a horizontal plane ~half meter from the ground. The agent is trained at distances of about 10 meters and also tested on longer distances  ~ 17 meters (environment 6), lower heights ~1cm from the ground (environments 3-4), lower Reynolds number (environment 5) and higher threshold of detection (environment 2 and 4). Thus Environments 1,2,5 and 6 are representative of conditions encountered by flying organisms (or pelagic in water), and Environments 3 and 4 of searches near the substrate, potentially involved in terrestrial navigation (benthic in water). Even near the substrate, we use odor dispersed in the fluid, and not odor attached to the substrate (relevant to trail tracking).

      Also note that we pick Schmidt number Sc = 1 and this is appropriate for odors in air but not in water. However, we expect a weak dependence on the Schmidt number as the Batchelor and Kolmogorov scales are below the size of the source and we are interested in the large scale statistics Falkovich et al., 2001; Celani et al., 2014; Duplat et al., 2010.

      Intermittency contours are shown in Fig 1C, they are highest along the centerline, and decay away from the centerline, so that even within the plume detecting odor is relatively rare. Only a thin region near the centerline has intermittency larger than 66%; the outer and most critical bin of the plume has intermittency under 33%; in the furthest point on the centerline intermittency is <10%. For reference, experimental values in the atmospheric boundary layer report intermittency 25% to 20% at 2 to 15m from the source along the centerline (Murlis and Jones, 1981).

      We have more clearly labeled the contours in Fig 1C and added these remarks.

      We included these remarks and added a whole table with matching to real conditions within the different environments.

      (2) Could some biological examples and references be added to support that backtracking is a biologically plausible mechanism?

      Backtracking was observed e.g. in ants displaced in unfamiliar environments (Wystrach et al, P Roy Soc B, 280,  2013), in tsetse flies executing reverse turns uncorrelated to wind, which bring them back towards the location where they last detected odor (Torr, Phys Entom, 13, 1988, Gibson & Brady Phys Entom 10, 1985) and in coackroaches upon loss of contact with the plume (Willis et al, J. Exp. Biol. 211, 2008). It is also used in computational models of olfactory navigation (Park et al, Plos Comput Biol, 12:e1004682, 2016).

      (3) Hand-crafted features can be both a strength and a limitation. On the one hand, they offer interpretability, which is crucial when trying to model biological systems. On the other hand, they may limit the generality of the model. A more thorough discussion of this paper's limitations should address this.

      (4) The authors mention the possibility of feature engineering or using recurrent neural networks, but a more concrete discussion of these alternatives and their potential advantages/disadvantages would be beneficial. It should be noted that the hand-engineered features in this manuscript are quite similar to what the model of Singh et al suggests emerges in their trained RNNs.

      Merged answer to points 3 and 4.

      We agree with the reviewer that hand-crafted features are both a strength and a limitation in terms of performance and generality. This was a deliberate choice aimed at stripping the algorithm bare of implicit components, both in terms of features and in terms of memory. Even with these simple features, our model performs well in navigating across different signals, consistent with our previous results showing that these features are a “good” surrogate for positional information.

      To search for the most effective temporal features, one may consider a more systematic hand crafting, scaling up our approach. In this case one would first define many features of the odor trace; rank groups of features for their accuracy in regression against distance; train Q learning with the most promising group of features and rank again. Note however that this approach will be cumbersome because multiple factors will have to be systematically varied: the regression algorithm; the discretization of the features and the memory.

      Alternatively, to eliminate hand crafting altogether and seek better performance or generalization, one may consider replacing these hand-crafted features and the tabular Q-learning approach with recurrent neural networks or with finite state controllers. On the flip side, neither of these algorithms will directly provide the most effective features or the best memory, because these properties are hidden within the parameters that are optimized for. So extra work is needed to interrogate the algorithms and extract these information. For example, in Singh et al, the principal components of the hidden states in trained agents correlate with head direction, odor concentration and time since last odor encounter. More work is needed to move beyond correlations and establish more systematically what are the features that drive behavior in the RNN.

      We have added these points to the discussion.

      (5) Minor: the title of the paper doesn't immediately signal its focus on recovery strategies and their interplay with memory in the context of olfactory navigation. Given the many other papers using a similar RL approach, this might help the authors position this paper better.

      We agree with the referee and have modified the title to reflect this.

      (6) Minor: L 331: "because turbulent odor plumes constantly switch on and off" -- the signal received rather than the plume itself is switching on and off.

      Thank you for the suggestion, we implemented it.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this elegant and thorough study, Sánchez-León et al. investigate the effects of tDCS on the firing of single cerebellar neurons in awake and anesthetized mice. They find heterogeneous responses depending on the orientation of the recorded Purkinje cell.

      Strengths:

      The paper is important in that it may well explain part of the controversial and ambiguous outcomes of various clinical trials. It is a well-written paper on a deeply analyzed dataset.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #1 for their positive feedback and insightful comments. We are pleased to know that you found our study elegant and thorough, and we appreciate your recognition of its potential to clarify the controversial and ambiguous outcomes seen in various clinical trials. Your acknowledgment of the depth of our analysis and the clarity of the writing is highly encouraging, and we are grateful for your thoughtful evaluation of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      The sample size could be increased for some of the experiments.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their thoughtful suggestion to increase the sample size. While we understand the importance of this consideration, we believe it is not feasible at this stage due to several factors. First, the complexity of our experiments, which include single-neuron recordings in awake animals during electric field application, juxtacellular neurobiotin injections post-tDCS (with a low success rate), and high-density recordings from Purkinje cells across different layers in awake animals, significantly limits the throughput of data collection. Second, the statistical outcomes obtained from our analyses, which combine multiple techniques, are robust and provide a strong basis for our conclusions. Third, the current study already involves a substantial number of animals (74 mice), which aligns with ethical considerations for minimizing animal use while ensuring robust results.

      We believe that the current sample size is sufficient to support the findings presented in the manuscript. Expanding the sample size further would require considerable additional resources and time, without a clear indication that it would fundamentally alter the conclusions of the study. We are grateful for the reviewer’s understanding of these limitations and their acknowledgment of the value of the current dataset.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study by Sánchez-León and colleagues, the authors attempted to determine the influence of neuronal orientation on the efficacy of cerebellar tDCS in modulating neural activity. To do this, the authors made recordings from Purkinje cells, the primary output neurons of the cerebellar cortex, and determined the inter-dependency between the orientation of these cells and the changes in their firing rate during cerebellar tDCS application.

      Strengths:

      (1) A major strength is the in vivo nature of this study. Being able to simultaneously record neural activity and apply exogenous electrical current to the brain during both an anesthetized state and during wakefulness in these animals provides important insight into the physiological underpinnings of tDCS.

      (2) The authors provide evidence that tDCS can modulate neural activity in multiple cell types.

      For example, there is a similar pattern of modulation in Purkinje cells and non-Purkinje cells (excitatory and inhibitory interneurons). Together, these data provide wholistic insight into how tDCS can affect activity across different populations of cells, which has important implications for basic neuroscience, but also clinical populations where there may be non-uniform or staged effects of neurological disease on these various cell types.

      (3) There is a systematic investigation into the effects of tDCS on neural activity across multiple regions of the cerebellum. The authors demonstrate that the pattern of modulation is dependent on the target region. These findings have important implications for determining the expected neuromodulatory effects of tDCS when applying this technique over different target regions noninvasively in animals and humans.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #2 for their detailed and thoughtful comments on our study. We are pleased that you recognized the importance of our in vivo approach, allowing for simultaneous neural recordings and tDCS application in both anesthetized and awake states. Your acknowledgment of our findings regarding the modulation of neural activity across different cell types, including Purkinje and non-Purkinje cells, is greatly appreciated. We also value your recognition of the implications of our work for understanding how tDCS can affect diverse neuronal populations, particularly in the context of clinical applications. Additionally, your positive feedback on our systematic investigation across multiple cerebellar regions highlights the relevance of our work for determining the region-specific effects of tDCS. Thank you for your encouraging and insightful evaluation.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In the introduction, there is a lack of context regarding why neuronal orientation might be a critical factor influencing the responsiveness to tDCS. The authors allude to in vitro studies that have shown neuronal orientation to be relevant for the effects of tDCS on neural activity but do not expand on why this might be the case. These points could be better understood by informing the reader about the uniformity/non-uniformity of the induced electric field by tDCS. In addition, there is a lack of an a priori hypothesis. For example, would the authors have expected that neuronal orientation parallel or perpendicular to the electrical field to be related to the effects of tDCS on neural activity?

      We thank the Reviewer #2 for this insightful comment. In response, we have expanded the introduction to provide a clearer context regarding the influence of neuronal orientation on the effects of tDCS. Therefore, we have added two new paragraphs in the Introduction to address these points.

      “For neurons whose somatodendritic axis is aligned with the electric field, the field induces a pronounced somatic polarization. In the case of anodal stimulation, where the positive electrode is positioned near the dendrites and the soma is oriented away, positively charged ions accumulate near the soma, leading to depolarization and increased excitability, thus facilitating action potential generation. Conversely, neurons whose orientation opposes the field, such as when the soma is closer to the positive electrode and the dendrites face away, experience hyperpolarization, reducing excitability. Lastly, neurons oriented perpendicular to the electric field would exhibit minimal somatic polarization, as the field does not induce significant redistribution of charges along the somatodendritic axis.”

      Additionally, we have now clarified our a priori hypothesis regarding neuronal orientation and its expected influence on tDCS efficacy.

      “We hypothesized that the orientation of PCs relative to the electric field would influence the effects of tDCS on neural activity. In the Vermis, PCs oriented parallel to the field are expected to exhibit stronger effects due to greater somatic polarization, leading to depolarization or hyperpolarization depending on the orientation of the somatodendritic axis. Conversely, PCs in Crus I/II, which are oriented obliquely to the field, are expected to exhibit intermediate effects, as the oblique alignment reduces the strength of polarization compared to parallel alignment.”

      (2) It is unclear how specific stimulation parameters were determined. First, how were the tDCS intensities used in the present experiments determined/selected, and how does the relative strength of this induced electric field equate to the intensities used non-invasively during tDCS experiments in humans? Second, there is also a fundamental difference in the pattern of application used here (e.g., 15 s pulses separated by 10 s of no stimulation) compared to human studies (e.g., 10-20 min of constant stimulation).

      We thank Reviewer #2 for their observations. We proceed to address their concerns and included the following text in the main manuscript, Discussion section: 

      “We used higher values than those applied in human experiments to achieve more reliable results. As seen in Supplementary Fig. 3, neurons are modulated in a similar way for 100, 200 or 300 µA but higher intensities elicited significant changes in a greater proportion of these neurons. In addition, a previous study from our lab23 using the same methodology, showed that 100, 200 and 300 µA (eliciting from 5.9 to 125.7 V/m in the current study) were ideal to obtain reliable and robust results in neuronal modulation, while keeping animal awareness of the stimulation at a minimum level. Besides, Asan et al. has recently shown that using epidural stimulation in anesthetized rats under an electric field closer to human studies (1.5–7.5 V/m) was also able to modulate the activity of cerebellar neurons.”

      In addition, we add the following text to the Results section under ‘tDCS modulates Purkinje cell activity in awake mice in a heterogeneous manner’ section:

      “This protocol allows us to avoid the development of plasticity effects, which are known to require at least several minutes of tDCS administration, and to test the direct electrical modulation exerted by the externally applied currents.”

      (3) In their first experiment, the authors measure the electric field strength at increasing depths during increasing stimulation intensities. However, it appears that an alternating current rather than a direct current, which is usually employed in tDCS protocols, was used. There is a lack of rationale regarding why the alternating current was used for this component. Typically, this technique is more commonly used for entraining/boosting neural oscillations compared to studies using tDCS which aim to increase or decrease neural activity in general.

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s assessment of the differences between tDCS and tACS. We will clarify this distinction. We chose tACS for measuring electric field strength for two main reasons:

      • Amplifier Limitations: The amplifiers commonly used in electrophysiology are designed to filter out low-frequency components, including direct current (DC) signals, using a highpass filter. This is due to the fact that the neuronal signals of interest, such as action potentials, typically occur at higher frequencies (several Hz to kHz). Consequently, any DC signal applied is filtered out from the recordings, preventing us from measuring changes in voltage effectively.

      • Impedance Changes: DC stimulation can alter the impedance of electrodes and surrounding tissue over time. To mitigate this effect and maintain stable recordings, it is advantageous to frequently alternate the polarity and intensity of the stimulation.

      This next text has been included in the 'Transcranial Electrical Stimulation' section of the 'Materials and Methods' part of the manuscript:

      “We selected tACS to measure electric field strength due to two main reasons: (1) amplifiers used in electrophysiology filter out low-frequency signals like DC, making voltage changes from tDCS undetectable, and (2) DC stimulation can alter electrode and tissue impedance over time, whereas alternating the polarity in tACS helps maintain stable recordings.”

      It is important to note that our aim with tACS is to provide an approximation of current propagation through the tissue, rather than to exactly replicate the baseline conditions encountered during continuous tDCS stimulation.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Sanchez-Leon et al. combined extracellular recordings of Purkinje cell activity in awake and anesthetized mice with juxtacellular recordings and Purkinje cell staining to link Purkinje cell orientation to their stimulation response. The authors find a relationship between neuron orientation and firing rate, dependent on stimulation type (anodal/cathodal). They also show the effects of stimulation intensity and rebound effects.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the work is methodologically sound and the manuscript is well written. The authors have taken great care to explain their rationale and methodological choices.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for their positive feedback and constructive comments regarding our study. We are pleased that you found our work methodologically sound and well written. Your acknowledgment of our efforts to explain our rationale and methodological choices is greatly appreciated. We believe that the insights gained from linking Purkinje cell orientation to their stimulation response will contribute significantly to our understanding of cerebellar function and tDCS effects. Thank you for your thoughtful evaluation of our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      My only reservation is the lack of reporting of the precise test statistics, p-values, and multiple comparison corrections. The work would benefit from adding this and other information.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for their valuable feedback and for highlighting an important aspect of our analysis. We agree that the inclusion of precise test statistics, p-values, and details on multiple comparison corrections would strengthen the robustness of our findings. In response to your suggestion, we have now added this information to the Results section, ensuring that all statistical tests, exact p-values, and corrections for multiple comparisons are clearly reported. We believe these additions provide greater transparency and rigor to our analysis, and we appreciate your thoughtful recommendation.

      Major Comments:

      (1) The authors should report the exact test statistics. These are missing for all comparisons and hinder the reader from understanding what exactly was tested for each of the experiments. For example, having the exact test statistics would help better understand the non-significant differences in Figure 1h where there is at least a numeric difference in CS firing rate during tDCS.

      As mentioned before, we have now included the precise test statistics for all statistical comparisons throughout the manuscript. Specifically, in the case of Supplementary Figure 1h, we have added the exact values for the comparisons of CS firing rates during tDCS, even for nonsignificant differences, to ensure transparency and to clarify the observed numerical differences. We believe these additions will help readers better interpret the data and understand the statistical underpinnings of our findings. 

      However, given the large amount of data analyzed, particularly related to individual neuronal activity, it is not feasible to present all of the data for each individual neuron. We have aimed to provide a comprehensive statistical summary without overwhelming the reader with an excessive amount of detailed data.

      (2) Did the authors apply any corrections for multiple comparisons? Generally, it would be helpful if they could clarify the statistical analysis (which values were subjected to the tests, how many tests were performed for each question, etc.).

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the need for clarification on the statistical analysis and the application of multiple comparison corrections. In response, we have updated the main text to include all the requested information. Specifically, we have added the appropriate multiple comparison tests (Tukey's or Nemenyi) where applicable to each analysis. These corrections have been applied to ensure that the results are robust and account for the number of comparisons made. We have also clarified the specific tests used for each analysis, the values subjected to these tests, and the number of comparisons performed for each question. This information is now detailed in the Methods section under 'Statistical Analysis' for transparency and to aid in the interpretation of the results.

      (3) The relationship shown in Figure 2g seems to be influenced by the two outliers. Have the authors confirmed the results using a robust linear regression method?

      We agree with the reviewer that the two neurons in Figure 2g could appear as outliers. To address this, we applied the ROUT method with a stringent Q = 1% to detect potential outliers, and none were found. In addition, we have confirmed the robustness of our results by performing a complementary analysis using robust linear regression methods (e.g., M-estimators), which showed consistent findings with our original analysis. For this purpose, we used the 'Huber' loss function, which combines least squares with robustness against outliers. The regression line obtained with this method (y = -0.5650x + 157.4556) differs minimally from the originally presented value, with the p-value of the slope and the intercept being p = 1.4846x10<sup>-4</sup> (t<sub>(22)</sub> = -4.5740) and p = 1.1382x10<sup>-11</sup> (t<sub>(22)</sub> \= 12.8010), respectively. Author response image 1 shows both regression fits to facilitate their comparison. These additional steps ensure the reliability of the relationship observed in the figure, even when accounting for the potential influence of the two data points.

      Author response image 1.

      (4) The authors conclude that tDCS modulates vermal PCs more than Crus I/II PCs - but they don't seem to test this statistically. It would be helpful to submit the firing rate change values to an actual statistical test to conclude this directly from the data.

      We agree that it would be appropriate to apply a statistical test to determine whether there is similarity in the level of modulation. To this end, we have normalized the modulation so that all data are positive. For example, a neuron that increases or decreases its activity by 50% relative to the baseline period will be considered as having a modulation of 50% in both cases. This yields a mean modulation of 9.42% for neurons recorded in Crus I/II and 62.35% for those in the Vermis. Since the two distributions do not meet the normality assumption (Shapiro-Wilk test), we used a Mann-Whitney test, which resulted in a p-value < 0.0001, thus demonstrating a significant difference in modulation between the two cerebellar regions analyzed. We added this information to the main text. Additionally, we included a new panel in Supplementary Figure 3 (Supplementary Figure 3i) to visually represent these data.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have several suggestions to further improve the paper:

      (1) It remains unclear how many tDCS trials were done during each single-cell recording. What were the inclusion criteria? Were tens of trials done per cell or was a cell already included if the recording was stable during a few trials? Please clarify.

      For every single-cell recording, the maximum number of trials allowed by the recording stability were applied. A neuron was included in the analysis if the recording was stable for at least 2 trials at a given intensity and polarity, and up to a maximum of 1 hour recording. We introduced a paragraph in the methods section explaining this.

      (2) Along the same line, could the authors show cell responses to individual consecutive trials? Do the responses change over time? For example, does a cell increase the firing rate more during early trials compared to late trials? Please clarify.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to investigate whether cell responses change over consecutive trials. In our data, when tDCS effects were observed, the changes in firing rate were evident from the very first trials in some neurons. To illustrate this, we have included Author response image 2, which shows examples of individual neuron responses (2 non-PC on the left and 2 PC on the right) across consecutive trials. Red and blue histogram bars indicate anodal and cathodal tDCS periods, respectively.

      Author response image 2.

      However, a rigorous analysis of the stimulation effect over time across trials was not feasible due to the considerable variability in the number of trials applied to different recorded neurons. This variability arose from differences in the duration for which stable recordings could be maintained.

      Despite this limitation, the early responses to tDCS provide valuable insights into the immediate effects of stimulation on neuronal activity.

      (3) Neurons are recorded very superficially, just below a 2 mm wide craniotomy. The temperature of the brain is likely lower than a normal physiological temperature. Did the authors consider the potential effects of temperature? Please address.

      We acknowledge the reviewer's concern regarding the potential effects of temperature on the recorded neurons. While it is challenging to precisely control the temperature of the tissue in the recording area, it is important to note that the temperature conditions were consistent across both the control and stimulation phases of the experiment. This consistency ensures that any potential effects of temperature are evenly distributed across conditions, thereby minimizing its impact on the observed changes in neuronal activity. Furthermore, although the recordings are conducted 2 mm below the craniotomy, this region is continuously bathed in saline, with an additional 3 mm of fluid maintained at physiological temperature, effectively preventing dehydration and cooling of the surface tissue. 

      (4) More general, but along the same line, is there any effect of the depth of the recorded cells on its response to stimulations for any of the data collected in this study? Figure 1 nicely shows that there is a significant electric field at depths up to 4 mm, but do more superficial cells have stronger/weaker responses to cathodal/anodal stimulation, as the electric field there is much stronger?

      We were also expecting to see some correlation between depth and degree of modulation, however, a linear regression analysis showed very low R<sup>2</sup> values (see Author response images 3-6), suggesting a negligible correlation between depth of recording and neuronal activity modulation. We did this analysis for Purkinje and non-Purkinje cells separately, as well as for recordings in CrusI-II or Vermis, showing similar negative results in all cases.

      Author response image 3.

      Author response table 1.

      Author response image 4.

      Author response table 2.

      Author response image 5.

      Author response table 3.

      Author response image 6.

      Author response table 4.

      (5) The authors are recording the movements of the mouse on a treadmill. Was there any correlation between tDCS and behavior? And between behavior and firing patterns? Please address.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s question regarding the potential correlation between tDCS and behavior, as well as between behavior and firing patterns. In our experimental setup, the movement of the mouse typically introduces electrical artifacts in the recordings, particularly during running on the treadmill. To ensure the accuracy of our data, trials that coincided with running or other significant movements were excluded from the analysis. This is explained in the Methods section of the main text under 'Data analysis' within the description of how single-cell activity was processed. On the other hand, conscious of the modulatory effects that animal movement or specific behaviors may have on neuronal firing rates, we thought that trials involving movement should be eliminated to avoid any potential confounding with the effects of current application. 

      (6) The strength of the electrical field seems highly variable. Do the authors have an explanation for this? Please address.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s observation regarding the variability in the strength of the electric field. This variability is indeed expected, given the inherent inter-individual differences in skull thickness across animals (which, as discussed in the main manuscript, attenuates around 20% of the current), as well as slight variations in the precise placement of the tES active electrode during surgery. These factors can lead to fluctuations in the electric field, although they remain within the same order of magnitude.

      (7) As the authors stated, even for cells recorded at a depth of over 2 mm, the electric fields are still much higher than the fields generated in human studies. Why were there no comparable strengths used? Please address.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Previous studies from our lab (SánchezLeón et al. 2021) demonstrated minimal modulation in neuronal activity (LFP) when using tDCS intensities below 200 µA in awake animals. To achieve stronger and more consistent effects, we selected an intensity of 200 µA for our experiments. It is well-established that small animals, such as mice, require higher electric field strengths than humans to induce observable effects (Ozen et al., 2010; Vöröslakos et al., 2018; Asan et al., 2020). This discrepancy may be attributed to several factors, including differences in neuronal density within the stimulated networks (Herculano-Houzel et al., 2009), as well as variations in axonal length and diameter (Chakraborty et al., 2018). However, as we stated in the Discussion, we also found modulated neurons for electric fields close to those in humans:

      “Importantly, we observe clear firing rate modulation of PCs and non-PCs at depths of 2.3 mm and tDCS intensity of 100 μA, where the measured electric field is as low as 5.9 V/m.”

      Despite these limitations, animal models remain invaluable for obtaining high-resolution invasive data that cannot be collected in human studies. Such experiments are crucial for understanding the basic mechanisms underlying non-invasive brain stimulation, validating computational models, and exploring the therapeutic potential of these techniques for various neurological conditions.

      References:

      Asan, A. S., Lang, E. J., & Sahin, M. (2020). Entrainment of cerebellar purkinje cells with directional AC electric fields in anesthetized rats. Brain stimulation, 13(6), 1548–1558. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brs.2020.08.017 

      Chakraborty, D., Truong, D. Q., Bikson, M., & Kaphzan, H. (2018). Neuromodulation of Axon Terminals. Cerebral cortex (New York, N.Y. : 1991), 28(8), 2786–2794. https://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bhx158

      Herculano-Houzel S. (2009). The human brain in numbers: a linearly scaled-up primate brain. Frontiers in human neuroscience, 3, 31. https://doi.org/10.3389/neuro.09.031.2009

      Ozen, S., Sirota, A., Belluscio, M. A., Anastassiou, C. A., Stark, E., Koch, C., & Buzsáki, G. (2010). Transcranial electric stimulation entrains cortical neuronal populations in rats. The Journal of neuroscience : the official journal of the Society for Neuroscience, 30(34), 11476–11485. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5252-09.2010

      Vöröslakos, M., Takeuchi, Y., Brinyiczki, K., Zombori, T., Oliva, A., Fernández-Ruiz, A., Kozák, G., Kincses, Z. T., Iványi, B., Buzsáki, G., & Berényi, A. (2018). Direct effects of transcranial electric stimulation on brain circuits in rats and humans. Nature communications, 9(1), 483. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-018-02928-3

      (8) It seems that there is a very high number of mice used for a relatively small number of cellular recordings. Can the authors explain this?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s observation regarding the number of mice used relative to the number of recorded neurons. There are several factors contributing to this:

      (1)  In vivo juxtacellular labeling is a complex, multi-step process where each step must be executed precisely to successfully label a neuron. During blind recordings, it is impossible to ensure with 100% certainty that the neuron targeted for juxtacellular labeling will later be recoverable with sufficient staining (Pinault, 1996). To maintain confidence in the correspondence between the recorded and labeled neuron, we typically limit our attempts to label one neuron per mouse, or at most, two neurons located far apart from each other.

      (2)  Recording duration limitations: The probability of maintaining a well-isolated, stable neuronal recording decreases significantly as the recording time increases. To obtain sufficient data with multiple tDCS trials, it is necessary to conduct numerous independent recordings. Additionally, each time the recording pipette penetrates the recording site, there is a minor but cumulative impact on the dura mater and neural tissue, leading to tissue degradation in subsequent recordings.

      (3)  Diverse experimental conditions: This study explores several conditions, including recordings in anesthetized and awake mice, targeting different cerebellar regions (Crus I/II and vermis), and utilizing a range of techniques (single-unit extracellular recordings using glass pipettes, juxtacellular recording and labeling, and high-density recordings using the Neuropixels system). These distinct approaches required the establishment of independent experimental animal groups, which contributed to the higher number of subjects used in the study.

      Although we were often able to record several neurons per mouse, the final number of neurons that met all criteria for analysis was reduced due to these limitations.

      References:

      Pinault D. (1996). A novel single-cell staining procedure performed in vivo under electrophysiological control: morpho-functional features of juxtacellularly labeled thalamic cells and other central neurons with biocytin or Neurobiotin. Journal of neuroscience methods, 65(2), 113–136. https://doi.org/10.1016/0165-0270(95)00144-1

      (9) The N for both the neurobiotin-stained neurons and the Neuropixels recordings was relatively low. If possible, it would be nice to see a few more cells.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their thoughtful suggestion to increase the sample size. While we understand the importance of this consideration, we believe it is not feasible at this stage due to several factors. First, the complexity of our experiments, which include single-neuron recordings in awake animals during electric field application, juxtacellular neurobiotin injections post-tDCS (with a low success rate), and high-density recordings from Purkinje cells across different layers in awake animals, significantly limits the throughput of data collection. Second, the statistical outcomes obtained from our analyses, which combine multiple techniques, are robust and provide a strong basis for our conclusions. Third, the current study already involves a substantial number of animals (74 mice), which aligns with ethical considerations for minimizing animal use while ensuring robust results.

      We believe that the current sample size is sufficient to support the findings presented in the manuscript. Expanding the sample size further would require considerable additional resources and time, without a clear indication that it would fundamentally alter the conclusions of the study. We are grateful for the reviewer’s understanding of these limitations and their acknowledgment of the value of the current dataset.

      (10) tDCS and tES seem to be used interchangeably; please make it consistent.

      We agree that this could cause confusion. To address this, we have added a clarification at the first mention of tES in the manuscript, indicating that tES (transcranial Electrical Stimulation) is an umbrella term that encompasses both tDCS (transcranial Direct Current Stimulation) and tACS (transcranial Alternating Current Stimulation). We have ensured consistent use of the appropriate term throughout the rest of the text.

      (11) Did the authors apply saline or agar to the craniotomy while recording? Or was the dura dried out? Can the authors clarify this, and relate the answer to a potential interaction of either the medium or dryness of the dura with the tDCS?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s inquiry. To prevent the dura from drying out during our recordings, we applied saline to the cranial window throughout the experiment. Additionally, in our setup, the tDCS ring-shaped electrode was placed over the skull and sealed with dental cement to prevent any leakage of currents into the craniotomy, which was positioned at the center of the preparation. This precaution also helped minimize electrical noise reaching the recording electrode. In instances where the seal was not perfectly executed, the electrical noise from tDCS leaked into the saline solution, causing amplifier saturation and rendering neuronal activity recordings impossible.

      (12) There are several mistakes in spelling and grammar throughout the document; please check carefully.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s attention to detail regarding spelling and grammar. We have carefully reviewed the manuscript and corrected all identified errors to ensure clarity and proper language use throughout the document.

      (13) Can the authors briefly explain why tACS (and not tDCS) is used to measure the effectiveness of the stimulation at the different depths as shown in Figure 1? As the rest of the paper focuses entirely on tDCS, it is important to understand why tACS is used in Figure 1.

      We will clarify this distinction. We chose tACS for measuring electric field strength for two main reasons:

      • Amplifier Limitations: The amplifiers commonly used in electrophysiology are designed to filter out low-frequency components, including direct current (DC) signals, using a highpass filter. This is due to the fact that the neuronal signals of interest, such as action potentials, typically occur at higher frequencies (several Hz to kHz). Consequently, any DC signal applied is filtered out from the recordings, preventing us from measuring changes in voltage effectively.

      • Impedance Changes: DC stimulation can alter the impedance of electrodes and surrounding tissue over time. To mitigate this effect and maintain stable recordings, it is advantageous to frequently alternate the polarity and intensity of the stimulation.

      This next text has been included in the 'Transcranial Electrical Stimulation' section of the 'Materials and Methods' part of the manuscript:

      “We selected tACS to measure electric field strength due to two main reasons: (1) amplifiers used in electrophysiology filter out low-frequency signals like DC, making voltage changes from tDCS undetectable, and (2) DC stimulation can alter electrode and tissue impedance over time, whereas alternating the polarity in tACS helps maintain stable recordings.”

      It is important to note that our aim with tACS is to provide an approximation of current propagation through the tissue, rather than to exactly replicate the baseline conditions encountered during continuous tDCS stimulation.

      (14) How do Figures 2e and f relate to each other? Figure 2e has 6 red lines, but 6f has 8 red explicitly states that 8 cells were recorded.

      We appreciate the Reviewer for highlighting this discrepancy. You are correct that in Figure 5e, the lines are too densely packed to easily distinguish all of them. Additionally, the activity of two neurons under anodal tDCS was greatly suppressed, which caused their corresponding arrowheads to be close to the origin of the arrows, making them less visible. To clarify, while Figure 5f shows all 8 cells recorded, the compression of the data in Figure 5e makes it challenging to distinguish all individual responses visually. We have added a clarifying note to the figure legend to explaining that “densely packed lines and suppressed activity of two neurons under anodal tDCS reduce the visibility of their responses”.

      (15) Figure 2g contains two outliers that seem critical to the correlation, this is noticeable as nearly all other cells seem to modulate much more modestly. Maybe add a few more cells to convince everyone?

      We agree with the reviewer that the two neurons in Figure 2g could appear as outliers. To address this, we applied the ROUT method with a stringent Q = 1% to detect potential outliers, and none were found. In addition, we have confirmed the robustness of our results by performing a complementary analysis using robust linear regression methods (e.g., M-estimators), which showed consistent findings with our original analysis. For this purpose, we used the 'Huber' loss function, which combines least squares with robustness against outliers. The regression line obtained with this method (y = -0.5650x + 157.4556) differs minimally from the originally presented value, with the p-value of the slope and the intercept being p = 1.4846x10<sup>-4</sup> (t<sub>(22)</sub> = -4.5740) and p = 1.1382x10<sup>-11</sup> (t<sub>(22)</sub> \= 12.8010), respectively. Author response image 1 both regression fits to facilitate their comparison. These additional steps ensure the reliability of the relationship observed in the figure, even when accounting for the potential influence of the two data points.

      (16) 'From these experiments we can conclude that 1) tDCS in vermis of anesthetized mice modulates PCs and non-PCs in a heterogeneous way'. Figure 4d shows no correlation between cathodal versus anodal stimulation for non-PCs, so how does the data suggest heterogeneous modulation of non-PCs? Is it simply heterogeneous because the data is very scattered?

      Thank you for your observation. By 'heterogeneous modulation,' we indeed refer to the scattered nature of the responses in non-PCs. Although Figure 4d shows a wide spread of data points and the linear regression is not statistically significant, a general trend can still be observed, where 11 out of 15 non-PCs show modulation in opposite directions with anodal and cathodal tDCS. However, this trend is not consistent across all neurons, hence our description of this modulation as heterogeneous. Importantly, this contrasts with the response observed in Purkinje cells (PCs), where a more consistent modulation pattern is evident, and the p-value for the linear regression is significant. Therefore, we conclude that while PCs show a clearer, more predictable modulation, the scattered data in non-PCs supports a more heterogeneous response.

      (17) The authors state that it is not possible to discriminate the non-PCs, even though some published papers suggest this is quite possible (see e.g., work by Simpson and Ruigrok; please discuss). For sure, the authors of the current manuscript should be able to discriminate the interneurons in the molecular layer from those in the granular layer (if it were only by identifying the polarity of the complex spikes). The authors may want to consider redoing the analyses of the non-PCs, and at least present and compare the outcomes of these two main subgroups of non-PCs.

      The authors are indeed familiar with the work of Simpson, Ruigrok, and others in linking electrophysiological recordings with neuronal class identity. Prior to proceeding with juxtacellular labeling, we conducted preliminary attempts to categorize non-PC neurons based on firing characteristics. However, we ultimately chose not to include neuronal sorting for non-PCs in this study for two main reasons. 

      First, the baseline recording period without tDCS was very short (10 seconds), and once tDCS was applied, the firing rate, coefficient of variation, and interspike intervals (ISI) of neurons were already altered. This made it difficult to reliably classify neurons based on their spontaneous activity, which is critical for precise sorting.

      Second, unlike PCs—where the presence of complex spikes and the resulting inhibition provide a clear ground truth—there is no analogous, unequivocal marker for non-PCs. Even following the reviewer's suggestion, while it might be possible in the molecular layer to identify a neuron as a molecular layer interneuron (MLI), this approach does not allow for a rigorous distinction between basket cells and stellate cells. These two cell types, despite their distinct morphologies—which could significantly affect their responses to tDCS—cannot be reliably differentiated without a true ground truth. Therefore, in the absence of such definitive markers, we believe that further subclassification of non-PCs based solely on electrophysiological properties would not be sufficiently rigorous for the purposes of our study.

      (18) Can the authors briefly discuss possible reasons why non-PCs in Crus1/2 do show heterogeneous responses similar to that of PCs, whereas the non-PCs in the vermis do not?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful question regarding the different modulation patterns observed in non-PCs between Crus I/II and the vermis. Several potential factors could contribute to these differences, including variations in local cerebellar circuit connectivity between the two regions, differences in the cellular diversity of non-PCs due to the lack of a "ground truth" for their classification, or disparities in somatodendritic orientation and cell distribution. In the vermis, PCs are organized into different layers with opposing orientations (as shown in Figure 6), which could result in a more stable, polarity-dependent modulation, making their response more distinct from that of non-PCs. In contrast, in Crus I/II, the orientation of PCs is more heterogeneous and less aligned with the electric field, potentially leading to a more variable modulation pattern in both PCs and non-PCs. 

      However, it is important to note that we did not aim to juxtacellularly label non-PCs in this study, so we cannot offer a definitive answer regarding their precise orientation or identity. Additionally, the observed differences could be partially attributed to statistical power: we recorded 50 nonPCs in Crus I/II compared to only 25 in the vermis. Out of the 15 neurons in the vermis that showed statistically significant modulation, 11 displayed polarity-dependent modulation in opposite directions, but the smaller sample size might have limited our ability to detect the full range of possible effects. Furthermore, recordings in Crus I/II were conducted in awake animals, whereas the neurons recorded in Figure 4 in the vermis were obtained from anesthetized animals. This difference in physiological state could also be related to the observed changes.

      (19) 'The importance of PC axodendritic orientation in determining the effect of tDCS on firing rate modulation is further highlighted by our observation that pre-synaptic non-PC neurons providing inputs to PCs modulate their activity in a very heterogeneous way.' This is based on the finding that non-PCs modulate heterogeneously, but that is not what is shown for the vermis. Please address.

      Thank you for pointing this out. By 'heterogeneous modulation,' we are referring to the observation that non-Purkinje cells (non-PCs) respond in various ways under tDCS. Specifically, some nonPCs increase their activity under anodal stimulation and decrease it under cathodal stimulation (and vice versa), while others exhibit more complex patterns, such as increasing their activity under both anodal and cathodal stimulation or decreasing for both polarities. Additionally, some non-PCs only respond to one polarity, and others show no response at all.

      Our reasoning is that if the presynaptic non-PCs providing inputs to Purkinje cells (PCs) were the primary drivers of PC modulation, we would expect them to behave in a manner opposite to how PCs are modulated. For instance, if most non-PCs increased their activity under anodal stimulation while PCs decreased theirs, this could suggest that tDCS modulates non-PCs to fire more, imposing greater inhibition on PCs since many non-PCs are inhibitory. However, what we observe is a highly heterogeneous response from non-PCs, with no clear pattern that would consistently explain the modulation of PCs through presynaptic inputs alone. While non-PCs must certainly exert some influence on PC activity, their variable responses suggest that the modulation of PCs may also be driven by direct effects of tDCS on the PCs themselves, in addition to any indirect presynaptic influence.

      (20) To help in reinforcing the hypothesis that stimulation response depends on dendritic orientation, the authors could show, with the existing data, how PCs in different layers of the vermis respond to cathodal or anodal stimulations. The data shown in Figure 4a-c already has a large number of PCs recorded in different layers of the vermis. As shown in Figure 4b, PCs in specific layers of the vermis have specific dendritic orientations. Can the authors show that PCs recorded for Figure 4, in the different layers (implying similar dendritic orientation) have similar (or different) stimulation responses? This would greatly improve their argument for the importance of dendritic orientation for tDCS responses.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion and the valuable insight it provides. In fact, this was one of the main motivations for performing the experiments shown in Figure 6, where we conducted simultaneous recordings of different Purkinje cells (PCs) in distinct layers. This allowed us to directly compare responses in neurons with different somatodendritic orientations. Unfortunately, the data presented in Figure 4 were obtained using glass micropipettes for juxtacellular labeling— a method that permits recording from only one neuron at a time—thus precluding a robust analysis of the correlation between dendritic orientation and tDCS responses. Furthermore, it should be noted that Figure 4a represents an idealized approximation; since these recordings were performed in different animals with variations along the anteroposterior axis, precise dendritic orientation cannot be reliably attributed to each cell (except for those that were juxtacellularly labeled).

      Additionally, unlike recordings with Neuropixels, where we have numerous contacts positioned at known distances from each other, enabling us to precisely locate cells within the cerebellar layers, the localization of neurons recorded with glass pipettes is less accurate. This is due to factors such as tissue displacement during insertion and animal movements, which further complicates the precise determination of neuronal layer placement during the stimulation protocol.

      While the data in Figure 4 do not allow us to definitively test our hypothesis, the results shown in Figure 6 provide a more direct comparison of the responses of PCs across different layers to tDCS, thereby reinforcing the hypothesis that dendritic orientation is a key factor in modulating neuronal activity.

      (21) The data shown in Figure 5e-f feels underpowered, although the statistical correlation between dendritic orientation and response is strong. For example, currently, the authors show that at an angle of ~0 degrees, two cells increase their firing to anodal stimulation, and 1 cell at 180 ~degrees decreases its firing. Again, the manuscript would be much improved if the authors could increase the sample sizes for these experiments.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the sample size in Figure 5e-f. While the statistical correlation between dendritic orientation and response to tDCS is strong, we understand that the data may feel underpowered, particularly given the limited number of cells observed at specific angles such as ~0 degrees and ~180 degrees.

      It’s important to note that although visually it may appear there is only one neuron at 180 degrees during anodal stimulation, there are actually three neurons at this orientation. This is more clearly visible in the same figure during cathodal stimulation. However, the firing rate of these neurons during anodal stimulation is so low that the arrow representing their response appears very small, making it difficult to distinguish. (We have added a clarifying note to the figure legend to explaining that “densely packed lines and suppressed activity of two neurons under anodal tDCS reduce the visibility of their responses”).

      Unfortunately, increasing the sample size for these specific experiments is not feasible within the current study due to the technical complexity and time-consuming nature of the recordings, especially when incorporating juxtacellular labeling or high-density electrode arrays. Despite these challenges, we believe the current sample provides valuable insights into the relationship between dendritic orientation and firing rate modulation under tDCS. The significant statistical correlation suggests that the observed trend is robust, even with the existing sample size. Additionally, the different experimental approaches used in this study—single-unit extracellular recordings in different regions of the cerebellum in both awake and anesthetized animals, juxtacellular recordings and labeling, and high-density multi-unit recordings—provide a robust and comprehensive view of the results. Each technique offers complementary insights, strengthening our conclusions and ensuring that the observed patterns are not the result of one specific method or condition. Future studies could aim to expand on these findings, but we are confident that the results presented here contribute meaningfully to our understanding of how dendritic orientation influences neuronal responses to tDCS.

      (22) The authors, rightly so, address the potential impact of plasticity in the discussion. Here, the authors may want to cite other studies that have directly addressed this question: E.g., Das et al., 2017 (Frontiers Neuroscience, 11:444; doi: 10.3389/fnins.2017.00444) and van der Vliet et al., 2018 (Brain Stimul, 11(4):759-771; doi: 10.1016/j.brs.2018.04.009).

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to include additional studies addressing the impact of plasticity on the effects of cerebellar tDCS. In response, we have added a new sentence in the discussion section that cites both Das et al. (2017) and van der Vliet et al. (2018), highlighting the importance of synaptic plasticity in the effects of tDCS. 

      “These findings are consistent with previous work suggesting that synaptic plasticity is crucial for the effects of tDCS, as demonstrated by the importance of PC plasticity in behavioral outcomes(51) and the role of BDNF-mediated plasticity in motor learning(52).”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In the introduction, it would be beneficial to provide additional context regarding the influence of neuronal orientation on modulation shown from in-vitro studies. In addition, some explanation of the uniformity/non-uniformity of the electrical field would help. From here, the authors should provide their specific hypotheses for these experiments.

      We thank the Reviewer #2 for this insightful comment. In response, we have expanded the introduction to provide a clearer context regarding the influence of neuronal orientation on the effects of tDCS. Therefore, we have added two new paragraphs in the Introduction to address these points.

      “For neurons whose somatodendritic axis is aligned with the electric field, the field induces a pronounced somatic polarization. In the case of anodal stimulation, where the positive electrode is positioned near the dendrites and the soma is oriented away, positively charged ions accumulate near the soma, leading to depolarization and increased excitability, thus facilitating action potential generation. Conversely, neurons whose orientation opposes the field, such as when the soma is closer to the positive electrode and the dendrites face away, experience hyperpolarization, reducing excitability. Lastly, neurons oriented perpendicular to the electric field would exhibit minimal somatic polarization, as the field does not induce significant redistribution of charges along the somatodendritic axis.”

      Additionally, we have now clarified our a priori hypothesis regarding neuronal orientation and its expected influence on tDCS efficacy.

      “We hypothesized that the orientation of PCs relative to the electric field would influence the effects of tDCS on neural activity. In the Vermis, PCs oriented parallel to the field are expected to exhibit stronger effects due to greater somatic polarization, leading to depolarization or hyperpolarization depending on the orientation of the somatodendritic axis. Conversely, PCs in Crus I/II, which are oriented obliquely to the field, are expected to exhibit intermediate effects, as the oblique alignment reduces the strength of polarization compared to parallel alignment.”

      Justification of the stimulation parameters used (i.e., intensity and pattern) should be included in the Methods.

      The time of stimulation was chosen of only a few seconds to avoid confounding effects of plasticity, which is known to require several minutes of tDCS administration. Regarding the intensities, we refer to previous studies from our lab, using the exact same methodology, where we find that 100, 200 and 300 µA were ideal to obtain reliable and robust results in neuronal modulation, while keeping animal awareness of the stimulation at a minimum level. We also added the clarification to the main text.

      Please also justify the use of tACS rather than tDCS in the first experiment.

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s assessment of the differences between tDCS and tACS. We will clarify this distinction. We chose tACS for measuring electric field strength for two main reasons:

      • Amplifier Limitations: The amplifiers commonly used in electrophysiology are designed to filter out low-frequency components, including direct current (DC) signals, using a highpass filter. This is due to the fact that the neuronal signals of interest, such as action potentials, typically occur at higher frequencies (several Hz to kHz). Consequently, any DC signal applied is filtered out from the recordings, preventing us from measuring changes in voltage effectively.

      • Impedance Changes: DC stimulation can alter the impedance of electrodes and surrounding tissue over time. To mitigate this effect and maintain stable recordings, it is advantageous to frequently alternate the polarity and intensity of the stimulation.

      This next text has been included in the 'Transcranial Electrical Stimulation' section of the 'Materials and Methods' part of the manuscript:

      “We selected tACS to measure electric field strength due to two main reasons: (1) amplifiers used in electrophysiology filter out low-frequency signals like DC, making voltage changes from tDCS undetectable, and (2) DC stimulation can alter electrode and tissue impedance over time, whereas alternating the polarity in tACS helps maintain stable recordings.”

      It is important to note that our aim with tACS is to provide an approximation of current propagation through the tissue, rather than to exactly replicate the baseline conditions encountered during continuous tDCS stimulation.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) A suggestion would be to highlight which of the data points in Figure 2g are the neurons they show as representative in Figure 2e-f. This would give the reader insights into how a standard neuron would behave/how representative these neurons are.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment and, in response, we have highlighted the two exemplary neurons from Figures 2e-f in Figure 2g to provide better insight into how these representative neurons behave in the context of the overall data. This will help the reader understand how typical these neurons are in relation to the broader dataset. Additionally, we have applied the same approach to Figure 3, highlighting the representative neurons for further clarity.

      (2) It would also be interesting to add figures to the supplementary materials that show the waveforms of non-PC neurons during anodal and cathodal tDCS, as done for PC neurons in the supplementary materials (as stated at the bottom of page 14, the authors chose to mention but not show these).

      We understand the reviewer’s interest in visualizing the waveforms of non-Purkinje neurons during anodal and cathodal tDCS. To address this, we have carefully examined the waveforms of both non-Purkinje neurons under these conditions. However, given the absence of notable changes in their waveforms, we believe that this data does not have sufficient standalone significance to justify the inclusion of a new figure. We are, of course, happy to provide this data upon request or to incorporate it into the supplementary materials if deemed necessary.

      Author response image 7.

      Superimposed averaged SS waveforms under control (black), anodal (red) and cathodal (blue) tDCS from the example neurons shown in panels A and B in Fig. 3.

      (3) In Figure 5d, there is a significant aftereffect of the stimulation on the Purkinje cell firing rate - do the authors have an idea why this occurred?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s observation, as it highlights an interesting phenomenon that we have not been able to fully explain. We observed this aftereffect in many of the recorded neurons, and intriguingly, it often occurred in the opposite direction to the modulation seen during tDCS. We addressed a potential explanation for this in the discussion section:

      ‘Nonetheless, we cannot rule out the possibility of indirect synaptic effects. Indeed, the electric field gradient imposed by tDCS could indirectly modulate a specific neuron firing rate by increasing (or decreasing) its pre-synaptic activity, i.e. by modulating the firing rate of other neurons that synapse onto it. Indeed, these synaptic changes could explain the rebound effect observed after tDCS termination. The synapses involved in the modulation of firing rate may undergo a short-term plasticity process(47–50), which can continue to affect the firing rate even after the external currents have been turned off and no polarization is exerted on the neuron. These findings are consistent with previous work suggesting that synaptic plasticity is crucial for the effects of tDCS, as demonstrated by the importance of PC plasticity in behavioral outcomes(51) and the role of BDNF-mediated plasticity in motor learning(52).’

      This explanation highlights the potential role of synaptic plasticity and the indirect modulation of neuronal networks, but further investigation would be required to fully understand the mechanisms underlying this aftereffect.

      (4) I'm having trouble understanding the reference electrode positioning from schematics 1a & 1b: The text and 1a suggest that the reference electrode was positioned on the back of the mouse, outside of the brain. But Figure 1b looks as if the reference electrode was on the mouse cerebral cortex. Could the authors adapt schematic 1b to clarify the reference location or add this information to the legend?

      We agree that the figure showing two different reference electrodes was confusing, and we have now modified it to better clarify the distinction between the recording reference electrode and the stimulation reference electrode. Additionally, we have specified in Figures 1A and 1B whether the reference pertains to the transcranial alternating stimulation or to the electrophysiological recording.

      (9) In the discussion, (page 22) the authors highlight the importance of axodendritic orientation, but they analyze only somatodendritic orientation. Are the two so similar that they can be used synonymously? This would be good to clarify.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s clarification and fully agree. While Purkinje cells (PCs) do indeed have a highly polarized morphology, with the axon generally oriented in the opposite direction to the main dendrites, this is not always the case, especially for other types of neurons. Therefore, our results strictly refer to the somatodendritic axis, as this is the one we can most clearly observe through our juxtacellular labeling. In response, we have changed all instances where the term 'axodendritic' appeared in the text to 'somatodendritic' for accuracy.

      (10) It would be helpful to clarify that Supplementary Figure 3b and 3e are the same as Figures 4 c and 4d, respectively. This was confusing to me.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback and have now modified the caption of Supplementary Figure 3 to indicate that Supplementary Figures 3b and 3e correspond to Figures 4c and 4d, respectively. This should help clarify any confusion.

      (11) Typo: 'consisting in' ◊ consisting of

      We thank the reviewer for their clarification. The typo has been corrected to 'consisting of'.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In the study "Re-focusing visual working memory during expected and unexpected memory tests" by Sisi Wang and Freek van Ede, the authors investigate the dynamics of attentional re-orienting within visual working memory (VWM). Utilizing a robust combination of behavioral measures, electroencephalography (EEG), and eye tracking, the research presents a compelling exploration of how attention is redirected within VWM under varying conditions. The research question addresses a significant gap in our understanding of cognitive processes, particularly how expected and unexpected memory tests influence the focus and re-focus of attention. The experimental design is meticulously crafted, enabling a thorough investigation of these dynamics. The figures presented are clear and effectively illustrate the findings, while the writing is concise and accessible, making the complex concepts understandable. Overall, this study provides valuable insights into the mechanisms of visual working memory and attentional re-orienting, contributing meaningfully to the field of cognitive neuroscience. Despite the strengths of the manuscript, there are several areas where improvements could be made.

      We thank the reviewer for this summary and positive appraisal of our study and our findings. In addition, we are of course grateful for the excellent suggestions for improvements that we have embraced to further strengthen our article. 

      Microsaccades or Saccades?

      In the manuscript, the terms "microsaccades" and "saccades" are used interchangeably. For instance, "microsaccades" are mentioned in the keywords, whereas "saccades" appear in the results section. It is crucial to differentiate between these two concepts. Saccades are large, often deliberate eye movements used for scanning and shifting attention, while microsaccades are small, involuntary movements that maintain visual perception during fixation. The authors note the connection between microsaccades and attention, but it is not well-recognized that saccades are directly linked to attention. Despite the paradigm involving a fixation point, it remains unclear whether large eye movements (saccades) were removed from the analysis. The authors mention the relationship between microsaccades and attention but do not clarify whether large eye movements (saccades) were excluded from the analysis. If large eye movements were removed during data processing, this should be documented in the manuscript, including clear definitions of "microsaccades" and "saccades." If such trials were not removed, the contribution of large eye movements to the results should be shown, and an explanation provided as to why they should be considered.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this relevant point. Before turning to this relevant distinction, we first wish to clarify how, for our main aim of tracking the dynamics of ‘re-orienting in working memory’, any spatial modulation in gaze – be it driven by micro- or macro-saccades – suits this purpose. Having made this explicit, we also fully agree that disambiguating the nature of the saccade bias during internal focusing has additional value.

      Because it is notoriously challenging (or at least inherently arbitrary) to draw an absolute fixed boundary between macro- and microsaccades, we instead decided to adopt a two-stage approach to our analysis (building on prior studies from our lab, e.g., de Vries et al., 2023; Liu et al., 2023; Liu et al., 2022). In the first step, we analysed spatial biases in all detected saccades no matter their size (hence our labelling of them as “saccades” when describing these analyses). In a second step, we decomposed and visualized the saccade-rate effect as a function of saccade size in degrees. This second stage directly exposed the ‘nature’ of the saccade bias, as we visualized in Figure 2c (with time on the x axis, saccade size on the y axis, and the spatial modulation color coded). Because these visualizations directly address this major comment, we have now made these key set of results much clearer in our work (we agree that our original visualization of this key aspect of our data was suboptimal). In addition, we have added similar plot for the saccade data in the test-phase in Supplementary Figure S2b.

      These complementary analyses show how the saccade bias (more toward than away saccades) is indeed predominantly driven by small saccades (hence are labelling as “micro-saccades” when interpreting our findings), and less so by larger saccades associated with looking back all the way to the location where the memory item had been presented at encoding (positioned at 6 degrees). This is important as it helps to arbitrate between fixational/micro-saccadic eye-movement biases (previously associated with covert and internal attention shifts; cf. de Vries et al., 2023; Engbert and Kliegl, 2003; Hafed and Clark, 2002; Liu et al., 2023; Liu et al., 2022) vs. larger eye movements back to the original locations of the item (previously associated with ‘looking at nothing’ during memory retrieval and imagery; cf. Brandt and Stark, 1997; Ferreira et al., 2008; Johansson and Johansson, 2014; Laeng et al., 2014; Martarelli and Mast, 2013; Spivey and Geng, 2001). By adopting this visualization, we can show this while preserving the richness of our data, and without having to a-priori set an (inherently arbitrary) threshold for classifying saccades as either “macro” or “micro”.

      Having explained our rationale, we nevertheless agree with the reviewer that it is worth showing how our time course results hold up when only considering fixational eye movements below 2 visual degrees, which we consider “fixational” provided that our memory stimuli at encoding were presented at 6 visual degrees from central fixation. We show this in Supplementary Figure S1. As can be seen below, our main saccade bias results stay almost the same when restricting our analyses exclusively to fixational saccades within 2 degrees, both when considering our data after the retrocue (Supplementary Figure S1a) as well as after the memory test (Supplementary Figure S1b).

      Because we agree this is important complementary data, we have now added this as supplementary figures. In addition, we have added the results to our article. We also point to these additional corroborating findings at key instances in our article:  

      Page 5 (Results)

      “As in prior studies from our lab with similar experimental set-ups, internal attentional focusing was predominantly driven by fixational micro-saccades (small, involuntary eye-movements around current fixation). To reveal this in the current study, we decomposed and visualized the observed saccade-rate effect as a function of saccade size (Figure 2c), following the same procedure as we have adopted in other recent studies on this bias (de Vries et al., 2023; Liu et al., 2023; Liu et al., 2022). As shown in the saccade-size-over-time plots in Figure 2c, also in the current study, the difference between toward and away saccades (with red colours denoting more toward saccades) was predominantly driven by fixational saccades in the micro-saccades range (< 2°).”

      “Moreover, as shown in Supplementary Figure S1a, complementary analyses show that our time course (saccade bias) results hold even when exclusively considering eye movements below 2 visual degrees that we defined as “fixational” provided that the memory items were presented 6 visual degrees from the fixation during encoding. This further corroborates that the bias observed during internal attentional focusing was predominantly driven by fixational micro-saccades rather than looking back to the encoded location of the memory items (cf. Johansson and Johansson, 2014; Richardson and Spivey, 2000; Spivey and Geng, 2001; Wynn et al., 2019).”

      Page 7 (Results):

      “As shown in the corresponding saccade-size-over-time plots in Supplementary Figure S2b, consistent with what we observed following the cue, the difference between toward and away saccades following the test was again predominantly driven by saccades in the fixational microsaccade range (< 2°), and the time course (saccade bias) results hold even when exclusively considering fixational eye movements below 2 visual degrees (Supplementary Figure S1b). Thus, just like mnemonic focusing after the cue, re-orienting after the memory test was also predominantly reflected in fixational micro-saccades, and not looking back at the original location of the memory items that were encoded at 6 degrees away from central fixation.”

      Alpha Lateralization in Attentional Re-orienting

      In the attentional orienting section of the results (Figure 2), the authors effectively present EEG alpha lateralization results with time-frequency plots and topographic maps. However, in the attentional reorienting section (Figure 3), these visualizations are absent. It is important to note that the time period in attentional orienting differs from attentional re-orienting, and consequently, the time-frequency plots and topographic maps may also differ. Therefore, it may be invalid to compute alpha lateralization without a clear alpha activity difference. The authors should consider including timefrequency plots and topographic maps for the attentional re-orienting period to validate their findings.

      We thank the reviewer also for this constructive suggestion. The reason we did not expand on the time-frequency maps and topographies at the test-stage was the relative lack of alpha effects at the test stage (compared to the clearer alpha modulations after the retrocue). Nevertheless, we agree that including these data will increase transparency and the comprehensiveness of our article. We now added time-frequency plots and topographic maps for alpha lateralization in response to the workingmemory test in Supplementary Figure S2. As can be seen, the time-frequency plots and topographies in the re-focusing period after the working-memory test were consistent with our time-series plots in Figure 3a – reinforcing how alpha lateralization is generally not clear following the working-memory test. In accordance with this relevant addition, we added the following in the revised manuscript:

      Page 7 (Results):

      “For complementary time-frequency and topographical visualizations, see Supplementary Figure S2a.”

      Onset and Offset Latency of Saccade Bias

      The use of the 50% peak to determine the onset and offset latency of the saccade bias is problematic. For example, if one condition has a higher peak amplitude than another, the standard for saccade bias onset would be higher, making the observed differences between the onset/offset latencies potentially driven by amplitude rather than the latencies themselves. The authors should consider a more robust method for determining saccade bias onset and offset that accounts for these amplitude differences.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this valuable point. We agree that the calculation of onset and offset latencies of the saccade bias could be influenced by the peak amplitude of the waveforms. Thus, we further conducted the Fractional Area Latency (FAL) analysis on the comparison of the saccade bias following the working-memory test between valid cue (expected test) and invalid cue (unexpected test) trials. The FAL analysis has been commonly applied to Event-Related Potentials (ERPs) to estimate the latency of ERP components (Hansen and Hillyard, 1980; Luck, 2005). Instead of relying on the peak latency, the FAL method calculates latency based on a predefined fraction of the area under the waveform. This can provide a more robust measure of component latency. Prompted by this comment, we now also applied FAL analysis to our saccade bias waveforms. This corroborated our original conclusion. Because we believe this is an important complement, we now added these additional outcomes to our article: 

      Page 9 (Results): 

      “We additionally conducted Fractional Area Latency (FAL) analysis on the comparison of the saccade bias following the memory test between valid- and invalid-cue trials to rule out the potential contribution of peak amplitude differences into the onset and offset latency differences (Hansen and Hillyard, 1980; Kiesel et al., 2008; Luck, 2005). Consistent with our jackknife-based latency analysis, the FAL analysis revealed a significantly prolonged saccade bias following the unexpected tests (the invalid-cue trials) vs. expected tests (the valid-cue trials) in both 80% and 60% cue-reliability conditions (411 ms vs. 463 ms, t<sub>(14)</sub> = 2.358, p = 0.034; 417 ms vs. 468 ms, t<sub>(15)</sub> = 2.168, p = 0.047; for 80% and 60%, respectively). Again, there was no significant difference in onset latency following unexpected vs. expected tests. (346 ms vs. 374 ms, t<sub>(14)</sub> = 2.052, p = 0.060; 353 ms vs. 401 ms, t<sub>(15)</sub> = 1.577, p = 0.136; for 80% and 60%, respectively).”

      In accordance, we also added the following to our Methods:

      Page 18 (Methods): 

      “In addition to the jackknife-based latency analysis, we further applied a Fractional Area Latency (FAL) method to the saccade bias comparison between validly and invalidly cued memory tests to rule out the contribution of the peak amplitude difference into the onset and offset latency difference (Hansen and Hillyard, 1980; Kiesel et al., 2008; Luck, 2005). We first defined the onset and offset latency of the saccade bias as the first time point at which 25% or 75% of the total area of the component has been reached, relative to a lower boundary of a difference of 0.3 Hz between toward and away saccades (to remove the influence of noise fluctuations in our difference time course below this lower boundary). The extracted onset and offset latency for all participants was then compared using paired-samples t-tests.”

      Control Analysis for Trials Not Using the Initial Cue

      The control analysis for trials where participants did not use the initial cue raises several questions:

      (1) The authors claim that "unlike continuous alpha activity, saccades are events that can be classified on a single-trial level." However, alpha activity can also be analyzed at the single-trial level, as demonstrated by studies like "Alpha Oscillations in the Human Brain Implement Distractor Suppression Independent of Target Selection" by Wöstmann et al. (2019). If single-trial alpha activity can be used, it should be included in additional control analyses.

      We agree with the reviewer that alpha activity can also be analyzed at the single-trial level. However, because alpha is a continuous signal, single-trial alpha activity will necessarily be graded (trials with more or less alpha power). This is still different from saccades, that are not continuous signals but true ‘events’ (either a saccade was made, or no saccade was made, with no continuum in between). Because of this unique property, it is possible to sort trials by whether a saccade was present (and, if present, by its direction), in an all-or-none way that is not possible for alpha activity that can only be sorted by its graded amplitude/power. This is the key distinction underlying our motivation to sort the trials based on saccades, as we now make clearer: 

      Page 10 (Results): 

      “Although alpha can also be analyzed as the single trial level (e.g. Macdonald et al., 2011; Wöstmann et al., 2019; for a review, see Kosciessa et al., 2020), saccades offer the unique opportunity to split trials not by graded amplitude fluctuations but by discrete all-or-none events.” 

      In addition, please note how our saccade markers were also more reliable/sensitive, especially in the subsequent memory-test-phase of interest. This is another reason we decided to focus this control analysis on saccades and not alpha activity. 

      (2) The authors aimed to test whether the re-orienting signal observed after the test is not driven exclusively by trials where participants did not use the initial cue. They hypothesized that "in such a scenario, we should only observe attention deployment after the test stimulus in trials in which participants did not use the preceding retro cue." However, if the saccade bias is the index for attentional deployment, the authors should conduct a statistical test for significant saccade bias rather than only comparing toward-saccade after-cue trials with no-toward-saccade after-cue trials. The null results between the two conditions do not immediately suggest that there is attention deployment in both conditions.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing up this important point. We fully agree and, in fact, we had conducted the relevant statistical analysis for each of the conditions separately (in addition to their comparison). Upon reflection, we came to realize that in our original submission it was easy to overlook this point, and therefore thank the reviewer for flagging this. To make this clearer, we now also added the relevant statistical clusters in Figure 4a,b and more clearly report them in the associated text: 

      Page 10 (Results):

      “As we show in Figure 4a,b, we found clear gaze signatures of attentional deployment in response to expected (valid) memory tests, no matter whether we had pre-selected trials in which we had also seen such deployment after the cue in gaze (cluster P: 0.115, 0.041, 0.027, <0.001 for 80%-valid, 60%-valid, 80%-invalid, 60%-invalid trials, respectively), or not (cluster P: 0.016, 0.009, 0.001, <0.001 for 80%-valid, 60%-valid, 80%-invalid, 60%-invalid trials, respectively).”

      (3) Even if attention deployment occurs in both conditions, the prolonged re-orienting effect could also be caused by trials where participants did not use the initial cue. Unexpected trials usually involve larger and longer brain activity. The authors should perform the same analysis on the time after the removal of trials without toward-saccade after the cue to address this potential confound.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this. It is crucial to point out, however, that after any given 80% or 60% reliable cue, the participants cannot yet know whether the subsequent memory test in that trial will be expected (valid cue) or unexpected (invalid cue). Accordingly, the prolonged re-orienting after unexpected vs. expected memory tests cannot be explained by differential use of the cue (i.e., differential cue-use cannot be a “confound” for differential responses to expected and unexpected memory tests, as observed within the 80 and 60% cue-reliability conditions). 

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study utilized EEG-alpha activity and saccade bias to quantify the spatial allocation of attention during a working memory task. The findings indicate a second stage of internal attentional deployment following the appearance of a memory test, revealing distinct patterns between expected and unexpected test trials. The spatial bias observed during the expected test suggests a memory verification process, whereas the prolonged spatial bias during the unexpected test suggests a reorienting response to the memory test. This work offers novel insights into the dynamics of attentional deployment, particularly in terms of orienting and re-orienting following both the cue and memory test.

      Strengths:

      The inclusion of both EEG-alpha activity and saccade bias yields consistent results in quantifying the attentional orienting and re-orienting processes. The data clearly delineate the dynamics of spatial attentional shifts in working memory. The findings of a second stage of attentional re-orienting may enhance our understanding of how memorized information is retrieved.

      Weaknesses:

      Although analyses of neural signatures and saccade bias provided clear evidence regarding the dynamics of spatial attention, the link between these signatures and behavioral performance remains unclear. Given the novelty of this study in proposing a second stage of 'verification' of memory contents, it would be more informative to present evidence demonstrating how this verification process enhances memory performance.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive summary of our work and for highlighting key strengths. We also appreciate the constructive suggestions, such as addressing the link between our observed refocusing signals and behavioral performance in our task. We now performed these additional analyses and added their outcomes to the revised article, as we detail in response to comment 2 below.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Figure 2 shows graded spatial modulations in both EEG-alpha activity and saccade bias. However, while the imperative 100% cue conditions and 100% validity conditions largely overlap in EEG-alpha activity, a clear difference is present between these two conditions in saccade bias. The cause of the difference in saccade bias is unclear.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this interesting difference. At this stage, it is hard to know with certainty whether this reflects a genuine difference in our 100% reliable and 100% imperative cue conditions that is selectively picked up by our gaze but not alpha marker. Alternatively, this may reflect differential sensitivity of our two markers to different sources of noise. Either way, we agree that this observation is worth calling out and reflecting on when discussing these results: 

      Page 6 (Results):  

      “It’s worth noting that while alpha lateralization shows very comparable amplitudes in the imperative-100% and 100% conditions, the saccade bias was larger following imperative-100% vs. 100% reliable cues. This may reflect a difference between these two cueing conditions that is selectively picked up by our gaze marker (though it may also reflect differential sensitivity of our two markers to different sources of noise). […]”

      (2) Figure 3 shows signatures of attentional re-orienting after the memory test presented at the center. When the cue was not 100% valid, a noticeable saccade bias towards the memorized location of the test item was observed. This finding was explained as reflecting a re-orienting to the mnemonic contents. To strengthen this interpretation, I suggest providing evidence for the link between the attentional re-orienting signatures and memory performance.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive suggestion. We now sorted trials by behavioral performance using a median split on RT (fast-RT vs. slow-RT trials) and reproduction error (highaccuracy vs. low-accuracy trials).  Because we believe the outcomes of these analyses increase transparency as well as the comprehensiveness of our article, we have now included them as Supplementary Figure S3.

      As shown below, we were able to link the saccade bias following the memory test to subsequent performance, but this reached significance only for the 80% valid-cue trials when splitting by RT (cluster P = 0.001). For the other conditions, we could not establish a reliable difference by our performance splits. Possibly this is due to a lack of sensitivity, given the relatively large number of conditions we had and, consequently, the relatively small number of trials we therefore had per condition (particularly in the invalid-cue condition with unexpected memory tests). We now bring forward these additional outcomes at the relevant section in our Results: 

      Page 7 (Results):

      “We also sorted patterns of gaze bias after the memory test by performance but could only establish a link between this gaze bias and RT following expected memory tests in our 80% cuereliability condition (cluster P = 0.001, Supplementary Figure S3). The lack of significant statistical differences in the remaining conditions may possibly reflect a lack of sensitivity (insufficient trial numbers) for this additional analysis.”

      (3) When comparing the time course of attentional re-orienting after the memory test, a prolonged attentional re-orienting was observed for unexpected memory tests compared to the expected ones. While the onset latency was similar for unexpected and expected memory tests, the offset latency was prolonged for the unexpected memory test. Could this be attributed to the learned tendency to saccade toward the expected location in more valid trials? In this case, the prolonged re-orienting may indicate increased efforts in suppressing the previously learned tendency.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing up this interesting possibility. In our original interpretation, this prolonged signal reflects a longer time needed to bring the unexpected memory content ‘back in focus’ before being able to report its orientation. At the same time, we agree that there are alternative explanations possible, such as the one raised by the reviewer. We now make this clearer when discussing this finding: 

      Page 14 (Discussion): 

      “[…] attentional deployment did become prolonged when re-focusing the unexpected memory item, likely reflecting prolonged effort to extract the relevant information from the memory item that was not expected to be tested. However, there may also be alternative accounts for this observation, such as suppressing a learned tendency to saccade in the direction of the expected item following an unexpected memory test.”

      (4) To test whether the re-orienting signature is predominantly influenced by trials where participants delayed the use of cue information until the memory test appeared, the authors sorted the trials based on saccade bias after the initial cue. However, it would be more informative to depict the reorienting patterns by sorting trials based on memory performance. The rationale is that in trials where participants delayed using the initial retro-cue, memory performance (e.g., measured by reproduction error) might be less precise due to the extended memory retention period. Compared to saccade bias for initial orienting, memory performance could provide more reliable evidence as it represents a more independent measure.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. As delineated in response to comment 2, we now conducted this additional analysis and added the relevant outcomes to our article.  

      (5) While the number of trials was well-balanced across blocks (~ 240 trials), how did the authors address the imbalance between valid and invalid trials, especially in the 80% cue validity block?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point.  First, we wish to point out that while trial numbers will indeed impact the sensitivity for finding an effect, trial numbers do not bias the mean – and therefore also not the comparison between means. In this light, it is vital to appreciate that our findings do not reflect a significant effect in valid trials but no significant effect in invalid trials (which we agree could be due to a difference in trial numbers), but rather a statistical difference between valid and invalid trials. This significant difference in the means between valid and invalid true cannot be attributed to a difference in trial numbers between these conditions. 

      Having clarified this, we nevertheless agree that it is also worthwhile to empirically validate this assertion and show how our findings hold even when carefully matching the number of trials between valid and invalid conditions (i.e., between expected and unexpected memory tests). To do so, we ran a sub-sampling analysis where we sub-sampled the number of valid trials to match the number of invalid trials available per condition (and averaged the results across 1000 random sub-samplings to increase reliability). As anticipated, this replicated our findings of robust differences between the gaze bias following expected and unexpected memory tests in both our 80 and 60% cue-reliability conditions. We now present these additional outcomes in Supplementary Figure S4.

      Because we agree this is an important re-assuring control analysis, we have now added this to our article:

      Page 9 (Results):

      “To rule out the possibility that the saccade-bias differences following expected and unexpected memory tests are caused by uneven trial numbers (200 vs. 50 trials in the 80% cuereliability condition, 150 vs. 100 trials in the 60% cue-reliability condition), we ran a subsampling analysis where we sub-sampled the number of valid trials to match the number of invalid trials available per condition (averaging the results across 1000 random sub-samplings to increase reliability). As shown in Supplementary Figure S4, this complementary subsampling analysis confirmed that our observed differences between the saccade bias following expected and unexpected memory tests in both 80% and 60% cue-reliability conditions are robust even when carefully matching the number of trials between validly cued (expected) and invalidly cued (unexpected) memory test.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Wang and van Ede investigate whether and how attention re-orients within visual working memory following expected and unexpected centrally presented memory tests. Using a combination of spatial modulations in neural activity (EEG-alpha lateralization) and gaze bias quantified as time courses of microsaccade rate, the authors examined how retro cues with varying levels of reliability influence attentional deployment and subsequent memory performance. The conclusion is that attentional reorienting occurs within visual working memory, even when tested centrally, with distinct patterns following expected and unexpected tests. The findings provide new value for the field and are likely of broad interest and impact, by highlighting working memory as an action-bound process (in)dependent on (an ambiguous) past.

      Strengths:

      The study uniquely integrates behavioral data (accuracy and reaction time), EEG-alpha activity, and gaze tracking to provide a comprehensive analysis of attentional re-orienting within visual working memory. As typical for this research group, the validity of the findings follows from the task design that effectively manipulates the reliability of retro cues and isolates attentional processes related to memory tests. The use of well-established markers for spatial attention (i.e. alpha lateralization) and more recently entangled dependent variable (gaze bias) is commendable. Utilizing these dependent metrics, the concise report presents a thorough analysis of the scaling effects of cue reliability on attentional deployment, both at the behavioral and neural levels. The clear demonstration of prolonged attentional deployment following unexpected memory tests is particularly noteworthy, although there are no significant time clusters per definition as time isn't a factor in a statistical sense, the jackknife approach is convincing. Overall, the evidence is compelling allowing the conclusion of a second stage of internal attentional deployment following both expected and unexpected memory tests, highlighting the importance of memory verification and re-orienting processes.

      Weaknesses:

      I want to stress upfront that these weaknesses are not specific to the presented work and do not affect my recommendation of the paper in its present form.

      The sample size is consistent with previous studies, a larger sample could enhance the generalizability and robustness of the findings. The authors acknowledge high noise levels in EEG-alpha activity, which may affect the reliability of this marker. This is a general issue in non-invasive electrophysiology that cannot be handled by the authors but an interested reader should be aware of it. Effectively, the sensitivity of the gaze analysis appears "better" in part due to the better SNR. The latter also sets the boundaries for single-tiral analyses as the authors correctly mention. In terms of generalizability, I am convinced that the main outcome will likely generalize to different samples and stimulus types. Yet, as typical for the field future research could explore different contexts and task demands to validate and extend the findings. The authors provide here how and why (including sharing of data and code).

      We thank the reviewer for summarising our work and for carefully delineating its strengths. We also appreciate the mentioning of relevant generic limitations and agree that important avenues for future studies will be to expand this work with larger sample sizes, complementary measurement techniques, and complementary task contexts and stimuli.    

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In the conclusion, Wang and van Ede successfully demonstrate that attentional re-orienting occurs within visual working memory following both expected and unexpected tests. The conclusions are supported by the data and analyses applied, showing that attentional deployment is by the reliability of retro cues. Centrally presented memory tests can invoke either a verification or a revision of internal focus, the latter thus far not considered in both theory and experimental design in cognitive neuroscience.

      I don't have any recommendations that will significantly change the conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for having carefully evaluated our work and hope the reviewer will also perceive the changes we made and the additional analyses we added in responses to the other two reviewers as further strengthening our article.

      Reference

      Brandt SA, Stark LW. 1997. Spontaneous eye movements during visual imagery reflect the content of the visual scene. J Cogn Neurosci 9. doi:10.1162/jocn.1997.9.1.27

      de Vries E, Fejer G, van Ede F. 2023. No obligatory trade-off between the use of space and time for working memory. Communications Psychology.

      Engbert R, Kliegl R. 2003. Microsaccades uncover the orientation of covert attention. Vision Res 43. doi:10.1016/S0042-6989(03)00084-1

      Ferreira F, Apel J, Henderson JM. 2008. Taking a new look at looking at nothing. Trends Cogn Sci 12. doi:10.1016/j.tics.2008.07.007

      Hafed ZM, Clark JJ. 2002. Microsaccades as an overt measure of covert attention shifts. Vision Res 42. doi:10.1016/S0042-6989(02)00263-8

      Hansen JC, Hillyard SA. 1980. Endogeneous brain potentials associated with selective auditory attention. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 49. doi:10.1016/0013-4694(80)90222-9

      Johansson R, Johansson M. 2014. Look Here, Eye Movements Play a Functional Role in Memory Retrieval. Psychol Sci 25. doi:10.1177/0956797613498260

      Kiesel A, Miller J, Jolicœur P, Brisson B. 2008. Measurement of ERP latency differences: A comparison of single-participant and jackknife-based scoring methods. Psychophysiology 45. doi:10.1111/j.1469-8986.2007.00618.x

      Kosciessa JQ, Grandy TH, Garrett DD, Werkle-Bergner M. 2020. Single-trial characterization of neural rhythms: Potential and challenges. Neuroimage 206. doi:10.1016/j.neuroimage.2019.116331

      Laeng B, Bloem IM, D’Ascenzo S, Tommasi L. 2014. Scrutinizing visual images: The role of gaze in mental imagery and memory. Cognition 131. doi:10.1016/j.cognition.2014.01.003

      Liu B, Alexopoulou SZ, van Ede F. 2023. Jointly looking to the past and the future in visual working memory. Elife.

      Liu B, Nobre AC, van Ede F. 2022. Functional but not obligatory link between microsaccades and neural modulation by covert spatial attention. Nat Commun 13. doi:10.1038/s41467-022-312173

      Luck S. 2005. Ten Simple Rules for Deisgning ERP Experiments. Event-related potentials: A methods handbook.

      Macdonald JSP, Mathan S, Yeung N. 2011. Trial-by-trial variations in subjective attentional state are reflected in ongoing prestimulus EEG alpha oscillations. Front Psychol 2. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2011.00082

      Martarelli CS, Mast FW. 2013. Eye movements during long-term pictorial recall. Psychol Res 77. doi:10.1007/s00426-012-0439-7

      Richardson DC, Spivey MJ. 2000. Representation, space and Hollywood Squares: Looking at things that aren’t there anymore. Cognition 76. doi:10.1016/S0010-0277(00)00084-6

      Spivey MJ, Geng JJ. 2001. Oculomotor mechanisms activated by imagery and memory: Eye movements to absent objects. Psychol Res 65. doi:10.1007/s004260100059

      van Ede F, Chekroud SR, Nobre AC. 2019. Human gaze tracks attentional focusing in memorized visual space. Nat Hum Behav. doi:10.1038/s41562-019-0549-y

      Wöstmann M, Alavash M, Obleser J. 2019. Alpha oscillations in the human brain implement distractor suppression independent of target selection. Journal of Neuroscience 39. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1954-19.2019

      Wynn JS, Shen K, Ryan JD. 2019. Eye movements actively reinstate spatiotemporal mnemonic content. Vision (Switzerland) 3. doi:10.3390/vision3020021

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Li et al. investigates the metabolism-independent role of nuclear IDH1 in chromatin state reprogramming during erythropoiesis. The authors describe accumulation and redistribution of histone H3K79me3, and downregulation of SIRT1, as a cause for dyserythropoiesis observed due to IDH1 deficiency. The authors studied the consequences of IDH1 knockdown, and targeted knockout of nuclear IDH1, in normal human erythroid cells derived from hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells and HUDEP2 cells respectively. They further correlate some of the observations such as nuclear localization of IDH1 and aberrant localization of histone modifications in MDS and AML patient samples harboring IDH1 mutations. These observations are intriguing from a mechanistic perspective and they hold therapeutic significance, however there are major concerns that make the inferences presented in the manuscript less convincing.

      (1) The authors show the presence of nuclear IDH1 both by cell fractionation and IF, and employ an efficient strategy to knock out nuclear IDH1 (knockout IDH1/ Sg-IDH1 and rescue with the NES tagged IDH1/ Sg-NES-IDH1 that does not enter the nucleus) in HUDEP2 cells. However, some important controls are missing.

      A) In Figure 3C, for IDH1 staining, Sg-IDH1 knockout control is missing.

      Thanks for the reviewer’s suggestion. We have complemented the staining of Sg-IDH1 knockout cells, and made corresponding revision in Figure 3C in the revised manuscript.

      B) Wild-type IDH1 rescue control (ie., IDH1 without NES tag) is missing to gauge the maximum rescue that is possible with this system.

      Thanks for the reviewer’s suggestion. We have overexpressed wild-type IDH1 in the IDH1-deficient HUDEP2 cell line and detected the phenotype. The results are presented in Supplementary Figure 9 in the revised manuscript. As shown in Supplementary Figure 9A, IDH1 deficiency resulted in reduced cell number in HUDEP2 cells, a phenotype that was rescued by overexpression of wild-type IDH1 but not by NES-IDH1. Given IDH1's well-established role in redox homeostasis through catalyzing isocitrate to α-KG conversion, we hypothesized that both wild-type IDH1 and NES-IDH1 overexpression would significantly restore α-KG levels compared to the IDH1-deficient group. Supplementary Figure 9B demonstrates that IDH1 depletion resulted in a dramatic decrease in α-KG levels, whereas overexpression of either wild-type IDH1 or NES-IDH1 almost completely restored α-KG levels, as anticipated. These results suggest that wild-type IDH1 overexpression can restore metabolic regulatory functions as effectively as NES-IDH1 overexpression. To investigate whether apoptosis contributes to the impaired cell expansion caused by IDH1 deficiency, we performed Annexin V/PI staining to quantify apoptotic cells. As shown in Supplementary Figure 9C and D, flow cytometry analysis revealed no significant changes in apoptosis rates following either IDH1 depletion or ectopic expression of wild-type IDH1 or NES-IDH1 in IDH1 deficient HUDEP2 cells.

      Flow cytometric analysis demonstrated that IDH1 deficiency triggered S-phase accumulation at day 8, indicative of cell cycle arrest. Whereas ectopic expression of wild-type IDH1 significantly rescued this cell cycle defect, overexpression of NES-IDH1 failed to ameliorate the S-phase accumulation phenotype induced by IDH1 depletion, as presented in Supplementary Figure 9E and F. Although NES-IDH1 overexpression rescued metabolic regulatory function defect, it failed to alleviate the cell cycle arrest induced by IDH1 deficiency. In contrast, wild-type IDH1 overexpression fully restored normal cell cycle progression. This functional dichotomy demonstrates that nuclear-localized IDH1 executes critical roles distinct from its cytoplasmic counterpart, and overexpression of wild-type IDH1 could efficient restore the functional impairment induced by depletion of nuclear localized IDH1.

      (2) Considering the nuclear knockout of IDH1 (Sg-NES-IDH1 referenced in the previous point) is a key experimental system that the authors have employed to delineate non-metabolic functions of IDH1 in human erythropoiesis, some critical experiments are lacking to make convincing inferences.

      A) The authors rely on IF to show the nuclear deletion of Sg-NES-IDH1 HUDEP2 cells. As mentioned earlier since a knockout control is missing in IF experiments, a cellular fractionation experiment (similar to what is shown in Figure 2F) is required to convincingly show the nuclear deletion in these cells.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for raising this critical point. As suggested, we have performed additional IF experiments and cellular fractionation experiments to comprehensively address the subcellular localization of IDH1.

      The results of IF staining were shown in Figure 3C of the revised manuscript. In Control HUDEP2 cells, endogenous IDH1 was detected in both the cytoplasm and nucleus. This dual localization may reflect its dynamic roles in cytoplasmic metabolic processes and potential nuclear functions under specific conditions. In Sg-IDH1 cells (IDH1 knockout), IDH1 signal was undetectable, confirming efficient depletion of the protein. In Sg-NES-IDH1 cells (overexpressing NES-IDH1 in IDH1 deficient cells), IDH1 predominantly accumulated in the cytoplasm, consistent with the disruption of its nuclear export signal. The dual localization of IDH1 that was determined by IF staining experiment were then further confirmed by cellular fractionation assays, as shown in Figure 3D.

      B) Since the authors attribute nuclear localization to a lack of metabolic/enzymatic functions, it is important to show the status of ROS and alpha-KG in the Sg-NES-IDH1 in comparison to control, wild type rescue, and knockout HUDEP2 cells. The authors observe an increase of ROS and a decrease of alpha-KG upon IDH1 knockdown. If nuclear IDH1 is not involved in metabolic functions, is there only a minimal or no impact of the nuclear knockout of IDH1 on ROS and alpha-KG, in comparison to complete knockout? These studies are lacking.

      We appreciate the insightful suggestions of the reviewers and agree that the detection of ROS and alpha-KG is useful for the demonstration of the non-canonical function of IDH1. We examined alpha-KG concentrations in control, IDH1 knockout and nuclear IDH1 knockout HUDEP2 cell lines. The results showed a significant decrease in alpha-KG content after complete knockout of IDH1, whereas there was no significant change in nuclear knockout IDH1 (Supplementary Figure 9B). As to the detection of ROS level, the commercial ROS assay kits that we can get are detected using PE (Excitation: 565nm; Emission: 575nm) and FITC (Excitation: 488nm; Emission: 518nm) channels in flow cytometry. We constructed HUDEP2 cell lines of Sg-IDH1 and Sg-NES-IDH1 to express green fluorescent protein (Excitation: 488nm; Emission: 507nm) and Kusabira Orange fluorescent protein (Excitation: 500nm; Emission: 561nm) by themselves. Unfortunately, due to the spectral overlap of the fluorescence channels, we were unable to detect the changes in ROS levels in these HUDEP2 cell lines using the available commercial kit.

      (3) The authors report abnormal nuclear phenotype in IDH1 deficient erythroid cells. It is not clear what parameters are used here to define and quantify abnormal nuclei. Based on the cytospins (eg., Figure 1A, 3D) many multinucleated cells are seen in both shIDH1 and Sg-NES-IDH1 erythroid cells, compared to control cells. Importantly, this phenotype and enucleation defects are not rescued by the administration of alpha-KG (Figures 1E, F). The authors study these nuclei with electron microscopy and report increased euchromatin in Figure 4B. However, there is no discussion or quantification of polyploidy/multinucleation in the IDH1 deficient cells, despite their increased presence in the cytospins.

      A) PI staining followed by cell cycle FACS will be helpful in gauging the extent of polyploidy in IDH1 deficient cells and could add to the discussions of the defects related to abnormal nuclei.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful suggestion. Since PI dye is detected using the PE channel (Excitation: 565nm; Emission: 575nm) of the flow cytometer and the HUDEP2 cell line expresses Kusabira orange fluorescent protein (Excitation: 500nm; Emission: 561nm), we were unable to use PI staining to detect the cell cycle. Edu staining is another commonly used method to determine cell cycle progression, and we performed Edu staining followed by flow cytometry analysis on Control, Sg-IDH1 and Sg-NES-IDH1 HUDEP2 cells, respectively. The results showed that complete knockdown of IDH1 resulted in S-phase block and increased polyploidy in HUDEP2 cells on day 8 of erythroid differentiation, and overexpression of IDH1-NES did not reverse this phenotype (Supplemental Figure 9E-F). Moreover, we have added a discussion of abnormal nuclei being associated with impaired erythropoiesis.

      B) For electron microscopy quantification in Figures 4B and C, how the quantification was done and the labelling of the y-axis (% of euchromatin and heterochromatin) in Figure 4 C is not clear and is confusingly presented. The details on how the quantification was done and a clear label (y-axis in Figure 4C) for the quantification are needed.

      Thanks for the reviewer's suggestion. In this study, we calculated the area of nuclear, heterochromatin and euchromatin by using Image J software. We addressed the quantification strategy in the section of Supplementary methods of the revised Supplementary file. In addition, the y-axis label in Figure 4C was changed to “the area percentage of euchromatin and heterochromatin’’.

      C) As mentioned earlier, what parameters were used to define and quantify abnormal nuclei (e.g. Figure 1A) needs to be discussed clearly. The red arrows in Figure 1A all point to bi/multinucleated cells. If this is the case, this needs to be made clear.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. In our present study, nuclear malformations were defined as cells exhibiting binucleation or multinucleation based on cytospin analysis. A minimum of 300 cells per group were evaluated, and the proportion of aberrant nuclei was calculated as (number of abnormal cells / total counted cells) × 100%.

      (4) The authors mention that their previous study (reference #22) showed that ROS scavengers did not rescue dyseythropoiesis in shIDH1 cells. However, in this referenced study they did report that vitamin C, a ROS scavenger, partially rescued enucleation in IDH1 deficient cells and completely suppressed abnormal nuclei in both control and IDH1 deficient cells, in addition to restoring redox homeostasis by scavenging reactive oxygen species in shIDH1 erythroid cells. In the current study, the authors used ROS scavengers GSH and NAC in shIDH1 erythroid cells and showed that they do not rescue abnormal nuclei phenotype and enucleation defects. The differences between the results in their previous study with vitamin C vs GSH and NAC in the context of IDH1 deficiency need to be discussed.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful observation. The apparent discrepancy between the effects of vitamin C (VC) in our previous study and glutathione (GSH)/N-acetylcysteine (NAC) in the current work can be attributed to divergent molecular mechanisms beyond ROS scavenging. A growing body of evidence has identified vitamin C as a multifunctional regulator. In addition to acting as an antioxidant maintaining redox homeostasis, VC also acts as a critical epigenetic modulator. VC have been identified as a cofactor for α-ketoglutarate (α-KG)-dependent dioxygenases, including TET2, which catalyzes 5-methylcytosine (5mC) oxidation to 5-hydroxymethylcytosine (5hmC) [1,2]. Structural studies confirm its direct interaction with TET2’s catalytic domain to enhance enzymatic activity in vitro [3]. The biological significance of the epigenetic modulation induced by vitamin C is illustrated by its ability to improve the generation of induced pluripotent stem cells and to induce a blastocyst-like state in mouse embryonic stem cells by promoting demethylation of H3K9 and 5mC, respectively [4,5]. In contrast, GSH and NAC are canonical ROS scavengers lacking intrinsic epigenetic-modifying activity. While they effectively neutralize oxidative stress (as validated by reduced ROS levels in our current data, Supplemental Figure 7), their inability to rescue nuclear abnormalities or enucleation defects in IDH1 deficient cells suggests that IDH1 deficiency-driven dyserythropoiesis is not solely ROS-dependent.

      References:

      (1) Blaschke K, Ebata KT, Karimi MM, Zepeda-Martínez JA, Goyal P, et al. Vitamin C induces Tet-dependent DNA demethylation and a blastocyst-like state in ES cells. Nature. 20138;500(7461): 222-226.

      (2) Minor EA, Court BL, Young JI, Wang G. Ascorbate induces ten-eleven translocation (Tet) methylcytosine dioxygenase-mediated generation of 5-hydroxymethylcytosine. J Biol Chem. 2013;288(19): 13669-13674.

      (3) Yin R, Mao S, Zhao B, Chong Z, Yang Y, et al. Ascorbic acid enhances Tet-mediated 5-methylcytosine oxidation and promotes DNA demethylation in mammals. J Am Chem Soc. 2013;135(28):10396-10403.

      (4) Esteban MA, Wang T, Qin B, Yang J, Qin D, et al. Vitamin C enhances the generation of mouse and human induced pluripotent stem cells. Cell Stem Cell. 2010;6(1):71-79.

      (5) Chung T, Brena RM, Kolle G, Grimmond SM, Berman BP, et al. Vitamin C promotes widespread yet specific DNA demethylation of the epigenome in human embryonic stem cells. Stem Cells. 2010;28(10):1848-1855.

      (5) The authors describe an increase in euchromatin as the consequential abnormal nuclei phenotype in shIDH1 erythroid cells. However, in their RNA-seq, they observe an almost equal number of genes that are up and down-regulated in shIDH1 cells compared to control cells. If possible, an RNA-Seq in nuclear knockout Sg-NES-IDH1 erythroid cells in comparison with knockout and wild-type cells will be helpful to tease out whether a specific absence of IDH1 in the nucleus (ie., lack of metabolic functions of IDH) impacts gene expression differently.

      Thanks for the reviewer's suggestion. ATAC-seq showed an increase in chromatin accessibility after IDH1 deletion, but the number of up-regulated genes was slightly larger than that of down-regulated genes, which may be caused by the metabolic changes affected by IDH1 deletion. In order to explore the effect of chromatin accessibility changes on gene expression after IDH1 deletion, we analyzed the changes in differential gene expression at the differential ATAC peak region (as shown in Author response image 1), and the results showed that the gene expression at the ATAC peak region with increased chromatin accessibility was significantly up-regulated. This may explain the regulation of chromatin accessibility on gene expression.

      Author response image 1.

      Box plots of gene expression differences of differential ATAC peaks located in promoter for the signal increasing and decreasing groups.

      (6) In Figure 8, the authors show data related to SIRT1's role in mediating non-metabolic, chromatin-associated functions of IDH1.

      A) The authors show that SIRT1 inhibition leads to a rescue of enucleation and abnormal nuclei. However, whether this rescues the progression through the late stages of terminal differentiation and the euchromatin/heterochromatin ratio is not clear.

      Thanks for the reviewer's suggestion. As shown in Supplementary Figure 14 and 15 in the revised Supplementary Data, our data showed that both the treatment of SRT1720 on normal erythroid cells and treatment of IDH1-deficient erythroid cells with SIRT1 inhibitor both have no effect on the terminal differentiation.

      (7) In Figure 4 and Supplemental Figure 8, the authors show the accumulation and altered cellular localization of H3K79me3, H3K9me3, and H3K27me2, and the lack of accumulation of other three histone modifications they tested (H3K4me3, H3K35me4, and H3K36me2) in shIDH1 cells. They also show the accumulation and altered localization of the specific histone marks in Sg-NES-IDH1 HUDEP2 cells.

      A) To aid better comparison of these histone modifications, it will be helpful to show the cell fractionation data of the three histone modifications that did not accumulate (H3K4me3, H3K35me4, and H3K36me2), similar to what was shown in Figure 4E for H3K79me3, H3K9me3, and H3K27me2).

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful suggestion. We collected erythroblasts on day 15 of differentiation from cord blood-derived CD34<sup>+</sup> hematopoietic stem cells to erythroid lineage and performed ChIP assay. As shown in Author response image 2, the results showed that the concentration of bound DNA of H3K9me3, H3K27me2 and H3K79me3 was too low to meet the sequencing quality requirement, which was consistent with that of WB. In addition, we tried to perform ChIP-seq for H3K79me3, and the results showed that there was no marked peak signal.

      Author response image 2.

      ChIP-seq analysis show that there was no marked peak signal of H3K79me3 on D15. (A) Quality control of ChIP assay for H3K9me3, H3K27me2, and H3K79me3. (B) Representative peaks chart image showed normalized ChIP signal of H3K79me3 at gene body regions. (C) Heatmaps displayed normalized ChIP signal of H3K79me3 at gene body regions. The window represents ±1.5 kb regions from the gene body. TES, transcriptional end site; TSS, transcriptional start site.

      C) Among the three histone marks that are dysregulated in IDH1 deficient cells (H3K79me3, H3K9me3, and H3K27me2), the authors show via ChIP-seq (Fig5) that H3K79me3 is the critical factor. However, the ChIP-seq data shown here lacks many details and this makes it hard to interpret the data. For example, in Figure 5A, they do not mention which samples the data shown correspond to (are these differential peaks in shIDH1 compared to shLuc cells?). There is also no mention of how many replicates were used for the ChIP seq studies.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We apologize for not clearly describing the ChIP-seq data for H3K9me3, H3K27me2 and H3K79me3 and we have revised them in the corresponding paragraphs. Since H3 proteins gradually translocate from the nucleus to the cytoplasm starting at day 11 (late Baso-E/Ploy-E) of erythroid lineage differentiation, we performed ChIP-seq for H3K9me3, H3K27me2 and H3K79me3 only for the shIDH1 group, and set up three independent biological replicates for each of them.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Li and colleagues investigate the enzymatic activity-independent function of IDH1 in regulating erythropoiesis. This manuscript reveals that IDH1 deficiency in the nucleus leads to the redistribution of histone marks (especially H3K79me3) and chromatin state reprogramming. Their findings suggest a non-typical localization and function of the metabolic enzyme, providing new insights for further studies into the non-metabolic roles of metabolic enzymes. However, there are still some issues that need addressing:

      (1) Could the authors show the RNA and protein expression levels (without fractionation) of IDH1 on different days throughout the human CD34+ erythroid differentiation?

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback. To address this point, we have now systematically quantified IDH1 expression dynamics across erythropoiesis stages using qRT-PCR and Western blot analyses. As quantified in Supplementary fige 1, IDH1 expression exhibited a progressive upregulation during early erythropoiesis and subsequently stabilized throughout terminal differentiation.

      (2) Even though the human CD34+ erythroid differentiation protocol was published and cited in the manuscript, it would be helpful to specify which erythroid stages correspond to cells on days 7, 9, 11, 13, and 15.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for raising this important methodological consideration. Our research group has previously established a robust platform for staged human erythropoiesis characterization using cord blood-derived CD34<sup>+</sup> hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) [6-9]. This standardized protocol enables high-purity isolation and functional analysis of erythroblasts at defined differentiation stages.

      Thanks for the reviewer’s suggestion. Our previous work (Jingping Hu et.al, Blood 2013. Xu Han et.al, Blood 2017.Yaomei Wang et.al, Blood 2021.) have isolation and functional characterization of human erythroblasts at distinct stages by using Cord blood. These works illustrated that using cord blood-derived hematopoietic stem cells and purification each stage of human erythrocytes can facilitate a comprehensive cellular and molecular characterization.

      Following isolation from cord blood, CD34<sup>+</sup> cells were cultured in a serum-free medium and induced to undergo erythroid differentiation using our standardized protocol. The process of erythropoiesis was comprised of 2 phases. During the early phase (day 0 to day 6), hematopoietic stem progenitor cells expanded and differentiated into erythroid progenitors, including BFU-E and CFU-E cells.

      During terminal erythroid maturation (day 7 to day 15), CFU-E cells progressively transitioned through defined erythroblast stages, as validated by daily cytospin morphology and expression of band 3/α4 integrin. The stage-specific composition was quantitatively characterized as follows:

      Author response table 1.

      The composition of erythroblast during terminal stage erythropoiesis.

      This differentiation progression from proerythroblasts (Pro-E) through basophilic (Baso-E), polychromatic (Poly-E), to orthochromatic erythroblasts (Ortho-E) recapitulates physiological human erythropoiesis, confirming the validity of our differentiation system for mechanistic studies.

      Reference:

      (6) Li J, Hale J, Bhagia P, Xue F, Chen L, et al. Isolation and transcriptome analyses of human erythroid progenitors: BFU-E and CFU-E. Blood. 2014;124(24):3636-3645.

      (7) Hu J, Liu J, Xue F, Halverson G, Reid M, et al. Isolation and functional characterization of human erythroblasts at distinct stages: implications for understanding of normal and disordered erythropoiesis in vivo. Blood. 2013;121(16):3246-3253.

      (8) Wang Y, Li W, Schulz VP, Zhao H, Qu X, et al. Impairment of human terminal erythroid differentiation by histone deacetylase 5 deficiency. Blood. 2021;138(17):1615-1627.

      (9) Li M, Liu D, Xue F, Zhang H, Yang Q, et al. Stage-specific dual function: EZH2 regulates human erythropoiesis by eliciting histone and non-histone methylation. Haematologica. 2023;108(9):2487-2502.

      (3) It is important to mention on which day the lentiviral knockdown of IDH1 was performed. Will the phenotype differ if the knockdown is performed in early vs. late erythropoiesis? In Figures 1C and 1D, on which day do the authors begin the knockdown of IDH1 and administer NAC and GSH treatments?

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer’s inquiry regarding the experimental timeline. The day of getting CD34<sup>+</sup> cells was recorded as day 0. Lentivirus of IDH1-shRNA and Luciferase -shRNA was transduced in human CD34<sup>+</sup> at day 2. Puromycin selection was initiated 24h post-transduction to eliminate non-transduced cells. IDH1-KD cells were then selected for 3 days. The knock down deficiency of IDH1 was determined on day 7. NAC or GSH was added to culture medium and replenished every 2 days.

      (4) While the cell phenotype of IDH1 deficiency is quite dramatic, yielding cells with larger nuclei and multi-nuclei, the authors only attribute this phenotype to defects in chromatin condensation. Is it possible that IDH1-knockdown cells also exhibit primary defects in mitosis/cytokinesis (not just secondary to the nuclear condensation defect)?), given the function of H3K79Me in cell cycle regulation?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful suggestion. We performed Edu based cell cycle analysis on Control, Sg-IDH1 and Sg-NES-IDH1 HUDEP2 cells, respectively. The results showed that IDH1 deficiency resulted in S-phase block and increased polyploidy in HUDEP2 cells on day 8 of erythroid differentiation. NES-IDH1 overexpression failed to rescue these defects, indicating nuclear IDH1 depletion as the primary driving factor (Figure 3E,F). Recent studies have established a clear link between cell cycle arrest and nuclear malformation. Chromosome mis-segregation, nuclear lamina disruption, mechanical stress on the nuclear envelope, and nucleolar dysfunction all contribute to nuclear abnormalities that trigger cell cycle checkpoints [10,11]. Based on all these findings, it reasonable for us to speculate that the cell cycle defect in IDH1 deficient cells might caused by the nuclear malfunction.

      Reference:

      (10) Hong T, Hogger AC, Wang D, Pan Q, Gansel J, et al. Cell Death Discov. CDK4/6 inhibition initiates cell cycle arrest by nuclear translocation of RB and induces a multistep molecular response. 2024;10(1):453.

      (11) Hervé S, Scelfo A, Marchisio GB, Grison M, Vaidžiulytė K, et al. Chromosome mis-segregation triggers cell cycle arrest through a mechanosensitive nuclear envelope checkpoint. Nat Cell Biol. 2025;27(1):73-86. 

      (5) Why are there two bands of Histone H3 in Figure 4A?

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer's insightful observation regarding the dual bands of Histone H3 in our original Figure 4A. Upon rigorous investigation, we identified that the observed doublet pattern likely originated from the inter-batch variability of the original commercial antibody. To conclusively resolve this technical artifact, we have procured a new lot of Histone H3 antibody and repeated the western blot experimental under optimized conditions, and the results demonstrates a single band of H3.

      (6) Displaying a heatmap and profile plots in Figure 5A between control and IDH1-deficient cells will help illustrate changes in H3K79me3 density in the nucleus after IDH1 knockdown.

      Thank you for your suggestion. As presented in Author response image 2, we performed ChIP assays on erythroblasts collected at day 15. However, the concentration of H3K79me3-bound DNA was insufficient to meet the quality threshold required for reliable sequencing. Consequently, we are unable to generate the requested heatmap and profile plots due to limitations in data integrity from this experimental condition.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Li, Zhang, Wu, and colleagues describe a new role for nuclear IDH1 in erythroid differentiation independent from its enzymatic function. IDH1 depletion results in a terminal erythroid differentiation defect with polychromatic and orthochromatic erythroblasts showing abnormal nuclei, nuclear condensation defects, and an increased proportion of euchromatin, as well as enucleation defects. Using ChIP-seq for the histone modifications H3K79me3, H3K27me2, and H3K9me3, as well as ATAC-seq and RNA-seq in primary CD34-derived erythroblasts, the authors elucidate SIRT1 as a key dysregulated gene that is upregulated upon IDH1 knockdown. They furthermore show that chemical inhibition of SIRT1 partially rescues the abnormal nuclear morphology and enucleation defect during IDH1-deficient erythroid differentiation. The phenotype of delayed erythroid maturation and enucleation upon IDH1 shRNA-mediated knockdown was described in the group's previous co-authored study (PMID: 33535038). The authors' new hypothesis of an enzyme- and metabolism-independent role of IDH1 in this process is currently not supported by conclusive experimental evidence as discussed in more detail further below. On the other hand, while the dependency of IDH1 mutant cells on NAD+, as well as cell survival benefit upon SIRT1 inhibition, has already been shown (see, e.g, PMID: 26678339, PMID: 32710757), previous studies focused on cancer cell lines and did not look at a developmental differentiation process, which makes this study interesting.

      (1) The central hypothesis that IDH1 has a role independent of its enzymatic function is interesting but not supported by the experiments. One of the author's supporting arguments for their claim is that alpha-ketoglutarate (aKG) does not rescue the IDH1 phenotype of reduced enucleation. However, in the group's previous co-authored study (PMID: 33535038), they show that when IDH1 is knocked down, the addition of aKG even exacerbates the reduced enucleation phenotype, which could indicate that aKG catalysis by cytoplasmic IDH1 enzyme is important during terminal erythroid differentiation. A definitive experiment to test the requirement of IDH1's enzymatic function in erythropoiesis would be to knock down/out IDH1 and re-express an IDH1 catalytic site mutant. The authors perform an interesting genetic manipulation in HUDEP-2 cells to address a nucleus-specific role of IDH1 through CRISPR/Cas-mediated IDH1 knockout followed by overexpression of an IDH1 construct containing a nuclear export signal. However, this system is only used to show nuclear abnormalities and (not quantified) accumulation of H3K79me3 upon nuclear exclusion of IDH1. Otherwise, a global IDH1 shRNA knockdown approach is employed, which will affect both forms of IDH1, cytoplasmic and nuclear. In this system and even the NES-IDH1 system, an enzymatic role of IDH1 cannot be excluded because (1) shRNA selection takes several days, prohibiting the assessment of direct effects of IDH1 loss of function (only a degron approach could address this if IDH1's half-life is short), and (2) metabolic activity of this part of the TCA cycle in the nucleus has recently been demonstrated (PMID: 36044572), and thus even a nuclear role of IDH1 could be linked to its enzymatic function, which makes it a challenging task to separate two functions if they exist.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s emphasis on rigorously distinguishing between enzymatic and enzymatic independent roles of IDH1. In our revised manuscript, we have removed all assertions of a "metabolism-independent" mechanism. Instead, we focus on demonstrating that nuclear-localized IDH1 contributes to chromatin state regulation during terminal erythropoiesis (e.g., H3K79me3 accumulation). While we acknowledge that nuclear IDH1’s enzymatic activity may still play a role [12], our data emphasize its spatial association with chromatin remodeling. We now explicitly state that nuclear IDH1’s function may involve both enzymatic and structural roles, and further studies are required to dissect these mechanisms.

      Reference:

      (12) Kafkia E, Andres-Pons A, Ganter K, Seiler M, Smith TS, et al.Operation of a TCA cycle subnetwork in the mammalian nucleus. Sci Adv. 2022;8(35):eabq5206.

      (2) It is not clear how the enrichment of H3K9me3, a prominent marker of heterochromatin, upon IDH1 knockdown in the primary erythroid culture (Figure 4), goes along with a 2-3-fold increase in euchromatin. Furthermore, in the immunofluorescence (IF) experiments presented in Figure 4Db, it seems that H3K9me3 levels decrease in intensity (the signal seems more diffuse), which seems to contrast the ChIP-seq data. It would be interesting to test for localization of other heterochromatin marks such as HP1gamma. As a related point, it is not clear at what stage of erythroid differentiation the ATAC-seq was performed upon luciferase- and IDH1-shRNA-mediated knockdown shown in Figure 6. If it was done at a similar stage (Day 15) as the electron microscopy in Figure 4B, then the authors should explain the discrepancy between the vast increase in euchromatin and the rather small increase in ATAC-seq signal upon IDH1 knockdown.

      Thank you for raising this important point. We agree that while H3K9me3 and H3K27me2 modifications are detectable in the nucleus, their functional association with chromatin in this context remains unclear. Our ChIP-seq data did not reveal distinct enrichment peaks for H3K9me3 or H3K27me2 (unlike the well-defined H3K79me3 peaks), suggesting that these marks may not be stably bound to specific chromatin regions under the experimental conditions tested. However, we acknowledge that the absence of clear peaks in our dataset does not definitively rule out chromatin interactions, as technical limitations or transient binding dynamics could influence these results. To avoid over-interpretation, we have removed speculative statements about the chromatin-unbound status of H3K9me3 and H3K27me2 from the revised manuscript. This revision aligns with our broader effort to present conclusions strictly supported by the current data while highlighting open questions for future investigation.

      (3)The subcellular localization of IDH1, in particular its presence on chromatin, is not convincing in light of histone H3 being enriched in the cytoplasm on the same Western blot. H3 would be expected to be mostly localized to the chromatin fraction (see, e.g., PMID: 31408165 that the authors cite). The same issue is seen in Figure 4A.

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer's insightful comment regarding the subcellular distribution of histone H3 in our study. We agree that histone H3 is classically associated with chromatin-bound fractions, and its cytoplasmic enrichment in our Western blot analyses appears counterintuitive at first glance. However, this observation is fully consistent with the unique biology of terminal erythroid differentiation, which involves drastic nuclear remodeling and histone release - a hallmark of terminal stage erythropoiesis. Terminal erythroid differentiation is characterized by progressive nuclear condensation, chromatin compaction, and eventual enucleation. During this phase, global chromatin reorganization leads to the active eviction of histones from the condensed nucleus into the cytoplasm. This process has been extensively documented in erythroid cells, with studies demonstrating cytoplasmic accumulation of histones H3 and H4 as a direct consequence of nuclear envelope breakdown and chromatin decondensation preceding enucleation [13-16]. Our experiments specifically analyzed terminal-stage polychromatic and orthochromatic erythroblasts. At this stage, histone releasing into the cytoplasm is a dominant biological event, explaining the pronounced cytoplasmic H3 signal in our subcellular fractionation assays.

      In summary, the cytoplasmic enrichment of histone H3 in our data aligns with established principles of erythroid biology and reinforces the physiological relevance of our findings. We thank the reviewer for raising this critical point, which allowed us to better articulate the unique aspects of our experimental system.

      Reference:

      (13) Hattangadi SM, Martinez-Morilla S, Patterson HC, Shi J, Burke K, et al. Histones to the cytosol: exportin 7 is essential for normal terminal erythroid nuclear maturation. Blood. 2014;124(12):1931-1940.

      (14) Zhao B, Mei Y, Schipma MJ, Roth EW, Bleher R, et al. Nuclear Condensation during Mouse Erythropoiesis Requires Caspase-3-Mediated Nuclear Opening. Dev Cell. 2016;36(5): 498-510.

      (15) Zhao B, Liu H, Mei Y, Liu Y, Han X, et al. Disruption of erythroid nuclear opening and histone release in myelodysplastic syndromes. Cancer Med. 2019;8(3):1169-1174. 

      (16) Zhen R, Moo C, Zhao Z, Chen M, Feng H, et al.  Wdr26 regulates nuclear condensation in developing erythroblasts. Blood. 2020;135(3):208-219.

      (4) This manuscript will highly benefit from more precise and complete explanations of the experiments performed, the material and methods used, and the results presented. At times, the wording is confusing. As an example, one of the "Key points" is described as "Dyserythropoiesis is caused by downregulation of SIRT1 induced by H3K79me3 accumulation." It should probably read "upregulation of SIRT1".

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for highlighting the need for improved clarity in our experimental descriptions and textual precision. We fully agree that rigorous wording is essential to accurately convey scientific findings. Specific modifications have been made and are highlighted in Track Changes mode in the resubmitted manuscript.

      The reviewer correctly identified an inconsistency in the original phrasing of one key finding. The sentence in question ("Dyserythropoiesis is caused by downregulation of SIRT1 induced by H3K79me3 accumulation") has been revised to:"Dyserythropoiesis is caused by the upregulation of SIRT1 mediated through H3K79me3 accumulation." This correction aligns with our experimental data showing that H3K79me3 elevation promotes SIRT1 transcriptional activation. We apologize for this oversight and have verified the consistency of all regulatory claims in the text.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) It will be helpful to mention/introduce the cells used for the study at the beginning of the results section. For example, for Figure 1A neither the figure legend nor the results text includes information on the cells used.

      Thanks for the reviewer’s suggestion. The detail information of the cells that were used in our study have been provided in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Important details for many figures are lacking. For example, in Figure 5, there is no mention of the replicates for ChIP-Seq studies. Also, the criteria used for quantifications of abnormal nuclei, % euchromatin vs heterochromatin, the numbers of biological replicates, and how many fields/cells were used for these quantifications are missing.

      We thank the reviewer for emphasizing the importance of methodological transparency. It has been revised accordingly. The ChIP-Seq data in Figure 5 was generated from three independent biological replicates to ensure reproducibility. In this study, Image J software was used to calculate the area of nuclear, heterochromatin/euchromatin and to quantify the percentage of euchromatin and heterochromatin. A minimum of 300 cells per group were evaluated, and the proportion of aberrant nuclei was calculated as (number of abnormal cells / total counted cells) × 100%.

      (3) It will be helpful if supplemental data are ordered according to how they are discussed in the text. Currently, the order of the supplemental data is hard to keep track of eg., the results section starts describing supplemental Figure 1, then the text jumps to supplemental Figure 5 followed by Supplemental Figure 3 (and so on).

      Thanks for the reviewer’s suggestion. It has been revised accordingly.

      (4) Overall, there are many incomplete sentences and typos throughout the manuscript including some of the figures e.g. on page 10 the sentence "Since the generation of erythroid with abnormal nucleus and reduction of mature red blood cells caused by IDH1 absence are notable characteristics of MDS and AML." is incomplete. On page 11, it reads "Histone post-modifications". This needs to be either histone modifications or histone post-translational modifications. In Figure 4C, the y-axis title is hard to understand "% of euchromatin and heterochromatin". Overall, the document needs to be proofread and revised carefully.

      Thanks for the reviewer’s suggestion. We have made revision accordingly in the revised manuscript. The sentence "Since the generation of erythroid with abnormal nucleus and reduction of mature red blood cells caused by IDH1 absence are notable characteristics of MDS and AML." has been revised to “The production of erythrocytes with abnormal nuclei and the reduction of mature erythrocytes due to IDH1 deletion are prominent features of MDS and AML.”  “% of euchromatin and heterochromatin” has been modified to “Area ratio of euchromatin to heterochromatin”.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The following critique points aim to help the authors to improve their manuscript:

      (1) The authors reason (p. 10) that because mutant IDH1 has been shown to result in altered chromatin organization, this could be the case in their system, too. However, mutant IDH1 has an ascribed metabolic consequence, the generation of 2-HG, which further weakens the author's argument for an enzymatically independent role of IDH1 in their system. The same is true for the author's observation in Supplementary Figure 9B that in IDH1-mutant AML/MDS samples, H3K79me3 colocalized with the IDH1 mutants in the nucleus. Again, this speaks in favor of IDH1's role being linked to metabolism. The authors could re-write this manuscript, not so much emphasizing the separation of function between different subcellular forms of IDH1 but rather focusing on the chromatin changes and how they could be linked to the actual phenotype, the nuclear condensation and enucleation defect - if so, addressing the surprising finding of enrichment of both active and repressive chromatin marks will be important.

      Thanks for the reviewer’s suggestion. We agree with the reviewers and editors all the data we present in the current are not robust enough to rigorously distinguish between enzymatic and enzymatic-independent roles of IDH1. In our revised manuscript, we have removed all assertions of a "metabolism-independent" mechanism. Instead, we focus on demonstrating that nuclear-localized IDH1 contributes to chromatin state regulation during terminal erythropoiesis (e.g., H3K79me3 accumulation).

      (2) How come so many genes were downregulated by RNA-seq (about an equal number as upregulated genes) but not more open by ATAC-seq? The authors should discuss this result.

      Thanks for the reviewer's suggestion. ATAC-seq showed an increase in chromatin accessibility after IDH1 deletion, but the number of up-regulated genes was slightly larger than that of down-regulated genes, which may be caused by the metabolic changes affected by IDH1 deletion. In order to explore the effect of chromatin accessibility changes on gene expression after IDH1 deletion, we analyzed the changes in differential gene expression at the differential ATAC peak region (as shown in the figure below), and the results showed that the gene expression at the ATAC peak region with increased chromatin accessibility was significantly up-regulated. This may explain the regulation of chromatin accessibility on gene expression.

      (3) For the ChIP-seq analyses of H3K79me3, H3K27me2, and H3K9me3, the authors should not just show genome-wide data but also several example gene tracks to demonstrate the differential abundance of peaks in control versus IDH1 knockdown. Furthermore, the heatmap shown in Figure 5A should include broader regions spanning the gene bodies, to visualize the intergenic H3K27me2 and H3K9me3 peaks. Expression could very well be regulated from these intergenic regions as they could bear enhancer regions. ChIP-seq for H3K27Ac in the same setting would be very useful to identify those enhancers.

      Thanks for the reviewer’s suggestion. It has been revised accordingly. We reanalyzed the ChIP-seq peak signal of H3K79me3, H3K27me2 and H3K9me3 in a wider region (±5Kb) at gene body, and the results showed that the H3K27me2 and H3K9me3 peak signals did not change significantly. Since H3K79me3 showed a higher peak signal and was mainly enriched in the promoter region, our subsequent analysis focusing on the impact of H3K79me3 accumulation on chromatin accessibility and gene expression might be more valuable.

      Author response image 3.

      ChIP-seq analysis show that the peak signal of H3K79me3,H3K27me2 and H3K9me3. (A) Heatmaps displayed normalized ChIP signal of H3K9me3, H3K27me2, and H3K79me3 at gene body regions. The window represents ±5 kb regions from the gene body. TES, transcriptional end site; TSS, transcriptional start site. (B) Representative peaks chart image showed normalized ChIP signal of H3K9me3, H3K27me2, and H3K79me3 at gene body regions.

      (4) The absent or very mild delay (also no significance visible in the quantification plots) in the generation of orthochromatic erythroblasts on Day 13 upon IDH1 shRNA knockdown as per a4-integrin/Band3 flow cytometry does not correspond to the already quite prominent number of multinucleated cells at that stage seen by cytospin/Giemsa staining. Why do the authors think this is the case? Cytospin/Giemsa staining might be the better method to quantify this phenotype and the authors should quantify the cells at different stages in at least 100 cells from non-overlapping cytospin images.

      Thanks for the reviewer’s suggestion. We have supplemented the cytpspin assay and the results were presented in Supplemental Figure 4.

      (5) The pull-down assay in Figure 7E does not show a specific binding of H3K79me3 to the SIRT1 promoter. Rather, there is just more H3K79me3 in the nucleus, thus leading to generally increased binding. The authors should show that H3K79me3 does not bind more just everywhere but to specific loci. The ChIP-seq data mention only categories but don't show any gene lists that could hint at the specificity of H3K79me3 binding at genes that would promote nuclear abnormalities and enucleation defects.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. The GSEA results of H3K79me3 peak showed enrichment of chromatin related biological processes, and the list of associated genes is shown Figure 7B. In addition, we also displayed the changes in H3K79me3 peak signals, ATAC peak signals, and gene expression at gene loci of three chromatin-associated genes (SIRT1, KMT5A and NUCKS1).

      (6) P. 12: "Representatively, gene expression levels and ATAC peak signals at SIRT1 locus were elevated in IDH1-shRNA group and were accompanied by enrichment of H3K9me3 (Figure 7F)." Figure 7F does not show an enrichment of H3K9me3, but if the authors found such, they should explain how this modification correlates with the activation of gene expression.

      Thank you for bringing this issue to our attention. We sincerely apologize for the mistake in the description of Figure 7F on page 12. We have already corrected this error in the revised manuscript.

      (7) Related to the mild phenotype by flow cytometry on Day 13, are the "3 independent biological replicates" from culturing and differentiating CD34 cells from 3 different donors? If all are from the same donor, experiments from at least a second donor should be performed to generalize the results.

      In our current study, CD34<sup>+</sup> cells were derived from different donors. 

      (8) If the images in Supplementary Figure 4 are only the indicated cell type, then it is not clear how the data were quantified since only some cells in each image are pointed at and others do not seem to have as large nuclei. There is also no explanation in the legend what the colors mean (nuclei were presumably stained with DAPI, not clear what the cytoplasm stain is - GPA?).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have revised the manuscript accordingly. Specifically, the nuclei was stained with DAPI and the color was blue. The cell membrane was stained with GPA and the color was red. This staining method allows for clear visualization of the cell structure and helps to better understand the localization of the proteins of interest.

      (9) It is not clear to this reviewer whether Figure 4F is a quantification of the Western Blot or of the IF data.

      Figure 4F is a quantification of the Western Blot experiment.

      (10) The authors sometimes do not describe experiments well, e.g., "treatment of IDH1-deficient erythroid cells with IDH1-EX527" (p. 13). EX-527 is a SIRT1 inhibitor, which the authors only explicitly mention later in that paragraph. It is unclear to this reviewer, why the authors call it IDH1-EX527.

      Thank you for pointing out the unclear description in our manuscript. We apologize for the confusion caused by the unclear statement. We have revised the manuscript accordingly. The compound EX-527 is a SIRT1 inhibitor, and we have corrected the description to simply "EX-527" in the revised manuscript.

      (11) The end of the introduction needs revising to be more concise; the last paragraph on p. 4 ("Recently, the decreased expression of IDH1...") partially should be integrated with the previous paragraph, and partially is repeated in the last paragraph (top paragraph on p. 5). The last sentence on p. 4, "These findings strongly suggest that aberrant expression of IDH1 is also an important factor in the pathogenesis of AML and MDS.", should rather read "increased expression of IDH1", to distinguish it from mutant IDH1 (mutant IDH1 is also aberrantly expressed IDH1).

      We appreciated the reviewer for the helpful suggestion. Considering that the inclusion of this paragraph did not provide a valuable contribution to the formulation of the scientific question, we have removed it after careful consideration, and the revised manuscript is generally more logically smooth.

      (12) Abstract and last sentence of the introduction: "innovative perspective" should be re-worded, as the authors present data, not a perspective. Maybe could use "evidence".

      Thanks for the reviewer’s suggestion. It has been revised accordingly.

      (13) "IDH1-mut AML/MDS" on p. 11. The authors should provide more information about these AML/MDS samples. The legend contains no information about them/their mutational status. How many samples did the authors look at? Do these cells contain mutations other than IDH1?

      Thanks for the reviewer’s suggestion. The detail information of these AML/MDS samples are provide in supplemental table 1. In our current study, we collected ten AML/MDS samples and the majority of the samples only contain IDH1 mutations at different sites.

      (14) The statement, "Taken together, these results indicated that IDH1 deficiency reshaped chromatin states and subsequently altered gene expression pattern, especially for genes regulated by H3K79me3, which was the mechanism underlying roles of IDH1 in modulation of terminal erythropoiesis." (p. 10), is not correct at that point in the manuscript as the authors have not yet introduced the RNA-seq data.

      Thanks for the reviewer’s suggestion. The statement has been revised to “Taken together, these results indicated that IDH1 deficiency reshaped chromatin states by altering the abundance and distribution of H3K79me3, which was the mechanism underlying roles of IDH1 in modulation of terminal erythropoiesis”.

      (15) For easier readability, the authors should present the data in order. For example, the supplemental data for IDH shRNA and siRNA should be presented together and not in Supplementary Figures 1 and 5. Supplementary Figure 3 is mentioned after Supplementary Figure 1, but before Supplementary Figure 2 - again, all data need to be presented in subsequent figures to be viewed together.

      Thank you for your suggestion regarding the order of data presentation. We have reorganized the figures in the manuscript to improve readability. We apologize for any confusion caused by the previous arrangement and hope that the revised version meets your expectations.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript investigates the role of the membrane-deforming cytoskeletal regulator protein Abba in cortical development and its potential implications for microcephaly. It is a valuable contribution to the understanding of Abba's role in cortical development. The strengths and weaknesses identified in the manuscript are outlined below:

      Clinical Relevance:

      The authors identified a patient with microcephaly and a patient with an intellectual disability harboring a mutation in the Abba variant (R671W) adding a clinically relevant dimension to the study.

      Mechanistic Insights:

      The study offers valuable mechanistic insights into the development of microcephaly by elucidating the role of Abba in radial glial cell proliferation, radial fiber organization, and the migration of neuronal progenitors. The identification of Abba's involvement in the cleavage furrow during cell division, along with its interaction with Nedd9 and positive influence on RhoA activity, adds depth to our understanding of the molecular processes governing cortical development. Though the reported results establish the novel interaction between Abba and Nedd9, the authors have not addressed whether the mutant protein loses this interaction and whether that results in the observed effects.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s observation and fully agree that our study does not provide direct evidence that the phenotypes induced by the R671W mutant are mediated through NEDD9. We sincerely apologize if the manuscript inadvertently conveyed this impression.

      While we show that the interaction with NEDD9 plays a role in the action of ABBA, our findings suggest that NEDD9 and RhoA activation have a minor influence on the phenotypes induced by this mutation, as highlighted by the evidence we presented.

      We would like to point out that we have previously addressed this point in the discussion section of the manuscript. For clarity, below is an excerpt from that section:

      “heterozygous expression of the human R671W variant would exert a dominant negative effect on ABBA's role in brain development, leading to microcephaly and cognitive delay. This notion is supported by recent work disclosing additional patient carrying the R671W variant42. In the same study the significant neurological phenotypes were observed in a drosophila model where the ortholog of human MTSS2 and MTSS1 mim was deleted.   However, from a clinical genetics’ standpoint, it is unlikely to find patients with the recurrent R671W mutation without any homozygous or compound heterozygous loss-of-function mutations elsewhere in the ABBA gene. This could also suggest a gain-of-function effect of the R671W mutation. Supporting this notion, overexpressing ABBA-R671W in cells expressing the wild-type Abba in this study did not result in a dominant-negative decrease in RhoA activation, nor did it affect the expression of PH3 in vivo. These findings make it plausible to suggest that a mechanism responsible for the phenotype associated with overexpression of the human variant may primarily involve post-cell division processes, such as cell migration. “

      We have made corrections to the new version of the manuscript to emphasize this further.

      In Vivo Validation:

      The overexpression of mutant Abba protein (R671W) resulting in phenotypic similarities to Abba knockdown effects supports the significance of Abba in cortical development.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Carabalona and colleagues investigated the role of the membrane-deforming cytoskeletal regulator protein Abba (MTSS1L/MTSS2) in cortical development to better understand the mechanisms of abnormal neural stem cell mitosis. The authors used short hairpin RNA targeting Abba20 with a fluorescent reporter coupled with in-utero electroporation of E14 mice to show changes to neural progenitors. They performed flow cytometry for in-depth cell cycle analysis of Abba-shRNA impact on neural progenitors and determined an accumulation in the S phase. Using culture rat glioma cells and live imaging from cortical organotypic slides from mice in utero electroporated with Abba-shRNA, the authors found Abba played a prominent role in cytokinesis. They then used a yeast-two-hybrid screen to identify three high-confidence interactors: Beta-Trcp2, Nedd9, and Otx2. They used immunoprecipitation experiments from E18 cortical tissue coupled with C6 cells to show Abba's requirement for Nedd9 localization to the cleavage furrow/cytokinetic bridge. The authors performed a shRNA knockdown of Nedd9 by in-utero electroporation of E14 mice and observed similar results as with the Abba-shRNA. They tested a human variant of Abba using in-utero electroporation of cDNA and found disorganized radial glial fibers and misplaced, multipolar neurons, but lacked the impact of cell division seen in the shRNA-Abba model.

      Strengths:

      A fundamental question in biology about the mechanics of neural stem cell division.

      Directly connecting effects in Abba protein to downstream regulation of RhoA via Nedd9.

      Incorporation of human mutation in ABBA gene.

      Use of novel technologies in neurodevelopment and imaging.

      Weaknesses:

      Unexplored components of the pathway (such as what neurogenic populations are impacted by Abba mutation) and unleveraged aspects of their data (such as the live imaging) limit the scope of their findings and leave significant questions about the effect of ABBA on radial glia development.

      (1) The claim of disorganized radial glial fibers lacks quantifications.

      On page 11, the authors claim that knockdown of Abba leads to changes in radial glial morphology observed with vimentin staining. Here they claim misoriented apical processes, detached end feet, and decreased number of RGP cells in the VZ. However, they do not provide quantification of process orientation to better support their first claim. Measurements of radial glia fiber morphology (directionality, length) and angle of division would be metrics that can be applied to data.

      In the corrected version of the manuscript, we provide new qualification of changes in dispersion of vimentin immunostaining (Supplementary Figure 1).

      Some of these analyses could be done in their time-lapse microscopy images, such as to quantify the number of cell divisions during their period of analysis (though that is short-15 hours).

      This is indeed a very good idea. We have reanalyzed the recordings to follow cell division. Unfortunately, the number of cells that we were able to follow was low, making statistical analysis of the data unreliable.  As the reviewer alluded in the comment longer recording times than 15h are required to make reliable conclusion. Instead, we have performed live-cell imaging using Aniling-GFP coelectroporeted with RFP as a marker of mitotic progression . We monitored the distribution of cells showing accumulation of Anillin-GFP in control (Scramble) and ABBA-shRNA3 conditions (this data was added to new Supplementary Figure 3). Anillin has been shown to be an efficient tool to monitor cell division in vivo as in particular as it displays accumulation and correlated increase intensity of Anillin-GFP ((Hesse et al Nature Com. 2012, DOI: 10.1038/ncomms2089).

      (2) It is unclear where the effect is:

      -In RG or neuroblasts? Is it in cell cleavage that results in the accumulation of cells at VZ (as sometimes indicated by their data like in Figure 2A or 4D)?

      The data suggest that radial glial (RG) cells are indeed blocked prior to abscission. This phenomenon might contribute to the accumulation of cells at the ventricular zone (VZ), as indicated by observations such as those in Figure 2A and 4D. The interruption in cell cleavage likely prevents the proper progression of division, causing RG cells to remain at the VZ rather than proceeding with their normal differentiation or migration processes. This finding highlights a potential mechanistic link between disrupted abscission and cell accumulation in the VZ.

      Interrogation of cell death (such as by cleaved caspase 3) would also help.  

      Caspase-3 cleavage is widely used as a marker for apoptosis; however, it may not be the most reliable tool for monitoring apoptosis during brain cortical development. The developing brain is a highly dynamic environment where caspase-3 activation can be transient and involved in non-apoptotic processes, such as synaptic pruning and neuronal remodeling. This makes it challenging to distinguish caspase-3 activity associated with apoptosis from its roles in physiological processes.

      In contrast, monitoring overall cell survival provides a more reliable measure of developmental outcomes, as it reflects the net balance of cell death and survival mechanisms. By focusing on cell survival e.g. quantification of number of RGP, we can better assess the functional consequences of apoptosis and its interplay with neurogenesis and other developmental processes.  In line with this we have added more data on the quantification of RGPC as well as their distribution in new Supplementary Figure 3. 

      Given their time-lapse, can they identify what is happening to the RG fiber?

      Both apical and basal endfeet appear to detach and retract prior to radial glial (RG) cell death. This is evident in Figure 1D, as well as from our observation of cellular bodies located far from the ventricular surface (VS), as demonstrated in the new Supplementary Figure 3.

      The authors describe a change in "migration" but do not show evidence for this for either progenitor or neuroblast populations. Given they have nice time-lapse imaging data, could they visualize progenitor versus young neuron migration? Analysis of neuroblasts (such as with doublecortin expression in the tissue) would also help understand any issues in migration (of neurons v stem cells).

      This is an excellent question that arises from the extensive data presented in this study. Addressing it would require repeating a significant portion of the experiments. We fully agree with the reviewer that these are important and obvious questions that warrant a dedicated study to answer them thoroughly. Additionally, we believe that the data showing the accumulation of migrating electroporated cells in the ventricular (V) and subventricular (SV) zones provide compelling evidence of abnormal migration in ABBA-shRNA electroporated cells.

      -At cleavage furrow? In abscission? There is high-resolution data that highlights the cleavage furrow as the location of interest (Figure 3A), however, there is also data (Figure 3B) to suggest Abba is expressed elsewhere as well and there is an overall soma decrease. More detail of the localization of Abba during the division process would be helpful for example, could cleavage furrow proteins, such as Aurora B, co-localization (and potentially co-IP) help delineate subpopulations of Abba protein? Furthermore, the FRET imaging is a unique way to connect their mutation with function - could they measure/quantify differences at furrow compared to the rest of soma to further corroborate that the Abba-associated RhoA effect was furrow-enriched?

      In the corrected version of the manuscript, we include new quantification of RhoA activity in the region corresponding to the cleavage furrow (New Figure 5), This new data show similar results as the previous and indicate that the changes observed are primarily derived from the cleavage furrow region. In the future a detailed dissection of the molecules involved in the mechanism would be highly desirable. These notions are now included in the discussion. 

      -The data highlights nicely that a furrow doesn't clearly form when ABBA expression and subsequent RhoA activity are decreased (in Figure 3 or 5A). Does this lead to cells that can't divide because of poor abscission, especially since "rounding" still occurs? Or abnormal progenitors (with loss of fiber or inability to support neuroblast migration)? Or abnormal progression of progenitors to neuroblasts?

      Our findings, combined with previous results, suggest multiple mechanisms through which ABBA depletion and subsequent Nedd9 and RhoA signaling disruptions could impact progenitor cells and neuroblasts. Below is a detailed response to each question: 

      (1) Do cells fail to divide due to poor abscission?

      Nedd9 is a key regulator of RhoA signaling, which could be essential for cleavage furrow ingression and abscission. Reduced Nedd9 expression may leads to non-activation of RhoA, thereby impairing cleavage furrow ingression. Furthermore, since RhoA deactivation is critical for successful abscission, any disruption in this signaling pathway could compromise the final stages of cytokinesis. While we do not directly observe failed abscission, the impaired furrow formation in Figure 3 and 5A aligns with the hypothesis that some cells may struggle to complete division due to defects in RhoA-mediated abscission. 

      (2) Are abnormal progenitors generated (e.g., loss of fiber or inability to support neuroblast migration)?

      Disrupted Nedd9 expression not only affects cell cycle progression but also influences the structural integrity of radial glial progenitors (RGPs). RGPs with impaired cleavage furrow ingression may exhibit detachment of apical and basal endfeet (Supplementary Figure 3), leading to abnormalities in their scaffold function. This structural disruption likely contributes to the accumulation of electroporated cells in the ventricular (V) and subventricular (SV) zones (Figure 5A), supporting the idea that abnormal progenitors fail to support proper neuroblast migration. 

      (3) Is there abnormal progression of progenitors to neuroblasts?

      Given that Nedd9 triggers cells to enter mitosis, its impaired function may prevent progenitors from properly progressing through the cell cycle, causing cell cycle arrest and eventual decrease survival. This would directly impact the ability of progenitors to transition into neuroblasts. Moreover, the abnormal membrane composition and PI(4,5)P2 enrichment we hypothesize during cytokinesis could disrupt ABBA recruitment and its interaction with Nedd9. This disruption would impair RhoA activation, further compromising the progression of progenitors to neuroblasts. 

      In conclusion, our findings suggest that impaired ABBA expression disrupts Nedd9 and RhoA signaling, leading to poor cleavage furrow ingression, abnormal progenitor structure, and defective neuroblast migration. These processes collectively contribute to developmental defects in the cortex. Future studies focusing on live imaging of cytokinesis and cell fate mapping will help elucidate better these mechanisms further.

      (3) Limited to a singular time point of mouse cortical development

      On page 13, the authors outline the results of their Y2H screen with the identification of three high-confidence interactors. Notably, they used an E10.5-E12.5 mouse brain embryo library rather than one that includes E14, the age of their in-utero electroporation mice. Many of the authors' claims focus on in-utero electroporation of shRNA-Abba of E14 mice that are then evaluated at E16-18. Justification for the focus on this age range should be included to support that their findings can then be applied to all mouse corticogenesis.

      We thank the reviewer to point this out. Indeed, the data suggest that the interaction between ABBA and Nedd9 occurs before E14. The reason to address the questions at E14 is that in earlier work, we have shown that ABBA is mainly expressed through E10.5-12.5 in the floorplate structure formed by radial glia. The radial glia-specific expression was confirmed through double staining with radial glial (RC2) and neuronal (Tuj1) markers at E12.5 (see Saarikangas et al. J. Cell Sci. 121:1444-1454, 2008). Thus, we consider the Y2H library relevant for identifying ABBA's interactors within radial glia. We have specified this better in the corrected manuscript.

      (4) Detail of the effect of the human variant of the ABBA mutation in mice is lacking.

      Their identification of the R671W mutation is interesting and the IUE model warrants more characterization, as they did with their original KD experiments.

      We have now included addition data in the corrected manuscript showing R671W dependent changes in INM (Supplementary Figure 3 )

      Could they show that Abba protein levels are decreased (in either cell lines or electroporated tissue)?

      Estimation of ABBA expression in cell expressing ABBA R671W as in Supplemental Figure 5 did not show significant change.

      -While time-lapse morphology might not have been performed, more analysis on cell division phenotype (such as plane of division and radial glia morphology) would be helpful. 

      This would be indeed very informative, but we were not able to perform these analysis in the existing dataset.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Here are some suggestions for targeting some of the weaknesses by additional experiments:

      Regional Demarcation in Radial Glial Cell Population:

      While the authors demonstrate a decrease in overall RFP-positive cells in response to Abba knockdown, the distinction between different regions should be demarcated using cortical layer-specific markers (e.g., CUX1/BRN2 for the upper layer and CTIP2/FOXP2). Quantification based on regional markers would enhance accuracy and meaningful interpretation.

      In order to harmonize the quantification during the different developmental stages we have used a broader definition of the cortical regions that may not be entirely fitting with the regions identified with the staining of Cux1 and CTIP2. We have now however included in the supplementary figure 1 with the staining for Cux1 and CTIP2 showing the corresponding regions defined in the manuscript. Supplementary Figure 1.

      Mitotic Stage Marker and BrdU Staining:<br /> The discrepancy between no changes in staining with the mitotic stage marker PH3 and a reported decrease in Ki67 staining calls for further clarification. Additionally, the use of BrdU staining could distinguish the effects on dividing cells after Abba knockdown. The authors are encouraged to explore these aspects further, including their applicability to NEDD9 knockdown and Abba mutant overexpression.

      As suggested by the reviewer elsewhere, we made use of life imaging. We monitored the distribution of cells showing accumulation of Anillin-GFP in control (Scramble) and ABBA-shRNA3 conditions (this data has been added to the new Supplementary Figure 3). Anillin has been shown to be an efficient tool for monitoring cell cycle stages in vivo (Hesse et al Nature Com. 2012, DOI: 10.1038/ncomms2089). Interestingly, we observed an increase in cells displaying accumulated Anillin in ABBA-shRNA3 treated cells, which is consistent with an arrest of progression of mitosis.  

      Quantification of Cytokinesis Effects:

      The brain slices illustrating the effects of Abba knockdown on cytokinesis would benefit from a quantification depicting changes in interkinetic nuclear migration and the number of successful mitosis events. This would enhance the clarity and interpretation of the observed effects.

      In the revised manuscript we have included new data in Supplementary Figure 3 were we report the quantification of the distance of the RGC from the ventricle to address the reviewer’s comments. We were not entirely sure about comment about quantification of successful mitosis events, but as specified above, we have included new data from the monitoring of anillin. We hope to perform more detailed experiments and analysis in future studies. 

      Loss of Interaction and NEDD9 Localization:

      The manuscript lacks an exploration of the loss or decrease in interaction between Abba and NEDD9 in the case of the pathogenic patient-derived mutation in Abba. Addressing this aspect is crucial, as it may shed light on the underlying causes of the observed effects. Furthermore, investigating changes in NEDD9 localization following overexpression of the Abba mutant would provide additional insights.

      We fully agree with the reviewer’s comment. Unfortunately the anti NEDD9 antibody had a poor performance in slice immunohistochemistry, which hampered further reliable investigation of expression and distribution changes in vivo. Resolving this issue and providing a more detailed characterization of the mechanism of Abba-NEDD9 interaction will be important in future studies.

      Overall, I believe that with minor revisions and additional contextualization, the manuscript has the potential to make a significant contribution to the field. I recommend acceptance pending the incorporation of the suggested revisions.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The manuscript is generally well-organized. We hope that given their nice experimental systems, many of the comments and questions can be addressed with their data already on hand.

      Minor Comments

      • For Figure 6E A closeup of the vimentin would be helpful - hard to visualize radial glia morphology at the current magnification.

      This has been corrected in the new version of the manuscript

      • For the in utero electroporation what was their rationale for 2-4 day interval before evaluation? For example, waiting for more cortical plate development to be able to manifest long-term effects.

      We observed a massive cell death at E18, in only few of those brains we were able to still observe RFP cells. We have also tried P6 animals but none of them had significant reminding electroporated cells that’s why we have decided to focus at E17, 3 days after the electroporation to have still enough expression of the shRNA.

      • Figure 4E-F lacks images of controls for comparison of effect.

      This has been corrected in the revised version of the manuscript

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1:

      The manuscript Xu et al. explores the regulation of the microtubule minus end protein CAMSAP2 localization to the Golgi by the Serine/threonine-protein kinase MARK2 (PAR1, PAR1B). The authors utilize immunofluorescence and biochemical approaches to demonstrate that MARK2 is localized at the Golgi apparatus via its spacer domain. They show that depletion of this protein alters Golgi morphology and diminishes CAMSAP2 localization to the Golgi apparatus. The authors combine mass spectroscopy and immunoprecipitation to show that CAMSAP2 is phosphorylated at S835 by MARK2, and that this phosphorylation regulates localization of CAMSAP2 at Golgi membranes. Further, the authors identify USO1 (p115) as the Golgi resident protein mediating CAMSAP2 recruitment to the Golgi apparatus following S835 phosphorylation. The authors would need to address the following queries to support their conclusions.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their valuable time and effort in evaluating our manuscript. We deeply appreciate the constructive feedback and insightful suggestions, which have been instrumental in improving the quality and clarity of our study. We have carefully considered all the comments and have made the necessary revisions to address the concerns raised.

      Major Comments 

      (1) Dynamic localization of CAMSAP2 during Golgi reorientation

      - The authors use fixed wound edges assays and co-localization analysis to describe changes in CAMSAP2 positioning during Golgi reorientation in response to polarizing cues (a free wound edge in this case). In Figure 1C, they present a graphical representation of quantified immunofluorescence images, using color coding to to describe the three states of Golgi reorientation in response to a wound (green, blue, red indicating non-polarised, partial and complete Golgi reorientation, respectively). They then use these 'colour coded' classifications to quantitate CAMSAP2/GM130 co-localization.It is unclear why the authors have not just used representative immunofluorescence images in the main figures. Transparent, color overlays could be placed over the cells in the representative images to indicate which of the three described states each cell is currently exhibiting. However, for clarity, I would recommend changing the color coded 'states' to a descriptor rather than a color. i.e. Figure 1D x axis labels should be 'complete' and 'partial', instead of 'red' and 'blue'. 

      Thank you for this insightful suggestion. We have added representative immunofluorescence images with transparent color overlay to indicate the three Golgi orientation states. These images are included in Supplementary Figure 2B-C, providing a clear visual reference for the quantitative data. Additionally, we have revised the x-axis labels in Figure 1E from "Red" and "Blue" to "Complete" and "Partial" to ensure clarity and consistency with the descriptive terminology in the text. These changes are described in the Results section (page 7, lines 15-19) and the figure legend (page 29, lines 27-29).

      We believe these updates improve the clarity and accessibility of our figures and hope they address the reviewer’s concerns.

      - note- figure 2 F-G, is semi quantitative, why did the authors not just measure Golgi angle using the nucleus and Golgi distribution?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment on this point. Following the recommendation, we have performed an additional analysis measuring Golgi orientation angles based on the nucleus-Golgi distribution. This quantitative approach complements our initial semi-quantitative analysis and provides a more precise assessment of Golgi orientation during cell migration.

      The new data have been incorporated into Supplementary Figure 1F-H. These results clearly demonstrate the consistency between the quantitative and semi-quantitative methods, further validating our findings and highlighting the dynamic changes in Golgi orientation during cell migration. These changes are described in the Results section (page 6, lines 24-31).

      - While it is established that the Golgi is dispersed during reorientation in wound edge migration, the Golgi apparatus also becomes dispersed/less condensed prior to cell division. As the authors have used fixed images - how are they sure that the Golgi morphology or CAMSAP2 localization in 'blue cells' are indicative of Golgi reorientation and not division? Live imaging of cells expressing CAMSAP2, and an additional Golgi marker could be used to demonstrate that the described changes in Golgi morphology and CAMSAP2 localization are occurring during the rear-to-front transition of the Golgi.

      Thank you for raising this important question. To address this concern, we carefully examined the nuclear morphology of dispersed Golgi cells and found no evidence of mitotic features, indicating that these cells are not undergoing division (Figure 1A, Supplemental Figure 2A). Furthermore, during the scratch wound assay, we use 2% serum to culture the cells, which helps minimize the impact of cell division. This analysis has been added to the Results section (page7, lines 19-22 in the revised manuscript).

      Additionally, we conducted live-cell imaging, as suggested, using cells expressing a Golgi marker. This approach confirmed that Golgi dispersion occurs transiently during reorientation in cell migration. The new live-cell imaging data have been incorporated into Supplementary Figure 2A, and the corresponding description has been updated in the Results section (page 7, lines 2-5).

      Finally, considering that overexpression of CAMSAP2 can lead to artifactually condensed Golgi structures, we used endogenous staining to observe CAMSAP2 localization at different stages of migration. These observations provide a clearer understanding of CAMSAP2 dynamics during Golgi reorientation and are now presented in revised Figure 1A-B. This information has been described in the Results section (page 7, lines 5-10).

      We hope these additions and clarifications address the reviewer’s concerns. Once again, we are deeply grateful for this constructive feedback, which has greatly improved the robustness of our study.

      (2) MARK2 localization to the Golgi apparatus

      - The authors investigated the positioning of endogenous MARK2 via immunofluorescence staining, and exogenous flag-tagged MARK2 in a KO background. The description of the protocol required to visualize Golgi localization of MARK2 is inconsistent between the results and methods text. The results text reads as through the 2% serum incubation occurs as a blocking step following fixation. Conversely, the methods section describes the 2% serum incubation as occurring just prior to fixation as a form of serum starvation. The authors need to clarify which of these protocols is correct. Further, whilst I can appreciate that the mechanistic understanding of why serum starvation is required for MARK2 Golgi localization is beyond the scope of the current work, the authors should at a minimum speculate in the discussion as to why they think it might occur.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the constructive feedback on the localization of MARK2 at the Golgi. Due to the complexity and variability of this phenomenon, we decided to remove the related data from the current manuscript to maintain the rigor of our study. However, we have included a discussion of this phenomenon in the Discussion section (page 13, lines 31-39 and page 14, 1-6in the revised manuscript) and plan to further investigate it in future studies.

      The localization of MARK2 at the Golgi was initially observed in experiments following serum starvation, where cells were fixed and stained (The data is not displayed). This observation was supported by the loss of Golgi localization in MARK2 knockdown cells, indicating the specificity of the antibody (The data is not displayed). However, this phenomenon was not consistently observed across all cells, likely due to its transient nature.We speculate that the localization of MARK2 to the Golgi depends on its activity and post-translational modifications. For example, phosphorylation at T595 has been reported to regulate the translocation of MARK2 from the plasma membrane to the cytoplasm (Hurov et al., 2004). Serum starvation might induce modifications or conformational changes in MARK2, leading to its temporary Golgi localization. Additionally, we hypothesize that this localization may coincide with specific Golgi dynamics, such as the transition from dispersed to ribbon-like structures during cell migration.

      We also acknowledge the inconsistency in the Results and Methods sections regarding serum starvation. We confirm that serum starvation was performed prior to fixation as an experimental condition, rather than as a blocking step in immunostaining. This clarification has been incorporated into the revised Methods section (page 24, lines 11-12).

      We hope this clarification, along with our planned future studies, adequately addresses the reviewer’s concerns. Once again, we deeply appreciate the reviewer’s valuable comments, which have provided important insights for our ongoing work. References:

      Hurov, J.B., Watkins, J.L., and Piwnica-Worms, H. (2004). Atypical PKC phosphorylates PAR-1 kinases to regulate localization and activity. Curr Biol 14 (8): 736-741.

      - The authors should strengthen their findings by using validated tools/methods consistent with previous publications. i.e. Waterman lab has published two MARK2 constructs- Apple and eGFP tagged versions (doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2022.04.088), and the localization of MARK2 in U2Os cells (using the same antibody (Anti- MARK2 C-terminal, ABCAM Cat# ab136872). The authors should (1) image the cells live using eGFP-tagged MARK2 during serum starvation to show the dynamics of this localization, (2) image U2Os cells using the abcam ab136872 antibody +/- 2% serum starve. Two MARK2 antibodies are listed in Table 2. Does abcam (ab133724) show a similar localisation?

      - The Golgi localization of MARK2 occurs in the absence of the T structural domain, but not when full length MARK2 is expressed. The authors conclude the T- domain is likely inhibitory. When combined with the requirement for serum starvation for this interaction to occur, the authors should clarify the physiological relevance of these observations.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their valuable suggestions regarding the use of tools and methods and the physiological relevance of MARK2 localization to the Golgi. Regarding the question of how MARK2 itself localizes to the Golgi, we are currently unable to fully elucidate the underlying mechanism. Therefore, we have removed the discussion of MARK2’s Golgi localization from the manuscript to ensure scientific accuracy. However, Below, we provide our detailed response as soon as possible:

      First, regarding the suggestion to use tools and methods developed by the Waterman lab to strengthen our findings, we have carefully evaluated their applicability. In our live-cell imaging experiments, we found that full-length MARK2 does not stably localize to the Golgi, even under serum starvation conditions. However, truncated MARK2 mutants lacking the Tail (T) domain exhibit robust Golgi localization. Furthermore, our immunofluorescence staining results indicate that the Spacer domain is the minimal region required for MARK2 localization at the Golgi. Based on these findings, we believe that live-cell imaging of EGFP-tagged full-length MARK2 may not effectively reveal the dynamics of its Golgi localization. However, we plan to focus on the truncated constructs in future studies to better explore the mechanisms underlying MARK2's dynamic behavior. 

      Regarding the use of the ab136872 antibody to stain U2OS cells with and without serum starvation, we note that the protocol described by the Waterman lab involves pre-fixation and permeabilization steps, which are not compatible with live-cell imaging. Additionally, we observed that MARK2 Golgi localization appears to be condition-dependent and may coincide with specific Golgi dynamics, such as transitions from dispersed stacks to intact ribbon structures. These events are likely brief and challenging to capture consistently. Nevertheless, we recognize the value of this experimental design and plan to adapt the staining conditions in future work to validate our results further. As for the ab133724 antibody listed in Table 2, we clarify that it has only been validated for Western blotting in our study and does not yield reliable results in immunofluorescence experiments. For this reason, all immunofluorescence staining in this study relied exclusively on ab136872. This distinction has been clarified in the revised Table 2 .

      Regarding the hypothesis that the Tail domain of MARK2 is inhibitory, our observations showed that truncated MARK2 mutants lacking the T domain stably localized to the Golgi, whereas fulllength MARK2 did not. Literature evidence supports this hypothesis, as studies on the yeast homolog Kin2 indicate that the C-terminal region (including the Tail domain) binds to the Nterminal catalytic domain to inhibit kinase activity (Elbert et al., 2005). We speculate that serum starvation disrupts this intramolecular interaction, relieving the inhibition by the T domain, activating MARK2, and promoting its localization to the Golgi. Moreover, we hypothesize that the transient nature of MARK2 localization to the Golgi may be related to specific Golgi remodeling processes, such as the transition from dispersed stacks to intact ribbon structures during cell migration or polarity establishment. 

      References:

      Elbert, M., Rossi, G., and Brennwald, P. (2005). The yeast par-1 homologs kin1 and kin2 show genetic and physical interactions with components of the exocytic machinery. Mol Biol Cell 16 (2): 532-549.

      (3) Phosphorylation of CAMSAP2 by MARK2

      - The authors examined the effects of MARK2 phosphorylation of CAMSAP2 on Golgi architecture through expression of WT-CAMSAP2 and two CAMSAP2 S835 mutants in CAMSAP2 KO cells. They find that CAMSAP2 S835A (non-phosphorylatable) was less capable of rescuing Golgi morphology than CAMSAP2 S835D (phosphomimetic). Golgi area has been measured to demonstrate this phenomenon. Representative immunofluorescence images in Fig. 4D appear to indicate that this is the case. However, quantification in Fig. 4E does not show significance between HA-CAMSAP2 and HA-CAMSAP2A that would support the initial claim. The authors could analyze other aspects of Golgi morphology (e.g. number of Golgi fragments, degree of dispersal around the nucleus) to capture the clear structural defects demonstrated in HACAMSAP2A cells.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their valuable feedback and for pointing out potential areas of improvement in our analysis of Golgi morphology. We apologize for any misunderstanding caused by our description of the results in Figure 4E.

      The quantification indeed shows a significant difference between HA-CAMSAP2 and HACAMSAP2A in terms of Golgi area, as indicated in the figure by the statistical annotations (pvalue provided in the legend). To ensure clarity, we have revised the figure legend (page 32, lines 19-23 in the revised manuscript) to explicitly describe the statistical significance, and the method used for quantification.

      Because the quantification indeed shows a significant difference between HA-CAMSAP2 and HA-CAMSAP2A in terms of Golgi area, and to maintain consistency throughout the manuscript, we did not further analyze other aspects of Golgi morphology.

      We hope this clarification, along with the additional analyses, will address the reviewer’s concerns. Once again, we are deeply grateful for these constructive comments, which have helped us improve the quality and robustness of our study.

      - Wound edge assays are used to capture the difference in Golgi reorientation towards the leading edge between CAMSAP2 S835A and CAMSAP2 S835D. However, these studies lack comparison to WT-CAMSAP2 that would support the role of phosphorylated CAMSAP2 in reorienting the Golgi in this context.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their insightful suggestion. In response, we have added a comparison between CAMSAP2 S835A/D and WT-CAMSAP2, in addition to HT1080 and MARK2 KO cells, to better evaluate the role of phosphorylated CAMSAP2 in Golgi reorientation.

      The results, now shown in Figure 5A-C, indicate that in the absence of MARK2, there is no significant difference in Golgi reorientation between WT-CAMSAP2 and CAMSAP2 S835A. This observation supports the conclusion that MARK2-mediated phosphorylation of CAMSAP2 at S835 is essential for effective Golgi reorientation.

      To enhance clarity, we have updated the corresponding Results section (page 9, lines 37-40 and page 10, line 1 in the revised manuscript) to describe this additional comparison. We believe this analysis strengthens our findings and provides a clearer understanding of the role of phosphorylated CAMSAP2 in Golgi dynamics.

      We hope this additional data addresses the reviewer’s concerns. Once again, we are grateful for the constructive feedback, which has helped improve the clarity and robustness of our study.

      (4) Identification of CAMSAP2 interaction partners

      - Quantification of interaction ability between CAMSAP2 and CG-NAP, CLASP2, or USO1 in Fig. 5D, 5F and 5J respectively, lack WT-CAMSAP2 comparisons.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their valuable suggestion. In response, we have included WT-CAMSAP2 data in the quantification of interaction ability between CAMSAP2 and CG-NAP, CLASP2, and USO1. These results, now shown in revised Figures 5 D-G and Figures 6 C-D, provide a direct comparison that further validates the differential interaction abilities of CAMSAP2 mutants.

      The inclusion of WT-CAMSAP2 allows us to better contextualize the effects of specific mutations on CAMSAP2 interactions and strengthens our conclusions regarding the role of these interactions in Golgi dynamics.

      We hope this addition addresses the reviewer’s concerns and enhances the clarity and robustness of our study. We deeply appreciate the constructive feedback, which has been instrumental in improving our manuscript.

      - The CG-NAP immunoblot presented in Fig. 5C shows that the protein is 310 kDa, which is the incorrect molecular weight. CG-NAP (AKAP450) should appear at around 450 kDa. Further, no CG-NAP antibody is included in Table 2 - Information of Antibodies. The authors need to explain this discrepancy.

      We sincerely apologize for the lack of clarity in our annotation and description, which may have caused confusion regarding the CG-NAP immunoblot presented in Figure 5C (Figure 5D in the revised manuscript). To clarify, CG-NAP (AKAP450) is indeed a 450 kDa protein, and the marker at 310 kDa represents the molecular weight marker’s upper limit, above which CG-NAP is observed. This has been clarified in the figure legend (page 33, lines 21-23 in the revised manuscript).

      Regarding the CG-NAP antibody, it was custom-made and purified in our laboratory. Polyclonal antisera against CG-NAP, designated as αEE, were generated by immunizing rabbits with GSTfused fragments of CG-NAP (aa 423–542). This antibody has been validated extensively in our previous research, demonstrating its specificity and reliability (Wang et al., 2017). The details of the antibody preparation are included in the footnote of Table 2 for reference.

      We hope this clarification, along with the additional context regarding the antibody validation, resolves the reviewer’s concerns. We are deeply grateful for the reviewer’s attention to detail, which has helped us improve the clarity and rigor of our manuscript.

      References:

      Wang, J., Xu, H., Jiang, Y., Takahashi, M., Takeichi, M., and Meng, W. (2017). CAMSAP3dependent microtubule dynamics regulates Golgi assembly in epithelial cells. Journal of genetics and genomics = Yi chuan xue bao 44 (1): 39-49.

      Minor Comments

      - Authors should change immunofluorescence images to colorblind friendly colors. The current presentation of merged overlays makes it really difficult to interpret- I would strongly encourage inverted or at a minimum greyscale individual images of key proteins of interest.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their valuable suggestion regarding the presentation of immunofluorescence images. In response, we have converted the images in Figure 1C to greyscale individual images for each key protein of interest. This adjustment ensures that the figures are more accessible and interpretable, including for readers with color vision deficiencies.

      We hope this modification addresses the reviewer’s concern and improves the clarity of our data presentation. We are grateful for the constructive feedback, which has helped us enhance the overall quality of our figures.

      - On p. 8 text should be amended to 'Previous literature has documented MARK2's localization to the microtubules, microtubule-organizing center (MTOC), focal adhesions..'

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their comment regarding the text on page 8. Considering the reasoning provided in response to question 2, where we clarified that MARK2's Golgi localization is not fully understood, we have decided to remove this section from the manuscript to maintain the accuracy and rigor of our study.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s attention to detail and constructive feedback, which has helped us improve the clarity and focus of our manuscript. 

      - In Fig.1A scale bars are not shown on individual channel images of CAMSAP or GM130

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for pointing out the omission of scale bars in the individual channel images of CAMSAP and GM130 in Figure 1A (Figure 1C in the revised manuscript). In response, we have added a scale bar (5 μm) to the CAMSAP2 channel, as shown in the revised Figure 1C. These updates have been described in the figure legend (page 29, line 21).

      We hope this modification addresses the reviewer’s concern and improves the accuracy and clarity of our figure presentation. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has helped enhance the quality of our manuscript.

      - In Fig. 1B the title should be amended to 'Colocalization of CAMSAP2/GM130'

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their suggestion to amend the title in Figure 1B (Figure 1D in the revised manuscript). In response, we have updated the title to "Colocalization of CAMSAP2/GM130," as shown in the revised Figure 1D.

      We hope this modification addresses the reviewer’s concern and improves the clarity and accuracy of the figure. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s valuable feedback, which has helped us refine the presentation of our results.

      - In Fig. 2F, 5A, and Sup Fig 3C scale bars have been presented vertically

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for pointing out the issue with the vertical orientation of scale bars in Figures 2F (Figure 2D in the revised manuscript), 5A, and Supplementary Figure 3C. In response, we have modified the scale bars in revised Figures 2D and 5A to a horizontal orientation for improved consistency and clarity. Additionally, Supplementary Figure 3C has been removed from the revised manuscript.

      We hope these adjustments address the reviewer’s concerns and enhance the overall presentation quality of the figures. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has helped us refine our manuscript.

      - Panels are not correctly aligned, and images are not evenly spaced or sized in multiple figures - Fig. 2F, 4D, Sup Fig. 1F, Sup Fig. 2C, Sup Fig. 3E, Sup Fig. 4C

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for pointing out the misalignment and uneven spacing or sizing of panels in multiple figures, including Figures 2F, 4D, Supplementary Figures 1F, 2C, 3E, and 4C (Figure 2D, 4D, Supplementary Figures 1F, 2C, and 3H in the revised manuscript.

      Supplementary Figure 3E was removed from our manuscript). In response, we have standardized the spacing and sizing of all panels throughout the manuscript to ensure consistency and improve visual clarity.

      We hope this modification addresses the reviewer’s concerns and enhances the overall presentation quality of our figures. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has helped us improve the organization and professionalism of our manuscript.

      - An uncolored additional data point is present in Fig. 3F

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for pointing out the presence of an uncolored additional data point in Figure 3F. In response, we have removed this data point from the revised figure to ensure accuracy and clarity.

      We hope this adjustment resolves the reviewer’s concern and improves the overall quality of the figure. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s careful review and constructive feedback, which have helped us refine our manuscript.

      - In Fig. 3A 'GAMSAP2/GM130' in the vertical axis label should be amended to 'CAMSAP2/GM130'

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for pointing out the error in the vertical axis label of Figure 3A. In response, we have corrected "GAMSAP2/GM130" to "CAMSAP2/GM130," as shown in the revised Figure 3I.

      We hope this correction resolves the reviewer’s concern and improves the accuracy of our figure. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s careful review and constructive feedback, which have helped us refine our manuscript.

      - In Fig 5A the green label should be amended to 'GFP-CAMSAP2' instead of 'GFP'

      We sincerely apologize for the confusion caused by our labeling in Figure 5A. To clarify, the green label “GFP” refers to the antibody used, while “GFP-CAMSAP2” is indicated at the top of the figure to specify the construct being analyzed.

      We hope this explanation resolves the misunderstanding and provides clarity regarding the labeling in Figure 5A. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s feedback, which has allowed us to address this issue and improve the precision of our figure annotations.

      - The repeated use of contractions throughout the manuscript was distracting, I would strongly encourage removing these.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for pointing out the distracting use of contractions in the manuscript. In response, we have removed and replaced all contractions with their full forms to improve the clarity and formal tone of the text.

      We hope this modification addresses the reviewer’s concern and enhances the readability and professionalism of our manuscript. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has helped us refine the quality of our writing.

      Reviewer #2: 

      Summary  

      This work by the Meng lab investigates the role of the proteins MARK2 and CAMSAP2 in the Golgi reorientation during cell polarisation and migration. They identified that both proteins interact together and that MARK2 phosphorylates CAMSAP2 on the residue S835. They show that the phosphorylation affects the localisation of CAMSAP2 at the Golgi apparatus and in turn influences the Golgi structure itself. Using the TurboID experimental approach, the author identified the USO1 protein as a protein that binds differentially to CAMSAP2 when it is itself phosphorylated at residue 835. Dissecting the molecular mechanisms controlling Golgi polarisation during cell migration is a highly complex but fundamental issue in cell biology and the author may have identified one important key step in this process. However, although the authors have made a genuine iconographic effort to help the reader understand their point of view, the data presented in this study appear sometimes fragile, lacking rigour in the analysis or over-interpreted. Additional analyses need to be conducted to strengthen this study and elevate it to the level it deserves.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their thoughtful evaluation and recognition of our study's significance in understanding Golgi reorientation during cell migration. We appreciate the constructive feedback regarding data robustness, clarity, and interpretation. In response, we have conducted additional analyses, revised data presentation, and ensured cautious interpretation throughout the manuscript. These changes aim to address the reviewer’s concerns comprehensively and strengthen the scientific rigor of our study.

      Major comments

      In order to conclude as they do about the putative role of USO1, the authors need to perform a siRNA/CRISPR of USO1 to validate its role in anchoring CAMSAP2 to the Golgi apparatus in a MARK2 phosphorylation-dependent manner. In other words, does depletion of USO1 affect the recruitment of CAMSAP2 to the Golgi apparatus?

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their insightful suggestion regarding the role of USO1 in anchoring CAMSAP2 to the Golgi apparatus. In response, we performed USO1 knockdown using siRNA and quantified the Pearson correlation coefficient of CAMSAP2 and GM130 colocalization in control and USO1-knockdown cells.

      The results show that CAMSAP2 localization to the Golgi is significantly reduced in USO1knockdown cells, confirming that USO1 plays a critical role in recruiting CAMSAP2 to the Golgi apparatus. These results are now presented in Figures 6 E–G, and corresponding updates have been incorporated into the Results section (page 10, lines 36-37 in the revised manuscript).

      We hope this additional experiment addresses the reviewer’s concern and strengthens our conclusions regarding the role of USO1. We are grateful for the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has greatly improved the robustness of our study.  

      It is not clear from this study exactly when and where MARK2 phosphorylates CAMSAP2. What is the result of overexpression of the two proteins in their respective localisation to the Golgi apparatus? As binding between CAMSAP2 and MARK2 appears robust in the immunoprecipitation assay, this should be readily investigated. 

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their insightful comments and questions. To address the role of MARK2 in regulating CAMSAP2 localization to the Golgi apparatus, we overexpressed GFPMARK2 in cells and compared its effects on CAMSAP2 localization to the Golgi with control cells overexpressing GFP alone. Our results show that CAMSAP2 localization to the Golgi is significantly increased in GFP-MARK2-overexpressing cells, as shown in Supplementary Figures 3C and 3E. Corresponding updates have been incorporated into the Results section (page 8, lines 25-27 in the revised manuscript).

      Regarding the question of how MARK2 itself localizes to the Golgi, we are currently unable to fully elucidate the underlying mechanism. Therefore, we have removed the discussion of MARK2’s Golgi localization from the manuscript to ensure scientific accuracy. Consequently, we have not conducted experiments to assess the effects of CAMSAP2 overexpression on MARK2’s localization to the Golgi.

      We hope this explanation clarifies the reviewer’s concerns. We are grateful for the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has guided us in improving the clarity and focus of our study.

      To strengthen their results, can the author map the interaction domains between CAMSAP2 and MARK2? The authors have at their disposal all the constructs necessary for this dissection.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their insightful suggestion to map the interaction domains between CAMSAP2 and MARK2. In response, we performed immunoprecipitation experiments using truncated constructs of CAMSAP2. Our results reveal that MARK2 interacts specifically with the C-terminus (1149F) of CAMSAP2, as shown in Supplementary Figures 3A and 3B. Corresponding updates have been incorporated into the Results section (page 7, lines 41-42 and page 8, line 1 in the revised manuscript).

      We hope this additional analysis addresses the reviewer’s suggestion and further strengthens our conclusions. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has helped improve the depth of our study.

      Minor comments

      Sup-fig1  

      H: It is not clear if the polarisation experiment has been repeated three times (as it should) and pooled or is just the result of one experiment?

      We sincerely apologize for the lack of clarity regarding the experimental details for Supplementary Figure 1H. To clarify, the polarization experiment was repeated three times, and the results were pooled to generate the data presented. We have updated the figure legend for Supplementary Figure 1H to explicitly state this information (page 35, lines 27-29 in the revised manuscript).

      We hope this clarification resolves the reviewer’s concern. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s careful review and constructive feedback, which have helped us improve the accuracy and transparency of our manuscript.

      Sup-fig2  

      C: "Immunofluorescence staining plots" formula used in the legend is not clear. Which condition is presented in the panel, parental HT1080 or CAMSAP2 KO cells?  

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the lack of clarity regarding the conditions presented in Supplementary Figure 2C. To clarify, the immunofluorescence staining plots shown in this panel are from parental HT1080 cells. We have updated the figure legend to include this information (page 36, line 14 in the revised manuscript).

      We hope this clarification resolves the reviewer’s concern and improves the transparency of our data presentation. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s feedback, which has helped us refine the manuscript.

      Figure 1  

      D: In the plot, the colour of the points for the "red cells" are red but the one for the "blue cells" are green, this is confusing.

      E: Once again, the colour choice is confusing as blue cells (t=0.5h) are quantified using red dots and red cells (t=2h) quantified using green dots. The t=0h condition should be quantified as well and added to the graph.  

      F: Representative CAMSAP2 immunofluorescence pictures for the three time points should be provided in addition to the drawings.  

      We thank the reviewer for their valuable comments regarding Figure 1D (revised Figure 1E), Figure 1E (revised Figure 1B), and Figure 1F (revised Supplementary Figure 2C).

      - Figure 1D (revised Figure 1E): we have modified the x-axis labels and adjusted the color scheme of the data points to ensure consistency and avoid confusion.

      - Figure 1E (revised Figure 1B): we have updated the x-axis and included the quantification of the t=0h condition, which has been added to the graph.

      - Figure 1F (revised Supplementary Figure 2C): we have provided representative immunofluorescence images of CAMSAP2 for the three-time points to complement the schematic drawings.

      We hope these revisions address the reviewer’s concerns and improve the clarity and completeness of our data presentation. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has significantly contributed to enhancing our manuscript.

      Figure 2  

      A: No methodology in the material and methods is provided for this analysis.  

      B: Can the authors be more precise regarding the source of the CAMSAP2 interactants? Can the author provide the citation of the publication describing the CAMSAP2-MARK2 interaction?  

      D: Genotyping for the MARK2 KO cell line should be provided the same way it was provided for the CAMSAP2 cell line in Sup-fig1. "MARK2 was enriched around the Golgi apparatus in a  significant proportion of HT1080 cells": which proportion of the cells?  

      F: The time point of fixation is missing  

      G: It is not clear if the polarisation experiment has been repeated three times (as it should) and pooled or is just the result of one experiment?  

      We thank the reviewer for their detailed comments and suggestions regarding Figure 2. Below, we provide clarifications and outline the modifications made:

      - Figure 2A: The methodology for this analysis has been added to section 5.14 (Data statistics). Specifically, we have stated: “GO analysis of proteins was plotted using https://www.bioinformatics.com.cn, an online platform for data analysis and visualization” (page 26 lines 5-6 in the revised manuscript).

      - Figure 2B: The CAMSAP2 interactants were derived from the study by Wu et al., 2016, which provides the source of these interactants. The interaction between CAMSAP2 and MARK2 is referenced from Zhou et al., 2020. These citations have been added to the relevant sections of the manuscript (page 30, lines 10-11 and 13-14).

      - Figure 2D (removed in the revised manuscript): Genotyping for the MARK2 KO cell line has been provided in the same format as for the CAMSAP2 KO cell line in Figure 2G. Additionally, as the MARK2 Golgi localization discussion cannot yet be fully elucidated, we have removed this portion from the manuscript.

      - Figure 2F (revised Figure 2D): The time point of fixation, which occurred 2 hours after the scratch wound assay, has been added to the figure legend (page 30, lines 15-16).

      - Figure 2G (revised Figure 2E-F): The polarization experiment was repeated three times, and the results were pooled. This information has been included in the figure legend (page 30, lines 26 and 29).

      We hope these updates address the reviewer’s concerns and improve the clarity and completeness of the manuscript. We are grateful for the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has greatly enhanced the rigor of our study. References:

      Wu, J., de Heus, C., Liu, Q., Bouchet, B.P., Noordstra, I., Jiang, K., Hua, S., Martin, M., Yang, C., Grigoriev, I., et al. (2016). Molecular Pathway of Microtubule Organization at the Golgi Apparatus. Dev Cell 39 (1): 44-60.

      Sup-fig3  

      E: Although colocalisation between CAMSAP2 and MARK2 is clear in your serum conditions in HT1080 and RPE1 cells, the deletion domain analysis appears weak and insufficient to implicate the role of the spacer domain. This part should be deleted or strengthened, but the data do not satisfactorily support your conclusion as it stands.  

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their critical comments regarding the deletion domain analysis of MARK2 and its role in colocalization with CAMSAP2. As the current data do not satisfactorily support our conclusions, we have removed all related content on MARK2 and the deletion domain analysis from the manuscript to maintain scientific rigor.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s valuable feedback, which has helped us refine and improve the quality and focus of our study.

      Figure 3  

      A: Can the reduced CAMSAP2 Golgi localisation phenotype be rescued by the overexpression of MARK2 cDNA in the MARK2 KO cells?  

      F: Presence of a white dot on the HT1080 plot  

      G: The composition of the homogenization buffer is not indicated in the material and methods  

      We thank the reviewer for their valuable comments and suggestions regarding Figure 3. Below, we detail the modifications made:

      - Figure 3A: To address whether the reduced CAMSAP2 Golgi localization phenotype can be rescued, we overexpressed MARK2 cDNA in MARK2 KO cells. Our results show that overexpression of MARK2 successfully rescues the reduced CAMSAP2 localization to the Golgi, as demonstrated in Supplementary Figures 3C and 3E (page 8, lines 5-7).

      - Figure 3F: We have removed the white dot on the HT1080 plot to ensure clarity and accuracy.

      - Figure 3G: The composition of the homogenization buffer used in the experiment has been added to the Materials and Methods section for completeness (page 24, lines 34-41 and page 25, lines 1-10).

      We hope these revisions address the reviewer’s concerns and enhance the clarity and rigor of our study. We are grateful for the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has significantly improved the quality of our manuscript.

      Figure 4  

      B: Quantification of the effect of the S835A mutation should be provided  

      D: Top left panel: Why Ha antibody stains Golgi structure in absence of Ha-CAMSAP2 transfection ? IF the Ha antibody has unspecific affinity towards the Golgi apparatus, may be it is not the good tag to use in this assay?  

      E: The number of cells studied should be standardized. 119 cells were analyzed in the CAMSAP KO vs only 35 cells in the CAMSAP2 KO (HA-CAMSAP2-S835D) conditions. This could introduce strong bias to the analysis. Furthermore the CAMSAP2 S835A seems to provide a certain level of rescue. It would be interesting to see what is the result of the T test between the HT1080 and HA-CAMSAP S835A conditions.  

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful comments and suggestions regarding Figure 4. Below, we detail the revisions and clarifications made:

      - Figure 4B: The S835A mutation renders CAMSAP2 non-phosphorylatable by MARK2. This conclusion is based on our experimental observations and previously reported mechanisms.

      - Figure 4D: The HA antibody does not exhibit non-specific affinity toward the Golgi apparatus. The observed labeling in the top left panel was due to an error in our annotation. We have corrected the label, replacing "HA" with "CAMSAP2" to accurately reflect the experimental conditions.

      - Figure 4E: To standardize the number of cells analyzed across conditions, we reduced the number of CAMSAP2 KO cells analyzed to 50 and balanced the sample sizes for comparison. Additionally, we performed a t-test between the HT1080 and HACAMSAP2 S835A conditions. The results support that CAMSAP2 S835A provides partial rescue, as reflected in the updated analysis (page 32, lines 19-23).

      We hope these revisions address the reviewer’s concerns and improve the accuracy and reliability of our results. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has significantly enhanced the quality of our study.

      Figure 6  

      6A: The wound position should be indicated on the picture.  

      6B: Given that microtubule labelling is present on the vast majority of the cell surface, this type of quantification provides very little information using conventional light microscopy and should not be used to conclude any change in the microtubule network using Pearson's coefficient.  The text describing the figure 6A and 6B needs re written as I do not understand what the author want to say. "In cells located before the wound edge..." : I do not understand how a cell could be located before the wound edge. Which figure corresponds to the trailing edge of the wounding?

      We thank the reviewer for their valuable comments on Figure 6A (revised Supplementary Figure 6E) and Figure 6B (revised Supplementary Figure 6F). Below, we detail the modifications made:

      - Figure 6A (revised Supplementary Figure 6E), we have added arrows to indicate the wound position, providing clearer guidance for interpreting the image.

      - Figure 6B (revised Supplementary Figure 6F), we revised our quantification method based on the approach used in literature (Wu et al., 2016). Specifically, we analyzed the relationship between microtubules and the Golgi apparatus in cells at the leading edge of the wound. The x-axis represents the distance from the Golgi center, while the y-axis shows the normalized radial fluorescence intensity of microtubules and the Golgi apparatus.

      Additionally, we revised the accompanying text for clarity and accuracy. The original description:

      “In cells located before the wound edge, the Golgi apparatus maintained a ribbon-like shape, with a higher density of microtubules. In contrast, at the trailing edge of the wounding, the Golgi apparatus appeared more as stacks around the nucleus, with fewer microtubules”  was replaced with:

      “Finally, to comprehensively understand the dynamics between non-centrosomal microtubules and the Golgi apparatus during Golgi reorientation, we conducted cell wound-healing experiments (Supplementary Figure 6 E-F). Our observations revealed notable changes in the Golgi apparatus and microtubule network distribution in relation to the wounding. These findings corroborate our earlier results and suggest a highly dynamic interaction between the Golgi apparatus and microtubules during Golgi reorientation” (Revised manuscript page 11 lines 3-10).

      We hope these changes address the reviewer’s concerns and improve the clarity and robustness of our study. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has significantly enhanced the presentation and interpretation of our data. References:

      Wu, J., de Heus, C., Liu, Q., Bouchet, B.P., Noordstra, I., Jiang, K., Hua, S., Martin, M., Yang, C., Grigoriev, I., et al. (2016). Molecular Pathway of Microtubule Organization at the Golgi Apparatus. Dev Cell 39 (1): 44-60.

      Reviewer #3:  

      Summary  

      In this study, Xu et al. analyzed the wound healing process of HT1080 cells to elucidate the molecular mechanisms by which the Golgi apparatus exhibits transient dispersion before reorienting to the wound edge in the compact assembly structure. They focused on the role of the microtubule minus-end binding protein CAMSAP2, which mediates the linkage between microtubules and the Golgi membrane. At first, they noticed that CAMSAP2 transiently lost Golgi colocalization during the initial phase of the wound healing process. They further found that the cell polarity-regulating kinase MARK2 binds and phosphorylates S835 of CAMSAP2, thereby enhancing the interaction between CAMSAP2 and the Golgi protein Uso1. Together with the phenotypes of CAMSAP2, MARK2, and Uso1 KO cells, these authors argue that the MARK2dependent phosphorylation of CAMSAP2 plays an important role in the reassembly and reorientation of the Golgi apparatus after a transient dispersion observed during the wound healing process.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their thoughtful summary of our study and constructive feedback. Your comments have been invaluable in refining our research and enhancing the clarity and impact of our manuscript.

      Major comments

      (1) The premise of this study was that during the wound healing process, the Golgi apparatus exhibits transient dispersion before reorientation to the front of the nucleus.  

      In the first place, this claim has not been well established in previous studies or this paper. Therefore, the authors should present a proof of this claim in a clearer manner.  

      To introduce this cellular event, the authors cite several papers in the introduction (page 4) and the results (page 6) sections. However, many papers cited are review articles, and some of them do not describe this change in the Golgi assembly structure before reorientation. Only two original articles discussed this phenomenon (Bisel et al. 2008 and Wu et al. 2016), and direct evidence was provided by only one paper (Wu et al. 2016) in which changes in the Golgi apparatus in wound-healing RPE1 cells were recorded by live imaging (Fig.7A in Wu et al. 2016).

      Furthermore, it should be noted that this previous paper demonstrated that depletion of CAMSAP2 inhibits Golgi dispersion. Obviously, this conclusion is inconsistent with their statement to introduce this study (page4) that ‟This emphasizes CAMSAP2's role in sustaining Golgi integrity during critical cellular events like migration." In addition, it also contradicts the authors' model of the present paper (Fig. 6E), which argued that disruption of the Golgi association of CAMSAP2 facilitates the Golgi dispersion.  

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their detailed comments and for providing us with the opportunity to clarify the premise and conclusions of our study. Below, we address the main concerns raised:

      First, to provide direct evidence of Golgi apparatus changes during the wound-healing process, we conducted live-cell imaging experiments. Our observations, presented in revised Supplementary Figure 2A, clearly demonstrate that the Golgi apparatus exhibits a transient dispersion state before reorienting toward the leading edge of the nucleus during migration.

      Regarding the interpretation of previous studies, we acknowledge the reviewer’s concerns about the citation of review articles. To address this, we have revisited the literature and clarified that the phenomenon of Golgi dispersion during reorientation has been directly demonstrated in Wu et al (Wu et al., 2016), where live imaging of wound-healing RPE1 cells showed this dynamic behavior. Furthermore, we note that in Wu et al paper explicitly demonstrates that CAMSAP2 depletion promotes Golgi dispersion, contrary to the reviewer’s interpretation that "depletion of CAMSAP2 inhibits Golgi dispersion."

      Our model focuses on the role of CAMSAP2 in restoring the Golgi from a transiently dispersed structure back to an intact ribbon-like structure during reorientation. Specifically, we propose that during this process, the disruption of CAMSAP2’s association with the Golgi affects this restoration, rather than directly promoting Golgi dispersion as suggested by the reviewer. We believe this distinction aligns with our data and the existing literature.

      To strengthen the background of our study, we have revised the introduction and results sections (page 6, lines 6-13 and page 7, lines 1-17) to minimize reliance on review articles and have provided more explicit citations to original research papers. We hope this addresses the reviewer’s concern about the sufficiency of the cited literature.

      We trust these clarifications and revisions resolve the reviewer’s concerns and enhance the robustness of our study. Once again, we are grateful for the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has greatly helped refine our manuscript. References:

      Wu, J., de Heus, C., Liu, Q., Bouchet, B.P., Noordstra, I., Jiang, K., Hua, S., Martin, M., Yang, C., Grigoriev, I., et al. (2016). Molecular Pathway of Microtubule Organization at the Golgi Apparatus. Dev Cell 39 (1): 44-60.

      The authors did not provide experimental data for this temporal change in the Golgi assembly structures during the wound-healing process of HT1080 that they analyzed. They only provide an illustration of wound-healing cells (Fig.1F), in which cells are qualitatively discriminated and colored based on the Golgi states, without indicating the experimental basis of the discrimination.

      According to their ambiguous descriptions in the text (page7), the reader can speculate that Fig. 1F is illustrated based on the images in Supplementary Fig. 2C. However, because of the low quality and presentation style of these data, it is impossible to recognize the assembly structures of the Golgi apparatus in wound-edge cells.  

      If the authors hope to establish this premise claim for the present paper, they should provide their own data corresponding to the present Supplementary Fig. 2C in more clarity and present qualitative data verifying this claim, as Wu et al. did in Fig. 7A in their paper.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their constructive feedback and the opportunity to address the concern regarding the lack of experimental data supporting the temporal changes in Golgi assembly during the wound-healing process.

      To establish this premise, we conducted live-cell imaging experiments to observe the dynamic changes in the Golgi apparatus during directed cell migration. Our data, now presented in Supplementary Figure 2A, clearly demonstrate that the Golgi apparatus undergoes a transient dispersed state before reorganizing into an intact structure. These findings provide direct experimental evidence supporting our claim.

      In addition, we have revised the data originally presented in Supplementary Figure 2C and enhanced its quality and presentation style. This supplementary figure now includes clearer images and annotations to better illustrate the Golgi assembly structures in wound-edge cells. The improved data presentation aligns with the standards set by Wu et al reported (Wu et al., 2016) and provides qualitative support for our observations.

      We hope these additions and revisions address the reviewer’s concerns and strengthen the scientific rigor and clarity of our manuscript. We are grateful for the reviewer’s valuable suggestions, which have significantly improved the quality of our study. References:

      Wu, J., de Heus, C., Liu, Q., Bouchet, B.P., Noordstra, I., Jiang, K., Hua, S., Martin, M., Yang, C., Grigoriev, I., et al. (2016). Molecular Pathway of Microtubule Organization at the Golgi Apparatus. Dev Cell 39 (1): 44-60.

      (2) In Fig.1A-D, the authors claim that CAMSAP2 dissociates from the Golgi apparatus in cells "that have not yet completed Golgi reorientation and exhibit a transitional Golgi structure, characterized by relative dispersion and loss of polarity (page7)." However, I these analyses, they do not analyze the initial stage (0.5h after wound addition) of cells facing the wound edge, as they do in Supplementary Fig. 2C. Instead, they analyze cells separated from the wound edge at 2 h after wound addition when the wound-edge cells complete their polarization. These data are highly misleading because there is no evidence that the cells separated from the wound edge are really in the transitional state before polarization.  

      In this regard, Fig. 1E shows the analysis of the wound-edge cells at 0.5 and 2 h after the addition of wound, which provides suitable data to verify the authors' claim. However, the corresponding legend indicates that these statistical data are based on the illustration in Fig. 1F, which is probably based on highly ambiguous data in Supplementary Fig. 2C (see above).  

      Taken together, I strongly recommend the authors to remove Fig.1A-D. Instead, they should include the improved figure corresponding to the present Supplementary Fig.2C and present its statistical analysis similar to the present Fig.1E for this claim.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their constructive feedback and recommendations. Below, we address the concerns raised regarding Figure 1A-D and Supplementary Figure 2C.

      To provide stronger evidence for the transitional state of the Golgi apparatus during reorientation and the dynamic regulation of CAMSAP2 localization, we conducted live-cell imaging experiments. These results, now presented in Supplementary Figure 2A, clearly demonstrate that the Golgi apparatus undergoes a transitional state characterized by dispersion before reorienting toward the leading edge.

      Additionally, we analyzed fixed wound-edge cells at different time points during directed migration to observe CAMSAP2’s colocalization with the Golgi apparatus. The results, shown in Figures 1A and 1B, reveal dynamic changes in CAMSAP2 localization, confirm its regulation during Golgi reorientation, and include a corresponding statistical analysis (page 7, lines 1-17).

      These updates ensure that our claims are supported by robust and unambiguous data.

      We hope these revisions address the reviewer’s concerns and provide clear and reliable evidence for the transitional state of the Golgi apparatus and CAMSAP2’s dynamic regulation. We are grateful for the reviewer’s constructive suggestions, which have greatly improved the quality and focus of our manuscript.

      (3) In Supplementary Fig. 5 and Fig. 4, the authors claim that MARK2 phosphorylates S835 of CAMSAP2.  

      There are many issues to be addressed. Otherwise, the above claim cannot be assumed to be reliable.  

      First, the descriptions (in the text and method sections) and figures (Supplementary Fig.5) concerning the in vitro kinase assay and subsequent phosphoproteomic analysis are too immature and contain many errors.  

      Legend to Supplementary Fig. 5 is too immature for comprehension. It should be completely rewritten in a more comprehensive manner. The figure in Supplementary Fig. 5C is also too immature for understanding. They simply paste raw mass spectrometric data without any modification for presentation.  

      We sincerely apologize for the lack of clarity and inaccuracies in the original descriptions and figure legends for the in vitro kinase assay and phosphoproteomic analysis. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s detailed comments, which have allowed us to address these issues comprehensively.

      To improve clarity and accuracy, we have rewritten the figure legend for the original Supplementary Figure 5 (now Supplementary Figure 4) as follows:

      (A): CBB staining of a gel with GFP-CAMSAP2, GST, and GST-MARK2. GFP-CAMSAP2 was expressed in Sf9 cells and purified. GST and GST-MARK2 were expressed in E. coli and purified.

      (B): Western blot analysis of an in vitro kinase assay. GST or GST-MARK2 was incubated with GFP-CAMSAP2 in kinase buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 12.5 mM MgCl2, 1 mM DTT, 400 μM ATP) at 30°C for 30 minutes. Reactions were stopped by boiling in the loading buffer.

      (C): Detection of phosphorylation at S835 in CAMSAP2 by mass spectrometry. The observed mass increases in b4, b5, b6, b7, b8, b10, b11, and b12 fragments indicate phosphorylation at Ser835.

      (D): Kinase assay samples analyzed using Phos-tag SDS-PAGE. HEK293 cells were cotransfected with the indicated plasmids. Band shifts of CAMSAP2 mutants were examined via western blot. Phos-tag was used in SDS-PAGE, and arrowheads indicate the shifted bands caused by phosphorylation.

      To address the reviewer’s concern about Supplementary Figure 5C, we have reformatted the mass spectrometry data to improve readability and presentation quality. The revised figure includes clearer annotations and graphical representations of the mass spectrometric evidence for phosphorylation at S835.

      We believe these updates enhance the comprehensibility and reliability of our data, providing robust support for our claim that MARK2 phosphorylates CAMSAP2 at S835. We hope these

      revisions address the reviewer’s concerns and demonstrate our commitment to improving the quality of our manuscript.

      The readers cannot understand how the authors purified GFP-CAMSAP2 for the kinase assay.

      The method section incorrectly states that the product was purified using Ni-resin.  

      We thank the reviewer for their comment regarding the purification of GFP-CAMSAP2 for the kinase assay. We would like to clarify that GFP-CAMSAP2 carries a His-tag, which allows for purification using Ni-resin, as described in the Methods section (page 23, Lines 32-40). Therefore, the description in the Methods section is correct.

      To avoid any potential misunderstanding, we have revised the Methods section to provide more detailed and precise descriptions of the purification process. Specifically, GFP-CAMSAP2 was cloned into the pOCC6_pOEM1-N-HIS6-EGFP vector, which includes a His-tag, and was expressed in Sf9 cells. The His-GFP-CAMSAP2 protein was purified using Ni-resin chromatography. Relevant details have been added to the Methods section (page 21, Lines 34-36:

      “CAMSAP2 was cloned into the pOCC6_pOEM1-N-HIS6-EGFP vector expressed in Sf9, purified as His-GFP-CAMSAP2.”; page 23, Lines 32-33: “His-GFP-CAMSAP2 was cotransfected with bacmids into Sf9 cells to generate the passage 1 (P1) virus.”).

      We hope these clarifications and revisions address the reviewer’s concern and improve the comprehensibility of our experimental details. We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback, which has helped us refine the manuscript.

      In this relation, GST and GST-MARK2 are described as having been purified from Sf9 insect cells in the text section (page9) and legend to Supplementary Fig. 5, but from E. coli in the method section. Which is correct?  

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the inconsistencies in the descriptions regarding the source of GST and GST-MARK2. To clarify, both GST and GST-MARK2 were purified from E. coli, as stated in the Methods section (page 23, Lines 26-31). We have corrected the erroneous descriptions in the main text (page 8, Lines 35-36) and the legend to Supplementary Figure 4 to ensure consistency.

      Additionally, we have updated the legend for Supplementary Figure 4A to state the sources of each protein explicitly:

      “GFP-CAMSAP2 were expressed in Sf9 cells and purified. GST and GST-MARK2 were expressed in E. coli and purified.” (page 38, Lines 2-3)

      These revisions ensure that the experimental details are accurate and consistent across the manuscript, eliminating any potential confusion. We appreciate the reviewer’s careful review and constructive feedback, which have helped us improve the clarity and reliability of our study.

      Because the phosphoproteomic data (Supplementary Fig. 5C) are not provided clearly, the experimental data for Fig.4A, in which possible CAMSAP2 phosphorylation sites are illustrated, are completely unknown. For me, it is highly strange that only the serine residues are listed in Fig. 4A.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for raising this important point regarding Figure 4A and the phosphoproteomic data in Supplementary Figure 5C.

      - Phosphorylation Sites in Figure 4A

      The phosphorylation sites illustrated in Figure 4A are derived from our analysis of the original mass spectrometry data. These sites were included based on their high confidence scores and data reliability. Importantly, only serine residues met the stringent criteria for inclusion, as no threonine or tyrosine residues had sufficient evidence for phosphorylation. To clarify this, we have updated the figure legend for Figure 4A (page 32, Lines3-7).

      - Improvements to Supplementary Figure 5C (Supplementary Figure 4D in the revised manuscript)

      To enhance transparency and clarity, we have reformatted Supplementary Figure 4D to include clearer annotations. The revised figure highlights the phosphopeptides used to identify the phosphorylation sites and provides a more comprehensive presentation of the mass spectrometry data. To clarify this, we have updated the figure legend for Supplementary Figure 4D (page 38, Lines 11-13).

      - Data Availability

      We will follow the journal’s guidelines by uploading the raw mass spectrometry data to the required public database upon manuscript acceptance. This ensures that the data are accessible and reproducible in compliance with journal standards.

      We hope these clarifications and updates address the reviewer’s concerns and improve the reliability and comprehensibility of our data presentation. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has helped us enhance the rigor and clarity of our manuscript.

      Considering the crude nature of the GST-MARK2 sample used for the in vitro kinase assay (Supplementary Fig. 5A), it is unclear whether MARK2 is responsible for all phosphorylation sites on CAMSAP2 detected in the phosphoproteomic analysis. Furthermore, if GFP-CAMSAP2 was purified from Sf9 insect cells, these sites might have been phosphorylated before incubation for the in vitro kinase assay. The authors should address these issues by including a negative control using the kinase-dead mutant of MARK2 in their in vitro kinase assay.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for raising these important points regarding the potential prephosphorylation of GFP-CAMSAP2 and the role of MARK2 in the phosphorylation sites detected in our analysis.

      To address the possibility that GFP-CAMSAP2 may have been pre-phosphorylated during its expression in Sf9 insect cells, we conducted an in vitro comparison. Specifically, we compared the band shifts observed in GST-MARK2 + GFP-CAMSAP2 versus GST + GFP-CAMSAP2 under identical conditions. As shown in Supplementary Figure 4B, the GST-MARK2 + GFP-CAMSAP2 group exhibited a clear upward band shift compared to the GST + GFP-CAMSAP2 group, indicating additional phosphorylation events induced by MARK2.

      Regarding the inclusion of a kinase-dead MARK2 mutant as a negative control, we acknowledge this as a valuable suggestion for further confirming the specificity of MARK2 in phosphorylating CAMSAP2. While this experiment is not currently included, we plan to conduct it in our future studies to strengthen our findings.

      We hope this clarification and the provided evidence address the reviewer’s concerns. We are grateful for this constructive feedback, which has helped us critically evaluate and refine our experimental approach.

      (4) In Supplementary Fig.6A-C and Fig.5A-B, the authors claim that the phosphorylation of CAMSAP2 S835 is required for restoring the reduced reorientation of the Golgi in wound-healing cells and the delay in wound closure observed in MARK2 KO cells.  

      If the aforementioned claim is adequately supported by experimental data, it indicates that the defects in Golgi repolarization and wound closure in MARK2 KO cells can be mainly attributed to the reduced phosphorylation of S835 of CAMSAP2 in HT1080. Considering the presence of many well-known substrates of MARK2 for regulating cell polarity, this claim is highly striking.  

      However, to strongly support this conclusion, the authors should first perform a rescue experiment using MARK2 KO cells exogenously expressing MARK2. This step is essential for determining whether the defects observed in MARK2 KO cells are caused by the loss of MARK2 expression, but not by other artificial effects that were accidentally raised during the generation of the present MARK2 KO clone.  

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their insightful suggestion regarding the rescue experiment to confirm that the defects observed in MARK2 KO cells are specifically caused by the loss of MARK2 expression.

      To address this, we performed a rescue experiment in MARK2 KO HT1080 cells by exogenously expressing GFP-MARK2. Our results, presented in Supplementary Figures 3C-E, demonstrate that GFP-MARK2 expression successfully restores the localization of CAMSAP2 on the Golgi apparatus in MARK2 KO cells.

      These findings strongly support the conclusion that the defects in Golgi architecture and CAMSAP2 Golgi localization are directly attributable to the loss of MARK2 expression, rather than any artificial effects potentially introduced during the generation of the MARK2 KO clone.

      We hope these additional experimental results address the reviewer’s concerns and provide robust evidence for the role of MARK2 in regulating Golgi reorientation and wound closure. We are grateful for the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has significantly improved the rigor and clarity of our study.

      In addition, to evaluate the impact of the rescue effect of CAMSAP2, the authors should include the data of wild-type HT1080 and MARK2 KO cells in Fig. 5B to reliably demonstrate the aforementioned claim.  

      We thank the reviewer for their valuable suggestion to include data from wild-type HT1080 and MARK2 KO cells in Figure 5A-C to better evaluate the rescue effects of CAMSAP2.

      In response, we have incorporated data from wild-type HT1080 and MARK2 KO cells into Figure 5A-C. These additions provide a comprehensive comparison and further demonstrate the impact of CAMSAP2-S835A and CAMSAP2-S835D on Golgi reorientation relative to the wild-type and MARK2 KO conditions.

      These changes are reflected in Figures 5A-C.

      We hope these updates address the reviewer’s concerns and strengthen the reliability of our conclusions. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has significantly enhanced the robustness of our study.

      Principally, before checking the rescue effects in MARK2 KO cells, the authors should examine the rescue activity of the CAMSAP2 S835 mutants in restoring the reduced reorientation of the Golgi in wound-healing cells and the delay in wound closure observed in CAMSAP2 KO cells (Supplementary Fig.1F-H and Supplementary Fig.2A, B). These experiments are more essential experiments to substantiate the authors' claim.

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful suggestion to examine the rescue activity of CAMSAP2 S835 mutants in CAMSAP2 KO cells to further substantiate our claims.

      In Figure 4D-F, we observed significant differences between CAMSAP2 S835 mutants in their ability to restore Golgi structure and localization, indicating functional differences between these mutants. To better reflect the regulatory role of MARK2-mediated phosphorylation of CAMSAP2, we performed scratch wound-healing experiments in MARK2 KO cells by establishing stable cell lines expressing CAMSAP2 S835 mutants. These experiments allowed us to assess Golgi reorientation during wound healing and are presented in Figure 5A-C.

      We also attempted to generate stable cell lines expressing GFP-CAMSAP2 and its mutants in CAMSAP2 KO cells. Unfortunately, these cells consistently failed to survive, preventing successful construction of the cell lines.

      We hope these experiments and explanations address the reviewer’s concerns. We are grateful for the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has helped us refine and improve our study.

      (5) The data presented in Fig. 6A and B are not sufficient to support the authors' notion that "our observation revealed notable changes in the Golgi apparatus and microtubule network distribution in relation to the wounding. (page 11)"  

      Fig. 6A, which includes only a single-cell image in each panel, does not demonstrate the general state of microtubules and the Golgi in the wound-edge cells. The reader cannot even know the migration direction of each cell.  

      Fig.6 B are not suitable to quantitatively support the authors' claim. The authors should find a way to quantitatively estimate the microtubule density around the Golgi and the shape and compactness of the Golgi in each cell facing the wound, not estimating the colocalization of microtubules and the Golgi, as in the present Fig. 6B.  

      We sincerely apologize for the confusion caused by our unclear descriptions and presentation.

      Here, we clarify the purpose and improvements made to address the reviewer’s concerns. In this study, we primarily aimed to observe the relationship between microtubules and the Golgi apparatus in cells at the leading edge of the wound during directed migration. In Figure 6A (now Supplementary Figure 6E), the images represent cells located at the wound edge at different time points. To improve clarity, we have added arrows indicating the migration direction and updated the figure legend to describe these details (page 40 lines 13-14).

      To better quantify the relationship between microtubules and the Golgi apparatus, we revised our analysis by referring to the quantitative method used in Figure 3F of the paper Molecular Pathway of Microtubule Organization at the Golgi Apparatus. Specifically, we performed a radial analysis of fluorescence intensity in cells at the wound edge, measuring the distance from the Golgi center (x-axis) and the normalized radial fluorescence intensity of microtubules and the Golgi (y-axis). These results are now presented in Supplementary Figure 6E and 6F.

      We hope these improvements address the reviewer’s concerns and provide stronger evidence for the changes in the Golgi apparatus and microtubule network distribution in relation to wound healing. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has significantly enhanced the clarity and rigor of our study.

      The legends to Fig. 6A and B indicate that they compared immunofluorescent staining of cells at the edge of the wound after 0.5h and 2 h of migration. However, the authors state in the text that they compared "the cells located before the wound" and "the cells at the trailing edge of the wounding (page 11)."Although this description is highly ambiguous and misleading, if they compared the wound-edge cells and the cells separated from the wound edge at 2 h after cell migration here, they should improve the experimental design as I pointed out in the 2nd major comment.  

      We thank the reviewer for their detailed feedback regarding the experimental design and the need to clarify our descriptions. We have addressed these concerns as follows:

      - Clarification of descriptions:

      We recognize that the previous description in the text regarding "the cells located before the wound" and "the cells at the trailing edge of the wounding" was ambiguous and potentially misleading. We have revised this text to accurately describe the experimental design. Specifically, we compared cells at the leading edge of the wound at different time points (0.5h and 2h post-migration). These corrections are reflected in figure legends (Supplementary Figure 6E and 6F ) and the Results section (page 11,lines 3-8).

      - Improved experimental design:

      To better support our conclusions, we performed live-cell imaging to observe the dynamic changes in the Golgi apparatus during directed migration. As shown in Supplementary Figure 2A, our results confirm that the Golgi apparatus undergoes a transient dispersed state before reorganizing into an intact structure.

      Additionally, we performed fixed-cell staining at different time points to analyze the colocalization of CAMSAP2 with the Golgi apparatus in cells at the leading edge of the wound. The colocalization analysis, presented in Figures 1A-C, further demonstrates the dynamic regulation of CAMSAP2 during Golgi reorientation.

      We hope these updates address the reviewer’s concerns and provide a clearer and more robust foundation for our conclusions. We are grateful for the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has greatly enhanced the clarity and rigor of our study.

      Minor comments  

      (1) In Fig. 2 and Supplementary Fig. 3, the authors claim that MARK2 is enriched around the Golgi. However, this claim was based on immunofluorescent images of single cells and single-line scans.  

      It is better to present the statistical data for Pearson's coefficient as shown in Figs. 1D and E. To demonstrateMARK2 enrichment around Golgi, but not localization in Golgi, the authors should find a way to quantify the specific enrichment of MARK2 signals in the Golgi region.  

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point regarding the enrichment of MARK2 around the Golgi apparatus. Upon further consideration, we acknowledge that our current data do not provide sufficient evidence to fully elucidate the mechanism of MARK2 localization to the Golgi.

      To maintain the scientific rigor of our study, we have removed this claim and the corresponding content from the manuscript, including original Figures 2 and Supplementary Figure 3 that specifically discuss MARK2 enrichment. These changes do not affect the primary conclusions of the study, which focus on the role of MARK2-mediated phosphorylation of CAMSAP2.

      We hope this clarification addresses the reviewer’s concerns. In the future, we plan to investigate the precise mechanism of MARK2 localization using additional experimental approaches. We are grateful for the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has helped us refine the scope and focus of our manuscript.

      (2) In Fig. 3 and Supplementary Fig. 4, the authors report that CAMSAP2 localization on the Golgi is reduced in cells lacking MARK2.  

      Essentially, the present results support this claim. However, the authors should analyze the Golgi localization of CAMASP2 with the same quantification parameter because they used Pearson's coefficient in Fig. 1D, E and Supplementary Fig.4D but Mander's coefficient in Fig. 3C and Fig.4F.  

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful comment regarding the consistency of quantification parameters used in our analysis of CAMSAP2 localization on the Golgi apparatus.

      To address this concern, we have revised Figure 3C to use Pearson’s coefficient for consistency with Figure 1D, 1E (Figure 1B and 1E in the revised manuscript), and Supplementary Figure 4D (Supplementary Figure 3I in the revised manuscript). This ensures uniformity in the quantification parameters across these analyses.

      For Figure 4F, we have retained Mander’s coefficient, as it accounts for variability in expression levels due to overexpression in individual cells. We believe this approach provides a more accurate reflection of CAMSAP2 localization under the experimental conditions shown in Figure 4F.

      We hope these adjustments clarify our analysis and address the reviewer’s concerns. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has helped improve the consistency and accuracy of our study.

      (3) In Fig.4D-F, the authors claim that S835 phosphorylation of CAMSAP2 is essential for its localization to the Golgi apparatus and for restoring the Golgi dispersion induced by CAMASAP2 depletion.  

      Fig.4E indicates that the S835A mutant of CAMSAP2 significantly restores the compact assembly of the Golgi apparatus, and the differences in the rescue activities of the wild type, S835A, and S835D are rather small. These data contradict the authors' conclusions regarding the pivotal role of MARK2-mediated phosphorylation at the S835 site of CAMSAP2 in maintaining the Golgi architecture (page 9). The authors should remove the phrase "MARK2-mediated" from the sentence unless addressing the aforementioned issues (see 3rd major comment) and describe the role of S835 phosphorylation in more subdued tone.  

      We thank the reviewer for their constructive feedback regarding the conclusions drawn about the role of MARK2-mediated phosphorylation of CAMSAP2 at S835.

      In response, we have revised the relevant sentence to reflect a more nuanced interpretation of the data. Specifically, the original statement:

      “These observations indicate that the phosphorylation of serine 835 in CAMSAP2 is essential for its proper localization to the Golgi apparatus.”

      has been updated to:

      “These observations indicate that MARK2 phosphorylation of serine at position 835 of CAMSAP2 affects the localization of CAMSAP2 on the Golgi and regulates Golgi structure” (page 9, Lines 27-29).

      We hope this modification addresses the reviewer’s concerns. We are grateful for the feedback, which has helped us refine our conclusions and enhance the clarity of our manuscript.

      (4) In Figs. 5I, J and Supplementary Fig.7A-E, the authors claim that the S835 phosphorylationdependent interaction of CAMSAP2 with Uso1 is essential for its localization to the Golgi apparatus.  

      This claim was made based on immunofluorescent images of single cells and single-line scans, and was not sufficiently verified (Supplementary Fig.7B, C). Because this is a crucial claim for the present paper, the authors should present statistical data for Pearson's coefficient, as shown in Fig. 1D and E, to quantitatively estimate the Golgi localization of CAMSAP2.  

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion to present statistical data using Pearson's coefficient for a more robust quantification of the Golgi localization of CAMSAP2.

      In response, we have revised the statistical analysis for Supplementary Figures 7B-C (Revised Figures 6F and 6G) to use Pearson's coefficient. This change ensures consistency with the quantification methods used in Figures 1D and 1E (Revised Figures 1B and 1E), allowing for a more standardized evaluation of CAMSAP2’s localization to the Golgi apparatus.

      We hope this modification addresses the reviewer’s concerns and strengthens the quantitative support for our claims. We are grateful for the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has helped improve the rigor of our study.

      (5) The signal intensities of the immunofluorescent data in Fig. 4D, Fig. 5A, Sup-Fig. 3C and E, and Sup-Fig. 7S are very weak for readers to clearly estimate the authors' claims. They should be improved appropriately.  

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the need to improve the clarity of the immunofluorescent data presented in several figures.

      In response, we have enhanced the signal intensities in Figures 4D, 5A, and Supplementary Figure 7D (Revised Supplementary Figure 6A) to make the signals clearer for readers, while ensuring that the adjustments do not alter the integrity of the original data. Supplementary Figures 3C and 3E was remove from our manuscript.

      Additionally, to improve consistency and readability across the manuscript, we have standardized the quantification methods for similar analyses:

      For CAMSAP2 localization to the Golgi, Pearson's coefficient has been used throughout the manuscript. Figure 3C has been updated to use Pearson's coefficient for consistency.

      For Golgi state analysis in wound-edge cells, we have used the Golgi position relative to the nucleus as a uniform metric. This has been applied to Supplementary Figures 1F and 1G, Figures 2D and 2E, and Figures 5A and 5B.

      We hope these adjustments address the reviewer’s concerns and improve the clarity and consistency of our study. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has significantly enhanced the quality of our manuscript.

      (6) As indicated above, the authors frequently change the parameters or methods for quantifying the same phenomena (for example, the localization of CAMSAP on the Golgi and Golgi state in wound edge cells) in each figure. This is highly confusing. They should unify them.  

      We thank the reviewer for their valuable feedback regarding the inconsistency in quantification methods across the manuscript.

      To address this concern, we have carefully reviewed the entire manuscript and standardized the methods used for quantifying similar phenomena:

      - CAMSAP2 localization on the Golgi: 

      Pearson's coefficient is now consistently used throughout the manuscript. For example, Figure 3C has been updated to use Pearson's coefficient to align with other figures, such as Figures 1B and 1E.

      - Golgi state in wound-edge cells: 

      The Golgi state is now uniformly measured based on the position of the Golgi relative to the nucleus. This method has been applied to Supplementary Figures 1F and 1G, Figures 2D and 2E, and Figures 5A and 5B.

      We believe these changes significantly improve the clarity and consistency of the manuscript, ensuring that readers can easily interpret the data. We are grateful for the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has greatly helped us enhance the quality and rigor of our study.

      (7) The legends frequently fail to clearly indicate the number of independent experiments on which each statistical analysis was based.  

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the need to clearly indicate the number of independent experiments for each statistical analysis.

      In response, we have carefully reviewed the entire manuscript and updated the figure legends to include the number of independent experiments for every statistical analysis. This ensures transparency and allows readers to better evaluate the reliability of the data.

      We hope these updates address the reviewer’s concerns and improve the clarity and rigor of the manuscript. We appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has helped us enhance the quality of our work.

      (8) Supplemental Figs. 4E and 4F are not cited in the text.  

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that Supplemental Figures 4E and 4F were not cited in the text.

      To address this, we have updated the manuscript to cite these figures (Revised Figures 2H and 2I) in the appropriate section (page 8, lines 1-5).

      “the absence of MARK2 can also influence the orientation of the Golgi apparatus during cell wound healing and cause a delay in wound closure (Figure 2 D-I and Figure 3 D).”

      We hope this revision resolves the reviewer’s concern and improves the clarity and completeness of the manuscript. We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback, which has helped us refine our work.

      (9) The data in Fig. 3 analyzed MARK2 knockout cells (not knockdown cells). The caption should be corrected.  

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the incorrect use of "knockdown" in the caption of Figure 3.

      To address this, we have revised the title of Figure 3 from:

      “MARK2 knockdown reduces CAMSAP2 localization on the Golgi apparatus.”

      to:

      “MARK2 affects CAMSAP2 localization on the Golgi apparatus.”

      This updated caption reflects the inclusion of both MARK2 knockout and knockdown cell lines analyzed in Figure 3.

      We hope this correction resolves the reviewer’s concern and ensures the accuracy of our manuscript. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s attention to detail, which has helped us improve the clarity and consistency of our work.

      (10) The present caption in Fig. 6 disagrees with the content of the figure.  

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the inconsistency between the caption and the content of Figure 6.

      To address this issue, we have revised the content of Figure 6 to ensure it aligns accurately with the caption. The updated figure now reflects the description provided in the caption, eliminating any discrepancies and improving clarity for the readers.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has helped us enhance the accuracy and presentation of our manuscript.

      (11) What do "CS" indicate in Fig. 4B and Supplementary Fig. 5D? The style used to indicate point mutants of CAMSAP2 should be unified. 835A or S835A?  

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the inconsistency in the naming of CAMSAP2 mutants.

      To address this, we have revised all relevant figures and text to use the consistent format "S835A" and "S589A" for CAMSAP2 mutants. Specifically, in Figure 4B and Supplementary Figure 5D (now Supplementary Figure 4C), we have replaced the abbreviation "CS2" with "CAMSAP2" and updated the mutant names from "835A" and "589A" to "S835A" and "S589A," respectively. We hope these updates resolve the reviewer’s concerns and ensure clarity and consistency throughout the manuscript. We are grateful for the reviewer’s attention to detail, which has helped us improve the quality of our work.

      (12) Uso1 is not a Golgi matrix protein.  

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the incorrect description of Uso1 as a Golgi matrix protein.

      In response, we have revised the manuscript to replace all references to “USO1 as a Golgi matrix protein” with “USO1 as a Golgi-associated protein.” This correction ensures that the terminology used in the manuscript is accurate and consistent with current scientific understanding.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s attention to detail, which has helped us improve the accuracy and quality of our manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, De La Forest Divonne et al. build a repertory of hemocytes from adult Pacific oysters combining scRNAseq data with cytologic and biochemical analyses. Three categories of hemocytes were described previously in this species (i.e. blast, hyalinocyte, and granulocytes). Based on scRNAseq data, the authors identified 7 hemocyte clusters presenting distinct transcriptional signatures. Using Kegg pathway enrichment and RBGOA, the authors determined the main molecular features of the clusters. In parallel, using cytologic markers, the authors classified 7 populations of hemocytes (i.e. ML, H, BBL, ABL, SGC, BGC, and VC) presenting distinct sizes, nucleus sizes, acidophilic/basophilic, presence of pseudopods, cytoplasm/nucleus ratio and presence of granules. Then, the authors compared the phenotypic features with potential transcriptional signatures seen in the scRNAseq. The hemocytes were separated in a density gradient to enrich for specific subpopulations. The cell composition of each cell fraction was determined using cytologic markers and the cell fractions were analysed by quantitative PCR targeting major cluster markers (two per cluster). With this approach, the authors could assign cluster 7 to VC, cluster 2 to H, and cluster 3 to SGC. The other clusters did not show a clear association with this experimental approach. Using phagocytic assays, ROS, and copper monitoring, the authors showed that ML and SGC are phagocytic, ML produces ROS, and SGC and BGC accumulate copper. Then with the density gradient/qPCR approach, the authors identified the populations expressing anti-microbial peptides (ABL, BBL, and H). At last, the authors used Monocle to predict differentiation trajectories for each subgroup of hemocytes using cluster 4 as the progenitor subpopulation.

      The manuscript provides a comprehensive characterisation of the diversity of circulating immune cells found in Pacific oysters.

      Strengths:

      The combination of the two approaches offers a more integrative view.

      Hemocytes represent a very plastic cell population that has key roles in homeostatic and challenged conditions. Grasping the molecular features of these cells at the single-cell level will help understand their biology.

      This type of study may help elucidate the diversification of immune cells in comparative studies and evolutionary immunology.

      Weaknesses:

      The study should be more cautious about the conclusions, include further analyses, and inscribe the work in a more general framework.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The manuscript provides a comprehensive characterisation of the diversity of circulating immune cells found in Pacific oysters.

      Major comments:

      (1) The introduction would benefit from a clear description of what is known about immune cell development and diversity in this model. The bibliography on the three subtypes origins and properties (i.e. blast, hyalinocyte, and granulocytes) should be described in the introduction.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for their valuable comments, which have allowed us to further improve our manuscript. We have enriched the introduction with the following addition (line 79 to 82):

      “Blast-like cells are considered as undifferentiated hemocyte types (20), hyalinocytes (21) seem to be more involved in wound repair, and granulocytes, more implicated in immune surveillance. The latter are considered as the main immunocompetent hemocyte types (22).”

      (2) The authors mentioned a previous scRNAseq dataset produced in another oyster species. They should compare the two datasets to show the robustness of the molecular signatures determined in the present study. In addition, the authors do not mention markers identified in the literature that could be relevant to characterize the clusters (e.g. inflammatory pathway PMID: 29751033, proliferative markers PMID: 36591234/ PMID: 29317231, granulocyte markers PMID: 30633961 ... list not exhaustive). Overall, the comparison of this manuscript dataset and the available literature is too partial

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to compare our dataset with previously published scRNAseq data and to integrate markers from the literature. Below, we address these points in detail.

      The transcription factors involved in hematopoiesis, such as Tal1, Sox, Runx, and GATA, are highly conserved across metazoans. These markers were identified in our dataset, consistent with findings in other species (13), including the previously mentioned scRNA-seq dataset in C. hongkongensis (4). However, defining robust and specific markers for distinct hemocyte types remains an ambitious goal that requires validation across diverse biological contexts - work that is beyond the scope of the present study. Additionally, meaningful comparisons between datasets are constrained by differences in annotation frameworks and the absence of a standardized system for defining hemocyte subtypes. These limitations underscore the need for harmonization efforts to facilitate robust cross-study comparisons. Nonetheless, our dataset provides a strong foundation for future comparative analyses once such standardization is achieved.

      In response to the reviewer’s comment, we have added a paragraph to the discussion (lines 747 - 760) detailing that we identified conserved transcription factor markers in C. gigas and C. hongkongensis.

      (3) The authors sequenced 3000 cells without providing more comprehensive information/rationale on the analysed population. What is the number of hemocytes found in an adult? What proportion of the whole hemocyte population does this analysis represent? Does it include the tissue-interacting hemocytes? Also, what is the rationale for choosing that specific stage?

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful questions regarding the analyzed hemocyte population.

      Adult 18-month-old Crassostrea gigas contain approximately 1 million circulating hemocytes per mL of hemolymph, with an average of 1 mL of hemolymph per individual. Thus, this represents approximately 1 million circulating hemocytes per oyster. For our scRNA-seq analysis, we sampled 3,000 hemocytes, which corresponds to 0.3% of the total circulating hemocyte population.

      The number of cells processed was optimized to minimize the occurrence of doublets during scRNAseq. Following 10x Genomics Chromium guidelines, we loaded 4,950 cells to successfully recover a target of 3,000 cells, with a doublet rate of 2.4%, well below the target threshold of 2.5%. This information has been added on line 125 of the document. The target was 3,000 cells, and as reported in Supplementary Table S1, the estimated number of cells after STAR-solo alignment was 2,937. This ensures the reliability and accuracy of single-cell transcriptomic data.

      We selected 18-month-old oysters for two key reasons: (i) to facilitate hemolymph collection, as hemocyte counts are more stable and sufficient at this stage, enabling us to collect enough cells for all planned experiments, including functional and cytological analyses; and (ii) to use oysters that are not susceptible to OsHV-1 μVar herpesvirus, which predominantly affects younger animals. This ensured that the hemocyte populations analyzed were not influenced by viral infections or related immune responses.

      Our study focused on circulating hemocytes collected from hemolymph, which does not include tissue-interacting hemocytes. While these cells may represent an additional population of interest, they fall outside the scope of our current investigation.

      By carefully selecting the animal stage and optimizing cell sampling, we ensured that the scRNA-seq dataset provides a robust representation of circulating hemocyte diversity while maintaining high data quality.

      (4) For the GO term enrichment analysis, the authors included all genes presenting a cluster enrichment above L2FC>0.25. This seems extremely low to find distinct functions for each cluster. The risk is to call "cluster specific GO term" GO terms for which the genes are poorly enriched in the cluster. For the most important GO term mentioned in the text, the authors should show the expression levels of the genes (with DotPlot similar to Fig1D) to illustrate the specificity of the GO term. At last, the GO enrichment scores were apparently calculated using the whole genome as background. The analysis, aiming at finding differences between hemocyte subgroups, should use the genes detected in the dataset as background.

      We appreciate the reviewer's concerns regarding the threshold used for GO term enrichment analysis and the choice of background genes. Below, we provide clarification on these points.

      For nuanced comparisons, such as those between activation states of the same cell type, lower thresholds for log2FC (e.g., ≥0.25) are commonly used to detect subtle regulatory shifts. In single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq) analyses, it is typical to use a log2FC threshold between 0.25 and 0.5 to ensure that biologically relevant, yet subtle, changes are captured. For our analysis, this threshold was chosen to maintain sensitivity to such shifts, particularly given the diversity and functional specialization of hemocyte clusters.

      To address the reviewer's suggestion, we will include DotPlot representations (similar to Fig. 1D) for the most significant GO terms highlighted in the text. This will illustrate the expression levels of the associated genes across clusters and demonstrate their specificity to the identified GO terms.

      Regarding the background used in the GO enrichment analysis, we employed the Rank Based Gene Ontology Analysis (RBGOA) approach, which explicitly states in its documentation: "It is important to have the latter two tables representing the whole genome (or transcriptome) — at least the portion that was measured — rather than some select group of genes since the test relies on comparing the behavior of individual GO categories to the whole." Our analysis was conducted in agreement with these initial recommendations, ensuring that the results are consistent with the methodology outlined for RBGOA.

      (5) The authors reannotated the genes of C. gigas to reach 73.1% annotation. What are the levels of annotations found prior to the reannotation? What do the scores/scale bars from the RBGOA analysis mean in Figures 2B-D?

      Thank you for your comment. The original annotation for C. gigas was based on the work of Penaloza et al. (5), which provided GO annotations for 18,750 out of 30,724 genes, corresponding to 61% annotation. Following our reannotation efforts, we were able to increase the annotation coverage to 73.1%, enhancing the resolution of downstream analyses. In response to the reviewer’s comment, we have updated the results section (line 211 and 216) to explicitly include the original annotation coverage of 61% from the work of Penaloza et al., followed by details on our newly achieved annotation percentage of 73.1%.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We apologize for the oversight regarding the scale bar in Figures 2BD. The colors in the original figure correspond to a z-score calculated from the gene ratio, which was not clearly explained and may have caused confusion. In the revised version of the manuscript, we propose a new representation to facilitate understanding and improve the clarity of the data presentation (Figure 2B).

      (6) The authors describe first the result of the Kegg enrichment analysis and then of the RBGOA. To gain fluidity, I would suggest merging the results of both Kegg and RBGOA for each cluster.

      Thank you for the suggestion. To enhance the fluidity of the results section, we have redesigned the KEGG/RBGOA figure (see figure 2A and 2B) to present the results for each cluster in an integrated manner. This revised approach aims to provide a clearer and more cohesive representation of the findings.

      (7) The authors make correlations between gradient fraction containing multiple hemocyte populations and qPCR expression levels of cluster-specific markers to associated cytologic features with specific clusters. If feasible, I would recommend validating the association of several markers with hemocyte subgroups using in situ hybridisation or immunolabelling.

      Cytological identification of hemocytes in our study relies on MCDH staining, which provides detailed morphological and cytological information. Unfortunately, the fixation methods required for in situ hybridization (ISH) or immunolabeling are not compatible with those used for MCDH staining. We attempted to combine these approaches but found that the fixation protocols necessary for ISH or immunolabeling compromised the quality of the cytological features observed with MCDH staining. Consequently, such validation was not feasible within the constraints of our experimental setup.

      (8) Anti-microbial peptides are mentioned as enriched in agranular cells based on the gradient/qPCR analysis (Figure 6). Are these AMPs regulated by inflammatory pathways? Are any inflammatory pathways enriched in any scRNAseq cluster? In addition, without validating the data by directly labelling AMP in the different populations, it seems hard to conclude that AMP are expressed only by agranular cells.

      In oysters, two families of antimicrobial peptides/proteins appear to be transcriptionally regulated in hemocytes in response to an infection. The first is that of Cg-BigDefs (6). A 2020 article indicates that the expression of CgBigDef1 is regulated by CgRel, an ortholog of the NFkB transcription factor, which also control the expression of the proinflammatory cytokine CgIL17 (7). Cg-BPI is induced in response to infection but its regulatory pathways remain unknown (8). The last well characterized family of antimicrobial peptides is Cg-Defs. It exhibits constitutive expression in hemocytes.

      In our scRNA-seq analysis, CgRel (G12420) shows an increased expression in cluster 5, with a log2FC of 0.4 (equivalent to a 1.32-fold change or 32% higher expression compared to other clusters). Cluster 5 corresponds to blast-like cells, which are transcriptionally distinct and predominantly found in fractions 1, 2, and 3. These same fractions exhibit the highest CgBigDef expression, as demonstrated by qPCR.

      From our qPCR results, we see no expression of the three AMP families in cell-sorted granular cells while the cell-sorted agranular cells are positive for the three AMP families, even for inducible ones. Still, we agree that labelling of cell sorted hemocyte populations would reinforce our data. We now specify in the text that further staining would be necessary to confirm these transcriptomic results (Discussion, lines 695 to 296).

      (9) The authors should play down some statements concerning cluster identity. In the absence of a true lineage tracing approach, it is possible that those clusters represent states rather than true cell subtypes. Immune cells are very plastic in nature and able to adapt to the environment, even in conditions that are considered homeostatic.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comment regarding the plasticity of immune cells and the potential for clusters to represent states rather than distinct cell subtypes. We agree that, in the absence of a lineage tracing approach, definitive classification of clusters as fixed subtypes is challenging. Immune cells, including those in invertebrates, are known for their high degree of plasticity and adaptability to environmental cues.

      In response to the reviewer’s comment, we have revised the Discussion section to include a statement clarifying that these clusters may represent dynamic states rather than fixed subtypes, thereby acknowledging the plasticity of immune cells (lines 766 to 770).

      (10) Related to the above issue, there is no indication of stem cells being present in the cell population. Is there any possibility to look for proliferative or progenitor markers? In homeostatic and in challenged conditions (for example Zymosan treatment)? This would provide some hints into the cellular pathways involved in the response. Perhaps determining the number/fraction of phagocytic cells in challenged conditions would help as well, in the absence of time-lapse assays.

      Thank you for highlighting the possibility of stem cells or progenitor markers in our hemocyte populations. In our current analysis, we did not detect any known stem cell or proliferative markers, nor evidence of a clearly defined hematopoiesis site in the hemolymph. Indeed, previous work suggests that oyster hematopoiesis may occur in tissues such as the gills, implying that stem or progenitor cells might not circulate in the hemolymph under homeostatic conditions. Consequently, it is plausible that our observation of no proliferative cell populations partly reflects their absence in hemolymph, especially in naïve (unstimulated) oysters. To conclusively identify potential progenitor cells and their proliferative activity, further approaches involving deliberate perturbation of hemocyte homeostasis - such as immunological challenge (e.g., Zymosan treatment) combined with lineagetracing or proliferation assays - would be necessary. These future investigations would not only clarify whether proliferative cells emerge in the hemolymph in response to environmental or pathological stimuli but also help elucidate the broader cellular pathways underlying oyster immune responses.

      In response to the reviewer’s comment, we have revised the Discussion (lines 742 to 745) and added : “Nevertheless, we did not detect any canonical stem or progenitor cell populations in our dataset, underscoring the need for future investigations - potentially involving immunological challenges and lineage-tracing assays - to clarify whether proliferative cells circulate in the hemolymph or instead reside primarily in tissue compartments.”

      (11) Could the authors discuss the phagocytic hemocytes in light of scavenger receptor expression?

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful question. Our study identifies macrophage-like cells and small granule cells as the principal phagocytes in Crassostrea gigas, capable of robust pathogen engulfment. Transcriptomic data reveal that these cell types express markers associated with endocytosis and immune defense pathways, such as CLEC and LACC24, which are integral to their phagocytic functionality.

      Interestingly, our single-cell RNA sequencing analysis indicates that cluster 3, corresponding to small granule cells, expresses the scavenger receptor cysteine-rich (SRCR) gene G3876, annotated as an Low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein with a Log2 fold change (Log2FC) of 0.77. This finding directly links small granule cells to scavenger receptor-mediated functions, supporting their role as professional phagocytes. Scavenger receptors, including SRCR proteins, are known for their ability to bind and internalize diverse ligands, including pathogens, and their presence in small granule cells highlights a potential mechanism for pathogen recognition and clearance.

      Additionally, scavenger receptors are significantly expanded in oysters, as shown in Wang et al. (9). These receptors exhibit dynamic upregulation in hemocytes upon pathogen exposure, particularly following stimulation with pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMPs) such as lipopolysaccharide (LPS). This evidence suggests that SRCR proteins, including the one identified in our study, play a pivotal role in the phagocytic activities of hemocytes by facilitating pathogen recognition and internalization.

      We propose to add this paragraph (lines 610 to 618) in the Discussion : “Interestingly, our scRNA-seq analysis indicates that SGC (cluster 3) expresses the scavenger receptor cysteine-rich (SRCR) gene G3876, annotated as an Low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein with a Log2 fold change (Log2FC) of 0.77 linking them to scavenger receptor-mediated pathogen recognition and clearance. This aligns with findings by Wang et al. (9), who demonstrated significant expansion and dynamic regulation of SRCR genes in response to pathogen-associated molecular patterns. “

      (12) I am not convinced by the added value of the lineage analysis and the manuscript could stand without it. There is no experimental validation to substantiate the filiation between the clusters. In addition, rooting the lineage to cluster 4 is poorly justified (enrichment in the ribosomal transcript). Cluster 6 is also enriched in ribosomal transcripts and this enrichment can be caused by the low threshold used for the selection of cluster-specific genes (L2FC >0.25). At last, cluster 4 > VC and cluster 4 >SGC belong to the same lineage according to Figure 7 FH.

      We thank the reviewer for their detailed comments regarding the lineage analysis. We acknowledge the limitations in experimentally validating the proposed filiation between clusters, as hemocytes in Crassostrea gigas cannot currently be cultivated ex-vivo, and we lack the ability to isolate cells specifically from cluster 4 for further functional assays. Consequently, our lineage analysis is based solely on transcriptomic data and pseudo-time trajectory analysis.

      Hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) are a population of stem cells that are largely cell-cycle-quiescent (G0 phase) with low biosynthetic activity. Upon stimulation and stress HScs undergo proliferation and differentiation and produce all lineages of hemocytes.

      Ribosomal proteins play a multifaceted role in preserving the balance between stem cell quiescence and activation. By ensuring precise regulation of protein synthesis, they allow stem cells to maintain their undifferentiated state while remaining poised for activation when needed. Furthermore, ribosomal proteins contribute to the cellular stress response, safeguarding stem cells from oxidative damage and other stressors that could compromise their functionality. Importantly, ribosomal biogenesis and the dynamic assembly of ribosomes provide a regulatory mechanism that fine-tunes the transition from self-renewal to differentiation, a critical feature of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) and other stem cell types. These mechanisms collectively highlight the indispensable role of ribosomal proteins in stem cell biology, underscoring their relevance to our study's findings.

      In vertebrate, the maintenance of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) and hematopoietic homeostasis is widely acknowledged to rely on the proper regulation of ribosome function and protein synthesis (10). This process necessitates the coordinated expression of numerous genes, including genes that encode ribosomal proteins (RP genes) and those involved in regulating ribosome biogenesis and protein translation. Disruptions or mutations in these critical genes are associated with the development of congenital disorders (11). Among these, Rpl22 (found in cluster 4 with a Log2FC of 1.59) has been shown to play a pivotal role in HSC maintenance by balancing ribosomal protein paralog activity, which is critical for the emergence and function of HSCs (12).

      Regarding the justification for rooting the lineage to cluster 4, our decision was informed by the enrichment of ribosomal transcripts and functional annotations suggesting a role in translation and cell proliferation, consistent with a precursor-like state. The use of a log2 fold-change (L2FC) threshold of >0.25, while conservative, allowed us to include subtle but meaningful transcriptional shifts essential for resolving lineage transitions.

      Finally, the lineage progression from cluster 4 to vesicular cells (VC), macrophage-like cells (ML), and ultimately small granule cells (SGC) is supported by trajectory analysis (Figure 7FH), which consistently places VC and ML as intermediates in the differentiation process toward SGC. Although experimental validation is currently not feasible, these findings provide a conceptual framework for future investigations when cell isolation and functional validation tools become available.

      (13) The figures containing heatmaps (Figure 7, Figure 2, Figure S10) or too many subpanels (Figure S5) and Table S5 are hardly readable.

      Thank you for highlighting the issues related to the clarity of the heatmaps (Figures 2, 7, and S10), the multi-panel figure (Figure S5), and Table S5. In response to your feedback, we have revised all of these elements to enhance readability and comprehension. Specifically, we increased font sizes, optimized color scales, and reorganized the layout of the subpanels to emphasize the key findings. We also updated Table S5 to ensure that the data are presented in a clear and easily interpretable format.

      We trust that these modifications address the concerns raised and improve the overall clarity of the figures and table.

      (14) A number of single-cell analyses are now available in different species and the authors allude to similar pathways/transcription factors being involved. Perhaps the authors could expand on this in the discussion section.

      Transcription factors involved in hematopoiesis, such as Tal1, Runx and GATA, are highly conserved across metazoans. Consistent with findings in other species, our dataset identifies these markers, reinforcing the evolutionary conservation of these pathways. Furthermore, these markers are also reported in the previous scRNA-seq dataset for C. hongkongensis (4), supporting the robustness of our molecular signatures. However, defining specific and robust markers for distinct hemocyte types remains an ambitious task, requiring additional validation in diverse biological and experimental contexts. This validation is beyond the scope of the present study.

      In addition, meaningful comparisons between scRNA-seq datasets are constrained by differences in annotation frameworks and the absence of standardized definitions for hemocyte subtypes. Harmonizing these datasets to enable robust cross-species comparisons is a critical challenge for future studies. Nonetheless, the insights provided by our dataset establish a strong foundation for such comparative analyses when these standardization efforts are realized.

      In crayfish (1), 16 transcriptomic clusters were identified corresponding to three hemocyte types, with markers such as integrin prominently expressed in hyalinocytes, consistent with our identification of integrin-related genes in hemocytes. In shrimp (1), 11 transcriptomic clusters were described, with markers of hemocytes in immune-activated states, that we observed also in our dataset. For Anopheles gambiae (2), 8 transcriptomic clusters were identified, including clusters with high ribosomal activity, analogous to those we described in our study. Finally, in Bombyx mori (3), 20 transcriptomic clusters were reported, corresponding to five cytological hemocyte types. Transcription factors such as bHLH, myc, and runt were identified in granulocytes and oenocytoid, showing parallels with markers identified in our dataset.

      Despite these similarities, cross-species comparisons are hindered by variability in genome availability and annotation quality, which complicates the precise identification and functional characterization of genes across datasets. Notably, we did not detect pro-phenoloxidase genes in our dataset, unlike shrimp and crayfish, suggesting potential species-specific differences in immune mechanisms.

      Regarding the previously published C. hongkongensis scRNA-seq dataset (4), we observe overlap in markers such as runx and GATA. However, direct comparisons remain limited due to differences in dataset annotations and definitions of hemocyte subtypes. This underscores the need for standardized frameworks to facilitate cross-study comparisons. While we emphasize that robust cross-species validation was beyond the scope of this study, our findings contribute valuable insights into the molecular signatures of oyster hemocytes and provide a framework for future comparative research.

      We have expanded our discussion to include comparisons with available scRNAseq data from other invertebrate specie (lines 747 to 760)

      Minor comments:

      (1) Figure 2A-D: to increase the readability of the figure, the authors should display only the GO terms mentioned in the text and keep the full list in supplementary data.

      To enhance the fluidity of the results section, we have redesigned the KEGG/RBGOA figure to present the results for each cluster in an integrated manner (See figure 2A and 2B).

      (2) Line 223: the authors mention that cluster 1 is characterized by its morphology without providing an explanation or evidence.

      We have revised the description of Cluster 1 to remove references to morphology, ensuring consistency with the data presented at this stage of the manuscript (lines 227 to 229) : ”Cluster 1, comprising 27.6 % of cells, is characterized by GO-terms related to myosin complex, lamellipodium, membrane and actin cytoskeleton remodelling, as well as phosphotransferase activity.”

      (3) Line 306: the authors mentioned expression levels and associated them with Log2FC, which represents an enrichment, not the level of expression.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We agree that log2FC represents enrichment rather than absolute expression levels. We have revised the text in the manuscript to clarify this distinction (line 309). The corrected text now states that log2FC reflects the degree of enrichment or depletion of a gene in a specific cluster relative to others, rather than its absolute expression level.

      (4) Figure 4B: the figure shows the distribution of all hemocytes subgroups for each fraction. To better appreciate the distribution of the subgroups in the different fractions, it would be good to have the number of cells of each subtype in the fractions.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion to include the number of cells of each subtype in the fractions. While we do not have the exact total number of cells per fraction, we systematically performed hemocyte counts for each fraction as part of our methodology. These counts provide a robust estimation of hemocyte distributions across fractions.

      Including these counts in the figure could be an alternative approach; however, we believe it would not significantly enhance the interpretability of the data, as the focus of this analysis is on the relative proportions of hemocyte subtypes rather than absolute numbers. The current representation provides a clear and concise overview of subtype distribution patterns, which aligns with the goals of the study.

      Nevertheless, if the reviewer considers it essential, we are open to integrating the hemocyte counts into the figure or supplementing the information in the text or supplementary materials to provide additional context.

      (5) Line 487-488: the authors mentioned that monocle 3 can deduce the differentiation pathway from the mRNA splice variant. I did not find this information in the publication associated with the statement.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We acknowledge the inaccuracy in our statement regarding Monocle3's capabilities. Monocle3 does not deduce differentiation pathways based on mRNA splice variants, as was erroneously suggested in the manuscript. Instead, Monocle3 performs trajectory inference using gene expression profiles. It calculates distances between cells based on their transcriptomic profiles, where cells with similar profiles are positioned closer together, and those with distinct profiles are farther apart. This method enables the construction of potential differentiation trajectories by identifying paths between transcriptionally related cells.

      We revise the text in the manuscript to accurately describe this process and remove the incorrect reference to mRNA splice variants (lines 495 to 497).

      (6) Figures 6C-H display heatmaps with two columns representing the beginning and the end of the lineage predicted. It would be more talkative to show the whole path presented in Figure S10.

      Thank you for pointing out that Figures 7C–H currently only show the beginning and end of the predicted lineage, limiting the clarity of the intermediate stages. In response to your suggestion, we have revised these figures to include the full trajectory as presented in Figure S10, ensuring that the intermediate transitions are more clearly visualized. We believe these modifications offer a more comprehensive overview of the entire lineage and enhance the interpretability of our results.

      Bibliography:

      (1) F. Xin, X. Zhang, Hallmarks of crustacean immune hemocytes at single-cell resolution. Front. Immunol. 14 (2023).

      (2) H. Kwon, M. Mohammed, O. Franzén, J. Ankarklev, R. C. Smith, Single-cell analysis of mosquito hemocytes identifies signatures of immune cell subtypes and cell differentiation. eLife 10, e66192 (2021).

      (3) M. Feng, L. Swevers, J. Sun, Hemocyte Clusters Defined by scRNA-Seq in Bombyx mori: In Silico Analysis of Predicted Marker Genes and Implications for Potential Functional Roles. Front. Immunol. 13 (2022).

      (4) J. Meng, G. Zhang, W.-X. Wang, Functional heterogeneity of immune defenses in molluscan oysters Crassostrea hongkongensis revealed by high-throughput single-cell transcriptome. Fish & Shellfish Immunology 120, 202–213 (2022).

      (5) C. Peñaloza, A. P. Gutierrez, L. Eöry, S. Wang, X. Guo, A. L. Archibald, T. P. Bean, R. D. Houston, A chromosome-level genome assembly for the Pacific oyster Crassostrea gigas. GigaScience 10, giab020 (2021).

      (6) R. D. Rosa, A. Santini, J. Fievet, P. Bulet, D. Destoumieux-Garzón, E. Bachère, Big Defensins, a Diverse Family of Antimicrobial Peptides That Follows Different Patterns of Expression in Hemocytes of the Oyster Crassostrea gigas. PLOS ONE 6, e25594 (2011).

      (7) Y. Li, J. Sun, Y. Zhang, M. Wang, L. Wang, L. Song, CgRel involved in antibacterial immunity by regulating the production of CgIL17s and CgBigDef1 in the Pacific oyster Crassostrea gigas. Fish & Shellfish Immunology 97, 474–482 (2020).

      (8) Evidence of a bactericidal permeability increasing protein in an invertebrate, the Crassostrea gigas Cg-BPI | PNAS. https://www.pnas.org/doi/abs/10.1073/pnas.0702281104.

      (9) L. Wang, H. Zhang, M. Wang, Z. Zhou, W. Wang, R. Liu, M. Huang, C. Yang, L. Qiu, L. Song, The transcriptomic expression of pattern recognition receptors: Insight into molecular recognition of various invading pathogens in Oyster Crassostrea gigas. Developmental & Comparative Immunology 91, 1–7 (2019).

      (10) R. A. J. Signer, J. A. Magee, A. Salic, S. J. Morrison, Haematopoietic stem cells require a highly regulated protein synthesis rate. Nature 509, 49–54 (2014).

      (11) A. Narla, B. L. Ebert, Ribosomopathies: human disorders of ribosome dysfunction. Blood 115, 3196–3205 (2010).

      (12) Y. Zhang, A.-C. E. Duc, S. Rao, X.-L. Sun, A. N. Bilbee, M. Rhodes, Q. Li, D. J. Kappes, J. Rhodes, D. L. Wiest, Control of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Emergence by Antagonistic Functions of Ribosomal Protein Paralogs. Developmental Cell 24, 411–425 (2013).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work provides a comprehensive understanding of cellular immunity in bivalves. To precisely describe the hemocytes of the oyster C. gigas, the authors morphologically characterized seven distinct cell groups, which they then correlated with single-cell RNA sequencing analysis, also resulting in seven transcriptional profiles. They employed multiple strategies to establish relationships between each morphotype and the scRNAseq profile. The authors correlated the presence of marker genes from each cluster identified in scRNAseq with hemolymph fractions enriched for different hemocyte morphotypes. This approach allowed them to correlate three of the seven cell types, namely hyalinocytes (H), small granule cells (SGC), and vesicular cells (VC). A macrophage-like (ML) cell type was correlated through the expression of macrophage-specific genes and its capacity to produce reactive oxygen species. Three other cell types correspond to blast-like cells, including an immature blast cell type from which distinct hematopoietic lineages originate to give rise to H, SGC, VC, and ML cells. Additionally, ML cells and SGCs demonstrated phagocytic properties, with SGCs also involved in metal homeostasis. On the other hand, H cells, nongranular cells, and blast cells expressed antimicrobial peptides. This study thus provides a complete landscape of oyster hemocytes with functional validation linked to immune activities. This resource will be valuable for studying the impact of bacterial or viral infections in oysters.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of this study lies in its comprehensive and integrative approach, combining single-cell RNA sequencing, cytological analysis, cell fractionation, and functional assays to provide a robust characterization of hemocyte populations in Crassostrea gigas.

      (1) The innovative use of marker genes, quantifying their expression within specific cell fractions, allows for precise annotation of different cellular clusters, bridging the gap between morphological observations and transcriptional profiles.

      (2) The study provides detailed insights into the immune functions of different hemocyte types, including the identification of professional phagocytes, ROS-producing cells, and cells expressing antimicrobial peptides.

      (3) The identification and analysis of transcription factors specific to different hemocyte types and lineages offer crucial insights into cell fate determination and differentiation processes in oyster immune cells.

      (4) The authors significantly advance the understanding of oyster immune cell diversity by identifying and characterizing seven distinct hemocyte transcriptomic clusters and morphotypes.

      These strengths collectively make this study a significant contribution to the field of invertebrate immunology, providing a comprehensive framework for understanding oyster hemocyte diversity and function.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors performed scRNAseq/lineage analysis and cytological analysis on oysters from two different sources. The methodology of the study raises concerns about the consistency of the sample and the variability of the results. The specific post-processing of hemocytes for scRNAseq, such as cell filtering, might also affect cell populations or gene expression profiles. It's unclear if the seven hemocyte types and their proportions were consistent across both samples. This inconsistency may affect the correlation between morphological and transcriptomic data.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the importance of sample consistency and potential variability, and we acknowledge the need for clarification regarding the use of oysters from two different sources.

      Oysters from La Tremblade (known pathogen-free in standardized conditions) were used to establish the hemocyte transcriptomic atlas through scRNA-seq and for cytological analyses. Oysters from the Thau Lagoon (Bouzigues) were used for cytological, functional, and fractionation experiments. These oysters were sampled during non-epidemic periods and monitored under Ifremer’s microbiological surveillance to ensure pathogen free status.

      The cytological results (hemocytograms) presented in Figure 3 and Supplementary Figure S3 were derived from Thau Lagoon oysters. To clarify, we updated The Table 3 in Figure 3 and Supplementary Figure S3 to explicitly display hemocyte counts for oysters from both La Tremblade and Thau Lagoon. These data confirm consistent proportions of hemocyte types across both sources, with no significant differences (p > 0.05).

      Hemocyte isolation and filtering protocols were rigorously optimized to preserve cell viability and morphology during scRNA-seq library preparation. Viability assays and cytological evaluations confirmed that these procedures did not significantly alter hemocyte populations or their proportions. Sample processing times were minimized to ensure that the scRNA-seq results accurately reflect the native state of the hemolymph.

      Taken together, our results confirm that variability between oyster sources or methodological processes did not compromise our findings. This ensures that the correlations between morphological and transcriptomic data are reliable and robust.

      (2) The authors claim to use pathogen-free adult oysters (lines 95 and 119), but no supporting data is provided. It's unclear if the oysters were tested for bacterial and viral contaminations, particularly Vibrio and OsHV-1 μVar herpesvirus.

      The oysters used in this study were sourced from two distinct origins. First, the animals (18 months old) utilized for scRNA-seq and cytological analyses were obtained from the Ifremer controlled farm located in La Tremblade, France (GPS coordinates: 45.7981624714465, -1.150171788447683). This facility exclusively produces standardized oysters bred in controlled conditions with filtered seawater, entirely isolated from environmental known pathogens. The oysters from this source are certified “pathogen-free” upon arrival at the laboratory, following Ifremer's stringent quality control protocols. We have replaced the term 'pathogen-free' with 'known pathogen-free’ (line 123) to accurately reflect the animals' true status.

      Second, for the fractionation experiments and functional tests, oysters were either sourced from the aforementioned Ifremer farm or from a producer located in the Thau Lagoon, France (GPS coordinates: 43.44265228308842, 3.6359883059292057). The Thau Lagoon is subject to comprehensive environmental and microbiological surveillance by the Ifremer monitoring network and the regional veterinary laboratory. For these experiments, we specifically selected oysters aged 18 months - an age associated with reduced susceptibility to OsHV-1 μVar herpesvirus - and ensured that sampling occurred outside of any detected epidemic periods. Furthermore, prior to experimentation, hemocyte samples from all oysters were examined. Oysters showing signs of contamination or exhibiting abnormal hemocyte profiles were excluded from the study.

      These measures ensured that the oysters used in this work were of high health status and minimized the likelihood of bacterial or viral contamination, including Vibrio and OsHV-1 μVar.

      (3) The KEGG and Gene Ontology analyses, while informative, are very descriptive and lack interpretation. The use of heatmaps with dendrograms for grouping cell clusters and GO terms is not discussed in the results, missing an opportunity to explore cell-type relationships. The changing order of cell clusters across panels B, C, and D in Figure 2 makes it challenging to correlate with panel A and to compare across different GO term categories. The dendrograms suggest proximity between certain clusters (e.g., 4 and 1) across different GO term types, implying similarity in cell processes, but this is not discussed. Grouping GO terms as in Figure 2A, rather than by dendrogram, might provide a clearer visualization of main pathways. Lastly, a more integrated discussion linking GO term and KEGG pathway analyses could offer a more comprehensive view of cell type characteristics. The presentation of scRNAseq results lacks depth in interpretation, particularly regarding the potential roles of different cell types based on their transcriptional profiles and marker genes. Additionally, some figures (2B, C, D, and 7C to H) suffer from information overload and small size, further hampering readability and interpretation.

      Thank you for your valuable suggestions regarding the presentation and interpretation of our KEGG and Gene Ontology (GO) analyses. In response, we revised Figure 2 to enhance clarity and provide deeper insights into cell-type relationships and biological processes.

      The revised figure 2 reorganizes GO term analysis into a more intuitive layout, grouping related biological processes and pathways in a structured manner. This approach replaces the dendrogram organization and provides a clearer visualization of key pathways for each cell cluster.

      (4) The pseudotime analysis presented in the study provides modest additional information to what is already manifest from the clustering and UMAP visualization. The central and intermediate transcriptomic profile of cluster 4 relative to other clusters is apparent from the UMAP and the expression of shared marker genes across clusters (as shown in Figure 1D). The statement by the authors that 'the two types of professional phagocytes belong to the same granular cell lineage' (lines 594-596) should be formulated with more caution. While the pseudotime trajectory links macrophage-like (ML) and small granule-like (SGC) cells, this doesn't definitively establish a direct lineage relationship. Such trajectories can result from similarities in gene expression induced by factors other than lineage relationships, such as responses to environmental stimuli or cell cycle states. To conclusively establish this lineage relationship, additional experiments like cell lineage tracing would be necessary, if such tools are available for C. gigas.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s detailed feedback on the pseudotime analysis and its interpretation. While we acknowledge that the clustering and UMAP visualization provide valuable insights, the pseudotime analysis offers a complementary approach by highlighting significantly expressed genes, including key transcription factors, that might otherwise be overlooked in differential expression analysis based solely on Log2FC between clusters. In our study, the pseudotime analysis revealed transcription factors known to play crucial roles in hemocyte differentiation, providing additional depth to our understanding of hemocyte lineage relationships and functional specialization.

      Regarding the statement on lines 594 - 596, we agree that the evidence provided by pseudotime trajectories does not definitively establish a direct lineage relationship between macrophage-like (ML) and small granule-like (SGC) cells. Instead, these trajectories suggest potential developmental connections that warrant further investigation. We propose the following revised sentence (lines 616 to 618) :

      "The pseudotime trajectory linking macrophage-like (ML) and small granule-like (SGC) cells suggests a potential developmental relationship within the granular cell lineage; however, this hypothesis requires further validation."

      We also concur with the reviewer that additional experiments, such as cell lineage tracing, would be necessary to definitively establish this relationship. Unfortunately, the long-term cultivation of hemocytes in C. gigas is currently not feasible. However, we are planning to develop FACS-based approaches to separate the seven hemocyte subtypes, which will allow us to refine their ontology and explore their potential lineage relationships more precisely.

      (6) Given the mention of herpesvirus as a major oyster pathogen, the lack of discussion on genes associated with antiviral immunity is a notable omission. While KEGG pathway analysis associated herpesvirus with cluster 1, the specific genes involved are not elaborated upon.

      Thank you for your valuable observation regarding the lack of discussion on genes associated with antiviral immunity, particularly in the context of herpes virus infection. The KEGG pathway analysis indeed identified a weak signature associated with herpesvirus in Cluster 1, primarily involving genes encoding beta integrins. In humans, beta integrins have been described as receptors facilitating herpesvirus entry (1). However, in the case of naive oysters used in this study, the KEGG signature was subtle, likely reflecting the absence of active viral infection. Additionally, beta integrins are multifunctional molecules that also play critical roles in processes such as cell adhesion, a function attributed to hyalinocytes, as highlighted in our results.

      Given the naive status of the oysters and the weak antiviral signature observed, we chose not to discuss these findings in detail in this study. However, ongoing work in our laboratory aims to further investigate the specific hemocyte populations targeted by OsHV-1, which may shed light on the role of integrins in antiviral immunity in oysters.

      We hope this clarifies our approach and the context of the KEGG findings. Thank you for bringing this important perspective to our attention.

      (7) The discussion misses an opportunity for comparative analysis with related species. Specifically, a comparison of gene markers and cell populations with Crassostrea hongkongensis, could highlight similarities and differences across systems.

      In response to the reviewer’s comment, we have added a comparative analysis between C. hongkongensis and C. gigas hemocyte populations, situating our findings within the broader context of invertebrate immune cell diversity and specialization (lines 747 to 760)

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Lines 92-93: The authors should add references associated with transcriptomic studies of C. gigas hemocytes.

      Thank you for pointing this out. In the revised manuscript, we have added references to previous transcriptomic studies of C. gigas hemocytes (line 83).

      (2) Line 121 and 127: The authors should clarify whether 3,000 represents the number of cells loaded or their target for analysis.

      The number of cells processed was optimized to minimize the occurrence of doublets during scRNAseq. Following 10x Genomics Chromium guidelines, we loaded 4,950 cells to successfully recover a target of 3,000 cells, with a doublet rate of 2.4%, well below the target threshold of 2.5%. This information has been added on line 125 of the document. The target was 3,000 cells, and as reported in Supplementary Table S1, the estimated number of cells after STAR-solo alignment was 2,937. This ensures the reliability and accuracy of single-cell transcriptomic data.

      (3) Line 129: "Supp. Table 1" in the text and "Supp. Table S1" in the figure title should be edited.

      The inconsistency between "Supp. Table 1" in the text and "Supp. Table S1" in the figure title has been corrected for uniformity throughout the manuscript (line 134).

      (4) Line 138-139: The authors should clarify that the heatmap displays the top 10 positively enriched marker genes for each cluster, as identified by Seurat's differential expression analysis. It is important to note that the analysis does not explicitly show under-represented transcripts, but rather highlights the contrast between cluster-specific overexpressed genes and their lower expression in other clusters.

      We have clarified that the heatmap displays the top 10 positively enriched marker genes for each cluster, as identified by Seurat's differential expression analysis, and that the analysis highlights cluster-specific overexpressed genes rather than explicitly showing under-represented transcripts (lines 143 - 145).

      (5) Figure 1: The authors should consider improving or potentially removing Figure 1C. The gene IDs are not readable due to their small size, which significantly reduces the informative value of the figure. In addition, the data presented in this heatmap is largely redundant with the more informative and readable dot plot in Figure 1D, which shows both expression levels and the percentage of cells expressing each gene.

      Thank you for your suggestion regarding Figure 1C. In the revised manuscript, we have removed the original panel C from the main figure and transferred it to Supplementary Figure S1K, which improves readability while retaining the relevant data. We have also renumbered the remaining panels for clarity, with the former panel D now designated as panel C. We believe these adjustments address the reviewer’s concerns and streamline the presentation of the data.

      (6) Table 1: The authors should clarify in the legend the statistical significance criteria (adjusted p-value) for the genes listed.

      As requested, we have added the adjusted p-value threshold (adj. p-value < 0.05) to the legend of Table 1.

      (7) Line 188: The authors should align the text description of the KEGG pathways in cluster 7 with Figure 2A, describing Wnt signaling pathway and clarifying the terminology "endosome pathway" to ensure consistency.

      In the revised text, we have aligned our description with Figure 2A by explicitly mentioning the Wnt signaling pathway in cluster 7 (lines 193 to 194).

      The endo-lysosomal pathway encompasses a series of membrane-bound compartments and trafficking events responsible for the uptake of macromolecules from the extracellular environment, their subsequent sorting in endosomes, and eventual degradation in lysosomes. This pathway is tightly regulated, ensuring not only the breakdown of macromolecules but also the recycling of membrane components and signaling receptors essential for maintaining cellular homeostasis (2). In our study, the KEGG signatures of cluster 7 highlight the involvement of the endo-lysosomal pathway.

      (8) Line 223: The authors should revise the description of cluster 1, avoiding references to morphology at this point in the manuscript, as no morphological data has been presented yet.

      We have revised the description of Cluster 1 to remove references to morphology, ensuring consistency with the data presented at this stage of the manuscript (lines 227 to 229) : ”Cluster 1, comprising 27.6 % of cells, is characterized by GO-terms related to myosin complex, lamellipodium, membrane and actin cytoskeleton remodelling, as well as phosphotransferase activity.”

      (9) Figure 2: The authors should revise Figure 2 to improve the clarity. For Figure 2A, they should address the redundancy in the "Global and overview maps" category by removing overlapping pathways such as carbon metabolism and biosynthesis of amino acids, which are likely represented in more specific metabolic categories (glycolysis, pentose). They could consider grouping similar pathways together, such as combining "Amino acid metabolism" with "Metabolism of other amino acids," and separating metabolic pathways from cellular processes for easier interpretation. They should also address the surprising absence of certain expected pathways like lipid metabolism, nucleotide metabolism, and cofactor/vitamin metabolism, as well as cellular processes such as cell growth and chromatin modeling. Even if these pathways are not enriched in specific clusters, mentioning their absence could provide valuable context for the reader.

      In the revised version of the manuscript, we propose a new representation to facilitate understanding and improve the clarity of the data presentation.

      (10) For Figures 2B, C, and D, the authors should significantly increase the font size of text and numbers, ensuring readability at 100% scale in PDF format. They could also add labels directly on each graph to clearly indicate the type of GO terms represented, (Biological Process, Cellular Component, or Molecular Function).

      In the revised version of the manuscript, we propose a new representation to facilitate understanding and improve the clarity of the data presentation.

      (11) Line 247-250: The authors should revise their description of cell types to follow the same order as presented in Figure 3A.

      We have revised the description of cell types in the manuscript to follow the same order as presented in Figure 3A, as requested.

      (12) Line 265-266: The authors should develop the significance of the nucleo-cytoplasmic ratio in hemocyte morphology and identification.

      We thank the editor for bringing this to our attention and apologize for the discrepancy between the terminology used in the text and the results presented in Figure 3. The text refers to the nuclear-tocytoplasmic ratio (N/C), while the figure mistakenly displays the inverse ratio, cytoplasmic-to-nuclear ratio (C/N). We recognize that this inversion may cause confusion and will ensure consistency between the text and the figure.

      To address this, we propose correcting the figure legend and labels in Figure 3 to align with the terminology used in the text (N/C ratio). This will prevent confusion and maintain clarity throughout the manuscript.

      The nuclear-to-cytoplasmic (N:C) ratio, also known as the nucleus:cytoplasm ratio or N/C ratio, is a well-established measurement in cell biology that reflects the relative size of the nucleus to the cytoplasm. This ratio is frequently used as a morphologic feature in the diagnosis of atypia and malignancy in human cells, underscoring its diagnostic value. In the context of our study, we use the N:C ratio to provide a more precise and quantitative description of hemocyte types in Crassostrea gigas. Specifically, the N:C ratio allows us to distinguish between different hemocyte morphotypes, such as blasts and granular cells, and to enrich the characterization of their functional specialization. This quantitative measure supports the morphological classification and enhances the reproducibility and clarity of hemocyte identification.

      (13) Line 286-294: The authors should review and correct the legend for Figure 3. It seems that the description of results related to Figure 3C has been mistakenly inserted into the legend.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this issue with the legend of Figure 3. The description of results related to Figure 3C has now been removed from the legend. The revised legend focuses solely on the figure elements, improving clarity and consistency. We believe this adjustment addresses the reviewer's comment effectively.

      (14) Figure 3: The authors should revise the legend for Figure 3A to provide more detailed and explicit descriptions of the "Size, shape and particularities" of the ML, SGC, BGC, and VC hemocyte types.

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful suggestion to provide more explicit descriptions in the legend for Figure 3A. We have revised the legend to include detailed explanations of the "Size, shape, and particularities" for the ML, SGC, BGC, and VC hemocyte types. Specifically, we have clarified that size refers to the average granule diameter, shape describes the morphology of the granules (e.g., spherical or elongated), and particularities highlight distinguishing features such as granule color or fluorescence properties observed under specific staining or imaging conditions. We believe this updated legend provides the level of detail requested and enhances the clarity of the figure (lines 294 - 297).

      (15) Figure 4: The authors should clarify the method used for calculating relative gene expression in Figure 4A and Figure 6. They should explicitly state in the figure legend that the expression was normalized to the Cg-rps6 reference gene, as mentioned in line 835. The authors should also provide details on the calculation method used (e.g., 2-ΔCt method) and confirm whether the reference gene was expressed at similar levels across all clusters.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the need for additional clarity regarding the calculation of relative gene expression in Figures 4A and 6. To address this, we have revised the legends for both figures to explicitly state that gene expression levels were normalized to the reference gene Cg-rps6 and calculated using the 2^-ΔCt method. We have also confirmed that Cg-rps6 was stably expressed across all hemocyte clusters and explicitly mentioned this in the revised legends. These changes ensure greater transparency and address the reviewer’s concerns (lines 342 to 346).

      (16) The authors could consider removing or modifying Figure 4B, as it appears to be redundant with Figure 3C. Both figures show the average percentage of each hemocyte type in the seven Percoll gradient fractions.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting potential redundancy between Figures 3C and 4B. While both figures present the distribution of hemocyte types across Percoll gradient fractions, Figure 4B serves a distinct and critical purpose in the manuscript. Specifically, it provides the numerical data necessary to understand the correlations shown in Figure 4A, where we analyze the relationship between gene expression levels and the distribution of hemocyte types. These detailed percentages are essential for interpreting the statistical robustness and biological relevance of the correlation matrix, which could not be derived solely from the qualitative visualization in Figure 3C.

      (17) Figure 5: The authors should address the redundancy between Figure S7B and Figure 5B, as they appear to present the same data. In Figure S7B, "SGC" is incorrectly abbreviated as "G".

      In the revised version of the manuscript, we addressed the redundancy between the two figures and we corrected the incorrectly abbreviated SGC.

      (18) Line 412: The authors should correct the typographical error, changing "Pecoll" to "Percoll".

      In the revised version of the manuscript, we correct this typographical error (line 417).

      (19) Line 417: The statement about the inhibitor apocynin likely refers to Figure 5D, not Figure 5C.

      In the revised version of the manuscript, we have corrected this reference error to accurately refer to Figure 5D (line 422).

      (20) Line 441-444: The authors should provide references to support their annotation of cluster 1 as macrophage-like cells based on macrophage-specific genes. These references should cite established literature on known macrophage gene markers, particularly in bivalves or related species if available. They need to clarify whether specific gene markers exist for each of the hemocyte morphotypes they have identified. If such markers are known from previous studies, they should be mentioned and referenced.

      We propose to modify lines 446 to 449 to address the reviewer's concerns. Cluster 1, which we have termed "macrophage-like" due to its pronounced phagocytic activity and reactive oxygen species (ROS) production, is enriched in Angiopoietin-1 receptor expression (Table 1). Angiopoietin receptors belong to the Tie receptor family, which is expressed in a subset of macrophages known as Tie2-expressing monocytes (TEMs) in humans (35). While our analysis reveals a strong overexpression of the Angiopoietin-1 receptor, we acknowledge that this receptor is not an exclusive marker for macrophages.

      In bivalves, including oysters, no definitive molecular markers have been established for macrophagelike cells as they are defined functionally in this study. Consequently, the identification of such cells relies on their functional characteristics rather than strict marker expression. To clarify, we propose the following revision to the sentence:

      Furthermore, this cluster expresses macrophage-related genes, including the macrophage-expressed gene 1 protein (G30226) (Supp. Data S1), along with maturation factors for dual oxidase, an enzyme involved in peroxide formation (Supp. Fig. S8), supporting its designation as macrophage-like based on functional characteristics.

      (21) Figure 7: For Figures 7C to 7H, the authors should increase the font size of gene names and descriptions to ensure legibility in both printed versions and digital formats. To simplify these figures, the authors could consider displaying less differentially expressed genes for each lineage, along with the top genes for each differentiation pathway. If detailed gene information is crucial, they could move the full list to a supplementary table and reference it in the figure legend. Regarding Figure 7I, the authors should reorder the transcription factor genes by cluster and specificity to improve visualization and interpretation, like in Figure 1D.

      Thank you for these valuable suggestions regarding Figure 7. We have revised Figures 7C–H to ensure improved readability. Furthermore, we have simplified these panels by highlighting fewer differentially expressed genes for each lineage. In Figure 7I, we have reordered the transcription factor genes by cluster and specificity, following a layout similar to Figure 1D, to facilitate clearer visualization and interpretation of the data.

      (22) Line 490: The authors should provide more precise references to the specific GO terms and figure panels they are discussing.

      To address this comment, we have revised the sentence and provided additional information in the text to clearly indicate where the corresponding figure panels can be found in the manuscript (line 499)

      (23) Line 510: The authors state that "5 cell lineages could be defined," but the subsequent text and Figure 7C to H actually present 6 distinct lineages.

      We have corrected in the manuscript. 6 lineages could be defined (line 521).

      (24) Line 534: The authors should consider further investigating the pluripotent potential of cluster 4 cells by exploring known or potential stem cell markers in their scRNAseq data.

      Thank you for highlighting the possibility of pluripotent potential of cluster 4. In our current analysis, we did not detect any known stem cell or proliferative markers, nor evidence of a clearly defined hematopoiesis site in the hemolymph. Indeed, previous work suggests that oyster hematopoiesis may occur in tissues such as the gills, implying that stem or progenitor cells might not circulate in the hemolymph under homeostatic conditions. Consequently, it is plausible that our observation of no proliferative cell populations partly reflects their absence in hemolymph, especially in naïve (unstimulated) oysters. To conclusively identify potential progenitor cells and their proliferative activity, further approaches involving deliberate perturbation of hemocyte homeostasis - such as immunological challenge (e.g., Zymosan treatment) combined with lineage-tracing or proliferation assays - would be necessary. These future investigations would not only clarify whether proliferative cells emerge in the hemolymph in response to environmental or pathological stimuli but also help elucidate the broader cellular pathways underlying oyster immune responses.

      In response to the reviewer’s comment, we have revised the Discussion (lines 695 to 696) and added : “Nevertheless, we did not detect any canonical stem or progenitor cell populations in our dataset, underscoring the need for future investigations - potentially involving immunological challenges and lineage-tracing assays - to clarify whether proliferative cells circulate in the hemolymph or instead reside primarily in tissue compartments.”

      (25) Figure S10: The authors should significantly improve the readability of Figure S10 by increasing the font size. Currently, the small font size makes it impossible for readers to discern the information presented.

      Thank you for highlighting the readability concerns regarding Figure S10. In response to your comment, we have increased the overall size and font of the figure, ensuring that all labels and legends are clearly legible in both printed and digital formats. We believe these adjustments will allow readers to more easily interpret the information presented.

      (26) Line 896: The authors should correct the typographical error on line 896 by deleting the additional bracket.

      In the revised version of the manuscript, we correct this typographical error.

      (27) Figure S12: The authors should address the absence of any reference to Figure S12 in the main text of the manuscript.

      The reference to Supp. Figure S12 has been corrected. It was a referencing error between Supp. Figure S11(in the discussion, line 670) and Supp. Figure S12.

      Bibliography:

      (1) G. Campadelli-Fiume, D. Collins-McMillen, T. Gianni, A. D. Yurochko, Integrins as Herpesvirus Receptors and Mediators of the Host Signalosome. Annual Review of Virology 3, 215–236 (2016).

      (2) J. P. Luzio, P. R. Pryor, N. A. Bright, Lysosomes: fusion and function. Nat Rev Mol Cell Biol 8, 622–632 (2007).

      (3) A. S. Harney, E. N. Arwert, D. Entenberg, Y. Wang, P. Guo, B.-Z. Qian, M. H. Oktay, J. W. Pollard, J. G. Jones, J. S. Condeelis, Real-Time Imaging Reveals Local, Transient Vascular Permeability, and Tumor Cell Intravasation Stimulated by TIE2hi Macrophage-Derived VEGFA. Cancer Discov 5, 932–943 (2015).

      (4) M. De Palma, R. Mazzieri, L. S. Politi, F. Pucci, E. Zonari, G. Sitia, S. Mazzoleni, D. Moi, M. A. Venneri, S. Indraccolo, A. Falini, L. G. Guidotti, R. Galli, L. Naldini, Tumor-targeted interferon-alpha delivery by Tie2-expressing monocytes inhibits tumor growth and metastasis. Cancer Cell 14, 299–311 (2008).

      (5) M. De Palma, M. A. Venneri, R. Galli, L. Sergi Sergi, L. S. Politi, M. Sampaolesi, L. Naldini, Tie2 identifies a hematopoietic lineage of proangiogenic monocytes required for tumor vessel formation and a mesenchymal population of pericyte progenitors. Cancer Cell 8, 211–226 (2005).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The paper addresses pivotal questions concerning the multifaceted functions of oyster hemocytes by integrating single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq) data with analyses of cell morphology, transcriptional profiles, and immune functions. In addition to investigating granulocyte cells, the study delves into the potential roles of blast and hyalinocyte cells. A key discovery highlighted in this research is the identification of cell types engaged in antimicrobial activities, encompassing processes such as phagocytosis, intracellular copper accumulation, oxidative bursts, and antimicrobial peptide synthesis.

      A particularly intriguing aspect of the study lies in the exploration of hemocyte lineages, warranting further investigation, such as employing scRNA-seq on embryos at various developmental stages.

      In the opinion of this reviewer, the discussion should compare and contrast the transcriptome characteristics of hemocytes, particularly granule cells, across the three species of bivalves, aligning with the published scRNA-seq studies in this field to elucidate the uniformities and variances in bivalve hemocytes.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor Concerns:

      (1) In the context of C. gigas, the notable expansion of stress and immune-related genes in its genome stands out. It is anticipated that the article will discuss the expression patterns of classical immune-related genes like TLR and RLR across different cell clusters.

      We appreciate the reviewer's interest in the expression patterns of classical immune-related genes, such as Toll-like receptors (TLRs) and RIG-I-like receptors (RLRs), across different cell clusters in Crassostrea gigas. In our single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq) analysis, we did not detect significant expression of TLR or RLR genes. This absence can be attributed to several factors. First, technical limitations of scRNA-seq: The droplet-based scRNA-seq technology employed in our study captures only a fraction of the transcripts present in each cell approximately 10–20% (https://kb.10xgenomics.com/hc/en-us/articles/360001539051-What-fraction-of-mRNA-transcriptsare-captured-per-cell). This inherent limitation often results in the underrepresentation of genes with low expression levels. Consequently, TLRs and RLRs, which may be expressed at low levels in certain hemocytes, could be undetected due to this capture inefficiency. TLRs are typically expressed at low basal levels under resting conditions and are upregulated in response to specific stimuli or pathogenic challenges (1, 2). Given that our study analyzed hemocytes in their basal state, the expression levels of these receptors may have been below the detection threshold of the scRNA-seq platform. Furthermore, as highlighted by De Lorgeril et al. (3) the expression of these immune receptors varies depending on the resistance of the oyster. This variability further underscores the dynamic and context-dependent nature of TLR and RLR expression

      To comprehensively assess the expression patterns of TLRs and RLRs across different hemocyte clusters, future studies could incorporate targeted enrichment strategies, such as bulk RNA-seq or single-cell technologies with higher capture efficiencies. Additionally, analyzing hemocytes under stimulated conditions or comparing oysters with varying levels of resistance could provide insights into the inducible and context-specific expression of these immune receptors.

      (2) Clarification is needed in lines 265-266 regarding the nucleo-cytoplasmic ratio (N/C) terminology to prevent confusion, considering the discrepancy with the results presented in Figure 3.

      We thank the editor for bringing this to our attention and apologize for the discrepancy between the terminology used in the text and the results presented in Figure 3. The text refers to the nuclear-tocytoplasmic ratio (N/C), while the figure mistakenly displays the inverse ratio, cytoplasmic-to-nuclear ratio (C/N). We recognize that this inversion may cause confusion and will ensure consistency between the text and the figure.

      To address this, we propose correcting the figure legend and labels in Figure 3 to align with the terminology used in the text (N/C ratio). This will prevent confusion and maintain clarity throughout the manuscript.

      (3) The selection of cluster 4 as the root for pseudotime analysis based on high ribosomal protein expression raises questions. It would be beneficial to elaborate on the inclusion of other genes, such as cell cycle or mitotic-related genes, to validate the pseudotime analysis outcomes.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comment on the significance of ribosomal proteins in stem cell maintenance.

      Hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) are a population of stem cells that are largely cell-cycle-quiescent (G0 phase) with low biosynthetic activity. Upon stimulation and stress HScs undergo proliferation and differentiation and produce all lineages of hemocytes.

      Ribosomal proteins play a multifaceted role in preserving the balance between stem cell quiescence and activation. By ensuring precise regulation of protein synthesis, they allow stem cells to maintain their undifferentiated state while remaining poised for activation when needed. Furthermore, ribosomal proteins contribute to the cellular stress response, safeguarding stem cells from oxidative damage and other stressors that could compromise their functionality. Importantly, ribosomal biogenesis and the dynamic assembly of ribosomes provide a regulatory mechanism that fine-tunes the transition from self-renewal to differentiation, a critical feature of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) and other stem cell types. These mechanisms collectively highlight the indispensable role of ribosomal proteins in stem cell biology, underscoring their relevance to our study's findings.

      In vertebrate, the maintenance of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) and hematopoietic homeostasis is widely acknowledged to rely on the proper regulation of ribosome function and protein synthesis (4). This process necessitates the coordinated expression of numerous genes, including genes that encode ribosomal proteins (RP genes) and those involved in regulating ribosome biogenesis and protein translation. Disruptions or mutations in these critical genes are associated with the development of congenital disorders (5). Among these, Rpl22 (found in cluster 4 with a Log2FC of 1.59) has been shown to play a pivotal role in HSC maintenance by balancing ribosomal protein paralog activity, which is critical for the emergence and function of HSCs (6).

      (4) What is the resolution of the cell clustering employed in the study? Given that cluster 1 potentially encompasses two distinct cell types, Macrophage-Like and Big Granule cells, further sub-clustering efforts and correlation analyses between cluster markers and cell morphologies could aid in their differentiation.

      Thank you for your inquiry regarding the resolution of our cell clustering. As described in the Materials and Methods section, we used the Seurat FindClusters function with a resolution parameter of r = 0.1 for the scRNA-seq dataset. We performed sub-clustering within Cluster 1, resulting in four distinct subclusters. However, despite analyzing various specific markers, we did not identify any marker uniquely associated with the Big Granule Cell (BGC) morphology. Notably, LACC24 specifically marks a subset of cells within Cluster 1, as shown in Supplementary Figure S8, although this gene alone was insufficient to definitively distinguish a distinct BGC population.

      (5) Line 78's statement regarding the primary identification of three hemocyte cell types in C. gigas-blast, hyalinocyte, and granulocyte cells would benefit from including references to substantiate this claim.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for their valuable comments, which have allowed us to further improve our manuscript. We have enriched the introduction with the following addition (lines 79 to 82):

      “Blast-like cells are considered undifferentiated hemocyte types (Donaghy et al., 2010), hyalinocytes appear to play a key role in wound repair (de la Ballina et al., 2020), and granulocytes are primarily involved in immune surveillance. Among these, granulocytes are regarded as the main immunocompetent hemocyte type (Wang et al., 2017).”

      Conclusion:

      The authors largely achieved their primary objective of providing a comprehensive characterization of oyster immune cells. They successfully integrated multiple approaches to identify and describe distinct hemocyte types. The correlation of these cell types with specific immune functions represents a significant advancement in understanding oyster immunity. However, certain aspects of their objectives have not been fully achieved. The lineage relationships proposed on the basis of pseudotime analysis, while interesting, require further experimental validation. The potential of antiviral defense mechanisms, an important aspect of oyster immunity, has not been discussed in depth.

      This study is likely to have a significant impact on the field of invertebrate immunology, particularly in bivalve research. It provides a new standard for comprehensive immune cell characterization in invertebrates. The identification of specific markers for different hemocyte types will facilitate future research on oyster immunity. The proposed model of hemocyte lineages, while requiring further validation, offers a framework for studying hematopoiesis in bivalves.

      Bibliography:

      (1) J. Chen, J. Lin, F. Yu, Z. Zhong, Q. Liang, H. Pang, S. Wu, Transcriptome analysis reveals the function of TLR4-MyD88 pathway in immune response of Crassostrea hongkongensis against Vibrio Parahemolyticus. Aquaculture Reports 25, 101253 (2022).

      (2) Y. Zhang, X. He, F. Yu, Z. Xiang, J. Li, K. L. Thorpe, Z. Yu, Characteristic and Functional Analysis of Toll-like Receptors (TLRs) in the lophotrocozoan, Crassostrea gigas, Reveals Ancient Origin of TLR-Mediated Innate Immunity. PLOS ONE 8, e76464 (2013).

      (3) J. de Lorgeril, B. Petton, A. Lucasson, V. Perez, P.-L. Stenger, L. Dégremont, C. Montagnani, J.M. Escoubas, P. Haffner, J.-F. Allienne, M. Leroy, F. Lagarde, J. Vidal-Dupiol, Y. Gueguen, G.

      Mitta, Differential basal expression of immune genes confers Crassostrea gigas resistance to Pacific oyster mortality syndrome. BMC Genomics 21, 63 (2020).

      (4) R. A. J. Signer, J. A. Magee, A. Salic, S. J. Morrison, Haematopoietic stem cells require a highly regulated protein synthesis rate. Nature 509, 49–54 (2014).

      (5) A. Narla, B. L. Ebert, Ribosomopathies: human disorders of ribosome dysfunction. Blood 115, 3196–3205 (2010).

      (6) Y. Zhang, A.-C. E. Duc, S. Rao, X.-L. Sun, A. N. Bilbee, M. Rhodes, Q. Li, D. J. Kappes, J. Rhodes, D. L. Wiest, Control of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Emergence by Antagonistic Functions of Ribosomal Protein Paralogs. Developmental Cell 24, 411–425 (2013).